# Pełna treść serwisu AgnieszkaKudela.pl

Plik wygenerowany przez LLMS BB.

## Wpisy

- [Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu.](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wieczorna-rutyna-ktora-naprawde-poprawila-jakosc-mojego-snu-wszystkie-produkty-w-jednym-miejscu/): Jeszcze kilka miesięcy temu byłam przekonana, że skoro śpię 7-8 godzin, to wszystko jest w porządku, a jednak każdego ranka budziłam się zmęczona. Najgorsze było to, że nie potrafiłam zrozumieć dlaczego. Kładłam się spać o rozsądnej porze, nie zarywałam nocy, a mimo to rano miałam wrażenie, jakbym przez całą noc wcale nie odpoczęła.   Dopiero kiedy zaczęłam obserwować swój sen nie tylko przez pryzmat samopoczucia, ale również danych z OURA Ring, zobaczyłam coś, czego wcześniej kompletnie nie brałam pod uwagę. Nie potrzebowałam jednej magicznej metody. Potrzebowałam stworzyć organizmowi warunki, w których naprawdę może się zregenerować.   To nie wydarzyło się w jeden wieczór. Przez kilka miesięcy testowałam różne rozwiązania, obserwowałam wyniki i zostawiałam tylko te, które faktycznie robiły różnicę. Nie twierdzę, że zadziałają u każdego dokładnie tak samo. Po prostu pokazuję Ci, co zadziałało u mnie. Bo bardzo często nie chodzi o to, żeby bardziej się starać, tylko o to, żeby stworzyć sobie lepsze warunki do odpoczynku.   Poniżej znajdziesz wszystkie produkty, o które najczęściej pytacie. 1. Rolety zaciemniające  To była jedna z pierwszych zmian. Wcześniej wydawało mi się, że skoro gaszę światło, to w sypialni jest wystarczająco ciemno. Dopiero później zrozumiałam, jak ogromne znaczenie ma nawet niewielka ilość światła wpadającego z zewnątrz. Dziś w naszej sypialni panuje naprawdę całkowita ciemność. To drobiazg, który niczego ode mnie nie wymaga każdego wieczoru, a robi ogromną różnicę. 2. Telefon zostaje poza sypialnią To była chyba najtrudniejsza zmiana. Telefon przestał pełnić funkcję budzika. Nie ładuje się już przy łóżku, nie kusi powiadomieniami i nie sprawia, że jeszcze „tylko na chwilę” sprawdzam coś przed snem. Okazało się, że wieczorny spokój zaczyna się dużo wcześniej niż w momencie zamknięcia oczu. 3. Lampa imitująca wschód i zachód słońca –  To jeden z tych produktów, których początkowo kompletnie nie rozumiałam. Dzisiaj nie wyobrażam sobie bez niego poranków. Wieczorem światło stopniowo staje się cieplejsze i coraz delikatniejsze, a rano nie wyrywa mnie ze snu głośny alarm. Najpierw pojawia się światło, dopiero później dźwięk. Pierwszy raz od bardzo dawna przestałam mieć wrażenie, że ktoś brutalnie wyciąga mnie ze snu. 4. Maska LED  To chyba największe zaskoczenie całej mojej rutyny. Nie spodziewałam się, że właśnie ten element zrobi u mnie tak dużą różnicę. Po kilku tygodniach zauważyłam, że moje tętno spoczynkowe zaczęło spadać, HRV rosło, a rano coraz częściej budziłam się z poczuciem, że naprawdę odpoczęłam. Nie wiem, czy u każdego efekt będzie taki sam, ale u mnie właśnie ten element okazał się jednym z najbardziej zaskakujących. 5. Kołdra obciążeniowa Uwielbiam ją za uczucie otulenia. Nie traktuję jej jako kolejnego gadżetu. Po prostu daje mi poczucie większego spokoju przed snem i sprawia, że wieczorne wyciszenie przychodzi znacznie łatwiej. Jeżeli masz wrażenie, że Twój układ nerwowy cały czas pozostaje w gotowości, warto sprawdzić, czy takie rozwiązanie będzie również dla Ciebie komfortowe. 6. Krótki ciepły prysznic zamiast długiej gorącej kąpieli Przez lata byłam przekonana, że gorąca kąpiel to najlepszy sposób na wyciszenie. Dane pokazały coś zupełnie innego. Po bardzo gorących kąpielach moje parametry snu często były gorsze. Dzisiaj dużo częściej wybieram krótki, ciepły prysznic, który pozwala mi się zrelaksować, ale nie przegrzewa organizmu. To była niewielka zmiana, która bardzo szybko zaczęła być widoczna również w wynikach. To nie jeden produkt zmienił mój sen. Największą różnicę zrobiła konsekwencja. Nie jedna spektakularna zmiana, ale kilka małych decyzji, które każdego wieczoru wspierały mój organizm i chyba właśnie to było dla mnie najważniejszą lekcją. Coraz częściej okazuje się, że nasze ciało nie potrzebuje kolejnej dawki silnej woli. Potrzebuje warunków, w których może zrobić to, do czego zostało stworzone. Jeśli ten wpis Ci pomógł, poniżej zostawiam cały spis produktów, żebyś nie musiała szukać ich po komentarzach i wiadomościach. Spis produktów Rolety zaciemniające Lampa imitująca wschód i zachód słońca Maska LED Kołdra obciążeniowa Krótki ciepły prysznic (akcesoria do wieczornej rutyny) Jedwabna maska na oczy Odkładanie telefonu poza sypialnię (stacja ładowania poza sypialnią lub klasyczny budzik).  PS. Nie traktuj tej listy jako gotowej recepty. To po prostu narzędzia, które po wielu miesiącach testów zostały ze mną na stałe. Być może część z nich sprawdzi się również u Ciebie!
- [Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sypialnia-ktora-reguluje-uklad-nerwowy-jak-urzadzic-ja-tak-zeby-naprawde-odpoczac/): Co zastosowaliśmy w naszej sypialni? zabudowę szaf sięgającą sufitu, zamknięte przechowywanie z jedną otwartą półką na książki, toaletkę z pojemną szufladą, puf ze schowkiem, zamykane szafki nocne, rolety zaciemniające, firany i zasłony, kinkiety z funkcją ściemniania, miękką wykładzinę na całym piętrze, spokojną paletę kolorów i naturalne materiały.   Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Przez długi czas patrzyłam na sypialnię przede wszystkim jak na wnętrze, które powinno być piękne i spójne. Zastanawiałam się, czy zasłony pasują do koloru ścian, czy szafki nocne nie są zbyt ciężkie wizualnie, czy wszystkie materiały dobrze ze sobą współgrają i czy całość wygląda dokładnie tak, jak ją sobie wyobrażałam.   Dopiero z czasem zrozumiałam, że sypialnia nie powinna być wyłącznie ładna. Powinna przede wszystkim pomagać nam się wyciszyć.   Można przecież wejść wieczorem do pięknego pokoju i nadal czuć się całkowicie „włączoną”. Ciało leży już w łóżku, ale wzrok zatrzymuje się na ubraniach odłożonych na fotel, kosmetykach stojących na komodzie, ładowarkach splątanych na szafce nocnej i przedmiotach, które od kilku dni czekają na swoje miejsce. Mózg skanuje otoczenie, rejestruje kolejne niedokończone zadania i zaczyna układać listę rzeczy, którymi trzeba zająć się jutro.   Dlatego naszą sypialnię projektowaliśmy nie tylko pod kątem estetyki. Równie ważne były dla mnie spokój, funkcjonalność, łatwe utrzymanie porządku i ograniczenie liczby bodźców.   W naszej sypialni zastosowaliśmy zabudowę szaf sięgającą sufitu, zamknięte przechowywanie z jedną otwartą półką na książki, toaletkę z pojemną szufladą, puf ze schowkiem oraz zamykane szafki nocne. Zadbaliśmy również o rolety zaciemniające, firany i zasłony, kinkiety z funkcją ściemniania, miękką wykładzinę na całym piętrze, spokojną paletę kolorów i naturalne materiały.   Każde z tych rozwiązań miało sprawić, że wieczorem sypialnia nie będzie stawiała przede mną kolejnych zadań, lecz pomoże mi zakończyć dzień.   Sypialnia nie powinna być magazynem na rzeczy, które nie zmieściły się gdzie indziej   Bardzo łatwo wpaść w pułapkę odkładania w sypialni wszystkiego, czym nie chcemy zająć się od razu. Najpierw na szafce nocnej pojawiają się kosmetyki, książki, ładowarki i tabletki. Później na komodzie lądują ubrania, które nie są już świeże, ale jeszcze nie nadają się do prania. Fotel zaczyna pełnić funkcję garderoby przejściowej, a przestrzeń nad szafą szybko zamienia się w miejsce na walizki, pudełka i rzeczy odkładane „na później”.   Każdy z tych przedmiotów osobno wydaje się niewinny. Problem zaczyna się wtedy, kiedy wszystkie pozostają widoczne jednocześnie.   Dla mnie przedmiot pozostawiony na wierzchu bardzo szybko staje się małym niedokończonym zadaniem. Nawet jeśli nie myślę o tym świadomie, mój mózg rejestruje, że trzeba zdecydować, czy dana rzecz jest na swoim miejscu, czy należy ją odłożyć, czy jeszcze będzie potrzebna i kiedy właściwie mam się nią zająć.   Dlatego w sypialni szczególnie mocno trzymam się zasady, że im mniej rzeczy widzę, tym mniej informacji musi przetworzyć moja głowa. Nie oznacza to, że chcę żyć w pustym, bezosobowym pokoju. Zależy mi raczej na tym, żeby każda rzecz miała swoje miejsce, a większość codziennych przedmiotów mogła po prostu zniknąć za zamkniętym frontem.   Szafy do sufitu zamiast miejsca na kurz i kolejną mentalną listę   W naszej sypialni zabudowa szaf kończy się dopiero przy suficie. Świadomie nie zostawiliśmy nad nią przestrzeni na pudełka, walizki, sezonowe dekoracje i rzeczy odkładane bez konkretnego planu. Dzięki temu cała zabudowa wygląda spokojniej i bardziej elegancko, ale dla mnie równie ważne jest to, jak działa na co dzień.   Nie mamy miejsca, które trzeba regularnie odkurzać, przestawiać i ponownie organizować. Nie widzę również przedmiotów, które przypominałyby mi, że kiedyś powinnam je przejrzeć, posegregować albo przenieść.   Zamknięta zabudowa ogranicza liczbę wizualnych komunikatów. Właśnie dlatego tak dobrze sprawdza się w sypialni, szczególnie wtedy, gdy łatwo się przebodźcowujemy albo wieczorem trudno nam zatrzymać gonitwę myśli.   Zostawiliśmy jedną otwartą półkę, a resztę przechowywania zamknęliśmy   Nie chciałam jednak, żeby sypialnia stała się sterylna i całkowicie pozbawiona osobistych przedmiotów. Dlatego w zabudowie zostawiliśmy jedną otwartą półkę na książki. To miejsce na rzeczy, które naprawdę chcę widzieć i po które regularnie sięgam. Pozostałe przedmioty zostały ukryte za frontami.   Takie rozwiązanie jest dla mnie najlepszym kompromisem pomiędzy pięknym wnętrzem a prawdziwym życiem. Nie muszę codziennie układać wszystkich rzeczy z idealną dokładnością, żeby pokój wyglądał spokojnie. Wystarczy, że zamknę szafkę, a wizualny porządek wraca w ciągu kilku sekund.   Przy ADHD ma to ogromne znaczenie. Dobry system organizacji nie powinien wymagać od nas ciągłego podejmowania dziesiątek drobnych decyzji. Powinien raczej ograniczać ich liczbę i sprawiać, że porządek jest najłatwiejszą z dostępnych opcji.   Toaletka, którą można zamknąć jednym ruchem   Toaletka bardzo łatwo zamienia się w wystawę kosmetyków, szczotek, biżuterii i drobiazgów używanych rano oraz wieczorem. Dlatego zależało mi, żeby pod blatem znalazła się pojemna szuflada. Wszystko, czego potrzebuję podczas codziennej rutyny, mam pod ręką, ale po jej zakończeniu mogę schować przedmioty jednym ruchem.   Nie muszę więc każdego wieczoru tworzyć idealnej kompozycji z kosmetyków. Nie przekładam każdego produktu osobno i nie szukam dodatkowego miejsca na drobiazgi. Po prostu zamykam szufladę, a blat znów jest spokojny.   To niewielki detal, ale właśnie takie rozwiązania najlepiej wspierają porządek. Nie wymagają dodatkowej motywacji, skomplikowanego systemu ani kilkunastu minut poświęconych na odkładanie każdej rzeczy.   Duże lustro nad toaletką dodatkowo odbija światło i optycznie powiększa wnętrze, dzięki czemu nie potrzebowaliśmy już wielu dekoracji. Puf ze schowkiem stał się miejscem na rzeczy „pomiędzy”   W każdym domu istnieją przedmioty, które trudno przypisać do jednej stałej kategorii. Może to być koc, który wieczorem chcemy mieć blisko, piżama, ubrania przygotowane na następny dzień, dodatkowa poduszka albo pranie czekające na prasowanie. Wszystkie te rzeczy są potrzebne, ale nie powinny przez cały dzień zajmować fotela ani tworzyć stosu u podnóża łóżka.   Dlatego w naszej sypialni stanął puf ze schowkiem. Z zewnątrz jest miękkim, prostym meblem, który dobrze wpisuje się w spokojną aranżację. W środku mieści wszystko, czego nie chcę oglądać przez cały dzień, ale co nadal powinno pozostać łatwo dostępne.   Właśnie tak rozumiem funkcjonalny minimalizm. Nie chodzi w nim o pozbycie się wszystkich rzeczy. Chodzi o stworzenie dla nich takich miejsc, dzięki którym nie przejmują kontroli nad przestrzenią. Zamykane szafki nocne pozwalają uspokoić przestrzeń wokół łóżka   Na szafce nocnej bardzo łatwo zbiera się pół życia. Pojawia się na niej książka, krem do rąk, pudełko chusteczek, ładowarka, tabletki, okulary, gumka do włosów i szklanka wody. Wszystkie te rzeczy mogą być potrzebne, ale nie wszystkie muszą pozostawać na widoku.   Dlatego wybraliśmy zamykane szafki nocne. W środku mam wszystko pod ręką, a na blacie zostają wyłącznie przedmioty, które rzeczywiście chcę widzieć. Dzięki temu rano nie budzę się obok małego magazynu, a wieczorem przestrzeń wokół łóżka nadal wygląda spokojnie.   To bardzo proste rozwiązanie, które działa każdego dnia bez dodatkowego wysiłku.   Rolety, firany i zasłony pozwalają sterować światłem przez całą dobę   Światło jest jednym z najważniejszych elementów sypialni. W ciągu dnia chcę mieć w niej miękkie, naturalne światło. Wieczorem potrzebuję prywatności, a w nocy zależy mi na możliwie dobrym zaciemnieniu. Jedna warstwa dekoracji okiennej nie byłaby w stanie spełnić wszystkich tych funkcji.   Dlatego zastosowaliśmy roletę zaciemniającą, lekką firanę oraz zasłony. Sama firana z zasłonami nie zawsze wystarcza, szczególnie latem, kiedy dzień zaczyna się bardzo wcześnie. Roleta pozwala skuteczniej ograniczyć ilość światła wpadającego do pokoju, natomiast firana i zasłony odpowiadają za miękkość, prywatność oraz estetykę.   To rozwiązanie, które dobrze wygląda, ale przede wszystkim realnie pracuje na komfort snu.   Ściemniane kinkiety pomagają nam stopniowo kończyć dzień   Wieczorem staram się nie zalewać sypialni mocnym światłem z lampy sufitowej. Górne oświetlenie jest praktyczne, kiedy czegoś szukam, sprzątam albo chcę dokładnie zobaczyć całe wnętrze. Nie daje jednak najlepszego sygnału, że dzień dobiega końca.   Dlatego zależało mi na kinkietach z możliwością regulowania intensywności światła. Wieczorem ustawiam je delikatniej. Takie światło wystarcza do czytania i spokojnego poruszania się po pokoju, ale nie pobudza mnie tak mocno jak pełne oświetlenie.   Stało się to jednym z elementów naszej wieczornej rutyny. Stopniowo wyciszamy dom, zamiast w jednej chwili przechodzić od jasno oświetlonego salonu do całkowitej ciemności.   Dla mnie światło jest informacją. Mocne światło mówi, że nadal działamy. Miękkie i przygaszone daje sygnał, że możemy powoli kończyć dzień. Miękka wykładzina zmieniła nie tylko wygląd, lecz także odczuwanie całego piętra   Na całym piętrze, poza łazienką, mamy wykładzinę. To była jedna z tych decyzji, które nie wszystkim wydają się oczywiste, a ja podjęłabym ją ponownie.   Rano nie stajemy na zimnej podłodze. Wieczorem wykładzina wycisza kroki i sprawia, że całe piętro staje się bardziej miękkie. Dzięki niej sypialnia jest cichsza, cieplejsza i przyjemniejsza w codziennym użytkowaniu.   Nie wybraliśmy jej wyłącznie dlatego, że dobrze wygląda. Zależało nam także na dotyku, temperaturze i akustyce. Sypialnię odbieramy przecież nie tylko wzrokiem. Czujemy ją stopami, słyszymy podczas poruszania się po niej i doświadczamy światła, które otacza nas przed snem. Spokojne kolory nie oznaczają nudnego wnętrza   Nasza sypialnia opiera się na ciepłych, naturalnych odcieniach. Pojawiają się w niej złamana biel, beże, miękkie brązy i drewno. Nie chciałam mocnych kontrastów ani wielu wzorów, które konkurowałyby ze sobą o uwagę. Zależało mi na wnętrzu, po którym wzrok może przesuwać się spokojnie, bez ciągłego zatrzymywania się na kolejnych intensywnych elementach.   Nie oznacza to jednak, że wszystko jest identyczne i płaskie. Różnorodność budują faktury. Tapicerowane łóżko, miękka wykładzina, zasłony, drewno i subtelne detale sprawiają, że wnętrze jest przytulne i interesujące, ale nie przytłacza.   Czy sypialnia naprawdę może regulować układ nerwowy?   Sama sypialnia nie rozwiąże wszystkich problemów ze snem, stresem ani przebodźcowaniem. Może jednak przestać dokładać nam kolejnych.   Może nie przypominać o rzeczach, które wciąż czekają na zrobienie. Może ograniczać liczbę widocznych przedmiotów. Może otaczać nas miękkim światłem zamiast ostrego blasku. Może wyciszać dźwięki i pozwalać ciału zauważyć, że dzień naprawdę się kończy.   Właśnie tak rozumiem sypialnię, która wspiera regulację układu nerwowego. Nie traktuję jej jako modnego trendu ani kolejnej perfekcyjnej aranżacji stworzonej wyłącznie do sfotografowania. Widzę w niej przestrzeń, która każdego wieczoru zabiera mi kilka decyzji, kilka bodźców i kilka powodów, żeby nadal pozostawać „włączoną”.   Twój dom nie musi wyglądać jak magazyn wnętrzarski. Powinien pomagać Ci żyć. Sypialnia, bardziej niż każde inne pomieszczenie, powinna pozwalać Ci wreszcie odpuścić. Projekt wnętrza: studio projektowe House Loves
- [Detale, które odmieniły mój salon](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/detale-ktore-odmienily-moj-salon/): Od początku zależało mi na tym, żeby nasz salon był nie tylko piękny, ale przede wszystkim miękki, ciepły i naprawdę domowy.   Taki, w którym dobrze odpoczywa się po całym dniu, pije poranną kawę jeszcze w piżamie, układa z dziećmi puzzle na dywanie i wieczorem przykrywa kocem, kiedy cały dom wreszcie zwalnia.   Bazę stworzyły spokojne kolory, naturalne materiały i ponadczasowe meble, ale dopiero dodatki sprawiły, że salon przestał wyglądać jak projekt i zaczął wyglądać jak nasz dom.   Część tych dodatków mieliśmy już wcześniej, a część dobrało do projektu studio HOUSE LOVES. I myślę, że właśnie to połączenie sprawiło, że salon nie wygląda jak gotowa aranżacja z katalogu, ale naprawdę jak nasz dom. Wspólnie stworzyliśmy coś wyjątkowego: spójnego, ciepłego i bardzo naszego.   To właśnie detale dodały temu wnętrzu warstw, miękkości i charakteru. Nie wybierałam ich jednego dnia ani według gotowej listy. Pojawiały się stopniowo, kiedy widziałam, czego jeszcze potrzebuje salon: odrobiny kontrastu, cieplejszej faktury, światła albo po prostu pięknego przedmiotu, na który lubię patrzeć.   Zebrałam je wszystkie w jednym miejscu, żebyś nie musiała szukać ich pod kolejnymi zdjęciami i rolkami. Być może znajdziesz tu także coś do swojego salonu.   1. Kwadratowa poszewka na kanapę   Jasna, miękka i spokojna. Pięknie łączy się z kolorem kanapy, ale dzięki wyraźnej fakturze nie znika na jej tle. To jeden z tych dodatków, które wyglądają bardzo subtelnie, a jednak bez nich całość byłaby znacznie bardziej płaska.   2. Podłużna poszewka na kanapę   Podłużna poduszka przełamuje układ samych kwadratowych form i sprawia, że kanapa wygląda bardziej swobodnie. Lubię ją również za to, że naprawdę wygodnie podpiera plecy, więc nie pełni wyłącznie funkcji dekoracyjnej.   3. Pofalowana skrzynia na zabawki   Nasza skrzynia pochodzi z Zara Home i niestety nie jest już dostępna. Znalazłam jednak bardzo podobny model.   To jeden z moich ulubionych elementów salonu, bo doskonale łączy estetykę z codziennym życiem pięcioosobowej rodziny. W środku chowamy rzeczy, których nie chcemy mieć na widoku, a z zewnątrz skrzynia wygląda jak piękny, pleciony mebel. Czasem służy też jako miejsce na koc albo dodatkowy stolik pomocniczy.   4. Stolik kawowy Luana Ø 74 cm, Bloomingville   Okrągły stolik pięknie równoważy proste linie kanapy i szafki RTV. Ciepły odcień drewna nawiązuje do podłogi, a szeroki blat spokojnie mieści książki, dekoracje i kawę, która w naszym domu bardzo rzadko zdąży wystygnąć w ciszy.   Model Luana ma prostą, ale charakterystyczną formę, dlatego nie potrzebuje wielu dodatków. Sam w sobie jest ozdobą wnętrza.   5. Czarne ażurowe ramki na zdjęcia   Na jasnej szafce RTV potrzebowałam niewielkiego kontrastu. Czarne ramki robią dokładnie tyle, ile powinny: podkreślają zdjęcia, nawiązują do kinkietów i innych czarnych detali, ale nie obciążają całej kompozycji.   6. Bezprzewodowa złota lampka   Mała lampka, wielki klimat. Wieczorem daje delikatne, ciepłe światło bez konieczności zapalania głównego oświetlenia, a ponieważ jest bezprzewodowa, mogę przestawiać ją tam, gdzie akurat jej potrzebuję.   Lubię takie rozwiązania, które wyglądają elegancko, ale nie wymagają od życia dostosowania się do kabla i najbliższego kontaktu.   7. Kontrastowa poszewka na poduszkę   Salon opiera się głównie na spokojnych beżach, bieli i naturalnym drewnie, dlatego jedna wzorzysta poduszka działa tutaj jak biżuteria do prostej stylizacji.   Dodaje charakteru i sprawia, że całość nie staje się zbyt zachowawcza. To także najłatwiejszy element do wymiany, kiedy mam ochotę delikatnie zmienić klimat wnętrza.   8. Ceramiczny wazon   Uwielbiam ceramikę za jej nieregularność, matowe wykończenie i wrażenie, że każdy egzemplarz jest odrobinę inny.   Ten wazon pięknie wygląda zarówno z gałęziami, suszonymi roślinami, jak i zupełnie pusty. Jego organiczna forma dodaje wnętrzu miękkości i dobrze kontrastuje z geometryczną sztukaterią.   9. Ceramiczna podstawka pod palo santo i szałwię   To niewielki przedmiot, ale bardzo lubię, kiedy rzeczy codziennego użytku mają swoje estetyczne miejsce. Podstawka porządkuje kompozycję na stoliku i zabezpiecza jego powierzchnię.   10. Szałwia biała   Używam jej nie tylko jako elementu dekoracyjnego. Lubię rytuały, które pozwalają mi zatrzymać się na chwilę, przewietrzyć wnętrze i symbolicznie zakończyć intensywny dzień.   Niezależnie od tego, jakie znaczenie sama jej nadajesz, naturalna szałwia pięknie wygląda w spokojnych, organicznych aranżacjach.   Mam nadzieję, że ten spis ułatwi Ci znalezienie dodatków, które tak często pokazuję na zdjęciach naszego salonu.
- [Co naprawdę noszę w swojej torebce (i dlaczego ten system ratuje mi codzienność)](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/co-naprawde-nosze-w-swojej-torebce-i-dlaczego-ten-system-ratuje-mi-codziennosc/): Z czasem zrozumiałam, że w moim przypadku organizacja nie polega na tym, żeby bardziej się pilnować. Dużo lepiej działa stworzenie systemu, który po prostu odciąża głowę i sprawia, że nie muszę o wszystkim pamiętać. Dlatego od dawna noszę praktycznie jedną torebkę i mam w niej zestaw rzeczy, które zawsze są ze mną. Nie dlatego, że lubię mieć dużo rzeczy przy sobie – tylko dlatego, że wiem, jak bardzo ułatwia mi to codzienność. Oto mój aktualny zestaw:   1. Smycz na ADHD – czyli mój ulubiony system „żeby nic nie zgubić” To chyba rzecz, o którą pytacie mnie najczęściej. Bazą jest etui na AirPodsy od BURGA AirPods Cases Ma ono bardzo praktyczne metalowe kółeczko i właśnie do niego doczepiam wszystko, co chcę mieć zawsze pod ręką – klucze, słuchawki, inne drobiazgi. Nie wrzucam ich luzem do torebki, bo wtedy wiem, że później kończy się to szukaniem przez kilka minut. Ten mały system naprawdę oszczędza mi codziennie sporo energii.   2. Słuchawki wygłuszające, kiedy potrzebuję mniej bodźców Od jakiegoś czasu używam słuchawek wygłuszających od Loop Earplugs Mam model Loop Switch, czyli wersję 3-funkcyjną, w której można przełączać poziom wygłuszenia w zależności od sytuacji. Bardzo lubię rozwiązania, które pomagają mi regulować ilość bodźców zamiast po prostu „przyzwyczajać się” do hałasu. To jedna z tych rzeczy, które realnie wspierają mnie w codzienności. 3. Torebka, której nie zmieniam Od dawna noszę torebkę od DeMellier London Nie zmieniam torebek pod stylizacje, bo wiem, że w moim przypadku oznacza to chaos i ciągłe przekładanie rzeczy. Wolę mieć jeden system, który zawsze wygląda tak samo. Wiem wtedy dokładnie, gdzie co jest i nie muszę dodatkowo o tym myśleć. 4. Kieszonkowy powerbank Telefon rozładowuje mi się regularnie dokładnie wtedy, kiedy najbardziej go potrzebuję. Kieszonkowy powerbank Dlatego od dawna zawsze noszę ze sobą mały kieszonkowy powerbank. Najbardziej lubię takie mini modele, które można podłączyć bezpośrednio do telefonu i nie trzeba nosić dodatkowego kabla. 5. Zestaw do kluczy Dużą część organizerów do kluczy zamawiałam na Amazon To właśnie tam znalazłam kilka prostych dodatków, które pozwalają mi wszystko spiąć w jeden zestaw i mieć pod ręką. Często szukam też podobnych rzeczy na Amazonie, jeśli zależy mi na znalezieniu alternatyw. 6. Saszetka S.O.S. Mam też swoją małą saszetkę awaryjną. Saszetka SOS To miejsce na wszystkie rzeczy, które wcześniej regularnie ratowały mi dzień: – plasterki – gumkę do włosów – rzeczy higieniczne – małe awaryjne akcesoria – wszystko to, czego zwykle potrzebujesz akurat wtedy, kiedy tego nie masz   Z czasem nauczyłam się, ze to właśnie takie małe rozwiązania najbardziej odciążają mnie każdego dnia.
- [Mój sposób na szybkie notatki z Apple Watch.](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-sposob-na-szybkie-notatki-z-apple-watch/): Od dawna szukam rozwiązań, które pomagają mi szybciej zapisywać rzeczy dokładnie wtedy, kiedy pojawiają się w głowie 🤍   Przy ADHD bardzo dobrze znam ten moment, kiedy wpada pomysł, myśl albo coś ważnego do zapamiętania… i kilka sekund później po prostu tego nie ma. Dlatego coraz częściej buduję wokół siebie małe systemy, które zdejmują ze mnie konieczność pamiętania o wszystkim.   Ten skrót bardzo polubiłam właśnie za to, że pozwala zapisać notatkę od razu z poziomu Apple Watch – bez szukania telefonu i bez odkładania tego na później. Jeśli chcesz ustawić go u siebie, zostawiam dokładną instrukcję krok po kroku   Jak dodać skrót głosowy do Apple Watch, który zapisuje notatki.   CZĘŚĆ 1 — konfiguracja na iPhonie. 1. Otwórz aplikację Skróty na iPhonie. 2. Kliknij + w prawym górnym rogu, aby stworzyć nowy skrót. 3. Dodaj pierwszą akcję
Wyszukaj: Dyktowanie tekstu
→ wybierz „Dyktowanie tekstu” (To sprawi, że zegarek będzie słuchał tego, co mówisz). 4. Dodaj drugą akcję
Kliknij Dodaj czynność Wyszukaj: Utwórz notatkę → wybierz „Utwórz notatkę zawierającą” 5. Połącz akcje Kliknij pole „Zawartość” w drugiej akcji. Z listy wybierz:
→ Podyktowany tekst (teraz wszystko co powiesz, zamieni się w notatkę) 6. Nazwij skrót Kliknij nazwę u góry i wpisz np. Notatka Apple Watch   CZĘŚĆ 2 — dodanie do Apple Watch 7. Wróć do listy wszystkich skrótów Przytrzymaj skrót. Kliknij:
Szczegóły 8. Włącz opcję Znajdź: Pokazuj na Apple Watch. Włącz przełącznik. 9. Zapisz Kliknij ✓ w prawym górnym rogu. Gotowe.   CZĘŚĆ 3 — dodanie do tarczy / ekranu zegarka Na Apple Watch: 10. Otwórz aplikację Skróty Powinien pojawić się tam nowy skrót.   Jeśli chcesz mieć go od razu pod ręką: Opcja A — komplikacja na tarczy Na iPhonie: 1. Otwórz aplikację Watch 2. Wejdź w aktualną tarczę 3. Kliknij jedno z pól (komplikacja) 4. Wybierz Skróty 5. Ustaw skrót Notatka Apple Watch Teraz jednym kliknięciem uruchamiasz nagrywanie.   Opcja B — widget Smart Stack Na zegarku: Przytrzymaj ekran → dodaj widget → wybierz Skróty   Jak używać? Na Apple Watch: Klikasz skrót
→ mówisz np. „Kupić mleko i wysłać maila” Kończysz dyktowanie
→ notatka automatycznie zapisuje się w aplikacji Notatki na iPhonie.   Uwielbiam takie rozwiązania, bo to kolejny przykład na to, że czasem nie potrzebujemy robić więcej.   Czasem wystarczy stworzyć wokół siebie systemy, które po prostu wspierają naszą codzienność. Małe rzeczy, ale to właśnie one bardzo często najbardziej odciążają głowę.
- [Lustra łazienkowe – detal, który robi różnicę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lustra-lazienkowe/): To już nasza czwarta łazienka, ale pierwsza tak dopracowana – kompletna, funkcjonalna łazienka i skrojona na miarę naszej codzienności. Tym razem nie chodziło tylko o estetykę, ale o stworzenie przestrzeni, która realnie wspiera rytm naszej pięcioosobowej rodziny – trójki dzieci, nas dwojga i psa. Miejsce, które łączy funkcję łazienki, pralni i suszarni, a przy tym daje poczucie spokoju i estetycznej harmonii.   Za koncepcję i projekt odpowiadało studio HOUSE LOVES – zespół, z którym rozumieliśmy się niemal bez słów. Wiedzieli, że dla mnie piękne wnętrze to takie, które nie tylko zachwyca wyglądem, ale przede wszystkim działa – praktycznie, niezawodnie i z sercem. I dokładnie taką przestrzeń wspólnie stworzyliśmy.   Lustra łazienkowe, które zmieniają tak wiele Jednym z największych bohaterów naszych obu łazienek okazały się… lustra. A I tutaj swoją rolę odegrała marka Giera Design. Pokazując mi, że lustro łazienkowe może być prawdziwym sercem pomieszczenia – łączyć funkcję, estetykę i nowoczesność w jednym detalu. Tuż za lustrem łazienkowym ukryliśmy szafki, które mieszczą wszystko to, co musi być pod ręką, ale niekoniecznie na widoku – szczoteczki, kosmetyki, kremy.   Dlaczego właśnie Giera Design? Przy urządzaniu domu staram się wybierać rzeczy, które zostaną z nami na lata. Takie, które nie tylko dobrze wyglądają na zdjęciach, ale też są naprawdę dobrze wykonane – właśnie dlatego tak spodobało mi się podejście Giera Design.   To polska, rodzinna marka z tradycjami sięgającymi 1946 roku. Dziś, gdy większość produktów powstaje masowo i często anonimowo, bardzo doceniam firmy, za którymi stoją konkretni ludzie, doświadczenie i prawdziwe rzemiosło.   Duże znaczenie ma dla mnie również jakość materiałów. Lustra Giera Design wykonywane są z wysokiej jakości belgijskiej tafli, dzięki czemu wyróżniają się bardzo dobrą przejrzystością i pięknym odbiciem. Dla najbardziej wymagających dostępna jest także wersja Opti White, która zapewnia jeszcze czystszą barwę szkła i wyjątkową klarowność obrazu.   Lubię też fakt, że nie jesteśmy skazani na gotowe rozwiązania. Możliwość wykonania lustra na wymiar sprawia, że można dopasować je dokładnie do swojej łazienki, niezależnie od jej wielkości czy układu. To ogromna przewaga szczególnie wtedy, gdy zależy nam na spójnym i dopracowanym wnętrzu.   Dodatkowo marka oferuje aż 3 lata gwarancji na swoje produkty, co daje poczucie bezpieczeństwa i potwierdza zaufanie do jakości własnych realizacji. To jeden z tych szczegółów, na które często nie zwracamy uwagi podczas zakupu, ale które później okazują się naprawdę ważne.   Nie bez znaczenia jest też fakt, że lustra Giera Design są chętnie wybierane przez projektantów wnętrz. Przy współpracy z Karoliną Zagrodzką ze studia HOUSE LOVES szybko przekonałam się, jak dużą zaletą jest możliwość wykonania lustra dokładnie pod potrzeby konkretnego projektu.   Właśnie za to najbardziej lubię takie marki – za połączenie pięknego wzornictwa, jakości wykonania i rozwiązań, które po prostu sprawdzają się na co dzień.   Dlaczego lustro łazienkowe jest jednym z najważniejszych elementów wyposażenia? Przez lata urządzania kolejnych domów nauczyłam się, że są takie elementy wnętrza, które robią dużo większą różnicę, niż początkowo zakładamy i właśnie do tej grupy zaliczam lustra łazienkowe.   To jeden z pierwszych elementów, na który patrzymy rano i jeden z ostatnich, które widzimy wieczorem. Towarzyszy nam podczas codziennych rytuałów, ale jednocześnie ma ogromny wpływ na odbiór całego wnętrza. Dobrze dobrane lustro łazienkowe potrafi optycznie powiększyć przestrzeń, rozjaśnić pomieszczenie i sprawić, że nawet niewielka łazienka wydaje się bardziej przestronna.   Szczególnie doceniam to w naszych łazienkach, gdzie zależało nam na zachowaniu lekkości i harmonii. Lustra odbijają światło, dodają głębi i sprawiają, że wnętrze wydaje się bardziej otwarte, bez konieczności stosowania dodatkowych zabiegów aranżacyjnych. Podświetlane lustra łazienkowe – estetyka i komfort na co dzień Coraz bardziej przekonuję się też do rozwiązań, które łączą piękny wygląd z funkcjonalnością. Dlatego tak dużą popularnością cieszą się dziś lustra łazienkowe LED.   Odpowiednio zaprojektowane podświetlenie nie tylko buduje klimat wnętrza, ale również poprawia komfort codziennego użytkowania. Delikatne światło wokół lustra sprawdza się podczas porannego makijażu, golenia czy wieczornej pielęgnacji. Dzięki temu nie jesteśmy uzależnieni wyłącznie od głównego oświetlenia w łazience.   To właśnie takie detale sprawiają, że przestrzeń staje się bardziej komfortowa i lepiej dopasowana do codziennych potrzeb domowników. Lustro na wymiar – rozwiązanie bez kompromisów Jedną z rzeczy, które najbardziej doceniam podczas urządzania wnętrz, jest możliwość dopasowania produktu do konkretnej przestrzeni. W przypadku łazienki ma to szczególne znaczenie, bo bardzo rzadko zdarza się, aby gotowe rozwiązania idealnie odpowiadały naszym potrzebom.   Lustro łazienkowe na wymiar pozwala wykorzystać każdy centymetr przestrzeni dokładnie tak, jak chcemy. Możemy dopasować jego szerokość do zabudowy meblowej, wysokość do proporcji pomieszczenia oraz wybrać kształt, który najlepiej wpisuje się w charakter wnętrza.   To rozwiązanie szczególnie sprawdza się w nowoczesnych łazienkach, gdzie zależy nam na spójności i dopracowaniu każdego detalu. Dzięki temu lustro nie wygląda jak przypadkowy dodatek, ale staje się integralną częścią całego projektu. Forma też ma znaczenie   Dla mnie design to nie tylko kolory i dodatki – to też kształty. Lustro złote prostokątne z zaokrąglonymi rogami to klasyka, która nigdy mi się nie nudzi – pasuje do stylu japandi, boho, skandynawskiego i glamour.   Ale jeśli szukasz czegoś bardziej trendowego – Giera Design oferuje też asymetryczne, nowoczesne formy wprost inspirowane z wnętrzarskich profili na Pinterest.   U nas wybór padł na lustra łazienkowe Billet, które nie tylko pięknie wygląda, ale też optycznie powiększa przestrzeń i łagodzi linie pomieszczenia.   Lustro łazienkowe szyte na miarę… dosłownie I najlepsze na koniec – lustro od Giera Design można zamówić na wymiar. Wybierasz kształt, rozmiar, rodzaj światła, kolor ramy… wszystko, czego potrzebujesz, by dopasować je idealnie do swojej przestrzeni. Bez kompromisów.   Obie łazienki to miejsca, które żyją z nami i dla nas. Nie jest idealne – ale jest nasze. I to chyba najlepsze podsumowanie całego projektu.   Jeśli jesteś na etapie urządzania swojej łazienki – pomyśl o lustrze nie tylko jako o dodatku. To element, który może być piękny, praktyczny, sprytny i bardzo Twój.   Zajrzyj na GieraDesign.pl – może właśnie tam znajdziesz lustro łazienkowe, które odmieni Twoją codzienność.   A teraz zostaw komentarz – co u Ciebie się sprawdziło, a co okazało się zbędne? Uwielbiam wymieniać się z Wami doświadczeniami!
- [Jak urządzić przedpokój?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-urzadzic-przedpokoj/): Jak urządzić przedpokój, żeby był piękny i praktyczny? 3 proste zmiany bez remontu   Przedpokój to często najbardziej niedoceniane miejsce w domu. Przechodzimy przez niego w biegu, odkładamy buty, torby, kurtki… i dopiero po czasie orientujemy się, że zamiast miłego powitania mamy przestrzeń, która po prostu „jest”.   A przecież to właśnie przedpokój widzisz jako pierwszy, kiedy wracasz do domu. To tutaj zaczyna się klimat wnętrza. I naprawdę nie potrzeba generalnego remontu ani dużego budżetu, żeby zrobiło się piękniej, spokojniej i wygodniej.   Czasem wystarczy kilkanaście minut oraz trzy dobrze dobrane elementy: lustro, puf ze schowkiem i przytulne światło.   Linki do produktów, któe wykorzystałam do urządzenia przedpokoju:   Lustro, co dodaje światła i optycznie powiększa przestrzeń. Puf ze schowkiem lub ławeczka z półką, które dają wygodę i pomagają ukryć codzienny chaos. Lampki, któe budują klimat i sprawiają, że wnętrze wygląda przytulniej.   Właśnie te rozwiązania pokazałam w rolce. A tutaj opowiem Ci, dlaczego tak dobrze działają – zwłaszcza w codziennym, prawdziwym domu.   1. Lustro w przedpokoju, które dodaje światła i przestrzeni Kiedy zastanawiasz się, jak urządzić mały lub ciemniejszy przedpokój, zacznij od lustra.   To jeden z tych elementów, które zmieniają wnętrze niemal od razu. Lustro odbija światło, dodaje lekkości i sprawia, że nawet wąski korytarz wygląda na bardziej przestronny.   Dla mnie liczy się nie tylko efekt wizualny. Lustro w przedpokoju jest po prostu wygodne. Ostatnie spojrzenie przed wyjściem, szybkie poprawienie włosów, sprawdzenie stylizacji – niby drobiazg, a korzystasz z niego właściwie każdego dnia.   Do spokojnych, przytulnych wnętrz bardzo lubię lustra o miękkiej formie: z łukiem, zaokrąglonymi narożnikami albo delikatną ramą. Dzięki nim przedpokój wygląda mniej surowo i od razu staje się bardziej dopracowany.   2. Puf ze schowkiem, czyli mniej rzeczy na widoku W przedpokoju szczególnie lubię meble, które nie tylko dobrze wyglądają, ale też naprawdę pomagają w codzienności.   Puf albo niewielka skrzynia ze schowkiem to właśnie taki element.   Możesz na nim wygodnie usiąść, kiedy zakładasz buty. Dziecko może przysiąść podczas ubierania. Możesz na chwilę odłożyć torbę, telefon albo paczkę przyniesioną z samochodu.   A w środku? Schowek na to, czego nie chcesz mieć stale na widoku: szaliki, czapki, materiałowe torby, drobiazgi sezonowe czy rzeczy, które po prostu potrzebują swojego miejsca.   I właśnie takie rozwiązania lubię najbardziej: piękne, ale przede wszystkim pomocne, aby dom nie wyglądał dobrze tylko na zdjęciu, tylko ułatwiał życie wtedy, kiedy rano wszyscy wychodzą w pośpiechu albo wracacie z rękami pełnymi zakupów.   W rolce pokazałam owalny, tapicerowany puf z tacką i schowkiem. Spodobał mi się właśnie dlatego, że łączy miękką formę z bardzo praktyczną funkcją.   3. Małe lampki, które zmieniają klimat wnętrza Światło potrafi zrobić we wnętrzu więcej niż kolejna dekoracja.   Przedpokój często kojarzy się z miejscem użytkowym: szybko zapalić główne światło, znaleźć buty i wyjść. Tymczasem wystarczy dodać delikatne, ciepłe oświetlenie, żeby ta przestrzeń zaczęła wyglądać zupełnie inaczej, szczególnie w długie, zimowe popołudnia.   Nie zawsze trzeba od razu przerabiać instalację bczy wieszać kinkiety. Małe lampki, które można łatwo ustawić na komodzie, półce czy pufie, potrafią stworzyć bardzo przyjemny efekt. Świetnym rozwiązaniem będą też bezprzewodowe kinkiety jak te u mnie.   Najbardziej praktyczne są dla mnie modele z możliwością zmiany temperatury światła. W ciągu dnia możesz wybrać światło bardziej neutralne, a wieczorem – ciepłe, miękkie i spokojne.   To niewielka zmiana, ale właśnie dzięki takim detalom przedpokój przestaje być tylko przejściem między drzwiami a resztą domu. Staje się jego prawdziwą częścią.   Jak urządzić przedpokój bez wielkich kosztów? Nie potrzebujesz wielu dekoracji ani gruntownej metamorfozy. W przedpokoju najlepiej działają rzeczy, które łączą estetykę z funkcją.   Lustro, co dodaje światła i optycznie powiększa przestrzeń. Puf ze schowkiem lub ławeczka z półką, które dają wygodę i pomagają ukryć codzienny chaos. Lampki, któe budują klimat i sprawiają, że wnętrze wygląda przytulniej.   I nagle miejsce, przez które do tej pory tylko przebiegałaś, zaczyna naprawdę Ci służyć.   Bo piękny dom nie musi być perfekcyjny. Powinien być urządzony tak, żeby łatwiej było w nim żyć – spokojnie, wygodnie i po swojemu.   Jeśli trafiłaś tutaj z rolki i szukasz linków do produktów, zaglądaj także do kolejnych wpisów na blogu. Pokazuję w nich rozwiązania do domu, które nie tylko dobrze wyglądają, ale przede wszystkim sprawdzają się w prawdziwej codzienności.   Więcej też znajdziesdz na moim Instagramie @agnieszka.kudela 
- [Jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zaaranzowac-pokoj-dla-dziecka/): Zastanawiasz się, jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka tak, żeby był jednocześnie przytulny, funkcjonalny i rósł razem z maluchem? My przeszliśmy tę drogę urządzając pokój dla naszej dwulatki Florki i dziś pokażę Wam, co się u nas sprawdziło. Bez teoretyzowania, same konkrety, sprawdzone produkty i rozwiązania, do których wracamy każdego dnia. Od czego zacząć aranżację pokoju dla dziecka Pokój dla dziecka to nie jest projekt na chwilę. Maluch rośnie szybko, jego potrzeby zmieniają się z miesiąca na miesiąc, a my, jako rodzice, nie mamy ochoty co rok przemeblowywać całej przestrzeni. Dlatego przy aranżacji pokoju dziecięcego postawiliśmy na rzeczy, które dorastają razem z Florką. Pierwszym i najważniejszym elementem było owalne łóżeczko Stokke Sleepi. Mamy je od czasu, kiedy Florka była noworodkiem, w wersji miniaturowej, a dziś służy jej jako łóżeczko dla starszaka. To rozwiązanie, które polecam każdemu, kto urządza pokój dla dziecka i chce uniknąć wymiany mebli co dwa lata. Pokój dla dziecka i strefa rodzica, czyli fotel bujany Aranżując pokój dla dziecka łatwo zapomnieć o sobie. A przecież wieczorne usypianie, karmienie, czytanie bajek to czas, w którym to rodzic spędza w pokoju maluszka długie godziny. Fotel bujany to u nas obowiązkowy element wyposażenia, bez którego nie wyobrażam sobie funkcjonalnego pokoju dziecięcego. Tapeta i tekstylia, czyli klimat pokoju dla dziecka Jeśli zastanawiacie się, jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka, żeby miał charakter, postawcie na jeden mocny motyw przewodni. U nas są to leśne zwierzęta. Tapeta z Kappahl z daleka wygląda spokojnie i neutralnie, ale gdy podejdziecie bliżej, zobaczycie pełną leśną opowieść. Ten sam motyw kontynuuje pościel z Kappahl, dzięki czemu pokój dla dziecka jest spójny stylistycznie. Klimatu dodają jeszcze rolety rzymskie z Mio Decor i kinkiet nad łóżeczkiem, który odgoni niejedne nocne strachy. Przechowywanie w pokoju dla dziecka, czyli szafa, która się zmienia Dobra szafa to podstawa, jeśli planujecie aranżację pokoju dla dziecka na lata. Postawiliśmy na szafy PAX z IKEA z frontami GRIMO w zabudowie kartonowo-gipsowej pomalowanej farbą Flugger w kolorze IN-700, którą wykonał nasz majster. Co w nich kocham? Wnętrze można dowolnie organizować, a fronty wymieniać.   Dziś Florka korzysta z dolnej części szafy, do której sięga sama. Codziennie komponuje stylówki z tego, co jej tam podszykuję pod pogodę. To ćwiczy samodzielność i decyzyjność od najmłodszych lat. Gdy podrośnie, kilka śrubek i całość przestawimy pod jej nowe potrzeby. Tak właśnie wyobrażam sobie funkcjonalny pokój dla dziecka, takiego, który rośnie razem z nim. Pokój dla dziecka w duchu Montessori Może się wydawać, że zabawek u nas mało. To celowe. Aranżując pokój dla dziecka warto pomyśleć o tym, że nadmiar bodźców męczy malucha i utrudnia skupienie się na zabawie. Działamy w duchu Montessori. Cały zapas zabawek trzymamy schowany w szafie, a na regał Montessori z Jysk co tydzień lub dwa wystawiamy te, którymi chcemy aktualnie Florkę zaciekawić. Stare zabawki po przerwie wracają jak nowe, a córka faktycznie się nimi bawi, zamiast tylko przerzucać z miejsca na miejsce. Do szybkiego sprzątania używamy skrzyń z Zara Home. Wrzucasz, zamykasz, gotowe. W pokoju dla dziecka takie rozwiązania są na wagę złota. Strefy zabawy w pokoju dla dziecka Funkcjonalny pokój dla dziecka powinien mieć kilka stref. U Florki znajdziecie: mały stolik z krzesełkami idealny do wyprawiania przyjęć, dziecięcą kuchnię z lodziarnią, domek dla myszek, dziecięcy fotel bujany, strefę bobasa z przewijakiem, wózkiem oraz biblioteczkę z książeczkami, które również rotujemy zgodnie z metodą Montessori. Podłoga w pokoju dla dziecka Najlepsze zabawy i tak dzieją się na podłodze. Mimo że w pokoju mamy wykładzinę, dołożyliśmy piankową matę. To miejsce dla wszystkich brudniejszych aktywności: malowania, lepienia, wycinania. Aranżując pokój dla dziecka warto pamiętać, że łatwa do czyszczenia podłoga oszczędza nerwy. Detal, który spina całość W pokoju Florki nawiązaliśmy też do motywu przewodniego naszego domu, czyli łuku. Z czasem pewnie wkleimy w to miejsce lustro. To pokazuje, że pokój dla dziecka nie musi być oderwaną wyspą, może płynnie wpisywać się w styl całego mieszkania. Jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka, podsumowanie Jeśli zastanawiacie się, jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka, warto wdrożyć kilka rzeczy: wybrać meble, które rosną razem z maluchem, zadbać o spójny motyw przewodni, ograniczyć liczbę zabawek i rotować je, stworzyć kilka stref do różnych rodzajów zabawy, pomyśleć też o swojej wygodzie.   Tak właśnie powstał pokój dla dziecka u nas. Przestrzeń łącząca prostotę, estetykę i funkcjonalność, w której Florka czuje się jak u siebie. Bo o to chyba w tym wszystkim chodzi.
- [Drewniana podłoga w jodełkę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/podloga-w-jodelke/): Podłoga w jodełkę na dobre rozgościła się we wnętrzarskich salonach. Do jakiego rodzaju podłogi w jodełkę przekonała nas nasza doświadczona projektantka wnętrz?   Gdy pięć lat temu urządzaliśmy nasze biuro, wybór paneli w jodełkę wydawał się najrozsądniejszym – i ekonomicznym – rozwiązaniem. Niestety po tych kilku latach użytkowania mogę uczciwie powiedzieć: w wielu miejscach panele trzeszczą (i niestety nie obejmuje tego gwarancja), dźwięki chodzenia w butach głośno niosą się po wnętrzu, a wszelkie uszkodzenia, choć teoretycznie łatwe, okazują się trudne do samodzielnej naprawy.   Dlatego gdy wybierałam podłogę do naszego nowego domu, byłam absolutnie przekonana, że – mimo wszystko – to właśnie panele będą najrozsądniejszą opcją w rodzinie z trójką dzieci i kudłatym psem. I niemal spadłam z krzesła, gdy Karolina, nasza projektantka ze studia projektowego House Loves, powiedziała: „Z wyborem podłogi poczekajmy, aż przyjedziecie do mnie do domu”.   Ale na co ja mam tu czekać? Znam swoją rodzinę i nie chcę być niewolnikiem drewnianej podłogi. „Przyjedziecie, porozmawiamy” – usłyszałam. No i pojechaliśmy.   Na własne oczy zobaczyliśmy przepiękny dom Karoliny, a jego ogromnym atutem była właśnie… drewniana podłoga. Karolina przygotowała dla nas kilka próbek idealnie dopasowanych do koncepcji naszego wnętrza. Gdy tylko wzięłam je do ręki, zobaczyłam piękne szczotkowanie, matowy odcień, aksamitną fakturę… wiedziałam już, że chcę się dać przekonać.   Zresztą – jeśli nie teraz, to kiedy? Dom to przecież nasze miejsce na ziemi. Chciałam, żeby był nie tylko piękny, ale też prawdziwie ciepły, przytulny i ponadczasowy. A drewniana podłoga… robi wielką robotę.   Nasz wybór – jodełka francuska Brushed Shadow od Dąbex   Zdecydowaliśmy się na jodełkę francuską Dąb Natur, szczotkowaną i olejowaną – kolor Brushed Horizon z oferty Dąbex. Co nas do niej przekonało poza wyglądem?   choć to drewniana podłoga, nie jest to klasyczna „decha” – pod warstwą dębu znajduje się poprzecznie klejona warstwa konstrukcyjna, która stabilizuje całość i zapobiega rozsychaniu i rozchodzeniu się drewna ten typ konstrukcji sprawia, że nawet przy ogrzewaniu podłogowym nie powstają szpary między deskami – a ogrzewanie podłogowe mamy w całym domu podłoga ma 15 mm grubości i w tym aż 6 mm warstwy litego drewna, dzięki czemu można ją kilkukrotnie cyklinować – co daje ogromny komfort na przyszłość.     Drewniana podłoga a codzienne życie – jak to wygląda w praktyce? Po roku intensywnego użytkowania mogę śmiało powiedzieć: nie wyobrażam sobie piękniejszej podłogi. I – ku mojemu ogromnemu zaskoczeniu – tak łatwej w utrzymaniu czystości.     Na co dzień używamy dedykowanych środków do pielęgnacji podlogi: sprayu do miejscowych zabrudzeń (najczęściej w kuchni) mydła do mycia podłogi na mokro (robimy to mniej więcej raz na dwa tygodnie) specjalnych środków do trudniejszych plam – jak wino, kawa, woda czy nawet… mocz psa (używaliśmy raz – działa!).   Dodatkowo mamy też olej do punktowego olejowania, gdyby pojawiły się przetarcia – choć przez ten pierwszy rok nie było takiej potrzeby. Nasza podłoga wciąż wygląda jak nowa.   Kuchnia – największy test dla podłogi   Drewniana podłoga w kuchni? Jeszcze kilka lat temu pomyślałabym, że to szaleństwo. Dziś? Nie wyobrażam sobie innego rozwiązania.     Gotujemy codziennie. Zmywarka znajduje się na innej ścianie niż zlew. A najczęściej obsługują ją nasze dzieci – 2, 7 i 10 lat – z uważnością na poziomie… delikatnie mówiąc: kreatywnym. Woda na podłodze? Codzienność. A jednak – wystarczy przetrzeć i nic się nie dzieje. Żadnych wybrzuszeń. Żadnych odkształceń.   A do tego… ciepło pod stopami! To coś, czego nie da się opisać – trzeba poczuć.   Jak połączyć drewnianą podłogę z płytkami?     To było moje największe „ale”. Nie znoszę błyszczących listew wykańczających, które z daleka psują cały efekt. Tymczasem montaż i wykończenie podłogi przez Dąbex przeszły moje najśmielsze oczekiwania. Łączenia – przy kominku w centrum salonu, przy wejściu do łazienki czy wiatrołapie – są praktycznie niewidoczne. Subtelne, trwałe i absolutnie estetyczne.   Dlaczego Dąbex? Przeszliśmy przez wiele salonów, ale to w Dąbex urzekły nas: bogata paleta kolorów i wykończeń (my mamy szczotkowaną) grubość warstwy drewna (aż 6 mm!) możliwość zamówienia konkretnego układu i wyboru szerokości i długości deski spośród kilku opcji – jak nasza jodełka francuska, ale są też inne układy błyskawiczna realizacja i profesjonalny montaż (całość zorganizowana przez Dąbex).   Cały proces – od wyboru, przez pomiary na miejscu, po montaż – odbył się sprawnie i bezstresowo. A efekt przerósł nasze oczekiwania.     10 powodów, dla których pokochaliśmy naszą podłogę z Dąbex: Pięknie się starzeje – jak dobre wino i skórzana torebka. Olej z czasem się wyciera, dodając charakteru – a jeśli nie lubisz tego efektu, możesz łatwo ją odświeżyć: punktowo lub na całej powierzchni. 6 mm litego drewna – pozwala na wielokrotne cyklinowanie. Warstwowa, poprzeczna konstrukcja – dzięki niej nie powstają szpary. Przyjemna w dotyku – ciepła, miękka, naturalna. Działa z ogrzewaniem podłogowym – idealna na zimowe poranki. Wyjątkowo estetyczna – najpiękniejsza ozdoba naszego domu. Na lata – a może i na całe życie – można ją odnawiać. Łatwa w czyszczeniu i pielęgnacji – bez stresu, bez specjalistycznych zabiegów. Ma duszę – i wnosi do wnętrza niepowtarzalny klimat.     Jeśli szukasz podłogi, która łączy styl z jakością, jest odporna na życie (nawet to z trójką dzieci i psem), a do tego wnosi do wnętrza ciepło, klasę i ponadczasowy urok – warto przyjrzeć się podłogom od Dąbex. U nas zdała egzamin z codzienności na szóstkę z plusem.     Pielęgnacja drewnianej podłogi w jodełkę Aby moja podłoga w jodełkę jak najdłużej wyglądała perfekcyjnie, zaopatrzyłam się w zestaw sprawdzonych preparatów do jej pielęgnacji. Do codziennego usuwania miejscowych zabrudzeń używam Rubio Monocoat Surface Care Spray, który jest delikatnym mydłem  w sprayu. Świetnie radzi sobie z szybkim, bieżącym czyszczeniem. Raz na dwa tygodnie myję całą podłogę mopem, korzystając z Rubio Monocoat Soap, przeznaczonym do regularnego, dokładnego mycia podłóg drewnianych pokrytych olejem.   Mam też zawsze pod ręką trzy specjalistyczne preparaty do trudnych, specyficznych plam: Rubio Monocoat Tannin Remover idealny na plamy powstałe w wyniku reakcji drewna na kwas lub wodę, Rubio Monocoat Limespot Remover  na plamy z wapienne lub zasadowe np. plamy po winie oraz Rubio Monocoat Grease Remover  na tłuste zabrudzenia. Dzięki nim każdą problematyczną plamę mogę usunąć szybko i skutecznie, bez ryzyka uszkodzenia powierzchni.   Jeśli jednak po intensywnym czyszczeniu lub szorowaniu pojawi się miejscowe zmatowienie, sięgam po Rubio Monocoat Universal Maintenance Oil, który pozwala przywrócić drewnu jednolity wygląd i delikatne matowe wykończenie, odświeżając jego ochronną warstwę. Dzięki takiej pielęgnacji podłoga wciąż prezentuje się jak nowa i zachowuje swoje piękno na lata.    
- [Firany i zasłony do salonu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/firany-i-zaslony-do-salonu/): Firany i zasłony do salonu to jest coś, co naprawdę dopina salon jak ostatni guzik w dobrze skrojonym płaszczu. Możesz mieć piękną podłogę, idealną sofę i sztukaterię dopracowaną co do centymetra, ale to tekstylia sprawiają, że wnętrze staje się miękkie, przytulne i naprawdę domowe. W naszym salonie od początku wiedziałam jedno: nie chcę okna, które będzie po prostu oknem. Chciałam, żeby ta ogromna ściana światła stała się częścią całej opowieści o wnętrzu, dodawać miękkości, ocieplać przestrzeń i współgrać z resztą domu, zamiast wyglądać jak przypadkowo zawieszone zasłony, które tylko „jakoś pasują”.   Druga kwestia równie dla mnie ważna jest funkcjonalność. Nasz salon łączy strefę wypoczynkową z jadalnią, a wielkie przeszklenia są jego ogromnym atutem, natomiast ciasna zabudowa i domy sąsiadów za oknami nie powinny grać pierwszych skrzypiec. Zależało nam na tym, żeby zachować lekkość, naturalne światło i widok na ogród, a jednocześnie nadać tej przestrzeni intymności, miękkości i elegancji.   Projekt całego wnętrza przygotowała Karolina ze studia HOUSE LOVES. Już na etapie projektu przewidziała ukrycie systemu zawieszenia firan i zasłon za sufitową listwą sztukateryjną z ledem od strony okna. Za nią zastosowaliśmy białą, podwójną szynę KS, mocowaną do sufitu. Bardzo lubię ten efekt, bo nic nie odciąga uwagi od samej tkaniny. Firany i zasłony dosłownie wychodzą z sufitu, a wnętrze wygląda dzięki temu bardziej elegancko i spójnie.   To rozwiązanie ma jeszcze jedną dużą zaletę. Ukryta szyna sprawia, że całość wygląda lekko i nowocześnie. Właśnie tak wyobrażam sobie nowoczesne firany do salonu. Bez ciężkich, widocznych karniszy, bez przypadkowych mocowań i bez wrażenia, że coś zostało dokręcone na końcu remontu.   Wykonanie powierzyliśmy firmie Mio Decor. Po ich stronie był nie tylko obmiar i montaż, ale też szycie oraz dopasowanie wszystkiego na miejscu. Przy takiej skali okien to naprawdę robi różnicę. Przy tekstyliach centymetry mają ogromne znaczenie. Tu nie ma miejsca na „mniej więcej”. Firany na wymiar i zasłony na wymiar są piękne właśnie dlatego, że kończą się dokładnie tam, gdzie powinny, układają się tak, jak trzeba, i nie sprawiają wrażenia kompromisu.     Firany i zasłony do salonu – nasz wybór     W naszym salonie wybraliśmy zasłonę w tkaninie Lake 03, szytą na flexie, w delikatnym, ciepłym odcieniu jasnego beżu.   To dokładnie ten rodzaj koloru, który kocham najbardziej. Nie jest szary, nie jest różowy i nie wpada w zbyt żółty krem. To miękki, spokojny, elegancki beż, który pięknie ociepla biele, drewno i całą naturalną paletę wnętrza. Jeśli ktoś szuka naprawdę udanych zasłon beżowych, właśnie taki kierunek wybrałabym ponownie bez chwili wahania.   Do tego dobraliśmy firanę w tkaninie Zara 15, również szytą na flexie, w odcieniu miękkiej, złamanej bieli. Nie śnieżnej i nie laboratoryjnie chłodnej, ale takiej, która pięknie rozprasza światło i daje efekt lekko zamglonego, spokojnego tła. Dzięki temu połączeniu salon pozostaje jasny, ale nie staje się surowy. A światło, które przechodzi przez tę firanę, jest po prostu przepiękne.     System szycia   Obie tkaniny uszyto w systemie kurtynowym, z drapowaniem 1:1,5. To bardzo wdzięczna proporcja. Materiał układa się miękko i elegancko, ale nie daje efektu nadmiaru. Zasłony nie wyglądają ciężko i nie sprawiają wrażenia, że zajmują pół salonu. To jedna z tych rzeczy, które trudno uchwycić na pierwszy rzut oka, ale właśnie one decydują o tym, czy końcowy efekt wygląda naprawdę szlachetnie.     Wykończenie firan i zasłon   Warto zatrzymać się też przy samym wykończeniu, bo ono naprawdę robi różnicę. Tym, co wyróżnia zasłony Mio Decor, jest perfekcyjne szycie.   Idealnie poprowadzone boki, pięknie wykończone doły i ogromna staranność w każdym detalu. U nas zasłona została wykończona ołowianką. Ten fabrycznie wszyty dół sprawia, że tkanina układa się dokładnie tak, jak powinna. Miękko opada, nie faluje w niekontrolowany sposób i wygląda szlachetnie nawet wtedy, gdy po prostu swobodnie wisi.   Dodatkowo w zasłonie wszyto na stałe sztabki obciążające. To jeden z tych drobnych detali, które później okazują się ogromnym luksusem na co dzień. Dzięki nim boki nie wywijają się do góry, nie odstają i nie żyją własnym życiem. Zamiast tego pięknie, równo i spokojnie opadają, dokładnie tak jak reszta tkaniny. To niby detal, ale naprawdę widać różnicę.     Idealna długość firan i zasłon Żeby firany i zasłony miały zawsze idealną długość, zastosowaliśmy system Mikroflex. To wszyte na stałe haczyki, które pozwalają bardzo precyzyjnie regulować wysokość zawieszenia. Haczyk wkłada się od góry w drabinkę i z każdym kolejnym skokiem można regulować wysokość nawet o pół centymetra. Dzięki temu, jeśli po czasie, po praniu albo po montażu chcesz coś skorygować, nie musisz nic pruć, skracać ani kombinować. I to jest naprawdę genialne.   W praktyce ten system daje ogromny komfort. Firany nie są ani za krótkie, ani za długie, nie leżą zbyt ciężko na podłodze, ale też nie wiszą za wysoko. Wszystko wygląda dokładnie tak, jak powinno, nawet jeśłi masz krzywe sufity. A przecież to właśnie ten detal najczęściej decyduje o tym, czy firany do salonu wyglądają na naprawdę dopracowane.     Jak czyścić firany i zasłony Bardzo często dostaję pytania o to, jak czyścić takie tekstylia, więc od razu odpowiem. Wszystkie informacje znajdują się na wszywce obok znaczników i oznaczeń na zasłonie. To tam odczytasz, czy daną tkaninę można prać w wodzie, w jakiej temperaturze, czy można ją prasować i czy można ją czyścić chemicznie. Nasze zasłony można prać w wodzie, bez wirowania, w temperaturze do 30 stopni, i można je również czyścić chemicznie. Bardzo lubię, kiedy rzeczy piękne mają też sens w codziennym użytkowaniu i nie wymagają trzech rytuałów oraz księżyca w pełni.     Najpiękniejsze firany i zasłony do salonu   Często pytacie mnie też, jakie są najpiękniejsze firany do salonu. I szczerze? Dla mnie nie ma jednej odpowiedzi, bo wszystko zależy od wnętrza. Ale gdybym miała wskazać cechy, które robią największą różnicę, powiedziałabym tak: miękki w odbiorze kolor, dobre szycie, odpowiednie drapowanie, pięknie ukryty system zawieszenia i tkanina, która nie udaje niczego, tylko po prostu dobrze wygląda i dobrze pracuje ze światłem. I dokładnie taki efekt udało nam się osiągnąć tutaj.   To nie są tylko firany i zasłony do salonu. To element, który naprawdę buduje atmosferę tego wnętrza. Gdy rano wpada przez nie słońce, wszystko wygląda miękko i spokojnie. Gdy wieczorem zapalamy światła, zasłony otulają wnętrze i dodają mu intymności. I właśnie za to kocham dobrze dobrane tekstylia. Nie krzyczą, nie dominują, tylko robią to, co powinny robić najlepiej: sprawiają, że dom staje się jeszcze bardziej domem.   Jeśli urządzasz salon i zastanawiasz się, czy warto inwestować w firany na wymiar i zasłony na wymiar, z całego serca powiem Ci: tak. Dobrze dobrane i dobrze uszyte zostają z Tobą na lata i codziennie robią dla wnętrza więcej, niż mogłoby się wydawać.   Zapisz sobie ten kontakt: Mio Decor – Strefa Komfortu    
- [Szafa PAX do sufitu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szafa-pax-do-sufitu/): Szafa PAX do sufitu w przedpokoju – elegancja i funkcjonalność w jednym Przedpokój to wizytówka całego domu. Od pierwszego kroku chcemy, żeby robił wrażenie – elegancki, spójny i praktyczny. Dlatego postawiliśmy na szafę PAX do sufitu, która wygląda jak mebel na wymiar, a jednocześnie nie nadwyręża budżetu.     Dlaczego szafa PAX do sufitu?   Chciałam, aby przedpokój był elegancki i spójny z resztą domu, ale nie chciałam inwestować w zabudowę na wymiar. IKEA dała nam idealną alternatywę – korpusy PAX można dopasować i przerobić tak, by wyglądały jak meble szyte na zamówienie.     Jak zaplanowaliśmy naszą szafę PAX   Wybraliśmy trzy moduły korpusów – obudów PAX: 50 cm, 100 cm i ponownie 50 cm w kolorze imitacji dębu bejcowanego na biało. Nasza wnęka ma jednak 183 cm szerokości, więc wymagała drobnych modyfikacji. Podłogę, cokół i górę jednego korpusu skróciliśmy o brakujące centymetry. Dołożyliśmy do tego gładkie fronty, dzięki czemu można było jeden z nich bezpiecznie dociąć bez ryzyka uszkodzenia wzoru. Efekt? Szafa, która wygląda jak wykonana na wymiar, choć bazuje na gotowych elementach IKEA.     Zabudowa jak z katalogu   Dodatkowo po obu stronach zastosowaliśmy blendy na grubość jednej płyty meblowej – dzięki temu drzwi otwierają się swobodnie, a szuflady wysuwają bez problemu. Górę zabudowaliśmy karton-gipsem, a fronty wykończyliśmy tymi samymi listwami sztukateryjnymi, które mamy na ścianach, czyli prosta listwa ścienna ARTSTYL Z10 o wymiarach 38 x 18 mm, a naokoło całego pomieszczenia zamontowaliśmy listwę przysufitową, która optycznie zmniejszyła wysokość blendy nad szafą: listwa przysufitowa NOMASTYL GP o wymiarach 100 x 100 mm i długości 2000 mm. Na frontach zamontowaliśmy uchwyty w kolorze mosiądz szczotkowany- lakier matowy.   Drzwi i fronty pomalowaliśmy farbą Flugger w kolorze IN-700, w wersji Flugger Interior High Finish. A aby farba jeszcze lepiej trzymała się frontów, warto zastosować odpowiedni podkład: Flugger Fix Primer.   Dzięki tym detalom zwykła szafa PAX zamieniła się w elegancką, ponadczasową szafę do sufitu, idealnie wpasowaną na szerokość wnęki, spójną z wystrojem całego domu.     Funkcjonalność i elastyczność w codziennym życiu   Najważniejsze jest jednak to, że szafa jest funkcjonalna i łatwo ją dopasować do zmieniających się potrzeb naszej rodziny. To dla mnie klucz: rozwiązania, które łączą wygląd, funkcję i budżet, dają poczucie, że wszystko w domu naprawdę się spina.   I jak – masz chotę na taką szafę za ułamek ceny, jaką zapłaciłabyś w stolarni?
- [Sztukateria na klatce schodowej](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sztukateria-na-klatce-schodowej/): Sztukateria na klatce schodowej w łatwy sposób może uczynić ją miejscem wyjątkowym – a przecież to właśnie ona wita Cię rano i żegna wieczorem.   Od początku wiedziałam, że u nas klatka schodowa nie może być przypadkowa. Chciałam, żeby ta przestrzeń była spokojna, elegancka i spójna z resztą domu. Nie przesadzona, nie przeładowana, ale też nie nijaka. Taka, która już od pierwszego spojrzenia daje poczucie, że cały dom opowiada jedną historię.     I właśnie dlatego postawiliśmy tutaj na sztukaterię na klatce schodowej Na tej ścianie zastosowaliśmy dwa rodzaje listew: pierwsza to prosta listwa ścienna ARTSTYL Z10 o wymiarach 38 x 18 mm, a druga to listwa przysufitowa NOMASTYL GP o wymiarach 100 x 100 mm i długości 2000 mm. To właśnie one budują cały rytm tej kompozycji.   Sztukateria na klatce schodowej czyki detal, który zmienia wszystko Proste podziały porządkują wysoką ścianę, optycznie ją wydłużają i sprawiają, że sztukateria na klatce schodowej wygląda bardziej architektonicznie, a całe pomieszczenie bardziej dopracowanie, wyglądając mniej jak zwykły ciąg komunikacyjny pomiędzy piętrami. Bardzo lubię to, że te ramy nie dominują wnętrza. One po prostu dodają klasy, porządku i subtelnego sznytu, który sprawia, że nawet zwykłe wejście na górę zaczyna wyglądać pięknie.   Sztukateria na klatce schodowej – wymiary, projekt   Sztukateria i światło czyli prosty sposób na piękną przestrzeń Całość dopełnia kinkiet HUP. To był naprawdę strzał w dziesiątkę. Jego smukła forma i szklany klosz idealnie współgrają z pionami sztukaterii, a ciemne wykończenie pięknie kontrastuje z jasną ścianą i nawiązuje do czarnych, metalowych tralek przy schodach. Dzięki niemu wieczorem ta część domu ma w sobie coś bardzo nastrojowego. Nie jest to już tylko przejście. To po prostu ładne miejsce.   Ogromnie lubię też zestawienie materiałów, które tutaj spotykają się w jednym kadrze. Sztukateria na klatce schodowej zdobi jasną ścianę oraz łączy się z ciepłym drewnem schodów i naturalnym odcieniem wykładziny na piętrze, a do tego czarne balustrady. To połączenie jest dokładnie takie, jakie lubię najbardziej – miękkie, eleganckie, ponadczasowe i odrobinę paryskie, ale nadal bardzo nasze. Ściany i sztukaterie pomalowaliśmy tą farbą.   Bo prawda jest taka, że dobrze urządzona klatka schodowa nie potrzebuje miliona dekoracji (choć ja tu marzę jeszcze o dębowej konsoli) –  zwykle wystarczy dobra proporcja, piękna listwa, dobre światło i materiały, które lubią się ze sobą od pierwszego spojrzenia. I dokładnie tak jest tutaj.
- [Pojemniki do przechowywania żywności](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pojemniki-do-przechowywania-zywnosci/): Pojemniki do przechowywania żywności, które porządkują kuchnię i… uspokajają wnętrze.   Poszukjąc idealnych pojemników do przechowywania żywności, warto od razu się zastanowić, gdzie je postawimy, gdyż inne idealnie sprawdzą się w szufladach, inne w szafkach, a jeszcze inne na otwartych półkach.   Pojemniki do przechowywania żywności – jakie są moje ulubione? Pojemniki wybieram każdorazowo, biorąc pod uwagę, co będę w nich przechowywać i gdzie będą stały.   Pojemniki do przrzechowywania żywności w szufladach W szufladach trzymam przyprawy i suche produkty, takie jak kasze, mąki czy słodziwa.   Wszystkie te produkty przechowuję w pojemnikach, które są lekkie, przezroczyste, szczelne i łatwo się otwierają. Widzę od razu, co jest w środku, choć dla wygody i tak każdy z nich opisuję naklejką – nie wszystko łatwo rozróżnić na pierwszy rzut oka.   Tu funkcjonalność jest absolutnym priorytetem.     Pojemniki do przrzechowywania żywności na półkach Pojemniki, które stawiam na półkach, to dla mnie zupełnie inna kategoria. One budują klimat kuchni i „pracują” wizualnie przez cały dzień, gdyż są produkty, po które sięgam tak często, że po prostu lubię mieć je dosłownie pod ręką. Jednocześnie nie chcę patrzeć na ich oryginalne opakowania, które były projektowane pod marketing, a nie pod estetyczną kuchnię – duże logotypy, krzykliwe kolory, kontrastowe grafiki.   Cylindryczne pojemniki z lakierowanego metalu w trzech rozmiarach z Zara Home są dla mnie dokładnie takim rozwiązaniem. Minimalistyczna forma, jednolity kolor, brak nadruków.   Przesypuję do nich białko, nasiona konopii czy elektrolity i nagle: – półka przestaje wyglądać jak zaplecze siłowni – produkty są nadal pod ręką – kuchnia zachowuje swój charakter i spójność wizualną.   To nie jest kwestia „upiększania na siłę”. Dla mnie to po prostu spokój w głowie.
- [Mały pokój dla 3 dzieci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maly-pokoj-dla-3-dzieci/): Jak urządzić przestrzeń, w której każde z nich naprawdę ma swoje miejsce? Kiedy masz troje dzieci i jeden pokój do zagospodarowania, bardzo szybko przestajesz myśleć kategorią „ładnie”, a zaczynasz kategorią „sprawiedliwie”.   W małym metrażu nie chodzi tylko o centymetry. Chodzi o poczucie: to jest moje.   Urządzamy właśnie pokój dla naszej trójki w apartamencie w Hiszpanii. I choć moglibyśmy pójść w klasyczne rozwiązania – łóżko piętrowe, wysuwane szuflady, składane konstrukcje – postanowiliśmy zrobić coś zupełnie odwrotnego. Ale zanim do tego doszliśmy… przeszliśmy etap marzeń. Tak, w pierwszej chwili marzyliśmy o piętrowym łóżku ze zjeżdżalnią. Wiecie, takie trochę wakacyjne, trochę hotelowe, trochę „wow”. W głowie już widziałam te poranki, kiedy ktoś zjeżdża prosto do dnia pełnego słońca.   Problem w tym, że łóżka jeszcze nie było – a dyskusje już owszem.   Kto śpi na górze? Kto na dole? Czy można się zamieniać? A dlaczego on ma mieć wyżej? A ja też chcę zjeżdżalnię. A czy łóżko na góze może być wszystkich?   I nagle zrozumiałam, że zanim wstawimy konstrukcję, już wstawiliśmy do pokoju rywalizację. A przecież to miejsce miało dawać spokój. Zaczęliśmy więc od pytania: Czego najbardziej potrzebuje dziecko, które dzieli przestrzeń z rodzeństwem?   Odpowiedź była prosta: własnego miejsca, z którego może skorzystać w każdej chwili. Bez rozkładania. Bez wspinania się. Bez czekania, aż ktoś coś złoży.   Dlaczego zrezygnowaliśmy z łóżek piętrowych i wysuwanych, choć tym samym także z wolnego miejsca na podłodze.   Łóżka piętrowe mają swoje zalety. Oszczędzają miejsce, wyglądają efektownie, często są pierwszym pomysłem przy trójce dzieci. Ale u nas codzienność wygląda inaczej.   Nasze życie rodzinne toczy się głównie w salonie i jadalni. Tam odrabiamy lekcje, tam rozmawiamy, tam powstają projekty z kartonu, tam ktoś zawsze coś buduje, ktoś śpiewa, a ktoś pyta, czy może już deser.   Pokoje naszych dzieci w Polsce, gdzie każdy ma swój osobny, też nie są miejscem do pracy. Są miejscem do wyciszenia, gdzie nasze dzieci idą pobyć chwilę same czy dopiero spać.   Nie chcieliśmy, żeby któreś z dzieci miało wrażenie: „Moje łóżko jest wyżej, więc lepsze.” Albo: „Moje jest na dole, więc gorsze.” Albo: „Mogę się położyć dopiero wieczorem, kiedy ktoś rozłoży szufladę.”   To subtelne rzeczy, ale dzieci je czują. Gdy łóżko jest na wysuwanej szufladzie, trudno położyć się w środku dnia. Trudno usiąść z książką. Trudno powiedzieć: potrzebuję chwili dla siebie.   A my bardzo chcemy, żeby ten pokój był właśnie miejscem, w którym każdy czuje, że ma SWOJE miejsce.   Trzy łóżka kontynentalne w jednym rzędzie Postanowiliśmy ustawić trzy łóżka kontynentalne obok siebie.   Na całej ścianie – od prawej do lewej – zaprojektowaliśmy tapicerowane panele. Jednolite, rytmiczne, spokojne. Tworzą tło, które porządkuje przestrzeń i nadaje jej miękkości.   Każde dziecko ma swoje łóżko. Swoje miejsce. Swoją poduszkę. Swoją część ściany.   I co najważniejsze – może się na nim położyć w każdej chwili. Nie ma góry. Nie ma dołu. Nie ma „lepszego miejsca”.     Elastyczność, która ma sens Wybraliśmy łóżka, których materace można spiąć ze sobą zamkiem. Dzięki temu konfiguracja nie jest stała.   Na co dzień mamy trzy pojedyncze łóżka.   Ale w okresach, gdy nas nie ma w Hiszpanii i apartament jest wynajmowany, możemy połączyć dwa materace i stworzyć jedno łóżko podwójne oraz jedno pojedyncze.   Ta zmiana trwa chwilę, a funkcjonalnie robi ogromną różnicę.   To dokładnie ten typ rozwiązań, który kocham: estetyczny, spokojny wizualnie, ale maksymalnie elastyczny.     Mały metraż, duże emocje Pokój nie jest duży. Tym bardziej każdy detal ma znaczenie.   Nie chcieliśmy przeładować go biurkami, regałami i dodatkowymi funkcjami. Dzieci mają przestrzeń do nauki w salonie. Tu mają odpoczywać i przechpwywać swoje rzeczy w szafie w zabudowie.   Wyobrażam sobie popołudnie: jedno dziecko czyta książkę, drugie leży i słucha muzyki na słuchawkach, a trzecie skłąda LEGO w salonie.   Dlaczego to dla nas ważne Jako mama widzę, jak bardzo dzieci potrzebują swojego kawałka świata. Nawet jeśli ten świat ma 80 centymetrów szerokości.   Wspólna przestrzeń może budować bliskość. Ale tylko wtedy, gdy nie odbiera poczucia bezpieczeństwa.   Ten pokój w Hiszpanii jest odpowiedzią na bardzo konkretne potrzeby naszej rodziny. Chcę, żeby każde z moich dzieci, gdy zamknie drzwi, poczuło: Tu mogę być. Tu mogę odetchnąć. Tu mam swoje miejsce.   I może właśnie o to chodzi w urządzaniu małych przestrzeni – żeby w niewielkim metrażu zmieścić jak najwięcej spokoju.   Jeśli urządzasz pokój dla rodzeństwa, napisz mi, z czym najbardziej się zmagasz. Metrażem? Konfliktami? Funkcją? Jestem bardzo ciekawa Waszej historii.    
- [Brązowy płaszcz z szalem na jesień](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/brazowy-plaszcz-z-szalem-na-jesien/): Co uwielbiam w mojej jesiennej szafie?   • kardigan prążkowany z perłowymi guzikami – sweter Nerja | MLE Collection ecru i MLE Collection czarny • matowe rajstopy Calzedonia den 15 kolor nude 11 • srebrne kolczyki z perłą Pandora • buty zamszowe brązowe baleriny na obcasie Mary Jane | Roselle • brązowa kurtka z wełną – krótki płaszcz z szalem | Reserved • zamszowa brązowa torebka The Midi New York Mocha Suede | DeMellier London • plisowana spódniczka w kratkę | Manifiq – podobna • metalowe wałki do włosów | LiftMyHair • czarny szlafrok z modalu z koronkowymi aplikacjiami | Intimissimi   • pies pudel toy płowy apricot Zuma 😉    
- [Łazienka z wanną i prysznicem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lazienka-z-wanna-i-prysznicem/): Łazienka z wanną i prysznicem łączy dwie potrzeby dużej rodziny: komfort kąpieli w wannie i szybki prysznic na co dzień. Przy okazji jest spójne stylistycznie z całym domem – ciepłe, jasne, z motywem łuków i maksymalnie funkcjonalne. Poniżej prowadzę Cię przez projekt strefami, a w każdym miejscu od razu podaję konkretne materiały i linki, abyś i Ty mogła skorzystać z najlepszych rozwiązań dostępnych na polskim rynku wnętrzarskim – a to wszystko czynię dzięki uprzejmości Karoliny Zagrodzkiej, właścicielki Studia Projektowego House Loves, która zaprojektowała i nadzorowała realizację tej łazienki, oraz zrobiła dla nas zgodziła się udostępnić swoje projekty właśnie tutaj.   Strefa kąpielowa – wanna wolnostojąca Po wejściu do łazienki (drzwi sprytnie otwierają się na zewnątrz, więc w środku nic z niczym nie koliduje) naszym oczom ukazuje się… scena jak z domowego spa.     Centralnie, na osi okna, stoi wanna wolnostojąca – nie przyklejona do ściany, nie ukryta w rogu, tylko dumnie „na środku” jak królowa wieczoru. Dzięki temu można ją swobodnie obejść dookoła, otworzyć okno, łatwo posprzątać podłogę.   Wybraliśmy owalną wannę wolnostojącą Massi ELEGANT 150 cm w kolorze białym – jest ergonomiczna i symetryczna, więc wygodnie mieszczą się w niej dwie osoby (nasza codzienna randka po położeniu dzieci spać) i – co ważne dla miłośników długich kąpieli – na jej szerokim rancie można ustawić ulubione kosmetyki czy kubek z herbatą.   Dzięki rolecie rzymskiej okno wpuszcza do wnętrza miękkie, rozproszone światło. Pociągając jej łańcuszek możemy kilkoma ruchami przełączyć tryb „widok na morze” na „pełną prywatność”.   Złota bateria wolnostojąca Essence od Grohe pojawia się tu jak dekoracja – subtelny akcent, który spina całą kompozycję i delikatnie odbija światło.     Obok, wieszaki na ręczniki w tym samym wykończeniu, również od Grohe –  pod ręką, ale nie nachalnie. Całość jest spokojna, lekka i niezwykle funkcjonalna.     Spis produktów ze strefy kąpielowej: 1. Wanna wolnostojąca | Massi 2. Bateria wolnostojąca z ogranicznikiem temperatury | Essence od Grohe, kolor: brushed cool sunrise 3. Wieszaki na ręczniki | Essentials od Grohe, kolor: brushed cool sunrise 4. Roleta rzymska | Mio Decor| tkanina: Wisdom 12 5. Stolik pomocniczy obok wanny | Jysk, LYDUM, kolor: szary/beżowy   Strefa prysznicowa – ergonomia i porządek Gdy zleciliśmy Karolinie projekt łazienki, o prysznicu wiedzieliśmy dwie rzeczy: ma być dla dwóch osób i ma sprzątać się sam (albo przynajmniej sprawiać takie wrażenie ). Dlatego zamiast „jakiejkolwiek kabiny” postawiliśmy na kabinę prysznicową na wymiar – taką, która dokładnie domknie układ pomieszczenia, nie zabierze centymetra więcej niż trzeba i ograniczy rozchlapywanie wody do minimum.     Wybraliśmy kabinę prysznicową NEW MERANA WHITE 2D od New Trendy – kabinę półokrągłą ze szkła 6 mm z powłoką ułatwiającą czyszczenie. Ten łagodny łuk odsuwa ruch komunikacyjny od wanny i szafki,  jednocześnie zostawiając szerokie przejście i bardzo dużą kabinę od wewnątrz. Zero ostrych narożników, zero obijania łokci – czysta, miękka linia, która świetnie gra z łukami we wnękach na kosmetyki. Taką kabinę możesz zamówić także w jednej z już dostępnych wymiarowo opcji, albo tak jak my – całkowicie spersonalizować. Natomiast pamiętaj, że NEW TRENDY ma w swojej ofercie szeroki wachlarz kabin predefiniowanych i na zamówienie, a także ścianek walk-in czy drzwi wnękowych oraz parawanów nawannowych – możesz być pewna, że znajdziesz tam rozwiązanie do każdej łazienki.     Co przygotowało New Trendy dla wymagających wnętrz i klientów? Konfigurator kabin, a w nim: kabinę projektujesz sama (lub zlecasz to projektantowi Twojej łazienki) w intuicyjnym konfiguratorze, wybierając: kształt strefy prysznica, rodzaj drzwi, szerokość, wysokość, promień łuku – wszystko pod Twój rzut i styl. masz pełną kontrolę nad detalem: wybierasz kolor okuć (czarny mat, chrom połysk, miedź szczotkowana, złoto szczotkowane, grafit szczotkowany, złoty połysk), a także grubość i rodzaj szkła (z powłoką ułatwiającą czyszczenie), więc kabina wygląda i zachowuje się dokładnie tak, jak chcesz. zero kompromisów przestrzennych: kabina „docina się” do Twojej łazienki — żadnych przypadkowych szczelin, potykania się o profile czy niepotrzebnie zajętych centymetrów. unikatowa konstrukcja: Twoja kabina jest jedyna w swoim rodzaju i spójna z całą aranżacją domu (a do tego łatwo dobierzesz akcesoria do kabin z tej samej linii).   Zamiast przedłużenia podłogi i odpływu liniowego postawiliśmy na brodzik kompozytowy Cosentino Exelis montowany na równo z posadzką. Jest antypoślizgowy, ciepły w dotyku, a także łatwiejszy w utrzymaniu czystości niż tradycyjne fugi. Zaoblony front brodzika harmonijnie spotyka się z łukiem kabiny – wygląda lekko, a przy tym jest bardzo praktyczny.     Dzięki temu, że okucia kabiny są dość nietypowo białe – sercem tej strefy stała się armatura GROHE z termostatem – zestaw z deszczownicą i słuchawką na drążku w wykończeniu Brushed Cool Sunrise. Stała temperatura to komfort dla nas i bezpieczeństwo dla dzieci; koniec z loterią „za zimno/za gorąco” – przycisk i gotowe, a złote dodatki pozostają dodatkami, nie dominując tej przestrzeni.     Ściany wyłożyliśmy płytkami Equipe Artisan White 13,2×13,2 cm. To subtelne, lekko „rękodzielnicze” kwadraty, które pięknie łapią światło i dają efekt miękkiej, mydlanej tafli. W środku – dwie łukowe wnęki na kosmetyki, wykończone ryflowaną, drewnopodobną płytką Porcelanosa Ice Tanzania Almond 45×120 cm. Ten ciepły, teksturalny akcent ociepla biel i sprawia, że nic nie stoi na podłodze: porządek robi się „sam”.   Spis produktów – strefa prysznicowa: Kabina prysznicowa na wymiar: NEW TRENDY Brodzik kompozytowy, flush z podłogą: Cosentino Exelis, wykończenie Silestone Suede – Miami White Armatura prysznicowa: GROHE w złotym, matowym wykończeniu brushed cool sunrise: bateria termostatyczna do obsługi dwóch wyjść wody deszczownica słuchawka drążek wąż prysznicowy element podtynkowy do baterii prysznicowej Płytki ścienne w kabinie: Equipe Artisan White 13,2×13,2 cm Wnęki na kosmetyki: ryflowana, drewnopodobna Porcelanosa Ice Tanzania Almond 45×120 cm   Efekt? Prysznic, który wygląda lekko, działa bezbłędnie, jest bezpiecznie i nie generuje bałaganu. Dokładnie tak, jak lubimy.   Strefa umywalkowa – symetria, drewno i złote detale Poranki w pięcioosobowej rodzinie mają swój rytm (czytaj: sprint). Dlatego ta ściana została zaprojektowana jak pas startowy bez korków – dwie umywalki, dwa lustra, dwa stanowiska, każde z własną strefą do przechowywania i dodatkowym oświetleniem. Symetria robi tu cudowną robotę: uspokaja obraz, a nam „porządkuje” ruchy.     Blat i umywalki Całość wieńczy monolityczny blat z podwójną umywalką SIMPLICITY, wykonany na zamówienie w Cosentino z płyt DEKTON, model Bergen (polished), 180×45 cm – z tego samego materiału mamy wykonany portal kominka i ścianę w dolnej łazience. Uwielbiam, jak te same motywy przeplatają się tak w ramach jednego domu i różnych pomieszczeń. Jedna, równa tafla kamienia to mniej łączeń i… mniej sprzątania. Rant z delikatnym fartuchem chroni ścianę przed zachlapaniami – szczególnie przydatne, gdy małe rączki myją zęby „z polotem”.     Armatura Nad każdą umywalką – bateria podtynkowa GROHE Essence w wykończeniu Brushed Cool Sunrise. Złoto jest tu akcentem, nie dominantą: ociepla biele i szarości, a podtynkowy montaż zostawia nam gładką, łatwą do przetarcia płaszczyznę.     Lustra i ukryte szafki To one „robią” tę ścianę. Dwa lustra GIERA DESIGN Billet (100×50 cm) grają tu podwójną rolę: nadają rytm i lekkość, a jednocześnie są frontem płytkich, ukrytych w ścianie szafek. Po otwarciu tafli czeka „stacja pierwszej potrzeby”: elektryczne szczoteczki, irygator, kremy, maszynka do golenia. Efekt uboczny? Blat zostaje idealnie czysty, a wszystko, co ważne, trzymamy pod ręką i poza wzrokiem – higienicznie, dyskretnie, bez wizualnego chaosu. Model z zaokrąglonymi rogami budzi we mnie całą serię ciepłych skojarzeń: z modernistyczną architekturą starej Gdyni, z oknami wagonów pociągu i art déco. Billet zdał u nas egzamin: smukła rama, miękkie narożniki, proporcje, które pięknie „dogadują się” z całą ścianą.     Dlaczego akurat GIERA DESIGN?   Ta marka daje rzemieślniczą jakość, a w swojej ofercie ma nie kilkadziesiąt, ale nawet ponad sto różnych modeli luster. Są one pogrupowane w serie o różnych nazwach (np. Ambient, Portal, Plama, Credo, Scandi) oraz zróżnicowane pod względem kształtu, stylu i przeznaczeniai dużą swobodę konfiguracji, więc łatwo „doszyć” lustro do konkretnego projektu:   Format i wymiary – od gotowych rozmiarów po realizacje na wymiar, również jako fronty do zabudów. Kształt – klasyczne prostokąty i owale, ale też formy nieregularne i organiczne (np. linie à la „Plama”), gdy projekt prosi o coś bardziej rzeźbiarskiego. Rama – minimalistyczna lub wyrazista; kolory najczęściej: czarny, złoty, mosiądz, miedziany, srebrny, biały, grafit – spójnie „dograsz” je z armaturą i okuciami. Funkcje dodatkowe – LED (różne barwy i sterowanie), mata grzewcza przeciw parowaniu, włącznik dotykowy – świetne do łazienki, gdy liczy się komfort i poranne tempo.   Podsumowując: lustra Giera Design są dla wnętrza jak najpiękniejsza biżuteria – a ja jestem przeszczęśliwa, że mogłam spełnić moje kolejne wnętrzarskie marzenie właśnie o nich.     Szafka podumywalkowa Poniżej – zabudowa stolarska HL Workshop: 180×45 cm, fornir dębowy, cztery pojemne szuflady (po dwie na każdą umywalkę). W środku porządek jak w pudełku: wkłady, przegródki i „szuflada-ratunek” na suszarki, szczotki, gumki. Uchwyty T-bar AM Interiors (mosiądz szczotkowany, lakier mat) spójnie nawiązują do armatury.     Kinkiety Po bokach luster kinkiety ze szkła opalowego – dają miękkie, rozproszone światło boczne, idealne do makijażu czy golenia. Górne spoty robią „światło dzienne”, a w rogu dyskretnie mruga radio w gniazdku – poranny set ulubionych piosenek, zawsze włączony zegarek i można zaczynać dzień.   Ochrona przed zachlapaniem Ścianę przy umywalkach chroni fartuch z tego samego materiału co umywalki, ściany są pomalowane specjalnie do łazinek przeznaczoną farbą, a na podłodze trzyma kurs gres Casalgrande Padana Supreme Sand Matt 120×60 – neutralny, elegancki i bardzo wyrozumiały w użytkowaniu, który swoim wzorem przypomina osady solne.     Spis produktów – strefa umywalkowa Blat + podwójna umywalka ARMONY: wykonanie na zamówienie w Cosentino z DEKTON, model Bergen (polished), 180×45 cm Baterie umywalkowe: GROHE Essence, wykończenie Brushed Cool Sunrise (+ zestawy podtynkowe) Szafka podumywalkowa: HL Workshop, 180×45 cm, olejowany fornir dębowy, 4 szuflady. Uchwyty: AM Interiors T-bar GM119, mosiądz szczotkowany – lakier mat. Lustra: GIERA DESIGN Billet 100×50 cm (z ukrytymi szafkami za frontami lustrzanymi). Kinkiety: Mirabella, szkło opalowe – Westwing. Radio podtynkowe – w gniazdku: Berker Podłoga: Casalgrande Padana Supreme Sand Matt 120×60.   Symetria daje spokój, drewno – ciepło, a złote detale – odrobinę biżuterii. I tak z porannego „tłoczno!” robi się płynny, rodzinny ruch jednokierunkowy.     Strefa toaletowo-pralnicza – ukryta „maszyna do życia” Tu dzieje się cała logistyka domu, tylko… nikt jej nie widzi. Ściana naprzeciw wanny wygląda spokojnie i symetrycznie, a w rzeczywistości pracuje za nas jak małe centrum dowodzenia: pierze, suszy, sortuje i magazynuje zapasy. Wchodzisz do łazienki — jest estetycznie. Otwierasz fronty — jest system.     Strefa toaletowa Najpierw serce tej części: WC osadzone na stelażu Geberit Duofix 112 cm z białym przyciskiem, czyli klasyka, która działa i wygląda dobrze latami.   Miska toaletowa? Roca Meridian, wersja rimless z cienką deską slim — higieniczna, łatwa w utrzymaniu, bez zakamarków.   Zamiast mozaiki fug — za toaletą postawiliśmy na absolutnie piękną i łatwą w utrzymaniu czystości jedną płytę wielkoformatową: Silestone Suede Miami White 12 mm. Jest odporna, bezfugowa i… absolutnie spokojna wizualnie. To ten typ tła, które „cicho robi robotę” (Cosentino – Miami White, ten sam kolor, z którego wykonany jest brodzik).   Zabudowa stolarska Po obu stronach zabudowy toaletowej znajdują się stolarskie zabudowy na całą wysokość, wykonane przez HL Workshop.   Ten prosty zabieg robi dwie rzeczy naraz: po pierwsze — szafa nie przytłacza wnętrza, bo masa mebla „rozpływa się” po obu stronach; po drugie — miska nie ląduje w narożniku, tylko ma swoje pełnoprawne miejsce w osi kompozycji. Nad nią pojawia się łukowa wnęka — detal, który spina projekt z pozostałymi łukami w tej łazience (i w całym domu), a jednocześnie daje subtelną półkę na dekor.   Dodatkowy plus? Takie połączenie zabudowy z modułem WC sprawia, że szafa wygląda na płytszą, choć w rzeczywistości prawa część mieści pralkę i suszarkę i ma aż 70 cm głębokości, bo musimy pamiętać: zabudowa na pełnowymiarową pralkę i suszarkę potrzebuje min. 680 mm głębokości. Tutaj sprytnie „wsunęliśmy” ją w oś stelaża WC, dzięki czemu wizualnie wydaje się płytsza i lżejsza w odbiorze. Na zewnątrz widzimy idealną symetrię, ale wnętrza szaf są rozplanowane asymetrycznie — pod konkretne potrzeby domowników. Na zewnątrz — lekko. W środku — pełnowymiarowa funkcjonalność.   A co ta „wielka” szafa naprawdę skrywa: słupek pralka + suszarka na wygodnej wysokości, trzy głębokie szuflady do segregacji prania (u nas: białe, czarne, kolorowe – nawet dzieci ogarniają, a ja od razu widzę z jakiej kategorii uzbierany mam pełen wsad do pralki), półki na ręczniki i zapasy (ręczniki złożone w kostkę mieszczą się idealnie, a etykietki pilnują porządku), wąski schowek na deskę do prasowania i składaną suszarkę.     Uchwyty meblowe Uchwyty w kolorze mosiądzu szczotkowanego powtarzają się w całej łazience, więc nic tu nie „krzyczy”. Otwierasz— pracujesz, zamykasz — estetyka wraca na swoje miejsce. A jak pięknie pasują do armatury Grohe~.   Przy toalecie nie mogło zabraknąć uchwytu na papier – oczywiście w tym samym wykończeniu co reszta armatury od Grohe.   Dekoracyjna wnęka Wisienka na torcie? Łukowa wnęka nad stelażem, wykończona ryflowaną okładziną drewnopodobną. Daje ciepło i miejsce na kilka spokojnych dekoracji — dokładnie tyle, by funkcjonalność spotkała się tu z oddechem.       Kolorystyka łazienki – jasna baza + ciepłe akcenty Biel i ciepłe szarości (płytki, tynki, brodzik) tworzą spokojne tło dla ciepłego drewna (szafka), złotej armatury (GROHE Brushed Cool Sunrise) i ryflowanych, drewnopodobnych wnęk (Porcelanosa). Efekt to łazienka z wanną i prysznicem, która jest jasna, przytulna i ponadczasowa.   Małe, ale ważne Spójność złotego odcienia czyli zarówo armatura jak i dodatki takie jak uchwyty na ręczniki czy papier toaletowy s wykończeniu Brushed Cool Sunrise zagwarantowały, że odcień złota zgadza się w całej łazience.   Światło warstwowe: sufitowe punkty (funkcja) + kinkiety przy lustrach (uroda, makijaż) = komfort o każdej porze.   Porządek bez wysiłku: wnęki w kabinie na kosmetyki, rant wanny + parapet, „ukryta pralnia” i szuflady do segregacji – wszystko ma swój adres.   Podsumowanie Ta łazienka z wanną i prysznicem nie wymaga kompromisów. Mamy strefę spa z wanną wolnostojącą, dwuosobowy prysznic z brodzikiem w posadzce, symetryczną strefę umywalkową z kamiennym blatem i ukrytą pralnię w eleganckiej zabudowie. Wszystko spina paleta kolorów. Efekt? Przestrzeń, do której chce się wracać – rano „działa”, wieczorem „wycisza”.   Jeśli masz podobny metraż i marzenie o wannie i prysznicu w jednej łazience – da się. Kluczem jest projekt „na miarę”, konsekwencja materiałowa i kilka sprytnych sztuczek projektanta.
- [Zabudowa szafy PAX](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabudowa-szafy-pax/): Jak zabudowaliśmy szafę IKEA PAX, żeby wyglądała „na wymiar”? Chcieliśmy, żeby PAX wtopił się w ścianę jak stolarka robiona pod wymiar – postanowiliśmy więc obudować go zabudową kartonowo-gipsową.   Materiały, których użyliśmy Gładka listwa do przykrycia cokołów szafy: WD2 WALLSTYL® (listwa ścienna). Gotowa ma 7 cm, u nas została przycięta do 6 cm, żeby idealnie „zniknęła” cokół. Listwa przypodłogowa na wysokość oryginalnego cokołu PAX, dzięki czemu drzwi szafy otwierają się bez problemu na ścianę: FB1 WALLSTYL® (listwa przypodłogowa). Służy jako „ramka” przy posadzce – tworzy ciągłość ze standardową listwą przypodłogową w pokoju. Płyta g-k + stelaż do zbudowania zabudowy nad i po bokach szafy (profile UD/CD lub drewniane łaty). Farba Flügger (seria Dekso – baza łatwo zmywalna, wzmacniana), kolor IN-700 – do ścian i listew, aby wszystko miało identyczny odcień i połysk. Akryl malarski (do fugowania styków), klej montażowy do listew, gładź/szpachla do łączeń g-k, taśma papierowa lub flizelinowa do spoin.   Uwaga: WALLSTYL to lekkie, twarde listwy na bazie polimeru – łatwo się tnie, klei i maluje, a po malowaniu wyglądają jak stolarka MDF. Wyrównanie cokołów i frontów: PAX ma fabryczny cofnięty cokół – listwą WD2 „wyciągamy” pion, żeby całość była w jednej linii z frontami i ze ścianą.     Krok po kroku 1. Ustawienie i wypoziomowanie PAX Skręć i wypoziomuj korpusy (laserem) – to absolutna podstawa. Zamocuj do ściany zgodnie z instrukcją IKEA.   2. Stelaż i g-k (boki + nadstawa) Po bokach i nad szafą budujemy wąski stelaż (profile UD/CD lub łaty), tak aby licował się z płaszczyzną frontów. Obudowujemy płytą g-k, szpachlujemy i szlifujemy łączenia. Krawędzie przy frontach zostawiamy w mikro-cofce (2-3 mm), żeby skrzydła nie ocierały.   3. Listwy u dołu: FB1 + WD2 WD2 WALLSTYL® docinamy do 6 cm i naklejamy bezpośrednio na cokół PAX, wyrównując lico do płaszczyzny zabudowy. Łączenia szlifujemy, akryl malarski w szczelinie pod/za listwą.   4. Detale i malowanie Wszystkie styki (listwa-ściana, g-k-listwa) przeakryluj na gładko. Malujemy tą samą farbą i w tym samym odcieniu: Flügger Dekso, kolor IN-700. Ściana – Flugger  Dekso 5 (mat/niski połysk). Listwy – możesz użyć Dekso 20 (delikatnie większa odporność i subtelny satynowy efekt) lub zostać przy Dekso 5.   Spryte triki Szczeliny 1-2 mm? Wypełniaj akrylem malarskim, nie silikonem – silikonów nie pomalujesz. Docinanie WD2 do 6 cm: tnij piłą z gęstymi zębami, ostatnie „muśnięcie” papierem 180-220.   Efekt „na wymiar” – co daje taki układ Jedna płaszczyzna: cokół znika, a PAX nie wygląda jak moduł wolnostojący. Spójność z wnętrzem: listwa  zakrywająca cokoły (FB1) daje wrażenie zabudowy stolarskiej. Budżet pod kontrolą: to tańsza droga do „custom look” niż zabudowa w 100% stolarska.  
- [Sztukateria w salonie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sztukateria-w-salonie/): Sztukateria w salonie – jakie listwy wybraliśmy i gdzie je zastosowaliśmy?   Kocham wnętrza, które są „domknięte” detalem. W naszym salonie to właśnie sztukateria zrobiła największą robotę: porządkuje ściany, nadaje proporcje, prowadzi wzrok do łuków i miękko łączy strefy. Poniżej rozpisałam jakie dokładnie listwy zastosowaliśmy, wraz z linkami do każdego produktu.   Wnętrze zaprojektowała pracownia Karoliny Zagrodzkiej – HOUSE LOVES. To dzięki ich czujnemu oku, proporcjom i spójności detalu sztukateria tak pięknie „niesie” cały salon.   Plan na sztukaterię – prosto, symetrycznie, z łukami Postawiliśmy na dwie szerokości ram ściennych (wąską i szeroką), przysufitową koronę, zabudowę karnisza, łuki, wysoką listwę przypodłogową oraz cokoliki. Dodatkowo, tam gdzie pojawiają się łuki, użyliśmy wersji giętych tych samych profili – dzięki temu całość jest spójna, ale nie nudna.       Sztukateria ścienna na ścianie z tv: listwa wąska i prosta: ARTSTYL Z10, 38 × 18 mm listwa przysufitowa: GP NOMASTYL 10 x 10 mm       Sztukateria w salonie z widokiem na klatkę schodową: listwa ścienna wąska i prosta: Z10 ARTSTYL, 38 × 18 mm listwa ścienna wąska i giętka: Z10 ARSTYL FLEX, 38 × 18 mm listwa ścienna szeroka i prosta: Z13 ARTSTYL 80 x 22mm listwa ścienna szeroka i giętka: Z13 FLEX ARTSTYL 80 x 22mm cokolik: WB3 WALLSTYL listwa przypodłogowa: FL14 WALLSTYL listwa przysufitowa: GP NOMASTYL 10 x 10 mm     Sztukateria wokół salonu: listwa przysufitowa: GP NOMASTYL 10 x 10 mm listwa karniszowa z miejscem na montaż paska oświetlenia LED: LK-01   Dlaczego ta sztukateria „robi salon”? Porządkuje proporcje – ramy modulują duże płaszczyzny, nadają rytm i powagę. Łączy detale – wersje gięte na łukach spajają język form w całym domu. Podnosi optykę – wysoka listwa przypodłogowa i korona przy suficie „rysują” wysokość. Daje tło – to idealna scenografia dla mebli, sztuki i światła; działa, ale nie krzyczy. Jest praktyczna – chroni ściany, łatwo się myje, a ukryty karnisz to porządek i prostota.   Wszystkie listwy pochodzą ze sklepu ze sztukaterią e-sztukaterie.pl, w którym możesz liczyć nie tylko na kompleksową ofertę, ale także na fachowe doradztwo na każdym etapie.
- [Projekt łazienki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/projekt-lazienki/): Projekt łazienki dla naszej pięcioosobowej rodziny był nie lada wyzwaniem. Choć na swoim koncie mam już urządzanie kilku łazienek, a przedostatnia łazienka służyła nam przez dekadę i wciąż cieszyła oko, tym razem postanowiliśmy skorzystać z pomocy profesjonalistów, aby stworzyć przestrzeń idealnie dopasowaną do naszych potrzeb i zaczerpnąć ponadczasowych rozwiązań i doświadczenia, o których nie mieliśmy pojęcia. Chciałam, aby ktoś zanurzył się w mojej estetyce i stworzył wnętrze na miarę potrzeb dużej rodziny, łącząc funkcję łazienki i pralni na 10 m2.   Tak jak projekt kuchni, salonu z jadalnią, sypialni i małej łazienki – także łazienkę oddaliśmy w ręcę studia projektowego HOUSE LOVES, którego założycielką jest Karolina Zagrodzka i ilekroć pojawi się w tekście jej imię, to ogromne podziękowania za współpracę skłądam na ręce całego jej zespołu.   Nasze oczekiwania wobec nowej łazienki   Przede wszystkim zależało nam na wysokiej funkcjonalności, ale także estetyce spójnej z resztą domu, kontynuacją opowieści. Chcieliśmy, aby łazienka była miejscem relaksu dla nas oraz praktyczną przestrzenią dla nas i naszych dzieci. Oto kluczowe wytyczne, które przekazaliśmy studiu projektowemu:   Wanna: Preferujemy model w zabudowie, ale ostatecznie zgodzimy się na wolnostojący, pod warunkiem, że dostęp do wanny z każdej strony umożliwi łatwe czyszczenie zarówno wanny, jak i podłogi wokół. Nie chcemy wanny „wciśniętej” w kąt, co utrudniałoby utrzymanie czystości i sprzyjało gromadzeniu się za nią brudu i kamienia. Jeśli taka aranżacja nie jest możliwa, rozważmy wannę w zabudowie.   Ponieważ często kąpiemy się razem, wanna powinna umożliwiać wygodne siedzenie naprzeciwko siebie dla dwóch dorosłych osób, z baterią umieszczoną z boku. Mam 162 cm wzrostu, więc długość wanny nie może być zbyt duża, aby zapewnić mi komfort podczas samotnych kąpieli.   Chcielibyśmy również mieć w pobliżu wanny miejsce na przechowywanie kosmetyków, np. w estetycznym koszyku.   Prysznic: Preferujemy kabinę prostokątną lub kwadratową, która pomieści 2 osoby. Zastanawiamy się nad wyborem między odpływem liniowym w płytkach, a brodzikiem – kluczowa jest dla nas funkcjonalność, więc skłaniamy się do brodzika. Podoba nam się pomysł wnęki na kosmetyki w ścianie pod prysznicem.   Przechowywanie: Potrzebujemy dużo miejsca na przechowywanie. Pod umywalkami planujemy szafkę z dwiema szufladami pod każdą z nich.   Dodatkowo chcielibyśmy: Zabudowę na pralkę i suszarkę ustawione w słupku. Pionowy schowek na składaną suszarkę do prania, deskę do prasowania, żelazko ze stacją parową. 3-4 szuflady do segregacji prania. Szafkę na zapasy, takie jak papier toaletowy czy kosmetyki – robimy zakupy rzadko, ale w dużych ilościach. Miejsce na przechowywanie ręczników (przynajmniej dwa komplety). Przestrzeń na akcesoria do prania.   Kolorystyka i materiały: Preferujemy stonowane barwy: beż, biel, ciepłą szarość, czerń, złoto oraz elementy drewniane. Podoba nam się łączenie różnych wykończeń, np. drewnianych frontów szafki pod umywalką z lakierowanymi powierzchniami zabudowy pralki i suszarki, urozmaiconymi frezami.   Dodatkowe elementy, które chcemy w projekcie łazienki: Dwie umywalki. Podłoga z gresu lub płytek ceramicznych. Radio wbudowane w kontakt. Połączenie dużych formatów płytek z mniejszymi, np. ułożonymi na ścianach pod prysznicem. Blaty kamienne, spiekowe lub z konglomeratu na szafkach z tzw. fartuchem na ścianie, aby chronić powierzchnie przed zachlapaniem – szczególnie istotne przy naszych małych dzieciach. Choć podobają mi się w łazience mozaiki na podłodze, mój mąż obawia się trudności w czyszczeniu licznych fug. Obecnie mamy płytki 60×60 cm i minimalną ilość fug, co się sprawdza.   Armatura: Baterie prysznicowe i wannowe z termostatami i jedną dźwignią – codziennie wieczorem nasze troje dzieci korzysta z kąpieli lub prysznica i często samodzielnie odkręcają wodę. Aby zapobiec poparzeniom, zależy nam na armaturze z termostatami, które od lat ułatwiają nam życie, pozwalając dzieciom bezpiecznie korzystać z łazienki. Bateria wannowa powinna być umieszczona tak, aby umożliwiać otwieranie okna w celu jego umycia oraz komfortową kąpiel dwóch dorosłych osób. Baterie umywalkowe mogą być podtynkowe, ale również z jedną dźwignią, bez termostatu.   Umywalki i szafki: Dwie osobne umywalki, z podwieszaną szafką w kolorze drewna, wyposażoną wyłącznie w szuflady. Taki układ ułatwi dzieciom korzystanie z łazienki, umożliwiając schowanie podestu pod szafką. Chcielibyśmy, aby mydło było podwieszane na ścianie, co zapobiegnie przypadkowemu strąceniu ozdobnego dozownika przez dzieci i np. potłuczeniu umywalki (historia z naszego życia).   Lustra: Podobają nam się prostokątne lustra z zaokrąglonymi rogami, osadzone w ramach. Bardzo funkcjonalne, choć obawiamy się, że mało estetyczne, byłyby wiszące szafki nad umywalkami – moglibyśmy tam trzymać 5 elektrycznych szczoteczek do zębów, irygator do jamy ustnej i podręczne kosmetyki, które lepiej sprawdzają się, jak są przechowywane w pionie.   Oświetlenie: Zależy nam na różnorodnym oświetleniu – zarówno bocznym, jak i górnym. Chcemy mieć możliwość dostosowania intensywności światła w zależności od potrzeb: mocniejsze do codziennych czynności, delikatniejsze podczas kąpieli dzieci oraz nastrojowe podczas relaksu.   Zabudowa stolarska na całą ścianę Obecnie mamy osobno łazienkę, pralnię i suszarnię. W nowym domu musimy połączyć te funkcje w jednej przestrzeni. Rozważamy zabudowę jednej ze ścian od podłogi do sufitu, aby pomieścić: Pralkę i suszarkę z półkami na ręczniki. Szuflady do segregacji prania oraz szafkę na środki piorące i zapasy. Schowek na składaną suszarkę, deskę do prasowania i żelazko. Toaletę z opcjonalną baterią bidetową, z dodatkową szafką nad stelażem.   Okno: Mamy również duże okno sięgające niemal do podłogi, dlatego zależy nam na łatwym systemie zasłaniania, aby dzieci mogły szybko i skutecznie zapewnić sobie prywatność.   Oczekiwania wobec projektu łazienki   Szczerze? To ja absolutnie nie wierzyłam, że to wszystko się zmieści na tej przestrzeni, szczególnie, że na środku łazienki jest duże okno do samej ziemi, które ogranicza jej ustawność, tym bardziej jeśli chcemy w niej umieścić: 2 umywalki, toaletę, duży prysznic dla 2 osób, wannę dla 2 osób, pralkę, suszarkę, szuflady do segregacji prania, szafki na kosmetyki, środki piorące, deskę do prasowania, żelazko ze stacją parową, składaną suszarkę do prania, przechowywanie zapasów ręczników, dywaników, nocników, misek… i tego wszystkiego, czego potrzebuje w łazience 5 osobowa rodzina. Ale oczywiście nie napisałam tego w wytycznych 😉   Projekt łazienki – układ funkcjonalny rodzinnej łazienki – 10,06 m²   Projekt łazienki został zaplanowany w taki sposób, aby optymalnie wykorzystać przestrzeń i zapewnić komfort użytkowania dla całej rodziny. Pomieszczenie podzielone jest na trzy główne strefy: kąpielową, umywalkową oraz toaletowo-pralniczą, co pozwala na swobodne korzystanie z łazienki przez kilku domowników jednocześnie.   1. Strefa kąpielowa – relaks i funkcjonalność   Wanna wolnostojąca Massi (150×75 cm) – zaplanowana centralnie na ścianie z oknem, optymalnie wykorzystując przestrzeń przy oknie, aby umożliwić łatwy dostęp do jej czyszczenia i codziennego użytkowania. Bateria wolnostojąca Grohe Essence – umieszczona tak, aby nie kolidowała z użytkowaniem wanny przez dwie osoby jednocześnie. Parapet kamienny na kosmetyki z płytki Silestone Cosentino Miami White , przycięty i zamontowany przez kamieniarstwo E-stone – zlokalizowany obok wanny, pełniący funkcję praktycznej półki na akcesoria kąpielowe, kosmetyki czy nawet książkę do czytania podczas relaksu. Roleta rzynska MIO DECOR – zamontowana na dużym oknie, aby zapewnić prywatność oraz kontrolę nad dopływem naturalnego światła.   2. Strefa umywalkowa – wygoda dla całej rodziny   Dwie umywalki blatowe Cosentino – zapewniają komfort użytkowania dla dwóch osób jednocześnie, co jest szczególnie ważne w porannym i wieczornym szczycie. Baterie podtynkowe Grohe Essence w wykończeniu Brushed Cool Sunrise – minimalistyczne i estetyczne, pozwalające na łatwe czyszczenie. Szafka podumywalkowa na zamówienie HL Workshop – wyposażona w funkcjonalne szuflady do przechowywania kosmetyków i akcesoriów. Lustra GIERA DESIGN Billet (100×50 cm) – dostosowane do szerokości umywalek, optycznie powiększające przestrzeń. Oświetlenie boczne – kinkiety – zapewniające nastrojowe światło.   3. Strefa prysznicowa – ergonomia i nowoczesność   Strefa prysznicowa 120×90 cm z zaoblonym narożnikiem – umożliwia komfortowe korzystanie nawet przy intensywnym użytkowaniu przez całą rodzinę. Brodzik Cosentino 120 x 90 z zaoblonym narożnikiem – estetyczne i trwałe oraz antypoślizgowe rozwiązanie, zapewniające bezpieczeństwo i łatwość utrzymania w czystości. Bateria termostatyczna Grohe Grohtherm SmartControl z  zestawem prysznicowym– z ogranicznikiem temperatury wody, co jest szczególnie istotne przy samodzielnym braniu prysznica przez dzieci. Kabina prysznicowa półokrągła NewTrendy – nowoczesna i lekka wizualnie, ograniczająca rozchlapywanie wody. Dwie wnęki na kosmetyki – funkcjonalne rozwiązanie, eliminujące konieczność dodatkowych półek czy koszyków pod prysznicem.   4. Strefa toaletowo-pralnicza – ukryta funkcjonalność   Misa WC podwieszana – oszczędzająca miejsce i ułatwiająca sprzątanie. Pralka i suszarka w zabudowie – ukryte w szafie, dzięki czemu łazienka zachowuje estetyczny i uporządkowany wygląd. Szafka na środki piorące, zapasy kosmetyków i akcesoria do prania – dobrze zorganizowane miejsce do przechowywania zapasów detergentów i ręczników. Szafka z szufladami do segregacji prania – ergonomiczne rozwiązanie ułatwiające sortowanie ubrań już na etapie wrzucania ich do brudów. Wnęka na składane suszarki i deskę do prasowania – zapewniająca praktyczne przechowywanie sprzętów domowych.   Projekt łazienki – podsumowanie układu funkcjonalnego   Projekt łazienki spełnia wszystkie założenia funkcjonalne, łącząc estetykę, ergonomię i nowoczesne technologie. Przemyślany układ przestrzeni pozwala na wygodne korzystanie przez całą rodzinę, zapewniając zarówno miejsce na codzienną pielęgnację, jak i relaks. Dzięki podziałowi na strefy, każdy element ma swoje miejsce, a łazienka jest jednocześnie komfortowa, piękna i łatwa do utrzymania w czystości. Na pewno jesteś ciekawa jak wyglądają projekty poszczególnych ścian, oto i one.   Ściana z dwiema umywalkami – elegancja i funkcjonalność w jednym   Ta ściana to prawdziwe serce łazienki – łączy minimalizm, funkcjonalność i ciepłe akcenty, które sprawiają, że codzienne rytuały pielęgnacyjne są jeszcze przyjemniejsze.   Lustro i szafka ukryta w ścianie Głównym elementem tej przestrzeni są dwa prostokątne lustra GIERA DESIGN Billet (100×50 cm), które optycznie powiększają łazienkę i nadają jej elegancki, nowoczesny charakter. Ale to nie tylko estetyka – za lustrami kryją się ukryte w ścianie szafki, które pozwalają na przechowywanie kosmetyków i akcesoriów bez bałaganu na blacie. Dzięki temu codziennie używane przedmioty, jak elektryczne szczoteczki do zębów, kremy czy maszynki do golenia, są zawsze pod ręką, ale jednocześnie schowane przed wzrokiem i kurzem.   Baterie i umywalki – złote akcenty   Blat w wbudowanymi dwiema umywalkami od Cosentino idealnie komponują się z podtynkowymi bateriami Grohe Essence w odcieniu Brushed Cool Sunrise. Złote detale baterii dodają całości subtelnego luksusu, a dzięki podtynkowej instalacji łatwiej utrzymać ścianę w czystości – koniec z osadzającą się wodą wokół tradycyjnych baterii.   Szafka podumywalkowa – ciepłe drewno i praktyczne szuflady   Pod umywalkami znalazła się podwieszana szafka łazienkowa w pięknym, drewnianym wykończeniu, która dodaje wnętrzu przytulności, a w niej: dwie duże szuflady pod każdą umywalką – idealne na kosmetyki, akcesoria do włosów czy ręczniki do rąk. Dzięki temu każdy domownik ma swoją przestrzeń, choć nie daje się uniknąć porannego tłoku przy umywalkach, to chociaż wszystko ma swoje miejsce.   Dodatkowe detale   Całość dopełniają trzy stylowe kinkiety, umieszczone symetrycznie nad lustrami, które zapewniają nie tylko klimatyczne oświetlenie, ale także doskonałe warunki do codziennej pielęgnacji. Ich ciepłe, rozproszone światło nadaje wnętrzu przytulności i tworzy idealny nastrój zarówno na powolne poranne pobudki, jak i wieczorny, pełen relaksu czas.   Wnętrze wykańczają delikatne listwy przypodłogowe, które dodają łazience klasycznego charakteru i sprawiają, że zabudowa wygląda na jeszcze bardziej dopracowaną. Dodatkowo, tuż przy umywalkach znalazło się radio w gniazdku, które pozwoli rozpocząć dzień w rytmie ulubionej muzyki.   Ta ściana to esencja stylu i funkcjonalności, łącząca nowoczesne rozwiązania, praktyczne przechowywanie i ponadczasowy design. Idealne miejsce na rozpoczęcie i zakończenie dnia.   Projekt łazienki – ściana z zabudową stolarską i toaletą – maksymalna funkcjonalność   I tutaj spotykają się estetyka i praktyczność, tworząc przestrzeń idealnie dopasowaną do potrzeb całej rodziny. Projekt tej ściany to przemyślane połączenie przechowywania, pralni oraz strefy WC, wszystko w harmonijnym układzie.   Perfekcyjnie ukryta pralnia   Zabudowa po prawej stronie kryje pralkę i suszarkę ustawione w słupku. Dzięki temu nie tylko oszczędzamy miejsce, ale i zapewniamy sobie wygodny dostęp na wysokości blatu suszarki, bez konieczności schylania się. Powyżej zaplanowano szafki na detergenty, co pozwala na trzymanie wszystkiego w jednym miejscu. W wąskiej szafce swoje miejsce znalazła deska do prasowania i złożona pionowa suszarka na pranie.   Strefa WC – minimalizm i elegancja   Pośrodku ściany znajduje się podwieszana misa WC, dzięki czemu przestrzeń wydaje się lżejsza i łatwiejsza w utrzymaniu czystości. Uwagę przyciąga łukowa wnęka wykończona ryflowaną płytą, która nadaje charakteru i jednocześnie przełamuje prostą linię zabudowy. Detal ten nawiązuje do zaokrąglonych form obecnych w całym domu. Przyciski spłukujące WC i wnękę wkomponowano w płytę wielkoformatową Cosentino Miami White, co sprawia, że całość jest spójna i elegancka, a przy tym niezwykle trwała i odporna na zabrudzenia.   Maksymalna ilość miejsca do przechowywania   Z lewej strony zabudowy znajdują się pojemne szuflady oraz wysoka szafa, która pomieści zapasy środków higienicznych, kosmetyki i ręczniki. To rozwiązanie idealnie wpisuje się w filozofię minimalizmu – wszystko ma swoje miejsce, ale nic nie jest na widoku.   Łącząc funkcję pralni, przechowywania i WC, udało się stworzyć przestrzeń, która jest zarówno piękna, jak i niezwykle praktyczna. To dowód na to, że w dobrze zaprojektowanej łazience każdy centymetr ma znaczenie!   Projekt łazienki – ściana z oknem – światło, przestrzeń i relaks     Wanna Massi Elegant – wygoda i styl w jednym   Centralnym punktem tej ściany jest wanna wolnostojąca Massi, Elegant, która idealnie wpisuje się w estetykę naszej łazienki. Jej ergonomiczny kształt pozwala na wygodne kąpiele dla dwóch osób – co było dla nas kluczowe przy wyborze modelu. Dzięki odpowiedniej szerokości i wyprofilowaniu możemy komfortowo siedzieć naprzeciwko siebie, a centralnie umieszczona bateria sprawia, że nie ma problemu z jej użytkowaniem.   Jednym z największych atutów tej wanny jest szeroki rant, który pozwala na wygodne odstawienie kubka z herbatą, świecy czy kosmetyków do pielęgnacji – to drobne detale, które sprawiają, że wolnostojąca wanna jest bardzo funkcjonalna.   Dodatkowo, wanna jest ustawiona w taki sposób, aby zapewnić łatwy dostęp do mycia podłogi naokoło niej, eliminując problem gromadzenia się kamienia i wilgoci w trudno dostępnych miejscach. To idealne rozwiązanie dla osób, które cenią estetykę, funkcjonalność i łatwość utrzymania czystości.   Okno – jasność i prywatność w jednym   Okno sięga niemal do podłogi, co było dla nas kluczowe, aby optycznie powiększyć przestrzeń i wpuścić jak najwięcej światła. Aby jednak zachować prywatność, zastosowaliśmy roletę rzymską MIO DECOR, która pozwala regulować ilość światła i osłonić wnętrze przed wzrokiem sąsiadów. Dzięki niej łazienka pozostaje jasna, ale jednocześnie zapewnia komfort użytkowania o każdej porze dnia i nocy.   Złota bateria wolnostojąca – funkcjonalny akcent   Dopełnieniem tej przestrzeni jest bateria wannowa wolnostojąca Grohe Essence w złotym odcieniu, która swoim eleganckim designem nawiązuje do pozostałych elementów armatury. Niestety na rynku nie mamy baterii wolnostojących z termostatem, ale Karolinie udało się znaleźć dla nas baterię wolnostojącą z ogranicznikiem bardzo wysokiej temperatury.   Detale – subtelna oprawa dla strefy relaksu   Zastosowane na ścianie listwy przypodłogowe, uchwyty na ręczniki w kolorze armatury oraz kamienny parapet wykonany z odpadów płyty z zabudowy toalety, nadają wnętrzu klasyczny charakter, a zarazem podkreślają jego nowoczesną elegancję. Przemyślane detale sprawiają, że łazienka wygląda lekko i harmonijnie, zachowując swój przytulny charakter.   W efekcie to miejsce, które zachęca do długich, relaksujących kąpieli i staje się prawdziwą oazą spokoju w domu… oczywiście dopiero, jak już wszystkie dzieci zasną.   Projekt łazienki – podsumowanie   Gdyby ktoś mi powiedział, że w naszej łazience zmieści się wszystko, o czym marzyłam – i to bez kompromisów – pewnie bym nie uwierzyła. A jednak! Projekt Karoliny z HOUSE LOVES i jej zespołu to coś więcej niż spełnienie marzeń – to magia stylu i symetrii, która nadaje wnętrzu zupełnie nowy wymiar.   Nigdy nie pomyślałabym, że w tej łazience wanna może stanąć na środku prostopadle do okna, a przy tym zachowamy mnóstwo miejsca do przechowywania i dwie umywalki. Nie wpadłabym na to, że toaleta powieszona centralnie na ścianie z zabudową będzie wyglądać tak dobrze. Gdybym próbowała zaprojektować łazienkę sama, nie wpadłabym na żadne z tych rozwiązań. To wnętrze to dowód na to, że warto zaufać profesjonalistom, bo efekt końcowy przerósł moje najśmielsze oczekiwania!   Sesję zdjęciową z gotowego wnętrza będziesz mogła zobaczyć w kolejnym poście – bądź ze mną na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mój profil na Instagramie.
- [Panele w jodełkę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/panele-w-jodelke/): Panele w jodełkę absolutnie wróciły na wnętrzarskie salony. Dlaczego warto wybrać właśnie panele w jodełkę?     Dziś pierwszy dzień przepracowaliśmy w naszym nowym biurze. Po latach spędzonych w biurowcach, zaczęliśmy marzyć o klimatycznym biurze w kamienicy. Taka sceneria jest idealna dla naszej rodzinnej firmy.   Zdecydowaliśmy się na lokal w zabudowie bliźniaczej w nadmorskiej kamienicy w stanie deweloperskim, a więc mogliśmy zaaranżować biuro jak tylko chcemy – oczywiście w miarę naszego budżetu, który jak to zwykle przy remontach bywa – został już poważnie nadszarpnięty 😉   To trzecie mieszkanie, które urządzamy od stanu deweloperskiego i kolejne w ogóle. Doskonale wiemy, że podłoga to jeden z najważniejszych i najpoważniejszych zakupów. Po pierwsze dlatego, że w ogromnym stopniu determinuje charakter lokalu. Po drugie dlatego, że bardzo ciężko ją zmienić, a po trzecie – to spory wydatek.   W jednym przynajmniej byliśmy jednomyślni – chcemy podłogę w jodełkę.     Panele w jodełkę to nasz wybór na lata. Jej ponadczasowy wygląd sprawia, że każdego dnia jest dla nas równie zachwycająca. Szukając podłogi, kierowaliśmy się przede wszystkim jej trwałością. W końcu, to inwestycja na lata, a nie coś, co można łatwo zmienić.   Jako że jest to podłoga do biura, gdzie chodzimy w butach (czasem na obcasach), zależało nam na tym, by była odporna na codzienne użytkowanie i łatwa w utrzymaniu. Chcieliśmy mieć pewność, że nawet jeśli coś się wyleje, podłoga poradzi sobie bez trwałych uszkodzeń. Ogromnie ważne było też to, aby nie trzeba było jej regularnie konserwować – nawet olejowanie raz na 2 lata to dla nas za dużo – nie chcemy inwestować tyle czasu w jej pielęgnację. Ważne było dla nas również, aby materiał był naturalny, co dodaje wnętrzu ciepła i autentyczności.     Jakie jeszcze były nasze pomysły na podłogę?     Podłoga w jodełkę – płytki   Początkowo Wojtek myślał o płytkach, szybko jednak przekonałam go do rezygnacji z tego pomysłu z kilku powodów. Po pierwsze dlatego, ponieważ jest to zimny materiał. Nie mamy w biurze ogrzewania podłogowego, a wiedzieliśmy, że od płytek będzie czuć zimno. A gdybym po ciężkim dniu przebieganym w szpilkach chciała zdjąć buty i pochodzić boso? Nie wyobrażam sobie! Poza tym, jeśli coś spadnie na taką płytkę, istnieje ryzyko jej pęknięcia czy ukruszenia – jest to bardzo problematyczne uszkodzenie, praktycznie nie do naprawienia. Ciężko to naprawić, gdy wybija się jedną, można przypadkowo uszkodzić kolejne, pomijając już fakt, że jeśli wymieniasz płytkę po dłuższym czasie, w sklepie może już nie być tej kolekcji, z której korzystałaś, a nie zawsze jest jakiś zapas. Po trzecie – płytka jest jednak daleko od natury – uzyskalibyśmy efekt odwrotny od zamierzonego.     Podłoga drewniana w jodełkę   Podłoga drewniana, na przykład podłoga dębowa, w przeciwieństwie do glazury, jest naturalna i ciepła. Bardzo długo się nad nim zastanawialiśmy. Rozmawialiśmy jednak z kilkoma producentami i dystrybutorami (jeśli szukasz sklepu z podłogami drewnianymi i panelami w Trójmieście – koniecznie sprawdź firmę, z której korzystamy od lat tutaj) – wszyscy taką podłogę nam do biura odradzali, jeśli nie chcemy jej regularnie olejować czy zabezpieczać. Pierwszym argumentem było cyklinowanie, którego z czasem nie da się uniknąć. Dla nas takie cyklinowanie całej podłogi w piętrowym biurze to przynajmniej tygodniowy przestój pracy. Nie chcemy mieć takich problemów: nie będziemy mogli zatroszczyć się o klientów, nie będziemy też prosić pracowników, by brali urlopy w tym samym terminie. Dla nas to też żaden urlop, gdy trzeba być na miejscu i wszystkiego dopilnować.   Druga sprawa to podatność na uszkodzenia – wszyscy mamy wygodne, ergonomiczne fotele na kółeczkach. Naturalne drewno jest bardziej miękkie niż panele, istnieje więc duża szansa, że podłoga odkształcałaby się od kółek czy szpilek.   Po trzecie, podłogę trzeba olejować czy lakierować, a ten lakier czy olej również po czasie się wytrze – sami mamy dębowe, białe, olejowane schody, i gdyby nie to, że nawet podoba nam się ten efekt starcia po 6 latach użytkowania, to byłyby już do odrestaurowania.   Ale co innego schody w domu, a co innego podłoga w biurze, która właśnie w miejscu kółeczek byłaby bardzo podatna na takie odpryski lakieru. Nie chcemy w biurze narażać się na koszty i kolejne opóźnienia pracy biura.   Dodatkowo jest to niemały koszt – średnio ok. 30 zł za metr kwadratowy. W praktyce oznacza to, że za kilka lat mielibyśmy kolejny duży wydatek, dlatego pomyśleliśmy, ze dobrym rozwiązaniem będą…     Panele w jodełkę – kwadratowe panele   Niestety, częstym problemem z panelami podłogowymi jest ich kształt – zamiast długich desek, składają się one zwykle ze zbitki kilku paneli dociętych do kwadratu. To sprawia, że mimo wzoru jodełki, w miejscach łączenia paneli pojawiają się poprzeczne linie, co zdradza ich panelową naturę.   Z panelami Quickstep z naszego pierwszego mieszkania mieliśmy fantastyczne doświadczenia – pomimo wylanej wody z grzejnika, po wytarciu kałuży, podłoga pozostała nienaruszona, bez żadnych śladów uszkodzeń. W naszym obecnym domu zastosowaliśmy panele firmy Parador, które również są godne polecenia. Dla kontrastu, na poddaszu, gdzie znajduje się tylko suszarnia i rzadko tam zaglądamy, położyliśmy tańsze panele marketowe. Pomimo niewielkiego użytkowania, panele te już się zdeformowały, co wymagało wymiany niektórych elementów. Mimo naszego zadowolenia z paneli Quickstep i Parador, niestety żadna z tych firm nie oferowała jodełki, która by nam odpowiadała. Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się na produkt innej marki, który okazał się być idealnym wyborem.   Panele w jodełkę – prostokątne panele   Odkryliśmy firmę Weninger, która oferuje niezwykłe panele podłogowe także w jodełkę. Każdy z nich jest jak oddzielna deska, tworząc razem efektowną jodełkę o naturalnym wyglądzie i małej powtarzalności wzoru. Wybór koloru był dla nas niełatwą decyzją, w której pomogliście nam na Instagramie i Facebooku. Po długim zastanawianiu, zdecydowaliśmy się na Dąb Alabama. Panele te zastosowaliśmy we wszystkich pomieszczeniach, z wyjątkiem łazienki i toalety (o których również planuję napisać wkrótce).     Wybór naszych paneli w jodełkę to przemyślana decyzja. Zdecydowaliśmy się na panele w jodełkę, które wymagają specjalnej techniki montażu. W przeciwieństwie do standardowych paneli, układanych od ściany, te panele montuje się rozpoczynając od środka pomieszczenia. Proces ten jest czasochłonny i wiąże się z licznymi docięciami oraz powstawaniem większych niż przy prostym układzie odpadów. Dlatego zalecamy zatrudnienie dobrze przeszkolonego specjalisty, obeznanego w tej technice montażu.   Mimo współpracy przy wykończeniu biura z renomowaną firmą budowlaną, zadanie układania podłogi powierzyliśmy ekspertom rekomendowanym przez sklep. Dwaj fachowcy, mistrzowie w swoim fachu, położyli podłogę w ciągu trzech dni. Niestety, nie zdążyli zamontować białych listew – wrócą, aby dokończyć pracę w najbliższym wolnym terminie.   Jak sprawdzają się te panele w jodełkę po 3 latach? Nasze panele w jodełkę po trzech latach użytkowania nadal prezentuje się świetnie pod względem trwałości i wyglądu. Mimo upływu czasu, jej design wciąż nas urzeka i nie nudzi.   Jednakże, pojawia się pewien problem – podłoga strzela w niektórych miejscach podczas chodzenia.   Szukaliśmy informacji i konsultowaliśmy się z montażystami, którzy niestety nie dawali nadziei na skuteczną reklamację naszego konkretnego produktu. Tłumaczyli, że takie przypadki często kończą się odmową, z przyczyn związanych z nieprawidłowym użytkowaniem.   Na szczęście, nasza podłoga znajduje się w biurze, więc nie wpływa negatywnie na nasz odpoczynek czy sen małych dzieci. Mimo to, decydując się na aranżację nowego domu, zdecydowaliśmy się na wybranie innej opcji podłogowej.   A jak Tobie podobają się takie panele w jodełkę? PS Chcesz zobaczyć efekt końcowy naszego biura? Znajdziesz go tutaj.
- [Miękka definicja mojej sypialni - łóżko tapicerowane](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/miekka-definicja-sypialni-lozko-tapicerowane/):   Urządzanie czterech kątów naszej rodziny zawsze było czymś więcej niż wyborem odcieniu ścian czy kolorowych poszewek na poduszki. To piękna wnętrzarska podróż, pełna ciekawych domowych rozwiązań, ale niełatwo to przyznać, także i potknięć. Nasze poprzednie łóżko sypialniane wizualnie naprawdę było przepiękne, ale miało kilka praktycznych mankamentów, które dostrzegliśmy po pewnym czasie jego użytkowania. By uniknąć nietrafnych i niekiedy również mało praktycznych wyborów, projekt domu postanowiłam oddać w ręce kogoś kto zajmuje się tym na co dzień. Tym razem chciałam, żeby było nie tylko ładnie, ale też mądrze. Jak się okazuje to może iść w parze. Łóżko tapicerowane z wysokim zagłówkiem – jak wybrać? Dzięki Karolinie ze Studia Projektowego HOUSE LOVES w mojej sypialni znalazło się łóżko tapicerowane z pojemnikiem 180×200 zaprojektowane przez nią dla marki HOME&LIVING. To łóżko idealnie komponuje się zarówno w małą jak i średnią sypialnie – dziś model CUTE na stałe jest w sprzedaży w sklepie internetowym tej marki. To projekt dzięki, któremu dziś dosłownie i w przenośni – śpię spokojnie. Z przyjemnością podzielę się wskazówkami, na co zwróciłam uwagę, wybierając łóżko tapicerowane, by było piękne, praktyczne i… bezproblemowe! Łóżko tapicerowane z wygodnym materacem, pojemnikiem i wysokim zagłówkiem. Beżowe łóżko tapicerowane to świetna opcja dla osób, które cenią komfort i elegancję w sypialni. Dzięki różnym funkcjom, takim jak pojemniki na pościel, pomagają one w organizowaniu przestrzeni. Jeśli zastanawiasz się, jak uporządkować inne części sypialni, takie jak komody, polecam zapoznać się z moim artykułem o organizacji komody dla niemowlaka, który dostarcza wielu inspiracji do porządkowania wnętrz. Wchodząc do naszej sypialni uwagę przyciąga wysoki, tapicerowany zagłówek łóżka. Początkowo miałam obawy, że tak duży element przytłoczy przestrzeń mojej niedużej sypialni ze skosem. Efekt jaki daje ten mebel jest totalnie odwrotny – wysoki zagłówek nadaje wnętrzu elegancji, ale także optycznie wysmukla pomieszczenie. Co najbardziej w nim lubię? Miękka poduszka ukryta pod tapicerką! Która sprawia, że wieczorny odpoczynek z książką jest jeszcze przyjemniejszy. Jeśli zastanawiasz się nad łóżkiem tapicerowanym z wysokim zagłówkiem, zdecydowanie polecam te z miękkim wykończeniem – nie tylko dla wyglądu, ale wygody! Cenię sobie praktyczne wykorzystanie przestrzeni – łóżko z pojemnikiem Przy pięcioosobowej rodzinie każdy skrawek do przechowywania jest na wagę złota. Łóżko tapicerowane z pojemnikiem to była dla nas decyzja wprost oczywista. Jestem fanką ładnych rozwiązań, ale nade wszystko cenię sobie funkcjonalność. Moje łóżko z pojemnikiem o wymiarach 180×200 cm wiele pomieści, a co jest ważne mimo hurtowych ilości poduszek, kołder, kocy, które na nim spoczywają jego mechanizm otwiera się niesamowicie lekko. Bez zbędnego siłowania się, w każdej chwili mogę sięgnąć w czeluści moich “przydasiów” skrywanych pod materacem. Jeśli Twoja sypialnia też marzy o odrobinie przestrzennego oddechu – łóżko z pojemnikiem to nie opcja. To ogromny organizer istny must-have Twojej sypialni! Rozmiar ma znaczenie: łóżko tapicerowane z pojemnikiem 180 x 200 Są takie meble, które mają wyjątkowe znaczenie w naszej codzienności. Dla mnie łóżko ma pomieścić cały mój świat – moją rodzinę. To miejsce, które w wolny sobotni poranek służy chwilą błogim, bez pośpiechu – splątane nogi, poranny śmiech dzieci, ciepło kubka z kawą to mój ulubiony scenariusz na weekend. Miałam obawy, że w naszej niezbyt dużej sypialni to niemożliwe. Całe szczęście dzięki pomysłowości i wyczuciu naszej projektantki udało się! Dziś w centrum pokoju stoi nasze wygodne całkiem spore łóżko z materacem o wymiarach 180 × 200 cm. Przestronne, piękne, idealne. Jeśli czeka Cię urządzanie sypialni przyjrzeć się modelowi CUTE, który jest dostępny w wielu rozmiarach od 140 × 200 cm, aż po 200 × 200 cm. To łóżko, które możesz dopasować do siebie – do swoich poranków, wieczornych rytuałów i rodzinnych przytulanek. A dodatkowo jeśli Twoje potrzeby wykraczają poza standardy? W HOME&LIVING możesz zamówić łóżko niemal w dowolnym wymiarze. Od filigranowych 90 × 200 cm po pełne rozmachu 220 × 200 cm. Tu naprawdę możesz stworzyć coś wyjątkowego – łóżko, które będzie dokładnie takie, jak chcesz. Możesz stworzyć sypialnię np. sposób minimalistyczny. A jak upewnić się, że wybrany rozmiar łóżka jest dla nas odpowiedni? Ja zawsze zachęcam Was, aby wziąć kartkę i naszkicować swoją sypialnię w dokładnej skali. Naprawdę wystarczy ołówek i kilka kresek, a realnie zobaczysz ile masz przestrzeni, a ile właściwie chcesz sobie jej podarować. W końcu sypialnia to nie tylko metry. To przestrzeń na oddech, na bliskość, na Ciebie.. Beżowe łóżko tapicerowane – ponadczasowa klasyka Neutralny, elegancki, ponadczasowy – beż. Nie ukrywam, że uwielbiam jego najprzeróżniejsze odcienie. W moim domu to tło idealne dla sypialnianego spokoju, ale trzeba przyznać, że beżowe odcienie doskonale komponują się w każdym stylu boho, skandynawskim, japandi czy klasycznym. Beżowe łóżko tapicerowane to strzał w dziesiątkę, który wpisuje się w naturalną estetykę wnętrza, budując harmonijnie spokoju i ciepła. W projekcie naszego łóżka użyliśmy tkaniny ART. 93-130 od ARTMEBLE – przyjemnej w dotyku, trwałej i pięknej w każdym świetle pory dnia. Twój styl jest zdecydowanie bardziej wyrazisty? Spokojnie HOME&LIVING zrealizuje Twój najbardziej nietuzinkowy kolorystycznie pomysł. Masz wybór z pośród 200 różnych kolorów i struktur tkanin więc z projektem łóżka naprawdę można poszaleć. Głęboki granat czy energetyczna cegła – wybór należy do Ciebie i Twojej wyobraźni. Pamiętaj, na stronie możesz zamówić bezpłatne próbki materiałów do domu. Na spokojnie, z filiżanką kawy w dłoni, możesz sprawdzić, która tkanina najlepiej pasuje do Twojej sypialni i… nastroju. W końcu łóżko to nie tylko mebel. To przestrzeń, która ma współgrać z Tobą – każdego dnia i każdej nocy. Koniec z kurzowym koszmarem – łóżko bez nóżek Pewnie nie raz zdarzyło Ci się odsuwać ciężkie łóżko na nóżkach, żeby posprzątać zbierające się pod nim koty kurzu, odkryć zapomnianą skarpetkę albo wygrzebać ukochaną zabawkę dziecka – znajome prawda? Nieustannie to robiłam, dlatego urządzając nową sypialnie miałam jeden priorytet: łóżko bez prześwitu pod spodem. Bez wędrówek odkurzacza i bez niespodzianek. Nasze łóżko tapicerowane stoi nisko, stabilnie i elegancko – osadzone bezpośrednio na drewnianym stelażu, który idealnie przylega do podłogi. To nie tylko kwestia estetyki, ale i codziennej wygody. W mojej sypialni minimalizuje zakamarki dla gromadzącego się kurzu. A ponadto całkiem nieźle wygląda, wykończenie łóżka jest z laminowanej płyty w kolorze naturalnego dębu. Całość prezentuje się ciepło, ponadczasowo oraz wspaniale komponuje się z naszą spokojną, przytulną sypialnią. Jeśli preferujesz lekkość i charakter mebli na nóżkach to żaden problem. W ofercie HOME&LIVING znajdziesz również modele z nóżkami w różnych stylach i kolorach – od minimalistycznych po retro, od czerni po złoto. W końcu to Twoja przestrzeń. Ma wyglądać i działać dokładnie tak, jak chcesz. Łóżko tapicerowane z materacem – dla wygody snu Sen to priorytet! W końcu nie przypadkowo mówi się, że “sen to zdrowie” – od razu zdecydowaliśmy się zamówić łóżko tapicerowane razem z materacem. Decydując się na materac prześledziliśmy dokładną jego specyfikacje i padło na materac hybrydowy z wkładem sprężyn pocketowych strefowych z dodatkową warstwą pianki oddychającej typu lateks i z pianką obojętną termicznie, w skrócie: materac dość sprężysty ale nie twardy, bardzo uniwersalny, Comfort Plus. Idealnie dopasowuje się do naszych potrzeb, pomimo znacznej różnicy wzrostu i wagi między nami. O czym jeszcze warto pamiętać, wybierając łóżko tapicerowane? Bez stresu i bez niespodzianek. Cały przebieg zamówienia był sprawny i na czas – producent zadbał o dostawę z wniesieniem oraz montażem, więc nie musiałam się martwić, jak wnieść to duże łóżko na piętro, ani tym bardziej, jak je samodzielnie złożyć. Nasze tapicerowane łóżko sypialniane to nie tylko piękny mebel. To centrum domowego relaksu – przestrzeń na odpoczynek, wieczorne rozmowy, wspólne poranki i… mnóstwo ukrytego miejsca do przechowywania. Dzięki współpracy HOUSE LOVES i HOME&LIVING trafiliśmy na model, który doskonale łączy estetykę z funkcjonalnością. Każdy detal jest przemyślany, a całość – po prostu cieszy oko. Jeśli właśnie jesteś na etapie poszukiwań idealnego łóżka, koniecznie zerknij na model CUTE – to nasz wybór i absolutny strzał w dziesiątkę. Ale koniecznie poznaj też całą kolekcję HOME&LIVING. Bo łóżko to coś więcej niż miejsce do spania – to inwestycja w komfort, codzienność i Twój sen. I tak, Twój sen naprawdę zasługuje na to, co najlepsze. Dodatki do stylizacji łóżka tapicerowanego Bez dwóch zdań dodatki robią tu ogromną robotę, a są to: kapa – chwilowo niedostępna, ale regularnie wraca – z bawełnianego muślinu – ZARA HOME – 230 x 250 cm, Ref. 0146/005 koc – IKEA – VALLKRASSING – jasny szarobrązowy, 150×200 cm pościel – z perkalowej bawełny 300 nitek – ZARA HOME, Ref. 7145/091, Ref. 7145/088, Ref. 7145/091 podłużna poduszka dekoracyjna – wkład – IKEA – KLOTULLÖRT, 40×140 cm tkanina do uszycia poszewki na podłużną poduszkę: BRW – Koc narzuta 130 x 170 cm beżowy bawełniany w pasy, kod produktu: ML-4255664826961 wzorzyste poszewki na poduszki – HM HOME – 50×50 cm – Nr prod.: 1231396002 ciemnoszara poszewka na poduszkę – ZARA HOME – 45×45 cm – Ref. 8175/008 poduszka z pierza 90×70 cm – Allegro – 3 kg sztuka poszewka na poduszkę dekoracyjną XXL 70×90 cm – ZARA HOME – Ref. 1150/008 wypełnienie poszewek na poduszki 45×45 cm, 50×50 cm, 60×60 cm – ZARA HOME I jak Ci się podoba nasza sypialnia?
- [Jak zostać wedding plannerem?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zostac-wedding-plannerem/): Zastanawiasz się jak zostać wedding plannerem? Jak zdobyć kompleksową wiedzę i umiejętności?   Jak zostać wedding plannerem?   Marzysz o pracy Wedding Plannera, ale nie wiesz, od czego zacząć? To pytanie zadają sobie tysiące osób, które pragną zamienić swoją pasję w zawód i stworzyć dochodowy biznes. Jestem Agnieszka Kudela, od 15 lat Wedding Plannerka, od 18 lat bizneswoman w branży ślubnej i od 8 lat mentorka Wedding Plannerów. Przez te lata pomogłam setkom osób wejść do branży ślubnej i odnieść sukces. Dziś zapraszam Cię do Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów, gdzie przeprowadzę Cię przez cały proces – od marzeń do realizacji.   Czy ta droga jest dla Ciebie?   Zanim zdecydujesz się na ten krok, odpowiedz sobie na kilka kluczowych pytań:   ✔ Co chcesz dać od siebie innym i światu? Czy chcesz tworzyć śluby pełne magii i emocji, pomagając parom przeżyć ten dzień minimalizując ich stres i biorąc na siebie wszystkie nieprzewidziane sytuacje? ✔ Jak chcesz pracować? Czy marzysz o własnej firmie i pełnej niezależności, czy może chcesz zdobyć doświadczenie w renomowanej agencji ślubnej? ✔ Czy masz predyspozycje do zawodu? Organizacja, komunikacja, zarządzanie budżetem, dbałość o detale – to tylko część umiejętności, które przydadzą się w tej roli. Jeśli czujesz, że to właśnie to, czym chcesz się zajmować – czas na zdobycie wiedzy i doświadczenia.   Jak zdobyć wiedzę i umiejętności wedding plannera?   Zawód wedding plannera wymaga wiedzy, umiejętności i praktyki. Możesz szukać informacji w książkach, podcastach i YouTube, ale jeśli zależy Ci na skutecznej i usystematyzowanej nauce, najlepszą drogą jest profesjonalne szkolenie, a krokiem milowym do odniesienia sukcesu będą stworzone przez doświadczoną agencję ślubną.   Zostań wedding plannerem – profesjonalnie i kompleksowo!   Nie chodzi tylko o to, by wiedzieć, jak planować śluby – chodzi o to, by budować silną, profesjonalną markę, którą klienci będą obdarzać zaufaniem. Dzięki mojemu kursowi otrzymasz nie tylko wiedzę, ale także konkretne narzędzia, które pozwolą Ci działać pewnie i skutecznie od samego początku.   ✔ Poznasz kulisy pracy Wedding Plannera – dowiesz się, jak wygląda sezon ślubny od kuchni, jakie są obowiązki konsultanta ślubnego i czym naprawdę zajmuje się profesjonalista w tej branży. ✔ Stworzysz strategię swojego biznesu – opracujesz swoją ofertę, zrozumiesz realia rynku ślubnego w Polsce, dowiesz się, jakie są zarobki, koszty, formy opodatkowania i zbudujesz solidny biznesplan, który poprowadzi Cię do sukcesu. ✔ Zdobędziesz umiejętności marketingowe – nauczysz się, jak skutecznie promować swoją firmę w mediach społecznościowych, prasie i Internecie, by od samego początku zdobywać klientów i budować rozpoznawalną markę. ✔ Opanujesz mistrzowską obsługę klienta – stworzysz profesjonalną ofertę, nauczysz się prowadzenia rozmów sprzedażowych i budowania relacji, które przekładają się na lojalność i polecenia. Poznasz najnowsze trendy w dekoracjach, lokalizacjach i organizacji ślubów. ✔ Dowiesz się, jak współpracować z podwykonawcami – nauczysz się, jak dobierać i koordynować pracę dekoratorów, fotografów, muzyków, makijażystów, stylistów i innych dostawców usług ślubnych, by wszystko działało perfekcyjnie. ✔ Opanujesz sztukę koordynacji dnia ślubu – nauczysz się, jak zarządzać harmonogramem, dbać o każdy detal i unikać błędów, by każde wydarzenie było niezapomniane i dopięte na ostatni guzik. ✔ Zyskasz pewność siebie i profesjonalizm – poznasz zasady savoir-vivre w biznesie, przy stole, w kontaktach międzynarodowych i w zaproszeniach ślubnych – to klucz do obsługi najbardziej wymagających klientów.     Jakie gotowe narzędzia dla Ciebie przygotowałam?   To między innymi:   gotowy wzór umowy pomiędzy wedding plannerem i młodą parą, napisany przez prawnika doświadczonego w branży ślubnej, który zapewni bezpieczną współpracę nie tylko młodej parze, ale także przede wszystkim Tobie, pełen zapisów wymaganych najnowszymi przepisami kalkulator cen usług wedding plannera, który pozwoli Ci wycenić każdą usługę dla młodej pary biznesplan agencji ślubnej model cash flow – przepływów finansowych w Twojej agencji ślubnej, który pomoże Ci zapewnić płynność finansową i podzielić płatność od klienta na transze adekwatne do Twoich potrzeb w czasie przewodnik po stworzeniu spersonalizowanej oferty Twoich usług wedding plannera zgody na wykorzystanie wizerunku młodej pary wzór pełnomocnictwa do reprezentacji młodej pary certyfikat ukończenia szkolenia rekomendowanego przez Polskie Stowarzyszenie Konsultantów Ślubnych, które od 2007 roku zrzesza najlepszych wedding plannerów w Polsce i jest dodatkowym potwierdzeniem Twojej rzetelności.     Zobacz darmową lekcję próbną – wystarczy, że klikniesz tutaj   Chcesz zacząć pracę, którą pokochasz i stać się wedding plannerem?   Nie zostawiaj swojego sukcesu przypadkowi – skorzystaj z mojego programu 15 kroków do własnej agencji ślubnej. Dołącz do kursu Wedding Planner Expert i zbuduj swoją wymarzoną karierę – KLIKNIJ TUTAJ!   
- [Wedding planner - franczyza czy mentoring?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wedding-planner-franczyza/): Wedding planner i jego agencja ślubna to firma, która ma niską barierę wejścia na rynek. Przecież wystarczy kurs na wedding plannera, laptop, telefon, samochód, rejestracja firmy w Urzędzie i głowa na karku. To dlatego w każdym roku tworzy się tak wiele agencji ślubnych, niestety niemal drugie tyle kończy swoją działalność.   Dlaczego? Wszystko na pozór wydaje się proste. Skończyć kurs, otworzyć działalność i… działać. Niestety, Klienci tego segmentu są bardzo wymagający i dokładnie sprawdzają co stoi za każdą firmą. Dlatego firmy, które dopiero startują i nie mają na swoim koncie portfolio, referencji, nie stoi za nimi duża i rzetelna baza usługodawców, na których zawsze mogą liczyć, w pierwszych latach niestety, ale mogą mieć problem ze zdobyciem wystarczającej ilości zleceń, aby się utrzymać. Jaki można sobie poradzić?   Po pierwsze, w początkowym okresie możesz traktować zawód wedding plannera jako dodatkowe zajęcie. Jest to możliwe, ale tylko pod warunkiem, że Twoje główne zajęcie jest na tyle elastyczne, że zapewni nam pełną dyspozycyjność dla młodych par i usługodawców, takich jak hotele, które bazują głównie na pracy od 8 do 16. Jak już pisałam w poście: Jak zostać wedding plannerem? 11 Wymagań dyspozycyjność jest jednym z nich.   Nie polecam tutaj stosowania w pierwszych latach polityki dumpingowej, czyli cen dużo zaniżonych w stosunku do rynkowych, gdyż może i zdobędziesz w ten sposób dużo zleceń, ale ten pierwszy, drugi sezon na rynku będą dla Ciebie bardzo trudny. W związku z tym, że nie pójdzie za nimi sukces finansowy (skoro ceny będą dużo niższe niż rynkowe) istnieje duże ryzyko, że już na samym początku praca ta przytłoczy Cię tak bardzo, że po pierwszym sezonie będziesz zupełnie wypalona.   Franczyza czy własna marka? Moja droga do wolności w biznesie   Kiedy ponad 18 lat temu zaczynałam swoją przygodę w branży ślubnej, wiedziałam, że budowanie marki od zera jest ogromnym wyzwaniem. Dlatego po 5 latach działań jako Wytwórnia Ślubów stworzyłam sieć franczyzową, która miała główny cel – pokryć szerszy obszar rynku i pomóc początkującym wedding plannerom szybciej osiągnąć sukces. Dawała gotowe narzędzia, rozpoznawalną markę, lejki sprzedażowe, reklamę, know-how, dostęp do sprawdzonych podwykonawców i wsparcie mentorskie.   To rozwiązanie sprawdziło się – dla wielu osób stało się bezpiecznym mostem do własnego biznesu, bez ryzyka i błędów, które często popełniają Ci, którzy zaczynają zupełnie od zera.   Jednak z czasem zaczęłam dostrzegać, że to, co na początku dawało mi radość – standaryzacja usług, procedury, pilnowanie jednolitego wizerunku marki – zaczęło nas wszystkich ograniczać.   Bo ja nie chciałam nikogo kontrolować. Ja chciałam inspirować i wspierać.   Zamknęłam franczyzę – otworzyłam drzwi do wolności   Franczyza działa dobrze tylko wtedy, gdy wszyscy podążają tą samą ścieżką, dbając o spójność marki, standardów i komunikacji. Ale każdy człowiek się zmienia, w tym i ja, więc coraz częściej czułam, że osoby, które rozwijały się w ramach mojej sieci, powinny iść dalej już same – na własnych zasadach.   Dlatego postanowiłam całkowicie zrezygnować z franczyzy i jej ograniczeń: Zamknęłam franczyzę – bo wiem, że indywidualność jest wartością, a nie przeszkodą. Zaczęłam na szerszą skalę wspierać wedding plannerki z całej Polski jako mentor – zamiast wymagać i narzucać, niczym na szwedzkim stole przedstawiam Wam różne opcje do wyboru, a Wy korzystacie z tych, które najlepiej z Wami rezonują. Daję Wam przestrzeń do rozwoju, wierzę, że rozwój opiera się na współpracy, a nie na konkurowaniu ze sobą.   Teraz nie tworzę już sztywnych procedur, których wszyscy muszą się trzymać. Teraz pomagam Wam budować marki na Waszych warunkach – korzystając z mojego 18-letniego doświadczenia w prowadzeniu agencji ślubnej, 8 lat mentoringu innych agencji, przeszkolenia ponad 800 osób i zarządzania czterema własnymi oddziałami w całym kraju.   Nie musisz mieć franczyzy, żeby mieć wsparcie   Dziś wiem, że sukces w branży ślubnej nie wymaga gotowego schematu – wymaga Twojej autentyczności, dobrego wsparcia i strategii dopasowanej do Ciebie. Dlatego teraz zamiast mówić Wam, jak powinnyście prowadzić biznes, pomagam Wam znaleźć własną drogę do sukcesu.   Bierz ode mnie to, co najlepsze – i idź po swoje, na swoich zasadach!   Co może dać Ci skorzystanie z usług mentora w postaci doświadczonego wedding plannera – ta inwestycja zwróci Ci się już przy pierwszym kliencie, a w ramach niego możesz otrzymać między innymi: profesjonalne szkolenie indywidualne, odpowiadające Twoim potrzebom, dostęp do opieki mentora czyli doświadczonej wedding plannerki, która ma pod swoimi skrzydłami wielu wedding plannerów, świetnie zna wschodzący i dojrzały rynek, służy radą i pomocą, dostęp do know-how mentora, wspólnie możecie stworzyć dostosowane do Twojej unikalnej marki teksty na Twoją stronę www, ofertę dla młodych par, umowę, harmonogram przygotowań, wzory korespondencji mailowej ustalić adekwatną dla Ciebie i rynku politykę cenową opracować dress code dopasowany do Ciebie i klientów, których chcesz do siebie przyciągnąć, możecie przećwiczyć pierwsze spotkania z klientami czy koordynacje i czego jeszcze tylko będziesz potrzebowała.   Z każdej sytuacji staram się wyciągnąć dla siebie i innych wedding plannerów naukę, a z mojej wiedzy i doświadczenia możesz skorzystać korzystając z sesji lub programów mentoringowych ze mną.   Pozostałe posty z serii „Jak zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym”: 1. Jak zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym? 11 Wymagań 2. Czy Konsultant Ślubny to praca sezonowa?
- [Mała sypialnia z oknem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mala-sypialnia-z-oknem/): Pokazywałam Ci już o projekt naszej sypialni, którą zaprojektowała dla nas wraz ze swoim zespołem Karolina ze studia projektowego HOUSE LOVES. To pomieszczenie ma zaledwie 15,2 m², a do tego spory skos i jedno, niewielkie okno. Wydawałoby się, że mała sypialnia z oknem nie pomieści wszystkiego, o czym marzyliśmy – dużego łóżka, funkcjonalnych szaf, bieliźniarki czy miejsca na toaletkę. A jednak! Dzięki przemyślanemu projektowi i genialnym rozwiązaniom udało się stworzyć wnętrze, które spełnia wszystkie nasze potrzeby. Dziś zapraszam Was na finał – realizację projektu „CUTE”.   1. Serce sypialni – łóżko tapicerowane na tle sztukaterii Najważniejszym elementem jest klasyczne i ponadczasowe łóżko tapicerowane o wymiarach 180×200 cm z wysokim zagłówkiem. W małej sypialni z oknem skosy mogą przytłaczać, ale ten zabieg sprawił, że pomieszczenie nabrało elegancji i stało się wizualnie wyższe. Miękki, jasny zagłówek to nie tylko wygodne oparcie, ale też piękne towarzystwo dla złotych kinkietów, które dodają wnętrzu blasku.   Jednym z najważniejszych detali, który tworzy klimat naszej sypialni, jest sztukateria na ścianie. Delikatne, klasyczne ramy idealnie komponują się z nowoczesnym wystrojem wnętrza, dodając mu elegancji i struktury. Sztukateria nie tylko zdobi ścianę za łóżkiem, ale także optycznie podnosi pomieszczenie i pięknie współgra z wysokim zagłówkiem.   W małej sypialni z oknem sztukateria była dla nas sposobem na przełamanie prostoty i dodanie nieco paryskiego klimatu. Co ważne, nie przytłacza wnętrza – wręcz przeciwnie, subtelnie podkreśla jego charakter i sprawia, że całość wygląda stylowo, ale jednocześnie lekko.   To detal, który sprawia, że każde, nawet niewielkie pomieszczenie staje się wyjątkowe. Jeśli szukasz prostego, a efektownego sposobu na metamorfozę wnętrza – sztukateria to zawsze strzał w dziesiątkę!   Tip: Wysoki, ale wciąż lekki w formie zagłówek sprawia, że przestrzeń wydaje się „wyższa” i bardziej harmonijna.     Łóżko z pojemnikiem: Home & Living, model CUTE, 180×200 cm, tkanina: Artmeb 93-130 Materac Comfort Plus, Home & Living  Listwy sztukateryjne model Z10 ARTYSTYL Więcej informacji o łóżku oraz spis wszystkich tekstyliów użytych do stylizacji łóżka znajdziesz w tym poście.     2. Szafki nocne – drewno i minimalizm Zaraz obok łóżka zawisły drewniane wiszące szafki nocne. Ich zaokrąglona forma oraz żaluzjowe fronty idealnie pasują do przytulnego stylu sypialni. W małej sypialni z oknem, gdzie liczy się każdy centymetr, wiszące meble to strzał w dziesiątkę – pozwalają utrzymać przestrzeń lekką i uporządkowaną.     Szafki nocne z ryflowanym frontem, Westwing, drewno dębowe     3. Złote kinkiety ze ściemniaczami W naszej sypialni postawiliśmy na złote kinkiety, które nie tylko dodają wnętrzu elegancji, ale są też niezwykle praktyczne, gdyż dzięki ruchomym ramionom można regulować kąt padania światła, a dzięki połączeniu ich z wbudowanymi w ścienne włączniki firmy Berker ściemniaczami, możemy regulować także natężenie światła. To rozwiązanie sprawdza się świetnie, zwłaszcza przy dzieciach, ale nie tylko – tworzy idealną atmosferę do wieczornego relaksu.     Złote, regulowane kinkiety Fleka, Sklum Ściemniacz obrotowo-przyciskowy Berker K1     4. Szafa na ubrania – pojemna i stylowa Przy projektowaniu sypialni bardzo zależało mi na funkcjonalnych szafach, która połączy uwielbiane przez nas korpusy i rozwiązania PAX z IKEA, z efektem mebli na wymiar. Karolina doprojektowała więc do wspomnianych korpusów nadstawki, dzięki czemu wnętrze szafy zostało wykorzystane aż po sam sufit, a do tego fronty, boczki i blendy na zamówienie dopełniły ten mebel wizualnie.   Tak powstała przepiękna szafa z delikatnymi łukami i lustrzanymi frontami, które są motywem, przeplatającym się w każdym pomieszczeniu naszego domu i optycznie powiększają przestrzeń. Dzięki temu nasza mała sypialnia z oknem stała się jaśniejsza i bardziej przestronna. Tip: Lustra odbijają światło i dodają głębi małym pomieszczeniom.     Korpusy szaf PAX z IKEA Fronty, boczki, blendy – na zamówienie, Stolarnia HL Workshop     5. Toaletka  Wykorzystanie przestrzeni przy oknie na przestrzeń osobistą dla mnie było dla mnie kluczowe. Dzięki Karolinie znalazło się tu miejsce na toaletkę z okrągłym lustrem i ryflowaną, ukrytą pod blatem szufladę, która mieści wszystkie moje kosmetyki. Połączona z miękką, tapicerowaną pufą, stała się moim ulubionym kącikiem do porannej pielęgnacji i makijażu. Toaletka w tej małej sypialni z oknem nie zajmuje wiele miejsca, a jednocześnie jest niezwykle funkcjonalna i stylowa.     Toaletka na zamówienie, Stolarnia HL Workshop Lniany puf okrągły z ukrytym pojemnikiem i tacą Kinkiety LED Elowyn, Westwing  Lustro owalne w czarnej ramie – ZARA HOME     6. Telewizor w szafie – ukryta funkcjonalność W naszej sypialni telewizor znalazł swoje miejsce w zabudowie szafy naprzeciwko łóżka. Ta szafa różni się od bocznej – jest płytsza (korpusy to wciąż PAX z IKEA głęboki na 35 cm), natomiast zamiast lustrzanych frontów, Karolina zaproponowała dekoracyjną tapetę imitującą tkaninę, która dodaje wnętrzu ciepła i elegancji.   Na uwagę zasługuje mechanizm drzwi – środkowe fronty są harmonijkowe (łamane na pół). Dzięki temu można je wygodnie i estetycznie rozchylić, odsłaniając ukryty telewizor. To świetna alternatywa dla bardzo drogich frontów kieszeniowych.   Co więcej, nawet po otwarciu te harmonijkowe fronty są wystarczająco wąskie, dzięki czemu nawet po otwarciu nie zajmują dużo miejsca w tym niewielkim przejściu – to szczególnie ważne w małej sypialni z oknem, gdzie każdy centymetr przestrzeni jest na wagę złota. W efekcie mamy funkcjonalne rozwiązanie, które nie zaburza harmonii wnętrza, a telewizor jest widoczny tylko wtedy, gdy naprawdę tego chcemy.       7. Drewniane dodatki i naturalna paleta barw Całe wnętrze utrzymane jest w neutralnych kolorach – szarości, beżach, bieli i złocie. Drewniane akcenty w postaci szafek nocnych i komody ocieplają wnętrze, tworząc przytulną i relaksującą atmosferę.   Nie ma wnętrza, którego bym nie pokazała, aby nie było pytania o kolory: Farba na ścianie to Flugger IN-700 Fronty i widoczne elementy lakierowane w kolorze szarym NCS S1502-Y (35% połysku) Tapeta w wyfrazowanej części frontu model: Shinok C73810314 Uchwyty T-bar AMINTERIORS GM119, kolor: mosiądz szczotkowany lakier matowy     8. Wykładzina wełniana – naturalna i praktyczna To właśnie o wełnianą wykładzinę było najwięcej obaw, a ile dyskusji wykonawców. Tak to prawda – baliśmy się, czy przy 3 dzieci i psie wykładzina na piętrze ma prawo się zadziać. Karolina rozwiała moje obawy, opowiadając genialną mniej więcej taką anegdotę:   Czy widziałaś kiedyś, żeby ktoś kąpał owcę? A jednak owce przez większość czasu są czyste. Wszystko dzięki lanolinie, która sprawia, że ich wełna czyści się sama na wietrze.     Podobnie działa wełniana wykładzina – pochłania kurz, dzięki czemu nie unosi się on nad podłogą, a jego usunięcie odkurzaczem to łatwizna. W naszej małej sypialni z oknem to rozwiązanie okazało się idealne – wykładzina jest naturalna, miękka i dodaje wnętrzu przytulności. Położyliśmy ją na całym pierwszym piętrze i to był absolutny strzał w dziesiątkę!     Wykładzina dywanowa Creatuft Alfa 5 Light Beige     9. Bieliźniarka – wymarzone miejsce na pościel i pamiątki Od zawsze marzyłam o komodzie, w której będę mogła przechowywać moje komplety pościeli, a na jej blacie ustawić szczególne pamiątki. W naszej sypialni znalazło się na nią idealne miejsce. Pościeli nie mam wiele do pomieszczenia – każdy z członków naszej rodziny przechowuje swoje komplety pościeli we własnym pokoju, więc ja tak naprawdę mam tylko 5 kompletów, które uwielbiam i używam na zmianę.   Wybraliśmy więc gotową komodę o naturalnym wykończeniu z roletowymi drzwiami. Karolina podpowiedziała nam, aby nadać jej bardziej paryskiego niż skandynawskiego klimatu, poprzez skrócenie jej nóżek. Efekt? Przepiękna, malutka bieliźniarka, która jest nie tylko praktyczna, ale też cudownie komponuje się z resztą wnętrza.   To idealne rozwiązanie w naszej małej sypialni z oknem – z jednej strony funkcjonalność, a z drugiej stylowy element, który nadaje wnętrzu niepowtarzalnego charakteru.     Bieliźniarka – Kredens LYNGVIG 120 cm 2 drzwi roletowe naturalny dąb, Jysk     10. Firanka i zasłonka na wąskie okno W naszej małej sypialni z oknem kluczowe było odpowiednie zaaranżowanie tej przestrzeni, aby była zarówno funkcjonalna, jak i estetyczna. Postawiliśmy na muślinową firankę w odcieniu złamane bieli, która dodaje wnętrzu miękkości i subtelnie przepuszcza światło dzienne. Dzięki niej światło delikatnie rozprasza się po pomieszczeniu, ale jednocześnie firanka zapewnia prywatność i zasłania to, co dzieje się w sypialni.   Dopełnieniem jest lekka zasłona, która choć nie jest zaciemniająca – bo tę funkcję pełnią żaluzje typu plisy zamontowane dyskretnie na okiennej ramie – to nadaje wnętrzu ciepła i przytulności. To połączenie sprawia, że nawet tak wąskie okno stało się eleganckim i ważnym elementem sypialni, a całość wygląda spójnie i harmonijnie.     Zasłona Wisdom flex 150% jednostronna, Mio Decor Firana Zara flex 150% jednostronna, Mio Decor     Podsumowanie Realizacja projektu „CUTE” pokazała, że nawet mała sypialnia z oknem może być funkcjonalna, piękna i idealnie dopasowana do potrzeb domowników. Dzięki przemyślanym rozwiązaniom i dbałości o detale mamy miejsce, które jest naszym azylem – pełnym spokoju, harmonii i ciepła.   Ogromne podziękowania dla Karoliny i jej zespołu, którzy tworzą HOUSE LOVES za zaprojektowanie tej wyjątkowej przestrzeni. Więcej szczegółów dotyczących samego projektu sypialni (wymiary, rysunki itp.) znajdziesz tutaj.   I jak Ci się podoba nasza nowa sypialnia?  ✨
- [Mała kuchnia z oknem na środku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mala-kuchnia-z-oknem-na-srodku/): Kiedy marzenia o idealnej małej kuchni z oknem na środku stają się rzeczywistością, warto o tym opowiedzieć! Nasz projekt kuchni, który możesz zobaczyć tutaj, doczekał się realizacji. Dziś pokażę Ci, jak wygląda efekt końcowy i dlaczego jest to przestrzeń, która codziennie mnie zachwyca!   Od projektu małej kuchni z oknem na środku do kuchennej codzienności O projekcie kuchni wiedzieliśmy jedno – choć niewielka, bo 8,8 m2, ma być sercem naszego domu. Miejscem, gdzie życie toczy się między gotowaniem obiadu a wspólnymi rozmowami przy kawie. Projekt, który stworzyła dla nas ze swoim teamem Karolina z HOUSE LOVES, był dokładnie tym, o czym marzyliśmy. A teraz, gdy możemy z niej korzystać na co dzień, jesteśmy pewni, że było warto postawić na profesjonalistkę!   Widok na małą kuchnię z oknem na środku z salonu Kiedy patrzę na kuchnię od strony salonu, od razu widzę przestrzeń, która nie tylko służy do gotowania, ale przede wszystkim zachęca do wspólnego spędzania czasu, rozmów przy półwyspie i cieszenia się każdą chwilą razem. Ten widok to spełnienie marzeń o kuchni, która harmonijnie łączy się z resztą domu, a każdy jej element jest przemyślany i dokładnie taki, jaki miał być, a dubudowany łuk został wykończony giętką listwą sztukateryjną, model Z13 Artystyl, spaja kuchnię z salonem, tworząc harmonijną całość stylistyczną, jednocześnie subtelnie wyznaczając granicę między małą kuchnią z oknem na środku a salonen. Subtelna elegancja, która przyciąga uwagę.     Drewno, światło i funkcjonalność Elementy łączące całą tę małą kuchnię z oknem na środku nadają jej charakteru i sprawiają, że pięknie koresponduje z resztą naszego domu:   Drewniana podłoga – ta sama, co w salonie. Postawiliśmy na jodełkę francuską od Dąbex, w kolorze Shadow, zabezpieczoną olejowoskiem. Wygląda bosko, a w użytkowaniu sprawdza się znakomicie nawet przy intensywnym, kuchennym użytkowaniu. Na jej temat szykuję osobny materiał!     Blat kuchenny z konglomeratu Silestone Snowy Ibiza Suede – zachwyca swoją subtelną urodą i wytrzymałością. Ten materiał to idealne połączenie funkcjonalności i estetyki, piękny zarówno z góry, jak i w przekroju. To ten element, który nadaje kuchni elegancji i klasy. Za jego perfekcyjnym docięciem, dopasowaniei montażem – jak wszystkich kamieni w naszym domu, stoi E-stone, który świetnie zna tajniki kamieniarskiego rzemiosła.       Zabudowa stolarska – wiedzieliśmy, że to inwestycja w jakość i trwałość, która przetrwa lata, a nie ukrywam, po kolekcjonowanych przez lata fatalnych doświadczeniach z niejedną firmą stolarską, chciałam mieć przy tej współpracy arówno gwarancję terminowości jak i jak najniej tłumaczenia – co ten projektant nawymyślał.Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się na współpracę z siostrzaną firmą naszej projektantki Karoliny – HL WORKSHOP, która pozwoliła nam mieć kuchnię przy minimum naszego czasowego zaangażowania, a także przeprowadzić się na czas. Zajęli się wszystkim, od pomiarów, przez wybór materiałów, precyzyjne dopasowanie, aż po najdrobniejsze detale, takie jak uchwyty czy frezowane fronty.Zabudowa została wykonana pod sam sufit, co pozwoliło maksymalnie wykorzystać dostępną przestrzeń, eliminując trudne do sprzątania zakamarki. Zastosowaliśmy mix frontów: gładkie lakierowane w klasycznej bieli oraz fronty z ryflowaniem, które dodały kuchni wyjątkowego charakteru.   Ściana z oknem – strefa zlewozmywakowa   Centralnym punktem tej ściany jest oczywiście zlewozmywak. Wybraliśmy biały, ceramiczny model BLANCO VILLAE Farmhouse 8 – szeroki aż na 80 cm, który z łatwością pomieści nawet największe garnki i blachy z piekarnika. Dla mnie to nie tylko praktyczne rozwiązanie, ale i piękny element dekoracyjny, idealnie wpisujący się w styl naszej kuchni.     Towarzyszy mu bateria BLANCO FONTAS-S II w kolorze Satin Gold, wyposażona w filtr do wody i wyciąganą wylewkę. Dzięki niej nalewanie wody do garnków jest bajecznie proste – stawiam je na blacie obok zlewu i napełniam, unikając dźwigania. Co więcej, bateria jest dwudrożna i posiada dwie oddzielne dźwignie – z prawej strony do wody ciepłej i zimnej, a z lewej do wody filtrowanej, co daje niesamowity komfort użytkowania.     Nad zlewem królują minimalistyczne lampy HUP typu zwis w złotym wykończeniu – ich delikatne światło nadaje przestrzeni przytulności, szczególnie wieczorami. Zostawiony link kieruje do tych lamp w wersji czarnej, my mamy prototyp złotych, które niedługo także trafią do sprzedaży.     Okno otaczają listwy sztukateryjne, które dodają elegancji i podkreślają okno. Ze swojej strony poprosiliśmy Karolinę o dowieszenie na obu oknach rolet rzymskich, które już niedługo tu zawisną.   Umiejscowienie okna po środku tej wnęki spowodowało, że choć zmywarka obok zlewu wydaje się naturalnym wyborem, to nie starczyło dla niej miejsca. Chcieliśmy także uniknąć jej umiejscowienia w rogu kuchni, co jest w praktyce bardzo niekomfortowe, bo otwarta zmywarka blokuje prostopadłe szuflady czy szafki, dlatego znajdziesz ją na ścianie obok – pod piekarnikiem.   Ściana z piekarnikiem – strefa dużego i małego AGD To tutaj znajduje się tajemniczo umiejscowiona zmywarka, zaraz pod piekarnikiem w zabudowie, który umiejscowiony jest wygodnie i ergonomicznie na wysokości oczu. Co kluczowe, zmywarka po otwarciu nie blokuje dostępu do żadnych szafek, po otwarciu jej drzwi dodatkowo zabezpieczają podłogę przed zachlapaniem, a korzystanie z niej jest naprawdę komfortowe.     Po prawej stronie mamy nietypową, bo szeroką na 75 cm zabudowę skrywającą lodówko-zamrażarkę, która jest w stanie pomieścić zakupy dla 5 osobowej rodziny na cały tydzień.     „Garaż na małe AGD” Na tej samej ścianie, po drugiej stronie piekarnika, mamy cudowne rozwiązanie: garaż na małe AGD. To dedykowane miejsce na wysokości blatów kuchennych, w którym chowają się wszystkie małe sprzęty – czajnik, toster, ekspres do kawy, syfon do wody czy inne sprzęty kuchenne. Dzięki temu nie obciążają wizualnie pozostałych blatów, a ta mała kuchnia z oknem na środku wygląda bardziej schludnie i spójnie.   Garaż może być całkowicie zamykany, a w naszym przypadku pozostaje otwarty, co ułatwia dostęp do urządzeń używanych na co dzień i optycznie wpuszcza w tak małą kuchnię nieco więcej powietrza. Dodatkowym atutem tego miejsca jest zastosowanie innego wykończenia niż reszta zabudowy kuchennej – ciepłe drewno nadaje tej wnęce przyjemny klimat, a jednocześnie wyróżnia go jako osobną, funkcjonalną strefę.   To idealny przykład na to, jak połączyć w kuchni estetykę z praktycznymi rozwiązaniami.     Cała ta ściana to połączenie frezowanych, lakierowanych frontów i drewna w kolorze bielonego dębu. Złote uchwyty dopełniają całości, dodając elegancji, a całość wieńczy korona nad szafkami, która płynnie przechodzi z lakieru w drewno.     Ściana z płytą kuchenną – strefa gotowania   To miejsce pracy w kuchni zostało zaprojektowane z myślą o wygodzie i estetyce. Nad blatem króluje potfiller w złotym kolorze – czyli kranik do napełniania wodą garnków, aby nie musieć ich przenosić ze zlewu. Przyznaję, że dziś dla mnie to przede wszystkim przepiękna dekoracja – złoty akcent, który przyciąga wzrok i dodaje elegancji całej strefie gotowania, a to dlatego, że jak już zdecydowaliśmy się na wielofunkcyjną baterię, która także filtruje wodę, to na co dzień korzystam do gotowania z tej przefiltorowanej. Ale cóż, potfiller i tak pozostaje moją kuchenną biżuterią!     Okap w zabudowie kartonowo-gipsowej to kolejny element, który zachwyca minimalizmem. Śmiejemy się, że to przez niego kupiliśmy nowy dom – marzyłam o tym rozwiązaniu już w poprzednim, ale Wojtek powiedział, że nie ma szans, aby robić tak dużą rewolucję w już urządzonym domu, więc śmieję się, że musiałam kupić kolejny, aby spełnić to marzenie. Subtelnie wtapia się w tło, nie dominując nad resztą wnętrza. Jedyne czego nie sprawdziłam ani w specyfikacji, ani nie przetestowałam przed montażem – pochłaniacz jest koszmarnie głośny i nawet na 1 biegu powoduje nieprzyjemnie głośny szum czy utrudnia rozmowy, ten element wybierałam samodzielnie, bo majster spieszył się z pracami i niestety nie wyszło mi to najlepiej.     A co z płytkami? Mozaika w kształcie francuskich biszkopcików to subtelny, ale jednocześnie wyrazisty akcent dekoracyjny, który pięknie ożywia naszą kuchnię.   To wybór Wojtka – inny niż ten zaproponowany przez pracownię projektową – a dokonał go przez internet, nie zamawiając uprzednio próbki. W rzeczywistości płytki okazały się śnieżnobiałe, co sprawiło, że nie udało nam się dopasować do nich wyjątkowo odpornej na zabrudzenia fugi epoksydowej. Aby kolorystycznie wszystko zgrało się jak należy, zastosowaliśmy zwykłą fugę i – odpukać – na razie jesteśmy zadowoleni z tego rozwiązania.   Z kolei nasz wybór płyty indukcyjnej był już bardziej przemyślany. Myśleliśmy o beżowej, ale nauczeni doświadczeniem z kolorem płytek, zdecydowaliśmy się zamówić płytę z wyprzedzeniem. Ostatecznie sprawdziliśmy chyba wszystkie dostępne na rynku beżowe modele i… wszystkie wróciły do sklepów. Ich kolory w rzeczywistości znacząco odbiegały od tych prezentowanych na zdjęciach produktowych, były wręcz brudno-szare. W końcu w stacjonarnym salonie kuchennym dobraliśmy płytę indukcyjną SMEG w kolorze białym. Nie jest idealna – jak dla mnie odcień jest zbyt chłodny – ale w zestawieniu z czarną alternatywą, która byłaby dla mnie zbyt dominującym akcentem w tej przestrzeni, wybór stał się prosty.     Otwarte półki z drewna nad blatem to miejsce na najczęściej używane akcesoria kuchenne – ulubione kubki, szklanki, miskę na owoce, a do koszyka wrzucam to, co akurat nie ma swojego. miejsca. Tu wszystko co najczęściej używane jest na wyciągnięcie ręki.       Półwysep Niestety, nie starczyło tu miejsca na wyspę, o której tam marzyłam, ale półwysep po prostu musiał się tu znaleźć! To rozwiązanie, które spełnia wiele funkcji – wizualnie oddziela kuchnię od salonu, ale jednocześnie świetnie wpisuje się w nasz styl życia.   Półwysep skrywa w sobie dwie szafki. Pierwsza, od strony kuchni, to zestaw szuflad – od góry do dołu. Uwielbiam szuflady, bo są o wiele bardziej praktyczne niż klasyczne szafki – wszystko mam pod ręką i w zasięgu wzroku.       Druga szafka to sprytnie ukryty schowek, otwierany od strony salonu. Trzymam tam rzadziej używane sprzęty, takie jak blender, sandwitcher, fryier czy gofrownicę.     Hokery Przy półwyspie, który jest elementem łączącym kuchnię z jadalnią, ustawiliśmy piękne hokery – idealne miejsce na szybkie śniadanie czy rozmowę przy kawie. Ten półwysep to nie tylko praktyczny mebel, ale też przestrzeń, która sprzyja wspólnemu spędzaniu czasu. To właśnie przy nim siadamy z poranną kawą albo rozmawiamy z Wojtkiem, kiedy ja gotuję, a on pomaga dzieciom z lekcjami. Cieszę się, że udało się znaleźć na niego miejsce – jest w pełni wykorzystany zarówno wizualnie, jak i funkcjonalnie!       Ślepe szafki narożne – świadoma decyzja Kiedy usłyszałam od Karoliny propozycję pozostawienia ślepych szafek narożnych, szczerze mówiąc… padłam. Jak to? Zrezygnować z mebli w obu narożnikach? Co za strata cennego. miejsca do przechowywania!   Ale Karolina przerysowała nam dokładnie powierzchnie dostępne do przechowywania w takich szafkach przy zastosowaniu popularnych systemów i porównała je z powierzchnią dostępnych szuflad w naszej kuchni. Wynik był jednoznaczny – rezygnacja z narożnych systemów nie oznaczała żadnej utraty miejsca do przechowywania!   Dzięki temu mamy cudownie komfortowe szuflady, gdzie wszystko jest szybko i wygodnie dostępne, tak jak lubię. A jako osoba, która miała w poprzednich kuchniach szafki narożne, wiem, o czym mówię! Te wszystkie „fasolki” czy „karuzele” zawsze były dla mnie koszmarem. Pamiętam, jak kiedyś fasolka z Ikei tak bardzo mnie zirytowała, że wylądowała na śmietniku, a ja z radością przerobiłam kuchnię w kształcie U na układ L z wyspą. W nowej kuchni nie musiałam wracać do tego rozwiązania i absolutnie nie odczuwam żadnego braku miejsca do przechowywania.   To była jedna z tych decyzji, które na początku budziły wątpliwości, ale teraz nie wyobrażam sobie innej opcji. Komfort użytkowania szuflad wygrywa u mnie w każdej kuchni!       Detale, które robią różnicę Nasza mała kuchnia z oknem na środku to nie tylko funkcjonalne rozwiązania, ale też detale, które nadają jej wyjątkowego charakteru. Frezowane fronty ryflowane, złote uchwyty, subtelna mozaika nad blatem czy korona nad szafkami – wszystko to sprawia, że kuchnia jest nie tylko praktyczna, ale i piękna.   Ta realizacja to efekt pracy zespołowej i licznych kompromisów, które zawsze prowadziły do najlepszych możliwych rozwiązań. Jestem zachwycona efektem końcowym i mam nadzieję, że nasza kuchnia będzie dla Ciebie inspiracją.
- [Wieczory panieńskie w Dzień dobry TVN - obejrzyj odcinek już teraz!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wieczory-panienskie-w-dzien-dobry-tvn-obejrzyj-odcinek-juz-teraz/):   Gdy zadzwoniła do mnie produkcja Dzień dobry TVN z zapytaniem, co mogłabym pokazać w temacie wieczorów panieńskich w Warszawie, od razu do głowy przyszedł mi pomysł na inspirowany paryskim rejsem po Sekwanie rejs barką po Wiśle. Pomysł okazał się strzałem w 10!     Na co dzień mieszkam w Trójmieście i imprezy na wodzie organizuję głównie na jachtach, motorówkach i katamaranach, gdzie zawsze korzystam z mojego wieloletniego i sprawdzonego partnera biznesowego Jey Jey Boats . Od razu zadzwoniłam do Tomka, który połączył nas z Kasprem z Warsaw by boat – i tak do porannego programu Dzień dobry TVN wpłynęliśmy na jego barce.   Mając barkę od razu wiedziałam, że będę chciała ustroić ją w klimacie boho, a najlepiej zrobię to z Karoliną Jaros , znaną pod marką Karolove Kartki. Poznałam ją, gdy była uczestniczką mojej Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów.  Takich osób i fachowców się nie zapomina: jeden telefon – i Karolina dołączyła do naszego zespołu.   A skoro miałam już gwarancję, że będzie pięknie – wiedziałam, że potrzebne będą nam jasne, ciepłe, ponadczasowe zdjęcia czyli Magdalena Mizera za obiektywem – i w takim składzie wyruszyłyśmy na 6 rano do warszawskiej mariny udekorować barkę.   Na przyjęciu ugościliśmy także Ewelinę Sawera, Violę Morawską oraz prowadzącą program Gosię Ohme. Sama zobacz, jak pięknie nam to wyszło!     A o czym rozmawialiśmy w programie?     Już teraz możesz obejrzeć cały odcinek i zobaczyć nasz cudowny rejs barką po Wiśle z przyszłą Panna Młodą!         Spraw radość Pannie Młodej, zagwarantuj jej niezapomniany wieczór i zaproś ją na wieczór panieński na wodzie!   Czas organizacji wieczoru panieńskiego to wyjątkowy moment, który ma sprawić radość przyszłej Pannie Młodej i zapewnić niezapomniane wspomnienia. W dzisiejszych czasach chcemy zbierać doświadczenia i czerpać radość z pierwszych doświadczeń. Dlatego też zaproszenie Panny Młodej na wieczór panieński na wodzie, na barce na rzece lub na morskim jachcie, gwarantuje niezapomnianą przygodę, która pozostanie w jej pamięci na zawsze.   Impreza na wodzie musi być odpowiednio zaplanowana, aby zapewnić niezapomniane wrażenia. Nie może zabraknąć muzyki, orzeźwiających napojów i przekąsek, które dodadzą smaku temu wyjątkowemu wieczorowi. Ponadto klimatyczne dekoracje tworzą nie tylko piękne tło do świętowania, ale także stanowią idealne miejsce do tworzenia zdjęć i filmów, które będą piękną pamiątką z tego wyjątkowego wieczoru. Warto również rozważyć wynajęcie fotografa, który uwieczni te magiczne chwile, aby Panna Młoda mogła w pełni cieszyć się zabawą, nie martwiąc się o dokumentowanie jej przeżyć.           Stwórz wieczór w stylu Boho wybierając idealne dodatki, kolory kwiaty i wzory     Styl Boho jest obecnie niezwykle popularny na różnego rodzaju przyjęciach, a także w wystroju wnętrz i ogrodach. Dlatego warto stworzyć wieczór panieński w stylu Boho, wybierając odpowiednie dodatki, kolory, kwiaty i wzory. Powiewające tkaniny w naturalnych kolorach, makramy, łapacze snów, namioty tipi oraz poduszki i kocyki z delikatnymi etnicznymi wzorami, frędzlami czy piórkami, stworzą przytulny i nieco etniczny klimat. Dodatkowo można dodać naturalne suszki, trawę pampasową, koronki, świeczki, latarenki oraz drewniane i wiklinowe dodatki, aby stworzyć niepowtarzalny klimat „new Boho”.             Ulubione rozrywki przyszłych Panien Młodych   Przyszłe Panny Młode uwielbiają zbierać nowe doświadczenia w gronie swoich przyjaciółek. Jedną z najpopularniejszych form rozrywki są pikniki na łonie natury – na plaży, w ogrodzie lub na polanie. Oprócz tego,  równie popularne są warsztaty, podczas których można nauczyć się plecenia wianków, tworzenia makram, łapaczy snów, a także formowania naczyń z gipsu polimerowego, które przypominają modne lastryko. Warsztaty z tańca czy makijażu również cieszą się dużą popularnością, a po nich często odbywają się sesje zdjęciowe, podczas których można uwiecznić te piękne chwile.   Organizując wieczór panieński, warto zawsze pamiętać o gustach przyszłej Panny Młodej. Jeśli znamy jej preferencje i mamy pewność, że lubi mocne emocje, możliwości są liczne. Skok ze spadochronem czy lot helikopterem nad miastem mogą spełnić marzenia Panny Młodej o niezapomnianej przygodzie.   Ważne jest, aby dostosować program wieczoru panieńskiego do charakteru i upodobań przyszłej Panny Młodej tak, aby ten wyjątkowy wieczór stał się dla niej niezapomnianym przeżyciem.         Gry idealne na wieczór panieński   Wieczór panieński z różnorodnymi formami rozrywki i grami towarzyskimi, jest idealnym sposobem na zapewnienie radości i niezapomnianych wspomnień przyszłej Pannie Młodej. Ważne jest, aby organizować tę wyjątkową okazję z uwzględnieniem gustów i preferencji głównej bohaterki wieczoru, tworząc atmosferę pełną magii i przyjemności.   Gry towarzyskie to idealne uzupełnienie takiej imprezy. Quizy czy zadania do wykonania z pewnością sprawią wiele radości, a także staną się idealnym uzupełnieniem scenariusza tego cudownego wydarzenia. Szczególnie sprawdzą się wtedy, gdy nie mamy przewidzianej głównej atrakcji, albo też zależy nam na zintegrowaniu grupy w atmosferze uśmiechu i swobody.           Czego unikać podczas organizacji wieczoru panieńskiego.   Doświadczenia samych Panien Młodych najlepiej oddają to, czego oczekują od wieczoru panieńskiego. Coraz częściej słyszę pytania od przyszłych Panien Młodych, które zwracają się do mnie z prośbą o propozycje na wieczór panieński. Zauważam pewne trendy i preferencje, które dominują wśród Panien Młodych obecnie. Przede wszystkim, wieczór panieński powinien być wyjątkowy i pełen klasy. Obecnie przyszłe Panny Młode rezygnują z elementów takich, jak przejażdżka limuzyną czy występy półnagich tancerzy, które nie są już pożądane, jak kiedyś.   Obecnie Panny Młode bardziej skupiają się na przeżyciach, które są bardziej stonowane, ale jednocześnie niezapomniane. Wiele z nich poszukuje alternatywnych sposobów spędzania wieczoru panieńskiego, które wpisują się w ich indywidualne preferencje. Pragną wyjątkowych i dopracowanych do najmniejszego szczegółu atrakcji, które zapewnią im niezapomniane wspomnienia.         Często słyszę od Panien Młodych, że zależy im na wieczorze panieńskim pełnym klasycznej elegancji. Pragną spędzić czas w towarzystwie swoich bliskich przyjaciółek, w wyjątkowej atmosferze, która będzie nie tylko radosna, ale również gustowna. Dlatego wiele z nich wybiera bardziej wyszukane formy rozrywki i atrakcji, które odpowiadają ich stylowi i osobowości.   Zdjęcia: Magdalena Mizera Fotografia      
- [Dzień dobry TVN - wieczór panieński na wodzie i inne pomysły na niezapomniane imprezy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysly-na-wieczor-panienski-dzien-dobry-tvn/): Dzień dobry! Dziś o 8:30 widzimy się w Dzień dobry TVN – organizujemy tu panieńskie przyjęcie w boho klimacie na barce. No to lecimy! A w zasadzie – płyniemy! 🙂   Do projektu, który organizuję z ramienia naszej agencji ślubnej Wytwórni Ślubów zaprosiłam:   Warsaw by boat – czyli barkę pływającą na Wiśle Karolinę Jaros – znaną jako Karolowe Kartki – wybitną absolwentkę naszej Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów, która na pokładzie stworzy nam cudowny boho klimat Magdalenę Mizerę – fotografkę ślubną, która zadba o to, abyśmy wszyscy mieli wspaniałe pamiątki z tej przygody.   Nieszablonowe pomysły na wieczory panieńskie w 2023 roku Czas przed ślubem to wyjątkowy okres, pełen emocji i radości. To czas, kiedy przyszła panna młoda i jej najbliższe przyjaciółki pragną celebrować nadchodzący ślub i rozpoczęcie nowego etapu życia. Wieczór panieński jest idealną okazją do spędzenia wyjątkowych chwil w gronie najbliższych osób. To czas pełen śmiechu, wspomnień i wzruszeń, który pozostanie na długo w pamięci. Jeśli szukasz pomysłów na niezapomnianą imprezę, która dostarczy Wam mnóstwo radości i wspomnień, mam dla Ciebie kilka propozycji, które sprawią, że wieczór panieński stanie się niezapomnianym wydarzeniem. Warto zorganizować wyjątkowe aktywności, które będą dostosowane do preferencji i charakterów uczestniczek wieczoru.   Rejs jachtem żaglowym lub motorowym Spędzanie czasu na wodzie jest niezwykłą atrakcją, która pozwala podziwiać piękno otaczającej przyrody i miasta z perspektywy niedostępnej dla wszystkich. Rejs jachtem żaglowym lub motorowym w Trójmieście to nie tylko wyjątkowe przeżycie, ale także doskonały sposób na zapewnienie sobie chwili intymności i swobody. Możecie zdecydować się na kameralny rejs w gronie najbliższych przyjaciółek, wypoczynkowy rejs z możliwością podziwiania malowniczych krajobrazów, lub nawet tematyczne rejsy stylizowane na boho czy hawajskie. Jeśli lubicie mocne wrażenia, warto rozważyć organizację prawdziwej pływającej imprezy, która przywoła na myśl atmosferę znaną z Ibizy.  Rękodzieło – warsztaty hand made Jeśli jesteście miłośniczkami twórczości? W takim razie warsztaty hand made będą idealnym pomysłem na wieczór panieński. Możecie spróbować swoich sił w różnych technikach, takich jak malowanie przy winie czy tworzenie własnej biżuterii. Malowanie obrazów, kubków czy torby materiałowej pod czujnym okiem prawdziwych artystek to doskonały sposób na wydobycie swojej kreatywności i stworzenie unikalnych dzieł sztuki. Z biżuterii możecie wykonać spersonalizowane bransoletki lub chokery, które będą piękną pamiątką z tego wyjątkowego wieczoru. Dodatkowo, możecie spróbować swoich sił w pleceniu makramy lub tworzeniu naczyń z gipsu polimerowego. Pamiętajcie, że przy tworzeniu naczyń z gipsu polimerowego należy zachować szczególną ostrożność, aby nie zabarwić ubrań tym materiałem.     Strefa beauty Wieczór panieński to doskonała okazja do zrelaksowania się i zadbania o swój wygląd. Strefa beauty na imprezie może obejmować różnorodne zabiegi wykonywane przez profesjonalnych kosmetologów. Możecie zdecydować się na masaż relaksacyjny, zabiegi pielęgnacyjne twarzy, manicure, pedicure czy nawet profesjonalne makijaże. To świetna okazja, aby oddać się w ręce ekspertów i poczuć się piękną i zrelaksowaną przed wielkim dniem. Dodatkowo, warto zorganizować warsztaty z makijażu, podczas których eksperci pokażą Wam najlepsze techniki i triki do podkreślenia Waszej naturalnej urody. Możecie nauczyć się, jak dobrać odpowiednie kolory i produkty, aby uzyskać efektowny i trwały makijaż. To także świetna okazja do przeglądu Waszych kosmetyczek i sprawdzenia, czy używacie produktów, które naprawdę podkreślają Wasze piękno.   Piknik na plaży / w plenerze Jeśli pragniecie spędzić wieczór panieński w nieco bardziej romantyczny sposób, piknik na plaży lub w malowniczym plenerze będzie doskonałym wyborem. Możecie stworzyć wyjątkową atmosferę, przygotowując stylizowaną przestrzeń z kocami, poduszkami, świecami i kwiatami. To świetne przeżycie i doskonałe tło do sesji zdjęciowej, zarówno profesjonalnej, jak i wykonanej Waszymi telefonami. Wspólnie spędzony czas na świeżym powietrzu, rozmowy i chwile relaksu wśród pięknej natury będą niezapomnianymi wspomnieniami. Lekcje tańca pole dance lub tańca brzucha. Jeśli szukasz bardziej dynamicznej formy rozrywki, lekcje tańca pole dance lub tańca brzucha mogą być strzałem w dziesiątkę. To nie tylko świetny sposób na integrację i dobrą zabawę, ale także doskonały sposób na doskonałą aktywność fizyczną. Pod okiem profesjonalnych instruktorek możecie nauczyć się podstawowych figur i stylów tańca pole dance lub odkryć tajniki zmysłowego tańca brzucha. To opcja dla blisko znających się osób lub tych, które nie wstydzą się swojego pięknego ciała. Tańcząc, możecie poczuć się jeszcze bardziej pewnie i pięknie.   To jak, zdecydowałaś już co wybierasz? Wieczór panieński to wyjątkowy moment, który powinien być celebrowany w sposób niezapomniany. Więcej inspiracji znajdziesz np na tutaj, a jeśli szukasz typowo wodnych atrakcji to  pomocą przyjdzie JJ Boats. Niezależnie od tego, czy decydujesz się na rejs jachtem, warsztaty hand made, strefę beauty, piknik na plaży czy lekcje tańca, ważne jest, aby impreza odzwierciedlała gust i preferencje przyszłej panny młodej oraz jej najbliższych przyjaciółek. To czas, który pozwala na tworzenie wspomnień, śmiech i radość, a także wzmacnia więzi przyjaźni.  Niech wieczór panieński stanie się niezapomnianym wydarzeniem, które na zawsze pozostanie w sercach wszystkich uczestniczek. To czas, który zapoczątkowuje nowy etap w życiu przyszłej panny młodej i warto uczcić go w wyjątkowy sposób. Niezależnie od wybranej formy imprezy, najważniejsze jest cieszenie się chwilą i tworzenie niezapomnianych wspomnień, które będą towarzyszyć Wam przez całe życie.
- [Jak zrobić ogrodzenie?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zrobic-ogrodzenie/): Jak zrobić ogrodzenie? Nasze ogrodzenie ogrodowe to rzecz, z której jesteśmy bardzo zadowoleni – pojawiło się o nie dużo pytań po publikacji posta o naszym ogródku. Jak powstało nasze ogrodzenie?     Podejdź no do płota – jak i ja podchodzę… czyli o ogrodzeniu słów kilka 🙂   Domek szeregowy był kompromisem między mieszkaniem w bloku a domem jednorodzinnym – ma piętro, garaż, kawałek ogrodu, ale ma też sąsiadów za ścianą, na szczęście tylko po bokach, a nie z dołu i z góry.   Minusem jest to, że w domkach szeregowych ogródki zazwyczaj są malutkie. Nasz – nie dość, że jest na szerokość domku (co jest standardem), to jest też bardzo krótki, choć pamiętam, że jak zdecydowaliśmy się na ten dom, przyjeżdżaliśmy z Wojtkiem w nocy na teren budowy, ja stawałam po jednej stronie ogródka, a on po drugiej, szeroko rozkładaliśmy ręce i cieszyliśmy się, że mamy „taaaaaki kawał ziemi!” 😉 O tym, jak urządziliśmy nasz mały ogródek przy szeregowcu, możesz poczytać tutaj. Od początku wiedzieliśmy, że chcemy mieć płot. Za domem, na wprost wyjścia z domu, sąsiadów nie mieliśmy, nikt tam nie mieszkał, więc płot w tym miejscu miał najniższy priorytet. Jednak po naszej lewej i prawej stronie oczywiście sąsiedzi mieli w najbliższym czasie się pojawić.     Jak zrobić ogrodzenie?   Co zastaliśmy? Deweloper zapewniał przepierzenie wielkości 2,20 m x 2,20 m między nami a sąsiadami, a w dalszej części ogrodu – zieloną siatkę. Siatka ta jednak, była niemal niewidoczna, zlewała się z otoczeniem.   Efekt był taki, że wszyscy sąsiedzi mają jeden wspólny ogród. Gdy mieliśmy przy siatce postawiony stół, a obok za siatką siedział sąsiad, to nieraz bliżej miałam do sąsiada niż do męża, siedzącego naprzeciwko… nie żartuję!   Panowało również ogólne wrażenie bałaganu – każdy miał w swoim ogródku jakąś koncepcję (w końcu „wolnoć Tomku w swoim domku”), która sprawdzała się w ramach tego ogródka. Jednakże przy niewidocznej siatce objawiała się ta koncepcja obok innej koncepcji, a ta przy jeszcze innej, co sprawiało, że wszędzie panował wizualny misz-masz.   Od razu więc zamówiliśmy u dewelopera przedłużenie tego drewnianego przepierzenia dalej – wiedzieliśmy, że sama siatka to za mało.   W podobnym czasie, gdy prowadziliśmy rozmowy w sprawie przedłużenia płotu, okazało się, że na strychu nie ma barierki w świetle schodów. Strych jest otwartą przestrzenią bez ścianek – co jest fajne – ale przy odrobinie nieuwagi czy zachwianiu się można spaść na dół, gdyż nie ma żadnych ścianek odgraniczających od schodów, więc można spaść w dół, a ja… mam lęk wysokości.   Mieliśmy więc wybór: zamówić przedłużenie płotu lub zamówić murek czy tralki przy schodach na strychu – cena miała być podobna. Dla nas decyzja była oczywista – postawiliśmy na bezpieczeństwo. Zdecydowaliśmy się na murek, a nie tralki, ponieważ uznaliśmy, że w przyszłości będziemy mogli „podnieść” te ścianki i wydzielić pokoje, jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba.     Rozwiązanie tymczasowe Na tamten moment zrezygnowaliśmy więc z płotu. Uznaliśmy, że jest mniej ważny niż murek, bo do szeregowca wprowadziliśmy się jako pierwsi, a sąsiedzi mieli pojawić się dopiero za kilka miesięcy. Wyznając zasadę: przyjdzie dzień – będzie rada, odłożyliśmy temat w czasie. W międzyczasie urodziło się dziecko, a wszystko inne zeszło na dalszy plan, dlatego postawiliśmy na rozwiązanie tymczasowe, czyli ogrodzenie z bambusowych patyczków.   Patyczki bambusowe na rolce, kupione w markecie budowlanym, sprawdzały nam się całkiem nieźle, ale do czasu. Przymocowane do siatki nie tylko same niszczały, powiewając na wietrze, ale niszczyły również siatkę. Po dwóch latach były do wymiany, stan siatki również pozostawiał wiele do życzenia.     Rozwiązanie ostateczne Uznaliśmy, że to najlepszy moment, by zrobić płot z prawdziwego zdarzenia według pomysłu, jaki mieliśmy od początku, więc przedłużyć drewniane przepierzenie między nami a sąsiadami. Okazało się jednak, że te deski już się zniszczyły, kolor był dla nas nieco za ciemny, słowem: nie wyglądało to dobrze. Zapadła decyzja: budujemy płot od początku, czyli zdemontujemy stare deski i położymy nowe. Zastanawialiśmy się tylko, jak zrobić ogrodzenie, ale przemyśleliśmy wszystkie opcje i postawiliśmy na najlepszą.     Jak zrobić ogrodzenie? Deski kupiliśmy w Gdańskich Składach Drewna z oddziałem w Gdyni. Do tego zakupiliśmy lazurę ochronną firmy V33 „Polski klimat współczesny” w kolorze srebrnoszarym. Deski dowieziono nam do ogródka, a dalszą pracę zostawiliśmy ekspertom: zatrudniona ekipa pomalowała deski dwukrotnie, a gdy wyschły, zabrała się do dalszej pracy.   Należało wymienić słupki w płocie. Oryginalnie były to słupki okrągłe, które zdecydowaliśmy się wymienić na kwadratowe, by deski lepiej do nich dolegały, były lepiej przymocowane. Ekipa do metalowych słupków ogrodzeniowych przymocowała deski na odpowiedniej wysokości. W dalszej części ogródka przymocowano je na tyle nisko, by wciąż – jeśli ma się na to ochotę – można było porozmawiać z sąsiadem, a jeśli nie – położyć się na leżaku czy pobujać na huśtawce i nikt Ci nie przeszkadza.   Taki płot to same zalety. Możesz mieć go w dowolnym kolorze, o dowolnej wysokości – cały możesz zaprojektować sama.   Baliśmy się oczywiście, czy nasz płot nie zmniejszy optycznie ogrodu. Efekt jest wręcz odwrotny – każdy, kto wchodził do naszego ogródka po zmianach, mówił: „Wow, ale się powiększyło!”. Dziwnie, prawda? Wydaje mi się, ze to dlatego, że nie ma właśnie wspomnianego przeze mnie wyżej efektu bałaganu. Każdy sąsiad ma inne kwiatki, inne doniczki, inne meble, inne gadżety dla dzieci, inny pomysł na ogródek (i – nie oszukujmy się – często różny porządek ;-)). Uzyskaliśmy więc ład i porządek, na których nam zależało.         Jak Ci się podoba nasz płot? Spójrz, jak łatwo powstał!  
- [Idealny zestaw kuchenny: ceramiczny zlewozmywak, bateria z wyciąganą wylewką i zestaw koszy na śmieci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/idealny-zestaw-kuchenny-ceramiczny-zlewozmywak-bateria-z-wyciagana-wylewka-i-zestaw-koszy-na-smieci/): Kuchnia to serce domu, ale jeśli coś ma w niej działać naprawdę przez długie lata, musi być nie tylko piękne, ale i funkcjonalne. Strefa zlewozmywakowa to jedno z tych miejsc, które muszą być zaprojektowane z głową, bo korzystamy z niej kilkanaście razy dziennie!   Bazując na doświadczeniu naszej projektantki wnętrz oraz naszym – wszak urządzamy już czwartą kuchnię – kluczowym elementem tej przestrzeni są cztery niezawodne komponenty: farmerski zlewozmywak ceramiczny, bateria z filtrowaną wodą i wyciąganą wylewką idealnie dopasowany do zestawu wygodny, estetyczny i praktyczny dozownik do płynu do mycia naczyń zestaw koszy na śmieci – selektorów odpadów.   To kwartet doskonały, który sprawia, że codzienne obowiązki w kuchni stają się łatwiejsze, szybsze i… przyjemniejsze!   Ceramiczny zlewozmywak jednokomorowy BLANCO Villae Farmhouse – klasyka i funkcjonalność w jednym     Główną gwiazdą mojej strefy zmywania jest farmerski zlewozmywak ceramiczny BLANCO Villae Farmhouse 8. Nie tylko wygląda jak prosto z francuskiej willi, ale też jest niesamowicie funkcjonalny:   Ma aż 80 cm szerokości – koniec z walką o miejsce w zlewie! Nawet największa blacha z piekarnika mieści się tu bez problemu. Jest wykonany z ceramiki – odpornej na plamy i wysoką temperaturę. Można postawić na nim garnek rozgrzany do 280°C, a on nie zrobi nawet „uff”. Ma powłokę PuraPlus, która ogranicza osadzanie się zabrudzeń, Dziękuję czemu utrzymanie go w czystości to pestka.     Zlewozmywak to nie tylko miejsce do mycia naczyń, ale też element, który nadaje kuchni wyjątkowego charakteru. I choć pierwotnie zastanawiałam się nad mniejszym modelem, dziś nie wyobrażam sobie kuchni bez niego. Tutaj zobaczysz ten zlew ceramiczny z bliska u oficjalnego dystrybutora.   Bateria kuchenna BLANCO FONTAS-S II Satin Gold – woda filtrowana na wyciągnięcie ręki     Nieodłącznym duetem zlewozmywaka jest bateria kuchenna BLANCO FONTAS-S II Satin Gold z wyciąganą wylewką i filtrem do wody. To rozwiązanie, które sprawia, że gotowanie i zmywanie stają się jeszcze wygodniejsze:   Woda filtrowana w kranie – koniec z dzbankami filtrującymi, które zajmują miejsce czy zgrzewkami wody z mikroplastikiem gratis! Bateria ma osobny kanał przepływu, więc nie marnujemy wody filtrowanej np. do mycia naczyń. Wyciągana wylewka – dzięki niej z łatwością mogę napełnić garnek wodą, stojący na blacie, zamiast dźwigać go z dna zlewu. Ponadczasowy design i złote, satynowe wykończenie – pięknie komponuje się z pozostałymi detalami w kuchni, dodając jej elegancji, ale ale! Ta bateria występuje w kilkunastu kolorach wykończeń, więc z łatwością można dopasować ją do każdej kuchni. Wszystkie kolory baterii możesz zobaczyć tutaj. Opcje filtracji dopasowane do potrzeb – wkłady filtrujące można wymieniać nawet raz do roku, a oprócz filtra podstawowego do wyboru są także opcje:✔️ Filtr wzbogacający wodę o magnez – idealny dla osób, które chcą poprawić smak i wartości odżywcze wody. Filtr z dodatkową membraną do usuwania mikroplastiku – dla tych, którzy chcą mieć pewność, że ich woda jest absolutnie czysta.       Od lat denerwowałam się na butelkową wodę i te zatrważające doniesienia o toksynach wypijanych wraz z wodą z butelek i o takiej baterii po prostu marzyłam. Ta bateria to dla mnie nie luksus, a inwestycja w zdrowie mojej rodziny, która może pić zdrową i czystą wodę prosto z kranu.     Dozownik do mydła BLANCO – mały, ale robi różnicę!     Na pierwszy rzut oka dozownik do płynu do mycia naczyń LATO od BLANCO może wydawać się detalem. Ale jeśli raz go użyjesz, już nigdy nie będziesz chciała wrócić do plastikowych butelek na blacie! Pokochasz go za to, że jest: Napełniany od góry! A wiem, co mówię – w poprzednim domu miałam taki, który trzeba było napełniać od dołu… i za każdym razem musiałam wyjmować wszystkie kosze na śmieci i wchodzić do szafki, żeby go odkręcić. Nigdy więcej! Teraz po prostu podnoszę dozownik, dolewam mydło lub płyn do naczyń i gotowe. Idealnie dopasowany do reszty kuchni – dostępny w metalicznych i dwukolorowych wykończeniach – świetnie komponuje się z baterią i zlewozmywakiem BLANCO. Maksimum wygody i minimalizm – zamiast plastikowych butelek na blacie – elegancki dozownik sprawia, że kuchnia wygląda schludnie i estetycznie.       Zestaw koszy na śmieci – selektorów BLANCO Flexon II Low XL 60/3 – koniec z bałaganem pod zlewem     Kuchnia to nie tylko gotowanie, ale i sprzątanie oraz gospodarka odpadami – a tu liczy się ergonomia. W mojej strefie zmywania znalazło się miejsce na system selektorów BLANCO Flexon II Low XL 60/3, który idealnie pasuje do szafki pod zlewem.   Co sprawia, że jest tak wygodny?   Trzy pojemniki – idealne do segregacji śmieci. Oddzielnie zmieszane, szkło i plastik? A może plastik, bioodpady i odpady zmieszane? Sama decydujesz, jak najlepiej dostosować ten podział do swoich potrzeb. Dzięki temu nic się nie miesza, a wyrzucanie śmieci staje się szybsze i wygodniejsze. Estetyka i porządek – wszystko jest schowane, ale zawsze pod ręką. Wysoka stabilność i higiena dzięki ramie z zawieszanymi koszami, które trzymają całość w ryzach.     Bałagan pod zlewem potrafi skutecznie uprzykrzyć codzienne korzystanie z kuchni – a ten zestaw sprawia, że każdy kosz ma swoje miejsce. Koniec z workami zwisającymi smętnie z szafki i chaosem – wszystko jest schludne, uporządkowane i zawsze pod ręką!   Dlaczego warto postawić na zestaw od BLANCO?     Dobrze zaprojektowana strefa zmywania to absolutna podstawa każdej kuchni. Dzięki połączeniu zlewozmywaka BLANCO Villae Farmhouse, baterii BLANCO FONTAS-S II Satin Gold i systemu koszy BLANCO Flexon II udało się stworzyć przestrzeń, która jest nie tylko piękna, ale przede wszystkim wygodna i ergonomiczna.   ✔️ Piękny wygląd i dopracowane detale – klasyczny styl z nowoczesnymi rozwiązaniami. ✔️ Komfort użytkowania – codzienne obowiązki stają się łatwiejsze i bardziej intuicyjne. ✔️ Dbałość o środowisko – lepsza organizacja odpadów i zdrowa, filtrowana woda na co dzień.     Jeśli szukasz rozwiązań, które łączą design i funkcjonalność, ten zestaw to strzał w dziesiątkę!   Gdzie kupić? Wszystkie elementy pochodzą od jedynego, oficjalnego dystrybutora marki BLANCO w Polsce – ze sklepu COMITOR. To gwarancja: ✔️ oryginalności produktów, ✔️ profesjonalnego doradztwa, ✔️ możliwości skompletowania całego zestawu, aby każdy element był perfekcyjnie dopasowany.   Wybierając produkty z oficjalnej dystrybucji, masz pewność, że Twoja kuchnia będzie piękna, funkcjonalna i trwała przez lata. ✨   [Post powstał we współpracy z COMITOR]
- [Haier I-Pro Shine - zmywarka, która zmienia zasady gry](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zmywarka-haier-i-pro-shine-opinie/): Dom, praca, dzieci, obowiązki… Czasem ciężko utrzymać w tym chaosie porządek, a zawsze zależy mi, aby chociaż kuchnia była czysta. Brudne naczynia to zmora każdej rodziny. Jeśli Ty również uważasz kuchnię za miejsce kreatywności, a jednocześnie stawia ona przed Wami wiele wyzwań – zwłaszcza gdy musicie posprzątać po wszystkich eksperymentach kulinarnych, mam dla Was sprzęt, który odmieni niejedno rodzinne życie.   Haier I-Pro Shine – minimalistyczny luksus w mojej kuchni Haier I-Pro Shine to minimalistycznie zaprojektowana zmywarka, która jednocześnie nie traci ducha nowoczesności. Dostosowana do zabudowy kuchennej, łatwa w montażu i spełniająca swoje funkcje nawet w najbardziej wymagającej kuchni. Sprawdź cenę zmywarki Haier >     Haier I-Pro Shine: Technologie, które ułatwiają życie Podczas testowania zmywarki odkryłam wiele funkcji, o których nie miałem pojęcia. Ich wszechstronność oraz  wykorzystanie najnowszych technologii znacznie ułatwia codzienne życie w kuchni. Ramię natryskowe H-Spray Arm Dolne ramię natryskowe w kształcie litery „H” to pierwszy z elementów, na które warto zwrócić uwagę. Dzięki niemu nawet wysuszone resztki jedzenia w garnku znikają. Używam tej funkcji zwłaszcza po obfitym, rodzinnym obiedzie i muszę przyznać – efekt bywa na tyle zadowalający, że niweluje konieczność wcześniejszego namaczania.     System Powerwash – dla tych, którzy nie lubią myć naczyń dwa razy Dodatkowe strumienie wody z trzeciego ramienia myjącego to również coś, co pozwala poprawić efekty zmywania. Garnek z resztkami sosu pomidorowego domywa się bardzo dobrze. Wszystkie funcje tej zmywarki znajdziesz tutaj >   AI, czyli zmywarka myśląca za Ciebie Tego już w ogóle się nie spodziewałam. Zmywarka, która myśli za nas? A i owszem! To prawdziwy hit we współczesnej kuchni. Już nie musisz się zastanawiać jaki program wybrać, aby umyć konkretne naczynia i zoptymalizować zużycie prądu i wody. Zmywarka ta posiada specjalnie wbudowane czujniki i sama ocenia, jak bardzo zabrudzone są naczynia, by dostosować odpowiedni program do ich umycia.   Aplikacja hOn i WiFi To jedna z moich ulubionych funkcji. Spodoba się zwłaszcza osobom, które w swoich domach korzystają z funkcji Smart Home. Zmywarkę można uruchomić zdalnie, ale co najlepsze – sprawdzić, na jakim etapie mycia jest w danej chwili. Bardzo przydatne rozwiązanie, lubię z niego skorzystać, zanim zacznę znosić naczynia ze stołu po kolejnym posiłku. W aplikacji możemy również m.in. zaplanować rozpoczęcie lub zakończenie cyklu, sprawdzić poziom nabłyszczacza i soli, a nawet otrzymać informację o konieczności wyczyszczenia filtra.   Podświetlone wnętrze w zmywarce To opcja, której zawsze mi brakowało. Aby wyjąć lub włożyć naczynia do zmywarki, nie muszę dodatkowo zapalać światła w kuchni. W jej głębokim wnętrzu widzę, jak bardzo jest już załadowana. Ta opcja bardzo ułatwia mi codzienność, zwłaszcza biorąc pod uwagę, że jest to model średnio 11% większy niż standardowe, dostępne na rynku.   Dotykowy panel wyświetlacza A dla osób, które cenią sobie praktyczność, zdecydowanie wartym uwagi będzie dotykowy panel wyświetlacza. Różni się od tych standardowych, które zazwyczaj mają przyciski. Tutaj możemy zapomnieć o gromadzeniu się w załamaniach przycisków brudu! Ponadto panel pokazuje aktualny stan zużycia wody, czas pozostały do końca cyklu zmywania oraz temperaturę mycia. Do tej pory się z tym nie spotkałam i bardzo mi się to podoba.       Opcja połowy załadunku Są dni, kiedy sporo jemy poza domem, dlatego bardzo doceniłam opcję możliwości połowy załadunku zmywarki. To także świetne rozwiązanie dla mniejszych rodzin. Pozwala to na zaoszczędzenie prądu i wody.     Haier I-Pro Shine: Tak cichej zmywarki jeszcze nie miałam Jestem mamą trójki dzieci, w różnym wieku i czasami pracuję z domu, prowadząc wideokonferencje online dla moich kursantów, dlatego bardzo zależało mi na tym, aby zmywarka była stosunkowo cicha, abym nie musiała jej wyłączać, zanim usiądę do pracy albo gdy chcę pooglądać wieczorem jakiś film. Miałam wcześniejsze doświadczenie, że program, który najlepiej domywał naczynia, był niestety głośny. Ku mojemu zaskoczeniu, tryb pracy Haier I-Pro Shine jest znacznie cichszy i nie zakłóca innych czynności. Haier I-Pro Shine: najwyższa klasa energetyczna A jeśli już jesteśmy przy komforcie, zdecydowanie wpływa ona również na ten w portfelu. Dzięki najwyższej klasie energetycznej A świetnie dba o środowisko, z troską o nasze rachunki, co jest ważne, kiedy przy naszej rodzinie 2+3+pies zmywarkę używamy czasami dwa razy dziennie. Haier I-Pro Shine to nie tylko zmywarka, to prawdziwy partner w kuchennych zmaganiach. Jej funkcje sprawiają, że codzienne obowiązki stają się prostsze, szybsze i… przyjemniejsze. Polecam ją każdemu, kto marzy o czystych naczyniach bez wysiłku i cichej pracy nawet wieczorami czy nocą. Zobacz cenę Haier I-Pro Shine >   Wpis powstał we współpracy z marką Haier.
- [Projekt sypialni CUTE](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/projekt-sypialni-cute/): To nasza szósta sypialnia! Przez lata zmieniały się wynajmowane mieszkania, a potem nasze własne, zmieniały się też potrzeby i budżety, które mogliśmy przeznaczyć na ich urządzenie. Tym razem mieliśmy do dyspozycji 15,2 m² – przestrzeń nie największą, z dużym skosem i tylko jednym wąskim oknem. Zadanie wydawało się trudne, a ja poczułam, że zasłużyłam na odrobinę luksusu, dlatego po raz pierwszy postanowiłam oddać projekt w ręce specjalisty. Zaufanie ekspertce Choć sama od lat prowadzę blog wnętrzarski, tym bardziej wiem, jak ogromną wiedzę i doświadczenie trzeba mieć, aby nie uczyć się na własnych błędach i z ogromną radością zdecydowałam się powierzyć projekt naszej sypialni Karolinie, która wraz ze swoim zespołem tworzy HOUSE LOVES. Jej pomysły i wyczucie stylu podziwiam od dawna, a jednocześnie każde wnętrze, które tworzy, jest niepowtarzalne. Tym bardziej jestem wdzięczna, że znalazła dla nas czas w swoim napiętym grafiku!   Wymagania do projektu sypialni Nasze oczekiwania były konkretne:   Łóżko tapicerowane – minimum 160 cm szerokości, ale marzyło nam się 180 cm. Koniecznie z pojemnikiem na pościel i bez nóżek – kurz pod obecnym łóżkiem doprowadzał mnie do szału! Wysoki zagłówek – wygodny i elegancki, idealny do czytania książek wieczorem. Duża szafa – musi pomieścić ubrania i akcesoria. Toaletka z lustrem – koniecznie w pobliżu światła dziennego. Komoda na pościel – bieliźniarka marzy mi się od dawna! TV w sypialni – tak, ale dyskretny i schowany. Wykładzina na całej podłodze – dla ciepła i przytulności. Czy to wszystko mogło zmieścić się na tych 15,2 m² ze skosem? Nie byłam pewna, ale Karolina postanowiła udowodnić, że się da!   Projekt sypialni online Projekt powstał w pełni online – przesłałam Karolinie rzuty od dewelopera, a ona na ich podstawie przygotowała swoje plany, ale zanim mogła zacząć projektowanie, wiedziałam, że mam za zadanie samodzielnie obmierzyć pomieszczenie i wszystko potwierdzić – i dobrze, bo okazało się, że wymiary od dewelopera miały kilka drobnych nieścisłości. Dopiero po poprawkach można było działać dalej.   Układ funkcjonalny   Nie mogę uwierzyć, że wszystko, o czym marzyliśmy, zmieściło się w tym niewielkim wnętrzu! A oto, co udało się zaprojektować: Łóżko o wymiarach 180×200 cm z wysokim zagłówkiem i pojemnikiem. Dwie szafki nocne. Toaletka z lustrem i miejscem na kosmetyki. Komodę na pościel i bieliznę. Aż dwie szafy na ubrania i akcesoria – każda szerokości 2 metrów.   Efekt? Układ funkcjonalny, który w pełni wykorzystuje przestrzeń, a jednocześnie nie przytłacza wnętrza.   Ściana z łóżkiem Najważniejszy element sypialni – łóżko tapicerowane – zajmuje centralne miejsce. Jego wysoki zagłówek, w połączeniu z delikatną sztukaterią na ścianie, dodaje wnętrzu elegancji. Po obu stronach umieściliśmy podwieszane szafki nocne z prostymi, ale stylowymi kinkietami, które idealnie sprawdzają się jako oświetlenie do czytania. A wiesz co jest najlepsze? Łóżko, które Karolina zaprojektowała do tego wnętrza trafiło do stałej sprzedaży w cudownej firmie HOME & LIVING i możesz zobaczyć je tutaj.       Sztukateria w sypialni   Ściana z łóżkiem nie byłaby dla nas kompletna, gdyby nie sztukateria – jak to mawia Karolina – nie możemy bez niej żyć!   Sztukateria na tej ścianie to ukłon w stronę klasyki w nowoczesnym wydaniu. Karolina zaproponowała prosty, ale efektowny układ prostokątnych paneli, które subtelnie dzielą ścianę, nadając jej strukturę i głębię. Co ważne, sztukateria nie dominuje wnętrza – jej delikatny kolor, taki sam jakościa, idealnie komponuje się z jasną tapicerką łóżka i drewnianymi dodatkami w sypialni.   Sztukateria pięknie prezentuje się w świetle dziennym, ale również wieczorem, w blasku kinkietów, zyskuje wyjątkowy charakter, dodając przytulności całemu wnętrzu. To detal, który w prosty sposób podnosi estetykę pomieszczenia, nie obciążając jednocześnie wizualnie i tak niewielkiej przestrzeni.   Na ścianie zastosowaliśmy listwy sztukateryjne model Z10 ARTYSTYL.     Ściana z szafą na TV   Telewizor? Tak, ale nie na widoku! Karolina zaproponowała sprytne rozwiązanie – wykorzystanie szafy z IKEA PAX, którą stolarz rozbudował, dodając nadbudowy i eleganckie lakierowane fronty.     W środku znalazło się miejsce na TV oraz drobny sprzęt RTV, a także szuflady na bieliznę, dodatki i akcesoria – wszystko schowane, ale łatwo dostępne. Toaletka znalazła swoje miejsce obok – blisko światła dziennego, z praktycznym owalnym lustrem. Idealne miejsce na poranne rytuały! Zobacz jak szczegółowo te projekty są opisane! Wszystko rozrysowane, gotowe do produkcji.     Ściana z szafą na ubrania   Po drugiej stronie pokoju znalazły się dwie szafy na ubrania. To także system PAX, ale z nadbudowami i spersonalizowanymi frontami wykonanymi przez stolarza. Dzięki temu szafy sięgają aż do sufitu, co pozwala maksymalnie wykorzystać dostępną przestrzeń, a wklejone w wyfrezowane łuki lustra optycznie powiększają i doświetlają przestrzeń, która nie jest już tak ciemna, pomimo jednego wąskiego okna w pomieszczeniu.     Ściana z oknem   Pod oknem stanęła komoda na pościel, a na oknie zawisły lekkie firany i zasłony, które dodają wnętrzu przytulności. Ostatecznie zrezygnowaliśmy z obudowania komody karton-gipsem, chciałam zachować możliwość ustawiania na niej pamiątek i dekoracji.     Projekt sypialni Przedstawione tu projekty i rysunki są autorstwa Pracowni Projektowej HOUSE LOVES i stanowią jedynie fragment blisko 100-stronicowego projektu naszego domu – i to nie całego, bo pokoje dziecięce, wiatrołap czy klatkę schodową projektowałam sama, szczęśliwie mogąc liczyć na dobre słowo ekipy projektującej. Jestem ogromnie wdzięczna Karolinie za to, że zgodziła się na ich prezentację tutaj. Praca projektantów wnętrz jest często bardzo niedoceniana, a na podstawie tak szczegółowych rysunków widać, ile setek godzin pracy wymaga zaprojektowanie jednego domu.   Każdy detal w tym wnętrzu został dokładnie przemyślany – od funkcjonalnego układu, przez materiały, aż po estetykę, która odzwierciedla nasze potrzeby i marzenia. Dzięki temu projektowi nasz dom zyskał niepowtarzalny charakter, a ja jeszcze bardziej doceniam, jak wielką wartość wnosi dobra współpraca z profesjonalistą.   Mam nadzieję, że to wnętrze zainspiruje Cię do stworzenia swojej wymarzonej przestrzeni, a jeśli szukasz kolejnych inspiracji, zostań ze mną na dłużej, będzie ich cała masa! A najlepiej zaobserwuj mnie od razu na Instagramie – nowe odsłony domu zobaczysz w pierwszej kolejności.   Realizacja Już na etapie projektu sypialni wiedziałam, że to będzie coś wyjątkowego. Oczywiście w trakcie realizacji pojawiły się drobne zmiany, wiele rzeczy działo się na bieżąco, ale o tym opowiadam w kolejnym poście, gdzie pokazuję naszą gotową sypialnię na zdjęciach.
- [Projekt kuchni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/projekt-kuchni/): Od jakiegoś czasu coraz częściej rozmawialiśmy z Wojtkiem o nowym domu. Wymarzyliśmy sobie przestrzeń, która będzie nasza – nie gotowa, nie urządzona „pod kogoś”, ale zaprojektowana tak, żeby w każdym kącie odbijało się nasze życie i styl. Wybór nie był prosty – dom miał być w stanie deweloperskim i na naszym wymarzonym osiedlu.   W końcu się pojawił. Jedyny, który oglądaliśmy. Wiedzieliśmy, że jego bryła, wielkość czy rozkład pomieszczeń wymuszą wiele kompromisów. Ale czy nasze życie z trójką dzieci, trzema firmami i psem nie jest nieustającym pasmem kompromisów? To, że jedno dziecko nie zje obiadu, jeśli nie siedzi przy „tym” krześle, albo że zamiast cichego poranka pijemy kawę przy piskach „Mamo, to było moje jajko?” – to właśnie nasza codzienność. Kompromisy to wyzwanie, ale i szansa. Dlatego postawiłam jeden warunek: wnętrza domu zaprojektuje Pracownia Projektowa HOUSE LOVES.   Karolinę, właścicielkę HOUSE LOVES obserwuję od lat i urzekają mnie jej projekty. Niepowtarzalne, różnorodne, a jednak zawsze pełne harmonii i smaku. Wiedziałam, że nasz wymarzony dom nie bardzo wpisuje się w żaden konkretny styl wnętrzarski. Chciałam połączyć biel, beż, sztukaterię, ryfle, ciepło drewna, dużo bieli oraz czarne i złote detale z minimalizmem, który z założenia nie sprzyja rodzinie z dziećmi, ale wierzyłam, że Karolina to udźwignie.   No i co? Nie zawiodłam się! Kuchnia, którą stworzyliśmy, to przestrzeń pełna przemyślanych rozwiązań. Było sporo wyzwań, jeszcze więcej kompromisów, ale wyszło pięknie. Zapraszam Cię na spacer po naszym sercu domu, które na co dzień tętni życiem!   Wymagania, czyli nasze „must-have” W specjalnie przygotowanej ankiecie, odpowiadając na sprytne pytania, spisałam Karolinie dokładnie to, czego oczekujemy od kuchni:   Mix frontów frezowanych i lakierowanych w kolorach bieli i bielonego dębu, Minimalistyczny, stonowany fartuch kuchenny, Szuflady w dolnych szafkach – zero klasycznych drzwiczek! Okap zbudowany z karton-gipsu lub mdf, Piekarnik w wysokiej zabudowie i płyta indukcyjna, Filtrowana woda prosto z kranu, Wyspa – tylko co zrobić, gdy nie ma na nią miejsca, Dużo miejsca do przechowywania i brak otwartych półek (bo robi się na bałagan).   Z niektórych marzeń niestety musieliśmy zrezygnować – z dwóch lodówek i dwóch zmywarek – w tej przestrzeni po prostu nie było na nie miejsca. Ale wiesz co? Efekt finalny wynagrodził nam wszystko.   Od projektu do realizacji – krok po kroku Plików z projektem funkcjonalnym wyczekiwałam z ogromną niecierpliwością – to był moment, kiedy wszystkie nasze rozmowy, inspiracje i wymagania miały się wreszcie ułożyć w całość. Ale najfajniejsze było to, że po ich przesłaniu Karolina nie zostawiła nas z nimi samych. Dała nam kilka godzin na spokojne zapoznanie się z projektem, a potem zorganizowała wideokonferencję, podczas której krok po kroku opowiedziała nam co, dlaczego, co z czego wynika i czego jest konsekwencją.   To spotkanie rozwiało wszystkie nasze wątpliwości. W praktyce wprowadziliśmy chyba tylko dwie zmiany do pierwszej propozycji: zamieniliśmy trzy rzędy szuflad na cztery, oraz zdecydowaliśmy się na lodówkę do zabudowy o szerokości 69 cm zamiast klasycznej 54 cm.   To pokazuje, jak dobrze Karolina nas wysłuchała, zrozumiała nasze potrzeby i przeanalizowała każdy szczegół. Projekt był trafiony w punkt, a dla nas była to ogromna oszczędność czasu i stresu. ~Efekt? Od naszego pierwszego spotkania minęło zaledwie pół roku, a my wprowadziliśmy się do w pełni urządzonego domu.   To jest właśnie magia współpracy z dobrym projektantem – ktoś, kto słucha, analizuje i sprawia, że cały proces jest przyjemnością, a nie męczącą przeprawą.   Układ funkcjonalny – serce domu zaplanowane na milimetry   Największym wyzwaniem było okno na środku ściany – symetria to coś, co uwielbiamy, więc zlew musiał znaleźć się właśnie tam, a to sprawiło, że obok niego nie zostało już miejsca na zmywarkę.   Karolina przemyciła też w kuchni półwysep, który mimo tego, że fizycznie ogranicza wejście do kuchni, okazał się strzałem w dziesiątkę. To tam rozmawiamy, kroimy warzywa, a dzieci opierają się o blat, podjadając jeszcze ciepłe tosty.   Wiszące szafki skrywające bałagan? To było zaskoczenie – zrezygnowaliśmy z nich na rzecz lekkości zabudowy, bojąc się nieco, że bałagan na nich będzie nas denerwował. Nie było to łatwe, ale projektantka przedstawiła nam dwie opcje – z szafkami i z górnymi półkami. Jednak kiedy zobaczyłam, jak pięknie wygląda przestrzeń „bez dociążenia”, wybór stał się oczywisty.   Zanim pokażę Ci projekt kuchni ściana po ścianie, opowiem Ci o elementach, które spajają ją w całość. Charakter całej kuchni tworzą nie tylko detale, ale również elementy łączące przestrzenie, które sprawiają, że wszystko pięknie ze sobą współgra i stanowi spójną całość.   Drewniana podłoga – dokładnie taka sama, jak w salonie, co naturalnie łączy obie przestrzenie i nadaje im spójności. To była jedna z tych decyzji, w których nie było miejsca na kompromis. Drewniana podłoga w kuchni to wybór, którego już się nie boję – jodełka francuska w wersji natur, brushed, zabezpieczona olejowoskiem w kolorze Shadow od Dąbex, to rozwiązanie, które już w praktyce udowodniło swoją wartość. Wygląda przepięknie, jest ciepła i przytulna, a o tym, dlaczego się jej nie boję, opowiem w osobnym materiale. Pokażę Ci, jak sprawdza się na co dzień i dlaczego to była jedna z najlepszych decyzji przy projektowaniu tej kuchni.   Blat konglomeratowy Silestone Snowy Ibiza Suede – to wybór, który zachwyca swoją estetyką i funkcjonalnością. Blat jest piękny zarówno z góry, jak i w przekroju – delikatny, subtelnie nakrapiany wzór dodaje elegancji, a jego matowe wykończenie idealnie współgra z całą minimalistyczną przestrzenią.   To właśnie te elementy łączące sprawiają, że kuchnia nie jest odrębnym pomieszczeniem, ale integralną częścią naszego domu. Przestrzeń przechodzi naturalnie z salonu do kuchni, tworząc harmonijną całość – pełną ciepła, stylu i przemyślanych rozwiązań.   Ściana A – strefa zmywania   Zlew pośrodku okna to nie tylko ukłon w stronę symetrii, ale też coś, co daje mój ulubiony efekt wizualny. Strefa zmywania została oparta na:   Minimalistycznej dwudrożnej baterii BLANCO Fontas-S II w kolorze satynowego złota, która łączy w sobie wodę filtrowaną i niefiltrowaną w jednej wylewce. Posiada oddzielne dźwignie – z prawej strony do wody ciepłej i zimnej, a z lewej do wody filtrowanej, co daje niesamowity komfort użytkowania. Wyciągana wylewka to dla mnie absolutny hit – napełnianie dużych naczyń czy szybkie sprzątanie blatu stało się jeszcze łatwiejsze.   Głębokim i szerokim zlewie farmerskim BLANCO VILLAE – ceramicznym, o szerokości aż 80 cm, który bez trudu pomieści największe garnki, brytfanny, a nawet blachy do pieczenia. Jest piękny, klasyczny i niesamowicie funkcjonalny. A brak zmywarki obok? To jedno z tych rozwiązań, które wymusiło projektowanie na milimetry. Zmywarka powędrowała dalej, ale dzięki przemyślanemu układowi jej używanie wcale nie jest mniej wygodne.   A nad oknem? Minimalistyczne, wiszące złote lampy HUP typu zwis z białymi kloszami – jedno z moich małych marzeń, które Karolina spełniła. Ich ciepłe światło sprawia, że kuchnia nawet w najbardziej ponure dni od września do maja jest przytulna i pełna uroku. Do tego listwy sztukateryjne subtelnie okalające otwór okienny – detale, które uwielbiam i które nadają tej przestrzeni elegancji.   Ściana B – strefa AGD Na tej ścianie królują funkcjonalność i (prawie)symetria. W wysokiej zabudowie znalazło się miejsce na piekarnik i ukrytą za frontem zmywarkę. Ekspres do kawy, toster i czajnik zostały z kolei zaplanowane w tzw. garażu – nie mogę się doczekać aż zobaczysz go w poście o realizacji kuchni!   Nie udało nam się wcisnąć dwóch lodówek, ale jedna, dobrze przemyślana, w pełnej zabudowie wygląda elegancko i nie dominuje wnętrza.   Ściana C – półwysep i komoda z szufladami   Wyspa była moim marzeniem, ale fizycznie nie było na nią miejsca. Półwysep okazał się złotym środkiem – spełnia funkcję dodatkowego blatu roboczego, ale najważniejsze – pod blatem chowają się 2 hokery, a obok stoi helper – centrum dowodzenia naszej 3 dzieci. Półwysep choć zwęził wejście do kuchni, to jednocześnie tworzy naturalną granicę między kuchnią a salonem. Jestem nim zachwycona!   Znalazło się w nim miejsce na szafkę, otwieraną na salon oraz miejsce na komodę z szufladami, która pełni rolę dodatkowej przestrzeni do przechowywania. Szuflady są dosłownie wszędzie – kochamy szuflady i nie wyobrażamy już sobie kuchni bez nich.   Ściana G – strefa gotowania W tej części króluje płyta indukcyjna i okap w zabudowie z płyty g-k – moje wieloletnie marzenie, którego Wojtek upierał się nie realizować w poprzednim domu, więc poszliśmy na kompromis – kupiliśmy nowy dom 😉 Cieszę się, że zdecydowaliśmy się na frezowane fronty z delikatnym „ząbkiem” – piękne, ale łatwe w czyszczeniu.   Widok na kuchnię z salonu – łuk, który łączy i dzieli jednocześnie   Spójrz teraz na projekt kuchni – to widok z salonu. Jednym z elementów, który skradł serce tego wnętrza, jest łuk wykończony giętką listwą sztukateryjną, model Z13 Artystyl. To właśnie on sprawia, że przestrzeń między salonem a kuchnią staje się tak wyjątkowa. Choć początkowo miałam wątpliwości, czy to na pewno „to” – kiedy Karolina pokazała mi go na projekcie, nie byłam przekonana. Pamiętam, jak spojrzałam na nią i zapytałam: „Karola, a Ty byś ten łuk zostawiła?”. I wtedy Karolina zrobiła to, co potrafi najlepiej – dała mi pewność, że warto jej zaufać. Zostawiłam łuk i dzisiaj jestem absolutnie zachwycona.   To właśnie ten łuk robi ogromną robotę w tym wnętrzu. Łączy stylistycznie kuchnię z salonem, spajając dwie strefy w harmonijną całość. Jednocześnie dzieli je funkcjonalnie, delikatnie wyznaczając granicę między przestrzenią roboczą a wypoczynkową. Efekt? Lekkość, elegancja i charakter, który od razu przyciąga wzrok.   Elastyczna sztukateria, którą został wykończony, dodaje mu szlachetności – dzięki niej łuk jest ciekawie zakończony. To rozwiązanie, które nie tylko pięknie wygląda, ale też nawiązuje do klasycznych detali, które tak kochamy.   Dziś mogę śmiało powiedzieć – kuchnia z łukiem to strzał w dziesiątkę! To nie tylko architektoniczny detal, ale serce naszej aranżacji, które nadaje całemu wnętrzu wyjątkowego charakteru.   Podsumowanie – kuchnia, która jest nasza Kuchnia to serce naszego domu – choć projekt wymagał wielu kompromisów, efekt przerósł moje oczekiwania. Dzięki pracy Karoliny i zespołu HOUSE LOVES udało się stworzyć wnętrze, które jest nie tylko piękne, ale też funkcjonalne. To miejsce, w którym toczy się nasze codzienne życie – gotujemy, rozmawiamy i spędzamy wspólny czas nawet na tańcach.   Jak Ci się podoba nasza kuchnia? Czy jest coś, co szczególnie Cię zainspirowało?
- [Łóżko tapicerowane](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lozko-tapicerowane/): Urządzanie każdego z naszych domów było dla mnie nie tylko przyjemnością, ale też nauką. Zwłaszcza przy wyborze łóżka tapicerowanego do sypialni! Nasze poprzednie łóżko, choć wizualnie piękne, miało kilka wad, które dopiero po czasie zaczęły dawać się we znaki. W nowym domu nie chciałam powtórzyć tych samych pomyłek, dlatego postanowiłam oddać projektowanie większości domu w ręce profesjonalisty. Łóżko tapicerowane czyli co musisz wiedzieć, aby wybierzesz idealne? Mam szczęście, że projekt naszej sypialni przez Karolinę ze Studia Projektowego HOUSE LOVES zaowocował zaprojektowaniem przez nią łóżka tapicerowanego dla marki HOME&LIVING, które okazało się łóżkiem idealnie pasującym do małej i średniej sypialni – a dziś jako model CUTE weszło do sprzedaży, a ja mogę dziś spać spokojnie – dosłownie i w przenośni. Podzielę się więc z Tobą wskazówkami, na co zwrócić uwagę, wybierając łóżko tapicerowane, by było piękne, praktyczne i… bezproblemowe!   Łóżko tapicerowane z wysokim zagłówkiem   Pierwsze, co przyciąga uwagę w naszej sypialni, to wysoki zagłówek łóżka. Przyznam, że początkowo miałam obawy, że taki duży element mógłby przytłoczyć przestrzeń, a nasza sypialnia jest pod skosem. Ku mojemu zaskoczeniu efekt jest odwrotny – wysoki zagłówek łóżka nie tylko dodaje wnętrzu elegancji, ale także optycznie wysmukla pokój.   A co najbardziej w nim uwielbiam? Miękka poduszka ukryta pod tapicerką! Dzięki niej wieczory z książką są jeszcze przyjemniejsze. Jeśli zastanawiasz się nad łóżkiem tapicerowanym z wysokim zagłówkiem, zdecydowanie polecam te z miękkim wykończeniem – nie tylko dla wyglądu, ale i wygody!   Praktyczność przede wszystkim czyli łóżko z pojemnikiem Przy naszej pięcioosobowej rodzinie każdy dodatkowy schowek jest na wagę złota. Dlatego wybrałam łóżko tapicerowane z pojemnikiem. Co jest kluczowe? Mechanizm otwierania. W tym modelu działa bardzo sprawnie – lekko jak na wagę materaca, pościeli, kap, kocy i tuzina poduszek, które na nim leżą, bez zbędnego siłowania się.   Pod stelażem mamy miejsce na koce, zapasową pościel i te wszystkie „przydasie”, które w innym przypadku zagracałyby szafy. Jeśli nie wyobrażasz sobie sypialni bez dodatkowej przestrzeni do przechowywania, pojemnik pod łóżkiem to absolutny must-have!   Rozmiar ma znaczenie: łóżko tapicerowane z pojemnikiem 180 x 200   Marzyłam o szerokim łóżku, które pomieści nas wszystkich w leniwe, weekendowe poranki. Dzięki naszej projektantce udało się zmieścić u nas model o wymiarach 180 cm na 200 cm – choć początkowo wydawało mi się to nierealne. W modelu CUTE możesz wybrać z szerokiego wachlarza rozmiarów: 140×200, 160×200, 180×200 i 200×200.   A co ciekawe, w HOME&LIVING możesz zamówić łóżka tapicerowane w praktycznie dowolnym rozmiarze: od kompaktowych 90×200 cm po szerokie, rodzinne 220×200 cm. Jeśli masz dylemat, jakie łóżko wybrać, koniecznie naszkicuj sobie sypialnię w skali, nawet na kartce papieru, aby dopasować łóżko do swoich potrzeb i przestrzeni, bo masz w czym wybierać.   Beżowe łóżko tapicerowane – klasyka, która nigdy nie wychodzi z mody   Beż to kolor, który nigdy mnie nie zawiódł – neutralny, ponadczasowy, pasujący praktycznie do każdego stylu. Nasze łóżko tapicerowane beżowe idealnie wpisuje się w spokojną, naturalną estetykę sypialni. Nasza tkanina to ART. 93-130 ARTMEBLE.   A jeśli Ty wolisz bardziej wyraziste kolory? To łóżko tapicerowane możesz zamówić w jednym z aż 200 kolorowych tkanin do wyboru! Możesz też zamówić wybrane bezpłatne próbki bezpłatnie do domu i na spokojnie zdecydować, która opcja najlepiej pasuje do Twojego wnętrza.   Brak nóżek w łóżku – koniec z kurzowym koszmarem   Jeśli kiedykolwiek odsuwałaś wielkie łóżko na nóżkach, by odkurzyć pod nim “koty” albo wygrzebać zabawkę dziecka, wiesz, o czym mówię. Dlatego przy wyborze nowego łóżka miałam jeden warunek – brak nóżek. Nasze nowe łóżko sypialniane tapicerowane stoi stabilnie na podłodze na drewnianym stelażu, dzięki czemu problem sprzątania pod nim przestał istnieć. Kolor, jaki tu mamy, to płyta laminowa w kolorze naturalnego dębu.   Ale jeśli kochasz nóżki to są i takie opcje. Możesz nawet wybrać ich kolor i styl, by idealnie dopasować je do swojej wizji wnętrza.   Łóżko tapicerowane z materacem – dla wygody snu   Komfort snu to dla mnie priorytet, dlatego od razu zdecydowaliśmy się zamówić łóżko tapicerowane razem z materacem. Wybraliśmy materac hybrydowy z wkładem sprężyn pocketowych strefowych i dodatkową warstwą pianki oddychającej typu lateks, z pianką obojętną termicznie, w skrócie: materac dość sprężysty ale nie twardy, bardzo uniwersalny, Comfort Plus. Idealnie dopasowuje się do naszych potrzeb, pomimo znacznej różnicy wzrostu i wagi między nami.   O czym jeszcze warto pamiętać, wybierając łóżko tapicerowane? Czas realizacji – u nas wszystko przebiegło sprawnie, a producent zapewnił dostawę meblową z wniesieniem i z montażem, dzięki czemu nie musiałam się martwić, jak wtargać na piętro i złożyć to wielkie łóżko.   Nasze nowe łóżko tapicerowane do sypialni to nie tylko mebel, ale też ogromne miejsce do przechowywania, relaksu, rodzinnych chwil i oczywiście nocnego wypoczynku. Dzięki współpracy HOUSE LOVES oraz  HOME&LIVING mamy model, który spełnia wszystkie nasze oczekiwania – od wyglądu po funkcjonalność. Jeśli właśnie szukasz łóżka idealnego, koniecznie sprawdź opcje naszego łóżka CUTE, ale też całą ich ofertę – takie łóżko to inwestycja, która naprawdę się opłaca. Twój sen zasługuje na to, co najlepsze!    Dodatki do stylizacji łóżka tapicerowanego Bez dwóch zdań dodatki robią tu ogromną robotę, a są to:   kapa – chwilowo niedostępna, ale regularnie wraca – z bawełnianego muślinu – ZARA HOME – 230 x 250 cm, Ref. 0146/005 koc – IKEA – VALLKRASSING – jasny szarobrązowy, 150×200 cm pościel – z perkalowej bawełny 300 nitek – ZARA HOME, Ref. 7145/091, Ref. 7145/088, Ref. 7145/091 podłużna poduszka dekoracyjna – wkład – IKEA – KLOTULLÖRT, 40×140 cm tkanina do uszycia poszewki na podłużną poduszkę: BRW – Koc narzuta 130 x 170 cm beżowy bawełniany w pasy, kod produktu: ML-4255664826961 wzorzyste poszewki na poduszki – HM HOME – 50×50 cm – Nr prod.:1231396002 ciemnoszara poszewka na poduszkę – ZARA HOME – 45×45 cm – Ref. 8175/008 poduszka z pierza 90×70 cm – Allegro – 3 kg sztuka poszewka na poduszkę dekoracyjną XXL 70×90 cm – ZARA HOME – Ref. 1150/008 wypełnienie poszewek na poduszki 45×45 cm, 50×50 cm, 60×60 cm – ZARA HOME   I jak Ci się podoba nasza sypialnia?
- [Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-powiesic-rolety-rzymskie/): Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie, aby nadały Twojemu wnętrzu najlepszy wygląd? Rolety rzymskie są bardzo eleganckim i praktycznym rozwiązaniem dekoracyjnym do wnętrz, które dodaje im wyjątkowego charakteru. Są one świetnym rozwiązaniem zarówno pod względem estetycznym, jak i funkcjonalnym, zarówno do sypialni, salonu, kuchni, biura czy pokoju dziecka. Istnieją cztery główne sposoby na to, jak powiesić rolety rzymskie: montaż do ramy okna, montaż do sufitu, montaż do ściany i montaż we wnęce okiennej. Każdą z nich można dopasować do różnych potrzeb oraz stylów wnętrz. Montaż do ramy okna będzie idealny dla osób, którzy preferują bardziej zintegrowany wygląd, gdzie roleta porusza się wraz z oknem. Jest to bardzo przydatne rozwiązanie w przypadku okien, które są często otwierane i zamykane. Jeśli chodzi o sam montaż do sufitu, to jest to doskonałe rozwiązanie dla tych, którzy chcą wizualnie powiększyć przestrzeń. Montaż do ściany świetnie sprawdzi się w optycznym powiększeniu wnętrza i samego otworu wnękowego, zaś ten we wnęce okiennej ma raczej zastosowanie głównie estetyczne.   Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie do ramy okna? Montaż rolet rzymskich do ramy okna nie jest trudny i pozwala w szybki sposób dodać do wnętrza elegancji i stylu. Wystarczy odrobina cierpliwości – można to zrobić samodzielnie w poniższy sposób: Dokładne zmierzenie wewnętrznych wymiarów ramy okna jest kluczowe z uwzględnieniem ewentualnych nierówności. Umieść roletę wewnątrz ramy okna i oznacz ołówkiem miejsca, w których będą przykręcone specjalne wsporniki. Wykorzystaj poziomicę, aby upewnić się, że roleta rzymska zostanie równo powieszona. Potrzebna będzie Ci wiertarka, wiertło, śrubokręt, kołki rozporowe i śruby. Wybór właściwych narzędzi i elementów zależy od materiału, z którego wykonana jest rama Twojego okna. Wierć otwory w miejscach zaznaczonych ołówkiem, starając się, aby były one prostopadłe do powierzchni. Następnie umieść w nich kołki rozporowe. Przykręć wsporniki do ramy okna i zahacz o nie roletę. Po zamontowaniu rolety, sprawdź, czy mechanizm podnoszenia i opuszczania działa płynnie.   Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie do sufitu? Z kolei osoby, które chciałyby wizualnie powiększyć wnętrze i dodać mu więcej światła, powinny wybrać montaż rolet rzymskich do sufitu. Jeśli zastanawiasz się, jak powiesić rolety rzymskie do sufitu, chętnie Ci o tym opowiem. Nie jest to wcale tak trudne, jak mogłoby się wydawać, ale po kolei. Zacznij od zmierzenia odległości od górnej krawędzi okna do sufitu, aby upewnić się, że roleta będzie zawieszona na odpowiedniej wysokości. Za pomocą ołówka i poziomicy, zaznacz na suficie miejsca, w których będą przykręcone wsporniki rolety. Upewnij się, że są one równo rozmieszczone i wyrównane względem okna. Przy użyciu wiertarki, wiertła odpowiedniego do materiału sufitu i wskazanych miejsc, wywierć otwory pod kołki rozporowe. Włóż kołki rozporowe do otworów i przykręć do nich wsporniki rolety. Sprawdź, czy są mocno i równo zamocowane. Po zamontowaniu wsporników, delikatnie zahacz roletę rzymską i upewnij się, że jest prawidłowo i bezpiecznie zamocowana. Przetestuj mechanizm rolety rzymskiej i sprawdź, jak się opuszcza i podnosi. Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie do ściany?   Jest to zdecydowanie sposób, który lubię najbardziej. Pozwala na zamontowanie rolety naprawdę wysoko, wręczy przy samym suficie, ale jednak wciąż do ściany. Jest to świetne rozwiązanie we wnętrzach, gdzie sufity wykonane są np. z betonu czy drewna. Jak to zrobić? Zmierz dokładnie szerokość okna oraz odległość między sufitem a ramą. W przypadku montażu do ściany, należy również sprawdzić, czy na ścianie nie ma przeszkód, takich jak instalacje elektryczne czy rury. Upewnij się, że masz wszystkie niezbędne narzędzia i materiały do montażu. Standardowy zestaw narzędzi obejmuje poziomicę, wkrętarkę, młotek, śrubokręt i ewentualnie wiertarkę. Na podstawie pomiarów wybierz optymalne miejsce na montaż rolety. Przy pomocy poziomicy i ołówka oznacz miejsca, w których będą umieszczone uchwyty rolety. Starannie rozplanuj odległości. Zamocuj uchwyty rolety do oznaczonych miejsc na ścianie. Umieść roletę na zamontowanych uchwytach, sprawdzając równość i stabilność. Po zamontowaniu rolety, przetestuj jej funkcjonalność.   Jak powiesić rolety rzymskie we wnęce okiennej? Stosuje się go rzadko, ale ma swoich zwolenników. Montaż rolety rzymskiej we wnęce okiennej to rozwiązanie pośrednie, łączące zalety montażu bezpośrednio do okna oraz przymocowania rolety rzymskiej na ścianie czy suficie. Zdecydowanie wybiera się ją najczęściej ze względów estetycznych. W praktyce może być nieco problematyczny, blokując dostęp do otwierania okna. Przed rozpoczęciem montażu dokładnie zmierz szerokość i wysokość wnęki okiennej. Zastanów się nad tym, jaką przestrzeń chcesz pozostawić między roletą a ramą okna. Montaż we wnęce może zmniejszyć optycznie okno, dlatego ważne jest ustalenie optymalnej odległości. Wybierz roletę rzymską, która jest odpowiednia do montażu we wnęce okiennej. Na podstawie pomiarów oznacz miejsca, w których będą umieszczone uchwyty rolety we wnęce okiennej. Zamocuj uchwyty w odpowiednich miejscach we wnęce okiennej. Umieść roletę na zamontowanych uchwytach, sprawdzając równość i stabilność. Po zamontowaniu rolety, przetestuj jej funkcjonalność. Sprawdź, czy roleta swobodnie podnosi się i opuszcza, a także czy nie wpływa negatywnie na otwieranie i zamykanie okna.   Każda z metod montażu wymagają dokładności, odpowiedniego przygotowania i użycia narzędzi. Firma Knall na swojej stronie oferuje rolety przystosowane do każdego z tych rodzajów montażu, dlatego przed zamówieniem, warto wiedzieć dokładnie, czego oczekujemy. Pamiętaj, aby podczas montażu rolet rzymskich zachować ostrożność i upewnić się, że wszystko jest prawidłowo zamocowane i bezpieczne. Niezależnie od tego, jaką metodę montażu wybierzesz, rolety rzymskie zawsze pozytywnie odmienią wygląd Twojego wnętrza, odświeżą je, rozjaśnią i sprawią, że stanie się ono znacznie bardziej przytulne.
- [Easywalker Jackey](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-jackey/): Choosing a stroller for our child is one of those decisions that for every young mother becomes a symbol of the beginning of a new, adventurous chapter. Stroller it’s not just a vehicle – it’s ours a companion on everyday trips, a silent witness of the baby’s first discoveries and an invaluable help in dynamic family life. When we walk with our child, we want to ensure not only safety, but also comfort and the opportunity to discover the world together. Therefore, choosing the right stroller becomes more than just a simple purchase – it investing in the quality of our moments together and supporting the development of our childreny. This time we had the opportunity to test the Easywalker Jackey stroller. How has it worked in our family? Easywalker Jackey – stroller test   The Easywalker Jackey stroller is a great option for modern parents who… they are looking for a comfortable and stylish solution for everyday walks with a child and a stroller perfect for family traveling. Is characterised by lightness and ease of driving, which makes it perfect for a dynamic lifestyle. Its unique design allows for comfortable use. It is very light and agile, both for babies and older children up to 22 kilograms – so my 6-year-old could still ride it! This is a great investment for the long term.   Easywalker Jackey it is also distinguished by its practicality. One-handed folding possible and clever solutions such as car seat adapters, which are rare in this type of stroller, make it extremely functional in various situations – from everyday shopping to long journeys. Additionally, its elegant design and high-quality materials guarantee that the stroller looks great fashionable and stylish.   This stroller also offers a high level of safety and comfort for the child, which is crucial for every parent. A large, adjustable hood and a comfortable seat provide protection and comfort during walks, regardless of the weather. Therefore, the Easywalker Jackey is an excellent choice for families who value a combination of functionality, style and comfort.   Easywalker Jackey – dimensions   The dimensions of the Easywalker Jackey stroller are carefully considered to ensure a balance between spaciousness for the child and practicality for the parent. Although the stroller is not small enough to fit in a standard airplane cargo hold, its size perfectly suits the needs of traveling families. My own practice is to use a special carry bag that I check in upon boarding. Depending on the airline, I collect the stroller directly at the plane or in the baggage claim area. The transport bag included in the stroller set is an additional advantage – not only protects the stroller during a flight or train journey, but its convenient design with wheels makes it possible easy movement around the airport without having to carry a stroller. Thanks to this solution, traveling with Easywalker Jackey becomes much easier and more comfortable, which is especially important for parents traveling with small children.   Easywalker Jackey – folding   Folding the Easywalker Jackey stroller is pure pleasure and convenience, especially for parents who often have to deal with many things at once. The stroller has been designed to make life as easy as possible for parents, which can be seen in its one-handed folding mechanism. The lack of a double handle, typical for umbrellas, makes… operating it with one hand is incredibly easy and intuitive.     Once the stroller is assembled, it releases characteristic „click” sound, which is a signal that it has been properly secured and ready for transport. This feature is especially useful when We hold a baby on our hip and need to quickly fold the stroller with the other hand. We can then easily lift it by the handle and put it in the trunk of the car without having to put the baby down. This practicality and intuitiveness of use make Easywalker Jackey an ideal choice for parents who value convenience and speed of operation in everyday busy life. fipki     Easywalker Jackey – handle   Easywalker Jackey stroller handle at a constant height, but thanks to the inclined structure of the stroller, neither a shorter nor a taller person has any problems with, among other things, the effect of kicking into the frame of the stroller. It also houses the folding mechanism, activated with one hand.       Easywalker Jackey – hood   Shed The Easywalker Jackey stroller is quite spacious, taking into account the compact dimensions and lightness of the entire stroller. It has a zipper that allows it to be enlarged. The canopy provides quite good protection for the child both from the sun and rain. In fact, the size of the canopy to be even larger is the only thing I would change in this stroller. What’s more, the booth’s equipment includes: two ventilation windows it is extremely practical, especially on hot days, ensuring adequate air flow and thermal comfort for the baby.     The design of the stroller also allows you to unfasten the hood when the child is lying flat so that you can have eye contact or look at the sleeping child.     Ventilation window hidden in the back of the stroller, especially on hot days, allows a constant flow of fresh air to prevent overheating.     Easywalker Jackey – adjustment of the stroller’s backrest   The backrest of the stroller can be smoothly adjusted using a strap, which allows you to stop it at any level, adjusting the position to the child’s needs and comfort.     Easywalker Jackey – seat belts and headband   Easywalker Jackey is equipped with five-point seat belts with protectors. They are very easy to remove and wash, which is extremely practical in keeping clean, especially when snacks or drinks are involved. This feature allows you to quickly and effectively refresh the stroller, without the need to wash the entire belts.     The stroller is also equipped with a baby bar, which can be very conveniently detached both on one side and on both sides – personally, I wouldn’t choose it a stroller without a handle, I like to attach a water bottle or toys to it.     Easywalker Jackey – adjustable footrest   The Easywalker Jackey stroller offers a unique feature adjustable footrest, which is especially important for the child’s comfort. For babies, it is possible to extend the lying surface, which provides greater comfort and adequate support for the child’s developing body. This feature allows the stroller to adapt to the growing baby, providing it with optimal conditions at every stage of development.     Easywalker Jackey – wheels   The front wheels are swivel, which ensures exceptional maneuverability and ease of maneuvering, even in crowded urban spaces. Additionally, it is possible to lock them for straight driving, which is useful on a more even surface. It is an excellent complement to the structure shock absorption system used on all four wheels. Thanks to this, even when driving on bumpy sidewalks or cobblestones, such as those we had the opportunity to test during our walks in Barcelona, ​​the stroller remained stable and provided the child with a comfortable ride.     Easywalker Jackey – adapters   One of the most innovative features of the Easywalker Jackie stroller is its Compatibility with car seats using practical adapters (sold separately). This functionality makes the stroller an invaluable solution for traveling families. When we plan to fly by plane, the ability to mount the car seat on a stroller and register it as two-piece luggage is a real advantage. game changer. Thanks to this, after landing, we have an additional safety option for our child, a much lower cost of renting a car without a car seat, and convenience in moving around the airport. This solution eliminates the need to carry additional luggage, which is a huge convenience, especially during family trips.       Easywalker Jackey – shopping basket   Another aspect that makes Easywalker Jackey stand out is his spacious and practical shopping basket. Designed with parents’ needs in mind, this basket can accommodate cargo up to 5 kg, which is more than enough for everyday shopping or necessary accessories for the child. The unique design of the basket with the ability to tilt the frame makes it easier to insert and remove items, making it an extremely functional element of the stroller. It can be easily adapted to your needs, both during shopping and everyday walks.     Easywalker Jackey – brake The foot brake is activated by pressing it, but it is released by pulling the brake up – I don’t like this form because, especially during summer walks in delicate shoes, sandals or just barefoot, unlocking the hauler is not convenient.     Easywalker Jackey – weight One of the key advantages of the Easywalker Jackie stroller is its weight – only 7,5 kg, which is impressive considering the rich equipment and functionality of this model. The lightness of the stroller makes it much easier to carry and transport, which is especially important for parents who travel frequently or residents of multi-story buildings. However, this low weight does not affect the stability or durability of the stroller, which proves the high quality of workmanship and well-thought-out design.   An additional advantage that makes traveling easier is that they are attached to the stroller rain cover and transport bag. These accessories provide additional protection for your stroller when traveling, whether by plane or train. They protect the stroller against damage, dirt and unfavorable weather conditions.   Easywalker Jackey – test summary The Easywalker Jackey stroller is an excellent choice for parents who value a combination of style, functionality and comfort. His lightness, easy to fold and practical car seat adapters make it a stroller perfectly suited to the needs of modern families. Large, functional shopping basket, beautiful color palette, airy ventilation holes and elegant eco-leather upholstery on the headband for the child and parents are just some of the features that distinguish this model from others.   The only things I would personally change are the way of unlocking the brake and the size of the hood – although the current one is large and offers quite good protection against sun and rain, a slightly larger canopy could provide even better protection and comfort for the child in various weather conditions.   However, in the class of light strollers – its convenient one-handed folding, flat folding of the seat, a huge shopping basket with easy access and this wonderful one-handed folding – even when holding a child on the hip and the included accessories make it one of the best strollers in its class, personally I think it’s also one of the prettiest.   Family photos taken by: Paula Romanowska Photography   The post was created as part of ambassadorial cooperation with the brand Easy Walker
- [Easywalker Jackey](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-jackey/): Wybór wózka dla naszego dziecka to jedna z tych decyzji, która dla każdej młodej mamy staje się symbolem rozpoczęcia nowego, pełnego przygód rozdziału. Spacerówka nie jest tylko pojazdem – to nasz towarzysz w codziennych wyprawach, cichy świadek pierwszych odkryć malucha i nieoceniona pomoc w dynamicznym życiu rodzinnym. Kiedy spacerujemy z naszym dzieckiem, chcemy zapewnić mu nie tylko bezpieczeństwo, ale także komfort i możliwość wspólnego odkrywania świata. Dlatego wybór odpowiedniej spacerówki staje się czymś więcej niż zwykłym zakupem – to inwestycja w jakość naszych wspólnych chwil i wspieranie rozwoju naszej pociechy. Tym razem mieliśmy okazję testować wózek Easywalker Jackey. Jak sprawdził się w naszej rodzinie? Easywalker Jackey – test wózka   Wózek Easywalker Jackey to świetna opcja dla nowoczesnych rodziców, którzy poszukują wygodnego i stylowego rozwiązania do codziennych spacerów z dzieckiem oraz wózka idealnego na rodzinne podróżowanie. Charakteryzuje się lekkością i łatwością w prowadzeniu, co sprawia, że jest idealny dla dynamicznego trybu życia. Jego unikalna konstrukcja pozwala na komfortowe użytkowanie. Jest bardzo lekki i zwrotny, zarówno przy maluszkach, jak i starszych dzieciach ważących aż do 22 kilogramów – czyli mój 6 latek ciągle mógłby nim jeździć! To świetna inwestycja na dłuższy czas.   Easywalker Jackey wyróżnia się też swoją praktycznością. Możliwość jednoręcznego składania i przemyślne rozwiązania, takie jak adaptery do fotelika samochodowego, które w tego rodzaju wózkach są rzadkością, czynią go niezwykle funkcjonalnym w różnych sytuacjach – od codziennych zakupów po dalsze podróże. Dodatkowo, jego elegancki design i wysokiej jakości materiały gwarantują, że spacerówka prezentuje się modnie i stylowo.   Wózek ten oferuje też wysoki poziom bezpieczeństwa i komfortu dla dziecka, co jest kluczowe dla każdego rodzica. Spora, regulowana budka i wygodne siedzisko zapewniają ochronę i wygodę podczas spacerów, niezależnie od pogody. Zatem, Easywalker Jackey to doskonały wybór dla rodzin, które cenią sobie połączenie funkcjonalności, stylu i komfortu.   Easywalker Jackey – wymiary   Wymiary wózka Easywalker Jackey są starannie przemyślane, aby zapewnić równowagę między przestronnością dla dziecka a praktycznością dla rodzica. Chociaż wózek nie jest na tyle mały, by zmieścić się w standardowym luku bagażowym samolotu, jego rozmiar idealnie współgra z potrzebami podróżujących rodzin. Moja własna praktyka polega na wykorzystaniu specjalnej torby transportowej, którą nadaję przy wejściu na pokład. W zależności od linii lotniczych, wózek odbieram bezpośrednio przy samolocie lub w strefie odbioru bagażu. Transportowa torba w zestawie wózka to dodatkowy atut – nie tylko chroni wózek podczas lotu czy podróży pociągiem, ale jej wygodna konstrukcja z kółkami umożliwia łatwe przemieszczanie się po lotnisku bez konieczności noszenia wózka. Dzięki temu rozwiązaniu podróżowanie z Easywalker Jackey staje się znacznie prostsze i bardziej komfortowe, co jest szczególnie ważne dla rodziców podróżujących z małymi dziećmi.   Easywalker Jackey – składanie   Składanie wózka Easywalker Jackey to czysta przyjemność i wygoda, zwłaszcza dla rodziców, którzy często muszą radzić sobie z wieloma rzeczami naraz. Wózek został zaprojektowany z myślą o maksymalnym ułatwieniu życia rodzicom, co widać w jego jednoręcznym mechanizmie składania. Brak podwójnej rączki, typowej dla parasolek, sprawia, że prowadzenie go jedną ręką jest niesamowicie łatwe i intuicyjne.     Gdy wózek jest już złożony, wydaje charakterystyczny dźwięk „klik”, który jest sygnałem, że został prawidłowo zabezpieczony i gotowy do transportu. Ta funkcja jest szczególnie przydatna, gdy trzymamy na biodrze dziecko i potrzebujemy drugą ręką szybko złożyć wózek. Możemy go wtedy łatwo podnieść za rączkę i umieścić w bagażniku samochodu, bez konieczności odkładania maluszka. Ta praktyczność i intuicyjność użytkowania sprawiają, że Easywalker Jackey to idealny wybór dla rodziców ceniących sobie wygodę i szybkość działania w codziennym zabieganym życiu. fipki     Easywalker Jackey – rączka   Rączka wózka Easywalker Jackey na stałej wysokości, ale dzięki pochylonej konstrukcji wózka ani niższa, a ni wyższa osoba nie ma problemu między innymi z efektem kopania w stelaż wózka. To w niej mieści się także mechanizm składania, aktywowany jedną ręką.       Easywalker Jackey – budka   Budka wózka Easywalker Jackey jest dość obszerna, biorąc pod uwagę kompaktowe wymiary i lekkość całego wózka. Posiada zamek błyskawiczny, który pozwala na jej powiększenie. Budka zapewnia dość dobrą ochronę dla dziecka zarówno przed słońcem, jak i deszczem. Tak naprawdę rozmiar budki na jeszcze większy to jedyna rzecz, którą zmieniłabym w tym wózku. Co więcej, wyposażenie budki w dwa okienka wentylacyjne jest niezwykle praktyczne, szczególnie podczas gorących dni, zapewniając odpowiedni przepływ powietrza i komfort termiczny dla maluszka.     Konstrukcja wózka pozwala także na to, aby gdy dziecko leży na płasko odpiąć budkę tak, abyśmy mogli mieć kontakt wzrokowy czy też spoglądać na śpiące dziecko.     Okienko wentylacyjne ukryte w pleckach wózka, szczególnie w upalne dni pozwala na ciągły przepływ świeżego powietrza, by zapobiegać przegrzaniu.     Easywalker Jackey – regulacja oparcia wózka   Oparcie wózka można regulować płynnie za pomocą paska, co umożliwia zatrzymanie go na dowolnym poziomie, dostosowując pozycję do potrzeb i wygody dziecka.     Easywalker Jackey – pasy bezpieczeństwa i pałąk   Easywalker Jackey jest wyposażony w pięciopunktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa z ochraniaczami. Są one bardzo łatwe do zdjęcia i prania, co jest niezwykle praktyczne w utrzymaniu czystości, zwłaszcza gdy w grę wchodzą przekąski czy napoje. Ta cecha pozwala na szybkie i efektywne odświeżenie wózka, bez konieczności prania całych pasów.     Na wyposażeniu wózka mamy także pałąk dla dziecka, który można bardzo wygodnie wypiąć zarówno z jednej strony jak i z obu – osobiście nie zdecydowałabym się na wózek bez pałąka, lubię mocować na nim bidon z wodą czy zabawki.     Easywalker Jackey – regulowany podnóżek   Wózek Easywalker Jackey oferuje wyjątkową funkcję regulowanego podnóżka, co jest szczególnie istotne dla komfortu dziecka. Dla maluszków istnieje możliwość wydłużenia powierzchni leżącej, co zapewnia większą wygodę i odpowiednie wsparcie dla rozwijającego się ciała dziecka. Ta funkcja sprawia, że wózek dostosowuje się do rosnącego malucha, zapewniając mu optymalne warunki na każdym etapie rozwoju.     Easywalker Jackey – koła   Przednie koła są obrotowe, co zapewnia wyjątkową zwrotność i łatwość manewrowania, nawet w zatłoczonych miejskich przestrzeniach. Dodatkowo, istnieje możliwość zablokowania ich do jazdy na wprost, co jest przydatne na bardziej równej nawierzchni. Znakomitym uzupełnieniem konstrukcji jest system amortyzacji, zastosowany na wszystkich czterech kołach. Dzięki temu, nawet podczas jazdy po wyboistych chodnikach czy kocich łbach, jak te, które mieliśmy okazję testować podczas naszych spacerów po Barcelonie, wózek zachowywał stabilność i zapewniał dziecku komfortową jazdę.     Easywalker Jackey – adaptery   Jedną z najbardziej innowacyjnych cech wózka Easywalker Jackie jest jego kompatybilność z fotelikami samochodowymi za pomocą praktycznych adapterów (sprzedawane osobno). Ta funkcjonalność sprawia, że wózek staje się nieocenionym rozwiązaniem dla podróżujących rodzin. Kiedy planujemy lot samolotem, możliwość zamontowania fotelika na wózku i zarejestrowania go jako dwuczęściowy bagaż to prawdziwy game changer. Dzięki temu, po wylądowaniu, mamy zapewnioną dodatkową opcję bezpieczeństwa dla naszego dziecka, znacznie niższy koszt wynajmu samochodu bez fotelika, a także wygodę w przemieszczaniu się po lotnisku. To rozwiązanie eliminuje konieczność noszenia dodatkowego bagażu, co jest ogromnym ułatwieniem, szczególnie podczas rodzinnych wyjazdów.       Easywalker Jackey – kosz na zakupy   Kolejnym aspektem, który wyróżnia Easywalker Jackey, jest jego przestronny i praktyczny kosz na zakupy. Zaprojektowany z myślą o potrzebach rodziców, kosz ten może pomieścić ładunek do 5 kg, co jest więcej niż wystarczające na codzienne zakupy czy niezbędne akcesoria dla dziecka. Wyjątkowa konstrukcja kosza z możliwością pochylania ramki ułatwia wkładanie i wyjmowanie przedmiotów, czyniąc z niego niezwykle funkcjonalny element wózka. Można go łatwo dostosować do swoich potrzeb, zarówno podczas zakupów, jak i codziennych spacerów.     Easywalker Jackey – hamulec Hamulec nożny aktywowany jest poprzez naciśnięcie, ale zwalniamy go już przez podciągnięcie hamulca do góry – nie lubię tej formy, gdyż szczególnie na letnich spacerach w delikatnych butach, sandałach czy po prostu boso, odblokowanie hamulca nie jest wygodne.     Easywalker Jackey – waga Jedną z kluczowych zalet wózka Easywalker Jackie jest jego waga – zaledwie 7,5 kg, co jest imponujące, biorąc pod uwagę bogate wyposażenie i funkcjonalność tego modelu. Lekkość wózka znacząco ułatwia jego przenoszenie i transport, co jest szczególnie ważne dla rodziców często podróżujących czy mieszkańców wielopiętrowych budynków. Ta niewielka waga nie wpływa jednak na stabilność czy trwałość wózka, co jest dowodem na wysoką jakość wykonania i przemyślaną konstrukcję.   Dodatkowym atutem, który ułatwia podróżowanie, są dołączone do wózka folia przeciwdeszczowa i torba transportowa. Te akcesoria zapewniają dodatkową ochronę wózka podczas podróży, zarówno samolotem, jak i pociągiem. Chronią one wózek przed uszkodzeniami, brudem oraz niekorzystnymi warunkami atmosferycznymi.Easywalker Jackey – podsumowanie testu Wózek Easywalker Jackey to znakomity wybór dla rodziców, którzy cenią sobie połączenie stylu, funkcjonalności i komfortu. Jego lekkość, łatwość składania oraz praktyczne adaptery do fotelika samochodowego sprawiają, że jest to wózek idealnie dopasowany do potrzeb nowoczesnych rodzin. Duży, funkcjonalny kosz na zakupy, piękna paleta kolorów, przewiewne otwory wentylacyjne oraz elegancka tapicerka z ekoskóry na pałąku dla dziecka i rodziców to tylko niektóre z cech, które wyróżniają ten model na tle innych.   Jedynymi rzeczami jakie osobiście bym zmieniła, to sposób odblokowywania hamulca i jednak wielkość budki – chociaż obecna jest spora i oferuje dość dobrą ochronę przed słońcem i deszczem, nieco większa budka mogłaby zapewnić jeszcze lepszą ochronę i komfort dla dziecka w różnych warunkach pogodowych.   Niemniej w klasie wózków spacerowych lekkich – jego wygodne składanie jedną ręką, rozkładanie siedziska na płasko, ogromny kosz na zakupy z wygodnym dostępem oraz to cudowne składanie jedną ręką – nawet trzymając dziecko na biodrze oraz dołączone akcesoria czynią go jednym z najlepszych wózków w swojej klasie, osobiście uważam, że także jednym z najładniejszych.   Rodzinne zdjęcia wykonała: Paula Romanowska Fotografia   Post powstał w ramach współpracy ambasadorskiej z marką Easywalker
- [Easywalker Jimmey](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-jimmey/): Wybór wózka dla naszego dziecka to jedna z tych decyzji, która wydaje się niemal równie ważna, jak wybór imienia. To nasz towarzysz na długie spacery, wyprawy do parku, a czasem nawet podróżny kompan w najbardziej nieoczekiwanych przygodach. Jako mama trójki dzieci, przeszłam już przez różne etapy i wymagania, jeśli chodzi o wózki. Każdy z nich miał swoje plusy i minusy, ale żaden nie był tak wszechstronny jak Easywalker Jimmey. To wózek, który doskonale odzwierciedla potrzeby mojej rodziny – od wygody użytkowania po bezpieczeństwo i styl. Pozwólcie, że opowiem Wam, dlaczego ten model zasłużył na moje pełne zaufanie.   Easywalker JIMMEY – test wózka   Easywalker Jimmey wyróżnia się wyjątkową wszechstronnością, świetnie radząc sobie na różnorodnych terenach, od miejskich chodników po leśne ścieżki, dzięki solidnym, dużym kołom. Siedzisko, które można rozłożyć na płasko, gwarantuje wygodę dla maluszka w każdej sytuacji. Gondola wózka, oprócz przestronności, zapewnia odpowiednią wentylację, co jest kluczowe w różnych warunkach pogodowych. Dodatkowo, elegancki design i praktyczne akcesoria czynią Easywalker Jimmey idealnym towarzyszem zarówno codziennych spacerów czy wyjazdów. Miałam okazję testować już zarówno wersję z gondolą, jak i spacerówkę i muszę przyznać… że to był strzał w dziesiątkę!     Easywalker JIMMEY – stelaż i koła   Pierwsze, co rzuca się w oczy przy Easywalker Jimmey, to jego solidność. Duże, komfortowe koła sprawdzają się w każdych warunkach – zarówno na śniegu, jak i w miejskiej dżungli. Bezproblemowo radzą sobie na nierównych terenach, a możliwość zablokowania kół przydaje się na leśnych ścieżkach czy w śnieżnej chlapie. Duże przednie koła ułatwiają pokonywanie nawet wyższych krawężników. Hamulec jest łatwy w obsłudze, można go aktywować nawet boso wciskając stopą, bez konieczności podnoszenia go. Dzięki temu nie niszczymy butów czy nie ranimy stóp, mają np. sandały w porze letniej.     Easywalker JIMMEY – teleskopowa rączka To jedna z moich ulubionych funkcji, która znacząco zwiększa ergonomię i komfort użytkowania wózka. Możliwość regulacji wysokości rączki w zakresie od 99 do 113 cm jest niezwykle praktyczna. Dla nas, rodziców mających po około 160 cm i 180 cm wzrostu, ta opcja jest wręcz idealna. Pozwala nam dostosować wózek do naszej postury, co przekłada się na wygodę prowadzenia i eliminuje niepotrzebne napięcie w ramionach. Dzięki tej regulacji unikamy też tego irytującego kopania w stelaż wózka, każdy spacer staje się przyjemniejszy, a ja mogę skupić się na interakcji z maluszkiem, zamiast mierzyć się z dyskomfortem fizycznym. To szczególnie ważne w dłuższych wyprawach, gdzie komfort prowadzenia wózka ma bezpośredni wpływ na nasze ogólne samopoczucie.     Easywalker JIMMEY – gondola Gondola jest przestronna, wygodna i świetnie wentylowana, idealna na letnie upały i zimowe spacery. Z przodu możemy podnieść sobie kawałek materiału, co umożliwia pełną wentylację. Możliwość podnoszenia nóżek i dużej, osłaniającej budki chroni malucha przed wiatrem, a specjalne osłonki zapewniają świeże powietrze bez przeciągów. W gondoli wózka Easywalker Jimmey znajduje się funkcjonalna osłonka na nóżki, która została zaprojektowana z myślą o optymalnej ochronie maluszka w różnych warunkach pogodowych. Mieszkając nad morzem, gdzie często mamy do czynienia z silnym wiatrem, doceniam to rozwiązanie szczególnie. Osłonka ta jest wystarczająco wysoka, aby zapewnić maluchowi ochronę, a jednocześnie umożliwia swobodny przepływ świeżego powietrza.     Gondola została wyposażona w rączkę, która znacznie ułatwia użytkowanie, zwłaszcza gdy musimy wyciągnąć gondolę z samochodu lub ściągnąć ją ze stelaża. Na co dzień może też służyć jako miejsce do przymocowania zabawek.     Easywalker JIMMEY – materacyk   Materacyk antyrefluksowy w gondoli wózka Easywalker Jimmey to nie tylko komfortowe i solidne podłoże dla maluszka, ale również rozwiązanie przemyślane z dbałością o zdrowie dziecka. Posiada wbudowaną funkcję umożliwiającą jego uniesienie, co jest szczególnie przydatne w pewnych wskazaniach medycznych.   To funkcja również niezwykle przydatna dla maluchów, które jeszcze nie siedzą, ale są ciekawe świata – dzięki niej mogą bezpiecznie obserwować otoczenie.   Dodatkowo, materacyk pokryty jest materiałem z naturalnych włókien Tencel™, które słyną ze swoich wyjątkowych właściwości. Tencel™ charakteryzuje się doskonałą termoregulacją, co jest niezwykle istotne dla zapewnienia optymalnego komfortu cieplnego dziecka w różnych warunkach. Jest to materiał antyalergiczny i antybakteryjny, co czyni go idealnym wyborem dla delikatnej skóry niemowląt.     Easywalker JIMMEY – budka Ogromna budka wózka, używana zarówno w gondoli, jak i spacerówce, to mój absoluty faworyt na skalę wszystkich wózków, z jakich korzystałam – zapewnia doskonałą ochronę przed słońcem, wiatrem i deszczem, eliminując potrzebę dodatkowych osłon. Ma też sporo wentylacji, dzięki czemu pozwala na swobodny przepływ powietrza.     Kluczowe są również zakładki w osłonce wózka i budce, które są tak skonstruowane, że chronią dziecko przed wiatrem, nie ograniczając jednocześnie dostępu do świeżego powietrza. Dzięki temu, nawet podczas wietrznych dni nad morzem, mogę być spokojna o komfort i bezpieczeństwo mojego maluszka.   W przeszłości, korzystając z innych modeli wózków, często musiałam się posiłkować dodatkowymi osłonami czy parasolkami, aby zapewnić dziecku ciepło i ochronę – także przeciwsłoneczną – podczas spacerów. W przypadku Easywalker Jimmey, wszystko jest już wbudowane i zaprojektowane z myślą o maksymalnym komforcie. Nie ma potrzeby używania dodatkowych parasolek czy osłon, ponieważ budka wózka skutecznie chroni także przed słońcem.     Easywalker JIMMEY – spacerówka Spacerówka oferuje 4-stopniową regulację oparcia (również moją ulubioną wersję na płasko – a moje maleństwo uwielbia spać na boczku), regulowany podnóżek i pięciopunktowe pasy. Są one niezwykle wygodne w samej regulacji, ze względu na dostępne 3 haczyki do ich wpinania i wypinania. Można to zrobić nawet na spacerze, kiedy dziecko znajduje się w spacerówce. Mają również zdejmowane ochraniacze na pasy, co zdecydowanie ułatwia utrzymanie czystości. Można włożyć je w każdej chwili do pralki, bez konieczności wypinania całych pasów i rozbierania połowy wózka, jak to bywa w wielu modelach. Ważnym elementem jest również regulowany podnóżek, który pozwala maluszkowi już we wczesnym etapie korzystania ze spacerówki, korzystać z niego i wygodnie oprzeć na nim nóżki.   Siedzisko jest naprawdę spore. Moja córeczka Florka, mająca rok i trzy miesiące, ma jeszcze dużo miejsca nad głową, co daje pewność, że wózek posłuży nam jeszcze przez wiele miesięcy.     Easywalker JIMMEY – kosz na zakupy i inne akcesoria Jednym z kluczowych elementów, który wyróżnia wózek Easywalker Jimmey, jest jego innowacyjny kosz na zakupy. Zamykana na zamek konstrukcja zapewnia bezpieczeństwo przechowywanych przedmiotów i chroni je przed wypadaniem. Jestem wielką fanką tego rozwiązania, szczególnie ze względu na jego pojemność i funkcjonalność. Możliwość wypięcia kosza i zabrania go do domu niczym koszyka na zakupy jest niesamowicie wygodna – nie trzeba przepakowywać zakupów, wystarczy go jedynie odpiąć i zabrać ze sobą. Dodatkowo, kosz posiada specjalne rączki, które sprawiają, że przenoszenie go przypomina noszenie koszyka piknikowego.     Wśród dostępnych akcesoriów do wózka Easywalker Jimmey, moim ulubionym jest także uchwyt na kubek. To mała rzecz, ale ułatwia życie podczas długich spacerów. Dla rodzin, które często odwiedzają restauracje, nieocenione mogą być również adaptery do podnoszenia gondoli czy spacerówki. Pozwalają maluchowi siedzieć na wysokości stołu, co jest wygodne zarówno dla dziecka, jak i jego rodziców.     Dodatkowe akcesoria dostępne do wózka to m.in.: Moskitiera na gondolę i spacerówkę, Folia przeciwdeszczowa na spacerówkę, Tacka na przekąski, Kierownica dla dziecka, Uchwyt na telefon, Lampka LED, Uchwyt na kubek, Dostawka dla starszego dziecka, Adaptery podwyższające do gondoli, Śpiwór do wózka.   Easywalker JIMMEY – kolorystyka Wózek Easywalker Jimmey wyróżnia się nie tylko funkcjonalnością, ale również estetyką, oferując piękne i starannie dobrane kolory tapicerek. Jego design jest klasyczny i minimalistyczny, co doskonale wpisuje się w nowoczesne gusta estetyczne – to coś, co osobiście uwielbiam w wózkach. Wybrałam kolor piaskowy (Sand Taupe), który jest neutralny i pasuje zarówno dla chłopców, jak i dziewczynek.   W ofercie znajdziemy także inne odcienie, które z pewnością przyciągną uwagę wielu rodziców. Do wyboru są takie kolory jak: Indigo Blue – głęboki, elegancki granat, Thyme Green – spokojna i odprężająca zieleń, oraz Iris Grey – uniwersalny, stylowy szary.     Easywalker JIMMEY – składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Proces składania wózka Easywalker Jimmey został zaprojektowany z myślą o maksymalnej wygodzie, co jest istotne dla rodziców ceniących sobie praktyczność. Wózek ten składa się na dwa główne elementy, co jest standardową praktyką w wózkach typu 2w1. Pierwszym krokiem w procesie składania jest zdemontowanie gondoli lub siedziska spacerowego. Ta czynność, choć wymaga chwili dodatkowego wysiłku, pozwala na osiągnięcie bardziej kompaktowego wymiaru wózka po złożeniu, co ułatwia transport i przechowywanie wózka.     Następnie składamy stelaż wózka. Proces ten przebiega dość wygodnie i intuicyjnie, szczególnie w sytuacjach, gdy potrzebujemy szybko złożyć wózek, na przykład podczas przechowywania w bagażniku samochodu. Regulowana rączka wózka przyczynia się do jego większej kompaktowości po złożeniu. Dzięki temu, Easywalker Jimmey zajmuje mniej miejsca niż modele z nieregulowanymi rączkami.     Easywalker JIMMEY – cena Cena wózka Easywalker JIMMEY 2w1 to 4 299 zł – do kupienia tutaj w sklepie firmowym.   Easywalker JIMMEY – podsumowanie Po doświadczeniach z różnymi wózkami dla dwójki moich pierwszych pociech, gdzie faworytami były przede wszystkim Priam i Dubatti One, przyjście na świat trzeciego dziecka skłoniło mnie do zmiany preferencji. Po dokładnym przetestowaniu, Easywalker Jimmey zdecydowanie stał się moim ulubieńcem. Co sprawia, że Easywalker Jimmey przoduje? Przede wszystkim, mniejsza długość stelaża po złożeniu w porównaniu do Cybex Priama jest nie do przecenienia (choć to wciąż spory wózek 2w1), zwłaszcza dla rodziny, która musi optymalizować przestrzeń zarówno w domu, jak i w samochodzie. Budka wózka jest najlepsza w swojej klasie – zapewnia doskonałą ochronę przed warunkami atmosferycznymi, co jest kluczowe podczas spacerów w różnych porach roku. Gondola, wyposażona w świetne wywietrzniki, zapewnia komfort i odpowiednią cyrkulację powietrza, co jest niezwykle ważne dla zdrowia i samopoczucia malucha. Rozkładana na płasko, bardzo wygodna spacerówka, w której dziecko nie zjeżdża na siedzisku dopełnai tej oceny. No i ten wypinany kosz na zakupy – bajka!     Easywalker Jimmey to wózek, który z powodzeniem łączy funkcjonalność, komfort i estetykę. Jest idealnym rozwiązaniem dla rodziców szukających wózka, który sprosta wyzwaniom życia z małym dzieckiem, jednocześnie zapewniając wygodę i bezpieczeństwo. W moim osobistym rankingu wózków 2w1, Easywalker Jimmey zdecydowanie zajmuje teraz miejsce numer jeden.   Rodzinne zdjęcia wykonała: Paula Romanowska Fotografia   Post powstał w ramach współpracy ambasadorskiej z marką Easywalker
- [Rolety rzymskie: idealny dodatek do Twojego wnętrza](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rolety-rzymskie/): Rolety rzymskie to element dekoracyjny okien i jednocześnie wnętrz, który od lat cieszy się ogromną popularnością. Nie bez powodu! Sama do kilku swoich pomieszczeń wybrałam właśnie rolety rzymskie i jestem zachwyca efektem, jaki udało mi się uzyskać. Charakterystyczne dla nich jest to, że podczas podnoszenia, układają się one w regularne, poziome fałdy, przybierając tym samym bardzo estetyczny wygląd.   W dzisiejszych czasach rolety rzymskie możecie dostać niemal w każdym możliwym odcieniu, nie wspominając już o szerokim wyborze tkanin, od delikatnych przezroczystych materiałów przez grubsze, aż po te zaciemniające. Rolety rzymskie to wszechstronne rozwiązanie, które pasuje do każdego wnętrza, bez względu na to, jaki styl w nim dominuje. Rolety rzymskie regulują ilość światła wpadającego do pomieszczenia i pozwalają na zachowanie prywatności. Ich uniwersalność sprawia, że są wybierane zarówno do domów prywatnych, jak i przestrzeni komercyjnych. Rolety rzymskie: ponadczasowy trend w wystroju wnętrz Rolety rzymskie bardzo wpłynęły na współczesne trendy w projektowaniu wnętrz. Niewiele osób wie, że ich historia sięga czasów starożytnego Rzymu. To właśnie w tamtych regionach rolety rzymskie służyły jako ochrona przed kurzem i słońcem. Współcześnie zaczerpnęliśmy z tej tradycji, łącząc klasyczne elementy z nowoczesnymi materiałami i technologiami. Rolety rzymskie przez lata dostosowały się do zmieniających się gustów i potrzeb. Szeroki wybór zarówno kolorów, jak i materiałów, pozwala na ich zastosowanie w różnorodnych stylach wnętrzarskich – od minimalistycznych po te bogato zdobione. Są praktycznym i jednocześnie bardzo modnym elementem wystroju wnętrz.   Jak dobrać rolety rzymskie do wnętrza? Dobór rolety rzymskiej do wnętrza to nie tylko kwestia funkcjonalności, ale przede wszystkim estetyki. Wybierając styl i kolor rolety, zastanów się przez chwilę nad ogólną koncepcją Twojego pomieszczenia. Od tego uzależnij swoje decyzje dotyczące koloru i rodzaju materiału. W przypadku minimalistycznego wystroju wnętrza, świetnie sprawdzą się rolety rzymskie o jednolitych odcieniach i prostych wzorach. Jeśli mamy zaś do czynienia z bardziej eleganckimi wnętrzami, rolety mogą stanowić tu nawet dodatkowy element dekoracyjny. Wówczas można pójść w dopełnienie wnętrza lub postawić na bogate wzory czy intensywne kolory. Roletami rzymskimi można się bawić, jeśli chodzi o wkomponowywanie ich w całość wnętrza. To do nas zależy, jaką rolę będą w nim pełnić. Materiał i kolor rolety rzymskiej odgrywają bardzo istotną rolę w regulacji światła w pomieszczeniu. Jasne, przezroczyste tkaniny będą idealne do pomieszczeń, gdzie zależy nam na jak najbardziej naturalnym świetle. Z kolei ciemniejsze i grubsze materiały będą efektywne w zaciemnianiu pomieszczeń, np. w sypialni czy pokoju dziecka. Można je także łączyć z tradycyjnymi zasłonami, co daje świetny efekt.   Jak zamontować rolety rzymskie? Istnieją cztery sposoby montażu rolet rzymskich:   1. Do ściany – nad otworem okiennym To mój ulubiony sposób, który optycznie powiększa przestrzeń i otwór okienny. Tym sposobem możemy zamontować roletę wysoko – przy samym suficie, aby wyglądała jak zamontowana do sufitu, co może być przydatne w domach, gdzie stropy są wylane np. betonu czy drewniane. Ten sposób montażu sprawdzi się też w sytuacji, gdy odległość między sufitem a ramą okna jest duża tak bardzo, że wizualnie po prostu bardziej podoba nam się zamocowanie rolety do ściany nieco niżej. Ta opcja sprawdzi nam się idealnie także wtedy, gdy pod sufitem mamy zamontowaną ozdobną listwę sztukateryjną, a także przy oknach o niestandardowych rozmiarach lub gdy ramy okienne nie pozwalają na montaż bezpośredni.   2. Do sufitu  Ten sposób montażu jest niemalże analogiczny do sytuacji montażu rolety do ściany, w którym chcemy uzyskać efekt, że roleta jest pod samym sufitem.   3. Bezpośrednio do ramy okna To całkowicie bezinwazyjny sposób montażu rolety rzymskiej – zwykle wystarczy nałożyć uchwyty tak uszytej rolety rzymskiej na otwarte okno i wyregulować śrubokrętem, natomiast osobiście ta forma wydaje mi się najmniej elegancka. Są jednak sytuacje we wnętrzach, gdy okno jest niemalże pod samym sufitem,a my mamy potrzebę często je otwierać i inny montaż rolety powodowałby, że okna nie da się otworzyć – wtedy montaż do ramy ona jest najbardziej komfortowym rozwiązaniem.   4. We wnęce okiennej To taka pośrednia wersja pomiędzy montażem do okna i do ściany czy sufitu, jednak optycznie zmniejsza ona okno, a dodatkowo zwykle po zwinięciu roleta uniemożliwia nam pełne otwarcie okna.   Rolety rzymskie na wymiar Możliwość zamówienia rolet rzymskich na wymiar to ogromna zaleta, szczególnie gdy posiada się dość niestandardowe rozmiary okien lub zależy nam na perfekcyjnym dopasowaniu, podkreślającym atuty naszych wnętrz. Rolety na wymiar zapewniają idealne dopasowanie do ramy czy otworu okiennego, co zapewnia najlepsze efekty estetyczne i lepszą kontrolę nad światłem i prywatnością. Tak też było w moim przypadku. Swoje rolety zamówiłam w firmie Knall. Dzięki możliwości doboru określonego wymiaru, mogłam w pełni dostosować produkt do moich potrzeb.   Jak wymierzyć rolety rzymskie?   1. Podejmij decyzję jak chcesz je zamontować Moje rolety miały pełnić funkcję firan, jednocześnie wpuszczać dużo światła, ale nie pozwalać zaglądać z zewnątrz do środka. Wiedziałam, że chcę je połączyć z zasłonami zaciemniającymi, powieszonymi na karniszu montowanym do sufitu, stąd zdecydowałam się na roletę montowaną do ściany, ale pod samym sufitem, aby sprawiała wrażenie właśnie tej montowanej od sufitu – w naszym domu z betonowym stropem wiercenie w suficie jest po prostu trudniejsze.   2. Zmierz szerokość rolety W przypadku rolety montowanej do okna czy wewnątrz otworu okiennego to ich szerokość decyduje o szerokości rolety, w przypadku montowania rolety do okna czy sufitu polecam, aby roleta zachodziła poza ramę okienną na około 3 centymetry. U mnie tę szerokość wyznaczyła sztukateryjna listwa okalająca otwór okienny – chciałam, aby roleta zachodził na całą szerokość tej listwy.   3. Zmierz wysokość rolety Roletę możesz wyrównać w zależności od sposobu jej montażu do dołu ramy okiennej, do parapetu lub do podłogi. Osobiście zarówno w salonie jak i w pokoju dziecięcym zdecydowałam się na długość rolety do parapetu i do podłogi, w zależności od okna. [zdjęcia]     Jak zamówić roletę rzymska? Krok 1 Na stronie internetowej sklepu wybierz modelu rolety – sposób jej szycia, spośród dwóch dostępnych opcji.   Krok 2 – stopień zaciemnienia W drugim kroku wybrałam stopień zaciemnienia tkaniny spośród 3 opcji:  100% Zaciemniające  Transparentne  Przyciemniające Krok 3 – kolor i materiał, próbki tkanin Następnie, wybrałam kolor i materiał, które mnie interesują i przed podjęciem ostatecznej decyzji zdecydowałam się na zamówienie próbek materiałów. Gdy próbki do mnie doszły, zdecydowałam się do salonu na kolor STUDIO 11 do salonu i STUDIO 15 do pokoju Córeczki, wtedy wróciłam do składania zamówienia, wprowadziłam poprzednie kroki i przeszłam do kolejnego kroku.   Krok 4 – wybór sposobu montażu Bardzo ważnym aspektem jest wybór sposobu montażu – co wpływa na wygląd i funkcjonalność rolety. U mnie decyzja była już podjęta – montaż do ściany, ale pod sufitem.   Krok 5 – Obsługa rolety rzymskiej Pozostał mi już tylko wybór, czy sznureczek do podnoszenia i opuszczania rolety chcę mieć po lewej czy prawej stronie rolety, mamy także wybór opcji automatycznej z silniczkiem, sterowanej na przycisk lub z pilota, kto wie, może w nowym domu zdecyduję się właśnie na taką?   Krok 6 – Wymiary Ostatnim i najważniejszym punktem było zmierzenie szerokości i wysokości okna, aby zapewnić rolety rzymskie idealnie dopasowanie do moich okien, na tym etapie poznałam także dokładną cenę zamawianych produktów.   I tak oto, w kilku prostych krokach zamówiłam rolety „skrojone na wymiar” dla moich okien.   Zmiana materiału w roletach rzymskich Zmiana materiału w roletach rzymskich jest doskonałą opcją dla osób, które po jakimś czasie chciałyby odświeżyć wygląd swojego wnętrza. To proste rozwiązanie i dużo tańsze, niż zakup nowych rolet, które pozwala na zachowanie zamontowanego mechanizmu, a jedynie wymianę tkaniny. Firma Knall ułatwia wybór idealnego materiału poprzez możliwość zamówienia próbek tkanin. Pozwala na ocenę jakości, faktury i koloru we własnym domu, dopasowując materiał do koloru ścian czy tapicerki kanapy. Wystarczy skontaktować się z firmą Knall i wskazać interesujące nas tkaniny. To świetna opcja przed podjęciem ostatecznej decyzji, ponieważ kolory na zdjęciach mogą się czasem różnić od tego, co widzimy gołym okiem.   Gdzie kupić rolety rzymskie? Rolety rzymskie, które ja wybrałam do naszego wnętrza, zamówiłam w firmie Knall. To wiodący producent rolet i osłon okiennych. W swojej ofercie firma Knall ma szeroki wybór produktów o wysokiej jakości, funkcjonalności i estetyce. Wyróżnia się na rynku dzięki indywidualnemu podejściu do każdego klienta i możliwości dostosowania rolet do specyficznych potrzeb.   W ofercie firmy Knall znajdują się rolety rzymskie na wymiar, a także zasłony, żaluzje, moskitiery, markizy, pergole, rolety dachowe, co pozwala na perfekcyjne skompletowanie i dopasowanie produktów do różnorodnych form i wymiarów okien. Firma oferuje bogatą paletę kolorów i materiałów, od klasycznych tkanin po nowoczesne rozwiązania.   Uwielbiam moje wnętrza, które dzięki roletom rzymskim stały się jeszcze bardziej przytulne, domowe i eleganckie. Zachwycam się nimi każdego dnia, bardzo oddają mój charakter.
- [Jak uszyć rolety rzymskie?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-uszyc-rolety-rzymskie/): Jak uszyć rolety rzymskie, aby nadać domowemu wnętrzu elegancki i funkcjonalny charakter? To pytanie spędza sen w powiek wielu z nas. Rolety rzymskie to doskonały wybór dla osób, którym zależy na dodaniu odrobiny luksusu do swojego wnętrza, zachowując jednocześnie jego praktyczność. Rolety rzymskie od tradycyjnych rolet różnią się między innymi tym, że składają się płasko, tworząc gładką, estetycznie przyjemną powierzchnię gdy są opuszczone i elegancko się składają, gdy są podniesione. Są absolutnie ponadczasowe, a różnorodność dostępnych tkanin i wzorów pozwala na dopasowanie rolet rzymskich do każdego wnętrza, bez względu na wykorzystany w nim wcześniej styl. Dodatkowo, rolety rzymskie chronią przed nadmiernym słońcem i pozwalają zachować prywatność wtedy, kiedy jest nam to potrzebne w domowym zaciszu. Jak uszyć rolety rzymskie: wybór materiału Pierwszym krokiem, aby dowiedzieć się, jak uszyć rolety rzymskie, jest wybór odpowiedniego materiału. Tkanina do tego powinna być wystarczająco mocna, aby utrzymać kształt rolety, ale jednocześnie wystarczająco lekka, aby łatwo się składała. Jaki materiał wybrać? Bawełna, len lub mieszanki poliestrowe będą najlepszym wyborem, jeśli chodzi o trwałość i łatwą pielęgnację. Warto też zwrócić uwagę na to, aby tkanina była odporna na blaknięcie, szczególnie jeśli rolety będą wystawione na bezpośrednie działanie promieni słonecznych. Na co jeszcze zwrócić uwagę przy wyborze materiału do rolet rzymskich? Gładkie, jednolite tkaniny pomogą w aranżacji bardziej współczesnego wnętrza, zaś tkaniny z wyraźnym splotem lub wzorem mogą dodać pomieszczeniu charakteru. Jeśli chcesz zapewnić sobie więcej prywatności, sprawdź również przejrzystość materiału, na który się decydujesz. Rolety rzymskie mogą gromadzić kurz i inne zanieczyszczenia, więc tkanina, którą można łatwo prać lub czyścić na sucho, będzie najlepszym wyborem. Niektóre materiały można dodatkowo zaimpregnować, co zwiększa ich odporność na zabrudzenia. Podczas wyboru materiału, pamiętaj także o estetyce Twojego wnętrza. Tkanina rolety powinna komponować się z pozostałymi elementami wystroju. Zastanów się, czy rolety mają być dominującym elementem w pomieszczeniu, czy raczej subtelnym dodatkiem. Jak uszyć rolety rzymskie: krok po kroku Zanim zaczniesz szyć rolety rzymskie, dokładnie zmierz okno z każdej strony. Pamiętaj, aby dodać kilka centymetrów na marginesy po bokach i na dole. Cięcie materiału na rolety rzymskie powinno uwzględniać dodatkowe centymetry na szwy. Pamiętaj o precyzji, aby zapewnić proste linie podczas cięcia. Szycie rolet rzymskich zaczyna się od obrębiania krawędzi. Następnie, należy uszyć kieszonki na pręty, które będą stabilizować roletę. Ostatnim krokiem w nauce, jak uszyć rolety rzymskie, jest zamocowanie akcesoriów takich jak sznurki czy mechanizm rozwijający. Upewnij się, że wszystko jest dobrze zamocowane i bezpieczne. Teraz, gdy wiesz już dokładnie, jak uszyć rolety rzymskie, możesz stworzyć coś wyjątkowego dla swojego domu. Jeśli jednak nie czujesz się pewnie w krawieckich tematach, zawsze możesz zamówić rolety rzymskie u profesjonalnej firmy. Pamiętaj, że sukces leży w szczegółach. Dokładny pomiar jest kluczowy – zawsze zmierz okno dwa razy, aby uniknąć błędów. Upewnij się, że uwzględniasz dodatkowe centymetry na szwy i zagięcia, co zapewni profesjonalny wygląd gotowej rolety. Wybór odpowiedniej tkaniny jest równie ważny. Zastanów się nad funkcjonalnością rolety oraz nad tym, jak będzie współgrała z resztą Twojego wnętrza. Czy potrzebujesz cięższej tkaniny, aby zablokować światło, czy lekkiej i przewiewnej, która doda subtelności pomieszczeniu? Kolor i wzór tkaniny mogą całkowicie zmienić charakter pokoju, więc wybierz mądrze.
- [Pałac Mała Wieś - Oaza spokoju i balsam dla duszy, oka i podniebienia - 40 minut od Warszawy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/palac-mala-wies-blesk-duzy/): Do tej pory na wakacje z dziećmi wybierałam miejsca bardzo im przyjazne, ale takie, w których miałam gwarancję, że nie będą najgłośniejsze ;-), czyli wielkie hotele z niekończącymi się korytarzami do biegania, stworzone w pierwszej kolejności z myślą o rodzicach z dziećmi. Tym razem miałam niezwykłą ochotę, aby spędzić czas nieco inaczej – ciszej, spokojniej, piękniej, ale dalej bardzo wygodnie i to z dwójką żywiołowych Maluchów w wieku 2 i 4,5 lat. Na wsi, ale jednocześnie blisko miasta.   Pałac Mała Wieś – wakacje z dziećmi pod Warszawą Gdy tylko dotarliśmy, zaskoczyło nas, jak spokojne może być miejsce położone tak blisko Warszawy. Chociaż na nasz urlop wybraliśmy się w ścisłym sezonie, a w obiekcie przebywało sporo gości – ba! nawet odbywało się wesele – czuliśmy się często jakbyśmy byli jedynymi gośćmi tej ogromnej posiadłości, gdzie każdy jest w stanie znaleźć swoje odosobnienie. Pałac Mała Wieś jest położony właśnie na wiejskiej posiadłości o powierzchni ponad 30 hektarów – jest tam cudownie i bardzo spokojnie, na kompleks składa się wiele obiektów, a wszystko wygląda jak z obrazka.     Raj dla duszy, oka, podniebienia i… fotografa!   Pałac Mała Wieś zachwyci wszystkich miłośników miejsc z duszą, miłośników architektury i wysmakowanych wnętrz, ponieważ każdy zakątek, zarówno w hotelu, jak i wokół niego jest doskonale zagospodarowany i urządzony z dbałością o najdrobniejsze szczegóły. To miejsce z bogatą historią, która wygląda z każdego rogu miejsca będącego kiedyś domem przyjaciela i doradcy ostatniego króla Polski – Stanisława Augusta Poniatowskiego.     Noclegi Pałac Mała Wieś Zostaliśmy ulokowani w jednej z czterech oficyn rozłożonych wokół głównego budynku pałacu.   A po wyjściu z oficyny w jej progach mieliśmy tak wspaniały i zapierający dech w piersiach widok!     Pałac Mała Wieś – pokoje Nasz pokój składał się z salonu z rozkładaną sofą, na której spał Mikołaj…     …oraz przestronnej sypialni, w której stanęło łóżeczko dziecięce dla Maksia.     Gdy przybyliśmy na miejsce, już czekały już na nas łóżeczko dziecięce i wanienka. Planując wyjazd, sami wybieraliśmy dodatkowe wyposażenie pokoju, co było dla mnie ogromnym udogodnieniem, gdyż nie musiałam zabierać tylu dziecięcych gadżetów ze sobą. W Pałacu Mała Wieś po raz pierwszy spotkałam się również z tym, że jeszcze przed naszym przyjazdem wszystkie kontakty w pokoju zostały zabezpieczone przed Dziećmi.     Restauracja i kuchnia Pałacu Mała Wieś   Restauracja Pałacu Mała Wieś mieści się w historycznym budynku Starej Wozowni.   Codziennie jedliśmy tam śniadania, obiady i kolacje. Do wyboru mieliśmy dania z karty, a każdego dnia mogliśmy spróbować również dania przygotowanego specjalnie przez szefa kuchni, które kelnerzy zawsze proponowali.     Jedzenie było pyszne, przygotowywane ze świeżych, sezonowych składników, a najbardziej smakował mi… chleb! Ten z dodatkiem jabłek był po prostu obłędny i śmiało mogę powiedzieć, że z przyjemnością wróciłabym do tego wyjątkowego miejsca, chociażby po to, aby jeszcze raz spróbować wspaniałego pieczywa.     Miłośnicy wina z pewnością zasmakują w tym lokalnym, polskim.   O to, abyśmy mogli w spokoju rozkoszować się tym, co przygotowała dla nas kuchnia, zadbał restauracyjny kącik dla dzieci – upodobaliśmy sobie stolik w jego bezpośredniej bliskości, a jak widać – nasze Dzieci upodobały sobie sam kącik.     Wśród dań przygotowanych specjalnie dla najmłodszych, nasi Synkowie szczególnie zapamiętali naleśniki i… ziemniaczki purée – serwowane pod uroczą przykrywką.     Atrakcje dla dzieci   Pałac Mała Wieś to zdecydowanie obiekt przyjazny Dzieciom. Na zewnątrz znajduje się duży plac zabaw z pięknym drewnianym domkiem.     Ponieważ wokół pałacu znajdują się przepiękny park i ogrody, a my odwiedziliśmy to miejsce, gdy było ciepło i przyjemnie – mnóstwo czasu spędzaliśmy na dworze. Na zewnątrz znajdziemy boisko do gry w piłkę, a z hotelu możemy wypożyczyć rowerki i kaski. Mikołaj tak zakochał się w swoim pojeździe, że mówił do niego „mój Akcenciku”, każdy dzień zaczynał i kończył w oknie wyglądając, czy na pewno tam na niego czeka, a po powrocie nie mieliśmy wyjścia i musieliśmy kupić mu jego własny rower z pedałami 🙂 piąte urodziny były ku temu idealną okazją.     Hotel organizuje również animacje i warsztaty tematyczne dla Maluszków, a do pokoju można wypożyczyć konsolę Xbox i książki do wspólnego czytania.   Pomimo że ostatniego dnia padał deszcz, nie przeszkadzało nam to, bo w takim miejscu nikt nie będzie się nudził, nawet gdy polska pogoda nie rozpieszcza. Zabraliśmy ze sobą parasole i poszliśmy skakać po kałużach!     Pałac w Małej Wsi Z uwagi na to, że nasze dzieci są… wciąż dziećmi i zwykle robią naokoło siebie sporo hałasu, udało nam się umówić na indywidualne odwiedziny w zabytkowym pałacu poza godzinami jego otwarcia do zwiedzania i pracy przewodnika.     W środku znajduje się też urocza kapliczka, a której można wziąć ślub kościelny lub konkordatowy – to ogromna rzadkość w Polsce!     Wszyscy mieliśmy oczy naokoło głowy – Maksio nawet wpadł w szybę w przepięknym i ogromnym pokoju kąpielowym, a ja… zapragnęłam tu wrócić – tym razem tylko we dwoje. Może najbliższa okrągła 10 rocznica ślubu będzie idealną okazją? No dobrze – 20 też może być 😉     SPA Wspaniałą atrakcją dla zmęczonych Rodziców będzie odrobina wytchnienia w pałacowym SPA. Ogromnie się cieszę, że podczas naszego wyjazdu zdecydowaliśmy jednego dnia zamiennie zająć się dziećmi, aby każde z nas mogło skorzystać z bogatej oferty masaży. Wybrałam masaż świecą i byłam nim zachwycona. Chwila relaksu pozwoliła mi naładować baterie i odzyskać siły do dalszego korzystania z hotelowych atrakcji. W SPA, w Ukrytej Komnacie znajduje się również pokój relaksu i sucha sauna – to idealne miejsce na chwilę wyciszenia.     Herbaciarnia   W pałacu znajduje się również cudowna herbaciarnia, w której zaciszu próbowaliśmy aromatycznych kaw, herbat i przepysznych słodkości. W wakacje odbywają się tam również koncerty muzyki na żywo.   Pałac Mała Wieś Wesela   Oczywiście odwiedzając tak wyjątkowe miejsce, musiałam również przetestować je pod kątem organizacji ślubów i wesel 🙂 Bez wątpienia mogę powiedzieć, a mam duże doświadczenie, że jest to jeden z pięciu najpiękniejszych obiektów na organizację ślubu w Polsce. Na razie oceniłam go pod kątem wizualnym, ale już w następnym roku nasza Wytwórnia Ślubów zorganizuje w Pałacu Mała Wieś ślubną uroczystość dla jednej z naszych wspaniałych Par Młodych, więc będziemy miały okazję dokładnie sprawdzić cały obiekt.   Sale, w których można zorganizować uroczystość, to duże, przestronne i przepiękne pomieszczenia. Nowa Oranżeria została zaprojektowana tak, aby architektonicznie nawiązywała do pomarańczarni z ubiegłych wieków. Znajdziemy tam dwie sale – większa może przyjąć nawet 360 gości, mniejsza pomieści 100 osób. Obie mają przepiękny widok na ogród francuski.       Te okna – idealne tło do świętowania i oczywiście do zdjęć!       Na terenie obiektu znajduje się również Szklarnia – rustykalna przestrzeń powstała z połączenia szkła, drewna i widocznych metalowych konstrukcji doskonale pasuje do uroczystości w klimacie rustykalnym, boho oraz industrialnym.     Różany Ogród, który wchodzi w skład ogrodu w stylu francuskim, to idealne miejsce na sesję rodzinną i ślubną, a sam ogród francuski zachwyca symetrią oraz regularnością kompozycji. Na terenie hotelu znajduje się również przepiękny park angielski, z dwoma stawami, w którym poczujecie bliskość z naturą i odpoczniecie.     We francuskim ogrodzie znajduje się bajeczna Glorieta. Ażurowa kopuła i kryształowy żyrandol oraz majestatyczne kolumny tworzą idealne miejsce na ślub w plenerze. Emanuje z niego miłość, której nie mogliśmy się oprzeć!     Pałac Mała Wieś to raj nie tylko dla Dzieci, ale również dla dorosłych, który wygląda dosłownie jak przepiękny obrazek z Instagrama. Naprawdę nie trzeba szukać idealnych kadrów, wystarczy stanąć w dowolnym miejscu i po prostu zrobić zdjęcie. Chociaż w sezonie hotel przyjmuje wielu Gości, jest to zupełnie nieodczuwalne – kiedy realizowaliśmy nasza sesję rodzinną czuliśmy się, jakbyśmy byli jedynymi gośćmi.  
- [Łazienka w stylu industrialnym](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lazienka-w-stylu-industrialnym/): Łazienka w stylu industrialnym, która zamarzyła nam się w naszym biurze, okazała się sporym wyzwaniem  ciężko było sprostać wymaganiom dwóch różnych gustów. Udało się osiągnąć damsko-męski kompromis, który spowodował opracowanie pięknego projektu. Brzmi jak niemożliwe, ale nam to się udało! Sprawdź, jak na projekcie wyglądało unikalne połączenie kobiecego i męskiego stylu w jednym pomieszczeniu.     Łazienka w stylu industrialnym – projekt   Wizja oraz kompromis w realizacji marzeń Projekt techniczny tego pomieszczenia rozpoczęliśmy od wspólnej decyzji o kontynuacji spójności stylów w naszym biurze. Stanęliśmy przed trudnym zadaniem, jakim było połączenie naszych dwóch odmiennych gustów – moim, czyli lekkiej świeżości jasnych kolorów oraz marzeniach Wojtka o utrzymaniu wyraźnie zaznaczonego męskiego akcentu w całym projekcie.   Funkcjonalne rozwiązania na przyszłość Zarówno ja, jak i Wojtek, chcieliśmy, aby całość była jak najbardziej funkcjonalna, na wypadek gdybyśmy chcieli przerobić w przyszłości nasze biuro na przykład na mieszkanie – w końcu takie było jego pierwotne przeznaczenie. Powodów ku temu może być masa – nasza firma może się rozrosnąć i okażę się za małe, lub też zmieni się jej charakter i będzie za duże. Będzie je wtedy łatwiej sprzedać czy wynająć. To spowodowało, że podjęliśmy decyzję o wykonaniu w biurowej łazience przyłączeń do pralki oraz zapragnęliśmy mieć w naszym biurze prysznic!   Ze względu na biurowy charakter wnętrz nie zdecydowaliśmy się na tradycyjną kabinę prysznicową. Zależało nam, aby ten element stanowił tylko dodatek, a nie odgrywał główną rolę w naszej łazience w stylu industrialnym.   Wspólnie z Wojtkiem postawiliśmy na subtelną, ale nowoczesną konstrukcję. Zamontowany w podłodze odpływ liniowy zabudowaliśmy taflą szkła, którą ze względów bezpieczeństwa postanowiliśmy pokryć czarnymi szprosami. To pozwoliło nam zachować spójność z industrialną szklaną ścianką z metalowymi czarnymi profilami w naszym pokoju konferencyjnym na piętrze.   Pierwszym z problemów, na który natknęłam się w trakcie realizacji, było miejsce, w którym stanąć ma nasz wymarzony prysznic. Z jednej strony ograniczało nas okno, zaś z drugiej – piec gazowy zapewniający nam ciepło – oba nie do ruszenia na tym etapie. Jedyne możliwe miejsce miało finalnie wpływ zarówno na rozmiar prysznica, jak i pozostałe rozwiązania zastosowane w naszej łazience w stylu industrialnym.     Łazienka w stylu industrialnym – płytki W kwestii doboru odpowiednich płytek mieliśmy kilka koncepcji, ale niemal od początku wiedzieliśmy, że bardzo chcielibyśmy wykorzystać rdzawe płytki, które wpisywały się w nasz pomysł łazienki w stylu industrialnym, w których zakochaliśmy się podczas odwiedzin w fabryce Tubądzin rok wcześniej.     Zebraliśmy nasze pomysły w całość i przesłaliśmy komplet inspiracji do naszej architekt –  Eweliny Balcerzak, przebierając nogami na myśl o tym, co uda się jej z tego wszystkiego zaprojektować.   Projekt numer 1 łazienki  w stylu industrialnym   Ścianę za lustrem zdobić miały płytki w ciemnej tonacji z serii Brave Rust STR marki Tubądzin ułożone w jodełkę – w tym wzorze ułożone są podłogi w całym naszym biurze, co dawało piękną kontynuację wizualną, z kolei na podłodze i ścianie prysznica Ewelina zaproponowała jasne płytki.     Jodełka skradła moje serce, Wojtek od razu kupił ten pomysł, ale ja – przyznaję – bałam się, że tak duży i ciemny element będzie mnie przytłaczał – w końcu ja kocham jasne wnętrza. Ewelina zaproponowała więc zachowanie tej propozycji kolorów, ale odwrócić ich udział w pomieszczeniu.   Natomiast jeśli Ty nie boisz się tego koloru, a do tego kochasz miedź – zobacz jaką magiczną łazienkę można wyczarować z tych płytek Brave Rust STR marki Tubądzin!   Płytki: Brave Rust | Zdjęcie: Tubądzin     Projekt 2 łazienki w stylu industrialnym   Szczęśliwie te przepiękne, fakturowane płytki występowały w kilku kolorach i mogliśmy odwrócić całą koncepcję. Na podłodze oraz pod prysznicem położyć nasze ukochane rdzawe płytki Rust Stain Lap marki Tubądzin. Ich barwa to odwzorowanie rdzawej i metalicznej powierzchni, przypominającej nam zatopiony statek, a płytki w jodełkę wybrać w jasnej – dostępnej dla tego modelu wersji kolorystycznej – Brave Platinium STR – Tubądzin.   Pod umywalką obowiązkowo widziałam szafkę, w które można schować wszelkie środki higieniczne, a także zapasy świeżych ręczników czy papieru toaletowego – wszystko po to, aby nasi goście znaleźli w niej czego tylko mogą potrzebować.     Na przeciwnej ścianie zaplanowaliśmy toaletę – gdybyśmy mieli tu głównie mieszkać, zapewne pojawiłby się tutaj także bidet, ale w biurze zdecydowaliśmy się go nie montować. Toaleta wisząca z zabudowanym systemem do spłukiwania wody to już mój must-have – bardzo pomaga w otrzymaniu czystości na co dzień.   Pojawiło się także miejsce na wspomnianą pralkę (w szafie) oraz zabudowę – szafę, w które można przechowywać zapasy, deskę do prasowania czy chemię gospodarczą.       Łazienka w stylu industrialnym – dodatki Oczywistym uzupełnieniem były czarne baterie i dodatki takie jak przycisk spłukujący, wieszaczki, szczotka do wc czy śmietnik – pasujące do baterii w naszej czarnej kuchni oraz toalecie na piętrze. Do tego wszystkiego dodaliśmy także szafkę w kolorze drewna, aby ocieplić wnętrze.   Gotowa na efekt końcowy? Zrealizowana łazienka jest tutaj.
- [Online English learning for kids](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nauka-angielskiego-online/): Learning English online is becoming commonplace. In the past, language courses were the most popular among all possible online learning subjects. Now, in the age of a pandemic, distance learning in schools in all subjects is a fact – it is not known how long it will last. Recently we tried out angelic learning online with Santa. How did we do? Who knows me knows that giving children a smartphone, tablet or computer from an early age… that’s not me. We try to isolate children from these absorbing objects for as long as possible. But let’s face it – it cannot go on forever.   Our Mikołaj started kindergarten in September – a year ago we faced a choice whether to enroll him in kindergarten or leave him in kindergarten. We decided on the second option. Fortunately in this regard he had missed the troublesome distance-learning experience. However, we are aware that in a few months he will go to the first grade and although I keep my fingers crossed for the first one for everything to return to normal, we do not know how long it will take remote learning, its alternating interruption and restoration. I felt that I’d like to get Mikuś to get used to remote learning. The real one, when you have to take the time, sit down in peace and focus.   Of course, Mikołaj has the opportunity to attend full-time English lessons with his peers, but we did not choose due to the pandemic, limit the number of places we visit – due to my work, 10 days before each training session, I stayed at home with the children so as not to end up in quarantine or isolation and I did not want an additional meeting place.   So we invited learning English at home in the online formula. What have we chosen and what are our impressions?   Learning English online   From online English courses available on the web we bet on AllRight.com. Before deciding and purchasing a lesson package, you can come here arrange a trial lesson.   English lessons are held at any timewhen it suits us best – before school, after school or on Saturday or Sunday. You can choose from hours from 7 to 22, so the fan is huge!   There are two options for learning English online on Allright.com: individual lessons + lessons in a conversation club and group classes in groups of up to 5 people.   So far, we have used the first option. How was it?   She suited us very well lesson length: 25 to 55 minutes, depending on the age and needs of the child. We chose this one lasting 25 minuteswhich is almost half the duration of a school lesson. Perfect – it seems short, but my child probably wouldn’t spend more time sitting there in focus and learning English online at AllRight.com can be undertaken by any toddler already from 4!     What we really liked is the way we learn. Lessons on the platform are not learning videos, a a real meeting with a language teacher. This allows the child to feel like they are in a real lesson. It is important because of this learning English online is interactive. Teachers experienced in working with children at AllRigt.com combine the Cambridge communication method with the TPR technique (learning new words and phrases through movement, imitation).     Our English lesson     As I speak English very well myself, I was a bit worried about how Mikołaj’s teacher would conduct the classes. However, I was positively surprised – Mrs. Joanna does great approach to children, cool methods and great pronunciation (at the end of the post you can listen to – I shot a few frames of the movie).     As already mentioned, an interactive way to learn made it there was no boredom – apart from conversations with the teacher, animations in the form of teddy animals related to the lesson thematically, there was also a cheerful fox Charlie on the screen, which encouraged to repeat words or colorful boards depicting pictures – for example pens in different colors, and Santa was to indicate under which the number is the „green pen”. There was also a memorization song at the end.     Mikołaj was also motivated by the 'promotion’ system when for each completed activity, he received a star.     The great thing is that after each lesson, you will receive an email with the phrases your child has learnedso that you can repeat and consolidate knowledge with your child, which is the basis of learning. I wrote down these phrases on my phone myself and several times a day every day, whether in the car or waiting for the pancakes to fry, we consolidate learning. Even my mum who doesn’t speak english is great with these phrases so if you did not feel strong enough to support your child in learning, I will say more – you will refresh your knowledge yourself in this easy way, sitting next to you or receiving e-mails.   I was a little scared how Mikołaj, a beginner in English, will cope in a conversation club, but this 25-minute lesson with the teacher and 3 other people was also very fun – the children are at the same level but have different levels of acquired knowledge, which is very motivating and also allows you to get used to learning in a group that is waiting for Santa at schooland not just individual. He must practice concentration whether to learn that each child has a chance to answer. Basically, the learning was about visual aids and learning new words, answering questions and singing together.   I have a few film frames for you from an individual lesson:     Receive a free online lesson And you with the baby I invite you to the first free one online lessons for children – there’s nothing like checking yourself how it all looks.   Additionally, receive a discount code And when you have made up your mind, I have one for you rebate code: AKUDELA. What can you gain from it? Each new student who purchases any class package with this code will receive 2 extra lessons for free.   With us, these lessons turned out to be a shot at 10! Not only with we learn English successfully, but also sense of urgency and regularity and in the new reality – thanks to this I believe that Mikołaj will not be surprised by the fact that from September not all classes will be held in the new school, which he is waiting for so much.
- [Morning breathing session](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/poranna-sesja-oddychania/): I have prepared for you a list of several recordings that are ideal for a morning breathing session. It’s just 3 minutes for you to look inside yourself, feel gratitude and joy that you are, and ultimately crumb by crumb, step by step, she changed her attitude towards what happens to us.   Before I start my morning breathing session, at least I open my window wide – a minimalist version when I’m very tired, sleepy, cold, or it’s still dark outside. It is also an ideal version to introduce the habit of your morning breathing session in small steps.   In the maxi version, I dress warmly and go out to the balcony. The blindfold also helps me a lot – then I limit stimuli and focus better on the sensations from the body.   If you only have 5 minutes: open the window wide sit comfortably on the bed or jump back under the warm quilt turn the song Holy to YouTube or Spotify close your eyes and feel into everything you feel, fill yourself with gratitude for feeling that you can hear, that you are breathing fresh air …   If you have 10 or 15 minutes: open the window wide or dress warmly and go out to the balcony enable meditation for peace and gratitude (15 minutes) or for positive thinking (10 minut)   Remember to write down five things for which you are grateful. But there is no rush here, as you prefer, you can do it even before bedtime.   I hug you and keep my fingers crossed for you: *
- [Poranna sesja oddychania](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/poranna-sesja-oddychania/): Przygotowałam dla Ciebie listę kilku nagrań, które idealnie nadają się na poranną sesję oddychania. Wystarczą już 3 minuty, abyś zajrzała w głąb siebie, poczuła wdzięczność i radość z tego, że jesteś, a docelowo okruszek po okruszku, kroczek po kroczku zmieniła całe swoje nastawienie do tego, co nas spotyka.   Zanim zacznę poranną sesję oddychania, przynajmniej otwieram na oścież okno – taka wersja minimalistyczna, jak jestem bardzo zmęczona, niewyspana, zmarznięta, albo na dworze jest jeszcze ciemno. Jest to też idealna wersja, aby małymi krokami wprowadzić nawyk porannej sesji oddychania.   W wersji maxi ubieram się ciepło i wychodzę na balkon. Bardzo pomaga mi też opaska na oczy – wtedy ograniczam bodźce i skupiam się lepiej na odczuciach z ciała.   Jeśli masz tylko 5 minutek: otwórz szeroko okno usiądź wygodnie na łóżku albo wskocz z powrotem pod ciepłą kołdrę włącz utwór Holy  na YouTube lub Spotify zamknij oczy i wczuj się we wszystko, co odczuwasz, napełnij się wdzięcznością, za to, że czujesz, że słyszysz, że oddychasz świeżym powietrzem…   Jeśli masz 10 lub 15 minut: otwórz szeroko okno lub ubierz się ciepło i wyjdź na balkon włącz medytację na spokój i wdzięczność (15 minut) lub na pozytywne myślenie (10 minut)   Pamiętaj po wszystkim zapisać 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna. Ale tu już nie ma pośpiechu, jak wolisz, możesz to zrobić nawet przed snem.   Ściskam Cię i trzymam za Ciebie kciuki :*  
- [Beach toys](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-na-plaze/): How to make our kids have fun during warm days, spent together on the beach or in the garden? Check out what we have added to our collection of Maks and Mikołaj toys during this year’s holiday. Get inspired and make your little ones happy. I am convinced that our proposals will guarantee them many hours of fun.             Beach toys     With the beginning of summer holidays, the time has come to replenish the boys’ toy collection. On sunny and warm days, the best place to play is of course the beach or our little garden. Boys love to spend their free time outdoors. They have a lot of fun playing together. By organizing their free time during this period, I try not only to have fun, but also to be safe, and the fun itself brings educational benefits. Today I will show you my way and my suggestions to diversify our little ones’ free time.     A boat       Seafaring games in being the captain of a ship is undoubtedly the favorite game of every boy. The imagination of our children knows no bounds, and thanks to the design the Zsilt boat games become even more interesting. The toy consists of two elements. A separate element is a sail, which in the blink of an eye becomes a triangular mold perfect for playing in the sand.     It is very nice that the toy is made of 100% recycled plastic, which makes it friendly to our natural environment.     Collapsible bucket       What would our kids’ games in a sandbox be without an irreplaceable bucket. Have a must in the collection of backyard toys for every child. Unfortunately, the toy often becomes difficult to transport to more distant places due to its large dimensions. Folding is the perfect solution Mini Silicone Bucket with a Scrunch Spatula  perfect for an airplane or a mummy’s purse. It will undoubtedly save every walk or trip with our kids. After folding, the toy becomes a small harmonica, which you can change into your child’s favorite toy with one movement. A solution thanks to which you will undoubtedly win the title of the Mother of the Year in the eyes of your children.     A spatula and a sand strainer       It undoubtedly becomes an indispensable duo for all little fans of playing in the sand Zsilt paddle and sand strainer. In the handles of both there are holes that act as a funnel, which will additionally diversify the fun of our children. Thanks to them, you can also put toys one inside another and create a set of toys that are convenient to take on a trip.     Sand molds       Who of us adults does not remember the endless games of sand cakes. Extremely absorbing and educational fun for each child. Mikołaj and Maksio love all kinds of animals and sea accents. We chose together Scrunch silicone sand mold set.   Thanks to the soft material from which the molds were made, every grandmother will be successful. They will fit in any purse or luggage, ensuring great fun for every child, both on the beach, in the sandbox and in the bath.     Moomin figurines     Toys perfect for playing adventures that Moomins themselves never dreamed of. Maksiu and Mikołaj are in love with the famous fairy tale „Moomin Valley” thanks to the set figurines of „Moomins” for bathing, whose protagonists are Moomin, Migotka and Mała Mi, playing together becomes even more interesting and enjoyable. The figurines wonderfully develop the imagination of our children, guaranteeing them fun for long hours.   The figures are made of a material that is pleasant to the touch. They are perfect for playing in water, sand, but also at home. The set includes a plastic, blue bathtub that perfectly complements the entire set.     Inflatable pool       Often, when we go on vacation, the pools we are in are too deep for younger children. The perfect solution for mothers who are faced with the challenge of saving their children’s water games is inflatable poolthat you can easily hide in any bag and take it out at the right moment, making your baby extremely happy. Just inflate it, throw in a few of your favorite toys and it’s ready to play for hours. Our Liewood pool He has been with us for 3 years and I feel that this is not the last holiday together.   Sunglasses       When organizing our youngest games in the open air, we should not forget about sun protection. Then you need – a cap with a visor, a UV stand and glasses with UV filters. The sun’s rays are a factor that is harmful to the eyes of our little ones. Let’s not forget to protect them from an early age. This year we chose classic but beautiful ones Elle Porte Ranger sunglasses – Buff 3-10 years, which come in many colors, and the universal model will be perfect for a boy and a girl.   To complete the set, Maksio put on his children’s UV outfit from Lassig – the shorts have a special diaper, but this year we washed it and got airy, loose shorts for the next year.   What are your water hits? Be sure to let me know so that I know what to buy next year.
- [Zabawki na plażę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-na-plaze/): Jak sprawić frajdę naszym pociechom podczas ciepłych dni, spędzanych wspólnie na plaży czy też w ogródku? Sprawdź co podczas tegorocznych wakacji dodaliśmy do naszej kolekcji zabawek Maksia i Mikołaja. Zainspiruj się i spraw radość swoim Maluszkom. Jestem przekonana, że nasze propozycje zagwarantują im wielogodzinną zabawę.           Zabawki na plażę     Wraz z rozpoczynającymi się wakacjami, przyszedł czas na uzupełnienie kolekcji zabawek chłopców. W słoneczne i ciepłe dni najlepszym miejscem zabaw staje się oczywiście plaża czy także nasz mały ogródek. Chłopcy uwielbiają spędzać wolny czas na świeżym powietrzu. Wspólna zabawa sprawia im wiele radości. Organizując ich wolny czas w tym okresie staram się nie tylko aby dobrze się bawili, ale byli także bezpieczni, a sama zabawa przynosiła korzyści edukacyjne. Dziś pokażę Wam mój sposób oraz moje propozycje na urozmaicenie wolnego czasu naszych Maluszków.     Łódeczka       Marynarskie zabawy w bycie kapitanem statku to bez wątpienia ulubiona zabawa każdego chłopca. Wyobraźnia naszych dzieci nie zna granic, a dzięki designerskiej łódeczce Zsilt zabawy stają się jeszcze ciekawsze. Zabawka składa się z dwóch elementów. Oddzielnym elementem jest żagiel, który w mgnieniu oka staje się idealną do zabaw w piasku trójkątną foremką.     Bardzo fajnie, że zabawka jest w 100% wykonana z plastiku pochodzącego z recyklingu, dzięki czemu jest przyjazna naszemu środowisku naturalnemu.     Składane wiaderko       Czymże byłyby zabawy naszych pociech w piaskownicy bez niezastąpionego wiaderka. Have must w kolekcji podwórkowych zabawek każdego dziecka. Niestety często ze względu na okazałe gabaryty zabawka staje się trudna do transportu w odleglejsze miejsca. Idealnym rozwiązaniem jest składane Mini Silikonowe wiaderko z łopatką Scrunch  idealne do samolotu czy mamusiowej torebki. Bez wątpienia uratuje ono każdy spacer czy wycieczkę z naszymi pociechami. Po złożeniu zabawka staje się niewielkich rozmiarów harmonijką, którą za pomocą jednego ruchu zmienisz w ulubioną zabawkę dziecka. Rozwiązanie, dzięki któremu bez wątpienia w oczach swoich dzieci zyskasz tytuł Mamy Roku.     Łopatka i sitko do piasku       Niezastąpionym duetem dla wszystkich małych fanów zabawy w piasku bez wątpienia staje się łopatka i sitko do piasku Zsilt. W rączkach obu znajdują się dziurki, które pełnią funkcję lejka, który dodatkowo urozmaici zabawę naszych pociech. Dzięki nim można także włożyć zabawki jedną w drugą i stworzyć wygodny do zabrania w podróż zestaw zabawek.     Foremki do piasku       Któż z nas dorosłych nie pamięta niekończących się zabaw w babki z piasku. Niezwykle pochłaniająca, a zarazem edukacyjna zabawa dla każdego z dziecka. Mikołaj i Maksio uwielbiają różnego rodzaju zwierzątka czy morskie akcenty. Wspólnie wybraliśmy zestaw silikonowych foremek do piasku Scrunch.   Dzięki miękkiemu materiałowi, z których zostały wykonane foremki, każda babka będzie udana. Zmieszczą się w każdej torebce, czy też bagażu zapewniając świetną zabawę każdemu dziecku zarówno na plaży, w piaskownicy jak i w kąpieli.     Muminkowe figurki     Zabawki idealne do odgrywania przygód o jakich nie śniło się samym Muminkom. Maksiu i Mikołaj są zakochani w słynnej bajce ” Dolina Muminków”, dzięki zestawowi figurki „Muminki” do kąpieli, których bohaterami są Muminek, Migotka i Mała Mi, wspólne zabawy stają się jeszcze bardziej ciekawe i przyjemne. Figurki cudownie rozwijają wyobraźnię naszych pociech, gwarantując im zabawę na długie godziny.   Figurki wykonane są z przyjemnego w dotyku materiału. Sprawdzą się idealnie do zabawy w wodzie, piasku, ale także w domu. W zestawie znajduje się plastikowa, niebieska wanienka idealnie dopełniająca cały zestaw.     Basenik dmuchany       Często gdy wybieramy się na wakacje, baseny w których przebywamy my są zbyt głębokie dla młodszych dzieci. Idealnym rozwiązaniem dla Mam, które stanęły przez wyzwaniem uratowania wodnych zabaw swoich pociech, jest dmuchany basenik, który bez problemu schowasz do każdej torby i wyciągniesz w odpowiednim momencie, sprawiając niesamowitą radość Twojego Maluszka. Wystarczy go nadmuchać, wrzucić kilka ulubionych zabawek i gotowa zabawa na wiele godzin. Nasz basenik marki Liewood jest z nami od 3 lat i coś czuję, że to nie ostatnie wspólne wakacje.   Okularki przeciwsłoneczne       Organizując zabawy naszych najmłodszych na świeżym powietrzu nie zapominajmy o ochronie przeciwsłonecznej. Niezbędne są wtedy – czapka z daszkiem, stój UV oraz okulary z filtrami UV. Promienie słoneczne są czynnikiem szkodliwym dla oczu naszych Maluszków. Nie zapominajmy chronić ich od najmłodszych lat. My w tym roku wybraliśmy klasyczne, ale śliczne okulary przeciwsłoneczne Elle Porte Ranger – Buff 3-10 lat, które występują w wielu kolorach, a uniwersalny model sprawdzi się dla chłopca i dla dziewczynki.   Do kompletu Maksio założył swój dziecięcy strój UV od Lassig – spodenki mają specjalną pieluszkę, ale w tym roku ją wypruliśmy i zyskaliśmy przewiewne, luźne spodenki na kolejny rok.   A jakie są Wasze wodne hity? Koniecznie daj znać, abym wiedziała w co się zaopatrzyć za rok.
- [# NieJesteśSama - Lost Children's Day](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niejestessama-dzien-dziecka-utraconego/): Exactly 8 years ago, a few moments after the last guests left our wedding weekend, after the farewell breakfast, the bleeding started … Instead of my honeymoon trip, I was saying goodbye to our third child in the Zakopane hospital under the peaks of the Tatra Mountains. We named him Luiza.     I am not alone – and neither are you   I am hugging Agnieszka
- [#NieJesteśSama - Dzień Dziecka Utraconego](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niejestessama-dzien-dziecka-utraconego/):     Dokładnie 8 lat temu, kilka chwil po tym, jak ostatni goście wyjechali z naszego ślubnego weekendu po pożegnalnym śniadaniu zaczęło się krwawienie… Zamiast podróży poślubnej, pod szczytami Tatr w zakopiańskim szpitalu żegnałam się z naszym Trzecim dzieckiem. Daliśmy mu na imię Luiza.             Nie jestem sama – i Ty też nie jesteś   Przytulam Agnieszka
- [Najczęściej popełniane błędy w organizacji wesela- Ekspert w Dzień dobry TVN – obejrzyj odcinek](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/najczesciej-popelniane-bledy-w-organizacji-wesela-ekspert-w-dzien-dobry-tvn-obejrzyj-odcinek/): W drodze na rodzinne wakacje do Międzyzdrojów zadzwoniła do mnie produkcja Dzień dobry TVN z zapytaniem jakie są najczęstsze błędy popełniane przez młode pary przy organizacji wesela – czyli jednym z moich ulubionych, a więc dzielenia się poradami o tym, jak ich unikać. Uwielbiam dzielić się wiedzą i doświadczeniem zdobytymi przez 13 lat prowadzenia agencji ślubnej Wytwórnia Ślubów i 8 lat dzielenia się wiedzą o tym jak zostać wedding plannerem i odnieść sukces w mojej Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów – to niezwykłe okazje, które pozwalają przekuć błędy w lekcje, a jeśli jeszcze mogę skorzystać z ogromnej oglądalności telewizji śniadaniowej i nieść ślubną edukację dalej – oto jestem    W kanapowym kąciku zasiadłam tym razem z Dorotą Wellman i Marcinem Prokopem, a następne dwa wejścia miałam z Robert Stockingerem – cudowne dziennikarskie trio, zobacz sama.     Już teraz możesz obejrzeć cały odcinek, a tutaj mam dla Ciebie jeszcze kilka zdjęć ze studia.   Windą na ostatnie piętro do studia – oczywiście w trampkach i minimalistyczny make-up.   Odwieczne pytanie idąc do telewizji – malować się samemu, czy oddać w ręce profesjonalistów. Kiedyś zdarzyło mi się, że w studiu było takie opóźnienie, że na makijaż miałyśmy 8 minut, od tamtej pory maluję się sama w wersji mini i proszę na miejscu tylko o piękne oko i konturowanie      Makijaż gotowy, jeszcze tylko zmienię trampki na ulubione szpilki…     I jestem      Czekam na swoje wejście i taki widok mam z kanapy na studio kuchenne, w którym mam wrażenie najwięcej dzieje się za kulisami      Juhu! Mój ulubiony moment to ten, w którym otrzymuję od Was te zdjęcia z Waszych telewizorów i tyle miłych słów!   Tym razem oprócz 3 wejść na antenę byłam ekspertem na czacie, więc spędziłam na panie cały odcinek, natomiast panuje tam tak cudowna atmosfera, że z największą przyjemnością tak spędziłam całe przedpołudnie.        A potem miałam szczęście pójść na urodzinowy brunch z cudowną Magdaleną Mizerą – fotografką ślubną i naszą nadworną fotografką rodzinną i biznesową – Magda od lat odpowiada za jakieś 50% naszych profesjonalnych zdjęć i nie sposób było, a jest tak wrażliwą i wspaniałą osobą, że nie było chybasposobu na to, aby nie nawiązała się między nami ta niewidzialna nić porozumienia. Dziękuję Madziu <3       A na koniec Złote Tarasy – jakby w Gdyni Massimo Dutti nie było  to jednak na wyjeździe (i bez dzieci) zakupy smakują lepiej      Dziękuję, za tę wspólną podróż i do zobaczenia!  
- [The most common mistakes when organizing a wedding - Expert in Dzień Dobry TVN - watch the episode](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/najczesciej-popelniane-bledy-w-organizacji-wesela-ekspert-w-dzien-dobry-tvn-obejrzyj-odcinek/): On my way to a family holiday in Międzyzdroje, the production called me Good morning TVN asking what are the most common mistakes made by young couples when organizing a wedding – one of my favorites, sharing tips on how to avoid them. I love sharing the knowledge and experience gained over 13 years of running the Wytwórnia Ślubów wedding agency and 8 years sharing knowledge about how to become a wedding planner and be successful in my career Academy of Wedding Studios – these are extraordinary opportunities that make it possible turn mistakes into lessons, and if I can still take advantage of the huge viewership of breakfast television and take wedding education further – here I am    This time I sat down in the sofa corner with… Dorota Wellman and Marcin Prokop, and the next two entries were from Robert Stockinger – a wonderful journalistic trio, see for yourself.     You can now watch the full episode, and here I have a few more photos from the studio for you.   Take the elevator to the top floor to the studio – in sneakers and minimalist make-up, of course.   The eternal question when going to TV – should you do your makeup yourself or leave it to professionals? It once happened to me that there was such a delay in the studio that we had 8 minutes for makeup, since then I have been doing my own make-up in the mini version and on the spot I only ask for a beautiful eye and contouring 🙂     The makeup is ready, just one more thing I will change my sneakers for my favorite high heels…     And here I am 🙂     I’m waiting for my entrance and this is the view from the couch of the kitchen studio, where I feel like most of what’s going on behind the scenes      Juhu! My favorite moment is when I am receiving these photos from your TVs and so many nice words!   This time except 3 times I went on the air, I was a chat expert, so I spent the entire episode there, but there is such a wonderful atmosphere that I spent the entire morning there with great pleasure.        And then I was lucky enough to go on birthday brunch with wonderful Magdalena Mizera – wedding photographer and our court family and business photographer – Magda has been responsible for about 50% of our professional photos for years and it was impossible, and she is such a sensitive and wonderful person that there was probably no way for this invisible thread of communication between us not to be established. Thank you, Madzia <3       And finally, Złote Tarasy – as if Massimo Dutti wasn’t in Gdynia , it is When you go away (and without children), shopping tastes better : )     Thank you for this journey together and see you soon!  
- [Easywalker Jimmey](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-jimmey/): Choosing a stroller for our child is one of those decisions that seems almost as important as choosing a name. It is our companion for long walks, trips to the park, and sometimes even a traveling companion in the most unexpected adventures. As a mother of three children, I have already gone through various stages and requirements when it comes to strollers. Each had its pros and cons, but none were as versatile as Easywalker Jimmey . This is a stroller that perfectly reflects the needs of my family – from comfort of use to safety and style. Let me tell you why this model deserves my full trust.   Easywalker JIMMEY – stroller test   Easywalker Jimmey is exceptionally versatile, coping well on a variety of terrains, from city sidewalks to forest paths, thanks to solid, large wheels. The seat, which can be folded flat, guarantees comfort for the baby in every situation. The stroller’s gondola, in addition to being spacious, provides adequate ventilation, which is crucial in various weather conditions. Additionally, the elegant design and practical accessories make the Easywalker Jimmey the perfect companion for both daily walks or trips. I’ve already had the opportunity to test both the gondola version and the stroller version and I must admit… it was a hit!     Easywalker JIMMEY – frame and wheels   The first thing that catches the eye with the Easywalker Jimmey is its solidity. Large, comfortable wheels they work well in all conditions – both both in the snow and in the urban jungle. They can handle uneven terrain without any problems, and the ability to lock the wheels is useful on forest paths or in snowy conditions. Large front wheels make it easier to overcome even higher curbs. The brake is easy to operate, you can even activate it barefoot by pressing it with your foot, without having to lift it. Thanks to this, we do not destroy our shoes or injure our feet, e.g. they have sandals in the summer.     Easywalker JIMMEY – telescopic handle This is one of my favorite features that significantly increases the ergonomics and comfort of using the stroller. The handle height can be adjusted from 99 to 113 cm is extremely practical. For us, parents who are about 160 cm and 180 cm tall, this option is perfect. It allows us to adjust the stroller to our posture, which translates into driving comfort and eliminates unnecessary tension in the arms. Thanks to this adjustment, we also avoid the annoying kicking of the stroller frame, each walk becomes more pleasant, and I can focus on interacting with the baby instead of dealing with physical discomfort. This is especially important on longer trips, where the comfort of driving the stroller has a direct impact on our overall well-being.     Easywalker JIMMEY – gondola The gondola is spacious, comfortable and well ventilated, perfect for summer heat and winter walks. We can lift a piece of material at the front, which allows for full ventilation. The ability to raise the legs and a large, protective canopy protect the baby from the wind, and special covers provide fresh air without drafts. There is a functional carrycot in the Easywalker Jimmey stroller leg cover, which has been designed to optimally protect your baby in various weather conditions. Living by the sea, where we often have to deal with strong winds, I especially appreciate this solution. This cover is high enough to protect your little one while allowing fresh air to flow freely.     The gondola is equipped with: handle, which makes it much easier to use, especially when we need to remove the carrycot from the car or remove it from the frame. It can also be used as a place for everyday use to attach toys.     Easywalker JIMMEY – mattress   Anti-reflux mattress in the carrycot of the Easywalker Jimmey stroller is not only a comfortable and solid base for the baby, but also a solution thought out with care for the child’s health. It has a built-in one function that allows it to be lifted, which is particularly useful in certain medical indications.   This function is also extremely useful for children who cannot sit yet but are curious about the world – thanks to it they can safely observe their surroundings.   Additionally, the mattress is covered material made of natural Tencel™ fibers, which are famous for their unique properties. Tencel™ is characterized by excellent thermoregulation, which is extremely important to ensure optimal thermal comfort of the child in various conditions. It is a material antiallergic and antibacterial, making it the perfect choice for babies’ delicate skin.     Easywalker JIMMEY – hood A huge stroller canopy, used in both the gondola and the stroller, is my absolute favorite on a scale with all the strollers I have used – it provides excellent protection against sun, wind and rain, eliminating the need for additional covers. Has too lots of ventilation, which allows for free air flow.     The pleats in the stroller cover and the hood are also crucial as they are designed to protect the child from the wind without limiting access to fresh air. Thanks to this, even on windy days at the seaside, I can be sure about the comfort and safety of my baby.   In the past, when using other stroller models, I often had to use additional covers or umbrellas to provide the child with warmth and protection – also from the sun – during walks. With the Easywalker Jimmey, everything is already built-in and designed for maximum comfort. There is no need to use additional umbrellas or covers, because the stroller’s canopy also effectively protects against the sun.     Easywalker JIMMEY – stroller The stroller offers 4-step backrest adjustment (also my favorite version flat – and my baby loves to sleep on his side), adjustable footrest and five-point harness. They are extremely convenient to adjust due to the 3 hooks available for attaching and detaching them. You can even do this on a walk, when the child is in the stroller. They also have removable ones belt protectors, which makes it much easier to keep clean. You can put them in the washing machine at any time, without having to unfasten the entire belts and dismantle half of the stroller, as is the case with many models. It is also an important element adjustable footrest, which allows the baby to use the stroller at an early stage and comfortably rest its legs on it.   The seat is really big. My daughter Florka, who is one year and three months old, still has a lot of space above her head, which ensures that the stroller will serve us for many more months.     Easywalker JIMMEY – shopping basket and other accessories One of the key elements that makes the Easywalker Jimmey stroller stand out is its innovative shopping basket. Lockable on the lock the design ensures the safety of stored items and protects them against falling out. I am a big fan of this solution, especially because of its capacity and functionality. Possibility unplugging the basket and taking it home like a shopping basket is incredibly convenient – no need to repack purchases, you just need to unfasten it and take it with you. Additionally, it has a basket special handles, which make carrying it like carrying a picnic basket.     Among the available accessories for the Easywalker Jimmey stroller, this is also my favorite cup holder. It’s a small thing, but it makes life easier on long walks. For families who often visit restaurants, they can also be invaluable adapters for lifting the gondola or stroller. They allow the toddler to sit at table height, which is comfortable for both the child and his parents.     Additional accessories available for the stroller include: Mosquito net for the gondola and stroller, Rain cover for a stroller, snack tray, steering wheel for a child, phone holder, LED lamp, cup holder, Extra bed for an older child, Raising adapters for gondolas, Sleeping bag for the stroller.   Easywalker JIMMEY – colors The Easywalker Jimmey stroller stands out not only for its functionality, but also for its aesthetics, offering beautiful and carefully selected upholstery colors. His the design is classic and minimalist, which fits perfectly into modern aesthetic tastes – this is something that I personally love in strollers. I chose the sand color (Sand Taupe), which is neutral and suits both boys and girls.   The offer also includes other shades that will certainly attract the attention of many parents. You can choose from the following colors: Indigo Blue – deep, elegant garnet, Thyme Green – calm and relaxing green, and Iris Gray – universal, stylish Gray.     Easywalker JIMMEY – folding and size after folding The folding process of the Easywalker Jimmey stroller has been designed for maximum convenience, which is important for parents who value practicality. This stroller consists of two main elements, which is standard practice in 2-in-1 strollers. The first step in the assembly process is to dismantle the gondola or stroller seat. This activity, although it requires some additional effort, allows the stroller to become more compact when folded, making it easier to transport and store the stroller.     Next we fold the stroller frame. This process is quite convenient and intuitive, especially in situations when we need to quickly fold the stroller, for example when storing it in the trunk of a car. The adjustable handle of the stroller makes it more compact when folded. Thanks to this, Easywalker Jimmey takes up less space than models with non-adjustable handles.     Easywalker JIMMEY – price The price of the Easywalker JIMMEY 2in1 stroller is on average around PLN 5000-6000.   After experiences with various strollers for my first two children, where the favorites were primarily Priam and Dubatti One, the birth of my third child made me change my preferences. After thorough testing, Easywalker Jimmey has definitely become my favorite. What makes Easywalker Jimmey excel? First of all, the shorter frame length after folding compared to Priam’s Cybex cannot be overestimated (although it is still a large 2-in-1 stroller), especially for a family that needs to optimize space both at home and in the car. The stroller’s canopy is the best in its class – provides excellent protection against weather conditions, which is crucial when walking in different seasons. The gondola, equipped with excellent ventilation, ensures comfort and proper air circulation, which is extremely important for the health and well-being of the baby. A very comfortable stroller that folds flat, in which the child does not slide down the seat to complete this assessment. And this one detachable shopping basket – a fairy tale!     Easywalker Jimmey is a stroller that successfully combines functionality, comfort and aesthetics. It is an ideal solution for parents looking for a stroller that will meet the challenges of life with a small child while ensuring comfort and safety. In my personal ranking of 2-in-1 strollers, Easywalker Jimmey is now definitely number one.   Family photos taken by: Paula Romanowska Photography   The post was created as part of ambassadorial cooperation with the brand Easy Walker
- [What features, predispositions and skills should have Wedding Planner?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cechy-umiejetnosci-wedding-plannera/): What features, predispositions and skills should have Wedding Planner? I answer! Wedding Consultant – A wedding planner is a job – a dream for many women (also men). Almost all of us, as a little girl, dreamed of a Prince Charming and a white dress. A wonderful wedding is a dream of almost every woman. Added to this is the frequent need in us to make others happy and joyful. When we add the desire for professional fulfillment to this, the profession of Wedding Consultant often appears on the horizon.    After watching the film „Say Yes” with Jennifer Lopez, millions of women around the world wanted to be Wedding Consultants, and this film greatly contributed to the popularization of this profession around the world.   Therefore: What features, predispositions and skills should have a Wedding planner?   Do not treat this list as a checklist, whether it is a profession for you, but as a plan for your development. Check what you already have and what you should work on (or accept it and find a solution!).     Creativity, The Wedding Consultant is often responsible for the idea for the wedding, and always for its implementation, which is why a creative mind full of ideas and interesting solutions is very much needed. If you have a problem with it, I have good news – creativity can be learned! Seriously! And if you think you’re not creative, you’re right – you think! It just means that you haven’t seen enough yet.     Empathy The Wedding Consultant must be able to listen and also empathize with the other person’s situation to best meet their needs. It is not only about the young couple, although they are of course the most important, but also about parents, grandparents and guests. The Wedding Consultant must also like contact with other people. He can’t be afraid of making new friends and he should just like it.     Ability to listen A very important feature that will allow you to win customers – at the beginning of my path I had a situation in which the Young Couple chose me because I could listen to them and establish good relationships. Treat the meeting with the Young Couple as an opportunity to hear their dreams, desires and needs, not house ads.     Calmness and composure Remember – stress can be externally involved, so it’s important that you exude calmness and be calm in every situation. Don’t let customers feel your nervousness. It is often caused by a problem that can be solved quickly, but the bride’s head may already light up a red lamp that something is going on that will spoil her wedding day.     Resistance to stress Quick decision making should be your forte. The profession of a Wedding Consultant is a job that gave me the most pleasure and satisfaction in my life, but also cost me the most stress. Composure in any situation is essential. Unreliable subcontractors, work under time pressure, unpredictable events or random accidents – all this is on the head of the Wedding Consultant, so high resistance to stressful factors is absolutely required. Otherwise, your enthusiasm for this job may burn out quickly, and unpleasant emotions will dominate those that bring satisfaction. Although after a wonderfully organized wedding you will be bursting with pride and happiness, you will probably quickly start to wonder if it is really your dream job. The good news is that stress resistance can be developed within yourself, so if you have a problem with it today, and you are still thinking about working as a Wedding Consultant, I suggest contacting a business psychologist.     availability The Wedding Consultant often meets with clients in the evenings and on weekends (not to mention the Wedding Day Coordination). Additionally, „surprises” are the bread and butter of Wedding Planner’s work. If we are to shoulder the burden of preparation and stress – unexpected situations and the need to solve current organizational problems fall on us. It happened to me two days before the wedding, throwing away all the preparations and running with a tuxedo from one city to another to remove the stain. It also happened to me that a few days before the wedding, the wedding dress brought from abroad turned out to be too small. It was the peak of the season and the corset had to be sewn with material, which of course we did not have, not to mention that I had to find a salon that would do such a conversion to a cito. Such situations mean that we often have to completely rearrange our work, and we have to come home instead of 2 p.m. at 16 p.m.   If we have Children – it is necessary to be sure that we are able to provide them with care in the event of such unexpected situations.   The Wedding Consultant as part of the Comprehensive Wedding and Wedding Organization on the Wedding Day is available to the bride and groom, subcontractors and guests for almost 24 hours, i.e. from early morning hours, usually until 2 am or even until the end of the wedding. This is called Wedding Day Coordination. Often at the end of the wedding, which lasts, for example, until 5 am, it is necessary to settle accounts for used alcohols, assistance and assistance in departing guests and the like. That is why on the day of the wedding we sometimes work from 5 am to 8 am the next day plus time to get there and back again. It is a great effort, both emotional and physical, so it’s good to have in your career such experience as the work of a waitress or barmaid, which will give us confidence that we can manage.     Budget management and negotiations The work of a Wedding Consultant is also about staying within the budget, which often requires creativity. Usually, the budget needs to be reorganized during preparation. In addition, it is very important to negotiate the best conditions for your clients. It is good to have experience in this area or not be afraid to ask for more than they give us. Assertiveness is also required.     Driving license The Wedding Consultant must be mobile. Commuting to meetings, joint visits to locations, which are often several dozen kilometers away, often in places where there is almost no public transport – it all needs to be well organized. Ideally, if you have a driving license and a car. Here you can use the help of a third person who will drive us everywhere.     Foreign Languages Communicative English is the basis. In fact, speech is the most important thing, because you can always hire someone to translate e-mail correspondence. If the Consultant himself does not speak English, this does not mean that this is not a job for him. It is enough if he works with a person who knows this language and will ensure that he will accompany him at all meetings with foreign clients and of course during Wedding Day Coordination. At the same time, it is worth investing in English lessons for yourself to be self-sufficient in a year, two or three.     Interests and hobby It’s good if the topics related to weddings, weddings, receptions, hotel industry, events, decorations, graphics were within your interests. It would be good if it is or could become your hobby.     entrepreneurship Before you decide to start your own business, you always need to start with a plan, and preferably with a business plan. Preparation of such a plan is very important to assess what expenses you have to incur and what profits you can expect. If you decide to run your own business, knowledge in the field of business operations, basic tax, HR and accounting issues will be very helpful. The skills to search and seize business opportunities and anticipate threats will be valuable.     Feeling urgent, multitasking (and the ability to set priorities) A sense of urgency is multitasking, thanks to which you will be able to decide which tasks are most important, priority, and which of them can wait five minutes and will not cause a disaster. Coordination of the wedding day is like a domino – you have to decide which of the „blocks” is the middle one, which, if it falls over, will knock over the rest.     The ability to forgive others and myself If the wedding day was a checklist, I think you can put up to 300 points there. Failure to look after one of these points is not a tragedy. The wedding day usually happens alone, works like a well-oiled machine – with good planning and observance by all scenarios, you can expect success. However, it may turn out that something goes wrong somewhere, you forget about something or one of the subcontractors makes a mistake. But we must forgive ourselves and others, draw conclusions for the future. Remember: this one mistake does not last forever – we learn from mistakes and do not reproduce them. Let’s appreciate what went well and what is good so that it doesn’t turn out that one stumble broke us and caused us to lose faith in ourselves. Often in emotions, even the Young Couple and their guests will not notice what you think is a slip-up.     Confidence It’s hard for self-confidence when we take the first steps in business. Refer to the successes that you have had in other areas of your life. Confidence Wedding Planner builds experience – how to get it? In a related industry: in a catering company, as a waitress at a wedding in a hotel, as a volunteer at a wedding agency. Your confidence increases with every little experience.     Being a leader The leader is not the boss, but a person who attracts and makes others want to cooperate with her, act in accordance with her instructions. You can learn to be a leader – you have to focus on professionalism and readiness to solve problems that may arise. You can build your leader attitude through proper body language, your outfit is also important. By the image you are able to add or subtract confidence, which results in how you are perceived.     Team play (even if someone fails) Were it not for the Subcontractors you work with on your wedding day, there would be no wedding. Remember that this is a team game that you have to take care of. It’s worth choosing subcontractors who know each other and like to work with each other. If this is not possible – try to ensure their good relations. Appreciate them also in the forum, before the bride and groom, or even during the wedding, when you are asked to speak. Remember that during weddings and wedding receptions it may turn out that on this day, even several dozen people work for the success of the wedding party. It is a human factor – it can always happen that someone gets up with their left leg, is late, does not come to work – remember, be ready for such an eventuality and be ready to solve the problems as soon as they appear.     Ability to sell your services (and subcontractors’ services) Your subcontractors are an extension of you, your company, the impression you want to give to the client. It is important that you can speak the language of benefits, present your services, defend their price and scope, and talk about your subcontractors and their advantages – you and the Subcontractors are a big guarantee of the wedding’s success.     Prediction skills A good Wedding Planner or wedding coordinator is always two steps ahead and predicts what can happen and knows the answers to the questions before they arise. Where is cloakroom? Where are the toilets? From which can you book at the hotel? – these are questions that often arise, and the task of the Wedding Consultant is to know the answer. It is a skill that shapes our experience – the more experience you have, the easier it will be for you to predict which problems and questions you will have to face.     Courses and training Ideally, if you have knowledge and practice, for example, gained at work in the hotel industry, gastronomy, and during direct customer service. However, even if you have knowledge or experience in these areas, you will need to complete the Wedding Consultant Course, thanks to which you will meet people working in this profession, gain specialist knowledge in the organization of weddings and weddings, as well as a Certificate that you will be able to use when documenting your knowledge and skills. When choosing such a course or training, it is worth checking whether it has the recommendation of the Polish Association of Wedding Consultants.   If you are looking for such a course or training, I have prepared a special one for you Course for a Wedding Consultant, based on my over many years of experience in the wedding industry in Poland. My course is recommended by the Polish Association of Wedding Consultants as one of three in Poland.   Are you wondering what this course looks like? Is it worth using it? familiarize yourself with opinions about him.   And if you’re interested Wedding Planner Expert Online course, click on the banner at the bottom – read the details and save!  
- [A year ago we went to Rome for a month, where am I going now?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/odosobnienie/): I have dreamed of going for a similar trip for years, I try not to have high expectations, but emotions in me cannot fall. I love signposts in my life 2 years ago, after careful analysis, I identified 3 main, i.e. rodzina, health i securityand as the fourth I added personal development, provided the first three are met. I would not like to make a career or look for myself in a way that would endanger our family or threaten to lose my health, I value life balance very highly.     However, since I read the book „Eat, Pray and Love”, I could not stop dreaming about go to India alone – in search of oneself. Only this ends my similarities to the main character of the novel, because I love my husband and children to kill, I do not intend to divorce or leave my family and company, even for a month, so such a trip is now completely out of my reach.     Our month long trip to Rome was a great adventure, we brought back wonderful memories, but also an important lesson and development for our whole family – without a doubt, the quickest thing I noticed was that no matter where we went, our problems would go with us, and in the light of giving up home comforts (such as a comfortable home or kindergarten under your breath) many of them, especially the mundane ones for parents of a six-month-old and three-year-old child, may even intensify. This lesson allowed me to understand that nie so much important where, Co with who i co. Recent months have been extremely religious for me (but I will tell you about this sooner when I am ready). I am glad that I am coming back to my strength, but no experience affects us. I obviously needed a painful lesson, because it turned out to be a big mess in my mind and to start another process of my development.   The more I appreciate myself and try to make friends and fully accept myself, the better I see how much adversity is in me.   I love the speed of big cities, hundreds of people pass by on their streets every day. I love the silence of the countryside and seclusion from the crowds. I love to set the bar higher and higher, constantly invent something new, do more and faster. I just love being and doing nothing, being happy to be just and feeling the great value that comes from it. I love screwing myself and challenging myself. I love to take it easy. I love the company of friends and acquaintances, students, clients and all of you. I only love being with my husband and children. I love sharing my life with others. I love privacy. I love to cross my borders. I love to feel safe and give up some activities. I love comfort, convenience and being surrounded by beautiful and functional things. I love minimalism.   And although it may seem very strange to you, I do not like any of these things less than others.   Or maybe you know this feeling?   I have a huge need get to know each other better, listen better to your needs, trust your intuition more, re-evaluate maybe a bit to have very much solid foundation to make your daily decisions in line with my values. I want better organize your inner world, it’s better to deal with the amount of information and emotions that bomb us every day.   Type strengthen this strong woman, which I increasingly consider myself to be a stronger Mother, Wife, Sister, Daughter, Friend, Businesswoman. I would like to better deal with the tensionI sometimes feel when I see how many different desires and needs I have and I want to accept them with full acceptance, also when life is not going my way and I feel pain and fear instead of peace. Therefore, after several conversations, we decided with Wojtek that I will go alone this year – not to India, but to Poland, not for a month, but for a week – for a retreat for which I don’t take my phone or computer – I take the old phone without any applications and a new number that only Wojtek knows, so that I can call him and the children in the morning and evening, and all day under the supervision of the teacher I will develop my sense of value and strength, meditate and learn to reduce stress and tension, and above all breathe consciously and relax. I believe that Children are already big enough to cope with separation by this time, having each other and my beloved Dad at their side. I’m going to support my inner strength, to be able to draw on it throughout my life, and to share it with others. That is why for the next week I will not be here or in social media – it will be an extraordinary experience for me and although today I feel a certain level of anxiety related to the fact that I will not answer dozens of phone calls every day, not several hundred e-mails, messages, only my team will have to advise himself, ufam him and I know they will do their best. I trust Wojtkowi that he would look after the children best, so that I could come back to them stronger, better overcome everyday adversities and return to full strength. When this post is published, I am in retreat. And you, would you feel like and courageous for such a lonely trip? Or maybe you already have one behind you? PS You can read my impressions of seclusion here.
- [Elegant, spring style for a boy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/elegancka-wiosenna-stylizacja-dla-chlopca/): If a suit for a little boy does not seem to be the perfect solution for elegant occasions, be sure to check out our proposal for a festive outfit for a boy. Creating a Christmas styling, I wanted to choose clothes that would also work every day, that’s why I decided on a universal coat trench-coat, Body-shirt, in which you can roll up your sleeves and attach them to buttons, thanks to which it will also help us on warmer days and on less formal occasions, checkered trousers with old school bracesthat complete the whole and trainersthat break the elegant chic and create a cool, slightly more sporty look.   Elegant stylization for a boy: coat / trench coat – ZARA Baby shirt – ZARA Baby bow tie for a boy and for dad – Abracadabra trousers – H&M shoes – ZARA Baby socks – KappAhl How do you like our proposal of a Christmas outfit for a little boy? Do you already have an idea for an outfit for your children, and above all for yourself? Personally, I am planning some more purchases  Ah and be sure to share your favorite baby clothes stores with us in the comments, and preferably photos of your little ones – because you can add photos in the comments! PS If you like me – stay tuned and be sure to follow me on Facebook and Instagram
- [Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2020 - printable for free](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-na-dobry-dzien-2020-do-druku-za-darmo/): Like last year, I leave here the calendar / planner for 2020 for you to print yourself. You can download this DIY calendar absolutely for free! My Planner for Good Day 2020 turned out to be my little success and met with a very nice reception! However, I remember that in 2019 many of you also used the printable version of the calendar, so this time I want to give you this opportunity.   Materials and tools needed: A4 sheets of paper – preferably of good quality, from 80 g / m2 and above. printer guillotine or sharp scissors – remember to print the files on both sides of the paper in A4 format, and then cut in half to A5. ring binder or other cover punch – with the appropriate buttonholes for your file.   Print yourself or planner in the print center, plug into the selected binder and join the happy Planner holders on Good Day!   I am giving you two download links. In the first one there is the entire planner, including the cover, and in the second – additions to be attached behind the calendar part, i.e. ideas for gifts, important dates, books to read and movies to watch, a motivation and habits tracking card, which you already know from the challenge #I’m waiting for you, address book, grocery list with meal planning, expense tables, financial planning, menstrual calendar and patient cards, medical appointments and space for notes.   Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2020 for download – PDF   Extras   Use it, let it serve you well! If you want, I leave you too store link – here you can buy Planner in a binder or cover made of vegan leather 
- [Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 - printable](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-na-dobry-dzien-2021/): The 2021 calendar is something I never part with. My original planner is a great help for me in everyday life – family and professional. You can buy it in my store, but you can also download it for free!   Last year’s Planner for Dobry Dzień 2020 was great, but it had a few shortcomings – well, you have to achieve perfection in small steps, and made is better than perfect : )   That’s why Planner 2021 has the best of its big brother, but it has improved what bothered me a bit last year. Among others the lines are widerand on each date there is more space to enter the most important events on a given day    You can also buy the finished product in my store in a version with and without dates, in three feminine colors: powder pink, beige and blue. The planner is glued and has a vegan leather cover. In addition, you will find a pocket for cards or receipts and three ribbons to easily jump to the desired page. You can also buy an A4 briefcase with a practical clip and a notebook with wide lines    You can print the planner yourself or at a printing house, and then attach it to a selected binder and use it at will    Thanks to this solution, you can still use last year’s organizer and continue keeping e.g. health cards, only attaching the current calendar to the front!   In Planner 2021, each day, as in the 2020 version, includes a place to practice gratitude, record meals and the amount of water you drink.   What do you need to print the Planner for 2021 on your own? A4 sheets of paper – good quality, from a weight of 80 g / m2 upwards. printer guillotine or sharp scissors – remember to print the files on both sides of the paper in A4 format, and then cut in half to A5. ring binder or other cover punch – with the appropriate buttonholes for your file.   Choose the version of the planner that will be easiest for you to print: Good Morning Planner 2021 – single pages – in this case, you need to be able to print immediately in A5 format – have a printer to which you can put paper of this size Good Morning Planner 2021 – spreads – if you choose this option, you can print A4 pages on both sides and then cut with a guillotine or scissors. Note – Print a test a few pages to check that you have adjusted the rotation of the paper correctly or that you are loading it into the printer properly.   I hope that my Good Morning Planner – Calendar 2021 will serve you well throughout the year!
- [Preparations for Easter - downloadable holiday planner](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przygotowania-do-swiat-wielkanocnych-planner-swiateczny-do-pobrania/): Are you already preparing for Easter? Only 1,5 weeks left! You wonder how to prepare well for Easter? I have prepared a Christmas planner for you, thanks to which you will be able to organize yourself perfectly! It is a tradition in my family that I always organize Easter with Wojtek in our home. It is an occasion for small family celebrations, for example, during Easter, the Baptisms of our two sons took place.   So I know very well how laborious it is to prepare holidays, cook and decorate. So that you would not forget anything, I have prepared for you printable easter plannerthat will allow you to become a walking command center, control the chaos and no problem organize Easter : )   Preparations for Easter   Easter countdown On the first page of the planner you will find Easter eggs with dates to be crossed out. remember about Easter Triduum – Holy Thursday, Friday, Saturday is also an important part of Easter!   Decor I know perfectly well that there are people who can’t wait to see cheerful Easter-spring colors, colorful Easter eggs, yellow chicks and fluffy bunnies in their home.   For these people, websites from decorations outside, inside and on the table. Here you can enter what and how much you need, where to get it (do you have it from last year, do you have to buy it?), What budget you can spend on it and how much you spent in the end.   If you are wondering how to decorate a house for Easter, see my old post and get inspired. There you will find simple tips on how to make Easter decorations yourself, with simple accents, and in a quarter of an hour!     Christmas cards Although now much fewer cards are sent than before, there are those who treat sending Easter wishes by traditional mail as a must-see during Easter and Christmas.   In the planner you will find a field to enter a list of people / families to send cards and a field for the address – all in one place!     Presents If your family has a tradition of gift giving at Easter, you will appreciate it gift letters.   Here you can enter what, for whom and where you would like to buy, what is your budget and how much you have spent, and finally simple columns-checklists, whether the gifts are already bought and packed.   We make many purchases – especially recently – online, so that you would not have to search through hundreds of e-mails in the planner you will also find online shopping tracker. Just enter what you bought, where and for how much, and finally mark whether you have already ordered it (you can also enter the date and when) and whether the package has arrived.     Christmas budget On this page you will summarize the funds allocated (and spent) on gifts, decorations, food and other elements of your Christmas.     Festive cooking An inseparable element of Easter!   First meal planner: what are you going to serve on Easter Saturday, Easter and Easter Monday? Write down your starters, main courses, side dishes, desserts, drinks and other snacks.   Then Unsubscribe planned dishes and pastriesand next to it all shopping listthat you need to prepare the dishes. You have 2,5 pages for that – a large shopping list will fit here!     Easter and Easter Monday – daily planner These pages will help you organize your and your family’s life. What are you doing on Easter morning? Are you going to resurrection or are you sleeping late? Easter breakfast is going home or are you invited somewhere?   Write down what yours is day plan for Easter and Easter Monday – morning, afternoon and evening. Next to it you will find a place for list of planned attractions and events. Maybe you are organizing a festive egg hunt in the garden? Maybe you want to organize a family movie screening, or maybe you are going to some intimate Easter concert?     Easter List – To do In the rush of preparations, do not forget about yourself. Yes, I have prepared a list of what to do and what to prepare for you, but you will also find a table here to write how you will spend time for yourself.   After intensive preparations, do you deserve a moment of relaxation: a relaxing bath, a book, a walk with a friend? You will definitely come up with something!     Notebook That is something that every planner cannot do without – a place for mish-mash, scribbles, ideas and venting emotions      You can find the Easter planner for download here. It is A4 format, so you can put it in a briefcase or clip it to a briefcase and use it, and take the necessary pages with you when shopping!   Ready to prepare for Easter?  3… 2… 1… let’s go!
- [Radzka advises - You feel good about it | Review](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/radzka-radzi-recenzja/): „Soviet advises. You good at it!„Youtubers Magdalena Kanoniak, as the title itself indicates, this guide. Do you like it?   If you are not sure what your body type is or what styles of clothes you should wear, which colors are favorable for you, and which fabric patterns on which clothes you should eliminate then yes, this book is just for you!   Color analysis In her book, Radzka will provide you with a simple but sufficient color analysis that will dispel your doubts about what time of the year you are and what colors you should wear, and most importantly… where.   The meaning of colors Radzka will tell you what meaning and what emotions the colors you wear evoke in others. You will learn which ones to choose to look professional, which when you want attention, which will inspire confidence, which will make you perceived as melancholic and emotional, or blend in with the crowd.   Fashion history In a nutshell, you will learn the history of the XNUMXth and XNUMXth century fashion, and thanks to fantastic graphics you will understand the fashion evolution. You will learn what was characteristic of „belle epoque” and how the feminine outfit has changed since those times, from corsets, through boyish silhouettes, very feminine shapes, mini tuxedo, ladies’ tuxedos, flowers for children, kitsch, minimalism, until today … the time of creating your own image.   pulls If you are at odds with fashion, you don’t know where the trench coat comes from, what the speedy or 2.55 bag looks like, why trapezoid bags are so popular today and whether red soles are a trademark protected by a patent …   Silhouette guide The most extensive part of the book, and without a doubt the most important. Pear, hourglass, model or apple? Do you know your figure? What’s more – do you know how to hide its shortcomings and how to emphasize its advantages? When should you roll up your sleeves and when should you unbutton your jacket? With Radzka, you will create a must-have list of clothes and a list of clothes that you will absolutely avoid on store hangers from today. And throw it out of your closet, or remake it.   myths Do stripes always thicken and black make it slimmer? Radzka deals with these and other fashion sayings fantastically!   Dress code Do you want to do well no matter what you do? Radzka will tell you the secrets of the dess code: business formal, business casual or smart casual (i.e. the perfect style for Wedding Consultant) will have no secrets for you, and you will look perfect in any professional situation by following these rules.   fibers Finally, you’ll find out why reading labels and what practical information they carry. You will also learn several ways to shop online.   Photos and graphics Radzka has shown all this with specific examples – the book is full of photos and illustrations, especially clothes suitable for each figure, so that you have no doubts whether you understand what the author meant. I felt something that „Radzka advises” is a guide that is simply worth having on the shelf, so I chose this in hardback.   If you want to look good (and I know you want!), but you still do not know what styles of clothes serve you and which hurt you, you have problems with composing the perfect wardrobe, in which clothes are worth investing in and how to choose them, and you do not know what the most popular „harness” looks like or under white blouse you wear a white bra so … you already know that this book was written for you! And you buy it here with 30% discount.   And here you will find my other posts from the category fashion.
- [Help! I'am a mother!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nieperfekcyjna-mama/): You recently became a mom. You look at this picture and you know that you haven’t seen such an organized nightstand in months. Not to mention live flowers, because you would not waste time for such stupid things if you can catch up on sleep or on Instagram. You don’t remember the last time you went shopping. And I’m not talking about grocery shopping and sprinting around Biedronka. Nor about those when you went out for something for yourself and came back with a net of (often unnecessary) things for the child. I remember very well how A few weeks after giving birth, I came to the conclusion that I would never achieve anything in my life. I decided not to break down and be grateful for the fact that I am fulfilling my greatest dream about motherhood, as well as for what I was able to do before the birth of my child, accepting that this is the end of my professional achievements. I remember that then I was overwhelmed by caring for this Little Man and the house. This 2-in-1 package was beyond my comprehension. All the tools that I had used with great success until the Birth Day – both in my professional and private life – turned out to be completely useless. The intricately planned times of the day or even single outings for a walk with a neighbor turned out to be often unattainable for our duo. Unforeseen cries, diaper changes or feeding times, colic, intolerances and downpours made me from a person who has his entire microworld subordinated to himself – I became subordinated to „higher power”, a scared mother, with a huge, overwhelming sense of guilt. I felt guilty in most areas of my life: from getting ready too late, through the long cry of the Child, chafing bottom, too little milk, too much fatigue, and not to ending a mess at home. The day before yesterday my son turned 2 years old, and I already know that despite the initial shock of life being turned upside down, it was getting better with each passing day. Invisibly, because it is an absolutely slow process of adapting to a new lifestyle that will never be as carefree as before, but definitely more beautiful and fuller, full of love and finally a relief. My favorite way of dealing with the frustration that often appeared in the life of a young mother was reading, or actually absorbing books that allowed me to get relief during feeding. If you feel that you need it too, enter the following items on your shopping list:   „Non-Fiction Maternity” by Joanna Woźniczko-Czeczott Joanna mockingly describes the first year of a newborn… mother. You will learn from her that a pregnant woman is everything and a mother in childbirth is nobody. That for most of the world you become the Mother of your Child, not a separate entity. You will see how much you identify with your baby. You will disassemble the first children and non-children, looking at the relationship with the former and the latter. You will see how pride * and physiology inhabits and is pushed forward in our lives. You will read about insufficiency, childishness, lack of sleep so great that everything else collapses, and our creativity and patience melting like ice in too hot tomato soup. In short, you will learn about the educational methods and the theme of comparative races. And most of all, you will read about the „conspiracy of silence” and the ubiquitous overspecified image of motherhood. Although the book is full of frustration in the form of a self-therapy diary, your smile will not come off your face, and when you put it back on the shelf, you will gain DISTANCE to the world and I guarantee – it will do better. Do you have a problem with „young moms who declare that they are not nervous, do not have enough and do not lose patience?” Those happy, fulfilled women in motherhood who nod their heads sympathetically when they hear about my dilemmas. They give advice in which a sense of superiority lurks ”is the perfect position for you. * state in which the Parent is completely focused on his child   Anna Dydzik’s „Imperfect Mother” Did you become mother for the first time? You don’t always control your emotions? Do you often feel inferior, hopeless or just suck? Do you feel that you are failing as a mother and wife or partner? Do you lose yourself in a feeling of helplessness and hopelessness? Ania Dydzik, the author of the blog „Nieperfekcyjna Mama” extends a helping hand to you. Ania knows that you are doing a lot of positive things and you are perfect for your child! You do not believe? See for yourself! The more that I have 5 books by Ania Dydzik „Nieperfekcyjna Mama” for you, and how to get your copy you will find out today on mine Facebook (you can also buy it at the best price here). In this book, the author herself, the mother of three daughters, including twins, will talk to you in a very loose form, who will help you regain faith in yourself and your own strength without exaggerating yourself and your own strength, and believe that you are the best version of yourself, and will also tell you how to achieve it based on your stories. However, most importantly – although you will certainly have different opinions, Ania always leaves room for your own choice in her stories, without judging or imposing her own opinion on you.   After the above reading and two years of motherhood, I could not help but reflect on how often we owe ourselves in our maternal dilemmas. Not only as an individual, but above all as a group. I remember how I was able to cancel a meeting when I didn’t manage to clean my apartment, how I started avoiding my ideal friends because I was ashamed to show my weaknesses to them. Probably also because they didn’t show me theirs, which made me think they didn’t have them at all. It heightened my loneliness and hopelessness. This, in turn, drove us each other in a perfect chase for someone that is not there, creating a vicious circle of our own unfulfilled expectations. Therefore, if you come over for a coffee and I open the door for you without makeup, you will be led into the kitchen by a toy slalom, and I forget to ask you if you want to drink anything – appreciate my honesty expressed in this way and when you invite me again do not throw yourself into the whirlwind of cleaning – you will give me great pleasure and I will feel at home like never before. What do you think? PS We should not remain silent about difficult matters. But I recommend the above books only after giving birth  PS 2 And if you like it, be sure to check what’s going on Facebook i Instagram.     Contest results   „Incomplete Mom” ​​book set and the „Best Mom in the world” mug receive: Patrycja Gryniewicz Danuta Miarka Agnieszka Nita Joanna Bajkiewicz Bianka Aszko Additionally, the „Best Mom in the world” mug is awarded to: Aleksandra Arszulik Dajana Zielonko Justyna Starek Jesica Jankowska Ewelina Pysz Ludwika Mizielska Natalia Korczakowska and my personal, imperfect, coffee-bearing, non-competitive copy of the Book and Mug is given to my friend Anna Rogalska-Bućko. Beloved, I am asking you to send to the address kontakt@spodkocyka.pl the data for shipping – I am waiting for them until Friday and running to the post office    If you liked the post, I would be very happy if you like it: [fb_button] Stay updated! Daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed – join me on: Instagram i Facebook.
- [Christmas gifts for her](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/swiateczne-prezenty-dla-niej/): Christmas gifts are a real problem for a very large number of people. How to choose a gift that will suit the tastes of the debated person? Today I present to you some Christmas gifts for several groups of women. I believe that each person can be assigned to a group that shares common features and passions. I have divided the Christmas gift ideas into several such sample groups – I’m sure you will find something for yourself or for someone you want to give!     Holiday gifts Mama It is important for Mom that her children are healthy and happy, that she can keep up with them and has everything at hand at all times.     My suggestions for Christmas gifts for her are: Lassig bag – a very comfortable and handy bag, containing everything that only a mother of an infant or small child may need. It has a spacious main zippered pocket and many smaller pockets. The bag comes with a handy, foldable changing mat in the color of the bag, a thermo-insulating bottle for the bottle and a cosmetic bag for small items; bag made of 100% recycled polyester, easy to clean and resistant to moisture. Lassig Backpack – a version of the bag for women who spend more time in the field. A backpack for comfort for longer trips, and when there is no need to carry diapers or bottles in it, it is perfect for working as a laptop backpack! Just like the bag, the backpack includes a mat, a bottle holder and a mini-cosmetic bag. It impresses with the quality of workmanship and the multitude of pockets! Magazine for moms – I wholeheartedly recommend Mint – full of valuable articles and useful knowledge. Currently only online magazine available and the Christmas edition is free to download here. Personalized jewelry – I personally have a personalized bracelet from Lilou with an engraving, and one to which I have three boys’ pendants – symbolizing Wojtek, Mikołaj and Maks, my three most important men. Such jewelry will be a beautiful gift and souvenir for every mother. Poster with a picture of a child 1: 1 – wow, this is something, right? Hand drawing of a baby, this drawing is exactly the size that our baby was at birth. Incredible! Such a drawing will definitely look beautiful in the child’s room. Medical binder for women or binder # I’m a Woman – perfect to be in control of your health, keep an eye on scheduled examinations and check yourself regularly! Mom on time – The Lady of Her Time has created a practical course and special tools that will allow every mother to control the chaos at home, organize the life of her family, set priorities in all this household jumble and teach children to do so! Beautiful nursing dress – Milk & Love is a brand created for pregnant women and breastfeeding mothers so that they can feel beautiful and comfortable in every situation. A dress or a sweatshirt with a practical zipper will allow a nursing mother to easily feed her baby and look beautiful at the same time! A beautiful nightgown for feeding, such as Helena from Mummy, gynecologist, 100% cotton, tied with strings and available in four colors! A great idea for an elegant and practical gift! Gift card for Esotiq or any other lingerie store would be a great gift if you are afraid to buy something blind. Each mother can use this card as she wishes – for a comfortable nursing bra or – if she is not breastfeeding – other comfortable underwear that will provide it with adequate support for the breasts after pregnancy.   Taking care of health Taking care of your health will probably never lose its value, especially now, in the time of the coronavirus pandemic. What ideas do I have for Christmas gifts for a health-conscious woman?     Christmas gift ideas for a health-conscious person include: Jade roller – a gentle massage with cool jade allows you to relax tense facial muscles, improve microcirculation, smooth the skin, and also help reduce puffiness and bags under the eyes. I am sure that every woman who cares about her health will be delighted! Dry massage brush it’s a hit recently. While brushing like this can be unpleasant at first, your skin will get used to it over time and the results you can achieve are definitely worth it. Dry brushing the skin improves its elasticity, stimulates the immune system and improves well-being. Acupressure mat Lying on prickly plastic flowers may scare you, but believe me, 20 minutes a day is enough to relieve back pain, improve sleep quality and reduce stress. Think what savings it is when a person receiving such a mat will not have to pay for massages regularly, but arrange a massage on their own! Silk pillowcase or terry cloth – why is it worth it? First, unlike cotton, silk does not retain bacteria. Second, it doesn’t stretch the skin. Third, it adjusts to body temperature – cooling or warming as needed. Fourth, it doesn’t tangle your hair because it slides over it. Fifth, it is hypoallergenic. Sixth… really, is it necessary sixth?  Something made of silk will hit the spot! Research package – a woman who cares about her health will certainly be pleased with the paid set of tests tailored to her or a health package in a medical facility, which she will be able to use freely. Check what you can find in the area where she lives! sundose are personalized supplements. Depending on the needs and expectations of the recipient, he receives a unique set of supplements in one sachet. A suitable idea for someone who focuses on daily supplementation. Floating session – have you heard about it? Floating is floating on water in a specially prepared chamber. Such drifting on the surface of the water helps to reduce stress, soothe aches and pains, let you calm down… and these are just three of many benefits! Search for the possibility of floating in the city of the person you want to give. Fitness club pass – as long as the recipient does not take offense at such a gift, they will certainly be satisfied. Such a pass is a practical gift that will help keep a healthy body, and thus – a healthy spirit! Nutribullet blender – a practical gift idea for a lover of healthy cocktails. Small and compact, but powerful. And easy to wash! The bullet-shaped blender cup allows you to break up even the smallest pieces of cocktail. Seeds, thicker skins … are not afraid of him! Box diet – choose one available in the area where the recipient lives. There are really many box caterers available today, and each of them has a rich offer and the possibility to choose from several diets and their calorific value. A great idea for someone who wants to eat healthy and balanced, and don’t always have time to cook.     A minimalist A minimalist is a person who does not want to be surrounded by unnecessary things, is opposed to consumerism and unnecessary shopping. He prefers to own less and enjoy what you already have.     Among my ideas for Christmas gifts for a minimalist you will find: Slow life book – Joanna Glogazy’s guide on how to live slow, find time for yourself in a busy life, be able to define priorities and cultivate everyday rituals. All this is to achieve work-life balance. Legimi subscription – a bookworm who does not want to spend money on new books, and the resources of the nearby library are not enough, will be especially happy with it. Legimi is tens of thousands of books available without limits, which can be accessed not only on the reader, but also on a smartphone, tablet or computer! Online course – if you know what the person you want to give is interested in, you can try a nice online course. The choice is huge – wedding planner course, photography course, calligraphy course, Photoshop course… you will surely find something interesting! Subscription to the magazine Pismo – The magazine is a pro publico bono project, published in paper, online and audio versions. It is not an opinion-forming magazine, it does not raise political issues – it deals with broadly understood culture and ethics, and offers high-quality reports. The magazine is published very beautifully and aesthetically, it cooperates with Polish illustrators who create small works of art on the pages of the magazine. A dream gift – bet on impressions and experiences, not on material things. A parachute jump, a glider flight, a balloon flight or a spa – something that will surely please the recipient! Just make sure if she is an adrenaline lover or she prefers calmer entertainment  Fairtrade products – minimalism means quality, so quality coffees and teas, which are additionally ethically sourced, can also be a good idea for Christmas gifts. This coffee comes from farmers who receive a stable price for their work, and no child labor is used in the production. Chemex – it can be complete with coffee  Chemex is an hourglass-shaped coffee brewing device invented in 1941. Made of heat-resistant glass that does not absorb odors, so it does not affect the taste of the coffee. All you need is delicious coffee and paper filters to be able to serve your guests coffee in an elegant vessel. Fountain pen – one and forever. This is called minimalism! Time spent together – if the minimalist focuses on experiences and impressions, and not material things, you can propose a shared home spa, go out for a good coffee or go to a restaurant (whenever possible). ask – it is not cute and surprising, but very often minimalists need one particular thing. Something may have broken or broken recently, so it’s best to grant the other person’s wish.     All-comin ’ „I have everything”, „I don’t want anything”, „I don’t need anything” – how many times have you heard this from a woman you love? The truth is that although she has everything, you are sure to surprise her with something. Here, intangible gifts will work best (as in the case of a minimalist).     What are my suggestions for Christmas gifts for the all-mom? Beautiful, elegant Nubes pajamas – I have one myself, so I recommend it with all my heart. There is also on offer pajamas with a holiday theme – I have one not only for me, but also for my sons, because you can buy pajamas for a child with the same design! It is worth giving someone a little cover in pajamas made of good quality, 100% cotton. Gift card for the entire mall – this option is offered by e.g. Riviera in Gdynia. It’s a good idea for someone who has everything, but certainly visits the gallery from time to time to buy something new for the house, new clothes or shoes. This way, it will be able to use the funds on the card exactly as it needs. SPA voucher – even if someone has everything, they will definitely appreciate the possibility of relaxation and luxury in the SPA. Something for lovers of thrills – bungee jumping, parachuting or driving an off-road car will provide a lot of impressions and fantastic memories. Spotify Premium gift card – do you know that the person you want to give loves to listen to music? Spotify is a streaming service for millions of music tracks from around the world. You can use it for free, but the Premium option includes listening to music without ads with the ability to freely skip songs. You can buy the card for PLN 20, PLN 60 and PLN 120, depending on how long you want to donate to the music without any problems. Monthly access to the Premium account is 19,99. Netflix gift card – similar idea as Spotify card, only this one is for movie fans. With this card you will give someone access to hundreds of movies, series, programs, fairy tales and cartoons. Especially useful now that the cinemas are closed. Netflix for one person per month is PLN 34 (the more people use it, the lower the monthly cost). You can buy the card for PLN 60, 80 and 120. Professional photo session – purchase of a professional photo session can be a nice gift. For whom? For example, for a young mother who wants to have beautiful photos of her baby, for brides to capture the last moments together before they become husband and wife, or just for a beautiful woman – regardless of age, so that she can feel like a Star! Cinema City Unlimited – you already know? It is a card that allows you to watch movies in the cinemas of the Cinema City network all over Poland unlimitedly. You can practically never leave the cinema!  We keep our fingers crossed for the quick opening of cinemas! Dance lesson – be it pole dance, batchatta, belly dance, salsa or hip-hop – every dance is good to move a bit! Dance lessons are a nice gift! Pleasure vouchers – the perfect gift for your wife or friend and great DIY. Something like Eliza Wydrych’s Valentine’s Day Coupons. Move your head, put on creativity and a gift made by yourself!     Technologist Technologist, gadget… a woman who loves technology. What is worth giving her?     My Christmas gift ideas for her are: Bluetooth headphones – practical, comfortable and in a feminine color – what more could you want? For listening to music and for calls. Power Bank – useful during a busy day when there is no possibility or time to charge the phone via the network. Just throw the phone with the power bank connected to the bag and the phone charges. Phone case – if you know the model. Available in beautiful designs or with any photo – they please the eye and provide additional protection for your phone! Feminine smartwatch – just see how beautiful! Minimalist design, classic and elegance. In addition to the watch, it also includes 7 sports, heart rate monitor, blood pressure measurement, pedometer and calories burned measurement. JBL speaker – I’m in gold myself and I don’t know what I would do without it. He accompanies me every day when I work in the office. I put on my favorite music, which does not distract me and is immediately more fun to work with! All you need to do is charge it and then connect it to the phone via bluetooth to listen to music freely for up to 5 hours! Eco-leather laptop case – soft material, resilient foam, pastel color and laptop protection. A useful accessory for the tech-gadget-victim! E-book reader – if not already, because if she is a technology lover, she may already have one. There are several companies producing readers on the market, of which the Kindle is by far the most famous. The entire library is always at hand! Inductive charger – the charger with the appearance of a disk is connected to the contact, and the phone – instead of plugging anywhere – just put it on it. And it will charge! Great right? Induction brush – 62 brush revolutions per minute. Will you do so much by brushing your teeth with a traditional toothbrush? I don’t think sądz for that nicely cupped toothbrush! Cleaner teeth, healthier gums, washing time sensor – it certainly makes everyday care easier! Microdermabrasion device – that is, staying in the bathroom, skin care without visiting a beauty salon. It wipes the horny layer of the epidermis, cleanses the face, firms it, reduces scars and reduces fine wrinkles. Perfect gift for a woman!     Ecologist Did you know that we use as much ecological resources as if we lived not on one Earth, but on 1,6? We live on credit, which means that every year from the so-called ecological debt, the demand and consumption of natural resources exceed the planet’s ability to supply (or replace) them within a year. Everything that we use after that date (the later the better, unfortunately this day falls earlier and earlier each year, e.g. in 2019 it was July 29, including: August 22, due to the pandemic – there is no what to be happy about, for comparison, in 1970 it was only on December 29 …), we use up on credit for future generations. I guess you will agree with me that it is worth choosing items that will allow us to take care of the Earth? Among my suggestions for Christmas gifts for the eco-friend you will find: Book Not Rubbish – a proposal from Julia Wizowska, the host blog Again, rubbish.  As many as 348 pages on how to waste less food, what to pay attention to when buying clothes, whether the products labeled „bio” and „eco” are really environmentally friendly and whether recycling in Poland is a fiction – these are just a few questions to which the author answers in the above book. A must for every eco-maker. Zero Waste Life – Katarzyna Wągrowska’s book is a practical guide on how to really live in the spirit of zero waste – consciously and not producing waste. Keepcup mug – Keepcup is a company that creates reusable cups from glass and plastics, the use of which is to contribute to reducing the use of disposable cups. You can take such a mug with you in your bag and drink coffee in a cafe from such a mug. Stojo foldable cup – it’s just an idea! My discovery: a foldable silicone cup available in several sizes, which, like Keepcup, is also intended to replace the disposable cup. Handy and compact, it will not take up much space in the bag, you can use it at any time, and after drinking the contents – fold it into a tight, compact disk! Natural cosmetics – there are many companies on the market that offer vegan, natural and safe cosmetics. One of them is e.g. 4 sprouts. Here you will find soaps, shampoos, conditioners, cream deodorants, soy candles … and much more! All produced with the use of unrefined, cold-pressed vegetable oils, natural essential oils, extracts, clays, herbs and macerates. Reusable razor – like a traditional razor, the metal razor to which the razor is attached is very eco. A good idea for both women and men! Reusable cutlery i stainless steel lunchbox – a cotton case with a bamboo fork, a knife with a serrated blade, a spoon, a straw and a cleaning brush. And the lunchbox is not only made of stainless steel, so eco, but also in a beautiful design. Great! Wax women – did you hear about it? These are natural, reusable packaging that can be used instead of plastic bags, cling film, aluminum foil or plastic boxes. Cotton cloths soaked in a mixture based on beeswax help to keep food fresh, and after use, simply rinse them with water and dry them for reuse! Organic cotton underwear – Skrojone is a Polish brand that sews ethically bras, panties and bodies in Poland, all from organic cotton with a GOTS certificate, i.e. one that has been grown without toxic plant growth agents. And in the spirit of less waste and cruelty free. Ethical clothing – clothes only from certified ecological materials. They come from GAU, an ethical company from Gdynia whose style is – as they say – „the timeless simplicity of Scandinavian minimalism mixed with a bit of nonchalance of Parisian style”. The offer includes skirts, pants, sweatshirts, tops and turtlenecks. Less waste, slow and transparency are the words that define GAU.     Organised There are people who cannot imagine life without a plan and good organization. Planning and organization are their lives! And there are things in this organization that can help.   Planner for a good day – my idea  I will humbly say that it is a fantastic, holistic tool for organizing life and achieving work-life balance. To practice gratitude, health, finances and efficient organization of daily life. Available in three colors and with and without dates for 2021. A5 format. Eco-leather briefcase – to be set with a planner, very practical and convenient, in A4 format. Available in the same veneer and the same colors as the planner, equipped with a notebook with wide lines – perfect for taking notes during meetings, lectures or conferences. Traditional album – that is, one for pasting photos. You can have order in the photos on the mobile phone, on the computer, but nothing can replace the photos that we take in our hand. A beautiful album standing on a shelf tempts you to take it in your hands and browse it, recalling beautiful moments with your memories. Wall organizer – preferably in a weekly view. Blackboard paint and cork are enough to keep home life organized and everyone in the family knows what, where and when! ’ Jewelry organizer – glass base with brass posts of different heights on which you can hang your jewelry. It will be not only tidy, but also nicely displayed, and the chains will not lie tangled in a drawer. Goals and Planning e-book – from the Lady of Your Time. Her other e-books will also be great, such as „How to become the mistress of your time” or „How to organize a family life”. Mrs. Ola Budzyńska, a lady of her own Czaus, calls herself a specialist in time, planning and understanding. He creates excellent e-books that help you define your goals and pursue them, organize yourself well in time and thus have time for yourself. I recommend! Jewelery box – in a supersize size, elegant, with convenient compartments, it will help to keep order in your trinkets, and even take it with you on a trip to be able to delight with different jewelry every day! Glass casket – beautiful, elegant, with a mirror bottom and gold-colored metal fittings. It allows you to organize jewelry not only.     Yoginka For many years, yoga has become an increasingly popular practice of taking care of yourself. No wonder, because thanks to it we become more relaxed, calmed down and healthier. Yoga can be practiced at any time and in any conditions. It is a great solution for people who do not like very intense exercise, but are looking for something that will stretch and strengthen their body parts. Gift ideas for yogis are gifts for both beginners and more advanced.     Cork yoga mat – this beautiful mat will appeal to lovers of minimalism and ecology. The cork provides perfect adhesion to the ground, making yoga practice much more enjoyable. A rubber yoga mat – rubber is the perfect material for yoga mats. Firstly, it is natural, and secondly, it is very effective in preventing surfaces from slipping. Joy in me mats will be liked by those yogis who greatly appreciate aesthetic values. Macrame mat strip – this one created by Julia Wizowska is a great gift for all yoga lovers who travel with their mat further than their four walls  The belt was created in the spirit of less waste. Yoga set – it is a great gift for all people for whom yoga becomes everyday life. The set with accessories will allow them to continue their new passion and expand their yoga skills. Shaping leggings – apparently, our well-being is very much influenced by how we look. With yoga leggings, you can look so feminine that you don’t want to give up training! Yogi Tea – these teas are probably known to many a freak of spiritual peace. Teas come in many flavors, mainly very exotic, which will make every day pleasant. Meditation cushion – for example, one in a beautiful fuchsia color will allow you to meditate comfortably, and thus let you calm down and go deeper into yourself. A gift for those who are more into yoga and meditation. Exercise ball – the ball is a universal exercise device that is also used in yoga practice. It trains balance and allows you to stretch some parts of the body. Relaxation bag – a relaxing eye bag from Peaceful Mind is filled with flower petals and seeds. Placed over the eyes, it facilitates relaxation – a perfect gift for people who often meditate or have trouble falling asleep. Incense purnamarituals – you could see them on my Instagram. They help in mindfulness and new mindfull practices. Their smell improves concentration and calms down. A gift created for people who love to broaden their horizons.   How do you like my gift suggestions? Did you find anything particularly interesting?
- [Summer menu for babies and allergy sufferers - without milk and eggs](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/letnie-menu-dla-niemowlaka-alergika-bez-mleka-jajka/): You know very well that I care very much for healthy nutrition for my whole family, especially its youngest members. What does an example baby menu look like? I love quick and easy solutions, but we prepare food for my children. I am not a complete opponent of ready-made baby jars – at least not all of them, but if I have the opportunity to prepare fresh dishes or jars with wholesome meals for later, why shouldn’t I use it? Today I will share with you some proven recipes – here is the menu for allergy sufferers: it does not contain milk or eggs. Breakfast – Nutritious spelled porridge with fruit Ingredients: – bio spelled porridge – bananas and strawberries or roasted apples   You can replace seasonal fruit all year round with, for example, boiled apples – cook 2 kilograms immediately and close in jars, it will last you for many days of quick cooking. My children like this version of porridge the most.   1. I pour 4 / 5 into a pot of water and 6 scoops or 4 heaped spoons of organic spelled   2. I bring the porridge to a boil, stirring constantly and cook 3 minutes on very low heat, stirring constantly.   3. In the meantime, I am preparing fruit to add to the porridge – today strawberries and bananas.   4. My children like cereal with fruit in the form of mousse the most, which is why I mix cooked porridge with fruit until smooth.   5. A delicious and nutritious breakfast for 4 and the baby are ready!   6. I add elderberry syrup to Santa – perfect for strengthening immunity throughout the year, and also very helpful with colds.   7. I pack the surplus in a container and put it in the fridge – thanks to this I have a quick snack that is ready to be heated or eaten cold if you like.   The version with boiled apples – even faster, because I always have the cooked apple mousse in the fridge in a jar:   Second breakfast – vegetable fries Ingredients: Carrot, potato, sweet potato, beetroot, celery or whatever I have on hand.   I heat the oven to 180 degrees.   In the meantime, I cut the vegetables at hand into long and narrow bars – such as French fries or slightly thicker, depending on how soft the vegetables are. And so I cut ordinary potatoes traditionally, sweet potatoes twice as thick, and beetroots and carrots somewhere in the middle.   I put vegetables in a bowl along with coconut oil, in summer it is completely liquid in my cabinet, so it is easy to mix with vegetables. I put the mixed vegetables on the oven tray, which I had previously lined with baking paper.   I bake about 40 minutes. Ready! It can be said that the second breakfast does the same.     Lunch – Vegetable mix with organic chicken   Ingredients: 1 carrot 1 potato 1 beetroot 1 / 2 kohlrabi 1 / 2 sweet potato 1 / 3 organic chicken breasts   I write intentionally about vegetables with chicken, not about chicken with vegetables, because in the first year of life 10g meat a day in the diet is the right amount, so we can imagine a tablespoon of meat. In the second year of life, this number doubles.   I always use seasonal vegetables to cook dinner, which I have on hand. Today it will be potato, sweet potato, beetroot, kohlrabi, carrots and chicken meat. I try to buy all these products organic, while in the case of meat I never make exceptions. Unfortunately, organic certified chicken, which says that it was fed without GMOs and did not receive antibiotics, is still difficult to access. That is why I order a larger quantity in a store, portion and freeze, thanks to which I always have organic meat in the freezer.   I would only buy vegetables in an ideal world, but I can’t always afford it temporarily (in the city it is only twice a week), so I often buy them in a regular shop in the eco department, and if I succeed, I go to special eco-bid and buy in store. All of the above vegetables can lie in the fridge for quite a long time.   Did you know that not all vegetables are worth buying organic? Some are structured in such a way that harmful pesticides do not penetrate inside – for example, we can eat sweet potatoes and avocados without fear. Unfortunately, such popular potatoes and celery are vegetables most contaminated with pesticides and it is worth buying them in an eco version or preferably an organic one. I will prepare a separate material about it and show you how vegetables and fruits can also be cleaned well.   1. I defrost meat – did you know that we should not defrost any food at room temperature? Ideally, the meat would be defrosted in the refrigerator – take it out the day before and put it in a container on the shelf. If I have completely forgotten it, I steam-defrost the meat in my Babycook. All you have to do is place a piece of meat in the basket in the pan, pour water (level 2) into the device and in a few minutes the meat is ready for further cooking. Unfortunately, such intuitive room temperature defrosting promotes the growth of bacteria.   2. In the meantime I peel vegetables and cut into small pieces.   3. I already have thawed meat, so I steam it together with the vegetables. You can use any pot with a steamer attachment, I use Babycook, into which I pour water for steaming (3 level), put vegetables and meat in the basket and turn it on. When the cooking is finished (several minutes), a sound signal will inform me.   4. When steaming is over, I decide whether I will give my dinner to Maks as BLW or in a mixed version – here I decide based on how much time I have available. It is impossible to hide, but such a Toddler at lunch in the BLW version gives me a great cleaning, which is why I often leave such a meal for dinner, when we can enjoy food and getting to know it.   That’s why I usually toss cooked vegetables and meat from the basket into a dish to blend them – as you can see, I don’t pour out the steam water I used to cook on – it contains a lot of valuable nutrients, so I just add vegetables and meat inside and mix. However, I do not mix until some kind of smooth mass is obtained, any lumps and structures are welcome.   5. Again, I put the excess vegetables into containers – I use the ones with a special scale, thanks to which I can see immediately how many portions of lunch I have – and put them in the fridge on the next day or in the freezer, and usually I prepare so much food that I have it the next day, and I freeze for the days when we’re completely busy. Then I throw the frozen portion of dinner into the Babycook for a few minutes and in a moment I have a warm dinner ready.     Millet dessert with raspberry mousse Ingredients: – millet 5 tbsp – 150 ml of water for cooking porridge – coconut oil – 130 ml of coconut milk – raspberries – chia seeds   1. Rinse millet generously under cold water, and then pour boiling water.   2. Steaming millet in the Babycook – you can also cook it in a pot. I pour water into the container for steaming water (level 3).   Pour the washed porridge into a porridge cooking container and add approximately 150 ml of water.   I put a basket with groats and water in the container.   I close the lid and start cooking – the process will take several minutes.   3. When the porridge is cooked, I pour it into the main container.   4. I add 130 ml of coconut milk (pay attention to the composition and choose only those that contain only: coconut, eg 60% and water – no guar gum or emulsifiers are needed there.   5. I mix millet with coconut milk to a fairly smooth mass (it is never perfectly smooth with millet).   6. I put the millet mousse in the dishes.   7. I mix raspberries on fruit mousse and pour it on millet mousse. I often add soaked chia seeds to raspberries.   8. I keep the excess mousse in the refrigerator and use it the next day – for example for the morning porridge.   Dinner – BLW steamed vegetables Ingredients: – broccoli – carrot – cauliflower   1. I wash and peel vegetables, steam as well as dinner products. I serve on the BLW mat for independent eating.   All right, Mama, have you taken the pictures yet? Finally, I can add my favorite chili sauce      I try to teach the child independencealso in eating, but when we have to leave the house as four in the morning, it is not necessarily the perfect time to learn how to eat porridge with strawberries on our own, so I feed Maks without any remorse, and in the evening and on weekends I try to find time to eat and study. I just can’t always afford to clean such a mess, vacuum and mop the floor, and sometimes take a bath and remove stains – and it was just vegetables! No sauces or mousses.     We try to prepare all meals that our children eat at home, we do not use semi-finished products or ready-made jars. We prepare most of the dishes for 2-3 days, and even freeze them, so that we can use ready-made, home-made solutions for an intensive time – we can leave the dinner to defrost in the refrigerator the day before, so that heating it takes as much as heating a purchased jar, and in the version for forgetful ones – defrost and reheat, for example in a Babycook.   This does not mean that we never use jars, it happens to us at the peak of family and professional activity, so I will also prepare a post in which I will write you what to look for when choosing a jar and how to choose the best.   Our friend helps me to invent dishes, dietitian – Ania Rogalska-Bućkowhich „chases me” beautifully, when sometimes there are too many sweet fruits and not enough vegetables, and motivates me to eat 2 fruit and 3 vegetable meals, not the other way around, to develop appropriate eating habits in children today.   I can see how much it pays off today in Mikołaj, who chooses healthy products himself, avoids sweets, because he simply has no habit of eating them (except for the birthday cake and sorbets since this year), because we have never served or eaten them. them with him. Here, the allergy played a huge role – for almost 4 years, Mikołaj could not eat products containing milk (most sweets) and food chemicals, and in order to strengthen his intestines, we were very careful about a healthy, strengthening diet, at the same time developing very strong eating habits in him. – today a day without cereals and apples is a wasted day. That is why today we appreciate this allergy that has affected and changed our whole family for the better. There is no bad thing    And what are your favorite summer dishes? We’ll be happy to try something new.   Do you want to be up to date with me?   Join me on Instagram i Facebook – daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed!
- [Is it worth buying organic vegetables and fruits?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/warzywa-owoce-ekologiczne/): For some time, ecological products have ceased to be available only in bazaars, as supermarkets more and more often offer us „substitutes” for some products, especially vegetables or fruit, in the form of organic products. And very well! But … is it really worth buying all products labeled „BIO”? The season for fresh fruit and vegetables is in full swing! But surely many people do not realize how many fruits and vegetables – which we should eat every day and in large amounts – are contaminated with pesticides, which even washing or peeling cannot remove …   A large amount of pesticides consumed with vegetables and fruits can cause problems with pregnancy and maintenance in women, and problems with male fertility. This is just one of the reasons why we should avoid products contaminated with pesticides.   EEC (Enviromental Working Group), An American NGO, more than 35000 samples fruit and vegetables every year and publishes a list of the most contaminated of these products. On the basis of these studies, it determines a list of contamination-free fruits and vegetables, the „Clean Fifteen” and the most contaminated – „Dirty Dozen”.   And how does this relate to Polish vegetables and fruits?   The result of strong contamination of given groups of vegetables and fruits results primarily from the susceptibility of specific vegetables and fruits to the accumulation of impurities, which allows us to suppose that the result of this research in Poland would be very similar.   Here’s what the list for 2018 looks like:   Parszywa dwunastka The products most contaminated with pesticides and chemistry include (in descending order):   strawberries spinach nekatrynki apples grapes peaches cherries pears tomatoes celery potatoes sweet pepper   Unfortunately, a single sample of strawberries showed the presence of as many as 20 various pesticides! In contrast, the tested spinach samples contained on average 1,8 times more pesticides than others.   I also have bad news for those who like hot peppers – the EWG added them as an additional product to the list (Dirty Dozen Plus), because although they do not contain such a high concentration of pesticides, those in them are insecticidal substances that are toxic to humans nervous system. Three highly toxic pesticides have been detected in hot pepper samples: acephate, chlorpyrifos and oxamine. Some of the samples had a significant number of them. EEC recommends that lovers of hot peppers reach for organic products, and if we cannot find them – do not eat them raw, let’s cook them – after cooking the food, the level of pesticides decreases. If you have such a possibility, all the ingredients listed above are worth buying in the eco version, and if we can’t afford it, it is worth cleaning these fruits with home remedies, which I will tell you in a moment.   Organic vegetables and fruits, bought in health food stores or local bazaars (which are usually open only once or twice a week), are actually expensive, so the best trick is to buy organic vegetables and fruits at a local organic farm (some also offer deliveries to home), I’m testing such deliveries in my region.   Pure fifteen Products containing the least pesticides include:   an avocado sweet corn pineapples cabbage onion frozen peas papaya asparagus mango eggplant honey melon Kiwi cantaloupe (melon variety) cauliflower broccoli   Of the samples tested avocado and sweet corn were among the purest – detectable pesticides were reported in less than 1 percent of the samples. None of the samples in the list above showed more than four pesticides. Only 5% of all Pure Fifteen vegetable samples showed two or more pesticides.   Here you can watch a full list of fruit and vegetables tested by the EEC.   I was tempted to review the lists from previous years and in fact they are very similar, and the products primarily change the order. Thanks to this, I know that this list is universal over the years.     How to properly clean vegetables and fruits? Water alone is not enough – you have certainly seen shiny apples more than once – an apple straight from a tree does not look like this …   To properly and to the best of our ability to clean vegetables and fruits, there are two ways: First, you can buy a special one ecological washing liquid – made of natural ingredients, one that leaves no flavor or smell on products and removes germs from them.   Secondly, you can to do home remedies, all you have to do is take three steps:   1 step Prepare acid solutionwhich will remove bacteria such as E-coli, Listeria or Salmonella. Ex .: half a cup of apple cider vinegar + a liter of water – soak for 3 minutes or 2-3 tablespoons of citric acid + 3 liter of water – soak for XNUMX minutes Bacteria removed!   2 step It’s time to remove the pesticides, forming alkaline environment: 2 tablespoons of baking soda + a liter of water – soak for 30 minutes (some even recommend leaving it overnight).   Warning! It is possible that at this stage you will see what was „sitting” on your products for dinner – an oily layer may float on the surface or the water may become cloudy or even turn … yellow.   3 step Finally rinse the products in clean water.   Ready! It is known that by preparing vegetables and fruits in this way, we will not get rid of toxins inside the products, but we can get rid of the external ones.     In sum, there is no need to buy bio-avocados, but it’s worth reaching for bio-strawberries or bio-spinach. For the sake of our and our loved ones’ health, we are still verifying which foods have been genetically modified and avoiding them by reading labels well and reaching for products labeled as organic, GMO-free.   It is worth remembering that no matter how clean at first glance the bought vegetables and fruits seem, they can contain a lot of harmful pesticides and germs.   Do you want to be up to date with me?   Join me on Instagram i Facebook – daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed!   Źródła: – https://www.ewg.org/foodnews/summary.php – https://www.ewg.org/foodnews/full-list.php
- [Healthy food - a whole day menu for children and families | Winter](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zdrowe-jedzenie-jadlospis-zima/): Healthy food and a menu for the whole day is not an easy matter if you do not have enough inspiration for cooking. I don’t like cooking myself, but what is not done out of love for my family? Because I like to take care of my boys and what they eat, I invite you to my kitchen where I will share recipes for healthy food for the whole winter day and I will show you how to prepare an exemplary all-day menu, from shopping to breakfast, lunch, lunch and afternoon tea, using a lot of healthy products. It is impossible to hide – cooking is not my hobby. And what helps me most to make cooking fun? I am brewing delicious tea and I turn on my favorite music – usually one for dancing. I tie my apron and… go to action!   Healthy Food – I do grocery shopping   We live in Gdynia, so I usually do grocery shopping for years in Auchan, where I already know the products and their compositions welland that the range of healthy products is constantly growing, I am looking for products from the Pewni Dobrego series, and ecological, bio or organic. Then I can be sure that I am buying the best possible products available to me.   We live in the city and do not have access to village chanterelles or pigsand even when we did – we had to take the host’s word for it, who assured us that the animals were happy and well fed. Therefore, if I have to take the word of a stranger or research and certificates – I choose the latter. I don’t know if you know, but supermarkets regularly test food and the amount of pesticides they contain, and it is often enough for a supplier to exceed one standard to be punished for 14 days and not be able to deliver vegetables to chain stores. This is a financial tragedy for such a company, so where do you think these vegetables most often end up in? Unfortunately for various fairs and stalls.   When I prepare healthy food in the store – vegetables and fruits, meat and eggs with the label „Confident of good”, I read what is hidden under this sign – sometimes these products come from from small, controlled farms, fruit and vegetables are free of pesticide residues, and chanterelles running and fed with vegetable feed – you may sometimes find the telephone number and address of the farm they come from, or call if you have any questions about healthy eating.     Often these products are packed instead of foil – in nets and cardboard boxes, I hope that soon they will all be so packed and that we will be able to eliminate foil from the food industry in small steps. I am glad that I can buy more and more often fruit and vegetables without pesticide residues – pesticides are usually also used in organic farming – of course, the list of permitted ones is different than in traditional agriculture, but it is important that they do not remain on the products.     I am very happy that Auchan has such a large selection of organic, BIO food and this offer is being expanded.   And now I invite you to a full-day delicious menu for the whole family with hints on how to store products so that they last for many days.   Before I show you ours healthy food menu for the whole day – let me remind you of the list of the most pesticide-contaminated vegetables and fruits (survey conducted annually in the USA, but largely based on the propensity of vegetables and fruits to absorb pesticides). It’s best to save these graphics on your phone so that you always have them with you when you go shopping.     Healthy eating – a menu for the whole day   Breakfast – Egg muffins Very simple and delicious! Just in time for the so-called „Cleaning the refrigerator”    Ingredients – of course you can add your favorite flavors, and even for each family member something different that he loves. With us they were: baby spinach in the bio version – spinach is in the second place of the dirty twelve, hence the bio version maize – second on the 15 clean list to recommend it in its non-GMO version cherry tomatoes – 10th place on the dirty twelve list, it’s worth buying organic avocados – first out of the clean 15 – I buy plain parsley cheese   I heat the oven to 190’C without hot air. The muffin plate can be greased, so that later it would be easier to remove the muffins – my plate does not require it – but the most convenient way is to use spray fat.   I put in each hole any favorite ingredients, like corn, cooked chickpeas, olives, good ham, spinach, pieces of cooked broccoli, tomatoes, peppers, onions, chives … the addition is also great mozzarella or feta cheese.     In a bowl I break eggs – as many eggs as there are muffin molds – and lightly whisk them with spices – I added a little salt, pepper and herbs, and turmeric (she is very healthy, I try to add it to almost every dish). I fill the holes with prepared egg mass.     I bake at 190’C for about 20 minutes.   And it’s ready! A delicious and nutritious breakfast for the whole family.   hint: I keep the muffins in the fridge for up to 3 days. They are perfect for lunch at kindergarten or for me and Wojtek for work, or for a snack when I go with the children for a long walk, and I do not want to be reliant on fast food in the city.       XNUMXnd breakfast – A healthy, nutritious and filling cocktail The perfect way to smuggle something green or red to children. And how it tastes! They are asking for additional.   hint: I pour the ready-made cocktail into bottles and take it with us as a meal to work or pack for children for the exit or to kindergarten – healthy food takeaway menu in its simplest form – you don’t even need cutlery to eat. It is best to eat it as soon as possible after preparation, so it is not worth waiting until the evening with this deliciousness.   Ingredients Composing a recipe for a healthy and nutritious cocktail, I always make sure that it is in it: Something green – e.g. a handful of spinach, kale (in the organic version – remember, it’s the top three of the dirty twelve), green parsley, basil Something vegetable – for example, carrots, cucumbers, celery, beet leaves, peeled tomatoes, peppers, red cabbage Something fruitful – I usually add a few fruits, e.g. banana, melon, apple, raspberries, strawberries – what I have at hand or in the freezer Something meaningful – for example, 2 tablespoons of oatmeal Oil – linseed oil, rice oil, but also fatty avocados Nuts – 2-3 peanuts at hand, usually Italian, cashew, peanut, almonds Seeds – for example, pumpkin seeds, sunflower seeds „Solvent” – water plus plant milk, but also kefir, buttermilk or yogurt. If you eat dairy products, they will be great   Today I used: 2 tablespoons oat flakes 1 banana 1/4 avocado 2 tablespoons of sunflower seeds piece of melon some parsley a handful of spinach 1 apple fresh in season and frozen raspberries or strawberries in low season (if you are disturbed by raspberry stones, you can blend them separately and wipe them through a strainer) I put everything into the melaxer / blender / Thermomix – I’m blending and ready.     Lunch – Baked chicken drumsticks with vegetables If I’m looking for a healthy idea, one pot dinner with chicken, this dish will provide us with a lot of protein, and vegetables in the form of fries they also taste somehow… better – especially to children.   Ingredients 8 chicken sticks 1 large beetroot 2 sweet potatoes (eco version – dirty dozen) carrot mushrooms clarified butter For chicken macerate golden chicken spice sweet pepper a little salt rapeseed oil   Ingredients for macerate I mix with rapeseed oil and rub the chickens. I put it in the fridge for 40-60 minutesto make them taste spice.     I buy meat from a proven source from my family or in Auchan, where I can buy meat from perch chickens – fed with plant food, reared without antibiotics and with access to daylight.     I also buy soups there farm chicken from Podlasie – no GMO, no antibiotics, slowly growing. Perfect for cooking e.g. broth or tomato. It is worth choosing such products in a supermarket if you do not have access to such rural chanterelles from a trusted farm.     I’m starting to cut vegetables. Cut sweet potatoes, carrots and beets into sticks…     …and Slice mushrooms and fry.   I warm up oven up to 200’C.   Personally, I don’t trust baking in a foil sleeve – I’m also not a fan of cooking groats and rice in bags – so I choose a heat-resistant dish. Although I admit – this dish from the sleeve comes out tastier, secondly, you can make it completely fat-free.   Heat resistant dish clarified butter.     And here is my little hard butter trick      For the first I bake only chickens for 45 minutesafter this time I add chopped vegetables and mushrooms for another 30 minutes (depends on the oven).     Ready meal it looks very appetizing! What a pity that the Internet does not transmit smells!       Afternoon tea – Gluten-free carrot cake Gluten-free, on roasted buckwheat with almonds. Just health and lots of taste!   When creating this recipe, I based it on the Cookido application from Thermomix, but I made a lot of changes to it, here’s my variation:   Ingredients for the dough 200g almonds with the skin 30g of unroasted buckwheat 140 g cane sugar or 160g xylitol (has a 10x lower glycemic index than sugar) 250g carrots 3 eggs 70g corn flour 75g pineapple 1 teaspoon baking soda   Ingredients for the coating 125g Philadelphia cheese 50g butter powdered sugar to taste   Preparation of dough I use to prepare the dough organic eggs from happy free range hens – these are class „0” eggs – I can find them easily in Auchan after the additional label „Confident of good”.   I preheat the oven to 190’C I blend almonds with buckwheat, set aside I blend sugar or xylitol for fine dust I add the carrots and blend again I add eggs, salt and mix I add previously blended almonds with buckwheat and mix Add pineapple cut into small pieces and mix   Grease the cake tin with butter. I bake for about 35 minutes.   Nut coating I put 125g Philadelse sesse into the blender and whisk / mix with 50g butter, adding powdered sugar to taste.   I pour the cooled cake and decorate with fruit or nuts.   hint: Carrot cake before pouring divide into smaller portions, wrap in baking paper, pack into an airtight glass container and freeze – it is the perfect snack for children. Just put it on the radiator and enjoy a warm cake in the middle of the day. And how it tastes with coffee!     Supper – Zucchini, sweet potato and carrot fritters   I prepare them just like potato pancakes – all products can be chop finely, grate or simply toss into Thermomix and blend. What do I throw in? half an onion half zucchini 2 sweet potatoes 1 carrot 60g corn starch 3 eggs two pinches of salt a pinch of pepper rapeseed oil for baking.   I crush onions, zucchini, sweet potatoes and carrots, but not into pulp, only small particles. I add cornstarch (you can use potatoe), eggs and spices to taste. I set aside in a bowl for several minutes to drain off excess water from the mass.     I warm up the pan (set to 7 on a scale of 1-9), grease with a small amount of oil, I put 1 tablespoon of vegetable mass and form fritters from it. Fry on two sides until golden brown.   How delicious it is!     And finally a small backstage – Have you seen my Instastors while cooking? I invite you – he is in distinguished reports on Instagram under the name „Cooking” – you can see everything here up close      How do you like my ways to eat healthy – all day menu? If you try any of the recipes, be sure to let them know if they liked it!
- [How do you spend very little to spend?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/oszczedzanie/): Did you know that having a low budget you don’t have to give up good quality things? I will tell you how to do it. It cannot be concealed – the entire layette is a huge cost if we add the prices of clothes, bath accessories, room equipment or a pram. Later it is lighter, but the child grows all the time and so does his needs. Today I will tell you how to skillfully reduce costs. 1. For starters, the less the better Especially at the beginning, when you do not know what things will work for you, do not make purchases in advance and do not buy the entire sizes. Also not 30-meter diapers, 10 is enough to start with, and perhaps you will never buy more. Buy clothes only in sizes 56/62 and 62/60, and those that will work for you later, you will also get a lot as a gift from the first guests. Do not worry that you will not have time to go to the store – I guarantee that you will be happy to find it, and you will not be able to leave the hangers with clothes for the little ones during all the usual shopping. You can always order clothes that have worked for you online. 2. Later, use the economies of scale Shop less often, but in larger quantities. Online stores will reward you with free shipping, and often a discount. Subscribe to newsletters, thanks to which you will first learn about promotions and buy even cheaper. Buy in multipacks, but always check if it is a real promotion by calculating the unit price. And when you see diapers at a great price, make a supply. Remember, this rule applies only to products with a long shelf life, otherwise you may lose instead of gain. 3. Don’t get caught up in advertising and creating needs Bath gel, hair shampoo, cream, powder, olive, wet wipes – many manufacturers will assure you that your child needs it all, preferably at once, and the more expensive the better – after all, you cannot save on your child’s health. You can opt out of most of the products on this list, as I wrote about here. 4. Remember, cheaper doesn’t have to mean worse quality More than once, I and my friends tried to save by buying a worse product for a child, one from a lower or very low shelf, and the effect was usually such that, dissatisfied with the purchase, we had to buy this product again, which made us pay double. It turned out that the cheaper bodysuit has plastic press studs that are easy to damage in ironing, and even if the press studs were fine, their necklines stretched quickly and reached the waist, rompers quickly became wider than longer, sweaters and the rest too, and everything often it was simply sewn crookedly. The jacket was soaking wet and the children’s shoes stained them, destroying other garments. The same was true of very cheap prams, which quickly squeaked, broke or worn, or were simply inconvenient for the parent and the child. Of course, this does not apply to all cheap products, but in my experience I can say most.   Therefore, when reducing expenses instead of giving up high-quality products, reach for second-hand ones.   Look for a stroller in local classifieds, chances are you’ll find a high-quality stroller that’s still under warranty and half price. Why locally? You will be able to visit the family from whom you buy a stroller, see how they live, how they care for the house and for the child, and this is certainly very important. And of course see the cart! This is how I sell my Son’s things – a stroller or a car seat, as well as small items such as a breast pump or a bottle sterilizer, with receipts, proofs of purchase and guarantees.   The stroller is a one-time purchase, so you can ride it, but when it comes to clothes, the thing is more difficult, because it would be almost impossible to drive around the area in search of suitable clothes, and buying one piece at auction sites is not always profitable and risky when it comes to quality. Probably everyone who has already tried it knows that what in the picture is not always so live (which does not mean that I have never, but often happened to throw away a newly purchased, used item straight into the bin). Here they will help us reputable online stores with second-hand clothesi. They have such an advantage that behind the clothes sold there stands an established brand and regular satisfied customers, as well as social profiles and customer reviews posted on them.   One of such stores that I had the opportunity to test are KartyMody.pl – I could choose what I wanted from the store, and my assumption was not to spend more than PLN 50 for shopping and create two three-piece stylizations for the spring. Here they are:   The price of all these clothes is PLN 53 + PLN 9 shipping.   All new customers are entitled to the -10% discount on the first order. In addition, every order above PLN 90 is sent completely free.   All the clothes I received were washed, ironed, packed in separate, rigid foils. I must say that to my surprise, the quality did not differ from the clothes I buy from store hangers, and among them there were such recognized brands as NEXT, George or Mothercare. And all this for around 1 / 3 store price.   And what are your proven ways to save?
- [Marine stylization for a boy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morska-stylizacja-dla-chlopca/): I love lazy Sundays … a walk by the sea is our ritual, and now it has been joined by one more stop – a seaside playground for children. I already know why parents love playgrounds so much and I’m not surprised at all. You liked ours very much first styling for a little boy so I am happy to have another one for you. It was a really special Sunday… just the three of us. All. You know what I love about these photos? As each subsequent one, it is painted with light in increasingly warmer colors … I love photos at sunset. And you?    The photos were taken by: Santa Claus: chinos – F&F | body – Carter’s | jacket: HM | shoes – ZARA baby | hat – MEXX
- [How to prepare for a pregnancy photo session?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sie-przygotowac-ciazowej-sesji-zdjeciowej/): A pregnancy session has always been my great dream. My husband and I rarely have the opportunity to stand in front of the camera together, and the period of waiting for the Child, for the Miracle of Birth, is so special that I just had to have a wonderful souvenir from that period. Today, with three pregnancy photo sessions behind us, I have prepared a small guide for you on how to prepare for such a session. For a successful photo session, of course, you need a good photographer – I will write about what to consider when choosing a photographer for a family photo session in the next post. Today, however, I will focus on the fact that no matter what a fantastic photographer we are in front of the lens, it is worth preparing well for it, so that the end result is exactly as you dreamed of. The photos that you can admire here were extraordinary for us Magdalena Mizerathat traveled half of Poland to fulfill our dream of a bright, romantic belly session in the lavender field.     1. Place and scenery For family photo sessions, I love to use our natural surroundings, such as our home, bedroom, children’s room or garden. The landscapes that we associate with relaxation and spending time with the family are also ideal here: park, beach, meadow or road. The key to the success of each session, however, is the lack of crowds – uninvited guests can spoil any photo, so before you go outdoors, make sure what times it is best to take photos there to avoid strangers in the photos.   If you have already started preparing a room for your child or even a newborn corner in your bedroom, it will be a beautiful and natural scenery for your tummy photo session, give it a personal touch and be an additional souvenir.     2. Order Nothing spoils a photo as much as unwanted elements on it, and the point is not that our photographer has to cut out the scattered socks in the photo, dust on the cupboard or other, unwanted „second background heroes” in post-production. Of course, your photos will usually focus on the foreground, but the background, even very blurry thanks to the bright lens and the use of shallow depth of field, can spoil the reception of the photo, especially if there are intense colors in the background, inconsistent with the first frame.   The same rule applies to outdoor sessions – pay attention to whether there is litter on the beach, there are no colorful screens, and there are no broken colored bottles in the park under the bench. Sometimes it is enough to take a few steps to the side to change the overall experience of a photo.     3. Time of day When planning your tummy photo session in your home, think about when the best light for photography is there and take advantage of this time. Remember that it can be a completely different time of day for your bedroom, children’s room or garden.   In the case of an outdoor session, the same rule applies – here you should also take into account the time of year and the height of the sun above the horizon. In summer, it is practically impossible to take outdoor photos in full sun around noon. However, there is such a thing in photography as the „golden hour” – it is the hour just after sunrise and just before sunset – it provides us with unique, wonderful warm light and long shadows.   When planning the perfect time for a pregnancy photo session, consider when you feel best and most attractive. If you tend to collect water and swell in the evening, schedule your session for the morning hours. Conversely, if you are particularly tired in the morning, you will most likely have more energy in the afternoon     4. outfits It’s good if your outfits match in style and colors. For each session, I prepare two variants of clothes and we make the final decision about what to wear together with the photographer who has the entire frame in mind. I try not to combine a few patterns or too many colors. It is also important that the clothes fit each other in terms of character – if I am in jeans, Wojtek does not wear a suit and vice versa. In addition to making everyone’s outfits match, think about what will set the background for them and include them in this color puzzle as well. Remember no socks! There is an unwritten rule that the photos show either bare legs or shoes. Socks never, never look good in photos.   In the case of a pregnancy photo session, pay attention to whether the clothes chosen for the photos emphasize your beautiful belly or hide and mask it unnecessarily. A black dress, for example, will not work best in this role – unless you stand sideways to the lens. If you happen to have a tiny belly or the clothes you wear don’t emphasize it, you can do it by tying a ribbon under your breasts.     5. Makeup and hairstyle The camera is a… makeup eater, so don’t be afraid to emphasize your eyes or cheeks more, they will most likely come out in the photo and so delicately than you see them in the mirror. But be careful not to overdo it – I use the rule of one strong element in my makeup, including photographic ones, and I decide whether it will be eyes or lips. It’s good if the makeup is matte – the excess highlighter may look unfavorable in the photo, like a mirror reflecting the light, irreversibly depriving the skin of its texture in this place. On warm or hot days, it is also worth remembering about matting the gentlemen – transparent powder is perfect for this (as a Wedding Planner I always have it with me on wedding projects) or matting papers – take them with you to the session with lipstick or lip gloss if you plan use them. If your partner has a tendency to turn red, don’t be afraid to apply a little of your coverage foundation to areas that tend to turn red.   Remember to paint your day in a proven and favorite way, this is not the best day for make-up experiments. So don’t try to draw lines on your eyelids or new foundation or mascara for the first time.   Here, I also recommend focusing on naturalness, but nicely underlined. If the session is to have a natural, romantic character, fancy curls from the hairdresser will not work here. Hair nicely reflected, similar to those you wear every day, is the key to beautiful, natural tummy photos.   Also pay attention to your hands and feet, the first will certainly be the main characters of your tummy photographs.     6. poses It’s best if you look through some professional pregnancy photo sessions and see what poses work best. You can also save a few favorite items on your phone to try to play them back during the session.   There is one pose that works best – a hand on or under your tummy, or two hands at once. There is something very magical about this simple gesture.     7. Details, gadgets, props Think if you would like to invite props to the session that will emphasize its character. Ultrasound photos, tiny shoes, a ribbon tied above or on the belly, a helium balloon or appropriate inscriptions will help you create an unforgettable atmosphere and atmosphere in the photos. You can also use neutral ideas like a flower wreath.     8. A few hours before the session If you have bare shoulders during the photo session, do not wear underwear on the straps that day – they can leave an impression hard enough to be visible in the photos. The same applies to your legs – if you plan to wear an outfit that exposes them, avoid wearing socks that day, which can leave ugly marks where the elastic band is pressing.     9. Snacks and drinks A pregnancy photo session usually lasts from one to even several hours and it is time spent quite intensively. So let’s prepare a set of snacks and drinks for all of you beforehand. Easy-to-eat, light snacks that are not dirty or have an intense smell will work best here. Remember to improve your lip makeup after eating.   10. In which week of pregnancy is it best to do a pregnancy session? Most often, for the tummy photo session, the seventh and eighth months of pregnancy are ideal, when the tummy is already beautifully rounded and you still have the strength and the desire to stand in front of the lens. I do not recommend the photo shoot in 9 a month, it may turn out to be too tiring for you or you can simply not make it on time and instead of standing in front of the lens with a tummy, you will stand with the Baby in his arms. Which does not mean that a newborn session is not a wonderful idea! I will definitely write about her too.     Pregnancy is one of the greatest gifts you can get from life. I am very happy that thanks to such unique photos we are able to capture memories even better.   And how are you? Have you thought about a pregnancy photo session? Or maybe you already have such wonderful photos in your album?
- [Ultralight airplane stroller, that is ... we're going on vacation!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ultralekka-spacerowka-do-samolotu-na-zakupy/): Although from our pram Stokke Xplory I am still very happy when we started planning trips with the baby – be it by car or plane, visualizing the whole packing process, there was a need for a travel bag for our stroller or an ultralight stroller when folded, providing the child with comfort and a nap in need when traveling or on holiday walks. On this occasion, I decided to share with you my favorite candidates for the perfect ultralight stroller, which will work well when traveling by car, train or plane, as well as on a daily basis during shopping or quick trips. Our priorities when choosing an ultralight stroller for shopping, on a journey, to planes or for sightseeing: 1. As small as possible after folding Literally as small as possible. In my list you won’t even find umbrella strollers because they are simply too big for my expectations. After folding, I want the stroller not to occupy a significant part of the trunk, I want to be able to push it behind the rear seat of a compact + car or take it under the armpit at the airport. 2. Easy and quick to fold There is no place for prams, where the frame and the seat must be folded separately. I want to have everything in one piece, not to put anything aside, not to change anything and not to wonder what to put. And don’t lose anything. I would like to unfold it quickly after taking it out of the car or quickly fold it at the airport, preferably with one hand. 3. Convenient The child should not only sit comfortably, but also be able to take a little nap … so that parents can rest on a hot day  4. Light To easily be able to carry it, carry it, move with it around the airport or on the stairs in charming, seaside or mountainous corners of the world. Here is the list that I have prepared. 4 the coolest ultralight strollers that I had the opportunity to see, fold, unfold live, and drive Santa in them. 1. Babyzen Yoyo This is the first ultra-walker that I have met. It unfolds with one hand and can be folded just the same – I love it! We had them in one of our trolleys and I have great memories of it. The Babyzen Yoyo has a reclining seat that allows your baby to take a long nap and a comfortable journey. In addition, a large shopping basket will allow you to hold a lot. A small booth is a disadvantage for me, such sun protection is not enough for us. The market price of this stroller is approximately PLN 1850 – you can buy it the cheapest here   2. Quinny Yezz This stroller is both light and agile – it drives very well and has a wide and comfortable seat. Quinny Yezz folds very quickly to a very small size and unfolds quickly. The strap allows you to carry a folded stroller over your shoulder like a bag. The hammock seat allows the child to ride comfortably. For me, the downside is the lack of a reclining seat and a tiny sun canopy, but for this size of the stroller, I probably shouldn’t expect them. If I were looking for a small, manoeuvrable stroller, for a child who would not sleep in it and who would not be disturbed by the sun’s rays – you know my choice. The trolley does not have a shopping basket, but on the back there is a pocket where you can put a drink and snacks. The market price of this stroller is approximately PLN 590 – you can buy the cheapest here   3. Quinny Zapp Xtra 2 What can I say – first of all I was enchanted by the color – light, holiday blue. I was still delighted with the spacious seat, and as it turned out that it has 3 positions, including a lying position, I knew it was perfect for this type of stroller. When I was preparing this post, it turned out that this seat can be mounted both forward and backward facing. Can you ask for more? The seat is deep, protects the child well from the wind, the booth is very large, with the possibility of enlargement, it will perfectly provide sun and rain protection for the child. The Quinny Zapp Xtra 2 is quite compact, though not as small as the rest of the strollers in this set. Folding this stroller is probably the only drawback – unfortunately, we certainly cannot do it with one hand and it takes a while. But if you bet on a spacious, comfortable seat and a stroller for holiday strolls, still very compact when folded – you will probably be able to forgive the folding mechanism. The market price of this stroller is around PLN 1099 – you can buy the cheapest here   4. GB Pockit GB Pockit is undoubtedly one of the smallest strollers in the world. Unfortunately, when producing a stroller of this size, you cannot expect full functionality of the 2w1. What I miss here the most is sun protection, which in this model is practically absent, as well as protection against wind gusts. Although we will not fold the stroller with one hand, after folding it we will get a compact structure the size of … a box for winter boots. However, we will spread it much faster and easier. When we tried on our son’s GB Pockit, unfortunately, but it turned out to be a very narrow stroller and unfortunately not very comfortable for our child. The back of the seat cannot even be tilted slightly, which could make naps more difficult. GB Pockit also has no shopping basket. Correction – GB Pockit has a shopping basket, my mistake, so a big plus for this trolley. GB Pockit is the perfect stroller for small children and for shorter walks, for children who will not sleep in it. I would classify him as a pram to lift a baby at the airport, a quick shopping trip, but I would be less willing to go on a day trip around the city with him. The market price of this stroller is approximately PLN 820 – you can buy the cheapest here   And finally, a small mathematical summary – I gave each feature from 1 to 5 points. Here’s what I got: Stroller Babyzen Yoyo Quinny Zapp XTRA 2 Quinny Yezz GB POCKIT Size after folding 5 4 5 5 Easy and quick to fold 5 2 4 3 Comfortable for a child 3 5 3 2 Sun protection 2 5 3 1 Light 4 3 5 5 Price 1 3 4 3 Average rating 3,3 3,7 4,0 3,2 Weight 5,8 kg. 8 kg. 5 kg. 4,3 kg.   What came out of it? So if, in our family priorities, ultra-light weight would win and we would let go of the seat and a large booth, we would most likely choose the Quinny Yezz stroller. If we did not want to give up the comfort of a child sleeping in a horizontal position, long hours in the shade by the pool …  we would choose Quinny Zapp Etra 2. And what do you think about our comparison? Have you found your favorite among these proposals? Or maybe you can recommend us something completely different? I am waiting for your comments.
- [A proven method of cleaning, thanks to which we have a free weekend](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ten-sposob-na-sprzatanie/): Cleaning can be a nuisance to every lady of the house, especially one who, apart from her husband, also has children and a dog  From my childhood I remember that every Saturday morning was filled with cleaning: vacuuming, laying, dusting and cleaning the floors, and I dreamed of about spending this time with your parents in a completely different way. That’s why, as a wife and mother, I organize cleaning in such a way that I have a weekend off. How it’s possible? The key to happiness is regularity and the method of small steps. Every day I organize a different space in our house, which definitely takes me less time than cleaning the whole house once on Saturday morning, and thanks to this, on Friday we can go with the children for the weekend, having the peace of mind that we will return to a clean house.   Of course, I do not do the cleaning alone, the whole family is involved in this project, including children. Everyone has responsibilities that they know belong to and that they fulfill. I also have no problem (anymore!) With outsourcing more cleaning from time to time.   What is our weekly cleaning schedule like?   Sunday Sunday is time for us – no cleaning, no urgent tasks, just us, children and Zuma. Usually, in the evening, Grandma Halinka also comes to us and we spend time with our family, cook and bake bread.   On this day, we only take care of small things, which, however, greatly facilitate the functioning of the whole family and home life during the week.   Which, for example? preparation of children’s clothes for the whole week – in our sons’ rooms, each of them has a „magic drawer”, where we compose sets of clothes for the whole week, thanks to which every morning there is no need to think about what to wear today, only ready-made sets composed „on the bulb”, thanks to which they are adapted to any weather; Together with Wojtek, we plan meals for the whole week and make a shopping listThanks to that we will not wonder „what would be here today”, and we will save time and money in the store by buying only what we need, instead of wandering between the shelves looking around. Whenever possible, we order online with a car pickup – just drive to the store and your purchases go straight to our trunk; hugging the car – Sunday evening is the perfect time to empty the garbage from the pockets and lockers of the car, replenish supplies (we always have a few snacks, water or masks) or exchange of booklets for children to other – a great solution for children to play instead of the popular tablet that our children do not use when traveling. Usually, when we come back from a weekend or a Sunday walk, we also drive to the car wash.   What’s our plan for the whole week?   Monday shopping – according to yesterday’s list, washing – sometimes even 2-3 rounds, depending on whether I wash something extra, e.g. bedding or winter / summer clothes before the start of the season or clothes after returning from the weekend. While sorting the laundry takes place with us on an ongoing basis – we have it in the bathroom chest of drawerswhere we collect white, black, colored and children’s laundry in separate drawers from the top.   Tuesday Dust removal and putting things back – I take the children with me and laundry basket and a package of ecological wipes for cleaning furniture. We walk room by room, a in the basket we put everything that is not in its place – this is how we walk around the house, dusting all rooms. At the end, we take all the things out of the basket and sort them into individual rooms so that they can be conveniently distributed to their places.   Wednesday Ironing – sometimes we are also helped by Grandma Ewa, who visits us on Wednesdays, and since we have an electric laundry dryer, it has significantly reduced the need for ironing!   Thursday Cleaning the bathroom and toilet – „serious”, that is, cleaning and disinfecting toilets, drains, washing mirrors every 2 weeks – this task is performed together with Wojtek. By placing it on Thursday, we gain a clean bathroom, for example, for guests on the weekend.   Friday Relax, pizza for lunchso you don’t have to cook and clean, a family movie or a weekend trip out of town.     codziennie Managing the kitchen on an ongoing basis – when two coffees are brewed every morning, I always sweep the sink or dishwasher, and when water is boiling for pasta, I always try to do something more – I will clean the cutlery drawer, then I will clean some front of the cabinet, then I will vacuum the garbage drawer. Thanks to this, I do not have to plan a separate day for these activities. Every day we pack and unpack the dishwasher – on a regular basis. Dishes do not end up in the sink, only in baskets – we always accompany each other with meals until the last person has finished eating, and then everyone takes their dishes and brings them back. Sorting and taking out garbage – it allows you to avoid rubbish spilling out of the bin and spreading bacteria and unpleasant odors. This is Wojtek’s task, which must be added to putting the garbage outside the house on the days when it is taken by the garbage truck. Wiping sinks in the toilet and bathroom – in the cupboard under the sink I keep wet wipes, for example ecological wet wipes for cleaning the bathroom and toilet with bio vinegar and sea salt – it additionally motivates me to clean all brushes and cosmetics from the washbasin to wipe the washbasin. Due to the fact that it is always freshly wiped, and this is where our eyes most often focus, I have the impression that the whole bathroom is so clean between regular cleaning – this task is mine. Vacuuming the entire floor – we have been using it for a long time Tefal Explorer 60 self-propelled vacuum cleaner with mop functionthat every day in our absence vacuums the entire ground floorand then, for example, when we spend time together in the living room, I take it upstairs to vacuum the corridor and bedrooms upstairs. This is the task of Tefal, who we call „Tefalusia”, and thanks to him, our house is clearly less dusty not only on the floor, but above all on the furniture.   5. Ongoing vacuuming of dirtthat may appear, for example, the hall after the children enter the house, the kitchen after cooking, play-dough after playing, the living room after returning from the garden – in this handy cleaning helps us cordless vacuum cleaner Tefal X-Force Flex 11.60that we always have at hand.   What do I love him for? long battery life – if it was my first vacuum cleaner, I wouldn’t need a classic one on the cable anymore, while before I had an Electrolux cordless vacuum cleaner, which usually did not allow me to vacuum even the entire kitchen after cooking, it also did not have enough power to cope with a carpet or sofa, and Tefalem X-Force Flex 11.60 I vacuum everything. Further the battery is replaceable, it can be charged anywhere, and the digital control panel clearly indicates the current cleaning mode and battery status. the engine is so powerful that vacuuming is much more effective, I rarely use the boost version, it is really designed for the strongest dirt, thanks to the „broken” pipe (so-called Flex technology) it reaches the dust 4x more effectively than an ordinary vacuum cleaner and fits perfectly under low furniture – now vacuuming under the sofa is not a problem – it also helps me get the toys out of it, is not only a floor vacuum cleaner, but thanks to the function Stop & Go, you can disconnect the pipe anywhere, thereby gaining hand vacuum cleaner – perfect for drawers or countertops, without having to worry about where to rest the pipe – it stands by itself (see the photo below),thanks built-in brush I don’t have to worry about scratching the delicate fronts in kitchen cabinets or other openwork decorations in which dust collects, rotary mini turbo brush for sofas allows you to brush even older dirt or dog hair, and thanks to the LED backlight, you will not miss any crumbs, mop function – for those who – like me – like to kill two birds with one stone and vacuum and mop the floor at the same time. It works very well in the bathroom, kitchen or children’s room,   jest light – our six-year-old grabs him himself and starts vacuuming.     And how is it at home with cleaning? Breakdown of activities for the entire week or once properly?     If you liked my division of duties, I have prepared a printable list for you – same as mine, here you will find one that you can complete yourselfif you want to schedule tasks differently.
- [First month of pregnancy Pregnancy month by month](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pierwszy-miesiac-ciazy-ciaza-miesiac-miesiacu/): The first month of pregnancy. For some it passes completely imperceptibly, for others it lasts forever, lasting many months or even years. Sometimes it is the result of complete spontaneity or, on the contrary, of intense, planned effort. How was it with us? I invite you to the series of posts „pregnancy month by month”. How long does the first month of pregnancy last? It is assumed that the first month of pregnancy is counted from the date of the last menstrual period and lasts 28 days, which is equal to four weeks. When our pregnancy is one month old, our baby is actually only a few or a dozen days old – counted from fertilization.   Whole pregnancy lasts 40 weeks, so you can already see that the pregnancy counted from the first day of the last menstrual period lasts closer to 10 than 9 months, which was an unpleasant surprise for me, sitting like on high heels, counting the days until its happy ending.     When is the best time to do a pregnancy test? As a standard, a pregnancy test is recommended only on the day of your expected period. Sticking to this deadline, if you have at least 28 day cycles, you will learn about your pregnancy in the first days, but in the second month of pregnancy.   In practice, a positive pregnancy test can be seen both on a few days before the expected date of menstruation, and only a few days after. Why?   It all depends on which day of the cycle we had ovulation, how quickly the fertilization and implantation of the embryo in the wall of the uterus took place. Both home (from urine) and laboratory (from blood) pregnancy tests detect presence in the body HCG – human chorionic gonadotropin, a hormone not produced until 24 hours after implantation in the uterine wall. For this to happen, ovulation must first occur, which should occur at least 12 days before the expected period, but it can also be different. Stress or travel can disrupt even the most regular cycle. The egg can only be fertilized 12-24 hours after ovulation, after which time the unfertilized egg dies. The fertilized egg still has to travel to the uterus and establish itself there, which usually takes 5 to 10 days, and some sources say up to 12 days.   Thus in practice, you can count on a positive pregnancy test both a few days before and only a few days after the expected period, it all depends on the day you ovulated and implanted. If you are pregnant, the later you do a pregnancy test, the greater the chance that it will be a positive result.   Due to the fact that the level of HCG hormone in the initial period doubles every two to three days, the first test line that appears on a test done around your expected period may be very pale, but this does not interfere with the interpretation of the pregnancy test result as positive. Repeated test of the same brand the next day will probably give a darker second line.     What home pregnancy test should you choose? We stand out among home pregnancy tests strip, plate and stream.   Personally, I have never used pregnancy test strips for a very simple reason – I wanted a nice souvenir, so I chose the plate and stream ones, which are much more solid and probably better survive the years in the „chest of memories”.   Home pregnancy tests have different sensitivitygiven by the manufacturer on the packaging. The most popular are from 10 and 25 mlU / ml. However, my experience has shown that more than one pregnancy test with a lower sensitivity, i.e. 25 mlU / ml, gave a much more visible test line than the one with a higher sensitivity – 10 mlU / ml, even on the next day. I also noticed that the different brands of plate pregnancy tests always produced a more intense second dash than the different brands of streaming tests, no matter how they were used (there are two options described in the manual).   Digital pregnancy tests, also called electronic pregnancy tests, are also new on the Polish market, so far I have seen them mainly in foreign photographs.   How and when to do a blood pregnancy test? The principle for calculating the day of a blood pregnancy test is the same as for the home pregnancy test, but the result is even more reliable.   HCG or Beta HCG?   Beta HCG is a subunit of HCG, and therefore its constituent part. Colloquially, we talk about the HCG result, while in the test we determine the value of blood concentration just bHCG. Regardless of whether you order an HCG or Beta HCG test, the ladies at the counter will know what test to perform.   You can test the Beta HCG level in almost any laboratory, you do not need a doctor’s referraland you will pay about PLN 25-45 for the examination. You do not need to fasting and you can do this test at any time of the day. You will wait for the result from several hours to several days – in large cities and large laboratories, the result will be only 2-3 hours and it will be available on-line, which is extremely convenient and allows you to keep the privacy and intimacy of the moment. On the other hand, in many small towns and laboratories, where orders for this test are proportionately few, although blood samples are taken from patients every day, the test is performed only 2-3 times a week, and the results are usually issued on the spot.   A single elevated Beta HCG result indicates pregnancy, but it doesn’t indicate whether pregnancy is developing properly. To determine and substantiate this, you must do it re-determination of Beta HCG in the blood of 48-72 hours later, and the result should generally double. If the result has increased much more, it can indicate a twin pregnancy. Too slow growth may indicate an ectopic pregnancy or may be the first worrying pregnancy parameter.   Beta HCG increment in time you do not have to specify yourself, you can use ready-made online calculators. For example, my results were as follows:   While the blood pregnancy test is more reliable, in our first pregnancy, both the platelet and the laboratory tests came out negative on the first day of testing. However, after two days, both the plate test with a sensitivity of 25 mlU / ml and the laboratory blood test gave a positive result. So in our experience, both types of tests are equally effective and give us information just as quickly.   How did I find out and tell my husband about pregnancy? In the first pregnancy, while waiting for a positive result, I performed pregnancy tests myself. I also went to the blood test in secret and prepared a real surprise for my husband (I think that this material is just right for a separate post). Thus, the topic of surprises is already behind us, so each time we waited for the joyful news together, staring at this small piece of plastic and counting down to three minutes.   This time we were expecting to be pregnant for the fourth time, as always, we had a lot of pregnancy tests of all brands on hand and high hopes. The day before, we set the alarm clock for 5:00 – it’s an hour earlier than we should get up to work, so that in case of a positive result, we could stay in bed and enjoy the moment.   It was our second month of effort, 27 day of the cycle, name day of Mikołaj, so of course Mikołajki. We specially chose this day to do the test because we deeply felt that the best gift was waiting for us. In the morning we did the first platelet pregnancy test and it was then, at 5: 05, that we saw the pale scarlet, the second dart. It was a wonderful moment when we learned that we became parents for the fifth time.   After a while, we repeated the test and enjoyed the view:   And these are our first photos, taken when I knew I was carrying the Next Life. Admit that Mikuś has a face, as if he already felt that he would have to share gifts with someone else soon    symptoms During the first two days of the first month, in which I already knew about pregnancy, I did not have any nagging symptoms, although enlarged blood vessels were already noticeable on my neckline.   Medical care, research Due to the fact that there are two miscarriages behind us, our pregnancy has been under the care of medical care and appropriate pharmacological support, selected on the basis of past miscarriage diagnostics and the history of previous pregnancies.   The tests I did in the first month of pregnancy, on the 28 day of the cycle, are:   Beta HCG to confirm a positive pregnancy result   Record of first month of pregnancy   What I like the first month of pregnancy for For the great excitement about the New Life, a fulfilled dream, siblings and a friend for Mikuś. For the enormity of wonderful plans for the future, fulfillment in the role of mother. Plus, no pregnancy problems.   For the mystery that only I and my husband know, and the emotions that stir in us. For this feeling of love for each other, although we thought that you can no longer love more.   For what I do not like the first month of pregnancy For a secret … on the one hand, a man would like to shout the happy news to the whole world, break into the priority cash register in Ikea and choose to shop for life, but common sense dictates to hold back for a moment.   For uncertainty … We have Three Children in Heaven. Not a day goes by without us not thinking about the great loss of not having them in our lives. Each pregnancy is a tremendous gift of new life, it is a moment when all the good and love of this world flows over us. A gift so delicate and sensitive that in an instant it can turn into an unimaginable and endless void. After experiencing it, we already know exactly what to fear.   My weight My starting weight at the end of 1 the first month of pregnancy is 62,2 kg with an increase of 162 cm.   whims Nothing yet.   Odpychanki Nothing yet.   Sen No change. Not enough    Favorite cosmetics This is just ahead of me.   Baby movements Of course not yet.   Mood Wonderful! Joy fills every piece of my body and every thought.   Pregnancy clothes The time will come for them. If you are already interested in pregnancy fashion, check out my post about it how to build a capsule maternity wardrobe.   Shopping for a child There was no madness and shopping. Although I remember that on this day I bought gifts for people from our company and Christmas decorations at the market. I have skipped the children’s section, however.   Shopping for me Take it easy, nothing here.   And what is your story? If you liked the post, click „Like” or „Share” and share it with others:
- [With a smile on your face, you double your potential](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szczoteczka-elektryczna-oral-b-dla-dzieci/): This Japanese proverb is not only wise words – see my 10 proofs of how you can easily double your capabilities and most importantly – double them in our children from an early age by implementing good and healthy habits. How to effectively make a child happily start brushing their teeth every day?   Today I would like to tell you about habits – I am sure that this short way will be useful not only for our children, but also for us – adults – but on completely different topics.   Habit is such an „automaton” – once developed, it works without our conscious effort, because it becomes a natural part of our life – like breathing or washing hands after using the toilet – we don’t have to think about it anymore, it becomes a natural part of our lives. A habit is a great help – it makes we don’t have to fight with each other or with children to do something – that’s why if we develop a habit of brushing teeth in a child, it will become part of our children’s everyday life, and in their – and our – lives, everyday fights will end – not only those with a toothbrush in hand.   How do habits work and what are they?   Our mind does everything to minimize the effort – the mental energy devoted to repetitive behavior that we carry out every day. A habit is a regularly repeated activity that does not require our conscious commitment.   Therefore, the daily struggle for brushing teeth will end as soon as our child develops – with our help, of course – a habit of brushing his teeth – you will never have to motivate your child to brush his teeth again.   As a curiosity, let me tell you that a habit is also a habitual thought or emotion – therefore, the habit is able to change even a hardened pessimist into an optimist.   How long does it take to get into the habit?   Developing a habit continues … from 18 to 254 days – on average 66 days. The most important is your commitment to developing habits in children, and the first 5 days are considered the most difficult.   5 basic rules for developing habits: 1. Only one habit at a time In the case of important habits, it is important to knead at the beginning only one habit at a time – the point is that the child’s full attention should be focused on developing this habit. The more we get involved at the start – the greater the chance of making it.   2. On the wave of motivation Not only children but also adults, usually it’s easiest to start on a wave of motivation – and it cannot be denied that for many children it is wave and energy can be the joy of having a new toothbrush, suited to his age.     However, motivation has the fact that it is a sine wave – it increases and decreases once, so we will only maintain a new habit when we have a good lossEGIE. The key to an effective habit is that regardless of whether after a few days or weeks our child is still motivated, he will be brushing his teeth everyday. Ultimately, a good habit will allow your child to act regardless of whether he is motivated or not – so be sure to read the next 3 points to increase the chances of your success.   I remember when with the Younger Son it was much easier to get into the habit of washing his teeth – he was just imitating his authority – his older brother. Therefore, it is a great idea for you to join your child while brushing the teeth, at least at the stage of developing the habit – it will surely provide you with great fun, and it will allow your child to follow an example from you – It is known for a long time that children learn best by not listening but imitating.   Remember that the technique of brushing your teeth with a manual toothbrush and an electric toothbrush is completely different – so if you have an electric toothbrush, your child will imitate your movements that will not be effective with a manual toothbrush – and vice versa. That’s why our Maks is waiting for his electric toothbrush – what kind? I’ll tell you below.     3. A small habit You can start brushing your child’s teeth even with 15 seconds of brushing the teeth – not the duration of the habit at the beginning is the key, but its repeatability. Once you develop a habit, slowly, gradually – almost imperceptibly – you will increase the time of brushing your teeth up to 2 minutes – recommended by dentists.   The point is to the new habit was initially as easy as possible and the motivation as high as possible – thanks to this, we increase the chance of developing this habit.       Idea, how much easier it would be for you to get into the habit of doing 5 squats after waking up than 150? However, if you get into the habit of doing 5 squats a day, it would be much easier for you to increase the number of squats to 6, 10, 20, 50… 150 squats. Therefore, getting into the habit of brushing your teeth for 15 seconds a day has a much greater chance of success than if you started right away with 120 seconds or 2 minutes and… both of you got discouraged.   So go ahead, get in the habit of brushing your teeth first, and then add the habit of brushing your teeth early in the morning.   And this way to develop new habits be sure to try on yourself!   4. Stimulus In order not to forget about developing a new habit, it is worth it find an „anchor” for him during the day – another activity that the child habitually does every day.   In our country, the first anchor for developing the habit of brushing teeth was the evening bath – our children bathe in the bathtub every evening (thanks to this, it was easier for us to develop the habit of falling asleep, because we also anchored it while bathing). Thanks to this – by embedding a new habit under the one you already have – we reduce the likelihood of forgetting a habitwhen it is still poorly educated and we additionally strengthen it.   If the evening bath in your home is not so regular, you can try to add the habit of washing the teeth, for example, to dinner – the child always goes to wash the teeth after dinner.   5. Celebration! It is important for the child to appreciate himself after brushing his teeth every day – he can always clap himself, say his favorite rhyme – so-called gesture of success. It is important for the child to learn to reward himself, and not only to be rewarded by us – thanks to this, his gesture of success will be solid and dependent on the child himself, and not on external factors.   Here, the celebration function is performed by a family, brush, proprietary counting sheet, which you can make yourself – although it is known that it is easier in a pile!       Use the power of small habits During the first 14 days, teach your child to brush their teeth for 15 seconds, and only after the habit is established – increase its intensity.   When should a child start brushing their teeth?   I remember how surprised I was when it turned out from 1 clove we should introduce brushing teeth in children for ritual hygiene. I remember how difficult it was that my children did not even sit during this period! Fortunately, it turned out that the children’s toothbrush – under the care of an adult – is a great tool to alleviate teasing symptoms related to teething, and this form of fun made it easier for us to smuggle the brush routine in everyday life.   How to choose a toothbrush?   Each toothbrush should be adapted both to the child’s age, and how many teeth he has and whether they are permanent or milk teeth.   Toothbrush selection guide   0-2 years At this age it is recommended to children manual toothbrushes, e.g „Oral-B Baby„Toothbrush with the character of Winnie the Pooh – has a soft head that protects delicate gums and soft fibers, and a non-slip handle to protect the gums and gently clean.     Recommending a manual toothbrush to start with has three benefits. First of all, brushing your teeth with a manual toothbrush supports the child’s manual developmentand secondly, a manual brush is considered safer because does not contain small parts or batteriesand thirdly often the child is allowed easier to tame oral hygiene.     However – as I have already mentioned about the child’s weaker manual skills – it is also connected with the fact that a child at this age can treat brushing teeth as a game – of course only under the supervision of the guardian, and the parent is responsible for their proper cleaning.     While our toddler has a few teeth, their daily hygiene should not take too much time, but with the increase in the number of teeth, we need to show increasing accuracy, diligence and precision. Because an electric toothbrush with a round head can help us here, which, although intended for a child aged 3 to 6, can be successfully used by younger children if it is helped by parents who are responsible for ensuring the child’s safety. It will allow us to significantly reduce the time for cleaning teeth and increase cleaning efficiency. How?   The simplest electric brush for brushing teeth – for example, the „Oral-B Kids” model for children or the „Oral-B Vitality” model for adults – 7600 oscillating-rotational movements 2D per minute, while an adult man brushing his teeth carries a maximum of 600. A colossal difference – right?     Additionally, brushing your teeth with an electric toothbrush is much easier – no more scrubbing and weaker effects – enough now slowly guide the brush tip from tooth to tooth, dedicating a few seconds to each tooth.     3-5 years At this age, you can also offer your child a brush, besides manual brushing „Oral-B Kids” with one of the favorite motifs from fairy tales – such as Frozen, Toy Story, Cars or Star Wars. You can decide on electric versionthat performs gentle 2D oscillation-rotation movementand its head is correspondingly smaller than those for adults, with exceptionally soft fibers – perfect for still sensitive gums, and the built-in timer helps in building the habit of brushing teeth, and then in developing it – the brush lets you know every 30 seconds.       For children who need extra motivation to convince themselves to brush their teeth, the Oral-B team has come out against and designed a special free application for brushing teeth for children Disney Magic Timer helping in learning and extending the habit of brushing teeth – which accompanies the child while washing the teeth for 2 minutes. Studies show that up to 90% of children brush their teeth longer using this application. [Oral-B Kids Brushing Study]   All you need to do is download the free application, scan the character from the brush and during 1 or 2 minutes (the time can be set) of brushing the teeth, a picture will appear in the application – 100% visible after this time, at the end the child additionally receives a prize – the screen shows a picture with favorite character from the fairy tale, and in addition, stickers are collected for washing the teeth in a virtual album.     6+ years When the first permanent teeth appear, it is worth changing the brush head to one that has middle fibers longer than the outer ones – thanks to this structure it will help the child to thoroughly clean the first permanent teeth with characteristic furrowswhich children find difficult to reach, and in which caries develops first.   Electric toothbrush „Oral-B Junior” it has a head with central bristles longer than the outer ones – thanks to that much better allows children to brush their first permanent teeththat have characteristic grooves on the surface.   Compared to the Kids model performs a 3D motion – a pulsating motion has been added to the oscillating and rotating motion, thanks to which the brush fibers penetrate deeper into hard-to-reach places, the number of which increases with the number of permanent teeth.   This brush version „Oral-B Junior Smart” has additionally pressure sensorthat allows you to protect delicate gums as well FunZone add-on in the Oral-B applicationthat transmits information (Bluetooth) to the application in real time and helps to improve your tooth brushing habits.   On the occasion of the first two permanent teeth, Mikołaj received a new toothbrush – for older kids – just „Oral-B Junior”, and Maksiu received the Kids with a new head.       For teenagers Toothbrush „Oral-B Teen”It is in addition to 3D movement as well 3 modes of operation: daily cleaning, gentle cleaning and bleaching. Works great with orthodontic appliances thanks to the replaceable Ortho tips – dedicated to orthodontic braces and Sensi Ultra Thin.   Using Bluetooth technology, this brush – like the Junior Smart version –  it connects with the Oral-B application and can be helpful in developing good dental brushing habits.   And what adult brush?   I still remember my first electric toothbrushI got for Christmas. I was then in the 8th grade of primary school and I was wearing permanent braces. Although it was a 2D toothbrush – the difference was so colossal that I never returned to the manual brush for brushing your teeth.     Today I know perfectly that a smile doubles our possibilities, and I will give you at least 10 reasons here:   1. Other people feel better surrounded by people smilingbecause it increases the chances that we will have a good time.   2. We tend to reflect the emotions of others – that’s why the company of a smiling person makes it we smile more often.   3. A smile like nothing else allows us to do good first impression and arouse sympathy for us.   4. A smile helps to arouse trust.   5. A smile makes you we look more competent and confident – research shows that professionals smiling in photos are considered more competent and self-confident and more willingly employed by employers and selected by clients.   6. We are able to smile feel even on the phone!   7. Laughter has a social function – it helps make bonds.   8. Laughter emits in our brain happiness hormones – endorphins. A smile is a curve that straightens everything    9. Smile it best anti-stress agent! A smile is a magical grimace – just smile to feel better, feel happiness inside us – smiling – even falsely – in our brain we cause the release of happiness hormones that make our day and our whole life better.   You do not believe? This is a brilliant exercise for you. Put a pencil between your teeth, which will force a smile-like grimace – research shows that you will then use exactly the same muscles that you use when smiling and it does not matter whether the smile is sincere or false and you will be happier. It’s such a great way to make your mood better. It works?   10. People are great at distinguishing between a real smile and a forced one – so force a smile when you want to feel better yourself, but every day try to become simply a more positive and smiling person, and exercising – even a fake smile – will help you with that, as it will help you flex these muscles. It is also worth having at hand list of things and people that you only need to think about and truly smile. It will be very helpful before the meetings you care about.   To smile sincerely and without complexes, I like to know that I have a well-groomed and healthy smile.   Because every day I use an electric toothbrush with a round head – today, at least twice a day, I use the Oral-B Genius X 2N Rose Gold toothbrush, which in addition to 20000D motion is equipped with motion sensors and is also supported by artificial intelligence, which recognizes how I brush my teeth and shows in the application whether it is correctly and accurately I brushed all surfaces of the teeth.     In addition, this brush has a SmartRing 360 ring a modern pressure sensor that automatically slows down when I brush my teeth too much. What’s more, the brush works for over 2 weeks after one charge.   This brush has up to 6 brushing modes, including gum care, gentle cleaning, whitening and tongue cleaning.   Do you like useful gadgets? This the brush case charges the brush and the phone at the same timethanks to the USB port.   One brush for the whole family? It is possible! Although, as you can see, we use toothbrushes that match our age and brush our teeth „in a group”, for a trip when we need to save space, we only pack the tips and one brush – just Genius – its feather mode corresponds to the mode of a children’s toothbrush from the age of 3.   Family is strength In our house nothing works as well as spending time together – and I do not mean only having fun or meals together, but also bathing or brushing teeth. These are rituals that we usually perform with the whole family – when Mikołaj and Maksio are bathing in the bathtub, Mom and Dad are bustling around the bathroom, preparing towels, pajamas and, of course, brushing their teeth together. Initially, we started by brushing our teeth with Mom or Dad, which was very helpful at the stage of developing a habit, today it is not necessary, although very helpful, especially when we are working on extending the time of brushing children’s teeth.   How to teach a child to brush their teeth correctly? It was difficult for our children to understand why the cloves had to be kept for so long. Therefore – as part of a family adventure with parents – Mikołaj and I went to the dental hygienist to talk about the proper hygiene of small teeth based on the power of authorities.   Teaching children how to brush their teeth The first step was learning how to wash the teeth on the dragon – but he has a lot of teeth! Mikołaj saw himself how long it took to massage each tooth on each side with a brush for a moment – he was shocked! In the first stage, Mikołaj learned to wash his teeth under the guidance of a dental hygienist – Mrs. Róża was irreplaceable!     The second step was washing dragon teeth by yourself.     To finally move on to learning how to clean your own teeth. But what to wash, like teeth so white?     Plaque – bacterial – biofilm – is invisible to the eye, but can be tinted great and distinguish between early and late biofilm – the particularly dangerous one. Mikołaj agreed to perform a test, in which a sponge with a purple substance was applied to his teeth, after which the biofilm turned the color to the appropriate color – red meaning fresh biofilm, a blue evidence of late biofilm.     After staining the teeth, the hygienist started to thoroughly clean them – and Mikołaj played a role of a biofilm detective and watched the teeth being washed in the mirror, and after a while he himself showed the hygienist where he had to clean the teeth during the procedure.     The next step was teaching teeth cleaning teeth by Mikołaj – of course, still in the mirror, under the supervision of a hygienist, until he cleaned all the teeth.     Of course, it couldn’t go without a dental chair!     And it’s ready!     After such a colorful experiment, I am guaranteed to take care of the time of washing my teeth for at least some time – and what’s more, Mikołaj, as an authority for his younger brother, dealt with this problem for all of them.   At least until the next visit to the dentist’s office. Mikołaj is already behind him and is waiting for the next one.   And how do you look at daily tooth hygiene? Habit or fight? I hope that after you follow the 5 steps to develop habits no healthy changes will be terrible. TAGS: AN IDEA FOR A GIFT 1 COMMENT LEAVE A COMMENT: MARTA REPLY 25.01.2020 Thank you for the article. Hygiene is definitely here!  PUBLICATION: 19.12.2019 | UPDATE: 26.03.2020 PARENTING, HOLIDAYS, TOYS 1 COMMENT The best ideas for Christmas gifts for children The Christmas are coming! This is the last bell to think about Christmas presents. Do you already have an idea what to buy for the youngest members of your family? I will suggest what works best for different age and price groups.     It is known that something else will work for an infant, something different for a one-year-old child, and another thing for a 3 or 5 year old. Each gift should be adapted to the age of the child, to his skills, but also support further development. Therefore, using my experience as a mother of 2 and 5, I will try to advise you on various Christmas gifts for children, dividing them into those for babies and slightly older children, up to the age of five – but this time I will start with the oldest children and end with babies.     3-5 years The little boy is already a serious young man, part of a community that is often called Kindergarten. He is a small explorer curious about the world, so toys that will allow you to „see” the world of adults, such as playing a doctor or a cook, first chemical, physical and biological experiences, or a practical backpack for trips, will be perfect.     Kitchen Children like to imitate us by learning about the world of adults through play. We can help them by giving a small adult a wooden kitchen! Our favorite is large wooden kitchen with stickers for individual decorating My Style Janod. Alone alone folding is great fun, and thanks to various stickers, you can use the kitchen with your child personalize it as you like! It was a great afternoon here!   Our kitchen is usually either in the kitchen:   in the living room, next to her, children often ask for arrangement restaurant – place table i stools and the fun of cooking consumes them for a very long time! And if you have one toddler at home – I’m sure that z he will sit you in his restaurant and prepare the most varied specialties with the greatest pleasure.     The kitchen is also the best gift for me – a view of children playing, how they cooperate, cooperate, change roles and solve conflicts – because how can they happen – it is one of the greatest pleasures of my day.     And as I preview, how they pretend to be they cost soup from a ladle, collect orders and laugh at imaginary flavors like pineapple with chocolate – I am melting!     If I had to choose one toy, which the Toddler will get under the Christmas tree, which will be universal and for many years – today I would choose without reflection just the kitchen. This is the second kitchen in our house – the previous one was much smaller and the boys grew out of it.       Magnetic suitcase First place to learn letters and numbers, maybe even write the first letters? [37] Suitcase from Janod except for the magnetic board, which you can also write with a dry-erase felt-tip pen, it also has a chalk board on the reverse, and besides a description! This is called full grazing        Magnetic puzzle A great toy for a long time for little boys – perfect for Christmas trips, for the car or plane and for folding on the table at Grandma’s. [36] Magnetic puzzle. Vehicles gives a lot of design possibilities – the set contains 50 magnets – elements of various vehicles, and 18 pictures with exemplary vehicles to be mapped. This puzzle is a hit with us!       Set for little princesses So nothing else [35] wooden princess, prince, witch, horse, unicorn carriage and, of course, like the prince, is also a frog  An excellent play set.       Set for small firemen Fantastic [34] wooden fire house with ten accessories, e.g. helicopter, firefighters, flames, fire hydrant, fire extinguisher and ambulance. Who knows, maybe this will be the first experience of a future young firefighter?      Backpack or school bag   Choose the right backpack for your child’s height, I like it tremendously [30] the jeans one. An older child will enjoy the backpack in a fashionable, [31] metallic color. It is important that it is roomy, but light, relieving the back and simply nice – perfect for kindergarten, for a trip or for the first independent nights at Grandparents  Or maybe it will work better stylish school bag? You will certainly find something for both [32] girlsas well as for [33] boy.   seat   A place where a child can sit back and browse through books, fold the first letters. If you choose [29] rocking chair, you won’t easily spend a little reader on it!     2-3 years You won’t catch such a child anymore  You can only provide him a joyful childhood, taking care of his safety, while helping to have fun and still develop a great children’s imagination.   instruments   if not [27] whole set, although at least individual elements, maybe the first [28] cylinder? Your children are certainly ready for these new experiences. And you?    2in1 ride and scooter   I might as well put him in lower age groups because fantastic [26] vehicle from Scoot & Ride has a 1-5 year range! Thanks to the adjustable elements, the ride rides with the child to become a beautiful scooter over time. A practical gift for longer    Doll Obvious obviousness. Girls of this age already want to take care of their „little daughters”, so they are happy to play with the doll, change, change clothes and transport it in a pram. There will be time for Barbie – choose one made of safe, delicate material, e.g. [25] Metoo.   12-24 months One-year and older children are curious, take their first, somewhat unsteady steps, their small and large motor skills are still developing.   Toys made of safe rubber foam For example from the Rubbab offer, from which I once showed you sensory balls and skittles. It will be a great gift for older kids [15] vehicle set (cars, planes, ambulance, fire truck and others), which thanks to their simple form and beautiful colors will develop the toddler’s imagination. Or better: another excuse to spend time with your child, i.e. [16] hoop set, which is perfect for both one-year old and older children.       Sensory puzzle or puzzle   Beautiful wooden puzzles for beginners, 2-6 elements. Maybe [17] with a Christmas theme? Or [18] sensory puzzle, consisting in matching figures in the right place or another, [19] with animals. The choice really is huge!   Educational cube with a loop Always a gift for a toddler. Such a cube is not only a sorter, but also gears, labyrinths, interlaces. It’s best to choose [20] ankle with a loop, after which you can move the blocks.   Educational table Such a cube, only in an even richer version  Pyramids, sorters, towers, gears … All made of safe and colorful materials. Such educational table will consume a child for a long time.     Musical puzzles The child’s task is to match the right animal to the shape. When he succeeds, he will hear a characteristic sound. You can choose from among others [22] animals on the farm, [23] pets and [24] vehicles.   Magnetic rocket Our boys love her. Rocket from Janod These are a few wooden parts that need to be joined together to go into space  We recommend!   7-12 months   Seven months is the time when the baby sits and crawls or acquires these skills, the first teeth come out, and each object necessarily lands in the child’s mouth. In this period, a great gift will be toys that can be safely put in the mouth, toys that support large and small motor skills, motivate to move.   Feeding accessories   7 months is also the time when the baby tastes new things. So you can give him a practical one [1] silicone kit, safe [2] tsp to first eat alone or [3] a plate with washer.     Plush   It is widely known that children love stuffed animals! Nice touch toy, e.g. [9] plush hedgehog, can become a child’s beloved toy. A wonderful gift will also be a Christmas one [10] gnome or [11] mouse od Maileg – for these toys, you can also buy additional accessories, prams, clothes or cots. When I see them – I am reminded of my childhood and rag dolls – I feel like playing with them myself!       Teethers toys for playing and bathing   A sitting baby eagerly spends a long time in the bath. We can make this time pleasant for him, for example by presenting him with beautiful shaped bath toys [12] whale, [12] turtle or [14] crab. They also have an additional function – a teether, so they help your baby soothe itchy gums. The animals are made of safe material – natural rubber, and they are painted with food paints, so they can be chewed safely.       0-6 months   Let’s face it – at this age, practical things will be most useful to a toddler, so there is nothing wrong with giving a good-quality stroller bag, comfortable clothes or cosmetics with a good composition. If you want to buy a baby a toy, the first sensory, contrast and rustling books will work best. Maybe you’ll find a beautiful music box? Or maybe a teether made of safe materials?   Rattles and sensory books A great gift from the first months of life, the little one will be looking at the toy with interest (and of course he liked it;)), and when he discovers that it rattles when moving – it will be fun! Choose one that you can [1] fasten with Velcro to the handle or leg, to catch or [2] with a mirror and ribbonswhich will interest the baby even more.   Ribbons, mirrors, rustles, interesting pictures – sensory books are great at developing a Toddler. I recommend for example [3] booklet about animals on the farm or [4] a book with a happy lemur.       Swaddles   multifunctional  [5] Lodger hydrophilic covers – thanks to the dimensions of 120 × 120 cm, such a diaper can be used in an infinite number of ways!   They will be useful for the baby as a diaper, a swaddle, and a garland, and a towel, and a sunshield, a windshield, a gondola sheet, a moses scythe sheet … They come in beautiful colors and patterns. My children have been loving the Lodger ones for years – their love for cuddly toys is variable – but they have been sleeping with such a diaper for several years. The best gift Does it exist at all? We could think about it, conduct street surveys, polls … but in fact the best gift we can give to someone, especially our children, is time spent together, paying attention, doing something together, especially if we are in a hurry every day. Only this… and so much. All you need is a small gift, for example a simple board game, and the time spent with it with your child – priceless.
- [Stokke Xplory](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/stokke-xplory-opinie-testy-wozkow-recenzja/): I chose the first stroller because it could fit completely with the luggage compartment gondola, the second stroller because it was functional, though a bit boring, and the third stroller because … I fell in love! I remember how I stole a few hours a day for myself and my son and decided to take him with me for shopping, which I had to do anyway. We got into the elevator with our trolley and it parked next to us… Stokke Xplory. The difference between our stroller and the Xplory was colossal! I fell in love with him for the first time, when I saw how high a child can be, how close to me! And I wanted to.   From our window you can see the sea, and when the family comes to us from central Poland, they always have hats with them so that their heads do not break off. We spend as much time outdoors as possible, spring, summer, autumn, winter, we spend hours outside, and the pram is the main means of transport. Wrapping a child so that the cold, unpleasant wind does not bother him, so that he can always breathe freely on such long exits is a really difficult art that I could not master. Then, while browsing photos on Instagram, I came across more or less such …   and I was completely gone, I had to have it.   And so he soon lived in our house Stokke Xplory in wonderful gray called black malange with an absolutely unique accessory as it is Winter-Kit – a godsend for all autumn, winter and spring, windy walks. Not only for a child, but also for everyone who happened to go for a walk with a pram without gloves on a cold day. Next to the special outer upholstery, booth and cover – muffs also included in the winter set.   When we opted for the Stokke Xplory stroller, our priorities were: invariably – very good protection against wind and cold, as well as rain, snow and sun invariably – a folded seat – enabling the child to be carried both frontally and backwards to the parent height adjustable seat to be maximally close together on a walk, and to be able to lower it in the restaurant and adjust its height to the table at which we sit seat folded to a flat position, although so far we have chosen strollers folded flat, after many searches we decided to try the bucket seat invariably – the stroller, when folded, fits in the not too large trunk of a compact + hatchback car invariably – the option to buy a gondola if a second child appears.   We didn’t have to look long to confirm our decision and so a moment later this huge package appeared at our door.     I must admit that I was a bit scared of its size, because somehow when ordering the stroller, I forgot to try it on to our trunk, but phew, it fit perfectly.   After taking the trolley out of the box, we had to look at the instructions, but after a while we could enjoy …     Breaking down the stroller into prime factors …     Rack, handle, brake, handle If I were to describe the Stokke Xplory stroller frame in one word, I would probably use the word „cosmic”. Radially arranged wheels with an almost vertically directed headband, on which the stroller seat is mounted – and you can also mount a gondola on it, which can be purchased separately. So, as in all prams that we have chosen so far, we are not doomed to a 2-in-1 stroller, but for a correspondingly lower price, we can only buy one version of the stroller, deep or walking, which allows you to save a large amount if you buy a gondola and strollers in various colors.     The trolley runs very well, lightly and is manoeuvrable, has narrow spaced wheels, which makes it perfect in shops, parking lots, restaurants, gardens or narrow pavements. You can’t forget that Stokke Xplory is typical city trolley, in vain, I am looking for pumped, heavy duty cushioning here, but in truth in urban conditions and even on crooked sidewalks, it is doing well, least like paving stones, but this is nothing I would not expect and.   holder in the cart Stokek Xplory has adjustable height as well as locationmaking it ideal for both very tall people and short people, and moreover, also for children.     Needless to say, Miki loves to push his stroller and he does it in two ways – he pushes the footrest when I push the handle (when we started using this stroller, Miki still didn’t walk well and loved to walk this way) or I leave it especially for him handle to the minimum height and push the cart as it should, and of course.     And that’s my favorite feature – trolley height adjustment – thanks to which it is easy to adjust the height of the seat to the table at which we are sitting, and we can enjoy the time spent together at the common table not only at home, but literally everywhere. It’s like taking a high chair with us everywhere, in the garden, in a restaurant, in a hotel, everywhere!     Brake in the Stokke Xplory stroller it is another pleasant surprise – it is the best brake ever, i.e. one that locks and starts by pressing on it – there is no release of the brake by lifting the lever, as in our previous strollers, there are no more ragged and dirty tips of shoes . In general, the production of other brakes should be prohibited    Gondolas Our stroller is in a walking version, so we didn’t have the opportunity to test the gondola, but I saw it in the store, it’s not big, but I think it’s enough. As I have already mentioned, it is possible to buy it separately and I hope that we will have the opportunity to do so đ   It’s nice that the gondola also fits a winter set, so it will not be difficult to protect the child from wind, sun and rain in the gondola, which I missed a lot in our first stroller, when I saved myself with a muslin diaper fastened to the pram for all possible , home remedies.   Stroller seat The seat is bucket shoes and gives the impression of being tiny and shallow, but nothing could be further from the truth. As I already wrote, this is our first bucket-type stroller and I was afraid of this solution, I was afraid that the child would not be able to sleep flat, and you know what? The bucket solution works perfectly when the child falls asleep while sitting, then we imperceptibly do a fake mik and, without changing the child’s position, turn it to a lying position. In a flat folding pram, where, however, the child has to change from sitting to lying – because we only lower the backrest – Miki sometimes woke up right away. We don’t have that problem here.     The stroller seat has 3 positions: sitting, relaxing (semi-lying) and sleeping, in the position of the seat facing the parent, you can use each of them, while in the back-facing position, only sitting and relaxing are possible ca (halfway).   In the seat are 5 point beltswhich can be easily made into 3-point belts. During the first days they were quite difficult to handle, but the plastic developed very quickly and the belts are very easy to use today.   The footrest has an adjustable length , thanks to which the older child will not have knees under the chin, and the stroller will last longer. We still use the highest level, and Miki is already 1,5 years old.   The trolley has a large, very nice booth that protects very well against wind, sun and rain even without the additional winter kit. However, what pleased me the most is that the winter-kit cover, which is also put on the outer upholstery of the trolley, also fits the standard upholstery, so we have it in the shopping bag all the time, in case of a very strong wind – and such is the case. they happen with us – be able to put it on. It is not insulated in any way, so it will be suitable not only for winter.   The seat is included bailwhich is easy to drink, but we use it all the time. Unclipping it is very delicate, it may even be too delicate, because sometimes it is unfastened when we pull the toddler out of the pram, and we did not intend to.     The stroller included a raincoat and mosquito net, as well as a trolley bag.   Shopping basket And actually the above-mentioned bag for the trolley, because we do not have a standard basket suspended under the trolley, but a bag that we can take out and take with us. When the child is facing us, access to this bag is very convenient, unfortunately when the child is facing the world and the footrest is lowered, access is very difficult. The bag is also not as big as our previous baskets, it is zippered, so do not carry shopping in it (although I could successfully), which I hang on the handle to the trolley, but I completely gave up the care bag , which I had in my previous carts.   Folding and size after folding Invariably, the size of our trunk leaves much to be desired, but the trolley fits completely in it, leaving a lot of space on the sides for shopping or a bag.   The stroller folds easily, the elements fit together very well – at every step of using the stroller you can see that it is a high-quality product, but unfortunately you cannot fold the frame together with the stroller, these two elements must be disconnected and placed in the trunk separately, so folding or unfolding the stroller takes a bit longer. Personally, I initially wonder where, after removing the seat, I should put it away while assembling the frame, but I’ve already mastered this process. The disadvantage for me is that if we assemble the stroller facing the parent, we must also mount and disassemble the footrest separately, i.e. we have a third element of the stroller that we must remember, but it is simply due to its unusual design.   colors The stroller is available in many colors and I’m sure everyone will find their favorite. I myself had a problem with the choice and in the end I was hesitating between our gray, known as black melange, and beige. And the coolest thing is that the stroller’s upholstery can be completely replaced. I remember when buying our previous pram, I chose the beige color, which I got bored very quickly, but unfortunately I couldn’t help it, because the upholstery was not sold separately. Accessories Not only replacing the whole upholstery, we can change the stroller, but also using accessories such as winter-kit or summer-kit we can change the stroller. Our winter was black and now it’s gray, and it’s still the same product. Unfortunately, accessories, like a stroller, are not cheap.   We are currently using the winter-kit and cup holderon which … I hang my shopping! I doubt that the manufacturer provided it for this purpose, but it works perfectly!     Prices The Stokke Xplory stroller can be purchased in the following versions and prices: Deep walking version 2w1: from 4 169 PLN – Check the current lowest price Walking version: from 3 599 PLN – Check the current lowest price   In sum The Stokke Xplory stroller is a city stroller for any weather and occasion. If you like it visually and you are not limited by finances, then you will certainly forgive him a few inconveniences resulting from its construction, such as folding in 2-3 elements or the lack of a shopping basket, and he will repay you with fantastic quality and functionality. This is the first stroller I can say that I will be happy to leave it with a second child in mind.   And how do you like it? Because as you can see very much!
- [Relaxation for sleep](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/relaksacja-na-sen/): Relaxation for sleep is something that makes me clear my head of all thoughts, impressions, stimuli and emotions that have accumulated in it throughout the day. For what? First it gives me great relief, I leave the past behind, I stop digesting the same events from the past over and over again, wondering what is and what I would like it to be. I stop analyzing the scenarios and also do not look to the future. It makes me feel real, internal calm, I find relief in myself, I fall asleep easier, and in addition I have the impression that fewer hours of sleep give me a better rest. After relaxing in the evening, my sleep becomes deeper, I wake up less often, and in the morning I am more refreshed. Find out about 3 simple ways to apply – immediately. Relaxation for sleep   I relax in three ways before going to bed. When it is very late and an important day awaits me the next day, I only use one of mine three ways to relax for sleepbut I see the greatest benefits and feel best when I get to use all three. What can I recommend to you?     3 ways to relax and sleep 1. Magnesium bath I like to relax in magnesium bath – magnesium is also called the „element of life” – because it is responsible not only for the proper functioning of our muscular system, including our heart, but also for countless other processes in our body.   Magnesium bath is a universal form of therapy, each of us can bring a lot of health benefits – if you want to explore the topic, I recommend you the book „Magnesium Treatment” by Dr. Mark Sircus. In it, you will learn what a great way to supplement the bath is, how much it is beneficial for our immune and endocrine systems.   Magnesium beautiful takes care of our nervous systemby shielding cells from harmful oxidation, thanks to it our cell membranes have the right permeability, and by doing so much good it helps us reduce the risk of neoplastic diseases. Magnesium is also responsible for many vital functions, including the proper functioning of the muscular system. That is why our hearts need it so much.   Magnesium chloride therapy – the transdermal one – is used in sports, helps heal injuries, pain and inflammation, accelerates the regeneration of the body.   We will feel the influence of magnesium on us after the first bath – it relaxes us noticeably and helps to calm downthat is why such an evening magnesium bath is the best therapy you can treat yourself to a few zlotys.     Recipe for a magnesium bath On the Internet, usually on Allegro, I buy by kilograms magnesium chloride hexahydrate and baking soda.   I add warm water to the bathtub 1,5 cups of magnesium chloride and 5 cups of baking soda and nothing more. It’s enough! During such a bath I do not use (and you do not use) any gels or liquids – I focus on pure detoxification of my body.   I try to spend some time in such a bath – it is worth using it at least once a week.   What if you don’t have a bathtub? Make a relaxing bath for your feet! Pour warm water into a bowl and add 3 tablespoons of magnesium chloride and 1 tablespoon of baking soda.   You can also soak your feet for about 30 minutes – I like to put a kettle with boiling water next to myself and add hot water as it cools.   Personally, I take such a magnesium bath quite often, almost every day, and I had the impression that the skin was a bit dry after them, so at the end of the bath I get up, take a small amount of a gentle bath lotion, soap my body and rinse it.   Usually my husband invites me to take a bath, we like to sum up the day, make plans for the next one … relaxing music and I let it flow through my body. You can find one of my playlists here.   A magnesium bath in combination with such music is a fantastic relaxation for sleep, followed by I dress in my favorite, beautiful pajamas (I love having nice pajamas, wearing them so ironed, I feel important to myself thanks to them) and I go to the bedroom, where I start a beautifully fragrant natural candle. And I indulge in meditation.   And that’s my second way!   2. Relaxation by the candle   I have already written to you about the beginnings of my meditation here I just started staring at the candle flame.   To this day, I love candle meditation, although I do not use it every day. More and more often the relaxing scent of a candle is enough for me, I put cream on …   Today I laugh that I have such a Pavlovian reaction, i.e. unconditional, that when I enter the bedroom, in the middle of the day or in the evening – there is always the smell of a candle burning the day before … and my brain relaxes right away! I light a candle however, only when he is home nice and quiet.     How not to poison yourself with candles? This title is unfortunately no bad joke and unfortunately for over 30 years of my life I was not aware that a romantic bath in the bathroom or a date in the bedroom among 20 candles can be harmful.   Most of the candles we deal with are paraffin candles – the effects of burning them have been investigated American Chemical Society in Usa.   In captured when burning paraffin candles particles were found, among others carcinogenic benzene and toluene which causes dizziness. Then we read about the comparison of these toxins to passive smoking …   The first time I read about it was in the instructions for a cozy, Danish-inspired atmosphere at home… with an emphasis on ventilating with and after burning candles – and it wasn’t necessarily just about burning oxygen in the room.     Less but better When I chose this slogan as my watchword for 2020, I didn’t think that it will also move to my… bedroom!   But today, instead of 10-20 paraffin candles, we fire 1-2 natural candles – are made of 100% biodegradable ingredients (beeswax or soy wax), which they smell so long that when I enter the bedroom the next day after work, I can smell them – even though they are not even fired!     This scented soy candle – my company MYS is in a wonderful ceramic pot in which – according to the spirit of zero waste – I am going to plant succulents later. Such a natural candle burns longer than a paraffin candle has clean, yellow flame without soot and smoke and… it smells great! This scent hangs in the room long after you go out, so if you light the candle before going to bed and then put it out, you will fall asleep in a fragrant mist … and natural!   I can’t choose my favorite fragrance, so I have 5 of them, but if you would like to give someone – or maybe yourself – a relaxing Christmas gift, try it with „cinnamon rolls”. It smells… like Christmas! The holidays I look forward to  The fragrance is also brilliant „macarons„And”Dark chocolate”By this company – although I do not like sweet fragrances, these are beautiful – not too sweet, not too bland, just perfect. Perfect for a gift for lovers of these small almond cookies or dark chocolate for a relaxing bath after a long day, an evening relaxing with a book or … for meditation.     Did you know gazing at a candle flame is the perfect first meditation lesson? This is how I started when, at the age of 22, due to my stepfather’s illness, I was able to use (for free – for the National Health Fund fund) a brilliant, perfect for me, 2-year ACA therapy. We’ve just been given this homework assignment – look at a candle flame, feel its warmth, and focus your thoughts only on it.   This first meditation task was staring at the candle flame while focusing on your breath. We got instructions that it can be tedious at first, even tiring – but it’s important not to give up!   And the most important thing is not to worry about the fact that a thought will flow in our head every now and then, or 5 at a time … just let them pass and come back to thinking about the candle flame.   If you feel like it, try it! Light the candle, start with 3 minutes a day and add 1 minute dailyor try it in the morning and in the evening.     You will see how day after day the racing of your thoughts will slow down and you will feel „here and now„. You will begin to feel calm, safe … Your breath will become deeper and fuller.   Staring at a candle flame is about an „anchor” – an anchor point that you can gaze at to make it easier for you.   Don’t be discouraged by failures! Practice, practice, practice … until you develop a routine … not looking at a candle, but letting my thoughts flow … I imagine them like clouds in the sky, I let them swim instead of catching them in a net and „admiring” them like butterflies.     3. Meditation with visualization   The third of my sleep relaxation methods is listening to relaxing recordings of guided meditations. I use this method when I am already in bed. I then lie down comfortably, arms loosely along my torso. I turn on the recording, close my eyes and follow the instructions. I let all the tensions in the day go away… so that my body, especially my mind, rest and calm down. Are you looking for something to start with? Yesterday she put me to sleep Klaudia Pingot with this recording.     How do you like my 3 ways to relax before bed? Will you try any of them? Or maybe all of them? I hug: * Agnieszka
- [Posters for the living room - a quick metamorphosis](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/plakaty-do-salonu/): Posters for the living room have changed the ground floor of our house in a simple way. There were small big changes in it, and all this because we gave up the TV. What effect did we achieve? The abandonment of the TV made it we could rearrange the living roombecause the couch no longer needed to be in a place where it was possible to watch TV. So we put the couch in the kitchen part (it was there at the very beginning when we moved in), and the table was placed where the TV and the couch used to stand.     Posters for the living room, swap sides, lamp…. – an idea for a quick metamorphosis!   What have we gained from this? Our living room has a kitchenette and is not large – its area is about 30 m2, and from it there is an exit to the stairs and corridor. This simple furniture swap made the there was a lot of space in the middle of our showroom to play and dance – a place that we really missed when there was a couch in the middle.       Another benefit is that now people sitting on the couch see the dining table clearly. There is no such situation where the people on the couch have their backs to the table, as was the case before.   The rearrangement of the couch also made that my kids have a natural helper – a kitchen helper – in the form of a couch. To stand at the kitchen counter, they do not always have to stand on the helper, because they perfectly serve the countertop from the couch.   The only thing that bothered us about this page swap were the two pictures that were hanging over the table before, and now, above the couch, they started to look quite sad and were shot too far apart. As the table stood there, it was not there pictures and sconces are hung asymmetrically on the wall. However, when the couch appeared here, the wall lamps started to visually escape to the left and you could see that they were not hung symmetrically with the couch.     Some time ago I posted the above photo on Instastory asking what would you change these two images to and there were a lot of answers to hang three pictures – however, I did not want such a solution at home, because my mother, my sister, my mother-in-law have pictures hung in this way …   Then Ania from the blog contacted me Without an architect and sent me a proposal collage of imageswhich, thanks to its asymmetry and different sizes of paintings, makes us lose the asymmetry of wall lamps.   When I saw the collage proposed by Ania, I knew this was the solution for me and all that’s left for me to do is choose the posters.     Posters for the living room I quickly entered the site desenio.pl – where we already had beautiful whales posters to Nicholas’ sea peace – and I ordered it to the salon posters that will match your collage proposed by Ania.   I chose posters for the living room: 1. Beige Body Lines (30 40 ×) 2. Accept What Is (21 × 30) + White passe-partout, 21 × 30 cm 3. Texture Line Hands (21 30 ×) 4. French Sketch No2 (30 40 ×) 5. Eucalyptus Sketch (30 × 40) + White passe-partout, 50 × 70 cm 6. Calm Handwriting (21 30 ×) 7. LineHeart (13 × 18) – waiting for the delivery 8. Ginkgo Beige No1 (30 × 40)   I added only one frame to the collage proposed by Ania – the smallest you can see – and everything together made the effect amazing for me, very interesting. These the colors are warm and calm – and this is what we need most now. There are also beige elements – the previous posters were blue, which suited me perfectly for spring and summer, and these Beiges are perfect for autumn and for warm, home winter evenings by the fireplace – I am very pleased with this choice. These collage posters for the living room have changed our interior.     I also have for you discount code -25% for posters* in Desenio, important from 17.11/19.11 to XNUMX/XNUMX! The rebate code is: KUDELA25 Follow on Instagram @desenio for more poster inspiration! * Excluding frames and posters from the Handpicked / Personalized category   I am very curious, what kind of interiors would you like to change with posters? Lampa Vertigo lamp, which you see in the living room above the sofa, initially hung and we also ordered it for our loft conference room, the implementation of which – due to covid confusion – unfortunately was postponed. I didn’t want this beautiful lamp to waste its potential there and nobody saw it, that’s why I brought it home „temporarily”, and in fact … I have the impression that this lamp was missing here. That it is such a perfect complement to the living room that I am laughing that it will probably stay here, and I will hang another, for example in copper color, in the conference room … we will have to think carefully about our plans for this lamp      Recently my mother visited us and when she found out that it is a lamp from the office and maybe she will come back there, she looked at me and said: „Agnieszka, this lamp” makes „this whole room, it is a work of art, you can take everything out of this room but the lamp must stay. Well, it was very nice and that’s the truth – I also think that this lamp is the icing on the cake.       Wooden elements What you don’t see in the photos yet is that these wooden frames they beautifully refer to the wood from which the stairs are made and from which the shelves in the kitchen will be made, but that in a moment. They also refer to the chairs that we have at the dining table, all in accordance with the principle that repeat certain materials and colors. There used to be wood only on the stairs, which made it seem a bit out of a different fairy tale, so now I am gradually trying to weave these wooden elements into the remaining space.     It also hung on the fireplace poster of Desenio – I did not plan it here, there was a hook on which we hang a Christmas wreath every year and accidentally beautifully complemented the space above the fireplace. Poster: Painted Lines No2 (21 × 30) + Frame: Poster hanger 22 cm, oak, magnetic mount     Dining room After swapping the couch and the table – the table is no longer so pressed between the kitchen countertop and the wall, so we could afford to it is unfolded all the time and still pledged for 6 people. This is a great thing, because whether our grandmother is with us or someone visits us, she can sit at the table with us without any problems, no fuss about sliding apart. We do every day more space to play – for arranging puzzles or playing board games, which is what kids and adults in our home like the most on autumn evenings.     In fact, there is still behind the table space for developmentwhich initially was supposed to be a housing for a TV set, and now it will be a housing unit for storage, but with the possibility that this TV set will be able to appear there again in the future. We do not rule out that one day the idea for this living room will change and we will find that we will want to have a TV there, especially since there are tunnels in the wall to hang the TV and hide the cables.   Over the dining table there is a lamp that refers to the color of the wall lamps and other golden decorations that we have in the living room and others that we want to implement in order to repeat the colors. In the same way, for the Vertigo lamp, we will want to place the lamp somewhere on a black leg to repeat the black color elsewhere in the living room.   Console Behind the table there is a console that we brought from the bedroom.     This console perfectly filled the space behind the table, it is the perfect helper. We keep decorations on it, but also blankets to cover ourselves with on autumn evenings, currently read books waiting to be finished and some decorations. It turned out to be the perfect place for beautiful Christmas decorations.     And how do you like our salon metamorphosis? In fact, only the sides of the furniture were changed, there was a console from the bedroom, posters for the living room were hung, and the interior changed dramatically!     PS I also realized that although I have lived here for 7 years, I have never shown our kitchen on the blog. Let me know in the comment if you want to see it 
- [Packing gifts in ... jute - DIY or do it yourself](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pakowanie-prezentow-w-jute/): Last season, I was preparing wedding decorations in a rustic atmosphere and I had a lot of jute left and so far I had no idea what to use it for. On the occasion of taking part in the Santa Claus Gifts Campaign, I was preparing a gift in the cold climate of Russia, so raw jute seemed to be the perfect accessory for me and I decided to use it for… wrapping gifts. I used: 1. Jute, which I bought on Allegro at the time >> click 2. The string comes from a nearby gardening store and cost the entire PLN 3 3. I bought lace ribbon today at Empik for 5,40 PLN 4. Scraps of ribbon in white and red check Well, let’s do it! And it’s ready! How do you like this packaging?? How will you give presents this year? 
- [A card from the active Mom's calendar](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kartka-z-kalendarza-aktywnej-mamy/): The theme of the organization of the day of the active mother very often appears in the comments on my Blog, Facebook or Instagram. Today I have written for you hour after hour, and even quarter after quarter what my day looks like. You are curious, right? 5: 45 rings an alarm clock 6: I take warm slippers, put on a nice bathrobe and go to the bathroom. I start the day by weighing myself and sending the results by text message to my sister – we motivate each other. I continue to wash my hair, put a mask on it, and while holding it, brush my teeth, put on my lenses, and rinse my face. Finally, I wash the mask off my hair. At 6:15 I sit down to paint myself, Wojtek gets up at that time and around 6:30 he brings me hot coffee and breakfast – I love you, Husband! 6: 30 again bathroom direction, drying and styling 6: 45 direction bedroom, dressing and getting ready for work, eating breakfast, packing laptop, lunch 6: 55 comes Nanny 7: 00 trip to work 7: 25 I drop Wojtek to work 7: I park 30 outside my office 7: 35 I’m in the office and I’m starting work 10: 00 lunch 12: 30 I’m finishing my work, getting ready to go home 12: 35 I’m going home 13: 00 I’m at home 13: 00-16: 30 is a time only for me and for Mikołaj. Santa is always after a nap and usually after dinner, and if not then dinner is ready and waiting to be heated. Santa can often get so involved in the fun and take care of himself that I can easily pull dinner out of the freezer, put rice / grits, make a salad / salad and a quick dinner ready. I often manage to throw a self-propelled vacuum cleaner into the bedroom or a room and clean it up by the way M unless Miki has a bad day, I accompany him at every turn. 16: 30-17: 00 Wojtek returns from work, we eat dinner / afternoon tea, play, fool around 17: 00-17: 30 I sit down to the computer to see what happened during the second part of the day, answer urgent emails and messages, plan tasks for the evening 18: 00 I go back to Mikołaj and Wojtek, we try to play more and more quietly and calmly to calm the child before bedtime 18:30 p.m. we cook a porridge with fruit for dinner, bathe the baby, prepare the milk (despite the dinner, there must be milk for the night – a ritual) and put Mikuś to sleep 19: 00 usually Santa is already sleepingand we embrace the house (cleaning toys, embracing the kitchen, small housework) 19: 30-20: 00 we sit with Wojtek to work at one desk, we discuss business and home affairs, we work, we help each other solve problems. I devote a large part of this time to the blog, write and plan posts, reply to your comments and emails. We usually work until 23: 00-24: 00, if we finish earlier we go to the living room and watch a series or make tea and talk 24: 00 try to be in bed, we read, talk … at this time, Miki usually wakes up for the first time for the night milk, the second time around 4 … eats the milk and falls asleep immediately. No, you can’t cheat with water  5:45 the alarm clock rings … What you see above is PLAN, and a good plan is one that is easily modified. The most common changes that occur with us are: In the morning, Mikołaj wakes up with us and then we change the nappy and put on clothes. We then involve him in turns in every activity, for example, I take him to the bathroom with me, Wojtek prepares breakfast with him and, as you can guess, everything can be quite long and we run around the house by 7:XNUMX like burned Wojtek goes to meetings instead of home in the evenings I go to meetings we go with Miki to Wojtek to work and we go for a walk to our beloved Boulevard We don’t get up at 6:00, just at 6:15, for example, and … the makeup is not so dry, the hair is not dry, the bangs are badly arranged, God forbid I forget to pack my laptop charger – it happened to me once! I wonder if this is what you expected from my day? 
- [Breastfeeding your newborn baby - you are not alone](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karmienie-piersia-noworodka/): Breastfeeding a newborn baby is a great adventure, but often very painful and difficult. Not everyone remembers it well, not every mother was successful in breastfeeding her newborn, and others did not breastfeed at all. Read the stories of mothers who are breastfeeding newborn babies – especially if you need support and refreshment. If you’ve been blogging with me for a long time, you know that my path to breastfeeding was difficult, but well worth the price. The subject is very close to me.   When my first son, Mikołaj, was born thanks to caesarean section, I had a problem with feeding already in the hospital, I asked the midwives and nurses for help. Unfortunately hers I did not receive… instead of tips on what to do to have food and be able to feed a crying newborn, the ladies only fed him a mixture… I started the fight for lactation. The fight was difficult and tedious, requiring hours spent with the breast pump, and the fight against allergies, which turned out to be very uneven.   When my second son Maksio appeared in the world, thanks to the knowledge gained while breastfeeding Mikusia, I knew how to stimulate lactation and had a lot of milk, but … feeding hurt. And breastfeeding a newborn baby it shouldn’t hurt. You can read how I dealt with it here.   Today I wanted to tell you milk stories of 3 women – my sister and my friendsthat we already have today as experienced have prepared some valuable advice for you.   And mine certificates – very personal, beautiful breastfeeding stories.     Breastfeeding a newborn baby Why is it worth fighting for breastfeeding? Why is it so important?   Without a doubt – the milk we have is … „turbo milk„. I guess there is no other drink like this magical properties : )   Mother’s milk contains lactoferrin, a multifunctional protein with strong bactericidal and virucidal properties. It binds with iron, so it catches it from the bloodstream and thus limits the penetration and multiplication of some viruses into cells.   Mother’s milk also contains the so-called epigenetic, e.g. choline, vitamin B6 and B12 and folates, which, by influencing the way of reading the genetic code, shape the health predisposition of a child. The level of these ingredients directly depends on their consumption in a nursing mother’s diet.   Breastfeeding a newborn baby also means providing it with hundreds of biologically active ingredients, which are responsible, for example, for strengthening the child’s immunity, maturation of its intestines or fighting cancer cells.     Breastfeeding and COVID Do you suspect you may be infected with COVID-19 or do you have a confirmed result? Don’t give up on breastfeeding! The current (as of the publication date) recommendations of WHO, AAP and UENPS do not present any contraindications for breastfeeding. Even more: milk from mothers infected with SARS-CoV-2 could be a potential one an ingredient that provides infants with passive immunity to the disease, even better than convalescent plasma. When feeding, the sick mother should not forget about the principles of safety and hygiene, i.e. isolation, wearing a mask, hand and breast hygiene. So if mom is not in a serious clinical condition, it’s worth fighting for every drop.     Beautiful stories about breastfeeding a newborn by women close to me I thought I’d ask other moms to describe what was the hardest thing about breastfeeding for them, and what helped them to endure the difficulties and enjoy the milk adventure.   Interested? So let’s go …   The story of Anna Rogalska-Bućko, a dietitian and my friend, and we met on the Internet   AK: How did you imagine breastfeeding your newborn baby before becoming a mother?  AR-B: Everyone says it’s so natural, but hardly anyone mentions that beginnings are almost always difficult and that it is not only a matter of learning for the mother but for each child.   AK: How did you prepare for breastfeeding? AR-B: I read because how can you prepare for your first child? I was smarter with the next ones. I had a phone call to specialists, in case of doubts, I consulted my doubts and difficulties, and when I was the third child I called the best lactation consultant – Asia Winarska, who helped me with my first child and who relieved my breastfeeding pain.   AK: What were your beginnings with feeding? AR-B: Heavy. After my first childbirth, I had surgery and I lay unconscious for a long time. A child who had no patience at all to wait fed with a bottle, and this one is much easier than the breast. I fed the syringe with my finger for three days (co the midwives commented it very unpleasantly), and when I was at the end of my tether and I wanted to quit, at night my lactating Angel appeared – Asia Winiarska. She devoted me and a friend from the room all night to not only teach us how to latch on children, but also had an incredibly soothing effect on children.   AK: Who supported you in breastfeeding? AR-B: Colleaguewho was in labor 3 months earlier and receiving my late-night calls, mentioned lactation consultant Asia, Magda Karpienia, who, despite the fact that she never met me during the feeding, always provided help, advice and a good word.   AK: You are talking about a good word, and what words or actions you heard were not supportive for you? AR-B: How can you have problems?„,”You’re exaggerating„,” Why are you getting tired, give me a mixture„…   AK: How do you finally remember breastfeeding? AR-B: As a difficult time. Demanding, full of sacrifices. But in retrospect worth the money. My children did not get much sick as a result.   AK: What would you advise mums at the beginning of the milky way? AR-B: I could summarize it in four points:   1. Make yourself ready a list of people who will be able to support you after giving birth – a lactation advisor, a midwife who will come even at night, a physiotherapist who will show you how to feed, so as not to damage your spine and suffer from pain. You won’t learn that before. You will need a child for this. This is a specific child.   2. Choosing hospital for childbirth, check if there are midwives working on the ward who are lactation counselors. When you are born, ask about these specific people, if they are on call, and ask for their help. Unfortunately, not every midwife has the appropriate knowledge and experience.   3. Make your partner and immediate family aware of what you will need and do not want after the birth. Well-intentioned “good advice” won’t help, but a box of mineral water by the bed, a thermo mug with hot coffee / tea and soups in a jar in the fridge they will always be helpful. Milk is not formed from the air. For this process, a woman needs calmness, the right amount of fluids and tasty food.   4. Warn everyone that you do not want gifts for your baby after giving birth, because he will not need anything except your closeness and milk. Put the collection jar „For a comfortable chair for feeding”. After the childbirth, go to Ikea together and check which one will be most comfortable for you. It may seem like an unnecessary expense to someone, but in the near future it is in this chair that you will spend the most time. Your comfort is priceless.     The story of Ania Warno, my beloved older sister   AK: How did you imagine breastfeeding your newborn baby before becoming a mother?    RE: I imagined everything would be fine– it’s so natural! I had friends who gave birth a little earlier and I more or less realized what the whole thing was. NUnfortunately, I did not go to childbirth schoolbecause both my pregnancies were at risk and the doctor wouldn’t let me.   AK: How did you prepare for breastfeeding?   AW: A bit I read, some I was asking my friends.   AK: What were your beginnings with feeding?   AW: I have two sons. With my older son Kuba it came naturally and I had no major problems with the feeding itself, only with the fact that my son often choked, which initially gave me a heart attack each time. Fortunately, I finally received professional help and instructions on how to deal with it.   There were, of course difficult moments in moments of developmental leaps baby where you had to get a little tired to adjust the lactation level to the baby’s needs (so-called feeding almost continuously karm). This situation happened about once a month and lasted for several days. I had barely finished feeding and I expected that I would have a break of 2-3 hours, and then I would cry and call for food. At that time, sometimes it seemed to me that I can’t do without artificial milk from the bottle. An experienced friend advised me then: “Ania, you can do it, it has to be like that! The mother-child system is connected, if the baby needs more milk, then by frequent latching on to the breast, it will eventually regulate the right level of lactation.„. I thought about what she said and figured that if I let go of it now and give my baby bottle of milk, my body will start producing even less nourishment. So I did not give up and thanks to that I was able to breastfeed my son until he was six months oldthat is until I return to work.   After the birth of my second son, Piotruś, I was very optimistic about feeding. It started beautifully, I put my son to the breast in an exemplary manner – I already knew how to do it! And everything was going well, but on the second day after giving birth … suddenly I ran out of food and the nurses had to feed the little one with artificial milk.   I don’t know how it happened, maybe I was nervous about being in a single room? After the first childbirth, I was in the room with the second woman and I felt much better.   When I got home things didn’t improve there was still not enough food. However, I denied that I have to breastfeed this baby and that’s it.   Long hours with the baby at the breast began, long feedings. Piotruś ate a little, then fell asleep. After a short time, however, he woke up again hungry, ate a little again and that was how it was all day. I had to feed the little one with a mixture every day.   However, I tried, I fought, I denied that it had to work. Teas, whey, herbs and supplements. But I couldn’t cope on my own. Milk maliciously did not want to produce. Eventually someone recommended me professional lactation consultant from the hospital in Gdańsk Zaspa. She visited us at home several times. It was she who saved my feeding.   First, exactly she wrote down a logical, detailed plan of when and what to drink – I tried various lactation teas myself, but I drank them quite chaotically. She helped me systematize it, she advised me how to change the frequency and type of drinks you drink depending on what is happening.   Second, she brought me peculiar gear: syringe with tube. When I was breastfeeding my baby, I did not feel it, I put a tube through the corner of his mouth, through which I slowly injected artificial milk with a syringe. Even though the breast milk was running out quickly, it did thanks to the milk flowing from the syringe, the baby felt that he was drinking breast milk all the time. My husband laughed that it looks very strange, a bit industrial  But it was worth it!   Third, the lactation consultant taught me stimulating lactation using the 7-5-3 method, according to the Chele Marmet scheme. After each feeding the baby, I worked with the breast pump for 7 minutes on the left breast, then 7 minutes on the right breast. Then 5 minutes on the left and 5 on the right, and at the end, 3 minutes on each side. I did this work about 6-8 times a day, after feeding and at least once a night.   I was tired for a month until I got tired. I managed to get to the point where I fed Piotrek with only one bottle of the formula in the evening before going to bed. So I did not manage to make lactation 100%, but I fed Piotr 80% on my own milk (where initially it was 10-20%). I was able to continue this throughout the six months of my child’s life (until my return to work),   AK: Who supported you in breastfeeding?   RE: You cheered me up. They also provided support and professional advice experienced friends. Every day I spent a lot of time on the phone  Very my husband was also supportive, who, after returning from work, no matter how tired he was, bravely took over my father’s duties so that I could rest.   Fun fact: once, during a conversation with one of my friends, we came to the conclusion that it was the same for her and for me: our moms, feeding us in the 70’s, now – in the face of our difficulties – they urged us to… stop breastfeeding. It seemed quite normal and natural to them just give the baby a bottle „and you will have peace and the baby will be full”.   Now is much greater awareness and available help with breastfeeding. While giving birth to my first son in Zaspa, I met lactating ladies who were simply angels. They were very supportive and it was only later, when I gave birth to Piotrek in another hospital, that I realized how extremely important it was. I didn’t have such help here anymore – maybe this stress resulted in my problem with food?   It was wonderful in the hospital in Zaspa: lactating ladies came to our room several times a daythey were always patient and smiling. With angelic patience and sensitivity, they showed how to hold the baby’s head to the breast and they taught me how to feed for the first time.   I was very grateful that I came across such women, because it is really very important – after giving birth to my mother (especially the first one), she is upset, it is for her something totally new and unknown, should not additionally feel lonely, fear that no one will help her.   In the old days, when women gave birth at home, they were surrounded by other women: mother, aunts, sisters… women who were physically nearby all the time, helping, teaching, supporting. For modern women, these ladies in the hospital are the only help and hope in the first days after childbirth. I believe it is of great importance. These ladies’ approach may have a great influence on the entire subsequent breastfeeding process.   AK: So much for support, and what words or actions you heard weren’t supportive for you?   AW: Definitely unsupportive was one of the midwives in the hospital who was simply rude. While the lactation counselors patiently taught me how to latch on and feed me, it was enough for this one midwife to come, make critical remarks, impose her methods and I was fed up. At one point, I just said that I didn’t want this lady to come to me at all. As I mentioned before, the hospital staff is important because the woman is there alone, without her family. The people working in the hospital are of key importance and how they will help us from the start can determine a lot.   AK: How do you finally remember breastfeeding?   RE: As a good time. It is, of course, sometimes a difficult experience, it hurts because you are in childbirth, you suffer from sleepless nights, lack of rest, mood swings. However, this is themden from such hardships in life that are beautiful, although we do not always feel it when we experience them.   Breastfeeding it a unique kind of closenesswhich binds the mother firmly to the child. The problems and hardships that have been overcome only deepen this relationship. I think the experiences we gain make us grow as women and mothers. Difficult experiences that I have managed to deal with alone or with the help of others always give me strength and confidence for the future. I think: since I have dealt with it, I am not afraid of other difficulties. However, there are certainly situations where hardships – instead of self-confidence – cause a breakdown. I think it happens when we don’t have people around us to support us. Fortunately, I did not experience it.   When the baby is born – sure, you love it right away, but I have a feeling you do this love grows and deepens over time, also thanks to these difficult experiences and problems related to breastfeeding. Yeah the relationship with the child becomes mentally really deep.     AK: What would you advise mums at the beginning of the milky way?   RE: Read yourself, be prepared for what may happen. Don’t panice.g. when there is a shortage of food, you only need to know who to turn to for help. I think that the woman should already receive a list of specialists in the hospitalwho will help and answer questions in case of feeding problems. I think that it is worth preparing such a list yourself before giving birth. And nDo not be afraid of the help of a certified lactation adviser.   Furthermore? Support of an experienced loved one. When you have a feeding problem, as I was supposed to, it is worth considering whether we have a cousin, a friend who is going through the same thing now, or even better one who is already feeding the baby or nursed in the recent past and knows the matter „fresh”. Our mothers and grandmothers do not remember what it was like, and certainly the emphasis on maintaining breastfeeding was different, or rather it was not at all.     The story of Asia Samek, my dear friend   AK: How did you imagine breastfeeding your newborn baby before becoming a mother?    AS: Honestly: I couldn’t imagine. Just what I saw someone feeding in my immediate surroundings or in the movies. I have never delved into this topic myself and there was no indication that this could be any problem. It looked so simple, beautiful, natural – like a picture everywhere.   AK: How did you prepare for breastfeeding?   AS: I went to birthing school – there was a lactation consultant who mentioned that there might be problems and she recommended a nice book titled „It is worth breastfeeding. And what’s next?„. This book covers all sorts of problems mom may encounter while breastfeeding. Clogged tubules, aching breasts, the child does not want to drink, the child is positioned incorrectly … a lot of difficulties, which I did not know could happen at the time. Here they were described and explained how you can help yourself – and the child -.   AK: What were your beginnings with feeding?   AS: Fortunately, this was the one who worked in the hospital where I gave birth lactation specialist from my birthing school. She helped me a lot in those first dayswhen it turned out I don’t think I have any milk. She advised me what I could do to make this milk appear, how to help myself with the breast pump, how to stimulate the breasts so that milk would produce. She wrote everything down for me and I must admit that this card was very valuable to me. I took her home and systematically I stimulated lactation using the 7-5-3 method. Thanks to this recommendation, this milk – not much, but always – appeared. Each 10 ml, 100 ml was a huge success.   The problem was not only that this milk is scarce. Majka she fell asleep while feeding, literally after a minute and stopped sucking this milk from her breasts. So I did this so that every three hours, that is, when the child was supposed to suck the breast in a book way, I would express my milk. And when my daughter started to fall asleep at my breast, I fed her with a bottle, but with my expressed milk. I also saw how much she was drinking and whether she was full. I expressed this milk regularly every 3 hourswhether it was the middle of the day or the middle of the night. The breast pump has become such my hand luggageI took him everywhere with me. Sometimes, when I saw that my daughter drinks longer and eats more, I did not express milk anymore to feed her with a bottle – such pumping after feeding was unpleasant when I saw that I had 15-20 ml of milk in the breast pump.   I was feeding a year this way. One year of milking every 3 hours. Later, I was already suppressing lactation, because Majka started to eat more solid food, and I wanted to go back to work. I was so used to pumping milk every 3 hours for half an hour that later I didn’t know what to do with my free time, without counting, what time I have to go out and what time to come back for milk. I forgot that this is how you can live – without constantly looking at the watch and the breast pump in the pocket.   The beginning of lactation with my second daughter Marta was also not easy. Though I knew how to act: pull, haul, and haul! – that’s this postpartum milk was also absent. While still in the hospital, I took my bag out of it a reliable sheet written by a lactation consultant after the first delivery and a request to my husband: „Bring me a breast pump immediately”.   I remember she cried a lot, so I don’t think she had eaten much. Of course, the nurses encouraged me to feed her with the mixture, but we managed to express some milk in the hospital. It seemed to me that just applying Martha to the breast would not stimulate them enough, so the breast pump was irreplaceable. Or maybe I got used to it so much with my first child? I considered it a normal thing. I remember that first drop of milk in the bottle. The joy was enormous, and then I tried to pull out this drop with a syringe to give the baby this precious liquid.   Over time, we learned about ourselves and only managed to breastfeed without all the pumping. Unfortunately, I had to go back to work when Marta was six months old. However, I wanted to continue to feed, which is why twice a day, sitting at my desk, I was accompanied by the hum of the breast pump. Later, I stored the milk in the office refrigerator.   AK: Who supported you in breastfeeding?   AS: My husband, who was always there, but only you. We met when Majka was 5 months old. You cheered me on You were glad that it was great that I have been fighting for food for so many months and taking this milk. I have not heard such words from anyone else around me.   AK: Exactly: what did the others say that was not supportive for you?   AS: „She does not eat it”, „Take it, give it to yourself, give her a mixture”, „Why are you getting so tired”, „This milk is so stratified – it has no value„. But the worst for me was when I had those 100-120 ml of expressed milk – or less, even the 50 ml – and heard: „Just enough?!?„. I was sorry when I heard such words, and I really fought for this milk, for every drop and even 50 ml was a success, for me it was „50 ml”, and for someone on the side: „only that much”. At the same time, let us emphasize that the child was not a skinny girl, but a healthy baby – so it was important that she was developing properly and her weight was within normal limits, not how much milk she was drinking.   AK: How do you finally remember breastfeeding?   AS: For sure It was not tiring for me at that momentalthough for someone looking from the side it was indeed incomprehensible: „why are you doing this”, „why are you getting tired”. I didn’t perceive it that way. I just wanted to give my children the best. And to me it was obvious that if I had this milk and there was some way to extract it, why not do it? This is why I am on maternity leave and this is my role at the moment, in the first year or two of the child, to focus on the child and to do everything to get the best and since milk is the best – what is there to think about? It was my job.   AK: What would you advise mums at the beginning of the milky way?   AS: So that they would not be compared to other mothers. They didn’t feel guiltythat something goes wrong, because then they are frustrated that they can’t, that they don’t want to, a they are supposed to do as they feel. That the fact that they will sometimes give formula milk is not the end of the world and it is important that they feel good about themselves and their situation. There is always some pressure from the environment and the first question after the baby is born: „Are you breastfeeding?” So that they do not take all these comments personally, because you can go crazy when you hear that you should – as I heard – feed the mixture. Conversely, it is definitely just as frustrating.   Comments vary, but outsiders do not know our situation, our idea of ​​feeding, they are not the feeder. They do not know her feelings, what she has been through, what she is going through and it is not worth worrying about the comments of people who want good for the child, but are not in the situation like us.   Make them do as they feel. If someone wants to express milk, they cheat, there is no need to comment on that. If someone wants to give formula milk because he feels this way, because he does not feel up to breastfeeding, it is also ok. not to take all these judgments personally, because it’s up to you to feel good about yourself and your baby.   If I listened to these „good advice” and gave my baby infant formula – which I did not want – it would not be in line with what I feel or with my conviction. You can not force anyone to be right, because it will only bring a negative effect, frustration, irritation, even depression. The beginnings can be difficult, you have to think not only about what is good for a child – because it is known that we always want good for a child – but also what is good for ourselves.   And be aware of that Breastfeeding your newborn baby may not be as easy as it looks, as shown in the movies. A baby attached to the breast looks very nice, full and happy, but sometimes problems of various kinds may arise that we cannot predict – and I think I had the slightest problems.   It may happen like you, Agnieszka, allergyor any other problems with the breast, such as a concave nipple – there can be so many difficulties that you do not realize. From here, I recommend the book mentioned at the beginning, you can reach for it, check it and read it during the preparation and during breastfeeding. There are various groups and forums on the web, but for me such a book is a more reliable source of knowledge.     So if you want to prepare for breastfeeding your newborn baby, remember: Ask for help from a trusted lactation consultant – get her number before the baby is born and make sure where she accepts or will she reach you home in an emergency. Remember that each baby breastfeeding can be different. Get a cool book on breastfeeding – personally, I highly recommend it „Just breastfeeding” Rapley Gill, Murkett Tracey – you don’t have to read it cover to cover, as most problems won’t apply to you, but in case of complications, you’ll find quick and helpful solutions in it. Get a breast pump or find a placewhere, in case of problems with the amount of milk, someone close to you will be able to buy it for you right away – let this purchase not be accidental. Read reviews, take into account the volume of the device, size, battery life or charging method – perhaps it will be your favorite friend not only in case of problems, but also the first time you go to the cinema after giving birth. Stock up on drinking products to support lactation – but there is no chance here either. After the first childbirth, I went to the hospital pharmacy and proudly returned with granulated tea for nursing mothers, which the lactation midwife from the ward told me to throw in the garbage.     How to choose a preparation supporting breastfeeding?   Check the composition! Popular granulated teas are usually sugar itself and a highly processed product. Personally, a lactation midwife recommended Femaltiker, which is now available in an improved formula Femaltiker plus. I omit its delicious taste, but it had a beneficial effect on supporting lactation during breastfeeding.   Food for special medical purposes Femaltiker plus are sachets with powder with caramel or chocolate flavor containing barley malt, beta-glucan and lemon balm, which 30-60 minutes before feeding/ pumping eat with yoghurt or drink with your favorite milk – because my children were allergic, I drank them with plant milk oat, spelled or rice. Such sachets taken 2-3 times a day will give you visible results after 4-7 days!   Why do you think it is said that beer stimulates lactation?   Just due to the content of barley malt! Barley malt includes beta-glucan, an ingredient that stimulates lactation.   But why is it worth to absorb barley malt differently than through beer?   First of all – we do not drink alcohol when breastfeeding, that’s obvious, but 0,0% beers are available today. But second and most importantly, in the production of beer, barley malt is long-malted, and in Femaltiker plus – briefly, it affects the higher content of beta-glucan and the nutritional value of the malt itself.   What does one Femaltiker plus sachet contain?   Femaltiker plus provides women with the above-mentioned extremely valuable ingredients with epigenetic potential:   Vitamin B6 Vitamin B12 Choline FolActiv – a combination of folic acid and its methylated form   and additionally:   barley malt and barley beta-glucan lemon balm.   Vitamin B6, vitamin B12, choline and folates supplied with breast milk affect the activity of the baby’s genesand thus have a valuable and long-term impact on his health and functioning also in adulthood. Unfortunately, with a diet that is not very balanced, we may have a deficiency of these ingredients, so it is worth absorbing them in a different way.     Femaltiker plus is food for special medical purposes Fr. proven performance. Studies conducted on 128 mothers diagnosed with a real food deficiency or poor baby weight gain, who drank the femaltiker formula twice a day for 14 days, showed improvement of lactation in 93%! Women took note too twice as much expressed milk, and thanks to the greater amount of produced food, the child’s increased – normal – weight gain (Magdalena Nehring-Gugulska et al. Midwife Nauka i Praktyka (No. 1 (29) 2015) „Stimulation of lactation with the use of barley malt and the child’s growth parameters in the event of a lactation crisis ).     If you want to share your milky story with us – whether easy or difficult – you will find the perfect place in the comment section of this post.     Post prepared with the support of Nutropharma
- [A houndstooth blazer - fashion for fall 2018](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/marynarka-w-pepitke-moda-na-jesien-2018/): Although I feel absolutely winter in color, sometimes I like to do something in spite of and go beyond the comfort zone, so this autumn I chose a houndstooth and in a beige edition. If I were to say what I associate with the slogan: fall fashion 2018 without hesitation I would say – plaid jacket.   The base of my wardrobe is white, gray, powder pink, pomegranate and blue, while in autumn and winter I sometimes feel a great temptation to myself add warmth – I’m a total deceased – too color.   That’s why this autumn I bet on a houndstooth beige jacketwhich I compared with beige pants i cream blouseso that the jacket has a subdued background on which the first violin plays. I have completed the set rose gold bracelet combined with pure whitewhich gives the styling a contrast, and a watch in the same color complements it, creating a „perfect match”. I love white in jewelry in general, it is a wonderful backdrop for a flash of metal!   Additionally large shoulder bagin which I carry my entire office – so far I do not deal with tasks during the time I spend in the office, so I take my laptop and work with me home, and such a large bag allows me to conveniently take my laptop with me to meetings or work in the cafe if I feel like it.     The post featured: Jacket – HM Blouse – Manifiq – no longer available Trousers – ZARA – beige color currently unavailable Beige high heels – Rylko Bag – Camelia Roma Bracelet and watch – Daniel Wellington -15% discount on the KUDELA code – valid until 31.12.18/XNUMX/XNUMX   And what can you not miss in your wardrobe this fall?
- [How to sew curtains? - DIY or do it yourself](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-uszyc-zaslony-diy-szycie-wnetrza/): I do not believe in confusion, so during my pregnancy it was a great joy to prepare a room for a child. Especially things that I could have prepared myself. Their list includes curtains for a children’s room, which I decided to sew myself. I don’t know any tailoring tricks, and Wojtek showed me how to sew on a machine (yes !!!), whom his Grandma showed me some 15 years ago. Our skills are therefore limited to threading and sewing, preferably straight. But this is enough to sew curtains, in fact, you can do without it, but that’s about it at the end.   Shopping list: curtain fabric: I chose the one with a width of 1,60 m, perfect for a single curtain, I needed 2 curtains, the curtain rod hangs 2,5 m high, so I ordered 6 linear meters (5,20 m for curtains, and from the remains I sewed pillowcases for the set) Cellar: Drecotton.pl, Cotton 100% yellow chevron zigzag, price: PLN 18 for 1 meter – 10% discount for a large order, which amounted to PLN 81 tape for hanging and wrinkling curtains: its length is 310 cm so it was perfect for two curtains of 160 cm each Store: Ikea, tape: KRONILL, price: PLN 7,99 for 310 cm rim belt to lining (gluing) the curtains, packed by 10m, I needed 5,6m for two curtains, because I put each one twice Cellar: IKEA, SY hemming belt, price: 9,99 PLN for 10m Total expenditure: 98,98 PLN   Sewing accessories needed: high-heeled shoes scissors white thread Sewing Machine iron   DIY or curtains for a children’s room step by step: 1. I asked the manufacturer about the shrinkage of the fabric, it was at the level of a few% so before I started sewing the curtains I washed and ironed 2. I measured and cut the desired length of the material, i.e. the length of the curtains + 2 cm for the top lining + 10 cm for the bottom lining 2. I put a 1 cm material margin along the side and top of the curtain, attached it with pins and ironed it, took out the pins, put it on again 1 cm and pressed again, thanks to which I got rid of the torn side of the fabric and the unevenly cut top 3. I pierced the pressed sides and top of the curtains on a sewing machine 4. To the top of the curtains I sewed a tape to hang and wrinkle the curtains straight 5. I hung the curtains on the rods and measured their height 6. I divided the excess material on the underside of the curtain into two parts and put it on twice, but here I gave up sewing and used a hot hemming strip. It went much faster, it looks very aesthetically pleasing, and nothing happens with the washing either. 7. Curtains are ready! In fact, the sides and top of the curtains can also be pressed hot using the hemming strap, and the sewing tape can be sewn by hand, so I am sure that such curtains are also available for people who do not have sewing machines.   How do you like the end result? Do you already want to sew something?   See our other posts on how to decorate a children’s room: 1. An idea for a children’s room design, or how and where to start> click 2. Zigzag, asterisk and an owl – yellow and gray room for a child> click 3. Yellow-gray room for the child step by step, i.e. list of all products with links to DIY stores and projects> click 4. How to sew curtains? DIY or do it yourself> click 5. Garland with stars for a child’s room – DIY> click 6. How to organize the first sleeping place for a child? > click 7. How to organize a breastfeeding corner? > click 8. How to organize a changing corner? > click 9. Swaddle blanket, sleeping bag, swaddle blanket, or maybe a duvet and pillow? > click 10. How to choose a feeding chair? > click 11. Bin for used nappies – test and review> click 12. What is worth having in the room of a one-year-old baby? Changes are coming! > click   If you liked the post, I would be very happy if you like it: [fb_button] Stay updated! Daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed – join me on: Instagram i Facebook.
- [How to hollow a pumpkin for Halloween? - DIY or do it yourself](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-wydrazyc-dynie-na-halloween/): I dreamed of home-made pumpkin cream, but the pumpkin had been left untouched on the windowsill for a week. Although we do not celebrate Halloween, it is a great opportunity to take it under the knife and make your first pumpkin lantern. And while we had no experience with it, the task seemed simple enough. Fortunately, we were right – 10 minutes and it’s ready! Like Cinderella – I couldn’t do without a prince, a pumpkin and … a mouse!           And I am like Cinderella – I couldn’t do without a prince, a pumpkin and … a mouse!   And how do you spend Halloween?
- [How not to dress](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-nie-ubierac/): I prepared a list of the basic mistakes that were the reason why I did not always complete the clothes for the day well. Check if you commit them too, because it is extremely easy to eliminate them and the effect will be visible immediately. 1. Choosing clothes in the morning in the dark so as not to wake the Child Choosing the outfit of the day in such conditions meant that I usually chose any, fast, so as not to wake up the child. It didn’t help to have the only mirror in the bedroom where the child slept. Often, only during the day when I looked in the glass reflection in my eyes appeared a blouse ending at the widest point of the figure, emphasizing what she should hide. Of course, such a mistake would not have been possible if I had taken care of the closet beforehand or knew that this blouse should be put in pants.   Tip: from today, make clothes every evening, be sure in front of the mirror, unless you’re putting on a proven set.     2. Putting on mismatched clothes When in the elevator at work I noticed the unbuttoned blouse she was furious that I put it on again. When during the day my shoes rubbed again, I regretted not having done anything to them. Do you ever wear something you don’t like?   Advice: Every time you come home to something that made you embarrassed during the day, was uncomfortable or just made you uncomfortable in it, do not put it back in the wardrobe, just think about what you can do with it and decide whether you can convert it or give it to those in need (of course after washing).     3. Unsuitable underwear Perfectly fitting underwear is usually not a thing for years. Plus or minus two or three kilos, and without proper regulation, underwear suddenly stops fulfilling its function. If you are pregnant, losing weight or a few kilos in the plus, be sure to check if your underwear still fits well. If you have always bought high-quality clothes, getting rid of expensive items from the drawer will be painful, but very desirable, because nothing like mismatched underwear distorts your figure and does not spoil the effect of even a perfectly matched outfit.   Tip: Set aside your sentiments and go shopping. At the beginning, perfectly matched flesh-colored, smooth underwear will do the job, followed by black. White, although often the most popular, unfortunately is not even suitable for white things, because it shines the most.   4. Cheap shoes Two or three years ago, I got rid of my collection of ballet shoes in all the colors of the rainbow, which I bought for less than PLN 40 each. Actually, my mother helped me in this, throwing me the first pair without courtesy, saying – see how they hurt you!   This year, I will get rid of all sneakers and dubious quality shoes myself. Including those beautiful white sneakers, which after 3 months began to leak yellow glue and spoiled the whole effect, thus wasting 100 PLN that I spent on it. And those sports shoes that I bought for walks, but after half a year they cracked and I stopped wearing them automatically.   Rada: Buy only good quality shoes, definitely focus on quality, not quantity, because they are very often your showcase. For summer, instead of a blaze of colors in ballet shoes, choose flesh-colored ones that will match everything and will serve you for years. When no one notices that your blouse cost PLN 20, cheap shoes will quickly show their flaws and will look careless. Broken uppers and cracked fabric won’t make a good impression. I put on my spring shopping list timeless white designer sneakers.     5. Complete the outfit with clothes, not shoes This is my latest discovery – I came across an advice to complete an outfit for each day from shoes Primer Style (my review here) and I thought: EUREKA! I keep my shoes in the hall and my clothes upstairs. Choosing the clothes for the day first and not thinking about shoes, it was often only in the hall that it turned out that only high heels fit my outfit, while I had a whole day of running and doing errands in the city ahead of me. So I had two options: go back and change or wear out all day.   Rada: from today, complete outfits for shoes that will be suitable for the day – every morning think which shoes will be the best choice and choose the right outfit for them.   I am curious if you found anything on this list? If you have any „golden tips” on completing an outfit, be sure to write about them in the comments!   PS If you like me – stay tuned and be sure to follow me on Facebook and Instagram
- [Hair loss after pregnancy - causes and my care](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wypadanie-wlosow-po-ciazy-przyczyny/): Hair loss after pregnancy is a very unpleasant ailment that I have encountered again. If you also have this problem, check where it comes from and what I use for hair loss every day. You may have noticed that during pregnancy your hair was beautiful like never before, but after giving birth every day you ask yourself the question: why are they falling out terribly?   Why does hair fall out just after delivery?   Is it the fault of breastfeeding, weakness or the cause is completely different? How to prevent hair loss?   Have you ever wondered what the hair growth cycle looks like? Why can it not only grow all the time, but also – unfortunately – fall out?   What happens to pregnant hair? Hormones, hormones and more hormones. It is thanks to them that our hair during pregnancy is thicker and shinier, there is more of it. Not because more of them grows, but because there are fewer of them – this high levels of estrogen mean that our hair constantly remains in the growth phase.   Unfortunately, after giving birth, the hair begins to fall out again – it enters the resting phase, during which no new hair is produced. This process takes several months, and if we are breastfeeding, it may take a little longer because of the high prolactin levels.   Unfortunately, postpartum hair loss is inevitable.   What can we do about hair loss? Time is your ally, but you can always try to improve the condition of your hair with natural shampoos, conditioners and other preparations.   My proven ways to thin hair, not just after pregnancy   undercut In my case, my hair was thinned after pregnancy so much that although I started growing it before birth, I cut it regularly after delivery, thanks to which it gains volume. I absolutely cut them straight – without any shading that only enhances the effect of fine hair.   Proper care Every day I use only natural hair care cosmetics. I wash my hair every day, because freshly styled hair is better reflected and does not look so thinning. With such frequent washing, one-time washing is sufficient – you can use it twice if you wash your hair once every few days, to thoroughly wash off not only styling cosmetics, but above all dust, smog and the like.   The ingredients that I avoid in shampoos and conditioners are:   mineral oils and silicones – they form a coating on the skin and hair that blocks the proper oxygenation of both the scalp and hair – they stick to the hair, preventing it from breathing; cosmetics containing silicones give a very quick effect of improving the condition of the hair, we have the impression that after one wash, the hair is healthier, unfortunately this is only an apparent impression; Of course, there are people who by nature have strong hair, which even silicone is not afraid of, but thin and delicate should especially avoid this sticking, because our hair is infused and, in addition, nutrients do not penetrate into it,   SLS and SLES – considered aggressive and potentially irritating agents.   After a year of using Kevin Murphy beauty products, my hair started to stay fresh for a few days for the first time in my adult life – the shampoo has beautifully regulated the secretion of sebum on my head. Unfortunately, after these cosmetics my hair was too soft, difficult to style and lacking volume, which is why I returned to INSIGHT cosmetics.  I use two shampoos for a change – the first one is the RESTRUCTURIZING shampoo for damaged hair, visible in the photo, and the second one is from the same brand shampoo against hair loss LOSS CONTROL.   I also use it for a change two masks – for dyed hair COLORED HAIR and daily DAILY USE – both are very light, so they do not weigh down my thin hair, additionally I only apply them from half of their length. I take a longer bath once a week and leave the mask on for about 20 minutes, and I only keep it for about 3 minutes every day – about that time for brushing my teeth and putting on contact lenses. After the mask, the hair is also beautifully combed.   How to hide clearances on your head In the most critical period, which lasted about 4 months, I used a spray that helped me cover up the translucent skin on the part and curves. My baldness masking spray is nothing but sucker spray Magic Retouch by L’Oreal – it’s like a spray paint that settles not only on the hair, but also on the scalp, providing the effect of thicker hair at the roots.     It dries quickly and the effect stays until the next hair wash. If for any reason you suffer from thinning hair, this spray will help you cover up this effect. It is available in many colors, it worked best for me dark blonde, the cool brown was definitely too dark and gave an unnatural effect on my natural hair color that I have on the skin.   exaggeration My fine hair also requires special care in the coloring process – I have a trusted hairdresser, in whose hands I give my hair. He dyes them with a special technique, applies the dye to the hair with a special sponge, and sombre effect allows me to wear natural regrowth every day, thanks to which I usually dye my hair once every 6-9 monthsso as not to weaken them excessively. The paint he uses is also important – it’s the already mentioned Kevin Murphy, i.e. paints based on natural ingredients, jak honey i shea butter – moisturize and nourish hair, there are without ammonia i do not contain PPD – a dye that often irritates and sensitizes.   Stylization To add volume, I spray wet hair volume adding spray in a red CHI package, I dry them using a BRAUN Satin Hair 7 curler dryer (I also have a curling brush with a rotating brush Rowenta Brush Activ, but it electrifies my hair so much that it completely deprives it of volume), and finally spray dry spray shampoo BATISTE HEAVENLY VOLUME who fills here texturizing function – my hair, although thin, is very flowing, thanks to the dry shampoo it is duller and gains volume.     Finally, I spray them with my favorite for years hairspray Goldwell Hair Lacquer in a black tube, which I can’t change for any other – does not stick your hair together and can be completely combed, so it is also perfect if you don’t wash your hair every day.     Specialist care In addition to taking care of my hair during everyday care, I also periodically serve them with additional specialized care.   Wcierki I really like the use of products such as shampoos – in contrast to hair oiling, which in my case overloads it and unfortunately reduces its volume. I also don’t like the application of oils.   Wcierki affect the scalp, and so for the cause of the problemand not just the effects. To choose the right specifics, the best method is trial and error – it is worth selecting a possible cause, apply an antidote and check if there is improvement, if so – it is very possible that we will permanently improve the condition of our hair.   The most popular pieces are those for self preparation with fenugreek or ready to buy like Kaminamoto.   Causes of hair loss The most common causes of hair loss are alopecia, telogen and anagen baldness.   Alopecia only affects men. From the age of 40, their hair begins to fall out – irretrievably. It is a natural process, depending on age. So this problem definitely does not concern you.   Telogen alopecia – it is characterized by the fact that most of the hair on the head goes into the resting phase. A perfect example is postpartum alopecia, but it can also be caused by stress, psoriasis or nutritional deficiencies. Telogen effluvium happily resolves itself, so it’s worth taking care of a balanced diet and covering up any beauty defects it causes.   Androgenetic alopecia – androgenic hair loss (although, due to its name, commonly associated with men), it affects up to 50% of women struggling with excessive hair loss! Androgenetic alopecia is genetically determined disease, caused by the wrong reaction of the hair follicle to androgen, through which they become thinner and shorter until they fall out, which in women manifests loss of density at the top of the head.   Due to the fact that I have a problem with thin and falling hair since I was a teenager (previously they were thick and thick), I’m not going to stop at hair care alone. Due to the fact that androgenetic alopecia can be treated topically – using minoxidil, which dilates the vessels of the hair follicles, thus stimulating cell division of the follicle, as soon as I finish breastfeeding, I plan to go minoxidil therapy. We can buy it without a prescription as Piloxidil – inexpensive a drug that inhibits hair loss and stimulates its regrowthwhich I read very good reviews about. It has the form of a liquid on the skin, but with a dispenser, which certainly facilitates application. Medicine first stops hair loss (after about 8 weeks), after 4-5, the months begin first hair regrowth process, which after about a year goes into stage of maximum hair regrowth. Perseverance and consistency in treatment are necessary here, but studies have seen an increase in hair regrowth by about 75%. Well-groomed and thick hair give me confidence, so I don’t want to miss the chance for such a huge improvement.     Meanwhile, I remember that what we eat has a huge impact on our body, too on our hair. That’s why, apart from proper care, I pay attention to what lands on my plate. Vitamins, microelements and macronutrients found in food play an important role in the process of hair growth.   Of the many vitamins, the most important are those from group B (especially biotinriboflavin, niacin). We find them, among others, in animal products – meat, cheese, eggs and legumes, broccoli, cauliflower and nuts, due to the fact that I limit eating meat, cheese, broccoli and cauliflowers, additionally, I supplement with biotin. In the fight for beautiful hair, we are also supported by vitamins A, C, D and E.   In addition to vitamins, minerals are also very important. Iron, zinc and selenium play a very important role in the hair growth process. You will find them in meat, legumes, groats, cereals and nuts. I eat a lot of groats, cereals and nuts, so I don’t supplement them.   Hair loss – visit to a trichologist If severe prolapse persists for a long time or you notice changes in your skin, consider a visit to a trichologist. A doctor who finds out if this hair life cycle is going well with us.   I am curious, what are your proven ways to fall out and thinning hair? Favorite Care? A styling that adds volume? Be sure to let me know in the comment!
- [My 10 ways to health in pregnancy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/na-zdrowie-w-ciazy/): My whole adventure with a healthy lifestyle, healthy eating and healthy skin, hair and skin care began 4 years ago, when we decided to enlarge our family. Back then, I thought that my concern for health would be based on a few supplements and expensive anti-stretch mark creams. However, my curious nature has brought me to a completely different place and today I support my health and the baby growing in me in a completely different way than I planned (and it’s been 28 weeks – believe it?) Learn about my simple and natural ways to support health every day. 1. A glass of warm water with lemon in the morning There is probably no better way to start the day than with a glass of warm water and a freshly squeezed lemon half into it. This mixture helps to cleanse the body (flushes out toxins), speeds up metabolism and improves digestion (thanks to fiber), helps with heartburn and indigestion, gives energy and supports our immunity (mainly due to the content of vitamin C). It’s best to drink it immediately after waking up, about half an hour before breakfast. It contains calcium and potassium, caring for your healthy heart, nervous system and brain. Lemon water also has an effect … deacidifying our body – despite its sour taste, it has an alkalizing effect on us.   2. Chia seeds This is my favorite and most natural dietary „supplement”. I drink it twice a day: I put a tablespoon of chia seeds in a glass of warm (not hot) water and leave it for a while to drink my nutritional „bomb” later in the day.   What do I value chia seeds for the most? Even two large tablespoons of chia seeds (about 30 g) provide us with about 20% of the recommended daily intake of calcium, 30% manganese, 30% magnesium, 27% phosphorus, and as much as 11 g of fiber [source], which supports the beneficial bacterial flora in our intestines. They contain a lot of precious antioxidants [source], and their richness in calcium, magnesium, phosphorus and proteins wonderfully supports our and baby’s bones.   3. Beet juice During pregnancy, women very often suffer from anemia (anemia). To prevent it, it is worth consuming beets from the very beginning of pregnancy. Despite the fact that compared to, for example, parsley, they are not such a rich source of iron at all, great they play a hematopoietic role, prevent (and even cure) anemia. The dyes they contain are very strong antioxidants that they increase the absorption of oxygen by our cells fourfold. For this they contain a lot of folic acid, directly supporting the development of our Child, and remove harmful harmful homocysteine ​​from our body. [source]   Therefore, beetroot juice will fit perfectly into the diet of every pregnant woman, as well as those preparing for pregnancy. We usually squeeze our daily portion of juice on a slow-speed squeezer or in a stone vessel, we make juice from pickled beetroot with garlic – I will write about the miraculous properties of silage and recipes for this miracle on the next occasion. One thing is certain – already 2-3 weeks of drinking pickled beetroot juice every day were able to get me straight from a single-digit level of hemoglobin in the blood, they are certainly even better able to prevent anemia.   However, if you do not like, or you do not have the opportunity or time to prepare your own juices, in the Carrefour chain of stores we have discovered pickled beetroot juices in small glass bottles – the perfect portion of health for you and your baby for every day.   4. Water It’s water flushes out toxins from our body – although it does not neutralize them, it supports the work of the kidneys and cleansing the body of harmful metabolic waste. Its deficiency causes us to feel tired, tired and weak, and even dizzy or trembling hands, leading to a drastic reduction in the level of electrolytes in our body.   Remember that during pregnancy you need to consume enough water for two of you (or maybe three?), Because a baby consists of 74-94% of water, and its natural environment is nothing else than water. Therefore, the appropriate amount of water that we should consume every day should be about 3 liters – take it easy, you will probably get one liter with food, and 2 you should drink. You will also take care of your proper digestion, provide necessary minerals and improve your well-being. [source]. That’s why I always try to have a glass and a bottle of water next to me. Summer is ahead of us, so I will probably consume more water to balance the amount excreted in the heat through the skin.   5. Vitamin D This life-giving vitamin helps build your muscles and bones, as well as your baby’s – is responsible for the proper calcium management in our body. Its deficiency can lead to weaker bones in you and your child, and also leads to more frequent allergies in children.   During pregnancy (and not only), I certainly do not sunbathe for hours (I do not expose my face to the sun at all), but if only the weather allows it, I try to expose myself to full sun for 20 minutes each sunny day. Supposedly 15 minutes of arms and legs exposure in the sun can cover our daily demand for vitamin D. This is another reason to go for a family walk every day.   On the other days (i.e. during the first two trimesters almost every day) I take the appropriate dose of vitamin D in droplets.   How to determine the right dose of supplemented vitamin D?   Get your vitamin D levels tested at the next blood test and check with your doctor what dose of vitamin D is right for you – don’t forget to tell him about your habits. You need the right dose of vitamin D for the proper calcium metabolism during pregnancy, but also for the baby [„The Book of Pregnancy”, W. and M. Sears]. 6. Folic acid It is necessary for proper development of your baby’s spinal cord. Did you know that the fetal nerve coil closes already at 3-4 during pregnancy week? That is why you should take care of getting the right amount of folic acid at the stage of applying for a child. Too low folic acid is also a cause of prematurity or behavioral problems in a child, that’s why we must take care of its proper level throughout the whole pregnancy [The Book of Pregnancy, W. and M. Sears].   Despite the diet rich in folic acid, as prescribed by the doctor throughout the pregnancy I also provide it in the form of supplements. What dose to use? Which acid is best to choose? Set it all up with your attending physician. 7. Oils Every day I eat the so-called cold. „Good fats”, that is coconut or linseed oil. Each time I choose vegetable fats that are unrefined and cold pressed – only these retain maximum nutritional value. You can also find healthy fats nut oil, olive oil and fish oil (on condition that it has been tested for heavy metals and does not have them or has them in quantities that do not endanger your and your child’s health).   Remember that the consumption of healthy fats brings benefits to your health, and above all, to your baby’s health – you cannot overcome their good effects by eating unhealthy fats. So your blacklist should include „bad fats“Which cross the placenta and block the cell membrane receptors in your baby, which results in fewer connections between your baby’s brain cells. Unhealthy fats include:   hardened vegetable fats (so-called trans fats) – can block the action of the enzyme, thanks to which your body can convert Omega-3 acids into omega-3 DHA acid, which is extremely important for the development of your child’s brain. What is the most popular hard fat? Of course, margarine, no matter what other wonderful ingredients you add to it, shouldn’t be in your diet; Palm oil – firstly, of all fats, it is the most contaminated with pesticides, and secondly, it is very poor in valuable acids [„The Book of Pregnancy”, W. and M. Sears].   8. Motion Every time I dreamed of an active pregnancy, through the eyes of my imagination I saw myself beautiful, slim, brave and working, preferably until the very day of childbirth, exercising every day in fashionable clothes with celebrities on DVD on my own carpet … Unfortunately, few of my dreams in this topic have come true . I admit, at first I had huge complexes, especially after being forced to lie down for several weeks, which I did in every pregnancy, after which I got breathless going up the stairs to the first floor. But I decided to take this activity with my own measure and after consulting a doctor, taking into account all my health limitations, set your own „original training program” – even if he is exhausted by a 10-minute turtle walk or two lengths of the pool. I try to be as active as I can and get as much joy out of it as possible. Although my possibilities are symbolic, every day I try to plan a mini-walk, in bad weather, for example to the store. I don’t want to neglect the traffic at all costs. Intuitively, I feel that a lying lifestyle has only disadvantages – low mood, decline in form and pain are progressing rapidly. So joy brings me every, even the smallest activity.   Bed regime? More and more often I come across the fact that the doctors who look after me, and in each pregnancy I meet many of them, less and less as a medicine for threatening miscarriage or shortening of the cervix, they prescribe „bed regimen”, but rather recommend „saving” in the maxi version. She wrote about it in a very interesting way MamaGinekolog.   9. Physiotherapy and kinesiotaping I admit that although pregnancy is a long-awaited and dream state for me, unfortunately my motor system seems to be completely unsuited to it and it gives me a lot of pain again. Therefore, instead of curing, I decided to prevent and already in the sixth month, I applied to… a physiotherapist. We see each other once a week, and in addition to the massage of excessively tense muscles that cause pain, especially in the pelvic and back, my physiotherapist uses kinesiotaping – it’s sticking to the skin, on selected parts of the body, flexible, waterproof, breathable cotton patches that soothe pain. I am after a few such meetings and I already feel a big difference, I will describe you fully … after the delivery, because we will work together to regain shape afterwards.   10. Care for the skin It may be a surprise for you, but I do not use a single cosmetic dedicated to pregnant women. Which does not mean that I do not use them at all, or do I use the same cosmetics as before pregnancy. The story of how I stopped trusting brands and started trusting compositions I’ll tell you on another occasion, and today I’ll just tell you that I found much more valuable ingredients in „ordinary” cosmetics or oils. I do not see the need to buy expensive cosmetic oils based on petroleum (paraffin oil is, for example, the main ingredient of many popular anti-stretch mark oils, many of them also contain resinoids, which should also be avoided during pregnancy) or expensive creams, which, although dedicated to women during pregnancy, they can be harmful to the developing child – as a curiosity, you can check which well-known brands produce creams dedicated to pregnant women with toxic ingredients such as Polyacrylamide – a preservative, formaldehyde derivative, toxic substance – o here.   I am aware of that not all beneficial cosmetic ingredients are desirable during pregnancy and breastfeeding, so before applying any cream, lotion or body mousse, I check that the list of substances it contains are not inadvisable for pregnant women. You will find such a list on my favorite cosmetics blog.   Here are my 10 ways to take care of your baby’s health and yours through these extraordinary 9 months. If they are not on your list, maybe they will become an inspiration for you to take care of New Life and about yourself. If you liked my text, I will be very pleased if you like it or share it to share with others.
- [DKMS - I become a donor](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dkms-zostaje-dawca/): The decision to become a potential bone marrow donor was one of the most obvious for me, and becoming a donor and being able to save someone’s life would be an honor. However, the hardest part was to mobilize and learn: – is it safe to become a donor and – how can I become a donor – this path turned out to be easier than I could have imagined. I didn’t have to go anywhere, pay nothing. I have completed the application on the official website DKMS, and after a dozen or so days in my mailbox a package was waiting for me with a set of documents and sticks to collect saliva from the mouth. Downloading material according to the attached instructions was child’s play. I have also filled out the 1 application form on the A4 page and packed the sticks with the return envelope, which is included in the kit. On the way to work, I threw it in a letterbox. Now I am just waiting for confirmation that I have become a potential bone marrow donor.   I have some interesting facts for you related to being a donor (information from the official website www.dkms.pl): 1. Myth: Stem cells are taken from the spinal cord Fact: The concept of bone marrow and spinal cord is very often confused. When the stem cells are removed, the donor’s spinal cord is not affected. Stem cells are taken either from peripheral blood (the procedure lasts 3-4 hours) or from the iliac plate (surgery under full narcosis). 2. Myth: Stem cells are collected during a complicated operation Fact: Stem cells are taken either from peripheral blood or from a hip plate. In approximately 80% of cases, stem cells are collected from peripheral blood. The procedure of collection using this method is performed outpatient and does not require a stay in the clinic. 3. Myth: Stem cell donation causes damage to the donor’s health Fact: Within about two weeks, the donor organism regenerates stem cells spontaneously. Giving them to a sick person gives us a chance for a new life, without suffering any damage to health. Within 10 years of registration, a maximum of 5 for 100 registered persons become a donor. During the first year of registration, only 1% young donors have the chance to become an actual donor. Haven’t made your decision yet? Wondering what your chances of becoming a donor are? Is becoming a donor risky or painful? Here you will find answers to frequently asked questions: 1. Who can become a donor? 2. Who can’t become a donor? 3. What if I am / will be pregnant? 4. Online registration – how? (Chopsticks, or cotton buds) 5. Change of name after marriage – how to update the DKMS database? 6. I am registered in another donor database. Can I register in the DKMS Polska Foundation database? 7. How likely are I to actually be a donor? 8. How is my personal data protected? 9. How long does the follow-up process take if there is agreement between patient and donor? Counting from the time the stem cells or bone marrow were taken for transplantation? 10. When do you need additional testing? 11. How many HLA antigens are determined during testing of genetic material collected during registration? 12. Will my blood type be determined during the typing? 13. Will an HIV test be performed when determining the characteristics of antigen compatibility? 14. Who pays for genetic material testing costs collected during registration? 15. Why is the examination of the characteristics of tissue compatibility expensive? 16. Who bears the costs associated with donating stem cells by a donor? 17. Can a donor contact a patient who has been transplanted with his stem cells? 18. What are the chances of a patient recovering in the event of a transplant? 19. And if you can’t find a suitable donor? 20. How to deal with the patient after returning home from the hospital? 21. Can a donor infect a recipient with another disease along with the transfer of stem cells? 22. What complications can occur after a transplant patient? 23. What are the first signs that the transplant has been successful? 24. How are stem cells transferred? 25. How is the patient ready for transplantation? 26. Is it possible to donate stem cells several times? 27. What are the methods for collecting stem cells? 28. Can you choose the stem cell collection method yourself? 29. Is stem cell collection always carried out at the patient’s place of residence, and thus possibly also abroad? 30. What is the risk associated with bone marrow harvesting? 31. Can a donor experience ailment after having a bone marrow or stem cell collection? 32. What is the extraction of stem cells from peripheral blood? 33. How long does it take to download? 34. Bone marrow harvesting 35. How long does recovery take after bone marrow collection? 36. Does the bone marrow have anything to do with the spinal cord? 37. Can a potential donor withdraw from a previously confirmed gift? 38. How is a donor prepared for stem cell collection? 39. What must the donor pay attention to before collecting stem cells? 40. How is DKMS Polska financed? 41. Will I receive a medical certificate during the procedure? 42. How is the donor insured? 43. When and where does the transplant take place? 44. What are the requirements for stem cell transplantation? 45. What is the risk associated with taking stem cells from peripheral blood?   A Have you ever wondered whether to become a donor?
- [Diaper basket - unnecessary gadget or necessity](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosz-na-pieluchy/): The diaper basket was the most surprising thing I heard about in the context of a newborn’s layette. Is a regular basket not enough? About the such a product exists at all I found out while pregnant. That apparently the diaper basket (the so-called diaper basket) and the used ones are of course the basis. It just has to be. Especially when the baby’s room is on the first floor … and even if the changing table was in the kitchen itself, I can’t imagine keeping used nappies there, especially those with a surprise. Just like every time you change diapers on a winter day, go outside to the garbage can. In addition, we collect garbage every 2 weeks …   Do you know that? the fragrance particles are smaller than the spacing between the molecules that make up the surface of the film? The kind from which breakfast bags, a shopping net or a regular garbage bag are made. This is because used diaper emitting an unpleasant smell after putting it in a breakfast bag or a commercial from Biedronka, unfortunately, but further it gives off this unpleasant smell, and our sensitive noses can easily sense such smells.   That is why, in our home, it always smells beautiful like Madame Chic, and despite the fact that we store used diapers in its walls, we decided to buy a basket for used nappies. We have three such baskets, including two professional and one amateur, and this is so much that only one met our expectations.   See our other posts on how to decorate a children’s room: 1. An idea for a children’s room design, or how and where to start> click 2. Zigzag, asterisk and an owl – yellow and gray room for a child> click 3. Yellow-gray room for the child step by step, i.e. list of all products with links to DIY stores and projects> click 4. How to sew curtains? DIY or do it yourself> click 5. Garland with stars for a child’s room – DIY> click 6. How to organize the first sleeping place for a child? > click 7. How to organize a breastfeeding corner? > click 8. How to organize a changing corner? > click 9. Swaddle blanket, sleeping bag, swaddle blanket, or maybe a duvet and pillow? > click 10. How to choose a feeding chair? > click 11. Bin for used nappies – test and review> click 12. What is worth having in the room of a one-year-old baby? Changes are coming! > click       1. Waste basket Angel Care I bought it at an online pharmacy for only PLN 56 complete with 3 bag sets. To make it funny, one such bag costs about 26 zlotys, so it turned out that not only I saved on bags, I also got a diaper basket for free.   We spent the first few months admiring the basket and touting it left and right. Until one day, guests came to us who threw their older child’s diaper there … it turned out that every time we opened the basket the smell in the room was so terrible that we quickly replaced the refill with a new one. Of course, we thought it was the fault of … the pile, not the trash. Nothing could be more wrong, after a few months gWhen solid foods appeared in our company, it turned out that this basket simply does not fulfill its function when a baby is older than a few months old. And all this despite the use of original cartridges all the time.   This basket is built so that it is inside multilayer bag for garbage, which supposedly is not permeable to odors. But what of it, since this bag is closed only with a plastic latch and a lidWhich turbo-tight are they certainly not?   In addition, each time you throw more diapers into the basket, you must open the container and its latch, and what do we see? And we feel Stuffed, unprotected diapers even for several days? (Such a basket holds up to several dozen diapers at a time).   Due to the fact that we have a children’s room upstairs, so the road to the garbage can outside is quite far away, we decided to look for a better product. We asked friends again, we looked at the Internet and decided on the second in the picture:     2. Tommee Tippee SANGENIC PLUS Nappy Disposal This time I bought it in an online store at a promotional price for PLN 99 including shipping. The set included a container and 1 cartridge. There is a container, there is a cartridge – so how is it different from its predecessor? So this one the container after inserting the diaper twists the bag over it and the next time you open the container we have no visual or fragrance access to previously thrown diapers. Thanks to this twist, the fragrance does not come out of the super multi-layered fancy bag. For a few long days, at least. And that makes sense! This basket is great, it stays with us!   What will we do with two baskets? Due to the fact that so far we are not complaining about the lack of space, and we have a supply of bags in the Angel Care basket, diapers with low contamination (read pee) we will throw into AngelCare (until we use the supply of bags), and diapers with high contamination they live in Tommee Tippee.   Simple and convenient?   Not necessarily, so if you want to buy a basket for used nappies, buy Tomee Tippee in the SANGENIC PLUS version right away. And if you want to save, just throw in very smelly diapers there (you know what), and utilize the remaining ones for example in a basket like the one from Ikea. But empty it at least once a day.   And how much do these diaper basket liners cost?   You can get one refill for each of the containers for about PLN 25 and we have one refill for about a month (of course, we empty the container much more often).   Just … one day, when we were still using the Angel Care container, we ran out of refills, so we temporarily threw diapers into basket from Ikea STRAPATS, where we throw all the rubbish in the children’s room every day. And what?   Let’s call them more dirty diapers – they were there very temporarily, because the smell was easily leaking from it in all directions. So if you are wondering if this trash can fulfills the function of a diaper basket, you know the answer. Will not meet. But you can store low-risk diapers in it if you intend to empty it at least once a day.   And if you’re interested in what disposable diapers we use, be sure to check out here, especially if you value ecological and healthy solutions.   And what do you think about the special bin for used nappies? Redundant gadget or indispensable gadget?
- [Hospital bag for Newborn - my bag for delivery](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torba-do-szpitala-dla-noworodka-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): Today I prepared for you another material in which I show you exactly what I have packed into a bag to the hospital for a newborn baby.   In the film and in our bag there were: – 1x swaddle + 1x large diaper + 1x disposable diaper – washed 5x bodziaczki + 5x rompers – washed 2x caps – 2x Lodger large diapers / swaddles – disposable diapers 8 times the estimated number of days spent in the hospital – I packed 32 items – 4x tetras nappies – 3x Lodger Bibs – 1x nursing pillow – 1x wet wipes Water Wipes – 1x buttock ointment Linomag   If you would like to see what I have packed into my delivery bag, be sure to check it out here.   If you liked the post, I would be very happy if you like it: [fb_button] Stay with us on a regular basis! Daily dose of positive emotions guaranteed – join me on: Instagram i Facebook.
- [Layette to the hospital](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-do-szpitala-dla-mamy/): The layette for the mother’s hospital was the most difficult stage for me in preparing for the birth of my Child. I was terribly afraid that I would forget the most important things, I did not know what to prepare for, what I would find in the hospital, and I did not want to be dependent on anyone and make requests that I was missing something again. I also did not know which products are worth choosing – it was the first time I gave birth! There are already 3 such stays in the hospital behind me, through which I managed to refine this „Layette to the hospital for Mom” ​​list almost to perfection. When completing the layette to the hospital, you must remember that:   1. Each hospital has different rules In the facility where I gave birth for the first time, all hygiene products for myself and the child had to be owned. In the second hospital, however, everything was available in every room: pads, pads, swabs, saline, buttock ointment, newborn feeding syringes, substitute milk, so you need to adapt your bag to the requirements of a particular hospital.   2. You can give birth away from home or in the first choice hospital, there will be no vacancies and you will not end up in the hospital of your choice. It may also happen that your chosen hospital may not have a place, so I recommend that you pack everything that will ensure your comfort. If it turns out that you have too many things with you – the person who will be with you or visit you will be able to take the excess from you.   3. Each of us is different, each delivery is different That is why my hospital layette tips have a very universal nature, but you can certainly adapt them to your individual situation and tastes.     When reading what I think a mother’s layette should contain, remember that I love comfort and convenience, hence it will be quite extensive. You can shorten it freely to your requirements and needs of the hospital kit, or expand it.   Mother’s layette: dokumenty – first of all, an ID card and a pregnancy card, if you have one, add up-to-date test results (including blood and Rh type, HBS, HIV, VDRL, the latest blood count and urine test, the latest ultrasound), nightgown with the possibility of comfortable breastfeeding a baby – a minimum of 3 items, the first shirt immediately after delivery will probably be washed immediately and you will only have two left, so I had 4 items, kapcie – I bought myself slippers in Ikea for a few zlotys for this occasion, which I didn’t take home anymore and I didn’t pack all the germs collected on them in my bag torby They were comfortable, with rubber soles and for a few zlotys – that’s what you expect from slippers ” at the same time”, shower slippers – I propose the same solution as in the case of slippers, szlafrok – I suggest thin, because it is usually very hot in hospitals, but you may want to cover yourself by walking in the corridor, panties postpartum mesh (absolutely mesh!) (absolutely not fleece) – there are many shapes and sizes, but I recommend those with a high waist, because in the event of a caesarean section, the low ones could compress or irritate the wound, feeding bra – 1-2 pieces, at the beginning I recommend flexible, seamless, in which you will be very comfortable, my favorite is Cariwell skarpetki – as much as you like, basic cosmetics – favorite washing liquids, shampoo, toothbrush, toothpaste, hairbrush, something to fix hair – cosmetics preferably in miniature packages, toilet pads – available at the pharmacy, a small terry towel – 2 pieces, terry mini towels as washers – in order to ensure the comfort of using always fresh towels, I bought a set of 10 hand towels at IKEA for PLN 12,99, which I simply threw into the trash after use, disposable towels – 1-2 rolls, chair bag – put it in your toilet bag, if you feel weak in the shower, and there is a chair nearby, you will be able to put a net on it and sit on it easily, bed covers – I recommend Bella Happy changing pads or Seni’s bed pads, disposable hygiene pads – from 2-3 packages (e.g. Bella Mama – the only ones I know are fully breathable, which is crucial after giving birth), bags  – for your and your child’s dirty underwear, still water, lactation tea – my choice is Stork, I definitely do not recommend granulated, because they contain a lot of sugar, cutlery and cup – unfortunately.   Lay set to the hospital for delivery: I suggest you have a delivery separate bag, in which everyone will find everything that you may need during delivery and what you can change after coming to the hospital, without browsing through a multitude of things that you will have prepared for your stay.   They will probably be: nightdress, slippers, shower slippers (you may want to use it during), seamless bra for feeding that will support the breasts for your comfort, and after delivery you will be able to attach the baby to the breast immediately. maybe something to read, box for lenses + liquid and glasses, if you wear lenses on a daily basis, protective lipstick, and maybe a toothbrush and toothpaste – we never know how long the delivery may take, wet wipes without chemicals – clean water – e.g. WaterWipes, a phone charger and camera will also be useful for you, drinking water, apparently it is also very important food… for your partner, if he will be with you during the birth. And maybe rusks will be useful for you?   You can also put in a delivery bag nappy and first clothes, and even horn or blanketwhich you want your Newborn to be dressed in, but here it all depends on the hospital. In my hospital, immediately after delivery, they put on the baby only a disposable diaper twice and wrapped it in their own diapers, so that in the postnatal room, in a disposable diaper, they would put the son on me and leave us in skin-to-skin contact without any clothes for many hours.   Mother’s lay kit for feeding: feeding pillow – to comfortably feed and rest tired back; I didn’t have any with me and I regretted it quickly, but fortunately my husband bought it for me and delivered it quickly. The abdominal muscles, weakened after the caesarean section, made it difficult for me to breastfeed for a long time, but my friends from the room after natural births also praised them, feeding caps – to be used as a last resort, but it is worth having such a safety valve, I recommend these Medela companies, it is important to sterilize them / pour boiling water before using them, lactation pads – one small package or half a large one, because you will probably have a lot of food at home, pure lanolin – for lubrication, breast pump – in case of problems with lactation – it helped me wonderfully, I chose the Mini Electric Medeli for the first time, and the Medela for the second time.   I wrote the post you read in 2016, after the birth of my first son. What did I change, packing myself for the second time?   You will definitely be interested in my latest posts: – my bag to the hospital for Mum i – my bag to the hospital for the newborn.   I am very curious how your hospital and delivery kits look or look like? I will gladly expand my list with your suggestions.
- [Undeclared activity, i.e. business on trial](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dzialalnosc-nierejestrowana/): Unregistered activity is one of the forms of running a business. Do you know that you can provide services and receive remuneration for them, and you do not need to register with CEIDG, have a tax identification number and an accountant, i.e. start a business? Not everyone knows about it, and this is a brilliant way   I often recommend this solution to future wedding planners who want to start operating in the wedding industry a little bit of a trial see if it’s something for them. Of course it is not a solution for everyone, and what conditions must be met and what to watch over – you can read about it below.     Unregistered activity is a form of business that does not require NIP, REGON, in some cases a cash register, or even a bank or accounting account. Such an entrepreneur does not have to pay ZUS, but, like everyone else, he has to pay taxes because it is a source of income.   For whom unregistered activity will work? The type of business, its territorial scope or the number of customers is not important. However, pay attention to several aspects.   Undeclared activity can be established by any beginning entrepreneur if: in the last 60 months he did not conduct any activity, income from unregistered activities does not exceed 50% of the current minimum monthly wage (in 2021 it is 50% of PLN 3010, i.e. PLN 1505), acts personally as natural person (it cannot be a party in a civil partnership), carries out an activity not requiring concessions, permits, etc. (i.e., it won’t work if you want to open a bar).     Economic activity – what does it mean? To legally earn income, we should run a business. But this is not always the case. After all, when you receive remuneration on the basis of an employment contract, contract of mandate or contract for specific work, you do not need to have your own business – it is not an economic activity.   So when can we call our earning a business? It must have the following characteristics: must be organized, must have a commercial purpose, you have to act on your own behalf, Your actions must be continuous.     If so you want to be self-employed, but do not want to pay ZUS and register with CEIDG yet, because you don’t know if your business will catch you, undeclared activity is for you. However, you must bear in mind that Even if you conduct unregistered business, you are subject to the provisions of the Civil Code. Therefore, you must respect consumer rights, such as returning goods or complaints.   What is important, you can work on a contract for a job or a contract of mandate, and at the same time conduct unregistered activity.   What about bills and taxes? This, unfortunately, when running a business, even unregistered, is inevitable because income earned in Poland is taxable. Although, thanks to the exemption from registering a company, topics such as bookkeeping and paying social insurance contributions do not apply to you, they still do you have to pay income tax.   However, when taxing, you cannot choose whether you want to settle your tax on a straight-line basis or on a lump-sum basis – the tax on unregistered activity is transferred only in the so-called tax scale 17 or 32%. What does this mean in practice?   It means that from unregistered activity you must include your income in your annual tax return (i.e. filling in PIT) and pay the taxthat will result from this settlement (as underpayment). You enter the revenues obtained from unregistered activity in the field „other sources„. With the maximum use of this form of earning (equal to PLN 1505 every month), you must be ready for the fact that it will be a tax of up to PLN 2000. It is best to prepare for this in advance and set aside the necessary funds for this purpose every month.     Oczywiście you need to bill – but you don’t need a cash register. You can get a so-called block. „proof of payment”.     Taki the bill must contain: invoice number with the date of issue, first and last names or names of the seller and the buyer, the name of the service and the amount to be paid.     Thanks to the billing and careful monitoring of this topic, you will be able to keep watch over your finances and be aware in good time that you are approaching or have already exceeded your income limit.     Before you make up your mind thoughto conduct unregistered activities, make an appointment with an accountantwhich exactly will check your possibilities and whether you are not subject to any exclusions.     What if I exceed the revenue limit? Well, then the matter is simple – you need to register a business. You have 7 days to register your company in CEIDGwhere you use the day when the income limit is exceeded as the start date. Therefore, de facto decisions on establishing a business you must take before you generate sales exceeding PLN 1505 per month.   Therefore, it is worth being aware that if, when exceeding the income of PLN 1400 per month, you do not register a business, or if you do not take into account all revenues by filling in your annual PIT or forging bills – you will break the law.   Remember that Polish law provides start-up relief and these are: TZW. „Start relief”i.e. no ZUS contributions for the first 6 months, small ZUS, i.e. lower premiums for the next 24 months.   And then you have nothing else to do but enjoy your own company and take care of its development  Good luck!
- [A new deal - muffin cups!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nowe-rozdanie-muffinkowe-kubeczki/): As promised, I have another surprise for you – two positive muffin cups to give away! It will be possible to take part in the competition via fb or blog, and I will draw one Winner from among the participants from each group. If you want to take part in the competition using facebook: 1. like my profile From under the blanket 2. share the competition photo on your profile 3. Leave a comment under this post with information that you are taking part in the competition using fb and write which cup you would like to draw If you want to participate in the contest using your blog: 1. post a banner with a photo on your blog and a link to my blog http://www.spodkocyka.blogspot.com 2. add my blog to your watchlist if you want to visit me again 3. Leave a comment under this post with information that you are taking part in the competition using your blog and with a link to it and write which cup you would like to draw The hand lasts three weeks, so until the end of 2013.05.15 day. I wish you good luck 
- [Maternity dresses that I love](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sukienki-ciazowe/): Maternity dresses are my favorite element of pregnancy wardrobe. Being pregnant, I spent a lot of time looking for maternity dresses in which I felt nice and at ease. The choice on the market is not so big, because let’s remember: maternity clothing is not the same only in XXL size. These are specially designed cuts that will properly emphasize this wonderful condition. Meet my favorite maternity dresses! Luckily I was able to find several styles in which I felt good and nice. And today I have prepared for you a few similar proposals, available in stores this year, perfect for the beginning of the summer season – all suggestions I found maternity dresses here, and a year ago, in search of similar styles, I had to search the Internet and Instagram for hours.   What did I pay attention to when choosing a maternity dress?   First of all on comfort. Pregnancy is a beautiful condition, but also a bit distressing. It squeezes here, it hurts here, and these swollen legs!   Secondly, that not only will be enough for the whole pregnancybut they also served me in childbirth – in some of them I even walk almost a year after giving birth!   Stripes? Necessarily!   Although in accordance with all the rules, the horizontal lines thicken, I felt extremely well and slim in a striped dress, which also perfectly cover the sides. And those in maxi length will let you hide your swollen legs! Advantages only.       Maxi dresses   During pregnancy, I avoided the sun, the maxi dress both protected me from radiation and comfort, hiding my swollen legs. I didn’t know what to wear, what the weather would be like? A long dress has always been a good answer for me.       Maternity feeding dresses   When choosing a maternity dress, it is always worth paying attention to whether it is easy to move it away, whether it detaches or unties at the breast. If so, it will be useful for you longer, becoming comfortable after giving birth breastfeeding dress. Although there are women who leave the delivery room in pre-pregnancy jeans, I always chose light and comfortable pregnancy clothes for a few more weeks, and thanks to this function the dresses gained a second life.     If you want to hide your pregnancy belly a bit …   Dark colors, black or navy blue will work great. You won’t hide your belly by standing sideways, but when someone is looking at you from the front, they may not notice your condition. I had such a situation myself in the ninth month of pregnancy, a few days before the birth, when I was wearing a dark dress and I took a seat, and someone wanted to ask me to leave it …    I am sure that you will get a similar effect in each of these proposals, and if you want to make the tummy appear – all you have to do is place one hand over it and the other under it, emphasizing it beautifully:       Wedding dresses   Of course, we can immediately go to the wedding dress salon for a wedding dress, but if you are planning a modest wedding, especially to organize a larger celebration after the birth of a child, it is worth looking for the right dress in a regular store for a few hundred zlotys. Romantic and outdoors, or elegant in the church, always beautiful and modest, not necessarily in white. Or maybe not only on the wedding day? Such a dress will be useful for many occasions.   Na Allani.pl every day new dresses appear, not only pregnancy, but for every occasion, today we will certainly find some new products there.   As you can see, I went through pregnancy with Maks in dresses, and what is your favorite element of pregnancy wardrobe?
- [How to get dressed for summer work? A blue dress that builds confidence](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-do-pracy-niebieska-sukienka-szmizjerka/): How to dress for work in the summer to feel comfortable and despite the heat make a good impression? A few rules of business formal style and my favorite style for work this summer. Why is blue worth at work and in business?   Blue color suggests perfectionism, credibility and good communication. Furthermore calms down, that’s why it’s blue dress that lets you arouse trust. It is not without reason that Aleksander Kwasniewski, on the advice of Jacques Séguéla, a world-class image and political marketing expert, went through (and won) the presidential campaign just in blue shirts.   According to Grażyna Białopiotrowicz, a Polish image creation expert in politics and business, blue is perceived as harmonia i arrangementwhich means that when you wear it, you are associated with high intelligence i charisma.   What work dress?   Do you know that in addition suit and suits are a cloth maker is the third, the most professional and formal clothing in a woman’s wardrobe?   What is a wiper?   In short, it’s a dress that you the upper part resembles a shirtand the bottom … it is best if it fits your figure, giving it an hourglass shape, which is very helpful with a belt tied at the waist and a safe and elegant bottom of the dress, for example made of a semicircle, which will not be too tight for business meeting, nor too fancy what could be a bottom made of a circle of stiff material.   Because it is a business dress, you have to take care of her length, which it should not be shorter than 6 cm or longer than 6 cm from your knees.   Blue shirt dress …   … sewn from high quality material, preferably as little as possible, will not only allow you look and feel good in any business situation, but after work, all you have to do is throw off bigger jewelry and change shoes to comfortable sneakers and get looser, sporty look.   if you are Young mother, such a skirt will help you not only to hide your post-pregnancy tummy, but also to feed your baby or … to use the breast pump comfortably if you pump milk at work or at a larger exit without a baby. Perfect for baptisms.   Work shoes   It has been accepted that they are acceptable in a formal, business style only full shoeswhile for skirts and dresses 5-8 full heels with centimeter-long heels, ideally made of smooth and matte full-grain leather, look best. Without decorations, pebbles or feathers.   you prefer flat shoes? They are perfect for a woman’s suit. As the aforementioned Grażyna Białopiotrowicz advises, when combining a dress or a skirt with flat shoes in business, we send the message „I’m three, three and a half” so I book such a look for loose days in the office and early and late hours of wedding coordination – but the Wedding Planner’s outfit at the wedding this is a topic for a separate material.   Tone in tone styles   The royal family loves them, so you can go ahead and love them too! No more problems with choosing shoes for creation. When I have to create one quickly and don’t have time to experiment, I reach for it dress-colored or skirt-colored shoes. It is a guarantee of the success of almost every stylization.   Although we have black and possibly beige (so-called „nude”) shoes in mind of classic business styling shoes, this season I loved tones in tone so muchthat I allowed myself to buy blue, classic, smooth high heels. Thanks to the fact that the colors prevail in my wardrobe: white, gray, pink and blue, with three pairs of pins, I can build tone-in-tone styles for various occasions. So even in very formal dress code shoes can have a different color than black and beige, provided that they are consistent with the whole and do not disturb the whole impression of our person.   My suggestion for summer, business stylization     Jewelry and accessories Blue styling tone-to-tone with a shirt top with a shirt top, in which the traditional collar was replaced with a stand-up collar, I broke my gray laptop bag – this is my basic and so far the only purse in which I carry a computer with me every day. Over 2 years ago I got it from Wojtek as a gift and I have to admit that it was a very good investment – the bag is very roomy, solid, it accompanies me every day, I also take it with me for trips and weddings, and it is still flawless, giving me confidence.   earrings I chose small and openwork that emphasize mine delicate nature and more expressive braceletthat highlights mine definitely. I completed everything classic watch with a simple, quite masculine form, which suits a person who is active and willing to take on difficult challenges.   Never in business I don’t mix silver with gold, which emphasizes my concern for details and applies to all clothing, from shoes, to clothing accessories such as a zipper and a buckle, to a purse. The only exception is my engagement ring, which is made of white and yellow gold, but it is very simple and unobtrusive, and its sentimental value is invaluable to me.   In this outfit, I broke one rule of business attire – I didn’t put it on tights. The most rigid rules of this game say that tights must be there, many recent publications allow for exceptions, but I am lucky that I shape my image in our company. Therefore, fortunately or unfortunately, on hot days, when it’s + 30’C outside the window and I work in the office, I choose greater comfort and efficiency, and even when I meet clients on these days, full shoes are enough for me, and I do not wear tights . But if I was going that day for the wedding of our clientsI would definitely wear my favorite matt 8 DEN tights. On cooler days, I put on slightly thicker reinforced tights 15 DEN, in which I have a calm head, because my eyes do not go.       Takeaway I also try to carry with me thermos mug with healthy tea or herbs, because without him I often forgot to drink anything during the day, which unfortunately strongly affected my health. In cafes, when i buy take-out coffee, please, pour it into my cup so that whenever I do not have to use disposable packaging, and in some cafes I get a small discount for this pro-ecological approach – it’s very nice that they do not treat me as an eco-freak, but they additionally reward me.       Dress: Aglaia from Marie Zelie I have a 20% discount code for you for all the great shopping at the Marie Zelie store with code AGNIESZKA20 valid only until 3 September 2018   Shoes: Kazar – 40% discount Jewelry: Lilou Watch: Daniel Wellington   And what is your proven work style? Or maybe you are just building your wardrobe, which is still you stress rather than add confidence?
- [Child care - a guide to children's cosmetics compositions](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szkodliwe-skladniki-w-kosmetykach/): Children’s skin has many very important functions – it is a protective barrier that protects them from the outside world, regulates its temperature using the function of sweat and is a tool that ensures contact with the world thanks to the sense of touch. How is it worth taking care of the skin from the first days of life so that it performs all its functions in the best possible way? What changes should you make over time as your child grows up? And above all, how to read cosmetics compositions to make good decisions standing in front of the bending store shelf? And this is necessary, because unfortunately on drugstore and pharmacy shelves you will find a whole lot of products containing substances that can cause allergies and other adverse skin reactions. Download a helpful graphic on your phone, or use my best practices. Or both. I have been analyzing food and cosmetics compositions since I had problems maintaining my first pregnancy, and the doctor advised me to eliminate food chemistry from the diet, and then cosmetics with harmful ingredients.   But how harmful it is – I asked? All my cosmetics were from reputable companies, mostly pharmacy ones, and I had full confidence in them. Nothing is more stupid. When I picked up my first cream – firming for the bust, pharmacy and very expensive, which I bought for myself on the occasion of getting pregnant – I grabbed my head when I found it in it ingredient widely recognized as carcinogenic. Paying over PLN 100 for a small tube, I served my breasts a carcinogenic ingredient every day – twice.   The manufacturer’s promises, beautiful packaging and advertising, unfortunately, are not a guarantee of high quality products and safe use.   I really don’t believe any manufacturer or cosmetic today until I check the ingredients myself. It does not matter whether the brand is known or not, foreign or Polish, pharmacy or drugstore, with history or completely new – when it comes to children’s health, I do not trust – I check.     Why does a child’s skin require special care? The skin of a newborn, and then of an infant and a small child – is completely different skin than that of an adult. It can be compared that the skin of an adult is like a dense cotton fabric, and a children’s skin – like a fishing net – hers the cells are laid out more loosely. At least until the age of 3, it is not as good protection as an adult – many more particles from the environment penetrate it, not only during bathing or care, but also when wearing nappies or clothes (therefore it is equally important to check the composition of washing liquids). These ingredients penetrate the skin into the baby’s bloodstream – in children, blood vessels are placed closer to the epidermis – and then to tissues and organs, sometimes even over a long period of time.   First of all – do no harm When I need to buy a cosmetic quickly – for example on vacation – instead of reading and carefully analyzing each beneficial or harmful ingredient, I just check there are no harmful ingredients in the cosmetic. What? Later in the post I will tell you about them and make available for download graphics that you can save on your phone and have with you during each purchase.   Second – to interfere with nature as little as possible I try to influence the natural processes on the baby’s skin as little as possible, which is why I use delicate, natural and organic cosmetics, but at a good price and available at the drugstore near the house.     What to avoid in children’s cosmetics?   Soap The soaps have an alkaline pH and the baby’s skin has a neutral pH. With alkaline soap which the skin of an adult with a pH around 5,5 copes much better than a child’s. Disturbed pH of children’s skin negatively affects and damages its hydrolipidic coat, it also has a negative effect on the formation of good bacterial flora on the baby’s skin.   Strongly drying ingredients So popular SLS, SLES. It is inconceivable to me that the commonly recommended lotions and emollients – incl well-known and reputable brands – in the second place after water, they place this very drying detergent in the composition of the liquid or emollient – and I’m talking about both drugstore and pharmacy cosmetics.   Yet no child’s skin – neither healthy nor even more atopic – doesn’t need such strong ingredients!   Formaldechyd derivatives While they are not harmful in themselves, they react with other ingredients – and by adding the influence of temperature, they can already release the toxic formaldehyde.   Preservatives It’s not that all preservatives are bad – without them, we’d have to buy cosmetics directly from the factory and keep them in the refrigerator for just a few days or weeks. However, it is important that the preservative is of good quality so that it does not harm.   Preservatives that are recommended for children’s cosmetics are, for example, those that are allowed for preserving food.   Ingredients of petroleum origin So the by-products of petroleum production, such as paraffin, mineral oils – prevent water loss from the epidermis, but also clog pores and block air access to the skin – act like a film, make it difficult for the skin to breathe, blocking the access of good and nourishing substances to the skin – dissolved in them vitamins will not penetrate deep into the skin. It can lead to irritation, itching, rash or clogged pores. dyes Dyes are intended to visually enhance the product, so the more I do not see the need for their use in children’s cosmetics. Of course, we divide dyes into harmless ones and those that are better to avoid, but for children, I advise you to avoid everyone.   Fragrances Fragrances in cosmetics can irritate and sensitize, and I think every parent will agree with me that the little ones smell so sweet that they absolutely do not need any artificial „perfumes”. Additionally, artificial fragrances can penetrate deep into the baby’s dermis, as well as into the bloodstream and into tissues, and accumulate in the body as toxins. We avoid!   Polyethylene glycols (PEG) and polypropylene glycols (PPG) Ethylene oxide is used for their production – Ethylenoxid, considered to be an extremely poisonous and carcinogenic gas that can even damage the genetic structure of cells. Additionally, it can cause inflammation, itching, burning and hives.   And emollients? Emollients are no „better” or magical preparations – there is no legal regulation that states what cosmetics can be called emollients. In practice any cosmetic that has an oiling effect can be called an emollient. Strongly oiling ingredients are supposed to moisturize – unfortunately, they are very often mineral oils, i.e. petroleum derivatives – they create an occlusive layer on the skin that can do more harm than good – see the aforementioned ingredients derived from petroleum.   In addition, they can mask possibly disturbing symptoms in a child – of course, until they stop working, and the skin that is accustomed to them will no longer help with redness, dryness and irritation when they are really needed. What symptoms?   Emollients on healthy skin can camouflage, for example, a minor rash or dry skin after ingesting an allergen – such as strawberries. Therefore, it will make it impossible to react and temporarily eliminate the allergen from the diet or change the food producer. Sometimes it turns out that the Child is allergic to dairy products or strawberries of only one producer, because we are not dealing with an allergy to proteins but to … chemicals for growing plants.   It’s also not that I always say non-oily cosmetics – if the skin is dry and irritated here and there, they can bring relief and speed up healing, but as a preventive measure, I think that it is not worth using them.     Ecological cosmetics – is it worth it? What does it mean that a cosmetic is natural or „eco”? Sometimes it really is nothing, because no law defines it.   If you do not want to check the composition of cosmetics on your own, you can trust one of the certificates, here are the two most popular.   ECOCERT certificate – when you buy a product with such a stamp, you can be sure that someone has checked its composition for you, and: raw materials come from renewable sources do not contain GVO – they cannot come from genetically modified plants and animals do not contain a ban on the use of artificial fats, oils, silicones, paraffin and other substances obtained in the distillation of crude oil do not contain parabens, phenoxyethanol, opioids, PEG do not contain synthetic perfumes and coloring ingredients, as well as animal products (they can only contain products from live animals such as honey, milk) the packaging is biodegradable and recyclable final products have not been tested on animals 95 minimum of all ingredients is of natural origin.   COSMOS ORGANIC certificate mainly includes: 95 minimum of agricultural ingredients are organic no animal testing natural aromas and dyes from plants and flowers Minerals meet strict conditions environmentally friendly packaging with a waste management plan.   Let’s get to the point   When was the first time to take a baby bath? If I had given birth to a Child at home, I would probably not have bathed it for the first few or maybe a dozen or so days – the embryo, with which a newborn baby is born on the skin, has the best protective, moisturizing and lubricating function, it helps build a good bacterial flora. However, in a situation where the Child is born in a hospital setting – my gynecologist and pediatrician had no doubts – after returning home, both the mother and the child should take a bath so as not to bring home dangerous hospital bacteria.   What about clothes, cones, blankets? It is worth taking to the hospital only those that can be washed in 60-90’C after returning.   What to wash the baby’s skin? Washer or sponge I personally choose hand – I consider Mom’s or Dad’s touch to be the nicest for massage in the bath, I used possibly a cotton disposable cotton swab around the ears or neck.   I know that many of us like and choose sponges or washcloths. Which is better? In my opinion, the choice is simple and hygienic considerations appeal to me here – impurities and epidermis remnants will inhabit a sponge or a washcloth, and in addition their humidity promotes the development of microorganisms, so it is good to be able to wash them at a high temperature at least once in a while, but not can be done with a sponge – so they fall off for me, a  washers win. Of course, in combination with clean water (yes! Newborns and small babies can also be washed in clean water with calmness) with a delicate liquid or washing gel.   When to moisturize the baby’s skin We have adopted the principle of moisturizing only when there is such a need, so if nothing happens, we do not apply any cosmetic to the whole body after bathing – we let the skin take care of itself, additionally washing towels, bedding and clothes in special delicate liquids.   For minor dryness, such as feet irritated by running around outside all day barefoot or cheeks dried by the wind, we use cream – locally, thanks to which one tube lasts for several months.   Our cosmetics for children   We focused on a series of cosmetics CORINE DE FARME BABY – it’s a family business (just like ours!), Which took care not only of a good composition – I personally checked every single ingredient – but also Fr. two certificates – ECOCERT and COSMOS ORGANICso you don’t have to trust only my analysis and you will easily find them on the store shelf at a very attractive price. Personally, when I see certificates on the packaging, I expect an exorbitant price of the cosmetic – after all, the price of ingredients and certification is usually visible in the exorbitant price of the product, but nothing could be more wrong here.   Micellar cleansing gel for body and hair, BIO Organic from CORINE DE FARME BABY with a volume of up to You can buy 500 ml for around 26 PLN in the Rossmann chain of stores – same as all other cosmetics in this series, so you can also order them for home delivery. The gel is transparent and odorless, I often reach for it myself. What is most important – with a pump, which makes it very convenient and efficient – How many times did you spill too much liquid on your hand after removing the cap? Not to mention the situation where you hold the baby with one hand and the bottle with the other. Or your toddler gets up and loves pouring liquids from water bottles. Exactly!     To the set is BIO Organic micellar shampoo from CORINE DE FARME BABYwhich I also like to wash my hair with. You will also pay for 500 ml of shampoo from ECOCERT and COSMOS ORGANIC here only PLN 26,69, and even in the promotion PLN 21,59 – and maybe you will become its faithful user yourself. I guess it’s in vain to look for such a large and organic adult shampoo.     We also use lightweight Protective face and body cream, Bio Organic CORINE DE FARME BABY based on sunflower oil and bitter orange flower hydrolate. This cream spreads well, absorbs quickly and does not leave a noticeable film on the skin, it does not stick. It costs about PLN 25 for a 100 ml tube, but in line with the principle that we do not use it when there is no such need – we really have enough time for many weeks, with two kids.     Olive? Only for massage – and here I reached for coconut oil from my kitchen.     What does the care of my children look like? Lest there be any doubts – we know what allergy, baby acne, atopic dermatitis and cradle cap are – we fought them for months with Mikołaj and after years of fighting (of course under the supervision of a good specialist) we jointly conclude that the golden rule works well in the subject of child’s skin care – the fewer the better. That is why in our bathroom you will find everything you can find among children’s cosmetics.     I hope that I managed to dispel your doubts about the composition of cosmetics, that It is not worth trusting in the darkly known brand or the fact that the product is pharmacy, and my graphics will be a useful help for you on your phone, i.e. always at hand when you are shopping. Of course, you can also go ahead and buy cosmetics for yourself.     Phone graphics Download and save this graphic on your phone now – it is mentioned Pulls with the most common harmful ingredients in cosmetics, thanks to which you don’t have to know all these complicated names by heart (I don’t know them all myself) to buy wisely and healthily:     If you read this post on your computer, all you need to do is scan the QR code:       I wish you and your children to have beautiful and healthy skin, so that you will be able to give yourself a lot of touch without restrictions – I love expressing love with children in this way.
- [Baby feeding corner](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-karmienia-maluszka-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): As part of the topic „Layette for the newborn baby”I have already shown you sleeping corner our baby changing and care corner and we have one more, unique place, created especially for a new member of our family – a feeding corner. Natural feeding was very important to me, so I decided to prepare well for it, which you can read about in a separate post. All this to increase our chances of success. I know that not for everyone – including me – what is natural must be easy.   You can see the feeding corner, which I arranged 3 years ago for me and Mikołaj here. I already knew what worked and what I wanted to say again. It certainly was comfortable armchair – the previous one worked perfectly, it is now in the living room, where I spend most of the day with the children. I wanted to have such a piece of furniture also in our bedroom, to ensure comfort during feeding in the evening or even at night, away from the hustle and bustle of the day, in our bedroom, which is upstairs. I also know that the armchair is not a piece of furniture for a few months, a comfortable one will serve me for many years, so I chose one that fits perfectly into our white and gray bedroom.     What else was missing? pillows. Both the decorative ones, which additionally support my back (I love to put something under the loin), and the one for feeding.   Na decorative pillows I chose what we have had at home for a long time – Mikołajkowy doggy and moon, which thanks to pastel drawings and subdued colors perfectly complemented this corner, fitting into the style of our bedroom. For full comfort, only the footstool is missing, but for this role I usually adopt a pouf from Mikołaj’s room.     The feeding pillow had to be big – this armchair has quite low armrests, and it was convenient for me to have such a baby really high, so I was looking for one pillow that would provide us with comfort with its height. I thought that this one, due to its really large size, would be enough for us for a short time, but we still use it today, when our son is almost 4 months old and our adventure with it does not end at all.     My way to wash less often? Feeding and flipping bibs! These are large and wonderfully soft, lined with a terry underneath, perfect for protecting the child’s clothing and ours.     I also have a rule that each feeding is a glass of water drunk – at least I try to stick to it. That’s why I put it next to the armchair low table, for which I also put away the e-book, in the hope that I will finally find time to sit in an armchair and read something. I used to put it down here yet pure lanolin, luckily I haven’t needed it for a long time.     Regardless of whether we are breastfeeding or bottle feeding, I think it is worth making sure that this time is as special as possible, that we would not be distracted by the telephone or TV.   Personally I love to feed contemplating the happiness that I have in my arms and around me. Of course, this is a luxury, for which during the day we usually lack time, but the evening or night time are perfect.   And how are you?   If you liked the post, I would be very pleased if you like it: [fb_button]   The post featured: Chest of drawers with changing cover – Quax Nursing pillow – Poofi Decorative pillows Bear and Moon – MO Home Bib – Lodger Feeding chair – BlackRedWhite Coffee table – IKEA Nursing blouse – Cool Mama   Stay with us on a regular basis! Daily dose of positive emotions guaranteed – join us on: Instagram i Facebook.  
- [Welcome to the ward of a disease that doesn't exist](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/covid-19/): Hi, this time Wojtek here – Aga’s husband. I will share with you the story that happened to our family in December 2020 – not that we were not expecting, because it is impossible not to think about the possibility of coronavirus infection in the era of the prevailing pandemic, but somehow it is different to plan / think / suppose than be on the front lines that is, in the very epicenter of events.   Now take it please deep breath. But it’s really solid, like when you go outside in the spring in the morning… Nice feeling when you do it and feel the freshness of the air flowing in through your nose and filling your lungs completely. Now imagine if you can’t do this because something internally is preventing you. Pain, discomfort, cough – blockage. You try a second time – similar. Yes: it is felt by some people whose bodies have been infected by the coronavirus that affects mainly the respiratory tract. In some people (as you can see, fortunately, the vast majority of cases) the infection is asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic, but there are also cases – such as mine – that are „very symptomatic”. I would like to add that I am 36 years old, I do not smoke, I eat healthy as much as possible, I do not have diabetes, atherosclerosis, heart disease, coronary heart disease, asthma, oncological burden … and I did not have a selected primary care physician. Yes. There are also such cases – I regularly did prophylactic tests with hepatic, pancreatic or fecal occult blood packages, and everything was perfect there. But let’s start from the beginning. Coronavirus infection I don’t know where or when I caught the coronavirus. We have 3 hypotheses, but I cannot confirm which one is the most likely. In the course of talking to the family, we came to the conclusion that it did not matter much. The milk has spilled and the investigation only deprives us of the much-needed energy to act for tomorrow. What may be important, however, is that you know there’s enough we were serious about the epidemic and we took the available precautions while trying to live a normal life. Disinfection liquids always after entering the car, mainly disposable masks, disinfection of door handles and switches at home and in the office, disinfection of keyboards and mice, and meetings limited to practically zero.   day 0 Everyone has probably heard about the millions of symptoms that can occur after coronavirus infection. These are in a series of very obvious ones, resulting from the virus attacking nerve cells, such as loss or alteration of taste or smell. Nevertheless, after reading hundreds of reviews, you may already experience any symptom, from headache to diarrhea. My advice is this: a disturbing symptom there is something you haven’t experienced before during infection. For me it was dizziness. I don’t have anything like that. Later (1-2 days) there was such a burning / dry feeling in the nose around the sinuses. And there was no runny nose or sinus headache. I had a taste and smell too, maybe I had a slight feeling of unsalted dishes? I don’t know how much self-suggestion and how much truth there was.   day 1 The symptoms weren’t severe enough to make me think it was more than a cold. Nevertheless, feeling responsible and willing to make the best decisions, I want to make an appointment with a GP. Here is a small digression: if, like me, you do not have a chosen GP, ​​do it when you are healthy. It turned out that I can choose a doctor online, but the declaration will take 2-3 days (sic!). The best method is to go to the facility and complete the declaration manually. Healthy people are admitted to the facility (temperature measurement), so if you have a fever, you will not see a doctor for 2-3 days, so a slight paradox. Anyway – an absurd situation, maybe it’s my fault, because it’s worth having a chosen GP.   The fact that I did not have a selected primary care physician does not mean that I did not have private preventive examinations – my wife cares about these topics and we take care of the level of vitamin D or D-dimers on a daily basis, and at the National Health Fund I would not be able to do most of these tests make them, so for many years I have been doing them and consulting privately.   day 2 The newly elected health care physician was very kind and ordered a COVID-19 smear. Right away, we also arranged a test for Aga, who was feeling worse and worse.   How does it look in practice?   You get a number with the order and make an appointment at any point. Note, here it is worth calling a few to find the fastest date. They ranged from 1 day to 5 days – and the sooner you find out, the faster you will react and the sooner the isolation / quarantine that started when you received your referral for the test (you can only leave for the test) lasts at least 10 days from the date of the positive result. After this time, it is said that most people have no trace of the virus left in the body. There is a devastation that we heal, but more on that.   day 3 The text message came in the morning informing about the smear result. You can log in either to the laboratory system or to patient.gov.pl: POSITIVE result. It tells you how long you’ve been insulated. An important aspect here – currently, even if you do the test privately, this information will still go to the system, so in fact it is not possible to get the result without informing the world about it.   Day 4-5 Mamy pulse oximeterwhich we bought earlier as part of the „preparation”. We have approx. 1 month supply including water, toilet paper and a full freezer. We have drugs and supplements, so full of hope We stay in isolation with our 3 and 6 year old, hoping for a nice family time together.   But wait a minute, Agnieszka’s result is here and it’s … NEGATIVE. Error? Perhaps. Maybe not? In fact, my condition has worsened, Agnieszka is feeling weaker and weaker, and the children are kicking as usual.   The decision was made: I need to isolate myself, but how to do it in one house? We do not have a „spare” free apartment. You can’t (1 bathroom, 1 kitchen – Mission Impossible). We google because we’re pretty good at it. There is an idea: isolator. Everything makes sense, the topic only requires a referral from a primary care physician, which I get with the second teleportation. People who do not have the conditions to isolate themselves from a healthy family, and whose symptoms do not require hospitalization, can spend the infection time in a place such as an isolation room. NFZ pays and some establishments look nice and provide basic hotel conditions, including room service 3 times a day.   A good option for us, even though there was an isolation room in Mielno, which is 3-4 hours from our home. We joke that I’m going to have a vacation by the sea with Netflix. I can see that Aga is even a bit jealous of this potential relaxation, but well – if you have to, we are reasonable. Tomorrow I’m packing my bag and going. The problem is that in the morning I don’t feel in my best shape. Maybe coffee, maybe ibuprofen and vitamin C? It is different, the fever begins to appear more and more intensely. I’m putting off my trip for the afternoon.   I pick up a phone call from the isolation room that was expecting my arrival: „Good morning, I have no good news We just got a letter from the Ministry of Health that they are closing us and we cannot accept the Lord„. Fortunately, I was not 2 hours away from home after hearing this information.   Decision: I am staying at home for the time being because my condition is getting worse. Fever, fatigue and … saturation, that is, the blood oxygen saturation measured by a pulse oximeter, sometimes worries. The more worrying that I bought a „better model with a medical certificate”, so the level of confidence in the number it shows is high. A pulse oximeter is a relatively cheap device (about 100-300 PLN) that shows how well your blood is oxygenated. You can buy it on your own or get it „from the state” on request. Elderly people with a positive result pulse oximeters are sent automatically. According to the regulation of the Ministry of Health, referred to by medical workers, the saturation level which determined whether a patient requires hospitalization was lower than 90%. A healthy non-smoker has a saturation level of 97-99%, which we confirmed when we played with a new toy in „healthy times”. Measurements for me: 91-92% … in the morning 88% … it gets weird. And it should be like this:   day 6 112. „Hello? We’d like to call an ambulance, dyspnoea, oxygen saturation level 88, COVID result: positive„. The dispatcher gives the doctor’s phone number to consult a quick teleport with Christmas care for the sick. We call, the doctor says that we need to call 112 again and call an ambulance, because there could be a bacterial infection and maybe an antibiotic is needed, and certainly tests and diagnostics.   The dispatcher, whom we call back, is disgusted with this turn of events and orders the ambulance with grace, but is unable to determine when the ambulance will arrive (sic!). 1 hour? 5 hours? He claims „it will be today”. Strange, but what are our options? They arrived after about an hour. Saturation measurements lasted a few seconds, the result was „on the verge of the law”, the question is whether I want to go to the hospital or not. Absurd question. Of course not, but I’m not supposed to know. Sure I don’t want to. „Cheers” added the suggestions of rescuers: „Because there are no places, so I don’t know how many hours we will bounce from hospital to hospital in this ambulance, maybe we will go to Słupsk or maybe Hel„.   Yyyyy that where?   “You are over 39 degrees, hence dizzy and short of breath. Not from COVID-19. It’s plain and simple. „   An injection of 2.5 g of Pyralgina and „it will be better”. The lifeguard convinces us how lucky we have met him – so good, he didn’t take us to the hospital, and people are dying there. If you say so, that’s ok. I’m not getting into that it was the worst intramuscular injection (in the buttock), which you can imagine – Aga is a witness, and many have had one made. She was terrified, I was in pain for a long time after the injection, which lasted 2 seconds. Boom, trick.   Under pressure from paramedics, I stayed home. The persuasion was really strong. In my opinion, it is too strong and wrong, because as you read in a moment, the assessment of my health by the ambulance crew was incorrect – they didn’t even listen to me. Unfortunately, we cannot leave it like that, because it can cost you many lives. day 7 It’s bad. Saturation in the morning 87-88% and somehow I do not want to be more. After consulting the results, we know that we need to go to the hospital quickly. But… we can’t, because we have isolation and quarantine. Fortunately in misfortune our friend is a healer. In the morning he picks me up from home and we go to the hospital. 120 km / h through the city, I say slightly unaware that I took 1000 zlotys from my home, so if necessary, I will pay the fine – it should be enough. He says he thanks for the offer, but to tell you the truth, when the police are standing … they won’t stop anyway. Later she will come back to explain. Dear.   SOR right away, without bands and unnecessary crap, he took care of me super professionally, including helping me carry the bag, which I usually tear without problem. It’s going somehow worse today. Computer, parameters, couch. Every now and then I hear the question if I am nervous. I don’t know why they ask about it – it’s not that bad, because I’m already in the hospital.   It turns out that apart from the saturation 88%, the pulse that I have ignored so far is also important. 120-125 beats per minute lying down is supposedly a lot. And another parameter: the number of breaths per minute. We don’t usually measure this. Nothing. The doctor auscultates with a stethoscope and states that about 50% of the lungs, and I quote: „destroyed by COVID„. WTF? How damaged? „You know, now we’re going to have a tomo-computer (CT) scan to confirm. The changes are regressing, but adhesions, scars …„. What ??   Ok, a quick CT scan, which, contrary to appearances, was difficult, because how to hold your breath for 10 seconds? I almost held it, the radiologist says it was enough. CT score: 50-60% of changes. The doctor made a little mistake in auscultation, and let’s remember that the paramedics did NOT listen to me completely the day before.   I was given an oxygen mask, my eyes opened and my mind lit up like three Red Bulls. I’m being admitted to the ward. Oxygen is so fun that I don’t want to part with it anymore. We’re going to the ward on a couch, with a huge bottle on the bed.   On site, the staff greets me with words that I will remember for the rest of my life: „Welcome to the ward of a disease that doesn’t exist.”   3 COVID floors, approx. 60 patients.   day 8 The first night in the hospital was a completely first night for me because I had never been to a hospital before. For the first time in my life I had a cannula. But it didn’t matter anyway, because I had a clear mind and I was breathing reasonably normally thanks to the oxygen. Even so, I just couldn’t imagine what will happen when they disconnect me. Now it’s irrational, but somehow back then my mind revolved around the vision of walking everywhere with a cylinder. Because if the changes don’t go back, what? Because young people also die? My roommate also turned out to be a problem. Nice old man, but unfortunately he was resigned and the expressions falling from his mouth: „terrible disease„,”it’s time to die” whether „you’d better die already”- let’s say delicately, they didn’t fill me with optimism.   The changes in the lungs are large. The doctor has already informed me about the treatment plan: oxygen, steroids, healer’s plasma (maybe 2 units). I don’t think the Ebola drug (Remdesiwir) is anymore, because I got there quite late. This drug is said to inhibit viral multiplication in the early stages. It also has side effects. It’s good to know what’s going to happen.   The doctor also explained what happens in the hypoxic body: it is not that I will suffocate as if under water in 3 minutes. No, but long-term hypoxic organism (several days) there is acidified, For example, the kidneys and the heart are heavily burdened. In the first phase, I get a lot of oxygen (9 l / min) and a drip of electrolytes and potassium. A total of about 2 liters of drips on the first day. And you still want to drink, so 2 liters still orally. The color of the urine is far from straw yellow, which makes me realize the scale of the problem. You can see that my body has already worked badly.   Day 9-10 To order plasma, the hospital must be sure of the blood group. It was too important that the declaration of an anoxic patient had any meaning, although I knew my blood type, of course. The test must additionally be done twice. Such a procedure, and fun. The ordered plasma from the blood donation center in Gdańsk arrived on the following day. Here is also a curiosity, because they have not seen the plasma of the ZERO blood group that I have in the ward yet. This group rarely finds its way to COVID wards, and not because it is not very popular – 37% of the population has one. Oh, RH + or RH- in the case of plasma does not matter. ZERO alone was enough. However, I do not feel well at night after taking plasma. Fever again, and she had been gone for several days. Probably the body’s reaction and „something’s going on.”   day 11 Feel the improvement. A significant improvement. This includes being moved to a different room, suggested by the doctor who saw that a colleague in the room was not giving the waves I did, in short. From that moment on, staying in the hospital means improving efficiency and well-being every day. Toilet without oxygen, then shower without oxygen. You can also talk to the tenant about something other than death. Is beautifully.   Day 12 – Christmas Eve I feel great. I don’t know what the merit is anymore, because there are many components: I live, breathe without oxygen and have 95% saturation, my mother also recovers in the second hospital, Aga is able to cope alone at home with the children and despite her illness, she feels well ( I think I forgot to write earlier that she got sick and during my stay in the hospital she had a positive test result in another smear). I walk down the hall. I am brewing coffee for my roommate, which is not too much of an issue yet. I train with a bottle and a straw, I sleep on my stomach (the doctor suggested so).   I bought an oxygen concentrator for my home. The doctor suggested that it is good to have breathlessness. And here is an interesting topic: wards release patients when they are sure that… the patient at home will be fine. Because there is no return to the ward. They are not for negative test convalescents. And the pulmonary (pulmonary) units that have served such cases are most often converted into COVIDs. So if you are short of breath as a convalescent or negative person, help is harder to find.   W On Christmas Eve a decision is made – I have an oxygen concentrator at home, I can continue my oxygen therapy at home. They write me off, which we are all very happy about, because it is a chance for at least a bit of normality. Of course, Christmas Eve and so without extended family as usual, but in the group of three closest to me.   personel I have no experience with hospitals but the staff deserve a medal or two. I spent almost 2 weeks there, and the staff never let other patients complain about each other. At night people were screaming, delirious, tearing out cannulas, mistaking the bed for a toilet, forgetting where they were… The staff in overalls, FFP2 masks, helmets and two pairs of gloves took over everything, approaching patients with a sincere smile and empathy. Shock. No embarrassment, nervousness, or lecture.   Jokes, conversation, cleaning, new puncture, new drip. If the patient complained: „What is this woman yelling so much ?!„, The nurses replied:”It’s the poor lady, she doesn’t know where she is, but I assure you that she’s COVID is gone and she’s going home tomorrow„. It is worth adding that soldiers are also sent to COVID units. They do not puncture because they cannot, but they provide help with diapers, meals and deaths. Yes, there was this situation with me, interestingly enough, the person did not die of COVID. It had 98% saturation. The hospital cured COVID and restored lung function, but a host of other comorbidities made her go away.   Drugs and Supplements Below I present what I took before, during and after my illness. I am deliberately not writing the dosage because I do not want to suggest it to you: Prevention against disease: Vitamin C, Vitamin D (separately because it reacts with C), garlic capsules, electrolytes, magnesium. Treatment at home: Vitamin C, Vitamin D, honey, ibuprofen, paracetamol, pyralgine. Treatment in the hospital: Oxygen therapy, electrolyte drips, potassium drips, convalescent plasma, steroids, Clexane (heparin), Vitamin D, zinc, Vitamixx probiotic, Dicoflor probiotic. Treatment recommended after leaving the hospital:  Acard, IPP40, Dexamethazone.   Meals in the COVID ward The first days I ate absolutely nothing, because the appetite with COVID is zero. What they brought was huge and I was wasting every meal. When my appetite returned (it turned out to be a matter of steroids), I was really shocked, how can you prepare 3 full meals for such a low price.   There was fresh bread, butter, ham, cheese, milk soup, porridge, jelly, jelly with fruit, hot sausage, cucumber soup, tomato soup, natural yoghurt, tea. The fact that my diet was general, diabetics had slightly poorer sets. Food is served in disposable containers, which was something new for me, because I still had a vision of distributing uncovered plates and cups, which in the hospital setting was not very appetizing for me.   Help for loved ones I know without the help of family and friends we wouldn’t be able to cope. Not that I would have died, but I can’t imagine it at this point. I don’t know what it would be like. My mother in the hospital, Agnieszka’s mother at home, positive and very sick, our Nanny put away so as not to risk it, because she had not been ill before. Seemingly trivial matters, such as previously ordered parcels to parcel machines or water delivery to the hospital, when everyone is in isolation and quarantine. How? We did not even dare to ask healthy people to take something to the COVID ward, but there were friends who could do it and offered their help at the most difficult moment (endless THANK YOU). This always carries some risks, and the FFP1 disposable mask you wear, does not protect you but it protects others somewhat from getting more viral if you were sick and you didn’t know it.   What to pack in a hospital for a COVID-19 patient? Visiting the wards is of course prohibited, but purchases can be made through nurses. Below are a few things that were most important to me: water – you are very thirsty when you are sick. Breathing oxygen intensifies this effect. Buy 0.7 l water with a spout for easy drinking while lying down. There are at least 2-3 such bottles a day; mousses – fruit mousses for adults or those for babies worked well for me. You can eat lying down and it goes well; after a few days, when it was better, I was delighted with the fresh bread roll and the pickled cucumber that my generous wife had packed for me; toilet paper – in my hospital it was so gray and sharp – I did not even know that they still produce one, but still. There is nothing like white household paper; disinfectant liquid – self-disinfected hospital table, this is it; spirit – the disinfectant tastes poorly, and if you disinfect the cutlery with it, you eat it, spirit works much better; wet wipes soaked in clean water – I recommend WaterWipes; dry wipes. One piece of advice for you From the perspective of the whole situation, I believe that the biggest problem is the patient’s awareness or the lack of it – when the condition is considered serious, and when it is not.   So far, I have called an ambulance three times in my life. They were always sudden, obvious situations. With COVID, without experience as a doctor (possibility of auscultation of the lungs) and access to quick tests, e.g. CRP, CT / X-ray (after all, you are isolated, you cannot go out), you will not be able to tell. The saturation test is definitely one of the most important things you can do. When calling for help, you have a specific number up your sleeve, which will tell the dispatcher whether you are „entitled” to an ambulance at all or in 5 hours.   You have that too, that you recognize the call to the emergency room as „the end of the world”? That gosh, you will cause so many problems, because what if they come and find out that we are exaggerating a bit? It’s HARD, it’s their job, it’s your life, and you have one. It is your contributions in the ambulance that is the fuel that the contract with the paramedic is signed and he receives remuneration for it. Never hesitate to call for helpwhich you deserve, „because you may be exaggerating”. What if not?   Currently, we are writing this postunfortunate enough to have places in hospitals and free ambulances, and in my opinion this is the most important thing at the moment – get help on time.   Summation As a „healer”, I have a reflection: I can see how much fear we have been living in for almost a year. We are all used to constantly informing everywhere about new infections, deaths and new restrictions, but in my opinion, the stress that accompanied us every day was slowly devastating us like a chronic disease. Some were more afraid for their health, others for their relatives, and still others for their businesses or jobs, which are now hardly certain in which industry.   You never know when you might get sick. It is impossible to predict how you will get sick. It is impossible to predict how you will react to the vaccination. Nobody can guarantee 100%. But it is certain that sooner or later the world as a population will deal with this virus, because people have not dealt with such diseases and problems. Nevertheless, each „number” published from the Ministry of Health is a daily personal tragedy of people who have families, children and responsibilities. I will not tell you how to proceed. Whether or not you are to obey the restrictions.   This post is more of a story for you if you don’t know anyone who has met this disease and are curious about its course. Perhaps it will help you pay attention to disturbing symptoms, which, noticed early, will make you able to react faster and in an appropriate way if they appear in you or your loved ones. Maybe you will know how to help yourself, what devices are worth having at home. However, I wish you that this would not happen to you.   PS. If you have any questions, leave a comment below – I’ll tell you about them all. PPS. Continue posting if you feel that posting might help someone.
- [Wardrobe over the seasons and my summer styling wrapped in warmth](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niebieski-plaszcz-welniany-beret/): When completing my wardrobe, I focus on neutrality and I prefer clothes made of high-quality natural fabrics. Those that are multifunctional and suitable not only for one season. See how I literally insulated my holiday skirt so that I feel great in it even on a warmer January day. I love blue, it is perfect for warm summer days, but also perfect for winter. When I managed to lose 40 kilos in 20 weeks, I was happy to replace half of my wardrobe, and I promised myself that I would never stand in front of the wardrobe again and say – I don’t know what to wear.   I try to choose clothes so that I can easily create sets for each season.     This white-and-blue skirt with a classic paisley pattern that never goes out of style was perfect for a white blouse on summer days, and in winter it was enough to change to a blue blouse, high heels for boots, throw on a wool coat and a warm scarf …     and complete the whole with a graphite beret so that on a warm January day you feel warm, feminine and casually elegant.     How is me I limited my jewelry to a minimum – not so much in quantity as in form and color – I chose small stud earrings with mother of pearl, a delicate openwork necklace, a silver watch and a steel, very minimalist bracelet, perfectly combining silver jewelry with a white pattern on the skirt.   I feel in this outfit very naturally and freely, but still with class. I love the effect of the woolen beret – warm, but also a bit „Parisian”. I also put on my favorite, everyday gray handbag, which fits with almost everything, and its durability does not cease to amaze me – despite the fact that in the morning I run in it on the playground, when it is barely fastened stuffed with handkerchiefs and snacks, on the same day in the evening I can go to a meeting in it – light, comfortable and extremely roomy for such an inconspicuous size.   I also have good news for you – almost all the elements are on sale today, and the best thing is that you will wear each of them both in winter and summer:   Skirt Helle skirt blue paisley Marie Zelie with -40 & discount Blouse Lovoa Petrol blouse from Marie Zelie with -25% discount Coat Blue coat sewn from fabric with 30% addition of wool from Reserved Beret Ink wool beret from Marie Zelie with 50% discount Boots TK Maxx Purse Michael Kors bought two years ago, similar Watch and bracelet Daniel Wellington with -15% discount on KUDELA code valid until 2019.02.15 Mother-of-pearl earrings Tous Color Teddy bear pendant Tous Galaxy     Are you satisfied with your wardrobe? What do you pay attention to when inviting clothes to it? Just like me for versatility, or do you wear completely different clothes in summer than in winter?
- [My capsule wardrobe for spring 2019](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/garderoba-kapsulowa-na-wiosne/): I love to simplify my life, so I decided to prepare my wardrobe for spring and treat my wardrobe like … a clothes store and choose only those that I love, in which I feel best, they are nice, fresh, undamaged and keep their cut to shorten maximum time that I make a decision every morning – what to wear today. On this basis, I created spring capsule wardrobe, full of pearls themselves, but closing in 30 pieces. View what’s in it i what principles followed my organization. What is a capsule wardrobe? The idea of ​​a capsule wardrobe is to have in it timeless, classic, high-quality clothes that fit together so that they can be mixed and combined almost freely to allow us to create many styles for every occasion. It is said that if we do it properly, we should do only 30 … clothes, not including extras.   Of course, the number of clothes really is the most conventional thing when creating a capsule wardrobe, the most important thing is that it fulfills its task, and in the background is usually whether we have 20 or 50.   For me, a capsule wardrobe is an attempt to invite minimalism, save time and money to the next zone of my life.   Where did the idea for a capsule wardrobe come from? I have been trying to introduce minimalism in my home and in my wardrobe for three years, but I was inspired to create my first capsule wardrobe by spring and the words of Facebook’s founder – Mark Zuckerberg, in which he thinks that the daily decisions „what to wear” would take him precious energy that he can use in a more creative way.   In addition, I noticed that the more decisions I have to make during the day, the less my commitment to making them decreases, and when the first decision „what to wear” on the day turned out to be wrong, it was able to „crush me” throughout the day, lowering my mood … when it turned out that I put on a blouse for an important meeting, which after the next washing has lost its shape so much that it does not make a good impression at all.   In addition, I do not like this stress when I open a wardrobe full of clothes and literally „I have nothing to wear”, when it often turns out that the first three elements taken out of it are in the wrong size, fashion or not my color at all. I’ve been „getting rid” of clothes from my wardrobe intensively for a year and a half, but still sentiments and the feeling that I had to spend all the money on them prevent me from really drastic cleanup.   How much time do women spend in their lives choosing clothes? Apparently 16 minutes a day, which is an average of 287 days of life! You do not believe? This average also took into account the fact that we have a tendency to change every day: work clothes, after work clothes, cooking clothes, cleaning clothes, gym clothes … I’m sure my average is much lower today, but why would not make your life even more?   Quality versus quantity = confidence An elegant restaurant with sophisticated dishes that fit on one page of the menu or fast food with several hundred dishes whose freshness and quality of ingredients you are usually concerned about?   Probably each of us went through the stage of „choking” with fashion, sales and promotions – to this day I remember when suddenly the clothing market in Poland changed so that without promotion I could suddenly buy 3 blouses for the price of one … of course, at first I did not notice the difference in quality or in fabrics, just choked with my shopping possibilities, I went crazy filling my wardrobe with… low-quality clothes, which often turned out to be almost all at once, and my heart ached that my favorite blouse was more suitable for washing with the eye than for work.   Now in my wardrobe most of the clothes are of high quality, they are beautifully cut, made of natural fabrics, but take it easy, I didn’t throw away my favorite old blouse just because it is made of polyester, since it still looks great – and I remember spraying it with an antistatic spray before going out .   Number of clothes in a capsule wardrobe The number of clothes in my capsule wardrobe – apart from accessories, including shoes and specialist clothing, such as sports clothes – but with outerwear, I estimated at 30, and finally I got 31 pieces – only jackets, I’m not sure, but I preferred to have „spare”.   In my wardrobe there are clothes for spending free time after work, with children on the playground or on a walk, as well as clothes for work, cinema or theater.   30 pieces for some it will not be enough, for others it will be a lot – there are no hard and fast rules, I think that after the first month I will know if this amount is right for me, after the first days I am delighted with it! Today, dressing for children with the city for the day, I knew immediately that I would reach for gray jeans (no dirt can be seen) and a blue sweater, and I would combine them with the only flat shoes that are suitable for walking on sandy, rural roads.   In my number of 31 pieces, there are no shoes, jewelry, glasses, scarves, hats or handbags, there are also no specialist clothing such as sports, raincoats or galoshes, or the „at home” or „cleaning”, because here I always take the first sweatpants in advance and it does not stress me at all.   colors I decided to approach composing the colors of my wardrobe as to … preparing a color palette for the wedding of the Bride and Groom – after all, I am a Wedding Consultant and matching colors to the palette is my specialty. The base colors I chose are white and gray (there is nothing black in my spring capsule wardrobe), and the main colors are (of course) my favorite, rather dim pink and blue – from light blue to navy blue. All colors match and I can mix them freely. any metallic accessories in my closet they are silver.     Invoices and patterns in a capsule wardrobe To increase the chance that most of the clothes will match, there are only two designs in my wardrobe – flowers (once) and stripes (once) and lace (three times).   In addition, there is a lot in my closet valances – I love them, they add a bit of girly charm to simple stylizations, which I like so much.   I’ll show you my wardrobe in the spring, and if you want to create your capsule wardrobe, but you need even more support, take a look on Domodi – you will find here a 10-day minimalist challenge, a shopping guide and 3 steps to create your wardrobe, and many interesting facts about how we women shop and what we have in the wardrobe.   Capsule wardrobe organization I did not decide to throw away the other clothes (the more that I like most of them too), so for the purposes of my first adventure with a capsule wardrobe, for which I gave myself a month, I put a hanger on the bedroom, where I hung my 31 clothes, I have them all the time in view and I hope to look into the main wardrobe as little as possible.     paste   What was in my spring capsule wardrobe? 3 pair of pants 4 sweaters 2 coats 3 shirts 8 blouses 1 jacket 4 skirts 6 dresses   6 dresses   Dresses are not the best friends of a capsule wardrobe – from 6 dresses I can only create 6 outfits, if I replaced them with 3 blouses and 3 skirts, I could have as many as 9 different combinations, i.e. half more.   But the dress has a completely different advantage for me – I do not have to „combine” what to combine with what, I laugh that someone has already come up with this for me and I save a lot of time on dressing and limit the number of decisions to make and I know I look good.   Among my dresses there are classics by Marie Zelie – blue business clothes and this one charming in flowersin which I feel like a second skin. I am wearing a gift – only someone who knows me very well could give me such a beautiful one, perfectly fitting a powder pink dress with frills on the shoulders – and it comes from the Zezuzulla store and it’s great to welcome spring there. My next choices are lace – light pink dresson which we talk with Wojtek „star„- I feel more or less in it – it is perfect for all receptions, parties, and also works in the daily work of a Wedding Planner and perfectly reflects my character. Another this beige dress Manifiq, thanks to which I made beige boots with a year-round creation, and the last one is mine the most elegant dress dark, dusty pink over the knee – I had no doubt that in the Valentine’s Day to the theater has just bet it, like on Christmas Eve, or TV to work – again, perfectly captures me like a second skin.   Trousers   I go to work almost only in dresses – I feel feminine, light and airy in them I leave my pants on afternoons and weekends with childrenor on such days at work, when I have a lot to wear or run around the citybut these are not official meetings, so the three pairs of pants I chose are jeans: white – great for spring, summer and early autumn, gray – perfect for every day and literally with everything, and classic „jeans”. All my jeans are from Zara.   Skirts   She was here both patterned white-blue skirt from Marie Zelie, pale pink skirt with a circle Nife. characterful skirt „put on” from Beksy and elegant, but also sensual, blue openwork skirt with a cappuccino lining from Manifiq.   Shirts   Skirt or pants when combined with a shirt, they immediately take on a more official character, that’s why they found themselves in my capsule closet three high-quality, cotton, richly woven shirts of Polish brands Lambert and Wólczanka in three colors that perfectly match my wardrobe. I always buy them during the „2 for the price of one” promotions organized several times a year – so if you are looking for a high-quality shirt, also one with cufflinks in the women’s version, wait until such a promotion is made. I love the fact that they have covered buttons, which additionally have much more densely sewn buttons at the height of the bust – no more smiling necklinewho can take away confidence at a meeting of almost every business woman.     blouses   Did I say I like valances? The blouses that I chose for the capsule wardrobe are navy, cotton, basic blouse Marie Zelie (not in the photo) – perfect for work skirt and jogging pants on the playground, striped blouse with frills on the shoulders – absolutely my favorite from Manifiq, a blue frill sleeveless blouse from the Stylove Clothes store, powder pink blouse with Marie Zelie, elegant blouse with frills on the shoulders from Asos, again white basic blouse with Marie Zelie and white blouse with frills from Manifiq.   To be honest it is in my capsule wardrobe that I am most afraid about the number of shirts.   Sweaters   Just in spring, when most of the day we can walk without a jacket, but the short sleeve is still too cold. I chose for myself blue cotton v-neck sweater Brookshire – I love it, because for a sweater it highlights my waist quite well, which, unfortunately, cannot be said about pastel-pink sweater with wool from the Laurella store – bites a bit, but has a V-neck, good composition and wears great, although for my figure – just like the last one gray sweater from Femestage, but this one is so cute that I love to run around the city in it, just like in the penultimate frill sweaterI bought in Nife despite the poor composition – but for this frill and I wear it with sympathy. I still miss a pearl in a positive color.   Jacket   The jacket is something that is missing in my wardrobe, so I found in it the one that I like the most (although still medium), but it’s the best one I have, unfortunately I am not sure if I will wear it at all, so a new jacket for replacement is on my shopping list.   Coats   I chose classic, beige trench coat with blue lining – perfect for work and everyday use as well blue coat, which, unfortunately, does not emphasize my waist, I love to wear, and maybe I will give it to a dressmaker to remake and adapt to my figure, whose biggest advantage is the waist.   This is the list of my 31 clothes in the minimalist wardrobe, which I created for myself this spring. See what additions I have chosen for her:   Capsule wardrobe shoes   It is impossible to hide – I love it high-heeled shoesand that I wear three pairs every dayand not one makes you wear out more slowlyand I always have clean and tidy shoes on my shelf, even if I came back late the day before and did not manage to clean the shoes I took off. Thanks to the fact that I have pink and blue shoes in my wardrobe – I can easily create extremely elegant tone-in-tone stylizations, and when I feel like a colorful mix, I can mix them freely. If I were to limit myself to only one heel, it would obviously be beige heels. There are no black heels in my spring wardrobe, which may seem the most classic, but as you can see to my color palette they would not be the best. Pink and blue high heels are Kazar, and beige Ryłko.   Beige ballerinas Femestage usually wear pants – unless, after returning from work really in a hurry and do not have time to change dress pants even though it change my shoes with high heels on the flat. Navy ballerinas this is a novelty in my wardrobe – I bought navy blue shoes by Monika Kamińska only because I was afraid that the suede ones in the pastel pink color would be still dirty, so I took navy blue as a precaution. Tied shoes Femestage company is my option for a playground, a walk or a trip outside the city – unless you need galoshes, but I have already agreed that these are specialist shoes for me ;-).   Sunglasses and stripes in a capsule wardrobe   I have sunglasses at all only one – high-quality, beige colorthat fits perfectly with all my stylizations. This is the Erika model from Ray Ban. I only have in the capsule closet one stripe, beige, just like beige stilettos, it goes with almost anything, although for the second time I would choose one in gray.     Handbags   Except for one – black with a gold accessory – it’s just all the bags I wear at all and I have – apart from two more clutch bags, but one is already quite damaged (this is my first leather Zuzia Górska handbag and has a sentimental value for me), and I put on the second one only for the Gala of the Polish Association of Wedding Consultants once a year. The handbags that I wear every day are gray – the one with the fringe is a very durable one for me every day, the quilted one is much more delicate and I usually put it on for larger occasions, and the blue one is a cool color refreshment. Behind the shoes is my laptop bag – also gray, because it works perfectly all year round and it’s been the third year. I could easily limit myself to only two here – the one with a fringe and the one for a laptopand that I don’t have to, there are four.   I also really like 2w1 handbagswhich with one hand move from a cross body bag to shoulder bags – this solution was probably invented by some minimalist    Scarves I have three scarves – pink, gray (not in the picture) and beige – patterned.   shopping list At the moment I think that only a nice jacket and a nice sweater are missing in my wardrobe, and unfortunately – I don’t miss the other clothes, so I’m not getting ready for any big shopping frenzy on the occasion of the arrival of spring.   I am very curious what the first month of using such a capsule wardrobe will show, which I will definitely share with you.   As a fan of dresses, I admit that as a reward for my completed challenge # Nie Waiting I act I will buy one dress, which will fill my spring wardrobe, and if – like a year ago – a beautiful summer arrives in Poland at the end of April, I will also „launch” a few pieces of summer clothing, because in the end the „minimalist wardrobe” challenge is to serve me, not me.   In a short time beige high heels and ballerinas will deserve a replacement for a newer model, because especially the first ones have not one season behind them.   But the truth is that I don’t have much reason to enter the mall for anything other than food or household chemistry. Amazing feeling!   I am very curious how many clothes do you have in your wardrobe and do you feel that you have what to wear?
- [2019 Christmas decorations for Christmas](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracje-na-boze-narodzenie-2019/): As I get older, I am more and more convinced that less is more. That is why this year, when preparing Christmas decorations, I focused on nature and timeless decorations, candlelight and tree branches. What came out of it for me? Christmas decoration Christmas shopping is something that I look forward to, not just for buying, but for the magical feeling of excitement that I experienced as a child with my mother while completing Christmas decorations. Every year in my family home the elements of the Christmas arrangement were complemented and I also continue this tradition.   For years, I have been buying Christmas decorations mainly during big purchases in Auchan – for me it is the perfect compromise between variety, quality and price. Therefore, this year we also went there for a little Christmas shopping.     What way do I have for Christmas shopping?   When walking around the store, I pack all the decorations I like into my basket with the greatest joy – and there is a lot of it!   Wooden and metal decorations are ideal for hanging on a Christmas tree or for decorating holiday chairs or gifts for loved ones as a beautiful and unique card that can be signed from the back – and the recipient can hang it on their Christmas tree as a souvenir and remember our wishes written on it every year.     And they are an absolute hit in our home paper baubles – I have been compiling their collection for 5 years – they have two unquestionable advantages – first, they are very cheap, and second – they are child-resistant, even when our Child (read – mine) makes a game ball out of them – every parent will love them. In previous years, I have collected a collection in the colors of nature, and this year I have supplemented it with subdued but childlike patterns – owls, fawns or foxes stole my heart!     I also fell in love with glass baubles in the shape of French macaroons – through the eyes of my imagination I saw this beautiful Christmas tree in our wedding office!     I do not associate the Christmas season with sweaters like any other – sweaters under a blanket, sweater covers for cups, even sweater patterns on nails – and what about sweater ball?     Do you like dream catchers? In the festive setting, you can invite them to decorate the Christmas tree, chairs or table in the form of candlesticks decorated with this pattern.     Wooden figures they will fit perfectly on any console or window sill, and in the company of candles or warm lights will intensify the holiday atmosphere.     A wreath on the table is always a good idea! I also carry such wreaths in December to family graves, and in the middle I put a Christmas candle, sometimes adding flowers, twigs or fruit.     Christmas tread throughout December it will remind you of this special time, and under tablecloth You can hide a traditional hay on Christmas Eve.     And since we are talking about the holiday table…     How is Christmas to the light – LED lights or real flames, or maybe a mix? Every year, in addition to chains or light decorations, many candles are lit in Advent and on Christmas. I like to choose matte ones, in natural color.     As far as I remember – Christmas stuffed animals they have something magical about them, and since I am a mother, I cannot pass by indifferently. Sitting on shelves with dangling legs or bouncing on springs – I just love it!     And I have the greatest sentiment for … candles – figurineswhich I brought the first time as gifts for the whole family from my studies in Paris. Today I still have a problem deciding which are the prettiest – and I absolutely never light them – are so sweet that I keep them as a souvenir.     Have you heard that the very process of buying triggers a wave of happiness hormones in many of us? So I’m using this wave … a then I shop for the second time – in my own basket.     Czyli I put a coherent composition in the store and eventually only what matches my color palette and textures goes to my basket, which I put quickly in my head remembering the decorations that I have at home.   Christmas decorations in 2019 year Our tableware is 12 years old and we love it, but this year we decided to reverse the idea of ​​decorations a bit. Instead of a colored tablecloth and white tableware, we decided to buy a colored tableware and set it on a white table on which the table cloth was replaced tread.   Colorful porcelain on a white table   Our children are 2 and 5 years old, and the words „me”, especially when a two-year-old is utter, are uttered with maximum frequency. So that the holidays are completely stress-free and no one was worried about borscht on the tablecloth and its replacement after each meal, we decided to play colorful porcelain on a white table. That is why I decided to buy this beige porcelain. How did it work out for us?     Our linen linens were used to decorate the plates napkins, which have been with us for a long time, and here with a slightly blue shade broke the warm climate and gave a slightly frosty character.   I folded the napkins in a funny Christmas tree shape and decorated it with a tiny Christmas ball and a piece of cinnamon to make it look more like a Christmas tree. You can also find mini balls in Auchan this year.     To decorate wooden chairs I used a beige ribbon bought last year, Christmas tree branches and this year’s metal decorations in the shape of Christmas trees and starswhich I left in my basket with this thought in mind.     I let go through the center of the table beige lace-like tread, I put bought in Auchan wooden and glass candlesticks and candles, and between them I arranged Christmas tree branches, in several places broken with red fruits on a branch called ilex. Two added charm to the whole composition birds sitting on branches – also found in Auchan for a few zlotys, which I associate with a new life like nothing else.     I added some more bought this year gold plated plates in the shape of stars, on which you can sleep nuts, dried fruit, arrange a wafer.   It was enough to light the candles … and the magic works by itself!   Christmas decoration     Window decorations for Christmas I also arranged twigs on the windowsill, supplemented block candles of the same collection, and wooden Christmas tree and wooden snowflakes – also from this supermarket.     And what climate will your Christmas be in this year? What will you surely have in your holiday decorations?     PS How to fold a napkin into a Christmas tree?
- [Wedding Day with me, our Wedding Label in the Lilou Boutique](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/slubny-dzien-wytwornia-slubow-lilou-w-butiku-lilou/): I hope you enjoy meeting wonderful people as much as I do. I love meeting new people, and every meeting opportunity is good for me  This time I have a special reason and I’m already changing my feet at the thought of seeing you on Tuesday! I often get questions from you about my job, the profession of a Wedding Consultant and about the Wedding Factory, which is already 10! I can’t believe it’s been so long and I can honestly say that every day I love my job more and more!   Because the 10 anniversary of the company is a special date for me, I wanted to invite you to celebrate together and visit my wedding world! On October 29, I will be waiting for you at the Lilou boutique at Mokotowska 63, from 12:00 to 19:00, where on the first level, on the occasion of our anniversary, together with the Lilou brand, we have planned a celebration of the wedding day, so that in an intimate place in the heart of Warsaw we can talk for hours about weddings and get to know each other better. Lots of attractions are waiting for you on Tuesday!   There will be time to learn about how to organize a dream wedding, but also time to taste sweet delights. Let’s celebrate this time together with a glass of bubbles! We wanted you to meet not only the Wedding Studios team, but also amazing subcontractors, because they create a unique atmosphere at the wedding and reception.   I will reveal a few details so that you would like to join us even more. The program is intense, but we have all day to enjoy wedding themes    Lilou will talk about it, how to compose jewelry with a wedding dress.   Jo Malone takes us into the world of aromas and fragrances. It will tell you how to enchant guests with fragrances and create unique compositions for your wedding so that this Day will be remembered by you and your guests for many years.   ArtSize present decorating and floristic trends for the 2020 season in a new perspective. When planning the arrangement of the room, the idea and creativity counts – let the scenography tell your story!   Tailors Club will reveal the secrets of men’s wardrobe, and the knowledge gained from the expert will be used not only for the wedding, but on many other occasions.   Thanks to the dresses from the new collection Wedding Dream by Izabela Janachowska you will discover the most interesting wedding styleswhich we will present in combination with the unique Lilou jewelry.   Wellman will show you how to take care of your well-being, and the innovative concept will allow you to enjoy beauty in a comfortable place for you and at the right time.   LeBrate will tell about lingerie, which makes you feel special during the wedding preparations. It will provide exceptional comfort, and all moments will become magical.   Ksis will show you how to choose wedding shoes so that your styling will present beautiful and special.   He will take care of beautiful wedding prints Paper and Ink, luxury Deseo patisserie will take care of your palate. Get ready for exquisite flavor combinations!   Culaccino Prosecco Van will add wonderful bubbles to our meeting and will show that it is a great attraction not only for a wedding party.   But that’s not all!   That day you will have a unique opportunity to meet us, that is Wedding Planners of Wytwórnia Ślubów – Bogna Bojanowska and with me – Agnieszka Kudela  During the meeting, we will reveal to you the secrets of a wedding organization, suggest, advise and answer all your questions.   I hope you will join us in in the beautiful interior of the flagship Lilou boutique on Mokotowska Street in Warsaw, where we will present the most hot trends of the 2020 season.   If you want to get to know the partners of our event even better, sign up for an event on Facebook and join the most beautiful wedding event this fall!   Here is the whole program that we have prepared for you:   12.00 10 advice on how to organize a wedding of dreams / Wedding Factory Creative wedding design / ArtSize How to compose Lilou jewelry with a wedding stylization from the Wedding Dream Izabela Janachowska / Lilou collection How to emphasize natural beauty on your wedding day / Wellme   13:00 Photographer at the wedding, how to plan a collaboration / Paula Romanowska   14:00 Men’s fashion bez tajemnic / Tailors Club   15:00 10 hints on how to choose wedding subcontractors / Wedding Factory   16:00 Filming at the wedding, how to plan cooperation / Feel8 Studio   17:00 Plan your wedding in 10 steps / Wedding Studio   18:00 10 valuable advice from the Wedding Consultant / Wedding Factory Creative wedding design / ArtSize   I sincerely hope you will join us on Tuesday and we will celebrate together in a beautiful setting with special people! See you soon! 
- [Boy or girl?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/plec-dziecka-w-ciazy-usg/): During the pregnancy with Mikołaj, the issue of knowing his sex during ultrasound was as obvious to us as knowing how much he measures and weighs. In the next pregnancy it was not so unambiguous for us. A short conversation with Iwona, the author Oh Deer Blogwho did not know the sex of both of their daughters during childbirth Agnes: Iwonka, I remember how we met at photo workshops, when my son Mikołaj and your daughter Mila were already in the world, whose sex you only got to know during childbirth. I remember you convincing me that the surprise effect in the delivery room was amazing, and I told you that the information about the child’s sex is always a surprise, but it can be timed differently – the only difference is that it was our second trimester of pregnancy, and for you the Day of Birth. I remember that although I did not change my mind, your attitude and your approach stayed in my head for a long, long time.   Iwonka, what emotions did you have regarding your child’s sex during pregnancy, and what during your delivery?   Iwona: Let me start with the fact that we live in England, which is crucial in this matter :). Firstly, during pregnancy, only 2 ultrasound examinations are performed here: at 12 and 20 weeks, and only during the latter is it possible to find out the sex of the baby. If you don’t, you simply won’t know, and since there is no additional research afterwards… you are not tempted to find out about this secret :). The vast majority of English people do not know the gender of their baby before birth – when I found out about it, I thought it was a great idea! A childhood colleague from work told me that such a surprise in childbirth was an amazing experience – I introduced this idea to my husband and we decided that we would do it. We didn’t care if it was a boy or a girl! When friends and family in Poland heard about our decision, they laughed that we were probably cheating and we really know, but we don’t want to reveal the gender of the baby to anyone. Especially my friends could not believe that we decided not to know, they often replied with the sentence: „I would not be able to endure it!” Of course, it was not without guesswork and „fortune-telling” from my belly and my appearance, which was quite tiring :). Big belly – there will be a boy, I feel sick – there will be a girl for sure, and so on and on. Interestingly, in my first pregnancy, everyone was convinced that I would give birth to a son, and at some point I believed it myself :). When, after a long and exhausting childbirth, I heard the magic: „It’s a Girl!”, I was the happiest in the world, despite the fact that I had „focused” on the boy before. The most important thing was that the Child was healthy. My colleague from work was right … it was the most beautiful surprise in my life :). When we started talking, you said that I was the only person you know who decided not to find out the sex of the baby in her first pregnancy, but I must admit that it was the second child that made us more tempted to know – if only for organizational reasons.   Agnieszka: And what are the pros and cons of knowing the child’s gender only at the time of birth?   Iwona: Every time I hear this question, I joke that I had more motivation during childbirth to push hard :). In fact, I have the impression that not knowing the sex of the child, parents have a double surprise at birth – they can finally meet and see their long-awaited Treasure, and find out if it is a boy or a girl. In addition, you can save a lot on a layette – by buying only the most necessary things, at the very beginning, instead of a few extra little dresses or elegant shirts :). They will definitely be well-thought-out purchases. Additionally, you can be sure that you will not experience a mistake, which happened to my friend who, convinced that she was carrying a son in her belly, gave birth to a beautiful daughter. The only downside in my opinion is the inability to plan everything from A to Z, which was quite difficult for me, especially in my second pregnancy (then the nesting syndrome is even stronger).   A short conversation with Asia, my friend, who met the first daughter’s sex during a routine ultrasound examination, and decided to meet her second one only at delivery Agnes: Asia, in the second pregnancy you decided not to learn the baby’s sex until delivery, why such a change?   Asia: I got pregnant at a rather difficult moment for myself, it seemed to me then that it was even the worst possible. I was going through the first 4 months very badly. In addition, before the prenatal examination, the attending physician identified the possibility of a serious defect in the child. Although this defect was the norm at a given stage of pregnancy, try to explain it to the pregnant woman when the very word 'defect’ causes panic. Baby’s health was the most important to me.   It was during this difficult time for me that you gave me an entry on the Oh Deer Blog – „Why you should not know the sex of your child while pregnant”- so far I haven’t thought about whether I want to know the gender or not, it was obvious that I would.   However, after reading the entry I thought that the gender of the child does not really matter. It will not change my situation, nor will my child be born with a defect or not.   When I dealt with my problems mentally, I approached the topic more out of curiosity. Before each visit to the doctor, I was wondering if I would ask about gender today – I was giving myself that opportunity. However, it turned out that in terms of knowing the sex, nothing changed – it was still not very important information for me and I never asked for it.   Like Iwona, I also enjoyed having friends who did not believe me, did not understand me and wanted to know the sex of my child more than I did.   Nevertheless, I was ready to give birth to a second Girl, so there was no element of surprise for me when I gave birth to my second Girl, but it would be if a Boy was born.     A short conversation with Emilia and Bartek, our friends who … Agnes: Bartek, I remember with what joy you informed us about your pregnancy, and interestingly, at the same moment you said that you were waiting for little Johnny, although it was still too early to find out the child’s gender. However, your story is not that simple …   Emilia and Bartek: We’ve been a couple for 10 years and we were very happy to hear that Emilia was pregnant after months of efforts. At the end of the first trimester of pregnancy, we learned from a doctor that he congratulated us on daughters. He expressed his opinion quite confidently, however he noted that on 100% he will decide about gender on the next visit. Despite the dose of uncertainty, we responded to the message as probably every family – we were happy about the birth of my daughter. Within a month, we chose a name for the child and began to speak to her by name. During the next examination we were very surprised when the doctor announced that it would be a boy. Currently, we are very happy with our little son, but for several days we had to get used to this thought and we felt as if someone took our little Alice from us – that was our daughter’s name. Now we are looking forward to little Jas, but in the future we plan to have another child – maybe Alice. Our friends had a very similar situation, which is why we are convinced that situations of this kind occur quite often.   Emilia and Bartek today believe that it is worth knowing the child’s gender, but only if the doctor is sure of his diagnosis.   How was it with us this time? In the current pregnancy, from the very beginning my intuition told me that we were expecting a daughter. My premonition was so strong that under the influence of the above stories I seriously considered asking the doctor not to give us information about the child’s sex, while Wojtek at all times thought that for him whether he knew sex during ultrasound examination in the second trimester of pregnancy, or during childbirth, is the same surprise, but getting to know her in advance will allow us to be better prepared. He laughed that if I do not want to know the sex of the Child before Birth, then we will agree with the doctor that he will only provide this information to Him, and I will have a surprise on the day of Birth.   You will know our personal story on Monday, there will also be a movie, so see you there!   How was it with you? Did you know your baby’s gender while you were pregnant, or maybe only at birth? Or maybe you were waiting for a boy and a girl jumped out?
- [Ecological diapers - how to choose the best and is it even worth it?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pieluszki-ekologiczne/): The environmentally friendly diapers are getting louder and louder recently, as well as about the harmfulness of ordinary disposable diapers available on the market. How is it actually? Is the difference really so felt? At the moment, on our market you can find at least a dozen diaper brands, and each of them boasts that their products are „the best” and „the only one”. I have already tested all of them, including the ecological ones. How are they different?     What can be in disposable diapers? Remember that most babies have contact with a disposable diaper almost 24 hours a day – it is worth paying attention to what is in constant contact not only with the skin, but also with our baby’s mucous membranes. What does this mean in practice? Since we care about the powder or liquid in which we wash children’s clothes, the more we should be interested in what the skin and mucous membranes of our child come into contact with, because any chemical substance can penetrate through them into his body. You may be surprised how many of them are in ordinary disposable diapers …   dioxins – most of the disposable diapers available on the market are bleached with chlorine, which leaves traces of dioxins on the diaper. The World Health Organization cites dioxins as „persistent environmental pollutants” that can cause a range of more or less serious health problems, including even developmental delays, immune damage, hormonal imbalances and certain cancers.   Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) – many disposable diapers release VOCs such as ethylbenzene, toluene and xylene. According to the EPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency), some VOCs can cause cancer and others – neurological problems, eye irritation and decreased immunity.   Sodium polyacrylate (sodium polyacrylate, SAP) – you probably know these moisture-absorbing particles in disposable diapers – are made of sodium polyacrylate. When used in tampons, SAP was responsible for cases of toxic shock syndrome in many women and girls. SAP also irritates the skin and can cause infections.   Alternatives to regular disposable diapers   1. Cloth diapers – that is, the diapers from which we grew up. Safe for both the child and the environment, and in addition they have many uses – from a blanket to cuddle at bedtime, through a diaper, to … a cloth for cleaning the floor – of course only if it is too damaged to serve our child. Wrapped in a traditional way, or …   2. Waterproof diapers / pockets / swaddling diapers, fastened with Velcro or snaps – you just need to buy a few and simply replace the absorbent pads, e.g. from the traditional cotton diaper mentioned above or from bamboo.   3. Organic diapers – in my video with a layette to the hospital, I showed you the first ecological diapers that I tested – I got them as a gift from a Friend, she brought them to me from the States – it’s the Honest brand, unfortunately not available in Poland. Then I started looking for their counterpart in Poland.     Which disposable diapers to choose? Certainly such with the shortest composition – if it is provided, because, unfortunately, the manufacturer often does not put such information on the packaging.   Secondly, disposable diapers do not have to be soaked in fragrances or extracts – we can never be sure what effect they may have on our baby’s delicate skin (and also the respiratory tract). They can cause a rash or dizziness. And the smell of the contents of the diaper – whatever it is – we will withstand. I remember when I was pregnant when I bought the first, so much advertised and popular, simply „best” disposable diapers and put them on the shelves of the changing table – the smell was so intense that I couldn’t stay in the baby’s room for a few days while pregnant.   Thirdly, it is extremely important for disposable diapers they were not bleached with chlorine. He doesn’t need any chemicals that might come into contact with the baby’s skin. For the same reason, it may not be worth choosing super extra absorbent nappies – the less moisture absorbing agent they contain (the above-mentioned sodium polyacrylate), the better.     What diapers for a newborn baby? And every child? We already know that disposable diapers they should not contain harmful substances. And what should they be made of?   Organic diapers should be made of breathable plasticand yet ensure rapid absorption of moisture, so that your child is not at risk of getting burned.     Which brand available on the Polish market meets these conditions? Organic disposable diapers Bambo Nature I found it ecological because of natural composition – this wood pulp – thanks to it, they do not harm and also reduce the symptoms of dermatitis in a child. They also do not contain allergens or perfumes – because what for? also they are bleached not chlorine, but hydrogen peroxide – another plus!       Ecological… are you sure? Certainly during walks in the woods or somewhere along the road you met with an unpleasant view of a worn diaper. Did you know that the decomposition of such a regular disposable diaper can take up to 1000 years and cause greenhouse gas emissions? So I consciously buy environmentally friendly diapers because they are not plastic, a made of wood pulp. Additionally, they can boast the „Nordic Ecolabel” certificate and the „EU Flower” mark. Ecological diapers – those that are not made of foil or plastic – have another huge plus: they don’t overheat the little boys’ testicles, thanks to which we prevent future fertility problems already at the neonatal and infant stage!   And you know of which ordinary diapers are usually made? Made of plastic, the same from which … flowerpots are made! Production waste from pots (one such factory is located near my house) is turned into diapers! P.   Bambo Nature diapers do not have an intense, chemical smell, they do not cause chafing like many ordinary nappies (provided that the Toddler himself does not suffer from acid poop, which often causes chafing) and they are noticeably thinner, so also more comfortable for the baby. it’s absorbent. However, I have the awareness in my head that they are not harmful to my child’s skin – and this is the most important thing, as well as to the world in which he will live.   They also have organic diapers one minus – they are more expensive than regular ones, they cost from 83 groszy apiece (depending on the size), which in my opinion may be the only barrier to buying them. You can say that I am overpaying, but I think I am investing – in the health of the Child and the world. I buy them here.   PS I also have for you great idea for one of the coolest games for a baby and in the spirit of Montessori, for which you only need a basket and diapers. Maksymilian loves it.   What diapers do you use? Do you think you will try organic diapers? Or maybe you tried reusable diapers?
- [Midwife care during pregnancy and after childbirth - what does it look like?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/opieka-poloznej-czasie-ciazy-porodzie-wyglada/): Many young mothers not only during pregnancy, but also during the first weeks of life, need a little help and someone who will professionally answer all her questions. Do you know your midwife’s support during pregnancy and after delivery, and even 2 times a week? How many home visits can you expect and how should they look like? Family and community midwife care during pregnancy   You learn that you will be parents, but it is not only new and unusual for you, but also for your body. You need support. It is worth getting interested in the visits of a midwife who will prepare you for childbirth – who will help you better understand what changes are taking place in your body? In order not to run to the doctor with every little thing or – even worse – consult internet portals, ask the midwife who will calm you down and explain what your body is going through.   The Act on the Occupations of Nurses and Midwives from 2011 and the Regulation of the Minister of Health from 20.09.2012 allow an authorized midwife to be able to conduct your pregnancy. She has the right to keep pregnancy records or write out referrals for examinations or to the doctor if you are concerned about your results.   You are entitled to one appointment a week between weeks 21 and 31 of pregnancy, and two appointments a week after 32 weeks until delivery., during which the midwife will prepare you for childbirth and delivery, answer all your questions about this difficult time. He will tell you how you should prepare, what to take to the hospital with you, pack your bag with you or help you complete the layette, tell you what are the first symptoms of the upcoming delivery, how to work with the midwife conducting the delivery.   It is extremely important that you feel prepared, are aware of what you can expect and how to cooperate during labor. But the most important thing is that this preparation by a professional gives you a sense of security.   From the abovementioned ordinance of the Minister of Health from 20.09.2012, you will learn more about perinatal care for a pregnant woman, during childbirth, during the puerperium and about caring for a newborn baby: link.   List of family and community midwives: here.   List of midwives that conduct educational meetings after 21 week of pregnancy: here.     And what after delivery?   When you leave the hospital, you get the impression that your baby is fragile and very delicate, you still feel insecure as a mother. It is known that you’d prefer to simply ask Google the questions that bother you, but in this case it’s worth focusing on a reliable source of knowledge and valuable advice. That’s why, to help you in these first, special days, under the National Health Fund you are entitled to a midwife’s home visit family – it is not obligatory, of course, but it is your right and its duty. If you wish, the midwife must visit you and your baby within 6 weeks after the birth at least four times. Did you know that   As you probably know, zoning has not been in force for some time, so while you are pregnant, choose an outpatient clinic that has a signed agreement with the National Health Fund and sign up there with a family midwife, and when filling in the appropriate form, be sure to inform that you are interested in the midwife’s visits. After delivery, your midwife’s first visit should take place no later than 48 hours after you leave the hospital.   Patronage visits take place in your home, of course, by appointment. Prepare yourself well for these visits – write down any questions you would like to ask your midwife to help you. Prepare hospital discharge cards, baby health book, and pregnancy card. Often there is information that can be extremely important when it comes to caring for you in these first days.   The scope of the midwife’s duties during patronage visits is precisely defined in the Regulation of the Minister of Health of 24 September 2013 on guaranteed services in the field of primary healthcare: here.   During such visits, the midwife should show you, among other things, how to properly feed your baby, how to bathe the newborn baby, the midwife will also take care of you: check how your postpartum wounds heal, tell you how to take care of your body in puerperium, how your body should look like. diet and first physical activity, and will also remove your stitches – both those after natural and caesarean delivery – if you need it, of course. He checks the condition of both of you, with special attention to the baby – his navel, fontanel, mouth. She checks whether an additional medical consultation is necessary, and will answer your questions – about colic, vitamins, dressing, baths … Do not hesitate to ask for help, you have the right to do so.   What should a good midwife be like?   Primarily: checked. Reach out, ask friends, read opinions. This is very important because you need her trust. I met my first family-community midwife at my doctor’s, she came to me a long way, took my caesarean section sutures off, helped me put on the baby, and even wore him, hugged and lulled him to give me a moment of rest. She also recognized disturbing symptoms in my son, which required a visit to a specialist, which I would never have noticed myself. With my second child, I was not so lucky and was just dissatisfied with my community midwife – remember, you are entitled to a free midwife change up to 3 times in a calendar year. You will have to pay PLN 80 for each subsequent change.   Does not hinder contact with herself – gives you a phone number and e-mail address so that you can contact her and arrange further meetings.   Listens to you kindly, carefully and patiently, answers all of your questions, even those that seem trivial.   He doesn’t impose his opinion as the only one, indisputable, because he is not an infallible person – he offers solutions and gives you a choice.   Takes care of hygiene – immediately after coming to your home, he undresses and washes his hands thoroughly.   Jest soft during the test both your baby and you.   If you liked the post, I would be delighted if you like it or share it [fb_button]   Join me on Instagram i Facebook – daily dose of positive emotions guaranteed, also on Instastory.
- [What office lamps should you choose?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lampy-do-biura/): Which lamps for the office to choose is the question that has occupied my head in recent months. Arranging my new office wedding planner it gives me great pleasure – it is a process, and I try to make each decision well thought out and serve me for many years – after all, this is my first office „on my own”, not on a rented one, and I hope I will stay here for a lot, many years – especially because I can see the sea from the windows and I live so close that I can walk to work … I thought about the golden elements in my interior for a long time …   In jewelry, I have used silver since I was a child. I feel „Snow White” – not to be confused with the Ice Queen – and I think that pure, cool colors are better suited to my type of beauty. I had periods when I was apologizing to gold, but it never lasted longer than a season … I also tried to combine silver with gold in the wardrobe, but I felt quite carelessly – although with someone else this combination does not bother me at all, or even interesting, I focus on silver minimalism at home.   That is also why I have always chosen silver elements for my interiors, and in the office you can see them in accessories, chair frames or decorative desk legs.   When I was arranging this space and started choosing lamps for the office, I absolutely loved the gold ones … it is warmer in perception, and the neutral colors towards the warm ones in my surroundings have recently made me feel a bit more positive and I feel much better among them. You surely know very well how important the environment in which you spend most of the day has on your well-being.   So I decided combine the silver elements I already have with the gold ones that I introduced – and I am delighted with this combination!     Moje the interior is minimalistic – there are only a few pieces of furniture, the walls are stuccoed, there are no paintings, and probably will not be. The more avant-garde combination of gold and silver not only does not dazzle the eyes, but also perfectly harmonizes with each other and fits in this trend of „austerity” in my office.     Office lamps I really like the Scandinavian style or the introduction of its elements in the interiors. Looking for office lamps, we decided on lamps from a Scandinavian company Groundwork, which perfectly fit into the slightly harsh style of our office.     A lamp above the desk That’s it Capital lamp gold color by Markslöjd. It is simple and timeless. Unusual, antique light bulbs change its form, thanks to which it perfectly connects my female office with other, more industrial office rooms.   My interior is quite small and not tall. If we hung a chandelier in the center of the room, there was a risk that visiting customers and guests, as well as colleagues, would bang their heads at it. We decided to hang the lamp above the desk – it is definitely safer, and it allowed me to smuggle such a large lamp in a small room.     A lamp in a recess The second lamp was supposed to be a decorative element above the sofa. I still don’t have a couch, because I haven’t found the perfect one, only 164 cm wide, but gold Land lamp Markslöjd brand is already hanging and the meeting space is filled with two beautiful armchairs. Thanks to its location, no one will hit it, and it beautifully fills the space. I could put a floor lamp, but then I would take a part of the floor that I don’t have too much. A small hanging lamp is the perfect way out of the situation.     There is still a lot to do in my Wedding Consultant’s office – I do not have roller shutters, window sills or moldings, there will also be some buildings behind the burqa. Glad to say at least I was able to choose beautiful lamps for the office! Since they were hung – I stopped noticing that anything else was missing here. I will show you the rest as part of the subsequent stages of work.     I really like my new office and I can’t wait to be able to welcome guests there! And how do you like it?
- [Mikołajki will also be my holiday! See what I have chosen for myself](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mikolajki-pomysly-na-prezenty/): I was shocked today, when the gift bags with a Christmas motif ran out in the store, after all, it’s only the end of November! It was only then that I realized that it surprised me, because it was the first time that we were preparing so „seriously” to celebrate St. A year ago, Miki was 2 months old and he didn’t even have shoes for gifts, so when he got a pulled frog for Santa Claus, it was max. This year we want to start celebrating our Santa Claus ritual for the first time in our life from a second perspective – parent’s perspective. And we enjoy it immensely! Now we create our family tradition! In the evenings of December 5 we will clean and polish shoes together, laugh and guess what Santa will bring and who will get the rod, we will put the shoes under the door so that December 6 run down the stairs in the morning and check if there was Santa and something left. On this occasion, I have prepared a list of Santa gifts, but not for children, because I think everything has been said about them this year, but with gifts for us! (Unless you fancy a Kids Quick List, it will be for tomorrow.) Since we are creating the tradition now, why not announce that at our house, adults also receive gifts on that day? They do not have to be expensive or very sophisticated, the point is to give yourself another opportunity in the family, in the relationship, to enjoy small pleasures, show that you think and remember, make you happy! That is why I have prepared a list of Santa gifts, perfect for every Young Woman and Mom in two price categories, buying both online and in stationary stores, i.e. with shopping you can go crazy even on St. Nicholas’ Night (Tesco 24 / 7):     1. Christmas cushion – I think each of us loves decorations, and such a pillow will fit into any interior | H & M Home, 39,90 – 25% discount on one product + free delivery of the next online order in exchange for subscribing to the Newsletter 2. Cap with a fashionable pompom – perfect for winter walks, and available for purchase at a XNUMX/XNUMX Tesco with a clothing department | F&F Tesco, 49,00 PLN 3. Tangle Teezer brush – I recommend it because I have it, I love it and I love it, combing your hair has never been so easy! available for purchase | Agito.pl PLN 25,99 4. Mug in a sweater – perfect for work or for winter evenings with a book, it will look beautiful on photos on Facebook and Instagram | Home & You, 45,00 PLN 5. Knee Highs – I have a version with a pastel pink finish, they are wonderful! wonderfully warm when worn with dresses | KappAhl, 49,90 PLN 6. Hot water bottle – will warm us up when we feel unclear, or after hours spent on a sled, or when Children with Dad go crazy on a sled while you read a book on a bench | Home & You, 49,00 PLN 7. Upbringing without prizes and punishments – a book that I really want to read, maybe you also want? | Empik, 31,49 PLN 8. Picture frame – will allow you to create a collage of the most beautiful emotions locked in the frame of photos, ideally if Santa Claus himself completes it before handing it | IKEA, 29,99 PLN     1. A warm pajama top with eye patch to match – for colder days, when it comes to nice clothes around the house, I would find a place for her in my wardrobe, oh yes! F&F Tesco, 75,00 PLN 2. Muffle to the trolley – Have you ever taken a stroller for a walk and forget your gloves? Or you just didn’t expect it to be so cold? Thanks to the gloves attached to the stroller, this won’t happen to you anymore! I had a muff last year (unfortunately it doesn’t fit on our new stroller) and it was a lovely experience! In this I have already chosen a new one – more in the post by Fr. tuning strollers for the winter | LaMillou in the store Bobomio.pl, PLN 98,70 – 5% for subscribing to the Newsletter 3. Beautiful, smart, modest – all of you! Such a gift will surely make every woman smile | M, 79,99 PLN 4. Shawl 100 × 200 cm! I have and I will not give it back! I use it as a scarf, as a pancho, as a hood, as a blanket, literally everything! You want it too! | ZARA, 99,90 PLN 5. Happy Planner – I saw and fell in love! I had the cheaper version, one without the days of the week in paperback and I didn’t like it at all, but this wonder with a week view is a real treat! Therefore, forgive me that it did not fit into the budget of PLN 100, but almost no! | Madama, 109 PLN 6. Pled, which will make evenings two or three even more pleasant, and will be a wonderful background for photos of both adults and children, these tangles are very photogenic! | IKEA, 99 PLN 7. Beautyblender – I don’t, but he has been following me for a long time, I dream of a perfect foundation application, which is somehow more difficult in winter | Sephora, 69 PLN   And your adults get gifts for Santa Claus Day? What would you choose for yourself? And for Dad? Maybe you need a hint, I’ll get Wojtek involved!
- [How to organize a changing corner?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-do-przewijania-wyprawka-dziecko/): This is the second post in the #Wy Layette series and today I will tell you about how to conveniently organize a baby changing corner. I wrote this post in 2015 when I became a mother for the first time, be sure to see mine 2018 changing corner, when I became a mother for the second time.   I remember a few weeks before the birth, I was crazy about organizing a changing corner. Wojtek was a bit skeptical and did not understand why I was preparing everything there, but when we came back from the hospital with Nowy Rodek, and I put the Child on the changing table and literally had everything at hand, he was delighted! And I heard the words I had been waiting for for so many months: you were right! You came up with it all!   What should we find in our changing corner and what helped me organize well?   1. The changing It can be an oilcloth that you put on your bed, or an overlay for a cot or a separate piece of furniture that we have chosen. For me, it was important that the changing area was always ready. I had a lot of space at my disposal, so I chose a separate piece of furniture, which also serves as a bookcase, but my friends also use changing mats in the form of a cot cover. Especially in the initial period, disposable changing pads that I put on the cover were very useful, thanks to which I did not have to change it sometimes several times a day.   2. Wet wipes Glass bottle with water + cotton balls If you read me a bit, you know that I am against chemicals in our cosmetics (and also in food), let alone in children’s cosmetics. The compositions of the vast majority of wet wipes for babies are fatal, very unhealthy and harmful. Did you know that many wet wipes contain ingredients that are interpreted by our bodies as female sex hormones? What, especially in the case of continuous use with boys, may have negative effects. That’s why my motto is: the less chemicals, the better. Believe that water in a glass a’la cream bottle + cotton pads will be perfect, it will be healthy and more ecological, and maybe also economical, although cotton pads also cost theirs. You can always pour warm water into the bottle, which, especially in the case of newborns, will avoid the unpleasant feeling of cold, wet wipes on the skin. We only allow ourselves to use wet wipes outside the house, unless I have to wipe something quickly at home and I have them at hand. However, I always try to read the compositions of the handkerchief chemicals that I bring home. If you are wondering which wipes are the most safe for children, read about their ingredients here i here. If we decide to use them, it is worth doing everything wisely. And if you can choose wrong and quite well, it’s worth choosing the best.   3. nappies Disposable or reusable, it is important to have direct access to them.   4. Organizer It is worth getting an organizer, e.g. hanging on a cot or changing table, a basket or a cardboard box that we put next to the bed on which we will change the child will also be great. The key is to have everything at hand.   5. clothes Ideally, if the cupboard or chest of drawers, or maybe a shelf with clothes, are located in the immediate vicinity of the changing corner. If it turns out that in addition to the diaper, you also need to change clothes, you can reach for them without leaving the changing table.   6. Cosmetics The motto is also true here: the less the better. From birth, we have been using prophylactic diaper ointment for several weeks, eg Bepanten Baby Extra or pure lanolin ointment. It is important that it has a good composition – it is good that it does not contain, for example, paraffin or mineral oils that act on the skin like cling film … Of course, many of us have used or use paraffin and will say that nothing has happened, that it is wide recommended in delivery rooms and birthing schools and probably most children are fine with it, but it is worth knowing that it can cause, for example, baby acne … Later we used the ointment only for irritation or chafing – we still do not use it preventively so that the skin can recover take care of yourself.   7. A basket for used nappies, cotton pads, cosmetics … You can read about choosing our basket here.   SAFETY Why is it so important to organize the changing space? Remember that never, but never, ever leave a child alone on a changing tabletherefore everything you may need must be at your fingertips. We have developed such a habit that when changing the Child on the changing table, we touch the Child with one hand all the time, because taking the diaper or clothes out with one hand is not a problem. This rule also applies to those babies who are not turning over yet… we never know when a Baby will decide to turn over for the first time.   How does the scrolling organization look like with us?   We place a chest of drawers with clothes in the immediate vicinity of the changing table. We keep a bottle of water, cotton balls and ointment on the chest of drawers, and in the organizer hanging on the changing table there are nappies (and in the past there were also sterile cotton pads or saline). Right next to the changing table there is a basket for used nappies and an ordinary garbage can. Everything at your fingertips.   In Pictures: changing table IKEA Gulliver> click water container: IKEA Ensidig vase> click cotton pads: Cleanic Kindii> click changing table organizer: H&M Home buttock ointment: on prescription, the simplest possible composition, without paraffin nappy basket: Tommee Tippee Sangenic Plus> click trash can: Ikea Strapats> click   Let me know if you like the new series of posts from the #wyprawka series and what proven solutions you would like to read.   See our other posts on how to decorate a children’s room: 1. An idea for a children’s room design, or how and where to start> click 2. Zigzag, asterisk and an owl – yellow and gray room for a child> click 3. Yellow and gray room for a child, step by step, that is a list of all products with links to DIY stores and projects> click 4. How to sew curtains? DIY or do it yourself> click 5. Garland with stars for a child’s room – DIY> click 6. How to organize the first sleeping place for a child? > click 7. How to organize a breastfeeding corner? > click 8. How to organize a changing corner? > click 9. Swaddle blanket, sleeping bag, swaddle blanket, or maybe a duvet and pillow? > click 10. How to choose a feeding chair? > click 11. Bin for used nappies – test and review> click
- [Christmas is coming - I have a wonderful deal for you](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ida-swieta-mam-dla-was-cudowne-rozdanie/): I love my blog – and it’s all thanks to you. Holidays are coming, so when I was thinking about the presents I will put under the tree, I couldn’t forget about you. That is why I prepared this handout with a unique Christmas gift, which I dreamed about last year. What’s this? In the photo, mine, for you, I have the same, still packed in a box, and the first cassette of 10 cartridges for it, so that you can immediately enjoy this fantastic fun – and above all to capture your smiling face  I take the Polaroid with me to most meetings with friends and family, less than a month ago, he was also at our wedding, where it was always great – on the same day we could enjoy an album full of photos (we had to wait a bit longer for those from the photographer) . I love Polaroid for having no repetitions. For the fact that each photo is unique and unique, made with the utmost care, in the end there is only one. Like a treasure. It perfectly captures emotions, you can take notes on it. The photos fit perfectly in the wallet – they are the size of a credit card. I love giving them to my friends. My mother always has a few with her. My friends too. I thought about all of this when I was choosing a Christmas gift for you. I’m sure you will like it. And now the most important – how can you participate in the hand? You can take part in the hand via fb and / or blog (if you take part in the contest via both blog and fb – you will double your chances of winning). If you want to take part in the hand via facebook: 1. like my profile From under the blanket 2. share competition graphics on your facebook profile 3. Leave a comment under this post with information that you are taking part in the competition using fb along with a link to your profile If you want to take part in the competition using your blog: 1.Place a banner with a photo and a link to my blog www.spodkocyka.pl on your blog 2. add my blog to bloglovin and watched (right column on my blog – bottom) if you want to visit me again 3. Leave a comment below this post with information that you are taking part in the competition using your blog and with a link to it I will accept your applications until 10 December 2013, so that the gift will arrive in time for your Christmas tree.
- [How did I win the fight against imperfections? Discover my way for a nice complexion](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/clarisonic-mia-2-recenzja-opinie/): After 20 years of unequal fight against imperfections, today I am not ashamed to show without makeup. How did i achieve that? What is Clarisonic Mia 2? Clarisonic is a brand that produces face (and body) brushes that use the sonic micro massage technique, so they are delicate and perfect for everyday skin cleansing. These brushes do a nice job – they do 300 micromovements per second !!! The brush was my Easter gift from Wojtek. So I’ve been using it for over 9 months. Why have I decided to review it now? 1. Too early It was love at first sight. I have loved it since the first use. From day to day I observed a huge improvement in my complexion. It was so visible that I was afraid of the placebo effect or a total lack of objectivity, so for the first weeks I refrained from writing about it. 2. You don’t appreciate what you have until you lose it For almost a year I managed to get used to all the good things that this brush gave me. The old times sometimes reminded me of photos from a year ago or five, which I came across, and what caught my eye was a complexion often full of imperfections that I struggled with for years. When one day in December my brush refused to charge, I complained about it and received a completely new product. Unfortunately, this procedure took over 2 weeks and only then I realized how much I miss it and how much benefit it gave me. I realized that my complexion is still very problematic, but thanks to daily new care I almost forgot about it. Why do I love my Clarisonic Mia 2 brush? 1. My complexion It turned out that for my complexion prone to imperfections, which leave souvenirs in the form of discoloration, it is perfect. I see that my skin needs exactly such care and very thorough, daily cleansing and massage, then it does not rebel and pays off with an even, calm color. My complexion looks good today like never before. This does not mean, however, that it is perfect. After 20 years of struggling with imperfections, and for many years also with acne, my face will probably never be perfect, but its condition today satisfies me in 90%. For several months, I have been free to wash my makeup and show myself to other household members, knowing that comments from what I am saying do not divert imperfections. I feel good in my skin. 2. The pleasure he gives me Firstly, this massage is pleasant, secondly relaxing, thirdly… well, I love it! This brush is waterproof and I always use it in the shower in the evening. 3. Easy to use and charge No replaceable batteries, sockets that must not be soaked. I put the magnetic charger on and leave it on all night. In the morning, the brush is ready to use for many consecutive days. Is Clarisonic a brush for everyone? I do not know. I know one thing, I regret that I tried such care so late, so if, like me, you are struggling with imperfections, acne, with aching changes, it’s worth trying this solution. Since I use it, I have given up most skincare products that I have used before. How much does it cost? The brush is available at the regular price of PLN 649, but you can easily buy it for PLN 519 here >> click. The store makes regular discounts for holders of a loyalty card, when a 20% discount is granted to the entire range of the store – it is these days that I shop there. There is nothing to hide – the brush is not cheap and in my opinion it is its only drawback. I even forgave her for the failure, because she did so much good for me that I treat it as a lovers’ quarrel, after which it’s even more fun. A big plus for the manufacturer for the trouble-free replacement of the equipment with a new one – I received a new brush, but the entire set, which you can see in the photos. I got the brush in white and it was probably the best choice for my taste, but you can buy it in one of several beautiful, pastel colors. Beware of fakes! When my friend recommended the Clarisonic toothbrush to me, overwhelmed by its price in Sephora, of course, I started searching the internet for cheaper stores that I found without any problems. It’s good that I told her about it, because then she told me the story of how she herself wanted to save on buying a toothbrush and used the popular website with discount coupons. Unfortunately, instead of the original product, it received … a great counterfeit. It took a lot of time and nerves to assert her rights and recover her money for this scam. That is why I did not dare to buy brushes anywhere else than in Sephora. Thanks Asia! Is it worth overpaying? There are many face brushes on the market, most of them will be available at a much lower price. I have felt my deep bond with the facial brush since forever. Already in elementary school, I thought to use a toothbrush (sic!) With the softest bristles available in a drugstore for face care. Later, I was delighted to see a manual face brush on a drugstore shelf. Unfortunately, neither of them had the desired effects. I also tried miracles from supermarkets and those from Allegro, which sooner or later ended up in the trash, and apart from imperfections, I had an irritated complexion. That’s why I believe that if you have suffered from skin problems for many years, it’s worth it. What face do you have? Ideal? Like me, always problematic? Are you satisfied with your care or are you looking for a change? PS If you like us – stay up to date and be sure to follow us on Facebook and Instagram.
- [How often do you wash, how to iron and store bedding?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zlozyc-przescieradlo-z-gumka/): I guess everyone likes to go to freshly washed, fragrant bedding … after all, if you make your bed, you will get enough sleep. But do you know how to care for bedding so that it serves a long time? How to store Is it worth ironing? Let’s check it! What material is the bedding best from?   Of course, the most popular bedding material is Cotton, and we have several types, and the most popular: smooth satin – it is such a weave, thanks to which the fabric on one side is smoother and more shiny; satin is usually „cooler” to the touch flannel – thicker and warmer cotton, „warmer” to the touch, especially recommended in winter cross-weave – that is, popularly called bark.   Although flannel and bark have the advantage of being not a crease, I personally love plain cotton.   Bedding from more exclusive ones is also gaining popularity natural fabrics such as: len, bamboo, wool, silk – perfect for hot summer nights, cool and velvety to the touch, but so luxurious that cotton is at least 10 times more expensive   The biggest surprise for me was the appearance of bedding polyester. Despite the fact that it wrinkles little and is easy to wash off stains and is cheap – it is an artificial material that does not „breathe”, does not drain moisture, sticks to the skin, electrifies … I would not need to add that it does not decompose naturally, so it is harmful to the environment, not to recommend it to you, now I just advise against it, although I warn against it more.   Let’s choose only bedding in 100% natural. These will provide us with adequate ventilation, we will not sweat, so we will be more rested. Personally I can’t imagine sleeping under polyester sheets – I am shocked that well-known chain stores still offer one at a cotton price – I almost would not have brought one home by mistake, because it was not obvious for me at first to check the composition of the bedding.     How to fold bedding? My mega trick When it comes to storing spare bed linen changes – I have my way.   I take a large pillow, fold it into cubes, and put inside pillow cases, so-called „Pillows”. Thanks to this, I never look for anything, I just pull it out with whole sets.       Where and how to keep spare bedding?   Any duvet covers, pillowcases, sheets, blankets are best kept in one place – for example in the closet – below you can see my bedding closet.     I keep folded in the basket sheets with an elastic band, higher – towels – I take out fresh ones much more often than the sheets, so they are at a more ergonomic height for me.   I put the bedding on the shelves sets and sizes – one shelf is the one with 220 x 200 cm bedding, and the other – and at the top – is a shelf with guest bedding, that is in the size of 160 x 200. I keep children’s bedding in the wardrobes of boys in their rooms.     How many bedding sets should we have?   It would be perfect to have two sets for each bedding – to have one bedclothes on and the other for a change.   This is still my ideal, which, on the one hand, I would like to strive for, but sometimes I just can’t resist a new bedding change – I think that on average I pamper myself with a new set, and that the previous ones were also bought of high quality – I had so many 6. I put them in order from the most favorite to the least so that I can use the bedding that I enjoy the most. When I look at this picture I know that I should give those two at the very bottom to the needy.     How often do you change bedding?   When asked how often to change bedding, I usually hear the recommendation to change bedding every week, and with practice … every two weeks. Dust mites, which feed on our epidermis, like to prowl in bedding, so it is worth keeping the bedding clean, especially in the case of allergy sufferers. Between one wash and the other, we can also remove mites from bedding, using an iron with a steam generator, which will not destroy the bedding insert, but will kill the mites.       At what temperature wash bedding?   Used bedding should be washed in 30-60 degrees, depending on the material and the labeling.   Most often, however, the following washing temperatures are used: cotton – up to 60 degrees flannel – up to 60 degrees – wash the first 3-5 washes separately, because more often it lint or slightly dyes than other sheets cotton satin – up to 60 degrees silk – 30 degrees.   Making the bed – hide or cover the sheets or not?   Of course, it is worth covering the bedclothes with a bedspread on a daily basis or hide in the bed’s chest – why? So that no dust settles on them. While However, we should ventilate duvets and pillows – even every day, if not outside, even if the window is wide open, after 20 minutes on each side. It is also a good opportunity to ventilate the bedroom before bed, which will increase the comfort and quality of our sleep.   I will tell you that the drip on the bed looks the most beautiful when it reaches the ground – I wish I knew how I bought mine – it is definitely too small.     In practice, I like to open the balcony windows in the bedroom before going to bed – then I go to the bath, and the bedding and the room are aired. In the winter season, however, I make sure that the airing is intense, but not longer than 5-10 minutes – so as not to cool the walls, and the air will change anyway during this time,     How to iron and fold bedding?   Do you iron bedding? Many of us don’t, and it’s worth it. It’s not just that it will look beautiful on the bed – or at least at first – I think it is then too much nicer to the touch. Additionally the iron’s temperature removes the mitesthat may have remained on the sheets after washing.   That’s right – it’s hard to iron such a large material, so it’s worth using a solution that allows us iron the folded cubes. This makes it possible steam generator iron – bed sheets are refreshed, smooth, disinfected, and the entire ironing process takes much less time.   It will also be very helpful special cover for ironing board – one that has a metallized layer that keeps heat and reflects steamthanks to which ironing is even faster and more efficient. They are universal products – they fit most popular ironing boards.   When I start ironing the large 200 x 220 bed linen, I fold it several times along the short side and slowly iron it with the steam generator iron – and it’s ready!     I always associated the iron with the steam generator with a large machine, and secondly with even greater expenditure. The Braun CareStyle IS 2055GR iron with steam generator surprised me twice.   First of all, it occupies such a small area that fits easily on probably every ironing board – it will take up no more space in our wardrobe. What’s more is so light and handythat since I have them, I have been taking them with me to wedding projects – at the last one Course at Wedding Planner everyone was impressed with its small size, and we ironed hundreds of square meters of tablecloths and discovered a new quality of ironing.     Sensational that he also has vertical ironing function – the burst of steam is so powerful that it easily deals with creases and that way. And I have a good comparison here, because I have often run around the wedding hall with a professional vertical iron – which, although it was perfect for dresses and blouses taken out of suitcases or shopping cartons, did not pass the exam with clothes.   A nice thing is a possibility connection of the iron to the generator with a special lock slider, so that both elements constitute the „whole” and we can transfer the entire set like an ordinary iron, i.e. with one hand. This function will be useful not only for putting the iron back in place, but also for filling the water tank. Yes Yes, you can confidently pour tap water without fear of damage due to the large amount of minerals in ordinary, non-demineralized water.   And what I like them the most in the world is that I don’t have to worry anymore that I took biting labels from my clothes and I don’t know what temperature to set on the iron. This iron is steamed and is safe for all types of fabrics!   For those extremely sensitive, such as wool or silk, you can switch them to Eco mode – with less steam output – and also if you iron less important things and you care about saving 60% of electricity.   See for yourself – only 1 button and 2 functions – how easy it is! And my husband’s excuses for not ironing because he would burn ended       How to iron different fabrics? pościel dark cotton we should iron on the left, and light and patterned – on the right. Thanks to this, the colors and patterns on our bedding will not fade. Bedding woolen we iron on the right side, through a linen cloth and locally – we do not iron the fabric on the material, because we can easily destroy the fibers. It’s best to use the steam option in the iron and move the steam over the surface of the material. bed sheets silk we should iron on the left side, not spraying the material with water – it will leave unsightly stains on the material. bed sheets polyester they have it that they like to burn, so we iron them on the left side, through a cotton cloth. Bedding with bark, flannel or jersey we don’t iron – just shake them well and hang them.   How to dry a sheet with an elastic band?   I dry them by hanging them on the door, stretching them on the couch. However, I do not dry it on the wooden railings of the stairs – delicately oiled wood could get wet and discolor, so before you make a drying room for your stairs, make sure you do not damage them.   How to iron a sheet with an elastic band?   I put the sheet with the elastic on the ironing board and iron from the inside to the sides with the elastic.   How to fold a sheet with an elastic band?   And here I have prepared for you a small video with step by step instructions:     More useful information on bedding care can be found here.   How to store spare pillows and quilts?   Spare pillows and quilts, e.g. for guests, are most convenient to store in a vacuum bag – thanks to this we will save a lot of space. We can keep quilts and pillows packed in such a way, for example, in a crate of a bed or other dry place, and ventilate from time to time to get rid of mites or bacteria.   Quilts and pillows can and we should even wash – the way and temperature of washing depends, however, on what the bedding is made of. However, you cannot do it too often so as not to destroy the filling. However, there is another option to refresh the bedding filling with a steam generator iron. The filling will not get damaged or clumped, thanks to the powerful steam. This method is suitable for all types of bedding fillings.   Hope you liked this tutorial. Let me know in the comment if you want to know more about my home hacks – I have a lot of them    Sweet Dreams!
- [How to make stucco on the wall?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zrobic-sztukaterie-na-scianie/): How to make stucco on the wall – see step by step how in one afternoon you can change your interior by installing stucco on the wall. I have always liked stucco. When I was arranging my last Office of the Wedding Consultant, I decided to add elegance to this interior and use simple tools, with Wojtek’s help, to make stucco on the wall.   While preparing to write this post, I saw that… I didn’t even show you my previous office on the blog. But you could have peeked at them in other photos and on my Instagram, which if you like interior atmosphere, be sure to like it.     How to make stucco on the wall?     List of things you need to do stucco on the wall yourself: decorative strips little ball miter box for cutting at 45 degrees stucco glue stucco glue gun paint the same color as the wall (or intentionally in contrast, if you want to achieve such an effect) laser level     The first thing I did was choose molding molding on the wall. The choice fell on 25 mm wide slats – I decided that they would all be of the same width. I saw various strips in several supermarkets, at a good price, but they felt polystyrene to the touch, so I was not enchanted. Fortunately my friend Kasia is an architect and always helps me in choosing good finishing materials – You too can take advantage of her advice, which she shares her own Mo Home blog.   Kasia once recommended a Orac Dekor company to my home and office. The difference between the strips from the market and those was so visible that the slightly higher price did not matter.     Stucco design on the wall   First, I measured our wall so that the stucco was evenly distributed. Me yours I made the plan in Photoshop, but you only need a piece of checkered paper.   I started with the size of the wall – mine was 315 cm wide and 257,5 cm high.   In turn, I decided that: I want 3 columns of stucco separated by a horizontal strip I want a horizontal strip at a height of 90 cm there will be 15 cm gaps everywhere – both from walls, floor and ceiling, and between windows.   The rest was calculated almost by itself – I marked 15 cm from the above-mentioned points, and then I divided the rest of the wall into equal intervals.   Although I chose three windows – I might as well have decided to two larger or one large. My idea was that the stucco would be the only decoration of this wall – that’s why I wanted to make it more dense.   The finished plan looked like this:       Thanks to my plan made earlier, I knew what length of the strip I had to cut.     How to cut stucco?     A very simple tool: using miter balls and boxesj for cutting at an angle – it is not expensive, it costs about PLN 7-10.   I cut the slats  to the correct length. I cut the slats that were intended to be installed on a horizontal line straight, and those that would create „windows” – at an angle of 45 degrees.     Another thing I did after cutting the slats was to scrape the cut to eliminate any inequalities – here I used a wallpaper knife.     The most important device without which I cannot imagine this work is laser level. On an empty wall with a spirit level we were throwing a picture of the line in the right places (15 cm from the wall, floor and sides), and from the line we only drew the spaces that were to be windows. So from the wall 15 cm, then another 85 cm window, again 15 cm gap, 85 cm cm second window, another 15 cm gap, 85 cm third window and 15 cm to the next wall.       Gluing stucco on the wall   Once we had the lines, we started to stick the stucco on the wall. We had a gun for the gluewhich made it easier for us to attach. We applied mounting glue on the slats and pressed it to the wall in the right place long enough for the glue to hold tight – it was not more than several seconds.     If there are any slits between the slats, in the joints, they can be painted before painting fill with acrylic. Fortunately, we did without it.   Painting stucco When we received the office, it had freshly painted walls, on which we stucco moldings. After sticking the slats themselves, we painted the brush with the same paint that was painted on the wall. We did this job twice for good coverage.   Can you believe that that’s all? It only took us one afternoon! Is stucco in the salon already being created in your head? Or maybe in the bedroom?
- [How to dress for work? 5 tools](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-do-pracy/): How to dress for work is wondered by every person starting their career on the labor market. And also every mother who ends her maternity leave and returns to work. Check what things cannot be missing in your wardrobe. If you work in a large company or corporation, there is a good chance that you have a dress code imposed. This restriction gives a sense of security – it is enough to follow the rules to look in line with the expectations of the Employer and (probably) Customers. The problem arises if you run your own business or the company you work for does not have any dress guidelines or they are too general, and you meet at work not only with colleagues, but also with clients and want to do well before everyone else. Okay, that is, present yourself as a professional, experienced and wise person, right?   Here are 5 things that will help you create a professional business look.   1. Classic black high heels Of course, with heels, but not higher than 8 cm (such may not necessarily evoke business associations) and one that will allow you to gracefully navigate the company’s corridors and city sidewalks. Such shoes are +10 to feminine chic. They fit everything, giving each styling a business look.   I bought my last two pairs of black high heels at Bata and Ryłko, and I also appreciate shoes from the Kazar store. Business pins should be made of grain leather and should not have any eye-catching decorations. Shoes to buy here: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5     2. a white shirt The perfect complement to any wardrobe. The more classic the cut, the better. The indoor buttons add elegance, but this is not necessary. I like how the shirt is made of a slightly thicker fabric, thanks to which it fits better and is not so translucent.   It is good that it gently emphasizes the waist and is long enough that it does not come out stuck in a skirt or pants. By choosing a white shirt at 100% you will gain a professional image. If you have a loose dress code in your work, unzip a few buttons, roll up your sleeves and combine it with jeans and black high heels that are perfect for your figure. If the jeans do not pass, choose cigarillos or a fitted skirt.   Is the shirt in the body version a good solution? Yes, but not always. Unfortunately, under very tight pants or skirts it can impress a lot, while under skirts made of circles or even more on the body, but made of thicker fabrics with structure, I really like to wear them.   Shirts to buy here: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10     3. Nude underwear Nothing looks worse in a business style than sheer lingerie, and this one white is most visible under white things. Therefore, in your wardrobe you need to have flesh-colored underwear with the least amount of seams, which will not be distinguished by the color or texture or lace under the white shirt or blouse, or the seams under the skirt or pants.   The best fitting, nude and smooth bras can be bought from brands such as Panache, Freya or Wonderbra, for the lower part of the underwear go to Oysho or Intimissimi – you will be delighted with the quality of ordinary panties.   And most importantly – you must have a bra that fits perfectly, it’s best to put yourself in the hands of an experienced brafitter, but I will also prepare a small manual on the subject for you. Underwear for sale: I 1 2 | I 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8   4. A classic handbag In neutral beige, gray or classic black, it will be an ideal and timeless solution, as well as a great investment in your own wardrobe. It should be leather and very good quality, but if your budget does not allow for such expenses today, ZARA usually offers high-quality classic models at a price of up to PLN 200. Eco-leather bags to buy here: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 Leather bags to buy here:  1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8     5. eleganc watch First of all, it will allow us to watch over the passing of time perfectly, it will complete the professional image. When we look at the phone at the meeting to make time, we never look professional and you never know if we’re checking Facebook. I would choose a simple, elegant, timeless form. It is safest to bet on the watch in the color of the jewelry that you wear most often, and the metal bracelet will give us years of use. A leather strap can be just as elegant, but it will need to be replaced sooner. Be careful of a gold watch, not everyone looks good in very business situations.   Watches to buy here: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12     I’m curious what is the most missing in your wardrobe? And what would you add to my wardrobe must-have list?
- [Nanny or nursery? so Mama goes back to work #2](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/babcia-niania-czy-zlobek/): When Mom plans to return to work (you could read about my planning in my first post in this series, Fr. here) we think about the 3 most popular care options for our baby: Grandma, Nanny or Nursery. My maternity is over in a month and a half and I return to my part-time job. The most important decision related to this is ahead of us – what is the best care to provide the child? We have made a subjective assessment of all 3 options. Option No. 1 Grandma Unfortunately, this is not our option. None of Santa’s Grandmothers has such a possibility because either he is professionally active or distance is an obstacle. Option No. 2 and 3 or Nursery or Nanny Trust, We, personally, trust a nursery institution much more than the institution of a nanny or „stranger” in our home. Why? There are other children in the nursery, older ones, who are already talking and can tell their parents about possible neglect (wet diapers, bad food, unpleasant atmosphere, not to mention broadly understood violence) The nanny stays in our house alone with the child, the one-year-old child cannot complain, we can only closely observe them, but human manipulative abilities know no limits, and the children are so trusting … The nanny also has access to our personal life, not everyone he will be comfortable with it. Fun and learning I guess no one doubts that nothing can replace joyful fun and contact with peers? If the child has no problems with shyness, he will certainly appreciate those few hours a day spent in the nursery with peers. When it comes to learning, we also believe that in a nursery, a child will learn more than with a nanny at home. And I do not mean English, but for example group work, tolerance, mutual acceptance. Many games in a group are impossible to recreate at home. And these emotions … we think that, unfortunately, even the most devoted and committed Nanny will not provide them. Food In the nursery there is one menu for all children (slight modifications are possible), so if the child is allergic or severely allergic, you will probably find that you could use 0-40% of the food they offer. You would have to provide the rest yourself. So, both in the nursery version and employment of Nanny, we would still have to cook for the child, with the difference that in the case of a nursery we would have to prepare breakfast and dinner at home the day before. In Nanny’s case that would be her responsibility. Security If your child is allergic, it is especially important for you to follow the diet and the rules for introducing new products. You must not allow any mistakes and you must keep your eyes around your head, especially since the Child began to want to eat what everyone else is eating. Especially dangerous are situations in which an allergic child sees other children eating and, of course, according to the rule: the neighbor’s grass is always greener, and is used by others to eat. At home, Nanny would be responsible for preparing meals for one and only child, it is much more difficult to make a mistake. snooze There is only one nap in the nursery and it starts at 12 o’clock. Mikołaj gets up every day around 5:30 – 7:30 a.m., and the first nap is between 8 and 10 a.m. and lasts about 2 hours, which is completely different from the nursery rhythm of the day and we would have to force it to a new rhythm. A plus seen by some is that after returning home, Santa would take a nap and I would have a chance to cook dinner or take care of a blog. Only after work, I had a vision of carefree play in the grass, and not a fallen child … but okay, I could postpone the game a little later. Choosing a nanny who will come to us at home, we will not have to change anything in the natural rhythm of our child. choirs Probably every parent dreams of a healthy child, we dream that after joining the nursery group, Mikołaj would always be healthy and smiling. But quite the opposite information is pouring out to us everywhere. Apparently, every child who joins a peer group must „grow up”, that is, acquire immunity through contact with foreign bacteria and viruses. So, if a Child joins a nursery school, he will start to fall ill at the age of 1-2 years, if he joins a kindergarten or school institution, this age will be shifted accordingly. Undoubtedly, the older the Child, the more mature his immune system and the better he goes through diseases, which are therefore less of a threat to him. Supposedly, a huge increase in immunity in all children is related to the maturity of the immune system after the age of 3. If we leave the child at home with Nanny, this problem will almost not occur. Price Santa needs 5 hours a day care. The cost of a private nursery is PLN 600, the cost of a Nanny in our neighborhood, i.e. in a large city, is PLN 1100-1320 per month (PLN 10-12 per hour). Here, everyone has to answer the question of whether they have a choice at all … whether the Nanny option is even within their reach. „Are you putting your child in a nursery?” We spread the word about our dilemmas to the right and left. The very structure of this question asked us proves the negative perception of the institution of a nursery by a large part of our society. We value the opinions of others very much, but we also like to check various possibilities ourselves and form an opinion about them. To have a full comparison, we decided to visit local care centers for babies. In the next post in this series I will give you an account! and maybe we will answer the question of a nanny or a nursery? Do you have any tips for us on what to look for during such a visit to the nursery? What would be important to you?
- [Moses basket](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosz-mojzesza/): Moses basket for your baby? Read the opinions on how the Moses basket works and whether we would decide to buy it a second time. Moses basket with the first child Before Mikołaj was born, our friends lent us a wicker basket on wheels, so I could have the baby with me all night long. The basket was absolutely beautiful and we have wonderful memories of using it. It was permanently attached to the rack on wheels, which made it more of a small crib than a Moses basket, and unfortunately it turned out to be a rather impractical solution in our three-story house – I couldn’t just take it by the handles and move it anywhere, put it on the couch or carry it upstairs. It was also quite wide, so it took up a lot of space.     Moses basket by the second child When Maks was born, richer with experience gained as debuting parents, we decided to search the Internet for the perfect solution. What should I do, which bed should I choose to have my baby always close together, wherever I go so that he feels at ease, safe, let me be calm about him?   After analyzing the products proposed in the network, I decided to basket of Moses Shnuggle. This basket is definitely more solid than the wicker one, but we also attach great importance to mobility. Of course, we do not lie in the bedroom all day – we spend a lot of time in the living room, garden, attic office or in Santa’s room, and I wanted to have Maks with me all the time so that I would not have to listen to his crying with my soul on my shoulder, taking a shower, relaxing in the garden, or by writing another post for you;).   We chose Moses Shnuggle basket in DREAMI version. In Poland, it can be found in colors cream, gray and white, with or without booth. We decided on the latter, without a booth version.     Basic features of Moses Shnuggle basket The first advantage of the basket is its length – I noticed that it is longer than other basketsI found – is 90 cm. Such a Moses basket will serve the Baby longer, I think even up to 6 months of age – until it starts to sit down by itself.   Carrying the baby in the Moses basket is very convenient – the handles are solid and strong, do not rub like in a wicker basket, so we can be calm about the safety of the child, moving him from place to place.   When writing about the Moses Shnuggle basket, it is impossible not to mention the stands – ours is the DREAMI model and it had dual function standwith feet on one side and skids on the other. We work well in the living room when we all spend time together, for example playing with Santa Claus. We can then put the Moses basket on the carpet to make it rock better – it is more difficult to rock on the plank floor. Increase its stability at any time by turning the stand inside out – The child will also be much higher immediately.     Our favorite rack for Moses However, my favorite is ROCKING stand. It was not in our kit, we ordered it separately but it was a very good choice. We carry the stand from the DREAMI version around the house, and we put the ROCKING by the bed permanently – it takes up little space (I easily move it and move it away from the bed), and its height is another plus: I can easily rock or stroke Maks in the Moses basket, only extending my hand. I can take him in my arms without leaving the bed or bending over too much, which was a great help for me, especially in the first days of the baby’s life, when I did not regain full fitness after caesarean section.   Thanks to the small skids of the stand, even a really gentle movement of the child is enough to make the Moses basket in rocking. Rocking him lulls Max to sleep and helps him fall back down after waking up at night. However, you have to pay attention to how you put the child down – as you can see, this stand does not swing sideways, but back and forth. If you place your baby too high, the stand may tilt so that the head is lower than the legs. To stop rocking, I simply place a book under the skid.     stuffthe Moses basket is made of absolutely safe and hypoallergenic. The lining and cover of the basket are made of good quality material, which is practical and very easy to clean, you can easily wash it.     Mattress in a basket of Moses Each Shnuggle basket has included as well mattress – it was made of hypoallegenic foam, in my opinion it is neither too hard nor too soft (it is healthier for the Child to sleep on too hard than too soft ground). Important is the removable cover, which is both waterproof and breathable, and can of course also be machine washed at 60 degrees. The set does not include sheets, but you can easily buy any sheet dedicated to Mosaic baskets or gondolas, I have two – white and gray.     Under the mattress, along the housing, are arranged vent holesthat provide airflow. I found an additional functionality for them: I placed the breath monitor in the Moses basket and put the cables from the mat through the holes. I can be calm about Maks’ safety – there are no cables inside the basket for the baby to get entangled in.   In summary, what is most important in the case of Moses Shnuggle’s bin is his functionality: it will serve us longer, and in addition it is very easy to carry, which is extremely important in our lifestyle, and several rack options give us the opportunity to choose one tailored to our needs.   You are still surprised that the Moses basket from Shnuggle won the award Junior Design Awards in 2014? Because I don’t…    Prices: basket Moses Shnuggle DREAMI version (set including basket + rack 2w1 + mattress): PLN 620,00 ROCKING rocking rack: PLN 176,00   See also how we arranged children’s corner in our bedroom as well as space to scroll and comfortable feeding Child.   What do you think about Moses’ basket? Useful or unnecessary gadget?
- [Fitbit Flex Band - my way to a better figure](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/opaska-fitbit-flex-zdrowie-sylwetka-recenzja/): Recently I told you about that I decided to fight for my figure from years ago. And today I will tell you what helps me with this! I did not buy a gym membership, because having a child of several months at home and a lot of professional matters I am not usually able to find time to do proper shopping in our fridge, let alone break out at least 2 times a week for 3 hours to fitness club. I do not ride a bike because Mikołaj is only 8 months old and he is too young to ride with me. I also didn’t decide to roller-skate again, because I’m not sure of my skills enough to push the cart at the same time. Looking closer at my activity, I came to the conclusion that the work on my figure must be part of the day of my full-time mother, who I am every day, and a businesswoman who I am, when my child and husband temporarily allow me to do so. The Fitbit Flex band turned out to be the perfect solution for me! What activity do I regularly practice every single day? I’m walking! I walk with a child, I walk with a pram, I walk with my husband! Thanks to this band, which primarily counts my steps, I plan my days to increase my current activity! Did you know that taking a minimum of 10,000 steps a day is ideal for your health and well-being according to the World Health Organization? People with average physical activity perform between 5,000 and 7,500 steps a day, and those who climb over 7,500 are physically active! Supposedly, by taking a minimum of 10,000 steps a day, you can forget about diets, gyms, and your figure will approach your ideal. How many steps did I take? On an „office” day, barely 2,000! On a normal day with a child, an average of 4-7,000 steps. Of course, an ordinary pedometer would be enough for me to count them, but I decided to use the Fitbit wristband, because the software that I have installed on my phone comes with it, and makes beautiful summaries for me on a regular basis, and these numbers motivate me insanely: – the number of steps for the day – amount of calories burned – the number of active minutes during the day. In addition, Fitbit can monitor our sleep! It was thanks to him that I learned that during 5 sleep hours I can wake up and get up in a teething baby even a dozen times! Not even remembering this in the morning. We can also enter the amount of water we drink during the day, our weight, and fat levels into the Fitbit application. Set goals and watch our progress. We can also set the alarm clock and the band will wake us up with vibrations. It will not, however, wake our sleeping baby nearby. Or husband. Wonderful! In the application, you can also note what you ate to find out if it’s too much or too little for our level of activity. I do not use this function yet, but I will definitely try it out. My sample day with Fitbit and the summary of the week are as follows: And this is my example dream – it was a very long evening: Additionally, the armband displays 5 LEDs – each of them corresponds to 2,000 steps taken. When I make 10,000, the band vibrates happily. How I love it! Fitbit has been with me for a month and I can already see how much my life has changed! I plan my days so as to be as active as possible and as long as possible! How? It’s easy! In the parking lot, I do not park as close as possible to the entrance to the store, the other end is not scary for me, I will take a few hundred steps! Did I forget to bring a pacifier for Santa in advance? Instead of getting upset with myself like you used to, it’s no problem for me, I’m happy to go get it! A visit to the clinic? I pack Mikołaj in a pram and we go on foot. Departure to the city center? I am organizing a bus trip more and more! Or, if only time allows me, I park outside the city center, additionally saving on parking tickets by choosing parking lots outside the paid parking zone. In the office, I absolutely do not use the elevator, but always choose the stairs. And when in the evening I see that I need a few steps to reach my goal, I can read a book or browse the Internet on my phone while walking around the house! Seriously! Thanks to the band, I discovered new amounts of energy in myself. An additional motivation is setting up „step battles” with other people who have the company’s armband. I mentioned to you that my friend persuaded me to buy it – of course she has hers, and our weekly battles motivate me extremely. Justine has had its armband for a long time and is a true Master in taking steps! Although I have not won any weekly battle with her, the next week I challenge her and plan a very active week. I walk more and more, move and overcome my own weaknesses. And this is already a success! What do you think about this band? Do you think that would motivate you to work harder on your figure?
- [A child on a plane - a journey with a baby and a XNUMX-year-old](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niemowle-dziecko-w-samolocie/): What can and should you take with you on board? What inconveniences can you expect at the airport, on the plane, during take-off and landing? What stroller can you take with you? Can a child fly in a carrier? Where to start preparing for a flight with a child by plane? First of all, you need to check what the airline offers for the transport of children – you will find out whether an infant or an older child can carry hand luggage, registered luggage and a stroller. Parents who travel with a child have certain privileges – priority in check-in, additional small luggage to put under their feet or the possibility of taking the water on board – these are just examples, completely different for each line.       I finish preparing for you an overview of what you can take on a plane for children in individual airlines, which will be on the blog tomorrow. Today…   Here is our universal toolbox for traveling with a child:   1. Airplane stroller According to the conditions of carriage (LOT Polish Airlines, Wizz Air and Ryanair), we can take a baby stroller up to 2 for free.   In practice, both at LOT Polish Airlines and Wizz Air we had no problem taking a pram for a child at the age of 3,5. Just from entering the airport, Mikołaj was in a pram, and I explained at the check-in that it was dictated by security reasons – a three-year-old running carelessly around the airport is not convenient for anyone.     So we were allowed to carry a stroller for an older child with us, which we passed to the plane’s staff only upon entering it. For us it was extremely convenient, because very often to get to the plane, you need to go through the zone of shops and playgrounds. In the pram, we were able to do it without so much distraction, especially since we had to take care of two Children and 3 hand luggage. I didn’t have to watch or chase Santa, which happens when we move without a pram every day. The downside was the lack of an elevator at one of the airports and we had to take Santa’s pram up the stairs.     If you take care of yours truck, be sure to pack it in an extra bag or dedicated cover for plane trolley. After one flight, we received our trolley with a worn protective bag and … a worn and damaged handle – fear to think what would happen to it if we did not have this protective bag. Unfortunately, our additional insurance with Axa does not cover luggage damage, so a damaged stroller has become our concern.   Remember to place a special luggage tagging sticker on the trolley bag, not on the trolley (or both) – if the trolley is marked and hidden in the bag, handed over when boarding the plane, and then handed over with the others luggage, there is a high risk that it will simply not be scanned (the code will be inside, not on the bag) and will be lost.   2. Yoke For a child who is not walking well yet, we cannot put it down, and even more so for a child who is not sitting by itself, I cannot imagine traveling by plane without a carrier. I had Maks in the carrier from the moment I entered the airport in Gdańsk until I sat down in the seat on the plane – with a break for an inspection – unfortunately the carrier had to be taken off and the sleeping child was taken out for that time.     I had Max with me, and two free hands, for Mikołaj or for additional hand luggage.   One should not forget that a child in a sling or a sling makes everyone around him tender. Personally, although I have a scarf, I choose a carrier for the plane, it is put on much faster.   To my surprise, in LOT Polish Airlines flight attendants did not mind me she was flying with Maks in a baby carrier instead of a special children’s flight lanewhile I, for my own convenience, asked for this additional belt for the Child. Babies usually feel best in a sling when their parents are in motion rather than being still pinned to the parent, which can then go numb. In the carrier I was also afraid that it would be more difficult for me to breastfeed than at the waist – of course, unless I loosened it completely, but then it would not be too safe in the event of turbulence or sharp braking.     Here you will find our review of this Cybex baby carriers from the picture.   3. Car seat You need to get to the airport somehow and if it’s not a bus, you need to have a car seat with you. Transporting children in Poland by taxi releases you from the car seat, but I would not dare use it personally. I can’t imagine carrying a baby on my hands in a 30 km section (personally I can’t even imagine on a smaller section).   That’s why we decided on taking the monthly car seat and stroller with Maks for 9.   How we transported both the pram and car seat, at no extra charge, although the airlines only allow you to carry a pram or car seat?   After reaching the airport in our hometown Tri-City we put the car seat on the folded pram and wrapped it with stretch wrap (which we had in our suitcase) and checked in as a foldable baby stroller. There was no problem with that. I was only surprised when, after landing in Warsaw, our „trolley” did not appear on the luggage belt. At the check-in, we ran out of information that the baggage was checked in as oversized and will be delivered on a special belt for oversized luggage at the destination airport. These luggage are treated a bit better, but my heart stopped, that the luggage was lost, because I didn’t know it at all.   In the same way we gave the stroller and car seat as a stroller at Wizz Air in Warsaw.   However, we were not able to take the car seat for Santa on board with us. Unfortunately, we would have to pay for it as for additional luggage – over PLN 700 (about PLN 300 return at LOT Polish Airlines and PLN 412 return at Wizz Air).   In addition, our seat for Santa is a large and heavy two-part (seat and base) seat, so taking it with you and carrying it would be an additional trouble for us.   That is why we decided to go to the airport in the Tri-City instead of a taxi – our own car with our seats and leave the car at the airport during our stay in Italy – at a price lower per month than a return taxi. On our further journey by plane, we took only a seat for Maks (9 months) and left our car with Mikołaj’s seat at the airport. In Rome, however, we ordered a bus for us with the option of renting one car seat at a price that drove us to our Roman apartment.   What about traveling around the destination city?   In light of the fact that taking our car seat would cost us over PLN 700 and the enormity of wearing, it is much more profitable to rent a car with a car seat on site. Unfortunately, in Italy, the seats offered for rent are in terrible condition and at a terrible price (around 20-25 Euro per day), so you need to answer the question, for how many days we will need such a seat on the spot.   You can then go a step further and buy a safe car seat at your destination, e.g. on Amazon with delivery to a hotel / apartment for about PLN 500. Finally, we can give this seat back / sell / throw away – when using it, min. 5 days we will break even compared to renting and with a plus of PLN 200 compared to taking your own car seat from home!   And today I wonder if it can not be sharpened together with the cart    4. Airplane takeoff and landing During take-off and landing of the aircraft, due to the change in pressure in the aircraft cabin and its imperfect equalization by the aircraft, both in adults and children, very unpleasant plugging of ears may occur.   As adults, we cope with this by swallowing saliva, we can also plug the nose and blow.   For an older child, it is worth taking something to chew or suck on, thanks to which they will swallow more often – Santa always gets a lollipop for take off, and something to drink on landing.   It is worth taking something to drink for the Younger Child – with us, breastfeeding during take-off and landing was enough, although I was afraid that it would not be enough, because, for example, Maks would be full, or just after eating and I took a bottle of water with me, but it turned out to be useless.     Sucking on a pacifier is enough for many children.   5. Entertainment Our flights took from one to two hours. For Mikołaj we only took fairy tales on the phone on board – „The Magic Pencil” turned out to be perfect. Maks was interested in everything on the plane, and he had the best fun with the paper. The second flight almost slept on me.     6. Food and snacks If you are breastfeeding, you don’t have to worry about additional food. If you are breastfeeding and modified milk, or only milk, or you have already added extra meals to your diet, you must take them with you on board.   I, despite the fact that I am breastfeeding, took water on board for Maks – the water bottle was checked separately in the scanner, in a special litter box. On a special pillow she looked at least like a bottle of some queen.   If you want to take milk on board, I recommend one or a few (depending on the length of the flight) bottles with already measured amount of water, necessary to make milk and also previously measured portions of milk powder. You will then avoid washing the bottles in an airplane or airport toilet.   If your toddler likes to drink warm milk, and you plan a longer stay and walks, it’s worth thinking about a bottle with a self-heating modulewhich will heat the milk to the perfect temperature in 60 seconds. It will be useful not only on the plane, but also on holiday walks. You can always ask the flight attendant to warm up the milk, but for 90% you will get the water either too cold or definitely too hot – after all, the flight attendant will not stick a finger into your water to check if it has the perfect temperature (I hope). And you risk your toddler who, when he sees the bottle, will want to eat here and now.   If you take other meals for an infant with you, I suggest you take those that do not need to be heated, because, as in the case of milk, usually flight attendants heat the meal far too much, and you with the crying Toddler have to wait for it to cool down.   On board the plane, in addition to snacks for takeoff and landing, I also took drinks and food for Children (and for us). In one line the offered snacks were jelly beans and wafers in chocolate, in the other you could buy a meal, but as Mama Allergic I preferred to take checked sandwiches and cucumbers (taste of my childhood) rather than buy food on board or at the airport (at least in theory, ultimately we had a restaurant at the airport).   7. Hand luggage and scrolling There is air conditioning at the airport or on the plane and it can be chilly, so it’s worth having a sweater or a blanket, or both.   We have also hidden our hygiene kit – a cosmetic bag with changing mat 3 nappies, wet wipes i bags for dirty nappies, as well as a spare teatdry wipes i wipes for disinfecting teats and toys, teether, mentioned snacks i clothes for children and for me bottle with water (for a child up to a year, you can transport your water, not just the one you bought at the airport after checking in).   On the plane, usually in one of the toilets, there is a changing table available – our 9-month-old Maksio could barely fit on it, so the bigger child would probably be best changed on the armchair, provided that, of course, no strangers are sitting next to us.   8. Seat reservation Already when booking places you can choose the ones that will be most convenient for you. I always choose places as close to the tail as possible, close to the entrance to the plane, often there are close to the toilet, I have flight attendants on hand. You can also try to book those in the front, with more legroom.   In some lines, a place for a guardian with a baby is only under the window, which I do not quite understand, because with a child we are particularly vulnerable to the need to leave our place (scrolling, swinging).   On some planes, on longer flights, there are special places where you can transport a child in an additional, suspended cradle, it is worth checking it with the lines you fly (usually these are options in transatlantic flights)   9. At the airport It’s worth arriving early. Check-in with two children and the right amount of luggage (we had quite a lot of them for a month) can take longer.   You can count on being with a child boarding without queue, but the check-in itself will probably take longer – you have to take the child out of the carrier or stroller, fold everything up and pass it through the scanner, children may complain and not help at all, especially when you have one in your arms and the other is held by the hand, because the other person folds the stroller .   We additionally „caught up” to check for banned substances, which also took more time. Just pulling the Baby out of the sling (including the sleeping one), special water scanning, re-tying, unfolding the prams, re-scanning took a lot of minutes. We were the last people to board our cruise.   In addition to the time on the plane, I was thinking about completing the time after checking inbefore boarding. Fortunately, both the Gdansk and Warsaw airports are full of entertainment, there are even small playgrounds. Unfortunately, there are also toy stores, so we have already agreed that we will not use them, because we have toys with us. Our flights were not long, if they were, I would take books or with me notebooks for sticking with stickers. A new one would be great for Mikołaj Transformersthat he can play with for hours.   10. arrangements Santa was flying the 1,5 plane a year ago, but he doesn’t remember it at all, so for several weeks answering a fairy tale of his favorite hero every evening – and how is he called Mikołaj – I woven into it a fascinating journey by plane, I talked about the crowd of people at the airport, about take-off and landing, plugging ears, lollipop and drinking.   In the next post, I will write to you and show you in the pictures how our whole trip to Rome went with two kids and a lot of luggage – after all, it’s our move to the Eternal City for a month, which you can read about here.   And how are your preparations for flying with your child? Are you getting ready, do you already have any of your proven tricks?
- [Maltese - the dog that changed our lives](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maltanczyk-pies/): Maltese – how did the dog unexpectedly appear in our lives? I must admit that during the last very intense professional and family years I could not imagine a dog in our life. Even though I care a lot about work-life balance, I still have the impression that it fastens too often with very thin threads. The children are small and demanding, both Wojtek and I have irregular working hours, we often leave … I have not seen a place for a dog in our lives. By the time. When I became Maks’s mother 3 years ago, it coincided that my sister Ania became the dog of the mother of the Maltese Molly. I learned to live with two children, who initially became so overwhelmed by me that for several months I was not even able to leave the house with my two children. If a dog were to be with us, it would be outer space – I felt that it would definitely outweigh me …     So despite frequent mutual visits, I tried not to fall in love with my sister’s dog. Firstly, because I fell in love with my son at the time, secondly, I didn’t want to hope for any pet, when I saw that there was no place for him in our life, and thirdly, I knew that one of my little boys is allergic to cats .   For these reasons, at the beginning, I „tried” a little with this dog, whether my children would suddenly start to suffocate because of his presence or have a constant runny nose. However, Molly has been in our lives for 3 years, so all kinds of family celebrations, trips, holidays or just weekend trips also take place with Molcia, fortunately there were no allergic reactions … and the boys said goodbye to allergy some time ago.   As I mentioned, due to the allergy necessarily our children were not raised with animals – during the first years of Mikuś’s life, we did not visit friends who have cats, because it could have ended with a visit to SOR … Even a visit of a friend who has a cat resulted in a week’s runny nose – for the parents of such a baby it is too much. So my children were not initially delighted with Molcia, they were even a little afraid of her – no wonder. When Molcia licked them, it was not a nice feeling for them, it was not a joy, so the topic of having a dog was simply not at our home.   By the time.   3 weeks ago my sister called me to ask …   “Listen Aga, we are going on holiday, you cannot take your dog with us. Maybe you could take care of Molcia for 5 days, 4 nights. It could be a fun adventure for you. ”   On the one hand I was excited and on the other … a little scared. In the end, I decided that we would take the doggy to the test. They were not supposed to leave until a week, so she told Ania that we would come for Molcia on Saturday and that she would stay with us until Sunday, for one night, so that we could check if we could make it.   Ania replied that she thought she would be pleased, that I would immediately agree, without hesitation, that I would be glad, that without all the obligations of having a dog, during these few days we would be able to feel like we would really have a doggy …   However, she added that if I have doubts, there is no topic – the dog will stay with her friend who is waiting for him.   I thought it over and had to admit she was right: hardly anyone has the opportunity to check how it is to live with a dog without the need to buy a dog, with a dog already reared – a dream! So I answered her, without hesitation, that we would be happy to take care of Molcia for these 5 days (in the hope that we could do it)    I went to Wojtek’s with a smile on my face and said that we would have a dog at home for 5 days. Wojtek shook his nose a bit that it was a weekend, that we would not go anywhere, but I convinced him with Ania’s words that it was a special occasion for our family.   So we started prepare with the children to welcome Molcia to our house. We decided to teach children that a dog is not only a great joy, but also a duty, so we had fun buying bowls, treats or toys. As parents who once prepared for the arrival of their children, we know that such preparation itself is a joy. We wanted and our sons felt the joy of waiting for a new family member to be welcomed into our home – even if only temporary.   I went to Ania for Molcia, and when I brought her home, I was very surprised. Our childrenwhich during all my meetings with Molina at my sister’s, were not too effusive, now, in their safe area, they totally opened up to this dog.   From day one it was hugging, caring, feeding, following the dog and treating him with treats, stroking, expressing feelings, going for walks – including pulling each other’s leash… In the evening, the boys invited the dog to bed, of course, to hug him before going to bed – I was not going to forbid them.   Even in my wildest dreams we did not expect that they would react so openly to doggy style. It is also amazing how my husband opened up to the pooch, seeing how our children behave towards him. In the evening, he let her get on his lap, stroked her, played with her paws …   It all really became a beautiful adventure for us and I realized that we are in a very comfortable situation. After all, we work a kilometer from home, go to work along a beautiful alley among the trees, and when it rains, we drive up the car. We work at home, so it is also no problem for me to go to work with my dog. Therefore, throughout Molcia’s stay with us, I went to work with her. The approach of all the employees to the dog was also great, as they willingly petted and licked him.   I was calm, I kept explaining to myself that it was probably the first day, I didn’t expect it would be like that for the entire 5 days – nothing could be more wrong. The attitude of Maks and Mikuś to Molcia was still the same and it was nothing but mutual delight and selfless love.   I was also not indifferent to Molly’s charms – I noticed that she gives me great joy, She also showed me an amazing thing: the ability to distract me. In my head there was such a place for Molcia that even in more difficult moments, stressful moments at work, I just looked at this dog that was lying quietly at my feet or on the contrary – he was jumping on my lap – and I immediately calmed down. He was such a shock absorber of bad thoughts and stress – the fact that I was distracting from work and going outside with my dog ​​helped.   When writing about going out with the dog, I must also add that what I have always associated with an unpleasant duty, i.e. going out every morning and evening, has become a pleasure.   Well, maybe I still have to get used to going out in the morning ;-), but these evenings … at 21:30 you can go out by yourself or make an appointment with a neighbor, someone who also has a dog, to let the dogs play with each other … 90% of those exits were without a phone – just the dog and me. I realized this the dog forces me to do things that he likes very muchę, but which I always had to plan in my orderly life – meditation, walk – and now I realized that the dog is planning such a meditation in motion alone. And I am very happy about it.   I also discovered that even a small rain does not bother me (as long as I do not have recordings or meetings later ;-)) and this rain … gives me a lot of fun, I like getting wet a bit! WITHI started to point out that sometimes it’s nice to get wet, especially if it’s rain after a hot day.   In the end, we got to the rhythm of the day that the morning departure with Molcia took place while taking the children to kindergarten, and in the evening it was time for a quiet walk for me, and if I am alone with the children – we still had our small garden at our disposal, where the dog could go or play with the boys while I clean the house.   codziennie after work we started going for long walks with the dog. And the happiness we experienced during these long walks was extremely uplifting for our whole family. Obviously, we should also go for long walks without a dog, but let’s face it that more often the mass of things that need to be done at home and at work is lost with a long walk. However, thanks to the presence of Molcia, we found time for it, because we had to – without discussion. And it turned out that it was possible. These walks were a great experience for us. And every day, when we picked up the boys from kindergarten, we were greeted with the question – what will the walk be?   I realized that this Mr.iesek was like some… missing element of our family. Something I totally did not expect. So much so that when my sister came to pick up the dog on Sunday, I… cried for him. I felt a void – I realized that this was what was missing in our lives. When a few days later Ania needed help with Molcia, because she had other duties, I immediately offered my help and we took the doggie for another week.   And again it was an amazing time and we realized that … it’s time to look for a doggie for us.   I hope we have all the conditions to be able to have a dog. And after all this time with Molcia, I think it is. Even when we go to the office, we go away for the weekend, and our children have to stay at home, they are always looked after. So we already talked to my mother, our nanny, my sister or friend and each of them offered to help when needed.   I think that were it not for the fact that everyone saw how we looked after Molcia and how much fun it made us, probably hearing about the idea of ​​having a dog, they would have considered it some kind of whim, for which we will definitely not have time, a toy that we like he will get bored in a moment. My mother was never a dog fan and always said it was a duty I would take on my head, that we don’t have time for it – when my sister bought a dog it was the same. However, when she saw how much fun I was having Molcia at home, she said herself that I should have a dog, because it affects me so well, it affects us – I couldn’t believe it.   I was surprised, how much the presence of Molcia in our life changed my mind, how much she opened my distant husband and my children not used to dogs.   And here’s where this quote works great „What you think – you create, what you create – this is what you become”. When you think you are happy and thankful for it, you create it – you see more things to be thankful for, and that makes you happier. And by creating gratitude – you become that gratitude.   The decision to have a doggie was something that came out of me … and was accepted by the whole family, often before I told them about our plans. In my life I have appreciated my intuition and I trust it quite strongly.   Really I did the best things under the influence of strong emotions related to my intuition – and not unpleasant, difficult emotions, full of anger and regret, but the pleasant emotions – I will certainly write a separate post about it, because perhaps I will inspire you to such a journey into yourself.   We have created a list of features that a dog should have to perfectly match our family, about which I will prepare a separate post. I hope you will accompany me on this journey – I myself am curious if we will have a new family member on all fours or not.   Maybe you have some tips for me, what guided you when choosing a dog? Or why didn’t you decide to get a dog? Or maybe how long did it take for you to take the dog? Be sure to let me know.   Also let me know if you had the opportunity to try before – like us – how to live with a dog? Or maybe you took the dog into your home and regretted the decision?   I will be grateful if you help me and tell me how it is with you – do you have children, how you cope in difficult times and why you made such a decision and no other.   What’s your story?   Hugs Agnieszka
- [IKEA high chair vs. PegPerego | Layette](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/krzeselko-do-karmienia-ikea-antilop-vs-pegperego/): There is probably a high chair on your lay list. What to look for when choosing a high chair? Which choose? For a long time I could not write this post because it is difficult to compare two so different products that only have a common name. Everything else is absolutely different: functionality, materials used for execution, as well as the price. We have two high chairs: Peg Perego Prima Pappa Zero 3 i IKEA ANTILOP with a tray and an inflatable pillow. Which one is better? Let the following table help us in answering this difficult question: High chair: PegPerego Prima Pappa Zero3 IKEA ANTILOP Since when: since birth since the child sits separately which is about 5-7 months Height adjustment: yes, 6 height None Backrest adjustment: yes, 5 items None Headrest, head rest: so nie Footrest: so nie Footrest adjustment: so – material, from which the seat is made: PVC leather plastic, you can buy an inflatable polyester pillow colors: beige, orange, red, green, turquoise, black white (red is no longer on sale) tray: two-piece one piece Tray removal: easy hard Seatbelts: 5 point 3 point Easy to clean: average very big Moving wheels: yes two None Quick fold to save space: so nie Price: PLN 509 PLN 68,99 = 39 PLN chair + PLN 10 tray + pillow and pillowcase 19,99 PLN chair Peg Perego it serves us primarily to spend time together. We bought them when Santa was 3 months and he was so curious about the world that he did not want to lie on the floor or a low swing / lounger for too long, because he could not observe the world that was interesting to him. I remember when he was about 2 months old and he always calmed down when we put him on the changing table – he was high, close to us, smiling, happy and interested, although a minute earlier he was very angry in the crib or on the deckchair. Then I decided to go to the store and choose a high feeding chair folded almost flat, suitable for such a baby. We were thinking between Peg Perego Prima Pappa ZERO 3 and Chicco Polly Magic 3w1. The decision was very difficult, but ultimately we were convinced by the lower weight of Peg Perego (sometimes we used it downstairs in the kitchen, and sometimes upstairs in the room), its greater stability and the fact that when unfolding it does not behave like a bucket, it only spreads out giving a really comfortable position for such little ones. Although at home we already had the ANTILOP highchair from IKEA I knew that we would need a different solution for a few more months. I really wanted Santa to accompany me, for example, when I am getting ready in the bathroom in the morning, how I cook or when we eat dinner at the table. And I’m so glad that I bought them, this chair was a bull’s eye! Suddenly I was able to cook dinner during the day with my baby, who is interested and closely watching everything I do, we spent many hours in the kitchen singing songs, laughing, we could „sit” with the whole family at one table. Despite the high price, I think it was worth it. My only regret was that I bought them so late. When Miki began his adventure with expanding his diet, when he was 6 months old, it turned out that it was a very dirty matter and that at this stage of learning to eat The PegPerego seat was worse because it turned out to be quite difficult to keep clean. The blended carrots fell into the recesses of the car seat, which, although it had a completely washable surface (eco-leather) required quite a long cleaning after each feeding. Then I decided transplant Santa into the IKEA car seat while feeding. It is smaller, which makes it more convenient 01 for independent eating and ideal for washing. I’ve even put him in the shower! My advice? Of course, as I always emphasize, it all depends on your limitations. If you are heavily limited by finances, I recommend a highchair from IKEA, which, however, will only be useful for you from about 6 months. If you are at the stage of choosing a bouncer for a child, I recommend that you add and buy a Peg Perego seat, to which we mounted a toy bar and served as a bouncer, and then you will additionally use it as a feeding chair. If your little one is already sitting alone or will soon be there, I also recommend you a highchair from Ikea – we have not used the backrest tilt function for a long time, maybe you will miss a footrest, but you can „add extra” to it yourself. And if you are not too limited by the budget or the place at home, I recommend you to have these two chairs, especially if, like us, you live on two levels. We have one in the bathroom, and Miki and I spend mornings together. Let me know which high chair you would choose? In the comments, please write about other car seats that have worked for you – they will definitely be valuable advice for parents reading us. See our other posts about arranging a room for a child: 1. An idea for a children’s room design, or how and where to start> click  2. Zigzag, asterisk and an owl – yellow and gray room for a child> click 3. Yellow and gray room for a child, step by step, that is a list of all products with links to DIY stores and projects> click 4. How to sew curtains? DIY or do it yourself> click 5. Garland with stars for a child’s room – DIY> click 6. How to organize the first sleeping place for a child? > click 7. How to organize a breastfeeding corner? > click 8. How to organize a changing corner? > click 9. Swaddle blanket, sleeping bag, swaddle blanket, or maybe a duvet and pillow? > click
- [How to dress every day? A floral dress in the spirit of slow fashion](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sukienka-w-kwiaty-stylizacja-w-duchu-slow-fashion/): How to dress every day, Returning to form after pregnancy is a perfect opportunity to build your wardrobe from scratch. When creating it, I decided to focus on high-quality, timeless clothes that will allow me to create stylish sets for many occasions. Today I will show you how to choose a floral dress that will be with us for years. What requirements must a floral dress meet so that it serves you many seasons, ensures well-being and an elegant look?   1. Floral pattern On the one hand, very fashionable this season, on the other – the timeless, reminiscent of the Land of the Rising Sun, the classic floral pattern will always work.   2. Right length Did you know that only skirt length 3 is allowed in business? Above knee, knee and behind the knee. When running a wedding agency, I naturally follow this rule when making purchasing decisions. If you care about elegance, the dress should also not be shorter than above the knee. Therefore, if you are looking for a timeless floral dress, be sure to remember that its length allows you freedom of movement.   3. Favorable cut Each part of your wardrobe should be tailored to the type of your figure. However, there are styles that seem to fit almost any figure, giving it or highlighting the shape of an hourglass.   4. Natural fabrics If the dress is to serve us for many years, we can not ignore its quality. If it is to be worn well, it is worth focusing on natural materials, such as cotton or linen, allowing the addition of, for example, elastane, to ensure greater comfort and less susceptibility to fabric.   5. Attention to every detail In addition to high-quality fabrics, careful workmanship is the overriding feature that affects the overall perception of our styling. Beautiful fasteners, buttons, careful seams – all this makes us feel really special.   6. Convenience How many times did you not know what to do with your hands? Hidden pockets are for me a synonym of convenience, which not only entered the salons, but even into the wedding fashion!   7. Versatility The perfect dress is also one that will work out all year round, regardless of the weather, you’ll match it with elegant high heels, warm boots and comfortable ballerinas.     I confess to you something, I was scared of flowers!   The first time I had the pleasure to enter Marie Zélie’s studio to choose dresses for the photo session of our Wedding Studio, I screamed from the threshold – smooth for me! I was afraid that the flowers would add kilos and also years. And although at the session, as I wanted, I appeared in a smooth dress … … I took the flowers home with me.   My dress made of thick cotton with an admixture of elastane holds the cut perfectly, it has the perfect length at the knee – perfect for both work and party. Thick cotton fabric has only advantages – it breathes and fits beautifully. This dress is absolutely functional – after pregnancy it hid all the shortcomings of my figure, and also allowed me to breastfeed. I am sure that it will also be great in the first months of pregnancy, just as it allows you to feel good when the tummy is still more of a souvenir than a memory. And I feel ultra-feminine. Dress: Aglaia in powder pink with flowers od Marie Zélie Shoes: Ryłko Purse: Michael Kors Earrings: Tous Watch: Daniel Wellington   And now I have something for you! 15% discount on purchases on www.mariezelie.com – it is enough that while shopping, you will use the AGNIESZKAKUDELA15 rebate code The code is valid until the end of November 2017. Promotions cannot be combined.   I am very curious how you like my dress and what is your recipe for femininity?   Stay with us on a regular basis! Daily dose of positive emotions guaranteed – join us on: Instagram i Facebook.
- [Decorations for All Saints - DIY or do it yourself](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracja-grobow-diy/): Today I will show you how to easily make beautiful and very personal grave decorations not only for the upcoming Day of the Dead. I love to prepare decorations for my loved ones who are already on the other side of the road. For me, it is a very spiritual form of preparation for All Saints’ Day, which is always a strong inner experience for us. It is ideal then to occupy your hands with flowers, so that your thoughts will calmly drift towards those I miss – it is with them in mind that I lay and choose flowers.   Step 1. Choosing a theme On the occasion of the All Saints’ Day, the graves of our relatives are often so full of lamps and flowers that when we come with our bouquets we have nowhere to put it. That is why I decided to prepare flower arrangements mounted on a suction cup to the vertical tombstone.   Step 2. Shopping I decided to buy a system for mounting the so-called auto corso (their name probably comes from the fact that in wedding floristry the decorations are attached to the car in this way without damaging the paintwork, while ensuring permanent adhesion during the journey). This is not an ordinary sucker – it sucks up when you put it on a flat surface and draw plastic sticks – it can last for a year, and it allows us to only replace flowers with fresh ones. You can buy it online, at a flower shop or at a flower market. For flowers I chose white roses, dark pink carnations and eucalyptus as a filler.   3 step. To work! The flowers that we want to stick in the car corso, that is, in fact, in a floristic sponge reinforced with a plastic frame, must be cut really short. How much? It depends on the size of the car corso you choose. A properly cut flower is simply pressed into the floristic sponge – personally, I always start from the very center, and then I attach successive rows of flowers. Once all the roses were in place, I supplemented them with eucalyptus leaves – of course also properly cut. And ready!   For the second composition I decided to use carnations in an intense color. I started again by cutting the flowers to the right length. Here also I started to create compositions from the inside. When I work with cloves that are not yet fully developed (and I always try to choose such ones), I always open their petals in my hands to check what surface they will occupy in the composition when they are fully developed – so that they are not arranged or too tight, nor too loose. In this composition, I made the entire third (from the top) layer of flowers from eucalyptus leaves to create a beautiful background for carnations.   To the third composition I also used pink carnations, but decided to introduce some slack into it, so this time I stuck eucalyptus branches between three rows of loosely arranged carnations.   And it’s ready!   Now it is enough to soak the sponges in water so that they are soaked with water and they are ready to be taken to the graves of our loved ones.   On this occasion, I would like to wish you peaceful, family-oriented, full of reflection and time for the next days of All Saints.
- [Peg Perego Book Plus](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wozek-peg-perego-book-plus-testy-wozkow-recenzja/): Is the Peg Perego Book Plus stroller the perfect stroller for you? About how to start preparations I wrote a separate post to buy the perfect stroller, which can be summed up so that when trying to buy a stroller we should always start from our priorities and restrictions. When we bought the Peg Peg Perego Book Plus, our priorities were: large and comfortable stroller foldable seat – enabling the child to be carried both frontally and backwards to the parent flat folding seat, necessarily with a movable footrest to create a long and flat place to sleep, also on the side large booth, protecting against sun, wind and rain stroller folded together with the seat folded, fully housed in the trunk of a compact + car in the hatchback version option to buy a gondola if a second child appears It turned out that the choice of a stroller meeting the above requirements was not easy at all, we visited many stores and eventually decided on the Peg Perego Book Plus stroller in Avana color with a reclining seat and rain cover included.   Rack, handle, brake, handle Everyone who pushes this wheelchair for the first time is delighted easy running. It is thanks to the wheels with bearings that the effect is truly unique. The stroller is very agile, it is just wonderful to drive. The rear wheels (25,7 cm) are slightly cushioned, the front wheels (17 cm) are rotated, but they can be locked very easily, and most importantly – you can do it without using your hands, which is very convenient because you do not have to dirty them. Both the front and rear wheels are foam, and the frame is available in two colors – silver and black. You can order a stroller with pneumatic rear wheels for an extra charge (then the handle is leather), but we did not have such a need. The stroller also works well in snow, but you have to remember that it is a city stroller and the shock absorption is not the best. Brake The foot pedal is mounted centrally in the center of the rear axle and works flawlessly. Unfortunately, to unlock it, you have to pull it up – personally, I don’t like this solution, because it often just stains shoes, not to mention the comfort of bare feet in the summer. holder has an unusual shape – because of it, we had to replace our muff with one in the form of single gloves. It’s nice that the handle can be set really high and you can drive the stroller comfortably. However, you must remember that I am short and before buying a stroller it is always worth trying it on in the store, because if you are tall you may have different impressions and maybe kick the brake. The frame looks extremely delicate, but we have been using it for almost 9 months and apart from the impression and lightness I have not noticed any negative features of this delicacy. Gondolas Personally, we didn’t have the opportunity or the need to try the carrycot for a stroller, but this stroller can be purchased in the 2w1 version. In contrast, the gondola promises to be very interesting, because it is characterized by: Styrofoam cover regulates the temperature – in the summer it does not heat up, in winter it protects against cold; adjustable booth, the ability to move some material to reveal the mesh – increasing airflow on warmer days; convenient, independent of the visor handle for carrying the gondola; inside there are pockets for small items necessary during the walk; adjustment of the child’s position – you can raise the head and lower the legs slightly; when removed from the frame, the gondola can act as a cradle; additional legs that can be mounted after unfastening the gondola – the function of a travel cot; toy confessors at the top of the booth; the upholstery can be easily removed and washed.   Stroller seat They appear in the Peg Perego Book Plus stroller two types of seats: XL or pop-up. We decided on XL, because it is wider and taller and seemed more comfortable to the child, although visually we liked the pop-up seat more. Most importantly, the Book Plus model – as opposed to the Book model – the seat is being moved, so the child can travel both to the parent and to the world. For us it is an absolute priority, because our Son is almost 1,5 year and he still travels mainly in front of us and this contact and playing together in such a setting are very important to us. The seat is also relatively high for a stroller, so the child is closer to us and there is no impression that we are shuffling the seat against the ground. The shopping basket is huge, every mother will love him, who loves to combine walks with shopping, it will also be great for longer walks when you want to take more things with you. seat it is really big, it is heavily built-up, thanks to which everything does not fall off the knees of the child, unfolds completely flat allowing free ventilation and sleeping on the bacon. It was important for us especially in the summer, when we were sowing to go out with the child in a pram for the whole day and this pram had to fulfill many functions. With prolonged use, however, I began to wonder if the child does not slide off the seat, because if the belts are very loosely fastened, the child seemed to slide off its original position, but I do not know if it is the fault of the stroller or the child’s preferences. An additional advantage is movable footrest, which together with the flat seat creates a really large flat sleeping area, ideal for children who love to sleep on the side like our Son. The seat has 5-point seat beltshowever, they can also be used as 3-pointers, just unfasten the harness at any time. The clasp works really well, it never opened by itself or it was not possible for the Child to unfasten it – which was the case in our other prams. The set includes a seat bail, but if you want to use the stroller in a version without a handle, you can easily detach it and insert into the holes special plugs included in the set. The stroller is great booth, which wonderfully protects the child against wind, sun and rain – in the sitting position, we can slide the booth over so tightly that we do not need any rain cover. Unfortunately, the Child does not see anything then, so not every Toddler will allow himself to do so – ours will certainly not, although when he was smaller he had no problems with it. The canopy can be unfastened and used to create a sun canopy, and provide the child with airflow. It is included raincover. There is a trolley in the booth windowthanks to which we can watch the Child facing us with his back. Unfortunately, the window is always open and sometimes the sun shines directly on the child’s eyes – then, unfortunately, it is necessary to throw a nappy over the booth.   Folding and size after folding The size of our trunk leaves a lot to be desired. That is why, before buying, each stroller is fitted to our luggage compartment in a compact + car with a hatchback. What is a huge plus for me in the Peg Perego Book Plus stroller is that the frame can be folded together with the seat – regardless of whether it is mounted on the front or back. Of course, you can also assemble everything separately, but there was no such need for us. The stroller is quickly and very simply, literally with one hand – like a book – it’s a mode Book after all – just pull the handle on the frame, which is under the seat and the stroller literally folds in half. In our case, the trolley fills almost the entire trunk, although there will still be room for a trolley bag or small shopping.   colors The stroller is available in many colors that change almost every season. The color version of the Completo series comes with a matching color foot coverwhich was very important to me – instead of a sleeping bag, I cover the baby tightly with a blanket and put on a cover that prevents the blanket from falling off, and the cover itself protects against the wind. Personally, I only regret that the casing is so low and practically ends with the headband, although it can be extended a bit by unfastening the headband, and then the Child can use the built-in function muffs.   Prices You can buy Peg Perego Book Plus stroller in the following versions and prices: Walking version: XL seat and standard frame in Sportivo version (colors without leg cover) or Completo (colors with foot cover): from 1550 PLN pop-up seat and standard frame in the Sportivo version (colors without a foot cover) or Completo (colors with a foot cover): from PLN 1550 extra fee for the frame with pumped rear wheels and leather handle: about PLN 200 3w1 version frame, gondola, CL or pop-up seat, car seat *, bag: from PLN 2400 * I did not own, test or review the car seat included in the kit Summation Peg Perego Book Plus is a really nice stroller. It is light, great to drive, comfortable for parents and the child. It folds wonderfully and fits really into a small trunk. Although it is not super designer, the power of its advantages can be compensated by the not entirely fashionable model. However, it must be remembered that it is still an urban stroller and for this reason I have not tested it on forest roads, but even on very uneven pavements it works well. If, however, you are looking for a soft stroller, better look for something else. PS If you like me – stay tuned and be sure to follow me on Facebook and Instagram
- [Peg Perego Book Plus](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wozek-peg-perego-book-plus-testy-wozkow-recenzja/): Czy wózek Peg Perego Book Plus to wózek idealny dla Ciebie? O tym jak zacząć przygotowania do zakupu wózka idealnego napisałam osobny post, który można podsumować tak, że przymierzając się do zakupu wózka zawsze powinniśmy wyjść od naszych priorytetów i ograniczeń. Gdy kupowaliśmy wózek Peg Peg Perego Book Plus nasze priorytety były następujące: duża i wygodna spacerówka przekładane siedzisko – umożliwiające wożenie dziecka arówno przodem jak i tyłem do rodzica siedzisko rozkładane na płasko, koniecznie z ruchomym podnóżkiem, aby stworzyć długie i płaskie miejsce do spania, także na boku duża budka, chroniąca przed słońcem, wiatrem i deszczem spacerówka składana razem z siedziskiem po złożeniu mieszcząca się w całości w bagażniku samochodu klasy compact+ w wersji hatchback opcja dokupienia gondoli jeśli pojawi się drugie dziecko Okazało się, że wybór spacerówki spełniającej powyższe wymagania wcale nie był prosty, odwiedziliśmy wiele sklepów i ostatecznie zdecydowaliśmy się na wózek Peg Perego Book Plus w kolorze Avana z przekładanym siedziskiem oraz folią przeciwdeszczową w komplecie.   Stelaż, prowadzenie, hamulec, rączka Każda osoba, która pierwszy raz pcha ten wózek jest zachwycona lekkością prowadzenia. To dzięki łożyskowanym kołom, efekt jest na prawdę niespotykany. Wózek jest bardzo skrętny, prowadzi się po prostu cudownie. Tylne koła (25,7 cm) są lekko amortyzowane, przednie koła (17 cm) są obracane, ale bardzo łatwo można je zablokować, a co najważniejsze – można to zrobić bez użycia rąk co jest bardzo wygodne, bo nie trzeba ich brudzić. Zarówno przednie jak i tylne koła są piankowe, a stelaż występuję w dwóch kolorach – srebrnym i czarnym. Można za dopłatą zamówić wózek z tylnymi kołami pompowanymi dla lepszej amortyzacji (wtedy rączka jest skórzana), ale my nie mieliśmy takiej potrzeby. Wózek całkiem nieźle daje radę także na śniegu, jednak trzeba pamiętać, że jest to  miejski wózek i amortyzacja nie jest najlepsza. Hamulec nożny zamontowany jest centralnie na środku tylnej osi i działa bez zarzutów. Niestety aby go odblokować należy go podciągnąć noga do góry – osobiście nie lubię tego rozwiązania, bo często zwyczajnie brudzi buty nie wspominając o wygodzie bosych stóp latem. Rączka ma nietypowy kształt – z jej powodu musieliśmy wymienić naszą mufkę na taką w formie pojedynczych rękawic. Fajne, że rączkę można ustawić na prawdę wysoko i wygodnie prowadzić wózek. Musicie jednak pamiętać, że jestem niewysoka i przed zakupem wózka zawsze warto przymierzyć się do niego w sklepie, gdyż jeśli jesteście wysocy możecie mieć odmienne wrażenia i być może kopać w hamulec. Stelaż sprawia wrażenie niezwykle delikatnego, ale użytkujemy go już prawie 9 miesięcy i oprócz wrażenia i lekkości nie zauważyłam żadnych negatywnych cech tej delikatności. Gondola Osobiście nie mieliśmy możliwości ani potrzeby wypróbowania gondoli do wózka, ale wózek ten można kupić w wersji 2w1. Natomiast gondolka zapowiada się bardzo ciekawie, cechuje ją bowiem: obicie styropianowe reguluje temperaturę – latem się nie nagrzewa, zimą chroni przed chłodem; regulowana budka, możliwość odsunięcia części materiału, by odsłonić siatkę – zwiększanie przewiewu w cieplejsze dni; wygodny, niezależny od daszka uchwyt do przenoszenia gondoli; we wnętrzu znajdują się kieszonki na drobiazgi niezbędne podczas spaceru; regulacja pozycji dziecka – można unieść główkę i opuścić nieco nóżki; po wyjęciu ze stelaża gondola może pełnić funkcję kołyski; dodatkowe nóżki, które można zamontować po wypięciu gondoli – funkcja łóżeczka turystycznego; wieszczek na zabawkę u szczytu budki; tapicerkę można łatwo zdjąć i wyprać.   Siedzisko spacerówki W wózku Peg Perego Book Plus występują dwa rodzaje siedzisk: XL lub pop-up. My zdecydowaliśmy się na XL, gdyż jest szersze i wyższe i wydawało się dla Dziecka wygodniejsze, choć wizualnie bardziej podobało nam się siedzisko pop-up. Co najważniejsze w modelu Book Plus – w przeciwieństwie do modelu Book – siedzisko jest przekładane, a więc dziecko może podróżować zarówno przodem do rodzica jak i do świata. Dla nas to absolutny priorytet, gdyż nasz Synek ma już niemal 1,5 roku a wciąż podróżuje głównie przodem do nas i ten kontakt i wspólne zabawy w takim ustawieniu są dla nas bardzo ważne. Siedzisko znajduje się także stosunkowo wysoko jak na spacerówkę, więc Dziecko jest bliżej nas i nie ma wrażenia, że szuramy siedziskiem o ziemię. Kosz na zakupy jest ogromny, pokocha go każda Mama, która uwielbia łączyć spacery z zakupami, cudownie sprawdzi się też na dłuższe spacery, gdy chcemy zabrać ze sobą więcej rzeczy. Siedzisko na prawdę ma spore rozmiary, jest mocno zabudowane, dzięki czemu wszystko nie spada od razy z kolan Dziecka, rozkłada się zupełnie na płasko pozwalając na swobodną wentylację i spanie na boczku. Było to dla nas ważne szczególnie latem, gdy zdarzało nam siew wychodzić z Dzieckiem w wózku na cały dzień i wózek ten musiał spełniać wiele funkcji. Przy dłuższym użytkowaniu zaczęłam jednak zastanawiać się, czy Dziecko nie zsuwa się z siedziska, gdyż jeśli pasy są bardzo luźno zapięte Dziecko wydawało się zjeżdżać ze swojej pierwotnej pozycji, natomiast nie wiem czy to wina wózka czy preferencje Dziecka. Dodatkowym atutem jest ruchomy podnóżek, który wraz z siedziskiem na płasko tworzy na prawdę duża powierzchnię do spania na płasko, idealną dla Dzieci, które uwielbiają spać na boku jak nasz Synek. Siedzisko ma 5-punktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa, jednak można ich używać także jako 3-punktowych, wystarczy w dowolnym momencie odpiąć szelki. Zapięcie działa na prawdę bardzo dobrze, nigdy się samo nie rozpięło ani nie udało się go rozpiąć Dziecku – co miało miejsce w naszych innych wózkach. W komplecie do siedziska jest pałąk, ale jeśli chcemy korzystać z wózka w wersji bez pałąka można go łatwo wypiąć, a w dziurki wstawić specjalne, dołączone do kompletu zaślepki. Spacerówka ma świetną budkę, która cudownie chroni dziecko przed wiatrem i słońcem, a także deszczem – w pozycji siedzącej możemy nasunąć budkę tak mocno, że żadna folia przeciwdeszczowa nie jest nam potrzebna. Niestety Dziecko wtedy też nic nie widzi, więc nie każdy Maluch sobie na to pozwoli – nasz na pewno nie, choć jak był mniejszy nie miał z tym problemów. Budkę można rozpiąć i stworzyć z niej daszek przeciwsłoneczny, a Dziecku zapewnić opływ powietrza. W komplecie jest folia przeciwdeszczowa. W budce wózka jest okienko, dzięki któremu możemy podglądać skierowane do nas tyłem Dziecko. Niestety okienko to jest zawsze odsłonięte i czasami wpadające słońce pada wprost na oczy Dziecka – wtedy niestety konieczne jest zarzucenie na budkę pieluszki.   Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Rozmiar naszego bagażnika pozostawia wiele do życzenia. Dlatego każdy wózek przed zakupem przymierzamy do naszego bagażnika w samochodzie klasy compact+ z bagażnikiem typu hatchback. To co jest dla mnie ogromnym plusem w wózku Peg Perego Book Plus to to, że stelaż można złożyć razem z siedziskiem – bez względu na to, czy jest ono zamontowane przodem czy tyłem. Oczywiście można też złożyć wszystko osobno, ale u nas nie było takiej potrzeby. Wózek skalda się błyskawicznie i bardzo prosto, dosłownie jedną ręką – jak książka – w końcu to mode Book – wystarczy na stelażu pociągnąć za rączkę, która znajduje się pod siedzeniem i wózek składa nam się dosłownie na pół. W naszym wypadku wózek wypełnia niemal cały bagażnik, choć znajdzie się tam jeszcze miejsce na torbę do wózka czy małe zakupy.   Kolory Wózek jest dostępny w wielu kolorach, które zmieniają się niemal co sezon. Do wózków w wersji kolorystycznej z serii Completo dołączana jest dopasowana kolorystycznie osłonka na nóżki, która byłą dla mnie bardzo ważna – zamiast śpiworka nakrywam Maluszka szczelnie kocem i nakładam osłonkę, która powoduje, że koc nie spada, a osłonka sama w sobie chroni przed wiatrem. Osobiście żałuję tylko, że osłonka jest taka niska i kończy się praktycznie na pałąku, choć można ją nieco wydłużyć odpinając z pałąka, a wtedy Dziecko może korzystać z wbudowanej w nią funkcji mufki.   Ceny Wózek Peg Perego Book Plus możecie kupić w następujących wersjach i cenach: Wersja spacerowa: siedzisko XL i standardowy stelaż w wersji Sportivo (kolory bez osłonki na nóżki) lub Completo (kolory z osłonką na nóżki): od 1550 zł siedzisko popu-up i standardowy stelaż w wersji Sportivo (kolory bez osłonki na nóżki) lub Completo (kolory z osłonką na nóżki): od 1550 zł dopłata do stelaża z pompowanymi tylnymi kolami i skórzaną rączką: około 200 zł Wersja 3w1 stelaż, gondola, siedzisko CL lub pop-up, fotelik samochodowy*, torba: od 2400 zł * nie posiadałam, nie testowałam ani nie recenzuję fotelika samochodowego dołączonego do zestawu Podsumowanie Peg Perego Book Plus to na prawdę fajna spacerówka. Jest lekka, cudownie się prowadzi, wygodna dla rodziców i dla Dziecka. Cudownie się składa i  mieści się naprawdę w niewielkim bagażniku. Choć nie jest super designerski, moc jego zalet może zrekompensować nie do końca modny model. Trzeba jednak pamiętać, że to wciąż miejski wózek i z tego powodu nie testowałam go na leśnych drogach, natomiast nawet na bardzo nierównych chodnikach dobrze się sprawdza. Jeśli natomiast poszukujecie wózka miękkiego, lepiej poszukajcie czegoś innego. PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie  
- [We test - Cleaning - Cillit BANG Active Foam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/testujemy-sprzatanie-cillit-bang/): As I thought about the name of my blog, I considered titles like: „I don’t like cooking”, „I don’t like cleaning, cooking and washing”, „A very imperfect housewife” … So, as you can guess, I don’t like cleaning (although I like to have it cleaned;)) that’s why I am very inclined to use any inventions that can help me take care of order less frequently or lightly. Of course, I was captivated by the Cillit BANG Active Foam advertisement – Osady z Mydła i Prysznice. I went, I bought it (PLN 19,99, not a little …) and test it on my bathroom faucets. The instruction tells you to spray the surfaces from a distance of 30-40 cm, wait 2 minutes – in case of heavy dirt – 10 minutes and rinse. The first step was the basin faucet, obligatory for 10 minutes – I was pessimistic, so it could not be worse  As you can see, it is hard to hit the battery itself and the foam got everything within a radius of    10 minutes passed, I rinsed off the foam, wiped it with a paper towel and …     Ulala, satisfaction has reached its zenith  I admit, I did not believe in the success of the action … but the effects are fully satisfactory! It was the turn of the shower faucet. She looked like this before: PS! The faint of heart are asked to stop reading and not see the photos below !!!   I read the instructions again, I spray from a distance of 30-40 cm … and there is no foam … I shake it, do not mix it, a liquid, no foam, drips down the battery …   Okay, another chance, I still shake, I piss from a distance of 5-10 cm, it’s better: I wait 10 minutes – finally I treat heavy soiling with this agent. I rinse, wipe dry and here is the effect: At first glance – great, I look closer … Balance: – PLN 19,99 spent – half of the packaging used Duration: 2 minutes of pumping, 20 minutes of waiting, 2 minutes of rinsing and wiping dry – effect – very satisfactory from a distance     Cillit BANG test, result: satisfactory I will run out of packaging until the end and decide if I will buy another one. And you? Do you have experience with Cillit BANG Active Foam? Or maybe you have better ways to remove stubborn dirt on bathroom faucets?
- [An oasis of peace and a balm for the soul, eye and palate - 40 minutes from Warsaw](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/palac-mala-wies-blesk-duzy/): So far, for holidays with children, I have chosen places that are very friendly to them, but those in which I had a guarantee that they would not be the loudest ;-), i.e. large hotels with endless running corridors, created in the first place for parents with children. This time I had a great desire to spend my time a bit differently – quieter, more peaceful, more beautiful, but still very comfortable, with two lively kids aged 2 and 4,5 years. In the countryside, but also close to the city. Mała Wieś Palace – holidays with children near Warsaw As soon as we arrived, we were surprised how peaceful a place so close to Warsaw can be. Although we went on our vacation in high season, and there were a lot of guests in the facility – well! there was even a wedding taking place – we often felt as if we were the only guests of this enormous property where everyone is able to find their own seclusion. Small Village Palace is just located on a country estate of over 30 hectares – it is wonderful and very quiet there, the complex consists of many buildings, and everything looks just like a picture.     Heaven for the soul, eye, palate and… photographer!   The Small Village Palace will delight all lovers of places with soul, lovers of architecture and sophisticated interiors, because every corner, both in the hotel and around it is perfectly developed and furnished with attention to the smallest details. It is a place with a rich history that looks out from every corner of the place that was once the home of a friend and advisor to the last king of Poland – Stanisław August Poniatowski.     Accommodation Pałac Mała Wieś We’ve been placed in one of the four outbuildings spread around the main palace building.   And after leaving the outbuilding, we had such a wonderful and breathtaking view in its doorstep!     Mała Wieś Palace – rooms Our room consisted from the living room with a sofa bedwhere Santa slept …     …and a spacious bedroomin which a cot for Maks was placed.     When we arrived, already a baby cot and baby bath were waiting for us. When planning the trip, we chose the additional room equipment, which was a huge convenience for me, because I didn’t have to take so many baby gadgets with me. At the Mała Wieś Palace for the first time I also met with the fact that before our arrival all contacts in the room were protected from children.     Restaurant and cuisine of the Mała Wieś Palace   The restaurant of the Mała Wieś Palace is located in a historic building Old coach house.   Every day we ate breakfast, lunch and dinner. We had a choice of à la carte dishes, and each day we could also try dishes prepared specially by the chef, which the waiters always suggested.     The food was tasty, prepared with fresh, seasonal ingredients, and I liked the best … bread! The one with the addition of apples was simply insane and I can safely say that I would love to come back to this unique place, if only to try once again great bread.     Wine lovers they will definitely taste this local Polish.   He made sure that we could peacefully enjoy what the kitchen prepared for us restaurant kid’s corner – we liked the table in its immediate vicinity, and as you can see – our children liked the corner itself.     Among dishes prepared especially for children, our sons especially remembered the pancakes and… mashed potatoes – served under a charming cover.     Attractions for children   Small Village Palace is definitely a child friendly facility. Outside there is a large playground with a beautiful wooden house.     Because around the palace they are beautiful park and gardensand we visited it when it was warm and pleasant – we spent a lot of time outside. Outside we find a football field, and we can rent bikes and helmets from the hotel. Mikołaj fell in love with his vehicle so much that he called him „my Akcenciku”, he started and ended every day at the window looking if he was waiting for him there, and after returning, we had no choice and we had to buy him his own bicycle with pedals  the fifth birthday was the perfect occasion for that.     The hotel also arranges animations and thematic workshops for kids, and the room can be rented Xbox console and books for reading together.   Although it was raining on the last day, it didn’t bother us, because in such a place no one will be bored, even when the Polish weather doesn’t spoil you. We took umbrellas with us and went jump in puddles!     Palace in Mała Wieś Due to the fact that our children are … still children and usually make a lot of noise around them, we managed to arrange individual visits to the historic palace outside of its opening hours for visiting and guide work.     There is also a charming chapel inside, which can be married in a church or concordat – it is a great rarity in Poland!     We all had eyes around our heads – Maksio even fell into the glass in a beautiful and huge bathing room, and I… wanted to come back here – this time just for the two of us. Maybe the next 10th wedding anniversary will be the perfect occasion? Okay – 20 can also be      SPA A great attraction for tired parents will be a little respite in the palace SPA. I am very glad that during our trip we decided to take care of the children one day alternately, so that each of us could take advantage of the wide range of massages. I chose a candle massage and I was delighted with it. A moment of relaxation allowed me to recharge my batteries and regain my strength to continue using the hotel’s attractions. In the SPA, in the Hidden Room, there is also a relaxation room and a dry sauna – the perfect place for a moment of relaxation.     Tearoom   The palace also has a wonderful tea room, in which we tried aromatic coffees, teas and delicious sweets. Live music concerts are also held there during the summer.   Small Village Weddings Palace   Of course, when visiting such a special place, I also had to test it for weddings and weddings  Undoubtedly I can say, and I have a lot of experience, that this is one of the five most beautiful wedding venues in Poland. For now, I rated it visually, but next year our Wedding Label will organize a wedding ceremony at one of our great young couples in the Mała Wieś Palace, so we will have the opportunity to check the entire object thoroughly.   The rooms in which the ceremony can be organized are large, spacious and beautifule rooms. New Orangery was designed in such a way that architecturally refers to the orangery of the past centuries. There are two rooms – the larger one can accommodate up to 360 guests, the smaller one can accommodate 100 people. Both have a beautiful view of the French garden.       These windows – the perfect backdrop for celebration and of course for photos!       The property is also located Greenhouse – the rustic space created from a combination of glass, wood and visible metal structures perfectly suits the celebration in a rustic, boho and industrial atmosphere.     Rose Garden, which is part of the French-style garden, is the perfect place for a family and wedding session, and the French garden itself is amazing symmetry and regularity of composition. The hotel also has a beautiful English park, with two ponds, where you will feel close to nature and relax.     The French garden is located fabulous Gloriette. Openwork dome and crystal chandelier and majestic columns create the perfect place for outdoor wedding. Love radiates from it that we couldn’t resist!     The Small Village Palace is a paradise not only for children, but also for adults, which literally looks like a beautiful picture from Instagram. You really don’t need to look for the perfect frames, just stand anywhere and just take a photo. Although the hotel welcomes many guests in the high season, it is completely imperceptible – when we carried out our family session, we felt as if we were the only guests.  
- [Lactation crisis](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kryzys-laktacyjny/): The lactation crisis can affect us at every stage of breastfeeding. Did you know that according to the data of the Central Statistical Office of Poland in 99,4% of women after breastfeeding start breastfeeding, but after 6 weeks only half feeds?   That is why every single day of breastfeeding is our great victory. Most of us finally give up in the fight for feeding, mainly because we do not have access to the right knowledge, support, help or just a warm word, and even have to fight with loved ones who are young, insecure in a new role moms say that she has „weak milk”, that „the baby is hungry” and „treats you like a pacifier” (by the way, it is worth answering the question which came first: breast or a pacifier?).   I have always heard about the lactation crisis as the beginning of the milky way and was prepared for it. However, the lack of food after a few weeks of feeding completely surprised me. What is the lactation crisis? Usually, we talk about a lactation crisis when we, as a mother, feel that we are not able to fully meet the needs of our baby’s milk. We can meet with the lactation crisis both at the very beginning of our milky way (I met it every time after delivery), and later.   The lactation crisis for the first time In fact, it can be said that our milky way has begun with the crisis. Three and a half years ago, Mikołaj was born by caesarean section, slightly ahead of schedule, and with him only a few drops of food came. I did not have adequate support in the hospital then, also from the staff. Fortunately, I had an experienced sister who convinced me that apparently only 5% of women in the world do not manage to start lactation (if they try very hard) and I certainly do not belong to them, so if I try properly, I will feed .   The aforementioned support from the hospital consisted in … administering the infant formula. At the same time, however, I fought for every drop of food. I really regretted that I hadn’t taken a breast pump or any lactation support drink to the hospital with me. Of course – all these things could be delivered to me later, but I was losing valuable energy and time during which I could already support milk production and not wait idly, which deepened my frustration.   Luckily, I received a breast pump from Wojtek, and a instructions from my sister, i.e. pump at least every 3 hours by the 7-5-3 methodwhich consisted of:   attaching the baby to the breast for a maximum of time, and then on attaching the right breast pump for 7 minutes and pumping attaching to the left breast 7 breast pump and pumping attaching the right breast pump for 5 minutes and pumping attaching to the left breast of the breast pump for 5 minutes and pumping attaching to the right breast pump for 3 minutes and pumping attaching to the left breast of the breast pump for 3 minutes and pumping repeating everything after 3 hours, which we count from the beginning of the series pumping, so after less than 2 and a half hours.   You know what broke me the most? The fact that this pumping did not result in anything but my frustration and exhaustion, because apart from taking care of the newborn, I had the impression that I was only pumping the rest of the time, and worst of all, not a single drop of milk appears in the breast pump. However, it is perfectly fine – here the breast pump stimulates the breasts to produce milk.   It was only on the second day of pumping that the first drops of food began to appear, and it was literally just a few drops that were not even able to be extracted from the bottle to be given to the baby. If it weren’t for the support of my closest sister and her faith in me, I don’t know if I would have had the strength to fight like that. Unexpectedly, however, on day 3, the desired food finally appeared – I noticed that suddenly the baby started to swallow while attaching it! There was a food that, if I only worked with a breast pump, she might not have noticed, because initially – surprisingly – it was not able to be pumped with the breast pump, but the baby was doing it perfectly.   Lactation crisis after delivery for the second time When I was going to give birth for the second time, I was much better prepared. For example, I already knew how many milliliters of food the baby needed in the first days after birth, and that feeding with artificial milk in the first day was inadvisable (this was confirmed by the neonatologist on the ward when the midwife insisted on feeding 18 hours after birth). I did not succumb to such persuasions to feed the Child, which allowed me to believe in myself, which – I am sure – grows with each subsequent child. I took the breast pump with me and pumped it whenever I had free to help me produce milk after another caesarean section.   A load of food When a few days after giving birth, I experienced a large amount of food, each time I felt extremely confident about our milk future. It was a surprise for me that about 3 weeks later the breasts stopped filling with milk and as if „producing it in reserve”. My body learned to respond faster to the baby’s milk needs and no longer had to store such amounts of milk, being able to produce it almost on the fly. When lactation stabilizes, our breasts may again be soft and even seem empty, and it does not mean that we have too little food, and even more so that our food is disappearing.   The lactation crisis for the second time The first perinatal lactation crisis after that happened to me, when Maks was less than 3 months old. He spent more and more time only on his breasts, and feeding ended up making him nervous and crying. Intervals between feedings were shortened from 2 hours to sometimes several minutes, and after feeding Maks did not fall asleep calmly. What’s more, the feedings increasingly frustrated him.   So it was not difficult for me to notice that I did not have enough milk. What’s more, this situation began to repeat itself, especially in stressful situations or after moments of separation from the Child, when, for example, I left them for a few hours with Grandma, and I had to run some errands myself or … after a whole day I realized that I was absorbed in my duties I ate little, and most of all I drank almost nothing.   My methods for the lactation crisis   1. Time only for a child When the lactation crisis comes, I try to save 24-48 hours almost only for Maks. I try to lead a nice home life. I put all my duties aside and try not to let Toddler out of my sight. I answer all his feeding needs instantly. I hug him as much as I can, wear it in a sling, let him sleep on his arms to keep body to body contact as long as possible, or even skin to skin.   Instead of cooking, I can order food, and if it is possible, it replaces me in all my duties Wojtek.   2. Relaxation I try to relax as much as possible during the crisis. Don’t think about anything, just about children. Play, cuddle and be with you for days.   3. Feeding = a glass of water I have noticed many times that when I am absorbed in some activity, I forget about taking the right amount of fluid, and this is one of the first steps to reduce food supply. For me it goes hand in hand with a very intense and specific headache. That is why I always try to stick to the rules, especially in a crisis, that I must drink at least a glass of water during each feeding.   4. Breast pump support In times of crisis, I sometimes end up feeding the good old 7-5-3 pumping method, but usually a shortened version of 5-3-2 – the same one I used in the hospital after giving birth. I try not to feed Maks … as long as we both have enough strength. I admit that in a very crisis situation I happened to feed Maks with my previously expressed milk, as well as with a mixture, but always, always, I combined supplementation with the 7-5-3 method. I try not to allow a situation in which, during a crisis, I artificially increase the supply of milk to the Child, without stimulating the breasts to increase milk production – I am sending a message that: Hello! We don’t have enough milk! We increase production! This is especially important during the first 6 months of the child’s life, and absolutely important during the first 6 weeks, when all lactation is forming.   5. Barley malt In addition to drinking water, I also reach for additional support, often without waiting for a crisis, but when I feel that I have a „weaker” day and Maks eats more often and for less than usual. Then I reach for a glass of warm milk (I personally choose rice or oat milk due to Maks’s allergy to cow’s milk protein) with a supplement containing barley malt. During the crisis, I drink one portion every morning and another in the evening.   Until recently, I associated products to support lactation only with herbal teas, so I admit that barley malt surprised me a bit. So I found findings:   128 healthy mothers who suffered from a real food shortage were tested. Each of them, apart from advice, received a recommendation of supplementation with the product of barley malt 2x daily. After 14 days, 93% of women achieved lactation improvement, which consisted of: prolonged regular swallowing time in 91% of children, increase in the amount of food removed by 240%, the supply of milk replacer was more than doubled.   There can be only one conclusion from this study: the supply of barley malt helps fight the problem of insufficient food. [source: M. Nehring-Gugulska, MD, PhD, Associate Professor M. Kucia, M.D. E. Wietrak, Stimulation of lactation with the use of barley malt and the child’s growth parameters in the case of a lactation crisis]   There are several products containing barley malt on the market, but after analyzing their compositions I chose Prolaktan from Prenalen. In addition to the extract of roasted barley and rye (which, according to the results of the study, increase the amount of food), it contains ruthenium (dairy product) and nettle (cleanses, strengthens and provides many vitamins and minerals), but also contains tryptophan in the form of pumpkin seed extract and vitamin D, B1, B6, B12, niacin and biotinthat provide 100% of the daily requirement already in the 1 sachet.   tryptophan is an amino acid necessary for the proper functioning of the body, which, because it cannot be synthesized in the body, should be supplied with food. Why is it so important? Because is a precursor to serotonin (a neurotransmitter regulating, among others, the mood and work of our digestive, cardiovascular and urinary systems), while the derivative of serotonin is melatonin. Melatonin, as we know, increases immunity and affects sleep regulation, which significantly contributes to proper lactation. Improper nutrition and stress can lead to tryptophan deficiencies, which can cause mood disorders and even depression..   Most of this important amino acid is found in pumpkin seeds, sunflower seeds, sesame seeds, linseeds, nuts, oatmeal, cocoa and broccoli. It is easily absorbed from the digestive tract.   Prolactan has a slightly banana flavor, it is mixed with yogurt or milk (also vegetable). For me it is not only support for lactation, but also valuable support for my diet as a nursing mother.   The main causes of the lactation crisis In order not to lead to a crisis, it is worth knowing its main causes, and these are:   too rare or too short latching of the baby to the breast – our babies’ need for breastmilk naturally increases, as does their age, weight and activity level, and babies naturally signal it by sucking on the breasts more often and longer, so called „hanging on the breast” it is nothing more than the prevention of a lactation crisis; remember that many breastfed babies require very frequent feedings in the afternoon and evening, which does not necessarily mean that there is not enough food, feeding and watering the child – a breastfed child does not require drinking water or tea, if it were so, we would lose milk from one breast and tea from the other – nature knows best what we need; the composition of your milk changes from hour to hour, which is why sometimes milk with a consistency similar to water flows from your breast – the baby also wants to drink, erroneous impression that the child eats artificial milk (often sleeps longer, eats less often), so your milk is probably not nutritious and calorific – but the truth is completely different – your food is simply natural and healthier, which makes it easier to digest and faster than an artificial mixture, ineffective sucking, improper attachment of the baby to the breast, anxiety and stress that block the reflex of spontaneous food outflow, the use of casings for feeding. [source: Żukowska-Rubik M. Breastfeeding: technique, rules and common mistakes. Medical Standards. Pediatrics 2010; 7: 655-664]   And what are your experiences with the lactation crisis? Or maybe you’re just looking for support? Do you want to be up to date with us? Join us on Facebook i Instagram.
- [How to dress for work during pregnancy? Pregnancy fashion at work](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moda-ciazowa-w-pracy/): When I became pregnant, I knew that, if only my health condition allowed it, I would want and try to work. Although we tried to hide her in the early stages of pregnancy, I was tempted by all the wonderful maternity clothes in which I wanted to spend the next months. Today I am going to show you my best practices for pregnancy styling for work. When I got pregnant, I was sure that the maternity clothes market was bursting at the seams, and I would be able to choose from left and right in their offer. Unfortunately, I was wrong here, and the right choice of maternity clothes for work was quite a challenge for me – especially in the third trimester.   When creating every business, pregnancy stylization, I was guided by the principle – do not compress my tummy. So what clothes did I invite to my business wardrobe?   1. Elegant maternity pants In this way, my first purchase for a maternity wardrobe in a work version were elegant maternity pants. These are pants designed to „grow” with you throughout your pregnancy. Despite the fact that I bought mine already in the third month of pregnancy, they fulfilled their task – I fit it until today. Unfortunately, they had to be badly sewn, because they got dirty on the first day – and try to advertise the only pants that are suitable for work. The seamstress helped me much faster than the complaint procedure.   When choosing elegant work pants, pay attention to this: how stretchable they are – thanks to this, there is a chance that you will have enough time for the entire pregnancy, but the downside is that they will also probably push out more, for example on your knees; I had to wash mine practically every 1-2 assumptions, whether they have an elastic belly belt in a color that won’t stand out under elegant blouses and shirts: in jeans I don’t mind that the belt that stretches over my tummy is navy blue, while I chose my work pants with a gray belt that doesn’t pierce from underneath the thin, elegant upper garments, do they have a universal color: one that will match the maximum number of occasions in your work, as well as the largest number of clothes you already have.   2. Blouses and shirts During the first half of my pregnancy, I was able to easily put on regular blouses over my maternity pants, but in the third trimester I either stopped fitting them or they became too short, exposing the elastic waistband of the pants that should be covered. Here I was helped by looser blouses with an elastic band in the lower part or already typical maternity blouses – to extend their use, I tried to choose those with a nursing function.   3. Skirts I did not decide to buy a single maternity skirt – high-waisted pencil skirts made of knitted fabric gave advice here.   4. Dresses In business, there are 3 permitted skirt lengths: above the knee (not behind the bottom), above the knee and above the knee (not to the middle of the calves or ankles). I also tried to choose my maternity dresses in accordance with this key. I wanted them not to emphasize the belly additionally – dresses with a lighter top and a darker bottom and those with a pencil cut of the skirt part worked perfectly here – thanks to this, the belly was not in the foreground, unless I stood sideways …   … or I was in the 8th month – here the belly was in the foreground and that’s it.     5. Shoes Despite my pregnancy, I adhere to the rules of not working with bare legs and wearing covered shoes, but in the vast majority of cases I completely gave up high heels – throughout my pregnancy I put them on literally maybe 10 times, usually by the way Courses for a Wedding Consultant, where literally before entering the conference room, I changed flat shoes for shoes with heels – the lowest I could buy. In my wardrobe there are elegant ballet shoes which, despite the lack of heels, allowed me to feel elegant and in my place.   So at work during pregnancy, I used special maternity tights (note, they have one or two terrible, very distinctive seams going through the middle or on the sides of the abdomen) or … self-supporting stockings (this is an alternative solution if these seams irritate you very much – and under pencil skirts they will be).   6. Coat I did not decide to buy a typical maternity coat – probably mainly because I did not find a nice one. In the first months of pregnancy – in winter, I allowed myself a warm caramel-colored down jacket, and in the spring I jumped into an ordinary coat, which I just didn’t button up, and in case of cold I also covered myself with a shawl.   7. Additives In this topic, nothing has changed for me during pregnancy, I still focus on small, delicate solutions, classic colors and shapes. When it comes to jewelry at work, I am an advocate of the theory: the softer the better.   I started 9 a month of pregnancy and I think that the outfit for work during pregnancy was, however, a pick, the challenge will be to properly dress after pregnancy    If you liked it, I will be pleased if you like or share:
- [Ride-ons or scooters? Or maybe 2 in 1?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jezdzik-hulajnoga-scoot-and-ride/): The changes have come. The younger Maksio turns 2 soon and a stroller walk is only possible when the stroller is driving next to it and serves as a lifeguard for tired legs, although they can literally walk kilometers. Mikołaj, as befits a boy, loves scooters to such an extent that … … the previous one he bought in Decathlon was simply loaded! The other one also had such a disadvantage that if he put the foot too close to the handle, it … would fall forward. We had to paint a line on the step that he couldn’t cross with his foot, but let’s agree – this is not a perfect solution.   The second thing is that a walk with two boys and one scooter means a real game of thrones. We decided to end the war and make them 2 identical racers. But you are about to ask – Is Maksio too small for a scooter?? The choice fell on „Something” that „grows with the child„, That is, first it is a 3-wheeled scooter with a seat, which can then be” transformed „into a three-wheeled scooter. This clever „something” is SCOOTANDRIDE Highwaykick 1, or the mysterious ride and scooter 2 in 1.     And so our family on the walk now has 6 wheels and 8 legs. The ride-on scooter can become a scooter, and the scooter can become a scooter in just a few seconds and without any tools.   A four-year-old easily turns a ride on a scooter completely alone:   Children’s creativity knows no bounds!     And less than two years old when assembling elements to his ride, he will gladly use the help of his older brother.     And that was all he saw      The boys call their scooters transformers – and it’s hard to disagree with them      And my heart is bursting with pride when it has such a view!     Thus, we also solved the problem of colors. Usually, „the neighbor’s grass is greener”, so the guys can switch scooters and transform them quickly, adapting to their age. You can see what scooters look like in other colors here.   The height of the steering wheel / seat is also adjustable in 3 degrees – we do not need to use any tools for this, which is a great advantage on a walk.     An interesting option is retractable „Nose”, the so-called safety-pad on the front of the scooterthat minimizes the possibility of the baby tipping forward when it encounters an obstacle. Yes … we found out about it with the first scooter, which did not have such a thing … Of course, it limits the rider a bit in evolutions, so in such an experienced scooter as Santa, the nose is already hidden.     Where did the idea for such contact sheet (read shoes) come from? Mikołaj grew up from wellies from last season, and he couldn’t miss his favorite fun!     The scooter and the ride-on also have a different turning system than „regular scooters” – it means that we do not turn the steering wheel, we only lean from side to side and then the wheels turn. It’s about body balancerather than shaking hands, which supports motor development and teaches you to keep balance. At first, Mikołaj was a bit surprised, but when he caught how it works, he controls where he is going with great precision.     It is of course also rear wheel brake, to be used only when this children’s vehicle is in scooter mode. The brake also acts as a fender.   It is worth adding that it is a very solid structure – the manufacturer gives the rider’s weight up to 20 kg on the seat and 50 kg in the scooter option, but my husband (95 kg) has already tried it too … of course I ride regularly    The manufacturer gives the age of the child from 1 to 5, but it is best to take into account the motor development of the child and his height 82 – 118 cm – that is, our children aged 1-5 will have a wonderful toy for many years.     And if we are talking about long years – our boys they drive safely, i.e. in helmets.   Maksio goes to Scoot and Ride helmetwhich is also great light integrated in the back.       And Mikuś rides in helmet for senior from 47 to 53 cm Janod.     Without helmets, we do not go on scooters and … bicycle trailers (I will write about the trailer when we have more trips, because it is another sensational way to spend time actively with children).   Scooter Highwaykick1 2w1 Ride and scooter 1-5 years Scoot and Ride Max’s helmet less than 2 years old 1-5 children’s helmet Scoot and Ride Mikusia’s helmet less than 5 years | Children’s helmet 47-54 cm Janod   How do you like our transformers?  
- [American pancakes according to Magda Gessler](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/amerykanskie-pancakes-wg-magdy-gessler/): And it all began one winter evening, when I decided to use my subscription for cable TV a bit and jumping on the channels, I heard that Magda Gessler with her Revolution in Straszyn, which I pass several times a month. The whole program revolved around hamburgers and… pancakes! I had to try them out. I needed: 3 cup flour 2 teaspoon baking soda 1 spoon of baking powder 2 spoons of honey 1 / 4 oil glasses 3 cup buttermilk 4 eggs (beaten) optional vanilla extract. Pour the flour, baking soda and baking powder into a bowl and mix. I added honey, oil, buttermilk and beaten eggs in the meantime. The mass was not perfectly smooth and although apparently it does not have to be this way, I decided to use a mixer. I left the obtained dough for the whole night (apparently enough 15 minutes, but the longer the better). I fry the pancakes in a pan with literally a bit of butter. There is definitely too much of it in the photo, because I observed the rule – the less butter, the more golden, one-color pancake, which is what it must be like. What to serve them with With syrups, for example maple, with whipped cream or jams. Ja I served them with mascarpone cream, topped with hot raspberries. Cream recipe for mascarpone cheese: – 250 g of mascarpone cheese – 100 ml of heavy cream 30% Mix with a blender. Recipe for raspberry topping: jar of raspberry vanilla sugar or powdered sugar kardamon cinnamon. Put into a pot and simmer for a few minutes. Enjoy the taste.      They came out delicious, they turned out to be a perfect breakfast. The ideal portion per person is 1, maximum 2 pancakes. Fortunately, we took them to our friends and they turned out to be a perfect dessert, served with vanilla cheese and chocolate coating. I made a taste?
- [Hospital bag for Mom - my delivery bag](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torba-do-szpitala-dla-mamy-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): I have prepared a film for you, in which I show step by step what I packed into my bag to the hospital for Mum as part of the layette for the newborn.     Packing list are delivery bags to the hospital for Mum: Mum’s bag BEABA Amsterdam big bag and in the middle: Bag with a costume for disguise: Slippers Delivery T-shirt A thin dressing gown Cosmetic bag with disposable cosmetics for use at the sink: Comb Hair bands Liquid makeup remover + cotton pads Toothbrush + toothpaste + dental floss Protective lipstick Face cream Glasses + eyeglass cleaners Towel Shower bag: Beautician with shower cosmetics: Shampoo + conditioner for hair A gentle washing liquid Shower slippers Towel 2 cotton, disposable towels – IKEA A set of disposable mesh underwear + hygiene items Other things: 3 Nightgowns for feeding – DN-NIGHTWEAR and Italian Fashion Disposable underwear – breathable, mesh, boxer model – Babyono Skarpetki Disposable changing pads – Bella Happy Feeding shirt / dress around the house HUG GALLERY Anna Lewandowska model Rome 2 piece of seamless CARRIWELL breastfeeding underwear Lactation pads Medela Medela hydrogel cooling pads Pure lanolin Medela Organic lactation tea Medela Breast Pump Medela swing   Mug + cutlery Tiny IKEA disposable cotton towels Paper towel Empty messenger bags Disinfectant spray Water and healthy snacks   After the movie, I added to the waiting bag: charger own hygiene items   Stay updated! Daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed – join me on: Instagram i Facebook.
- [Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/armadillo-flip-mamas-papas/): Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas is the second stroller we have had the pleasure to use in the 2-in-1 version. How did he do? Is it worth buying it? What are the disadvantages and what are the advantages? Here is our review and our opinions on it. When we chose the second stroller, Mutsy Evo was already in our house, whose review you can read here. During 5 months of using the stroller, we already had quite precise expectations as to what the next model should be, then we were still hoping to find the perfect stroller. What guided us when choosing this stroller? 1. A large stroller booth 2. The minimum size after folding the stroller 3. Stroller with a reclining seat 4. Stroller folds flat 5. Minimalist design I have to admit that Armadillo Flip from Mamas & Papas perfectly matched these expectations.   Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas – test and review of the stroller Rack, handle, brake, handle When I received the packages with the cart, I unfolded trolley frame, I installed a stroller seat on it and I was scared! Compared to my Mutsy Armadillo Flip by Mamas & Papas, he drove very hard and turned out to be completely unmistakable. Fortunately, I had such an impression only at home, on a small area, during a walk, outdoors, I almost forgot about it.   The trolley has foam, lightly cushioned wheels, the front is rotated, but they can be blocked for straight travel. Despite the low amortization, I rate the comfort of the child very decently – after all, it’s a city pram. However, I am not sure if and how such wheels will cope with snow.   The trolley handle has no adjustment, with my height 162 cm was fine, but taller than me almost 20 cm Wojtek was not so comfortable. Of course, a lot depends on the preferences of the person driving the stroller, so it’s possible that someone else will be comfortable.   The trolley has brake foot, which is very easy to lock by pressing, unfortunately, to remove the lock you need to pull the brake up, which does not serve our shoes and feet. Shopping basket Every woman will love him! It is huge, high suspended, loaded and does not scrub the ground. Ideal! Gondolas The Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas gondola can be an accessory for a stroller. When we received the stroller, Mikołaj was 7 months old and although it still fit into our Mutsy Evo gondola, he absolutely did not. This gondola is really compact, it is only 67 cm long, so we didn’t have the opportunity to test it in action. So it is suitable for very tiny Children, unfortunately, when giving birth to a Child in September, I would not have decided to buy this stroller in the 2-in-1 version, because probably around December I would have to replace the Child with a stroller, which I cannot imagine. On the other hand, when I think how comfortable a six-month-old child is in a gondola, I can’t even imagine it in summer. The gondola folds almost flat, but it is also very shallow, and I had some irrational fear that the child would fall out of it. Personally, I would not decide to buy it.   However, a curiosity for me was that the gondola could be mounted both forward and backward. Stroller seat The Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas stroller has postponed seat, the child can therefore ride both forward and backward. As for me, it is a mandatory function of a stroller. My son is 16 months old today and he still spends most of his time in a wheelchair facing us, which allows us to spend time together fantastically and use every moment we spend together.   The seat is really big, wide and long (up to 103cm!), The backrest can be in 3 positions, in which it can be folded up almost completely flat – both a backrest and a footrest to ensure a really comfortable sleep for the child. All adjustments are very convenient to use. The seat does not have a bow, which for me is a downside, because without it a child cannot be placed in a stroller even for a moment without seat belts (of course, for safety reasons, a child of all ages should ride or sit in a stroller, but if your child has any because he drives without seat belts, he will not have such a possibility here). Due to the belts, the Child will not be able to sleep on the side, which our Toddler loved in the initial period of using the stroller.   The trolley has too fantastic booth, which wonderfully protects against wind and sun.   The seat itself with the folded booth is very exposedwhich, unfortunately, bothers me personally. I have the impression that the child is sitting on a chair with belts. You can not put his toy on his lap because for a moment not held immediately will fall. Such a seat will not provide protection against cold winds, and the child is difficult to wrap in an additional blanket. In my opinion, it is the perfect pram for spring and summer.   I hung on the rack bag, unfortunately when the child is facing the direction of travel, the bag interferes with folding the pram flat. The stroller also becomes slightly tipping, so you have to be very careful with it.   There is a trolley in the booth windowthanks to which we can observe the Child facing us with the back. A huge plus for the magnetic closure – there is nothing like waking a sleeping baby with a Velcro closure! Folding and size after folding The size of our trunk still leaves much to be desired. that’s why this time we dreamed of a pram that would really take up a very small area. I have to admit that in this matter the trolley has done a good job on 6! In addition, the stroller can be folded with the seat mounted, regardless of whether it is set front or back, and folding can be done with one hand! This trunk is really small, and the stroller takes up definitely a small part of its capacity, so we have room for quite a lot of luggage or shopping. In addition, the stroller frame folds together with the seat, which is extremely comfortable. colors The stroller is available in 4 colors. Accessories To the trolley you can buy: Maxi Cosi / Cybex / Be Safe car seat adapters trolley sleeping bag hard gondola, which I described to you below a soft gondola – the carrier is mounted directly on a stroller, special slits at the bottom of the carrier are designed for attachment with 5-point safety harness in a stroller, length: 76 cm trolley-colored umbrella sleeping bag trolley sleeping bag care bag in the color of the trolley cup holder Prices You can buy a pram in one of these configurations: 2w1 trolley: 1899 PLN pushchair: 1599 PLN gondola: 990 PLN soft carrycot: 380 PLN umbrella: PLN 199 Black 199 sleeping bag PLN sleeping bag in the color of the 349 stroller PLN care bag in the color of the 349 trolley PLN cup holder: PLN 55 Summation  The Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas stroller is a very nice stroller. It is definitely worth considering if you have a tiny trunk, you want to easily fold the stroller. Works very well in the city. It has a modern design, a huge booth that will protect the child from the sun. What is very important, the child can be transported in it both in front and rearward facing. Unfortunately, the stroller has a tiny carrycot that will not last long, but it will definitely be comfortable for the baby in the stroller, it will be able to nap almost completely flat, if the problem is not too much revealing the seat. The trolley is made of good quality materials for which I had no objections. For example, you can buy it on the manufacturer’s official website >> click. How do you like Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas?  PS If you like me – stay tuned and be sure to follow me on Facebook and Instagram
- [Mutsy Evo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wozek-mutsy-evo-recenzja-opinie/): Starting the series of posts about pram reviews, I couldn’t help but start with the first stroller that came to our home – the Mutsy Evo in the 2in1 version, i.e. a deep stroller and a stroller in one, so a gondola or a stroller seat can be mounted on one frame. When choosing the first pram, we were primarily focused on ensuring that it had: 1. Small size after folding – to fit in our small trunk – both the frame and the gondola 2. A large gondola – enough to accommodate a Child up to 6 months 2. The adapters are Cybex car seats/ Maxi Cosi (these are the same adapters) – so that when you go to the doctor or shop for a while, you can mount our car seat on the frame 3. Low weight – was relatively light 4. Folding seat flat, in addition with the possibility of transporting the child both front and back, so-called interleaved seat 5. Simple, elegant design Mutsy Evo is one of the few models of the 2w1 strollers that can be freely combined, so you can freely choose and buy separately a frame, a gondola and a walking seat, in various colors. Although we bought the Mutsy Evo stroller in the 2-in-1 version, i.e. frame + gondola + stroller, you can buy this stroller in a different configuration, for example only the frame + gondola or only the frame + stroller. That is why I decided to separately review this stroller in the deep and walking version, as two separate products. Mutsy Evo trolley frame Unlike other Mutsy models, the frame of the Evo stroller when folded has a broken construction in the middle (it does not look as beautiful and modern as, for example, the Mutsy Igo model, which frame resembles the shape of the letter L), thanks to which the frame after folding takes up much less space than the other products of this brand. holder has adjustable height, which makes the stroller comfortable for both short and tall people, I’m afraid that a really tall person can kick the brake with a high raised handle. The foot brake was comfortable, although to unlock it you had to lift it up, so in sandals or elegant clean entities sometimes you had to get tired. I love the brakes on prams, which are also released by pressing the sole of a shoe. The stroller handle is finished in one of two leather colors, black or brown and depending on which skin color we will choose accordingly we have available rack colors: brown leather, so-called Nomad / Industrial version: black, silver or dark gray frame black skin: black or silver frame Our frame and leather were black, the gondola and stroller upholstery was also black. The stroller is pretty cool cushioned rear wheels and no depreciation in the front wheels. The frame is fitted with foam as standard wheels, but for an extra PLN 260 you can buy rear inflatable wheels. We did not use this option in order not to increase the weight of the trolley, we decided that since these wheels can always be bought, we will re-filter the foam first and if we are very dissatisfied we will think about replacing them. Front wheels trolleys are torsionbut you can do them block – unfortunately you cannot do it with your foot, you have to use your handswhich becomes troublesome on rainy days. Alone the trolley runs great – he is very agile and light in handling, he also raises quite decently. It is hung on the frame open basket – a big plus for its size, minus the fact that I think that hung too low, which means that during the walk sand pours inside, and under quite light weight it can scrub against the ground, so be careful to evenly distribute objects inside. You can choose a gondola or walking seat in one of the prams 10 colors: Mutsy Evo deep pram or so-called gondola Choosing the stroller gondola, I followed her length. We used the stroller in this version for almost 7 months, so we managed to go through the whole winter and early spring – exactly as I wanted. Thanks to this, I did not have to move my baby too early, who, for example, does not sit down on his own yet, into a stroller and provide him with protection against wind, sun and rain during this period. The cover of the gondola could have a slightly higher stand-up collar, and the hood could have an additional canopy to provide perfect protection, but I easily dealt with it by throwing a muslin diaper on the pram. Although it is not the largest possible gondola on the market, it was enough for us for such a long period. This is also influenced by the individual sizes of each Child – some Children will fit in this carrycot longer, and others for a shorter time. As I wrote before, I really wanted to the entire pram fit in our small trunk and the Mutsy Evo was the only pram model we saw, which in its entirety, i.e. the frame + gondola, fit in our trunk and this left the competition far behind. An undoubted advantage is the implementation of the gondola, the ability to wash most of the elements, especially the interior. We bought a special sheet for the mattress to wash it without removing the original mattress cover. The set also includes a wedge cushion, which we have always used. The gondola also has two carrying systems: a handle hidden in the gondola kennel and a system of straps fastened with special latches, which we have never used. When we went out for the first walk with the child in the city, I had the impression that the head of the Newborn is slightly bouncing on the uneven pavement, which was certainly due to the lack of depreciation in the front wheels, so quickly I supplied myself with anti-shock pillow, which completely eliminated this effect and made our satisfaction with the deep version of the stroller very high, because it met all our requirements at an affordable price. Unfortunately, the stroller in the deep version does not have any additional accessories, such as a raincoat, and their price in the original version is quite high. This stroller can be purchased in the shop in the reviewed deep version for PLN 1498. Other combinations are available: 2w1 version already at the price of 2022 PLN, frame from 920 PLN gondola from PLN 578 walking seat from 524 PLN pushchair from 1444 PLN deep trolley from PLN 1498 My assessment of the Mutsy Evo in the deep version is 4,4 / 5. This assessment consists of: Size after folding: 5 / 5 Driving convenience: 5 / 5 Comfort for a child: 5 / 5 Easy to carry: 5 / 5 Weight: 4 / 5 Price: 5 / 5 Wind / sun / rain protection: 3 / 5 Design: 4 / 5 Mutsy Evo stroller When choosing the first stroller, I was guided by it that it necessarily had the ability to bring the child forward and backwardalthough in my case I should have written facing the parent. I have always liked walks and I knew that I would like to actively use this time with my Child, and thanks to the possibility of carrying the Child both in front and back, I always decide whether we will now have contact with each other. I admit that this turned out to be the right criterion – at the age of 15 months my Smyk was driving forward facing a few times, and the remaining walks were marked by eye contact, laughing, fooling around, singing or telling stories, or simply looking at himself. The second important criterion for me was the possibility unfolding the stroller flat that is, both the adjustable backrest and adjustable footrestand this cart was almost completely disassembled. From the very beginning, the stroller seemed to be too little sheltered, and the booth too small, but only everyday use showed us how right these fears were. It turned out that after folding the stroller flat the booth does not protect the child at all from rain, wind or sun. Even a gentle rain landed directly on the child’s face, and on a sunny day the sun did not come off the face of the Malec, who didn’t like it terribly.   In addition, the stroller seat is mounted without adapters, thanks to which it is hung much lower than the gondola, too low for me to have close and comfortable contact with the child. The stroller with the walking seat was also less comfortable to drive and raise than with a gondola. Unfortunately, the straps in the stroller though 5-points have a tendency to detach with greater fidgeting of the child, which is a huge downside for me. The trolley frame in this version can be folded together with the seat, however, only in one orientation, I never remembered whether front or back, something always bothered me, so after several such not always successful attempts I always unhooked the seat from the frame. I estimate the stroller in the walking version at 3/5 This assessment consists of: Size after folding: 5 / 5 Driving convenience: 4 / 5 Comfort for a child: 1 / 5 Easy to carry: 4 / 5 Weight: 3/5 – quite high weight for a stroller Price: 3/5 – at this price we have a huge selection of other strollers Wind / sun / rain protection: 1 / 5 Design: 3 / 5   SUMMARY Summarizing – Mutsy Evo is the perfect deep trolley for people who value simple design, mainly walking around the city or on paved surfaces, having a small or medium city car with a small luggage area. Mutsy Evo is also an average strollerwhich, in my opinion, does not even provide sufficient protection for the child against wind, sun and rain. Therefore, we quickly changed it to another. What? You will read in the next post. Do I recommend the Mutsy Evo stroller? Definitely yes – for the first six months of a child’s life in the frame + gondola version.
- [How to dress for baptisms and communion? 3 stylizations](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-chrzciny-komunie/): How to dress for baptisms is probably the biggest fashion challenge waiting for a young mother. Spring is in full swing, the time of communion has come, and baptisms are also happy on warmer days. An outfit suited to such celebrations is one of the principles of savoir vivre. What to connect with and what to avoid? After publishing a photo of Maksymilian’s christening on Instagram, there were a lot of questions about our styling. I will be happy to describe it to you, but first …   A few rules for composing costumes for special occasions Communion or baptism is not a family dinner, a date or going to the theater, but important church celebrations. The outfit should be properly matched to their seriousness and place.   By meeting the following 4 requirements, we are almost doomed to success:   1. The right length of the creative It is neither a formal ball nor a club, so we must remember about the appropriate length of the skirt or dress: slightly above the knee, above the knee or slightly below the knee – not a mini skirt, but also not to the ankles. Let’s not go to extremes and aim for the middle. The midi length will be just right!   2. The right neckline The neckline, which is perfect for a baptism or communion, is a stand-up collar or a small neckline – boat or spike. However, let’s not go crazy with its depth – after all, it is a very elegant church ceremony.   3. The right cut When choosing an outfit, remember that it should have the right cut – tailored to our figure and emphasizing its qualities. A well-chosen outfit will make our figure strive for the ideal – the hourglass.   Choosing a cut for your figure is a river theme from which you could easily prepare the entire post. If you want, I will prepare for you a separate material on this topic and show examples.   4. Right color Celebrations such as baptism or communion are always accompanied by photos, what’s more – group photos. That is why we should avoid patterns so as not to stand out too much and not dominate the photo. Therefore, smooth fabrics will be perfect, but there are no contraindications to play with textures, such as lace or tweed. What color is right for you? It depends on what color type you are – in spring, summer, autumn or winter, or simply – cool or warm. However, light, subdued and pastel colors will work well. One thing is for sure – avoid black! Leave her for other circumstances.   What about extras?   Bolero, jacket or… coat? For a dress or a skirt? Of course it’s a coat! At any time of the year, an elegant coat adapted to the weather conditions will be perfect. However, remember that its length should be appropriate – it should not be shorter than 2 cm from the dress or skirt.   Shoes Of course, pumps or classic high heels will work best. However, it is important that their fingers are covered. Heel height? I would prefer comfort, it is very easy to take a class by wearing heels that are too high, on which we cannot walk – personally, after pregnancy, I had to learn how to walk in high heels again! So, put on a heel that you can stand on and walk all day, even if it’s almost flat. You will definitely feel in it (and also look) much better than in too high heels.   Bag A small, perfect clutch bag is enough to hide the most necessary things. Of course, if you are a mom, the list of the most necessary things grows a bit, so in this case another small handbag may be better. However, there is no need for you to carry a large bag with a supply of children’s accessories on your shoulder – you can easily hang it on a pram or leave it in the car.   Jewelry Remember that less is more. Make sure your jewelry is flashy and elegant. Pearls, small stones, a delicate bracelet or an elegant jewelry-colored watch will work perfectly well. Also make sure that all metals in the costume or jewelry are of the same color: silver or gold. It will add class to you!   Like a royal couple Have you ever noticed how the royal family dresses for family celebrations? I don’t doubt that their stylist and image expert are responsible for their final look, but one thing is important: elegance. Clothing in a similar color, covered shoulders and the right length of creation, full shoes, modest jewelry and makeup. I have noticed many times that the royal family often dresses tone by tone. And I’m not talking about identical clothes for example for mother and daughter, but about similar colors. I believe that this is a kind of identification of the image of the whole family, which also strengthens the sense of unity. And by the way it looks good in the pictures.   3 styling suggestions I have prepared for you three styling suggestions. Do you know their common denominator?   First, a cut adapted to (My) figures. I am a triangle, so thanks to the flared skirt my figure is proportionate at the top and bottom. This trick will work for almost every figure, also for an hourglass. It is worth checking it also by pears – there is a chance that a small neckline will add volume in the shoulders, and a flared skirt will hide wider hips. Pears – be sure to check this design at home!   Secondly, the right colors Bright, flashless, subdued colors. A coat of the same color but a slightly different tone.   Beige tone-in-tone stylization A beige dress, a slightly darker coat, beige – flesh-colored high heels and a little cooler, gray handbag.   All with silver accessories, among which large earrings play the main role. Dress: Marie Zelie Shoes: Ryłko Earrings: Lilou Watch: Daniel Wellington Purse: Michael Kors Coat: Talinder   Gray stylization tone in tone My proposal for colder days, a gray dress with 3/4 sleeves, made of cotton fabric with a characteristic oxford weave, complemented by beige-blue jewelry and silver-colored accessories. Melia dress gray: Marie Zelie Wool gray coat: Reserved Earrings and necklace: Artelioni Purse: Michael Kors High heels: Badura Glasses: Ray Ban Erika   My baptism styling, son Following in the footsteps of the royal family, I wanted styling tone in tone to apply to our entire family. That is why, although I love bright colors, on the day of baptism I decided to stylize the tone in the tone of all four of us and blue.   It is no coincidence that on such an important day as Maks’ baptism, we dressed in blue. The blue color symbolizes spirituality, peace, peace, water, freshness, purity, dynamism, creativity and inspiration – it is also the color of friendship. It all describes my family perfectly.   In the end, I didn’t have a blue coat for two simple reasons: first, I couldn’t find a suitable one in any store at the time, and second, we were surprised by the weather – this year’s Easter was quite chilly.   So I chose a blue dress, beige high heels and a beige warm coat.   Although my stylization was not a typical tone-in-tone style, I was wearing my jacket only on my way to and from the church. Melia dress blue: Marie Zelie Peacock earrings: Lilou Wing bracelet: Lilou Watch: Daniel Wellington   What connects all three styles? Creating from scratch my capsule wardrobe, I focused on universal solutions, on dresses that, depending on the selected shoes and accessories, I can put on for many occasions of a very different nature.   The linen dress is great for a summer walk to sandals, in gray I feel good in the office, and each of them is suitable for high heels and boots, so it works well in any weather. In the blue one I feel that I inspire trust at important meetings and that’s why I like her very much.     Do you want to be up to date with me? Join me on Facebook i Instagram.
- [The best Polish interior design blogs](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/?p=46301): As you know, I love interior design. I want to share with you twelve Polish interior design blogs that I watch and inspire. Check – do you know them all? Interior design blogs are a place where their authors willingly show the interiors of houses and apartments decorated either in different styles or in one favorite of their own. They often like to change something in their homes and look for original solutions. You will find there a lot of advice, renovation tricks and tips on what to combine with it so that it is nice    There are many places on the web where you can see all kinds of interiors: industrial interiors, loft interiors, glamor interiors, Scandinavian interiors …   Here is a list of my favorite twelve Polish interior design blogs (random order ;-)):      MakeHomeEasier Strona główna Probably one of the more popular blogs. A blog created by Katarzyna Tusk, existing in parallel with the mother blog, the Make Life Easier fashion and lifestyle blog. Make Home Easier together with Kasia are co-creators of Beata and Asia. The blog is divided into the categories Interior, Garden, Places, Lifestyle, Products and Tips. A lot of beautiful interiors, interesting solutions and practical tips.     House loves https://www.houseloves.com House Loves is one of the largest interior design blogs in Poland. Its author is Katarzyna Zagrodzka. Blog divided into categories related to rooms, additionally DIY section and Tips. It is worth paying attention to the series „From dreams to permission”, i.e. how to act and what to do to build your own house dom     Interior Design Blog Ula Michalak on the Interiors Design blog presents beautiful home interiors and peaceful photos that are very much in line with my aesthetics. Ula Michalak is also the originator and organizer of Meetblogin, a nationwide congress of interior bloggers. He has enormous knowledge!     MoHome by Model’s Outfit https://blog.mohome.pl Do you know Model’s Outfit? This was once the name of Kasia Wietecha’s blog, which over time changed its name to Blog Mo Home. For Kasia, the interior of apartments is a daily bread, because she is an interior designer herself. She is also a mom, so you will also find lifestyle content on the blog. This is also why it has opened an online store where you can buy beautiful original products for a children’s room, as well as furniture and accessories that go with them. I highly recommend!     Loving It Home Loving It also combines lifestyle and interiors. Jagoda Kutkowska is the author of the bestseller „Live Beautifully” and shows on her blog the interior of the house and a whole lot of advice and inspiration. Together with Jagoda, the blog is co-created by Asia and Honorata. They write not only about interiors, but also about developing their passions and motivations.     Scraper http://www.scraperka.pl Scraperka is Ania, who is a great lover of Scandinavian interiors. On his blog he shows his interiors, arrangement ideas and beautiful mountain views      Fifth room https://www.piatypokoj.pl What distinguishes the Fifth Room from others? Huge sense of humor! As the author of the blog, Kasia herself writes, you need „a slightly looser rubber in your panties”, and you will definitely feel great with her  She writes lightly and very nice, loves antiques and colors, and the most colorful antiques. In the Fifth Room you will find a lot of interesting solutions, colorful themes and crazy DIY ideas.     Exterior Interiors STRONA GŁÓWNA Magda on her blog Interior Interiors shared entries very interestingly. You can search by colors if you want one of them to dominate your interior or indoors. Magda and her husband also run an online store FIDOdesign.pl, where you will find lots of beautiful Catholic home accessories and more.     Guts http://www.wnetrznosci.com Until recently, this was the name of the Our Choys blog, created by a married couple – Ela and Mateusz Chołys. They were united by their love for interiors, accessories and furniture. They are not afraid to renovate, demolish and destroy so that something new, different and beautiful can be created. Now they have expanded their blog content to include lifestyle and travel. Be sure to check them out!     Colores de mi alma Home Under this Spanish name (which in Polish means simply „the colors of my soul”), there is Izabela Perez Harriette – a woman who deals with finances. Her blog stands out from the crowd of colors, you can see immediately that she is a resident of Cuba, the wife of a native Cuban. A lover of photography – the photos she adds on her blog are beautiful. As she writes – this blog is a place where you can take photos of the interior wnętrz Izabela shows her colorful interiors and various DIY ideas.     Zoika home Blog budowlany Marta Zoyka Michalik – a certified photographer and interior decorator – has created a place where she shares beautiful product photos and interior photos. Elegance and simplicity, beautiful space arrangements and lots of passion.     Your DIY Home Page Maybe not a typical interior design blog, but a place that I can recommend with all my heart. I don’t know about you, but there are some DIY items in my house that I am very proud of. And who is a DIY expert in Poland? Of course, Kasia Ogórek – my good friend and embodied creativity. Kasia inspires changes and quick metamorphoses – that’s what I like the most    You know them? Do you like? And be sure to write what is your favorite interior design blog?
- [Cybex Cloud Q - car seat test | Review](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cybex-cloud-q/): Cybex Cloud Q accompanies our family often – we travel a lot and the safety of children is our top priority. Does this seat work for us? When buying a child seat, you should look primarily at the tests. We chose the five-star Cybex Aton Q for the first child. We were satisfied with it, but it had one – at least for us – disadvantage: it did not fold flat, which is a very useful feature. A moment later, Aton’s younger brother, Cybex Cloud Q, with this functionality, appeared on the market and it was a bull’s eye!   When Maksymilian was born, I didn’t think long – Cybex Cloud Q it was our choice. What is the?   Cybex Cloud Q   Primarily –  adapting to the size of the child. It will be perfect for a newborn as well as for a one-year-old child and will perfectly ensure his safety, all thanks to the inner insert on the bottom (when it is added, the baby lies shallower and tighter in the seat) and the adjustment of the headrest connected with the straps on 11 levels !! We are not using the highest one yet, and Maks is one year old, so we will use it a bit more.   By the way – you know that the child does not grow out of the seat when the legs stick out? Legs sticking out of the car seat are normal. Baby it rises when the head is sticking out or the shoulder straps are well below the shoulder line.   seat he swings gently, so we can rock the baby to sleep while at the doctor’s or friends’.   Daszek What else I really like about the Cybex Cloud Q car seat stiff visor holding its shape. It is not – as in most car seats, provided they have this function – a sheet of fabric that is tied up, then rolled up and hidden. Here the canopy is hardened with an internal soft frame, folded and unfolded like a shed in a pram. Thanks to this, it is very easy to hide and unfold, which is extremely helpful as protection against the sun or wind or when the car seat functions as a gondola on the pram’s frame.   belts The Cybex Cloud Q car seat is not only equipped with for child safety three-point belts, but also telescopic „bumpers” for the car, which additionally protect the seat and the baby in it against possible shocks, taking them over.   unfolding It’s like a car seat perfectly unfolds to a flat positionI showed you in my video about how to prepare for leaving the hospital with the newborn. Due to the fact that it unfolds to an almost flat position, it makes the baby’s delicate spine in a straight line.   As I said in my post about leaving the hospital, it should be remembered that a baby up to two months can sit in a car seat for a maximum of 30-60 minutes. Why? In this position, the heart rate and number of breaths of the child increases, and oxygenation of the body decreases. That is why it is worth taking a break from your journey, drinking coffee, and giving your child a rest by unfolding the armchair.   When mentioning the possibility of unfolding the Cybex Cloud Q almost flat, it is worth mentioning that the seat „reminds” us that it is not adapted to driving in this position – it extends blockade preventing belt attachment.   I use the car seat option in several cases, including when Maks fell asleep in the car seat and I’m at friends’ or at the doctor’s. Especially, however, when, as I mentioned above, I’m on tour, the child has fallen asleep, and I want to give him a rest without lying up so that he lies flat. Thanks to this function, you don’t have to carry your baby from the seat to the gondola and vice versa.   holder The seat handle is locked in several places and made of durable, scratch-resistant plastic.       Color Cybex Cloud Q can be bought in several colors: Autumn Gold (it’s our color), Olive Khaki, royal blue, mars red, Princess Pink, Happy Black, P.Gray counts i Manhattan Gray     Adapters We have classic adapters for the seat that match Cybex, Maxi Cosi and Kiddy. We use ours in 2in1 trolley and ours umbrella.     Weight Cybex Cloud Q has one drawback, viz is quite heavy: weighs 5,7 kg. However, there are also those that weigh almost 10 kg! Maybe the fold-out ones weigh more because of their additional function?   Fortunately, I also have a shoulder strap for the car seat, which relieves our spine a little when you need to move the car seat.     After Cybex Aton Q, I promised myself: No more heavy seats. However, I analyzed its functions and found that the advantage of folding the seat almost flat is much more worth to me than the only drawbackwhich is the weight. It compensates for everything.
- [Checkered pencil skirt in 5 styles - fall fashion](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spodnica-olowkowa-midi-w-krate/): When I do not have time to experiment in my wardrobe, I like to reach for proven solutions – today I will show you my autumn stylizations in checkered skirts. A pencil skirt is a classic business outfit. In order not to be too boring, but still elegant, I chose plaid skirts, which, apart from the color, differ basically – the cut.   Vintage skirt Found out in lumpex several years ago pencil skirt with high waisted in a gray checkered pattern – I wonder how old she may be!   It came to my wardrobe again from a box full of clothes that were waiting for me in the attic, signed „for better times”, i.e. in my case – the thinner ones. I was hoping that I would use its perfect cut someday, and who knows, maybe I will sew another similar pencil skirt with a lining and perfect cut on its basis at the dressmaker.   Ta pencil skirt with high waisted beautifully highlights the waist, then expands – forgiving the imperfections of our figure below. It’s a tulip-like cut, thanks to which it gives us freedom all day long – I will never think about imprinting underwear, a shirt or a protruding belly in it, because the looser cut under the waist leaves them invisible to the eye.   I put together a checkered pencil skirt with gray heels from full-grain leather and white, classic, high-quality fitted shirt with covered buttons. It’s a set in which I always feel professional: perfect for business occasions where I don’t know the other party, and it promises to be quite official. although every day I prefer a slightly looser outfit to work, I like this set just as much.   A large bag allows me to take a laptop, notebook, and even food in a box or coffee in a thermal mug, a wool coat it allows me to wrap myself in the warmth in colder days. Soon I will complement it with a beautiful, warm scarf and gloves.       Pencil skirt over the knee in a pink checkered pattern   This cut is ruthless for all curves, so it’s not my favorite. I paid attention to her for … the pink color, I absolutely wanted to match something tone in tone with my pink shirt. However, I also love it for the knee length and the fact that despite the color it still has a business character. Because I don’t have to write about the fact that she is very feminine. I choose fleshy high heels and a large gray handbag in which I carry my laptop for meetings.       If you are wondering if a checkered skirt is an idea for you, I have prepared 3 sets based on the checkered pencil skirt, perfectly matching the business image of autumn. I was based on shopping in the store Peek & Cloppenburg, which recently is also available in an online version, and which I like for the incredible ease of finding clothes for any occasion due to the fact that each category of clothing is divided according to the occasion.   For example:   skirts are divided into: knee-length skirts, denim skirts, maxi skirts, midi skirts, mini skirts, pencil skirts, pleated skirts,   dresses are divided into: business dresses, casual dresses, knitted dresses, party dresses, cocktail dresses, maxi dresses, strapped dresses, pencil dresses, evening dresses, ball gowns and wedding dresses.   When you add a color selection or price range to it, shopping becomes easy – it’s hard to persuade me to go shopping in a mall.     1 styling Beige handbag | Pink shirt with covered buttons | Checkered pencil skirt | Shoes | Caramel coat I combined the beige checked skirt with a pink shirt, which refers to one of the colors on the skirt and thus complements it perfectly. To this I added beige and gray velor heels with a low 7 cm heel and a beige handbag – together they create a light and pleasant, but very business look, complemented by a noble woolen coat with an admixture of polyamide and cashmere. Just right if I want to express my feminine, individual style, but still showing that I stick to the rules and that I care.   2 styling Gray purse | White women’s shirt with covered buttons | Vichy checkered skirt | Black pumps | 100% wool coat A vichy checkered skirt in my favorite length at the knee or gently over the knee, juxtaposed with a white shirt with covered buttons, complemented with black high heels, broken against the background of a darker wool coat light gray purse, in which I would fit such business necessities as a calendar or planner. Classically, but with style.   3 styling Blue shirt with covered buttons | Navy plaid skirt | Camel wool coat with cashmere | Beige stilettos | Burgundy purse As a base, I chose a navy blue pencil skirt on a petticoat, which despite the fact that it is in a cold color, the pattern of a large check makes it very warm. I complemented it with a blue shirt with covered buttons and warmed up with beige shoes and a brown handbag, which will fit perfectly with a simple camel coat – this one is 70% wool, with an admixture of polyamide and cashmere, and has an extremely timeless character, and will warm me even then, when I forget my scarf.   What is the right length of coat? When choosing a coat for every styling – everyday, evening or business, I remember that it should not be shorter than a dress or skirt by more than 2 centimeters. This is why I usually buy knee-length coats so they go well with all my dresses and skirts, except of course the ground-length evening dress that I still dream of.   Which stylization is closest to you?
- [Ikea bookcase in the bedroom](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biblioteczka-ikea/): The Ikea bookcase in the bedroom appeared as the last functionality of this room. Our bedroom changes its many functionalities with the development of our family. Initially – apart from our place to sleep, of course – it also served as a function sleeping corner for the child z  the basket of Moses, feeding corner or care cornerto finally become a corner with books and a reading chair.     At least in theory, because in practice this chair mainly served as a place for storing clothes – just as he was standing next to it, our motivation to hang them in the wardrobe decreased to zero.     Due to the fact that the armchair more and more often became a magnet for clutter, and books on the bookshelf did not fit long ago, I decided to make a change here and give up the chairwhere I almost never sat for… an additional two shelves for books and decorations so that a real bookcase in the bedroom is created.       And so ours was created Ikea home bookcase in the bedroom! The wardrobes we have in the bedroom are a PAX system, I have expanded them with another two modules 50 cm each. I love modular solutions – thanks to this, in one day I can change, expand or change the functionality of the furniture.     In order for the library in the bedroom to look more like a made-to-measure piece of furniture, rather than an ordinary bookcase, I bought it Hole plugs for shelves – you will see the difference in the next photo – in the first shelf from the right the holes are already blinded, in the middle one not yet – I wait with them blinded until I set the final height of the shelves. I figured that shelf heights will be irregular, thanks to which the library will gain curiosity.       She completed the whole composition designer flower pot with green plant (it is already on sale!)who stood between the bookcase and mine minimalist dressing tablein which all cosmetics and the makeup mirror are hidden in a clever storage box (here you can see up close how I organized this dressing table).     I have accumulated over the years some souvenirs – like my dad’s beloved camera, with which I took the first photos in my life with an SLR – and trinkets and I really like them very much – I’m glad that I finally have them to display. The Ikea library is perfect for extending our wardrobe.     Only what I sometimes regret is that e-books are not attached to paper books – or vice versa – for 6 years I have been reading most of the books on the Kindle reader, so most of my collection does not allow me to move my gaze over the spines of books and remember what I have read over the years.   Herself – when I’m visiting – I can’t take my eyes off my home libraries, it is a huge source of inspiration for me and has often allowed me to find my soul mate faster in the host, when it turned out that we love the same titles.   I still dream about building this space above the Ikea bookcase in the bedroom and installing two wall lamps there. Today I would also choose matt fronts – if I ever manage to sell those on olx, I will probably think about new ones.       And how do you like my bedroom bookcase? And where do you store books?
- [Cybex Maira Tie and Click baby carrier - test](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nosidelko-cybex-maira/): We invited the Cybex Maira baby carrier to our holiday – was it comfortable for both my child and me? Which version of the ergonomic carrier – Click or Tie – turned out to be better?   June 22 is the beginning of astronomical summer – long evenings, walks, mountain hikes and closer and further trips, as well as air travels are ahead of us. Being the parents of an infant, we do not have to give them up at all – all you need is proper preparation! One of the useful accessories is a suitable baby carrier. We took the Cybex Maira baby carrier with us to Italy.   CybexMair Tie Baby Carrier | Cybex Maira Click baby carrier     After Santa, I thought that I would no longer be able to carry my children in a sling or a sling due to problems with the spine during pregnancy, which came back when I was carrying Santa in a sling for too long. However, when we were planning our trip to Italy and I already knew that I would have to keep the child at the airport and during trips to places where we do not know a wheelchair, I decided to look for something suitable and now I know that carrying a child for hours can not hurt!   If you follow my blog from the beginning, you certainly know that we’ve already tried woven, ring, elastic, Tula and mei-tai. You can read our story here. Of all these baby carriers, we liked mei-tai the most. What prompted us to keep looking? Our trip to Italy this year and the fact that mei-tai is not as fast and easy to put on and take off as it is convenient when traveling by plane.   We have to unfasten or fasten the child many times. This happened to us several times at the airport. First, when checking in, when we checked in the trolley for the main luggage, I fastened Maks to the baby carrier in order to unfasten it in a few minutes during the security check, X-ray the carrier, go through the gate, fasten the baby in the carrier again, to unfasten it in the room after the inspection. change, then fasten it and take it off again on the plane. After landing, the whole process looks similar – putting on a sling in a tight plane, a photo to put Maks in the stroller … If I had a mei-tai with me, which has a very long binding material, I would wipe the airport floor with it every time, and if it rained additionally he would be all wet …   It was extremely important for me to fasten as quickly as possible. We compared the ones available on the market and decided to try the ones from Cybex: Cybex Maira Tie and Cybex Maira Click.   Who is the Cybex Maira baby carrier for? The Cybex Maira baby carrier – whether in the Tie or Click version, is suitable for a newborn from the first days of life up to a small child aged 2!     The manufacturer states that the carrier will be suitable for children weighing from 3,5 to 15 kilograms.     One carrier for a newborn and 2 years old – how is this possible?   The Cybex Maira baby carrier was used by Maksiu, a few months old, as well as our over three-year-old Mikołaj, thanks to panel width and height adjustmenton which we seat our child. We adjust its size to the size of the baby – both the width of the panel, so that it is from the elbow to the elbow, and the height of the panel, are adjusted with Velcro, and the appropriate size can be selected using prints-prompts. Thanks to this adjustment, the carrier will last for a really long time!   The minimum width of the panel: 16 cm Maximum panel width: 42 cm     Although we bought the carrier with Maks in mind, Mikołaj likes it very much. Sometimes he himself asks to be taken to the baby carrier, and since he is still in the upper weight limit for the Cybex Maira baby carrier, we do it willingly – Mikołajek likes to cuddle up to his mother in this way, and I also appreciate this bond and such close contact . Due to the fact that we wear it occasionally, we do not mind that the panel is not perfect from the knee to the elbow, after all, it is already 3,5 years old, because firstly I wear it occasionally, and secondly it says that it is very convenient. Usually, when he asks if he is wearing Maks, we can put him in a pram so that he can take the place of his younger brother, and we have a solution for that – I take one of the boys, the other Wojtek and together we can conquer the world!     The sling is a great alternative for the pram for us: often during our several hours of walking through the Roman streets after some time, Maks got bored of watching the world from the pram, so every time we had a carrier in the pram basket to transfer the son to the carrier and hug at any time.   Maira Cybex baby carriers are also for people who they don’t like and are afraid to wear a baby in a sling, fearing that the baby will be positioned incorrectly. Most importantly, the Cybex Maira slings have been constructed so that eliminate the most common potential parental mistakes. Thanks to this, the position of the child in the carrier (with widely spaced legs, supporting the proper development of the hips) is correct, and the shape of the spine remains naturally rounded. All this meant that Cybex slings were IHDI certified (International Hip Dysplasia Institute).   So far, I have recommended you the baby carriers only from the moment the baby is sitting, and at an earlier stage – scarves. But Paweł Zawitkowski – an authority in the field of children’s rehabilitation confirmed that Cybex Maira baby carriers can carry babies from birth – this is an extremely important recommendation for me and I certainly trust her.     carrying In Cybex Maira baby carriers, we can carry a baby in position on the front, side or back – depending on how we like and how it is most convenient for us.     At the moment, I prefer to carry my sons in the front, where we are close, we can maintain visual and verbal contact. In this position, I also happened to slightly loosen the carrier and feed Maks – there are voices that it is inadvisable to feed the baby in a sling, because in the event of choking, we lose time to untangle the baby from the scarf, and I just need to unfasten one buckle to take the baby out, so I see no obstacles.     Waist belt In both models tested by us, the carrier is fastened at the waist with an adjustable buckle with an additional security that prevents it from being unfastened automatically. Fastening and unfastening the belt is really easy, and the unnecessary length of the belts does not dangle at the body – there are special elastic bands at the belt, under which we can put its ends too long.     The waist belt is massive, which makes it extremely comfortable, I could easily wear throughout the day both Maks and several kilograms Santa.       Cybex Maira Tie or Click – which carrier is better? After uploading our holiday photos on Instagram I get a lot of questions from you about which carrier to choose. And then I ask you: who will carry your child first of all? One parent or both?     The only difference between Cybex Maira Tie and Cybex Maira Click is the other tying shoulder straps.     As the name suggests, in the model Cybex Maira Tie straps are tied at the back and under the baby’s feet and bottom. In option Click straps have been replaced with fastened buckles – similar to those in the waist, only smaller.     If your toddler will wear one parent, I recommend Maira Click – you will adjust the length of all straps perfectly for yourself and your child and you will get very quick putting on and taking off the carrier     If you want to wear both, each adjustment of three or four buckles (when wearing shoulder straps in parallel) can be troublesome for you, so choose Maira Tie – you can quickly and easily adjust the hip belt to each other, and tie the shoulder straps as conveniently as you like.     If I had to choose one carrier, in my situation I would choose the Maira Click carrier.     Firstly, because we had to travel by plane and a lot of trips, I did not want to sweep the airport pavement or the pavement with long strips every time. I knew that – as I mentioned above – I had to put Maks in and out of the carrier many times while on vacation, so I needed as much help as possible in this task. Thanks to the straps fastened with buckles, I wasted less time fastening and unfastening the child, and in addition I do it all by myself – I easily reach behind my back to fasten or unfasten the buckles.     Secondly, due to the fact that I mainly wear Maks, the adjustable straps are adapted to me. On the other hand, if both parents carry a baby in a sling, the Tie model is definitely more suitable with bindings, thanks to which you can easily adjust the straps to Mom or Dad. All you have to do is adjust one buckle, not three or four.     In both models, the shoulder straps can be worn crossed or parallel – depending on how convenient for us. If we put them on in parallel, fasten them together with an additional strap for added convenience. Personally, I always put them crosswise – it’s one buckle less to fasten, and I like quick solutions.     stuff Cybex Maira they are not rigid slings – are made of a shawl, cotton, organic, two-layer material, thanks to which it is breathable and neither child nor I sweat in it, as is the case with traditional scarves, and is a huge downside of elastic scarves. A sling is over five meters of material that a parent is tied to, and here? I wore Maks in the hot Roman sun, even at over thirty degrees, and I loved it. I couldn’t handle it in Poland in May.     The soft material of the sling also allows you to maintain the natural curvature of the baby’s spine mentioned above.     Baby carriers can be machine washed at 30 degrees, which is a great help!     An additional function of the carrier is … teether : )     Headrest / hood In both models it is located adjustable headrestthat can be easily expanded, rolled up and stowed away. It performs many functions – when the child is asleep, the rolled headrest, attached to special hooks, supports the baby’s head, while the unfolded headrest provides excellent protection against the sun.     colors Cybex Maira has a minimalist, classic design just the way we like it. It comes in simple colors – beige, black, gray and navy blue (Denim).     I’m not hiding that We’ve adapted the colors of our slings to the clothes we wear – the Click model we chose the beige, because I mainly wear bright colors, and the Tie – black, for Wojtek. However, I must admit that – although it might seem otherwise – this beige carrier was easier to keep clean than the black one, which „clung to” our clothes or the baby’s clothes.     The light color option worked better for us also because of the Italian sun – the light color reflected the light better.     Price Price of the Cybex Maira carrier – regardless of whether it’s the Cybex Maira Tie or Cybex Maira Click to 599 PLN and you can buy them here.   It may seem like a lot, but really Cybex Maira is 2 products in one – shawl to wear a newborn baby and an infant who is not sitting alone yet yoke for a child up to about two years of age. Looking at it this way is a very good investment.   The Cybex Maira carrier works with us for a trip, for a walk, to the airport, for shopping and in many other situations – at the moment I cannot imagine a more comfortable and safe carrier for my children.       And what is the most important for you in choosing a sling? And do you even like to wear?   Do you want to be up to date with me? Join me on Facebook i Instagram.
- [How to organize a breastfeeding corner?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zorganizowac-kacik-do-karmienia-piersia/): When I was pregnant, breastfeeding seemed abstract to me, to say the least… I couldn’t imagine it or wanted it to. However, I knew what a salutary influence it can have on the Child, so I decided to learn as much as possible about it and how to best prepare and organize for it. Immediately after the wonderful workshop „Just a midwife” with Agnieszka Maciąg, who talked so beautifully about childbirth and breastfeeding, I knew that I would do everything to make breastfeeding successful, so I started organizing a nursing corner. 1. A comfortable place to sit I knew that in my case it cannot be a bed … I did not want to pack into bedding every 2-3 hours during the day, and risk falling asleep with a newborn in my arms at night. Therefore, having a free place in the children’s room at my disposal, I decided to arrange a feeding corner there, the main element of which was an armchair. You can read about how we chose the only feeding chair here. Ultimately, we decided on the Strandmon armchair from the Ikea store. When choosing the armchair, apart from the fact that it is to be absolutely large and comfortable, I was also guided by the fact that it would someday find application in our home. This armchair will someday stand in the bedroom, and I will spend the evenings reading a book in it. Our armchair turned out to be so comfortable that I spent a lot of time in it already pregnant! If there is an armchair, it must be a footrest – I did not think about it myself, but I used the footrest in the hospital and it worked great, we had the same one at home – you can buy it for only PLN 9,99 in Ikea. 2. Feeding pillow Since we are comfortably seated, we must also comfortably feed and cuddle the baby. In order not to hold it on your hands in the air, you will need a feeding pillow. It can be an ordinary home pillow. I was in the hospital and barely moving after the birth, feeding on the hospital bed without supporting my back, I couldn’t cope with their pain, which I had from holding the baby or leaning towards him, so I asked Wojtek to give me a nursing pillow. Wojtek chose a special crescent-shaped pillow for me and it was wonderful. I would put my baby on it, hug it, stroke it. If I was choosing a pillow myself today, I would have chosen a bigger / higher one, I had to put a pillow or two under my pillow. But she was still wonderful! Therefore, it is good to take the feeding pillow to the hospital. 3. Table And on it all the necessary accessories – each mom will have different. There was a notebook on my notebook, in which I scrupulously wrote down how much time and from which breast the baby was eating, I also had breastfeeding covers ready for breastfeeding, especially at the beginning. Our each feeding took between 40 and 75 minutes… so now you know why. I also liked having 100% lanolin in the tube – I chose the Medela company, as did the feeding trays. 4. Blanket As for a girl „under the blanket”, the blanket had to be. Especially at night, when I was getting out of a hot bed, I was taking a hot baby into my arms, the blanket warmed us both perfectly. 5. Clock Everything was complemented by a clock on the wall … and melodies in the background … 6. Additional accessories Undoubtedly my favorite among breastfeeding accessories that I recommend to every future mother is breast pump. It was thanks to him that I was able to quickly cope with the lack of food after cesarean section – I started using it in the hospital. It was thanks to him that I was able to express my milk before leaving the house and leave it in the bottle to be served by my dad during my temporary absence. It also helped me solve other feeding problems that I was having a hard time having.   I decided on electric breast pump Mini Electric from Medela, but for the second time I would consider adding to the higher Swing model, because… when I turned it on for the first time, I thought it was broken! It made noise like a tractor! The higher model also has an additional function to stimulate lactation. However, if you want to pay so much for a breast pump, I will reassure you that the noise of the cheaper breast pump does not bother the baby, it does not wake him up – neither does the husband    If you decide to get cheaper manual breast pump (because I think every breast-feeding mother must have) my friends recommend the one from Avent.   If we are pumping, I will also mention storage containers milk – I chose a set of 10 containers from Avent, it is quite a large one-off expense, but I must admit that it is also very attractive in terms of price compared to disposable bags. I think today I would think about glass jars … the most important thing is that the container should be approved for contact with baby food.   This list could not be missed either breast pads – especially until lactation has stabilized, many moms find them very useful. My favorites are the Lansinoh brands, I put Medela in second place – both models have double tapes and are the best.   Ah … the very thought of our shared moments spent in our nursing corner makes my heart warm … it was in it that Wojtek surreptitiously recorded an absolutely touching film for us, when we first brought Mikołaj home, I sat with him in this armchair and … I cried with happiness to the tune „twinkle twinkle little star” … I dreamed about this moment for the last few years …   PS This post was written in preparation for the birth of my first son, today I am a double mother and you will find my newest feeding corner here.   And how did you organize or plan to organize your feeding?   See our other posts on how to decorate a children’s room: 1. An idea for a children’s room design, or how and where to start> click 2. Zigzag, asterisk and an owl – yellow and gray room for a child> click 3. Yellow-gray room for the child step by step, i.e. list of all products with links to DIY stores and projects> click 4. How to sew curtains? DIY or do it yourself> click 5. Garland with stars for a child’s room – DIY> click 6. How to organize the first sleeping place for a child? > click 7. How to organize a breastfeeding corner? > click 8. How to organize a changing corner? > click 9. Swaddle blanket, sleeping bag, swaddle blanket, or maybe a duvet and pillow? > click 10. How to choose a feeding chair? > click 11. Bin for used nappies – test and review> click 12. What is worth having in the room of a one-year-old baby? Changes are coming! > click
- [Step by step hybrid or hybrid nails at home](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/manicure-hybrydowy-w-domu-krok-po-kroku/): How to make hybrid nails step by step? Hybrids at home are such a simple procedure that if you do not have the opportunity to visit beauty salons often or want to save money, then a hybrid manicure can be done by yourself very easily. I have already presented you all products that are needed to make a hybrid manicure at home, I recommended to you hybrid nail polishes that I love and which are worth choosingso it’s time for a step-by-step instruction on how to do this yourself.   Preparation of the nail plate You can gently mat their surface with a polishing block – I absolutely do not use any files for this purpose and I literally make a few delicate movements, and the older the block, the better, because it is more delicate. I use a cuticle cleaner to remove cuticles and push them back with a hoof. I give the nails the right length and shape with a paper or glass file. Personally, I prefer a short manicure, which I wear for 2 weeks and during this time it becomes much longer.   Then I wash the nail plate with a cotton pad soaked in a special degreasing liquid, the so-called clener and start applying hybrid varnishes.   Application of hybrid varnishes – a few rules 1. Each layer of varnish should be as thin as possible – it will extend the durability of varnishes. If you want full coverage, it is better to apply thin layers of 3 than thick 2. It took me a long time to understand this relationship, for a long time I was afraid to try to lay layers so thinly that they would crack – nothing could be more wrong. 2. When painting nails, it is better to leave a greater distance from the cuticles than to touch them with varnish – then we will have the effect of so-called flooded skins, i.e. protruding and hooking fragments of varnish, which first of all are unsightly and secondly weaken the durability of the varnish, because it will easily get air under them. 3. If you cover the skin, you have two options: you can take a wooden stick and cut the connection between the varnish and the skin – often it is enough, but if the flooding is too large I recommend to wash this layer of varnish with a cleaner and apply it again. What’s important – you do not have to get rid of the layers that you have underneath, they have already been cured in the lamp and the cleaner will not damage them. 4. Do not wash the surface of the nails with clener between applying subsequent layers, although many people do so, in my opinion this weakens the adhesion of subsequent layers and also reduces the durability of the procedure. 5. Remember to finish the free edge of the nail by applying each layer of varnish, starting from the base, through the color (or colors because they can be mixed), ending with the top, so after applying a given layer on the nail, gently paint the free edge of the nail with an almost dry brush. This will protect the nail against splitting and increase the durability of the treatment. The varnish in the lamp „shrinks” a bit, revealing the free edge, and the varnish has a place to shrink from. This layer must be absolutely thin so that the effect is natural and some of the varnish does not get under the nail plate, because we will achieve the opposite effect. 6. You need to mix the varnish very well before applying each subsequent layer, I devote about every second to 60 seconds of mixing – I shake the bottle when the other hand is in the lamp. Painting nails with hybrid varnishes In fact, remembering the above 6 rules, you paint your nails as with ordinary varnishes, but instead of waiting to apply the next layer until the nails are dry, you put them in the lamp usually for 120 seconds – here you should see the instructions of the varnish manufacturer, which gives separate exposure times for UV lamps and LED. In my case it is 120 seconds. Hybrid nail polish – base We paint the degreased nails with a thin layer of the base and put in the lamp for 120 seconds. Hybrid nail polish – color After removing the hand from the lamp, i.e. after hardening the base, we paint the nails thinly with varnish in the selected color and put the hand into the lamp for 120 seconds. We apply colored varnish in a minimum of two layers until the desired coverage is achieved. Remember to cure each individual layer of varnish in the lamp. Curiosity: Different varnish colors can be applied to each other to create new shades. It is ideal to apply semi-transparent or glossy varnish on top. Hybrid nail polish – top coat When we have obtained the desired coverage, we apply the last layer of the so-called top and put it in the lamp again for 120 seconds.   We wash off the adhesive coating, so-called dispersion layer Our hybrid manicure is almost ready, all you need now is a cotton swab moistened with a liquid cleaner to wash your nails to deprive them of this adhesive layer and our nails are ready! There is no waiting for them to dry, you do not have to worry that the sheets will reflect on them, they are hard, shiny and ready for action. You often ask me Does hybrid nail polish damage your nails?. Certainly it does not nourish them, but after a few years of regular performance of these procedures I know that first of all these procedures are worth performing only in proven beauty salons, it is also definitely better to make them at home than to give yourself to an untrained cosmetician who will destroy the plate, for example, each time between treatments by treating our plate with a coarse file. After 4 such treatments in a row, despite the application of the hybrid varnish, my nails bent in all directions, the varnish fell off, and I felt pain. My nails after a few years of regular use of hybrid manicure immediately after removing it look like the photo below and are much nicer and stronger than when I used regular nail polish regularly.   Therefore, if you want to decide on this type of treatment, choose only a proven salon, with varnishes that do not need to be filed off, only you can dissolve them by applying a swab soaked in liquid with acetone for a few minutes. In the next post in this series I will show you how to wash the varnish, and then you can count on a review of my favorite hybrid colors. PS If you like us – stay up to date and be sure to follow us on Facebook and Instagram.
- [Zakopane - targowisko pod Gubałówką](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zakopane-targowisko-pod-gubaowka/): Apart from Giewont, I associate Zakopane with the market place near Gubałówka. As a child, I visited Zakopane almost every year. My dad would buy me a heart, a sheepskin coat or a vest, although I always dreamed of these puppies from Podhale. This is my third trip to Zakopane after the „twenty”, and the market place near Gubałówka awakens the warmest feelings in me. Oscypecki – not without reason the leading ingredient in our wedding menu – I love it in all its forms, especially warm with cranberries …           I smile when I see that Chinese has not completely supplanted our national, regional craft.                                     As a creature who loves simple dresses and expressive accessories, I could not pass by regional jewelry indifferently (of course, it could not be missing at our wedding in the form of decorative elements).             Warning! Warning! We are getting older! We were looking for a practical souvenir for our wedding, but not another „dust catcher”. A teapot for brewing tea, with the option of heating and personalization – it’s ours!       And you – do you love Zakopane?
- [Dubatti One](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dubatti-one-2w1-opinie/): Choosing a stroller for a child is not as easy as it may seem. Not only the toddler’s comfort and safety are important, but also the comfort of driving the stroller and its functionality. At Maks’s birth, encouraged by positive reviews, we decided on Dubatti One. How did he work with us? Would we recommend it to friends? Dubatti One – pram test and review At first glance, the Dubbati One specimen looks solid and is simply pretty – the classic form and colors do their job. And what are the other parameters? How does the stroller work in everyday use?   Frame and wheels The Dubatti One stroller is available on the market in two versions – urban and off-road. We have and are testing the off-road version because we like long walks, not only along Gdynia’s flat sidewalks;).   All off-road wheels are blown and of the same height – up to 27 cm. The front wheels are swivel, with the possibility of blocking straight travel (the locks are so large that we can easily do it with our foot, without getting our hands dirty – I love it!), Thanks to which the stroller is very manoeuvrable. When we went for the first walk, I couldn’t believe how, compared to all the strollers I have had the opportunity to use so far, Dubatti One glides over obstacles. The wheel never got stuck in any hole in the sidewalk, which unfortunately happened to me with every wheelchair that had front wheels smaller than the rear ones. Wheels of the same height are therefore a great solution.   It happened to me, maybe twice, when leaving the lift, the front wheels, due to their large size, locked together – I had to move the wheelchair forward and backward to unlock it. However, the comfort they provide made me quickly forget it – the pros are definitely more than the minuses.   Depreciation The rear suspension of the stroller is very well cushioned, the front – a little less, but due to the fact that the wheels are blown, this effect is dampened. When I lead the stroller for a longer distance, for example over cobblestones, I slightly press the handle and tilt the gondola towards myself, guiding the stroller only on the rear axle – this is my patent for literally the most difficult surface and the child’s comfort.   holder The handle is telescopic, to be held at 3 different heights, so we can choose the height appropriate to our height, so that we can drive the trolley as easily as possible. So it is suitable for both short and tall people – no more kicking the brakes!  The handle is made of leather, comfortable to hold. At first I thought the handle had a rather unusual flattened shape, but maybe I felt it that way because I was used to a different stroller. Today I don’t notice it anymore.   Brake My favorite type! We not only start it by pressing, but also slow it down. Thanks to this solution, we do not dirty, we do not damage our hands or shoes, not to mention the advantages of this solution in the summer, when we have sandals or flip-flops.   Shopping basket Although it seems small, it is quite capaciousand its undoubted advantage is magnetic clasp. I compensated for its small size with an additional one XL shopping bagwhich is available as an accessory. I recommend this solution when you go for a longer walk and plan larger purchases along the way.   Gondolas The gondola of the stroller is mounted on the frame, the same on which the stroller will be later attached – this is a great solution thanks to which the stroller during storage takes up very little space. The gondola is quite large (78cm), so it will last for a long time, and it is thick, breathable mattress.   Another undoubted advantage of the gondola is that it is equipped with legs, thanks to which we can put her on earth without messing her up.   It is a huge surprise for me gondola cover: in my opinion it could overlap the booth to better protect against the wind, but it has a phenomenal fastener on zip removable from two sides, which, unlike the solution used e.g. in the popular Bugaboo Cameleon, makes it possible to reveal it on three sides (to the right, left and to the handle), which makes this solution very comfortable.   We can carry the gondola mount at two different heights (4 cm higher or lower). I love having a child high, so I prefer the higher option, while Santa prefers to have the best access to my brother, so when we go somewhere three, I lower the gondola.   Shed The booth is the same in the gondola and in the walking version. It is not very built-up, so it will not provide maximum protection against the sun and wind, but I can manage using a muslin diaper.   Walking seat Maks is still tiny, so we tested the walking version of Dubatti One on a three-year-old Santa. As you can see, this stroller is likely to last us for the whole period of the Toddler’s pram. The seat in the stroller is bucket and postponed – you can mount them and direct the child in both directions – facing the driver and facing the direction of travel. For me, this is an absolutely necessary condition for 2-in-1 strollers – I myself used (especially when the baby had just „changed” from the gondola to the stroller) with the front-facing option to ensure the child and myself constant contact and fun during the walk. Even today, Mikołaj likes this solution, although in the life of every Toddler we can expect a period in which the fascination with exploring the world during a walk is stronger than looking at Mom or Dad    The seat can be adjusted to comfortable positions in 4 – sitting, inclined, reclining and lying down, both front and rear, and mount at two different heights. This is a great solution when we are in a restaurant that lacks children’s chairs – then we can leave the toddler in the stroller, only adjusting the height of the seat to the height of the table.   The seat is deepwhich I noticed only when I put Mikołaj in it – the child will surely be comfortable.   The stroller in the walking version is slightly more difficult to drive, and all because of it more difficult raising in front of obstacles, which we deal with in a different center of gravity than in the case of a gondola.   Five-point seat belts they are comfortable both for the child and the parent (in fastening and unfastening).   Headband and footrest Due to the fact that – as I wrote above – the gondola and the walking seat are suspended on the same frame, the headband fits both the gondola and the walking version. Personally, I did not like to use it in the gondola, because it made it difficult for me to put my baby in and out of the stroller (of course, it can be unfastened and folded back on one side, but these are additional activities that I did not need). However, since Maks is playing with toys, I apologize more and more often with the headband and hang my son’s toys on it in the gondola.   Unfortunately, the footrest is not adjustable. It has been lined with a special material that is easy to clean.   Color And here’s the great news: no two (I think) are the same Dubatti! You will definitely not bump into a friend with the same pram  I am laughing that everyone can have their own unique Dubatti, because we place this trolley to order from scratchby selecting:   – type of suspension: all-terrain or city line – frame color – 3 colors (white, black, aluminum) – leather trim color – 3 colors (black, dark brown, cognac) – the color of the upholstery of the gondola and the walking seat – 9 colors (off-white, gray, sand, stone, navy, black, navy melange, gray melange, anthracite melange) – color of the booth – 10 colors (off-white, gray, sand, stone, navy, black, navy melange, gray melange, anthracite melange, red)   And that gives as many as 13 combinations!   Folding and size after folding To fold the pram, the gondola or walking seat must be removed. We fold the frame by pressing the button and pulling the handle – it is an extremely quick solution. The frame does not stand on its own after folding. After submission the gondola fits well into the frame contour and our station wagon enters easily, occupying exactly half the luggage space. However, in the walking version, which is based on the same frame as the gondola, it bothers me a bit that the stroller is still two-piece and it cannot be folded and put into the trunk in one piece.   Interestingly, if I remove the wheels, I will fit the trolley frame even to my Mini Cooper. Then I don’t take the carrycot with me anymore, I use the adapters to mount the car seat on it (I have a car seat with the function of folding flat, so it’s a very practical solution). Of course, I could put the gondola in the back or front seat, but the solution with the car seat is enough for short trips around the city.   Weight The stroller in the off-road version weighs 12 kg, and in the version with a gondola – 12,5 kg. The stroller in the city walking version is 11 kg, and in the version with a gondola – 11,5 kg. Certainly it is not a featherweight trolley, despite the heavier off-road version, I handle it quite well, and I often unpack it and unpack it from the trunk every day. Thanks to the special handle for folding and carrying the frame, it is comfortable to carry despite the considerable weight.     Accessories A raincoat is included, but you can choose a number of additional accessories: trolley sleeping bag, sunshade, care bag, shopping bag – and all this in a color matching our stroller, or in a contrasting color, if you choose.   We can of course also buy car seat adapters, additional wheels. Personally I decided on a trolley bag, adapters for a car seat, and literally a few days ago for a large XL shopping bag. My husband especially liked the trolley bag and he is happy to wear it himself when we go somewhere without a pram – it looks like a cool, elegant accessory bag.   Prices Dubatti is certainly it premium class stroller, and the prices of the pram and extras are: 2w1 trolley: 4 301 PLN / 4 527 PLN (depending on the chosen color) sleeping bag into the stroller: 449 PLN umbrella: 177 PLN / 204 PLN (depending on the color chosen) care bag: 494 PLN / 521 PLN (depending on the selected color) urban / off-road trolley wheels: 793 PLN shopping bag XL: 159 PLN trolley adapters: PLN 131   You can buy a Dubatti stroller, as well as accessories for it in the Muppetshop store. Summation The price of the stroller in this case definitely goes hand in hand with the quality – the Dubatti One is made of durable materials, it performs well in the field, and at the same time is maneuverable. It is very functional – it works great both in the version with a gondola and in a walking version. The manufacturer allows you to freely choose the color of the stroller, as well as purchase additional accessories. The high-quality workmanship and the possibility for the stroller to adapt to a growing child make the Dubatti One suitable not only for one child.   And how do you like Dubatti One? Stay with me on a regular basis! Daily dose of positive emotions guaranteed – join me on Instagram i Facebook.
- [Preschooler's room, or how to separate functional zones in a children's room](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-przedszkolaka/): As the child grows, his needs change, so gradually some of the furniture and gadgets disappeared from St. Nicholas’ Children’s Room, replaced with elements more suitable for an adolescent boy. And so from our baby’s room only the wardrobe and bed remained, and the room evolved into a kindergarten’s children’s room with separate sleeping, learning and fun areas. I invite you inside. A signpost for arranging a preschooler’s room Having decided on a new arrangement and arrangement of the room, we decided that the signpost that will lead us through the entire process of arranging the room for a three-year-old will be light. Thanks to this, our room will be not only functional, but also friendly to our eyesight.   Learning zone   What kind of preschool desk should you choose?   Of course, when you are 3, learning is only through play. Mikołaj’s beloved manual games, such as drawing, painting, pasting, sticking, coloring or molding, made his room appear biurko. Initially, we considered a low table and chairs, but due to the fact that a child of this age grows very quickly and his requirements for the height of the table top change, we decided to buy a desk that will serve us for longer. So we chose desk with adjustable height of the topwhich will be suitable for both our three-year-old and the first grader. Our desk has three built-in heights and at the moment we use it in the lowest position.   We chose a high chair for the desk and we chose those with a fixed height, which, although ideal for the height of the desk, unfortunately does not provide comfortable support for the baby’s feet, which is necessary to ensure a comfortable and correct position while sitting. However, it is very easy to remedy this by adding to the little one footreston which he can comfortably rest his feet.     Where is the best place to set up your desk?   To ensure maximum comfort of work at a desk, or a child or an adult, we should ensure the best access to natural light. The direction of the sun’s rays is also important here – the light should fall on the working surface of the desk from the side opposite to the leading hand. In our opinion, at least for the moment, Mikołaj’s right hand is the leading hand, so we placed the desk under the window so that the sun would illuminate it from the left side.   We hung above the desk the shelf, on which we keep our favorite books, and the whole also has a decorative function. It hung next to the desk alphabet learning poster – Mikołaj loves to approach him, show and name all letters, that’s why we hung him at a height appropriate for him. When the poster hung over the desk for some time, Mikołaj was not interested in it at all. Under the desk, on special shelves, we store all accessories for manual games: paints, crayons, markers or stamps.     Which desk lighting should you choose?   Although we enjoy the first days of spring and long evenings, we must remember that in the winter it gets dark very quickly and even at 15: 00, and on cloudy days practically from the very morning, performing various activities at the desk, we are forced to use artificial light.   The worst solution is an energy-saving fluorescent lamp, which blinks and causes tired eyes. Also, a traditional light bulb will not work well for us, because it does not provide uniform light, casting various shadows. That is why we decided to replace our desk lamp with one in which we installed it bulb with LED lightthat provides light solid and uniformwithout causing eye fatigue with flickering and ensuring the best comfort of work, offering the same illumination of the entire surface on which it falls. We chose LED bulb Toshiba – the classic bubble with 8,5 W power, corresponding to 60 W power in a traditional light bulb.     Fun zone In preschool age there is no way to learn without funThat is why we have located a play area in the children’s room right next to the desk and poster with the alphabet, still near the window. In the previous version of the room, this zone was located in the corner of the room opposite the window, and it was definitely too dark and dark.   They came here two shelves – hanging and standing – with baskets for toys. At the moment, Santa has free access to all the containers and toys in the lower rack, and taking advantage of the fact that he does not reach the upper containers yet, we keep toys and educational aids there, which we always play together with (especially the very dirty ones).     To make our children’s room even better stimulate to play and learn, we decided to take a bold step and one we painted the whole wall with blackboard paint in color… black! I admit that it is great fun for the whole family, and also a fantastic background for photos.     On this wall there is also a place for hanging up the backpackthat Santa carries to kindergarten. Packing it to kindergarten and hanging it out every day, it teaches self-reliance.     Due to the frequent construction of complex structures made of blocks or railway tracks, we gave up the soft and fluffy rugthat you know from the previous version of the room.   We decided in the room also stimulate physical activity – for this purpose, we hung it in the middle of the room swing.       How to illuminate the play area?   Above all, the play area illuminates us upper light – here we also focused on LED lighting, by mounting a Toshiba LED bulb with a power of 15 W, corresponding to a power of 100 W traditional light bulb!! Not only does it fantastically illuminate the entire room, but also perfectly complements the light in the desk lamp during evening activity at the desk.     Sleeping zone   That’s it crib has been with us from the beginning, but in a slightly different version – we dismantled one side and replaced the railing in its place, which prevents Santa from falling out of the cot while sleeping. Next to it a dresser for clothes, where we dress in pajamas every evening, and every morning we choose a kindergarten outfit.   How to illuminate the sleeping zone?   We hung above the cot lamp in the shape of a cloudwhich goes perfectly with our favorite bedding. As standard, the manufacturer equipped the cloud with a white cable, which we replaced with black, so that it „disappeared” on the blackboard wall. We installed in the cloud light bulb – a candle LED Toshiba with the power of 5,5 W and E14 thread (this smaller thread than the regular one marked E27), corresponding to a traditional 40 W bulb. Thanks to this we have light ideal for evening reading before bedtime – so intense that while reading for a quarter of an hour, I do not feel eye strain, and it is gentle enough to put Mikuś into a sleepy mood.     Why did we choose LED light? When choosing lighting for your home, you can opt for: a traditional bulb, a halogen bulb, an energy-saving fluorescent lamp or an LED bulb.   LED bulbs have an advantage over traditional incandescent bulbs, halogen bulbs or energy-saving fluorescent lamps, and not just because they provide comfortable light for the eyes (without flickering like energy saving lamps) and uniform (does not cast shadows like traditional bulbs).   What else makes them different?   1. Energy saving Let’s count how much it costs to light a bulb   The cost of lighting an 75 W bulb (assuming 0,6 PLN per kWh) would be annually: 0,6 PLN * 1.155 kh * 75 W = PLN 52 The cost of lighting an LED bulb assuming the equivalent of 75 W is only about 9 PLN.   Shining an LED bulb is 6 times cheaper! while maintaining a similar level of luminous flux (expressed in so-called lumens).   Alternative energy-saving lamps are not as economical as LEDs, because they are only 3 times cheaper to use, and in addition to unpleasant flickering, they also have so-called warming effect. During the first few (-teen) seconds, they consume more energy than during normal operation. During this time, the light they emit does not shine in full power declared on the packaging. Due to this fact, energy-saving fluorescent lamps are not suitable for rooms where the light is often turned on and off, such as a hall or a basement. Additionally, frequent switching on and off shortens their service life.   2. vitality Let’s count how much time the bulb shines   Let’s assume that in summer we need to turn on the light at 19 p.m. and turn it off at 00 p.m. (21 hours of work), while in winter we need to turn on the light at 00 p.m. (2 hours of work). Let’s assume that we are at home 16 days a year – yes, yes, sometimes you have to do overtime at work, go on vacation or for Christmas at your mother’s;). The bulb is lit: 165 days x 2 hours + 165 days * 5 hours = 1155 hours per year Toshiba LED lamps have a lifetime of approximately 15 hours, ordinary light bulbs approximately 000 hours. As you can see, opting for an LED bulb, we can count on minimum 13 years of her work! At the time an ordinary light bulb should already be replaced 10-12 times!   3. Security The LED bulb is plastic, so it won’t break like any other bulbs, thus ensuring safety when used, not only by children.   More pluses resulting from the use of LED lighting in your home, you can see here: You can choose the perfect LED bulbs for your needs here.   PS And it all ends sometimes  If you liked us, I would be pleased if you like or share:
- [Cybex Priam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cybex-priam/): Cybex Priam is said to be a perfect children’s stroller, a stroller in which the stars transport their children. To form our own opinion, we decided to test – for ourselves and for you – whether it is really as good as they say about it. Cybex Priam – stroller test   Until recently, Cybex Priam is a stroller that was difficult to get – now you can find it online. When choosing Cybex Priam, we choose the frame, depending on our requirements: a gondola, a LUX stroller seat that folds flat, or a Light seat (2in1) – a bucket seat with a gondola, a car seat and wheels. We tested Cybex Priam with Lux seat and gondola and trekking wheelsin limited version Birds of Paradise.   Frame and wheels Regarding the frame and wheels, I can say with full confidence that this is a stroller that drives best of all the strollers I’ve ever had the opportunity to test. It is run very lightly, it even glides along the pavement, as if it was swimming.   Aluminum frame occurs with three types of wheels: light – on even surfaces, such as streets or pavements, trekkingowymi – a solution for different routes and all terrain – even suitable for bumpy roads such as mountains.   We decided to test the trekking version to check the trolley on various surfaces.   Front wheels can be used lock for straight aheadand all wheels can be removed, whether for cleaning or easier transport.   It is also possible to fold the stroller into two-wheel mode without removing the seat to pull it on two wheels over difficult surfaces, such as the beach or stairs.       Depreciation The wheels really do solid depreciationę. You can see how the shock absorbers near the wheels choose every smallest bump and dimple so that the trolley moves smoothly on the surface – whatever it is. It is really great! My first impression after pushing this cart is: „He is driving alone!„     holder Telescopic, extendable to different heights – the lowest position is 99 cm and the highest – 110 cm. So it is a stroller suitable for both shorter and taller people.       Safety leash The solution taken from the cross-country strollers provides additional safety, for example when running with a stroller or descending a very high mountain. (Although it is not a jogging stroller, I personally see no contraindications for running with it along the appropriate paths – after all, it almost rolls by itself).     Shopping basket We eat very much and easily available – built-in and closed with a magnetic clasp, thanks to which what we have inside will neither fall out nor get dirty with dirt or mud from the road or street. The maximum basket load is 5 kg.     Brake My favorite – pulled and released by pressing with a foot – thanks to which it is not scary for us when we have sandals on our feet, or clean autumn shoes, because you never have to pull it up with your foot, which is almost a miracle in bare feet, and in winter it is simply dirty from mud and dust that settle on the suspension and brake.     Shed The booth in Cybex Priam is probably one of the things that delighted me the most – it is huge, in an XXL version! It is deep in itself, but there is a possibility of its additional unfolding – revealing the peek-a-boo window. Perfectly protects against sun (UVP50 +) and wind.     Gondolas Masterpiece! Very deep and built-up – it is an ideal solution especially for people living by the sea, like us. I have never seen a pram such a built-up gondola on the market – the cover reaches high and is fastened with latches, which, combined with a very large booth, makes the child completely covered, you can barely see it! The child is super protected against rain or wind. The rain cover is probably completely unnecessary with a stroller like the Cybex Priam.   Furthermore the gondola is up to 90 cm long! I have never met such a large gondola (for example, in Dubatti it is 74 cm, in Bugaboo Cameleon 76 cm, Mutsy Evo 75 cm). There is simply no chance or fear that the child will grow out of the gondola and you will be forced to move them into the stroller when it is not ready yet. It also has bail, which allows comfortable wearing also with the baby inside.   mattress in the gondola it is thick and comfortable – made of Memory Foam.     Walking seat Seat version Luxury in Cybex Priam is rotated – the child can drive both forward and backward.   Ma high back, our three-year-old son could easily fit in with him. In my opinion it is only a little too shallow, I personally prefer more cozy seats that seem to better protect me from various weather conditions. However, in winter I still install sleeping bags for strollers, which eliminate this disadvantage.   The seat can be folded out lying down – a very big plus! I love such strollers. The seat is also high enough that it can be used as a chair in a restaurant (fits table height – 80 cm).   In addition, the seat is of course equipped with five-point seat belts.     bail Both to the gondola and stroller. Covered with eco-leather, removable, detachable on one side, it can also be turned to one side after detaching, so it doesn’t fall down, which is very convenient! You can of course with the headband attach toys.     Footrest It is adjustable in three positions – it is very useful, because thanks to this, the stroller will last longer, and the footrest is always adjusted to the child’s age, providing adequate support for its development and age. Fabric – for some it may seem like a downside, but the material is waterproof, so just wipe it.     Color Cybex Priam can be purchased in various variants – we had the z limited collection with a pattern Birds of Paradise – with a monstera motif and beautiful birds attached with magnets, which created a three-dimensional effect. Standard colors are beautifully subdued, which I like the most:       Folding and size after folding The frame can be easily fold with one hand to position freestanding – it is a very convenient form, thanks to which the stroller does not get dirty, we can always put it next to the car or on the bus and easily unfold it. We only make two moves to make! Press both buttons on the top of the handle and first slide the handle completely into the frame (until it clicks), then press your foot lightly on the rear axle and the bottom part of the frame consists. Ready!   Truck in the walking version we can fold together with the seat – I love this solution! Before folding, you only need to tilt the seat to the maximum and fold the frame in the same way as always. Such a folded stroller also stands alone, the seat does not touch the ground, a fairy tale!   Jest after folding, however, the cart is quite large – fortunately, the wheels can be removed to make the frame compact. It is definitely worth trying it on before buying it in your trunk, or at least measuring: The dimensions of the frame after folding: 97,5 x 57,5 x 45,5 cm     Weight The weight of the stroller with the Trekking version with Lux seat is 12,8 kg.. The weight of the stroller with a frame in the Trekking version with gondola is 12,7 kg.. However, it seems to me that due to the length of the frame after folding, it seems to be heavier when put in the trunk.     Accessories Adapatery – I was sure that having a Cybex car seat, I would be able to mount it on the frame without the use of adapters. When packing for the trip during which I tested this stroller, I did not take the adapters and it was a mistake – I was surprised to find that the seat without adapters just does not fit! So adapters are necessary.   Among the interesting accessories available for the pram are skids (skis) instead of the front wheels for winter use, extra bed for an older child, which I would definitely be tempted by, cup holder and typical, such as mosquito net, raincoat, sleeping bag, umbrella or bag.     Price Cybex Priam is premium pram.  The prices for the 2w1 stroller with LUX seat are about 5 347 withł.   The prices of car seats, carrycots, baby carriers and car seats vary depending on the model you choose.   Summation Light frame weight 7,6 kg. Trekking rack weight 7,9 kg. Weight of All Terrain rack 8,3 kg. Weight of the gondola 4,8 kg. LUX seat weight 4,9 kg. Dimensions of the folded frame with wheels: 95 x 57 x 30 cm Dimensions of the folded stroller with LUX seat: 95 x 57,5 x 42 cm The length of the gondola 90 cm Shopping basket 5 kg. To sum up, the Cybex Priam stroller gained my very warm feeling especially thanks to:   a huge gondola, 90 long a fantastically built-up gondola – a booth overlapping it – no rain cover or sun or wind protection will be needed here wonderful handling and cushioning, ideal for both the urban jungle and country roads a flat-folded stroller with a huge booth easy folding with one hand – also with a walking seat adjustable footrest in the stroller beautiful subdued upholstery colors with a lot of pluses, two minuses: weight 12,8 kg for the version with Trekking frame + Lux type walking seat little built-in stroller they just hide! It is not just the price that you want to hide, but the stroller is definitely worth it and will not only serve one child, it is a pram for generations that you can easily sell, recovering a lot of money.   Do you want to be up to date with us? Daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed – join me on Instagram i Facebook.
- [Easywalker Buggy XS](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-buggy-xs-test-opinie/): Easywalker Buggy XS is the second stroller that we took with us for a month to Rome – a stroller with a booth in a pattern with Mickey Mouse surprised us. Positive or negative? Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS – a featherweight stroller – only 6 kg   The Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS was the second pushchair – apart from MINI by Easywalker Buggy – which we took with us on a month long vacation. We knew that one stroller for two small children is a bad idea, and I was absolutely captivated by a video on Instagram, in which a man pulls a convertible from a tiny trunk (on vacation we usually rent a Fiat 500 convertible for himself) and unfolds this inconspicuous stroller in flight into a beautiful stroller. That’s when I decided that Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS will be the second stroller that we will take on our adventure. And I saw these booths with patterns in Mickey Mouse and Minnie – I didn’t have to wonder any longer! Just see how beautiful it is! And that’s just one of its advantages.     Easywalker Buggy XS is a stroller designed for children up to 15 kg.     Frame and wheels The frame is made of ultra-light aluminum – the entire trolley weighs only 6 kg! The wheels are large and fantastically lined – the trolley rolls lightly and easily, and it is extremely maneuverable – without a doubt the most maneuverable stroller I’ve ever had!! Really – it can be easily guided with one hand, even on uneven pavements, bumpy roads, laden with shopping. He’s a great conqueror.   With umbrellas, it is sometimes a problem to carry the stroller up the stairs when the brake protrudes more than the wheels. And here? The situation is opposite – the rear wheels of the stroller are more protruding than the brake and quite large, thanks to which the stroller is very easily pulled up and down the stairs. Easywalker Buggy XS is great for stairs!     Depreciation You immediately feel that the suspension of the stroller is cushioned on all four wheels and quite soft. The stroller has worked well on both Tuscan lanes and Roman cat heads.     holder The handle has no height adjustment, but its height will probably be suitable for a person of any height – it is as much as 105 cm, and it is also comfortable for a short person like me. It is covered with soft foam, which gives even more comfort to driving the stroller.   Brake The brake is located on the rear axle of the stroller and it is my favorite type of brake – it is easily turned on and off – always by pressing with your foot, so it works even with sandals or flip-flops.     Shopping basket For this type of trolley, and even looking at 2-in-1 trolleys, the shopping basket is surprisingly roomy, with a load capacity of up to 5 kg. I was surprised to find two slings, water, a diaper bag, a changing pad and a blanket. Although the basket is not closed, it is well thought out – nothing falls out of it.   Shed After enlarging quite large sizes, so it perfectly protects against the sun.   It has peek-a-boo window fastened with one small Velcro, so we can preview the sleeping Toddler, and removing the window will not make us noise.       Upholstery the stroller is made of waterproof and high-quality material that feels like cotton on the seat – when I unfolded the stroller for the first time, I was afraid that it would get very dirty, but we have been using the stroller for several months and now I decided to wash it and that’s it also local. The covers for the straps are removable and I have washed them twice already.       seat Quite high, it folds almost flat and has smooth adjustment – on the belt – and I admit – it’s not my favorite adjustment model, because I need both hands to change the position of the backrest. And what was the only downside of this stroller to me? The fact that the backrest does not rise to the completely vertical position, but is raised to the maximum, is still slightly tilted back.   Initially, I thought it was a big minus, but I noticed that Maks, who likes to lean out of the stroller and look around, just … leans out and looks around, even when there is no support for his back in every position. This way, when he wants to resist, he resists, and if not – grabs the headband and leans out. Safety is ensured by five-point belts with a convenient option of unfastening the shoulder straps.     The trolley seat folds flat, which is important for many parents and children who are not fans of bucket seats or strollers only with reclining backrests. For us it is also a big plus, Maks loves to sleep like this, and when I loosen his belts, he also likes to turn to the side, as usual in a cot (or our bed).       bail In many prams, you have to pay extra for this accessory – here the headband is included in the price, which makes me very happy, because Maksiu leans out of the pushchair and grabs the headband and watches the surroundings.     This is probably my proprietary solution, but the detached headband can be put away on the folded hood – it does not take up unnecessary space in the basket, and it fits perfectly and does not fall off.     Footrest The footrest of the stroller is adjustable, it can be flat – ideal for babies or bent down, allowing you to rest your feet on the footrest built into the frame of the stroller – for larger children.     Color Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS has beautiful upholstery! See for yourself: the version for boys – Mickey Ornament, for girls – Minnie Ornament and the third, more universal – Mickey Diamond. I also come in two beautiful colors without the image of Mickey Mouse: powder pink Monaco Apero and gray Berlin Breakfast. Berlin Breakfast | Monaco Apero | Mickey Ornament Minnie Ornament Mickey Diamond     Folding and size after folding The unfolded Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS stroller has the dimensions 44 x 76 x 105 cm. When folded, the stroller takes up very little space – it measures only 44 x 52 x 23 cm. As easily as one handed Easywalker Buggy XS with one hand, similar it can be folded down with one hand. Even with a baby on my hip, I can approach the car and push the button with one hand, fold the stroller, grab the handle and place it in the trunk.  When unfolding for a moment, we need a second hand – to release the security before unfolding it yourself. Folded Buggy XS takes up much less space than any umbrellaor even when I have the entire trunk of my city Mini loaded with shopping – a folded stroller fits behind the seat!     Weight Feather! The whole cart weighs only 6 kg, I can easily lift it with one hand.     Accessories We get in the set headband and raincoverand. We also have a bag to transport the trolley (very useful when traveling by plane, because it protects us from damage) and organizer, in which we carry drinks and snacks or sunglasses, spare teats and other wonders during summer walks. They can be bought separately.     Price The price of the Easywalker Buggy XS starts around PLN 1080. It is not the cheapest one, but if you are looking for a light stroller, small when folded, very comfortable to drive – even with one hand, and all this with great comfort for a child, I do not know the other one. Ideally suited to a city car, but also to more demanding surfaces. It is perfect for holidays and for the plane.     Summary of Easywalker Buggy XS Weight 6 kg. Folded dimensions 44 x 52 x 23 cm Dimensions when unfolded 44 x 76 x 105 cm Shopping basket 5 kg. Maximum child’s weight 15 kg.     If it were the first stroller I tested, I would undoubtedly consider it ideal, but after testing the Easywalker Buggy umbrellas, once I know that strollers can have car seat adapters, I am smashed – if only Easywaler Buggy XS had this option and an adjustable seat gradually with the option of vertical positioning, it would be an ideal stroller.   And I still have a great fondness for a pram Easywalker Buggy and I can’t decide which pram I like more. Until a certain age, when car seat adapters are so useful, the Buggy was my favorite stroller, despite being harder to drive, but now that I use them less and less, the Buggy XS is more with me.       And if we go for a walk with two children on two prams and I can choose which stroller to drive, I choose … XS. Its ease of handling is clearly felt compared to umbrellas with up to eight smaller wheels, which are more resistive and cannot be driven with one hand. I’ve already done it several hundred kilometers, and it still runs the same lightly, which surprised me a lot. It is also irreplaceable that by leading it with one hand, I can simultaneously grab the other child’s hand, answer the phone or eat ice cream or drink water without stopping. Mikrusi size after folding and unfolding with one hand, as well as a huge basket for holiday necessities or shopping, make it one of a kind.     And what features must your perfect stroller meet?   Do you want to be up to date with me?   Join me on Instagram i Facebook – daily dose of positive fluids guaranteed!
- [Easywalker Buggy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mini-by-easywalker-buggy/): Easywalker Buggy is a stroller that has been accompanying us from the first months of Maks’s life, we also took her to Rome, where we spent the whole family up to a month, every day using long, often over ten-kilometer walks. How did it work for us? MINI by Easywalker Buggy – a stroller with a rain cover weighing only 6,5 kg. Looking for the perfect stroller, we decided to test the Buggy stroller from Easywalker. I ride my beloved MINI every day, why should I refuse a child?    Due to the fact that the stroller is suitable for a child from the first week of life up to 20 kg of weight, it can be used by both a few months old Maksymilian and a three year old Mikołaj.   It also has a certain feature, thanks to which it leaves the competition far behind – car seat adapters. Completely unique functionality in strollers, which makes the stroller last from birth to the end of the stroller period.   Frame and wheels The frame is made of aluminum, thanks to which the frame of the trolley is light – it weighs only 6,5 kg. The trolley wheels are very easy to disassemble and clean, so there is no problem in keeping the trolley clean. Thanks to the MINI logo on wheels, my child’s vehicle looks almost like mine    Depreciation MINI by Easywalker Buggy is described as city ​​and off-road trolley. In my opinion, it is perfect for the city – also thanks to its small size when folded. Historic Rome is mostly pavements and streets lined with cobblestones, I can’t imagine any stroller without amortization, and this one really managed.   However, on a sandy or pebbled road it is a bit more difficult – fortunately, the trolley is already available in the Buggy + version with much larger wheels and adjustable handle height, today I would definitely choose the „plus” model.   The trolley runs very smoothly – it is light and very manoeuvrable. She made me happy the front wheels can be locked straight ahead, so I can put my child to sleep.   holder As it is an umbrella-type stroller, it does not have one handle, and two – both contoured, well-fitting in the hand, covered with ecological leather for comfort. In the new Buggy + model, they are adjustable in height, so if you happen to kick into the stroller during a fast walk, in the model with a plus, you will pull out the handles and that’s it.   Brake Brake pressed and released by pressing the foot at the right angle, which is the best possible solution, especially in summer, in flip-flops or sandals.   Shopping basket The basket under the seat is really spacious – up to 5 kg! I successfully fit a carrier, a blanket, sweaters and snacks in it. The basket takes up practically the entire space under the seat, thanks to which it is fully used.   Shed Perfect! The canopy is foldable – in the folded version it protects against the sun and wind, and it is enough to unfasten the zip and when folded it allows the child to sleep well. There is a peek-a-boo window above the booth, allowing for constant contact between the parent and the baby. There is also a rain cover attached to the trolley – the perfect solution for treacherous weather.   seat It is possible to set the seat in four points – from sitting to lying down, all with a single, smooth handle.   The seat upholstery is łatwozmywalną and soft, and even under the baby’s head small pillowthat can be easily detached. You can also take off the cover and take it easy machine wash.     The trolley is equipped with five-point seat belts – very easy to fasten and unfasten for a parent, and difficult to unfasten for a child. And that’s the point, isn’t it?     bail The headband in this stroller is an option to buy, but we like it very much – Maks is too. He likes to grab it, lean out and look around. The stroller can be folded despite the attached headband, and the headband itself, instead of taking it off, can be lifted up so that the child can get into the stroller – it is a very convenient option. Mikołaj himself approached the pram, lifted the headband and slipped inside    Footrest It is foldable, it is used by both Maks and Mikołaj.   Color The whole pram style, colors, logo on the wheels refers to a MINI car. And because I drive this car myself, I like the stroller the same way  Mine is black and very stylish, and on the booth there is a leather motif with the flag of Great Britain.   Colors of the Buggy + model:     I also come in beautiful colors without MINI branding:     Folding and size after folding The unfolded MINI by Easywalker Buggy has the dimensions 48 x 76 x 103 cm. The folded stroller is only 100 cm long and 24 cm wide. The MINI by Easywalker Buggy folds very easily and quickly into an umbrella, it also has an automatic lock that prevents it from unfolding automatically. The stroller fits easily in city cars – even in the trunk of a micrus such as the Fiat 500 Cabrio.   Weight As I mentioned above, thanks to the low weight of the stroller (6,5 kg), carrying it does not cause major problems, and it is also made easier by the anti-slip strap that we can wear on the shoulder. It is absolutely not a concern to climb or descend stairs with a pram, because you can easily hold the child on the hip with one hand, put the folded stroller on the other shoulder and carry it up or carry it down the stairs – after all, it is an umbrella stroller.   Accessories A range of accessories can be selected for the MINI by Easywalker Buggy stroller: adapters – thanks to them, without waking the child sleeping in the car seat, I could easily transfer them to the frame of the stroller and go from the car to the store or vice versa Despite the fact that the seat does not fit perfectly with the adapters – when you fasten the seat you do not hear a characteristic click, nevertheless, gently securing the baby, I am ready to go quite a long distance with it; the solution is perfect for holidays, on the way to the car rental company or at the airport; these adapters make the stroller second to none, bail – I wrote about its advantages above; tray – great for older kids; cup holder – in response to a call for help with a cup of coffee  – it was theoretically, because in practice we usually have a children’s water bottle there, trolley bag – thanks to which the stroller in the car seat does not dirty it, and above all protects it when traveling by plane Price The price of the MINI by Easywalker Buggy starts from PLN 970, it is not the cheapest stroller on the market, but in my opinion it is worth this amount, because it will last for the entire period of a child’s stroller (and even two or three), it is really comfortable in everyday use.   Buggy Summary Weight 6,5 kg. Folded dimensions 100 24 cm x cm Dimensions when unfolded 48 x 76 x 103 cm Shopping basket 5 kg. Maximum child’s weight 20 kg. Summary of Buggy + Weight 8 kg. Folded dimensions 107 24 cm x cm Dimensions when unfolded 79 cm x 47 cm x 107-110 cm (adjustable handle height) Shopping basket 5 kg. Maximum child’s weight 20 kg.   Mini by Easywalker Buggy this is a perfect stroller, and its possible disadvantages, i.e. relatively small wheels and low handles, were corrected in his successor, who just hit the stores: Easywalker Buggy+ that he just has larger wheels and adjustable handles. It’s a stroller, which thanks to the flat folding seat Suitable for children from birthand it is enough until until the end of the trolley period Children, thanks to the large size of the seat and extremely durable materials – we have made hundreds of kilometers with our stroller on Roman cobblestones and Tuscan roads, we have already flew several times by plane. Car seat adapters make it unmatched on the market. Thanks to the original design in many colors, I am sure that everyone will choose something for themselves.     Do you want to be up to date with me? Join me on Facebook i Instagram.
- [Children's room inspired by safari](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-inspiracje-safari/): Children’s room – for safari inspiration – I invite you to the room where Maks lives. Since Maksymilian was three years old, the room had to undergo a metamorphosis to meet the requirements of a preschooler. Welcome to Max’s room! Safari inspiration for a children’s room for an infant You will find in this postWhereas Maksymilian (serious name obliges), our little-big boy has not used diapers for a long time, so he does not need a changing table. He puts himself in and out of the crib – he does not need a crib with rungs.     What changes have happened?     Safari inspired children’s room for preschooler The most important change came from the fact that … I really like the rooms decorated tone in tone. I wanted Max’s children’s room, when he was still a baby, he was calm, relaxing before going to sleep, not attacking with a riot of colors from everywhere. I searched a lot of ideas for a children’s room and safari inspirations, but finally I decided to choose both gray furniture and gray walls – in accordance with my beloved tone-on-tone style.   Because tell yourself: how is it usually in children’s rooms? The toys are colorful, motley, often glowing and their mere presence in the room makes it it gains color, even if everything around it is subdued – white, gray or beige.   In addition, our children only play with a few toys at a time, there aren’t that many in the room at all. First of all, they play with blocks suspended in a Play & Go bag on the wall in an older Santa’s room. In one of them there is Lego, in the other there is Duplo, in addition, a bookcase with four shelves, which is standing here, and it’s all the toys in the room.       There were gray walls and gray curtains in the room and I liked it very much then, but after a while I decided that I would like to change something. Today, she would probably not choose this gray color, but repaint it with a warm white that I have in the rest of the house, or some other bright color to make these pieces of furniture stand out nicely. However, painting a room is a dirty job. I would have to remove the furniture, cover everything with foil, remove the curtains, curtain rods, remove the shelves … we didn’t want such a big renovation and just opted for wallpaper.   As soon as I saw this animal wallpaper – it stole my heart. I knew it would fit perfectly into the safari room ..   And I was saying hello to the goose, the wallpaper was bought and suddenly … the coronavirus came. I knew that I do not want to put wallpaper alone with Wojtek and we prefer to rely on a professionalwho will do it faster and better. The waiting time for it made the whole topic of renovation a bit shifted, but I can finally show you the effects!   Look at how great it looks. The animal wallpaper made the whole room come to life and warmed up beautifully.   Where to buy wallpaper?   The wallpaper is Superfresco Easy model SKIN 32-634 wall wallpaper – you will find it in this wallpaper store – and what’s very important, it is on promotion -50%!        Preschooler’s crib Oczywiście the side of the cot disappeared, thanks to which a couch was created – because Maksio is already older and he lays down to him and leaves him. However, if you ask me if the three-year-old Maks is sleeping so beautifully and does not fall to the floor … well, no. Of course, we checked it – we just put another mattress or duvet on the ground and it turned out that Maksio fell every night. We decided to install a special one for him, side drawstring for the cribwhich can also be folded flat and then I can lie down next to the baby. With one clip, I can also simply remove the entire side, if there is such a need – for example when Maksio has guests or is just playing. Then you just need to detach it and hide it under the mattress.     Which cot size should you choose?   Max’s cot is 140 × 70. When Mikołaj was his age, he slept in a 120 × 60 cot and he was very dissatisfied – despite the side and rail removed, the cot was too small for him, I heard him bumping against the sides of the bed at night … One evening he made „a man’s decision „And from his own room he moved … to the guest room to sleep on a normal” adult „bed. I knew this was a sign that he needed a new bed.   Maksio fits perfectly into the larger bed, what’s more, I lie down with him, stroke him, hug him, even Dad comes … this couch is really so durable that it will easily serve him for a few more years. So if you were wondering about the choice of a crib today 120 × 60 or 140 × 70, I absolutely recommend the bigger oneas long as you have room for them. My three-year-old fits comfortably in it and will use it for a while, while the two-and-a-half-year-old felt uncomfortable in the smaller bed.     Changing mat The chest of drawers has ceased to function as a changing table, so we gained space, because after removing the cover on the changing table, the chest of drawers became much shallower. So we decided to change the arrangement of the furniture in the room. Originally, the cot stood next to the radiator, which is a good solution in summer, but not too much in winter. So the cot went to the corner and a chest of drawers took its place. In my opinion, this is not a perfect layout, because I would like there to be greater distances here, but this room is just tiny, it is only 8m2 and not all my dreams can be realized in it, which is why these pieces of furniture are standing next to each other. I would also like there to be more space to play here, but that’s what it is.     Swing We changed the nest swing for a woven bamboo basket. This basket warms the interior nicely and corresponds in color with the inscription „Maksiu”. The inscription with the name also changed its position, previously it hung over the crib, but now we didn’t want to hang it on the wall with wallpaperbecause it wouldn’t be good to put it in, that’s why it hangs on a perpendicular wall.       Te elements of nature – shelves, an inscription in a circle, a wooden board with a burnt giraffe, a swing – they correspond perfectly with animal wallpaper. And as for the swing itself – apart from the fact that kids love to swing on it – I like to sit in this basket when, for example, Maks is already falling asleep, but he wants me to come to him again, although she does not necessarily lie down, just sit and tell him something . I laugh that although the basket is hanging in Max’s room, me and Dad are its main users. I like this swing very much, children like it, the dog likes it. However, the most important difference between this swing and the previous one is that this basket hugs and warms the entire interior.         Being on the topic of hanging ornaments, it is impossible not to refer to the hanging heads of animals. Every now and then I get asked if I don’t think animal heads on the wall are promoting poaching. I think absolutely not, these heads are plush, I don’t hang antlers here. It is also a great opportunity for a conversation where no one suffers – we translate to childrenwe think we have a great safari room but if we want to have one pet heads on the wall, it’s just plush, any animal decorations only as long as no animal suffers.   And it works great for us, because when we sometimes go to some Kashubian pub and sit in a hunting room with lots of antlers, my children educate the waitress that they should hang plush heads, because not necessarily skulls with antlers on the walls are attractive . So I believe that we are not hurting anyone, and the children are educated at the same time that hunting wild animals is harmful.       Giraffe lamp – with timer and dimmer Mega, mega cool thing that I fell in love with, this giraffe-shaped lampthat Maks got as a birthday present. I honestly admit that as a mother I dreamed about this lamp for a long time, I knew it was something great. However, when I ordered it, I did not know yet that … she is controlled by a remote control that can change the light intensity.     I don’t want my kids to sleep with the lights on, but I respect the evening when they fall asleep, they want to keep the lamp on for some time to look at the book, to calm down. And here the lamp comes to the rescue, because I can set a timer in it! The lamp can stay on for 30, 60 or 90 minutes. And it’s so cool, because I tell the kids: „Ok, listen, we’re telling fairy tales for 15 minutes now” – after that the light goes out, and they know that it means that we finish reading and go to sleep. My sons are very fond of these types of rules and routines.   It is also in this lamp dimmer – I can set the minimum light intensity to make it more pleasant for them to fall asleep or cuddle with us, and to tell fairy tales or wear pajamas in the evening, we set the maximum light intensity.   Apart from the undoubted practicality of this lamp, it is also beautiful an ornament from which I am sure that Maks will not grow up for a long time, because he is beautiful and practical. You can see someone put his heart into creating this lamp – it’s handmade, made to order. It was not one of the cheapest, but I am of the opinion that it is really worth waiting for something longer and dreaming about something, and finally be tempted to buy from Polish productionknowing that the shopkeeper is doing his thing work with the heart.   Mikołaj liked the lamp so much that when his younger brother fell asleep, he would sneak up on him and take the giraffe with him  We already have an idea for a birthday gift for him – we are just considering motive – will it be farmhouse or robot.         Bookshelf for toys In the meantime, he hung in Max’s room a simple bookcase made by us for books and toys. The shelves are wooden window sills from Brico Marche, which have curved sides and cut holes for cord. This cord has only a visual function (to match the climate of the room), because the shelves themselves are attached to the wall with triangular brackets. The idea is that gradually, as our son grows, the next boards appear at the top. Maksio is now calmly reaching to each of the shelves, and when it is higher, another shelf will appear. We do not have to worry that he will climb to reach something that is high, beyond his reach.     Favorite wooden toys Maksio cannot imagine his room without: wood safari train, wooden shape sorter butterfly-shaped, wooden jigsaw in the shape of a ramp with a hidden car – I’m learning to count, great teddy giraffeshe sleeps with every night, blue wooden rainbow, wood coffee makerwith which he welcomes every day by „brewing” my favorite coffee from wooden capsules.   I made a mistake in arranging Santa’s room, hiding all the things he wasn’t supposed to have easy access to (paints, play-dough …) high, out of his reach. Exactly – it was beyond his reach, so my child used to build stairs from toys and boxes and climbed to get to these forbidden, secret drawers. Now learning from my mistakes all the bugs in Maks’s room are at his height, the height of a three-year-old.   Thanks to this solution, we also have a nice Montessorian, a safe piece of furniture at a low cost, which additionally – thanks to the empty space above it – does not overwhelm an already tiny room. For now, there is a monkey hanging on the remaining rope … like in a real jungle!         Furthermore? When Maks did not have free access to the cot yet, there was a play mat in the corner by the wardrobe, where he could rest or play. Now the mat has disappeared and a comfortable pouffe has taken its place, where Maks really likes to look at books or practice mindfulness – like Mom. W wicker elephant we keep wooden blocks. We have replaced the pictures in frames on the wall in this corner with practical shelves for books.     We still do too carpet – zebra and hanging on the wall wings with prayerthat remind children to find a moment to talk to God every day and to be grateful for what the day has brought.     All running clothes (except for shirts hanging in the wardrobe at the moment) fit in a spacious chest of drawers, and I keep all off-season things in the wardrobe, as well as too big things from Santa or too small from Maks, which I have to lend to my friends. I also keep spare bedding there, or occasionally used children’s equipment such as an inhaler, sleeping bag or holiday blankets.     This is how it looks like Max’s room in all its glory. However, this is certainly not the end of changes, because in 3 years we will have a desk that will probably stand under the window, thus the chest of drawers will change its place to make it for a bed.   But at the moment, 150% of the preschooler’s safari room meets the needs of not only Maks, but also our whole family. The post featured: Furniture: cot – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop chest of drawers – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop wardrobe – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop shelf for toys – Ikea textiles: zebra blanket – Quax, Muppetshop zebra pillow – Quax, Muppetshop  zebra rug – Quax, Muppetshop gray quilted bed cover – Mom can a bag for toys, giraffe underwear a – Farm Living, Muppetshop safari bedding – Zara Home (unavailable) Decor: giraffe lamp – Little Lights seeing flower pot – Ravel giraffe mirror – decosign giraffe head – H & M Home rhinoceros head on the wall – H & M Home „Maks” inscription on the wall in a circle – CortenDesign Toys: Wooden Safari Train – Janod Wooden Butterfly Shape Sorter – Janod Wooden puzzle – I’m learning to count – Car ramp – Janod Plush giraffe – HM Teddy monkey – orangutan – IKEA Wooden rainbow – Tublu Wooden coffee maker – Tublu What do you like the most about the children’s room and safari inspiration?
- [Small toilet](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mala-toaleta/): A small toilet designed in an empty open-space space is a challenge – we would not be able to do without the help of an architect, with the design of a triangular space. It’s time for the end result! Here is our tiny, male and female toilet in a seaside office!     I have already shown you the design of our male and female toilet on the first floor, consistent with the rest of the office. It is small, approx. 1,8 m2 – it may seem like a really small toilet, but I will show you that everything that should be there is in it!   Small toilet – vision vs reality What changes have been made to the design?   Shallow We focused on Polish tiles tubadzin – I had the pleasure host in their factory i see for yourself how these tiles are formed on the most modern production line in this part of Europe, absolutely matching – and often exceeding in terms of quality the famous Italian products. I also saw a pattern room where I had the opportunity to try to make my own pattern on a tile using many techniques and see for myself what a wonderful story behind these Polish products.   We chose the walls mosaic tiles – fish scale. – from the Tokyo SHEEN collection designed by Maciej Zień. This collection expresses tradition inherent in modernity – just like in the city of Tokyo, which, despite dynamic changes, paradoxically keeps its own an orderly structure.   I decided to combine this wonderful mosaic with covered walls and floors Exposy gray tiles – also Tubądzin brands. We adjusted the size of the tiles so that there were no joints on the wall – only minimalist, clean, smooth surfaces without joints or joints.       Lustrum Another thing is a mirror. I found them on Allegro at a very low price – three times lower than that of the project – and 10 cm narrowerand when it came … I thought for a long time whether to leave it or send it back – after all, I was so fond of our visualization!   Soon, however, our architect Ewelina Balcerzak visited us in the office, who convinced me: „Leave that mirror, you will see more mosaicsyou cared about so much, you will see more beautiful tiles ”. We put a mirror over the washbasin and I already knew it was a good decision – indeed, I really wanted this mosaic, so the narrower mirror remained – when it hung, I was delighted with the effect!     Cupboard This is the second big change. The cabinet was to be made by a carpenter, instead completion dates making the furniture meant that we did not want to wait and we started looking for the perfect cabinet among those available ready to order.     As you can see, the washbasin is countertopin the form of a bowl. So we chose a piece of furniture with a wood-colored top, a glossy gray drawer frontswhich already today fit perfectly with the whole, and on the other hand, we have the possibility that at any time we can only order wooden fronts from a carpenter and easy to replace, saving a lot on such a procedure, because for the cabinet we paid a fraction of the price we would pay to a carpenter for a cabinet made of wood.     Such a solution meant that the lack of a cabinet from a carpenter did not delay the project, and I have to admit that we have had a toilet for several months and I like the whole thing so much that the last thing I think about at the moment is the replacement of its fronts. I am not saying that I will never do it, because I like it more in the visualization version, but there are so many other things to do in the office that for the moment it stays as it is.     I definitely wanted to cupboard with drawers. Both in the office and at home, I want our guests, without asking us for anything, to find what may be useful to them in the toilet. That is why they are in our drawers hygienic products for women in various forms and sizes, plasters, moist toilet paper, wet wipes, toothbrushes and toothpaste, dental floss, etc.. We want our guests – but also employees – to feel comfortable. Such things at hand are really useful, and visiting guests or clients do not have to be embarrassed by a rubbed heel, a crumb between their teeth or „those days”      And what else in our little toilet?   Black accessories In addition to the mirror, we focused on black fittings, wall-mounted soap with a black handle, a black toilet paper holder, a brush for toilets or a towel holder.   We decided that we are not going to drill these big tiles – it proved to be quite powerful for us double-sided adhesive tapewhich holds the toilet paper and towel holder firmly. We were afraid to risk cracking the tiles when drilling – look how big these tiles are, cut to size… the risk was too great. What if I wanted to replace the handles one day and the spacing would be different? I know, it may seem funny, but I think I got away from home – Wojtek too – such a fear of drilling and destroying … and I feel calmer when I know that it is glued    Lighting We thought about the right lighting for the toilet for a long time. We hesitated between the ball-shaped light and black narrow tube – you can see for yourself what decision we finally made in the photos and I have to admit that we like the effect very much! The lamp fits the whole and complements what has been hung in other parts of the office.     Decor Of course, it would not do without small decorations, which is why it appeared on the shelf above the toilet candle and glass black vases with dried plants – also black.       In conclusion, uI adore our little toilet in the office. It is really spacious – more than it appeared on the project and for sure the last thing I would say about this toilet and the last drawback I would mention is that it is too small.   I am very happy that I trusted Ewelina, her visualizations and her experience. As she said herself – it is a „little toilet” – but I am very happy with this „little toilet” and at the moment I would not change anything in it. This interior is completely ready for me.     Small toilet – list of products used: Fish scale plates: sheen white – TOKYO SHEEN Tubądzin collection; Gray tiles, gloss: Exposy gray tiles tubadzin in two dimensions – smaller on the floor and bigger on the walls Black matt flush-mounted mixer:  REA Lungo Soap holder: Meraki Adhesive bathroom towel hook black: Nuv Toilet brush: MUGO Toilet paper holder: DIAR Black vases, gold tray: HM Home Candle: MOA Home Stories
- [Online wedding consultant course - what is it better than in-house?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-konsultant-slubny-online/): Online or stationary wedding consultant course? Since 2016, I have been running full-time courses attended by almost 500 people not only from all over Poland, but also from Germany, Norway, Greece, Italy and Spain – so to make it even easier for you to learn in Academy of Wedding Studios from 2020 you can take part in the „Expert Wedding Consultant” course also online. What have I prepared for you?   At least once a week I get a message or a phone call asking: which Wedding Consultant Course is better to choose? Online course or face-to-face course? When might an online wedding consultant course be a better option for you? I always say to all these news: it depends and I try my best to recognize your needs and possibilities.   Because my answer depends on this: where do you live Where do you study where do you work what do you do in life what’s your character what your everyday life looks like.   Thanks to this, we can jointly state: can you take 6 days off and come to the stationary course or do you prefer to save time and money and learn from the comfort of your home? Do you have difficulties with absorbing knowledge in large portions, but do you prefer to decide for yourself how much time you spend on learning a day? do you know that at home it will be difficult for you to motivate yourself to learn?   Or maybe you are worried that the Online Course is less knowledgeable and less material than the on-site course? Nothing could be more wrong! My Online Wedding Consultant Course on the contrary, it takes as much as 185% of the time of the stationary course, so I spend almost twice as much time on each topic as on the stationary course.     Online wedding consultant course – when is it worth it? 1. You live abroad Especially now, when the coronavirus pandemic is raging almost all over the world, and many flights have been suspended or checks at border crossings have been tightened, hotels have limited access for visitors, an online wedding consultant course may be the best option for you. If you do not want to give up your dreams, especially now, when the situation is so uncertain and you do not know when you will be able to come to the stationary training, it is worth considering this option. You can take the Expert Online Wedding Consultant course from anywhere in the country and at any time.     2. You work full-time Let’s face it – many of us work in places where we don’t want to work at all. They don’t feel satisfied, they want to change something in their lives. However, they do not want their supervisors to learn that they are training in a different field and plan to start their own business … Thanks to the access to the e-learning platform with the online wedding consultant course, you can easily watch the material before and after work, painting or eating breakfast. And the boss doesn’t need to know about it at all      3. You run the house and look after the children on a daily basis This is a very important and difficult task. Hats off to all mothers who bravely endure the hardships of life, running the house and taking care of their kids all day long. But they also deserve a chance for development.   So if you want to train to be able to run your business in the future, but you cannot leave your place of residence, because without you the world will collapse (;-)), the online wedding consultant course is for you. You can go through the stages of the course while your children are sleeping or playing quietly (I know, I know, oxymoron! :-)), and certainly when they fall asleep. These are not live lessons, but pre-recorded materials, so you can pause the movie at any time and watch it again as soon as possible. The platform will remember where you left off watching, so when you restart it you can just continue the lesson.   Live, we have videoconferences once a week, which are intentionally scheduled for 20:00.     4. You cannot travel for 4 days Work 5-6 days a week, sometimes shift work, irregular work, does not allow for a four-day trip to the Tri-City. Nothing is lost – you get access to the course platform for up to six months! During this time, you can watch the entire training as many times as you like, rewinding and pausing whenever you need to.     5. You are an introverted person, you feel insecure in the group Often during group trainings you think „I would ask a question, but I’m afraid I will fool around”, „I have misunderstood it, but I’m probably the only one, I won’t ask you”? During the online course, under each video posted on the platform, there is a place to ask me questions. However, you do not have to worry that you will ask a „stupid question” (remember, there are no such questions!), You will misunderstand something, someone will laugh at you … The question that you ask under the film can only be seen by you and me. I will answer you anonymously during a videoconference or individually – if required by the specificity of the question, or anonymously during a videoconference with the whole group.     6. You doubt whether you are able to acquire knowledge effectively for 4 days, 8 hours a day The stationary training is a huge knowledge pill, which of course requires consolidation after returning home – thanks to the textbook and your own notes, you can systematically consolidate the acquired knowledge. On the other hand, the online course allows you complete the lessons at your own pace, stopping the videos to update the exercises in the textbook as you go – during the full-time course it is your homework. Therefore, the greatest advantage of the Wedding Consultant Online Expert Online course is that for 6 months you can return to each lesson to refresh a given topic or dispel doubts whether to create a budget or schedule for the client you already serve.     7. Would you like to meet your mentor in person? Are you worried that we won’t get to know each other in person? Nothing could be more wrong, the same as in the case of the stationary course, you are entitled to 2 hours of individual consultations with mewhich we can take place in my office in Gdynia or at Zoom.     What do you think about online courses? Do you think they are less effective than stationary? Or, on the contrary, are you a fan of them because of the convenience?
- [Industrial style bathroom - design](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lazienka-w-stylu-industrialnym/): The industrial-style bathroom that we dreamed of in our office turned out to be quite a challenge meet the demands of two different tastes. A male-female compromise was achieved, which resulted in a beautiful design. It sounds impossible, but we did it! Check what it looked like on the project unique combination of feminine and masculine style in one room.   Industrial style bathroom – design   A vision and a compromise in making your dreams come true We started the technical design of this room with a joint decision to continue the consistency of styles in our office. We faced the difficult task of combining our two different tastes – mine, that is light freshness of bright colors and Wojtek’s dreams of living clearly marked male accent throughout the project.   Functional solutions for the future Both me and Wojtek wanted the whole thing to be as functional as possible, in case we wanted to convert our office into an apartment in the future – after all, that was his original purpose. There may be many reasons for this – our company may grow and turn out to be too small, or its character will change and become too big. It will then be easier to sell or rent them. As a result, we decided to make connections to the washing machine and in the office bathroom we wanted a shower in our office!   Due to the office nature of the interior, we decided not to use a traditional shower cabin. We wanted this element to be only an addition, and not play a major role in our industrial-style bathroom.   Together with Wojtek we focused on a subtle but modern design. The linear drain installed in the floor is covered with a glass pane, which, for safety reasons, we decided to cover with black muntins. It allowed us be consistent with the industrial glass wall with black metal profiles in our conference room upstairs.   The first problem I encountered during the implementation was the place where our dream shower is to stand. On the one hand, we were limited by a window, and on the other – a gas stove that kept us warm – both of them impossible to move at this stage. The only possible place had an impact on both the size of the shower and other solutions used in our industrial-style bathroom.     Industrial style bathroom – tiles When it comes to choosing the right tiles, we had several concepts, but we knew almost from the beginning that we would love to use rust tilesthat fit our idea of ​​an industrial-style bathroom, which we fell in love with during visits to the Tubądzin factory a year earlier.     We collected our ideas together and sent a set of inspirations to our architect –  Ewelina Balcerzak, shifting her feet to the thought of what she can design out of it all.   The number 1 project of a bathroom in an industrial style   They were to decorate the wall behind the mirror tiles in dark tones from series Brave Rust STR by Tubądzin stacked herringbone – in this pattern the floors are arranged throughout our office, which gave a beautiful visual continuation, while Ewelina proposed light tiles on the floor and the shower wall.     The herringbone stole my heart, Wojtek bought this idea right away, but I – I admit – I was afraid that such a large and dark element would overwhelm me – after all, I love bright interiors. So Ewelina proposed to keep this color proposal, but to reverse their share in the room.   While if you are not afraid of this color and you love copper – see what a magical bathroom you can conjure up of these Brave Rust STR tiles by Tubądzin!   Tiles: Brave Rust | Photo: Tubądzin     Design of 2 bathrooms in an industrial style   Fortunately, these beautiful, textured tiles came in several colors and we were able to turn the whole concept around. Lay our beloved rust-colored tiles on the floor and in the shower Rust Stain Lap by Tubądzin. Their color is a representation of a rusty and metallic surface, reminding us of a sunken ship, a herringbone tiles choose in a bright – available for this model color version – Brave Platinium STR – Tubądzin.   I had to see under the sink cupboardin which you can hide all hygiene products, as well as fresh towels or toilet paper – all this so that our guests can find what they need in it.     We planned on the opposite wall the toilet – if we were to live here mainly, a bidet would probably also appear here, but in the office we decided not to install it. A wall-hung toilet with a built-in flushing system is my must-have – it helps a lot in getting clean every day.   There is also a place for the aforementioned washing machine (in the wardrobe) and a built-in wardrobe where you can store supplies, an ironing board or household chemicals.       Industrial style bathroom – accessories They were an obvious complement black batteries and accessories such as a flush button, hangers, a toilet brush or a garbage can – matching the faucets in ours black kitchen and the toilet on the floor. To all this, we have also added a wood-colored cabinet to make the interior warm.   Ready for the end result? There is a completed bathroom here.
- [Cozy bedroom](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przytulnasypialnia/): A cozy bedroom is a need that appeared in me only with time – initially I arranged it in cool white, additionally with glossy fronts, which are not „warm” at all. Check what I changed in our bedroom! Get inspired by my ideas for small changes that will turn any room into a cozy oasis for relaxation.   Cozy bedroom   A place of celebration of rest, the kingdom of sleep and relaxation – BEDROOM! A room where we spend a lot of time not only while sleeping. The key element conducive to our relaxation is giving the interior the right character.   You will surely remember the earlier decor of this room, in which the seaside atmosphere in the New York style of the interior of the Hamptons area was complemented by bedroom console.     A cozy bedroom – the implementation of new ideas and inspirations     For some time now, I have felt a strong need to insulate the interior in which I am staying. I feel good in cozy rooms that, with their arrangement, create a warm socket, which is perfect for losing myself and allowing myself to fully relax.         As you already know, I love playing with textures, I love introducing new patterns and combining them with existing ones. Accessories are very important to me. Little things that make me feel special. Things that do not require a lot of money, simple rituals that give me a feeling of incredible comfort in the comfort of my own home.     Cozy bedroom – new console arrangement     The biggest element that has changed is the console next to the bed. It retained its current location, but completely changed its form.   The white piece of furniture creating a seaside atmosphere in the entire interior was replaced by a new wooden console, based on two gold-colored brackets. The natural shade of warm wood combined with golden legs completely warmed this area of ​​our bedroom.         I replaced the cool porcelain with baskets made of natural materials. These, in turn, were filled with blankets that were pleasant to the touch. The whole composition found its place just below the console, because this new one has no shelves in the lower part. There are many places under it that I decided to use in this way.         The crowning of this element of the bedroom were new accessories and a mirror that replaced the existing white frames with our photos. This time I focused mainly on elements in golden color. This shade, like no other, perfectly warms the interior. Of course, there were candles, which I love so much. A living flower arrangement in the form of a garden in a jar – a gift from my graduate Course on the Wedding Planner – I exchanged for dried bouquets which brought back memories of summer in me. Keeping consistency, I chose a round mirror in a golden frame. The gentle shape combined with the frame in a warm color harmonizes with the whole in a subtle way.   Completing the composition on the console table lamp SOBER by Markslöjd. Elegant and classic Scandinavian design made in a modernist style is perfect for our bedroom as an additional light source. The brass-colored lamp base fits wonderfully with the other accessories.         A cozy bedroom – the new face of the existing bedside tables     In the case of bedside tables, I decided to only modify the current furniture. I really like their form, they are both nice and functional. The white color harmonizes perfectly with the other elements of the bedroom, while the shelves and drawers are the perfect place to store various small items.   The only thing that did not fit in with my new bedroom concept were the handles mounted in the drawers. The previous ones, with their color and texture, made the entire cabinet look very cool visually. In order for this piece of furniture to match the whole, I once again chose golden color. The new handles not only impress with their shade, but also with a modern shape. After replacing this detail, the entire table gained a new face. The white color no longer appears to be a cool shade.         The main lighting in our bedroom is a truly unique element. Every time I look at it, I am excited about the philosophy of this brand. Especially now, when I can only dream of traveling for many different reasons. My imagination is stimulated by thoughts about the long journey that this lamp covers. It is a handicraft made of wooden beads – BROMO ceiling lamp by Nusa . He begins his adventure from the moment of production and packaging in Bali. I am glad that I can have such a lamp that reminds me that my home is also my miracle. It’s nice that I can appreciate it with such a work of art.               Cozy bedroom – a new element     Functional and charming – the bench – placed at the foot of the bed, beautifully blended in with our interior. It harmonizes perfectly with our SOBER table lamp – Marksl brandsöjd, also made in the Scandinavian style. Thanks to her, the bedroom has become cozier. The bench is great as a place where you can put away a blanket or decorative pillows. The use of a material in a color similar to the upholstery of the bed in combination with a wooden frame fits perfectly with the rest of the furniture. The element itself is a beautiful decoration that will find many functional uses in our bedroom.         I love changes and refinement of the interior of my home. The solutions described above made our bedroom feel like in a new room, and only a few small elements have changed! The perfect proof of the importance of the changed elements in this room is the fact that the bedding remained the same, and its visual perception is completely different both before and after the metamorphosis – a cozy bedroom!   And how do you like the changes we made to our bedroom?   The post featured: Console A bench Table lamp Ceiling lamp Handles for bedside tables Lustrum
- [Loft style bathroom](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lazienka-w-stylu-loft/): A loft-style bathroom is a combination of a „male ground floor” and a „female floor” in our seaside office. You’ve already seen what our toilet looks like, so now find out about the compromise that allowed us to create a coherent whole of two different tastes. See how we arranged this interior together! You’ve seen it already project and the final appearance of ours a small toilet upstairsI also showed you bathroom design on the ground floor. Are you curious what we changed in the final version?     Loft style bathroom As you already know, our goal was to combine a heavy and dark climate with light colors so that the whole thing was light in its perfect consistency. We really wanted the whole thing to be beautiful it harmonized with the rest of our office.   When designing a loft-style bathroom on the ground floor, we had to consider each scenario for the future. Despite being an office, we wanted it the room was fully functionalboth now and in the future, for example, when for some reason we would have made up our minds turn our office into an apartment.   Guided by these thoughts, we decided to install a shower. This element of the bathroom is very similar to the loft wall on the first floor, separating the conference room from the rest of the corridor. Exactly that black steel profiles they helped us maintain this consistency and … saved our guests from accidentally bumping into the glass ;-).   We had, however problem with the selection of a shower faucet. I really wanted the shower to be equipped with a round, black rain shower – and not an ordinary metal one, as in the visualization. To my surprise, this model of faucets with a thermostat in a specific custom color turned out to be a difficult thing to get – only square ones were available. Finally, I was able to buy my dream rain shower. It is a small element when looking at the overall interior, but it wonderfully emphasizes the loft accent in our industrial-style bathroom.       Loft style bathroom – tiles Looking at the visualization, the planned solution did not quite appeal to me. I really liked the rusty color as well idea of ​​repetition herringbone on the floor office space, but I didn’t like those rusty tiles all over the wall – it felt too dark and cold.   When we chose tiles, we were captivated by bold tiles in their style, perfectly matching the style of the bathroom loft – Rust Stain Lap from the Tubądzin brand. Their color is a representation of a rusty and metallic surface, resembling an element of a sunken ship. The use of this material, as we assumed, gave the interior expressiveness and a strong male overtone. We used these tiles in two sizes, although we eventually changed the concept a bit you saw in the visualization.   As you can see, we have not given up the rusty tiles, but they are not on the wall anymore. Smaller found their place on the floor, while big on one of the walls in the shower area.   The fact that we gave up on the rectangular rusty tiles on the wall didn’t mean that I didn’t like the pattern, because I liked it a lot! That’s why we decided to leave them on the wall, but… in a different color. We applied decorative structural tiles from the Brave collection created by the Tubądzin brand. The subtle pattern perfectly fit into our concept combination of a loft-style bathroom with a delicate, feminine touch of aesthetics. This makes the whole thing extremely light in the visual context, and at the same time has a strong male accent given by the use of tiles with a rusty color.     We also used it in this project black batteries and accessoriesthat she proposed to us Ewelina Balcerzakwe worked with on the bathroom on the first floor of our office.       Loft style bathroom – accessories The whole was completed by a round – not as shown in the visualization, oval – loft mirror suspended directly above the cupboard with a washbasin on a strap made of ecological leather. It illuminates the entire room, reflecting the light that comes through the window. This, in turn, was decorated with wooden blinds. Initially, we considered using bamboo ones to warm the interior, but I was afraid to introduce another color here. Then Ewelina suggested to me the idea of ​​using blinds in a color matching the color of the walls.     We also decided to use other lamps – instead of geometric forms, we decided to hang two lamps at the same height. The glass shade gives lightnesswhile the black binding emphasizes the masculine loft accent.   There were dried flowers in beige vases, and wooden shelf above the suspended toilet – black letter B – like the name of the Wojtka company, Brainbox. Where did the wooden shelf come from?   Exactly. To warm up this seemingly cool interior, we decided to put up a bright wooden cabinet under the washbasin instead of a black metal one, no drawers or doors. Thanks to this, we also gained a place to store all bathroom adjoins, clean hand towels and toilet paper. The color of the cabinet corresponds beautifully with the shelf above the toilet, and the shelf with the cabinet.   A decorative element is also made of steel, black radiator giving the room a modern look. An indispensable piece of equipment for every bathroom, it looks perfectly in our loft-style bathroom.   There is a funny story connected with it. When the radiator came in we thought its color was more anthracite than black, so we bought it black radiator sprayto give it a more suitable color. Imagine our surprise when it turned out that the painted radiator… does not differ completely!       Loft style bathroom – our purchases Tiles on the walls: light tiles with a delicate pattern – BRAVE PLATINUM STR brand Tubądzin Tiles on the floor and in the shower: RUST STAIN LAP brand Tubądzin in two dimensions – smaller on the floor and bigger on the wall in the shower Black matt flush-mounted mixer:  REA Lungo Soap holder: Meraki Adhesive bathroom towel hook black: Nuv Toilet brush: MUGO Toilet paper holder: DIAR Vases: HM Home Illuminated letter B: Allegro     What do you like the most about our bathroom? TAGS: OFFICE,INTERIOR BLOG,INTERIOR DESIGN BLOG,MY OFFICE,INTERIORS 7 COMMENTS LEAVE A COMMENT: Logged in as damian. Edit your profile. Log off? Required fields are marked * MIFILI.PL REPLY 20.12.2022 Beautifully decorated children’s corner  It has everything you need to play ISLAND REPLY 31.01.2022 It makes an impression, it is my inspiration before the next renovation. The loft style is wonderful. EWA REPLY 22.09.2021 Where did the sink cabinet come from? SLR CAMERA REPLY 16.06.2021 A very nice mirror  I would like to hang something like that in my bathroom  WIKTORIA REPLY 09.06.2021 This bathroom is gorgeous and so minimalist. CAROLINA REPLY 21.05.2021 Well, I am delighted with this bathroom .. and your entire blog, family. And the dog – sweetness itself  power of inspiration !!! AGNIESZKA 27.05.2021 thank you – on behalf of the family, Zumka and your own, of course  PUBLICATION: 13.05.2021 | UPDATE: 14.05.2021 HOME, INTERIORS 4 COMMENTS Cozy bedroom A cozy bedroom is a need that appeared in me only with time – initially I arranged it in cool white, additionally with glossy fronts, which are not „warm” at all. Check what I changed in our bedroom! Get inspired by my ideas for small changes that will turn any room into a cozy oasis for relaxation.   Cozy bedroom   A place of celebration of rest, the kingdom of sleep and relaxation – BEDROOM! A room where we spend a lot of time not only while sleeping. The key element conducive to our relaxation is giving the interior the right character.   You will surely remember the earlier decor of this room, in which the seaside atmosphere in the New York style of the interior of the Hamptons area was complemented by bedroom console.     A cozy bedroom – the implementation of new ideas and inspirations     For some time now, I have felt a strong need to insulate the interior in which I am staying. I feel good in cozy rooms that, with their arrangement, create a warm socket, which is perfect for losing myself and allowing myself to fully relax.         As you already know, I love playing with textures, I love introducing new patterns and combining them with existing ones. Accessories are very important to me. Little things that make me feel special. Things that do not require a lot of money, simple rituals that give me a feeling of incredible comfort in the comfort of my own home.     Cozy bedroom – new console arrangement     The biggest element that has changed is the console next to the bed. It retained its current location, but completely changed its form.   The white piece of furniture creating a seaside atmosphere in the entire interior was replaced by a new wooden console, based on two gold-colored brackets. The natural shade of warm wood combined with golden legs completely warmed this area of ​​our bedroom.         I replaced the cool porcelain with baskets made of natural materials. These, in turn, were filled with blankets that were pleasant to the touch. The whole composition found its place just below the console, because this new one has no shelves in the lower part. There are many places under it that I decided to use in this way.         The crowning of this element of the bedroom were new accessories and a mirror that replaced the existing white frames with our photos. This time I focused mainly on elements in golden color. This shade, like no other, perfectly warms the interior. Of course, there were candles, which I love so much. A living flower arrangement in the form of a garden in a jar – a gift from my graduate Course on the Wedding Planner – I exchanged for dried bouquets which brought back memories of summer in me. Keeping consistency, I chose a round mirror in a golden frame. The gentle shape combined with the frame in a warm color harmonizes with the whole in a subtle way.   Completing the composition on the console table lamp SOBER by Markslöjd. Elegant and classic Scandinavian design made in a modernist style is perfect for our bedroom as an additional light source. The brass-colored lamp base fits wonderfully with the other accessories.         A cozy bedroom – the new face of the existing bedside tables     In the case of bedside tables, I decided to only modify the current furniture. I really like their form, they are both nice and functional. The white color harmonizes perfectly with the other elements of the bedroom, while the shelves and drawers are the perfect place to store various small items.   The only thing that did not fit in with my new bedroom concept were the handles mounted in the drawers. The previous ones, with their color and texture, made the entire cabinet look very cool visually. In order for this piece of furniture to match the whole, I once again chose golden color. The new handles not only impress with their shade, but also with a modern shape. After replacing this detail, the entire table gained a new face. The white color no longer appears to be a cool shade.         The main lighting in our bedroom is a truly unique element. Every time I look at it, I am excited about the philosophy of this brand. Especially now, when I can only dream of traveling for many different reasons. My imagination is stimulated by thoughts about the long journey that this lamp covers. It is a handicraft made of wooden beads – BROMO ceiling lamp by Nusa . He begins his adventure from the moment of production and packaging in Bali. I am glad that I can have such a lamp that reminds me that my home is also my miracle. It’s nice that I can appreciate it with such a work of art.               Cozy bedroom – a new element     Functional and charming – the bench – placed at the foot of the bed, beautifully blended in with our interior. It harmonizes perfectly with our SOBER table lamp – Marksl brandsöjd, also made in the Scandinavian style. Thanks to her, the bedroom has become cozier. The bench is great as a place where you can put away a blanket or decorative pillows. The use of a material in a color similar to the upholstery of the bed in combination with a wooden frame fits perfectly with the rest of the furniture. The element itself is a beautiful decoration that will find many functional uses in our bedroom.         I love changes and refinement of the interior of my home. The solutions described above made our bedroom feel like in a new room, and only a few small elements have changed! The perfect proof of the importance of the changed elements in this room is the fact that the bedding remained the same, and its visual perception is completely different both before and after the metamorphosis – a cozy bedroom!   And how do you like the changes we made to our bedroom?   The post featured: Console A bench Table lamp Ceiling lamp Handles for bedside tables Lustrum
- [Children's corner in the office](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-dla-dzieci/): Children’s corner in the office? I used to say that it is impossible with us, but since we are struggling with the pandemic, closed schools and kindergartens, children are more and more frequent guests in our office. They visit us at work or spend their free time with us here. It also often happens that they come to the office children of our clients or co-workers. And if so, we wanted them to have their place here! Without a doubt, with such a corner we work several times faster than when bored children wander around the office … and we follow them.     Children’s corner in the office   This place became extremely useful during the pandemic, when we had to limit the number of places we visited. The boys often spent almost whole days with us, absorbed in playing and studying, and we devoted ourselves to our daily duties in the office.   On the first floor of our office – right next to the conference room – we have arranged a children’s corner, for relaxation and fun. On the one hand, we wanted it to be filled with fairy-tale characters, and on the other, that it should not dominate the office space.   Furniture in the children’s corner   We moved the furniture here from our attic – a table with chairs by the French brand Janod from the Arctic collection perfectly matched the colorful atmosphere, without taking up too much space. We also separated the space optically with a jute rug.         And the leitmotif? Recently, Moomin appeared on Canal + in a new edition, which my children loved, and after watching all the episodes, we started with the old episodes – exactly the ones I watched as a child. So we invited our loved ones to our children’s corner  Moomin – characters you see both small and large guests of our office smile. Most importantly – in such an arrangement, every toddler feels great, and we do not get nystagmus, which often accompanies children’s play corners.   A rack on wheels for toys   There is also a table with chairs in the children’s corner bookcase on wheels filled with books, puzzles and toys, which helps us keep order here after play, and most importantly – children’s topics can easily go aside if more space is needed in the office.     With the onset of spring aura, on warm days, we set up the boys’ favorite hammock on the terrace, which always reminds them Daddy Moomin’s fairy-tale hammock.       And since we already have such a fairy-tale atmosphere, it is impossible not to agree that our little guests should be entertained with drinks adequate to the seriousness of the whole situation. Surely you are asking yourself what do these fairy-tale characters have to do with tea? Moomin teas they are packed in wonderful, colorful cans, and each of them shows the character of the main character of the fairy tale! You will find different flavors and designs in the store coffeedesk  – and here you will find the Teministeriet tea collection with Moomins – I am sure it will awaken the childhood memories of many adults.         As you know, I am a huge supporter of ecological solutions and reusable products, and cans of these teas can be a beautiful decoration for a child’s room, desk or magic kitchen – so they are 100% reusable. These metal cans are not only very cute, but also help to take better care of our planet.       Not only the packaging is fabulous. Each of the teas contains different types flower petals, berries and fruitwhich provide teas with an amazing aroma and a wonderful, sweet taste with no added sugar, which is a huge plus in the diet of our children.     There are two ways of making tea, using warm or cold water. Our children love the latter way, and thanks to this we can weave a healthy drink containing many vitamins into their diet. Undoubtedly, ice cubes also add charm, which turn it into the real ice tea:       As I mentioned earlier, tea also interested the older group of connoisseurs. Not only do I love it, but our entire team and, of course, the guests – also adults. Here’s a portion for Mom!         Following this step, we use to serve tea (especially coffee to go in the car) KEEPCUP cups made of durable glass (see). Tight cover made of non-toxic plastic and cork headband make the mug amazing bezpiecznyboth for our children and on the desk next to our computers. Anyone who has flooded a laptop once will certainly appreciate its advantages.         Even if the closed cup tips over, the tea or coffee stays in place – it is completely tight and resistant to breaking, and therefore super safe not only for our children, but also for exits – especially now, when we mainly drink coffee instead of in a cafe.         Each sip of tea guarantees us a journey to the world of Moomins! It has become part of everyday life in our lives. It also works well as a great gift for both children and adults. It not only tastes good, but also charms with its wonderful, fairy-tale packaging, which, after drinking the tea, will 100% stay with the recipients for longer, evoking warm thoughts not only about the Moomins, but also about yours        I am curious if you appreciate child-friendly places and how do you like it with us? Are you coming over for tea?  
- [A small garden with a terrace](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maly-ogrodek-z-tarasem/): New arrangement of a small garden with a terrace. See how I was able to transfer the maritime atmosphere to our green oasis of peace at the back of our house.       A small garden with a terrace With the first signs of spring, I couldn’t wait to „fire up” our little garden with a terrace next to the townhouse in which we live.   I love the summer face of our „oasis of peace” (oasis of course is after 21pm when children sleep) where we go crazy every day and then relax. While planning it, I couldn’t forget that it is also the kingdom of our boys who love to spend long hours there filled with various games.   And when I was invited to the summer arrangement of this space by the long-awaited Jotex store in Poland and also with a code: AGNIESZKAKUDELA 30 I have a 30% discount * for the entire order I couldn’t be more happy    * Conditions: The promotion cannot be combined with any other offers or discounts. It does not apply to products that are discounted or marked „Deal!”. One-time promotion for each client. Until 18.06.2021/XNUMX/XNUMX.   Preparations for the implementation of inspiration and ideas for the transformation of a small garden with a terrace, I started with maintaining separate zones so that every user would be satisfied and find something for themselves! I wanted to maintain consistency in the whole arrangement, but also about intimacy. While it may seem impossible, since it is a row house after all, it seems to me that we have achieved the intended goal.         Plants   It was my great dream to fill the space with greenery. Beautiful, flowering plants set in every corner of a small garden with a terrace. Due to our dog – Zuma, only potted plants were available. The kind that she couldn’t dig up or be dangerous to her. I love bright colors so I chose such flowers. The pots from the series turned out to be beautiful and both very practical Fiefs and ALTEA of Jotex. They are made made of ecological materials – they are very light – so I can go crazy shifting them back and forth whenever I want – it is completely different with our last year’s clay pots, when full of earth seem to be embedded in the terrace – and they work well both outside and inside. I am very happy because I fell in love with their appearance and I will gladly use them in the interior of the house after the end of the season.         For now, together with wonderfully flowering hydrangeas, they will decorate our small garden with a terrace until the last warm days of the season. Floral compositions decorate not only the terrace but also the area where the hammock is located – here I focused primarily on flowers on the pedestal so that they can be seen from behind the garden sofa.             Inspiration   The first leitmotif that came to my mind was nautical style. I was inspired primarily by the sail stretched over most of the terrace, under which we shelter from the sun’s rays on hot days, and the fact that we live by the sea!   He had already crept into our little garden with a terrace a sea accent in the form of sand. As you might guess, it’s the boys’ favorite playground. It also works perfectly as a place for ours hammock. Nothing stimulates the senses like relaxing in a hammock on a sandy ground on warm days. A children’s zone, which we transform in a few moments into a resting place for the whole family.           PILLOWS   Our garden furniture is probably already with us last season – after a few years, more and more cracks start to appear on them – and Maksio will jump with his heel on the seat without cushions, and this something will crack after frost. But I wanted them revive, give them a new version. I decided to implement it with accessories in the form of decorative pillows. I chose gray-blue pillowcases from magnificent linen and cotton with a plant print. A small touch that gave new life to our chain lounge set.     Carpet     It was my dream outdoor carpet that I can lay on the terrace. This element incredibly warms the decor. It made our rest area even more cozy. I chose our terrace carpet Olina in broken white colors combined with timeless turquoise. It fits perfectly into the nautical decor.       Family relaxation zone   I love our family gatherings at the table in our small garden terrace. Shared lunches, breakfasts or dinners in the open air. The table turned out to be the perfect place, which is a real icing on the cake. Integral place of the terrace. In order to maintain the consistency of our lounge area, I decided to go to blue-gray tablecloth FERN with the same print as on one of the pillows. Cotton fabric pleasant to the touch made the table setting very elegant.         While looking for accessories that I could put on the table, I found wonderful and super original ones decorative bowls WAVE. They are unique as they have been handmade. In order to achieve a maritime atmosphere, shells could not be missing in our small garden with a terrace. For me, they worked perfectly as decorative pots for tiny surfinia seedlingswhose white flowers wonderfully decorate the table. They create a perfect contrast for the tablecloth and blend well with the decorative ceramics resembling their shape sea ​​coral.   To decorate our small garden with a terrace, I used: Carpet Olina Flower pots Fiefs and ALTEA Decorative bowl WAVE Decorative pillowcases FERN and HEDDIE Tablecloth FERN Decorative ceramics CORAL Shell candlestick BLOWFISH  NAMASTE candlestick in color golden and gold-white   How do you rate the transformation of our little garden with a terrace? Do you like sea accents?
- [Moussaka - recipe](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moussaka-przepis/): Moussaka is the dish in which I fell in love with Santorini. I ate them 3 times a week and I knew that the moussaka recipe would be the first thing I would recreate for my Sunday lunch after returning from vacation. In our house they say that it turned out even better than the one in Greece. Feel free to get moussaka – simple, delicious and truly Greek recipe.   I found a lot of recipes for moussaka, but this one from recipes.pl He seemed to me most like the moussaka I had in Greece. What ingredients will you need? I was based on this, a recipe for moussaka, introducing minor simplifications like instead of frying eggplant, I preferred to simply bake it in the oven without using fat.   Moussaka – ingredients beef – 600 grams eggplant – 2 art canned tomatoes without skin – 400 grams onion – 2 art clove garlic – 3 art Bay leaf – 1 piece allspice – 3 art oregano – 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon – 1 teaspoon sugar – 1 teaspoon Red wine – 150 grams butter – 2 spoons flour – 1 spoon milk – 1 cup salt – 1 pinch pepper – 1  pinch rapeseed oil – for browning   Moussaka – step by step recipe   I choose eggplant, cut them lengthwise, then into slices, salt and set aside for 20 minutes. I’m warming up oven up to 250’C. Onions and garlic you can cut it finely or throw it into a Termomix, for example, so that it does it for you. Next I fry it in a pan or in a Thermomix in rapeseed oil until Garlic they got wet, a onion it will blush slightly. I add ground beef and sauté for a few minutes. I add wino and continue to fry for another minute. I add canned tomatoes and spices – and so the soul on a slow fire or on the temperature of 105’C in the Thermomix. Pieces eggplant I am baking in a preheated oven on baking paper for 15 minutes at 250’C. I melt the butter in a pot or Thermomix at 100’C for 3 minutes. For melted butter I add flour and fry it, stirring constantly in a pot or Thermomix for 3 minutes. Stirring constantly, I add milk, salt, pepper and nutmeg and over low heat or at 90’C in a Thermomix, heat it for 6 minutes, until the consistency is there creamy and densea. A heat-resistant dish with dimensions of 20 × 30 cm spread with butter clarified. After baking eggplants I turn the oven to 200’C. I divide the eggplants in half and one half in a dish I put it on the bottom one layer of eggplants. On eggplants I lay out the meat with tomatoes – half a serving. I am applying a second layer eggplants. I am applying a second layer meat with tomatoes. Whole I pour bechamel sauce. Whole I sprinkle with grated cheese. Moussaka I bake in the oven at 200’C for 30-40 minutes – until it acquires a golden brown color. After baking, set aside for a quarter of an hour to cool slightlyjust cut into pieces and serve.   Moussaka – ready!     The moussaka from this recipe is, in our opinion, delicious! Don’t be afraid to put the excess in the fridge and reheat in the oven on the next day – then it tastes even better for us : )   As you can see – our children even steal it from their plates      Let me know if you use my recipe – I hope you will like it and at least for a moment, it will take you to the Greek atmosphere – not only on your plate, but also in your mind : )
- [My way to care for dry hands](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-sposob-na-pielegnacje-suchych-dloni/): Dry hands are such a sign of the last several months. Continuous disinfection or wearing gloves they do not remain without traces. In the summer it comes to that even more strong sun. And healthy hands are beautiful hands. Because if you suffer from dry skin or dull or dry skin on your hands, I have a simple and effective solution for dry hands for you. Get to know my way of home care in 3 quick steps. In mine, and probably in the lives of many other women, the appearance of the hand is very important. They are often there our showcase. They are eye-catching and undoubtedly a testimony of personal culture. However, the appearance of hands is evidenced not only by well-groomed, carefully painted nails or jewelry that they wear.   The key to beautiful looking hands is healthy looking skin. It’s for her too I stopped painting my nails with hybrids on a daily basisbecause I noticed that regularly putting my hands into the UV lamp intensifies their aging. And this is ours hands are subject to the fastest aging process – because they are the zone most exposed to both injuries and external factors. It is thanks to them that we perform hundreds of life activities every day.     The skin on the hands is undergoing rapid dehydrationand as a result becomes sucha and less attractive. This is due to both the chemicals contained in cleaning products, the daily housework performed without gloves, and the UV rays. Nowadays, all kinds of disinfectants, which usually contain huge amounts of disinfecting alcohol, also have a huge impact on the drying of the skin. Using them a few or even a dozen times a day significantly dries the skin of the hands.   Check out my way to healthy, beautiful and, above all, properly moisturized hand skin. A few-minute ritual woven into everyday lifethanks to which my hands enjoy their appearance every day.   3 ways for dry hands     Dry hands peeling   I start the treatment of my hands by removing the dead skin with the help of peeling HAND.lab Peeling from MIYA. This product guarantees me express smoothing the surface of the skin of the hands and their amazing cleansing. With regular use, I also noticed reduction of discoloration.     I am delighted with its light texture, which it owes to sweet almond oils and sunflower seeds, which nourish my skin during this step. All ingredients contained in it are over the top 98% of natural origin. At home, I still lack time, so I keep it in a cupboard in my office and use it no more than 1-3 times a week, thanks to which my skin is perfectly prepared for further care.     Intensive regeneration of dry hands   When my hands really need it intensive rescue, I reach for HAND.lab regenerating serum from MIYA, which works incredibly expressively. After the first day of use, my skin regains its elasticity and immediate regeneration. Thanks to the serum contained in it prebiotics, vitamins, oils and shea butter micro-injuries they regenerate much faster. This product has an amazing soothing effect as well restores comfort hands.     It’s a cosmetic that I like to have it with me in my purse – especially when I learn a moment earlier that my hands will take part in some wedding photo. Fastening a wedding dress, presenting a wedding bouquet or jewelry are beautiful frames, but on the condition that dry hands do not distract from what is most important.     Due to the fact that it is quickly absorbed, gentlemen also love it, which is why it is at hand in our office bathroom.     Daily care for dry hands   Almost every day – in the morning or at bedtime – I follow the third step of my skincare routine. I use for this purpose concentrated mask for hands and nails HAND.lab from MIYA, which is lying on my bedside table. Thanks to her mine the skin is protected against external factors wind, frost and the prevailing heat UV radiation. It perfectly prevents the skin from drying out and brightens existing discolorations.     I’ll tell you that set of 3 steps from MIYA I love to use them also on the skin of the feet – especially thanks to the non-greasy texture, thanks to which walking in flip-flops does not threaten the eagle with its shape.     Thanks to these three simple steps I have certainty that my skin is properly moisturized and protected against external factors harmful to the skin. Despite frequent hand disinfection or my beloved garden work, I no longer struggle with the problem of dry hands.   What are your hands most sensitive to? The sun, detergents, or maybe the omnipresent disinfection?
- [Conference room](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sala-konferencyjna/): A conference room, the fulfillment of our common dreams – ours, i.e. people who create a company with us, and those who trusted us and dream of more frequent meetings as part of our Academy of Wedding Studiosthe same Label or our interactive agency Brainbox. A meeting place for our team, guests visiting us, but also an incredibly inspiring space where work is pure pleasure. See how we creatively arranged an integral part of our office.   A conference room in our office   When creating our company, Wojtek and I dreamed about it being a warm place from the very beginning our entire team feels at home. For many years – after the stage of renting the basement, and how we have this stage behind us – our office was located in the center of Gdynia in a modern office building. Behind the glass facade of the cold-perceived windows, we tried to insulate them as much as possible. Instead of a standard carpet, we placed wood-like panels on the floors, and the walls were proudly decorated with wallpapers and stuccoes, giving this place a unique atmosphere. As a result, the visiting guests greeted us with malts right from the doorstep „how beautiful it is here, we feel as if we have moved to a completely different place, and we are still on the second floor of the office building”.   You are probably wondering why we wanted to change when we created an almost perfect place in the city center. The beginning of our reflections on this life project turned out to be the most important factor in the life of every human being, which is Time. Since we ran the company in the city center, we managed to move to the outskirts of Gdynia for the greater comfort of our family and cleaner air. Our sons were born here, here they started their adventure with education and went to the nursery and kindergarten.   Daily commute After a quick calculation, it turned out that Wojtek and I were wasting a total of about 3 hours a day, which gave us more than 15 hours a week of time that we could use to play with our sons, play and play together, walks, and other activities that bring us joy and happiness.   The necessity to own proved to be another aspect two cars, constantly rising prices for their maintenance and parking lots, and more and more often the lack of a place to park – that is, being late, as well as stress for both us and our clients.   In 2019, our first thoughts on changing the location of the office closer to our home.   Initially, we thought about buying a flat with 3 rooms – this decision seemed sufficient to me. In the end, Wojtek convinced me to a two-level, 107-meter apartment with a large terrace overlooking the sea, using a very strong argument, which was own conference room – my dream for a long time. A place I could host our clients, students, organize meetings, workshops and mini-courses, but also spend time together with our wonderful office team.   We found the perfect place to fit our dreams, not far from our house. Wrapped up place a beautiful park, greenery, nature, a view of our wonderful Polish sea. As soon as we told our employees about it, we unanimously said „yes, this is the perfect place for us”.   When in December 2019 we received our dream premises, which we wanted to change into our dream office, we immediately knew what our conference room should look like. Due to the pandemic, the arrangement of our office took a long time, but today we can proudly present the effect of our work to you.   Loft wall in the conference room   Following our idea of ​​an office, we wanted the conference room to be on one side bright and spacious – hence the glass wall with a loft character, but also cozy, warm and inspiring for its guests. Working and talking in such interiors are a real pleasure for us.     Stars in the sky When building the visual concept of this room, we wanted to combine different styles and textures, as well as styles. I came up with the name of this connection myself –  stars in the skywhere the stars are designer, unique pieces that attract attention and make the background – like the sky – a perfect complement to the interior and almost as unique.   if we have truncated budget – thanks to this strategy, we can create really stylish and atmospheric interiors, combining furniture and equipment of various origins.     Table in the conference room   We knew there would be a standing place in our conference room the largest conference table possibleperfect with folding option – for example, for photo sessions or industry events. We wanted everyone to sit comfortably during our team meetings, but ideas for other projects started to bloom in our heads, mini trainings or workshops with my wonderful students.   It took us quite a long time to find the perfect table. We wanted a simple, non-crude form, in the shade of warm oak wood. The so-called „Network”. It is in Jysk we found a table that i liked from the very first moment. Perfect shape, size, color – and folding. Everything as I dreamed it. This EGENS modeland its dimensions after folding are 90 × 190and when unfolded 90 × 270 – ideal for 8 people.   The biggest challenge, however, was matching the chairs. This element kept me awake at night. Because it’s hard to find chairswhich will both perfectly match the interior of the room, will be comfortable, and made made of good quality materialsso that you can clean them regularly, and keep them clean the form will be light so that with a large number of them not to burden the visual perception of the whole. And on top of that – at a good price.   Digging through countless directories, online shopping sites, finally I found the right ones!     Chairs     Upholstered chairs with armrests, perfectly matching the decor, but also the purpose of this room. Black feet perfectly matching the glass loft wall, and the strong upholstery, but soft material in an amazing shade beige they perfectly warm the whole thing.   Chairs I found Azhai at the Selsey store – still available in color gray, mustard and black.   With the code AGNIESZKA15 you have a 15% discount on the entire assortment in Selsey * until the end of October 2021 (* cannot be combined with other promotions, but if the product you are interested in is in the promotion, e.g. -10%, this code will reduce your discount to -15%)   Comfortable seat and perfect profiling armrests and the backrest, even a long-lasting meeting will not burden the spine and will not reduce the comfort of our guests. The fabric from which the seats are made was produced with the use of technology impeding the absorption of liquidswhich makes me even more happy due to the frequent visits of children and Zuma to our office. I am not afraid of accidents with spilled drinks, which happen to all of us, not only to our little ones.       Lighting   True the star – the icing on the cake there is a ceiling lamp of the famous interior design French brand Petite Friture – Cherry in white size L (they come in 4 sizes that you can see here). It’s wonderful a combination of designer minimalism, with an amazing accent in the form of a shiny golden ball that emerges from under the aluminum shade – breaking the simple form like jewelry. This lamp creates an amazing atmosphere, and is a perfectly matching and very functional decoration of the entire arrangement. Thanks to the integrated LED light source, the lamp is both energy-saving and gives a wonderful, romantic light color.   Cherry lamp Its form refers to a children’s fantasy – a cone-shaped ice cream with a cherry on top – isn’t that just sweetness? It is also environmentally friendly and 100% recyclable, made in France from local raw materials.   Thanks to its form, it awakens the imagination of each of our guests. Amazing artistic and inspirational element our conference room, next to which no one passes by indifferently. It attracts the attention of both adults and children visiting us in the office.   Extra lamp we put it on the chest of drawers and next to the console – in this photo you can see Markslöjd Sober table lamp.       Console and chest of drawers     We are close to the zero waste idea – we decided to use two elements that we had before, viz chest of drawers originating – attention! – from a children’s room of one of my sons, and consolefor which our friend was looking for a new home.   Both elements fit perfectly into the decor of the entire room. In the chest of drawers we store all the necessary office supplies during meetings, while the console is decorated with decorative accessories, candles, flowers and our favorite books that inspire us in our daily work. During meetings, we put drinks and snacks on them, so they fulfill many functions.         Decor   They complete the whole thing decorations in a maritime atmosphere – after all, behind our windows or from the terrace you can see the sea and the Hel Peninsula. Candlestick with seashells  candlestick with seashells or ceramic coral are one of my favorite decorations. You can also play tic-tac-toe while waiting for a delicious coffee.     „Old as the world, but always up to date: „Dreams do not come true – dreams do come true”. Until now, we had no space in any office intended only for a conference room – usually it was a separate corner in my office. Such a room is the perfect place for creative ideas, meetings of the entire team, meetings with students and clients.   And on the list of such dreams we still have a lot – a terrace in the office, a vestibule, a guest room or a laundry room at home – we believe that everything is ahead of us.   Be sure to let me know how do you like us? And what workshops would you like with me 
- [5 reasons why you should take a Wedding Consultant Course in the fall](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-na-konsultanta-slubnego-jesien/): I have always said that the work of a Wedding Planner is a year-round job. In summer, we coordinate, in the remaining months we operate strictly organizational and acquire new customers. Our holidays are mostly off-season and weekends often start on a Tuesday and end on a Wednesday. It is a phased work and when preparing for it, it is worth taking a shot at the perfect moment to start your wedding business. Below are five reasons why fall is the best time to take a Wedding Planner course.   Calendar of new queries   The strict wedding season has always been associated with late spring and holidays. This is when the most weddings take place and the Wedding Planner has the most work. However, after the season, there is no time to rest, because the season is starting … of new inquiries. In our Wedding Studio, we always analyze the moments when the most new customers come to us – it allows us to better prepare, plan holidays in a timely manner and organize a marketing plan well. We have been observing a specific trend for a long time: September and October are the most-happening months. In November, we see a slight decline, and there is another avalanche after Christmas. However, there is no time to rest, because February is Valentine’s Day – another popular date of engagement. So why not take a Wedding Planner course when the most young couples are looking for professional help?   You put your knowledge into practice right away Taking into account what I wrote to you in the first point, you are able to put into practice the knowledge you learned during the course. Sometimes you have to wait a long time for the first client, and during this time, unfamiliar knowledge may disappear more easily, and it will be more difficult for you to refresh it later. However, by taking the course in the high season of inquiries, you guarantee yourself the possibility of translating the theory into practice almost immediately!   The first customer reimburses many of the initial costs If you want to be seen as a professional, you need to be professional in the subject. Unfortunately, this is often associated with investments and financial obligations – website, business session, positioning, advertising on Google. Unfortunately, all this costs money. By looking at our inquiry calendar, taking the course in the fall, you have a chance to recoup your costs faster. Often, the first customer covers the amount you need to spend on a website, an image session and several months of Google Ads advertising. And the sooner you start earning, the more you will be able to invest in promotion, advertising and development, which in turn will give you a larger group of customers and higher earnings. And the circle is complete    You have the chance to show up in the industry Autumn and winter are the time of many industry meetings, wedding fairs and other events where you can show yourself. Nobody has time for this in spring, when the dynamic preparations for the season begin, and even more so in the summer, when the season is in full swing. This autumn is the time for events summarizing the seasons, which are often organized by large hotels, wedding fairs, where you can meet regional subcontractors, or closed industry events, where it is always worth showing off and building relationships with other representatives of the wedding world. Because you never know who will recommend you to your client    You work when the competition rests after the season  By doing the course in the fall, you will shoot yourself at that moment when many Wedding Planners are catching their breath after the hardships of the wedding season. We all have the same calendars and each of us has more inquiries in the fall, but we are also only human – we need to have a moment to take off our dresses, put on tracksuits and relieve the wedding stress. And then you will be compact and ready to work, catching your first customers    There is no one word of advice about the time after which the first customer arrives. It will largely depend on you, your abilities, perseverance and proper preparation. However, if you want to help happiness – do not delay with the course and sign up for it now – autumn is a brilliant moment to start    At Akademia Wytwórnia Ślubów we are signing up for the November edition of our training, which starts on November 25. Do not hesitate, start making your dreams come true with us! HERE you will find all the details of our course.
- [Student's sea room](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morski-pokoik-ucznia/): Staying in a maritime atmosphere, we upgraded Santa’s room from a kindergarten’s room to a student’s room. On the other hand, introducing a desk into a long and narrow room turned out to be very difficult and forced changes in the entire organization of the room. How did we do? Check!   This is the first version of Santa’s room in the version with a desk – we really wanted the desk to have access to natural light on the left side, so unfortunately we had to change the position of the bed, and with it the chests of drawers and wardrobes, so nothing is as it was before.   Desk and chair     The culprit of all the confusion is desk – atypical, because for children, only 65 cm high, with a retro chair – which are height adjusted to children aged 7-10.   We knew from our physiotherapist that for a child of primary school age a chair on wheels is a bad idea – it is impossible for the child to maintain the correct position on it, and we want both feet to stand freely on the ground, so that the child can sit comfortably on such a chair and sit in a stable position – and not swing, twirl – which unfortunately usually happens – and perpetuate an inappropriate posture.   Hence high chair of the French brand Les Gambetles Colette model – it’s so a school classic from years ago, retro design and extremely comfortable constructionbeautiful in its simplicity and decorative at the same time, something just right for amateurs of design.       Do you lack space to store toys? Play & Go bags are the perfect solution – we keep here Lego, Lego Duplo and toys not categorized into the previous two groups.. To take out the toys, just remove the bag and spread it on the ground – you will create a nice play mat, and after playing, throw all the toys on the mat, pull the string and hang the mat. Isn’t it child’s play?       Bed Santa’s bed is classic lounger from Ikea – Hemnesthat landed on the other side of the room. At the moment, we have removed the canopy, so the previously hung single poster just looked “bald” above it. So we decided replace the white frame with a wooden one and add posters that will create a beautiful sea collage.     A collection of sea animals hang in oak frames – you can find my favorite posters hereand with a discount code 30AGA you will get a 30% discount on posters* in Desenio until 16.12   Do you want to see more poster inspirations? Check out the profile @desenio on Instagram you will find more poster inspiration. * Excluding frames and posters from the Personalized category             Radiator Why is the bed in the middle of the room and not, for example, under the window? Unfortunately, a large radiator hangs on the wall by the window, which we decided to install with a rack for books, games, puzzles and all school supplies. Unfortunately, at the moment the lower cabinet has a brown door, instead of a sea one, and the sea side is missing – any day a carpenter will correct it and it will be perfect.         Wardrobe The last, least developed corner of the room is simply a wardrobe and a chair, which we place on Santa’s bed in the evening and serve as a bedside table for a book, a LED lamp and a glass of water.     Unfortunately, this wardrobe turned out to be completely unstable – I only keep light children’s clothes in it and we really do not have many of them, and the lower shelf has already bent, so the drawer does not want to slide out or slide in, so we’ll see how this corner will go.   And how do you like us?     The post featured: Desk chair | Les Gambettes Collette – Muppetshop Desk | Minko Posters | Desenio Bed cover / bedspread | Mom can Bed linen | By Sophie Desk lamp | Markslojd Pose Toy bags | Play & Go Chair | Westwing Bed | Hemnes Ikea daybed Whale container | HM Home Mice | Maileg  
- [5 ways to make your client feel special](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-sposobow-na-to-jak-sprawic-by-twoj-klient-poczul-sie-wyjatkowo/): If – like us – you run an office where customers come, you are you want them to feel at their best. Here are our 5 proven ways to make our visiting customers feel as distinguished guests as possible. A satisfied customer is a customer who comes back to us for more services. This is a client we can during the meeting provide comfort and take care of it properly.   How do we care for our customers?   5 ways to take care of the customer, because we usually don’t remember someone’s words, but we remember how we felt around someone   1. Beverages in glass bottles So little and so much! Certainly, the 1,5-liter water bottles placed on the table in the conference room do not look elegant, and secondly, such still, or even worse, sparkling water, after opening the bottle and standing for a long time, will lose its taste and bubbles. Your client can sense it. And you won’t open a new bottle every time.   Half-liter small plastic bottles are not very prestigious, they are more associated with conferences and trainings. What else glass bottles this capacity. They look good, the water tastes betterand you can just give the customer a clean glass and the type of water of your choice to could enjoy the fresh taste.   More and more of your customers are aware that it is harmful substances contained in plastic packaging can penetrate into beverages – believe me, when the customer refused to drink anything cold for the first time, because everything was in plastic or aluminum-lined cartons – I thought that I would fall into the ground.   In addition to water, stock up on other drinks available in glass bottles, e.g. juices, cola or cold brew.   Of course, if we have the opportunity, it is worth having both chilled and room temperature drinks in stock.     2. Coffee from the machine Who wouldn’t feel more pampered if, when coming to a meeting, they had a choice not only between black and white coffee, but also other types of coffee? There are espresso, cappuccino and latte lovers among us. It is worth giving them such a wide choice, and will feel like in the best cafe.     Our Coffee machine De’Longhi PrimaDonna Soul apart from a wide selection of coffee drinks, it also gives us a choice the size of the coffee and her intensity.     Moreover, this the choice can be made from the phone! Thanks to this, we do not ask for the selected coffee at the door, but after taking a seat in the conference room, which is also an opportunity for the first conversation to break the ice. You can also brew e.g. two cups of espresso or black coffee at the same time, without having to stand by the express.     Such a coffee machine will also work brilliantly when each employee in your office likes a different coffee. Without changing the settings each time, the De’Longhi PrimaDonnaSoul coffee machine allows you to creating 6 user profileseach one can afford create and save coffee according to your preferences. This solution makes life easier – with one click, employees – and you! – they can brew theirs their favorite coffee, exactly the way they like it.     If you want your client to feel even more exclusive, you can invest in a higher model of the coffee machine, e.g. De’Longhi Maestoswhich gives you the opportunity to choose the type of coffee thanks to two bean containers – e.g. in one of the containers you can have regular coffee beans, and in the other – decaffeinated. You can also set the optimal one for you here coffee temperatureand a milk carafe with swivel arm allows you to prepare even two milk coffees at the same timeif you both like cappuccinos, for example. I would also like to draw your attention to the fact that decaffeinated beans was created in the most natural process possible, without chemical additives – for example, in the quite popular water treatment or in the process using carbon dioxide. It is also a very interesting topic to talk about at the beginning of the meeting, which will show that you really care about your guests – many of them will even order decaffeinated coffee from freshly ground beans out of curiosity,   3. Various types of milk Speaking of coffee, let’s not forget about milk.   It is known that not everyone drinks coffee with milk, but we should remember that many people suffer from lactose intolerance or simply does not eat animal products.   So let’s have more than that traditional milk, but also lactose-free milk and plant-based milk, such as soy or almond.     4. Healthy snacks Guests in our office can always count on refreshments – not only something sweet, but also healthy snacks. In our stocks you will find crackers, nuts and delicacies for urgent visitors,     and we also prepare for a meeting planned in advance grapes, baguette, and 2-3 types of cheesethanks to which we are able to quickly create such a savory snack.     “If a hungry man is a bad man” – and certainly impatient, don’t do it to your client. We care about the comfort of conversation, building relationships and the satisfaction of our guests, which is why we are not afraid of prolonged meetings when we have such snacks at hand.     And when the customer asks for another coffee – the cooperation cannot be better announced!   5. Welcome What makes our clients feel special? The fact that, whenever they are announced, we wait for them with open arms.   The arrival of customers who visit our office is each time reported to the security that is stationed at the entrance gate. Thanks to this, it is enough for the client to give his name and say where he is going, and the security guard will easily open the gate, and if necessary, he will direct you to the right place.   Our guest then has the feeling that he is there expected, expected – is a prelude to the atmosphere that we can make him feel in our office.     It is good even before the arrival of the client determine what protection measures are comfortable for him – thanks to this, we will avoid requests to put on a mask or shake a hand to a person who prefers not to give it in a pandemic situation and we will avoid embarrassment on both sides.   How do you like to be treated at meetings? Inspire us all 
- [Hotel Astor Jastrzębia Góra - our opinion](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hotel-astor-jastrzebia-gora-opinie-recenzja/): The seaside town of Jastrzębia Góra, a few hundred meters to the beach on the open Baltic Sea, modern rooms with swings so large that you can sleep on them, delicious food, swimming pool, bowling alley and several hundred square meters of game and play rooms with animations for children in case of bad weather? Today I am taking you to the Astor Hotel in Jastrzębia Góra. We were looking for a hotel for a long weekend and our whole trip started with a similar photo.   Two double beds and this huge swing! We have not been to such a hotel yet, and we have seen a lot (you can see some of our favorite locations here), the only thing left to do is to meet the deadline, pack 2 parents, including one pregnant and 2 children aged 4 and 7, and go for a long weekend.     Astor Hotel in Jastrzębia Góra We were welcomed by a barrier and a huge parking lot, so finding a place for our tank was not a problem. Though the hotel is still a three star hotel and is undergoing major refurbishment – thanks to this, when choosing a room for yourself, you can choose from various price offers, which correspond to different levels of finishing of floors and rooms. Our room is located on the 1st floor, completely renovated, the standard of which is well beyond the 3 stars mentioned.   However, it is very cool that even if you choose a room on the floor of a lower standard, you use all the hotel’s attractions in the same way.       You have probably wondered more than once how wide-angle lens a photographer had to use to show such a small room in the pictures so extensively – and probably not a small disappointment accompanied these deliberations more than once. Not here – the live room turned out to be very spaciousexactly like in the pictures, and I also made some for you with my camera.        Beautifully decorated in neutral colors and with good taste, referring to nature, it is a wonderful environment to relax. Great finish quality, a the highlight of the program was, of course, the gigantic circular swing – an absolute hit – our children not only spent on it all days for fun, but also they slept on it at night – we could safely sleep in this room not in 4, but in 6 people.     For working girls, but also for women who like to have their own dressing table – the part was very useful a room with a desk, space for suitcases, and a huge wardrobe, which will easily accommodate the holiday luggage of a large family.     When ordering food to the room or wanting to sit, you could also use the seating area.     Bathroom in the Astor Hotel – De Luxe Room   Beautifully decorated, bright, spacious, based on the highest quality interior design products, with a huge showerin which the whole family could fit – z plenty of storage space, which every mother will appreciate especially during the summer holidays – made this room and stay even more luxurious.     I will not hide – both professionally and privately, we are regular hotel guests, we have already slept in „several” hotels in our lives and I can confidently say that the room will meet the requirements of the most demanding hotelriders: large room size, capsule coffee machine, bathrobes, blindfolds, huge shower, huge TV, Villeroy & Boch appliances, large balcony with chairs and table and everything is new! In addition to the room you can order crib, a bathtub or non-slip the mat or security for sockets electric.     Game and play rooms Of course, the holidays in this hotel do not end with a beautiful, great room.   The hotel is actually childish, as it took care of the renovation of the rooms the Jungle play zone is new, huge and thoughtful.       A separate, safe space for „pampersiakow”:     and monkey grove – bigger for older kids:         The hotel even has a separate room for large blocks – there are really a lot of them here and like ideas for which you can use them: a house with a mezzanine and a sloping roof, a maze, a space rocket, a ship and much more.       Climbing ropes, games room for children (and daddies). The whole is complemented by cool pillows for parents where time with children tastes even better        These rooms are not the end of space for children – there is one more, huge room, in which, in addition to countless toys, every day (except Sundays) workshops and animations for children are held. What more could you want?       Eating at the Astor Hotel in Jastrzębia We decided to come here on stay with meals based on breakfasts and dinners – in our opinion, 3 meals a day in one place is too much (and the constant feeling that there is a shame again) – in the middle of the day we like to take a walk and eat something smaller on the way.     For family trips, we choose hotels full of facilities for children, so that, more and more often, the biggest disappointment we encounter on site – the one that is most difficult to judge on the basis of photos – is food. Diluted, sugary jams, no sensible selection of fruit, and in their place a mass of sweets, or even no interesting selection of bread or vegetables – we find it all too often in hotels – and seriously I always have a jar of good jam for children in my suitcase.   In Astor the food surprised us very positively – ranging from a large variety of vegetables and fruits, several types of bread or flakes to very a large amount of various hot dishes in bain-maries, platters of cheese, cold cuts and meats, of course sweet buffet not ending at all, because there are also local delicacies – these products they were just fresh and delicious. Food every day was a surprise and satisfied not one eater, let alone his parent.   Bowling Club Astor Jastrzębia Góra There is a 2-lane bowling alley at the pool and gym level. The attraction is additionally payable. On site you can buy drinks for both children and adults  It is worth noting that it is possible to open a bank on the track for smaller players – which significantly increases their chances (or actually 100% chance of hitting anything) – thanks to which the fun and joy of children is simply phenomenal.     Base Hotel Astor also offers something that children like the most: indoor heated swimming pool. 18m x 6m swimming space. It is true that it is more an option for a baby and a parent or an older child, because the descent to the pool is via steps and it is deep immediately (1.5 m), but still a big plus for this option.   Summation Astor Hotel in full made up for the bad weather outside the window – to be honest, I was even glad that it was so cold and it rained a lot, because we did not manage to use all the attractions that the hotel has on offer during those 4 days of our stay. So … we are getting ready for the next visit – and with the greatest pleasure!
- [Parent's bedroom with a children's corner](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sypialnia-rodzicow-kacik-dla-dziecka/): This year, already coming to an end, was supposed to be a period of great changes for our family, because in 2021 we decided to build a house, which fortunately did not start. Why fortunately? Over the past few months, the world around us has changed a lot and it has no intention of slowing down even for a moment…   That’s why I’m grateful that we still live in the same place, which is a sanctuary of peace for us during such a crazy period. Of course, I still dream of a beautiful house with a larger garden, but now peace and a sense of security are the most important for me.   However, despite postponing the construction in time, I decided not to put my dreams aside completely. So I made some small changes to our current home to better suit our needs.   Old bedroom, new effect   Over the last few years, there has not been a month without us going somewhere to a hotel or a holiday home, even for the weekend. For a long time, Wojtek and I have known what attracts us to such places the most…   There is no doubt that it is order. There are no things on top that need to be kept in order. Therefore, we decided to expand our PAX wardrobe and cover more shelves with doors to organize the storage space even better and hide what creates visual chaos in plain sight.     The lighting in the bedroom has a huge impact on our mood We decided to replace our bedside lamps with more stylish, on adjustable arms, and in addition with dimmers – we chose Larry wall lamps by Markslöjd in black with brass accessories. Previously, with children, we had to have separate lighting for reading, changing diapers at night or a separate lamp for sleeping for the child – now everything is replaced by one lamp. It is a great space saving, visual order, but also great functionality. And in the end, we don’t argue about who turned on the bright light and woke the baby.     New sconces combined with large stucco windows remind me of the charm of old French tenement houses.       Capacious drawers mean less stuff on top After years, we replaced our very worn out ones bedside tables from Ikea to beautiful mango wood furniture. We ordered them online, although at first the lack of guides was annoying, but today I really appreciate their unique form and the fact that these drawers are so capacious and thanks to them I can minimize the clutter on the bedside table top. They fit my cosmetics, cables and chargers, and even a book and a handy first aid kit, and with the style they create a color pair and a very harmonious duo.     Our mattress was replaced after eight years I wasn’t sure if changing the mattress would have a decisive impact on the quality of our sleep, but apparently I had no idea how much it can change the comfort of sleep. We have been looking for a mattress for a long time, which will not be a total compromise due to my and Wojtek’s different weights – I weigh about 60 kg, and Wojtek 100 kg, which in order to provide our spines with adequate support during sleep we should have opted for two separate mattresses which was unthinkable for us.     Fortunately, the Polish company PlantPur came to our aid and suggested that we tested their ecological mattresses. We learned that the company launched dual-zone mattress optionsso I have my zone up to my weight of 60 kg and Wojtek has his zone up to his weight of 100 kg, all hidden in one mattress. The differences are not noticeable or visible to the eye, and the mattress itself is very high, thanks to which our bed has gained an even more continental character.     This is also a very useful feature not only with a small child, but also in a situation when I had a C-section and each getting up from a low bed was associated with a lot of pain for me, which is now absolutely minimized.   An added bonus is built-in mattress topperwhich, thanks to the zipper, can be unfastened with a few hand movements – it is a great invention for children, because the mattress is suitable for washing much more often than it used to be, and removing and washing the entire cover from an ordinary mattress for one person is not so easy.   Our bed has become a playground, a place to cuddle with children in the evening, read books, watch family movies, and on weekends just the perfect place to spend time with the whole family.   The dot over the „i” was put by Florka’s stucco work and cot   We glued stucco above the bed and on the perpendicular wall. We repeated here the stucco layout and moldings that we have in the living room, hall and daughter’s room, thanks to which our house becomes cohesive, despite the fact that the rooms have different functions and are kept in a slightly different style.   A cot that grows with your child Undoubtedly, the environment around our bed has also changed, because the console was replaced by Florentynka’s cot, and three fabric balloons hung above it to emphasize the childlike character. The decoration made in a minimalist style does not overload either the colors or the form of our bedroom.   The cot we chose is Shnuggle Air side bed (it is currently on sale -50%!) has an amazing function – with the help of purchased accessories, we can enlarge it to the classic dimensions of 60×120, thanks to which Florka will be able to sleep in it until she is two years old.   That’s it cot and extra bed for parents 2in1 – thanks to the detachable side and adjustable height, we can perfectly adjust and attach them to the parents’ bed to ensure safe co-sleeping.     Very we like high-quality furniture that „grows with the child” and they allow you not to exchange things so often, and they are also easy to sell or circulate among family or friends.   I know perfectly well how big a problem it is for the baby to spin and turn during sleep, which causes the rungs to hit in a traditional cot, but the space where the baby sleeps is made of material and mesh elements, so for parents who value comfortable sleep without additional rung protectors, this cot is an absolute Must Have.   Mix and Match atmosphere in the bedroom Our console did not move too far after inserting the cot. It replaced my dressing table where I paint. The drawers hold a lot more cosmetics, and there is still plenty of space to store other things. I also think it fits better here giving this corner a less cool atmosphere. It brings a lot of warmth to our room, kept in whites and greys, and precisely the Mix and Match type of atmosphere, which I love in interiors, because these are interiors that are not obvious, and the furniture does not come from one collection, but is more or less skilfully combined, creating a unique style that describes a given family.     Following this lead, when an additional chair for a Florentyna took up residence in our dining room, the dining chair found a new place right next to this console.   When our tastes change, thanks to the mix of furniture in different styles, we do not have to replace the entire room. We can play with the stylization of individual elements, changing their upholstery or moving them between rooms. I love!   I think that if I have to furnish my new home in the future, I will want to keep it in the Mix and Match style. What do you think about this style?   The advertising cooperation partner is Markslojd
- [Good morning TVN - bachelorette party on the water and other ideas for unforgettable events](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysly-na-wieczor-panienski-dzien-dobry-tvn/): Good morning! See you today at 8:30 Good morning TVN – we organize a hen party here in a boho atmosphere on a barge. Well, let’s go! In fact, we’re sailing!    For the project, which I am organizing on behalf of our wedding agency Wytwórnia Sprzedażów, I invited:   Warsaw by boat – a barge floating on the Vistula Carolina Jaros – known as Karolowe Kartki – an outstanding graduate of our Academy of Wytwórnia Usługów, which will create a wonderful boho atmosphere on board Magdalena Mizera – a wedding photographer who will make sure that we all have wonderful souvenirs from this adventure.   Unconventional ideas for hen parties in 2023 The time before the wedding is a special period, full of emotions and joy. This is the time when the future bride and her closest friends want to celebrate the upcoming wedding and the beginning of a new stage of life. A bachelorette party is an ideal opportunity to spend special moments with your loved ones. It is a time full of laughter, memories and emotions that will remain in your memory for a long time. If you are looking for ideas for an unforgettable party that will provide you with lots of joy and memories, I have a few suggestions for you that will make your bachelorette party an unforgettable event. It is worth organizing unique activities that will be tailored to the preferences and characters of the participants of the evening.   Sailing or motor yacht cruise Spending time on the water is an extraordinary attraction that allows you to admire the beauty of the surrounding nature and the city from a perspective inaccessible to everyone. A sailing or motor yacht cruise in the Tri-City is not only a unique experience, but also a great way to ensure a moment of intimacy and freedom. You can choose an intimate cruise with your closest friends, a leisure cruise with the opportunity to admire picturesque landscapes, or even themed cruises stylized as boho or Hawaiian. If you like strong impressions, it is worth considering organizing a real floating event that will evoke the atmosphere known from Ibiza. Handicraft – hand made workshops Are you a creative lover? Then hand made workshops will be a perfect idea for a bachelorette party. You can try your hand at various techniques such as painting with wine or making your own jewelry. Painting pictures, cups or a material bag under the watchful eye of real artists is a great way to bring out your creativity and create unique works of art. You can make personalized bracelets or chokers from jewelry, which will be a beautiful souvenir from this special evening. In addition, you can try your hand at weaving macrame or creating vessels from polymer gypsum. Remember that when creating vessels from polymer gypsum, special care must be taken not to stain clothes with this material.     beauty zone A bachelorette party is a great opportunity to relax and take care of your appearance. The beauty zone at the party can include a variety treatments performed by professional cosmetologists. You can opt for a relaxing massage, facial treatments, manicures, pedicures or even professional make-up. This is a great opportunity to put yourself in the hands of experts and feel beautiful and relaxed before the big day. In addition, it is worth organizing make-up workshops, during which experts will show you the best techniques and tricks to emphasize your natural beauty. You can learn how to choose the right colors and products to get an effective and long-lasting makeup. It is also a great opportunity to review your makeup bags and see if you use products that really enhance your beauty.   Picnic on the beach / outdoors If you want to spend a bachelorette party in a slightly more romantic way, a picnic on the beach or in the picturesque outdoors will be a great choice. You can create a unique atmosphere by preparing a stylized space with blankets, pillows, candles and flowers. It is a great experience and a perfect background for a photo session, both professional and made with your phones. The time spent together outdoors, conversations and moments of relaxation among beautiful nature will be unforgettable memories. Pole dance or belly dance lessons. If you’re looking for a more dynamic form of entertainment, pole dancing or belly dancing lessons might be the way to go. It’s not only a great way to integrate and have fun, but also a great way to be physically active. Under the guidance of professional instructors, you can learn the basic figures and styles of pole dance or discover the secrets of sensual belly dancing. This is an option for people who know each other closely or those who are not ashamed of their beautiful body. When you dance, you can feel even more confident and beautiful.   So, have you already decided what you choose? A bachelorette party is a special moment that should be celebrated in an unforgettable way. For more inspiration, see e.g here, and if you are looking for typical water attractions, it will come in handy JJ Boats. Whether you choose a yacht cruise, a hand made workshop, a beauty zone, a picnic on the beach or dance lessons, it is important that the event reflects the taste and preferences of the future bride and her closest friends. It is a time that allows for the creation of memories, laughter and joy, and also strengthens the bonds of friendship. Let the bachelorette party become an unforgettable event that will forever remain in the hearts of all participants. It is a time that begins a new stage in the life of the future bride and it is worth celebrating it in a unique way. Whichever form of event you choose, the most important thing is to enjoy the moment and create unforgettable memories that will accompany you all your life.
- [Hen parties on Dobry TVN - watch the episode now!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wieczory-panienskie-w-dzien-dobry-tvn-obejrzyj-odcinek-juz-teraz/): When production called me Good morning TVN when asked what I could show about bachelorette parties in Warsaw, I immediately came up with an idea for a cruise on the Vistula inspired by a Parisian cruise on the Seine. The idea turned out to be a hit!     I live in the Tri-City on a daily basis and I organize events on the water mainly on yachts, motorboats and catamarans, where I always use my long-term and proven business partner Jey Jey Boats . I immediately called Tomek, who connected us with Kasper from Warsaw by boat – and that’s how we got on his barge for the morning program Dzien Dobry TVN.   Having a barge, I knew right away that I would like to decorate it in a boho style, and I would do it best with Karolina Jaros , known under the Karolove Kartki brand. I met her when she was attending mine Wedding Factory Academy.  Such people and professionals are not forgotten: one phone call – and Karolina joined our team.   And since I had a guarantee that it would be beautiful – I knew that we would need bright, warm, timeless photos, that is Magdalena Mizera behind the lens – and in this lineup we set off to the Warsaw marina at 6 am to decorate the barge.   At the party, we also hosted Ewelina Sawera, Viola Morawska and the host of the program Gosia Ohme. See for yourself how beautiful it turned out!     What did we talk about on the show?     You can now watch the full episode and see our wonderful barge cruise on the Vistula River with the future Bride!         Make the Bride happy, guarantee her an unforgettable evening and invite her to a hen party on the water!   The time of organizing a bachelorette party is a unique moment that is supposed to bring joy to the future bride and provide unforgettable memories. Nowadays, we want to gather experience and enjoy the first experiences. Therefore, inviting the Bride to a bachelorette party on the water, on a barge on a river or on a sea yacht, guarantees an unforgettable adventure that will remain in her memory forever.   A party on the water needs to be properly planned to ensure an unforgettable experience. There must be music, refreshing drinks and snacks that will add flavor to this unique evening. In addition, atmospheric decorations create not only a beautiful background for celebrations, but also an ideal place to create photos and videos that will be a beautiful souvenir from this special evening. It is also worth considering hiring a photographer who will capture these magical moments so that the bride can fully enjoy the fun without worrying about documenting her experiences.           Create a boho evening by choosing the perfect accessories, colors, flowers and patterns     Boho style is currently extremely popular for various types of parties, as well as in interior design and gardens. That’s why it’s worth creating a Boho-style hen party by choosing the right accessories, colors, flowers and patterns. Flowing fabrics in natural colors, macrame, dream catchers, teepee tents as well as pillows and blankets with delicate ethnic patterns, fringes or feathers will create a cozy and slightly ethnic atmosphere. In addition, you can add natural dried flowers, pampas grass, lace, candles, lanterns and wooden and wicker accessories to create a unique „new Boho” atmosphere.             Favorite entertainment of future brides   Future brides love to gather new experiences in the company of their friends. One of the most popular forms of entertainment are picnics in the bosom of nature – on the beach, in the garden or in the glade. In addition, workshops are equally popular, during which you can learn how to weave wreaths, create macrames, dream catchers, as well as form polymer gypsum vessels that resemble fashionable terrazzo. Dance and make-up workshops are also very popular, and after them photo sessions are often held, during which you can capture these beautiful moments.   When organizing a bachelorette party, it is always worth remembering about the tastes of the future Bride. If we know her preferences and we are sure that she likes strong emotions, the possibilities are numerous. A parachute jump or a helicopter flight over the city can fulfill the bride’s dreams of an unforgettable adventure.   It is important to adjust the program of the bachelorette party to the character and preferences of the future bride, so that this special evening becomes an unforgettable experience for her.         Perfect games for a bachelorette party   A bachelorette party with various forms of entertainment and social games is the perfect way to provide joy and unforgettable memories to the future bride. It is important to organize this special occasion taking into account the tastes and preferences of the main character of the evening, creating an atmosphere full of magic and pleasure.   Party games are the perfect complement to such an event. Quizzes or tasks to be performed will certainly bring a lot of joy, and will also become a perfect complement to the scenario of this wonderful event. They will be especially useful when we do not have a main attraction planned, or we want to integrate the group in an atmosphere of smile and freedom.           What to avoid when organizing a bachelorette party.   The experiences of the brides themselves best reflect what they expect from a bachelorette party. More and more often I hear questions from future brides who ask me for suggestions for a bachelorette party. I notice certain trends and preferences that dominate among brides nowadays. First of all, the bachelorette party should be unique and full of class. Currently, future brides are giving up elements such as a limousine ride or half-naked dancers’ performances, which are no longer desirable as they used to be.   Currently, brides focus more on experiences that are more subdued, but at the same time unforgettable. Many of them are looking for alternative ways to spend a bachelorette party that fit their individual preferences. They want unique and refined attractions that will provide them with unforgettable memories.         I often hear from brides that they want a hen party full of classic elegance. They want to spend time in the company of their close friends, in a unique atmosphere that will be not only joyful, but also tasteful. That is why many of them choose more sophisticated forms of entertainment and attractions that suit their style and personality.   Photos: Magdalena Mizera Photography
- [A garden inspired by Santorini](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ogrodek-inspirowany-santorini/): Arranging a 36m2 garden next to a terraced house in a tight development is quite a challenge, and we introduce some improvements every year. What did we welcome in the summer 2023 season?         The first element that attracts attention in our garden is undoubtedly ours white fence. In a beautiful way it optically enlarges our small garden and not only is it a decoration of the whole garden, but also has a function of separating our little sanctuary from the rest of the world and our neighbors. The fence, which has been painted white, brings back memories of the characteristic architecture of Santorini. Its presence adds charm to the whole place and creates a nice contrast.     Lighting whose atmosphere evokes the most beautiful memories To add even more magic to this place, we hung Markslojd light garlands. – they are perfect for any outdoor space because they are modular – one chain consists of 10 bulbs in a length of 5,5 m and can be combined so that after connecting with a transformer and connecting to electricity to create an unusual atmosphere.     These strings of lights make our garden cozy and magical, especially after dark. When we turn on the bulbs in the evening, the whole place becomes an illuminated paradise that invites us to spend warm summer evenings outdoors. These lamps hang in our garden all year round, create beautiful evening lighting. Thanks to a properly planned electrical installation in the form of a time switch, lights turn on and off automatically creating an extraordinary visual effect as soon as dusk falls. There is nothing more beautiful than looking at a beautifully lit garden also from home, which optically enlarges our living room – especially in winterwhen it gets dark earlier outside, we can enjoy the beauty of the illuminated garden from the comfort of the living room, admiring the optical enlargement of the area of ​​our terraced house.     As I have already written, the cords can be connected together, creating an impressive length of up to 50 m using only one transformer. We also used them on a hung sail cutting our garden. The whole thing gives it even more charm.     Harmony and natural beauty In our small garden, we create a space that serves us moments of peace and relaxation, even in the city. It is the perfect place to rest, spend time with our loved ones and enjoy the beauty of nature.     Comfortable changes In our garden, we focused on comfort and functionality. A set of furniture made of light aluminum turned out to be a hit. It replaced a set made of techno rattan, which had served us for many years and needed to be replaced. Thanks to its lightness and ease of relocation, we can freely change the arrangement of the garden according to our needs. After removing the cushions, it casts almost no shadow on the grass, which does not damage it. In addition, the aluminum set worked perfectly throughout the winter without being damaged. This a perfect solution for people who do not have space to store furniture under the roof during the winter months.     Another element that has improved our garden is round bedwhich stood on a paved spot so as not to damage the grass. Instead of bulky individual sunbeds, we focused on a dual-function, much more convenient solution – especially for people who they like the closeness of another person. A round bed not only provides a comfortable place to relax, but also provides a comfortable place to rest you can get the whole family involvedbut also easy they can be divided into a sofa, a table and two poufs. This is an ideal option when you have a small space and want to invite guests or eat a meal outdoors.       It’s not over yet… Our plans for changes in the garden do not end there. Soon we will start the renovation of the terrace, which requires thorough sanding and re-oiling. After its renewal, we will invite you to the new version of our garden. We plan to hang additional lights in the open air, place additional decorations, and soon there will be a Jacuzzi with hot water and bubbles – a favorite element not only of our children but also ours!     We love our little garden, where the inspiring island of Santorini meets our unique style, creating a place full of harmony and magic. Here we can take a break from everyday life and enjoy the beauty of nature. It is not only a place to rest, but also an ideal background for organizing meetings with loved ones. We can organize a romantic candlelit dinner, an outdoor party or just spend time with the children.   If you dream of your own little paradise inspired by Santorini, with a white picket fence, a wooden swing, a cozy bench and magical lighting, this this idea is for you. Create your own unique garden, or maybe a terrace that will emanate peace and beauty.     Remember that a garden or terrace or even a balcony can become your little paradise, so adapt it to your needs and preferences. Add personal touches, such as your favorite pillows, rugs or a hanging swing, which is also a guest at our place. Your garden should reflect your personality and invite you to relax and spend time outdoors.   Isn’t it the perfect place to enjoy warm summer evenings?
- [How to make a fence?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zrobic-ogrodzenie/): How to make a fence? Our garden fence is something we are very pleased with – there were a lot of questions about it after publishing the post about our garden. How was our fence made?     Come to the fence – just like I do… a few words about the fence 🙂   The terraced house was a compromise between an apartment in a block of flats and a single-family house – it has a first floor, a garage, a piece of garden, but it also has neighbors behind the wall, fortunately only on the sides, not from above and below.   The downside is that it is in terraced houses gardens are usually tiny. Ours – not only is it the width of the house (which is standard), but it is also very short, although I remember that when we decided on this house, Wojtek and I would come to the construction site at night, I would stand on one side of the garden, and him on the other, we spread our arms wide and were happy that we had „sooooo much land!”  About how we decorated ours a small garden next to the terraced house, you can read here. We knew that from the beginning we want to have a fence. Behind the house, in front of the exit, we had no neighbors, no one lived there, so the fence in this place had the lowest priority. But to our left and right, of course, neighbors were going to show up soon.     How to make a fence?   What did we find? The developer assured stopping size 2,20 mx 2,20 m between us and the neighbors, and in the further part of the garden – green mesh. However, this mesh was almost invisible and blended with the surroundings.   The effect was that all neighbors had one common garden. When we had a table set up next to the net and a neighbor was sitting next to it behind the net, I was sometimes closer to the neighbor than to my husband, sitting opposite… I’m not kidding!   It also prevailed general impression of mess – everyone had some idea in their garden (after all, „freedom for Tomek in his house”) that worked within the framework of this garden. However, with the invisible grid, this concept appeared next to another concept, and this one next to another, making it a visual mish-mash everywhere.   So we immediately ordered the developer to extend this wooden partition further – we knew that the mesh itself was not enough.   At a similar time, when we were talking about extending the fence, it turned out that there was no railing in the attic across the stairs. The attic is an open space without walls – which is nice – but if you are a little careless or stagger you can fall down, because there are no walls separating the stairs from the stairs, so you can fall down, and I am… afraid of heights.   So we had a choice: order a fence extension or order a wall or balusters for the attic stairs – the price was to be similar. For us, the decision was obvious – we focused on safety. We decided on a wall rather than balusters because we thought that in the future we would be able to „raise” these walls and separate rooms if necessary.     Temporary solution So we gave up on the fence at that point. We decided that it was less important than the wall, because we were the first to move into the terraced house, and the neighbors would not appear until a few months later. Adhering to the principle: the day will come – there will be advice, we postponed the topic. In the meantime, the baby was born and everything else fell into the background, so we decided on a temporary solution, i.e fence made of bamboo sticks.   Bamboo sticks on a roll, bought at a DIY store, worked quite well for us, but only for a while. Attached to the net not only by themselves were deteriorating, fluttering in the wind, but they also destroyed the net. They had to be replaced after two years and the condition of the net also left much to be desired.     Final solution We decided this was the best time to do it a real fence according to the idea we had from the beginning, so to extend the wooden partition between us and the neighbors. However, it turned out that these boards were already damaged, the color was a bit too dark for us, in other words: it didn’t look good. The decision was made: we build the fence from scratch, i.e. we will dismantle the old boards and install new ones. We were only wondering how to make a fence, but we considered all the options and chose the best one.     How to make a fence? We bought the boards in… Gdańsk Woodyards with a branch in Gdynia. That’s why we bought it protective glaze from V33 „Polish contemporary atmosphere” in silver gray. The boards were delivered to our garden, and we left the further work to the experts: the hired team painted the boards twice, and when they dried, they started working.   It was necessary replace the posts in the fence. Originally, these were round posts, which we decided to replace with square ones so that the boards fit them better and are better attached. Metal fence post crew she attached the boards at the right height. In the further part of the garden, they were attached low enough so that – if you feel like it – you can still talk to your neighbor, and if not, lie down on a deckchair or swing on a swing without anyone disturbing you.   Such a fence has only advantages. You can have it in any color, any height – you can design everything yourself.   Of course, we were afraid that our fence would optically make the garden smaller. The effect is quite the opposite – everyone who entered our garden after the changes said: „Wow, it’s gotten bigger!” Weird, right? I think it’s because it doesn’t have the mess effect I mentioned above. Each neighbor has different flowers, different flowerpots, different furniture, different gadgets for children, a different idea for the garden (and – let’s be honest – often a different order ;-)). So we got it law and orderthat we cared about.         How do you like our fence? Look how easy it was to make!
- [Decorative wall in our office](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sciana-dekoracyjna/): A decorative wall is something that immediately catches your eye when you enter our office. Why did we decide on this solution?   We believe that you can only make a first impression once. We decided to make it clear from the moment you enter our office that we are open to fresh perspectives, creative, inventive and unconventional.     Decorative wall The decorative wall was obvious, we only considered its final appearance. It is located right in front of the entrance door, so we wanted the WOW effect.   We found a company OVO.design. It is a Polish manufacturer of decorative walls – 3D spatial panels. There are products created by excellent designers from Poland, France, Brazil and Israel – not only award winners, but also young and talented, and each of them has a very interesting story, inspiration and design. The choice of decorative walls from OVO.design is wide: it can be wood, veneer, slate, laminate, concrete… Smooth panels and 3D panels. The form can also be different, from rectangles and squares to circles and hexagons. What did we choose?   Decorative wall with moss We decided on 3D wall panel with live moss. Why? For two reasons.     First of all, our office is a meeting place of two worlds, mine wedding agency and interactive creative agency my husband Wojtek. The logo of Wojtek’s company – Brainbox – is a box with patterns resembling brain ganglia. The panel we chose resembles cerebral ganglia in its design. Secondly, thanks to the pattern with the addition of live chrobotka moss, we added elements of nature to our interior. This solution is very practical because the daffodil absorbs moisture from the air, so there is no need to water it.   It was hung on our decorative wall six such panels, each of them is different and unique. Thanks to the modular solution, we have a complete solution freedom in composing your own decorative wall.     There is a wall covered with fabric a bench and a table with industry books, which act as such a small one waiting room for our visiting customers and guests.   The panels are really solid, of very good quality and easy to install – Wojtek attached them to the wall himself.   When choosing wall panels for our decorative wall, we wanted to emphasize our creativity, while providing ourselves and others with an interesting background for photos and a pleasant arrangement of our waiting room.   [photo by Aga & WOjtek]   To emphasize the character of our interior, a glass lamp with a characteristic bulb hung above our waiting room.     How do you like entering our office? We like it very much! In the next posts I will show you other rooms – all the cards have not been revealed yet   
- [Wedding Planner Online course – why was it created and is it worth taking part in?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-wedding-planner-online/): The Wedding Planner Online course was our main „pandemic” project at Wytwórnia Ślubów. When it turned out that due to the situation in the country we were forced to cancel two stationary training courses, a thought appeared in my head… when, if not now?     fears I admit, the idea of ​​creating an Online Wedding Planner Course appeared in my head from time to time and came back like a boomerang. I kept answering calls and receiving e-mails asking if I was organizing an Online Wedding Planner Course. But there was never time for that, I admit that too I was a little afraid of such a large undertaking. It involved expenses, reorganization of previous work and devoting many hours to preparation, recording and editing.     In yours Wedding Planner’s work I also bet on relations. I was afraid that I wouldn’t be able to do it in the online version of the Wedding Planner Course and that we wouldn’t have the opportunity to get to know each other well, make beautiful connections, including business ones, and deepen the relationships that would emerge between us. Besides… it’s me I love talking to people, interact with them. How am I supposed to suddenly talk to the camera? How to ask them questions?   I don’t wait – I act! But I knew that I have to act not only to be able to maintain my business, but also so as not to leave people who have been waiting for my Wedding Planner Expert Course, for which all places have been sold out for half a year, without anything. I felt that I cannot disappoint those of you who dreamed of becoming a Wedding Planner, and the pandemic ruined their plans.     My dilemmas were also instantly solved by one of my graduates, Eliza, who runs the blog elizawydrych.pl (formerly fashionelka.pl), which was currently being written e-book „How to run a business in the face of a crisis” (great by the way, I highly recommend it). She wrote to me asking what actions I had planned in times of crisis. I started telling her about the Online Wedding Planner Course and she… gave me the wind in my sails. She said it was a great idea and really motivated me to take action!   Implementation I had to rearrange the entire training programso that I can conduct my Wedding Planner Expert Course online. While working on the new program, I gained courage and decided to fulfill my little dream and add a very important chapter to the Course program, a chapter that I always wanted to introduce, but I was rightly afraid that I would not be able to fit in 4 days of the full-time course. What is this chapter about? Well – having extensive knowledge about organizing weddings and coordinating the Wedding Day, but knowing nothing about running a business – we will not achieve success. This chapter therefore deals with… building your brand, creating your business strategythat will take us from where we are now to where we want to be in 5 years. This is a series of actions that, in order to achieve the intended effect, cannot be a coincidence. Thanks to the format of the Wedding Planner Online Course, I could afford this larger amount of material, because – and this is one of the greatest advantages of online training – I wasn’t limited by time!   The best thing is that now that we have finished the recordings and I have counted all the training hours, it turned out that I managed to prepare a lot more materials! Converted from hours to days (assuming 8 hours a day), The Online Course lasts not 4 days, like the Stationary Course, but as many as 7 days!     In addition, we started collecting ideas on what can be done to make the Wedding Planner Online Course as close to the stationary Course as possible.     Substantively rich content – are. Contact with me and other participants – it is (during videoconference, in a specially created Facebook group and 2 hours of individual consultations – in person or by phone). But what about all the gadgets that our students receive during the training? The point was clear: we had to prepare wedding shipments! Packages that contained exactly what each student of the stationary course receives, as well as a few surprises and extras.     The program and packages are one thing, but what about the technical side?? There was no way out – we took the armchairs and coffee table out of my office, and in its place we added a desk with a monitor, a tripod for the camera, soundproof curtains and two photography lamps. We also replaced the bulbs in my designer ceiling lamp specialized bulbs, which perfectly illuminated the entire room. We also bought more professional microphone and graphics tablet, which allowed me to draw and at the same time record what I needed to draw      A whole host of people were involved in the implementation of the Wedding Planner Online Course, including my husband, Wojtek, who searched the Internet in search of the best platform for embedding the training on it, also took care of the appropriate, specialized equipment – exposure, microphones and my positive attitude 🙂 He is also behind the Wedding Planner Online Course Milenka, my right hand, who sat with me during dozens of hours of recording, made sure I didn’t forget anything, contacted the students and sent over 50 packages to them! There would be nothing to watch if it weren’t for the invaluable editor Tomek, who patiently made all the corrections until you can see the Course now. I also don’t forget about the rest of our team: Adze, Dobrawa, Bartek, Kacper and Marcin, and also to my friend So, each of which contributed to the success of our Wedding Planner Online Course.     Why can I call my Wedding Planner Online Course a success? Here are just some of the opinions I received after the training:   I wanted to thank you very much for creating the Wedding Planner course. It was quite a long and very intense time, but I consider the online form, the prepared content and recordings to be very professionally done. I didn’t expect that we would discuss so many issues related not only to the wedding planning service itself, but also to running your own business or creating a business plan. The course was very substantive, conducted in a pleasant atmosphere, with a very large dose of flexibility. Video conferences were an opportunity to make friends with others and ask questions. I do not regret a single minute spent on the course, and I fully recommend it to anyone interested. First of all, you will get to know yourself, which will be the basis for later business decisions in life. – Marta K.   I wanted to thank you for the wealth of knowledge and inspiration during the training. I want to express how great a driving force this is for me and a chance for myself to discover my life path. Thank you very much once again because this is a breakthrough moment  – Ania J.   Thank you for the opportunity to participate in this course. It gave me strength and motivation to act, as well as a lot of inspiration, which I will certainly use when starting my company. Your warmth and kindness made me fall in love with this profession even more. Thank you for your time and the wealth of knowledge you gave us!  – Karolina D.   The Wedding Planner Expert Online course was one of the best decisions I could have made. At the same time, it’s a fulfillment of my last year’s birthday dream! The course itself was an amazing experience for me – from the moment Agnieszka announced it (during the pandemic), I was waiting for registration to start! There was a moment when I wondered: „Do I really want to do this course now? Maybe I’ll wait until it’s stationary? These hesitant questions were dispelled very quickly by my parents and brother, to whom I am extremely grateful for all their support! Agnieszka and her team did a really good job! It all started with a package full of beautiful gifts – from small accessories, through stationery, to a wonderful cup with the inscription of your future profession. The amount of material that was recorded exceeded my wildest expectations! The course was full of substantive knowledge and great practical tasks! The girls prepared everything with the greatest care. Agnieszka is a great person who shared her knowledge and experience with us, the students. The heat radiating from it can be felt even through the monitor screen! I wholeheartedly recommend this course to anyone interested in the wedding industry, because there is a place for all of us – as Agnieszka says  – Klaudia D.     Without further ado, the point of this post is… Registration for the next edition of the Wedding Planner Online Course has started!   The training is starting now 14 September and will be carried out exactly like the first edition, i.e. in an 8-day system, with videoconferencing every two days.     Why? See for yourself:     What do you get? Access to the Course Platform until for 6 months! 9 videoconferences group live access to closed course groupsj on Facebook Certificate of Completion of Wedding Consultant Training „Wedding Planner Expert”, which will allow you to build a professional image from the very beginning and give your clients and subcontractors a sense of security. You will receive a certificate confirming your qualifications in a paper and electronic version and it does not differ in form or content from the certificate we give to graduates of the full-time course. Original manual training, containing over 200 pages of industry knowledge Individual post-training care – 2 hours of individual in-person or online consultations to be used without any time limits! You can use them as you wish – for example, I can help you create a website for your agency, advise you on choosing a name and logo, or discuss the offer and quote for your First Client. Pattern Cost estimate Wedding and Reception Pattern Wedding Day Scenario Pattern Preparation Schedule for the wedding Pattern arrangements with the newlyweds regarding the wedding and reception Template Business plan Wedding services price calculator Contract templates with selected Subcontractors Database of 200 Subcontractors from key industries from all over Poland Tips to create a step-by-step individual agreements with the Client Power of attorney template to the contract with the Client National Competence Standard Professional A solid dose positive energy i motivation for further actions 🙂     Did I encourage you? Really worth! Join the Wedding Planner Online Course!
- [Konsultant Ślubny - Kurs](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/konsultant-slubny-kurs/): Bardzo mnie to cieszy, że świeżutki dział Kariera na Blogu ma już swoje grono fanów.   Bardzo często pytacie mnie o kolejne kroki do zostania Konsultantem Ślubnym, a że ukończenie odpowiedniego kursu na Konsultanta Ślubnego jest tutaj konieczne, pytacie w jaki kurs warto zainwestować. Zawsze wtedy sięgam pamięcią do kursu, który sama skończyłam, który trwał jakoś około miesiąca i składał się z kilku zjazdów. Dziś już takich kursów praktycznie nie ma na rynku, oczywiście dlatego, że Kandydaci na Konsultantów Ślubnych mając wybór zwyczajnie decydują się na znacznie krótsze formy szkoleń, głównie weekendowe. Ze swojego doświadczenia mogę powiedzieć, że z pewnością długość kursu jest pozytywnie skorelowana z wiedzą, którą z niego wyniesiecie, z relacji, które nawiążecie i z problemów, które rozwiążecie.   W związku z tym, że sama stoję przed stworzeniem oferty Kursu dla Konsultantów Ślubnych, chciałam prosić Was o pomoc – odpowiedzcie proszę na 8 krótkich pytań zamkniętych:   Ładowanie… Dziękuję! PS Ruszył już mój Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego.
- [Kurs Wedding Planner Online - dlaczego powstał i czy warto wziąć w nim udział?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-wedding-planner-online/): Kurs Wedding Planner Online był naszym głównym „pandemicznym” projektem w Wytwórni Ślubów. Gdy okazało się, że ze względu na panującą w kraju sytuację zmuszeni jesteśmy odwołać dwa szkolenia stacjonarne, w mojej głowie zakiełkowała myśl… kiedy, jak nie teraz?     Obawy Przyznaję, pomysł stworzenia Kursu Wedding Planner Online pojawiał się w mojej głowie od czasu do czasu i wracał jak bumerang. Wciąż odbierałam telefony i otrzymywałam maile z pytaniem, czy organizuję Kurs na Wedding Plannera Online. Nigdy jednak nie było na to czasu, przyznaję, że też trochę się bałam takiego dużego przedsięwzięcia. Wiązało się ono z wydatkami, przeorganizowaniu dotychczasowej pracy i poświęceniu wielu godzin na przygotowania, nagrania i montaż.     W swojej pracy Wedding Plannera stawiam też na relacje. Bałam się, że w internetowej wersji Kursu na Wedding Plannera nie dam rady i nie będziemy mieli możliwości dobrze się poznać, nawiązać pięknych znajomości, także tych biznesowych, i pogłębiać relacji, które się między nami pojawią. Poza tym… przecież ja uwielbiam mówić do ludzi, wchodzić z nimi w interakcję. Jak nagle mam mówić do kamery? Jak zadawać im pytania?   Nie czekam – działam! Wiedziałam jednak, że muszę działać nie tylko po to, by móc utrzymać swój biznes, ale także po to, by nie zostawić bez niczego osób, które czekały na mój Kurs Wedding Planner Expert, na który wszystkie miejsca były wyprzedane już od pół roku. Czułam, że nie mogę zawieść tych z Was, którzy marzyli o tym, by zostać Wedding Plannerem, a pandemia pokrzyżowała ich plany.     Moje dylematy rozwiała też w jednej chwili jedna z moich Absolwentek, Eliza, prowadząca blog elizawydrych.pl (dawniej fashionelka.pl), która była akurat w trakcie pisania e-booka „Jak prowadzić biznes w obliczu kryzysu” (swoją drogą świetny, polecam Ci go serdecznie). Napisała do mnie z pytaniem, jakie działania zaplanowałam w dobie kryzysu. Zaczęłam opowiadać jej o Kursie na Wedding Plannera Online, a ona… dodała mi wiatru w żagle. Mówiła, że to doskonały pomysł i bardzo mnie zmotywowała do działania!   Realizacja Cały program szkolenia musiałam przearanżować, bym mogła przeprowadzić mój Kurs Wedding Planner Expert w wersji online. Podczas prac nad nowym programem nabrałam odwagi i postanowiłam spełnić swoje małe marzenie i dodać do programu Kursu bardzo ważny rozdział, rozdział który zawsze chciałam wprowadzić, ale miałam słuszne obawy, że nie zmieszczę się wówczas w 4 dniach Kursu stacjonarnego. Czego dotyczy ten rozdział? Cóż – posiadając dużą wiedzę na temat organizacji ślubów i prowadzenia koordynacji Dnia Ślubu, ale nie wiedząc nic na temat prowadzenia biznesu – nie osiągniemy sukcesu. Rozdział ten traktuje więc o budowaniu swojej marki, o tworzeniu strategii swojego biznesu, która poprowadzi nas z punktu, w którym jesteśmy teraz, do punktu, w którym chcemy być za 5 lat. Jest to szereg działań, które, by odniosły zamierzony skutek, nie mogą pozostać dziełem przypadku. Dzięki formie Kursu Wedding Planner Online mogłam pozwolić sobie na tę większą ilość materiału, gdyż – i to jedna z największych zalet szkolenia online – nie ograniczał mnie czas!   Najlepsze jest to, że teraz, gdy już jesteśmy po nagraniach i przeliczyłam wszystkie godziny trwania szkolenia, okazało się, że udało mi się przygotować dużo więcej materiałów! W przeliczeniu godzin na dni (przy założeniu 8 godzin dziennie), Kurs Online trwa nie 4 dni, tak jak Kurs Stacjonarny, a aż 7 dni!     Ponadto zaczęliśmy zbierać pomysły na to, co można zrobić, by Kurs Wedding Planner Online był jak najbardziej zbliżony do Kursu stacjonarnego.     Bogate merytorycznie treści – są. Kontakt ze mną i z innymi uczestnikami – jest (podczas wideokonferencji, na specjalnie stworzonej grupie na Facebooku oraz 2 godziny indywidualnych konsultacji – osobistych lub telefonicznych). Ale co ze wszystkimi gadżetami, które otrzymują nasi Kursanci podczas szkolenia? Sprawa była jasna: trzeba przygotować ślubne przesyłki! Paczki, które zawierały dokładnie to samo, co otrzymuje każdy z Kursantów Kursu stacjonarnego, a także kilka niespodzianek i dodatków.     Program i paczki to jedno, ale co ze stroną techniczną? Nie było wyjścia – z mojego biura wynieśliśmy fotele i stolik kawowy, a w jego miejscu pojawiło się biurko z monitorem, statyw do aparatu, zasłony wygłuszające oraz dwie lampy fotograficzne. Żarówki w mojej designerskiej lampie pod sufitem również wymieniliśmy na specjalistyczne żarówki, które idealnie naświetlały całe pomieszczenie. Dokupiliśmy także profesjonalny mikrofon oraz tablet graficzny, który pozwolił mi rysować i jednocześnie nagrywać to, co narysować było trzeba 😉     W realizację Kursu Wedding Planner Online zaangażowana była cała rzesza osób, na czele z moim mężem, Wojtkiem, który przeszukał Internet w poszukiwaniu najlepszej platformy do osadzenia na niej szkolenia, zadbał też o odpowiedni, specjalistyczny sprzęt – naświetlenie, mikrofony oraz o moje pozytywne nastawienie 🙂 Za Kursem Wedding Planner Online stoi też Milenka, moja prawa ręka, która siedziała ze mną podczas dziesiątek godzin nagrań, pilnowała, bym o niczym nie zapomniała, kontaktowała się z Kursantami i wysłała do nich ponad 50 paczek! Nie byłoby też co oglądać, gdyby nie nieoceniony montażysta Tomek, który cierpliwie wprowadzał wszystkie poprawki aż do stanu, w którym można można zobaczyć Kurs teraz. Nie zapominam również o reszcie naszego zespołu: Adze, Dobrawie, Bartku, Kacprze i Marcinie, a także mojej koleżance Asi, z których każde dołożyło swoją cegiełkę do sukcesu, jakim okazał się być nasz Kurs Wedding Planner Online.     Dlaczego mój Kurs Wedding Planner Online mogę nazwać sukcesem? Oto tylko niektóre opinie, które napłynęły do mnie po zakończonym szkoleniu:   Chciałam bardzo podziękować za stworzenie kursu Wedding Planner. Był to czas dość długi i bardzo intensywny, jednak forma online, przygotowane treści i nagrania, uważam, za bardzo profesjonalnie zrobione. Nie spodziewałam się, iż będziemy poruszać tak wiele zagadnień związanych nie tylko z samą usługą planowania ślubu, ale również prowadzenia własnej działalności czy tworzenia biznes planu. Kurs był bardzo merytoryczny, prowadzony w miłej atmosferze, z bardzo dużą dozą elastyczności. Wideo konferencje były okazją do nawiązania znajomości z innymi oraz zadania pojawiających się pytań. Nie żałuję ani minuty spędzonej na kursie, i całkowicie polecam go wszystkim zainteresowanym. Przede wszystkim bowiem, poznacie samych siebie, co będzie podwaliną do późniejszych decyzji biznesowych w życiu. – Marta K.   Chciałam podziękować za ogrom wiedzy i inspiracji na szkoleniu. Chce wyrazić jak wielka jest to dla mnie siła napędowa i szansa dla samej siebie na odkrycie swojej drogi życiowej.  Jeszcze raz bardzo dziękuje bo jest to moment przełomowy ❤️❤️ – Ania J.   Dziękuję za możliwość uczestniczenia w tym kursie. Dał mi on zarówno siłę i motywację do działania jak i wiele inspiracji, które z pewnością wykorzystam przy zakładaniu swojej firmy. Wasze ciepło i życzliwość sprawiły, że jeszcze bardziej zakochałam się w tym zawodzie. Dziękuję za poświęcony czas i ogrom przekazanej nam wiedzy! 🙂 – Karolina D.   Kurs Wedding Planner Expert Online był jedną z lepszych decyzji jaką mogłam podjąć. Jednocześnie to spełnienie mojego zeszłorocznego marzenia urodzinowego! Sam kurs był dla mnie niesamowitym doświadczeniem – od momentu ogłoszenia go przez Agnieszkę (w trakcie trwania pandemii) czekałam aż ruszą zapisy! Był chwilowy moment kiedy zastanawiałam się nad tym „czy na pewno chcę robić ten kurs teraz? Może poczekam aż jednak będzie stacjonarny?”. Te wahające pytania zostały rozwiane bardzo szybko przez moich rodziców i brata, którym jestem niezmiernie wdzięczna za całe wsparcie! Agnieszka i jej team zrobili kawał naprawdę dobrej roboty! Wszystko zaczęło się od paczki pełnej pięknych prezentów – od drobnych dodatków przez papeterię aż po cudowną filiżankę z napisem przyszłego zawodu. Ilość materiału jaka została nagrana przeszła moje najśmielsze oczekiwania! Kurs był wręcz przepełniony wiedzą merytoryczną i super zadaniami praktycznymi! Dziewczyny przygotowały wszystko z największą starannością. Agnieszka jest świetną osobą, która podzieliła się z nami, kursantami swoją wiedzą i doświadczeniem. Ciepło, które od niej bije da się wyczuć nawet przez ekran monitora! Kurs ten polecam z całego serca każdemu, kto interesuje się branżą ślubną, bo dla nas wszystkich znajdzie się miejsce – jak mówi Agnieszka 🙂 – Klaudia D.     Nie przedłużając, puenta tego posta jest taka, że… ruszyły zapisy na kolejną edycję Kursu Wedding Planner Online!   Szkolenie rusza już 14 września i przeprowadzone zostanie dokładnie tak jak pierwsza edycja, czyli w systemie 8-dniowym, z wideokonferencjami co dwa dni.     Dlaczego warto? Sama zobacz:     Co zyskujesz? Dostęp do Platformy Kursowej aż na 6 miesięcy! 9 wideokonferencji grupowyc na żywo dostęp do zamkniętej grupy kursowej na Facebooku Certyfikat Ukończenia Szkolenia Konsultanta Ślubnego “Wedding Planner Expert”, co pozwoli Ci od początku budować profesjonalny wizerunek i dać swoim Klientom i Podwykonawcom poczucie bezpieczeństwa. Certyfikat potwierdzający kwalifikacje otrzymasz w wersji papierowej oraz w wersji elektronicznej i nie różni się on formą ani treścią z certyfikatem, który wręczamy Absolwentom Kursu Stacjonarnego Autorski podręcznik szkoleniowy, zawierający ponad 200 stron branżowej wiedzy Indywidualną Opiekę Poszkoleniową – 2 godziny indywidualnych konsultacji osobistych lub online do wykorzystania bez żadnych ograniczeń czasowych! Możesz wykorzystać je dowolnie – mogę np. pomóc Ci stworzyć stronę WWW Twojej agencji, doradzić w doborze nazwy i logo lub omówić ofertę i wycenę dla Twojego Pierwszego Klienta Wzór Kosztorysu Ślubu i Wesela Wzór Scenariusza Dnia Ślubu Wzór Harmonogramu Przygotowań do ślubu Wzór ustaleń z Młodą Parą dotyczących ślubu i wesela Szablon Biznesplanu Kalkulator cen usług ślubnych Wzory umów z wybranymi Podwykonawcami Bazę 200 Podwykonawców z kluczowych branż z całej Polski Wskazówki do stworzenia krok po kroku indywidualnej umowy z Klientem Wzór pełnomocnictwa do umowy z Klientem Krajowy Standard Kompetencji Zawodowych Solidną dawkę pozytywnej energii i motywacji do dalszych działań 🙂     Zachęciłam? Naprawdę warto! Dołącz do Kursu Wedding Planner Online!
- [Ściana dekoracyjna w naszym biurze](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sciana-dekoracyjna/): Ściana dekoracyjna to coś, na co od razu pada wzrok po wejściu do naszego biura. Dlaczego zdecydowaliśmy się na takie rozwiązanie?   Wierzymy, że pierwsze wrażenie można zrobić tylko raz. Postanowiliśmy, by już od wejścia do naszego biura było wiadomo, że jesteśmy otwarci na świeże spojrzenie, kreatywni, pomysłowi i nieszablonowi.     Ściana dekoracyjna Ściana dekoracyjna była oczywistością, zastanawialiśmy się tylko nad jej ostatecznym wyglądem. Znajduje się ona na wprost drzwi wejściowych, więc zależało nam na efekcie WOW.   Znaleźliśmy firmę OVO.design. Jest to polski producent ścian dekoracyjnych – paneli przestrzennych 3D. Są tam produkty stworzone przez doskonałych projektantów i designerów z Polski, Francji, Brazylii oraz Izraela – nie tylko zdobywców nagród, ale też młodych i zdolnych, a każdy z nich ma bardzo ciekawą historie, inspiracje i projekty. Wybór ścian dekoracyjnych z OVO.design jest szeroki: może być to drewno, fornir, łupek, karmień, beton…  Panele gładkie i panele 3D. Forma też może być różna, od prostokątów i kwadratów po koła i heksagony. Co my wybraliśmy?   Ściana dekoracyjna z mchem My zdecydowaliśmy się na panel ścienny 3D z żywym mchem. Dlaczego? Z dwóch powodów.     Po pierwsze, nasze biuro to miejsce spotkania dwóch światów, mojej agencji ślubnej oraz interaktywnej agencji kreatywnej mojego Męża Wojtka. Logiem firmy Wojtka – Brainbox – jest pudełko ze wzorami przypominającymi zwoje mózgowe. Panel, który wybraliśmy, swoim wzorem przypomina właśnie zwoje mózgowe. Po drugie, dzięki wzorowi z dodatkiem żywego mchu chrobotka dodaliśmy naszemu wnętrzu elementy natury. Takie rozwiązanie jest bardzo praktyczne, ponieważ chrobotek pochłania wilgoć z powietrza, dzięki czemu nie ma konieczności jego podlewania.   Na naszej ścianie dekoracyjnej zawisło sześć takich paneli, każdy z nich jest inny i niepowtarzalny. Dzięki modułowemu rozwiązaniu mamy pełną dowolność w komponowaniu własnej ściany dekoracyjnej.     Pod ścianą znajduje się obita materiałem ławka i stolik z branżowymi książkami, które pełnią funkcję takiej małej poczekalni dla odwiedzających nas Klientów i Gości.   Panele są naprawdę solidne, bardzo dobrej jakości i łatwe w montażu – Wojtek przymocował je do ściany samodzielnie.   Wybierając panele ścienne do naszej ściany dekoracyjnej, chcieliśmy podkreślić naszą kreatywność, jednocześnie zapewniając sobie i innym ciekawe tło do zdjęć oraz przyjemną aranżację naszej poczekalni.   [zdjęcie Aga & WOjtek]   By podkreślić charakter naszego wnętrza, nad naszą poczekalnią zawisła szklana lampa z charakterystyczną żarówką.     Jak podoba Ci się wejście do naszego biura? Nam bardzo! W kolejnych postach pokażę Ci jeszcze inne pomieszczenia – wszystkie karty nie zostały jeszcze odkryte 😉  
- [Ogródek inspirowany Santorini](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ogrodek-inspirowany-santorini/): Urządzenie 36m2 ogródka przy domku szeregowym w ciasnej zabudowie to nie lada wyzwanie, a my co roku wprowadzamy jakieś udoskonalenia. Co powitaliśmy w sezonie lato 2023?         Pierwszym elementem, który przyciąga uwagę w naszym ogródku bez wątpienia jest nasz biały płot. W piękny sposób powiększa on optycznie nasz niewielki ogródek oraz nie tylko stanowi ozdobę całego ogrodu, ale także pełni funkcję oddzielającą nasz mały azyl od reszty świata i sąsiadów. Płot, który został pomalowany na biało przywodzi nam wspomnienie charakterystycznej architektury Santorini. Jego obecność dodaje uroku całemu miejscu i tworzy fajny kontrast.     Oświetlenie, którego klimat przywołuje najpiękniejsze wspomnienia Aby dodać jeszcze więcej magii temu miejscu, powiesiliśmy girlandy świetlne Markslojd. – są idealne do każdej zewnętrznej przestrzeni, gdyż są modułowe – jeden łańcuch składa się z 10 żarówek na długości 5,5m i można je łączyć tak, aby po połączniu z transformatorem i podłączeniu do prądu stworzyć niezwykły klimat.     Te łańcuchy światełek sprawiają, że nasz ogródek nabiera przytulności i magii, szczególnie po zmroku. Gdy zapalamy żarówki wieczorem, całe miejsce staje się oświetlonym rajem, który zaprasza nas do spędzania ciepłych letnich wieczorów na świeżym powietrzu. Lampki te wiszą w naszym ogródku przez okrągły rok, tworzą piękne oświetlenie wieczorowe. Dzięki odpowiednio zaplanowanej instalacji elektrycznej w postaci czasowego włącznika, lampki automatycznie się włączają i wyłączają, tworząc niezwykły efekt wizualny gdy tylko zapada zmrok. Nie ma nic piękniejszego niż patrzenie na pięknie oświetlony ogród także z domu, co optycznie powiększa nasz salon – zwłaszcza zimą, gdy na dworze szybciej zapada zmrok, my możemy cieszyć się pięknem oświetlonego ogrodu z zacisza salonu, podziwiając optyczne powiększenie powierzchni naszego domku szeregowego.     Jak już pisałam, sznury można ze sobą łączyć, tworząc imponującą długość aż 50m z użyciem tylko jednego transformatora. My dodatkowo wykorzystaliśmy je na powieszonym żaglu zacinającym nasz ogródek. Całość nadaje mu jeszcze większego uroku.     Harmonia i naturalne piękno W naszym małym ogrodzie tworzymy przestrzeń, która serwuje nam chwile spokoju i relaksu, nawet w mieście. To idealne miejsce do odpoczynku, spędzania czasu z naszymi bliskimi i cieszenia się pięknem natury.     Komfortowe zmiany W naszym ogrodzie postawiliśmy na wygodę i funkcjonalność. Zestaw mebli wykonanych z lekkiego aluminium okazał się strzałem w dziesiątkę. Zastąpił on komplet wykonany z techno ratanu, który służył nam przez wiele lat i wymagał już wymiany. Dzięki swojej lekkości i łatwości przestawiania, możemy swobodnie zmieniać aranżację ogrodu według naszych potrzeb. Po zdjęciu poduszek, nie rzuca on niemal wcale cienia na trawę, co nie powoduje jej niszczenia. Ponadto, aluminiowy zestaw idealnie sprawdził się przez całą zimę, nie ulegając uszkodzeniom. To doskonałe rozwiązanie dla osób, które nie mają miejsca na przechowanie mebli pod dachem w zimowe miesiące.     Kolejnym elementem, który udoskonalił nasz ogród, jest okrągłe łóżko, które stanęło na wybrukowanym miejscu, tak aby nie niszczyć trawy. Zamiast zajmujących dużo miejsca pojedynczych leżaków, postawiliśmy na dwufunkcyjne, dużo wygodniejsze rozwiązanie – szczególnie dla osób, które lubią bliskość drugiego człowieka. Okrągłe łóżko nie tylko zapewnia wygodne miejsce do wypoczynku, na które można się wgramolić całą rodziną, ale także łatwo można je podzielić na kanapę, stolik i dwie pufy. To idealna opcja, gdy mamy niewielką przestrzeń, a chcemy zaprosić gości lub zjeść posiłek na świeżym powietrzu.       To jeszcze nie koniec… Nasze plany na zmiany w ogrodzie nie kończą się na tym. Wkrótce przystąpimy do renowacji tarasu, który wymaga gruntownego szlifowania i ponownego olejowania. Po jego odnowieniu, zaprosimy  Was na nową odsłonę naszego ogrodu. W planach mamy powieszenie dodatkowych lampek pod gołym niebem, umieszczenie dodatkowych dekoracji, a już niedługo na tarasie stanie jacuzzi z ciepłą wodą i bąbelkami – czyli ulubiony element nie tylko naszych dzieci ale i nasz!     Uwielbiamy nasz mały ogródek,  gdzie inspirująca wyspa Santorini spotyka się z naszym unikalnym stylem, tworząc miejsce pełne harmonii i magii. Tutaj możemy odetchnąć od codzienności i delektować się pięknem natury. To nie tylko miejsce do odpoczynku, ale również idealne tło dla organizacji spotkań z bliskimi. Możemy urządzić romantyczną kolację przy świecach, przyjęcie na świeżym powietrzu lub po prostu spędzać czas z dziećmi.   Jeśli marzysz o własnym małym raju inspirowanym Santorini, z białym płotem, drewnianą huśtawką, przytulną ławeczką i magicznym oświetleniem, to ten pomysł jest dla Ciebie. Stwórz swój własny unikalny ogród, a może taras, który będzie emanować spokojem i pięknem.     Pamiętaj, że ogród czy taras, a nawet balkon może stać się Twoim małym rajem, więc dostosuj go do swoich potrzeb i preferencji. Dodaj osobiste akcenty, takie jak ulubione poduszki, dywaniki czy wiszącą huśtawkę, która również gości u nas. Twój ogród powinien odzwierciedlać Twoją osobowość i to Ciebie zapraszać do relaksu i spędzania czasu na świeżym powietrzu.   Czyż nie jest to idealne miejsce do cieszenia się ciepłymi, letnimi wieczorami?
- [Działalność nierejestrowana, czyli biznes na próbę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dzialalnosc-nierejestrowana/): Działalność nierejestrowana to jedna z form prowadzenia działalności gospodarczej. Czy wiesz, że możesz świadczyć usługi i pobierać za nie wynagrodzenie, a wcale nie musisz rejestrować się w CEIDG, mieć NIP-u i księgowej czyli zakładać działalności gospodarczej?   Nie każdy o tym wie, a to genialny sposób   Często polecam takie rozwiązanie przyszłym Wedding Plannerom, którzy chcą zacząć działać w branży ślubnej trochę na próbę, by sprawdzić, czy to coś dla nich. Oczywiście nie jest to rozwiązanie dla każdego, a jakie warunki trzeba spełnić i czego pilnować – o tym przeczytasz poniżej.     Działalność nierejestrowana to taka forma prowadzenia działalności, która nie wymaga posiadania NIP-u, REGON-u, w niektórych przypadkach kasy fiskalnej, a nawet konta bankowego czy księgowej. Taki przedsiębiorca nie musi płacić też ZUS-u, ale, jak każdy, musi płacić podatki, ponieważ jest to źródło dochodu.   U kogo sprawdzi się działalność nierejestrowana? Nie jest ważny rodzaj prowadzenia działalności, jej zasięg terytorialny czy liczba klientów. Należy jednak zwrócić uwagę na kilka aspektów.   Działalność nierejestrowaną może założyć każdy początkujący przedsiębiorca, jeśli: w ciągu ostatnich 60 miesięcy nie prowadził żadnej działalności, przychód z działalności nierejestrowej nie przekracza 50% kwoty obecnego minimalnego wynagrodzenia miesięcznie (w 2021 roku jest to 50% z 3010 zł, czyli 1505 zł), działa osobiście jako osoba fizyczna (nie może być to strona w spółce cywilnej), wykonuje działalność niewymagającą uzyskania koncesji, pozwoleń itp. (czyli na przykład nie sprawdzi się, jeśli chcesz otworzyć bar).     Działalność gospodarcza – co to znaczy? By legalnie uzyskiwać przychody, powinniśmy prowadzić działalność gospodarczą. Ale nie zawsze tak jest. Przecież pobierając wynagrodzenie na podstawie umowy o pracę, umowy zlecenie czy umowy o dzieło, nie musisz mieć własnej firmy – nie jest to działalność gospodarcza.   Kiedy więc możemy nazwać nasze zarabianie działalnością gospodarczą? Musi ono musi posiadać następujące cechy: musi mieć charakter zorganizowany, musi mieć cel zarobkowy, musisz działać we własnym imieniu, Twoje działania muszą być ciągłe.     Jeśli więc chcesz działać na własny rachunek, ale nie chcesz jeszcze płacić ZUS-u i rejestrować się w CEIDG, bo nie wiesz, czy Twój biznes chwyci, działalność nierejestrowana jest dla Ciebie. Musisz jednak mieć na uwadze, że nawet prowadząc działalność nierejestrowaną, podlegasz jako przedsiębiorca przepisom kodeksu cywilnego. Musisz więc respektować prawa konsumenckie, dotyczące np. zwrotu towaru czy reklamacji.   Co ważne, możesz pracować na umowę o pracę czy umowę zlecenie, a jednocześnie prowadzić działalność nierejestrowaną.   Co z rachunkami i podatkami? To niestety przy prowadzeniu działalności gospodarczej, nawet nierejestrowanej, jest nieuniknione, ponieważ dochód uzyskiwany w Polsce podlega opodatkowaniu. Choć dzięki zwolnieniu z rejestrowania firmy tematy takie jak prowadzenie księgowości i opłacanie składek ZUS Cię nie dotyczą, to wciąż musisz opłacać podatek dochodowy.   Przy opodatkowaniu nie masz jednak możliwości wybrać, czy chcesz rozliczać się metodą liniową lub na podstawie ryczałtu – podatek z działalności nierejestrowanej jest odprowadzany wyłącznie w tzw. skali podatkowej 17 lub 32%. Co to oznacza w praktyce?   Oznacza to tyle, że z działalności nierejestrowej dochody musisz uwzględnić w zeznaniu rocznym (czyli wypełniając PIT) i opłacić podatek, jaki wyniknie z tego rozliczenia (jako niedopłata). Wpisujesz przychody uzyskane z działalności nierejestrowanej w polu „inne źródła„. Przy maksymalnym wykorzystaniu tej formy zarabiania (co miesiąc równo 1505 zł) musisz być gotowa na to, że będzie to podatek w wysokości do 2000 zł. Najlepiej już wcześniej się na to przygotować i odkładać co miesiąc potrzebne środki na ten cel.     Oczywiście musisz wystawiać rachunki – ale nie musisz mieć kasy fiskalnej. Możesz zaopatrzyć się w bloczek tzw. „dowód wpłaty”.     Taki rachunek musi zawierać: numer rachunku wraz z datą wystawienia, imiona i nazwiska lub nazwy sprzedawcy i nabywcy, nazwę usługi oraz kwotę do zapłaty.     Dzięki wystawianiu rachunków i sumiennemu pilnowaniu tego tematu, będziesz mogła trzymać pieczę nad swoimi finansami i odpowiednio wcześnie zorientować się, że zbliżasz się lub już przekroczyłaś limit przychodów.     Zanim jednak podejmiesz decyzję, aby prowadzić działalność nierejestrowaną, umów się na spotkanie z księgową, która dokładnie sprawdzi Twoje możliwości i czy nie podlegasz jakimś wykluczeniom.     A co jeśli przekroczę limit przychodów? Cóż, wtedy sprawa jest prosta – musisz zarejestrować działalność. Masz 7 dni na rejestrację firmy w CEIDG, gdzie jako datę rozpoczęcia działalności przyjmujesz dzień przekroczenia limitu przychodu. Dlatego de facto decyzję o założeniu działalności gospodarczej musisz podjąć zanim wygenerujesz sprzedaż przekraczającą 1505 zł miesięcznie.   Warto mieć więc świadomość, że jeśli przekraczając przychód 1400 zł miesięcznie nie zarejestrujesz działalności gospodarczej, lub gdy nie uwzględnisz wszystkich przychodów wypełniając PIT roczny czy fałszując rachunki – złamiesz prawo.   Pamiętaj, że polskie prawo przewiduje ulgi na początku prowadzenia działalności i są to: tzw. „ulga na start”, czyli brak składek ZUS przez pierwsze 6 miesięcy, mały ZUS, czyli niższe składki przez kolejne 24 miesiące.   A wtedy nie pozostaje Ci nic innego jak cieszyć się swoją własną firmą i dbać o jej rozwój 🙂 Powodzenia!  
- [Mały ogródek z tarasem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maly-ogrodek-z-tarasem/): Nowa aranżacja małego ogródka z tarasem. Zobacz jak udało mi się przenieść morski klimat do naszej zielonej oazy spokoju na tyłach naszego domu.         Mały ogródek z tarasem Wraz z pierwszymi oznakami wiosny nie mogłam doczekać się „odpalenia” naszego małego ogródka z tarasem przy szeregowcu, w którym mieszkamy.   Uwielbiam letnie oblicze naszej „oazy spokoju” (oczywoście oaza to po 21 jak dzieci śpią) gdzie na co dzień szalejemy i później odpoczywamy. Planując je nie mogłam zapomnieć, że jest to również królestwo naszych chłopców, którzy uwielbiają spędzać tam długie godziny wypełnione przeróżnymi zabawami.   A gdy do letniej aranżacji tej przestrzeni zaprosił mnie długo wyczekiwany w Polsce sklep Jotex i jeszcze z kodem: AGNIESZKAKUDELA30 mam dla Was 30% rabatu* na całe zamówienie to nie mogłam bardziej się ucieszyć 🙂   *Warunki: Promocja nie łączy się z innymi ofertami i rabatami. Nie dotyczy produktów przecenionych lub oznaczonych „Deal!”. Jednorazowa promocja dla każdego klienta. Do 18.06.2021.   Przygotowania do wdrożenia inspiracji i pomysłów przemiany małego ogródka z tarasem rozpoczęłam od utrzymania wydzielonych stref, taka by każdy użytkownik był zadowolony i znalazł tu coś dla siebie! Zależało mi na zachowaniu spójności w całej aranżacji, ale także intymności. O ile może się to wydań niemożliwe, ponieważ jest to w końcu dom szeregowy, wydaje mi się, że osiągnęliśmy zamierzony cel.         Rośliny   Moim ogromnym marzeniem było wypełnienie przestrzeni zielenią. Pięknymi, kwitnącymi roślinami ustawionymi w każdym zakątku małego ogródka z tarasem. Ze względu na naszego pieska –  Zumę w grę wchodziły tylko rośliny w donicach. Takie, których nie będzie mogła wykopać ani nie będą dla niej niebezpieczne. Uwielbiam jasne kolory wiec i w takie kwiaty wybrałam. Piękne, a zarówno bardzo praktyczne okazały się donice z serii LENNIE oraz ALTEA firmy Jotex. Wykonane są z materiałów ekologicznych – są bardzo lekkie – więc mogę szaleć przestawiając je w tę i we w tę kiedy tylko mam ochotę – zupełnie inaczej jest z naszymi zeszłorocznymi donicami glinianymi, gdy pełne ziemi wydają się być wmurowane w taras – i sprawdzają się zarówno na zewnątrz jak i wewnątrz. Bardzo mnie to cieszy, gdyż zakochałam się w ich wyglądzie i bardzo chętnie po zakończonym sezonie wykorzystam je we wnętrzach domu.         Póki co, wraz z cudownie kwitnącymi hortensjami, będą zdobiły nasz mały ogródek z tarasem do ostatnich ciepłych dni sezonu. Kwiatowe kompozycje zdobią nie tylko taras ale także strefę, w której znajduje się hamak – tu postawiłam przede wszystkim na kwiaty na postumencie, aby były widoczne zza ogrodowej sofy.             Inspiracja   Motywem przewodnim, jaki  pierwszy wpadł mi do głowy to morski styl. Zainspirował mnie przede wszystkim żagiel rozciągnięty nad większą częścią tarasu, pod którym osłaniamy się przed promieniami słońca w upalne dni, a także to, że przecież mieszkamy nad morzem!   Już wcześniej do naszego małego ogródka z tarasem wkradł się morski akcent w postaci piasku. Jak możecie się domyślić, jest to ulubione miejsce zabaw chłopców. Sprawdza się on idealnie również jako miejsce dla naszego hamaka. Nic tak nie pobudza zmysłów jak relaks w hamaku rozstawionym na piaszczystym podłożu w ciepłe dni. Dziecięca strefa, którą w kilka chwil przekształcamy w miejsce odpoczynku dla całej rodziny.           PODUSZKI   Nasze meble ogrodowe prawdopodobnie są już z nami ostatmni sezon – po kilku latach zaczyna się pojawiać na nich coraz więcej pęknięć – a to Maksio wskoczy piętą na siedzisko bez poduchy, a to coś pęknie po przymrozkach. Chciałam je natomiast ożywić, dać im nową odsłonę. Postanowiłam zrealizować to za pomocą dodatków w postaci poduszek dekoracyjnych. Wybrałam szaroniebieskie poszewki ze wspaniałego lnu oraz bawełnianą z roślinnym printem. Mały akcent, który nadał nowe życie naszemu kompletowi wypoczynkowemu z sieciówki.     Dywan     Moim marzeniem był dywan zewnętrzny, który mogę ułożyć na tarasie. Element ten niesamowicie ociepla wystrój. Sprawił on, że nasza strefa wypoczynkowa stała się jeszcze bardziej przytulna. Na nasz taras wybrałam dywan OLINA w kolorach łamanej bieli w połączeniu z ponadczasowym turkusem. Idealnie wpasował się on w morski wystrój.       Rodzinna strefa relaksu   Uwielbiam nasze rodzinne spotkania przy stole w naszym małym ogródku z tarasem. Wspólne obiady, śniadania czy kolacje na świeżym powietrzu. Stół okazał się idealnym miejscem, które jest prawdziwą wisienką na torcie. Integralne miejsce tarasu.  Chcąc zachować spójność naszego kącika wypoczynkowego zdecydowałam się na niebieskoszary obrus FERN z tym samym printem co na jednej z poduszek. Przyjemna w dotyku bawełniana tkanina, sprawiła, że nakrycie stołu stało się bardzo eleganckie.         Szukając dodatków, które mogłabym ustawić na stole, w moje ręce wpadły cudowne i super oryginalne misy dekoracyjne WAVE. Są z wyjątkowe, ponieważ zostały wykonane ręcznie. Chcąc uzyskać morski klimat, nie mogło przecież zabraknąć muszel w naszym małym ogródku z tarasem. U mnie sprawdziły się idealnie jako donice ozdobne dla malutkich sadzonek surfinii, których białe kwiatki cudownie dekorują stół. Tworzą idealny kontrast dla obrusu oraz dobrze komponują się z ozdobną ceramiką przypominającą swoim kształtem morski koralowiec.   Do dekoracji naszego małego ogródka z tarasem wykorzystałam: Dywan OLINA Donice LENNIE oraz ALTEA Misa dekoracyjna WAVE Poszewki dekoracyjne FERN oraz HEDDIE Obrus FERN Ceramika dekoracyjna KORALL Muszelkowy świecznik BLOWFISH  Świecznik NAMASTE w kolorze złotym oraz złoto-białym   Jak oceniacie przemianę naszego małego ogródka z tarasem? Lubicie morskie akcenty?
- [Sypialnia rodziców z kącikiem dla dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sypialnia-rodzicow-kacik-dla-dziecka/): Obecny, już dobiegający końca, rok miał być dla naszej rodziny okresem wielkich zmian, ponieważ w 2021 roku zdecydowaliśmy się na budowę domu, która na szczęście się nie rozpoczęła. Czemu na szczęście? Przez ostatnie kilka miesięcy Świat dookoła nas bardzo się zmienił i nie ma zamiaru zwolnić choćby na chwilę…   Dlatego jestem wdzięczna, że mieszkamy dalej w tym samym miejscu, które przy tak szalonym okresie, jest dla nas ostoją spokoju. Oczywiście, że dalej marzę o pięknym domu z większym ogrodem, jednak teraz spokój i poczucie bezpieczeństwa są dla mnie najważniejsze.   Jednak pomimo odłożenia budowy w czasie, postanowiłam nie odkładać swoich marzeń zupełnie na bok. Dlatego wprowadziłam małe zmiany w naszym obecnym domu, aby bardziej odpowiadał naszym potrzebom.   Stara sypialnia, nowy efekt   Przez ostatnie lata nie było miesiąca, żebyśmy nie wyjechali gdzieś do hotelu czy wakacyjnego domku chociażby na weekend. Od dawna z Wojtkiem wiemy, co tak najbardziej przyciąga nas do takich miejsc…   Bez wątpienia jest to porządek. Na wierzchu nie ma rzeczy, które trzeba w tym porządku utrzymywać. W związku z tym zdecydowaliśmy się na rozbudowanie naszej szafy PAX i zasłonięcie więcej regałów drzwiami, aby jeszcze lepiej zorganizować przestrzeń do przechowywania i ukryć to, co na widoku wprowadza wizualny chaos.     Oświetlenie w sypialni ma ogromny wpływ na nasz nastrój Zdecydowaliśmy się wymienić nasze lampki przy łóżku na bardziej stylowe, na regulowanych wysięgnikach, a w dodatku ze ściemniaczami – wybraliśmy kinkiety Larry marki Markslöjd w czarnym kolorze z mosiężnymi dodatkami. Wcześniej przy dzieciach musieliśmy mieć osobne oświetlenie do czytania, zmiany pieluchy w nocy czy osobną lampkę do spania dla dziecka – teraz wszystko zastępuje nam jedna lampka. To duża oszczędność przestrzeni, wizualny porządek, ale również wspaniała funkcjonalność. I w końcu nie kłócimy się o to, kto zapalił ostre światło i obudził dziecko.     Nowe kinkiety w połączeniu z dużymi oknami sztukaterii kojarzą mi się z urokiem starych francuskich kamienic.       Pojemne szuflady oznaczają mniej rzeczy na wierzchu Po latach wymieniliśmy nasze bardzo już wysłużone szafki nocne z Ikei na śliczne drewniane mebelki z drzewa mango. Zamówiliśmy je przez Internet, co prawda na początku denerwujący był brak prowadnic, jednak dzisiaj bardzo doceniam ich unikalną formę oraz to, że te szuflady są tak pojemne i dzięki nim mogę zminimalizować bałagan na blacie szafki nocnej. Mieszczą moje kosmetyki, kable i ładowarki, a nawet książkę i podręczną apteczkę, a stylistyką tworzą z lampkami parę kolorystyczną i bardzo zgrany duet.     Nasz materac po ośmiu latach doczekał się wymiany Nie byłam pewna, czy zmiana materaca wpłynie decydująco na zmianę jakości naszego snu, ale widocznie zupełnie nie miałam pojęcia jak bardzo potrafi zmienić komfort snu. Długo szukaliśmy materaca, który nie będzie totalnym kompromisem ze względu na różne moje i Wojtka wagi – ja ważę około 60 kg, a Wojtek 100 kg, przez co aby zapewnić naszym kręgosłupom odpowiednie wsparcie podczas snu powinniśmy zdecydować się na dwa osobne materace, co było dla nas nie do pomyślenia.     Na szczęście z pomocą przyszła nam polska firma PlantPur, która zaproponowała nam, abyśmy przetestowali ich ekologiczne materace. Dowiedzieliśmy się, że firma wprowadziła na rynek opcje materacy dwustrefowych, a więc ja mam swoją strefę do swojej wagi 60 kg i Wojtek ma swoją strefę do swojej wagi 100 kg, a to wszystko ukryte w jednym materacu. Różnice nie są wyczuwalne czy widoczne dla oka, a materac sam w sobie jest bardzo wysoki, dzięki czemu nasze łóżko zyskało jeszcze bardziej kontynentalny charakter.     Jest to również bardzo przydatna cecha nie tylko przy małym dziecku, ale również w sytuacji, kiedy byłam po cesarce i każde wstanie z niskiego łóżka wiązało się dla mnie z dużym bólem, który teraz jest absolutnie zminimalizowany.   Dodatkową zaletą jest wbudowany materac nawierzchniowy, który dzięki mocowaniu na zamek można odpiąć kilkoma ruchami ręki – przy dzieciach to wspaniały wynalazek, gdyż materac do prania nadaje się dużo częściej niż kiedyś, a ściąganie i pranie całego poszycia ze zwykłego materaca dla 1 osoby nie jest takie lekkie.   Nasze łóżko stało się placem zabaw, miejscem wieczornego przytulania z dziećmi, czytania książek, oglądania rodzinnych filmów, a weekendami po prostu idealnym miejscem do spędzania czasu z całą rodziną.   Kropkę nad „i” postawiła sztukateria i łóżeczko Florki   Sztukaterie nakleiliśmy nad łóżkiem oraz na ścianie prostopadłej. Powtórzyliśmy tutaj układ sztukaterii oraz listwy które mamy w salonie, przedpokoju oraz w pokoju córeczki, dzięki czemu nasz dom nabiera spójności pomimo tego, że pomieszczenia pełnią różne funkcje i są utrzymane w nieco odmiennej stylistyce.   Łóżeczko, które rośnie razem z dzieckiem Bez wątpienia zmieniło się także otoczenie wokół naszego łóżka, gdyż konsolkę zastąpiło łóżeczko Florentynki, a nad nim, aby podkreślić dziecięcy charakter, zawisły trzy materiałowe balony. Dekoracja wykonana w minimalistycznym stylu nie przeładowuje ani kolorystyką, ani formy naszej sypialni.   Łóżeczko, które wybraliśmy, to Łóżeczko dostawne Shnuggle Air (jest właśnie w promocji -50%!) ma niesamowitą funkcję – za pomocą dokupywanych akcesoriów możemy je powiększyć do klasycznych wymiarów 60×120, dzięki którym Florka będzie mogła spać w nim spokojnie do ukończenia dwóch lat.   To łóżeczko i dostawka do łóżka rodziców 2w1 – dzięki odpinanemu bokowi i regulowanej wysokości możemy idealnie dopasować je i zamocować do łóżka rodziców, aby zapewnić sobie bezpieczne współspanie.     Bardzo lubimy wysokiej jakości meble, które „rosną razem z dzieckiem” i pozwalają nie wymieniać rzeczy tak często, a także łatwo je potem sprzedać czy puścić w obieg wśród rodziny czy znajomych.   Doskonale wiem, jak dużym problemem jest kręcenie i obracanie się dziecka przez sen, przez co w tradycyjnym łóżeczku uderza się o szczebelki, jednak przestrzeń, w której spi dziecko wykonana jest z materiału i elementów siateczkowych, więc dla rodziców, którzy cenią komfortowy sen bez dodatkowych ochraniaczy na szczebelki, to łóżeczko to absolutny Must Have.   Klimat Mix and Match w sypialni Nasza konsolka po wstawieniu łóżeczka nie wyprowadziła się zbyt daleko. Zastąpiła moją toaletkę, przy której się maluję. W szuflady mieści się o wiele więcej kosmetyków, a także jest jeszcze sporo miejsca do przechowywania innych rzeczy. Uważam również, że fajniej pasuje tu nadając temu kącikowi mniej fajny klimat. Do naszego utrzymanego w bielach i szarościach pokoju, wprowadza dużo ciepła i właśnie klimatu typu Mix and Match, który we wnętrzach uwielbiam, są to bowiem wnętrza, które są nieoczywiste, a meble nie pochodzą z jednej kolekcji, tylko są bardziej lub mniej umiejętnie łączone, tworząc niepowtarzalny styl opisujący daną rodzinę.     Idąc tym tropem, gdy w naszej jadalni „zamieszkało” dodatkowe krzesło dla Florentynki, krzesło z jadalni znalazło nowe miejsce właśnie przy tej konsolce.   Gdy nasze gusta zmieniają się, dzięki miksowi mebli  w różnych stylach nie musimy wymieniać całego pokoju. Możemy bawić się stylizacją pojedynczych elementów, zmieniając ich obicie, czy przenosząc między pokojami. Uwielbiam!   Myślę, że jeżeli w przyszłości przyjdzie mi urządzać mój nowy dom, to będę chciała go utrzymać w stylu Mix and Match. A Ty co sądzisz o tym stylu?   Partnerem współpracy reklamowej jest Markslojd
- [Mała toaleta](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mala-toaleta/): Mała toaleta projektowana na pustej przestrzeni typu open-space to wyzwanie – my nie poradzilibyśmy sobie bez pomocy architekta, z zaprojektowaniem trójkątnej przestrzeni. Nadszedł czas na efekt końcowy! Oto nasza malutka, damsko-męska toaleta w nadmorskim biurze!     Pokazywałam Ci już projekt naszej damsko-męskiej, spójnej z resztą biura, toalety na piętrze. Jest ona niewielka, ma ok. 1,8 m2 – może się wydawać, że to naprawdę mała toaleta, ale pokażę Ci, że jest w niej wszystko, co powinno!   Mała toaleta – wizja vs rzeczywistość Jakie zaszły zmiany względem projektu?   Płytki Postawiliśmy na polskie płytki Tubądzin – miałam przyjemność gościć w ich fabryce i na własne oczy zobaczyć, jak te płytki powstają na najnowocześniejszej linii produkcyjnej w tej części Europy, absolutnie dorównując – a często przewyższając swoją jakością słynne włoskie produkty. Widziałam także wzorcownię, gdzie miałam okazję spróbować wykonać własny wzór na płytce wieloma technikami i przekonać się, jaka wspaniała opowieść stoi za tymi polskimi produktami.   Na ściany wybraliśmy płytki mozaikę – rybią łuskę. – z kolekcji Tokyo SHEEN, którą zaprojektował Maciej Zień. Kolekcja ta wyraża tradycję wpisaną w nowoczesność – tak jak w mieście Tokio, które pomimo dynamicznych zmian, paradoksalnie zachowuje swoją uporządkowaną strukturę.   Tę cudowną mozaikę zdecydowałam się zestawić ze ścianami i podłogami pokrytymi gresem Exposy grey – także marki Tubądzin. Rozmiar płytek dopasowaliśmy tak, aby na ścianie nie było żadnych łączeń – jedynie minimalistyczne, czyste, gładkie powierzchnie bez łączeń i fug.     Lustro Kolejna rzecz to lustro. Znalazłam je na Allegro w bardzo niskiej cenie – trzykrotnie niższej niż to z projektu – oraz 10 cm węższe, a gdy przyszło… długo się zastanawiałam, czy je zostawić, czy odesłać – przecież tak byłam zapatrzona w naszą wizualizację!   Wkrótce jednak w biurze odwiedziła nas nasza architekt Ewelina Balcerzak, która przekonywała mnie: „Zostaw to lustro, będzie widać więcej mozaiki, na której tak Ci zależało, będzie widać więcej pięknych płytek”. Przyłożyłyśmy lustro nad umywalkę i już wiedziałam, że to dobra decyzja – rzeczywiście, bardzo mi zależało na tej mozaice, więc węższe lustro zostało – gdy zawisło, byłam zachwycona efektem!     Szafka To druga wielka zmiana. Szafka miała być wykonana przez stolarza, natomiast terminy realizacji wykonania mebli sprawiły, że nie chcieliśmy czekać i rozpoczęliśmy poszukiwania szafki idealnej spośród tych dostępnych gotowych do zamówienia.     Jak widzisz, umywalka jest nablatowa, w formie misy. Wybraliśmy więc mebel, który ma blat w kolorze drewna, a fronty szuflad szare na połysk, które już dzisiaj świetnie pasują do całości, a z drugiej strony mamy taką możliwość, że w każdej chwili możemy u stolarza domówić tylko drewniane fronty i ławo wymienić, oszczędzając sporo na takim zabiegu, bowiem za szafkę zapłaciliśmy ułamek ceny, którą zapłacilibyśmy u stolarza za szafkę wykonaną z drewna.     Takie rozwiązanie sprawiło, że brak szafki od stolarza nie opóźnił nam projektu, a muszę przyznać, że toaletę mamy już kilka miesięcy i całość tak mi się podoba, że ostatnia rzecz, o jakiej w tej chwili myślę, to wymiana jej frontów. Nie mówię, że nigdy tego nie zrobię, bo wersja z wizualizacji bardziej mi się to podoba, natomiast jest tyle innych rzeczy do zrobienia w biurze, że na ten moment zostaje tak jak jest.     Zdecydowanie chciałam szafkę z szufladami. Zarówno w biurze, jak i w domu, chcę, by nasi gości, bez proszenia nas o cokolwiek, znaleźli w toalecie to, co może im być przydatne. Właśnie dlatego w naszych szufladach znajdują się środki higienicznie dla kobiet w różnych formach i rozmiarach, plastry, papier toaletowy nawilżany, mokre chusteczki, szczoteczki i pasta do zębów, nić dentystyczna itd. Chcemy, by nasi goście – ale i pracownicy – czuli się komfortowo. Takie rzeczy pod ręką naprawdę się przydają, a odwiedzający nas goście czy klienci nie muszą krępować się obtartą piętą, okruszkiem między zębami czy „tymi dniami” 😉     A co poza tym w naszej małej toalecie?   Czarne dodatki Oprócz lustra postawiliśmy na czarną armaturę, mydło mocowane do ściany za pomocą czarnego uchwytu, czarny uchwyt na papier toaletowy, szczotkę to toalety czy uchwyt na ręcznik.   Zdecydowaliśmy, że nie będziemy nawiercać tych dużych płytek – w zupełności sprawdziła nam się mocna dwustronna taśma klejąca, która solidnie trzyma uchwyt na papier toaletowy i na ręcznik. Baliśmy się ryzykować, że przy wierceniu w płytkach dojdzie do pęknięcia – spójrz, jakie te płytki są duże, cięte na wymiar… ryzyko było zbyt wielkie. A co gdybym chciała kiedyś wymienić uchwyty i rozstaw byłby inny? Wiem, może wydawać się to śmieszne, ale chyba wyniosłam z domu – Wojtek zresztą też – taki strach przed wierceniem i niszczeniem… a ja się czuję spokojniejsza, gdy wiem, że to jest przyklejone 😉   Oświetlenie Długo myśleliśmy nad odpowiednim oświetleniem do toalety. Wahaliśmy się między światłem w formie kuli a czarną wąską tubą – sama widzisz na zdjęciach, jaką decyzję ostatecznie podjęliśmy i muszę przyznać, że efekt bardzo nam się podoba! Lampa pasuje do całości i jest też dopełnieniem tego, co zawisło w pozostałych częściach biura.     Dekoracje Oczywiście nie obeszło by się bez drobnych dekoracji, dlatego na półce nad toaletą pojawiła się świeca i szklane czarne wazony z suszonymi roślinami – także czarne.     Podsumowując, uwielbiam naszą małą toaletę w biurze. Jest naprawdę przestronna – bardziej, niż wydawało się to na projekcie i na pewno ostatnią rzeczą, jaką bym powiedziała o tej toalecie i ostatnią jej wadą, jaką bym wymieniła to to, że jest za mała.   Bardzo cieszę się, że zaufałam Ewelinie, jej wizualizacjom i jej doświadczeniu. Jak ona sama powiedziała – jest to „małe kibelątko” – ale ja jestem z tego „małego kibelątka” bardzo zadowolona i na ten moment absolutnie nic bym w nim nie zmieniła. To wnętrze jest dla mnie całkowicie gotowe.     Mała toaleta – spis użytych produktów: Płytki rybia łuska: sheen white – kolekcja TOKYO SHEEN Tubądzin; Płytki szare, połysk: gres Exposy grey Tubądzin w dwóch wymiarach – mniejsze na podłodze oraz większe na ścianach Bateria podtynkowa czarna matowa:  REA Lungo Uchwyt na mydło: Meraki Przyklejany haczyk na ręcznik do łazienki czarny: NUV Szczotka do toalety: MUGO Uchwyt na papier toaletowy: DIARA Czarne wazoniki, złota taca: HM Home Świeczka: MOA Home Stories  
- [Łazienka w stylu loft](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lazienka-w-stylu-loft/): Łazienka w stylu loft stanowi połączenie „męskiego parteru” i „kobiecego piętra” w naszym nadmorskim biurze. Widziałaś już jak wygląda nasza toaleta, więc teraz poznaj kompromis, który pozwolił nam stworzyć spójną całość dwóch odmiennych gustów. Zobacz jak wspólnie urządziliśmy to wnętrze!     Widziałaś już projekt oraz ostateczny wygląd naszej małej toalety na piętrze, pokazywałam Ci również projekt łazienki na parterze. Jesteś ciekawa, co zmieniliśmy w finalnej wersji?     Łazienka w stylu loft Jak już wiesz, naszym celem było połączenie ciężkiego i ciemny klimatu oraz jasnych barw tak, aby całość była lekka w swojej perfekcyjnej spójności. Bardzo zależało nam na tym, by całość pięknie współgrała z pozostałymi pomieszczeniami naszego biura.   Projektując łazienkę w stylu loft na parterze, musieliśmy rozważyć każdy scenariusz na przyszłość. Pomimo tego, że jest to biuro, chcieliśmy, aby to pomieszczenie było w pełni funkcjonalne, zarówno teraz, jak i w przyszłości, na przykład w momencie, gdy z jakichś powodów zdecydowalibyśmy się zmienić nasze biuro w mieszkanie.   Kierując się tymi myślami, zdecydowaliśmy się na montaż prysznica. Ten element łazienki bardzo nawiązuje do ścianki loftowej, znajdującej się na piętrze, odgradzającej salę konferencyjną od reszty korytarza. To właśnie czarne stalowe profile pomogły nam zachować tę spójność i… uchroniły naszych gości od przypadkowego wpadnięcia na szybę ;-).   Mieliśmy natomiast problem z doborem baterii prysznicowej. Bardzo chciałam, aby prysznic wyposażony został w okrągłą, czarną deszczownicę – a nie zwykłą metalową, jak na wizualizacji. Ku mojemu zdziwieniu, ten model baterii z termostatem i w określonym niestandardowym kolorze okazał się rzeczą trudną do zdobycia – były dostępne tylko kwadratowe. Finalnie udało mi się zakupić wymarzoną deszczownicę. Jest to mały element, patrząc pod kątem całości wnętrza, ale cudownie podkreśla on akcent loftowy w naszej łazience w stylu industrialnym.       Łazienka w stylu loft – płytki Spoglądając na wizualizację, planowane rozwiązanie nie do końca do mnie przemówiło. Bardzo podobał mi się rdzawy kolor oraz pomysł powtórzenia jodełki znajdującej się na podłodze przestrzeni biurowej, ale do gustu nie przypadły mi te rdzawe płytki na całej ścianie – wydawało mi się zbyt ciemno i zimno.   Gdy wybieraliśmy płytki, urzekły nas odważne w swojej stylistyce płytki idealnie pasujące do łazienki w stylu loft – Rust Stain Lap z marki Tubądzin. Ich barwa to odwzorowanie rdzawej i metalicznej powierzchni, przypominającej element zatopionego statku. Użycie tego materiału, tak jak zakładaliśmy, nadało wnętrzu wyrazistości oraz zdecydowanego męskiego wydźwięku. Wykorzystaliśmy te płytki w dwóch rozmiarach, choć ostatecznie zmieniliśmy nieco koncepcję, którą widziałaś na wizualizacji.   Jak widzisz, z rdzawych płytek nie zrezygnowaliśmy, jednak nie ma już ich na ścianie. Mniejsze swoje miejsce znalazły na podłodze, natomiast duże na jednej ze ścian w części prysznica.   To, że zrezygnowaliśmy z prostokątnych, rdzawych płytek na ścianie, nie znaczyło, że nie podobał mi się ich wzór, bo podobał się bardzo! Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się pozostawić je na ścianie, ale… w innym kolorze. Zastosowaliśmy dekoracyjne płytki strukturalne z kolekcji Brave stworzonej przez markę Tubądzin. Subtelny wzór idealnie wkomponował się w naszą koncepcję połączenia łazienki w stylu loft z delikatną, kobiecą nutą estetyki. To sprawiło, że całość jest nadzwyczaj lekka w kontekście wizualnym, a jednocześnie posiada mocny męski akcent nadany poprzez użycie kafli o rdzawej kolorystyce.     W tej realizacji również zastosowaliśmy czarne baterie oraz dodatki, które zaproponowała nam Ewelina Balcerzak, z którą współpracowaliśmy nad łazienką na piętrze naszego biura.       Łazienka w stylu loft – dodatki Całość dopełniło okrągłe – a nie jak na wizualizacji, owalne – loftowe lustro zawieszone bezpośrednio nad szafką z umywalką na wykonanym ze skóry ekologicznej pasku. Rozświetla ono całe pomieszczenie, odbijając światło, które wpada przez okno. To z kolei ozdobione zostało drewnianymi żaluzjami. Początkowo rozważaliśmy użycie takich wykonanych z bambusa w celu ocieplenia wnętrza, ale bałam się wprowadzić tu kolejny kolor. Wtedy Ewelina podsunęła mi pomysł z użyciem żaluzji w kolorze komponującym się z kolorem ścian.     Zdecydowaliśmy się również na inne lampy – zamiast geometrycznych form zdecydowaliśmy się zawiesić dwie lampy na tej samej wysokości. Szklany klosz nadaje lekkości, natomiast czarna oprawa podkreśla męski loftowy akcent.   W beżowych wazonikach stanęły suszki, a na drewnianej półce nad podwieszaną toaletą – czarna literka B – jak nazwa firmy Wojtka, Brainbox. Skąd drewniana półka?   Ano właśnie. By ocieplić to chłodne na pierwszy rzut oka wnętrze, zdecydowaliśmy się postawić drewnianą jasną szafkę pod umywalkę zamiast metalowej, czarnej, bez szuflad ani drzwiczek. Zyskaliśmy dzięki temu również miejsce na przechowywanie wszelkich łazienkowych przydasiów, czystych ręczniczków do rąk oraz papieru toaletowego. Kolor szafki pięknie koresponduje z półką znajdującą się nad toaletą, a półka z szafką.   Element dekoracyjny stanowi także stalowy, czarny grzejnik nadający pomieszczeniu nowoczesnego wyglądu. Niezbędny element wyposażenia każdej łazienki idealnie prezentuje się w naszej łazience w stylu loft.   Wiąże się z nim zabawna historia. Gdy grzejnik przyszedł, wydawało nam się, że jego kolor to bardziej antracyt niż czerń, więc zakupiliśmy czarny spray do grzejników, by nadać mu bardziej odpowiadający nam kolor. Jakież było nasze zdziwienie, gdy okazało się, że pomalowany grzejnik… nie różni się kompletnie niczym!       Łazienka w stylu loft – nasze zakupy Płytki na ścianach: jasne kafle z delikatnym wzorem – BRAVE PLATINUM STR marka Tubądzin Płytki na podłodze oraz pod prysznicem: RUST STAIN LAP marka Tubądzin w dwóch wymiarach – mniejsze na podłodze oraz większe na ścianie pod prysznicem Bateria podtynkowa czarna matowa:  REA Lungo Uchwyt na mydło: Meraki Przyklejany haczyk na ręcznik do łazienki czarny: NUV Szczotka do toalety: MUGO Uchwyt na papier toaletowy: DIARA Wazoniki: HM Home Podświetlana literka B: Allegro     Co najbardziej podoba Ci się w naszej łazience?
- [Hotel Astor Jastrzębia Góra - nasza opinia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hotel-astor-jastrzebia-gora-opinie-recenzja/): Nadmorska miejscowość Jastrzębia Góra, kilkaset metrów do plaży nad otwartym Bałtykiem, nowoczesne pokoje z huśtawkami tak wielkimi, że można na nich spać, pyszne jedzenie, basen, kręgielnia i kilkaset metrów kwadratowych sal gier i zabaw z animacjami dla dzieci na wypadek niepogody? Zabieram Cię dziś do Hotelu Astor w Jastrzębiej Górze. Szukaliśmy hotelu na długi weekend i cały nasz wyjazd zaczął się od podobnego zdjęcia.   Dwa podwójne łóżka i ta ogromna huśtawka! W takim hotelu jeszcze nie byliśmy, a widzieliśmy już wiele (część z naszych ulubionych lokalizacji możesz zobaczyć tutaj), pozostało tylko dogranie terminu, spakowanie się w składzie 2 rodziców, w tym jeden w ciąży i 2 dzieci w wieku 4 i 7 lat i wyjazd na długi weekend.     Hotel Astor w Jastrzębiej Górze Na miejscu powitał nas szlaban i ogromny parking, więc ze znalezieniem miejsca na nasz czołg problemu nie było. Choć hotel wciąż jest trzygwiazdkowy, właśnie przechodzi kapitalny remont – dzięki temu wybierając dla siebie pokój możecie wybierać spośród różnych ofert cenowych, którym odpowiadają różne poziomy wykończenia pięter i pokoi. Nasz pokój znalazł się na 1, całkowicie wyremontowanym piętrze, którego standard zdecydowanie wykracza poza wspomniane 3 gwiazdki.   Natomiast mega fajne jest to, że nawet wybierając pokój na piętrze o niższym standardzie, ze wszystkich atrakcji hotelu korzystacie tak samo.     Zapewne niejednokrotnie zastanawiałaś się jak szerokokątnego obiektywu musiał użyć fotograf, aby tak mały pokój pokazać na zdjęciach tak obszernie – i zapewne nie raz towarzyszył tym dywagacjom niemały zawód. Nie tutaj – pokój na żywo okazał się bardzo przestronny, dokładnie taki jak na zdjęciach, a ja dodatkowo sama zrobiłam kilka dla Ciebie moim aparatem.     Pięknie urządzony w neutralnych kolorach i z dobrym smakiem, nawiązujący do natury jest wspaniałym otoczeniem do wypoczynku. Jakość wykończenia super, a najlepszym punktem programu okazała się oczywiście gigantyczna okrągła huśtawa – absolutnym hit – nasze dzieci nie tylko spędzały na niej całe dnie na zabawie, ale także spały na niej w nocy – spokojnie moglibyśmy spać w tym pokoju nie w 4, ale w 6 osób.     Dla pracusiów, ale także dla kobiet, które lubią mieć swoją toaletkę – bardzo przydatna była część pokoju z biurkiem, miejscem na walizki, a także ogromna szafa, która ze spokojem pomieści wakacyjne bagaże sporej rodzinki.     Zamawiając jedzenie do pokoju czy chcąc posiedzieć można było skorzystać także z części wypoczynkowej.     Łazienka w Hotelu Astor – Pokój De Luxe   Pięknie urządzona, jasna, przestronna, bazująca na najwyższej jakości produktach wyposażenia wnętrz, z ogromnym prysznicem, w którym zmieściłaby się cała rodzina – z duża ilością miejsc do przechowywania, które szczególnie podczas letnich wakacji doceni każda mama – uczyniła ten pokój i pobyt jeszcze bardziej luksusowym.   Nie będę ukrywać – zarówno zawodowo jak i prywatnie jesteśmy stałymi bywalcami hoteli, w „kilku” hotelach w życiu już spaliśmy i śmiało mogę stwierdzić, że pokój spełni wymagania najbardziej wymagających hotelridersow: duża powierzchnia pokoju, ekspres kapsułkowy, szlafroki, opaski na oczy, ogromny prysznic, ogromny TV, sprzęty Villeroy & Boch, duży balkon z krzesłami i stolikiem no i wszystko nowe! Dodatkowo do pokoju można sobie zamówić łóżeczko, wanienkę czy antypoślizgową matę albo zabezpieczenia do gniazdek elektrycznych.     Sale gier i zabaw Oczywiście na pięknym super pokoju wakacje w tym hotelu się nie kończą.   Hotel faktycznie jest dzieciolubny, gdyż tak jak że starannością zajął się remontem pokoi tak i strefa zabaw Jungle jest nowa, ogromną i przemyślana.     Osobna, bezpieczna przestrzeń dla „pampersiakow”:     i małpi gaj – większy dla starszaków:     Hotel ma nawet osobny pokój na wielkie klocki – naprawdę jest ich tu sporo i jak pomysłów do których można ich użyć: dom z antresola i skośnym dachem, labirynt, rakieta kosmiczna, statek i wiele więcej.     Liny do wspinania, sala gier dla dzieci (i tatusiów). Całości dopełniają fajne poduchy dla rodziców gdzie czas z dziećmi smakuje jeszcze lepiej 😀     Te sale to wcale nie koniec przestrzeni dla dzieci – jest jeszcze jedna, ogromna sala, w której oprócz niezliczonej ilości zabawek, codziennie (poza niedzielą) odbywają się warsztaty i animacje dla dzieci. Czego chcieć więcej?     Jedzenie w Hotelu Astor w Jastrzębiej Zdecydowaliśmy się tu na pobyt z wyżywieniem bazującym na śniadaniach i obiadokolacjach – wg nas 3 posiłki w ciągu dnia w jednym miejscu to za dużo (i to ciągłe poczucie, że już jest znów szama) – w środku dnia lubimy skorzystać ze spaceru i zjeść po drodze coś mniejszego.     Na rodzinnie wyjazdy wybieramy hotele pełne udogodnień dla dzieci, aby, coraz częściej jednak największym rozczarowaniem, z jakim spotykamy się na miejscu – takim, które najtrudniej jest ocenić na podstawie zdjęć – jest jedzenie. Rozwodnione, przesłodzone dżemy, brak sensownego wyboru owoców, a w ich miejsce masa słodkości, czy nawet brak ciekawego wyboru pieczywa czy warzyw – zastajemy w hotelach aż nadto często – i serio słoik dobrego dżemu mam dla dzieci zawsze w walizce.   W Astorze jedzenie zaskoczyło nas bardzo pozytywnie – począwszy od dużej różnorodności serwowanych warzyw i owoców, kilku rodzajów pieczywa czy płatków przez bardzo dużą ilość różnych dań ciepłych w bemarach, patery serów, wędlin i mięs, na oczywiście słodkim bufecie wcale nie kończąc, bo jeszcze lokalne przysmaki – te produkty po prostu były świeże i pyszne. Wyżywienie codziennie było zaskoczeniem i zadowalało nie jednego niejadka, a tym bardziej jego rodzica.   Kręgielnia Astor Jastrzębia Góra Na poziomie basenu i siłowni jest dostępna kręgielnia z 2 torami. Atrakcja jest dodatkowo płatna. Na miejscu można dokupić napoje zarówno dla dzieci i dorosłych 😉 Na uwagę zasługuje fakt, że jest możliwość otwarcia bank na torze dla mniejszych graczy – co znacznie zwiększa ich szanse  (a właściwie 100% szans na trafienie czegokolwiek) – dzięki czemu zabawa i radość dzieci jest po prostu fenomenalna. Basen Hotel Astor ma w ofercie także coś co dzieci lubią najbardziej: kryty basen z podgrzewaną wodą. 18 m x 6 m przestrzeni do pływania. Co prawda bardziej to opcja dla Maluszka i rodzica lub starszaka, bo zejście do basenu jest po schodkach i od razu jest głęboko (1.5 m), ale mimo wszystko wielki plus za tę opcję.   Podsumowanie Astor Hotel w pełni wynagradzał nam brzydką pogodę za oknem – prawdę mówiąc to nawet cieszyłam się, że było tak zimno i często padało, bo i tak nie zdążyliśmy przez te 4 dni pobytu skorzystać ze wszystkich atrakcji, jakie hotel ma w swojej ofercie. Czyli… szykujemy się z kolejną wizytą – i to z największą przyjemnością!
- [Dlaczego cieszę się na miesięczny wyjazd do Rzymu i czego się boję?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dlaczego-ciesze-sie-miesieczny-wyjazd-rzymu-czego-sie-boje/): Wiesz, co to reisefieber? Lęk przed podróżą, który nasila się u mnie każdego dnia. Miesza się z totalną ekscytacją i sprawia, że czuję się jak przed wejściem na roller-coster.   Rozłożyłam swoje emocje na czynniki pierwsze i już wiem, czego nie mogę się doczekać, a co sprawia, że się zwyczajnie boję…   Od 18 roku życia pracuję zawodowo, a od 22 roku życia prowadzę własną firmę. Nie było jeszcze wtedy tylu mądrych blogów, szkoleń, nie wiedziałam, co to znaczy coach, a organizacji życia, dziennych studiów, pracy, nauki języka i zakładania własnej firmy uczyłam się na własnych błędach. Swoją drogą, daj znać, czy jesteś ciekawa, skąd miałam pomysł i jak pozyskałam pieniądze na pierwszy biznes?   Od 15 lat pracuję, dużo i ciężko. Pamiętam, jak wychodziłam z uczelni w godzinach wieczornych i jechałam pociągiem lub busem na stojąco do innego miasta do pracy, mijałam kolegów, którzy szli w przeciwnym kierunku – do studenckiego klubu. Bez żalu – od zawsze czułam, że jestem właśnie tu, gdzie powinnam i tworzę coś wyjątkowego, swoją wymarzoną przyszłość.   Po 15 latach, w których większość mojego dnia i nocy poświęcałam na pracę i okołozawodowe zajęcia, zdałam sobie sprawę, że praca tak bardzo wypełnia moje dni i miesiące, a ja wciąż podejmuję się nowych projektów, zamiast cieszyć tym co już mam i już osiągnęłam. Dlatego rok 2018 postanowiłam zaplanować zaczynając od… dni wolnych i urlopów, aby znaleźć więcej czasu na radość i docenienie tego, co już mam, projektów, które już prowadzę i w które włożyłam całe swoje serce.   W ramach wdrażania w życie filozofii work-life balance zdecydowałam się zaplanować ten rok (a jak Bóg da i kolejne), aby móc przeprowadzić się z rodziną na miesiąc za granicę. Zaprosić tam też moją Mamę i Przyjaciół i cieszyć się tym cudownym czasem z bliskimi.   Jest też więcej plusów i powodów, dla których nie mogę doczekać się wyjazdu:   1. Włoskie życie   Choć kocham miejskie życie, chciałabym w wiecznym mieście wyzbyć się wielkomiejskiego pośpiechu. Patrzeć inaczej na codzienność. Zaznać prostego, pełnego radości życia, z którego słyną Włosi. Celebrować codziennie wiele zwyczajnych momentów, jak picie ciepłej, włoskiej kawy. Podobno czynność powtórzona 26 razy staje się nawykiem. Przede mną 29 dni we Włoszech, widzę dla siebie w tym dużą szansę. Chcę nauczyć się tego, że całe życie nie można biec, albo może i można, ale nie warto. Chcę jeszcze mocniej rozkochać się w architekturze, codziennie wracać do domu inną drogą, trzymając męża za rękę, pchając wózek, a na plecach niosąc drugie dziecko. Chcę poznać siebie i swoją rodzinę bliżej, zwalczyć swoje słabości, pokochać siebie mocniej i uwierzyć w to, że naprawdę nie każdy musi mnie lubić, wyzwolić się z lęku przed porzuceniem i krytyką – mojego głównego hamulca w życiu.   Chcę pokochać słodką bezczynność, celebrować życie i przywieźć to ze sobą do domu.   Mam cichą nadzieję, że choć trochę polubię się z gotowaniem, może to dzięki nieskończonej różnorodności smaku włoskich pomidorów?   A tak pół żartem pół serio zastanawiam się, czy zdobędę się na odwagę i wyjdę z domu bez makijażu albo w naprawdę krótkich szortach.   2. Minimalizm   Nie będę ukrywać – na co dzień mieszkamy i żyjemy bardzo wygodnie – mamy spory dom i dwa samochody, a w związku przede wszystkim z moją pracą nie ma dnia, abym czegoś nie kupowała. Choć gdy spojrzysz na mój dom, może Ci się wydawać, że panuje tu minimalizm, ale to tylko dobra organizacja i duża przestrzeń budują ten efekt. Od roku próbuję odgracić nasz dom, wystawiając regularnie nasze rzeczy na OLX czy oddając rodzinie i potrzebującym, przeglądając kolejne szafy i zakamarki. Do Rzymu pojedziemy w czwórkę spakowani tylko w 3 walizki i bagaż podręczny. Codziennie myślę o tym, bez czego nie chciałabym pojechać, jakie rzeczy przydają mi się najbardziej i ułatwiają mi życie, a bez których spokojnie mogłabym się obejść. Jestem ogromnie ciekawa takiego wyzwania, gdyż w mieszkaniu, które wynajęłam, nie ma żadnych sprzętów i udogodnień dla dzieci.   3. Szafa kapsułkowa   Od kilku miesięcy buduję swoją szafę kapsułkową. To bardzo powolny proces, gdyż wciąż ratami oddaję ubrania, których szansa na ponowne założenie dąży do zera. Pomaga mi w tym zmiana mojego rozmiaru – przed ciążą nosiłam ubrania w rozmiarze 40, dziś to jest 36, a nawet 34, więc selekcja ogromu ubrań dokonuje się w znacznym stopniu naturalnie. Nie mogę doczekać się mojej kapsułkowej wersji szafy w Rzymie, na ubrania i buty mam przeznaczone pół walizki. Jestem ciekawa, czy takie znaczne organiczenie ilości ubrań, skompletowanych w zestawy, rzeczywiście spowoduje, że dokładnie będę wiedziała co chcę na siebie włożyć każdego dnia. Jeśli jesteś ciekawa mojej kapsułkowej, letniej szafy, którą zabiorę ze sobą do Rzymu, koniecznie daj znać, to idealna okazja na to, aby Ci ją pokazać.   4. Dystans   Mam ogromną nadzieję, że fizyczny dystans do spraw, którymi żyję tutaj każdego dnia, pozwoli mi także wypracować taki dystans w głowie. Mam ogromną nadzieję otworzyć się na siebie i na swoją rodzinę, wsłuchać się w nas samych i nasze potrzeby, sprawdzić, co tak naprawdę się dla nas liczy, bo być może tutaj, w ferworze codziennych do granic możliwości napiętych harmonogramów tego nie dostrzegamy?   5. Przyjazd mojej Mamy i Przyjaciół   Mam nadzieję spędzić cudowny, powolny czas z moją Mamą, która odwiedzi nas we Włoszech. Chciałabym wyprawić tam dla nas piękny Dzień Matki, zrobić nam pamiątkową sesję zdjęciową, bo choć mocno różnimy się z Mamą od siebie, przyświeca mi definicja udanego małżeństwa: „Pięknie się od siebie różnić”. Zaprosiliśmy także naszych Przyjaciół w gości, mamy nadzieję, że uda im się nas odwiedzić.     A to, czego najbardziej się obawiam, to…   1. Minimalizm   Czyli dokładnie to, na co się cieszę, bo to jednak co innego nosić 7 ubrań na zmianę z wyboru, a nie z musu. Mieć idealnie urządzoną przestrzeń dla dzieci, gdzie każda czynność jak kąpiel, pielęgnacja, przewijanie, zabawa, jedzenie, ma swoje miejsce i swoje gadżety, a zamieszkać w mieszkaniu bez żadnych udogodnień, wanienki, krzesełka do karmienia czy łóżeczka dziecięcego (swoją drogą łóżeczko turystyczne już zamówiłam na Amazon z dostawą prosto do Rzymu).   2. Logistyka   Będziemy mieszkać w centrum Rzymu, w tak ścisłym centrum, że samochody mają tam ograniczony wjazd. Zastanawiam się czy odnajdzie się tam Mikołaj i czy po prostu, zwyczajnie nie będzie się nudził. Obawiam się tego, czy zamiast wypocząć, zwyczajnie się nie zmęczymy, na co dzień bowiem wszystkie procesy życiowe mamy zoptymalizowane: gotowanie, zakupy, praca, opieka nad dziećmi. Taka lokalizacja oznacza też dłuższy, minimum półgodzinny spacer do najbliższej stacji metra.   Obawiam się także choroby dzieci czy naszej i zagranicznej służby zdrowia. Oprócz wyrobienia europejskiej karty zdrowia będziemy chcieli wykupić dodatkowe ubezpieczenie zdrowia i życia.   3. 24/7 w mężem i dziećmi   Choć to moje ogromne marzenie, nie będę ukrywać, że także boję się tego. Na co dzień korzystamy z pomocy przedszkola, możemy też liczyć na pomoc niani czy babci, w Rzymie będziemy skazani na własne towarzystwo dzień i noc przez cały miesiąc. Nie spodziewam się, że będzie tylko sielsko, ale dam z siebie wszystko, aby być jak najbardziej czujna na potrzeby najbliższych i aby ten czas był dla nas naprawdę wyjątkowy.   Nasz wyjazd podzieliliśmy na cztery części: 1 tydzień – wakacje, 2 tydzień – praca, 3 tydzień – wakacje, 4 tydzień – praca. W dni pracy każde z nas będzie zajmowało się dziećmi na wyłączność przez 4 godziny, w obcym mieście. Jestem ogromnie ciekawa, jak to wyjdzie w praniu. Już wyszukuję okolicznych placów zabaw, pysznych restauracji przyjaznych dzieciom i fajnych miejsc na spacery.   4. Język   Po włosku to ja mówię tylko „cappuccino”, „latte macchiato” i „ciao bella” –  bo tak nazywa się pizzeria koło naszego domu! W samochodzie zaczęłam słuchać „Blondynki na językach” i zastanawiam się, jak będę radzić sobie na co dzień we Włoszech. Gdy pojechałam na studia do Paryża, choć jechałam na anglojęzyczną uczelnię, przez 2 miesiące uczyłam się przed wyjazdem francuskiego i potrafiłam chociażby kupić sobie bilet na autobus czy zapytać o drogę. Pociesza mnie to, że podobno Włosi, choć nie mówią po angielsku, to pięknie gestykulują.   5. Sprawy firmowe   W naszej firmie stawiamy na relacje. Nasi pracownicy są z nami od wielu lat, a rotację mamy na minimalnym poziomie. Choć cały wyjazd planuję od kilku miesięcy, na pewno czuję obawę przed tym sprawdzianem, przed którym stawiamy nasz zespół. Jesteśmy na co dzień w ciągłym kontakcie, widzimy się niemal codziennie i wzajemnie wspieramy. Podczas wyjazdu oczywiście będziemy dostępni także pod telefonem i mailem. Ufam im i mam głęboką nadzieję, że damy radę pracować 1 miesiąc online. Technicznie wydaje nam się, że jesteśmy przygotowani – 2 x laptop, karty SD, dodatkowe baterie do aparatu, chmura Dropbox, licencja na komercyjny VPN (uprzedzając pytania ExpressVPN) i tego typu sprawy 😉   Na pewno obawiam się też gdzieś tam głęboko straconych szans, choć na co dzień wyznaję filozofię, że każda stracona szansa to tak naprawdę nowa szansa.     Dziękuję Ci, że jesteś tu ze mną w mojej przygodzie i dodajesz mi odwagi.   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Morski pokoik ucznia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morski-pokoik-ucznia/): Pozostając w morskim klimacie, upgradowaliśmy pokój Mikołaja z pokoju przedszkolaka do pokoju ucznia. Natomiast wprowadzenie biurka do długiego i wąskiego pokoju okazało się bardzo trudne i wymusiło zmiany w całej organizacji pokoju. Jak sobie poradziliśmy? Sprawdź!   To pierwsza odsłona pokoju Mikołaja w wersji z biurkiem – bardzo zależało nam, aby biurko miało dostęp do naturalnego światła z lewej strony, więc niestety musieliśmy zmienić położenie łóżka, a z nim komody i szafy, czyli nic nie jest tak jak wcześniej.   Biurko i krzesełko     Sprawcą całego zamieszania jest biurko – nietypowe, bowiem dziecięce, o wysokości jedynie 65 cm, z retro krzesełkiem – które wzrostem są dostosowane dla dzieci w wieku 7-10 lat.   Od naszego fizjoterapeuty wiedzieliśmy, że dla dziecka w wieku szkoły podstawowej krzesełko na kółkach to słaby pomysł – niemożliwe jest na nim utrzymać dziecku prawidłową pozycję, a nam zależy na tym, aby obie stopy swobodnie stały na ziemi, aby dziecko wygodnie mogło na takim krzesełku siadać i stabilnie siedzieć – a nie bujać się, kręcić – co niestety zwykle ma miejsce – i utrwalać nieodpowiednią postawę.   Stąd krzesełko francuskiej marki Les Gambetles model Colette – to taki taki szkolny klasyk sprzed lat, retro design i niezwykle wygodna konstrukcja, dla nas piękne w swej prostocie i dekoracyjne jednocześnie, coś w sam raz dla amatorów designu.       Brakuje Wam przestrzeni do przechowywania zabawek? Worki Play&Go to idealne rozwiązanie – trzymamy tu kolejno Lego, Lego Duplo i zabawki nieskategoryzowane do dwóch poprzednich grup. Aby wyjąć zabawki wystarczy zdjąć worek i rozłożyć go na ziemi – powstanie nam fajna mata do zabawy, a po zabawie wrzucić wszystkie zabawki na matę, pociągnąć za sznurek i odwiesić matę. Prawda, że to dziecinnie proste?       Łóżko Łóżko Mikołaja to klasyczna leżanka z Ikei – Hemnes, która wylądowała po drugiej stronie pokoju. Na ten moment zlikwidowaliśmy baldachim, a więc poprzednio wiszący tu pojedynczy plakat wyglądał nad nim po prostu „łyso”. Postanowiliśmy więc wymienić ramkę z białej na drewnianą i dołożyć plakaty, które stworzą piękny morski kolaż.     W dębowych ramkach zawisła kolekcja morskich zwierząt – moje ulubione plakaty znajdziesz tutaj, a z kodem zniżkowym 30AGA otrzymasz 30% zniżki na plakaty* w Desenio do 16.12   Chcesz zobaczyć więcej plakatowych inspiracji? Zajrzyj na profil @desenio na Instagramie znajdziesz więcej plakatowych inspiracji. *Z wyłączeniem ramek i plakatów z kategorii Personalizowane         Kaloryfer Dlaczego łóżko stoi na środku pokoju a nie np. pod oknem? Niestety, na ścianie przy oknie wisi wielki kaloryfer, który zdecydowaliśmy się zabudować regałem na książki, gry, puzzle i wszelkie przybory szkolne. Niestety chwilowo dolna szafka ma brązowe drzwiczki, zamiast morskich i brakuje morskiego boku – lada dzień stolarz nam ją poprawi i będzie idealnie.       Szafa Ostatni, najmniej zagospodarowany kąt pokoju to po prostu szafa i krzesło, które wieczorem przystawiamy do łóżka Mikołaja i służy za stolik nocny na książkę, lampkę led i szklankę z wodą.     Szafa ta niestety okazała się zupełnie niewytrzymała – trzymam w niej tylko lekkie ubranka dziecięce i to naprawdę nie mamy ich wiele, a dolna półka już się wygięła, przez co szuflada nie chce się ani wysunąć, ani wsunąć, więc zobaczymy jak potoczą się dalsze losy tego kącika.   I jak Ci się u nas podoba?     W poście wystąpili: Krzesełko do biurka | Les Gambettes Collette – Muppetshop Biurko | Minko Plakaty | Desenio Kapa / narzuta na łóżko | Mama potrafi Pościel | By Sophie Lampka biurkowa | Markslojd Pose Worki na zabawki | Play& Go Krzesło | Westwing Łóżko | Leżanka Hemnes Ikea Pojemnik wieloryb | HM Home Myszki | Maileg  
- [5 powodów, dla których warto jesienią zrobić Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-na-konsultanta-slubnego-jesien/): Od zawsze powtarzam, że praca Wedding Plannera jest pracą całoroczną. Latem mamy koordynacje, w pozostałe miesiące działamy ściśle organizacyjnie i pozyskujemy nowych Klientów. Nasze wakacje są najczęściej poza sezonem, a weekendy często zaczynają się we wtorek i kończą w środę. Jest to praca etapowa i przygotowując się do niej, warto wstrzelić się w idealny moment ze startem swojej ślubnej działalności. Poniżej przedstawiam Ci pięć powodów, dlaczego jesień jest najlepszym momentem na kurs na Wedding Plannera.   Kalendarz nowych zapytań   Ścisły sezon ślubny od zawsze kojarzy się z późnią wiosną i wakacjami. To wtedy odbywa się najwięcej wesel, a Wedding Planner ma najwięcej pracy. Jednak po sezonie nie ma czasu na odpoczynek, bo zaczyna się sezon… nowych zapytań. W naszej Wytwórni Ślubów od zawsze analizujemy momenty, w których przychodzi do nas najwięcej nowych klientów – pozwala nam to lepiej się przygotować, zaplanować wakacje w odpowiednim terminie i dobrze zorganizować plan marketingowy. Od dawna już obserwujemy konkretny trend: wrzesień i październik są miesiącami, kiedy dzieje się najwięcej. W listopadzie odnotowujemy drobny spadek, a po Świętach Bożego Narodzenia jest kolejna lawina. Nie ma jednak czasu na odpoczynek, bo w lutem są Walentynki – kolejny popularny termin zaręczyn. Dlaczego więc nie zrobić kursu na Wedding Plannera właśnie wtedy, kiedy najwięcej Młodych Par szuka profesjonalnej pomocy?   Od razu wdrażasz wiedzę w życie Biorąc pod uwagę to, co napisałam Ci w pierwszym punkcie, jesteś w stanie wcielić od razu w życie wiedzę, którą uzyskałaś na kursie. Czasami na pierwszego klienta trzeba czekać bardzo długo i w tym czasie wiedza niepraktykowana może łatwiej ulecieć z głowy, a Tobie trudniej będzie ją później odświeżyć. Natomiast robiąc kurs w ścisłym sezonie zapytań gwarantujesz sobie możliwość przełożenia teorii na praktykę niemal od razu!   Pierwszy klient rekompensuje wiele początkowych kosztów Jeżeli chcesz być postrzegana jako profesjonalistka, musisz profesjonalnie podejść do tematu. Niestety często wiąże się to z inwestycjami i zobowiązaniami finansowymi – strona internetowa, sesja biznesowa, pozycjonowanie, reklamy w Google. To wszystko niestety kosztuje. Patrząc na nasz kalendarz zapytań, robiąc kurs jesienią masz szansę na szybsze wyrównanie kosztów. Często pierwszy klient pokrywa sumę, jaką musisz przeznaczyć na stronę internetową, sesję wizerunkową i kilkumiesięczne reklamy Google Ads. A im szybciej zaczniesz zarabiać, tym więcej będziesz mogła zainwestować w promocję, reklamę i rozwój, co z kolei da Ci większe grono Klientów i wyższe zarobki. I koło się zamyka 🙂   Masz szansę pokazać się w branży Jesień i zima to moment wielu spotkać branżowych, targów ślubnych i innych wydarzeń, na których można się pokazać. Nikt nie ma przecież na to czasu wiosną, kiedy zaczynają się prężne przygotowania do sezonu, ani tym bardziej latem, kiedy sezon trwa w najlepsze. To jesienią jest czas na podsumowujące sezony imprezy, które często organizują duże hotele, targi ślubne, gdzie możesz poznać regionalnych podwykonawców, czy zamknięte imprezy branżowe, gdzie zawsze warto się pokazać i budować relacje z innymi przedstawicielami ślubnego świata. Nigdy bowiem nie wiesz, kto poleci Cię Twojemu Klientowi 🙂   Pracujesz wtedy, kiedy konkurencja odpoczywa po sezonie 🙂 Robiąc kurs jesienią, wstrzelisz się w ten moment, w którym wiele Wedding Plannerów łapie oddech po trudach ślubnego sezonu. Wszyscy mamy takie same kalendarze i u każdej z nas jesienią jest więcej zapytań, ale jesteśmy też tylko ludźmi – musimy mieć chwilę na zdjęcie sukienek, ubranie dresów i odreagowanie ślubnego stresu. A wtedy Ty będziesz zwarta i gotowa do pracy, łapiąc pierwszych Klientów 🙂   Nie ma jednej złotej rady dotyczącej tego, po jakim czasie od odbytego kursu przychodzi pierwszy Klient. To w dużej mierze będzie zależało od Ciebie, Twoich możliwości, wytrwałości i odpowiedniego przygotowania. Jednak jeżeli chcesz pomóc szczęściu – nie zwlekaj z kursem i zapisz się na niego już teraz – jesień bowiem jest genialnym momentem na start 🙂   W Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów prowadzimy właśnie zapisy na listopadową edycję naszego szkolenia, która rusza już 25 listopada. Nie zwlekaj, zacznij z nami spełniać swoje marzenia! TUTAJ znajdziesz wszystkie szczegóły dotyczące naszego kursu.
- [Sala konferencyjna](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sala-konferencyjna/): Sala konferencyjna, spełnienie naszych wspólnych marzeń – naszych czyli osób, które Tworzą z nami firmę, oraz tych, którzy nam zaufali i marzą o częstszych spotkaniach w ramach naszej Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów, samej Wytwórni czy też naszej agencji interaktywnej Brainbox. Miejsce spotkań naszego zespołu, odwiedzających nas gości, ale także niesamowicie inspirująca przestrzeń, w której praca to czysta przyjemność. Zobacz jak kreatywnie urządziliśmy integralną część naszego biura.   Sala konferencyjna w naszym biurze   Tworząc naszą firmę, od samego początku marzyliśmy z Wojtkiem o tym, aby było to ciepłe miejsce, w którym cały nasz zespół czuje się jak u siebie. Od wielu lat – po etapie wynajmowania piwnicy, a jakże i my mamy ten etap za sobą – nasze biuro było zlokalizowane w centrum Gdyni w nowoczesnym biurowcu. Za szklaną fasadą zimnych w odbiorze okien, staraliśmy się ocieplić je jak to tylko możliwe. Na podłogach zamiast standardowej wykładziny ułożyliśmy drewnopodobne panele, a ściany dumnie zdobiły tapety oraz sztukaterie, nadając temu miejscu niepowtarzalnego klimatu. Dzięki temu odwiedzający nas goście już od progu witali nas słodami „jak tu pięknie, czujemy się, jakbyśmy przenieśli się do zupełnie innego miejsca, a nadal jesteśmy na drugim piętrze biurowca”.   Zastanawiacie się pewnie, dlaczego pragnęliśmy zmiany, gdy już stworzyliśmy niemal idealne miejsce w centrum miasta. Początkiem naszych rozmyślań nad tym życiowym projektem okazał się najważniejszy czynnik w życiu każdego człowieka, jakim jest czas. Odkąd prowadziliśmy firmę w centrum miasta, zdążyliśmy dla większego komfortu naszej rodziny i czystszego powietrza przenieść się na przedmieścia Gdyni. Tu urodzili się nasi Synkowie, tu też rozpoczęli swoją przygodę z edukacją i poszli do żłobka i przedszkola.   Codzienne dojazdy do centrum okazały się po szybkiej kalkulacji marnować nam z Wojtkiem łącznie około 3 godzin dziennie, co dawało ponad 15 godzin tygodniowo czasu, który moglibyśmy wykorzystać na zabawę z synkami, wspólne gry i zabawy, spacery, oraz inne czynności sprawiające nam wspólną radość i szczęście.   Kolejnym aspektem okazały się konieczność posiadania dwóch samochodów, ciągle rosnące ceny ich utrzymania i parkingów, oraz coraz częściej brak miejsca do zaparkowania – czyli spóźnienia, a także stres zarówno dla nas jak i naszych Klientów.   W 2019 roku padły nasze pierwsze przemyślenia na temat zmiany lokalizacji biura na bliższą naszemu domowi.   Początkowo rozmyślaliśmy nad zakupem lokalu z 3 pokojami – ta decyzja wydawała mi się wystarczająca. Ostatecznie Wojtek przekonał mnie do dwupoziomowego, 107 metrowego lokalu z wielkim tarasem z widokiem na morze, używając bardzo mocnego argumentu, jakim była własna sala konferencyjna – moje marzenie od dawna. Miejsce, w którym mogłabym gościć naszych klientów, kursantów, urządzać spotkania, warsztaty, mini kursy, ale także spędzać wspólny czas z naszą wspaniałą ekipą tworzącą biuro.   Idealne miejsce wpasowujące się w nasze marzenia, znaleźliśmy nieopodal naszego domu. Miejsce otulone przepięknym parkiem, zielenią, naturą, widokiem na nasze cudowne polskie morze. Gdy tylko opowiedzieliśmy o tym naszym pracownikom, jednogłośnie powiedzieliśmy „tak, to właśnie idealne miejsce dla nas”.   Gdy w grudniu 2019 roku odebraliśmy nasz wymarzony lokal, który pragnęliśmy zmienić na nasze biuro marzeń, od razu wiedzieliśmy, jak ma wyglądać nasza sala konferencyjna. W związku z pandemią urządzanie naszego biura znacznie rozwlekło się w czasie, ale już dziś możemy dumnie zaprezentować Ci efekt naszej pracy.   Ścianka loftowa w sali konferencyjnej   Kierując się naszym pomysłem na biuro, pragnęliśmy, aby sala konferencyjna była z jednej strony jasna i przestronna – stąd szklana ścianka o loftowym charakterze, ale także przytulna, ciepła oraz inspirująca dla odwiedzających ją gości. Praca, oraz rozmowy w takich wnętrzach są dla nas prawdziwą przyjemnością.     Gwiazdy na niebie Budując koncepcję wizualną tego pomieszczenia chcieliśmy, połączyć różne style i faktury, a także style. Sama wymyśliłam nazwę tego połączenia –  gwiazdy na niebie, gdzie gwiazdy to designerskie, wyjątkowe elementy, które przyciągają uwagę i sprawiają, że tło – niczym niebo – staje się idealnym uzupełnieniem wnętrza i niemal równie wyjątkowe.   Jeśli mamy okrojony budżet – dzięki takiej strategii możemy stworzyć naprawdę stylowe i klimatyczne wnętrza, łącząc ze sobą meble i wyposażenie różnego pochodzenia.     Stół w sali konferencyjnej   Wiedzieliśmy, że w naszej sali konferencyjnej stanie możliwie największy stół konferencyjny, idealnie z opcją składania – na przykład na czas sesji zdjęciowych czy imprez branżowych. Pragnęliśmy, aby podczas spotkań naszego zespołu, każdy mógł wygodnie usiąść, ale w naszych głowach zaczęły kwitnąć pomysły na inne projekty, mini szkolenia, czy warsztaty z moimi cudownymi kursantami.   Poszukiwania idealnego stołu zajęły nam dość dużo czasu. Zależało nam na prostej, nietopornej formie, w odcieniu ciepłego dębowego drewna. Z pomocą przyszła nam tzw. „sieciówka”. To właśnie w Jysk znaleźliśmy stół, który spodobał mi się od pierwszego momentu. Idealny kształt, rozmiar, kolor – i to składanie. Wszystko tak jak sobie to wymarzyłam. To model EGENS, a jego wymiary po złożeniu to 90×190, a po rozłożeniu 90×270 – idealnie dla 8 osób.   Największym jednak wyzwaniem było dopasowanie krzeseł. Ten element spędzał mi sen z powiek. Ciężko bowiem znaleźć krzesła, które zarówno idealnie wkomponują się w wystrój pomieszczenia, będą wygodne, oraz wykonane z dobrej jakości materiałów, aby można było je regularnie czyścić, przy czym ich forma będzie lekka tak, aby przy dużej ich ilości nie obciążyć wizualnego odbioru całości. A do tego wszystkiego – w dobrej cenie.   Przekopując niezliczone ilości katalogów, stron sklepów internetowych, w końcu znalazłam te odpowiednie!     Krzesła     Tapicerowane krzesła z podłokietnikami, idealnie pasujące do wystroju, ale także przeznaczenia tego pomieszczenia. Czarne nóżki idealnie komponujące się z loftową przeszkloną ścianką, a obicie mocnym, ale miękkim materiałem w niesamowitym odcieniu beżu idealnie ocieplają całość.   Krzesła Azhai znalazłam w sklepie Selsey – dostępne są jeszcze w kolorze szarym, musztardowym i czarnym.   Z kodem AGNIESZKA15 masz aż 15% rabatu na cały asortyment w Selsey* do końca października 2021 (*nie łączy się z innymi promocjami, natomiast jeśli produkt,. który Cię interesuje jest właśnie w promocji np. -10%, ten kod obniży Ci rabat do -15%)   Wygodne siedzisko oraz idealne wyprofilowanie podłokietniki i oparcie sprawiają, że nawet wielogodzinne spotkanie nie obciąży kręgosłupa, oraz nie zmniejszy komfortu naszych gości. Tkanina, z której wykonane są siedziska, wyprodukowana została w technologii utrudniającej wchłanianie cieczy, co jeszcze bardziej mnie cieszy, ze względu na częste wizyty dzieci oraz Zumy w naszym biurze. Nie straszne mi już są wypadki z rozlanym napojem, które zdarzają się przecież nam wszystkim, nie tylko naszym maluchom.       Oświetlenie   Prawdziwą gwiazdą – wisienką na torcie jest lampa sufitowa słynnej wnętrzarskiej francuskiej marki Petite Friture — Cherry w kolorze białym rozmiar L (występują aż w 4 rozmiarach, które możesz zobaczyć tutaj). To cudowne połączenie designerskiego minimalizmu, z niesamowitym akcentem w postaci błyszczącej złotej kuli, któa wyłania się spod aluminiowego klosza – przełamując prostą formę niczym biżuteria. Lampa ta niesamowicie buduje atmosferę, oraz stanowi idealnie pasującą i bardzo funkcjonalną dekorację całej aranżacji. Dzięki zintegrowanemu źródłu światła Led lampa jest zarówno energooszczędna jak i daje cudowną, nastrojową barwę światła.   Lampa Cherry nawiązuje swą formą do dziecięcej fantazji – lodów w kształcie rożka z wisienką na górze – czyż to nie sama słodycz? Jest też przyjazna środowisku i nadaje się w 100% do recyklingu, wyprodukowana we Francji z miejscowych surowców.   Dzięki swej formie, rozbudza wyobraźnię każdego z naszych gości. Niesamowicie artystyczny i inspirujący element naszej sali konferencyjnej, obok którego nikt nie przechodzi obojętnie. Przykuwa uwagę zarówno dorosłych jak i dzieci odwiedzających nas w biurze.   Dodatkową lampkę postawiliśmy na komodzie oraz obok konsoli – na tym zdjęciu widzisz lampę stołową Sober marki Markslöjd.       Konsola i komoda     Bliska jest nam idea zero waste – postanowiliśmy wykorzystać dwa elementy, które posiadaliśmy już wcześniej, a mianowicie komodę pochodzącą – uwaga! – z dziecięcego pokoju jednego z moich synków, oraz konsolę, dla której nasza przyjaciółka szukała nowego domu.   Oba elementy idealnie wkomponowały się w wystrój całego pomieszczenia, W komodzie przechowujemy wszelkie niezbędne podczas spotkań artykuły biurowe, natomiast konsolę zdobią dodatki dekoracyjne, świece, kwiaty oraz nasze ulubione książki, które inspirują nas w codziennej pracy. W trakcie spotkań wystawiamy na nich napoje i przekąski, pełnią więc wiele funkcji.         Dekoracje   Całości dopełniają dekoracje w morskim klimacie – wszak za naszymi oknami czy z tarasu widać morze i Półwysep Helski. Świecznik w muszelki  świecznik w muszelki czy ceramiczny koralowiec to jedne z moich ulubionych dekoracji. Można też czekając na pyszną kawę zagrać w kółko i krzyżyk.     „Stare jak świat, ale zawsze aktualne: „marzenia się nie spełniają – marzenia się spełnia”. Do tej pory w żadnym biurze nie mieliśmy miejsca przeznaczonego tylko i wyłącznie na salkę konferencyjną – zazwyczaj był to kącik wydzielony w moim biurze. Takie pomieszczenie to idealne miejsce na kreatywne pomysły, spotkania całego zespołu, spotkania z kursantami i klientami.   A na liście takich marzeń mamy jeszcze sporo – w biurze taras, a domu wiatrołap, pokój gościnny czy pralnię – wierzymy, że wszystko przed nami.   Koniecznie daj znać jak Ci się u nas podoba? I na jakie warsztaty ze mną miałabyś ochotę 🙂
- [Kącik dla dzieci w biurze](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-dla-dzieci/): Kącik dla dzieci w biurze? Kiedyś powiedziałabym, że u nas to niemożliwe, ale odkąd borykamy się z pandemią, zamkniętymi szkołami i przedszkolami, dzieci są coraz częstszymi gośćmi w naszym biurze. Odwiedzają nas w pracy lub spędzają tu wspólnie z nami swoje wolne chwile. Często zdarza się również tak, że do biura przychodzą dzieci naszych klientów czy współpracowników. A skoro tak to chcieliśmy, aby i one miały tu swoje miejsce! Bez wątpienia z takim kącikiem praca idzie nam kilka razy szybciej, niż gdy dzieci znudzone szwendają się po biurze… a my za nimi.     Kącik dla dzieci w biurze   Niezwykle przydatne stało się to miejsce w czasie pandemii, kiedy to musieliśmy ograniczyć ilość odwiedzanych przez nas miejsc. Chłopcy spędzali z nami często niemal całe dnie pochłonięci zabawą, oraz nauką, a my oddawaliśmy się codziennym obowiązkom w biurze.   Na piętrze naszego biura – zaraz obok pokoju konferencyjnego – urządziliśmy kącik dla dzieci, do wypoczynku oraz zabawy. Z jednej strony zależało nam na tym, aby był przepełniony bajkowymi postaciami, a z drugiej, aby nie zdominował przestrzeni bądź co bądź – biurowej.   Mebelki w kąciku dla dzieci   Mebelki przenieśliśmy tutaj z naszego poddasza – stolik z krzesełkami francuskiej marki Janod z kolekcji Arctic idealnie wpasowały się w kolorystyczny klimat, nie zajmując przy tym zbyt wiele miejsca. Przestrzeń wydzieliliśmy także optycznie za pomocą jutowego dywanika.         A motyw przewodni? Ostatnio na Canal+ pojawiły się Muminki w nowym wydaniu, które pokochały moje dzieci, a po obejrzeniu wszystkich odcinków, zabraliśmy się za stare odcinki – dokładnie te, które sama oglądałam w dzieciństwie. Tak więc do naszego kącika dla dzieci zaprosiliśmy ukochane  Muminki – postaci, na których widok uśmiechają się zarówno mali, jak i duzi goście naszego biura. Co najważniejsze – w takiej aranżacji każdy maluch czuje się wyśmienicie, a my nie dostajemy oczopląsu, który często towarzyszy dziecięcym kącikom zabaw.   Regał na kółkach na zabawki   Obok stolika z krzesełkami w kąciku dla dzieci znalazł się także regał na kółkach wypełniony książeczkami, puzzlami oraz zabawkami, który po zabawie pomaga nam utrzymać tu porządek, a co najważniejsze – dziecięce tematy w łatwy sposób mogą odjechać na bok, jeśli w biurze potrzebna jest większa przestrzeń do pracy.     Wraz z pojawieniem się wiosennej aury, w ciepłe dni na tarasie ustawiamy ulubiony hamak chłopców, który zawsze przypomina im bajkowy hamak Tatusia Muminka.       A skoro mamy już taką bajkową atmosferę to nie sposób się nie zgodzić, że naszych małych gości należy podjąć adekwatnymi do powagi całej sytuacji napojami. Z pewnością zadajesz sobie pytanie co wspólnego mają te bajkowe postacie z herbatą? Herbatki Moomin zapakowane są w cudowne, kolorowe puszki, a na każdym z nich widnieje postać głównego bohatera bajki! Różne smaki i wzory znajdziesz w sklepie Coffeedesk  – a tutaj znajdziesz kolekcję herbat Teministeriet z Muminkami – jestem pewna, że rozbudzi dziecięce wspomnienia niejednych dorosłych.         Jak wiecie, jestem ogromną zwolenniczką ekologicznych rozwiązań i produktów wielokrotnego użytku, a puszki po tych herbatkach mogą być przepiękną dekoracją dziecięcego pokoju, biurka czy magicznej kuchni – są więc w 100% przydatne do ponownego wykorzystania. Te metalowe puszki nie tylko są bardzo urocze, ale także pozwalają lepiej dbać o naszą planetę.       Bajkowe jest nie tylko opakowanie. Każda z herbat zawiera różnego rodzaju płatki kwiatów, jagody oraz owoce, które gwarantują herbatkom niesamowity aromat oraz cudowny, słodki smak bez dodatku cukru, co jest bardzo ogromnym plusem w diecie naszych dzieci.     Herbatę można przyrządzać na dwa sposoby, używając ciepłej lub zimnej wody. Ten drugi sposób uwielbiają nasze dzieci, a my dzięki temu możemy wpleść w ich dietę zdrowy napój zawierających wiele witamin. Niewątpliwego uroku dodają także kostki lodu, które zmieniają ją w najprawdziwszą ice tea:       Jak już wcześniej wspomniałam, herbata również zainteresowała starsze grono koneserów. Uwielbiam ją nie tylko ja, ale cały nasz zespół i oczywiście goście – także dorośli. Tu porcja dla Mamy!       Idąc tym krokiem do serwowania herbaty (a szczególnie kawy na wynos w samochodzie) używamy kubków KEEPCUP wykonanych z wytrzymałego szkła (zobacz). Szczelna pokrywa wykonana z nietoksycznego tworzywa oraz korkowa opaska sprawiają, że kubek jest niesamowicie bezpieczny, zarówno dla naszych dzieci jak i odstawiony na biurku obok naszych komputerów. Kto już raz zalał sobie laptopa z pewnością doceni jego walory.         Nawet w przypadku gdy zamknięty kubek się przewróci, herbata czy kawa zostają na swoim miejscu – jest całkiem szczelny oraz odporny na stłuczenie, a więc super bezpieczny nie tylko dla naszych dzieci, ale także na wyjścia – szczególnie teraz, gdy kawę zamiast w kawiarni pijamy głównie na wynos.         Każdy łyk herbaty gwarantuje nam podróż do świata Muminków! W naszym życiu wpisała się ona w codzienność. Sprawdza się także jako świetny prezent zarówno dla dzieci jak i dorosłych. Nie tylko smakuje, ale również czaruje swoim wspaniałym, bajkowym opakowaniem, którego po wypiciu herbaty na 100% pozostanie z obdarowanymi na dłużej, przywołując ciepłe myśli nie tylko na temat Muminków, ale i z pewnością także Twój 🙂       Jestem ciekawa, czy doceniasz miejsca przyjazne dzieciom i jak Ci się u nas podoba? Wpadasz na herbatkę?  
- [Witamy na oddziale choroby, która nie istnieje](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/covid-19/): Cześć, tym razem tu Wojtek – mąż Agi. Podzielę się z Tobą historią, która spotkała naszą rodzinę w grudniu 2020 r. – nie żebyśmy się nie spodziewali, bo nie sposób jest nie myśleć o możliwości zakażenia koronawirusem w dobie panującej pandemii, ale jakoś inaczej jest planować/myśleć/gdybać niż być na pierwszej linii frontu czyli w samym epicentrum wydarzeń.   A teraz weź proszę głęboki oddech. Ale taki naprawdę solidny, jak wtedy, gdy wychodzisz na zewnątrz wiosną o poranku… Miłe uczucie, gdy to robisz i czujesz rześkość powietrza wpływającego przez nos i wypełniającego Twoje płuca w całości. Teraz wyobraź sobie, że nie możesz tak zrobić, bo coś wewnętrznie Ci nie pozwala. Ból, dyskomfort, kaszel – blokada. Próbujesz drugi raz – podobnie. Tak: to czuje część osób, których organizm został zainfekowany przez koronawirusa atakującego głównie drogi oddechowe. U niektórych osób (jak widać, na szczęście, to znakomita większość zachorowań) zakażenie jest bezobjawowe lub skąpoobjawowe, ale są też przypadki – takie jak mój – które są „mocno objawowe”. Dodam, że mam 36 lat, nie palę papierosów, w miarę możliwości zdrowo się odżywiam, nie mam cukrzycy, miażdżycy, chorób serca, choroby wieńcowej, astmy, obciążeń onkologicznych… i nie miałem wybranego lekarza pierwszego kontaktu. Tak. Bywają i takie przypadki – regularnie robiłem prywatnie profilaktyczne badania z pakietami wątrobowymi, trzustkowymi, czy na krew utajoną w kale i wszystko miałem tam idealnie. Ale zacznijmy od początku.   Zakażenie koronawirusem Nie wiem, gdzie i kiedy zaraziłem się koronawirusem. Mamy 3 hipotezy, ale nie jestem w stanie potwierdzić, która z nich jest najbardziej prawdopodobna. W toku rozmów z rodziną i tak doszliśmy do wniosku, że nie ma to większego znaczenia. Mleko się rozlało i dochodzenie tylko pozbawia nas tak potrzebnej energii do działania na jutro. To co może jednak być istotne, to abyś wiedział, że dość poważnie podchodziliśmy do tematu epidemii i stosowaliśmy dostępne środki ostrożności, starając się przy tym żyć normalnie. Płyny do dezynfekcji zawsze po wejściu auta, maseczki głównie jednorazowe, dezynfekcje klamek i włączników w domu i w biurze, dezynfekcje klawiatur i myszek, a spotkania ograniczone praktycznie do zera.   Dzień 0 Każdy już zapewne słyszał o milionach objawów, jakie mogą wystąpić po zakażeniu koronawirusem. Są te z serii mocno oczywistych, wynikające z atakowania komórek nerwowych przez wirusa, jak utrata lub zmiana smaku czy węchu. Niemniej jednak, po przeczytaniu setek opinii, chyba może wystąpić już każdy objaw, zaczynając od bólu głowy, kończąc na biegunce. Moja rada jest taka: objawem niepokojącym jest coś, czego wcześniej nie doświadczałeś podczas infekcji. U mnie akurat były to zawroty głowy. Nie miewam czegoś takiego. Później (1-2 dni) doszło takie uczucie pieczenia/suchości w nosie w okolicy zatok. A kataru ani zatokowego bólu głowy nie było. Smak i węch też miałem, może miałem lekkie odczucie niedosolonych dań? Sam już nie wiem, ile w tym było autosugestii, a ile prawdy.   Dzień 1 Objawy nie były na tyle silne, abym pomyślał, że to coś więcej, niż przeziębienie. Niemniej w poczuciu odpowiedzialności i chęci podjęcia najlepszych decyzji chcę umówić się na teleporadę do lekarza pierwszego kontaktu. Tu mała dygresja: jeśli, tak jak ja, nie masz wybranego lekarza POZ, to zrób to jak jesteś zdrowy. Okazało się, że mogę wybrać lekarza online, ale deklaracja będzie procedować się 2-3 dni (sic!). Najlepszą metodą jest udać się do placówki i wypełnić deklarację ręcznie. Do placówki wpuszcza się osoby zdrowe (pomiar temperatury), więc jeśli miałbyś gorączkę, to już się do lekarza przez 2-3 dni nie dostaniesz, a więc lekki paradoks. Tak czy siak – absurdalna sytuacja, może z mojej winy, bo przecież lekarza pierwszego kontaktu warto mieć wybranego.   To, że nie miałem wybranego lekarza pierwszego kontaktu nie oznacza, że nie miałem wykonywanych prywatnie badań profilaktycznych – o te tematy dba u nas moja żona i o poziomu witaminy D czy D-dimerów troszczymy na codzień, a na NFZ i tak większości tych badań nie mógłbym wykonać, więc od wielu lat robiłem je i konsultowałem prywatnie.   Dzień 2 Nowo wybrany lekarz POZ była bardzo miła i zleciła wymaz w kierunku COVID-19. Od razu, umówiliśmy również test dla Agi, która coraz gorzej się czuła.   Jak to wygląda w praktyce?   Dostajesz numerek ze zleceniem i umawiasz się do dowolnego punktu. Uwaga, tu warto podzwonić po kilku w celu znalezienia najszybszego terminu. Wahały się one od 1 dnia do 5 dni – a im szybciej się dowiesz, tym szybciej zareagujesz i tym szybciej skończy się izolacja/kwarantanna, które rozpoczęły się w momencie otrzymania skierowania na badanie (możesz opuścić miejsce zamieszkania tylko w celu zrobienia testu), a trwają minimum 10 dni od daty wyniku pozytywnego. Po tym czasie podobno w organizmie większości osób nie ma już śladu po wirusie. Pozostaje spustoszenie, które leczymy, ale o tym dalej.   Dzień 3 SMS informujący o wyniku wymazu przyszedł rano. Zalogować możesz się albo do systemu laboratorium, albo na pacjent.gov.pl: wynik POZYTYWNY.  Jest tam informacja na jak długo nałożono na Ciebie izolację. Tutaj ważny aspekt – aktualnie, jeśli nawet zrobisz test prywatnie, to i tak ta informacja trafi do systemu, więc de facto nie ma możliwości uzyskania wyniku bez informowania o nim świata.   Dzień 4-5 Mamy pulsoksymetr, który kupiliśmy wcześniej w ramach „przygotowań”. Mamy zapasy na ok. 1 miesiąc, włączając wodę, papier toaletowy i pełną zamrażarkę. Mamy leki i suplementy, więc pełni nadziei zostajemy w izolacji z naszymi 3 i 6 latkiem, licząc na fajny rodzinny czas razem.   Ale zaraz, zaraz, przyszedł wynik Agnieszki i jest… NEGATYWNY. Błąd? Być może. A może nie? Faktycznie, mój stan się pogorszył, Agnieszka czuje się coraz słabiej, a dzieci fikają jak zwykle.   Zapadła decyzja: muszę się odizolować, ale jak zrobić to w jednym domu? Nie mamy „zapasowego” wolnego mieszkania. Nie da się (1 łazienka, 1 kuchnia – Mission Impossible). Googlujemy, bo w tym jesteśmy nieźli. Jest pomysł: izolatorium. Wszystko ma sens, temat wymaga tylko skierowania od lekarza POZ, które uzyskuję drugą teleporadą. Osoby niemające warunków, aby się odizolować od zdrowej rodziny, a których objawy nie wymagają hospitalizacji, mogą spędzić czas infekcji w takim miejscu jak izolatorium. Płaci NFZ, a niektóre placówki wyglądają ładnie i zapewniają podstawowe warunki hotelowe, łącznie z wyżywieniem  3 razy dziennie do pokoju.   Dla nas dobra opcja, mimo że izolatorium było w Mielnie, czyli 3-4 godziny od naszego domu. Żartujemy, że czekają mnie wakacje nad morzem z Netflixem. Widzę, że Aga nawet nieco zazdrości tego potencjalnego relaksu, ale cóż – jak mus to mus, jesteśmy rozsądni. Jutro pakuję torbę i jadę. Sęk w tym, że rano nie czuję się w najlepszej formie. Może kawa, może ibuprofen i wit C? Jest różnie, gorączka zaczyna pojawiać się coraz intensywniej. Odkładam wyjazd na popołudnie.   Odbieram telefon z izolatorium, które spodziewało się mojego przyjazdu: „Dzień dobry, nie mam dobrych wieści, dostaliśmy właśnie pismo z Ministerstwa Zdrowia, że nas zamykają i nie możemy Pana przyjąć„. Szczęście w nieszczęściu, że nie byłem 2h drogi od domu, słysząc tę informację.   Decyzja: zostaję na razie w domu, bo mój stan się pogarsza. Gorączka, zmęczenie i… saturacja, czyli nasycenie krwi tlenem mierzone przez pulsoksymetr, czasem niepokoi. Tym bardziej niepokoi, że kupiłem „lepszy model z certyfikatem medycznym”, więc poziom ufności do liczby, jaką pokazuje, jest duży. Pulsoksymeter to relatywnie tanie urządzenie (ok 100-300 zł), które pokazuje, jak dobrze natleniona jest Twoja krew. Możesz kupić go we własnym zakresie lub otrzymać go „od państwa” na życzenie. Osobom starszym z wynikiem pozytywny pulsoksymetry są wysyłane automatycznie. Granicą poziomu saturacji, decydującą o tym, czy pacjent wymaga hospitalizacji, zgodnie z rozporządzeniem Ministerstwa Zdrowia, na którą powoływali się pracownicy medyczni, była saturacja mniejsza niż 90%. Zdrowa osoba niepaląca ma saturację na poziomie 97-99%, co zresztą potwierdzaliśmy, bawiąc się nową zabawką za „zdrowych czasów”. Pomiary u mnie: 91-92%… rano 88%… robi się dziwnie. A powinno być tak:   Dzień 6 112. „Halo? Chcielibyśmy wezwać karetkę, duszność, saturacja na poziomie 88, wynik COVID: pozytywny„. Dyspozytor podaje numer telefonu do lekarza, żeby skonsultować się na szybkiej teleporadzie ze świąteczną opieką chorych. Dzwonimy, lekarka twierdzi, że trzeba ponownie dzwonić na 112 i wzywać karetkę, gdyż mogło dojść do bakteryjnego zakażenia i może konieczny jest antybiotyk, a już na pewno badania i diagnostyka.   Dyspozytor, do którego oddzwaniamy, jest zniesmaczony takim obrotem sytuacji i z łaską robi zlecenie na karetkę, ale nie jest w stanie określić, kiedy karetka przyjedzie (sic!). 1 godzina? 5 godzin? Twierdzi, że „będzie dziś”. Dziwne, no ale jakie mamy wyjście? Przyjechali po około godzinie. Pomiary saturacji trwały kilka sekund, wynik „na granicy ustawy”, pada pytanie, czy chcę jechać do szpitala czy nie. Absurdalne pytanie. Oczywiście, że nie, ale to nie ja mam to wiedzieć. Jasne, że nie chcę. „Otuchy” dodawały sugestie ratowników: „No bo miejsc nie ma, więc nie wiem, ile godzin będziemy się odbijać w tej karetce od szpitala do szpitala, może pojedziemy do Słupska, a może na Hel„.   Yyyyy, że gdzie?   „Ma Pan ponad 39 stopni, stąd zawroty i duszności. Nie od COVID-19. To jasne i proste”.   Zastrzyk 2.5 g Pyralginy i „będzie lepiej”. Ratownik przekonuje nas, jakie wielkie szczęście nas spotkało, że na niego trafiliśmy – taki dobry, nie zabrał nas do szpitala, a tam ludzie umierają. Skoro Pan tak twierdzi, to ok. Nie wnikam, że był to najgorzej wykonany zastrzyk domięśniowy (w pośladek), jaki można sobie wyobrazić – Aga świadkiem, a niejeden miała taki robiony. Była przerażona, ja zwijałem się z bólu dłuższą chwilę po zastrzyku, który trwał 2 sekundy. Bum, psik.   Pod naciskami ratowników medycznych zostałem w domu. Perswazja była naprawdę silna. Według mnie zbyt silna i błędna, bo jak zaraz przeczytasz, ocena mojego stanu zdrowia przez załogę karetki była nieprawidłowa – nawet mnie nie osłuchali. Sprawy niestety nie możemy tak zostawić, bo to może kosztować niejedno życie. Dzień 7 Jest źle. Saturacja rano 87-88% i jakoś nie chce być więcej. Po konsultacji wyników wiemy, że musimy szybko jechać do szpitala. Ale… nie możemy, bo mamy izolację i kwarantannę. Szczęście w nieszczęściu nasz znajomy jest ozdrowieńcem. Rano odbiera mnie z domu i jedziemy do szpitala. 120 km/h przez miasto, mówię w lekkiej nieświadomości, że wziąłem z domu 1000 zł, więc jeśli będzie konieczność, opłacę mandat – powinno starczyć.  Mówi, że dziękuje za propozycję, ale prawdę mówiąc, gdy będzie stała policja to… i tak się nie zatrzyma. Później wróci wyjaśnić. Kochany.   SOR od razu, bez opasek i zbędnych bzdetów, zajął się mną superfachowo, łącznie z pomocą z noszeniem torby, którą zwykle targam bez problemu. Dziś jakoś gorzej idzie. Komputer, parametry, kozetka. Co chwilę słyszę pytanie, czy się denerwuję. Nie wiem, czemu o to pytają – w sumie to aż tak źle nie jest, bo jestem już w szpitalu.   Okazuje się, że prócz tej saturacji 88% ważny jest też puls, który do tej pory ignorowałem. 120-125 uderzeń na minutę na leżąco to jednak podobno dużo. No i kolejny parametr: liczba oddechów na minutę. Tego zwykle nie mierzymy. No nic. Lekarka osłuchuje stetoskopem i stwierdza, że ok. 50% płuc, cytuję: „zniszczone przez COVID„. WTF? Jak zniszczone? „No wie Pan, teraz jedziemy na badanie tomo-komputerem (TK), aby potwierdzić. Zmiany się cofają, ale zrosty, blizny…„. What??   Ok, szybkie TK, które wbrew pozorom było trudne, bo jak tu wstrzymać oddech na 10 sekund? Prawie wytrzymałem, radiolog mówi, że wystarczyło. Wynik TK: 50-60% zmian. Lekarka niewiele się pomyliła osłuchowo, a pamiętajmy, że ratownicy medyczni dzień wcześniej NIE osłuchali mnie kompletnie.   Dostałem maseczkę z tlenem, oczy się otworzyły i umysł pojaśniał jak po trzech Red Bullach. Przyjmują mnie na oddział. Z tlenem jest tak fajnie, że już nie chcę się z nim rozstać. Jedziemy na oddział na kozetce, z wielką butlą na łóżku.   Na miejscu personel wita mnie słowami, które zapamiętam do końca życia: „Witamy na oddziale choroby, która nie istnieje.”   3 piętra COVID-owe, ok. 60 pacjentów.   Dzień 8 Pierwsza noc w szpitalu była dla mnie całkowicie pierwsza, bo nigdy wcześniej nie byłem w szpitalu. Pierwszy raz z życiu miałem zakładany wenflon. Ale to i tak nie miało znaczenia, bo miałem jasny umysł i oddychałem w miarę normalnie dzięki tlenowi. Mimo to nie mogłem jakoś sobie wyobrazić, co się stanie, gdy mnie odłączą. Teraz to irracjonalne, ale jakoś wtedy moje myśli krążyły wokół wizji chodzenia wszędzie z butlą. Bo jak zmiany się nie cofną, to co? Bo przecież młodzi ludzie też umierają? Problemem okazał się też mój współlokator. Miły starszy pan, ale niestety był on zrezygnowany i wyrażenia padające z jego ust: „straszna choroba„, „czas umierać” czy „lepiej byłoby już umrzeć” – powiedzmy delikatnie, nie napawały mnie optymizmem.   Zmiany w płucach są duże. Lekarz już poinformował mnie o planie leczenia: tlen, sterydy, osocze ozdrowieńców (może 2 jednostki). Lek na ebolę już raczej nie (Remdesiwir), bo trafiłem dość późno. Ten lek podobno w początkowej fazie może zahamować namnażanie wirusa. Ma też skutki uboczne. Dobrze wiedzieć, co będzie się działo.   Lekarz też wyjaśnił, co się dzieje w niedotlenionym organizmie: nie chodzi o to, że się uduszę jak pod wodą w 3 minuty. Nie, ale długo niedotleniony organizm (kilka dni) jest zakwaszony, Bardzo obciążone są np. nerki i serce. W pierwszej fazie dostaję sporo tlenu (9 l/min) i kroplówki z elektrolitów oraz potasu. W sumie jakieś 2 l kroplówek w pierwszej dobie. I ciągle chce się pić, więc ze 2 l jeszcze doustnie. Kolor moczu daleki od słomkowego, co uzmysławia mi skalę problemu. Widać, że mój organizm już źle pracował.   Dzień 9-10 Aby zamówić osocze, szpital musi mieć pewność co do grupy krwi. Zbyt ważna sprawa, by deklaracja niedotlenionego pacjenta miała jakieś znaczenie, choć swoją grupę krwi oczywiście znałem. Badanie musi być dodatkowo zrobione dwukrotnie. Taka procedura, no i fajnie. Zamówione osocze z centrum krwiodawstwa z Gdańska przyjechało na drugi dzień. Tu też ciekawostka, bo na oddziale nie widzieli jeszcze osocza grupy krwi ZERO, jaką ja mam. Rzadko ta grupa trafia na oddziały COVID-owe i nie dlatego, że jest mało popularna – 37% populacji taką ma. Aha, RH+ czy RH- w przypadku osocza nie ma znaczenia. Samo ZERO wystarczyło. W nocy po przyjęciu osocza nie czuję się jednak najlepiej. Znów gorączka, a nie było jej już kilka dni. Pewnie reakcja organizmu i „coś się dzieje”.   Dzień 11 Czuć poprawę. Znaczną poprawę. Na to składa się przeniesienie do innej sali, zasugerowane przez lekarkę, która widziała, że kolega z pokoju nie nadaje tych falach co ja, krótko rzecz ujmując. Od tego momentu pobyt w szpitalu to codzienna poprawa wydolności i samopoczucia. WC bez tlenu, później prysznic bez tlenu. Z lokatorem też można pogadać o czymś innym niż o śmierci. Jest pięknie.   Dzień 12 – Wigilia Czuję się świetnie. Sam już nie wiem, czego to zasługa, bo składowych jest wiele: ja żyję, oddycham bez tlenu i mam 95% saturacji, moja Mama w drugim szpitalu też zdrowieje, Aga daje radę sama w domu z dziećmi i czuje się mimo swojej choroby dobrze (chyba zapomniałem wcześniej napisać, że się rozchorowała i podczas mojego pobytu w szpitalu w ponownym wymazie miała już pozytywny wynik). Chodzę po korytarzu. Parzę kawę współlokatorowi, co jeszcze nie za bardzo chodzi. Trenuję z butelką i słomką, śpię na brzuchu (lekarz tak sugerował).   Kupiłem koncentrator tlenu do domu. Lekarz podpowiedział, że dobrze mieć w razie duszności. I tu ciekawy temat: oddziały wypuszczają pacjentów, gdy są pewne, że… pacjent w domu sobie poradzi. Bo powrotu na oddział nie ma. One nie są dla ozdrowieńców z negatywnym testem. A oddziały pulmonologiczne (płucne), które właśnie służyły takim przypadkom, są najczęściej przekształcane w COVID-owe. Więc jeśli jako ozdrowieniec lub osoba negatywna masz duszność, to trudniej znaleźć pomoc.   W Wigilię zapada decyzja – mam w domu koncentrator tlenu, dalszą tlenoterapię mogę kontynuować w domu. Wypisują mnie, z czego wszyscy bardzo się cieszymy, bo jest to szansa na choć kawałek normalności. Oczywiście Wigilia i tak bez dalszej rodziny jak zwykle, jednak w gronie najbliższych mi trzech osób.   Personel Nie mam doświadczenia ze szpitalami, ale personel zasługuje na medal, albo i dwa. Spędziłem tam prawie 2 tygodnie, a personel nigdy nie dał się sprowokować innym pacjentom uskarżającym się wzajemnie na siebie. Ludzie w nocy krzyczeli, majaczyli, wyrywali wenflony, mylili łóżko z WC, zapominali, gdzie są… Personel w kombinezonach, maskach FFP2, przyłbicach i dwóch parach rękawic wszystko ogarniał, podchodząc ze szczerym uśmiechem i empatią do pacjentów. Szok. Żadnego zażenowania, zdenerwowania, pouczania.   Żarty, rozmowa, sprzątanie, nowe wkłucie, nowa kroplówka. Jeśli pacjent narzekał: „Co ta baba tak się drze?!„, pielęgniarki odpowiadały: „To biedna pani, nie wie, gdzie jest, ale zapewniam, ze ona COVID już nie ma i jutro wychodzi do domu„. Warto dodać, że na oddziały COVID-owe kierowani są też żołnierze. Nie robią wkłuć, bo nie potrafią, ale zapewniają pomoc przy pieluchach, posiłkach i zgonach. Tak, była przy mnie i taka sytuacja, co ciekawe, osoba nie zmarła na COVID. Miała saturację 98%. Szpital wyleczył COVID i przywrócił sprawność płuc, ale cały szereg innych chorób współistniejących sprawił, że odeszła.   Leki i suplementy Poniżej przedstawiam, co przyjmowałem przed, w trakcie i po chorobie. Celowo nie piszę dawkowania, bo nie chcę Ci tego sugerować: Profilaktyka przed chorobą: Witamina C, Witamina D (osobno, bo reaguje z C), czosnek z kapsułkach, elektrolity, magnez. Leczenie w domu: Witamina C, Witamina D, miód, ibuprofen, paracetamol, pyralgina. Leczenie w szpitalu: Tlenoterapia, kroplówki z elektrolitów, kroplówki z potasu, osocze ozdrowieńców, sterydy, Clexane (heparyna), Witamina D, cynk, probiotyk Vitamixx, probiotyk Dicoflor. Leczenie zalecone po wyjściu ze szpitala:  Acard, IPP40, Dexamethazon.   Posiłki na oddziale COVID-owym Pierwsze dni kompletnie nic nie jadłem, bo apetyt przy COVID jest zerowy. To, co przynosili, wydało się ogromne i marnowałem każdy posiłek. Jak apetyt mi wrócił (okazało się, że to sprawa sterydów), to byłem naprawdę w szoku, jak można za tak niską cenę przygotować 3 pełne posiłki.   Był świeży chleb, masło, szynka, ser, zupa mleczna, owsianka, kisiel, galaretka z owocami, kiełbaska na ciepło, zupa ogórkowa, zupa pomidorowa, jogurt naturalny, herbata. Fakt, że moja dieta była ogólna, cukrzycy mieli nieco uboższe zestawy.  Jedzenie podawane jest w jednorazowych pojemnikach, co dla mnie było pewną nowością, bo ciągle miałem wizję roznoszenia odkrytych talerzy i kubków, co w warunkach szpitalnych było dla mnie mało apetyczne.   Pomoc bliskich Wiem, że bez pomocy rodziny i przyjaciół byśmy sobie nie poradzili. Nie, że bym umarł, ale nie umiem sobie tego wyobrazić na ten moment. Nie wiem, jak to by było. Moja Mama w szpitalu, Mama Agnieszki w domu pozytywna i bardzo chora, nasza Niania odstawiona, żeby nie narażać, bo nie chorowała wcześniej. Z pozoru błahe sprawy, jak zamówione wcześniej paczki do paczkomatów czy dostawa wody do szpitala, w momencie, kiedy wszyscy maja izolacje i kwarantanny. No jak? Zresztą nawet nie mieliśmy śmiałości prosić osób zdrowych, aby coś zawoziły na oddział COVID-owy, ale znaleźli się przyjaciele, którzy mogli to zrobić i swoją pomoc zaoferowali w najtrudniejszej chwili (nieskończone DZIĘKUJĘ). To zawsze niesie ze sobą pewne ryzyko, a maseczka jednorazowa FFP1 jaką nosisz, nie zabezpiecza Ciebie, ale nieco chroni innych przed większym rozpylaniem wirusach, jeśli byłabyś chora, a o tym nie wiedziała.   Co spakować do szpitala dla chorego na COVID-19? Odwiedziny na oddziałach oczywiście są zakazane, niemniej zakupy można dostarczyć poprzez pielęgniarki. Poniżej kilka rzeczy, jakie dla mnie były najważniejsze: woda – podczas choroby bardzo chce się pić. Wdychanie tlenu potęguje ten efekt. Kup wodę 0.7 l z dzióbkiem, aby łatwo piło się na leżąco. Schodzą minimum 2-3 takie butelki na dobę; musy – dobrze sprawdzały się u mnie musy owocowe dla dorosłych, czy też takie dla bobasów. Można zjeść na leżąco i dobrze wchodzi; po kilku dniach, gdy było lepiej, ogromną radość sprawiła mi świeża bułka i ogórek kiszony, który spakowała mi moja wspaniałomyślna Żona; papier toaletowy – u mnie w szpitalu był taki szary i ostry – nie wiedziałem nawet, że taki jeszcze produkują, a jednak. Nie ma jak domowy papier w kolorze białym; płyn do dezynfekcji – samodzielnie zdezynfekowany stolik szpitalny to jest to; spirytus – płyn do dezynfekcji słabo smakuje, a jeśli dezynfekujesz nim sztućce, to go zjadasz, spirytus sprawdza się o wiele lepiej; chusteczki mokre nasączone czystą wodą – polecam WaterWipes; chusteczki suche. Jedna rada dla Ciebie Z perspektywy całej sytuacji uważam, że największym problemem jest świadomość chorego lub jej brak – kiedy to już stan jest określany jako poważny, a kiedy nie.   Do tej pory wzywałem karetkę trzy razy w życiu. Zawsze były to nagłe, oczywiste sytuacje. Przy COVID, bez doświadczenia jako lekarz (możliwość osłuchania płuc) i dostępu do szybkich badań, np. CRP, TK/RTG (wszak jesteś w izolacji, nie możesz wychodzić), nie będziesz tego w stanie stwierdzić. Badanie saturacji jest na pewno jednym z najważniejszych rzeczy, jakie możesz zrobić. Dzwoniąc po pomoc, masz w zanadrzu konkretną liczbę, która dla dyspozytora będzie informacją, czy „przysługuje” Ci karetka w ogóle, czy za 5 godzin.   Też tak masz, że telefon na pogotowie uznajesz jako „koniec świata”? Że ojeju, tyle problemów narobisz, bo co jak przyjadą i stwierdzą, że trochę przesadzamy? To TRUDNO, to ich praca, a to Twoje życie i masz je jedno. To z Twoich składek w karetce jest paliwo, że kontrakt z ratownikiem medycznym jest podpisany i otrzymuje za to wynagrodzenie. Nigdy nie wahaj się dzwonić po pomoc, która Tobie się należy, „bo może przesadzasz”. A co jeśli nie?   Aktualnie na stan pisania tego posta mamy tyle szczęścia w nieszczęściu, że są miejsca w szpitalach i wolne karetki, a to w mojej ocenie na ten moment jest najważniejsze – dostać pomoc na czas.   Podsumowanie Jako „ozdrowieniec” mam pewną refleksję: widzę, w jak dużym lęku żyliśmy od prawie roku. Niby wszyscy przywykliśmy do ciągłego informowania zewsząd o kolejnych zakażenia, zgonach i nowych obostrzeniach, ale w mojej ocenie towarzyszący nam codziennie stres wyniszczał nas powoli jak choroba przewlekła. Jedni bardziej bali się o swoje zdrowie, inni o swoich bliskich, a jeszcze kolejni o swoje biznesy czy pracę, która mało w której branży jest teraz pewna.   Nigdy nie wiesz, kiedy możesz zachorować. Nie da się przewidzieć, jak przejdziesz chorobę. Nie da się przewidzieć, jak zareagujesz na szczepienie. Nikt nie da gwarancji na 100%. Ale pewne jest, że prędzej czy później Świat jako populacja upora się z tym wirusem, bo nie z takimi chorobami i problemami ludzie dali już sobie radę. Niemniej każda „liczba” publikowana z MZ to codzienna osobista tragedia osób, które mają rodziny, dzieci, obowiązki. Nie powiem Ci, jak masz postępować. Czy masz przestrzegać obostrzeń, czy też nie.   Ten wpis jest bardziej opowieścią dla Ciebie, jeśli nie znasz nikogo, kogo spotkała ta choroba i jesteś ciekawy jej przebiegu. Być może pomoże Ci on zwrócić uwagę na niepokojące objawy, które wcześnie zauważone sprawią, że będziesz umiał zareagować szybciej i w odpowiedni sposób, jeśli pojawią się u Ciebie lub Twoich bliskich. Może będziesz wiedziała, jak sobie pomóc, jakie urządzenia warto mieć w domu. Życzę Ci jednak, żeby Cię to nie spotkało.   PS. Jeśli masz pytania, zostaw poniżej w komentarzu – na wszystkie opowiem. PPS. Podaj post dalej jeśli czujesz, że post komuś może pomóc.
- [Karmienie piersią noworodka - nie jesteś sama](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karmienie-piersia-noworodka/): Karmienie piersią noworodka to wspaniała przygoda, choć często bardzo bolesna i trudna. Nie każdy wspomina ją dobrze, nie każdej Mamie karmienie piersią noworodka się powiodło, a inne nie karmiły piersią wcale. Przeczytaj historie Mam karmiących piersią noworodki – szczególnie, jeśli potrzebujesz wsparcia i pokrzepienia.     Jeśli jesteś ze mną na blogu już dawno, wiesz, że moja droga z karmieniem piersią była trudna, ale warta swojej ceny. Temat jest mi niezwykle bliski.   Gdy za pomocą cesarskiego cięcia na świat przyszedł mój pierwszy Syn Mikołaj, miałam problem z karmieniem już w szpitalu, prosiłam położne i pielęgniarki o pomoc. Niestety jej nie otrzymałam… zamiast wskazówek, co zrobić, by mieć pokarm i być w stanie wykarmić płaczącego noworodka, panie tylko dokarmiały go mieszanką… rozpoczęłam walkę o laktację. Walkę trudną i żmudną, wymagającą godzin spędzonych z laktatorem, walki z alergią, która okazała się bardzo nierówna.   Gdy na świecie pojawił się mój drugi Syn Maksio, dzięki wiedzy zdobytej przy karmieniu piersią Mikusia wiedziałam, jak pobudzić laktację i mleka miałam sporo, ale… karmienie bolało. A karmienie piersią noworodka boleć nie powinno. Tutaj możesz przeczytać, jak sobie z tym poradziłam.   Dziś chciałam opowiedzieć Ci mleczne historie 3 kobiet – mojej Siostry i moich przyjaciółek, które jako doświadczone już dziś mamy przygotowały dla Ciebie kilka cennych rad.   I swoje świadectwa – bardzo osobiste, piękne historie o karmieniu piersią.     Karmienie piersią noworodka Dlaczego warto walczyć o karmienie piersią? Dlaczego to takie ważne?   Bez dwóch zdań – mleko mamy to… „turbomleko„. Chyba nie ma innego napoju o tak magicznych właściwościach 🙂   Mleko mamy zawiera laktoferynę, czyli wielofunkcyjne białko o silnych właściwościach bakterio- i wirusobójczych. Wiąże się z żelazem, więc wyłapuje je z krwiobiegu i dzięki temu ogranicza wnikanie i namnażanie niektórych wirusów do komórek.   Mleko matki zawiera również składniki tzw. epigenetyczne, np. cholina, witamina B6 i B12 oraz foliany, które poprzez wpływ na sposób odczytywania kodu genetycznego kształtują predyspozycje zdrowotne dziecka. Poziom tych składników zależy bezpośrednio od ich spożycia w diecie karmiącej mamy.   Karmienie piersią noworodka to również dostarczanie mu setek aktywnych biologicznie składników, które odpowiadają np. za wzmocnienie odporności dziecka, dojrzewanie jego jelit czy zwalczanie komórek nowotworowych.     Karmienie piersią a COVID Podejrzewasz, że możesz być zakażona COVID-19 lub masz potwierdzony wynik? Nie rezygnuj z karmienia piersią! Aktualne (na dzień publikacji posta) zalecenia WHO, AAP i UENPS nie przedstawiają przeciwwskazań do karmienia piersią. Nawet więcej: mleko mam zakażonych SARS-CoV-2 może być potencjalnym składnikiem zapewniającym niemowlętom pasywną odporność na tę chorobę, nawet lepszym niż osocze ozdrowieńca. Przy karmieniu chora mama nie powinna jednak zapominać o zachowaniu zasad bezpieczeństwa i higieny, czyli izolację, założenie maseczki, higienę rąk i piersi. Jeśli mama nie znajduje się więc w ciężkim stanie klinicznym, warto walczyć o każdą kroplę.     Piękne historie o karmieniu piersią noworodka bliskich mi kobiet Pomyślałam, że poproszę inne Mamy, by opisały, co było dla nich najtrudniejsze w karmieniu piersią i co pomogło im przetrwać trudności i cieszyć się mleczną przygodą.   Zainteresowana? No to lecimy…   Historia Anny Rogalskiej-Bućko, dietetyka i mojej przyjaciółki, a poznałyśmy się przez Internet   AK: Jak wyobrażałaś sobie karmienie piersią noworodka, nim zostałaś Mamą?  AR-B: Wszyscy powtarzają, że to takie naturalne, ale mało kto wspomina o tym, że początki prawie zawsze są trudne i że to nie tylko kwestia uczenia się matki, ale każdego dziecka.   AK: Jak przygotowywałaś się do karmienia piersią? AR-B: Czytałam, bo jak można się przygotować przy pierwszym dziecku? Przy kolejnych byłam sprytniejsza. Miałam telefon do specjalistek, w razie wątpliwości konsultowałam swoje wątpliwości i trudności, a przy trzecim dziecku zadzwoniłam do najlepszej doradczyni laktacyjnej – Asi Winarskiej, która pomagała mi przy pierwszym dziecku i która pozbawiła moje karmienie piersią bólu.   AK: Jakie były Twoje początki w karmieniu? AR-B: Ciężkie. Po pierwszym porodzie miałam zabieg i leżałam długo nieprzytomna. Dziecko, które nie miało w ogóle cierpliwości, by czekać, nakarmiono butelką, a ta jest dużo łatwiejsza niż pierś. Trzy doby dokarmiałam palcem po strzykawce (co położne komentowały to bardzo nieprzyjemnie), a już jak byłam u kresu sił i chciałam zrezygnować, w nocy pojawił się mój laktacyjny Anioł – Asia Winiarska. Poświęciła mnie i koleżance z sali całą noc, by nie tylko nas nauczyć, jak przystawiać dzieci, ale i niesamowicie kojąco działała na dzieci.   AK: Kto Cię wspierał w karmieniu piersią? AR-B: Koleżanka, która rodziła 3 miesiące wcześniej i odbierała moje nocne telefony, wspomniana doradczyni laktacyjna Asia, Magda Karpienia, która, mimo że w czasie karmienia nigdy się ze mną nie spotkała, to zawsze służyła pomocą, radą i dobrym słowem.   AK: Mówisz o dobrym słowie, a jakie słowa czy działania, które słyszałaś, nie były dla Ciebie wspierające? AR-B: „Jak możesz mieć problemy?„, „Przesadzasz„, „Po co się męczysz, daj mieszankę„…   AK: Jak ostatecznie wspominasz karmienie piersią? AR-B: Jako trudny czas. Wymagający, pełen wyrzeczeń. Ale z perspektywy czasu warty swojej ceny. Moje dzieci dzięki temu naprawdę niewiele chorowały.   AK: Co poradziłabyś mamom na początku mlecznej drogi? AR-B: Mogłabym zebrać to w czterech punktach:   1.Przygotuj sobie listę osób, które po porodzie będą w stanie Cię wspierać – doradca laktacyjny, położna, która przyjedzie nawet w nocy, fizjoterapeuta, który pokaże Ci, jak karmić, żeby nie zniszczyć kręgosłupa i nie nabawić się bóli. Tego nie nauczysz się przed. Do tego potrzebne będzie Ci dziecko. To konkretne dziecko.   2. Wybierając szpital do porodu, sprawdź, czy pracują na oddziale położne, które są doradczyniami laktacyjnymi. Jak już urodzisz, pytaj o te konkretne osoby, o to, czy są na dyżurze i proś o ich pomoc. Niestety, nie każda położna ma odpowiednią wiedzę i doświadczenie.   3. Uczul partnera i najbliższą rodzinę na to, co będzie Ci po porodzie potrzebne, a czego nie chcesz. „Dobre rady” dawane w dobrej intencji nie pomogą, ale skrzynka wody mineralnej przy łóżku, kubek termiczny z ciepłą kawą/herbatą i zupy w słoiku w lodówce zawsze będą pomocne. Mleko nie tworzy się z powietrza. Kobieta do tego procesu potrzebuje spokoju, odpowiedniej ilości płynów i smacznego jedzenia.   4. Uprzedź wszystkich, że nie chcesz po porodzie prezentów dla malucha, bo ono prócz Twojej bliskości i mleka nie będzie nic potrzebowało. Postaw słoiczek na zbiórkę „na wygodny fotel do karmienia”. Po połogu pojedźcie razem do Ikea i sprawdź, w którym będzie Ci najwygodniej. Może to dla kogoś wydawać się niepotrzebnym wydatkiem, ale w najbliższym czasie to właśnie w tym fotelu będziesz spędzać najwięcej czasu. Twój komfort jest bezcenny.     Historia Ani Warno, mojej kochanej starszej Siostry   AK: Jak wyobrażałaś sobie karmienie piersią noworodka, nim zostałaś Mamą?    AW: Wyobrażałam sobie, że wszystko będzie dobrze– przecież to takie naturalne! Miałam koleżanki, które urodziły nieco wcześniej i mniej więcej zdawałam sobie sprawę, na czym cała sprawa polega. Nie chodziłam niestety do szkoły rodzenia, bo obie moja ciąże były zagrożone i lekarz nie pozwolił mi na to.   AK: Jak przygotowywałaś się do karmienia piersią?   AW: Trochę czytałam, trochę dopytywałam koleżanek.   AK: Jakie były Twoje początki w karmieniu?   AW: Mam dwóch synów. Ze starszym synem Kubą przyszło to naturalnie i nie miałam większych problemów z samym karmieniem, jedynie z tym, że mój synek często się krztusił, co przyprawiało mnie początkowo każdorazowo o zawał serca. Na szczęście w końcu otrzymałam fachową pomoc i instrukcję, jak sobie z tym radzić.   Zdarzały się oczywiście trudne chwile w momentach skoków rozwojowych dziecka, gdzie trzeba było się trochę namęczyć, aby dostosować poziom laktacji do potrzeb malucha (tzw. karmienie niemal bez przerwy 😊). Taka sytuacja zdarzała się mniej więcej raz na miesiąc i trwała kilka dni. Ledwo skończyłam karmić i spodziewałam się, że będę miała choć 2-3 godziny przerwy, a tu zaraz płacz i wołanie o jedzenie. Wtedy czasem wydawało mi się, że nie dam rady bez pomocy sztucznego mleka z butelki. Doświadczona koleżanka doradziła mi wtedy: „Ania, dasz radę, musi tak być! Układ matka-dziecko to naczynia połączone, jeśli dziecko potrzebuje więcej pokarmu, to przez częste przystawianie do piersi w końcu wyreguluje sobie ten właściwy poziom laktacji”. Przemyślałam, co powiedziała i doszłam do wniosku, że istotnie, jeśli ja teraz odpuszczę i dam dziecku sztuczne mleko z butelki, to mój organizm zacznie wytwarzać jeszcze mniej pokarmu. Nie odpuściłam więc i dzięki temu udało mi się bez większych problemów karmić syna piersią do szóstego miesiąca życia, czyli do momentu mojego powrotu do pracy.   Po urodzeniu drugiego syna Piotrusia, podchodziłam do tematu karmienia bardzo optymistycznie. Zaczęło się pięknie, wzorowo przystawiałam synka do piersi – przecież już umiałam to robić! I wszystko szło dobrze, jednak na drugą dobę po porodzie… nagle zabrakło mi pokarmu i panie pielęgniarki musiały dokarmiać małego sztucznym mlekiem.   Nie wiem, jak to się stało, może stresowałam się przebywaniem w jednoosobowym pokoju? Po pierwszym porodzie byłam w pokoju z drugą kobietą i było mi zdecydowanie raźniej.   Gdy wróciłam do domu, sytuacja nie poprawiła się, pokarmu nadal było zbyt mało. Zaparłam się jednak, że muszę to dziecko piersią wykarmić i koniec.   Zaczęły się długie godziny spędzone z dzieckiem przy piersi, długie karmienia. Piotruś zjadał troszkę, potem zasypiał. Po krótkim czasie znowu się jednak budził głodny, znów trochę jadł i tak to wyglądało cały dzień. Codziennie musiałam dokarmiać małego mieszanką.   Próbowałam jednak, walczyłam, zaparłam się, że to się musi udać. Herbatki, serwatki, zioła i suplementy. Nie mogłam sobie jednak sama poradzić. Mleko złośliwie nie chciało się produkować. W końcu ktoś polecił mi profesjonalną doradczynię laktacyjną ze szpitala na gdańskiej Zaspie. Odwiedziła nas w domu kilka razy. To ona uratowała moje karmienie.   Po pierwsze, dokładnie rozpisała logiczny, szczegółowy plan, kiedy i co mam pić – sama próbowałam różnorakich herbatek laktacyjnych, ale piłam je dość chaotycznie. Ona pomogła mi to usystematyzować, poradziła, jak zmieniać częstotliwość i rodzaj wypijanych napojów w zależności od tego, co się dzieje.   Po drugie, przyniosła mi osobliwy sprzęt: strzykawkę z rurką. Kiedy karmiłam dziecko piersią, to jednocześnie tak, że dziecko tego nie czuło, przez kącik ust wsuwałam mu rureczkę, przez którą wprowadzałam powoli strzykawką sztuczne mleko. Mimo że mleko w piersi szybko się kończyło, to dzięki płynącemu ze strzykawki pokarmowi dziecko miało poczucie, że cały czas pije mleko z piersi. Mąż śmiał się, że bardzo dziwnie to wygląda, nieco industrialnie 😉 Ale było warto!   Po trzecie, doradczyni laktacyjna nauczyła mnie pobudzania laktacji metodą 7-5-3, wg schematu Chele Marmet. Po każdym karmieniu dziecka, pracowałam jeszcze z laktatorem najpierw przez 7 minut na lewej piersi, potem 7 minut na prawej. Następnie 5 minut z lewej i 5 z prawej, a na koniec analogicznie po 3 minuty z każdej strony. Taką pracę powtarzałam około 6-8 razy dziennie, po karmieniu i przynajmniej raz w nocy.   Męczyłam się chyba z miesiąc, aż wymęczyłam. Udało mi się dotrzeć do takiego etapu, że dokarmiałam Piotrusia tylko jedną butelką mieszanki wieczorem przed snem. Nie udało mi się więc rozhulać laktacji na 100%, ale w 80% karmiłam Piotrusia własnym mlekiem (gdzie początkowo było to 10-20-%). Udało mi się to kontynuować przez całe sześć miesięcy życia dziecka (aż do mojego powrotu do pracy),   AK: Kto Cię wspierał w karmieniu piersią?   AW: Ty dodawałaś mi otuchy. Wsparcia i fachowych rad udzielały także doświadczone koleżanki. Każdego dnia spędzałam sporo czasu przy telefonie 😊 Bardzo wspierający był także dla mnie mój mąż, który po powrocie z pracy, choćby nie wiem, jak był zmęczony, dzielnie przejmował obowiązki ojca, abym mogła odpocząć.   Ciekawostka: kiedyś, podczas rozmowy z jedną z koleżanek, doszłyśmy do wniosku, że i u niej, i u mnie było tak samo: nasze mamy, karmiące nas w latach 70, teraz – w obliczu naszych trudności – namawiały nas, żebyśmy… przestały karmić piersią. Wydawało im się to całkiem normalne i naturalne, by dać po prostu dziecku butelkę „i będziesz miała spokój, a dziecko będzie najedzone”.   Teraz jest znacznie większa świadomość i dostępna pomoc w karmieniu piersią. Rodząc na Zaspie pierwszego syna, spotkałam się z paniami od laktacji, które były wprost aniołami. Były bardzo wspierające i dopiero później, gdy urodziłam Piotrka w innym szpitalu, zrozumiałam, jak to ogromnie ważne. Tu nie miałam już takiej pomocy – może z tego stresu wyniknął mój problem z pokarmem?   W szpitalu na Zaspie to było coś wspaniałego: panie od laktacji przychodziły do naszej sali kilka razy dziennie, były zawsze cierpliwe i uśmiechnięte. Z anielską cierpliwością i wyczuciem pokazywały, jak przystawić główkę dziecka do piersi i to one nauczyły mnie karmienia po raz pierwszy.   Byłam bardzo wdzięczna, że trafiłam akurat na takie kobiety, bo to naprawdę bardzo ważne – mama po porodzie (zwłaszcza tym pierwszym) jest rozstrojona, to jest dla niej coś całkowicie nowego i nieznanego, nie powinna dodatkowo czuć się osamotniona, obawiać się, że nikt jej nie pomoże.   W dawnych czasach, gdy kobiety rodziły w domach, były otoczone przez inne kobiety: matkę, ciotki, siostry… kobiety, które fizycznie były obok cały czas i pomagały, uczyły, wspierały. Dla kobiet współczesnych to właśnie te panie w szpitalu są taką jedyną pomocą i nadzieją w pierwszych dniach po porodzie. Uważam, że ma to olbrzymie znaczenie. Podejście tych pań może mieć duży wpływ na cały późniejszy proces karmienia piersią.   AK: Tyle o wsparciu, a jakie słowa czy działania, które słyszałaś, nie były dla Ciebie wspierające?   AW: Zdecydowanie niewspierająca była jedna z pań położnych w szpitalu, która była po prostu niemiła. O ile panie doradczynie laktacyjne cierpliwie uczyły mnie przystawiania i karmienia, to wystarczyło, że przychodziła ta jedna położna, robiła krytyczne uwagi, narzucała swoje metody i miałam dość. W pewnym momencie po prostu powiedziałam, że nie życzę sobie, by ta pani w ogóle do mnie przychodziła. Jak już wspomniałam, personel szpitala jest ważny, bo kobieta jest tam sama, bez rodziny. Osoby pracujące w szpitalu mają kluczowe znaczenie i to, jak nam pomogą na starcie, potrafi wiele zdeterminować.   AK: Jak ostatecznie wspominasz karmienie piersią?   AW: Jako dobry czas. To oczywiście momentami trudne doświadczenie, boli, bo jesteś w połogu, cierpisz z powodu nieprzespanych nocy, braku odpoczynku, wahań nastroju. Jest to jednak jeden z takich trudów życiowych, które są piękne, choć nie zawsze odczuwamy to w momencie, gdy ich doświadczamy.   Karmienie piersią to niepowtarzalny rodzaj bliskości, który silnie wiąże matkę z dzieckiem. Problemy i trudy, które udało się pokonać, jeszcze tylko pogłębiają tę relację. Myślę że doświadczenia, które zdobywamy, sprawiają, że rozwijamy się jako kobiety i matki. Mnie trudne przeżycia, z którymi sama lub z pomocą innych dałam sobie radę, zawsze dodają sił i pewności siebie na przyszłość. Myślę: skoro z tym sobie poradziłam to i inne trudności mi nie straszne. Na pewno jednak są sytuacje, że trudy – zamiast pewności siebie – powodują załamanie. Myślę, że dzieje się tak wtedy, gdy nie mamy wokół siebie ludzi, którzy nas wspierają. Ja na szczęście tego nie doświadczyłam.   Gdy dziecko się rodzi – jasne, od razu kochasz, ale mam wrażenie, że ta miłość z czasem się rozwija i pogłębia, również dzięki tym trudnym doświadczeniom i problemom związanymi z karmieniem piersią. Ta wieź z dzieckiem staje się psychicznie naprawdę głęboka.     AK: Co poradziłabyś mamom na początku mlecznej drogi?   AW: Oczytać się, być przygotowanym na to, co może się wydarzyć. Nie wpadać w panikę, gdy np. brakuje pokarmu, tylko wiedzieć, do kogo się zwrócić po pomoc. Sądzę, że kobieta powinna już w szpitalu otrzymać listę specjalistów, którzy w razie problemów z karmieniem pomogą i odpowiedzą na pytania. Myślę, że warto przed porodem samemu taką listę sobie przygotować. I nie bać się pomocy certyfikowanego doradcy laktacyjnego.   Co więcej? Wsparcie doświadczonej bliskiej osoby. Gdy masz problem z karmieniem, tak jak ja miałam, warto zastanowić się, czy mamy kuzynkę, koleżankę, która teraz przechodzi przez to samo, a jeszcze lepiej taką, która już karmi dziecko lub karmiła w niedalekiej przeszłości i zna sprawę „na świeżo”. Nasze mamy i babcie nie pamiętają, jak to było, a już na pewno nacisk na utrzymanie karmienia piersią był inny, albo raczej nie było go wcale.     Historia Asi Samek, mojej drogiej przyjaciółki   AK: Jak wyobrażałaś sobie karmienie piersią noworodka, nim zostałaś Mamą?    AS: Powiem szczerze: nie wyobrażałam sobie. Tyle tylko co widziałam, jak ktoś karmił w moim najbliższym otoczeniu lub w filmach. Sama nigdy nie zagłębiałam się w ten temat i nic nie wskazywało na to, że to mógłby być jakikolwiek problem. Wszędzie wyglądało to tak prosto, pięknie, naturalnie – jak z obrazka.   AK: Jak przygotowywałaś się do karmienia piersią?   AS: Chodziłam do szkoły rodzenia – tam była doradczyni laktacyjna, która wspominała, że mogą pojawić się problemy i poleciła fajną książkę pt. „Warto karmić piersią. I co dalej?„. W tej książce opisano różnorakie problemy, na jakie może napotkać mama podczas karmienia piersią. Zapchane kanaliki, bolące piersi, dziecko nie chce pić, dziecko źle jest przystawiane… naprawdę masa trudności, o których wówczas oczywiście nie wiedziałam, że mogą się przytrafić. Tu były opisane i wyjaśnione, jak można sobie – i dziecku – pomóc.   AK: Jakie były Twoje początki w karmieniu?   AS: Na szczęście w szpitalu, w którym rodziłam, pracowała właśnie ta specjalistka od laktacji z mojej szkoły rodzenia. Ona dużo pomagała mi w tych pierwszych dniach, gdy okazało się, że chyba nie mam mleka. Doradzała mi, co mogę zrobić, by to mleko się pojawiło, jak pomagać sobie laktatorem, jak pobudzić piersi, by mleko produkowały. Wszystko mi rozpisała i przyznam, że ta kartka była dla mnie bardzo cenna. Wzięłam ją do domu i systematycznie metodą 7-5-3 pobudzałam laktację. Dzięki temu zaleceniu to mleko – niewiele, ale zawsze – się pojawiało. Radość sprawiało każde 10 ml, 100 ml to już był olbrzymi sukces.   Problemem było nie tylko to, że tego mleka jest mało. Majka zasypiała przy karmieniu, dosłownie po minucie i przestawała to mleko ssać z piersi. Robiłam więc tak, że co trzy godziny, czyli wtedy, gdy dziecko „książkowo” powinno ssać pierś, odciągałam pokarm. I gdy córeczka zaczynała mi zasypiać przy piersi, karmiłam ją butelką, ale tym moim, odciągniętym mlekiem. Widziałam też dzięki temu ile wypije i czy jest najedzona. Odciągałam to mleko regularnie co 3 godziny, niezależnie od tego, czy był to środek dnia czy środek nocy. Laktator stał się takim moim bagażem podręcznym, wszędzie zabierałam go ze sobą. Czasem, gdy widziałam, że córeczka pije dłużej i zjada więcej, nie odciągałam już pokarmu, by dokarmić ją butelką – takie odciąganie pokarmu po karmieniu było przykre, gdy widziałam, że mam w laktatorze 15-20ml mleka.   W ten sposób karmiłam rok. Rok ściągania mleka co 3 godziny. Później już wyciszałam laktację, ponieważ Majka zaczęła jeść więcej stałych pokarmów, a ja chciałam wrócić do pracy. Tak przywykłam do tego półgodzinnego odciągania mleka co 3 godziny, że później nie wiedziałam, co mam robić z wolnym czasem, bez liczenia, o której musze wyjść i o której wrócić, by ściągnąć pokarm. Zapomniałam, że tak można żyć – bez ciągłego spoglądania na zegarek i laktatora w kieszeni.   Początki laktacji z drugą córką Martą też nie były łatwe. Choć wiedziałam, jak działać: odciągać, odciągać i odciągać! – to tego mleka po porodzie również nie było. Jeszcze w szpitalu wyciągnęłam z torby moją niezawodną kartkę rozpisaną przez doradczynię laktacyjną po pierwszym porodzie i prośba do męża: „Natychmiast przywieź mi laktator”.   Pamiętam, że dużo płakała, więc sądzę, że się nie najadała. Oczywiście panie pielęgniarki zachęcały do nakarmienia jej mieszanką, ale udało się jeszcze w szpitalu nieco odciągać pokarmu. Wydawało mi się, że samo przystawienie Marty do piersi nie pobudzi ich wystarczająco, więc laktator był niezastąpiony. A może już tak się przyzwyczaiłam do niego przy pierwszym dziecku? Uważałam to za normalną rzecz. Pamiętam tę pierwszą kroplę mleka w butelce. Radość była ogromna, a później próba wyciągnięcia tej kropli strzykawką, by dać dziecku ten drogocenny płyn.   Z czasem nauczyłyśmy się siebie i udało  mi się karmić tylko piersią bez tego całego odciągania. Niestety musiałam wrócić do pracy, gdy Marta miała pół roku. Chciałam jednak nadal karmić, dlatego dwa razy dziennie, siedząc przy biurku, towarzyszyło mi brzęczenie laktatora. Później mleko przechowywałam w biurowej lodówce.   AK: Kto Cię wspierał w karmieniu piersią?   AS: Mój mąż, który zawsze był obok, ale poza tym tylko Ty. Poznałyśmy się, gdy Majka miała 5 miesięcy. Dopingowałaś mnie, cieszyłaś, że super, że tyle miesięcy walczę o pokarm i ściągam to mleko. Od nikogo więcej z otoczenia nie usłyszałam takich słów.   AK: No właśnie: co mówili inni, co nie było dla Ciebie wspierające?   AS: „Ona się tym nie najada”, „Weź sobie daruj, daj jej mieszankę”, „Po co się tak męczysz”, „To mleko się tak rozwarstwia – to nie ma wartości„. Ale najgorsze dla mnie było, gdy miałam te 100-120 ml ściągniętego mleczka – lub mniej, nawet te 50 ml – i słyszałam: „Tylko tyle?!?„. Było mi przykro, gdy słyszałam takie słowa, a ja naprawdę o to mleko walczyłam, o każdą kroplę i nawet te 50 ml było sukcesem, dla mnie to było „aż 50 ml”, a dla kogoś z boku: „tylko tyle”. Przy czym podkreślmy, że dziecko nie było chudzinką, tylko zdrowym bobasem – więc to to było ważne – że rozwija się prawidłowo i wagę ma w granicach normy, a nie ile mleka wypija.   AK: Jak ostatecznie wspominasz karmienie piersią?   AS: Na pewno nie było to dla mnie męczące na tamten moment, choć dla kogoś patrzącego z boku rzeczywiście było to niezrozumiałe: „po co to robisz”, „dlaczego się tak męczysz'”. Ja tego tak nie odbierałam. Chciałam po prostu  moim dzieciom dać to, co najlepsze. I dla mnie to było oczywiste, że jeżeli mam to mleko i jest jakiś sposób, żeby je wydobyć, to dlaczego by tego nie zrobić? Po to jestem na urlopie macierzyńskim i na tym polega moja rola w danym momencie, w tym pierwszym roku czy dwóch dziecka, żeby skupić się na dziecku i robić wszystko, żeby dostawało to, co najlepsze, a skoro mleko jest najlepsze – nad czym się tu zastanawiać? To była moja praca.   AK: Co poradziłabyś mamom na początku mlecznej drogi?   AS: Żeby się nie porównywały do innych mam. Nie czuły się winne, że cos nie wychodzi, bo wtedy są sfrustrowane, że nie mogą, że nie chcą, a mają robić tak, jak czują. Że to, że czasem podadzą mleko modyfikowane, to nie jest koniec świata i ważne, żeby one się dobrze czuły ze sobą i swoją sytuacją. Zawsze jest jakaś presja otoczenia i pierwsze pytanie po narodzinach dziecka: „A czy karmisz piersią?”. Żeby tych wszystkich uwag po prostu nie brały do siebie, bo można zwariować, jak słyszysz, że powinnaś – tak jak ja słyszałam – karmić mieszanką. Na odwrót na pewno jest to równie frustrujące.   Komentarze są różne, ale ludzie z zewnątrz nie znają naszej sytuacji, naszego pomysłu na karmienie, nie są tą osobą, która karmi. Nie znają jej uczuć, tego co przeszła, tego co przeżywa i nie warto przejmować się komentarzami osób, które chcą dobrze dla dziecka, ale nie są w tej sytuacji co my.   Żeby robiły tak, jak czują. Jeśli ktoś chce ściągać mleko, nich ściąga, nie trzeba tego komentować. Jeśli ktoś chce dać mleko modyfikowane, bo tak czuje, bo nie czuje się na siłach, by karmić piersią, to też jest ok. Chodzi o to, by po prostu nie brać do siebie tych wszystkich ocen dookoła, bo to ty masz czuć się dobrze ze sobą i ze swoim dzieckiem.   Jeśli ja posłuchałabym tych „dobrych rad” i podałabym dziecku mleko modyfikowane – czego nie chciałam – nie byłoby to zgodne z tym, co czuję, ani z moim przekonaniem. Nie można nikogo zmuszać do swoich racji, bo to przyniesie tylko negatywny skutek, frustrację, rozdrażnienie, nawet depresję. Początki mogą być trudne, trzeba myśleć nie tylko o tym, co dobre dla dziecka – bo wiadomo, że dla dziecka zawsze chcemy dobrze – ale także co dobre dla nas samych.   I mieć tę świadomość, że karmienie piersią noworodka może nie być takie łatwe jak wygląda, jak pokazują to w filmach. Bardzo fajnie wygląda dziecko przystawione do piersi, najedzone i szczęśliwe, ale czasem mogą pojawić się problemy różnego rodzaju, których nie przewidzimy – przy czym wydaje mi się, że ja miałam najmniejsze problemy.   Może się zdarzyć, jak u Ciebie Agnieszko, alergia, czy jakiekolwiek inne problemy z piersią, np. wklęsła brodawka – tyle może być trudności, że człowiek sobie nie zdaje sprawy. Z tego miejsca jeszcze raz polecam wspomnianą na początku książkę, można w ramach przygotowań i w trakcie karmienia piersią do niej sięgnąć, sprawdzić, przeczytać. Są różne grupy i fora w sieci, ale dla mnie taka książka jest bardziej wiarygodnym źródłem wiedzy.     Jeśli więc chcesz przygotować się do karmieniem piersią noworodka, pamiętaj: Poproś o pomoc zaufaną doradczynię laktacyjną – jej numer zdobądź jeszcze przed narodzinami dziecka i upewnij się, gdzie przyjmuje, albo czy dojedzie do Ciebie do domu w nagłej sytuacji. Pamiętaj, że karmienie piersią z każdym dzieckiem może być inne. Zaopatrz się w fajną książkę o karmieniu piersią – osobiście bardzo polecam „Po prostu piersią” Rapley Gill, Murkett Tracey – nie musisz jej czytać od deski do deski, gdyż większość problemów nie będzie Cię dotyczyła, ale w przypadku komplikacji znajdziesz w niej szybkie i pomocne rozwiązania. Zaopatrz się w laktator lub znajdź miejsce, gdzie na wypadek problemów z ilością mleka ktoś bliski będzie mógł kupić Ci go od ręki – niech ten zakup jednak nie będzie przypadkowy. Poczytaj opinie, weź pod uwagę głośność danego urządzenia, rozmiar, czas pracy na bateriach czy sposób ładowania – być może będzie to Twój ulubiony przyjaciel nie tylko na wypadek problemów, ale też pierwszego wyjścia do kina po porodzie. Zaopatrz się w produkty do picia wspomagające laktację – ale również nie ma tu miejsca na przypadek. Po pierwszym porodzie zeszłam do szpitalnej apteki i dumna wróciłam z granulowaną herbatką dla mam karmiących, którą położna laktacyjna z oddziału kazała mi WYRZUCIĆ DO ŚMIECI.     Jak wybrać preparat wspomagający karmienie piersią?   Sprawdź skład! Popularne herbatki granulowane to zwykle sam cukier i produkt mocno przetworzony. Mi osobiście położna laktacyjna poleciła Femaltiker, który dziś jest dostępny w udoskonalonej formule Femaltiker plus.  Pomijam jego pyszny smak, ale miał na mnie zbawienny wpływ na wspomaganie laktacji w okresie karmienia piersią.   Żywność specjalnego przeznaczenia medycznego Femaltiker plus to saszetki z proszkiem o smaku karmelowym lub czekoladowym zawierające słód jęczmienny, beta- glukan i melisę, które na 30-60 minut przed karmieniem/odciąganiem pokarmu zjesz z jogurtem lub wypijesz z ulubionym mlekiem – z uwagi na alergię moich dzieci ja piłam je z mlekiem roślinnym owsianym, orkiszowym lub ryżowym. Takie saszetki przyjmowane 2-3 razy dziennie dadzą Ci widoczne efekty już po 4-7 dniach!   Jak myślisz, dlaczego mówi się, że piwo pobudza laktację?   Właśnie ze względu na zawartość słodu jęczmiennego! Słód jęczmienny zawiera beta-glukan, składnik pobudzający laktację.   Dlaczego jednak warto przyswajać słód jęczmienny inaczej niż poprzez piwo?   Po pierwsze – przy karmieniu piersią nie pijemy alkoholu, to jasne, ale są dziś dostępne piwa 0,0%.  Ale po drugie i najważniejsze, przy wytwarzaniu piwa słód jęczmienny jest długo słodowany, a w Femaltiker plus – krótko, to wpływa na większą zawartość beta-glukanu i wartość odżywczą samego słodu.   Co zawiera jedna saszetka Femaltiker plus?   Femaltiker plus dostarcza kobiecie wspomniane na początku niezwykle cenne składniki o potencjale epigenetycznym:   Witaminę B6 Witaminę B12 Cholinę FolActiv – czyli połączenie kwasu foliowego oraz jego zmetylowanej formy   a dodatkowo:   słód jęczmienny i beta-glukan z jęczmienia melisę.   Witamina B6, witamina B12, cholina oraz foliany dostarczane z mlekiem matki wpływają na aktywność genów dziecka, a tym samym mają drogocenny i długofalowy wpływ na jego zdrowie i funkcjonowanie także w dorosłym życiu. Niestety przy niezbyt zbilansowanej diecie możemy mieć niedobór tych  składników, dlatego warto przyswajać je w inny sposób.     Femaltiker plus to żywność specjalnego przeznaczenia medycznego o udowodnionym działaniu. Badania przeprowadzone na 128 mamach ze zdiagnozowanym rzeczywistym niedoborem pokarmu lub słabymi przyrostami wagi dziecka, które przez 14 dni 2x dziennie piły formułę femaltiker, wykazały poprawę laktacji aż w 93%! Kobiety odnotowały też dwukrotnie więcej odciągniętego mleka, a dzięki większej ilości wyprodukowanego pokarmu zwiększony – prawidłowy – przyrost masy ciała dziecka (Magdalena Nehring-Gugulska et al.  Położna Nauka i Praktyka (nr 1(29)2015) „Stymulacja laktacji z wykorzystanie słodu jęczmiennego a parametry  wzrostowe dziecka w przypadku kryzysu laktacyjnego).     Jeśli masz ochotę podzielić się z nami swoją mleczną historią – czy łatwą czy trudną – idealne miejsce znajdziesz w komentarzu do tego posta.     Post przygotowany przy wsparciu Nutropharma
- [Pokój dziecięcy inspiracje safari](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-inspiracje-safari/): Pokój dziecięcy – po inspiracje safari – zapraszam Cię do pokoju, w którym mieszka Maksiu. Ponieważ Maksymilian skończył trzy lata, pokój musiał przejść metamorfozę, aby sprostać wymaganiom przedszkolaka. Witaj w pokoju Maksia!   Inspiracje safari do pokoju dziecięcego dla niemowlaka znajdziesz w tym poście, natomiast Maksymilian (poważne imię zobowiązuje), nasz mały-duży chłopiec już dawno nie korzysta z pieluszek, więc nie potrzebuje przewijaka. Sam kładzie się do łóżeczka i z niego wychodzi – nie potrzebuje także łóżeczka ze szczebelkami.     Jakie zmiany zaszły?     Pokój dziecięcy inspirowany safari dla przedszkolaka Najważniejsza zmiana wzięła się z tego, że… bardzo lubię pokoje urządzone ton w ton.  Zależało mi, by pokój dziecięcy Maksia, gdy był jeszcze maluszkiem, był spokojny, wyciszający przed snem, nie atakujący zewsząd feerią barw. Przeszukałam mnóstwo pomysłów na pokój dziecięcy i inspiracje safari, natomiast finalnie zdecydowałam się na wybór zarówno szarych mebelków jak i szarej ściany – zgodnie z moim ukochanym stylem „ton w ton”.   Bo powiedz sama: jak jest zazwyczaj w pokojach dziecięcych? Zabawki są kolorowe, pstrokate, często świecące i sama ich obecność w pokoju sprawia, że zyskuje on kolorów, nawet jeśli wszystko dookoła jest stonowane – białe, szare czy beżowe.   Ponadto nasze dzieci tak naprawdę bawią się tylko kilkoma zabawkami na raz, wcale nie ma ich w pokoju tak dużo. Przede wszystkim bawią się klockami zawieszonymi w worku Play&Go na ścianie w pokoju starszego Mikołaja. W jednym jest Lego, w drugim Duplo, dodatkowo regalik z czterema półeczkami, który tu stoi i to tak naprawdę już wszystko z zabawek znajdujących się w pokoju.       W pokoju były szare ściany, szare zasłony i wówczas bardzo mi się to podobało, ale po czasie uznałam, że coś chciałabym jednak zmienić. Dziś pewnie już nie zdecydowałaby się na ten szary kolor, tylko przemalowała go na ciepłą biel, którą mam w pozostałej części domu albo jakiś inny jasny kolor, by te mebelki ładnie wyróżnić. Przemalowanie pokoju to jednak „brudna” praca. Musiałabym wynieść meble, zakryć wszystko folią, ściągnąć zasłony, karnisze, zdemontować półki… nie chcieliśmy takiego grubego remontu i po prostu zdecydowaliśmy się na tapetę.   Gdy tylko zobaczyłam te tapetę ze zwierzęcym motywem – skradła moje serce. Wiedziałam, że idealnie będzie pasowała do pokoju safari..   I już witałam się z gąską, tapeta była kupiona i nagle… nadszedł koronawirus. Wiedziałam, że tapety nie chcę kłaść sama z Wojtkiem i wolimy zdać się na fachowca, który zrobi to szybciej i lepiej. Czas oczekiwania na niego sprawił, że cały temat remontu trochę nam się przesunął, ale wreszcie mogę pokazać Ci efekty!   Spójrz, jak całość świetnie się prezentuje. Zwierzęca tapeta sprawiła, że cały pokoik pięknie się ożywił i ocieplił.   Gdzie kupić tapetę?   Tapeta to tapeta ścienna Superfresco Easy model SKIN 32-634 – znajdziesz ją w tym sklepie z tapetami – a co mega ważne, jest właśnie w promocji -50%!        Łóżeczko przedszkolaka Oczywiście zniknął bok łóżeczka, dzięki czemu powstał tapczanik – ponieważ Maksio jest już starszy i sam się do niego kładzie i z niego wychodzi. Natomiast jeśli zadasz mi pytanie, czy trzyletni Maksiu tak pięknie śpi i nie spada na podłogę… otóż nie. Rzecz jasna sprawdziliśmy to – po prostu kładliśmy mu inny materac czy kołdrę na ziemi i okazywało się, że Maksio spada każdej nocy. Zdecydowaliśmy się domontować mu specjalny, ściągany bok do łóżeczka, który można też rozłożyć na płasko i wtedy mogę położyć się obok dziecka. Jednym klipsem mogę też po prostu cały ten bok zdjąć, jeśli jest taka potrzeba – na przykład gdy Maksio ma gości lub po prostu się bawi. Wtedy wystarczy go po prostu odpiąć i schować pod materac.     Jaki rozmiar łóżeczka wybrać?   Łóżeczko Maksia ma 140×70. Gdy Mikołaj był w jego wieku, spał w łóżeczku 120×60 i był bardzo niezadowolony – mimo zdjętego boku i barierki, łóżeczko było już dla niego za małe, dobrze słyszałam, jak w nocy obijał się o boki łóżka… Pewnego wieczora podjął „męską decyzję” i ze swojego własnego pokoju przeniósł się… do pokoju gościnnego, by spać na normalnym, „dorosłym” łóżku. Wiedziałam, że to znak, że trzeba kupić mu nowe łóżko.   Do większego łóżka Maksio się idealnie mieści, co więcej, ja się kładę razem z nim, głaszczę, przytulam, przychodzi nawet Tata… ten tapczanik jest naprawdę tak wytrzymały, że spokojnie posłuży mu jeszcze kilka lat. Jeśli więc dziś zastanawiałabyś się nad wyborem łóżeczka 120×60 czy 140×70, to absolutnie polecam to większe, jeśli tylko masz na nie miejsce. Mój trzylatek spokojnie się w nim mieści i jeszcze trochę będzie z niego korzystał, podczas gdy dwuipółlatek w mniejszym łóżeczku czuł się niekomfortowo.     Przewijak Komoda przestała pełnić już funkcję przewijaka, więc zyskaliśmy przestrzeń, ponieważ po zdjęciu nakładki na przewijak, komoda stała się dużo płytsza. Zdecydowaliśmy się więc na zmianę układu mebli w pokoiku. Pierwotnie łóżeczko stało przy kaloryferze, co latem jest dobrym rozwiązaniem, ale zimą nie za bardzo. Łóżeczko więc poszło w kąt, a jego miejsce zajęła komoda. Nie jest to według mnie układ idealny, bo chciałabym, żeby były tu większe odległości, ale ten pokoik jest po prostu malutki, ma tylko 8m2 i nie wszystkie moje marzenia mogę w nim zrealizować, dlatego te mebelki stoją obok siebie. Wolałabym też, by było tu więcej  miejsca do zabawy, ale jest jak jest.     Huśtawka Zmieniliśmy huśtawkę bocianie gniazdo na pleciony bambusowy kosz. Ten kosz fajnie ociepla wnętrze i koresponduje kolorem z napisem „Maksiu”. Napis z imieniem też zmienił swoje położenie, wcześniej wisiał nad łóżeczkiem, ale teraz nie chcieliśmy wieszać go na ścianie z tapetą, gdyż nie byłoby go dobrze wdać, dlatego wisi na prostopadłej ścianie.       Te elementy natury – półeczki, napis w kole, drewniana deska z wypaloną żyrafą, huśtawka – świetnie korespondują ze zwierzęcą tapetą. A co do samej huśtawki – oprócz tego, że dzieciaki uwielbiają się na niej bujać – chętnie siadam w tym koszu, gdy np. Maksiu już zasypia, ale chce, żebym jeszcze do niego przyszła, choć niekoniecznie się kładła, tylko posiedziała i coś mu poopowiadała. Śmieję się, że choć kosz wisi w pokoju Maksia, to ja i Tata jesteśmy głównymi jego użytkownikami. Bardzo lubię tę huśtawkę, lubią ją dzieci, lubi ją pies. Najważniejsza jednak różnica między tą huśtawką a poprzednią jest taka, że ten kosz otula i ociepla całe wnętrze.         Będąc przy temacie ozdób wiszących, nie sposób nie odnieść się do wiszących głów zwierząt. Co jakiś czas dostaję pytanie, czy nie uważam, że głowy zwierząt na ścianie to promowanie kłusownictwa. Uważam, że absolutnie nie, te głowy są przecież pluszowe, nie wieszam tu poroży. Jest to też świetna okazja do rozmowy, przy której nikt nie cierpi – tłumaczymy dzieciom, że mamy super pokój safari, ale jeśli chcemy mieć głowy zwierzaków na ścianie, to tylko pluszowe, wszelkie dekoracje zwierzęce tylko takie, jeśli nie ucierpi na tym żadne zwierzę.   I świetnie nam się to sprawdza, bo gdy idziemy czasami do jakiejś kaszubskiej knajpy i siedzimy w myśliwskiej sali, w której jest mnóstwo poroży, to moje dzieci edukują panią kelnerkę, że powinni sobie powiesić pluszowe głowy, bo niekoniecznie czaszki z porożem na ścianach są atrakcyjne. Uważam więc, że nie czynimy nikomu szkody, a dzieci przy okazji są wyedukowane, że polowanie na dzikie zwierzęta jest szkodliwe.       Lampka żyrafka – z timerem i ściemniaczem Mega, mega fajną rzeczą, w której się wprost zakochałam, to lampa w kształcie żyrafy, którą Maksiu dostał w prezencie na urodziny. Przyznam Ci się szczerze, że sama jako Mama marzyłam o tej lampie bardzo długo, wiedziałam, że to jest coś świetnego. Gdy ją jednak zamawiałam, nie wiedziałam jeszcze, że… ona jest sterowana pilotem, którym można zmieniać natężenie światła.     Nie chcę, by moje dzieci spały przy zapalonym świetle, ale szanuję to, że wieczorem, gdy zasypiają, chcą mieć jeszcze jakiś czas zapaloną lampkę, by pooglądać książeczkę, wyciszyć się. I tu lampka przychodzi z pomocą, bo mogę w niej ustawić timer! Lampka może pozostać zapalona przez 30, 60 lub 90 minut. I to jest takie fajne, bo mówię dzieciom: „Ok, słuchajcie, opowiadamy teraz bajki przez 15 minut” – po tym czasie światło gaśnie, a one wiedzą, że oznacza to tyle, że kończymy czytać i idziemy spać. Moi synowie bardzo lubią tego typu zasady i rutyny.   W tej lampce jest także ściemniacz – mogę ustawić minimalne natężenie światła, by było im przyjemniej zasypiać czy się przytulać do nas, a do opowiadania bajek czy wieczornego ubierania piżamki ustawiamy maksymalne natężenie światła.   Oprócz niewątpliwej praktyczności tej lampy, jest ona śliczną ozdobą, z której jestem pewna, że Maksiu bardzo długo nie wyrośnie, bo jest przepiękna i praktyczna. Widać, że ktoś włożył serce w tworzenie tej lampki – to ręczna robota, na zamówienie. Nie należała do najtańszych, ale jestem zdania, że naprawdę warto poczekać na coś dłużej i o czymś pomarzyć, a w końcu się skusić na zakup z polskiej produkcji, wiedząc, że osoba prowadząca sklep wykonuje swoją pracę z sercem.   Lampka tak  spodobała się Mikołajowi, że gdy młodszy brat zasypiał, ten podkradał się do niego i zabierał żyrafkę do siebie 🙂 Mamy już pomysł na urodzinowy prezent dla niego – zastanawiamy się tylko nad motywem – czy będzie to statek czy też robot.       Regał na zabawki W międzyczasie w pokoju Maksia zawisł zrobiony przez nas prosty regał na książki i zabawki. Półki to drewniane parapety z Brico Marche, które mają zaoblone boki i wycięte otwory na sznur. Ten sznur pełni tylko funkcję wizualną (by wpasować się do klimatu pokoju), ponieważ same półki przymocowane są do ściany za pomocą trójkątnych wsporników. Idea jest taka, by stopniowo, wraz ze wzrostem naszego synka, kolejne deski pojawiały się u góry. Maksio spokojnie sięga teraz do każdej z półek, a gdy będzie wyższy – pojawi się kolejna półka. Nie musimy obawiać się, że będzie się wspinał, by sięgnąć do czegoś, co jest wysoko, poza jego zasięgiem.     Ulubione drewniane zabawki Maksio nie wyobraża sobie swojego pokoiku bez: drewnianego pociągu safari, drewnianego sortera kształtów w kształcie motylka, drewnianej układanki w kształcie rampy z ukrytym samochodzikiem  -uczę się liczyć, wielgachnej pluszowej żyrafy, z którą co noc śpi, niebieskiej drewnianej tęczy, drewnianego ekspresu do kawy, z którym wita każdy dzień „parząc” mi ulubioną kawę z drewnianych kapsułek.   Popełniłam błąd w aranżowaniu pokoju Mikołaja, chowając wszystkie rzeczy, do których nie miał mieć łatwego dostępu (farby, ciastolina…) wysoko, poza jego zasięgiem. No właśnie – było to poza jego zasięgiem, więc moje dziecko budowało sobie z zabawek i pudełek schodki i wspinało się, by do tych zakazanych, tajemnych szufladek się dostać. Teraz już, ucząc się na swoich błędach, wszystkie zanawki w pokoju Maksia jest na jego wysokości, wysokości trzylatka.   Dzięki takiemu rozwiązaniu mamy też fajny montessoriański, bezpieczny mebel niewielkim kosztem, który dodatkowo – dzięki pustej przestrzeni nad nim – nie przytłacza już i tak malutkiego pokoju. A póki co na pozostałym sznurze wisi małpa… jak w prawdziwej dżungli!         Co więcej? Gdy Maksiu nie miał jeszcze swobodnego dostępu do łóżeczka, w kącie przy szafie leżała mata do zabawy, gdzie mógł sobie odpoczywać lub się bawić. Teraz mata zniknęła, a jej miejsce zajęła wygodna pufa, na której Maksiu bardzo lubi oglądać książeczki albo ćwiczyć uważność – jak Mama. W wiklinowym słoniu trzymamy natomiast drewniane klocki. Obrazki w ramkach na ścianie w tym kąciku zastąpiliśmy praktycznymi półeczkami na książeczki.     Wciąż też mamy dywan – zebrę oraz wiszące na ścianie skrzydła z modlitwą, które przypominają dzieciom, żeby codziennie znaleźć chwilę na rozmowę z Panem Bogiem oraz wdzięczność za to, co przyniósł dzień.     Wszystkie bieżące ubranka (oprócz wiszących w tej chwili w szafie koszul) mieszczą się w pojemnej komodzie, a wszystkie pozasezonowe rzeczy trzymam w szafie, podobnie jak jeszcze za duże rzeczy po Mikołaju czy za małe po Maksiu, które mam do pożyczenia koleżankom. Trzymam tam również zapasowe pościele, czy okazjonalnie używane dziecięce sprzęty jak inhalator, śpiworek czy wakacyjne kocyki.     Tak prezentuje się pokój Maksia w całej okazałości. To jednak na pewno nie koniec zmian, bo za 3 lata czeka nas biurko, które pewnie stanie pod oknem, tym samym komoda zmieni miejsce, aby zrobić je na łóżko.   Ale na ten moment pokoik safari przedszkolaka w 150% spełnia zapotrzebowanie nie tylko Maksia, ale i całej naszej rodziny. W poście wystąpili: Mebelki: łóżeczko – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop komoda – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop szafa – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop półka na zabawki – Ikea Tekstylia: kocyk w zebry – Quax, Muppetshop poduszka z zebrą – Quax, Muppetshop  dywanik z zebrą – Quax, Muppetshop szara pikowana kapa na łóżko – Mama potrafi worek na zabawki, bieliznę z żyraf a – Ferm Living, Muppetshop pościel safari – Zara Home (niedostępna) Dekoracje: lampka żyrafa – Little Lights widząca doniczka – Ravelo lustro żyrafa – Dekosign głowa żyrafy – H&M Home głowa nosorożca na ścianę – H&M Home „Maksiu” napis na ścianę w kółku – Corten Design Zabawki: Drewniany pociąg safari – Janod Drewniany sorter kształtów Motyl – Janod Układanka drewniana – Uczę się liczyć – Rampa samochodowa – Janod Pluszowa żyrafa – HM Pluszowa małpka – orangutan – IKEA Drewniana tęcza – Tublu Drewniany ekspres do kawy – Tublu   Co najbardziej podoba Ci się w pokoju dziecięcym i inspiracjach safari?
- [Mój sposób na pielęgnację suchych dłoni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-sposob-na-pielegnacje-suchych-dloni/): Suche dłonie to taki znak ostatnich kilkunastu miesięcy. Ciągła dezynfekcja czy noszenie rękawiczek nie pozostają bez śladów. Latem dochodzi do tego jeszcze silne słońce. A zdrowe dłonie, to piękne dłonie. Dlatego jeśli cierpisz na suche skórki czy matową lub przesuszoną skórę na dłoniach, mam dla Ciebie prosty i skuteczny sposób na suche dłonie. Poznaj mój sposób na domową pielęgnację w 3 szybkich krokach. W moim, jak i zapewne w życiu wielu innych kobiet, wygląd dłoni jest bardzo ważny. To one są bowiem często są naszą wizytówką. Przyciągają wzrok i bez wątpienia są świadectwem kultury osobistej. Jednak o wyglądzie dłoni świadczą nie tylko zadbane, starannie pomalowane paznokcie czy biżuteria, którą noszą.   Kluczem do pięknie wyglądających dłoni, jest zdrowy wygląd skóry. To dla niej też przestałam na co dzień malować paznokcie hybrydami, gdyż zauważyłam, że regularne wkładanie dłoni do lampy UV potęguje ich starzenie. A to właśnie nasze dłonie ulegają najszybciej procesowi starzenia – są bowiem strefą najbardziej narażoną zarówno na urazy, jak i czynniki zewnętrze. To dzięki nim wykonujemy przecież setki życiowych czynności każdego dnia.     Skóra na dłoniach ulega szybkiemu odwodnieniu, w wyniku czego staje się sucha i mniej atrakcyjna. Przyczynia się to tego zarówno chemia zawarta w środkach czystości, codzienne prace domowe wykonywane bez rękawiczek, jak i promienie UV. W obecnych czasach ogromny wpływ na przesuszenie skóry mają także wszelkiego rodzaju środki dezynfekujące, które najczęściej zawierają ogromne ilości odkażającego alkoholu. Kilku, a nawet kilkunastokrotne używanie ich w ciągu dnia znacznie przesusza skórę dłoni.   Sprawdź mój sposób na zdrową, piękną i przede wszystkim prawidłowo nawilżoną skórę dłoni. Kilkuminutowy rytuał wpleciony w codzienność, dzięki któremu moje dłonie cieszą mnie swoim wyglądem każdego dnia.   3 sposoby na suche dłonie     Peeling suchych dłoni   Kurację swoich dłoni rozpoczynam od usunięcia martwego naskórka przy pomocy peelingu HAND.lab Peeling od MIYA. Produkt ten gwarantuje mi ekspresowe wygładzenie powierzchni skóry dłoni oraz ich niesamowite oczyszczenie. Przy regularnym stosowaniu zauważyłam także redukcję przebarwień.     Zachwyca mnie w nim jego lekka konsystencja, którą zawdzięcza olejkom ze słodkich migdałów oraz nasion słonecznika, które już podczas tego kroku odżywiają moją skórę. Wszystkie zawarte w nim składniki są aż w ponad 98% pochodzenia naturalnego. W domu ciągle brakuje mi czasu, więc trzymam go w szafce w biurze i stosuję go maksymalnie 1-3 razy w tygodniu, dzięki czemu moja skóra jest idealnie przygotowana na dalszą pielęgnację.     Intensywna regeneracja suchych dłoni   Gdy moje dłonie wymagają naprawdę intensywnego ratunku, sięgam po serum regenerujące HAND.lab od MIYA, które działa niesamowicie ekspresowo. Już po pierwszym dniu stosowania moja skóra odzyskuje elastyczność oraz natychmiastową regenerację. Dzięki zawartym w serum prebiotykom, witaminom z olejków oraz masła shea mikro urazy regenerują się znacznie szybciej. Produkt ten niesamowicie koi oraz przywraca komfort dłoniom.     To kosmetyk, który lubię mieć przy sobie w torebce – szczególnie, jak chwilę wcześniej dowiaduję się, że moje dłonie wezmą udział w jakimś ślubnym zdjęciu. Zapinanie sukni ślubnego, prezentacja ślubnego bukietu czy biżuterii to piękne kadry, ale pod warunkiem, że suche dłonie nie odwracają uwagi od tego, co najważniejsze.     Dzięki temu, że szybko się wchłania, uwielbiają go także panowie, dlatego jest pod ręką w naszej biurowej łazience.     Codzienna pielęgnacja suchych dłoni   Niemal każdego dnia – rano lub przed snem – realizuję trzeci krok mojej pielęgnacyjnej rutyny. Do tego celu używam skoncentrowaną maskę do dłoni i paznokci HAND.lab od MIYA, która leży na moim stoliku nocnym. Dzięki niej moja skóra chroniona jest przed czynnikami zewnętrznymi wiatrem, mrozem a przy obecnie panujących upałach promieniowaniem UV. Idealnie zapobiega przesuszaniu skóry oraz rozjaśnia istniejące już przebarwienia.     Zdradzę Ci, że zestaw 3 kroków od MIYA uwielbiam stosować je także na skórę stóp – szczególnie dzięki nietłustej konsystencji, dzięki czemu chodzenie w klapeczkach nie grozi wywinięciem orła.     Dzięki tym trzem prostym krokom mam pewność, że moja skóra jest odpowiednio nawilżona oraz zabezpieczona przed szkodliwymi dla skóry czynnikami zewnętrznymi. Pomimo częstej dezynfekcji rąk czy moim ukochanym pracom w ogródku nie borykam się już z problemem suchych dłoni.   A na co Twoje dłonie są najbardziej wrażliwe? Słońce, detergenty, czy może właśnie wszechpanująca dezynfekcja?
- [Moussaka - przepis](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moussaka-przepis/): Moussaka to danie, w którym zakochałam się na Santorini. Jadłam je aż 3 razy w ciągu tygodnia i wiedziałam, że przepis na moussakę to będzie pierwsza rzecz, jaką odtworzę na niedzielny obiad po powrocie z wakacji. W naszym domu mówią, że wyszła jeszcze lepsza niż ta w Grecji. Zapraszam po moussakę – przepis prosty, pyszny i prawdziwie grecki.   Przepisów na moussakę znalazłam mnóstwo, ale ten z przepisy.pl wydał mi się najbardziej przypominać moussakę, którą jadłam w Grecji. Jakich składników będziesz potrzebować? Bazowałam na tym, przepisie na moussakę, wprowadzając drobne uproszczenia jak zamiast podsmażania bakłażana, wolałam go po prostu podpiec w piekarniku bez użycia tłuszczu.   Moussaka – składniki wołowina – 600 gramów bakłażan – 2 sztuki pomidory z puszki bez skóry – 400 gramów cebula – 2 sztuki czosnek ząbki – 3 sztuki liść laurowy – 1 sztuka ziele angielskie – 3 sztuki oregano – 1 łyżeczka mielony cynamon – 1 łyżeczka cukier – 1 łyżeczka czerwone wino – 150 gramów masło – 2 łyżki mąka – 1 łyżka mleko – 1 szklanka sól – 1 szczypta pieprz – 1  szczypta olej rzepakowy – do podmażenia   Moussaka – przepis krok po kroku   Obieram bakłażany, kroję je wzdłuż, a następnie w plasterki, solę i odstawiam na 20 minut. Nagrzewam piekarnik do 250’C. Cebulę i czosnek możesz pokroić drobno lub wrzucić na przykład do Termomixa, aby zrobił to za Ciebie. Następnie podsmażam je na patelni lub w Thermomixie na oleju rzepakowym, aż czosnek się zeszkli, a cebula leciutko zarumieni. Dodaję zmieloną wołowinę i podsmażam przez kilka minut. Dodaję wino i dalej podsmażam kolejne minuty. Dodaję pomidory z puszki i przyprawy – i tak duszę na wolnym ogniu lub na temperaturze 105’C w Thermomixie. Kawałeczki bakłażana piekę w rozgrzanym piekarniku na papierze do pieczenia przez 15 minut w 250’C. Roztapiam masło w garnuszku lub Thermomixie w 100’C przez 3 minuty. Do roztopionego masła dodaję mąkę i ciągle mieszając podsmażam w garnuszku lub Thermomixie przez 3  minuty. Ciągle mieszając dodaję mleko, sól, pieprz i gałkę muszkatołową i na bardzo wolnym ogniu lub w 90’C w Thermomixie podgrzewam przez 6 minut, aż konsystencja będzie kremowa i gęsta. Naczynie żaroodporne o wymiarach 20×30 cm smaruję masłem klarowanym. Po upieczeniu bakłażanów skręcam piekarnik na 200’C. Bakłażany dzielę na pół i z jednej połówki w naczyniu układam na dnie jedną warstwę bakłażanów. Na bakłażanach układam mięso z pomidorami – pół porcji. Nakładam drugą warstwę bakłażanów. Nakładam drugą warstwę mięsa z pomidorami. Całość polewam beszamelem. Całość posypuję startym serem. Moussakę piekę w piekarniku w 200’C przez 30-40 minut – aż uzyska złotobrązowy kolor. Po upieczeniu odstawiam na kwadrans do lekkiego ostudzenia, dopiero kroję na kawałki i serwuję.   Moussaka – gotowe!     Moussaka z tego przepisu jest w naszej ocenie przepyszna! Nie bój się schować nadmiar do lodówki i odgrzać w piekarniku na drugi dzień – nam wtedy smakuje jeszcze lepiej 🙂   Jak widać – nasze dzieci wykradają ją sobie nawet z talerzy 😉     Daj znać jeśli skorzystasz z mojego przepisu – mam nadzieję, że i Wam przypadnie do gustu i choć na chwilę przeniesie Was w grecki klimat – nie tylko na talerzu, ale i w umyśle 🙂
- [Moje kosmetyki do makijażu w 2020 roku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosmetyki-do-makijazu/): My, kobiety, mamy to do siebie, że jak uda nam się znaleźć kosmetyk idealny, niechętnie zmieniamy go na coś innego. Jeśli zdarza się tak, że ulubiony produkt zostaje wycofany ze sprzedaży lub szukamy tańszego zamiennika o równie dobrej jakości. Ja również musiałam dokonać zmian w mojej kosmetyczce.   Gdy jesienią 2018 roku napisałam dla Ciebie post o tym, jak wykonuję swój makijaż krok po kroku, posypało się mnóstwo komentarzy, również o tym, że nie możecie dostać któregoś z produktów. Wróciłam do niego ostatnio i sprawdziłam, co się zmieniło w mojej kosmetyczce, a kilka rzeczy się zmieniło, między innymi dlatego, że niektóre kosmetyki są niedostępne, a drugie zastąpiłam innym produktem.   Co się zmieniło? Baza pod makijaż Moją bazą pod makijaż pozostaje pozostaje krem Organic Series, lecz zmieniłam go na ten do cery naczynkowej – nakładam go na całą twarz, również pod oczy.     Pokład Wciąż korzystam z tego samego podkładu, Revlon ColorStay nr 180 (Sand Beige). Testowałam próbki różnych innych podkładów i cieszę się, że były to tylko próbki, ponieważ żaden z nich nie zasłużył, by zostać ze mną na dłużej. Wiem, że Revlon nie jest najlepszy dla skóry, ale to jedyny, po którym moja cera dobrze wygląda, również po demakijażu. Opinie o nim są różne, ale widocznie mi nie szkodzi, więc ze mną zostaje – przynajmniej na ten moment.     Gąbka do makijażu Pisałam wtedy, że jeśli znajdę coś tańszego i lepszego niż oryginalny Beauty Blender, lub chociaż porównywalnego, dam znać. Nic jednak się w tym temacie nie zmieniło. wróciłam do oryginalnego Beauty Blendera (mam w kolorze czarnym). Niestety żaden inny blender, również silikonowy, nieoryginalny, nie sprawdził mi się. Testowałam ich mnóstwo – nie znalazłam idealnego zamiennika. Jeśli Ty znalazłaś – daj mi znać!     Korektor pod oczy We wspomnianym poście makijażowym pokazywałam, że używałam dotąd korektora Yves Saint Laurent (kolor 1,5) i Bourjous (kolor Ivory 01). Testowałam oba i nie widziałam miedzy nimi żadnej różnicy, wiec kupowałam tańszy – w tym przypadku właśnie od Bourjous. Zainteresował mnie jednak popularny na makijażach filmach na YouTube korektor Instant Anti-Age Eraser od Maybelline – mam kolor Ivory. Również nie widzę różnicy w porównaniu do Bourjous czy YSL, a ma wygodniejszą aplikację: przekręca się końcówkę i gąbeczka wypuszcza niewielką ilość korektora. Wtedy za pomocą Beauty Blendera rozprowadzam go pod oczami. Kupiłam już drugie opakowanie, uważam, że sprawdza się równie dobrze, jak wspomniane dwa korektory, a ma lepszą cenę.     Kamulflaż Pozostał ten sam – Kryolan w kolorze D7. Ten kosmetyk jest naprawdę niezawodny, kiedy obudzisz się któregoś dnia, w którym zaplanowane masz ważne spotkanie, a na Twojej twarzy pojawi się nieproszony gość 😉     Puder w kamieniu To kosmetyk, który zmuszona byłam zmienić, ponieważ używany przeze nie dotąd puder Revlon jest już niedostępny. Postawiłam na Vichy Mineral Blend. Fajne jest w nim to, że część jest bezowa, część różowa z drobinkami, a część ciemnobrązowa. Każdorazowo mogę dopasowywać ilość i rodzaj nakładanego kosmetyku, w zależności od efektu, jaki chce uzyskać. Do mocniejszego looku, by uzyskać żywszy kolor skory, dodaję więcej brązowego. Jeśli chcę być bardziej blada, bo mam pomysł, by uzyskać efekt porcelanowej lalki, używam tylko koloru cielistego. Gdy chcę się trochę błyszczeć, dodaję trochę różowego. Czasami, gdy bardzo się spieszę i nie chce wyciągać kolejnego kosmetyku tylko do konturowania, to ten ciemny puder pozwala mi szybko podkreślić kości policzkowe.     Pędzle Dokładnie te same – SAY Make Up – świetnie się sprawdzają i wciąż są w idealnym stanie, mimo że wciąż są w użytku.     Kosmetyki do brwi Całkowicie zmieniłam sposób pielęgnacji moich brwi. Wydaje mi się, że poprzednie były jednak zbyt mało naturalne, troszkę przerysowane. Ponieważ stawiam na naturalność, wybrałam kredkę Longstay firmy Golden Rose – używam koloru 102. Jeśli chcę uzyskać naturalny efekt, do wykończenia używam żelu do brwi Lash & Brow Designer od Catrice, jeśli zaś mam ochotę na mocniejszy look, korzystam z żelu do brwi Longstay Brow Styling Gel z Golden Rose – bardzo trzymającego. Jest idealny, jeśli – tak jak ja – masz problem z opadającymi brwiami. Ma jedną wadę – występuje tylko w jednym, nieco ciemnym kolorze. Jeśli więc pomalujesz brwi kredką, a do tego podkreślisz zabarwionym żelem, mogą wydawać się ciemne. Jestem blondynką i mam ciemne brwi, więc muszę uważać, żeby nie przesadzić. Na Instastory śmieję się, że w czasie kwarantanny biorę „korki z brwi” od koleżanek – makijażystek. Tobie też polecam ten czas niewychodzenia z domu przeznaczyć na nauki makijażowe 🙂     Makijaż oczu O to pytacie mniej najczęściej! Niestety moje ukochane cienie się skończyły, Sephora już ich nie produkuje i musiałam poszukać innych.   Po licznych pytaniach do koleżanek wizażystek – przecież drogerie były zamknięte i potrzebowałam porady online – zdecydowałam się na paletkę BareMinerals Gen Nude w kolorze Rose, którą kupiłam online w Douglas. Są mniej napigmentowane niż te, które miałam do tej pory, ale nie uważam tego za wadę: jest to bardzo dobre rozwiązanie dla osób, które dopiero zaczynają swoją przygodę z makijażem. Bardzo dobrze się blenduja, pięknie przenikają warstwa w warstwę i delikatnie malują. Dzięki temu, że nie mają silnej pigmentacji, osoby początkujące nie zrobią sobie nimi „krzywdy” – przyznaję, poprzednimi mi się to zdarzało i nie byłam już w stanie tego poprawić – musiałam zaczynać makijaż od nowa.   Kreskę na oku nadal robię ciemnym cieniem i tym samym, cienkim pędzelkiem.   Tusz do rzęs również pozostaje niezmienny – jestem wierna czarnemu L’Oréal False Lash Telescopic.     Konturowanie twarzy Do konturowania używam wciąż zestawu Smashbox w wersji suchej (jest też wersja w kredkach), ale bronzer nakładam wyżej niż poprzednio i nie zaciągam tak mocno na środek twarzy. Dzięki temu wydaje mi się, że twarz wygląda świeżej i młodziej. Używam również tego samego rozświetlacza (z zestawu do konturowania Smashbox) i różu wypiekanego od Bourjous w kolorze nr 34 – rose D’or.     Makijaż ust Używam tej samej kredki Ingot nr 74, ale zauważyłam, że istotnie Carmex zbyt mocno wysuszał moje usta, dlatego teraz używam innych pomadek ochronnych, na przykład teraz jest to pomadka z EOS. Na całość, jak poprzednio, błyszczyk Dior (kolor nude, nr 363).     To by było na tyle jeśli chodzi o moje zmiany w kosmetyce. Znasz poprzedni post? Malowałaś się razem ze mną? 🙂
- [5 sposobów na to, jak sprawić, by Twój Klient poczuł się wyjątkowo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-sposobow-na-to-jak-sprawic-by-twoj-klient-poczul-sie-wyjatkowo/): Jeśli – tak jak my – prowadzisz biuro, do którego przychodzą klienci, z pewnością chcesz, by czuli się u Ciebie jak najlepiej. Oto naszych sprawdzonych 5 sposobów na to, by odwiedzający nas klienci mogli poczuć się jak najznamienitsi goście. Zadowolony klient to klient, który do nas wraca po kolejne usługi. To klient, któremu podczas spotkania możemy zapewnić komfort i odpowiednio o niego zadbać.   W jaki sposób my dbamy o naszych klientów?   5 sposobów na zaopiekowanie się Klientem, gdyż zwykle nie pamiętamy czyichś słów, ale pamiętamy to, jak się przy kimś czuliśmy   1. Napoje w szklanych butelkach Tak niewiele, a tak wiele! Z pewnością postawione na stole w sali konferencyjnej 1,5l butelki z wodą nie wyglądają elegancko, a po drugie taka woda niegazowana, albo co gorsza, gazowana, po otwarciu butelki i odstaniu dłuższy czas straci na smaku i bąbelkach. Twój klient może to wyczuć. A nie będziesz przecież każdorazowo otwierała nowej butelki.   Półlitrowe małe butelki plastikowe są mało prestiżowe, bardziej kojarzą się z konferencjami, szkoleniami. Co innego butelki szklane tej pojemności. Dobrze się prezentują, woda z nich smakuje lepiej, a Ty możesz po prostu podać klientowi czystą szklankę i wybrany rodzaj wody, by mógł cieszyć się świeżym smakiem.   Coraz więcej Twoich Klientów jest świadomych tego, że szkodliwe substancje zawarte w plastikowych opakowaniach potrafią przenikać do napoi – uwierz mi, gdy Klient pierwszy raz odmówił mi napicia się czegokolwiek zimnego, gdyż wszystko miałam w plastikowych opakowaniach lub kartonach wyścielanych aluminium – myślałam, ze zapadnę się pod ziemię.   Prócz wody zaopatrz się również w inne napoje dostępne w szklanych butelkach, np. soki, colę czy cold brew.   Oczywiście jeśli mamy taką możliwość, warto mieć w zanadrzu zarówno napoje schłodzone, jak i w temperaturze pokojowej.     2. Kawa z ekspresu Kto nie poczułby się bardziej rozpieszczany, gdyby przychodząc na spotkanie, miał wybór nie tylko między kawą białą a czarną, ale również innymi jej rodzajami? Są wśród nas miłośnicy espresso, cappuccino czy latte. Warto dać im możliwość tak szerokiego wyboru, a poczują się jak w najlepszej kawiarni.     Nasz ekspres do kawy De’Longhi PrimaDonna Soul prócz szerokiego wyboru kawowych napojów daje nam również możliwość wyboru wielkości kawy oraz jej intensywności.     Co więcej, tego wyboru możemy dokonać z poziomu telefonu! Dzięki temu o wybraną kawę nie pytamy przy drzwiach, ale już po zajęciu miejsca w sali konferencyjnej, co dodatkowo jest okazją do pierwszej rozmowy na przełamanie lodów. Możesz również zaparzyć np. dwie filiżanki espresso czy czarnej kawy jednocześnie, bez konieczności stania prze ekspresie.     Taki ekspres sprawdzi się również genialnie wtedy, gdy w Twoim biurze każdy z pracowników lubi inną kawę. Bez każdorazowego zmieniania ustawień, ekspres De’Longhi PrimaDonnaSoul pozwala na stworzenie 6 profili użytkowników, z których każdy może sobie stworzyć i zapisać kawę zgodnie z własnymi upodobaniami. To rozwiązanie ułatwia życie – jednym kliknięciem pracownicy – i Ty! – mogą zaparzyć swoją ulubioną kawę, dokładnie taką, jak lubią.     Jeśli chcesz, by Twój klient poczuł się jeszcze bardziej ekskluzywnie, możesz zainwestować w wyższy model ekspresu, np. De’Longhi Maestosa, który daje Ci możliwość wyboru gatunku kawy dzięki dwóm pojemnikom na ziarna – np. w jednym z pojemników możesz mieć zwykłe ziarna kawy, a w drugim – bezkofeinowe. Możesz tu też ustawić optymalną dla siebie temperaturę kawy, a karafka na mleko z obrotowym ramieniem pozwala na przygotowanie nawet dwóch kaw mlecznych w tym samym czasie, jeśli oboje gustujecie na przykład w cappuccino. Chciałabym też zwrócić Twoją uwagę na to, aby kawa ziarnista bezkofeinowa powstawała w możliwie najbardziej naturalnym procesie, pozbawionym chemicznych dodatków – na przykład w całkiem popularnej obróbce wodnej lub w procesie wykorzystującym dwutlenek węgla. To też bardzo ciekawy temat do rozmów na początek spotkania, który pokaże, że naprawdę zależy Ci na Twoich gościach – wielu z nich nawet z ciekawości zamówi taką bezkofeinową kawę ze świeżo mielonych ziaren,   3. Różne rodzaje mleka Jak już o kawie mowa, nie zapominajmy o mleku.   Wiadomo, że nie każdy pija kawę z mlekiem, ale powinniśmy pamiętać, że wiele osób cierpi na nietolerancję laktozy lub po prostu nie spożywa produktów odzwierzęcych.   Warto więc mieć w zanadrzu nie tylko tradycyjne mleko, ale również mleko bez laktozy oraz mleko roślinne, np. sojowe czy migdałowe.     4. Zdrowe przekąski Goście w naszym biurze mogą zawsze liczyć na poczęstunek – nie tylko coś słodkiego, ale także zdrowe przekąski. W naszych zapasach znajdziesz krakersy, orzeszki i bakalie dla nagłych gości,     a na zaplanowane odpowiednio wcześnie spotkanie przygotowujemy także winogrona, bagietkę, i 2-3 rodzaje serów, dzięki czemu jesteśmy w stanie szybko stworzyć taki wytrawny poczęstunek.     „Jak człowiek głodny, to człowiek zły” – a na pewno zniecierpliwiony, wiec nie rób tego swojemu Klientowi. Nam zależy na komforcie rozmowy, budowaniu relacji i zadowoleniu naszych gości, dlatego nie straszne nam przeciągające się spotkania, gdy pod ręką mamy takie przekąski.     A gdy Klient prosi o kolejną kawę – współpraca nie może lepiej się zapowiedzieć!   5. Powitanie Co pozwala naszym klientom poczuć się wyjątkowo? Fakt, iż jeśli tylko są zapowiedziani, czekamy na nich z otwartymi ramionami.   Przyjazd klientów, którzy odwiedzają nasze biuro, każdorazowo zgłaszamy ochronie, która stacjonuje przy bramie wjazdowej. Dzięki temu wystarczy, że klient poda nazwisko i powie, dokąd zmierza, a ochroniarz bez problemu otworzy bramę, a jeśli jest taka potrzeba, pokieruje w odpowiednie miejsce.   Nasz gość ma wówczas poczucie, że jest spodziewany, oczekiwany – to preludium do atmosfery, jaką możemy dać mu odczuć w naszym biurze.     Dobrze jest jeszcze przed przyjazdem Klienta ustalić, jakie środki ochrony są dla niego komfortowe – dzięki temu unikniemy próśb o zakładanie maseczki czy podawania ręki osobie, który woli jej w sytuacji pandemii nie podawać i unikniemy zakłopotania obu stron.   A jak Ty lubisz być traktowana na spotkaniach? Zainspiruj nas wszystkich 🙂
- [Jak czerpać radość z pracy?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-czerpac-radosc-z-pracy/): Bez względu na to, czy pracujesz przy stole w jadalni, przy biurku w sypialni, a może masz osobny pokój biurowy czy nawet całe biuro – chciałabym Ci pokazać, że radość, jaką możesz czerpać ze swojej pracy, można mnożyć. Tylko jak?   Choć sama bardzo długo stałam na stanowisku, że mi bałagan w pracy nie przeszkadza, nie chciałam dłużej stawać okoniem wobec badań psychologów, którzy dowodzą, że nieuporządkowana przestrzeń wokół Ciebie jest dużym obciążeniem dla mózgu. Otaczający nas bałagan tak zaprząta nasz mózg, że nie jesteśmy w stanie dobrze skupić się na pracy czy prowadzeniu rozmowy. Nieuporządkowane otoczenie tak nas rozprasza, stresuje i budzi niepokój, że może wpłynąć źle nawet na zdolność podejmowania decyzji! To ciekawe, a zarazem… niepokojące.   W zeszłym tygodniu premierę w Polsce miała książka „Jak czerpać radość z pracy?” światowej sławy ekspertki Marie Kondo, którą świetnie znam w wersji anglojęzycznego audiobooka. Od razu wiedziałam, że to idealny czas, by na szeroką skalę pomóc nam nie tylko „odgruzować” przestrzeń, w której pracujemy – w biurze i w domu, ale sprawić, by na co dzień dawała nam ona poczucie spokoju i szczęścia.   „Tu i teraz” to wszystko co mamy. Szczególnie, że właśnie ogłoszono znów narodowy lockdown, kolejne osoby muszą zorganizować na nowo swoje miejsca pracy – czy to w domu, czy z dziećmi u boku, czy w opustoszałym biurze.         Postanowiłam także w 100% wykorzystać swój potencjał i chociaż spróbować, czy oby na pewno nie lepiej pracuje się w uporządkowanej przestrzeni przez cały czas.   Myślisz sobie: Wiele razy już robiłam generalne porządki, czy to w domu czy w pracy, ale i tak zawsze kończę z bałaganem? Wciąż biorę na siebie za dużo… spotkań do odbycia, zadań do wykonania, maili do odpisania? Choć mam tyle segregatorów, wciąż nie umiem znaleźć potrzebnych zapisków czy dokumentów? Mi naprawdę bałagan nie przeszkadza w skupieniu? Więcej czasu poświęcę na sprzątanie niż znalezienie potrzebnych rzeczy?   Mam dla Ciebie dobrą wiadomość – ta książka pomaga nie tylko uporać się z problemami, ale wyrobić takie nawyki, które zapobiegną „nawrotom”.   Dzięki audiobookowi miałam szansę sprawdzić metody do uporządkowania w naszej pracy nie tylko tego, co widzimy, ale też udoskonalenia zasad, którymi kierowałam się także w sferze cyfrowej, sieci kontaktów, a przede wszystkim w zarządzaniu czasem i decyzjami. W swojej najnowszej książce Marie Kondo pomoże więc i Tobie wprowadzić oddech do każdej z tych stref.     Podam Ci przykład   „Czy to daje radość?” – to kluczowe pytanie w metodzie KonMari – ale pewnie zastanawiasz się, co ono ma do biura?   Jeśli pracujesz u kogoś, zwykle masz niewielki wpływ na wystrój biura, do tego jest mnóstwo rzeczy, których potrzebujesz do pracy i nie możesz wyrzucić podajnika na taśmy tylko dlatego, że czarny i pęknięty nie daje Ci radości, tylko Cię wkurza. Jeśli pracujesz u siebie być może wymarzone biuro masz wciąż jedynie na tablicy Pinteresta, a przynajmniej wiele rzeczy wciąż czeka na wymianę. Świetnie Cię rozumiem, tym bardziej, że moje pierwsze biuro było w moim pokoju u rodziców, drugie – w piwnicy, trzecie w przyziemiu, a dopiero przy czwartym wyszłam nad poziom ulicy.   Nowe podejście do tego pytania   Bez względu na to, jak Twoja praca wygląda dzisiaj, na pewno zgodzisz się ze mną, że docelowo chcesz pracować z radością. Dlatego Marie Kondo świetnie powie Ci, jak przeformułować to pytanie na każdą ze sfer zawodowego życia.   Weźmy najprostszy i najbardziej oczywisty przykład: porządek w biurze.   Jakie rzeczy warto zostawić podczas porządkowania biura? Takie, które: Sprawią radość Tobie samej – ukochany długopis czy notes Są funkcjonalne – dzięki którym Twoja praca jest łatwiejsza Doprowadzą Cię do radości w przyszłości – dzięki nim osiągniesz wymarzone spełnienie, jak na przykład nudne umowy czy oferty.   Choć nasze biuro „odgruzowywałam” już podczas kilku podejść, wciąż było tam sporo rzeczy, które przechowuję prywatnie i zawodowo jako Wedding Plannerka – a piękne śluby, szkolenia i flat laye to tematy, które sprzyjają przechowywaniu. Oczywiście jeśli – tak jak ja – podchodzisz do przedmiotów sentymentalnie i trudno Ci się ich pozbyć ot, tak, nie ma nic złego w tym, że sprzątaniem zajmiesz się „na raty”.   Całe życie mocno lokowałam swoje myśli, uczucia i wspomnienia w przedmiotach – pochodzę z mocno  poranionej rodziny, każde z moich rodziców rozwiodło się co najmniej dwukrotnie. I jak bardzo absurdalnie by to nie brzmiało, często to przedmioty były tym, co dawało mi poczucie bezpieczeństwa i poczucie wartości. Zmieniały się moje domy, macochy i ojczymowie, a pewne rzeczy były stałe.   Ten sam model przeniosłam do biura – sterty branżowych magazynów, do których pisałam artykuły i widniało tam moje nazwisko, dekoracje z dawnych biur, logo z pierwszych targów, pierwszy Kuferek Wedding Plannera… mogłabym długo tak wymieniać. Oczywiście, także do wtedy miałam przy sobie dokumentację wszystkich moich dotychczasowych Klientów – odpowiednio zabezpieczoną, ale tym bardziej zajmującą sporo cennego miejsca, zupełnie niepotrzebnie.   Po lekturze przejrzałam nasze rzeczy po raz kolejny, zadając sobie te 3 powyższe pytania. Bo być może ten magazyn, który trzymam w ręku, choć jest moją pamiątką, po prostu strony z artykułem mogę zeskanować, sfotografować i zrobić miejsce na nowe? A to logo naszej firmy, choć już naruszone zębem czasu, właśnie najbardziej rzuca się w oczy Klientów, gdy przychodzą do mnie do biura? Zdać dokumentację do zniszczenia, sprzedać to, co może posłużyć innym lub z braku czasu oddać do sklepu charytatywnego lub potrzebującym?   Zaczęłam oczyszczać przestrzeń na nowo. Po kolei brałam do ręki rzeczy i zadawałam sobie pytania: „Czy ta rzecz sprawia Ci radość?” „Czy jest funkcjonalna?” „Czy doprowadzi Cię do radości w przyszłości?   I tak wyrzuciłam lub oddałam wszystkie przedmioty od osób, których nie ma już w moim życiu i których wcale nie wspominam ciepło. Na przykład patrząc codziennie na biurową półkę, gdzie leży piękna książka o designie, otrzymana od koleżanki, z którą nie mam już dziś kontaktu, wciąż wracam do tej relacji, choćby na ułamki sekund, a czasami zaczynam rozmyślać, co mogłyśmy zrobić lepiej lub inaczej. Szybko zrozumiałam, że trzymanie rzeczy od osób, których wspominanie na co dzień częściej sprawia smutek niż radość, jest zupełnie bezsensowne.   Porządkując swoją przestrzeń, pamiętaj o tym, że nawet jeśli coś nie sprawia Ci radości, to nie znaczy, że musi skończyć swój żywot. Możesz nadać temu pozytywny ładunek emocjonalny i przekazać to komuś innemu, by teraz to jemu sprawiało radość, do czego bardzo Cię zachęcam.   Nie chcąc więc otaczać się tą książką od byłej przyjaciółki, i przypominać sobie o utraconej relacji, pomyślałam, aby dała ona szczęście komuś innemu. Przecież mogę sprezentować ją koleżance, powiedzieć uczciwie, że tej książki już nie potrzebuję, ale dla niej może być pięknym prezentem. Przekazując ją dalej z pozytywnymi wibracjami, pozytywnym ładunkiem emocjonalnym, damy radość koleżance, a być może sprawi, że przeglądając ją podczas picia kawy zrobi jej się ciepło na sercu.   Dzięki temu wszyscy oszczędzamy pieniądze, chronimy środowisko, ale także dajemy sobie coś więcej: te rzeczy zaczynają mieć nowe znaczenie, nadajemy im drugie życie.   Porządkowanie przestrzeni, kierując się zasadami KonMari” to tylko jedna z wartości, którą wyniosłam po lekturze książki Marie Kondo i Scotta Sonenshein.   „Jak czerpać radość z pracy” opisuje proste metody, które naprawdę się sprawdzają!     Jeśli spodobał Ci się ten sposób na uporządkowanie biura, Marie Kondo ma dla Ciebie mnóstwo innych, równie prostych i skutecznych, oto one: Po co porządkować – o wartościach, jakie niesie ze sobą uporządkowana przestrzeń Jeśli ciągle wracasz do bałaganu – czyli co zrobić, by nie doświadczyć „nawrotów” chaosu Porządkowanie stanowiska pracy – o porządkach na biurku Porządkowanie sfery cyfrowej – o tym, jak mieć uporządkowany pulpit i telefon Porządkowanie czasu – o zarządzaniu czasem (świetny rozdział, idealny dla mnie!) Porządkowanie decyzji – czyli jak ograniczyć ilość podejmowanych decyzji w ciągu dnia Porządkowanie sieci kontaktów – jak szerokiej sieci kontaktów potrzebujesz i jak nawiązywać te wartościowe Porządkowanie zebrań – co zrobić, by były treściwe i zorganizowane Porządkowanie zespołów – czyli o zarządzaniu ludźmi i dbaniu o ich dobre relacje Dzielenie się magią sprzątania – jak zainspirować innych do zmian Jak znaleźć jeszcze więcej radości z pracy?   Metody na porządkowanie swojej przestrzeni – tej wokół i w sferze online – przedstawione w tej książce są naprawdę proste i dostępne dla każdego – to nie fizyka kwantowa. Możliwe, że znasz już niektóre z tych metod, ale nigdy ich nie wdrożyłaś? Teraz jest na to idealny czas. Choć Marie Kondo pokaże Ci, że zawsze jest.   Po uporządkowaniu mojego biura odczułam taką lekkość i radość tak silne, że w kolejny weekend przyszłam tu generalnie posprzątać nasz pokój konferencyjny, następnie pokój mojej Asystentki, która z pewnością nie czuje się siłach podejmować takie kluczowe decyzje odnośnie tego co zatrzymać, a co zostawić.     Pamiętaj, nie jest ważne, czy pracujesz w domu czy w biurze, u kogoś czy we własnej firmie – ta książka jest dla każdego. Jeśli czujesz, że chcesz spróbować zwiększyć swoją efektywność, przestać brać na siebie za dużo i przede wszystkim czerpać radość z pracy – to książka dla Ciebie.
- [Przytulna sypialnia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przytulnasypialnia/): Przytulna sypialnia to potrzeba, jaka pojawiła się we mnie dopiero z czasem – początkowo urządziłam ją w chłodnej bieli, dodatkowo z frontami na połysk, które w odbiorze w ogóle nie są „ciepłe”. Sprawdź co zmieniłam w naszej sypialni! Zainspiruj się moimi pomysłami dotyczącymi małych zmian, dzięki którym każde pomieszczenie zmieni się w przytulną oazę do wypoczynku.   Przytulna sypialnia   Miejsce celebracji wypoczynku, królestwo snu i relaksu – SYPIALNIA! Pomieszczenie, w którym spędzamy sporo czasu nie tylko podczas snu. Kluczowym elementem sprzyjającym naszemu odprężeniu jest nadanie wnętrzu odpowiedniego charakteru.   Z pewnością pamiętacie wcześniejszy wystrój tego pomieszczenia, w którym nadmorski klimat utrzymany w stylistyce nowojorskich wnętrz okolic Hamptons dopełniła konsola do sypialni.     Przytulna sypialnia – realizacja nowych pomysłów i inspiracji     Od jakiegoś czasu czuję silną potrzebę ocieplenia wnętrz, w których przebywam. Dobrze czuję się w przytulnych pomieszczeniach takich, które swoją aranżacją tworzą ciepłe gniazdko wprost idealne by zatracić się i pozwolić sobie na pełne odprężenie.         Jak już wiecie kocham zabawę fakturami, uwielbiam wprowadzać nowe wzory oraz łączyć je z już istniejącymi. Bardzo ważne są dla mnie dodatki. Drobiazgi, dzięki którym czuję się wyjątkowo. Rzeczy nie wymagające dużych nakładów finansowych, proste rytuały dające mi poczucie niesamowitego komfortu w zaciszu własnego domu.     Przytulna sypialnia – nowa aranżacja konsoli     Największy element, który uległ zmianie to konsola stojąca obok łóżka. Zachowała ona swoje dotychczasowe położenie natomiast całkowicie zmieniła swoją formę.   Biały mebel tworzący nadmorski klimat w całym wnętrzu zastąpiła nowa, oparta na dwóch wspornikach w kolorze złota, drewniana konsola. Naturalny odcień ciepłego drewna w połączeniu ze złotymi nogami całkowicie ociepliły tą strefę naszej sypialni.         Chłodną w odbiorze porcelanę zastąpiłam wykonanymi z naturalnych materiałów koszami. Te z kolei wypełniłam przyjemnymi nie tylko w dotyku kocami. Cała kompozycja znalazła swoje miejsce tuż pod konsolą, gdyż ta nowa nie posiada półek w dolnej części. Znajduje się pod nią wiele miejsca, które postanowiłam wykorzystać w ten właśnie sposób.         Zwieńczeniem tego elementu sypialni stały się nowe dodatki oraz lustro, które zastąpiło dotychczasowe białe ramki z naszymi zdjęciami. Tym razem postawiłam gównie na elementy w złotym kolorze. Odcień ten bowiem jak żaden inny, idealnie ociepla wnętrza. Nie mogło oczywiście zabraknąć świec, które tak uwielbiam. Żywą kwiatową kompozycję w postaci ogrodu w słoiku – prezent od absolwentki mojego Kursu na Wedding Planera – wymieniłam na suszone bukiety przywołujące we mnie wspomnienia o lecie. Zachowując spójność wybrałam okrągłe lustro w złotej ramie. Łagodny kształt w połączeniu z ramą w ciepłym kolorze, w subtelny sposób współgra z całością.   Kompozycję znajdującą się na konsoli uzupełnia lampa stołowa SOBER marki Markslöjd. Elegancki oraz klasyczny skandynawski design wykonany w modernistycznym stylu doskonale sprawdził się w naszej sypialni jako dodatkowe źródło światła. Podstawa lampy w kolorze mosiądzu cudownie pasuje do pozostałych dodatków.         Przytulna sypialnia – nowe oblicze dotychczasowych szafek nocnych     W przypadku szafek nocnych postanowiłam tylko zmodyfikować obecne meble. Bardzo podoba mi się ich forma, są zarówno ładne jak i funkcjonalne. Biały kolor idealnie współgra z pozostałymi elementami sypialni natomiast półki oraz szuflady to idealne miejsce na przechowywanie różnych drobiazgów.   Jedyny element, który nie pasował do mojej nowej koncepcji sypialni to uchwyty zamontowane w szufladach. Poprzednie bowiem swoim kolorem oraz fakturą sprawiały, że cała szafka wyglądała na bardzo chłodny wizualnie element. Aby i ten mebel pasował do całości po raz kolejny postawiłam na złoty kolor. Nowe uchwyty nie tylko zachwycają odcieniem, ale także nowoczesnym kształtem. Po wymianie tego detalu cały stolik zyskał nowe oblicze. Biały kolor nie wydaje się już chłodnym odcieniem.         Główne oświetlenie naszej sypialni stanowi naprawdę wyjątkowy element. Za każdym razem, gdy na niego spoglądam ekscytuje mnie filozofia tej marki. Zwłaszcza teraz, gdy o podróżach z wielu różnych powodów mogę jedynie pomarzyć. Moją wyobraźnię pobudzają myśli o dalekiej wyprawie jaką ta lampa pokonuje. Jest to rękodzieło wykonane z drewnianych koralików – lampa sufitowa BROMO marki Nusa . Swoją przygodę od momentu produkcji oraz zapakowania rozpoczyna na Bali. Cieszę się, że mogę posiadać taką lampę, która przywodzi na myśl, że mój dom też jest moim cudem. Miło, że mogę docenić go takim dziełem sztuki.               Przytulna sypialnia – nowy element     Funkcjonalna oraz dodająca uroku – ławka – ustawiona w nogach łóżka pięknie wkomponowała się w nasze wnętrze. Idealnie współgra z naszą lampką stołową SOBER – marki Markslöjd, również wykonaną w stylu skandynawskim. Dzięki niej sypialnia stała się bardziej przytulna. Ławka świetnie sprawdza się jako miejsce w którym możemy odłożyć koc lub poduszki dekoracyjne. Użycie materiału w kolorze zbliżonym do obicia łóżka w połączeniu z drewnianym stelażem idealnie pasuje do reszty mebli. Element sam w sobie jest przepiękną ozdobą, która znajdzie w naszej sypialni wiele zastosowań funkcjonalnych.         Uwielbiam zmiany oraz dopracowywanie wnętrz mojego domu. Opisane wyżej rozwiązania sprawiły, że w naszej sypialni czuję się jak w nowym pomieszczeniu, a zmieniło się tylko kilka drobnych elementów! Idealnym dowodem na to jak dużą rolę odegrały zmienione elementy w tym pomieszczeniu jest fakt, że pościel pozostała taka sama, a jej odbiór wizualny jest zupełnie inny zarówno przed jak i po metamorfozie – przytulnej sypialni !   A Tobie jak podobają się zmiany, które wprowadziliśmy do naszej sypialni ?   W poście wystąpili: Konsola Ławeczka Lampa stołowa Lampa sufitowa Uchwyty do szafek nocnych Lustro
- [Moda w rozmiarze 40](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moda-w-rozmiarze-40/): Nosząc rozmiar L lub 40 chcę wyglądać i czuć się dobrze. Dodam, że rozmiar 40 przy wzroście rozmiar 162 to nie to samo co przy 176. Ja mam 162. Do tej pory głównie na daremno przeszukuję Internet w poszukiwaniu blogów czy inspiracji stylistycznych poruszających wątek ciuchów dopasowanych do tego rozmiaru, a więc pomyślałam, że może jest nas więcej? I może dzięki temu blogowi się znajdziemy? Będziemy mogły wymieniać tym co i gdzie warto kupić i w czym możemy dobrze wyglądać? Bo niestety blogi pisane przez dziewczyny w rozmiarze 32-36 są dla mnie w 90% bezużyteczne, gdyż prezentowane na nich ciuchy nie wyglądają dobrze w rozmiarze 40 czy 42, a niektóre promowane przez nie sklepy nawet takich dużych rozmiarów nie szyją. Na mojej liście blogów możecie znaleźć: – Elena Davesa – Dresstidos A może któraś z Was ma podobny problem? A może 40 to Twój rozmiar i prowadzisz bloga o modzie czy zbierasz inspiracje na Pinterest? Koniecznie zostaw komentarz i link do niego, na pewno odwiedzę. PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Kiedy najlepiej powiedzieć o ciąży?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kiedy-najlepiej-powiedziec-o-ciazy-moja/): Zaraz po zrobieniu testu ciążowego? Dopiero jak zabije serduszko? Po skończeniu trzeciego miesiąca czy może dopiero jak inni sami zauważą?   Od wczoraj trafiam na posty skłaniające do kolejnych i jeszcze kolejnych refleksji, szczególnie w bardzo bolesnym dla mnie temacie.Pierwsza była Żelikowska i jej bardzo odważne, osobiste i mądre rozprawki „Boisz się mieć dziecko? Ja też!” oraz „Aktualizacja ciążowa – wpis zdecydowanie osobisty”. Dzisiaj natomiast zupełnie w innym tonie, mniej prywatnie, ale także znacząco Alina i jej „Granica prywatności –gdzie leży Twoja?”, na której pytanie odpowiadam sobie od 33 dni każdego, jednego dnia.   Kilka miesięcy temu w moim cyklu „Szczęśliwa 7” podzieliłam się z Wami zdjęciem mojego testu ciążowego z magicznymi dwoma kreskami. Później rozpoczęłam pisanie serii postów o ciąży. Seria zakończyła się zdecydowanie za wcześnie, bo po trzech miesiącach. Razem z moją ciążą.   Real life   Wielokrotnie zastanawiałam się nad tym czy dobrze zrobiłam. Czy dobrze zrobiłam dzieląc się radosną nowiną nie tylko z mężem, najbliższą rodziną, ale także ze znajomymi, współpracownikami.   Mija miesiąc, a ja już wiem – gdybym mogła cofnąć czas, nie zmieniłabym niczego.   Ciąża, noszenie pod sercem dwójki Dzieci – to był niewątpliwie trudny, ale jeden z najpiękniejszych okresów mojego życia. Przeżywanie tej radości z Rodziną, z Przyjaciółmi, ze Znajomymi, z Klientami i ze Współpracownikami dodawało mi skrzydeł. Może wewnętrznie czułam, że Ci, którzy radowali się ze mną, gdy spodziewałam się Dziecka, będą płakali razem ze mną, gdy cokolwiek się nie uda. Nie pomyliłam się. Mogłam liczyć z ich strony na ogrom empatii i zrozumienia. Otrzymałam też od najbliższej rodziny ogrom wsparcia w podejmowaniu trudnych decyzji. Nie wyobrażam sobie przechodzenia tego wszystkiego bez nich. Nie wyobrażam sobie, że mieliby nie wiedzieć o tym przez co przechodzę.   Blog   Początkowo było to kolejne miejsce, gdzie mogłam dzielić się swoim szczęściem, radzić czy opowiadać o swoich pierwszych, macierzyńskich doświadczeniach. Bardzo cennym miejscem. To dzięki temu blogowi poznałam także inne Mamy na podobnym lub zupełnie różnym etapie ciąży co ja. Wszystko to było i jest dla mnie nadal niezwykle cenne. Po tragedii jaka mnie dotknęła, kilka razy przeszło mi przez myśl, czy nie wykasować ciążowych postów, czy nie udawać, że nigdy ich nie było. Ale przecież było. Zostałam Mamą i już zawsze nią będę. Zostałam Mamą, przeżyłam najszczęśliwszy czas w moim życiu. Mamą dwóch Chłopców. Dla mnie to powód do dumy. Nie do „kasowania”.   Moim zdaniem   Czy, kiedy i komu powiemy o swojej ciąży nie sprawi, że to, czego boimy się najbardziej nas nie spotka. A to, że nikt o naszej ciąży nie wiedział nie sprawi, że rozczarowanie i ból będą mniejsze – a może być nawet przeciwnie. Natomiast jestem pewna, że wsparcie najbliższych nam osób, ale także Sąsiadów, Klientów czy Współpracowników, może choć odrobinę pomóc ukoić nasz ból.   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/fotel-do-karmienia/): Ostatnie dni przed narodzinami Mikołaja spędzam zaczytując się w najróżniejszych lekturach o tematyce związanej z wychowywaniem dzieci. Choć szkół jest wiele, a żadna nie pasuje mi w 100%, mając świadomość, że życie i tak zweryfikuje wszystko po swojemu, utwierdziły mnie w przekonaniu, że potrzebuję wygodnego, odosobnionego miejsca do karmienia. A co najważniejsze – wygodnego – skoro przez najbliższe tygodnie, a może i miesiące będziemy spędzać w nim szybko licząc minimum 4 godziny dziennie (karmienie co 2,5-3 godziny x czas trwania przynajmniej 30 minut). Nie może to być więc niewygodna kanapa, krzesło czy łóżko, na którym mi osobiście zawsze ciężko znaleźć mi wygodną pozycję do siedzenia. Rozpoczęłam więc poszukiwania idealnego fotela do karmienia.   PS Ten post powstał przy okazji przygotowań na narodziny mojego pierwszego Synka, dziś jestem podwójną Mamą i mój najnowszy kącik do karmienia znajdziesz tutaj.    1. Wygoda   Fotel do karmienia przede wszystkim musi być wygodny. Wygoda wygoda i jeszcze raz wygoda. Fajnie, jak by się bujał, aby móc kołysać się z Maluszkiem, a także przechylając fotel do przodu wygodnie wstawać. Tak, wstawanie z 3-10kg na ręku musi być wygodne. Ważne także, aby miał podłokietniki, dzięki którym ręce nie będą drętwieć od trzymania Maluszka w powietrzu przez tak długi czas. Idealnie, jak by były obite miękkim materiałem, aby nie było konieczne każdorazowe szukanie i podkładanie pod łokieć poduszki. Za bardzo ważne uważam także podparcie dla głowy.   2. Design Nie lubię kupować rzeczy, które będą przydatne tylko przez krótki okres czasu więc idealnie, jak by fotel do karmienia po zakończeniu pełnienia swojej jakże ważnej roli mógł stanąć w innym pokoju w naszym domu i pełnić funkcję wypoczynkową. Dlatego powinien być ładny.   3. Cena Atrakcyjna cena zazwyczaj nie idzie w parze z wygodą, jakością czy designem, a ostatecznie ma ogromny wpływ na podejmowane przez nas decyzje. A oto mój przegląd foteli do karmienia:       1. FINNTORP/ DJUPVIK, Ikea, 319 zł, Rattanowy, biały fotel, (cena z poduszką) Z pewnością idealnie wpasuje się do większości dziecięcych pokoików. Jak na fotel rattanowy okazał się zaskakująco wygodny, jednak do wygodnego korzystania z niego musiałabym mieć na nim zawsze rozłożony koc oraz poduszkę pod rękę. Gdy dziecko dorośnie, chętnie widziałabym go na swoim balkonie lub ogródku. Niestety nie zapewnia ani wsparcia dla głowy ani się nie buja. 2. EKTORP JENNYLUND, Ikea, 699 zł, Tapicerowany fotel dostępny w 7 kolorach Tapicerowane podłokietniki i wygodne oparcie zapewnią odpowiednie wsparcie dla pleców i rąk, a gdy dziecko dorośnie świetnie sprawdzi się w naszej sypialni tworząc intymny kącik do czytania. Zapewne znajdzie się na niego miejsce także w niejednym salonie. Dodatkowym atutem jest zdejmowalna tapicerka, którą można wygodnie wyprać. Niestety nie zapewnia podparcia dla głowy oraz nie buja się. 3. STRANDMON, Ikea, 899 zł, Tapicerowany fotel dostępny w kolorze pomarańczowym, szarym i granatowym Tapicerowane podłokietniki, wysokie plecy zapewniające wygodne oparcie dla głowy i świetny design sprawiają, że ten fotel to jeden z moich faworytów. Z przyjemnością wykorzystam go w salonie czy w sypialni, uważam, że idealnie wpasuje się w każde wnętrze. Minusem jest brak funkcji bujania.  4. Fotel bujany, Pinio, 629 zł, dostępny w kolorze białym lub perłowym i 5. Rock fotel bujany biały, Bellamy, 555 zł, dostępny w 3 kolorach: biały, wenge i ciepły krem Wykonane z litego drewna malowanego na jeden z dostępnych kolorów. Idealnie wpasuje się do sielskich, skandynawskich czy prowansalskich pokoików, będąc ich śliczną ozdobą. Bujany, pozwoli ukołysać Maleństwo, a w wielu z nas obudzi wspomnienia z dzieciństwa. Niestety nie wydaje mi się wystarczająco wygodny, aby wysiedzieć w nim minimum 4 godziny dziennie. Korzystając z niego potrzebowałabym asysty kocyka pod plecy i poduszki pod łokieć. Na pewno świetnie sprawdzi się, jeśli mamy alternatywne miejsce do karmienia Maluszka.  6. Fotel bujany typu Eames Rocking Chair, 225 zł,  Wizualnie to dla mnie fotel idealny, dodając do tego bujanie to niestety koniec jego zalet. Nie zapewni nam odpowiedniego wsparcia ani dla pleców, głowy czy łokci. Mimo wszystko marzę, że kiedyś zastąpi fotel do karmienia i będzie świetną zabawką dla moich dzieci, a także ozdobą ich pokoiku. 7. POÄNG, Ikea, 449 zł Tapicerowany fotel zapewniający świetne podparcie dla naszych pleców i głowy, dostateczne dla łokci, gdyż tutaj dla pełnej wygody konieczna byłaby poduszka, natomiast fotel jest tak szeroki, że z pewnością wystarczy na nią miejsca. Buja się wręcz idealnie – nie za mocno. Jego kolor możemy dopasować do naszego wnętrza wybierając spośród 3 kolorów stelaży (brązowy, czarnobrązowy, brzozowy) oraz kilku kolorów tkaniny. Jak dla mnie model jednak nieco staroświecki. Pomimo tego w moich oczach mocny faworyt tej listy. 8.  PELLO, Ikea, 119 zł Uboższa wersja fotela typu POÄNG. Niezbyt się buja, nie można zmienić koloru stelaża ani obicia, jednak wciąż jest bardzo wygodny. Do tego ta cena – u mnie na liście faworytów. 9. Fotel bujany VIBY regulacja/kremowy, JYSK, 399 zł, często w promocyjnej cenie 250 zł Bujany fotel znów bardzo zbliżony do jednego z moich faworytów czyli modelu POÄNG, osiągalny w promocyjnej cenie prawie o połowę niższej, a także z wygodnym podnóżkiem. Niestety nie można wybrać ani koloru stelaża ani obicia. Nie dla mnie. 10. Fotel Do Karmienia Metal Glider, Hauck, 1189 zł Sama chyba nigdy nie trafiłabym na ten produkt. Sprawdzony i polecony przez koleżankę, która zapewnia mnie, że gdyby z całą rodziną mieszkała tylko w jednym pokoju, na pewno znalazłaby w nim miejsce na ten mebel. Podobno wszyscy znajomi, którzy ją odwiedzają i zasiadają w fotelu są zachwyceni, a wielu z nich kupuje taki sam. Niestety nie miałam okazji w nim posiedzieć, ale podobno jest przewygodny. Oczywiście zapewnia idealne podparcie dla pleców, głowy, ramion i nóg, skóropodobna tapicerka jest bardzo łatwa w utrzymaniu czystości, a fotel buja się i kręci. Niestety dla mnie jego ogromnymi minusami są cena i wygląd. Niechętnie znalazłabym dla niego zastosowanie po zakończeniu okresu karmienia, gdyż zwyczajnie zupełnie mi się nie podoba. Mimo wszystko z uwagi na to, że w kategorii wygody zebrał wszystkie możliwe punkty, dodaję go do mojej listy faworytów. 11. Fotel HUNDSLUND z podnóżkiem czarny, Jysk, 699 zł, często w promocyjnej cenie 550 zł Fotel bardzo przypomina mi jednego z moich faworytów – model Metal Glider, tylko w znacznie niższej cenie, za czym oczywiście idzie mniejsza funkcjonalność. Mnie niestety nie przekonuje. 12. Pływający fotel szary, Childhome, 1264 zł,  Kolejny produkt dedykowany i stworzony z myślą o karmieniu małego dziecka, łączy funkcję bujania, huśtania i kołysania. Niestety nie miałam okazji na nim posiedzieć, a dość emerycki styl i wysoka cena mnie nie przekonują. Na razie, bo chętnie bym go wypróbowała. 13. Fotel bujany Rafał Klupś, 559 zł Kolejna ciekawostka wśród foteli zaprojektowanych specjalnie do dziecięcych pokoi. 14. Klasyczny fotel bujany, 179 zł Taki fotel najbardziej kojarzy mi się z fotelem do karmienia. Wysokie oparcie dla pleców w niejednym modelu wystarczająco wysokie aby zapewnić oparcie także dla głowy. Bujanie?Oczywiście, i to jakie! Niestety dla mnie za mocne. Choć wiem, że się nie przewrócę, nie czuję się w nim bezpiecznie. Jest dość wąski więc mamy mało miejsca na podłożenie poduszki pod łokieć. Zajmuje w pokoju sporo miejsca, ma za to świetną cenę. Jestem pewna, że to zasłużony faworyt wielu rodziców. Niestety nie mój. 15. Fotel Hamak Wiszący Lucky, 259 zł Fotele wiszące zdobywają coraz więcej serc, można je podwieszać pod sufitem lub na specjalnych stojakach. Dostępne są w wielu wersjach, mi najbardziej podobają się te rattanowe, które na aukcjach można znaleźć w atrakcyjnych cenach. Taki fotel z pewnością zostanie w dziecięcym pokoju znacznie dłużej niż na czas karmienia. Gdy już zanurzymy się w poduchach jest bardzo wygodny, niestety wgramolenie się na niego i zejście z dzieckiem na rękach jest bardzo wymagające. Dlatego nie znalazł się na mojej liście ulubieńców.   Lista długa, wybór trudny. A już w kolejnym poście, w którym pokażę Wam jak urządziłam pokój dla naszego Synka, zobaczycie jak prezentuje się nasz nowy zakup. Przeczytajcie też o tym jak urządzić idealny kącik do karmienia. Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dziecięcy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zygzak-gwiazdka-sowa-zolty-szary-pokoj-dzieciecy/): 2 miesiące temu pisałam Wam o projekcie pokoju dla naszego Synka, na którego przyjście na świat oczekiwaliśmy. Najwyższy czas pokazać, co nam z tego wyszło. Zgodnie z planem jest sowa, jest zygzak, jest biel i czerń, żółty i szary. Dodatkowo pojawił się motyw gwiazdek. Jest i fotel do karmienia, którego wyborowi poświęciłam osobny post. Pewnie nie zdziwi Was mój wybór – doradzaliście mi go w większości komentarzy, zarówno na blogu, jak i Instagramie. Od 2 tygodni aktywnie z niego korzystam – sprawdza się w tym celu idealnie. Jest duży, głęboki na tyle, by zasiąść wygodnie, ale niezbyt, dzięki czemu łatwo się z niego wstaje. Zapewnia wsparcie dla głowy i ramion. Uwielbiam go w duecie z poduszką do karmienia. Na ten moment stoi już obok niego stolik, na którym trzymam niezbędne mi przy karmieniu akcesoria. Dzięki niemu pieluszkę, szklankę wody czy czytnik e-booków oraz paczkę ciasteczek mam zawsze na wyciągnięcie ręki. Cieszę się, że zanim przystąpiłam do kompletowania wyprawki, przygotowałam sobie plan i listę zakupów. Dzięki niemu nie kupiłam zbędnych akcesoriów, dekoracji czy ubranek, którym tak trudno się oprzeć w sklepach dla dzieci. 5 porad Przygotowałam dla Was kilka porad, które sama chętnie usłyszałabym, będąc w ciąży:   1. Nie zostawiajcie planowania i urządzania dziecięcego pokoiku na 9 miesiąc ciąży. Zmęczenie, jakie mi wtedy towarzyszyło, na pewno skutecznie utrudniłoby mi wybieranie i przygotowywanie wszystkiego. Natomiast uczucie po przyjściu ze szpitala, gdy mogłam położyć naszego Synka na przewijaku i pod ręką mieć już gotowe wszystkie niezbędne produkty i komodę z ubrankami – bezcenne.   2. Jeśli nie macie samochodu, którym będziecie mogli przewieźć zakupy większych gabarytów, kupcie je w sklepie internetowym – za 10-15 zł kurier dostarczy Wam zakupy do domu. Kupiłam w ten sposób nie tylko łóżeczko, ale także wszystkie produkty z apteki, sporo przy tym zaoszczędzając.   3. Sklepy z meblami mają zazwyczaj długie terminy realizacji zamówień, przykładowo na nasze łóżeczko musieliśmy czekać ponad 1,5 miesiąca. Dobrze, że nie zamówiłam go na ostatnią chwilę, bo przez pierwszy miesiąc nie miałabym łóżeczka dla dziecka.   4. Zanim udacie się do sklepu dziecięcego, popytajcie rodzinę i znajomych, czy nie mają po swoim Maluszku rzeczy do pożyczenia czy sprzedania. Już widzę, że korzysta się z nich przez tak krótki czas, że w większości naprawdę nie zdążą się zniszczyć.   5. Jeśli zależy Wam na indywidualnym charakterze pokoju, oprócz ofert stacjonarnych czy internetowych sklepów warto zapoznać się z ofertami rękodzieła, a tutaj z pomocą przyjdą Wam takie portale jak DaWanda czy Pakamera. Nie musicie wtedy wybierać tylko spośród gotowych przedmiotów, lecz dzięki bezpośredniemu kontaktowi z twórcami produktów możecie zamówić spersonalizowane rzeczy dla swojego Dziecka i to zazwyczaj w rynkowej cenie produktów gotowych. A jeśli za przygotowanie pokoju zabierzecie się wystarczająco wcześniej, może uda Wam się przygotować coś zupełnie samodzielnie? Choć z maszyną do szycia żyjemy raczej jak pies z kotem, do naszego pokoju samodzielnie uszyłam zasłony, które widzicie na zdjęciach. Kosztowało mnie to całe 2 dni pracy, ale uczucie dumy jest niesamowite. Chciałam jeszcze uszyć samodzielnie prześcieradełka do kompletu, ale siły i czasu już nie starczyło, dlatego do kompletu uszyła je dla mnie właśnie użytkowniczka DaWandy.   Jeśli zastanawiacie się, gdzie kupiliśmy lub jak wykonaliśmy poszczególne elementy wyposażenia pokoju, przeczytacie o tym w kolejnym poście: Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku.   A jak Wam się podoba nasza realizacja?   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik   Jeśli post Ci się spodobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Mama z aparatem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mama-z-aparate/): Choć za aktywność na blogu mogę sobie w ostatnim półroczu wystawić pałę z wykrzyknikiem, kontakt z częścią z Was udało mi się utrzymać dzięki Instagramowi. Bo właśnie wokół zdjęć kręcą się ostatnio moje zainteresowania. Choć świętą prawdą jest, że najlepszy aparat to taki, który akurat mamy pod ręką, to praca była dla mnie bodźcem do zakupu lustrzanki. A właściwie potrzeba robienia lepszych zdjęć do swojego zawodowego portfolio. Biegałam w tamtym czasie z małpką Sony TX-10 i możecie mi nie wierzyć, ale przez dłuższy czas uważałam, że ten aparat robi zdjęcia lepsze niż lustrzanka. Serio!!! Fotografowałam wszystko co stanęło na mojej drodze w pracy i po pracy. Początkowo zafascynowana, z czasem jednak zaczęłam identyfikować ograniczenia: niewielki wpływ na głębię ostrości, niewielki wpływ na światło. Dodatkowo moja Siostra zwróciła mi uwagę na to, że na portretach, które wykonałam jej Dzieciom ich twarze są lekko zniekształcone. Że co? Niestety – jak większość aparatów cyfrowych z szerokokątnym obiektywem słabo nadawał się on do portretów. Twarze były przerysowane – ich elementy znajdujące się w centrum kadru uwypuklone (więcej na temat tego zjawiska zachodzącego przy fotografowaniu z szerokokątnego obiektywu możecie przeczytać tutaj). Chęć robienia coraz lepszych zdjęć doprowadziła mnie do podjęcia decyzji o zakupie lustrzanki. W wyborze tej pierwszej pomagało mi kilku znajomych interesujących się fotografią, gdyż moja wiedza o robieniu zdjęć kończyła się na trybie auto. Pierwszy rok z lustrzaną to była zabawa paramentami na tak zwanego „czuja”. Poczytywałam różne strony i fora o fotografii, a także podglądałam parametry użyte przez fotografów do wykonania konkretnych zdjęć. Bardzo pomocna okazała się też wtedy książka, którą otrzymałam do zrecenzowania „Artystyczna fotografia ślubna” Jose Villa, gdzie pod każdym zdjęciem były wypisane warunki i parametry użyte przy robieniu fotografii. Dzięki kilku filmikom na You Tube zaczęłam wtedy nawet robić zdjęcia w formacie RAW i wywoływać je w cyfrowej ciemni. Ale to wszystko było jak błądzenie we mgle. To oczekiwanie na dziecko tak na prawdę sprawiło, że postanowiłam nauczyć się robić lepsze zdjęcia. Przestać improwizować i poznać tajniki przesłony, czasu naświetlania i ISO. To wszystko po to, aby dać mojemu dziecku piękną pamiątkę z dzieciństwa w postaci rodzinnych zdjęć. Pierwszym krokiem był zakup książki o fotografii dziecięcej i pozycja „Natural Newborn Baby Photography” Robin Long miała mi w tym pomóc. Piękne zdjęcia i znów opisy zastanych warunków oraz użytych parametrów. Niestety dalej czułam się zagubiona i miałam mnóstwo pytań, które pozostawały bez odpowiedzi. Wiele zdjęć, które robiłam była zwyczajnie nietrafiona, o czym przekonywałam się wiele godzin po ich zrobieniu, zgrywając je na komputer. W codziennym życiu niestety nie ma zbyt wielu możliwości na wykonanie powtórki zdjęcia. Wtedy to postanowiłam wziąć sprawy w swoje ręce i zapisać się na kurs fotografii. Tylko jak się możecie domyślać mając 2 miesięczne niemowlę graniczyło to z cudem. Na szczęście znalazłam internetową szkołę fotografii. W lekcjach on-line mogę brać udział kiedy mam wolną chwilę, często czytam je na telefonie np. w czasie karmienia, a zadania domowe odrabiam fotografując moich najbliższych. Czego chcieć więcej? Zanim urodziłam Dziecko, na Instagramie chłonęłam zdjęcia lifestylowe, a wrzucanie pod rząd 10 zdjęć swojego dziecka uważałam za zwykłe spamowanie (sorry!). Teraz uwielbiam podglądać inne Mamy, uchwycone w locie uśmiechnięte lub zadumane buzie, zdjęcia zarówno z aparatu w telefonie i te z lustrzanki. Uwielbiam dzielić się z Wami moim światem i odwiedzać Wasz. Raz na miesiąc wykonuję mojemu Synkowi małą sesję fotograficzną, aby na pierwsze urodziny skomponować mu album. Wczoraj Mikołaj skończył 7 miesięcy, więc na jutro zaplanowałam kolejne zdjęcia, a oto nasze archiwa: Fotografowanie moich najbliższych i zamykanie w kadrze tych wszystkich wspólnych momentów dodaje mi skrzydeł. Uwielbiam spędzać czas na robieniu zdjęć bliskim, uwielbiam później dawać im prezenty w postaci wciąż totalnie amatorskich zdjęć. Teraz nie mogę doczekać się przyjazdu Przyjaciółki i wspólnego fotografowania naszych dzieci przy jednoczesnym ulepszaniu naszego warsztatu. A czym dla Was jest fotografia?
- [O co chodzi z tym BLW?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/o-co-chodzi-z-tym-blw-baby-led-weaning/): Jako aktywna #InstaMama, mama 7,5 miesięcznego dzisiaj Mikołaja dostaję od Was sporo pytań o to, czy rozszerzamy już dietę i czy będzie to BLW. Był to dla mnie impuls do zastanowienia się, czy ja tak naprawdę wiem czym jest przez jednych uwielbiane, przez drugich krytykowane BLW? Czy chcę i czuję się na siłach żywić w ten sposób moje dziecko? Oczywiście słyszałam, że papki są passe. Że teraz tylko warzywa, owoce, mięsko i rybka zależnie od rozmiarów własnych w całości lub w kawałkach – takich w sam raz do złapania przez małe, zazwyczaj zupełnie niewprawne dłonie. Że chwytanie szczypcowe jest dobre. Że się nie udławi. Że zje co chce i ile chce. Że w promieniu 2 metrów nie powinno nic stać bo zasięg rzucania jedzeniem jest spory. Że dziecko zaczynające przygodę z BLW powinno już samo siedzieć, a właściwie siadać (kilka miesięcy temu nie wiedziałam nawet, że jest różnica pomiędzy siedzeniem a siadaniem). Swoje, a pewnie i nie tylko moje wątpliwości postanowiłam rozwiać pytając Eksperta. Do stworzenia tego materiału zaprosiłam więc moją wieloletnią przyjaciółkę Anię Rogalską-Bućko, prywatnie podwójną i mądrą Mamę, która wychowuje dzieci w duchu RB, autorkę bloga zawodmama.blogspot.com, z zawodu dietetyka i prowadzącą Warsztaty dotyczące BLW. Ale aby zacząć mówić o BLW trzeba zacząć od początku. Od rozszerzania diety.   Agnieszka: Powszechnie uznaje się, że dietę dziecka karmionego mlekiem modyfikowanym powinniśmy rozszerzać po ukończeniu 4 miesiąca, a dziecka karmionego piersią po ukończeniu 6 miesiąca życia. Tylko dla mnie to jest nielogiczne. Wiem, że dziecko karmione mlekiem matki otrzymuje wszystko to co najlepsze i to czego potrzebuje, idealną kompozycję wspierającą jego rozwój, a przede wszystkim jego układ odpornościowy i pokarmowy. Dziecko karmione mlekiem modyfikowanym choćby najlepiej skomponowanym, niestety pozbawione jest wielu dobroczynnych naturalnych składników, hormonów czy przeciwciał.  Na mój rozum, jeśli miałabym wskazać, które dziecko może szybciej rozpocząć przyjmowanie dodatkowych pokarmów wskazałabym dziecko karmione mlekiem matki, które ma większą szansę na lepiej i szybciej rozwinięty układ pokarmowy. Tabelki dotyczące rozszerzania diety niemowlaka są jednak skomponowane dokładnie na odwrót i przewidują wprowadzanie warzyw, owoców i tłuszczy dzieciom karmionym mlekiem modyfikowanym aż na 2 miesiące wcześniej niż dzieciom karmionym piersią. Dlaczego?   Ania: Mnie też to zawsze fascynowało, bo przecież nasze dzieci rozwijają się podobnie niezależnie od tego czym są karmione. Powszechność, o której mówisz stworzyli sami producenci żywności dla dzieci. Teraz na szczęście mamy już inny schemat, całkiem różny od tego, którym przez ostatnie lata posługiwała się prasa kolorowa czy co można było znaleźć na ulotkach w przychodni (zawsze opatrzone konkretną marką żywności dla niemowląt).Ale wróćmy do schematu, o który pytasz. Producenci mieszanek od lat próbowali nam wmówić, że ich „mleko” to najlepsze co możemy dać dziecku, że jest jak „mleko matki”. Zdawali sobie jednak sprawę z tego, że tak nie jest oraz że trzeba jakoś te braki nadrobić. Stąd słuszny wniosek, że rozszerzenie diety zapewni to czego mleko nie mogło. Chcąc być dokładnym trzeba wspomnieć, że nasze mamy karmiły nas zupełnie inaczej. Kto nie słyszał już legendarnych historii o soczku na łyżeczce po skończonym trzecim, ale tygodniu życia? Sama byłam w ten sposób karmiona. (Cieszę się, że dziś mamy dużo większą wiedzę na temat żywienia niemowląt i nie musimy powielać tych błędów.) Z czasem krowie „mleko w niebieskim worku” było zastępowane krowim mlekiem humanizowanym, które co chwila miało zmienianą formułę, stawało się lepsze, bliższe ideału. Podawanie tak wcześnie jak w 4 miesiącu życia dodatkowych pokarmów nie miało więc już większego sensu, skoro mleko było w stanie dostarczać niemal wszystkich składników. Okazało się bowiem, że w marchewce nie ma nic więcej (a nawet jest dużo mniej) ponad składniki odżywcze zawarte w mleku modyfikowanym.Stary schemat żywienia powstawał więc w oparciu o starą formułę mleka zawierającą braki. I w tę niszę producenci żywności dla  niemowląt wrzucili słoiczki. Zauważyliście, że nie ma reklam mlek początkowych? Zabrania tego prawo. Reklamować można dopiero mleko po 6 miesiącu (tzw. „dwójka”). Słoiczek po 4 miesiącu jest odpowiedzią na tą lukę i chyba trochę potrzebą konsumentów. W końcu babcie nadal naciskają na wcześniejsze rozszerzanie diety.Teraz wiemy, że dietę każde dziecko powinno rozszerzać nie wcześniej niż po skończonym 6 miesiącu życia. Za Światową Organizacją Zdrowia (WHO), Amerykańską Akademią Pediatrii (AAP) i Europejskim Towarzystwem Gastroenterologii Pediatrycznej, Hepatologii i Żywienia (ESPGHAN) Polskie Towarzystwo Gastroenterologii, Hepatologii i Żywienia Dzieci także uaktualniło swoje wytyczne.Dlatego drodzy Rodzice, nie spieszcie się z rozszerzaniem diety swoim dzieciom niezależnie od tego jakie mleko im podajecie. Pójdę o krok dalej. Jeśli dziecko otrzymuje mleko modyfikowane utrzymujcie mleko początkowe tak długo jak to jest możliwe ze względu na większą humanizację (przystosowanie) produktu wyjściowego jakim jest mleko krowie właśnie w tych produktach.   Agnieszka: Aniu, od czego pochodzi skrót BLW? Ania: W oryginale to Baby Led Weaning. Jak się rozbierze to wyrażenie na czynniki pierwsze to mniej więcej oznacza „odstawienie kierowane przez dziecko”. Wyraz „weaning” dokładnie znaczy „odstawienie od piersi”, więc całość mówi nam o samorezygnacji przez dziecko z pokarmów mlecznych (czy to piersi czy mieszanki) czyli o odstawianiu pokarmów mlecznych kierowanym przez dziecko. Agnieszka: Na czym polega BLW?Ania: BLW polega na pozwoleniu dziecku  decydować o tym, kiedy mleko jest już mu niepotrzebne. Jak wygląda to w praktyce? Dziecko samo je, samo wybiera co je (z gamy zdrowych produktów, które zaproponuje mu opiekun) oraz je ile chce. Dzięki temu z czasem stałe pokarmy wypierają mleko i tym samym dziecko samo się odstawia od mleka.   Skoro chcemy, żeby dziecko jadło samodzielnie to musimy mu podać pokarmy w takiej formie, żeby było to możliwe. Nie oczekujemy od dziecka, że od pierwszej chwili zacznie jeść za pomocą sztućców. Jedzenie to czynność wymagająca nauki. Tak jak przy nauce chodzenia dziecko będzie się przewracać, tak w przypadku jedzenia będzie zaliczać mniejsze lub większe wpadki.   Agnieszka: Dlaczego warto karmić dziecko metodą BLW, a nie tradycyjnie papkami?   Ania: Po pierwsze metoda ta umożliwia nam wspólne jedzenie posiłków. Która mama o tym nie marzy? Głównym założeniem metody sformułowanej przez autorkę książki o tym samym tytule (polskie wydanie wyszło nakładem wydawnictwa Mamania pod tytułem „Bobas lubi wybór”) Grill Rapley jest wspólne jedzenie. I nie chodzi tu tylko o czas, ale o to aby dziecko z powodzeniem mogło sięgać do talerza któregokolwiek z domowników. Chcą nie chcąc – zmieniamy nasze nawyki żywieniowe, zaczynamy czytać etykiety, świadomie robić zakupy, zdrowiej przyrządzać dania. Wychodzi to na zdrowie całej rodzinie. Po drugie dziecko ma szansę poznania smaków pojedynczych warzyw, owoców, kasz. Kiedy podajemy dziecku marchewkę z groszkiem to ono decyduje, czy zje całość czy może wybierze groszek zostawiając marchew. Będzie miało szansę dowiedzieć się jak każde z tych warzyw smakuje z osobna, ale i jak wszystkie razem. Po trzecie dziecko rozwija się manualnie.  Jedzenie rękami od samego początku usprawnia malucha. Dzięki temu później będzie łatwiej operowało małymi przedmiotami, trzymało kredki. Prócz sprawności dziecko stymulowanie jest także sensorycznie – w dzisiejszych czasach coraz bardziej podkreśla się wagę integracji sensorycznej, ewentualnych zaburzeń i pracy nad nimi w życiu codziennym. Do tego BLW jest idealne. Po czwarte dziecko jedząc samodzielnie ma siłę sprawczą.  Demonstruje ją jedząc.  Dziecko karmione siłę sprawczą wykazuje odmawiając jedzenia. Plusy można wymieniać jeszcze długo.   Agnieszka: Nasuwa mi się więc pytanie – czy papki są złe?   Ania: Wszystko zależy od tego co mamy na myśli mówiąc „papka”. Jeśli chodzi o gładką konsystencje to papką może być jogurt, zupa krem z pomidorów czy mus truskawkowy. Osobiście uwielbiam ryż z musem truskawkowym,  krem z pomidorów z mozzarellą i kaszą czy też zupę krem z suszonego grochu z grzankami. Nie ma w tym absolutnie nic złego. Ale jeśli dziecko dostaje tylko musy, kremy, przeciery to nie jest to nic dobrego. Jak dziecko nauczy się przeżuwać i zgryźć? Jak pozna różne smaki skoro dostaję zawsze ten sam miks? Jak pozna kolory skoro papki wyglądają podobnie o ile nie tak samo (marchewka, marchewka z ziemniakami, dynia z ziemniakami…)? Jak nauczy się odkrztuszać skoro nie umożliwimy mu opanowania tej sztuki? Do tego papki brudzą.  Przetarta marchew zostawia gorsze plamy niż taka w całości. M.in. też dlatego rodzice nie stawiają słoika z musem przed małym człowiekiem, a usiłują go nakarmić. I tu znowu dziecko nie ma możliwości nauczenia się jedzenia, bo niby jak?   Agnieszka: Gdy opowiadam o metodzie BLW, a szczególnie starszym osobom, często słyszę negatywne komentarze, że ich dzieci jadły właśnie papki, a dzisiaj nie mają problemów z wyraźnym mówieniem, z odróżnianiem czy nazywaniem kolorów i smaków, a że BLW to jakaś niebezpieczna fanaberia, która grozi dziecku uduszeniem.   Ania: Kiedyś nikt nie miał czasu na papki. Nie było blenderów, a ludzie musieli wykonywać swoją codzienną pracę. Więc jeśli ktoś chce się powoływać na to co było dawniej, to niech cofnie się w czasie jeszcze kawałek. Bazowanie na bardzo wąskiej grupie jaką są własne dzieci jest mało wiarygodnym argumentem. Ogólne statystyki nie są już takie korzystne. Oczywiście to nie jest tak, że dzieci BLW jedzą wszystko jak leci (a tego niektórzy dorośli oczekują), że nie mają wad wymowy, ale BLW zdecydowanie łagodzi wiele zaburzeń i ćwiczy zawczasu. A udusić się można wodą czy zupą i to zdecydowanie groźniejsze niż krztuszenie, z którym dziecko samo sobie radzi.   Agnieszka: Kiedy można zacząć karmić dziecko metodą BLW?   Ania: Kiedy jest gotowe. Za średni wiek uznano skończony 6 miesiąc, ale są dzieci, które potrzebują więcej czasu, jeszcze miesiąc, dwa. Wiadomo, że jeśli dziecko ma jeść samo musi być nie tylko zainteresowane jedzeniem, ale być na to fizycznie gotowe, a więc musi siedzieć stabilnie. Teraz już wiemy, że dzieci się nie sadzą, że muszą same usiąść. Ale czasem, kiedy w grę wchodzą problemy z napięciem mięśniowym nie ma konieczności czekania do 12 miesiąca, bo dziecko już wcześniej będzie chciało samo jeść mimo faktu, że nie potrafi usiąść. Musimy tylko dziecku zapewnić bezpieczeństwo przez np. posadzenie go sobie na kolanach (tylko na czas posiłku) i asekurowanie. Jedno dziecko będzie gotowe w 7 miesiącu, inne 8, a jeszcze inne w 9. Nie należy naciskać, ale stwarzać okazję. Po rozmowie z Anią zaaranżowałam pierwszy posiłek wg metody BLW dla mojego 7,5 miesięcznego Synka. Marchewki okazały się bardzo śliskie (Ania podpowiedziała mi, aby kolejnym razem po ugotowaniu je wytrzeć, aby były bardziej tępe), a ich smak nieco dziwny, na co wskazywała mina Mikołaja. Nie umiem określić ile udało mu się skonsumować, gdyż pierwszy taki posiłek opierał się głównie na ciumkaniu warzyw, ale na pewno cieszył się ogromnym zainteresowaniem samego dziecka. Choć od ukończenia szóstego miesiąca Mikołaj otrzymuje niemal codziennie porcję zblendowanych warzyw, od dzisiaj zamierzam przygotowywać i serwować mu codziennie także posiłki BLW. Nawet jeśli się nie naje, na pewno fantastycznie spędzi czas, pozna nowe smaki, kształty, kolory i faktury. A Wy? Jakie są Wasze doświadczenia? Próbujecie lub planujecie BLW? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u nas – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj nas na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie.
- [Zabawa w homestaging czyli metamorfoza nadmorskiego mieszkania](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawa-w-homestaging-czyli-metamorfoza-nadmorskiego-mieszkania/): Od zawsze uwielbiałam brytyjskie programy o wnętrzach. Szczególnie te, w których szykowano mieszkania na sprzedaż lub wynajem tak, aby wyeksponować ich walory oraz w prosty i niedrogi sposób zwiększyć ich atrakcyjność, a praca w takiej firmie zajmującej się właśnie homestagingiem była zawsze moim marzeniem. Nasza przeprowadzka była więc idealną okazją do zabawy w homestaging.Okazało się bowiem, że po zabraniu z mieszkania, które zajmowaliśmy przez kilka lat wszystkich dekoracji i drobnych elementów wyposażenia stało się ono „puste i zimne”, przez co o wiele mniej atrakcyjne. Kolejne osoby odwiedzające je mówiły, że niestety nie jest przytulne. Nie pomagały argumenty, że jest urządzone w trzech neutralnych kolorach: biel, czerń i szary, do których nowi lokatorzy mogą dołożyć swoje ulubione kolory i stworzyć dowolny klimat. Od razu wiedziałam, że jest do dla mnie świetna okazja, aby nareszcie spróbować swoich sił jako projektant i dekorator wnętrz i dokonać metamorfozy mieszkania, wspomóc wyobraźnię potencjalnych lokatorów i samej wystylizować mieszkanie. Na całe zadanie mieliśmy tylko jeden dzień i budżet 800 zł. Czasu było tak niewiele, że na zakupy udaliśmy się tylko do dwóch sklepów: Home&You i oczywiście do Ikei. Postanowiliśmy wybrać kolor przewodni dla urządzania mieszkania i tutaj byliśmy zgodni – mieszkanie było nad morzem, więc postawiliśmy na morski, świeży turkus.   Homestaging w salonie czyli metamorfoza salonu Dla ocieplenia salonu zdecydowaliśmy się na poduszki w miękkich tkaninach w kolorach świeżego turkusu i ciepłego beżu. nie mogło zabraknąć także ciepłego, kremowego kocyka, pod którym można zaszyć się z laptopem i pisać bloga. Dołożyliśmy także zastawę stołową, aby potencjalni lokatorzy mogli od razy wyobrazić sobie pyszną, domową kolację po ciężkim dniu pracy. Mieszkanie z naczyniami łatwiej jest także wynająć. Lista zakupów: poszewka na poduszkę IKEA, OTTIL: beżowy, wielobarwny, 39,99 PLN poszewka na poduszkę  IKEA, SANELA, jasnoturkusowy, 25,99 PLN wkład do poduszki IKEA INNER, 2x 9,99 PLN pled IKEA POLARVIDE, biały, 15,99 PLN bieżniki IKEA MÄRIT, turkusowy, 2x 12,99 PLN serwis IKEA FÄRGRIK, 18 szt., biały, ceramika, 79,99 PLN miska IKEA SKOJA, turkusowy, 4×3,99 PLN kieliszek do wina czerwonego, IKEA, HEDERLIG, szkło bezbarwne, 4,99 PLN wazon IKEA SNÄRTIG, szkło bezbarwne, 1,99 PLN sztuczny kwiat SMYCKA, chryzantema, różne kolory, 1,99 PLN 3 świeczki zapachowe w szkle IKEA BRÄCKA, turkusowy, 9,99 PLN / 3 szt. świecznik kula IKEA NÄSSJÖ, 29,99 PLN podkładka na stolik kawowy IKEA PANNÅ, 7,99 PLN świeczniki, serwetki i beżowa poduszka – zasoby własne suma: 272,84 zł   Homestaging w kuchni czyli metamorfoza kuchni W kuchni chciałam stworzyć klimat porannego śniadania we dwoje. Czy można lepiej zacząć dzień? Lista zakupów: serwis – ten sam co kupiony do salonu sztuczny kwiat SMYCKA, chryzantema, różne kolory, 1,99 PLN uchwyt na 50 serwetek, IKEA FANTASTISK, przezroczysty, 7,99 PLN uchwyt na serwetki KNYCK czarny, 19,99 PLN serwetki zielone IKEA FANTASTISK, 4,99 PLN / 50 szt. filiżanki do kawy IKEA VÄRDERA, 2x 9,99 PLN świecznik kula IKEA NÄSSJÖ, 29,99 PLN talerzyk zielony ÖVERENS, 2x 12,99 PLN wazon, podkładki, kot- zasoby własne suma: 110,91 zł   Homestaging w sypialni czyli metamorfoza sypialni W każdej sypialni głównym i najważniejszym meblem jest oczywiście łóżko, stąd obowiązkowym zakupem była pasująca do turkusowego salonu i nawiązująca do zielonej kuchni kolorowa pościel. Nad łóżkiem ułożyłam ramki, które nie przydały mi się po przeprowadzce, a w środku uzupełniłam je kolorowymi wycinkami z gazet. Przestawiłam komodę, aby ładnie prezentowała się na wejściu. Na oknie zawisła zasłonka, która pozwoli się lepiej zdrzemnąć. Lista zakupów: komplet pościeli 200×200 IKEA MALIN RUND, 79,99 PLN poszewka turkusowa 50×60 DVALA, 19,99 PLN / 2 szt. kołdra letnia IKEA MYSKGRÄS, 20 PLN poduszka wysoka 50x60cm IKEA AXAG, 3x 15,99 PLN osłonka na doniczkę IKEA SKURAR, 5,99 PLN Sztuczna roślina w doniczce IKEA FEJKA, 19,99 PLN kapa, ramki, świecznik i zasłonka – zasoby własne obrazki do ramek – wycinki z gazet suma: 193,93 zł   Homestaging łazienki czyli metamorfoza łazienki Łazienka praktycznie nie wymagała zmian, dodałam komplet świec, gdyż kojarzą mi się z gorącą kąpielą i z chwilą tylko dla siebie, idealną po całym dniu. Zawiesiłam także ręcznik do rąk. Lista zakupów: świece IKEA FENOMEN, 5 szt., kolor naturalny, 19,99 PLN ręcznik Home&You ALICANTE 15,00 zł żyrafa – zbiory w własne suma: 34,99 zł   Łączna kwota wydatków na metamorfozę salonu, kuchni, łazienki i sypialni wyniosła 612,67 zł. Udało nam się więc spokojnie zmieścić w budżecie, jaki planowaliśmy na początku czyli w 800 zł. Za 100 zł zleciliśmy także sprzątanie mieszkania – nic tak nie poprawia jakości wnętrz jak czystość i piękny, świeży zapach. Najlepszym dowodem na to, że metamorfoza mieszkania się udała było ogromne zainteresowanie nim, a także miny oglądających oraz to, że w ciągu 2 tygodni znalazło nowych lokatorów. A jak Wam się podoba? Jakie są Wasze doświadczenia na rynku sprzedaży lub wynajmu mieszkań? Czy uważacie, że homestaging wart jest zachodu? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Jak uszyć zasłony? - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-uszyc-zaslony-diy-szycie-wnetrza/): Nie wierzę w zapeszanie, dlatego w ciąży ogromną radość sprawiało mi szykowanie pokoiku dla Dziecka. Szczególnie rzeczy, które mogłam przygotować własnoręcznie. Na ich liście znalazły się zasłony do dziecięcego pokoiku, które postanowiłam uszyć sama. Nie znam żadnych krawieckich sztuczek, a jak się szyje na maszynie pokazał mi Wojtek (tak!!!), któremu jakieś 15 lat temu pokazała jego Babcia. Nasze umiejętności ograniczają się więc do założenia nitek i szycia, najlepiej prostego. Ale to wystarczy, aby uszyć zasłony, tak na prawdę, można się obejść nawet bez niej, ale o tym na koniec.   Lista zakupów: tkanina na zasłony: wybrałam tę o szerokości 1,60m idealną na pojedynczą zasłonkę, potrzebowałam 2 zasłonki, karnisz wisi na wysokości 2,5m więc zamówiłam 6m bieżących (5,20m na zasłony, a z pozostałości uszyłam poszewki na poduszki do kompletu) Sklep: Drecotton.pl, Cotton 100% yellow chevron zigzag, cena: 18zł za 1mb – 10% rabatu za duże zamówienie co dało 81 zł taśma do zawieszenia i zmarszczenia zasłon: jej długość to 310 cm więc idealnie starczyła na dwie zasłonki po 160 cm każda Sklep: Ikea, taśma: KRONILL, cena: 7,99 zł za 310 cm pasek do obręniania do podszycia (podklejenia) zasłony, pakowany po 10m, na dwie zasłonki potrzebowałam 5,6m, gdyż każdą podkładałam dwa razy Sklep: IKEA, Pasek do obrębiania SY, cena: 9,99 zł za 10m Suma wydatków: 98,98 zł   Akcesoria potrzebne do szycia: szpilki nożyczki biała nitka maszyna do szycia żelazko   DIY czyli zasłony do dziecięcego pokoju krok po kroku: 1. Zapytałam producenta o kurczliwość tkaniny, była na poziomie kilku % więc zanim przystąpiłam do szycia zasłon wyprałam je i wyprasowałam 2. Odmierzyłam i odcięłam pożądaną długość materiału czyli długość zasłon + 2 cm do podszycia z góry + 10 cm do podszycia z dołu 2. Założyłam wzdłuż boku i góry zasłony 1 cm margines materiału, przyczepiłam szpileczkami i zaprasowałam, wyjęłam szpileczki, założyłam znów 1 cm i zaprasowałam raz jeszcze, dzięki czemu pozbyłam się poszarpanego boku tkaniny i nierówno odciętej góry 3. Zaprasowane boki i góry zasłon przeszyłam na maszynie do szycia 4. Do góry zasłony przyszyłam na prosto taśmę do zawieszenia i marszczenia zasłon 5. Powiesiłam zasłony na drążkach i odmierzyłam ich wysokość 6. Nadmiar materiału na spodzie zasłony podzieliłam na dwie części i założyłam na dwa razy, tutaj jednak zrezygnowałam z szycia i wykorzystałam pasek do obrębiania na gorąco. Poszło dużo szybciej, wygląda bardzo estetycznie, a i w praniu również nic się z nim nie dzieje. 7. Zasłony gotowe! Tak na prawdę boki i górę zasłon można również zaprasować na gorąco przy użyciu paska do obrębiania, a taśmę do marszczenia przyszyć ręcznie, dlatego jestem pewna, że takie zasłony są osiągalne także dla osób, które maszyny do szycia nie posiadają.   Jak Wam się podoba efekt końcowy? Macie już ochotę coś sobie uszyć?   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jak się przygotować na powrót do domu z Noworodkiem?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-przygotowac-na-powrot-do-domu-z-noworodkiem/): Wiedziałam, że dzień, w którym po raz pierwszy przyjdę z upragnionym Dzieckiem do domu na zawsze pozostanie w mojej pamięci. Postanowiłam więc dobrze się do niego przygotować. 1. Wyprawka i kącik dla Dziecka Przygotowania na przyjęcie dziecka rozpoczęliśmy około 5 miesiąca ciąży. Uważam,  że drugi trymestr jest idealnym czasem na przygotowania, na które mamy wtedy ogromną ochotę i zazwyczaj najlepsze samopoczucie. Osobiście w 9 miesiącu marzyłam tylko o tym, aby… urodzić. Dlatego około 8 miesiąca miałam już niemal wszystko gotowe: pokoik, ubranka i prawie wszystkie dziecięce akcesoria i gadżety. Wtedy także przygotowałam i zorganizowałam w pokoju Dziecka i w naszej sypialni wszystko tak, jakby Dziecko już z nami mieszkało: pieluszki, ubranka i kosmetyki pod ręką, wszystko uprane, uprasowane. Wojtek w ogóle nie mógł tego zrozumieć. Ale to dzięki temu jak pierwszy raz weszliśmy z Mikołajem do domu, do Jego pokoju, gdy położyłam go na przewijaku, wszystko miałam na wyciągnięcie ręki. Wtedy Wojtek powiedział, że wspaniale to wszystko wymyśliłam i przygotowałam. Pozwoliło to zaoszczędzić nam wielu niepotrzebnych stresów. Moje porady odnośnie wyprawki znajdziecie tutaj. 2. Porządek Są dwie rzeczy za które uwielbiam hotele: hotelowa czystość i hotelowe śniadania. Bardzo zależało mi na tym, aby w Dniu powrotu ze szpitala do domu było czyściutko jak w hotelu. Z całym szacunkiem do Wojtka wiedziałam, że sprzątając na wiele rzeczy nie zwraca on uwagi, że dni mojego pobytu w szpitalu będzie poświęcał na pępkowe (a jakże!), pracę i codzienne odwiedziny więc czasu na sprzątanie nie będzie miał zbyt wiele. Dodam, że 2 miesiące wcześniej przeprowadziliśmy się i wiele rzeczy nie miało jeszcze swojego miejsca, a ja w ostatnich miesiącach (zagrożonej) ciąży nie miałam fizycznej możliwości sprzątania. Rozważaliśmy już nawet jednorazowe wynajęcie firmy sprzątającej, ale zupełnie niepotrzebnie. Moja Mama i Siostra zrobiły mi niesamowitą niespodziankę i gdy byłam w szpitalu przyjechały, zakasały rękawy i wszystko idealnie wysprzątały. Dziękuję <3 3. Pościel Na urodzenie Dziecka kupiłam sobie piękną pościel z satynowej bawełny, którą jeszcze przed porodem wyprałam w dziecięcym proszku i wyprasowałam i poprosiłam Wojtka, aby założył ją na nasz powrót. Mmmm, teraz to było już lepiej niż w 5 gwiazdkowym hotelu. 4. Odwiedziny Coraz więcej moich koleżanek nie życzy sobie w dniu powrotu ze szpitala żadnych odwiedzin. A ja staropolskim zwyczajem, gdy to kobietę, MATKĘ witały w domu inne Kobiety z najbliższego otoczenia, na dzień powrotu z Mikołajem zaprosiłam najbliższe nam i Mikołajowi Kobiety czyli moją Siostrę z dziećmi, Mamę i Teściową. Oczywiście nie zostały u nas na 3 tygodnie, ani nawet na kolację, ale było to niezwykle miłe przeżycie mieć je w tak ważnej chwili przy sobie. 5. Lista numerów Tak jak kazała mi starsza Siostra, przygotowałam sobie listę niezbędnych numerów, a na niej znajdowały się kontaktu do osób z mojej okolicy: położna laktacyjna dojeżdżająca do domu położna środowiskowa lekarz pediatra dojeżdżający do domu. Dzięki nim czułam się dużo bezpieczniej. 6. Urlop tacierzyński Długo zastanawialiśmy się kiedy warto wykorzystać urlop tacierzyński. Nasza decyzja padła na pierwsze 2 tygodnie po przyjściu z Noworodkiem ze szpitala i uważam, że to najlepsza decyzja na Świecie. Dzięki temu mogliśmy razem uczyć się Maluszka i opieki nad nim, wspierać i niesamowicie zbliżyć się do siebie. Kiedy wszyscy pytali jak się czuję, czy mam „Baby Blues” nie wiedziałam o czym mówią. 2 tygodnie później jak zostałam sama z Noworodkiem już wiedziałam. Ale w pamięci miałam te absolutnie cudowne 14 dni w pełnej rodzinie 24/7. Nie zamieniłabym ich na żadne inne. (Ostatecznie wychodząc ze szpitala otrzymałam zwolnienie dla Wojtka na opiekę nade mną, gdyż byłam po operacji i nie musieliśmy wykorzystywać w tym terminie urlopu tacierzyńskiego. Wykorzystaliśmy go jak Mikołaj miał 11 miesięcy i… no nie ma czego porównywać! Jeśli macie wybór i możliwość wykorzystajcie urlop tacierzyński zaraz po porodzie i powrocie do domu.) A jak to było lub będzie u Was? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rozek-kocyk-spiworek-otulacz-a-moze-koldra-i-poduszka/): To czym przykryć śpiące Dziecko to chyba najczęstszy pytania, jakie otrzymuję od Młodych Rodziców… zaraz po tym w co je ubrać. Dziś rozporawię się z tym dylematem! Osobiście przetestowaliśmy chyba wszystkie sposoby na przykrywanie Dziecka: rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, kołdra. Który z nich jest najlepszy?   Wszystko zależy od wieku dziecka Czyli produkty, które sprawdzały się u noworodka zupełnie nie sprawdzają się u rocznego Dziecka.   Noworodek Dla Noworodka najlepiej, a właściwie idealnie sprawdził się rożek. Dlaczego? Bo zapewnia niemal wszystko to, co takiemu Maluszkowi od przykrycia jest potrzebne czyli jest i ciepło i ciasno.   Jaki rożek wybrać? Przejdźcie zupełnie obojętnie obok usztywnianych rożków (kto to w ogóle wymyślił?) i skierujcie się to tych, które są uszyte z naturalnych materiałów. Maleńkie Dzieci w pierwszych tygodniach po porodzie mają problemy z termoregulacją i w początkowym okresie przyznaję, że korzystałam z rożka z polarowym wykończeniem, ale nie jestem ich fanką (polar to 100% plastik…). Dlatego oprócz tego jednego cieplusiego rożka starałam się wybierać bawełniane lub frociane. Rożek zabraliśmy ze sobą już do szpitala:   Był z nami także podczas pierwszego poranka w naszym domu:   I każdego innego dnia, aż do czasu jak Mikuś zaczął się sam obracać z jednego boczku na drugi, czyli u nas była to okolica 5 miesiąca życia Dziecka.   Dlaczego kołderka czy kocyk dla noworodka to nienajlepszy pomysł? Dziecko ma odruch podnoszenia rączek do góry i zwyczajnie może sobie taką kołdrę zarzucić na głowę, co jest dla niego niebezpieczne. Sprawdziliśmy. Nasze zarzucało.   A otulacz? Mieliśmy 3 różne otulacze: Woombie, Aden + Anais oraz muślinową pieluszkę. Na pewno nie każde dziecko lubi być aż tak ciasno otulone, ale Mikołajk miał okres, że bardzo lubił.   Niemowlę, które zaczyna się obracać na boki To bardzo ważny moment, w którym należy zrezygnować z rożka, gdyż Dziecko kręcąc się w nim może mieć problemy z oddychaniem, gdy część, która powinna być pod główką trafi na twarz. Rożek zastąpiliśmy więc śpiworkiem. Wiem, że nie wszystkie Dzieci akceptują śpiworki, ale u nas nie było z tym problemu. Większy problem miałam w obsłudze śpiworka, aby na przykład zmienić w nocy pieluszkę, nosić Maluszka czy odbijać, nie wspomnę o ulewaniu.   Roczniak, który zaczyna stawać Oczywiście każde dziecko staje w innym wieku, więc słowo „roczniak” to takie uproszczenie. Wstawanie w śpiworku może nastręczać Dziecku problemów, śpiworek nie powinien hamować jego rozwoju fizycznego więc u nas był to moment, w którym zrezygnowaliśmy ze śpiworka na rzecz kołderki. Odruch zarzucania kołderki już u Mikołajka nie występuję, z resztą Miki zwykle i tak śpi na kołdrze zamiast pod kołdrą… Od urodzenia mamy w łóżeczku także monitor oddechu, więc pozwala nam czuć się spokojniej.   A co z ochraniaczami? Do czasu, aż nasze dziecko nie zacznie obracać się na boki ochraniacze na szczebelki są nam zupełnie niepotrzebne. Ale gdy już zacznie mogą być niezbędne – tak jak u nas. Najlepiej naokoło całego łóżeczka (wiele dzieci uwielbia spać niczym wskazówki zegarka, w każdym kierunku). Bardzo ważne, aby ochraniacz miał dużo mocnych troczków, aby był mocno przymocowany do łóżeczka, aby dziecko nie mogło się w niego zaplątać.   A poduszka? Gdzie jest poduszka? Wiecie jaki jest odpowiedni wiek, aby dziecko zaczęło spać na poduszce? Taki, gdy samo pójdzie po poduszkę i ją sobie przyniesie. Serio! Dziecku do szczęścia poduszka nie jest potrzebna, a nawet może zaszkodzić. Żadna milusia, puszysta, wysoka czy niska… I sama tego nie wymyśliłam. Dopuszczalna jest poduszka typu klin, której my używamy do dzisiaj, ale najlepiej byłoby podnieść dno łóżeczka/łóżeczko z jednej strony do góry o kilka stopni, aby Dziecko leżało na idealnie płaskiej powierzchni.   Jakie konkretne produkty warto wybrać? W kolejnym poście z serii #wyprawka przygotuję dla Was zestawienie produktów, z których korzystaliśmy z komentarzami, które polecamy, które odradzamy, oraz jakie chcielibyśmy kupić teraz.   No to co… dobranoc, bo jakaś śpiąca się zrobiłam 😉 PS. Mamuśki, napiszcie jakie są Wasze oczekiwania i doświadczenia! PPS. Każde dziecko jest inne, moje porady mają charakter przyjacielskiej pogawędki. Przed podjęciem ostatecznej decyzji najlepiej skonsultować się z lekarzem. Lub farmaceutą 😉 Albo najlepiej z Teściową. One wszystko wiedzą najlepiej 😉 PPPS. Pozdrawiamy nasze Teściowe!   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Moda i moich 5 dziwactw czyli czego o mnie nie wiecie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moda-i-moich-5-dziwactw-czyli-czego-o-mnie-nie-wiecie/): Coraz częściej prosicie mnie o dział mody – dziecięcej i tej dla mnie, ale czy na pewno tego chcecie? Oto 5 moich dziwactw związanych z modą.  1. Żadna ze mnie Madame Chic Jestem totalnym ciepluchem i od wczesnej wiosny do późnej jesieni śpię w ciepłych piżamach i chodzę w ciepłych kapciach za kostki, narzucając na siebie co rano mój ulubiony ciepły szlafrok. Żadna ze mnie w tym temacie Madame Chic. Ale jest jeden warunek: góra piżamy musi pasować do dołu, komplet musi być, bo jeśli nie to… czuję się fatalnie! 2. Kochane ZOO Uwielbiam skarpetki z twarzami zwierząt. Nic tak nie poprawia mi humoru jak małpki czy pandy na moich stopach. Od kiedy Miki jest na świecie mam kolejny pretekst, aby je nosić. 3. Jak ja mogłam bez tego żyć? Jak kupię sobie nową rzecz to… zastanawiam się, jak ja wcześniej mogłam bez niej żyć i chodzę w niej chyba na okrągło, piorę i noszę jak tylko wyschnie. Do znudzenia… aż nie mogę na nią patrzeć i znów nie mam co na siebie ubrać! 4. Wyrzuty sumienia Kupowaniu nowych rzeczy towarzyszą mi zwykle wyrzuty sumienia. Bo za drogie, bo mam podobne, bo może jednak nie potrzebuję… Dlatego jak kupię nową rzecz to dopóki nie zdecyduję się ją ubrać po raz pierwszy, nie odrywam metek bo lubię mieć poczucie, że jeśli uznam, że ta rzecz jest mi zbędna, mogę ją oddać. Nie pytajcie ile razy zdarzyło mi się w pośpiechu ubrać coś nowego i wyjść z domu z metką. Ale „siara”. 5. Co zapakować? Nie znoszę wychodzić z przymierzalni sklepu nic nie kupując. Odczuwam wtedy jakieś irracjonalne poczucie winy. Szczególnie jak doradza mi jakaś miła Pani. W życiu trudność sprawia mi mówienie „nie”, a więc gdy po przymierzeniu wielu rzeczy wychodzę ze sklepu i niczego nie kupuję bardzo niekomfortowo się czuję. Powiedzcie, że nie tylko ja tak mam i podzielcie się ze mną chociaż jednym swoim modowym dziwactwem! PS Wojtek po przeczytaniu postu pyta: A Madame Chic śpi w samych majteczkach? PS2 Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Zimowy tuning spacerówki czyli śpiworek do wózka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zimowy-tuning-spacerowki-czyli-spiworek-do-wozka/): Całą zeszłą zimę Mikołaj jeździł w gondolce, więc wybór śpiworka był prosty – wybrałam malutki, który idealnie mieścił się do gondolki, niedrogi, gdyż wiedziałam, że to pierwszy i ostatni sezon Mikiego w takiej formie wózka. W tym roku wybór śpiworka jest dużo trudniejszy, szczególnie dlatego, że Mikołaj stawia już pierwsze kroki, po których jego buty bywają porządnie zabłocone, więc mój wybór śpiworków ogranicza się do takich, które mają rozpinany dół, aby w przypadku zabłoconych butów można było je wystawić poza cieplutki i czyściutki materiał. Przygotowałam więc i dla Was przegląd śpiworków do spacerówki, a każdy z nich umożliwia wystawienie brudnych bucików na zewnątrz. 1. TAKO > klik 2.  BabyMatex > klik 3. Orbit > klik 4. Lodger Explorer Shell > klik 5. Samiboo > klik 6. La Millou > klik 7. Skip Hop > klik 8. Kees > klik Mój wybór? Gdybym miała kierować się sercem (a moje serce kocha ładne gadżety) wybrałabym Śpiworek La Millou, koniecznie z mufkami do kompletu – idealnie pasowałby do naszego wózka Peg Perego Completo Avana.     A Wy, który byście wybrali dla siebie? A może macie już śpiworek – koniecznie napiszcie jaki i czy jesteście zadowoleni!     Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Macierzyństwo jest przereklamowane](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/macierzynstwo-jest-przereklamowane/): Zaspałam dzisiaj do pracy. Wszystko przez te zęby. Dziecko budziło się dzisiaj jakieś 5 razy. Się budziło, mnie budziło. Oczywiście, gdy ja wstałam półprzytomna o 6:15, zamiast punkt 6, to Dziecko spało do 7:30. Rzecz jasna w środku tygodnia, gdy idziemy do pracy, często zdarza mu się spać tak długo, w weekend jak zostajemy w domu to nigdy… wstaje o 5!   I jeszcze ten widok w lustrze, cienie pod oczami sprawiają, że bardziej przypominam misia pandę niż kobietę. Czuję się jak kupa. Wstałam 15 minut za późno więc nici z pełnego makijażu, wszystko muszę robić w pośpiechu, na jednej nodze biegając pomiędzy łazienką a kuchnią, potykając się o męża. Ten dzień nie może się udać.   Wyszliśmy z 10 minutowym opóźnieniem. Już czuję przez skórę, że będą korki na drodze. Oczywiście są. Kto tu wymyślił to przejście dla pieszych? Korkuje zawsze całą ulicę. Już od kilku kadencji obiecują nam 2 pasmową drogę, a ja nawet nie widzę możliwości, którędy by ona miała biec.   Wpadam do biura, spóźniona. Drżę na myśl o otworzeniu kalendarza pełna obaw, że zadania wysypią mi się z niego na biurko i zaleją podłogę. Nie mam nawet czasu na zrobienie sobie kawy.   Ok, pracuję. Staram się zrobić milion spraw na raz, zasypana obowiązkami, gdy moje roczne Dziecko bawi się z Nianią w domu. Z Nianią, a nie ze mną.   Co chwilę patrzę na zegarek, w głowie odhaczam zadania, których nie zdążę już wykonać, byle do przerwy. Jest. Telefon do męża, zawsze mi lepiej jak sobie ponarzekam. Na to że jestem niewyspana, przeciążona, mam za dużo obowiązków i zero energii. Ze dłużej to ja tak  chyba nie dam rady.   Wybija 12:30 – koniec pracy. Lecę do auta i pędzę na miasto – muszę jeszcze coś załatwić. Oczywiście nie ma gdzie zaparkować. Staję 800m dalej i marnuję 20 minut na chodzenie bez celu w obie strony. I jeszcze muszę za to płacić. Nie mam drobnych więc wrzucam do parkometru 50 zł, a tu zamiast reszty wyskakuje bilecik: resztę w wysokości 45 złotych proszę odebrać w biurze obsługi parkingu na ulicy Białostockiej. A gdzie u licha jest ta Białostocka? Cudownie, kilka kilometrów stąd! Takie rzeczy możliwe są tylko w Polsce! Co mnie podkusiło, aby wsadzić tam ostatnie 50 zł? A gdybym nie miała karty do bankomatu i to na prawdę byłoby moje ostatnie 50 zł w tym miesiącu? Powinni tego zabronić! To chyba tylko u nas zdarza się taki absurd, aby winę za brak możliwości wydania reszty bez pytania przenosić na usługobiorcę! I kto i teraz zwróci mi za czas i paliwo, które poświęcę na odebranie reszty?   No i pięknie. Nie mam teraz gotówki, aby odebrać zegarek z naprawy. Latam więc jak głupia po mieście i szukam bankomatu. Mam dość!   Wsiadam do samochodu i jadę do domu, cały czas w głowie układam sobie myśli jak nawtykam im w tym biurze parkowania. Albo lepiej, oficjalne pismo wyślę, i skargę do Urzędu Miasta.   Wracam do domu, oczywiście znów w korku. Wszyscy wpychają się sobie przed maskę, taka trasa w godzinach szczytu to niezłe wyzwanie dla naszych nerwów.   Wpadam do domu, zmieniam Nianię i… nie mam siły bawić się z Dzieckiem. Marzę tylko o ciepłej kawie i o kocu. Włączam Dziecku bajki. Jeszcze jedna czy dwie nikomu nie zaszkodziły. Prawda? Ja w tym czasie relaksuję się na Instagramie po czym zaczynam szykować obiad. Godziny 16:30 wyczekuję jak zbawienia, wtedy złapię chwile wytchnienia. Aby czas mi szybciej upłynął idę na spacer.   Wybiła 16:30, a męża dalej nie ma. Dzwonię do niego – mam nadzieję, że to tylko mały korek dzieli nas od siebie. Ufff, zaraz będzie. W drzwiach przekazuję mu Dziecko i proszę o godzinę dla siebie. Jestem zła, wypompowana i zmęczona. Jak nie odpocznę to padnę!   17:30 wypatruję w Dziecku oznak spania, nic z tego, czeka nas jeszcze minimum godzina turlania się po podłodze, gdy moje myśli krążą tylko wokół niewykonanych dzisiaj zadań. Dobrze, że chociaż bawimy się na zmianę. Wybiła godzina kąpania, kładzenia spać…   No to kolejny dzień prawie za mną. Ale niestety, zamiast odpocząć muszę jeszcze popracować. Takie uroki łączenia funkcji matki z funkcją kobiety pracującej. W pracy masz wyrzuty sumienia, że nie jesteś w domu, a w domu, że nie pracujesz.   Ale hola hola… to nie jest mój dzień!   Mój dzień jest przecież taki!   Prawie zaspałam dzisiaj do pracy. Biedne Dziecko, ząbki mu idą, tak go musi boleć. Dobrze, że płakał dziś w nocy tylko kilka razy, przecież czasami w ogóle nie może spać. Widać, że jest zmęczony, bo śpi dziś tak długo. Dobrze, zregeneruje się i wstanie w lepszym humorze. Patrzę na siebie w lustrze – nie jest tak źle, jak na to ile spałam, dobrze, że mam nowy korektor pod oczy, dzięki któremu nie będę wyglądać jak miś panda. Dziś wstałam o 15 minut za późno, więc zrezygnuję z nakładania cieni i zostanę tylko przy kredce, w końcu kobieta zmienną jest. Lubię się w różnych odsłonach, to będzie dobry dzień!   Wstaliśmy 15 minut za późno, ale wyszliśmy tylko z 10 minutowym opóźnieniem, nie jest źle! Jak dobrze pójdzie na drodze, w pracy będziemy na czas. Korki? Oj tak, ale za tym przejściem dla pieszych jedzie się już płynnie, już niedaleko.   Do biura wchodzę spóźniona zaledwie 5 minut, czyli niemal zupełnie udało mi się nadrobić zaspanie. Otwieram kalendarz i układam zadania wg priorytetów. Zaparzam sobie ulubionej kawy bo wiem, że dobra organizacja i 2 minuty odpoczynku przełożą się na lepszą efektywność. Praca przy ulubionym napoju, z dobrze ułożonym planem dnia będzie owocniejsza niż gdybym chaotycznie wykonywała wszystkie zadania po kolei. Już widzę, że dzień jest za krótki aby zrealizować wszystko co miałam w planach, ale przecież lubię pracować w domowym zaciszu wieczorami, przekładam więc kilka zadań na później.   Cieszę się, że znalazłam tak fantastyczną Nianię! Uwielbiam ją i cieszę się, że tak świetnie udaje mi się połączyć karierę z macierzyństwem. Jestem jej bardzo wdzięczna, że tak cudownie opiekuje się naszym Dzieckiem, przez co ja mogę się skupić się codziennie przez kilka godzin na pracy bez wyrzutów sumienia. 6 godzin szybko zleci, a mnie i Dziecko czeka cudowne popołudnie! Finanse? Dodatkowe koszty opieki nad Dzieckiem kiedyś się skończą, a ja już mam tysiąc pomysłów na co wykorzystam zaoszczędzone w ten sposób pieniądze.   Nawet nie wiem kiedy zaczęła się przerwa, szybki lunch, telefon do męża i kilka ciepłych szeptów. Jestem dziś bardzo śpiąca, więc decyduję się na energetyczną mieszankę herbat.   Wybija 12:30 – koniec pracy. Ale już? Pakuję się do samochodu i jadę na miasto, muszę jeszcze coś załatwić. Nie mam gdzie zaparkować więc jadę pod Urząd Miasta, gdzie zawsze są miejsca, fundując sobie tym samym 20 minut spaceru. To takie 20 minut tylko dla mnie, gdy mogę iść przez miasto, moja opaska zlicza kroki, a ja mogę pobyć sam na sam ze swoimi myślami, popatrzeć na ludzi, na witryny małych sklepików. Mam szczęście, że mieszkam w 3mieście.   Przy parkomacie okazało się, że zamiast reszty z 50 zł otrzymałam kupon na gotówkę do odbioru w bliżej nieokreślonym miejscu na tajemniczej ulicy Białostockiej. Trzeba przyznać, że to idiotyczne rozwiązanie, natomiast dobrze, że mam kartę do bankomatu i zaraz wypłacę sobie gotówkę dzięki czemu po drodze odbiorę zegarek z naprawy. A do Biura Obsługi wyślę maila z prośbą o zwrot należności na konto bankowe.   Wsiadam do samochodu i jadę do domu, ruch się zagęszcza, więc zapowiada się dłuższa niż zawsze podróż, więc już leci moja ulubiona muzyka, a może posłucham motywacyjnego audiobooka?   Przyjeżdżam do domu, zmieniam Nianię, zaparzam sobie ciepłą kawę do kubka termicznego i zabieram Dziecko na spacer. Nic tak nie dodaje energii jak jej tracenie! Po spacerze rozkładam Dziecku tunel do zabawy i zaczynam przygotowywać obiad. Nawet nie zauważam kiedy nadszedł czas powrotu męża z pracy. Wspólnie jemy obiad, wtedy ja biorę 30 minut „wolnego” i sprawdzam, czy na mailach nie dzieje się nic pilnego i skąd mam tyle serduszek na Instagramie. Chwilę później szalejemy wspólnie na dywanie w salonie. Śmiech Dziecka to najpiękniejszy dźwięk na świecie.   Wybiła godzina kąpania, kładzenia spać. Jaka szkoda, że nasze Dziecko zawsze rozbudza się przy wieczornym czytaniu, dajemy mu więc tylko mleczko do picia, pieluszkę do przytulenia i chwilę później zasypia.   Ogarniamy dom i już nie możemy doczekać się tego co słychać w naszych biznesach. Wspólna praca to nasz wieczorny rytuał. Nic nie motywuje nas do dalszego starania się tak bardzo, jak małe sukcesy, które dostrzegamy każdego dnia.   Po pracy czekają na nas jeszcze pogaduchy, ciepła herbata. Planujemy kolejny dzień, na pewno będzie równie owocny!   To co właśnie przeczytałaś / przeczytałeś, to ten sam zwykły dzień z życia tej samej osoby. Przydarzyły jej się dokładnie te same sytuacje, a tylko jej nastawienie sprawiło, że był bardzo udany lub zwyczajnie fatalny. Pamiętaj, to tylko od Ciebie zależy jaki będzie każdy Twój dzień! Twój dialog wewnętrzny ma niesamowitą moc, potrafi zmienić Twoje życie, nie zmieniając niczego, zmienić wszystko.   A jaki był Twój wczorajszy dzień?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Skrzynia na zabawki - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/skrzynia-na-zabawki-diy/): U nas właśnie trwają zapowiadane zmiany. W tym poście podzieliłam się z Wami pomysłami na gadżety do dziecięcego pokoju, a jednym z nich była skrzynia na zabawki. Okazało się, że nie należą one do najtańszych, dlatego postanowiłam pokazać Wam, że stylowy pokoik dla Dziecka wcale nie musi być drogi, a taką skrzynię można łatwo zrobić samemu. Czego będziemy potrzebować? 1. Skrzynka do samodzielnego złożenia | IKEA, 39,99 zł 2. Folia malarska do zabezpieczenia podłoża, na którym będziemy malować | CASTORAMA, 6 zł 3. Mały wałek z tacką | CASTORAMA, 10 zł 4. Pędzel | CASTORAMA, 3 zł 5. Skrętne podgumowane kółeczka | CASTORAMA, 3 zł x 4 sztuki = 12 zł 6. Wkręty do drewna montażu kółek | CASTORAMA, 0,50 zł 7. Podkład do malowania drewna | Bricomarché, 12 zł 8. Farba do drewna | CASTORAMA, od 10 zł za puszkę 9. Wkrętaka lub wkrętak   Skrzynka na zabawki krok po kroku: Krok 1 Wszystkie elementy skrzyni malujemy z każdej strony podkładem do drewna, zostawiamy do wyschnięcia na czas zalecany przez producenta. Nasz podkład śmierdział niemiłosiernie, cudownie się złożyło, że malowanie rozpoczęliśmy jak Miki już spał, bo w całym domu panował ostry, okropny zapach, na szczęście udało się to wywietrzyć do rana. Dlatego koniecznie wybierzcie inny podkład jeśli chcecie malować w zamkniętej powierzchni. Krok 2 Wszystkie elementy skrzyni malujemy z jednej strony farbą w wybranym kolorze, zostawiamy do wyschnięcia i malujemy z drugiej strony. Porada 1 Korcić Was pewnie będzie rozpoczęcie malowania od dużych powierzchni, ale najlepiej zacząć od małych detali, rantów, boków, a na koniec pomalować duże płaszczyzny. Porada 2 Im cieńsze warstwy farby nałożycie, tym ładniejszy będzie efekt. Porada 3 Pomiędzy nałożeniem kolejnych warstw trzeba odczekać nawet 24 godziny, aby nie myć każdorazowo wałka i tacki polecam zawinąć je w szczelny worek. Krok 3 Wszystkie elementy skrzyni malujemy po raz drugi. Krok 4 Skręcamy skrzynię. Krok 5 Przykręcamy kółeczka do dna skrzyni Porada 4 Przed wkręceniem wkrętów warto nawiercić uprzednio malusieńkie otworki prowadzące wkręty   I skrzynia na zabawki gotowa!   Jak Wam się podoba? Macie ochotę na takie DIY? A ja nie mogę się doczekać aż pokażę Wam cały pokoik w nowej odsłonie.   AKTUALIZACJA Odpowiadając na Wasze pytania o to jakiej dokładnie farby użyliśmy: Farba z mieszalnika kupiona w CASTORAMA, zrobiona od ręki Beckers Designer Aqua Lackfarg [40] – Wodorozcieńczalna emalia alrylowa do drewna i metalu. Półmat. Kolor: Formuła: BW 1,6  CW 1,3  GH 2,4 PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Skąd się biorą matki terrorystki?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/skad-sie-biora-matki-terrorystki/): Matki Terrorystki szczególnie łatwo zidentyfikować w Internecie. Anonimowość lub nie mówienie czegoś patrząc drugiemu człowiekowi w oczy sprzyja takim zjawiskom. Ale założę się, że nie brakuje ich także blisko Ciebie, tylko tego typu terroryzm uwielbia kryć się pod płaszczykiem dobrej rady…   Osobiście wierzę w naturalne dobro innych ludzi, więc jeśli zachowują się nieodpowiednio, staram się szukać przyczyny takich zachowań.   Spędzając sporo czasu w Internecie, który jest kopalnią zdarzeń socjologicznych, a także wśród innych Matek w realu zaczęłam się głębiej zastanawiać – skąd w nas Matkach tyle jadu? Temat tak mnie frapował, że musiałam sobie do niego dorobić teorię.   Krótka historia Matek Terrorystek   Młode Matki   Po pierwsze – po ciąży (w ciąży z resztą też) każda Matka ma ogromną huśtawkę hormonów, co związane jest między innymi z pozbyciem się ogromnego narządu, jakim jest łożysko, które przez 9 miesięcy wydzielało do naszego organizmu masę substancji. Z tego i nie tylko powodu tak często w połogu, a także i później obserwujemy u Matki wahania nastrojów, baby blusa czy nawet depresję poporodową. Po drugie chyba każda świeżo upieczona Matka odczuwa wewnętrzny przymus bycia Najlepszą Matką na Świecie. Jeśli nie ciągle to przynajmniej czasami. Tylko z niewiadomych powodów przymus ten rozlewa się zwykle także na bycie… Najlepszą Matką dla wszystkich Dzieci. Także dla Twojego Dziecka!   Szalone wahania hormonów i przymus bycia Najlepszą Matką na Świecie sprawiają, że jako Matki bardzo łatwo tracimy kontrolę nad poczuciem własnej wartości. Gdy do tego wszystkiego dochodzi ogromne zmęczenie, stres związany z nową sytuacją, nie trudno o chociażby chwilowe załamanie.   Podniesienie własnego samopoczucia staje się na wagę złota, a im szybsza metoda tym lepiej. I tak choć żaden zdrowy na umyśle i świadomy swojej wartości człowiek nie czuje się lepiej krzywdząc i umniejszając innym, myślę że nam Matkom bardzo łatwo jest nam wpaść w taka pułapkę.   Starsze Matki   Drugą grupą Matek, z których strony jesteśmy narażone na działania terrorystyczne stanowią kobiety z starszego pokolenia niż my. One wahania hormonalne często mają już za sobą, no chyba, że właśnie mają menopauzę, to współczuję. Te matki mają w swojej głowie swój często już nadgryziony zębem czasu przez co wyidealizowany obraz dobrej Matki, która to dopaja dziecko wodą z glukozą, od urodzenia podaje herbatkę koperkową, kąpie codziennie, nie nosi aby nie przyzwyczaić, zawstydza, aby odpieluchować. Inne czasy były i obrazek Dziecka skaczącego w trakcie jazdy na tylnych siedzeniach samochodu nikogo nie dziwił. I teraz gdy taka Matka z innego pokolenia odwiedza nas i widzi, że Dziecku brakuje glukozy, nawet popłakać sobie nie może bo ciągle na rękach, a w samochodzie musi jeździć skrępowane w pasach, przecież to jest tak blisko… może czuć się porządnie zagubiona. Nagle jej wszystkie praktyki są wyśmiewane, aż jej wizja siebie jako Idealnej Matki staje się osobiście zagrożona.   Tu mamy jeszcze dodatkowy element obciążający, bo nawet jeśli to my mamy rację, a Starsze Matki się mylą, to one już swoje Dzieci odchowały i co? Wychodzi na to, że wszystko robiły źle? No skąd! Robiły najlepiej na świecie, z miłości, tak jak ich koleżanki i sąsiadki. W wierze najlepszej. To Ty za dużo nosisz! I masz za chude mleko.   Matkoterroryzm może rozwijać się więc jawnie lub w sposób utajony   Jakie są różnice?   Matka terrorystka utajona prowadzi wewnętrzny monolog nastawiony na deprecjonowanie innych Matek. W jej głowie zwykle goszczą i rozsiadają się takie myśli: Jak ona może spać z dzieckiem! Jak ona może spać z mężem! Jak ona może karmić butelką! Jak ona może pozwalać dziecku tak wisieć na piersi! Jak ona może ciągle nosić! Jak ona może nie nosić!  Jak ona może mieć cesarkę! Jak ona może rodzić naturalnie! Jak ona może wrócić do pracy! Jak ona może oddać dziecko do żłobka! Jak ona może być taka uwiązana do dziecka! Na pewno ma za chude mleko!   Matka terrorystka jawna prowadzi taki sam wewnętrzny monolog jak Matka terrorystka utajona, ale ona dodatkowo dzieli się swoimi przemyśleniami z innymi Matkami w formie tak zwanego obgadywania, albo potępianym Matkom prosto w twarz ciska swoimi przemyśleniami.     Moim zdaniem w każdym tym przypadku przyczyna matkoterroryzmu jest tak na prawdę jedna: zaniżone poczucie własnej wartości Matki Terrorystki.   Dlatego jak kolejny raz zostaniesz zaatakowana przez Matkę Terrorystkę przypomnij sobie moje słowa. Zamiast brać do siebie te często trudne dla Ciebie słowa pamiętaj, że tak na prawdę to tylko reakcja obronna osoby, która ma niskie poczucie własnej wartości.  I nie daj się wciągnąć w tę grę.   Tekst ten ma zabarwienie ironiczne i nie był konsultowany ani z lekarzem ani z farmaceutą.   PS Bądź na bieżąco i obserwuj nas na Instagramie.  
- [Rok 2015 był dla mnie rokiem przemiany...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/blog-plany-2016/): To niesamowite…  znów mamy Nowy Rok. Dokładnie rok temu siedziałam o tej porze przy szpitalnym łóżeczku naszego 3 miesięcznego Dziecka, płacząc i modląc się o Jego zdrowie i życie. To był niesamowicie trudny czas, ale gdy przeminął, ja zamiast cieszyć się chwilą byłam pełna obaw. O wszystko. O dziecko, o zdrowie, o pracę, o znajomych, o to co ludzie powiedzą… Dziś znów mamy Nowy Rok, przede mną kolejne i ogromne zmiany, ale ja już się nie boję, to co rok temu było dla mnie niesamowicie trudnym wyjściem poza strefę komfortu, w tym roku jest dla mnie nadzieją, wyzwaniem i ogromną radością. Rok 2015 był dla mnie rokiem przemiany. Sama nie mogę uwierzyć w to, jak bardzo potrafimy dojrzeć i przewartościować swój świat w 12 miesięcy. To była trudna, wyboista, ale cudowna droga, cudowna, gdyż zaprowadziła mnie tu, gdzie teraz jestem, a jestem szczęśliwa jak nigdy dotąd. W 2016 roku postaram się więc z Wami podzielić sposobami na zmianę myślenia, bo to mój światopogląd uległ zmianie, poziom radości i problemów pozostał na podobnym poziomie. To idealny moment, aby przypomnieć Wam 10 najczęściej czytanych postów z 2015 roku i podzielić się z Wami kilkoma moimi planami na 2016 rok. Wasze ulubione posty z 2015: 1. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? >> klik  2. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam >> klik 3. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dziecięcy >> klik 4. Będziesz miała cesarkę? Tylko nikomu o tym nie mów! >> klik 5. 10 najfajniejszych zabawek na pierwsze 6 miesięcy życia dziecka >> klik 6. Drugi raz wyszłam za mąż! >> klik 7. Przerwane oczekiwanie >> klik 8. Żółto-szary pokój dziecięcy krok po kroku>> klik 9. Moje Dziecko mnie nie wkurza>> klik 10. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany!>> klik Wasze ulubione zdjęcia z 2015:   Co szykuję dla Was na 2016 rok? 1. Coś kobiecego… czyli Metamorfozę mojej garderoby Mam dość stawania przed dwiema, wypełnionymi po brzegi szafami (pomimo tego, że selekcję robię co najmniej 2 razy do roku) i zadawania sobie wciąż tego samego pytania, na które jest tylko jedna odpowiedź: „nie mam się w co ubrać!!!”. Nie da się ukryć, ostatnie 2 lata spędziłam w domu w ciąży lub z Dzieckiem, większość ubrań sprzed tego okresu albo na mnie nie pasuje, albo do siebie nie pasuje, do tego jestem bardzo sentymentalna, ale jedno wiem – mojej szafie należą się wielkie porządki i mam zamiar się z Wami podzielić sposobem na nie. Kompletuję właśnie literaturę, która powinna mi w tym pomóc i tak od 2 dni relaksuję się czytając książki… już to kocham!!! 2. Coś zawodowego… czyli Projekt i realizację mojego nowego biura Nie da się ukryć – rozwijamy się, idziemy do przodu i zwyczajnie nie mieścimy się w poprzednim biurze. Wiem, jak uwielbiacie Mikusiowe kąty w naszym domu, mam nadzieję, że kolejne posty z mojego biura również Wam się spodobają, a może zainspirują do zmian we własnej przestrzeni? Dwa moje poprzednie biura możecie obejrzeć tutaj>> klik. 3. Coś ciążowego… czyli Wyprawka Szykuję dla Was kolejne posty z tej serii, bo o nie dostaję od Was najwięcej pytań, a więc będzie jeszcze więcej naszych rad, konkretnych sprawdzonych produktów oraz naszych rekomendacji. 4. Coś dzieciowego… czyli Recenzje  A na pierwszy ogień pójdą kolejne 3 wózki! Do tego książki, zabawki i może w końcu przekonam się do dziecięcej mody? 5. Coś nowoczesnego… czyli Gadżety Uwielbiamy je i mamy w domu kilka cudów techniki, czas powiedzieć światu w co warto zainwestować, a na co nie warto wydawać. 6. Coś Waszego… czyli podpowiedzcie mi – Na co macie ochotę?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [WARSZTATY #KreatywniezASUS](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/warsztaty-kreatywniezasusem/): Jeśli śledzicie mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie to już wiecie, że przed świętami miałam ogromną przyjemność pojechać do Warszawy aby wziąć udział w niezwykłych warsztatach #KreatywniezASUS. Do wzięcia udziału w warsztatach zostały zaproszone blogerki modowe oraz te, które podobnie jak ja interesują się fotografią oraz lifestylem, a to wszystko po to, aby w fantastycznej atmosferze zgłębić tajniki fotografii. Dobrze wiadomo, że motywacja jest podstawą każdego sukcesu, dlatego warsztaty rozpoczęliśmy od rewelacyjnej i bardzo energetycznej prelekcji mentora Marcina Mańki, po której naładowani jeszcze większą ilością pozytywnej energii, mieliśmy czas na wymianę wrażeń przy pysznym cateringu od Przystanku Sushi. Gdy jak zawsze urocza Ania Zając – autorka bloga fashionable.com.pl zdradzała nam 10 trików na wykonanie makijażu fotograficznego, my mogliśmy poznać i przetestować najnowsze telefony marki ASUS  – ZenFone z technologią laserowego autofocusa, która umożliwia błyskawicznie szybkie ustawianie ostrości. Mogliśmy poprawić makijaż u profesjonalnej wizażystki i ruszyć do części praktycznej czyli bardzo kreatywnych warsztatów z wybitnym, młodym polskim fotografem Jakubem Kaźmierczykiem, który ma na swoim koncie rewelacyjne zdjęcia reklamowe dla marek takich jak Starbucks, Pizza Hut czy Burger King, a przed jego obiektywem chętnie pozuje chyba wszystkim znana Ania Piszczałka. W parach lub małych grupach mieliśmy możliwość pracować w prawdziwym studio fotograficznym z różnymi modelkami, w których rolę wcielaliśmy się na zmianę, ale co najważniejsze – fotografować, ustawiać i synchronizować oświetlenie, na bieżąco obserwując efekty naszej pracy na podłączonych do aparatu komputerach, a to wszystko pod okiem i przy cennych wskazówkach fotografa Jakuba Kaźmierczyka. Na początku warsztatów każdy z nas otrzymał od marki ASUS własną kartę pamięci, którą wraz ze wszystkimi wykonanymi na warsztatach zdjęciami i wspomnieniami mógł zabrać ze sobą do domu, oraz power bank, aby nigdy nie zabrakło nam prądu podczas kreatywnej pracy, gdziekolwiek nie będziemy. Po fantastycznej i pełnej bezcennych wskazówek sesji zdjęciowej zasiedliśmy do komputerów, gdzie Jakub pokazał nam jak za pomocą programu Adobe Lightroom można prawidłowo wybierać i importować zdjęcia, od razu zaszywając w tych plikach słowa kluczowe, a także prawidłowo wywołać je w cyfrowej ciemni, dokonać delikatnego retuszu, a to wszystko po to, aby uzyskać piękny, naturalny efekt. Nigdy wcześniej nie miałam możliwości pracować z aparatem pod okiem takiego profesjonalisty, dodatkowo praca przy boku Jakuba na całym etapie powstawania zdjęcia – od pomysłu, przez pracę z modelką, ustawienia aparatu i oświetlenia, do postprodukcji były absolutnie fantastyczną lekcją, z której wyniosłam bardzo dużo. Bardzo się cieszę, że mogłam wziąć udział w tych warsztatach, gdyż sprzęt ASUS w połączeniu z Jakubem stworzył nam idealne warunki do nauki, a ja wyszłam z warsztatów pełna chęci do dalszej nauki i bogatsza o dwa nowe marzenia. Pierwsze to nowy mobilny komputer, nakierowany właśnie na obróbkę zdjęć – pracując na sprzęcie ASUS i rozmawiając z ekspertami okazało się, że komputer, na którym obecnie pracuję przy obróbce zdjęć na bloga nie sprawdza się za dobrze, gdyż jego ekran świeci nieco na niebiesko, przekłamując tym samym barwy, cienie, kontrasty, a więc większość z Was widzi moje zdjęcia inaczej niż ja je wywołuję, co nie ukrywam jest dla mnie sporym dyskomfortem. To przez zdjęcia, ich kolory i nastrój wyrażam siebie, a ten odbiór może być przez Was lekko zmodyfikowany. Myślę, że z łatwością wybrałabym dla siebie jakieś cudo z modeli ASUS ZenBook, szybkie do wygodnej obróbki zdjęć oraz pojemne do ich katalogowania, a to wszystko zamknięte w pięknej obudowie, która idealnie wpisałaby się w mój biznesowy charakter. Drugie marzenie to kolejne warsztaty z Jakubem Kaźmierczykiem, na których mogłabym zgłębić tajniki oprogramowania Adobe Lightroom. A przy wyjściu czekały na każdego z nas urocze czekoladowe choinki od DESEO. Raz jeszcze pragnę podziękować za organizację tak fantastycznych warsztatów, jestem pewna, że ich efekt będzie widoczny w każdym moim kolejnym zdjęciu.
- [Jak wygrałam walkę z niedoskonałościami? Poznaj mój sposób na ładną cerę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/clarisonic-mia-2-recenzja-opinie/): Po 20 latach nierównej walki z niedoskonałościami dziś nie wstydzę się pokazać bez makijażu. Jak to osiągnęłam? Co to jest Clarisonic Mia 2? Clarisonic to marka produkująca szczoteczki do twarzy (i ciała), które wykorzystują technikę sonicznego mikromasażu, są więc delikatne i idealne do codziennego oczyszczania skóry. Te szczoteczki wykonują niezłą robotę – wykonują 300 mikroruchów na sekundę!!! Szczoteczka była moim prezentem wielkanocnym od Wojtka. Używam jej więc już ponad 9 miesięcy. Dlaczego dopiero teraz zdecydowałam się na recenzję? 1. Za wcześnie To była miłość od pierwszego wejrzenia. Od pierwszego użycia ją pokochałam. Z dnia na dzień obserwowałam ogromną poprawę mojej cery. Była tak widoczna, że obawiałam się efektu placebo lub totalnego braku obiektywizmu, dlatego przez pierwsze tygodnie powstrzymywałam się, aby o niej nie napisać. 2. Nie doceniasz tego, co masz, dopóki tego nie stracisz Przez prawie rok zdążyłam przywyknąć do wszystkiego dobrego, co dawała mi ta szczoteczka. O dawnych czasach przypominały mi czasami zdjęcia sprzed roku czy pięciu, na które się natykałam, i to, co rzucało mi się na nich w oczy, to cera często pełna niedoskonałości, z którymi przez lata walczyłam. Gdy pewnego grudniowego dnia moja szczoteczka odmówiła ładowania, zareklamowałam ją i otrzymałam zupełnie nowy produkt. Niestety procedura ta zajęła ponad 2 tygodnie i dopiero wtedy uświadomiłam sobie, jak bardzo mi jej brakuje i jak dużo korzyści mi dawała. Zdałam sobie sprawę, że moja cera dalej jest mocno problematyczna, ale dzięki codziennej, nowej pielęgnacji prawie o tym zapomniałam. Za co kocham moją szczoteczkę Clarisonic Mia 2? 1. Moją cerę Okazało się, że dla mojej cery mieszanej ze skłonnością do niedoskonałości, po których zostają pamiątki w postaci przebarwień, jest idealna. Widzę, że moja skóra potrzebuje dokładnie takiej pielęgnacji i bardzo dokładnego, codziennego oczyszczenia i masażu, wtedy się nie buntuje i odpłaca wyrównanym, spokojnym kolorytem. Moja cera wygląda dziś dobrze, jak nigdy wcześniej. Nie oznacza to jednak, że jest idealna. Po 20 latach walki z niedoskonałościami, a przez wiele lat także z trądzikiem, moja cera pewnie już nigdy nie będzie idealna, ale jej stan dzisiaj zadowala mnie w 90%. Od kilku miesięcy bez skrępowania zmywam makijaż i pokazuję się tak innym domownikom, wiedząc, że uwagi od tego, co mówię, nie odwracają niedoskonałości. Czuję się dobrze w swojej skórze. 2. Przyjemność, jaką mi daje Ten masaż po pierwsze jest przyjemny, po drugie odprężający, po trzecie… no, uwielbiam go! Ta szczoteczka jest wodoodporna i zawsze korzystam z niej wieczorem pod prysznicem. 3. Łatwość użycia, ładowania Żadnych wymiennych akumulatorków, gniazd, których nie wolno moczyć. Przykładam magnetyczną ładowarkę i zostawiam na całą noc. Rano szczoteczka jest gotowa do użycia przez wiele kolejnych dni. Czy Clarisonic to szczoteczka dla każdego? Nie wiem. Wiem jedno, żałuję, że tak późno spróbowałam takiej pielęgnacji, więc jeśli podobnie jak ja borykasz się z niedoskonałościami, z trądzikiem, z bolącymi zmianami, warto spróbować tego rozwiązania. Od kiedy jej używam, zrezygnowałam z większości produktów do pielęgnacji cery, których wcześniej używałam. Ile kosztuje? Szczoteczka dostępna jest w regularnej cenie 649 zł, ale bardzo łatwo możesz ją kupić za 519 zł tutaj >> klik. Sklep robi regularne przeceny dla posiadaczy karty stałego Klienta, gdy na cały asortyment sklepu udzielany jest rabat 20% – właśnie w te dni robię tam zakupy. Nie ma co ukrywać – szczoteczka nie jest tania i według mnie to jedyna jej wada. Wybaczyłam jej nawet awarię, gdyż zrobiła dla mnie tyle dobrego, że traktuję to jako sprzeczkę kochanków, po której jest jeszcze fajniej. Duży plus dla producenta za bezproblemową wymianę sprzętu na nowy – otrzymałam nową nie tylko szczoteczkę, ale cały zestaw, który widzicie na zdjęciach. Szczoteczkę dostałam w kolorze białym i to był chyba najlepszy wybór jak na mój gust, ale Ty możesz ją kupić w jednym z kilku ślicznych, pastelowych kolorów. Uwaga na podróbki! Gdy koleżanka poleciłam mi szczoteczkę Clarisonic, przytłoczona jej ceną w Sephorze oczywiście zaczęłam przeszukiwać internet w poszukiwaniu tańszych sklepów, które bez problemu znalazłam. Dobrze, że powiedziałam jej o tym, gdyż opowiedziała mi wtedy historię, jak sama chciała zaoszczędzić na zakupie szczoteczki i skorzystała z popularnej strony z kuponami rabatowymi. Niestety, zamiast oryginalnego produktu otrzymała… świetną podróbkę. Sporo czasu i nerwów zajęło jej dochodzenie swoich praw i odzyskanie swoich pieniędzy za to oszustwo. Dlatego nie odważyłam się kupić szczoteczki nigdzie indziej niż w Sephorze. Dzięki, Asiu! Czy warto przepłacać? Na rynku dostępnych jest wiele szczoteczek do twarzy, większość z nich będzie osiągalna w znacznie niższej cenie. Moją głęboką więź ze szczoteczką do twarzy odczuwałam chyba od zawsze. Już w podstawówce wpadłam na to, aby do pielęgnacji twarzy używać szczoteczki… do zębów (sic!) z najmiększym włosiem dostępnym w drogerii. Później piałam z zachwytu na widok manualnej szczoteczki do twarzy na drogeryjnym regale. Niestety za żadną z nich nie szły pożądane efekty. Próbowałam także cudów z marketów i tych z Allegro, które prędzej czy później lądowały w koszu, a ja oprócz niedoskonałości miałam podrażnioną cerę. Dlatego uważam, że jeśli od wielu lat cierpisz na problemy z cerą, warto. A jaką Ty masz cerę? Idealną? Czy podobnie jak ja wiecznie problematyczną? Czy jesteś zadowolona ze swojej pielęgnacji, czy poszukujesz zmiany? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u nas – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj nas na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie.
- [Hybryda krok po kroku czyli paznokcie hybrydowe w domu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/manicure-hybrydowy-w-domu-krok-po-kroku/): Jak zrobić paznokcie hybrydowe krok po kroku? Hybrydy w domu są zabiegiem tak prostym, że jeśli nie masz możliwości częstego odwiedzania salonów kosmetycznych lub chcesz zaoszczędzić to manicure hybrydowy bardzo łatwo możesz wykonać sama.   Przedstawiałam Wam już wszystkie produkty, które są potrzebne aby wykonać manicure hybrydowy w domu, poleciłam Wam lakiery hybrydowe, które sama uwielbiam i które warto wybrać, czas więc na instrukcję jak krok po kroku wykonać taki zabieg samodzielnie.   Przygotowanie płytki paznokcia Możesz bardzo delikatnie zmatowić ich powierzchnię blokiem polerskim – absolutnie nie używam do tego celu żadnych pilniczków i wykonuję dosłownie kilka delikatnych ruchów, a im blok starszy tym lepszy, bo delikatniejszy. Do usuwania skórek używam płynu do skórek i odsuwam je kopytkiem. Paznokciom nadaję odpowiednią długość i kształt za pomocą papierowego lub szklanego pilniczka. Osobiście preferuję krótki manicure, który noszę 2 tygodnie i w tym czasie staje się już znacznie dłuższy.   Następnie przemywam płytkę paznokcia wacikiem nasączonym specjalnym płynem odtłuszczającym, to tzw. clener i przystępuję do nakładania lakierów hybrydowych.   Nakładanie lakierów hybrydowych – kilka zasad 1. Każda warstwa lakieru powinna być jak najcieńsza – przedłuży to trwałość lakierów. Jeśli zależy nam na pełnym kryciu, zdecydowanie lepiej jest nałożyć 3 cieniutkie warstwy niż 2 grube. Dużo czasu zajęło mi zrozumienie tej zależności, długo bałam się spróbować nakładać warstwy aż tak cieniutko w obawie, że popękają – nic bardziej mylnego. 2. Malując paznokcie lepiej zostawić większy odstęp od skórek niż dotknąć je lakierem – wtedy będziemy miały efekt tzw. zalanych skórek, czyli odstających i haczących fragmentów lakieru, które po pierwsze są nieestetyczne a po drugie osłabią trwałość lakieru, gdyż łatwo będzie się dostawało pod nie powietrze. 3. Jeśli zalejesz skórkę masz dwa wyjścia: możesz wziąć drewniany patyczek i przeciąć połączenie pomiędzy lakierem a skórką – często to wystarczy, ale jeśli zalanie jest za duże polecam zmyć te warstwę lakieru cleanerem i nałożyć ją raz jeszcze. Co ważne – nie musisz pozbywać się warstw, które masz pod spodem, one już zostały utwardzone w lampie i cleaner ich nie uszkodzi. 4. Pomiędzy nakładaniem kolejnych warstw nie przemywaj powierzchni paznokci clenerem, choć wiele osób tak robi, moim zdaniem osłabia to przyczepność kolejnych warstw i również obniża trwałość zabiegu. 5. Pamiętaj o wykończeniu wolnego brzegu paznokcia nakładając każdą warstwę lakieru, począwszy od bazy, przez kolor (lub kolory bo można je mieszać) na topie kończąc, a więc po nałożeniu danej warstwy na paznokieć pomalować delikatnie prawie suchym pędzelkiem wolny brzeg paznokcia. Zabezpieczy to paznokieć przed rozdwajaniem i podniesie trwałość zabiegu. Lakier w lampie odrobinie się „kurczy” odsłaniając wolny brzeg, a tak lakier ma skąd się skurczyć. Warstwa ta musi być tak absolutnie cieniutka, aby efekt był naturalny, a część lakieru nie dostała się pod płytkę, gdyż osiągniemy odwrotny efekt. 6. Musisz bardzo dobrze wymieszać lakier przed nałożeniem każdej kolejnej warstwy, ja poświęcam każdej około 60 sekund mieszania – trzęsę buteleczką gdy druga dłoń jest w lampie. Malowanie paznokci lakierami hybrydowymi Tak na prawdę pamiętając o powyższych 6 zasadach malujesz paznokcie jak zwykłymi lakierami, ale zamiast czekać z nałożeniem kolejnej warstwy aż paznokcie wyschną, wsadzasz je do lampy zwykle na 120 sekund – tutaj należy spojrzeć na instrukcję producenta lakierów, który podaje osobne czasy naświetlania dla lamp UV oraz LED. W moim przypadku to jest 120 sekund. Lakier hybrydowy – baza Odtłuszczone paznokcie malujemy cieniutką warstwą bazy i wkładamy do lampy na 120 sekund. Lakier hybrydowy – kolor Po wyjęciu dłoni z lampy czyli po utwardzeniu bazy malujemy paznokcie cieniutko lakierem w wybranym kolorze i wkładamy rękę do lampy na 120 sekund. Lakier kolorowy nakładamy minimum w dwóch warstwach aż do uzyskania pożądanego krycia. Pamiętaj o utwardzeniu każdej poszczególnej warstwy lakieru w lampie. Ciekawostka: Różne kolory lakierów można nakładać na siebie co pozwala uzyskać nowe odcienie. Idealnie jest nakładać na górze lakiery półtransparentne lub błyszczące. Lakier hybrydowy – top coat Gdy uzyskaliśmy pożądane krycie, nakładamy na paznokcie ostatnią warstwę tzw. top i znów wsadzamy do lampy na 120 sekund.   Zmywamy klejącą powłokę, tzw. warstwę dyspersyjną Nasz manicure hybrydowy jest już prawie gotowy, wystarczy teraz wacikiem zwilżonym w płynie cleaner przemyć paznokcie, aby pozbawić je tej klejącej warstwy i nasze paznokcie są już gotowe! Nie ma czekania, aż wyschną, nie musisz się obawiać, że pościel Ci się w nich odbije, są twarde, błyszczące i gotowe do akcji. Często pytacie mnie czy lakier hybrydowy niszczy paznokcie. Z pewnością ich nie odżywia, ale po kilku latach regularnego wykonywania tych zabiegów wiem, że po pierwsze zabiegi te warto wykonywać jedynie w sprawdzonych salonach kosmetycznych, zdecydowanie też lepiej robić je w domu niż oddać się w ręce niewprawnej kosmetyczki, która zniszczy nam płytkę na przykład każdorazowo pomiędzy zabiegami traktując naszą płytkę gruboziarnistym pilnikiem. Po 4 takich zabiegach z rzędu pomimo nałożenia lakieru hybrydowego moje paznokcie wyginały się we wszystkie strony, lakier odpadał, a ja odczuwałam ból. Moje paznokcie po kilku latach regularnego stosowania manicure hybrydowego bezpośrednio po jego zdjęciu wyglądają tak jak na poniższym zdjęciu i są dużo ładniejsze i silniejsze niż jak stosowałam regularnie zwykłe lakiery.   Dlatego jeśli chcesz się zdecydować na ten rodzaj zabiegu wybierz tylko sprawdzony salon, z lakierami, których nie trzeba z płytki spiłowywać, tylko można je rozpuścić przykładając na kilka minut wacik nasączony w płynie na bazie acetonu. W kolejnym poście z tej serii pokażę Wam jak zmywam lakier, a później możecie liczyć na przegląd moich ulubionych kolorów hybryd. PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u nas – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj nas na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie.
- [Kocha, lubi, SZAFUJE - nowa seria postów na blogu!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/stworz-swoja-garderobe/): Twoja szafa pęka w szwach, a Ty nie masz się w co ubrać? A gdy w końcu coś na siebie włożysz zwykle przez cały dzień żałujesz, że nie ubrałaś czegoś innego? Ciągle kupujesz coś nowego, a mimo to wciąż nie masz w czym chodzić? Nie wiesz jak kompletować zestawy ubrań? Nie wiesz w jakich fasonach jest Ci dobrze, a czego powinnaś unikać jak ognia? Jeśli choć na jedno z tych pytań odpowiedziałaś twierdząco, to ta seria postów jest dla Ciebie! W postanowieniach na 2016 rok na szczycie listy umieściłam rozprawienie się z moją garderobą. Tak na prawdę przez ostatnie 2 lata to głównie „siedziałam w domu” – ciąża i urlop macierzyński, a także duże wahania kształtów i wagi sprawiły, że ja na prawdę nie mam się w co ubrać! A na co dzień nie czuję się dobrze w swoich ciuchach. Moja figura zmieniła się, moda zmieniła się i moje oczekiwania również, a więc mojej szafie należy się zupełna metamorfoza. Muszą wylecieć z niej ubrania, które darzę sentymentem, gdyż nosiłam je do pracy 2-3 lata temu, a które dzisiaj już zupełnie na mnie nie pasują, albo już mi się nie podobają, także workowate cuda, w których początkowo ukrywałam ciążowy brzuszek, bluzki do karmienia i ciuchy, które nadają się tylko do chodzenia po domu, ale bez otwierania drzwi kurierowi. Stawiając czoła temu wyzwaniu chciałam mieć kompana, kogoś, kto będzie moim przewodnikiem, stylistą. Na co dzień sama zajmuję się modą ślubną, a także analizą sylwetki i doborem ślubnych strojów. Wiem jak ukryć zbyt szerokie biodra czy ramiona, podkreślić talię i wydobyć wszystkie atuty sylwetki Panny Młodej, uzupełniając kreację odpowiednimi dodatkami. Umiem rozpoznać, czy ta figura to jabłko, klepsydra czy gruszka, a także dopasować poszczególne części garderoby. Jednak mam wrażenie, że patrząc z boku łatwiej jest zachować obiektywizm i perfekcyjnie doradzić, niż gdy samemu staje się ze sobą oko w oko przed lustrem. Tu nasze wymiary potrafią zostać przyćmione przez kompleksy i czasami latami człowiek stara się ukryć zbyt dużą w jego oczach pupę zakładając wzorzyste bluzki, nie zauważając, że doprowadza w ten sposób do deformacji swojej sylwetki gdyż poszerzając się nadmiernie u góry zaczyna przypominać trójkąt, oddalając się od idealnych proporcji klepsydry. Nie będę udawać, że dobrze znam się na modzie i jestem na bieżąco z modową prasą i kreacjami z wybiegów, bowiem na co dzień nie śledzę tych trendów, ale wierzę, że wielka moda nie jest kluczem do tego, aby fajnie i dobrze wyglądać. Swojej drogi do nowego i odświeżonego wizerunku nie szukam więc oglądając pokazy mody czy prenumerując Harper’s Bazaar. Poszukując prostych, szybkich i sprawdzonych rozwiązań, które posłużą mi na lata postanowiłam posłużyć się poradnikami, a na mojej liście i w mojej domowej biblioteczne zamieszkały 3 nowe pozycje: „Elementarz Stylu” Katarzyny Tusk, autorki bloga Make Life Easier „Radzka radzi. Tobie dobrze w tym!”  Magdaleny Kanoniak, Youtuberki – Radzka „Slow fashion. Modowa rewolucja” – Joanny Glogazy, autorki bloga The Style Digger Dobór książek nie był przypadkowy – autorki tych książek fantastycznie wyglądają na co dzień, co regularnie pokazują na swoich blogach czy vlogach więc nie pozostaje nic lepszego, niż się tego właśnie od nich nauczyć. No to zaczynam! Już jutro recenzja pierwszej książki „Elementarz Stylu” Katarzyny Tusk >> klik. Kto ciekawy? A kto już czytał? A może Wy polecicie mi jeszcze jakieś książki, które zrewolucjonizowały Waszą szafę? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/armadillo-flip-mamas-papas/): Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas to drugi wózek, jaki  mieliśmy przyjemność użytkować w wersji 2w1. Jak się spisał? Czy warto go kupić? Jakie ma wady a jakie zalety? Oto nasza recenzja i nasze opinie na jego temat. Gdy wybieraliśmy drugi wózek, w naszym domu był już Mutsy Evo, którego recenzję możecie przeczytać tutaj. Przez 5 miesięcy korzystania z wózka, mieliśmy już dość mocno sprecyzowane oczekiwania co do tego, jaki powinien być kolejny  model, wtedy jeszcze mieliśmy nadzieję, na znalezienie wózka idealnego. Czym kierowaliśmy się przy wyborze tego wózka? 1. Duża budka spacerówki 2. Minimalny rozmiar po złożeniu spacerówki 3. Spacerówka z przekładanym siedziskiem 4. Spacerówka rozkładana na płasko 5. Minimalistyczny design Muszę przyznać, że Armadillo Flip od Mamas & Papas idealnie wpisał się w te oczekiwania.   Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas – test i recenzja wózka Stelaż, prowadzenie, hamulec, rączka Gdy otrzymałam paczki z wózkiem, rozłożyłam stelaż wózka, zamontowałam na nim siedzisko spacerówki i przeraziłam się! W porównaniu do mojego Mutsy Armadillo Flip od Mamas & Papas prowadził się bardzo ciężko i okazał się zupełnie niezwrotny. Na szczęście takie wrażenie odniosłam tylko w domu na niewielkiej powierzchni, na spacerze, w plenerze prawie o tym zapomniałam.   Wózek posiada piankowe, lekko amortyzowane koła, przednie są obracane, ale można je zablokować do jazdy na wprost. Pomimo niewielkiej amortyzacji wygodę dla Dziecka oceniam bardzo przyzwoicie – w końcu to wózek miejski. Nie jestem jednak pewna czy i jak takie koła poradzą sobie na śniegu.   Rączka wózka nie ma żadnej regulacji, przy moim wzroście 162 cm była w porządku, ale wyższy ode mnie prawie 20 cm Wojtek już nie było tak wygodnie. Oczywiście wiele zależy tutaj od preferencji osoby prowadzącej wózek, więc możliwe, że komu innemu będzie wygodnie.   Wózek posiada hamulec nożny, który bardzo łatwi się blokuje przez naciśnięcie, niestety aby zdjąć blokadę trzeba hamulec podciągnąć do góry, co nie służy naszym butom i stopom. Kosz na zakupy Pokocha go każda kobieta! Jest ogromny, wysoko zawieszony, załadowany nie szoruje o ziemię. Idealny! Gondola Gondola wozka Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas może być akcesorium do wózka spacerowego. Gdy otrzymaliśmy wózek Mikołaj miał 7 miesięcy i choć mieścił się jeszcze do naszej gondoli Mutsy Evo, do tej absolutnie nie. Ta gondolka jest na prawdę kompaktowa, ma zaledwie 67 cm długości więc nie mieliśmy możliwości przetestowania jej w akcji. Nadaje się więc dla bardzo malutkich Dzieci, niestety rodząc Dziecko we wrześniu nie zdecydowałabym się na ten wózek w wersji 2w1, gdyż pewnie w okolicach grudnia musiałabym przesadzić Dziecko do spacerówki, czego sobie nie wyobrażam. Z drugiej strony jak pomyślę jak półrocznemu Dziecku wygodnie jest w gondoli, nawet latem sobie tego nie wyobrażam. Gondolka składa się niemal na płasko, ale rozłożona jest też bardzo płytka i miałam jakąś irracjonalną obawę, że Dziecko mi z niej wypadnie. Osobiście nie zdecydowałabym się na jej zakup.   Natomiast ciekawostką dla mnie było to, że gondolę można było zamontować zarówno przodem jak i tyłem do kierunku jazdy. Siedzisko spacerówki Spacerówka wózka Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas posiada przekładane siedzisko, dziecko może więc jeździć zarówno przodem jak i tyłem do kierunku jazdy. Jak dla mnie to obowiązkowa funkcja spacerówki. Mój Synek ma dzisiaj 16 miesięcy a wciąż większość czasu spędza w wózku tyłem do kierunku jazdy – przodem do nas, co pozwala nam fantastycznie spędzać razem czas i wykorzystywać każdą wspólną chwilę na całego.   Siedzisko jest naprawdę spore, szerokie i długie (aż 103cm!), oparcie można mieć w 3 pozycjach, w tym można je rozłożyć prawie zupełnie na płasko – zarówno oparcie jak i podnóżek, aby zapewnić Dziecku na prawdę komfortowy sen. Wszystkie regulacje są bardzo wygodne w użyciu. Siedzisko nie ma pałąka, co dla mnie osobiście jest minusem, gdyż bez niego Dziecka w wózku nie można nawet na chwilę posadzić bez pasów (oczywiście ze względów bezpieczeństwa w każdym wózku dziecko w każdym wieku powinno jeździć lub siedzieć przypięte, ale jeśli Wasz Maluch z jakiegoś powodu jeździ bez pasów, tu nie będzie miał takiej możliwości). Z powodu pasów Dziecko nie będzie mogło spać na boku, co nasz Maluch w początkowym okresie korzystania ze spacerówki uwielbiał.   Wózek ma też fantastyczną budkę, która cudownie chroni przed wiatrem i słońcem.   Samo siedzisko ze złożoną budką jest natomiast bardzo odsłonięte, co mi osobiście niestety przeszkadza. Mam wrażenie, że Dziecko siedzi na krzesełku z pasami. Nie można położyć mu zabawki na kolanach gdyż przez moment nie trzymana od razu spadnie. Takie siedzisko nie zapewni też ochrony przed chłodnym wiatrem, a Dziecko ciężko zawinąć w dodatkowy kocyk. W mojej ocenie to wózek idealny na wiosnę i lato.   Na stelażu zawieszałam torbę, niestety gdy Dziecko skierowane jest do kierunku jazdy, torba przeszkadza w rozłożeniu wózka na płasko. Wózek także staje się lekko wywrotny, tak więc trzeba z tym bardzo ostrożnie.   W budce wózka jest okienko, dzięki któremu możemy podglądać skierowane do nas tyłem Dziecko. Ogromny plus za magnetyczne zamknięcie – nie ma to jak obudzić śpiącego Maluszka zapięciem na rzep! Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Rozmiar naszego bagażnika wciąć pozostawia wiele do życzenia. dlatego tym razem marzyliśmy o wózku, który na prawdę zajmie bardzo niewielką jego powierzchnię. Muszę przyznać, że w tej kwestii wózek spisał się na 6! Do tego wózek możemy złożyć z zamontowanym siedziskiem bez względu na to czy jest ustawione przodem czy tyłem, a złożenia możemy dokonać jedną ręką! Ten bagażnik jest naprawdę niewielki, a wózek zajmuje zdecydowanie niewielką część jego pojemności, mamy więc miejsce na całkiem spore bagaże czy zakupy. Dodatkowo stelaż spacerówki składa się razem z siedziskiem, co jest niezwykle komfortowe. Kolory Wózek jest dostępny w 4 kolorach. Akcesoria Do wózka można dokupić: adaptery do fotelika samochodowego Maxi Cosi / Cybex / Be Safe śpiworek do wózka gondolę twardą, którą opisałam Wam poniżej gondolę miękką – nosidło montujemy bezpośrednio na wózek spacerowy, specjalne rozcięcia na dnie nosidła przeznaczone są do mocowania 5 – punktowymi szelkami bezpieczeństwa w wózku spacerowym, długość: 76 cm parasol w kolorze wózka śpiworek śpiworek w kolorze wózka torba pielęgnacyjna w kolorze wózka uchwyt na kubek Ceny Wózek możecie kupić w jednej z tych konfiguracji: wózek 2w1: 1899 zł wózek spacerowy: 1599 zł gondola: 990 zł gondola miękka: 380 zł parasol: 199 zł śpiworek czarny 199 zł śpiworek w kolorze wózka 349 zł torba pielęgnacyjna w kolorze wózka 349 zł uchwyt na kubek: 55 zł Podsumowanie  Wózek Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas to bardzo fajna spacerówka. Na pewno jest wart rozważenia jeśli masz malutki bagażnik, zależy Ci na łatwym składaniu wózka. Bardzo dobrze sprawdzi się w mieście. Ma nowoczesny design, ogromną budkę, która ochroni Dziecko przed słońcem. Co bardzo ważne można przewozić w nim Dziecko zarówno przodem jak i tyłem do kierunku jazdy. Wózek niestety ma maleńką gondolę, która nie starczy na długo, jednak w spacerówce na pewno będzie Dziecku wygodnie, będzie mogło drzemać prawie zupełnie na płasko, jeśli problemem dla Was nie będzie zbytnie odsłonięcie siedziska. Wózek wykonany z dobrej jakości materiałów, do których nie miałam żadnych zastrzeżeń. Do kupienia na przykład na oficjalnej stronie producenta >> klik. A jak Wam się podoba Armadillo Flip Mamas & Papas?  PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [My się zimy nie boimy czyli nasze sposoby na odporność na co dzień](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zwiekszyc-odpornosc/): Wierzymy, że o odporność trzeba dbać na co dzień, gdy łapie nas przeziębienie często bywa już za późno. Dlatego każdego dnia dbamy o to, by nie chorować. Dziś odpowiem Wam na pytanie jak zwiększyć odporność na co dzień. Witamina C Prewencyjnie przyjmowana codziennie. Koniecznie naturalna. Bierzemy ją wszyscy, bez wyjątku. W jakiej dawce? Najlepiej spytaj dobrego lekarza jaka dawka będzie odpowiednia dla poszczególnych członków Waszej rodziny. Witamina D Niedoceniania, dawniej suplementowana głównie dzieciom, dziś coraz więcej publikacji alarmuje o ogromnych niedoborach tej witaminy w naszej populacji. Poszłam i zbadałam. Mam 6x za niski poziom! Nie powiem Wam więc ile macie jej przyjmować, musicie sami to sprawdzić. My wszyscy zbadaliśmy sobie poziom witaminy D i wspólnie z lekarzem ustaliliśmy suplementację. Witaminę D kupujemy również naturalną, na receptę, za kilka złotych. Olej lniany Skoro każdy dzień zaczynamy od porcji witaminy D to od razu popijamy ją łyżką oleju lnianego. Wszak witamina D rozpuszcza się w tłuszczach, ale nie tylko dlatego. Olej lniany posiada niesamowite właściwości, o których napisano już niejedną książkę. Ważne, aby olej był nierafinowany i tłoczony na zimno. Dlaczego? W procesie rafinacji czyli oczyszczania olej pozbawiany jest wszystkich drogocennych składników i staje się niepełnowartościowy, że by nie powiedzieć bezwartościowy. Olej kokosowy Kolejny cud natury, o którego ulubionych zastosowaniach pisałam Wam tutaj. Przemycamy go w posiłkach, ewentualnie „na surowo”. Tutaj obowiązuje ta sama zasada co w przypadku oleju lnianego – musi być nierafinowany. Czarny bez Kolejne cudo wzmacniające cały organizm. Mikołaj wcina go dwa razy dziennie, razem z kaszką. Miód Łyżeczka miodu. Ale nie do gorącej herbaty, która niszczy jego bakteriobójcze działanie. Na łyżkę i prosto do buzi. Osobiście nie lubię, ale lubię być zdrowa. Z uwagi na wysokie stężenie alergenów w miodzie należy zachować szczególną ostrożność w podawaniu go Maluszkom. My jeszcze się nie odważyliśmy więc zjadamy sami. Zero chemii O ile nam dorosłym zdarza się grzeszyć w pogoni za obowiązkami, Mikołajowi nie robimy wyjątków. Jego dieta nie zawiera cukru, syropu glukozowo-fruktozowego, glutaminianu sodu czy konserwantów. Zamiast głęboko mrożonego pieczywa z marketu serwujemy domowego wypieku chleb, na który przepis podawałam Wam tutaj, zamiast kaszki błyskawicznej, która zawiera niewiele kaszy, a sporo mleka w proszku i oleju palmowego oraz sztucznych aromatów zjada zwykłą 100% kaszkę orkiszową, której przygotowanie zajmuje nam kilka minut – akurat mamy czas na starcie do niej owoców. Parówki zastępujemy domowej roboty pasztetem. Głęboko wierzymy w to, że jesteśmy tym, co jemy i ma to ogromny wpływ na nasze zdrowie. Wiem, że nie uchronię Dziecka przez całe życie, ale wierzę, że im dłużej mogę zapewniać mu pełnowartościowe produkty i nie podawać chemii spożywczej, tym lepiej. Codzienne spacery Mikołaj spędza każdego dnia na dworze przynajmniej godzinę. Katar nie jest żadną przeszkodą do spacerów. Ładnie obkurcza śluzówkę i sprawia ulgę. Jedyna sytuacje , w których zostalibyśmy w domu to gorączka i ogromna ulewa. A jak jest z Waszą odpornością? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Bez czego nie warto się obejść zimą? Puchowy płaszcz](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bez-czego-nie-warto-sie-obejsc-zima/): Puchowy płaszcz – w mojej ocenie absolutny must-have każdej zimy. Bez względu na to, czy na co dzień chodzisz do pracy, na uczelnie opiekujesz się dzieckiem czy dowolnie łączysz te role. Puchowy płaszcz daje ciepło, a przy tym  na prawdę można w nim dobrze wyglądać, pod warunkiem, że dopasujemy go do siebie. Oto moje wskazówki, którymi warto się kierować przy wyborze puchowego płaszcza: Długość Płaszcz powinien być długości spódnicy lub dłuższy. Spódnica do kolan i płaszcz do pół uda nigdy nie będą wyglądać dobrze. Dlatego zanim udasz się na poszukiwanie płaszcza idealnego zastanów się, jakiej długości spódnice czy sukienki nosisz najczęściej i wybierz taki płaszcz, spod którego nie będą wystawać. Fason Jeśli masz figurę klepsydry i rozmiar mniejszy niż 40 z powodzeniem możesz zdecydować się na płaszcz z paskiem w talii, jeśli natomiast nosisz większy rozmiar warto wybrać taliowany płaszcz bez paska, aby niepotrzebnie nie przecinać sylwetki. Idealnie, jeśli płaszcz będzie miał na przykład lamówkę czy zamek w kontrastowym kolorze – takie pionowe linie optycznie Cię wyszczuplą. Jeśli Twoja figura to gruszka możesz wybrać model z dodatkowymi wstawkami czy zameczkami powyżej talii, dobrze sprawdzi się także dwurzędowe zapięcie. Choć kaptur nie jest idealnym rozwiązaniem dla każdego i mojej sylwetce nie służy, osobiście nie kupiłabym płaszcza bez niego, gdyż nie spełniłby wtedy swojej podstawowej funkcji – nie byłby  stanie ogrzać takiego zmarzlucha jak ja. Jeśłi Twoja figura to odwrócony trójkąt poszukaj kurtki z baskinką, aby zrównoważyć szerszą górną połowę ciała. Kolor Jeśli płaszcz ma Ci wystarczyć na lata, przy wyborze kolorów sugeruję wybrać ponadczasowy kolor „camelowy” lub klasyczną czerń. Szary czy granat również nie będą złym wyborem. Natomiast unikałabym mocnych kolorów czy tych modnych w danym sezonie – fiolet czy mięta mogą Ci się szybko znudzić i nie będą pasowały do wszystkich okazji. Wypełnienie Jeśłi to ma być na prawdę ciepły płaszcz wybrałabym wypłenienie z puchu lub pierza czy mieszane. 2 sezony temu kupiłam puchową kurtkę ze sztucznym wypełnieniem i ani nie była ciepła, ani nie wytrzymała w dobrej formie 2 sezonów. Mój wybór Potrzebowałam kurtki zarówno do pracy jak i na zimowe spacery z Dzieckiem. W związku z tym, że przy wzroście 162 cm wciąż noszę rozmiar 40, a tylko czasami wcisnę się w 38 (a to nie ten sam efekt co przy wzroście 172 czy 176), zdecydowałam się na camelowy puchowy płaszcz przed kolano, taliowany, ale bez paska – od środka na wysokości talii ma ukryte troczki, które pozwalają na regulację zaciśnięcia – dzięki czemu moja talia jest podkreślona, a sylwetka nie jest przecięta. Zamek w innym kolorze oraz lamówka naokoło niego tworzą pionowe linie, które dodatkowo mnie wysmuklają. A bez czego Ty nie wyobrażasz sobie zimy? W poście udział wzięli: Płaszcz i czapka | ZARA, Torebka | Michael Kors PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Jak urządzić biuro lub kącik do pracy? Biuro Wedding Plannera #5](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-urzadzic-biuro/): Czasami życie wyprzedza nasze plany. Dopiero co dzieliłam się z Wami moim biurem Konsultanta Ślubnego, a już przeprowadzam się do kolejnego. Powód? Rozwijamy się i powoli przestajemy się w nim mieścić, nie mamy już miejsca na żadne dodatkowe biurko, a rąk do pracy wciąż potrzeba. Przełom roku przyniósł wiele zmian – ruszyła franczyza Wytwórni Ślubów, a ja zostałam trenerem i ruszył mój kolejny projekt – Szkolenia dla Konsultantów Ślubnych, które posiadają akredytację Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych, do tego Portal Ślubny także się rozwija, a to wszystko wymaga większej powierzchni do pracy. Decyzja zapadła – zmieniamy biuro na większe, już je wynajęliśmy, jest dosłownie w budynku obok, w kompleksowo wyremontowanej gdyńskiej kamienicy, teraz tylko ekipa remontowa musi opuścić budynek abyśmy mogli się tam przeprowadzić, ale już otrzymaliśmy klucze i zaczynamy prace wykończeniowe. W związku z tym, że poprzednie biuro tak bardzo Wam się podobało, pokażę Wam krok po kroku jak urządzę nowe biuro. Mam nadzieję, że posty te spodobają się nie tylko tym z Was, które prowadzą lub planują własny biznes, ale być może zainspirują Was do stworzenia czy uporządkowania sobie w domu kącika do pracy na komputerze. Wierzę, że miejsce, z którym można spokojnie zasiąść i chociażby uporać się z domowymi rachunkami czy innymi bieżącymi kwestiami pozwala sprawniej zarządzać także domem. Właśnie pomyślałam, że pewnie chętnie zobaczycie nasze domowe biuro? Być  może wiele z Was pomyśli w pierwszej chwili, że nie posiada wystarczającej ilości miejsca w domu, ale wtedy można posiłkować się na przykład składanym stolikiem pod laptopa – sama taki mam, można wykorzystać zamykany sekretarzyk – również z niego korzystałam, gdy nasze mieszkanie miało niespełna 32 m2, za nami nawet opcja biura domowego na przymocowanej do ściany w salonie półce. Od czego warto zacząć projektowanie biura? Uwielbiam jak wszystko do siebie pasuje, choć nie trzymam się jednego stylu – lubię je łączyć. Aby jednak podążać z góry wyznaczoną ścieżką, nie wydawać pieniędzy na rzeczy, których nie potrzebuję lub takie, które jednak nie będą pasować do całości, prace nad projektowaniem każdego pomieszczenia zaczynam od stworzenia tzw. mood-board. Dopiero gdy na jego widok poczuję w sercu ten spokój i radość, zabieram się za zakupy i urządzanie. A więc tak… nie mogę się doczekać! Nasze biuro składa się z dwóch pomieszczeń – większego, gdzie pracuje nasz fantastyczny zespół, oraz z pokoju konferencyjnego, w którym stanie moje biurko. Dużo czasu poświęcam w ciągu dnia na pracę w skupieniu i dzięki temu będę mogła przestać pracować w słuchawkach na uszach, a gdy będę miała potrzebę pracy zespołowej wystarczy, że przeniosę się z laptopem do dużego pomieszczenia. W moim biurze musi znaleźć się wiec miejsce na: stół konferencyjny i 6 krzeseł – tu zdecydowałam się na połączenie błyszczącego blatu, szarych matowych nóg w stylu glamour i moich ukochanych krzeseł inspirowanych DAR, których nóżki przypominają Wieżę Eiffla biurko i wygodny fotel do pracy – wciąż zastanawiam się, czy wybrać biurko całe białe czy ze srebrnymi nogami, dlatego dopiero jak wstawię do biura wszystko oprócz biurka zdecyduję się na zakup regał na dokumenty – moje osobiste biuro nie jest wystarczająco duże, abym chciała je zastawiać wysokimi meblami, które ograniczają pole widzenia na wysokości wzroku, dlatego myślę o postawieniu znanego regały Expedit/Kallax z Ikei w orientacji poziomej, aby zyskać zarówno miejsce do przechowywania jak i blat do eksponowania pięknych ślubnych akcesoriów i gadżetów zasłony i poduchy – znów będę miała ogromny, niski parapet, który chcę zaaranżować na kanapę – nie ma to jak chwila relaksu przed ważnym spotkaniem czy zebranie myśli przed pracą twórczą, a to wszystko z widokiem na jedną z głównych gdyńskich ulic tapeta – aby nadać pomieszczeniu unikalny charakter zdecydowałam się na wytapetowanie wnęki w ścianie, wczoraj poświęciliśmy na to pół dnia, ale o tym w kolejnym poście z tej serii; zdecydowałam się na szary wzór na białym tle aby wzory sprawiały wrażenie ręcznie malowanych i wtopiły się w pomieszczenie o białych ścianach ramki na zdjęcia i dekoracje – uwielbiam mieszać ze sobą różne metale: złoto ze srebrem i z miedzią dlatego planuję w biurze powiesić ramki w różnych metalicznych kolorach, a w nich plakaty i zdjęcia z różnych ślubnych realizacji barek na kółkach – a na nim napoje, szklanki, serwetki, aby zawsze mieć wszystko pod ręką, jak przyjdą Goście. A jak Wam się podoba? Macie ochotę wpaść? Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Jak odmienić pomieszczenie w kilka godzin? Tapetowanie - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-odmienic-pomieszczenie-tapetowanie/): W zapomnienie odchodzą czasy, gdy tapetowało się całe mieszkania, w każdym pokoju każdą ścianę, każdy pokój innym wzorem… Jednak tapetowanie wraca do łask i bardzo często pojawia się w pomieszczeniach jako jeden wyraźny element, odmieniający całość, nadający mu charakteru. Na takie rozwiązanie zdecydowałam się postawić urządzając moje najnowsze biuro, które właśnie aranżuję, a Wam chcę pokazać, że tapetowanie wcale nie jest takie straszne. A efekt? Oceńcie sami! Tapetowanie – lista gadżetów, które bardzo ułatwią Ci pracę Lista ta będzie się nieznacznie zmieniać w zależności od tego, jakiego rodzaju tapetę wykorzystasz. Ja zamówiłam tapetę fizelinową i taką polecam również Tobie – łatwo się kładzie, nie wymaga wcześniejszej impregnacji klejem tapety, namaczania, gdyż proces ten przeprowadza się na ścianie. Ale po kolei.   Tapetowanie krok po kroku   1. Przygotowanie ściany Dobrze, aby ściana przed malowaniem była pomalowana – podobno wtedy klej ma lepszą przyczepność, ale wiele z Was doradzając mi na Facebooku twierdziło, że i bez tego tapety położone od razu na przykład na kartongips trzymają się idealnie. Ściana powinna być jednak maksymalnie gładka, aby  nierówności nie odwzorowały się na tapecie: 2. Zabezpieczenie ściany Aby nie ubrudzić sąsiednich ścian zdecydowaliśmy się zabezpieczyć je taśmą malarską, a wykładzinę wyłożyć folią:   3. Gruntowanie ściany klejem W przypadku tapet fizelinowych klejem pokrywamy tylko ścianę i tym samym gruntujemy klejem tylko ścianę (przy tapetach papierowych gruntujemy tapety). Zgodnie z informacjami podanymi na opakowaniu mieszamy klej z wodą w proporcjach odpowiednich do gruntowania i pędzlem nakładamy go na ścianę, pozostawiamy do przeschnięcia zgodnie z czasem podanym w instrukcji – różne produkty wymagają różnego czasu.   4. Nakładanie kleju na ścianę Do klejenia tapet należy znów rozrobić klej – tym razem w proporcjach odpowiednich do klejenia. Przygotowujemy się do naklejenia na ścianę pierwszej tapety. Nasza tapeta miała 100cm szerokości więc na podobnej szerokości pas na ścianie nałożyliśmy warstwę kleju. Nie bójcie się nakładać kleju bardzo solidnie – jeśli nałożycie go za dużo, wypłynie z boku przy dociskaniu tapety nie pozostawiając żadnych uszkodzeń, jeśli natomiast nałożycie go za mało, powstaną Wam niedoklejone miejsca, brzuchy, albo tapeta spadnie – jak nam pierwszy pasek.   5. Naklejanie pierwszego paska tapety Pierwszy pasek tapety dopasowujemy do sufitu oraz pionu, który określamy poziomnicą, pomocne może okazać się przyklejenie do ściany nitki, która będzie wyznaczała pion. My poradziliśmy sobie z samą poziomnicą.   Jak już mówiłam – początkowo kleju nałożyliśmy za mało i po chwili musieliśmy zaczynać praktycznie od nowa:   Przyklejoną do ściany tapetę należy dociskać do ściany – można do tego celu użyć szczotki do tapet lub szpachelki do tapet – nam lepiej sprawdziła się szpachelka. Ważne, aby tapetę dociskać od środka na zewnątrz. I nie przejmować się klejem, który wypłynie spod tapety – wystarczy go zetrzeć ręcznikiem kuchennym lub gąbeczką.   6. Naklejanie kolejnych tapet Gdy pierwszą tapetę dopasowywaliśmy do sufitu i do pionu, to kolejne kawałki tapety na tej samej ścianie należy dopasować do sufitu i do wzoru na poprzednim kawałku tapety.   I tak aż do końca ściany. Jeśli Wasz sufit jest nierówny dobrze jest zostawić na górze tapety margines, a na koniec dociąć tapetę idealnie do sufity.   7. Docinanie tapet Po przyklejeniu wszystkich rolek tapety na ścianę docięliśmy ją nożykiem idealnie do rogów ściany oraz do listwy podłogowej.   8. Podklejanie tapet Wszystkie skrajne elementy tapety, które nie trzymały się idealnie dobrze jest podkleić specjalnym klejem do podklejania. Osobiście nakładałam go na palec i podklejałam rogi, a także cały górny i dolny rant tapety oraz większą część łączeń.   Voila! Gotowe!   Nasza piękna ściana, która nada wyrazistego charakteru całemu pomieszczeniu już gotowa! Na drugi dzień wyglądała jeszcze ładniej, choć przyznaję, nie we wszystkich miejscach łączenia tapet są niewidoczne, w dwóch miejscach niestety efekt mógłby być odrobinę lepszy, ale pierwsze koty za płoty. Po obejrzeniu kilku odcinków „Usterki” na prawdę jestem zadowolona! No i mam swoje cudowne tło do selfie 😉 Jak Wam się podoba taki sposób na odmianę wnętrza? Czekam jeszcze na transport ostatnich zamówionych mebli i mam nadzieję, że w ten weekend zaczniemy się wprowadzać do nowego biura. Trzymajcie kciuki! PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Manicure hybrydowy w domu krok po kroku PRZEWODNIK](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/manicure-hybrydowy-krok-po-kroku/): Na blogu kompleksowo poruszyłam temat manicure hybrydowego, a oto mały przewodnik po postach. 1. Manicure hybrydowy w domu – jaką markę lakierów wybrać? Dowiecie się tutaj na co zwrócić uwagę przy wyborze marki lakierów hybrydowych, po czym poznać te wysokiej jakości i jak odróżnić je od tych słabszych, a także zapoznacie się z lakierami hybrydowymi, które miałam już przyjemność testować czy to w domu czy podczas manicure hybrydowego w salonie kosmetycznym. 2. Manicure hybrydowy w domu – czego potrzebujemy? W tym poście szczegółowo opisałam wszystkie produkty, których potrzebujecie do wykonania zabiegu manicure hybrydowego w domu. Zrecenzowałam używane do tej pory przeze mnie lakiery, a także specjalne płyny. Oczywiście nie mogło zabraknąć podstawy manicure hybrydowego czyli lampy UV lub LED. 3. Jak zrobić w domu manicure hybrydowy krok po kroku Aż w końcu krok po kroku opisałam Wam jak należy samodzielnie taki manicure hybrydowy wykonać we własnym domu. Zdradziłam tu trik dotyczący „wolnego brzegu” paznokcia, dzięki któremu Wasz manicure hybrydowy będzie dużo trwalszy, a lakier nie będzie odchodził od płytki. Na końcu odpowiedziałam także na często zadawane mi pytanie czy lakier hybrydowy niszczy paznokcie. W kolejnych postach na temat manicure hybrydowego będę chciała pokazać Wam moje ulubione kolory a także przetestować kolejne marki produktów, aby dać Wam szerszy wachlarz lakierów do wyboru. PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie.
- [Gdy nie ma czasu na nic...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/gdy-nie-ma-czasu-na-nic/): Luty to ogromnie ważny miesiąc w życiu naszej rodziny. Zmiany mają to do siebie, że pochłaniają bardzo dużo czasu i wykradają go ze wszystkich pozostałych dziedzin naszego życia. Na szczęście dobrze wiemy, że zmiany są dobre. Niosą ze sobą masę energii, którą warto, a nawet trzeba wykorzystać do pozytywnych działań, zmiany niesamowicie podnoszą poprzeczkę i dają życiu niezłego kopa. Tak, jestem zmęczona. Tak, nie mam czasu dla rodziny, nie wspominając o śnie i odpoczynku. Ale zamiast zamartwiać się staram się wykorzystać każdą chwilę i możliwie wiele rzeczy robić razem. I tak gdy już dziecko śpi to ja skręcam z Wojtkiem meble, a później on szuka mi zdjęć do  mojej prezentacji. Staramy się maksymalnie unikać podziałów typu – ja zajmuję się dzieckiem, a Ty jedź do banku, tylko planujemy wspólnie wycieczkę do banku, po drodze robimy mały spacer i czas mija nam razem. Wiecie co jest najfajniejszego w rodzinnych firmach? To, że wszystko cieszy podwójnie, a nawet potrójnie czy poczwórnie. To, że każdy sukces smakuje lepiej, a porażka jest łatwiejsza do przełknięcia. Tak po prostu. Patrzysz na Niego i już wiesz, że z tego wyjdzie coś dobrego, bo porażki nie istnieją. Patrzysz na Niego i to wiesz. To, że praca po 12h na dobę nie musi oznaczać, że męża widujesz raz na kilka dni, choć czasami niestety i tak jest. To, że praca do późnych godzin nocnych nie oznacza wyrzutów sumienia, że zaniedbujesz partnera, bo jeśli dzielicie się obowiązkami po równo, to on właśnie siedzi koło Ciebie. To, że nie kończą Wam się wspólne tematy, choć wierzę, że i bez tego tak by było. Posiadanie wspólnych znajomych w domu i w pracy dodatkowo pogłębia Waszą więź. To, że Wasze życie prywatne i zawodowe płynnie się przenika i choć ma to bez wątpienia jakieś minusy, uwielbiam to nasze życie. Często słyszę, że zwariowalibyście spędzając ze sobą tyle czasu, ale myślę, że dopóki nie spróbujecie, to tylko Wam się tak wydaje. A jak jest u Was? Pracujecie, pracowaliście, a może chcecie razem pracować? Zastanawiacie się nad rodzinną firmą? Szczerze polecam, od serca. PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Odpuść sobie Kobieto!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/odpusc-sobie-kobieto/): Tak, te słowa kieruję do Ciebie! I do siebie. Za nami cudowny dzień. W połowie musiałam nieplanowanie przejąć opiekę nad Mikim, który to jakby wyczuł moją obecność i zamiast jak zawsze spać 2-3 godziny, wstał na równe nogi po zaledwie 15 minutach snu… Za nami niezjedzony do końca obiad i wycieczka do pracy. Tak… Dzieci w pracy to zupełny brak profesjonalizmu mówi Wojtek, a ja się z tym w pełni zgadzam, ale przecież można czasami zgrzeszyć, prawda? Były śmiechy i wieża z filiżanek i talerzyków, były Ciocie i Wujek i groźna mina, a później bajki, zakupy i powrót do domu z Bednarkiem w muzycznym tle. Większość dnia we Trójkę tak jak to lubimy najbardziej. A w domu płacz, bo Mama poszła się przebrać i pierdzioszki w szyjkę i dużo śmiechu, który tak kocham. I wzruszenie, moje ogromne, że to szczęście jest moje, że jestem tu i teraz. Była kolacja i znów śmiechy aż brzuchy bolały i gryzienie paluszków i rechotanie. Była kąpiel i tulenie do snu, które tak uwielbiamy, nasze kilka minut wyciszenia, dystansu i śpiewania. To był cudowny dzień, uwielbiam przeplatające się życie rodzinne z zawodowym, zawodowe z blogowym i znów z prywatnym. Czuję wtedy, że wszystko ma sens, że wszystko z siebie wypływa i na siebie wpływa. Czuję, że jest dobrze. A wtedy Dziecko idzie spać, przede mną niekończąca się lista zadań, których wszystkich i tak nie wykreślę dziś z notatnika… i oto pojawiają się one. Wyrzuty sumienia… Bo przecież wszystko mogłam zrobić lepiej. Pracować szybciej, zjeść mniej, posprzątać więcej albo w ogóle i dłużej porozmawiać z bliskimi. Też tak czasem masz? Jest całkiem dobrze, a Ty szukasz dziury w całym? Zamiast cieszyć się z tego co masz rozkładasz wszystko na czynniki pierwsze, dołujesz się zamiast ciągnąć samą siebie w górę? W takiej chwili gdy szukam ukojenia i chcę się pozytywnie doładować wspominam pewne mądre słowa Wojtka: jeśli w tamtej konkretnej sytuacji mogłabyś zrobić to lepiej, to byś tak zrobiła, a skoro nie zrobiłaś, to nie mogłaś. I z tymi słowami w głowie, z uśmiechem do Ciebie kochana kończę ten post, najlepszy jaki dziś mogłam napisać 😉 PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie  
- [Elegancka, wiosenna stylizacja dla chłopca](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/elegancka-wiosenna-stylizacja-dla-chlopca/): Jeśli garnitur dla małego chłopca nie wydaje Ci się idealnym rozwiązaniem na eleganckie okazje, koniecznie zapoznaj się z naszą propozycją na odświętny strój dla chłopca.Tworząc świąteczną stylizację zależało mi na wybraniu ubranek, które sprawdzą się także na co dzień, dlatego postawiłam na uniwersalny płaszczyk typu trencz, koszulę-body, w której można podwinąć rękawki i przypiąć na guziczki, dzięki czemu posłuży nam także w cieplejsze dni i na mniej oficjalne okazje, spodnie w kratkę na oldschoolowych szelkach, które dopełniają całości oraz tenisówki, które przełamują elegancki szyk i tworzą fajny, nieco bardziej sportowy look.   Elegancka stylizacja dla chłopca: płaszczyk / trencz – ZARA Baby koszula – ZARA Baby mucha dla chłopca i dla taty – Abrakadabra spodnie – H&M buty – ZARA Baby skarpetki – KappAhl Jak Wam się podoba nasza propozycja świątecznego stroju dla małego chłopca? Macie już pomysł na strój dla Waszych Dzieci, no i przede wszystkim dla siebie? Osobiście planuję jeszcze jakieś zakupy 😉 Ah i koniecznie podzielcie się z nami w komentarzach swoimi ulubionymi sklepami z ubrankami dla dzieci, a najlepiej zdjęciami Waszych Maluchów – bo w komentarzach można dodawać zdjęcia! PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Wiosenna wish-list](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wish-list-2016-wiosna/): Nie wiem czy to wiosna tak na mnie wpływa, pozytywni ludzie czy kosmos, ale uśmiecham się niemal od rana do nocy. Planuję, marzę, wymyślam, działam. Mikuś właśnie zasnął, a ja układam w głowie wiosenną listę widzimisiów, czyli tego, na co miałabym ochotę. Bardzo lubię tak systematyzować swoje marzenia, więc oto one. Dla mnie Zegarek – marzy mi się klasyczny, srebrny zegarek. Nic delikatnego, wręcz przeciwnie, konkretny, nieco męski, na bransolecie. Idealny do moich prostych stylizacji. Lakier – idealny na wiosnę, kolejny pastelowy do mojej kolekcji. Style – Książka Lauren Conrad. Nie spodziewam się, że ta pozycja zrewolucjonizuje moje życie, myślę, że mówi o rzeczach, które w większości już wiem, ale czuję, że jest piękna i chętnie będę do niej wracać, przypominając sobie jak tworzyć własny styl. Do domu Złote plakaty – uwielbiam łączyć we wnętrzach różne kolory metali, uwielbiam typografię i proste geometryczne wzory, z przyjemnością wymienię moje plakaty w salonie. Dla zdrowia Thermomix – wiem, że dzięki takiemu urządzeniu będę mogła serwować swojej rodzinie jeszcze zdrowsze i świeższe posiłki – utrzeć świeży majonez czy chrzan, szybciutko zrobić ciasto na pełnoziarniste naleśniki czy pyszne i pożywne smoothie dla całej rodziny. Kubek ze słomką – przyznaję się – jestem na bakier z piciem wody, z takiego pięknego kubka na pewno piłabym ją chętniej. Do biura Ciśnieniowy ekspres do kawy – tak, do pełni biurowego szczęścia z pewnością brakuje mi ciśnieniowego ekspresu z prawdziwego zdarzenia. Uwielbiam smak świeżo mielonej kawy. Dla dziecka Stolik i krzesełka – do samodzielnego rysowania i tworzenia, układania wieży z klocków oraz innych zabaw. Najwyższy czas rozejrzeć się za stolikiem i krzesełkami do pokoju naszego 1,5 rocznego Synka. Do ogrodu Koksownik – noce w Polsce są dość zimne, nawet latem. Ognisko zajmuje sporo miejsca, stąd wymarzyłam sobie takie cudo, poznajecie? Koksownik, aby jak najwięcej czasu spędzać na dworze. Dla niego Przyczepka do roweru – Wojtek uwielbia jeździć na rowerze – ja z resztą też – dlatego chciałby móc czasami zabierać Mikiego ze sobą, a wtedy ja także będe mogła zabrać się z nimi na rowerową wycieczkę. Sami jeszcze nie wiemy, czy przyczepka jest najlepszym rozwiązaniem na jazdę rowerową z dzieckiem, macie jakieś doświadczenia w tym temacie? Uwielbiam także czytać i odkrywać Wasze wish-listy, dlatego koniecznie mi napiszcie, co znajduje się na Waszej. I spełnienia marzeń Wam życzę!   W kolażu wykorzystałam zdjęcia: Zegarek – TOUS | Lakier – CND Shellac | Słoik- Kitchen Craft | Robot kuchenny – THERMOMIX |  Książka – Style Lauren Conrad | Plakat ananas – ZłotePlakaty | Ekspres do kawy – Saeco HD8760/01 | Przyczepka – Croozer Kid 1 Plus | Koksownik – IKEA | Stolik i krzesełko – Kids Concept PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [3 niezdrowe produkty, które wyrzuciłam z mojej łazienki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niezdrowe-kosmetyki-szkodliwe/): Dbanie o nasze zdrowie to nasz obowiązek, szczególnie dobrze to rozumiem, od kiedy mam dziecko i wiem, że jak najdłużej powinnam być zdrowa i silna, aby je wspierać. To właśnie w ciąży zaczęłam interesować się wnikliwie i analizować to co jem, a także to, co wklepuję w moja skórę. Aż w końcu zdecydowałam się na wyrzucenie z łazienki 3 produktów, które nie wpływają pozytywnie na nasze zdrowie, zastępując je dużo zdrowszymi zamiennikami. Co wyrzuciłam? 1. Pasta do zębów z fluorem O tym, że fluor jest szkodliwy czytywałam od dawna, ale dopiero troska o dziecko sprawiła, że zgłębiłam temat jeszcze bardziej (przykładowa publikacja źródło) i zdecydowałam się nie ryzykować negatywnego wpływu fluoru na zdrowie naszej rodziny, a szczególnie dziecka, które nie umie dobrze wypłukać ust i podczas mycia zębów podjada pastę, dlatego wymieniłam pasty do zębów całej naszej rodziny na te w wersji ekologicznej, bez fluoru oczywiście, które świetnie dbają o nasze zęby i zdrowy, świeży oddech. pasta do zębów bez fluoru – dla dzieci i dla dorosłych 2. Antyperspirant z aluminium Sole aluminium skutecznie hamują pocenie, ale „istnieje coraz więcej dowodów na związek pomiędzy stosowanymi pod pachy kosmetykami pielęgnacyjnymi i zapobiegającymi poceniu się, a zwiększonym prawdopodobieństwem zachorowania na złośliwe nowotwory piersi. Działanie kosmetyków zawierających w swych składach sole aluminium (…) może być niebezpieczne dla naszego zdrowia” – źródło. Na razie testuję pierwszy produkt zastępczy czyli naturalny „antyperspirant” bez aluminium czyli dezodorant aloesowy eko w kulce – URTEKRAM, jeśli będę zadowolona, z przyjemnością go Wam polecę.   3. Produkty do mycia z SLS Sodium Laureth Sulfate czyli „SLS uszkadza naturalną hydrolipidową barierę naskórka, powodując zwiększoną utratę wody, uczucie ściągnięcia i wysuszenie. Zaburza wydzielanie potu i łoju. Nawet w niskich stężeniach, mniejszych niż 0,5%, może podrażniać skórę, szczególnie alergiczną i wrażliwą, prowadząc do świądu, wyprysku kontaktowego lub egzemy.” źródło. SLS’y zastąpiłam produktami zawierającymi najmniej drażniące detergenty (szczególnie w kosmetykach dla dzieci nie powinno ich być!!!) a więc Coco Glucoside, Decyl Glucoside, Disodium Cocoyl Glutamate czy Lauryl Glucoside. Co wybrałam konkretnie? Pod naszym prysznicem stoi produkt z Rossmann’a – Babydream: Uniwersalny żel do mycia, a Mikuś używa łagodnego żelu do mycia 2w1 od Momme. płyn do mycia dla dzieci (i dla dorosłych) bez SLS’ów Jestem ciekawa czy Wy czytacie etykiety kosmetyków? Co jeszcze polecicie mi wyrzucić i czym zastąpić? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Domowe biuro na poddaszu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nasze-podwojne-domowe-biuro/): Bardzo dobrze znacie moje firmowe biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego, ale prawda jest taka, że pracuję także sporo po godzinach, czy to nad blogiem czy też dokańczam firmowe zadania, na które nie starczyło mi czasu w ciągu dnia. W każdym mieszkaniu, które zajmowaliśmy, bez względu na to czy miało 32m2 czy kilka razy więcej zawsze jednym z najważniejszych elementów wyposażenia był kącik do pracy. Taki z prawdziwego zdarzenia, choćby na środku salonu, jak najbardziej wygodny, dwu-stanowiskowy (Wojtek także lubi popracować w domu). A w nim oprócz dwóch komputerów, czego nie trudno się domyślić, musiało znaleźć się miejsce na drukarkę, skaner, moje ukochane materiały biurowe (jestem fanką notesów, karteczek, spinaczy, dziurkaczy czy taśm klejących) na odpowiednio zorganizowane dokumenty czy osobiste bibeloty, nadające całemu wnętrzu osobistego charakteru. Jeśli choć trochę mnie znacie to zapewne już wiecie, że uwielbiam być dobrze zorganizowana. Choć na co dzień nasze mieszkanie w żadnym wypadku nie przypomina laboratorium to uwielbiam jak wszystko ma swoje miejsce, a kącik do pracy ma dla mnie szczególne znaczenie. Z tej okazji zapraszam Was na małą wycieczkę po naszym najnowszym domowym biurze, które ulokowaliśmy na strychu. Prawie dwa lata czekaliśmy na położenie podłogi na poddaszu, ale od kiedy tu zamieszkaliśmy marzyliśmy o naszym kreatywnym miejscu do pracy, które będzie na prawdę spore, większe niż kiedykolwiek. O szerokim biurku pod oknem z widokiem rozpościerającym się ponad dachami okolicznych budynków, o stołach do kreatywnej pracy (wycinanie, docinanie, układanie), o mini studiu fotograficznym (tła i akcesoria do zdjęć) czy przytulnym kąciku, gdzie można przysiąść we dwoje (czy troje), przytulić się i pomyśleć. Podłogi mają jakiś miesiąc, a my już cieszymy się naszym domowym biurem na poddaszu. Co prawda całe wyposażenie jest na ten moment niekompletne i bardzo przypadkowe – to zbieranina wszystkich mebli, które nie znalazły miejsca w innych częściach domu, ale chyba dzięki temu jeszcze bardziej klimatyczne… A jak jest u Was? Lubicie pracować z laptopem na kolanach czy staracie się znaleźć, wydzielić i zaaranżować sobie domową przestrzeń do pracy? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Pomocy! Jestem Mamą!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nieperfekcyjna-mama/): Niedawno zostałaś Mamą. Patrzysz na to zdjęcie i wiesz, że tak uporządkowanej szafki nocnej nie widziałaś od miesięcy. Nie wspominając o żywych kwiatach, bo przecież szkoda byłoby Ci czasu na takie głupoty, skoro można nadrobić zaległości w spaniu albo na Instagramie.  Z resztą nie pamiętasz kiedy ostatnio byłaś na zakupach. I nie chodzi mi o zakupy spożywcze i sprint po Biedronce. Ani o te, gdy wyszłaś po coś dla siebie i wróciłaś z siatką (często zbędnych) rzeczy dla dziecka. Bardzo dobrze pamiętam, jak kilka tygodni po porodzie doszłam do wniosku, że ja już w życiu nic nie osiągnę. Postanowiłam się nie załamywać i być wdzięczną za to, że spełniam swoje największe marzenie o macierzyństwie, a także za to co udało mi się zdziałać przed narodzinami dziecka, godząc się z tym, że na tym już koniec moich zawodowych osiągnięć. Pamiętam, że przerosła mnie wtedy opieka nad tym Małym Człowiekiem i domem. Ten pakiet 2 w 1 był dla mnie nie do ogarnięcia. Wszystkie narzędzia, które do Dnia Narodzin z dużym powodzeniem stosowałam -zarówno w życiu zawodowym, jak i prywatnym – okazały się całkowicie bezużyteczne. Misternie zaplanowane pory dnia czy nawet pojedyncze wyjścia na spacer z sąsiadką okazywały się dla naszego duetu często nieosiągalne. Nieprzewidziane płacze, zmiany pieluszki czy pory karmienia, kolki, nietolerancje i ulewanie sprawiły, że z osoby, która ma podporządkowany sobie swój cały mikroświat – stałam się podporządkowaną „sile wyższej”, przestraszoną Mamą, z ogromnym, wszechogarniającym poczuciem winy. Poczucie winy towarzyszyło mi w większości dziedzin życia: począwszy od wyszykowania się za późno, przez długi płacz Dziecka, odparzoną pupę, za mało mleka, za duże zmęczenie, na bałaganie w domu wcale nie kończąc. Przedwczoraj mój Synek skończył 2 latka, a ja już wiem, że pomimo początkowego szoku związanego z wywróceniem się życia do góry nogami, z każdym kolejnym dniem było coraz lepiej. Niezauważalnie, bo to absolutnie powolny proces adaptacji do nowego stylu życia, które już nigdy nie będzie tak beztroskie jak wcześniej, ale zdecydowanie piękniejsze i pełniejsze, pełne miłości i w końcu ukojenia. Moim ulubionym sposobem na radzenie sobie z jakże za często pojawiającą się w życiu Młodej Matki frustracją było czytanie, a właściwie pochłanianie książek, które podczas karmienia pozwalały mi zyskać ukojenie. Jeśli czujesz, że i Ty go potrzebujesz, na listę swoich zakupów wpisz koniecznie te pozycje:   „Macierzyństwo Non-Fiction” Joanny Woźniczko-Czeczott Joanna w prześmiewczy sposób opisuje pierwszy rok nowo narodzonej… Matki. Dowiesz się od niej o tym, że kobieta w ciąży jest wszystkim, a matka w połogu jest nikim. Że dla większej części świata stajesz się Matką swojego Dziecka, a nie oddzielnym bytem. Zobaczysz jak bardzo utożsamiasz się ze swoim dzieckiem. Rozłożysz na części pierwsze dzieciatych i niedzieciatych, przyglądając się stosunkom z tymi pierwszymi i z drugimi. Zobaczysz, jak w naszym życiu zamieszkuje i rozpycha się pryckość* i fizjologia. Przeczytasz o niedosycie, o zdziecinnieniu, o braku snu tak ogromnym, że wszystko inne się wali, a nasze pokłady kreatywności i cierpliwości topniejąc jak lód w za gorącej zupie pomidorowej. W telegraficznym skrócie poznasz metody wychowawcze i motyw wyścigów o zabarwieniu porównawczym. A przede wszystkim przeczytasz o „zmowie milczenia” i wszechobecnym przelukrowanym obrazie macierzyństwa. Choć książka jest przepełniona frustracją w formie dzienniczka autoterapeutycznego, uśmiech nie będzie schodził Ci z twarzy, a po odłożeniu jej na półkę nabierzesz DYSTANSU do świata i gwarantuję – zrobi Ci się lepiej. Masz problem z „młodymi mamami, które deklarują, że nie denerwują się, nie miewają dość i nie tracą cierpliwości? Tymi szczęśliwymi, spełnionymi w macierzyństwie kobietami, które na wieść o moich dylematach kiwają współczująco głowami. Dają rady, w których czai się poczucie wyższości” to idealna pozycja dla Ciebie. *stan, w którym Rodzic jest całkowicie skupiony na swoim dziecku   „Nieperfekcyjna mama” Anny Dydzik Zostałaś Mamą po raz pierwszy? Nie zawsze panujesz nad emocjami? Często czujesz się gorsza, beznadziejna czy po prostu do kitu? Czujesz, że zawodzisz jako mama i żona czy partnerka? Zatracasz się w poczuciu bezsilności i beznadziei? Ania Dydzik, autorka Bloga „Nieperfekcyjna Mama” wyciąga do Ciebie pomocną dłoń. Ania wie, że robisz całą masę pozytywnych rzeczy, a dla swojego dziecka jesteś idealna! Nie wierzysz? Przekonaj się sama! Tym bardziej, że mam dla Was 5 książek Ani Dydzik „Nieperfekcyjna Mama”, a tego jak otrzymać swój egzemplarz dowiecie się jeszcze dziś na moim Facebooku (w najlepszej cenie możecie ją także kupić tutaj). W książce tej, w bardzo luźnej formie, porozmawia z Tobą sama Autorka, mama trzech córek, w tym bliźniaczek, która bez wywyższania się, z poziomu najlepszej koleżanki pomoże Ci odzyskać wiarę w siebie i we własne siły oraz uwierzyć w to, że jesteś najlepszą wersją siebie, a także podpowie Ci jak to osiągnąć na podstawie swoich historii. Jednak, co najważniejsze – choć na pewno zdarzy się, że będziecie miały różne opinie, Ania zawsze zostawia w swoich historiach miejsce na Twój własny wybór, nie oceniając i nie narzucając Ci własnego zdania.   Po powyższej lekturze i dwóch latach macierzyństwa nie mogła nie dotknąć mnie refleksja, jak często w swoich macierzyńskich dylematach same jesteśmy sobie winne. Nie tylko jako jednostka, ale przede wszystkim jako grupa. Pamiętam, jak potrafiłam odwołać spotkanie gdy nie zdążyłam wysprzątać mieszkania, jak zaczęłam unikać moich idealnych koleżanek, bo wstydziłam się pokazać przed nimi swoje słabości. Zapewne też dlatego, że one nie pokazywały mi swoich, przez co ja myślałam, że w ogóle ich nie mają. Potęgowało to moje uczucie osamotnienia i poczucie beznadziei. To z kolei napędzało nas wzajemnie w perfekcyjnej gonitwie za czyś, czego nie ma, tworząc błędne koło własnych niespełnionych oczekiwań. Dlatego jeśli wpadniesz do mnie na kawę, a ja otworzę Ci drzwi bez makijażu, do kuchni będzie prowadził Cię slalom zabawek, a ja zapomnę zapytać Ciebie, czy czegoś się napijesz – doceń moją wyrażoną w ten sposób szczerość i gdy kolejny raz zaprosisz mnie do siebie nie rzucaj się w wir sprzątania – zrobisz mi tym ogromną przyjemność i poczuję się swojsko, jak nigdy dotąd. Co Ty na to? PS O trudnych sprawach nie powinnyśmy milczeć. Ale powyższe książki polecam dopiero po porodzie 😉 PS 2 A jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie koniecznie sprawdź co się dzieje na Facebook’u i Instagram’ie.     Wyniki konkursu   Zestaw Książka „Nieperfekcyjna Mama” i Kubek „Najlepsza Mama na świecie” otrzymują: Patrycja Gryniewicz Danuta Miarka Agnieszka Nita Joanna Bajkiewicz Bianka Aszko Dodatkowo Kubek „Najlepsza Mama na świecie” otrzymują: Aleksandra Arszulik Dajana Zielonko Justyna Starek Jesica Jankowska Ewelina Pysz Ludwika Mizielska Natalia Korczakowska a mój osobisty, nieperfekcyjny, noszący ślady kawy, pozakonkursowy egzemplarz Książki i Kubek otrzymuje moja przyjaciółka Anna Rogalska-Bućko. Kochani, proszę Was o podesłanie na adres kontakt@spodkocyka.pl danych do wysyłki – czekam na nie do piątku i biegnę na pocztę 🙂   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Minimalizm na co dzień](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/minimalizm-na-co-dzien/): Zdecydowałam się! Do końca roku planuję „odgracić” swoją przestrzeń i… zacząć oszczędzać. Co jest moją główną motywacją do skierowania swoich myśli na tory minimalizmu? Przeglądając wyciąg z banku doszłam do wniosku, że za ciężko pracuję, aby tyle wydawać. Po przejrzeniu listy płatności zaczęłam się zastanawiać co kupiłam i czy ja aby na pewno tego wszystkiego potrzebuję? Dałam sobie miesiąc na analizę sytuacji. Od 1go do 1go. Od wypłaty do wypłaty – choć prowadzimy działalność, to sami sobie robimy stałą wypłatę. Obserwowałam procesy i decyzje zakupowe. Oprócz kupowania z potrzeby, nad którym nie będę się dziś rozwodzić, udało mi się wyróżnić 7 niepokojących sytuacji, w których kupujemy. 1. Zakupy pod wpływem impulsu Zastanawiałaś się nad tym, czy zbyt często nie kupujesz pod wpływem impulsu? Piękne zdjęcie na Instagramie z odnośnikiem do sklepu, a Ty już czujesz, że bez tego lakieru do paznokci nie możesz żyć. Albo nic nie czujesz, działasz odruchowo, wchodzisz, pakujesz do koszyka, płacisz. Za chwilę nie pamiętasz co kupiłaś, a przypomina Ci o tym dopiero wizyta kuriera. Brzmi znajomo? A na koncie minus 45 zł za lakier i koszty przesyłki. 2. Zakupy po otrzymaniu Newslettera Dziś darmowa wysyłka. Żal nie skorzystać, wchodzisz popatrzeć co mają ciekawego. Żal nic nie kupić. A jak kupisz dwie rzeczy – trzecia będzie gratis. Tyle zyskujesz! Minus 150 zł na koncie. 3. Zakupy przy okazji Kupujesz spodnie, ale przy okazji jeszcze dorzucasz dwie bluzki i sukienkę. Bo razem taniej. Bo skoro już tu jesteś.  Przyszłaś po tusz, ale ten błyszczyk tak pięknie się mieni. I ta promocja. 4. Zakupy z uwagi na prawo zwrotu Kupisz, najwyżej oddasz. 5. Zakupy do przymierzenia w domu Kupujesz, choć nie jesteś pewna, czy warto. Płacisz, bierzesz do domu, pokazujesz mamie, partnerowi, koleżance. Jak często oddajesz? 6. Zakupy w promocji Kupisz dwie rzeczy otrzymasz rabat 20%, dobierzesz trzecią rabat 30%. Tyle dobra. To nic, że lato już się kończy, na za rok będzie jak znalazł. 7. Zakupy spacerowe Na niedzielny spacer udajesz się do galerii, przecież pada, a fajnie aby dziecko pojeździło na rowerku biegowym. A w Twojej głowie cały czas kreują się coraz to nowe potrzeby, walczą o Ciebie okazyjne oferty. Nigdy nie wychodzisz z pustymi rękami. Podobne spacery urządzasz sobie po… sklepach internetowych.   Po analizie moich decyzji zakupowych doszłam do wniosku, że bardzo często cały proces zakupowy jest u mnie postawiony na głowie. Że to nie potrzeby prowadzą do zakupów, a zakupy kreują potrzeby, nie zawsze prawdziwe. Postanowiłam więc zaplanować zmiany i wdrożyć je w życie: 1. Wypisać się ze wszystkich sklepowych newsletterów – no, prawie ze wszystkich, gdyż na przykład zakupy w Sephorze robię tylko, gdy jest promocja -20%. 2. Odgruzować dom czyli przejrzeć każde pomieszczenie w domu i wyeliminować te rzeczy, których z różnych powodów nie używam, nie potrzebuję, a nie mają one zbyt dużej wartości sentymentalnej czy dekoratorskiej. 3. Naprawić mechanizm kupowania, aby był inicjowany przez prawdziwe potrzeby, a nie przez sytuacje. Zrobić spis rzeczy, których naprawdę potrzebuję i nie kupować nic, czego nie ma na tej liście. A to wszystko po to, aby mniej kupować, więcej oszczędzać i mniej pracować. Spokojnie, nie mam zamiaru wyrzucać wszystkich pamiątek i dokumentów, pozostawiając sobie tylko ich zdjęcia (albo i nie), ani zmieścić się ze wszystkim na powierzchni 10 metrów kwadratowych. Ale chcę kupować mniej i mądrzej, postawić na jakość, a nie na ilość, świadomie odczytywać własne potrzeby i je zaspokajać (lub nie). W kolejnym poście pokażę Ci jak rozprawiłam się z moją toaletką i wszystkimi zgromadzonymi w niej kosmetykami. Koniecznie daj znać czy nowa seria postów Ci się podoba. A może masz ochotę się do mnie przyłączyć do mojego wyzwania? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie, koniecznie dołącz na mnie na Fb, Instagramie. Możesz także zapisać się na mój newsletter.
- [Minimalizm na co dzień - toaletka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/minimalizm-toaletka/): W poprzednim poście pisałam Ci o tym, że chcę kupować mniej, oszczędzać więcej, pracować mniej i mieć więcej czasu na to, co w życiu naprawdę ważne (post: Minimalizm na co dzień). Pierwszą rzeczą, którą postanowiłam zmienić w swoim otoczeniu, była toaletka. Po pierwsze, wyjęłam wszystkie moje kosmetyki kolorowe – ze wszystkich szuflad, szafeczek, garderoby, łazienki czy kosmetyczki podróżnej – i ustawiłam je na na sekretarzyku. Początkowo wszystkie kosmetyki leżały na sekretarzyku, a ja malowałam się na stoliku obok, biorąc kosmetyki z sekretarzyka. Jeśli któregoś z nich użyłam, zostawiałam na stoliku. Szybko okazało się, że praktycznie zawsze sięgam po te same rzeczy, które stanowią mniejszość moich zbiorów. Zastanawiasz się, z ilu kosmetyków korzystałam przez tydzień? Już po tygodniu postanowiłam rozprawić się z kosmetykami, które zostały na sekretarzyku. Każdy z nich wzięłam do ręki i sprawdziłam jego datę ważności – i tak pozbyłam się pierwszych produktów, które zwyczajnie były przeterminowane. Kolejno brałam do ręki każdy produkt i odpowiadałam sobie na pytania: 1. Czy ten produkt jest jeszcze ważny? Jeśli nie, kosmetyki te lądowały w koszu na śmieci. 2. Czy ten produkt jest odpowiedni do mojego typu cery? Tak więc: czy ma odpowiedni kolor, konsystencję? Czy poziom krycia mi odpowiada? Czy dobrze się trzyma? Jeśli odpowiedź była negatywna, produkt lądował w pojemniku na kosmetyki do oddania / sprzedania. 3. Kiedy po raz ostatni używałam tego produktu? Dlaczego nie używam go na co dzień? Jeśli okazywało się, że po prawej stronie stołu stoi jego zamiennik, który lepiej  mi odpowiada – produkt lądował w pojemniku do oddania / odsprzedania. Jeśli okazywało się, że jest to produkt tylko na specjalne okazje, każdorazowo decydowałam, czy jest wart tego, by go zatrzymać. Po takiej selekcji postanowiłam dać pojemnikowi jeszcze jedną szansę i wydobyć z niego po jednym zamienniku dla niektórych produktów z prawej części stołu, których używam na co dzień – i stworzyć z nich zestaw awaryjny, na przykład na wypadek zagubionego bagażu czy zapomnianej kosmetyczki. W mojej pracy na co dzień wymagany jest makijaż, nie wyobrażam sobie nie mieć awaryjnego zestawu w domu. Dzięki temu zabiegowi objętość pojemnika do oddania / odprzedania nieco się uszczupliła, ale i tak jest czym się dzielić ze światem. Okazało się, że oprócz samych kosmetyków kolorowych, w toaletce posiadam wiele pojemników do ich przechowywania, ale żaden nie spełnia moich oczekiwań w pełni. Zdecydowałam się więc zastąpić wszystkie nieużyteczne, kupione najczęściej w promocji pojemniki – jednym, funkcjonalnym, dobrze przemyślanym, wysokiej jakości. I tu po zidentyfikowaniu prawdziwej potrzeby świadomie zdecydowałam się na zakup. Wybrałam transparentny organizer z Ikei, w którym poukładałam wszystkie kosmetyki kolorowe i pielęgnacyjne, a także akcesoria do makijażu, których używam na co dzień. Poukładałam je dokładnie w takiej kolejności, w jakiej najbardziej lubię ich używać, a wielką toaletkę w sekretarzyku zniosłam do pokoju dla gości, zastępując ją małym stolikiem, na którym mam piękny porządek. Dodałam do nich także kosmetyki używane okazjonalnie jak eye-liner lub tylko latem jak puder mineralny. Finalnie, wszystkie kosmetyki, które sobie pozostawiłam mieszczą się w nowym organizerze: Na koniec porządków zrobiłam listę kosmetyków, których używam i dla każdego z nich zdecydowałam, czy jego walory mi odpowiadają, czy też nie do końca. Dla kosmetyków, których walory mi odpowiadają, zrobiłam postanowienie nie kupowania zamienników, a więc w przypadku cieni, podkładu czy tuszu do rzęs postanowiłam kupować je z wyprzedzeniem potrzeby – na zapas, co z jednej strony pozwoli mi na zakup w promocyjnej cenie, z drugiej zaś posiadanie zapasu zapobiegnie sytuacji, w której ulubionego produktu mi zabraknie, a ja w sklepie skuszę się na jego niekoniecznie lepszą alternatywę lub nie będę miała wyjścia i kupię zamiennik, gdy ulubionego produktu akurat nie dostanę. W przypadku kosmetyków, którym nadałam na liście atrybut niepełnego zadowolenia, jak na przykład korektor pod oczy – gdy ten będzie na wykończeniu, pozwolę sobie na eksperyment z nowym produktem. Nie byłabym sobą, gdybym na nowej toaletce nie postawiła czegoś, co cieszy oko – przyniosłam więc tacę i świeczkę, które stały w salonie i kwiaty, które zostały mi po pracowitym weekendzie. Jak podoba Ci się taka forma zaproszenia minimalizmu do swojego życia? Kiedy po raz ostatni Ty przyglądałaś się swoim kosmetykom kolorowym?  W kolejnym poście z tej serii zajmę się łazienką… dolna szuflada szafki pod umywalką już się nie domyka! PS. Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie, koniecznie dołącz na mnie na Fb, Instagramie. Możesz także zapisać się na mój newsletter.
- [Moja jesienna pielęgnacja i ulubione kosmetyki ekologiczne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/najlepsze-kosmetyki-ekologiczne-na-jesien/): Dostaję od Was masę pytań o kosmetyki ekologiczne, których używam, więc dziś małe uzupełnienie tego, co pokazuję Wam na Instagramie czy Facebooku. Dziś opowiem Wam o mojej pielęgnacji cery tej jesieni. Lato odeszło w zapomnienie, ale nasza skóra pewnie jeszcze dobrze je pamięta. Może być wciąż grubsza – tak broniła się latem przed słońcem i wiatrem. Prawdopodobnie jest także przesuszona, a to, że ma tendencję do błyszczenia wcale przesuszeniu nie zaprzecza. Może także mieć przebarwienia – pamiątki po kąpielach słonecznych. Dlatego moja pielęgnacja tej jesieni nastawiona jest na złuszczanie, nawilżanie i odżywanie. Nie tylko u kosmetyczki, ale przede wszystkim każdego jednego dnia.   Wieczorna pielęgnacja w 5 krokach Krok 1. Szczoteczka do twarzy Clarisonic Recenzję tej szczoteczki możecie przeczytać tutaj. Szczoteczkę uwielbiam, ale niestety wciąż nie znalazłam idealnego płynu do niej, dlatego wciąż testuję i szukam. Z przyjemnością poznam Wasze ulubione żele do demakijażu, które są jak najbardziej naturalne.   Krok 2. Wygładzający olejek do mycia twarzy i demakijażu od Clochee Po zmyciu makijażu szczoteczką, wylewam porcję olejku na wacik kosmetyczny i delikatnie przykładam do powiek, bardzo delikatnie przecierając. Skóra wokół oczu jest nawet 10 razy cieńsza niż na pozostałych częściach twarzy i wymaga specjalnego traktowania. Tak na prawdę to pierwszy olejek, który pozwolił mi na tak ultradelikatny demakijaż oczu i ich okolic. Olejek ten bazuje na głównie na wysokiej jakości oleju ze słodkich migdałów, bogatym w witaminy A, B1, B2, B6, D i E oraz na oleju sezamowym bogatym w składniki mineralne i witaminę B. Zatem nie tylko fantastycznie zmywa makijaż, ale odżywia, łagodzi i poprawia elastyczność – tego właśnie brakowało mi, gdy korzystałam z płynu micelarnego do demakijażu oczu. Olejek kupiłam na stronie producenta Clochee – akurat miałam ważny kod rabatowy, ale kosmetyki tej firmy są często w konkurencyjnych sklepach dostępne taniej, więc zawsze sprawdzam najlepszą cenę o tu – jak widzicie można sporo zaoszczędzić. Jeśli chcecie zaoszczędzić na demakijażu przetestujcie do tego celu olej sezamowy czy migdałowy ze sklepu ze zdrową żywnością. Ważne, aby były nierafinowane i tłoczone na zimno – zachowają wtedy większość składników odżywczych. O moich ulubionych zastosowaniach oleju kokosowego możecie przeczytać tutaj. Krok 3. Łagodzący tonik antyoksydacyjny od Clochee Jedną-dwie porcje toniku pompuję na wacik i przecieram cała twarz, szyję i dekolt. Na pewno nie wysusza, nie ściąga, daje uczucie nawilżenia, pozwala też usunąć resztki makijażu, jeśli nie udało się to w poprzednich krokach. Kupiłam go razem z olejkiem na stronie Clochee, ale polecam Ci każdorazowo sprawdzać gdzie jest najlepsza oferta na ten tonik.   Krok 4. Krem z kwasem laktobionowym od Organicseries Przez wiele lat poszukiwałam kremu do twarzy. Żadnego ideału, chociaż takiego, który moja wrażliwa skóra w ogóle by zaakceptowała. Dotychczas każdy jeden krem po kilku czy kilkunastu dniach przestawał być przez moją cerę tolerowany. Pojawiają się wtedy wypryski, niedoskonałości, stany zapalne. Niektóre kremy już odpadają przy pierwszym użyciu, gdy pojawia się pieczenie i szczypanie. Inne gdy wstanę rano i przejrzę się w lustrze. Spora część natomiast jest akceptowalna na etapie próbki, a jak zdecyduję się na zakup pełnego produktu i stosuję go przez kolejne dni to zaczynają się problemy i taki kosmetyk ląduje na półce, a później rozdaję po rodzinie. Dermatolog czy kosmetyczka mówią, że jest to nietolerancja pewnych składników obecnych w kremach. Jakich? Do tego nie doszliśmy. I tak od wielu lat raz na miesiąc czy dwa kupuję nowy krem do twarzy, z coraz mniejszą nadzieją na sukces i godząc się z odwodnioną skórą, jaka pozostaje wtedy, gdy pielęgnację skóry zakańcza się na demakijażu. Gdy moja Przyjaciółka zaszła w ciążę pożyczyła mi do kolejnych testów swój ulubiony krem, nie miałam wielkich nadziei i niczego sobie nie obiecywałam. Ku mojemu zaskoczeniu krem został w pełni zaakceptowany przez moją kapryśną cerę, nie tylko na dzień czy dwa, ale przynajmniej dwa tygodnie. Wtedy zdecydowałam się na zakup własnego kremu – początkowo w małym 50 ml opakowaniu, aby po jego opróżnieniu (pierwszego całego kremu pielęgnacyjnego w życiu!) kupić drugie, tym razem aż 200 ml opakowanie. Jestem przeszczęśliwa, że w końcu mogę nawilżać i odżywiać moją cerę, która niestety, ale w wieku 30+ tego wymaga. Dodatkowo krem jest w próżniowym opakowaniu z pompką – nie dostają się do środka bakterie ani powietrze, dzięki czemu dużo dłużej zachowuje świeżość i higienę. Wiem, że każda cera jest inna, każda me inne potrzeby jednak jeśli masz cerę wrażliwą, mieszaną, ze skłonnością do niedoskonałości i wciąż szukasz tego idealnego kremu, na prawdę warto spróbować tego. Jeśli masz jakąkolwiek inną i szukasz kremu dla siebie, koniecznie wypróbuj inne kremy z tej firmy, mojej Mamie sprezentowałam krem do cery dojrzałej i już kupiła sobie trzecie opakowanie. Uwielbia je, a pojemność 200 ml wychodzi bardzo korzystnie. A w nim 95% składników odżywczych, 98% składników certyfikowanych i 100% składników naturalnych. O to chodzi! Kupuję go hurtowni, dostępny jest w dwóch pojemnościach 50 ml i 200 ml   Krok 5. Krem forte pod oczy od Organicseries Po fascynacji kremem z kwasem laktobionowym, zdecydowałam się na krem pod oczy z tej samej firmy. Jest w moim ulubionym, próżniowym opakowaniu z pompką, nie powoduje u mnie żadnych podrażnień (z kremami aptecznymi bywało różnie), a co najważniejsze – widzę poprawę kondycji skóry wokół oczu. Z przyjemnością wykorzystam całe opakowanie i kto wie, może zostanie ze mną na długo. Do kupienia na stronie Organicseries.   Poranna pielęgnacja w 3 krokach Krok 1. Czysta woda Po nocy przemywam twarz czystą wodą i nie stosuję wtedy na skórę twarzy żadnych detergentów i przemywam ją czystą wodą. Śmieję się, że tak zmywam sen z twarzy.   Krok 2. Łagodzący tonik antyoksydacyjny od Clochee Ten sam, który stosuję wieczorem, pomaga zmyć zanieczyszczenia, które pojawiły się na twarzy nocą.   Krok 3. Nawilżający krem z naturalnym filtrem od Organicseries Gdy pisałam ten post kilka tygodni temu, w tym miejscu umieściłam Normalizujący krem dla skóry tłustej i trądzikowej od Organique, ale wciąż czułam, że chyba jednak nie jesteśmy dla siebie stworzeni. Wciąż odnosiłam wrażenie, że mnie po prostu zapycha. Zdecydowałam się więc na zakup małego kremu z Organicseries i jak widzicie na zdjęciu właśnie kończę pierwsze opakowanie – wyjęłam pompkę aby wydostać go do ostatniej kropli. Bardzo dobrze sprawdza się pod makijaż, choć nie matuje, ale na pewno cera nie błyszczy się po nim bardziej. Stosuję go czasami także na noc zamiast tego z kwasem. Po zużyciu całego opakowania mogę powiedzieć, że skóra jest wyraźnie bardziej nawilżona i sprężysta. To na pewno nie koniec naszej znajomości, choć jako kolejny krem na dzień zamówię krem do cery naczynkowej, gdyż niestety powiększone naczynka i zaczerwieniona skóra także mi towarzyszą.   Na zdjęciach możecie zobaczyć także bambusowy peeling, który stosuję raz w tygodniu. Ale o takich kosmetykach do zadań specjalnych poświęca osobny temat. A jak Wy dbacie o swoją cerę? Macie stałe rytuały pielęgnacyjne czy wciąż jesteście na etapie poszukiwań? Lubicie kosmetyczną rutynę czy ciągłe zmiany i eksperymenty? I czy czytacie składy tego, co nakładacie na skórę? Jak zawsze czekam na Wasze komentarze i podpowiedzi.
- [Zakupowe nawyki, które nie służą Twojej garderobie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zakupowy-poradnik/): Nie masz się w co ubrać? Poznaj i wyeliminuj nawyki, które sprawiają, że w Twojej szafie wciąż jest pełno rzeczy, które do Ciebie nie pasują.   Kupię, gdy schudnę Nic nie daje takiego kopa do odchudzania jak pierwsze stracone kilogramy czyli lepszy wygląd, który od razu przekłada się na lepsze samopoczucie. Czy wiesz, że dzięki dobrze dopasowanym ubraniom możesz od razu wyglądać na kilka kilo szczuplejszą? I motywację zafundować sobie od razu. A gdy schudniesz największą nagrodą będą dla Ciebie zakupy w mniejszym rozmiarze – gwarantuję, z przyjemnością jeszcze raz pójdziesz na zakupy.   Kupię, bo w przecenie Kiedyś nie mogłam oprzeć się przecenom, z których wychodziłam obładowana siatkami, czując się jak Gwiazda Jessica Parker w Seksie w Wielkim Mieście. Niestety do czasu powrotu do domu. Później miałam w szafie ubrania w krojach, które zupełnie do mnie nie pasowały albo 3 takie same bluzki w rożnych kolorach, a gdy okazywało się, że źle się czuję w danym modelu, miałam w szafie trzy razy więcej rzeczy, których nie chcę już nosić. Niestety często atrakcyjna cena obniża nasze wymagania odnośnie ubrań i sprawia, że w przymierzalni jesteśmy dużo bardziej pobłażliwi. Jeśli nie potrafisz się oprzeć wyprzedażom, nie chodź na nie! Serio. Bardziej opłaci Ci się kupić 2 super dopasowane i wyszukane ubrania w regularnej cenie niż 5 byle jakich z wyprzedaży. Dziś na zakupy chodzę przed wyprzedażami i szukam perełek, a jeśli to droższa rzecz to czasami nawet czekam do wyprzedaży, a gdy po świętach na wystawach pojawiają się manekiny w sukienkach z napisem SALE wchodząc do sklepu od razu wiem czego szukam.   Kupię, najwyżej będzie po domu I nie chodzi tutaj wcale o wygodne domowe stylizacje, które sama noszę. Często „po domu” oznacza nieco za dużą bluzkę, odrobinę za krótkie spodnie czy niskiej jakości sweter. Tłumaczymy się same przed sobą, że po domu może być gorzej… Brzmi głupio, prawda? Wydawać pieniądze, aby czuć się gorzej?   Kupię, bo i tak nic lepszego nie znajdę Przymierzyłam trzy pary spodni, w każdych wyglądam średnio, więc po co szukać dalej, muszę wyglądać średnio. Bzdura! Szukaj do skutku, nie zgadzaj się na bylejakość.   Kupię, bo nie chce mi się już chodzić po sklepach To była moja ulubiona wymówka na kupowanie niepotrzebnych ubrań. Nie znoszę łazić godzinami po sklepach, co innego jeden sklep czy dwa – to dla mnie czysta przyjemność, ale przy większej ilości jestem wyraźnie zmęczona. Jak sobie z tym radzę? Przed wyjściem na zakupy przeglądam oferty sklepów w Internecie i wchodząc do centrum handlowego od razu wiem gdzie i po co warto się udać. Zacznij więc zakupy przed komputerem.   A jakie są Twoje zakupowe grzeszki?   PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Ubranka dla noworodka - co? gdzie? ile?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ubranka-dla-noworodka/): Ubranka dla noworodka – w sklepach jest ich naprawdę całe mnóstwo! Co się sprawdza, a co niekoniecznie? Co i gdzie warto kupić, a najważniejsze – ile sztuk? Pamiętam, że skompletowanie ubrankowej wyprawki i dojście do tego, czy oby na pewno wszystko mam i wszystkiego mi wystarczy, przyprawiało mnie o zawrót i ból głowy. Pomagała Siostra, pomagały koleżanki, a ja odurzona hormonami nie mogłam tego wszystkiego pojąć. Dlatego przygotowałam dla Ciebie krótki przewodnik na temat poszczególnych części noworodkowej garderoby i moje absolutne must-have.   Ubranka dla noworodka Przedstawiam Ci moją listę ulubionych ubranek dla noworodka – co się u nas najbardziej sprawdziło, a czego już nie kupiłabym po raz kolejny.   1. Body Do kupienia w: HM Do kupienia w: KappAhl W wielkim uproszczeniu bluzeczki zapinane w kroku, na pieluszce. Mogą być z krótkim rękawem z długim lub na ramiączkach. Zakładane przez głowę lub rozpinane. Które wybrać? Osobiście zdecydowałam się na body całkowicie rozpinane, których nie musiałam wkładać dziecku przez głowę. Obchodzenie się z takim malutkim ciałkiem jest trudne dla świeżo upieczonego rodzica, a co dopiero ubieranie zakładane przez głowę. Strach przed ubrankami wkładanymi przez głowę nie do końca był w moim wypadku uzasadniony, gdyż nasza położna, która prowadziła z nami w domu indywidualną szkołę rodzenia, zdradziła nam trik, jak bezproblemowo wcisnąć Noworodka w body zakładane przez głowę. Dlatego jeśli kompletowałabym wyprawkę po raz drugi, nie ograniczałabym się tylko do tych rozpinanych. Jeśli jednak nie czujecie się pewnie w obsłudze takich zakładanych przez głowę ubranek dla noworodka, to sugeruję nie dokładać sobie kolejnych zmartwień i postawić na te rozpinane od góry do dołu. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję body: F&F czyli Tesco, HM i KappAhl.   2. Pajacyk Do kupienia w: F&F Tesco To takie ubranko od szyi aż po palce stóp. To moje ulubione ubranko dla Noworodka, idealne zarówno na noc, jak i na dzień, koniecznie zapinane przez całą długość – wtedy zapewni szybkie przebieranie i wygodę dziecku, a żadna gumka w pasie nie będzie uciskała niezagojonego jeszcze pępuszka. Uwaga na pajacyki zapinane z tyłu na poziomą klapkę niczym z kreskówek – nie lubiłam i nie za bardzo umiałam wcisnąć w nie dziecko. Do spania używamy pajacyków nieprzerwanie aż do dzisiaj (dla starszych dzieci mają nawet antypoślizgowe stopki), a ja przy kolejnych zakupach zaopatruję się tylko w kolejne rozmiary i kolory. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję pajacyki: F&F czyli Tesco, HM i Next. A dla Noworodka polecam także pajacyki z wszytymi niedrapkami – bardzo przydają się na początku, miałam takie z firmy NEXT, ale w Mothercare też są. 3. Ubranko na wyjście Do kupienia w: HM Do kupienia w: F&F Tesco Czyli coś ładniejszego, ale błagam, pamiętajcie tutaj o zasadzie – im wygodniej tym, lepiej. My mieliśmy dwa zestawy: spodenki na ramiączkach i kaftanik, założone pewnie max ze dwa razy każdy. Pamiętajcie, nie ma co męczyć Noworodka (i siebie) wymyślnymi strojami. Pierwsze trzy miesiące dla Dziecka powinny być przedłużeniem bezpieczeństwa i komfortu, jakie znał z brzuszka Mamy, a tiulowa spódniczka czy modne sztywne jeansy raczej mu tego nie zapewnią. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję ubranka na wyjście: F&F, HM, KappAhl, Zara.   Te trzy elementy stanowiły podstawę naszej dziecięcej garderoby w okresie noworodkowym, ale uzupełniłam ją także w: 4. Półśpiochy Do kupienia w: Pinokio Do kupienia: HM Czyli obrazowo dolna część pajacyka. Ważne, aby miały szeroką, dość luźną gumkę w pasie i nie uciskały maluszka. W cieplejsze dni ubierałam maluszka w samo body + półśpiochy, w chłodniejsze nakładałam jeszcze… 5. Kaftanik Do kupienia w: HM Do kupienia w: Pinokio Czyli wszelkiego rodzaju bluzeczki wkładane przez głowę lub tradycyjnie wiązane. Ja używałam je właśnie w zestawieniu z półśpiochami po tym, jak zagoił nam się pępek. A jak nie miałam akurat kaftanika pod ręką, w ruch szło drugie body. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję kaftaniki i bluzeczki: HM, KappAhl, Zara. 6. Śliniaczki Do kupienia w: F&F Tesco Bawełniane, zapinane na zatrzask. Zakładałam je do każdego karmienia, dzięki czemu udało mi się oszczędzić wiele ubranek. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję śliniaczki: F&F, Aden + Anais. 6. Kombinezon i czapeczka Do kupienia w: HM Do kupienia w: KappAhl Dla noworodka nie miałam żadnych płaszczyków czy kurteczek, przez pierwsze pół roku ubierałam go w dostosowany do pogody kombinezon. Przy jego wyborze zwróć uwagę, czy obie nogawki rozpinają się prawie do samych stópek – dzięki temu położysz Dziecko na kombinezonie, zapniesz zameczki po obu stronach i po kłopocie. Niestety Maluszki zazwyczaj nie lubią ubierania i nie ma co wydłużać tej nieprzyjemnej dla nich procedury. Sama zamówiłam jeden piękny i modny kombinezon rozpinany od szyi do kroku (żadna nogawka się nie rozpinała) i tylko raz „wcisnęłam” do niego dziecko, po czym… czym prędzej odesłałam. Moje ulubione sklepy, w których kupuję kombinezony: HM, KappAhl.    Śpiochy Do kupienia w: Pinokio Czyli tak jakby półśpiochy z szelkami. Jak dla mnie zupełnie niewygodna część garderoby – szczególnie, jeśli nie rozpinają się w kroku. Zastępowałam je z powodzeniem pajacykami lub półśpiochami i choć miałam kilka sztuk, praktycznie w ogólnie ich nie zakładałam. Ile ubranek na początek? O ile dzieci nie mają problemów z ulewaniem, to ubranka naprawdę prawie zupełnie się nie brudzą, raz na jakiś czas trafi się jakaś wpadka związana z pieluszką, ale wierz mi, takie ubranka dla noworodka naprawdę wystarczy zmieniać raz dziennie (choć ja szalałam i miałam inne na dzień i inne na noc). Osobiście miałam ten komfort, że większość ubranek miałam od Siostry i pożyczone od koleżanek, natomiast gdybym miałam kompletować wyprawkę od zera, moje zakupy byłyby następujące: body – po 5 sztuk  z długim rękawem w rozmiarze 56 i 62,  plus kilka sztuk z krótkim i/lub na ramiączkach jeśli akurat jest lato pajacyk – po 5 sztuk w rozmiarze 56 i 62 ubranko do wyjścia – dla własnej przyjemności 😉 1-2 zestawy w rozmiarze 56 i 60 w zupełności wystarczą półśpiochy – 2 pary kaftanik – 2 sztuki kombinezon – 1 na pierwsze trzy miesiące śliniaki – 5 sztuk buciki – 1 para w przypadku, gdyby kombinezon nie miał zabudowanych stópek. Dodatkowo: tetrowe pieluszki – 10-20 sztuk muślinowe/bambusowe pieluszki – 2 sztuki skarpetki – 3 pary – przydadzą się na za duże pajacyki niedrapki – 4 pary – w szpitalu nie polecam obcinania paznokci noworodkowi, aby się nie podrapał, warto założyć na rączki takie specjalne skarpeteczki czapeczka na dwór – nie ma czegoś takiego jak czapeczka po domu, no bo Ty chyba nie chodzisz po pokoju w czapce, co? 😉 Jaki rozmiar ubranek wybrać dla dziecka? Na pewno spotkasz się z opiniami, że Noworodek w ogóle nie zmieścił się w ubranko w rozmiarze 56 i tyle samo, że topił się w rozmiarze 56. U nas była opcja druga – nasz Noworodek, choć miał 53 cm przy urodzeniu, był taki zwinięty jak pączek kwiatka i topił się w większości ubranek 56 (co firma to inny rozmiar, przykładowo ubranka HM i KappAhl wypadają na większe niż inne), więc jak tylko zagoił mu się pępuszek, poszłam do sklepu i kupiłam mu coś na rozmiar 44, aby wreszcie nie wyglądał jak w ubraniach starszego brata 😉 Dlatego proponuję skompletować na start dwa zestawy w rozmiarze 56 i 62 cm. Jeśli okażą się za duże, zawsze możesz dokupić coś lepiej dopasowanego, a jeśli rozmiar 56 okaże się za mały, zawsze możesz odsprzedać nieużywane ciuszki (w grę raczej nie wchodzi zwrot, jeśli ubranka przed porodem wypierzecie i wyprasujecie). Jak kupować ubranka? Jeśli masz koleżanki, kuzynki czy rodzeństwo w podobnym wieku, być może dostaniesz część ubranek, ale ja proponuję inne rozwiązanie – zaproponuj w swoim towarzystwie wymianę ubrankami. U nas tak to się odbywa, że ubranka pożyczane są pomiędzy kilkoma najlepszymi koleżankami, po wykorzystaniu wracają do właściciela lub przekazuje się dalej do osoby z towarzystwa – za zgodą właściciela oczywiście. Sama tak robię – mam wiele praktycznie niezniszczonych ubranek po pierwszym dziecku i wiele po siostry dzieciach, które już wychodziły co najmniej 3 dzieci i dalej są w super stanie, bo gdzie taki maluszek miałby je zużyć? Więc pożyczam je dalej koleżankom, każdy dokłada do nich coś od siebie i naprawdę to najlepsza forma kompletowania wyprawki. Choć wiem, że i tak będziesz chciała mieć coś nowego 😉   Jestem bardzo ciekawa, jak wyglądają lub planujesz Twoje wyprawkowe zakupy?  Pozostałe posty z serii Wyprawka są tutaj.   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Jak w kwadrans udekorować dom na Wielkanoc? - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-w-kwadrans-udekorowac-dom-na-wielkanoc/): Powodów, dla których nie posiadacie zbyt wielu wielkanocnych dekoracji może być bardzo wiele – mieszkacie na wynajętym, nie macie gdzie przechowywać sezonowych drobiazgów, albo zwyczajnie dopiero kompletujecie świąteczne zestawy. Dlatego dziś pokażę Wam jak w kwadrans wprowadzić w domu wielkanocny, wiosenny klimat, nie wydając przy tym prawie nic. W sam raz dla zabieganej Ciebie. Po pierwsze wstążki to absolutnie cudowny wynalazek – za zestaw wstążek w wiosennych kolorach zapłaciłam niecałe 10 zł, małą cena, wielki kolor i duży efekt, dzięki nim każdy zwykły szklany wazon czy świecznik, który na co dzień zdobi nasz salon zyskał świąteczny look.   Po drugie żywe kwiaty – kwiaty zawsze dodają świątecznej atmosfery, a żonkile i tulipany chyba wszystkim kojarzą się z Wielkanocą? Kupiłam je na straganie pod Biedronką, dzięki czemu za sztukę zapłaciłam mniej niż 1 zł.   Po trzecie girlanda – przy całym przedsięwzięciu ten projekt wydaje się być bardzo ambitnym i sprawi, że kwadrans na dekoracje lekko się przedłuży. Ale wystarczy wieczorem znaleźć w sieci taki projekt DIY, wydrukować, wyciąć, zawiesić na wstążce i świąteczny klimat murowany.   Taki świąteczny nastrój panował u nas w zeszłym roku, to była nasza pierwsza Wielkanoc z Mikołajem. A ja właśnie szykuję dom na kolejne święta. Te będą szczególnie wyjątkowe, gdyż zjedzie się do nas kilkadziesiąt osób, a to wszystko po to, aby towarzyszyć w przyjęciu przez Mikołaja Chrztu Świętego. A jak Wasze domki? Gotowe na świąteczny czas? PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Moje ulubione  kosmetyki kolorowe idealne na urlop](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kolorowe-kosmetyki-na-urlop/): Pakowanie na pierwsze wakacje z dzieckiem traktuję bardzo poważnie. Zależy mi na tym, aby spakować możliwie mało rzeczy, które zapewnią całej naszej rodzinie maksymalny komfort. Dziś pokażę Wam jakie kosmetyki kolorowe zabiorę ze sobą na wakacje samolotem. Zestaw cieni do powiek Na co dzień używam dużej palety magnetycznej, która zupełnie nie nadaje się w podróż. Natomiast na jednym z eventów otrzymałam w prezencie ten zestaw cieni do powiek i przypadkowo odkryłam, że jest idealny na lato – i  nie tylko! Z przyjemnością można wyczarować nim bardzo naturalny makijaż, a wieczorem mocniej podkreślić oko. W kosmetyczce zajmie na prawdę mało miejsca, a po wakacjach gwarantuję, że będziecie z przyjemnością po niego sięgały. Jeśli dopiero zaczynacie przygodę z cieniami dla Was także będzie idealny, gdyż w środku znajdziecie podpowiedzi jak pięknie podkreślić oko, w którym miejscu użyć jakiego cienia. Dodatkowo nada się także do podkreślenia brwi. Do kupienia w promocji -25% -> klik Puder mineralny Jeśli tak jak ja na wakacjach wolicie lżejszy letni makijaż, koniecznie wypróbujcie to cudo. Używałam go w ciąży – moja cera płatała mi wtedy same figle i bardzo mi wtedy pomógł i dodał pewności siebie. Wracam do niego z przyjemnością na urlopach – z pewnością jest to też kosmetyk ekspresowy w użyciu. Omiatam nim twarz za pomocą pędzla kabuki, a dla silniejszego krycia tam gdzie potrzeba czynność powtarzam dodając dodatkowe warstwy produktu. I już. Do kupienia w promocji -20% -> klik Zestaw do konturowania twarzy Na lato wybrałam ten w kamieniu (zamiast tego w kredkach, który pokazywałam Wam ostatnio na Instagramie) – jest lżejszy i wymaga mniejszej precyzji w używaniu. Nie stosuję go codziennie, ale po nałożeniu na twarz podkładu czy pudru w jednym odcieniu staje się ona płaska, taki zestaw pozwala pięknie ją wymodelować, podkreślić kości policzkowe, wyszczuplić nos czy obniżyć czoło. Na wakacjach przyda się do nadmorskiej sesji zdjęciowej z Mikołajem czy na elegancką kolację do wieczorowej kreacji. Do kupienia tutaj -> klik Błyszczyk Choć na co dzień nie przepadam za podkreślaniem ust, błyszczyk podkreśli każdy wakacyjny look. Ten kocham i uwielbiam za kilka rzeczy: jest piękny, zarówno jego opakowanie jak i to jak wygląda na ustach, samo obcowanie z tak pięknym produktem w torebce sprawia mi mega radochę, a do tego to prezent od przyjaciółki, który zawsze gdy go używam mi o niej przypomina. Uwielbiam takie prezenty. Do kupienia w 18 odcieniach -> klik Róż do policzków Mój urodzinowy prezent od Sephora, malutki, śliczny róż w dwóch kolorach – bardzo ciepłym pomarańczu i bardzo chłodnym różu, można używać osobno, a można też pobawić się w ich mieszanie, by się odmłodzić i dodać sobie uroczych delikatnych i bardzo romantycznych rumieńców. Do kupienia z rabatem nawet do -55% -> klik Wodoodporny tusz Gdybym na wakacje miała zabrać ze sobą jeden kosmetyk kolorowy byłby to tusz do rzęs. Rzęsy wytuszowałam nawet do porodu 😉 Tusz Telescopic od L’Oreal zdradzam regularnie i zawsze do niego powracam, gdyż jak żaden inny pozwala mi wytuszować rzęsy prawie do nieba. Prawie 😉 Na wakacje wybrałam jego wersję wodoodporną. Tusze te kupuję stacjonarnie w sklepach Rossmann lub Superpharm – tam gdzie akurat jest promocja. Korektor Od kiedy ten profesjonalny korektor zagościł w mojej kosmetyczce mało jaka niedoskonałość jest w stanie popsuć mi humor, gdyż większość z nich pięknie zakryje. Latem przyda się także jeśli przesadzimy niechcący ze słońcem i na przykład przypalimy sobie nosek. Na próbę kupiłam pojedynczy wkład do palety -> klik, możecie też kupić paletę korektorów na przykład tutaj -> klik.   A jeśli jesteście ciekawi jak wykonuję taki letni, delikatny makijaż, który podkreśla oko, podkręca rzęsy i wyciąga je do nieba piszcie w komentarzach, może nagram jakiś filmik albo przygotuję instrukcję krok po kroku? Czekam na Wasze komentarze i kosmetyczne, wakacyjne hity.
- [10 najlepszych zabawek na pierwsze 24 miesiące życia dziecka i KONKURS](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/10-najfajniejszych-zabawek-na-pierwsze-24-miesiece-zycia-dziecka/): Jeśli szukacie sprawdzonych pomysłów na zabawki dla Maluszków, koniecznie sprawdźcie nasze hity, które są świetną inwestycją we wspólną zabawę i rozwój Dziecka. Przygotowując zestawienie 10 najlepszych zabawek na pierwsze 24 miesiące życia Dziecka – celowo nie daję dolnej granicy. Dlaczego? Ponieważ jest ona zależna od tempa rozwoju i zainteresowań konkretnego Maluszka, a także od tego, kiedy zacznie raczkować czy chodzić. U nas zabawki z tego zestawienia pojawiały się stopniowo począwszy od pierwszych urodzin. Jestem jednak pewna, że każdą nich warto przynajmniej wypróbować przed ukończeniem przez Dziecko 2 lat.   1. Tunel Małe Dzieci uwielbiają wchodzić do kartonów, chować się pod kołdrą czy wchodzić po stół. Warto wykorzystać to i sprawić dziecku tunel, który będzie świetną zabawą dla całej rodziny. Taki tunel jest też świetną pomocą w nauce czołgania i raczkowania, gdyż  w żaden inny sposób nie da się przez niego przejść na drugą stronę. U nas była to idealna forma walki z asymetrycznym raczkowaniem, gdyż zmuszała Maluszka to ciasnych i symetrycznych ruchów. Jak dla nas bomba, korzystamy do dziś, a z czasem dokupiliśmy do niego kompatybilny  namiocik.   2. Namiot, tipi, domek Skoro już wiemy, że Dzieciaki uwielbiają ciasne i ograniczone powierzchnie, warto pomyśleć o namiocie, tipi czy domku. Oczywiście nie musicie od razy ich kupować – na pewno idealnym pomysłem będzie wspólne budowanie takiej bazy z koców, kołder i poduszek. My zdecydowaliśmy się także na zakup wspomnianego namiociku, pasującego do tunelu, a w późniejszym okresie do zakupu domku z kartonu. Każda z tych zabawek kosztowała mniej niż 40 zł, a do dziś są przez nas mocno eksploatowane.   3. Puzzle Puzzle to nasz absolutny hit. Trudno o tańszą i bardziej trafioną zabawkę. Puzzle 2 elementowe Zaczynaliśmy od puzzli dwuelementowych – zestaw wielu dwuelementowych obrazków, a zabawa polegająca nie tylko na połączeniu dwóch puzzli, ale także na nie znalezieniu dwóch pasujących do siebie elementów. Kolejne fantastyczne puzzle to zestawy obrazków, z rosnącą liczbą elementów – i tak w pudełku mamy 6 obrazków składających się rosnącą z od 2 do 7 puzzli. Sama nie wiem, kto w domu miał największą radochę z ich złożenia. Puzzle 16+ elementowe Kolejnym etapem były puzzle 16 elementowe i tak w wieku 2 lat doszliśmy do puzzli 24 elementowych. To, co na pewno zauważyłam to to, że jeśli puzzle są z postaciami znanymi Dziecku na przykład z książeczek – jak u nas Świnka Peppa – to takie obrazki o wiele łatwiej było mu układać. Na pewno też nasz Synek chętniej składa puzzle w samochodziki niż w owady, a więc jego zainteresowania również pięknie można zaobserwować.   4. Rowerek biegowy Dzięki temu, że wybraliśmy model, który można zmontować jako wersję na 3 i na 2 kółkach, a kupując sprawdziliśmy minimalną wysokość siodełka, nasz Synek mógł korzystać z rowerka niedługo po tym, jak nauczył się stawiać pierwsze kroki. Do dziś to świetna aktywność, nawet w ulewny deszcz, gdy spacer  nie jest szczytem marzeń – jedziemy wtedy do dużego centrum handlowego, gdzie nasz Maluszek może spożytkować efektywnie swoją energię robiąc kółka po kolejnych piętrach. Niestety pomimo dość wysokiej ceny i fajnej funkcjonalności nasz rowerek biegowy jest, niestety, dość niskiej jakości, dlatego polecamy poszukanie innego modelu, który nie trzeszczy, w którym nie opada siodełko, a rurki dystansowe nie będą zrobione z gumowego węża, który jest za miękki do tego celu.   5. Ciastolina To nasze ostatnie odkrycie,  ale nie mniej uwielbiane od pozostałych. Nasz Maluch uwielbia lepienie, krojenie, formowanie, wypełnianie foremek i wycinanie kształtów. Na pewno zdecydujemy się na dodatkowe zestawy.   6. Kredki stożkowe Bezpieczne, wygodne do chwytania, bezpieczne (ciężko nimi wydłubać sobie oko), nie łamią się i nie trzeba ich temperować. Dodatkowo  można zbudować z nich wieżę. Kupując je, niechcący, wybrałam wersję pastelową, przez co kolory są mało intensywne, więc polecam wersję standardową.   7. Klocki Chyba nikt nie ma wątpliwości, że klocki to obowiązkowa zabawka dla każdego Dziecka. Pierwszy zestaw klocków, jaki otrzymaliśmy to słynne Lego Duplo, które nieustannie rozbudowujemy, zapewniając fantastyczną zabawę dla całej rodziny na wiele lat. Ogromna ilość zestawów z bohaterami ulubionych bajek jest rewelacyjną bazą do tworzenia nieskończonej ilości scenariuszy zabaw.   8. Kuchnia Odkąd kuchnia dla dzieci stanęła w kuchni dla dorosłych, wspólne gotowanie stało się przyjemnością, a nie przykrym obowiązkiem, gdy Mama czy Tata są poza zasięgiem Dziecka. Piekarnik, kuchenka czy zlew pozwalają Dziecku na fantastyczną zabawę w naśladowanie.   9. Zestaw Instrumentów Cymbałki, bębenek, grzechotki… wszystko na czym można wystukać melodię (nawet garnki i drewniane łyżki). U nas wspólne śpiewanie i granie pełni bardzo ważną funkcję integracji rodzinnej i nauki, a dostęp Dziecka do instrumentów pozwoli na wychwycenie jego upodobań czy zdolności – u nas rodzinne zajęcia z rytmiki to stały punkt zajęć. Okazało się, że nasz Maluch o wiele szybciej uczy się melodii niż słówek. Śpiewanie o codziennych czynnościach takich jak sprzątanie czy mycie rączek pozwala Dziecku na rozwój na wielu płaszczyznach, a także pozwala fantastycznie rozładować emocje.   10. Tor zjazdowy Tor zjazdowy i 3 samochodziki to jedna z naszych ulubionych zabawek. Bardzo fajnie kształtuje zdolności manualne. Z drugiej strony to niesamowite, na jak długi czas ta prosta zabawka potrafi pochłonąć Malucha. Jestem ciekawa co Ty albo Twój Maluch dopisalibyście do tej listy???   KONKURS AKTYWNA JESIEŃ A skoro jesteśmy przy najlepszych zabawkach, nie powinno na liście najlepszych zabawek dla Dzieci zabraknąć maty edukacyjnej, która świetnie sprawdzi się już od pierwszych miesięcy życia Dziecka. Jesienią absolutnie nie musimy, a nawet nie powinniśmy siedzieć w domu. Aby dbać o naszą odporność codzienna aktywność na świeżym powietrzu jest bardzo wskazana. Pamiętajcie więc o odpowiednim ubiorze (nie za chłodnym, ale i nie za ciepłym), wyjdźcie na dwór i pokażcie nam jak Ty i Twoje dziecko aktywnie spędzacie czas jesienią. Jak wziąć udział w konkursie? Wystarczy wypełnć formularz zgłoszeniowy. Na Instagramie i Facebooku możecie podglądać naszą aktywność. A Wy, jesteście z nami?     Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Zabawki dla dwulatka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-dla-dwulatka/): ..Zabawki dla dwulatka – klocki i puzzle, auta i traktory niewątpliwie mają wartość edukacyjną. Dziś przedstawiamy 5 najlepszych zabawek edukacyjnych dla dwulatka. 1. Drewniane puzzle Alfabet od HAPE Dzięki nim Mikołaj nauczył się tego, że przedmioty są trójwymiarowe, niesymetryczne, mają lustrzane odbicia i włożenie ich na właściwe miejsce nie jest take proste, jak w przypadku zwykłych płaskich, drewnianych puzzli z uchwytem. A co najlepsze – dzięki tym puzzlom Mikołaj, ku zdziwieniu całej rodziny i przedszkola, w wieku 2 lat i 2 miesięcy opanował cały alfabet! Nauczenie się go otworzyło nam źródło nieskończonej ilości zabaw w literki. Na spacerach bawimy się w szukanie literek (Mikuś sam wymyśla te zabawy), odczytujemy wspólnie tablice rejestracyjne, piszemy, rysujemy – literkowym zabawom nie ma końca! Znajomość alfabetu bardzo też pomaga nam w nauce mówienia. Uzupełnieniem tej zabawki edukacyjnej dla dwulatka jest piękny, duży plakat z Alfabetem w pokoju Mikołaja. Pozwala mu utrwalać zdobytą wiedzę – Miki sam podchodzi do plakatu i z dumą prezentuje po kolei każdą literkę wszystkim zainteresowanym. Powiem Wam więcej – gdyby nie te puzzle to założę się, że Miki by tego alfabetu jeszcze kilka lat nie znał, bo ja bym nie wpadła na to, aby go w tym wieku literek uczyć. A tak przy zabawie wyszła nam nauka, zupełnie naturalnie i „bezboleśnie”. Polecam ogromnie, bo to oznacza, że ta zabawka edukacyjna dla dwulatka całkowicie spełniła swoją rolę – bawi i uczy, zupełnie przy okazji. Do kupienia w cenie około 46 zł, tutaj 2. Piramida od Djeco To fajna, kontaktowa zabawa na dywanie dla całej rodziny. Oprócz rozwoju umiejętności motorycznych i koordynacji ruchowej dziecka ta zabawka edukacyjna uczy rozpoznawania zwierzątek, a w późniejszym okresie także liczenia – każda ściana pudełka to innego rodzaju obrazki. A gdy układanka ta kiedyś znudzi się naszemu Maluchowi, pudełka idealnie nadadzą się do przechowywania mniejszych zabawek i innych szpargałów. Do kupienia w cenie około 65 zł, różne modele tutaj, nasz wzór tutaj 3. Słucham i uczę się mówić To seria zeszytów i płyt CD, które mają za zadanie pomoc w nauce mówienia, jednocześnie będąc fajną zabawką dla dwulatka. Zakupiliśmy pierwszy zestaw „Sylaby i rzeczowniki 1” i bardzo wszystkim nam się spodobał. Myślałam, że Mikołaj będzie miał ogromne trudności w skupieniu się na „nauce”, ale nic bardziej mylnego – myślę, że szalenie podoba mu się słuchanie, mówienie i to, że uwaga całej rodziny podczas tych ćwiczeń skupiona jest tylko na nim. Gdy pierwszy raz przerabialiśmy te ćwiczenia, chciałam skończyć po kilku minutach i stronach w myśl mojej ulubionej zasady wobec dzieci: niedosyt jest lepszy niż przesyt. Mikołaj miał jednak inne plany: nie pozwolił mi skończyć, a gdy przerzuciliśmy ostatnią kartkę, sam zaczął ćwiczyć naukę mówienia od nowa. Do kupienia w cenie około 20 zł, tutaj 4. Płyty i playlisty z muzyką Czy mogą być zabawką dla dwulatka? Jak najbardziej! Bo to rarytas i dla dorosłych, i dla Dzieci. Piosenki dla dzieci, takie z pokazywaniem, nauką alfabetu czy rożnych czynności, są dla nas ogromną przyjemnością. Mikołaj bardzo szybko nauczył się sam obsługi sprzętu grającego u nas w domu i widać, że słuchanie i śpiewanie sprawia mu ogromną radość. Piosenek słuchamy po polsku i po angielsku. Mikołaj dużo szybciej zaczął powtarzać całe melodie niż pojedyncze słowa. A oto nasze ulubione playlisty: NutkoSfera – wszystkie piosenki, nauka alfabetu Jarzynki i przyjaciele – czyli gwiazdy śpiewają dla dzieci, mamy płytę z tą muzyką, a zapowiedzi możecie posłuchać tutaj, a kupić tutaj Pszczółka Maja – składanka on-line Magiczne Chwile Disney Junior – płyta CD z 24 piosenkami Po angielsku – nasz ulubiony kanał SuperSimpleSongs 5. Puzzle cyferki i liczby od HAPE Po nauce alfabetu zabraliśmy się za naukę liczenia. Wykorzystaliśmy ponownie drewniane puzzle, które świetnie sprawdziły się przy nauce literek i mówienia. Choć obawiałam się, że ta dobrze znana zabawka edukacyjna dla dwulatka będzie wydawała się Dziecku nudna, nic z tych rzeczy. Fascynacja jest ogromna, a odnaleziona i prawidłowo umieszczona i wypowiedziana cyferka jest ogromną radością dla całej rodziny, ale przede wszystkim dla Mikołaja. Do kupienia za około 40 zł, tutaj A do tego oczywiście cała masa książeczek. Ulubionym książeczkom naszego Dwulatka poświęcimy osobny post. Daj znać jak podobają Ci się nasze propozycje zabawek dla dwulatka. Koniecznie napisz mi o Waszych edukacyjnych ulubieńcach, bo mamy chrapkę na kolejne pozycje.   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jesteś w ciąży? Do specjalisty pójdziesz bez kolejki i za darmo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jestes-ciazy-specjalisty-pojdziesz-bez-kolejki-darmo/): Gdy zaszłam w ciążę, te przepisy jeszcze nie obowiązywały. Później nikt mi o tych zmianach nie powiedział. Nieznajomość swoich praw kosztowała mnie ogrom stresów i pieniędzy, dlatego Ty koniecznie je poznaj.   Moja historia Fatalne wyniki mojej trombofilii w pierwszych tygodniach ciąży sprawiły, że niemal od samego początku ciąży powinnam być pod opieką hematologa. Gdy zadzwoniłam do przychodni, okazało się, że zapisów na ten rok nie ma już wcale, a na 2018 zaczną się pod koniec roku, czyli długo po moim rozwiązaniu. Postanowiłam więc udać się do hematologa prywatnie. Sprawdziłam kilka znanych nazwisk, do których rejestracji dzwoniąc, okazało się, że przyjmowanie nowych pacjentów jest wstrzymane… do odwołania! Wtedy zaczęłam szukać jakiegokolwiek hematologa, który mnie skonsultuje i upewni, że ciążę donosimy, a leczenie jest słuszne. Nie znalazłam. Na szczęście znalazłam immunologa – też prywatnie, ale pani doktor z tytułem profesora świetnie poradziła sobie z konsultacją leczenia mojej ciąży z trombofilią.     Prywatne wizyty u specjalisty Wizyty u immunologa miałam średnio raz w miesiącu, czasami częściej. Koszt takiej jednorazowej wizyty to ponad 200 zł, do tego dochodzi komplet badań stwierdzający, czy otrzymywane leczenie jest wystarczające i sprawia, że markery choroby są na odpowiednim poziomie, który nie zagraża zdrowiu ani życiu nie tylko Dziecka, ale także mojemu. Do tego dochodziły koszty badań wysokości komórek NK. Cena jednorazowego kompletu badań wynosiła więc średnio od 400 do 600 zł.  Oczywiście, życie Dziecka ani moje nie ma swojej ceny, więc co miesiąc pokrywałam takie koszty samodzielnie. Miałam szczęście, że stać mnie było na takie wydatki, wiele polskich rodzin taki koszt mógłby przerosnąć.     To był grudzień 2016. Czy wiesz, że od stycznia 2017 ta historia powinna wyglądać zupełnie inaczej?     Pewnego dnia, szukając informacji na zupełnie inny temat, natknęłam się na nowe przepisy, które mówią o tym, że:   Od stycznia 2017 kobiety w ciąży są przyjmowane do lekarza specjalisty i apteki bez kolejki!   Zwykle jednak dopiero pod warunkiem, że o tym wiedzą.   Kobieta ze skierowaniem, np. do endokrynologa, hematologa czy immunologa, nie jest wpisywana na listę oczekujących, tylko jest przyjmowana tego samego dnia bądź maksymalnie w ciągu 7 dni roboczych od zgłoszenia się.   Zmianę wprowadza przyjęta ustawa „Za życiem”, której art. 18 ust.2 modyfikuje art. 47c ust. 1 ustawy z dnia 27 sierpnia 2004 r. o świadczeniach opieki zdrowotnej finansowanych ze środków publicznych. Po zmianie brzmi on tak:   „1. Kobiety w ciąży, świadczeniobiorcy do 18 roku życia, posiadający zaświadczenie, o którym mowa w art. 47 ust. 1a, osoby, o których mowa w art. 43 ust. 1, inwalidzi wojenni i wojskowi oraz kombatanci mają prawo do korzystania poza kolejnością ze świadczeń opieki zdrowotnej oraz z usług farmaceutycznych udzielanych w aptekach. Bez kolejki będą przyjmowane u specjalistów i w aptece również dzieci, u których stwierdzono ciężkie i nieodwracalne upośledzenie lub nieuleczalną chorobę.   – Jeżeli udzielenie świadczenia w dniu zgłoszenia nie będzie możliwe, powinno ono zostać zrealizowane w innym terminie, poza kolejnością wynikającą z prowadzonej listy oczekujących. Jednak w przypadku świadczeń ambulatoryjnej opieki zdrowotnej świadczenie powinno zostać udzielone nie później niż w ciągu siedmiu dni roboczych od dnia zgłoszenia – czytamy w ustawie.   Aby nie czekać na wizytę miesiącami, kobieta powinna mieć: zaświadczenie potwierdzające ciążę wystawione przez lekarza podstawowej opieki zdrowotnej, lekarza ubezpieczenia zdrowotnego ze specjalizacją II stopnia lub specjalistę położnictwa i ginekologii, skierowanie do lekarza specjalisty.   Co się zmieniło w praktyce? To był koniec kwietnia 2017. Na kolejnej prywatnej wizycie poprosiłam mojego lekarza prowadzącego ciążę o zaświadczenie o tym, że jestem w ciąży oraz skierowanie do immunologa. Zadzwoniłam do Uniwersyteckiego Centrum Klinicznego w Gdańsku, aby umówić się na wizytę. Otrzymałam informację, że w sytuacji skróconego terminu rejestracji wizyty, w celu rejestracji muszę stawić się osobiście z oryginalnym zaświadczeniem i skierowaniem. Pojechałam tam na drugi dzień z zaświadczeniem o tym, że jestem w ciąży oraz ze skierowaniem otrzymanym od lekarza z prywatnego gabinetu.   Do rejestracji w UCK zostałam przyjęta bez kolejki i zaproponowano mi przyjęcie do specjalisty w ciągu 5 dni (trafiłam akurat na długi weekend majowy).   Zostałam umówiona na konkrety dzień i konkretną godzinę. Jedyny problem napotkałam przy okazaniu skierowania – powiadomiono mnie, że na potrzeby rejestracji ono wystarczy, lecz w dniu wizyty mam stawić się ze skierowaniem z przychodni, która ma umowę z NFZ, a nie ze skierowaniem z prywatnego gabinetu.   Udałam się więc do mojego lekarza rodzinnego w ramach opieki świadczonej przez moją przychodnię, otrzymałam niezbędne skierowanie, z którym stawiłam się w dniu wizyty w rejestracji.   Wizyta odbyła się w ramach mojego ubezpieczenia w ZUS – bezpłatnie, otrzymałam też skierowanie na komplet badań, za które również nie musiałam płacić. Nie bez znaczenia jest też fakt, że wizyta odbyła się u tej samej pani doktor, która do tej pory przyjmowała mnie w prywatnej przychodni.   Można?  Można, zwykle pod warunkiem, że zna się przepisy.   Gdybyście napotkały na problemy i ośrodki zdrowia, które zasłaniałyby się nieznajomością tych przepisów, przygotowałam dla Was do druku ustawę – stosowne fragmenty są zaznaczone na żółto >> klik. Teraz nikt nie będzie mógł odmówić Wam w ciąży bezpłatnych wizyt u specjalistów dosłownie „od ręki”.   Kochani, polubcie i udostępnijcie – niech jak najwięcej kobiet w ciąży cieszy się w Polsce darmową, najlepszą opieką specjalistyczną. Nasze ciąże to cud największy, ale czasami także najtrudniejszy. Sama bez wsparcia najlepszych specjalistów, codziennych zastrzyków i leków nie byłam w stanie donosić żadnej ciąży. [fb_button]   Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.    
- [Torba do szpitala dla Mamy - moja torba do porodu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torba-do-szpitala-dla-mamy-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): Przygotowałam dla Was film, w którym krok po kroku pokazuję, co spakowałam do mojej torby do szpitala dla Mamy w ramach projektu wyprawka dla noworodka.     Lista rzeczy do spakowania to torby do porodu do szpitala dla Mamy: Torba dla Mamy Duża torba BEABA Amsterdam a w środku: Torba ze strojem na przebranie: Kapcie Koszulka do porodu Cienki szlafroczek Kosmetyczka z jednorazowymi kosmetykami do użytku przy umywalce: Grzebień Gumki do włosów Płyn do demakijażu + waciki Szczoteczka + pasta do zębów + nitka dentystyczna Pomadka ochronna do ust Krem do twarzy Okulary + czyściki do okularów Ręcznik Torba prysznicowa: Kosmetyczka z kosmetykami pod prysznic: Szampon + odżywka do włosów Delikatny płyn do mycia Klapki pod prysznic Ręcznik 2 bawełniane, jednorazowe ręczniczki – IKEA Zestaw jednorazowej bielizny siateczkowej + artykuły higieniczne Pozostałe rzeczy: 3 Koszulki nocne do karmienia – DN-NIGHTWEAR oraz Italian Fashion Bielizna jednorazowa – oddychająca, siateczkowa, model bokserki – Babyono Skarpetki Jednorazowe podkłady do przewijania – Bella Happy Koszulka do karmienia / sukienka po domu HUG GALLERY Anna Lewandowska model Rome 2 sztuki bezszwowej bielizny do karmienia piersią CARRIWELL Wkładki laktacyjne Medela Hydrożelowe chłodzące wkładki laktacyjne Medela Czysta lanolina Medela Ekologiczna herbatka laktacyjna Medela Laktator Medela Swing   Kubek + sztućce Malutkie, bawełniane ręczniczki jednorazowe IKEA Ręcznik papierowy Puste siatki reklamówki Spray dezynfekujący Woda i zdrowe przekąski   Po filmie do czekającej torby dorzuciłam: ładowarkę własne artykuły higieniczne   Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Torba do szpitala dla Noworodka - moja torba do porodu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torba-do-szpitala-dla-noworodka-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): Przygotowałam dziś dla Was kolejny materiał, w którym dokładnie pokazuję Wam to, co spakowałam do torby do szpitala dla Noworodka.   W filmie i w naszej torbie wystąpili: – 1x rożek + 1x duża pieluszka + 1x jednorazowa pieluszka – uprane 5x bodziaczki + 5x pajacyki z niedrapkami – uprane 2x czapeczki – 2x duże pieluchy / otulacze Lodger – pieluszki jednorazowe 8x przewidywana liczba dni spędzonych w szpitalu – spakowałam 32 sztuki – 4x pieluszki tetrowe – 3x śliniaczki Lodger – 1x poduszka do karmienia – 1x mokre chusteczki Water Wipes – 1x maść pośladkowa Linomag   Jeśli chciałabyś zobaczyć, co spakowałam do mojej torby do porodu, koniecznie zajrzyj tutaj.   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jak przygotować dziecko na rodzeństwo?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przygotowac-dziecko-rodzenstwo/): Dostaję od Was mnóstwo pytań o to, jak przygotowywałam starszego Synka na przyjście na świat rodzeństwa, czy cieszył się z tej okazji, no i oczywiście jak wszedł w rolę Starszego Brata. Zapraszam na relację z czegoś bardzo wyjątkowego.   Gdy dowiedzieliśmy się o ciąży, powolutku zaczęliśmy opowiadać świeżo upieczonemu dwulatkowi o tym, że wkrótce w naszej rodzinie pojawi się kolejne Dziecko. Od samego początku opowiadaliśmy o tym jak o ogromnym szczęściu, a o samym Maluszku jak o największym przyjacielu Mikołajka, jego życiowym kompanie.   Tak się składa, że na nasze opowieści Mikołaj reagował dość obojętnie, widzieliśmy, że temat był dla niego trudny do zrozumienia, a w naszej ocenie w komunikacji nie pomagał nawet powiększający się brzuszek.   Książeczki o ciąży Postanowiłam skorzystać z uznanych form przekazu i zdecydowałam się na zakup książeczek o ciąży.   1. Czekamy na dzidziusia – książeczka z serii „Obrazki dla maluchów” – tutaj Początkowo wydawała nam się zbyt trudna i szczegółowa dla dwulatka, trudno nam się o niej rozmawiało, ale na szczęście ciąża trwa aż 9 miesięcy i z każdym kolejnym podejściem temat budził w Mikusiu coraz większe zainteresowanie.   2. Ładnie, Bolusiu! – książka autorstwa Barbro Lindgren i Olof Landström – tutaj Choć okazała się zupełnie nie w moim guście, bo opowieści o „klawych knurkach”, które „dały Bolusiowi po ryjku” dość mijają się z moją estetyką bajek dla takich Maluszków, to Mikołaj miał chyba inne zdanie i Bolusia bardzo sobie upodobał i prosił o czytanie książeczki raz za razem. Prezent na urodzenie dziecka Prawdę mówiąc, czas leciał, a ja wciąż miałam wrażenie, że za mało robimy w kierunku przygotowania Mikołajka na Braciszka. Wtedy koleżanka zapytała mnie, czy przygotowujemy prezenty dla Dzieci jako formę ich wyjątkowego powitania. Na czym to polega? Starsze Dziecko wybiera i przygotowuje prezent dla Młodszego, który ma się dopiero urodzić, a Młodszy z okazji narodzin przynosi prezent dla Starszego, aby mogli się wymienić.   Przyznaję, że z początku pomysł wydał mi się zupełnie nietrafiony – nie widziałam potrzeby, aby dodatkowo uatrakcyjniać coś tak wyjątkowego jak poznanie własnego Brata. Jedak gdy z czasem zapragnęłam jeszcze bardziej zaangażować Mikołaja w przygotowania do przyjścia na świat Braciszka, wtedy przypomniałam sobie o pomyśle na pierwsze prezenty. Opowiedziałam Mikołajowi o tym, że w ramach przygotowań będzie mógł pójść do sklepu i sam wybrać dla Braciszka prezent, a Braciszek pewnie również będzie miał coś specjalnie dla niego. Powiedziałam, że może też Braciszkowi przez brzuszek opowiedzieć, o czym marzy. Mikołaj bardzo zaangażował się w przekazanie Braciszkowi wieści, że marzy o Marshallu, piesku z Psiego Patrolu.   Wybraliśmy się więc również do sklepu z zabawkami, gdzie Mikołaj mógł wybrać prezent dla Braciszka, ale on był zainteresowany głównie wybieraniem prezentu dla… samego siebie. Ostatecznie to ja wybrałam dwie zawieszki dla Maluszka i pozwoliłam Mikusiowi wybrać, którą będzie chciał Braciszkowi i szczerze mówiąc, to jeśli w ogóle wybrał jedną z zabawek, to nie przywiązał do tego większej wagi. Pierwsze spotkanie   Jakoś zupełnie naturalne było dla mnie to, że na pierwsze spotkanie zaproszę Mikołajka do szpitala, gdzie będzie mógł odwiedzić także i mnie. W szpitalu, w którym rodziłam, nie można odwiedzać w salach szpitalnych, jest wyznaczona specjalna sala odwiedzin, na którą przyjeżdża się z Maluszkiem w takim specjalnym łóżeczku na kółkach.   Umówiliśmy się z Wojtkiem, że nie będę brała ze sobą prezentów na porodówkę (o tym, co ze sobą zabrałam, możesz przeczytać w poście Co spakowałam do mojej torby do porodu do szpitala dla Mamy? i Co spakowałam do torby do porodu do szpitala dla Noworodka?), tylko przywiezie je ze sobą Wojtek i przekaże mi, gdy będę wchodziła na salę spotkań. Pamiętam, jak podekscytowana jechałam z nowo narodzonym Maksikiem do sali spotkań, jak Wojtek przyniósł mi prezent od Dzidziusia dla Mikołajka i jak okazało się, że zapomniał przynieść prezentu, który spakowaliśmy od Mikołajka dla Maksika. Emocje były we mnie ogromne, wiedziałam już wtedy, że ten prezent to będzie ewentualnie mały dodatek do tego wszystkiego, co się tam działo i zostawię go sobie na deser.   Pisząc to, czuję te ogromne emocje, które towarzyszyły mi, gdy wchodziłam na salę odwiedzin z Wojtkiem, pcham w wózeczku Małego Maksika, a na sali czeka moja Mama z Mikołajkiem. „Mama! Mama Braciszka? Mama Braciszka!!! Dzidziuś!”   I zaraz „Braciszek! Braciszek!” Głaskanie, emocje, minki, dotykanie, śpiewanie.   Później budzenie Maluszka słowami „Wstawać, wstawać” i moment, który zapamiętałam najlepiej: Mikuś zaczął sam z siebie głaskać Maksika po główce i śpiewać mu swoją ulubioną kołysankę „Z popielnika na Mikusia” – nasza domowa wersja…   I wiecie co jeszcze nam się udało? Całe to pierwsze spotkanie nagraliśmy. Wyciskacz łez i śmiechu, niesamowita pamiątka na całe życie nie tylko moje, ale i Dzieci, których braterska miłość i więź się właśnie tworzy.   Dopiero na sam koniec spotkania wręczyliśmy Mikusiowi prezent od Dzidziusia i wiecie co? To był strzał w dziesiątkę! Dzięki temu moment poznania się był tylko nasz, a Mikołaj był przeszczęśliwy, dostając od Braciszka upragniony prezent, który dzisiaj z dumą wyjątkowo zabrał do przedszkola, opowiadając wszystkim z radością, że to prezent od „Braciszka”.   Śmieję się dziś, że chyba za rzadko używaliśmy imienia Dziecka, bo choć mija nasza druga doba w domu, Mikuś w większości mówi o Braciszku per „Dzidziuś”.   Osobiście w ogóle nie rozważyłam sytuacji, w której stęskniony Mikołaj mógłby przy okazji odwiedzin nas w szpitalu nie chcieć pójść z Tatą do domu, tylko zostać ze mną i z Dzidziusiem. Myślę, że znałam go na tyle dobrze, że wiedziałam, że nie będzie to problemem, ale myślę, że jest to kwestia, którą każda rodzina musi rozważyć indywidualnie. Średnio raz na dwa miesiące prowadzę Kursy na Konsultanta Ślubnego w Warszawie i wyjeżdżam przy tej okazji na 6 dni, a Mikołajek zostaje na ten czas u siebie w domku z Babcią. To, że Mamy nie ma w domu przez kilka dni, nie jest da niego ani nową, ani bardzo mocno stresującą sytuacją. Myślę, że jeśli u Was będzie to pierwsza Twoja rozłąka ze starszym Dzieckiem na tak długo, musicie koniecznie wziąć ten aspekt pod uwagę. U nas bardzo pomogło zaangażowanie w cały przyjazd Babci, którą Mikołaj uwielbia i z którą z przyjemnością spędza czas jako jedną z najlepszych atrakcji w jego życiu.   A prezent od siebie Mikołaj wręczył Braciszkowi po powrocie do domu. Autentyczną przyjemność sprawia mu, gdy wkładam ją Maksikowi pod paszkę i mówię, że ją przytula. Tak jak tutaj:   A jakie są Wasze doświadczenia z poznawania młodszego rodzeństwa?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Karmienie piersią po raz pierwszy i po raz drugi](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karmienie-piersia/): Do pierwszego porodu i narodzin Dziecka przygotowywałam się chyba na każdy możliwy sposób. Wierzę bowiem, że dobra organizacja, wiedza i intuicja to mieszanka idealna, która przybliża nas do sukcesu, minimalizuje lęk przed nieznanym i istotnie zwiększa nasze szanse na powodzenie. Dlatego tak bardzo byłam zaskoczona, jak trudne i wcale nie naturalne (przynajmniej dla mnie) okazało się karmienie piersią.   Myśląc o dziecku, które nosiłam pod sercem, wyobrażałam sobie nieskończone całusy, przytulania, wspólne spacery i zabawy. Karmienie piersią nie było czymś, o czym marzyłam, lecz raczej poczuciem obowiązku wobec tego maleńkiego Człowieka i chęcią jak najlepszego zaspokojenia jego potrzeb. Bez dwóch zdań to karmienie naturalne najlepiej zaspokaja nie tylko potrzebę odżywania, ale przy okazji kilka innych, nie mniej ważnych. Postanowiłam jak najlepiej się do tematu przygotować.   Karmienie piersią po raz pierwszy było dla mnie bardzo trudne od początku do końca. Pomimo świetnego przygotowania (fantastyczne warsztaty „Po prostu położna” z położną Ewą Janiuk i Agnieszką Maciąg, indywidualne zajęcia w ramach szkoły rodzenia u nas w domu z cudowną Karoliną Kardasz ze Szkoły Rodzenia Majka, liczne publikacje i książki o karmieniu piersią itp.), karmiąc po raz pierwszy czułam się w temacie fatalnie każdego dnia. To dlatego oczekując na kolejne dziecko, podsumowałam wszystkie doświadczenia, które mogły na taki stan wpłynąć i wyeliminować je, aby zwiększyć swoje szanse na sukces. Co to było?     1. Nastawienie Przestałam patrzeć na karmienie piersią jak na wielki trud i jeszcze większe ograniczenie. Postanowiłam wyprzeć te myśli i zastąpić je wizualizacją karmienia piersią jako czegoś naturalnego, co z jeszcze lepszym przygotowaniem i wsparciem na pewno mi się uda, jak na wolność, którą mi da. Nie było łatwo, ale zadziałała tu chyba zasada podobna do „kłamstwo powtórzone tysiąc razy staje się prawdą”. I ja w to wszystko po prostu uwierzyłam. Przy pierwszym dziecku, po porodzie, który zakończył się cesarskim cięciem, szybko uznałam, że nie mam pokarmu. Nikt nie wyprowadził mnie wtedy z błędu. Nikt nie przypomniał mi, że żołądek noworodka jest wielkości małej wisienki, naparstka czy małej łyżeczki do herbaty, więc widząc kroplę siary (pierwszy pokarm), zamiast cieszyć się, że jeszcze tylko kilka i nakarmię swoje Dziecko, ja siedziałam załamana i oczekiwałam kilkudziesięciu mililitrów. Gdy prosiłam o pomoc w karmieniu, otrzymywałam odpowiedź: „Dobrze, dokarmimy” – pomimo tego, że nie o dokarmienie prosiłam, była to niemal jedyna pomoc, jaką otrzymałam od personelu w szpitalu. Pomogła mi siostra – przez telefon i laktator przywieziony przez męża, a najbardziej wyjście do domu. Siedziałam dzień i noc z laktatorem, pełna obaw i lęków, że nic z tego nie będzie, że się nie uda, zgadzając się na kolejne porcje mleka modyfikowanego do dokarmiania, płacząc nad nim. Lęk o to, że pokarm nigdy nie nadejdzie, towarzyszył mi od samego początku. Tak samo jak poczucie, że nie daję rady już na starcie. Czy wiesz, co jest potrzebne do produkcji mleka? Hormon zwany oksytocyną. Co mu przeszkadza i go hamuje? Hormon stresu, tzw. kortyzol. Po cesarskim cięciu towarzyszył mi zapewne dużo niższy poziom oksytocyny niż powinien (przez co często rozpoczęcie karmienia piersią jest po takim porodzie jeszcze trudniejsze),  po dołożeniu kortyzolu sytuacja się nie poprawiała.   Za drugim razem wiedziałam dokładnie, jak to może wyglądać, dlatego gdy w szpitalu wszyscy dopytywali o to, ile mam pokarmu, odpowiadałam, że spokojnie, to dopiero pierwsza doba, pokarm nadejdzie. Pamiętam, jak niemal cały oddział położniczy pełen dzieci płakał (tak samo jak i moje pierwsze dziecko po porodzie), a mój Synek tylko budził się na karmienie. Wtedy zapytałam położną, czy z moim Maluszkiem jest wszystko w porządku, że jest taki spokojny, a ona wyszeptała mi na ucho: „To dlatego, że Pani jest taka spokojna, a dzieci to czują”. Tym razem po prostu weszłam do szpitala z pełną wiarą i przekonaniem, że mi się uda, że na wszystko potrzeba wiary i czasu. Zamiast zamartwiać się, cieszyłam się z każdej kropli mojego pokarmu, doładowując się pozytywną energią. Wiedziałam też, że szczególnie po cesarskim cięciu warto sobie pomóc i wspomóc się po każdorazowym karmieniu laktatorem niemal od razu. Oczywiście jeśli tylko starczało mi sił. Jeśli ich nie miałam, odpuszczałam i po karmieniu odpoczywałam. Wiedziałam, że w końcu i tak się uda, a ja będę miała więcej siły na pozytywne myślenie, które doprowadzi mnie do sukcesu.   2. Ciocie dobre rady Ciocia dobra rada: Dlaczego Twój Syn tak mało przybiera? Pewnie masz słabe mleko! Ja: Mam dobre mleko, najlepsze, jakie mogę mu dać. Ciocia dobra rada: A skąd wiesz? Badałaś? Czy lekarz na ładne oczy Ci powiedział?   Takiego rodzaju rozmowy odbywałam z „życzliwymi” po narodzinach starszego Syna. Niby znałam odpowiedzi na te wszystkie mity laktacyjne i wydawało mi się, że świetnie się przed nimi bronię… jednak moja pewność siebie jako Mamy słabła po każdej takiej rozmowie. Tę powyższą przypłaciłam tak ogromnym stresem, że dostałam zastoju pokarmu, a po 2 dniach 39’C gorączki i zapalenia piersi. Pomógł dopiero antybiotyk, choć może nie miałam siły szukać innego rozwiązania, gorączka męczyła mnie tak strasznie, że nie miałam siły opiekować się i karmić własnego Dziecka. Moje poczucie wartości jako Mamy leżało i kwiczało. Razem ze mną.   Dlatego przy drugim dziecku zupełnie ograniczyłam odwiedziny w pierwszych tygodniach życia – odwiedziły nas tylko dwie Mamy, moja Siostra i Ciocia. Przez ile czasu? Przez tyle, aż nie poznaliśmy się i nie nauczyliśmy się z Maluszkiem siebie nawzajem. Do czasu, aż moja pewność siebie w temacie karmienia, podsycona sukcesem w tym obszarze pod postacią na przykład pięknego przyrostu wagi, nie była tak wysoka, abym była w stanie słuchać trudnych komentarzy.   Bardzo pomogło mi także… omijanie tematu szerokim łukiem i zostawienie go dla siebie i dla męża oraz bardzo zaufanych przyjaciółek, które motywowały mnie na każdym kroku. Które mówiły, że wiedzą, jak jest mi ciężko, ale wiedzą, że dam radę. Największą rolę odegrał tu Mąż, który również ogromnie mi kibicował, chwalił mnie za każdy maleńki krok, za każdą jedną kropelkę pokarmu i trud włożony w karmienie. Wiedział, jakie to dla mnie ważne, stał na straży wszystkich „Cioć dobra rada” i nie pozwalał mnie oceniać.   3. Nakładki do karmienia Przy pierwszym dziecku już w szpitalu miałam problemy z przystawianiem Maluszka do piersi, co dodatkowo powodowało u mnie ogromny ból podczas karmienia. Jeszcze w szpitalu zalecono mi jako rozwiązanie nakładki do karmienia. I tak karmiliśmy się przez… 3 miesiące! Przez 3 miesiące nie byłam w stanie nakarmić Dziecka bez nich. Chyba niewiele osób zrozumie frustrację towarzyszącą mi każdego dnia, sięgającą zenitu na spacerze, daleko od domu, gdy okazywało się, że zapomniałam nakładek. Czułam się totalnie niekompetentna. Miałam głodne, płaczące Dziecko, miałam mleko i nie umiałam tego połączyć bez durnego kawałka silikonu. Zresztą karmienie w nakładkach poza domem było także trudne ze względów higienicznych, przez co bardzo rzadko wychodziłam, a na wyjściach nerwowo zerkałam na zegarek, odliczając czas do kolejnego karmienia i dojazdu do domu. Szukałam pomocy – zgłosiłam się wtedy do przyszpitalnej poradni laktacyjnej, aby dowiedzieć się, że niestety, ale będę karmić w nakładkach i już, gdyż Dziecko bez nich nie jest w stanie się przystawić –  położna laktacyjna przez całą godzinę próbowała nas tego nauczyć, ale bez skutku. Wiecie, jakie pytanie zadaję sobie coraz częściej, mając dylematy związane z wychowaniem dzieci? Czy ta rada sprawdziłaby się na pustyni w Afryce, gdybym zamiast Polką była córką jednego z Nomadów i żyła z rodziną w koczowniczym trybie życia? Czy ta położna laktacyjna udzieliłaby mi takiej samej porady? Że naturalnie, bez wsparcia się karmić nie da? I skazała tym samym moje dziecko na śmierć głodową? No właśnie… Dlatego przy drugim dziecku nakładki kupiłam – na wszelki wypadek, ale specjalnie nie zabrałam ich do szpitala. I co? Jutro minie miesiąc, jak karmimy się bez nakładek. Ani razu ich nie użyliśmy (choć raz w chwili słabości próbowaliśmy).   4. Fachowa pomoc Jeszcze przed porodem przygotowałam sobie listę certyfikowanych położnych laktacyjnych i skorzystałam z niej. Dałam najpierw szansę położnej środowiskowej, ale to było w moim wypadku jak kulą w płot. Wtedy wyszukałam na mojej liście poradnię laktacyjną z prawdziwego zdarzenia i pokonałam kolejne niedogodności. Przygotuję dla Was osobny materiał o tym, jak pomóc sobie, gdy karmienie piersią boli. Bo można, a nawet trzeba to zrobić! W ciągu 24 godzin od fachowej porady zaczęliśmy się karmić bez bólu.   Taka sama sytuacja – narodziny dziecka, ta sama ja, ten sam szpital, dom i rodzina. Początkowo zmieniłam tylko moje nastawienie, rozgoniłam czarne myśli i zastąpiłam je pozytywnymi, ciepłymi. Czym się różni karmienie piersią po raz drugi od tego pierwszego? Tym razem ani razu nie płakałam pod prysznicem, nie marzyłam o karmieniu butelką, nie chciałam się poddać. Wiara czyni cuda. Nie tylko ta w Boga, ta w siebie również. I tak, jestem zmęczona, nocne karmienia są dla mnie szczególnie wyczerpujące. Tylko ja mogę nakarmić Maluszka i czasami chciałabym, aby ktoś mnie w tym wyręczył. Ale wiem, że warto. Czuję to bardzo mocno i reszta nie ma znaczenia. Budujemy więź i inwestujemy w zdrowie na całe życie, a to nie ma ceny. Pamiętajmy także, że jeśli z jakiegokolwiek powodu karmienie piersią nam się nie uda, to bliskość i odporność Dziecka możemy budować na milion innych sposobów. Miłość zawsze zwycięża, bez względu na to, jak się karmimy.   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]     Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Jak urządzić kącik do spania dla Noworodka i zapewnić mu bezpieczny sen?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-noworodka-kosz-mojzesza-shnuggle-szumis-whishbear/): Nigdy nie robiłam tajemnicy z tego, że pierwszy pokój dziecięcy urządziłam dla… siebie. Pokoik dla Dziecka był moim niespełnionym marzeniem, którego realizacja dała mi ogromna satysfakcję i była idealną odskocznią dla trudnej ciąży. Jak urządziłam przestrzeń dla kolejnego Dziecka?   To nie jest jednak tak, że gdy urządziłam pierwszy pokoik dziecięcy, to później stał i się kurzył, a wręcz przeciwnie. Niemal za każdym razem udawałam się tam na karmienie, siadałam w moich ukochanym fotelu i rozkoszowałam się czasem z Dzieckiem, czytając przy karmieniu czasami nawet książkę dziennie. Także na każdą zmianę pieluszki udawaliśmy się na piętro do dziecięcej sypialni. Pozwoliliśmy sobie na to, gdyż mając tylko jedno dziecko, mogliśmy w całości oddać się opiece nad nim.   Przygotowując miejsce dla kolejnego Dziecka, wiedziałam, że mieszkając na trzech poziomach i mając pod opieką starszego Synka Mikołaja, który nie ma nawet trzech lat, nie będę chciała zostawiać go samego na przykład w salonie na parterze, udając się z Maluszkiem na piętro, by położyć go spać, przebrać albo nakarmić. Dlatego tym razem strefy dziecięce do karmienia, pielęgnacji, przechowywania i spania zamiast jak poprzednio skumulować w jednym, dziecięcym pokoju, rozproszyły nam się po całym domu. To pod tym kątem urządzałam je, aby były jak najbardziej mobilne i ulokowane tam, gdzie toczy się nasze rodzinne życie ze starszym Dzieckiem, a urządzenie  osobnego pokoju dziecięcego zostawiłam sobie na później.   1. Miejsce do spania na pierwsze miesiące życia Dziecka Kierując się mobilnością, urządzając kącik dla noworodka do spania, postawiliśmy na kosz Mojżesza. Naszym wyborem jest bardzo solidny kosz marki Shnuggle. Dzięki temu, że nasz Synek śpi w koszu, za pomocą przymocowanych do boków kosza rączek możemy zabrać go ze sobą do salonu, ogrodu, pokoju starszego Synka czy biura na poddaszu.   Wybraliśmy kosz Mojżesza Shnuggle w wersji DREAMI w kolorze białym  – w komplecie z materacykiem oraz dwufunkcyjnym stojakiem. Z uwagi na to, że kosz czasami po kilka razy dziennie wędruje z nami z góry na dół i z dołu do góry, a nasz najmłodszy Synek Maksiu uwielbia bujanie, to aby nie biegać dodatkowo ze stojakiem po schodach, zdecydowaliśmy się dobrać do kosza drugi stojak w wersji ROCKING czyli bujany i to na nim właśnie kosz stoi w sypialni zaraz obok naszego łóżka. Zajmuje malutko miejsca (zdecydowanie mniej niż kosz, który mieliśmy przy starszym Synku, a dodatkowo także nie trzeszczy), a dzięki swojej lekkiej wadze bardzo łatwo przysuwam go co wieczór do brzegu łóżka i odsuwam każdego ranka. Jego ergonomiczna wysokość pozwala na bujanie Maksia na wyciągnięcie ręki, gdy przebudzi się w nocy. Mogę go też głaskać czy trzymać za rączkę, nie śpiąc z nim przy tym w jednym łóżku, co pozwala mi czuć się bezpiecznie. Dzięki wysokiemu stojakowi, gdy chcę wziąć Maksia na ręce, nie muszę schylać się ani schodzić z łóżka, a to ogromna zaleta tego rozwiązania. Fajne jest także to, że jak Maluszek rusza w koszu rączkami czy nóżkami, ten delikatny ruch wystarcza, aby wprawić kosz w bujanie.   Drugi stojak – ten, który był w zestawie DREAMI, w wersji bujanej ma kosz mocowany na bardzo niskiej wysokości, która świetnie sprawdza się nam w salonie, w którym zazwyczaj stoi. Jest to idealne rozwiązanie na czas zabaw na dywanie z Mikołajkiem – jesteśmy wszyscy razem i mamy Maksia dosłownie pod ręką, gdzie możemy go kołysać dosłownie jednym palcem. W każdej chwili możemy także odwrócić stojak do góry nogami i postawić kosz na sztywno i znacznie wyżej.   2. Pościel dla noworodka W koszu na materacyku mamy oczywiście prześcieradełko – to standardowe, białe prześcieradełko wymiarach 50×80 cm. A pod czym śpi Maluszek? Dla jego bezpieczeństwa w nocy, czyli wtedy, gdy nie jest pod naszą stałą opieką, nie używamy ani kołderek, ani kocyków (używamy ich natomiast chętnie w wózku czy wtedy, gdy Maksiu śpi pod naszym okiem w ciągu dnia). Dlaczego? Taki Maluszek ma tendencję do zarzucania sobie kocyka czy kołderki na twarz, co może utrudniać mu oddychanie. Dlatego zwykle delikatnie otulamy Maluszka. Naszymi faworytami są: otulacze Lodger – Bundler, wykonane z bawełny hydrofilowej, która jest dziergana, a dzięki temu elastyczna; otulacze te, co dla nas ważne, nie zapewniają bardzo ścisłego, krępującego otulenia ani w rączkach, ani w okolicy nóżek i bioderek, dzięki czemu stawy biodrowe naszego Malca mogą się na pewno bezpiecznie rozwijać, rożki, które idealnie sprawdzają się w chłodniejsze dni i noce, bawełniane pieluchy/otulacze Lodger lub bambusowe Aden+Anais – choć czasami otulam też Maksia samodzielnie w duże bambusowe czy muślinowe otulacze będące tak naprawdę wielkimi pieluchami o wymiarach około 120×120 cm, Maksiu nigdy nie pozostaje w nich ciasno otulony całą noc.   3. Szumiący miś WHISBEAR Gdy poznałam szumiącego misia jakieś dwa lata temu, Mikołajek wydawał mi się już zbyt duży na „biały szum”, ale przy Maksiu wiedziałam, że będę chciała go wypróbować. Czy działa?   Szumiś nie pomaga, gdy Maksiu płacze, bo jest głodny, ma mokro lub potrzebuje bliskości, ale gdy nie może zasnąć z nadmiaru emocji, jest rozdrażniony czy niespokojny, szumiący miś wyraźnie pomaga mu się uspokoić, ukoić i zasnąć. Gdy Maksiu przebudzi się w ciągu nocy z niewiadomego powodu, szum automatycznie się włącza – mamy szumiącego misia WHISBEAR z funkcją Cry Sensor, która po wykryciu płaczu Dziecka włącza szum automatycznie i również często pomaga Maksiowi szybciutko zasnąć.   4. Monitor oddechu + elektroniczna niania + kamera Nasz monitor oddechu kupiony był ponad 3 lata temu dla Mikołajka. Mamy wersję 3w1 z nianią elektroniczną i kamerką w jednym. Dlaczego zdecydowaliśmy się na takie rozwiązanie? Żadne z naszych dzieci nie miało wskazań medycznych, aby zastosowanie tego typu urządzenia było konieczne. Niemniej jednak dla nas był to istotny element podnoszący bezpieczeństwo dzieci i komfort snu… rodzica 🙂 Czujemy się znacznie spokojniejsi, wiedząc, że prócz nas nad oddechem Dziecka czuwa jeszcze elektroniczny aniołek. Model, który widzicie na zdjęciach AngelCare 1100 niestety jest już dostępny w polskiej dystrybucji. Alternatywny monitor oddechu możecie wybrać tutaj. Oprócz funkcji monitora oddechu, mieszkając na kilku poziomach czy korzystając latem z ogrodu, nie wyobrażamy sobie funkcjonowania bez niani elektronicznej. Choć tak naprawdę uważam, że przydaje się ona także na mniejszych przestrzeniach – czasami szum podczas gotowania w kuchni czy podczas kolacji ze znajomymi, albo pod prysznicem, może utrudnić nam szybkie usłyszenie płaczu Dziecka, a dzięki elektronicznej niani nie mamy tego problemu. Kamerka to także użyteczna opcja, która, gdy Dziecko zapłacze, pozwala sprawdzić, czy nic mu się nie stało, zanim dobiegniemy do jego łóżeczka albo monitorować, czy dziecko zasnęło, jeśli zasypia bez naszej obecności. Po tym, jak przenieśliśmy kamerkę do Maksia, przyznajemy, że brakuje nam tego typu urządzenia u Mikusia.   A bez czego Ty nie wyobrażasz sobie snu Maluszka?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Jak się ubrać na co dzień? Sukienka w kwiaty w duchu slow fashion](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sukienka-w-kwiaty-stylizacja-w-duchu-slow-fashion/): Jak się ubrać na co dzień, Powrót do formy po ciąży to idealna okazja do tego, aby zbudować swoją garderobę od nowa. Przy jej tworzeniu zdecydowałam się postawić na wysokiej jakości, ponadczasowe ubrania, które pozwolą mi stworzyć stylowe zestawy na wiele okazji. Dziś pokażę Wam, jak wybrać sukienkę w kwiaty, która będzie z nami na lata.   Jakie wymagania musi spełniać sukienka w kwiaty, aby posłużyła Ci wiele sezonów, zapewniła dobre samopoczucie i elegancki wygląd?   1. Kwiatowy wzór Z jednej strony bardzo modny w tym sezonie, z drugiej – ponadczasowy, przywodzący na myśl Kraj Kwitnącej Wiśni, klasyczny kwiatowy wzór sprawdzi się zawsze.   2. Odpowiednia długość Czy wiesz, że w biznesie dopuszczalne są tylko 3 długości spódnicy? Przed kolano, w kolano i za kolano. Prowadząc agencję ślubną, naturalnie kieruję się tą zasadą przy podejmowaniu decyzji zakupowych. Jeśli zależy Ci na elegancji, sukienka również nie powinna być krótsza niż przed kolano. Dlatego jeśli szukasz ponadczasowej sukienki w kwiaty, koniecznie pamiętaj o tym, aby jej długość pozwalała Ci na swobodę ruchów.   3. Korzystny fason Każda część Twojej garderoby powinna być dopasowana do typu Twojej sylwetki. Istnieja jednak fasony, które zdają się pasować niemal do każdej figury, nadając jej lub podkreślając kształt klepsydry.   4. Naturalne tkaniny Jeśli sukienka ma nam posłużyć przez wiele lat, nie możemy nie zwracać uwagi na jej jakość. Jeśli ma się dobrze nosić, warto postawić na naturalne materiały, takie jak bawełna czy len, dopuszczając domieszkę na przykład elastanu, aby zapewnić sobie większą wygodę, a tkaninie mniejszą podatność na zagniecenia.   5. Dbałość o każdy detal Oprócz wysokiej jakości tkanin to staranne wykonanie jest nadrzędną cechą, która wpływa na całkowity odbiór naszej stylizacji. Piękne zapięcia, guziczki, staranne szwy – to wszystko sprawia, że czujemy się naprawdę wyjątkowo.   6. Wygoda Ile razy nie wiedziałaś, co zrobić z rękoma? Ukryte kieszenie są dla mnie synonimem wygody, który nie tylko wszedł na salony, ale nawet do mody ślubnej!   7. Uniwersalność Idealna sukienka to też taka, która sprawdzi się przez cały rok, bez względu na pogodę dopasujesz do niej zarówno eleganckie szpilki, ciepłe kozaki, jak i wygodne balerinki.     Przyznam Ci się do czegoś, strasznie bałam się kwiatów!   Gdy pierwszy raz miałam przyjemność wejść do pracowni Marie Zélie, aby wybrać sukienki do sesji zdjęciowej naszej Wytwórni Ślubów, od progu krzyczałam – dla mnie gładka! Bałam się, że kwiaty dodadzą mi kilogramów, a także lat. I choć na sesji, tak jak chciałam, wystąpiłam w gładkiej sukience… …kwiaty zabrałam ze sobą do domu.   Moja sukienka z grubej bawełny z domieszką elastanu świetnie trzyma fason, ma idealną wprost długość w kolano – pięknie pasującą zarówno do pracy, jak i na przyjęcie. Gruba bawełniana tkanina ma same zalety – oddycha, pięknie się przy tym układając. Ta sukienka jest absolutnie funkcjonalna – po ciąży ukryła wszystkie mankamenty mojej figury, a także pozwoliła karmić piersią. Jestem pewna, że świetnie sprawdzi się także w pierwszych miesiącach ciąży, tak samo jak pozwala dobrze czuć się, gdy brzuszek jest wciąż bardziej pamiątką niż wspomnieniem. A ja czuję się ultrakobieco. Sukienka: Aglaia w kolorze pudrowego różu w kwiaty od Marie Zélie Buty: Ryłko Torebka: Michael Kors Kolczyki: Tous Zegarek: Daniel Wellington   A teraz mam coś dla Ciebie! 15% rabatu na zakupy na www.mariezelie.com – wystarczy, że robiąc zakupy, użyjesz kodu rabatowego AGNIESZKAKUDELA15 Kod ważny jest do końca listopada 2017. Promocje nie łączą się.   Jestem ogromnie ciekawa, jak podoba Ci się moja sukienka i jaki jest Twój przepis na kobiecość?   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-przewijania-pielegnacji-dziecka-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): Jak urządziliśmy kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji dla drugiego Synka? Czego nie mogło w nim zabraknąć, a z czego zrezygnowaliśmy?   Kącik pielęgnacyjny Mikołajka, który urządziłam ponad trzy lata temu, możecie zobaczyć tutaj.   Składał się on z dwóch podstawowych elementów: wysokiej komody na ubranka i stołu do przewijania z dwiema półkami pod spodem. Dlaczego nie wykorzystałam ponownie tych samych elementów?   Osobne, wyznaczone miejsce do przewijania uważam za strzał w dziesiątkę. Dla mnie to niezwykły komfort, móc przewijać Maluszka na odpowiedniej wysokości, w towarzystwie wszystkich niezbędnych akcesoriów, mając pieluszki, waciki czy ubranka zawsze na wyciągnięcie ręki, dlatego wiedziałam, że będę chciała to rozwiązanie powtórzyć przy kolejnym Dziecku.   Wiedziałam już także, że osobny stół do przewijania z półkami to nie do końca to, co sprawdziło się u nas idealnie. Dlaczego? Odkryte półki do przechowywania miały taką wysokość i głębokość, że okazały się dla mnie niepraktyczne, bo jakkolwiek bym nie poukładała na nich zapasów czy zabawek, to zawsze miałam wrażenie bałaganu. Nie pomogło zorganizowanie się w specjalnie kupionych do tego celu białych kartonach, gdyż korzystanie z nich było dla mnie bardzo niewygodne. W praktyce obok siebie stała komoda i stół do przewijania z… pustymi półkami, zajmując całkiem sporą powierzchnię.   Tym razem kącik pielęgnacyjny, czyli kącik do przewijania i przechowywania ubranek, postanowiłam urządzić w naszej sypialni, a nie w osobnym pokoju dziecka, a więc i powierzchnię, jaką miały zająć, chciałam zminimalizować. Dlatego postawiłam na komodę z nakładką do przewijania i tym sposobem zastąpiłam dwa meble – jednym.   Kącik do pielęgnacji urządziłam tak, aby pasował do naszej biało-szarej sypialni, w końcu jest jego nieodłączną częścią. Zależało mi więc na tym, aby był jej przedłużeniem, a także aby komoda pochodziła z kolekcji mebelków dziecięcych, abym w przyszłości mogła dobrać do niej pasującą szafę oraz łóżeczko i urządzić pokój dziecięcy.     O tym, jak zorganizowałam całą komodę szuflada po szufladzie powstanie osobny post, ale od razu Wam powiem, że niepotrzebnie obawiałam się, że się w niej nie zmieszczę – doświadczenie po pierwszym Dziecku pozwoliło mi ograniczyć liczbę ubranek tak, że wszystkie mieszczą się teraz w jednej szufladzie, a pierzemy raz, maksymalnie dwa razy w tygodniu.     Uwielbiam takie rozwiązania, które nie tylko sprawdzą się przez wiele lat (nakładkę do przewijania będę mogła zdjąć i zostanie sama komoda), ale przede wszystkim są praktyczne i ułatwiają życie.   To dlatego w koszyku, obok przewijaka, schowałam zapas ekologicznych pieluszek, wacików i czystej wody w butelce, a także olej kokosowy w słoiku – mój ulubiony zestaw do przewijania. Na przewijaku pod ścianą obowiązkowo kładę zwiniętą pieluszkę – mój Maluch już uwielbia się odpychać nóżkami do góry. Spostrzegawczy wypatrzą, że za zasłonką wisi szary organizer na dodatkowe drobiazgi, u nas wciąż pusty.     Na parapecie postawiłam dodatkowy organizer. Z jednej jego strony trzymam wszystkie akcesoria pielęgnacyjne: szczoteczkę do włosów, grzebień, nożyczki, termometry i kosmetyki.     Z drugiej – pieluszki i mokre chusteczki, ale nie takie chemiczne, tylko w 99,9% nasączone wodą, a w 0,1% ekstraktem z owoców – dzięki temu, gdy chcę zmienić Dziecku pieluszkę w innym miejscu w domu czy w ogrodzie, wystarczy, że wezmę ze sobą ten organizer i wszystko mam pod ręką.     Nad komodą zawiesiłam głowę łosia i półeczki, na których kiedyś pewnie staną ramki ze zdjęciami albo inne dekoracje. Po prawej stronie komody wieszam ręcznik do kąpieli.   A skoro przewijanie, nie mogło zabraknąć specjalnego kosza na pieluszki, który stoi z lewej strony komody i któego moją recenzję możecie przeczytać tutaj.     I jak Wam się podoba nasz kącik do pielęgnacji Maluszka?   A to nie wszystko, bo obok stworzyłam wygodny kącik do karmienia piersią lub butelką, zobaczysz go tutaj.   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   W poście wystąpili: Komoda z nakładką do przewijania – Quax Camille Milk Organizer na akcesoria i pieluszki, nożyczki, szczotka do włosów, grzebień – Beaba Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – Sangenic Tec biały Tommee Tippee Tapicerka na przewijak – Ceba Caro Szara Lampka i koszyk do przechowywania – Roomee Decor Ręcznik – Dear Eco Szary wiszący organizer za zasłonką – H&M Home Pluszowa głowa łosia – prezent Półeczki – IKEA   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Kącik do karmienia Maluszka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-karmienia-maluszka-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): W ramach tematu „Wyprawka dla noworodka” pokazałam Wam już kącik do spania naszego Maluszka, kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji i zostało nam jeszcze jedno, wyjątkowe miejsce, stworzone specjalnie dla nowego członka naszej rodziny – kącik do karmienia.   Naturalne karmienie było dla mnie bardzo ważne, dlatego postanowiłam się do niego dobrze przygotować, o czym możecie przeczytać w osobnym poście. Wszystko po to, aby zwiększyć nasze szanse na sukces. Wiem bowiem, że nie dla wszystkich –  w tym dla mnie – to co jest naturalne, musi być łatwe.   Kącik do karmienia, który urządziłam 3 lata temu dla mnie i Mikołajka, możecie zobaczyć tutaj. Wiedziałam już, co się sprawdziło i co chcę powtórzyć. Na pewno był to wygodny fotel – poprzedni sprawdził się idealnie, stoi teraz w salonie, gdzie spędzam większość dnia z dziećmi. Zapragnęłam posiadać taki mebel także w naszej sypialni, aby zapewnić sobie komfort podczas karmienia wieczorem czy nawet w nocy, z dala od zgiełku dnia, w naszej sypialni, która jest na piętrze. Wiem także, że fotel to nie jest mebel na kilka miesięcy, wygodny posłuży mi wiele lat, więc wybrałam taki, który idealnie wpasował się do naszej biało-szarej sypialni.     Czego jeszcze mi brakowało? Poduszek. Zarówno tych dekoracyjnych, które dodatkowo wesprą moje plecy (uwielbiam podkładać sobie coś pod lędźwia), jak i tej do karmienia.   Na poduszki dekoracyjne wybrałam to, co już od dawna mamy w domu – Mikołajkowego pieska i księżyc, które dzięki pastelowym rysunkom i stonowanym kolorom idealnie uzupełniły ten kącik, wpasowując się w styl naszej sypialni. Do pełni wygody brakuje tu tylko podnóżka, ale do tej roli adoptuję zwykle puf z pokoju Mikołaja.     Poduszka do karmienia musiała być duża – ten fotel ma dość niskie podłokietniki, a takiego Maluszka wygodnie było mi mieć naprawdę wysoko, więc szukałam jednej poduszki, która swoją wysokością zapewni nam komfort. Myślałam, że ta, z uwagi na naprawdę spory rozmiar, starczy nam na krótko, ale korzystamy z niej jeszcze dziś, gdy Synek ma prawie 4 miesiące i nasza przygoda z nią wcale się nie kończy.     Mój sposób na rzadsze pranie? Śliniaczki do karmienia i odbijania! Te są duże i cudownie mięciutkie, podszyte frotką od spodu, idealne ochronią odzież Dziecka i naszą.     Mam też taką zasadę, że każde karmienie to wypita szklanka wody – przynajmniej staram się tego trzymać. Dlatego obok fotela postawiłam niski stolik, na który odkładam także e-booka, w nadziei, że znajdę w końcu czas na to, aby zasiąść w fotelu i coś poczytać. Kiedyś odkładałam tu jeszcze czystą lanolinę, szczęśliwie od dawna jej już nie potrzebuję.     Bez względu na to, czy karmimy się piersią, czy butelką, uważam, że warto zadbać o to, aby ten czas był jak najbardziej wyjątkowy, aby nie rozpraszał nas wtedy telefon czy telewizor.   Osobiście uwielbiam karmiąc kontemplować szczęście, które mam na rękach i wokół siebie. Oczywiście jest to luksus, na który w ciągu dnia zwykle brakuje nam czasu, ale wieczorowa czy nocna pora są do tego idealne.   A jak jest u Was?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   W poście wystąpili: Komoda z nakładką do przewijania – Quax Poduszka do karmienia – Poofi Poduszki dekoracyjne Miś i Księżyc – MO Home Śliniaczek – Lodger Fotel do karmienia – BlackRedWhite Stolik – IKEA Bluzka do karmienia – Cool Mama   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na: Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Opieka położnej w czasie ciąży i po porodzie - jak wygląda?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/opieka-poloznej-czasie-ciazy-porodzie-wyglada/): Wiele młodych mam nie tylko w czasie ciąży, ale i podczas pierwszych tygodni życia Maluszka potrzebuje pomocy i kogoś, kto profesjonalnie odpowie na wszystkie jej pytania. Czy wiesz, jakie przysługuje Ci w ciąży i po porodzie wsparcie od położnej i to nawet 2 razy w tygodniu? Ilu wizyt domowych możesz oczekiwać i jak powinny one wyglądać?   Opieka położnej rodzinno-środowiskowej w czasie ciąży   Dowiadujesz się, że będziecie Rodzicami, ale jest to nie tylko coś nowego i niezwykłego dla Was, ale również dla Twojego ciała. Potrzebujesz wsparcia. Warto zainteresować się wizytami położnej, która przygotuje Cię do porodu – któż lepiej pozwoli Ci zrozumieć, jakie zmiany zachodzą w Twoim ciele? By nie biegać do lekarza z każdą drobnostką albo – co gorsza – radzić się portali internetowych, zapytaj położnej, która uspokoi Cię i wyjaśni, przez co przechodzi Twój organizm.   Ustawa o zawodach pielęgniarki i położnej z 2011 r. oraz rozporządzenie Ministra Zdrowia z 20.09.2012 r. zezwalają, by uprawniona położna mogła prowadzić Twoją ciążę. Ma ona prawo prowadzić ciążową dokumentację czy wypisywać skierowania na badania lub do lekarza, jeśli zaniepokoją ją Twoje wyniki.   Przysługuje Ci jedno spotkanie tygodniowo w okresie między 21. a 31. tygodniem ciąży, a po 32. tygodniu aż do rozwiązania – dwie wizyty w tygodniu, podczas których położna przygotuje Cię do porodu i połogu, odpowie na wszystkie Twoje pytania dotyczące tego trudnego czasu. Powie Ci, jak powinnaś się przygotować, co zabrać ze sobą do szpitala, spakuje z Tobą torbę czy pomoże skompletować wyprawkę, opowie, jakie są pierwsze symptomy zbliżającego się porodu, jak współpracować z położną prowadzącą poród.   Niezwykle ważne jest, byś czuła się przygotowana, była świadoma, czego możesz się spodziewać i jak współpracować podczas porodu. Ale najważniejsze jest, by to przygotowanie przez profesjonalistkę dało Ci poczucie bezpieczeństwa.   Ze wspomnianego już wyżej rozporządzenia Ministra Zdrowia z 20.09.2012 roku dowiesz się więcej na temat opieki okołoporodowej sprawowanej nad kobietą w ciąży, podczas porodu, w połogu oraz o opiece nad Noworodkiem: link.   Lista położnych rodzinno-środowiskowych: tutaj.   Lista położnych, które prowadzą spotkania edukacyjne po 21 tygodniu ciąży: tutaj.     A co po porodzie?   Gdy wychodzicie ze szpitala, masz wrażenie, że Twoje Maleństwo jest kruche i bardzo delikatne, wciąż jeszcze czujesz się niepewnie w roli Mamy. Wiadomo, że najchętniej po prostu zadałabyś Google dręczące Cię pytania, ale w tym przypadku warto jednak postawić na pewne źródło wiedzy i cennych rad. Właśnie dlatego, by udzielić Ci pomocy w tych pierwszych, wyjątkowych dniach, w ramach NFZ przysługują Ci domowe wizyty położnej rodzinnej – nie jest to oczywiście obowiązkowe, ale takie jest Twoje prawo, a jej obowiązek. Jeśli sobie tego zażyczysz, położna ma obowiązek w ciągu 6 tygodni po porodzie odwiedzić Ciebie i Maluszka co najmniej cztery razy. Wiedziałaś o tym?   Jak pewnie wiesz, od pewnego czasu nie obowiązuje rejonizacja, więc jeszcze w ciąży wybierz przychodnię,  która ma podpisaną umowę z NFZ i zapisz się tam do położnej rodzinnej, a przy wypełnianiu odpowiedniego formularza poinformuj koniecznie, że jesteś zainteresowana wizytami położnej. Po porodzie pierwsza wizyta położnej powinna odbyć się nie później niż 48 godzin po opuszczeniu przez Was szpitala.   Wizyty patronażowe odbywają się w Twoim domu, oczywiście po wcześniejszym umówieniu terminu. Warto dobrze przygotować się do takich wizyt – zapisuj pytania, które chciałabyś zadać położnej, jest po to, by Ci pomóc. Przygotuj karty wypisu ze szpitala, książeczkę zdrowia dziecka oraz kartę ciąży. Często znajdują się tam informacje, które mogą być niezwykle istotne, jeśli chodzi o opiekę nad Wami w tych pierwszych dniach.   Zakres obowiązków położnej podczas wizyt patronażowych dokładnie określa Rozporządzenie Ministra Zdrowia z dnia 24 września 2013 r. w sprawie świadczeń gwarantowanych z zakresu podstawowej opieki zdrowotnej: tutaj.   Podczas takich wizyt położna powinna więc pokazać Ci między innymi, jak prawidłowo karmić Dziecko, jak kąpać Noworodka, położna zatroszczy się również o Ciebie: sprawdzi, jak goją się Twoje rany poporodowe, opowie, jak dbać o swoje ciało w połogu, jak powinna wyglądać Twoja dieta i pierwsza aktywność fizyczna, a także zdejmie Ci szwy – zarówno te po porodzie naturalnym jak i przez cesarskie cięcie – jeśli oczywiście tego będziesz potrzebowała. Sprawdza, w jakiej jesteście oboje kondycji, ze szczególną uwagą oglądając Maluszka – jego pępek, ciemiączko, jamę ustną. Sprawdza, czy nie jest konieczna dodatkowa konsultacja lekarska, a także odpowie na dręczące Cię pytania – o kolkę, witaminy, ubieranie, kąpiele… Nie wahaj się poprosić o pomoc, masz do tego prawo.   Jaka powinna być dobra położna?   Przede wszystkim: sprawdzona. Zasięgnij języka, popytaj przyjaciółek, poczytaj opinie. Jest to bardzo ważne, ponieważ musisz jej ufać. Moją pierwszą położną rodzinno-środowiskową poznałam u mojego lekarza, przyjeżdżała do mnie kawał drogi, zdjęła mi szwy po cesarskim cięciu, pomagała w przystawianiu Maluszka, a nawet nosiła go, tuliła i lulała, aby dać mi choć chwilę wytchnienia. Rozpoznała u mojego Synka także niepokojące objawy, które wymagały wizyty u specjalisty, których sama nigdy bym nie zauważyła. Przy drugim Dziecku nie miałam tyle szczęścia i byłam po prostu niezadowolona ze swojej położnej środowiskowej – pamiętaj, przysługuje Ci prawo do bezpłatnej zmiany położnej do 3 razy w roku kalendarzowym. Za każdą kolejną zmianę będziesz musiała zapłacić 80 zł.   Nie utrudnia kontaktu ze sobą – podaje Ci numer telefonu oraz adres e-mail, byś mogła się z nią kontaktować i umawiać na kolejne spotkania.   Słucha Cię uprzejmie, uważnie i cierpliwie, odpowiada na wszystkie Twoje pytania, nawet te, które wydają się banalne.   Nie narzuca swojego zdania jako jedynego, niepodważalnego, bo nie jest przecież osobą nieomylną – proponuje rozwiązania i daje Ci wybór.   Dba o higienę – od razu po przyjściu do Waszego domu rozbiera się i dokładnie myje ręce.   Jest delikatna podczas badania zarówno Maluszka, jak i Ciebie.   Jeśli post Ci się spodobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz lub udostępnisz [fb_button]   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana, także na Instastory.  
- [Metamorfoza sypialni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/metamorfoza-sypialni/): To, w jakim otoczeniu budzimy się każdego ranka i kładziemy się spać po całym dniu, wyciszamy, odpoczywamy, regenerujemy się, ma znaczny wpływ na nasze samopoczucie. Warto więc urządzić sypialnię tak, by czuć się w niej jak najbardziej komfortowo.   Sypialnia to miejsce, w którym spędzamy sporo czasu, najczęściej śpiąc, chyba że ktoś jest rodzicem niemowlęcia – wtedy jest to nie tylko sen, ale tulenie, karmienie, kołysanie… 😉     Niezwykle ważne są dla mnie sypialniane dodatki i rytuały, który sprawiają, że każdego dnia czuję się wyjątkowo. Drobne, pozornie mało ważne rzeczy, które sprawiają, że czuję się we własnej sypialni jak w najlepszym hotelu: stonowane kolory, wygodne łóżko, biała pościel, śniadanie serwowane na tacy, świeczka zapachowa, dobra książka przed snem czy codziennie pościelone łóżko – rzeczy niewymagające dużych nakładów finansowych czy pracy, a mające olbrzymie znaczenie.   Gdy wprowadzaliśmy się do naszego domu, pomalowaliśmy ścianę w pokoju na zgaszony, zielony kolor (Beckers Designer kolor Healing grey). Od dłuższego czasu nosiliśmy się z zamiarem przearanżowania tej przestrzeni – wreszcie znaleźliśmy na to chwilę i postanowiliśmy zaaranżować nowoczesną sypialnię, odpowiadającą stylem pozostałym wnętrzom – postawiliśmy na szarość.     Wygodne łóżko sypialniane to podstawa. W naszym przypadku od początku było jasne, że będzie to łóżko kontynentalne tapicerowane. Bardzo je lubię, ponieważ jest eleganckie, praktyczne, trwałe, a na dodatek pasuje zarówno do wnętrz tradycyjnych, jak i nowoczesnych. Zależało mi również, by było ono praktyczne – łóżko z pojemnikiem na pościel daje możliwość schowania dodatkowej pościeli, poszewek czy koca, a nawet walizki, dzięki czemu zyskaliśmy dodatkową powierzchnię do przechowywnia.     Jak pewnie wiecie, lubię pastelowe kolory, dlatego poduszki dekoracyjne na łóżku sypialnianym wybrałam w kolorze pudrowego różu – świetnie komponują się z białą satynową pościelą.     Wcześniej światło do czytania przed snem dostarczały nam stojące lampki nocne. Tym razem po obu stronach łóżka zamocowaliśmy kinkiety. Wybraliśmy takie z wbudowanymi włącznikami, dzięki którym nie trzeba montować w ścianie dodatkowych włączników – po metamorfozie jest zdecydowanie bardziej efektownie. Do kinkietów od razu były wkręcone żarówki LED dające ciepłe światło, sprzyjające relaksowi, idealne do czytania przed snem.     W życiu kierujemy się hasłem less is more, dlatego również jeśli chodzi o meble sypialniane, stawiamy na minimalizm: po obu stronach łóżka znajdują się niewielkie stoliki nocne, a z mojej strony łóżka oczywiście kosz Mojżesza na wyciągnięcie ręki, dzięki czemu w każdej chwili mogę pobujać Maksia.     By – mimo stworzenia prostego wnętrza, niemal hotelowego – spersonalizować sypialnię, nad łóżkiem powiesiliśmy biały monogram ze sklejki z naszymi inicjałami, a na stolikach nocnych – nasze rodzinne zdjęcia.     Jak Wam się podoba nasza sypialnia po metamorfozie? Wystarczy niewiele, a różnica jest kolosalna!     Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz:  [fb_button]   W poście wystąpili: Farba – Flügger 5372, Dekso 5 Mat Strong | Easy to clean Łóżko – Incris Stoliki nocne – IKEA Kinkiety – Salony Agata Biała pościel – Salony Agata  Różowe poduszki – H&M Home Monogram – Corten Design  Kosz Mojżesza – Muppetshop Taca na nóżkach – Prezent ślubny   Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.    
- [35 Pomysłów na prezent gwiazdkowy dla Niej &#x2640;](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysl-na-prezent-dla-niej-2017/): Poradnik zakupowy, do którego każdy prezent wybierałam z myślą o sobie, mojej Mamie, Siostrze czy Przyjaciółce. Same cudowności na każdą kieszeń – od 9 zł do 400 zł.     1. „Twoje DIY – krok po kroku zrób to sam” Książka Kasi Ogórek to idealny prezent dla fanki DIY, robótek ręcznych i samodzielnego dekorowania domu oraz spędzania wolnego czasu na szeroko pojętym „dłubaniu”. Do prezentu możesz dołączyć niezbędne narzędzia i produkty, dzięki którym obdarowana będzie mogła od razu przystąpić do działania. 25,49 zł – zobacz w sklepie 2. Świeczka z drewnianym knotem Idealny podarunek dla miłośniczki relaksu w domowym zaciszu, górskich chatek i relaksu przy kominku… który niekoniecznie posiada. Świeczka z drewnianym knotem nie tylko wydziela zapach drzewa cedrowego i żarzących się drewienek, ale i sam knot wydaje cudownie relaksujący dźwięk, czyli… jak mieć kominek, nie mając kominka 😉 49 zł – zobacz w sklepie 3. Uchwyt na telefon Aby komuś, komu go podarujesz, telefon już nigdy nie wypadł z ręki. Dla wszystkich gadżeciarek i miłośniczek social mediów. Zawsze w kontakcie ze światem! 13,96 zł – zobacz w sklepie 4. Spersonalizowana filiżanka Ręcznie zdobiona filiżanka ze spodeczkiem „Jesteś niezastąpiona” czy innym spersonalizowanym napisem to piękny i praktyczny prezent dla bardzo wyjątkowej kobiety w Twoim życiu. 35 zł – zobacz w sklepie 5. Dmuchany zagłówek Niezależnie od okoliczności, komfort podczas snu jest bardzo ważny. Dmuchany zagłówek będzie świetnym prezentem dla podróżniczki, by mogła spać wygodnie i w autobusie, samolocie czy aucie, jak i pod namiotem. 6,90 zł – zobacz w sklepie 6. Płyta Ani Dąbrowskiej Wiesz, jaki jest gust muzyczny osoby, którą chcesz obdarować? Masz ułatwione zdanie: płyta z muzyką na pewno sprawi jej mnóstwo radości. Płyta Ani Dąbrowskiej to idealny prezent dla niekoniecznie szczęśliwie zakochanej Przyjaciółki albo po prostu każdej, którą urzeka niecodzienny głos Ani. 37,49 zł – zobacz w sklepie 7. Kalendarz Kalendarz ścienny na kolejny rok to praktyczny prezent do kuchni czy domowego biura, który pomoże zorganizować życie całego domu i rodziny. Ten jest dodatkowo cudownie zdobiony akwarelowymi, ręcznie rysowanymi grafikami, bardzo kobiecymi. 38 zł – a 16 i 17 grudnia z okazji urodzin sklepu będzie dostępny z -13% rabatem – zobacz w sklepie     8. Spersonalizowana biżuteria Spersonalizowana biżuteria wcale nie musi kosztować majątku. Lilou proponuje zawieszkę – serduszko, gwiazdka, podkowa, słonik, miś i wiele innych! Sama mam zawieszki od Lilou i bardzo lubię je dostawać i nosić, ponieważ mają dla mnie dużą wartość sentymentalną. Zawieszka na sznurku czy na wstążce – wybór należy do Ciebie, a fakt, że dodatkowo możesz poprosić o grawer, sprawia, że taki upominek staje się jeszcze bardziej wyjątkowy. Świetny prezent dla kobiet, które lubią drobną biżuterię. 74 zł – zobacz w sklepie 9. Kolczyki z mosiądzu z agatami Piękna biżuteria to najlepsza przyjaciółka każdej kobiety i zawsze dobry pomysł na damski prezent, a te cudowne kolczyki będą idealnym uzupełnieniem niejednej kreacji, odpowiednim na mniejsze i większe okazje. 99,50 zł – zobacz w sklepie 10. Stojak na biżuterię Idealnie ozdobi każdą toaletkę czy komodę, piękny stojak na na biżuterię jest już ozdobą sam w sobie, a take ogromnym ułatwieniem w codziennym  przechowywaniu biżuterii. Niech zapanuje ład i porządek! 79,20 zł – zobacz w sklepie 11. Kapcie Buduarowe kapcie Oysho doskonale będą pasowały komuś, kto ceni w życiu elegancję i powiew luksusu… Kapcie wcale nie muszą być brzydkie i nudne! Te są w szpic, a dodatkowo ozdobione piórkami. Strzał w dziesiątkę! A dla miłośniczek klasyki – proste, ale stylowe kapcie filcowe. 79,90 zł – kapcie buduarowe – zobacz w sklepie 99,90 zł – kapcie filcowe – zobacz w sklepie 12. Bezprzewodowy, „outdoorowy” przenośny głośnik Dla miłośniczki odtwarzania muzyki zawsze i wszędzie proponuję głośnik bluetooth outdoor z zestawem głośnomówiącym. Odtworzy bezprzewodowo ulubioną muzykę ze smartfona, tabletu, notebooka itp. – idealny w podróży, na wyciecze czy w biurze. 74,99 zł – zobacz w sklepie 13. Świąteczny sweter Idealny na zimowe wieczory z dziećmi, książką lub przed telewizorem, szczególnie dla wielbicielek komedii romantycznych i Bridget Jones. 79,99 zł – zobacz w sklepie 14. Szklany bidon Nie wiem, czy wiecie, ale płyny często przejmują smak (i nie tylko) od pojemników, w którym się znajdują. Najbezpieczniejsze pod tym względem jest szkło. Szklany bidon to doskonały prezent dla miłośniczki zdrowego stylu życia. Dzięki wykonaniu ze szkła napój utrzymuje swój smak i nie przenikają do niego szkodliwe substancje jak w przypadku wielu pojemników wykonanych z tworzyw sztucznych. By bidon dobrze trzymał się w dłoni, a butelka nie uszkodziła, wyposażona jest w silikonowy pokrowiec. 99,99 zł – zobacz w sklepie     15. Planner / Organizer z wymiennymi wkładmi Dla mistrzyni organizacji albo dla kogoś, kto chce zmienić swoje życie, trafionym w punkt prezentem będzie organizer od Projekt Planner. Sama z takiego korzystam i jestem z niego bardzo zadowolona. Z zakupem warto się pospieszyć, ponieważ 16 i 17 grudnia możecie złapać 13% rabatu na cały nieprzeceniony asortyment! 139 zł- zobacz w sklepie 16. Sweter Ten sweterek pewnie już znacie – w grudniu to właśnie o niego pytałyście mnie najczęściej na moim Instagramie. Wnioskuję więc, że wiele z Was i Waszych Sióstr czy Przyjaciółek byłoby zachwyconych takim klasycznym szarym sweterkiem przełamanym ciekawą falbaną. Pasuje zarówno do spódnicy, jak i spodni – sprawdziłam! 119 zł – zobacz w sklepie 17. Voucher na masaż relaksacyjny i inne cudowne przeżycia! Dobry prezent to nie tylko trafiony upominek, ale też coś, co podaruje emocje. Relaks, odprężenie, chwila oddechu czy wyrzut adrenaliny… czy to nie tego właśnie potrzebujemy, zwłaszcza pod koniec roku? Doskonale sprawdzą się tutaj niematerialne prezenty, takie jak sesja zdjęciowa, degustacja win czy skok ze spadochronu, zapakowane w kopertę. 150 zł – zobacz w sklepie 18. Designerski zegar Jeśli ktoś – tak jak ja – interesuje się designem i wystrojem wnętrz oraz lubi dopieszczać swoje cztery kąty, z pewnością ucieszy się z zegara ściennego. Warto wybrać zwłaszcza taki, który jest nietypowy, stylowy, z pomysłem, na przykład ten zainspirowany techniką origami. 119,99 zł – zobacz w sklepie 19. Podróżna szkatułka na biżuterię Doskonały prezent dla podróżniczki, już nic się nie poplącze, nie zniszczy i nie zgubi. Ile dni wycieczki – tyle kompletów biżuterii! 😉 159 zł – zobacz w sklepie 20. Dobrej jakości, pozytywna koszula Wólczanka chyba pragnie przełamać biurową nudę i proponuje koszulę 100 % bawełny w wesoły wzór w owoce. Jestem na tak! Warto również skorzystać z promocji 2 w cenie 1 i po prostu dobrać drugą koszulę zupełnie za darmo. Możesz obdarować dwie osoby lub zrobić prezent sobie – przecież też musisz mieć co na siebie włożyć na wigilijną kolację 😉 114,95 zł w promocji 2 w cenie 1 obowiązuje od dnia 12.12.2017 r. do godz. 23:59 dnia 18.12.2017 r., 229,90 zł w cenie regularnej – zobacz w sklepie 21. Błyszczyk od Diora Błyszczyk Dior, który nie tylko pięknie wygląda na ustach, jest szalenie wydajny, ale jest po prostu piękny i każda kobieta, która ceni piękne detale, na pewno go pokocha. Ten błyszczyk to cudowny dodatek do każdej torebki, a korzystanie z niego w ciągu dnia to prawdziwa przyjemność i szczypta luksusu. Szczególnie polecam Wam mój ulubiony kolor: nude 363, który wydobywa naturalny kolor naszych ust. 119,20 zł z -20% rabatu na hasło esklep: XMIW17 ważne do 18.12.2017 149 zł w cenie regularnej – zobacz w sklepie   22. Piżama Z pewnością są wśród Was takie, które najlepiej czują się, śpiąc w krótkich spodenkach i prostej koszulce, a najlepiej T-shircie chłopaka czy męża. Każda z nas zasługuje jednak na odrobinę luksusu. Taka piżama od Lunaby, składająca się ze 100% wysokiej jakości bawełny, będzie doskonałym prezentem dla kobiety w każdym wieku, zwłaszcza ceniącej wysoką jakość i polskie produkty. Warto dołączyć do newslettera – otrzymasz 10% rabatu! 216 zł – po zapisaniu się do newslettera 240 zł- cena regularna – zobacz w sklepie 23. FitBit Flex2 To opaska dla aktywnej kobiety lub wręcz przeciwnie – dla tej, która pragnie się taką stać, a nic nie motywuje jej tak, jak wynik i cyferki oraz pojedynki! Rywalizacja to dobry motor napędzający 🙂 Recenzji Fitbit Flex poświęciłam osoby post. 269 zł – zobacz w sklepie 24. Lekcja makijażu Kiedyś myślałam, że aby pięknie się malować, powinnam skończyć jakąś szkołę wizażu, albo przynajmniej kurs. Dziś wiem, że idealnym rozwiązaniem jest nauka makijażu pod okiem profesjonalnej wizażystki, która nauczy nas, jak się malować zgodnie ze swoim typem urody, doradzi odpowiednie kosmetyki i narzędzia. Świetny prezent zwłaszcza dla młodych kobiet, które dopiero zaczynają swoją przygodę z makijażem, by mogły nauczyć się, jak swoją urodę podkreślać, a nie ukrywać. 250 zł – zobacz 25. Soniczna elektryczna szczoteczka do zębow Zapowiada się świetny wynalazek, myślę że cudownie zastąpi tę tradycyjną i jeszcze lepiej zadba o uśmiech każdej Kobiety, bo, jak wiadomo – bez uśmiechu nigdy nie jesteśmy w pełni ubrane 😉 239 zł – zobacz w sklepie 26. Radiobudzik Idealny dla wszystkich, którzy cenią miłe poranki, zarówno dla zatwardziałej sowy, jak i rannego słowika, bo któż nie chciałby się budzić przy dźwiękach natury czy ulubionej stacji radiowej? Uwielbiam w nim to, że laserowym projektorem wyświetla aktualną godzinę na suficie, więc kiedykolwiek się nie obudzę, wiem, która jest godzina. Dla tych, którzy czasu nie liczą, oczywiście jest opcja wyłączenia tej funkcji. W tym roku z pewnością będzie pod naszą choinką, bo choć stoi już na mojej szafce nocnej, podoba się wszystkim. 230 zł – zobacz w sklepie 27. Paletka cieni do powiek, legendarna NAKED Dobrej jakości kosmetyki zawsze są produktem pożądanym. Taka jest np. paletka do makijażu Naked Smoky od URBAN DECAY czyli 12 podstawowych kolorów do wykonania makijażu zarówno dziennego, jak i wieczorowego, klasycznego i ponadczasowego, po prostu klasyka w makijażu. Jestem pewna, że spodoba się każdej kobiecie, która lubi się malować lub dopiero zaczyna naukę makijażu. 215,20 zł – 20% rabatu na hasło esklep: XMIW17 ważne do 18.12.2017 269 zł w cenie regularniej – zobacz w sklepie 28. Skórzana torba typu shoperka Idealna na zakupy, do pracy czy na spacer, klasyka sama w sobie, która zyskuje przy bliższym poznaniu, gdyż jest wykonana z prawdziwej skóry. 254,25 zł – zobacz w sklepie   29. Portfel DKNY Częstym prezentem świątecznym jest gotówka, a gotówkę – wiadomo, trzeba w czymś trzymać, a przecież nie w skarpetach! 😉 Dobrym upominkiem będzie wysokiej jakości skórzany portfel – wybór jest ogromny, z pewnością znajdziesz coś dla kobiety w każdym wieku. Mój wybór: 377,40 zł – zobacz w sklepie 30. Kolczyki pawie pióra Coś na wyjątkową okazję i wielkie wyjście. Myślę, że wiele kobiet o takich marzy, ale nie jest to coś, co kupiłybyśmy sobie same – może warto spełnić komuś te marzenia? Dostępne w wersji srebrnej i pozłacane. 329 zł – zobacz w sklepie 31. Szalik Zimową porą miło jest otulić się czymś ciepłym i eleganckim. Taki jest właśnie szal z Tous. Marka niezmiennie kojarzy się ze wzorem Misia, na którego widok zawsze się uśmiecham. Taki wzór znajduje się również na szalu Kaos Devore, który ma neutralne kolory i jest niezwykle miły w dotyku. Co ważne, nie jest to szal tylko na jeden sezon – po rozłożeniu ma wymiary 100×200 cm, a co za tym idzie, latem doskonale sprawdzi się jako chusta, którą można przykryć ramiona w chłodniejszy wieczór. Idealny prezent dla kobiet, które lubią nosić się elegancko i modnie! 359 zł – zobacz w sklepie 32. Klasyczny zegarek Detale są ważne! I choć szczęśliwi czasu nie liczą, nawet najszczęśliwszej kobiecie przyda się zegarek, a najlepiej prosty, klasyczny, który uzupełni każdą stylizację. 377,30 zł – zobacz w sklepie 33. Torebka na wielkie wyjście Idealna na nadchodzącego Sylwestra, obroni się także poza karnawałowym sezonem. 399 zł – zobacz w sklepie 34. Perfumy Coco Chanel mawiała, że „perfumy to niewidoczny, niezapomniany i jedyny w swoim rodzaju dodatek w sferze mody, który zapowiada przybycie kobiety i wciąż jeszcze pobrzmiewa, gdy ona już odeszła”. Perfumy to bez wątpienia prezent, który sprawdzi się idealnie w przypadku każdej kobiety. W tym roku chciałabym polecić Wam mój ulubiony zapach: Flower Bomb od VIKTOR & ROLF. 355,90 zł – w pięknym zestawie z minimleczkiem do ciała i miniżelem pod prysznic 50 ml – zobacz w sklepie 35. Skórzana torebka na co dzień Skóra to chyba jedyny materiał,który potrafi szlachetnie sę starzeć. Ta skórzana torebka w szarym kolorze będzie idealnym uzupełnieniem każdej codziennej stylizacji, bez wątpienia doceni ją kobieta, która ceni klasykę. 373,15 – zobacz w sklepie   A Ty z czego byś się najbardziej ucieszyła?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]     Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.    
- [35 Pomysłów na prezent gwiazdkowy dla Niego &#x2642;](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysl-na-prezent-dla-mezczyzny-2017/): Nie masz jeszcze prezentu dla męskich przedstawicieli swojej rodziny? Przedstawiam poradnik powstały przy współpracy z moim Mężem Wojtkiem, który ma zakaz jego czytania przed Wigilią – prezenty już od 20 zł.   1. Łamigłówka Chyba każdy mężczyzna lubi wyzwania, chętnie sprawdza, w jakim czasie rozwiązuje łamigłówkę on sam, a w jakim kolega z pracy. Mój uwielbia i poleca. 19,95 zł – zobacz w sklepie 2. Mafia Ulubiona gra towarzyska mojego męża i jego kolegów. Koleżanek też. Możesz brać w ciemno dla brata, chłopaka, męża czy taty. 25,49 zł – zobacz w sklepie 3. Magiczna kula nr 8 Trafiony i dowcipny prezent dla wszystkich niezdecydowanych. Magiczna kula numer 8 zawiera aż 20 odpowiedzi w języku polskim i z pewnością pomoże rozwiązać najważniejsze dylematy: Czy powinienem wypić jeszcze jedno piwo? – YES, YES, YES Czy żona będzie zła? – Możesz na to liczyć 😉 39,00 zł – zobacz w sklepie 4. Szczęśliwe skarpetki Świąteczne lub zupełnie nie – kolorowe skarpety dla mężczyzny z poczuciem humoru. 34,90 zł – świąteczne – zobacz w sklepie 34,90 zł – codzienne – zobacz w sklepie 5. Rzeczowo o modzie męskiej Poradnik autorstwa Michała Kędziory dla mężczyzn, którzy zarówno lubią bawić się własnym strojem, jak i dla tych bardziej zachowawczych. Najlepiej dla mężczyzny, który ma dystans do własnej osoby i nie weźmie tego jako przytyk, a będzie tylko czerpał korzyści z wiedzy o klasycznych i ponadczasowych fasonach,  tkaninach i wzorach, o umiejętności łączenia poszczególnych elementów garderoby zgodnie z kilkoma prostymi zasadami. Znajdzie się także pod naszą choinką. 39,49 zł – zobacz w sklepie 6. Organizer na klucze Dla klucznika! 😉 Nie trzeba nosić ze sobą pęka kluczy i później próbować w zamku, zastanawiając się, który jest do drzwi od piwnicy. Koniec z tym! Na Toys4Boys możesz kupić organizer, dzięki któremu obdarowany będzie mógł pożegnać się z pobrzękującymi na każdym kroku kluczami, a jego partnerka z pewnością doceni fakt, że nie musi już zaszywać podziurawionych przez klucze kieszeni… 🙂 Organizer pozwala poukładać klucze w stałej kolejności, dzięki czemu nie będzie już mowy o pomyłce. 29,00 zł – zobacz w sklepie 7. Torba na ramię Koniec z wypchanymi kieszeniami! Klucze do samochodu, klucze do domu, dokumenty do samochodu, portfel – faceci również mogą mieć naprawdę sporo do noszenia. Mała torba na ramię to może być strzał w dziesiątkę! Mój mąż nosi, ja wydaję mniej na jego spodnie, a od biedy sama wrzucę tam swój telefon. 54,50 zł – cena promocyjna – zobacz w sklepie 109 zł – cena regularna 8. Uniwersalny uchwyt na telefon 4-5.5″ Bez względu na to, czy facet jest w obozie Apple czy Samsunga, bez problemu ulokuje tu swój telefon. Ty również. Mamy w obu samochodach i nie oddamy, za to polecamy. Co ważne, bardzo łatwo się obsługuje, a telefon w nim zamocowany można ładować, gdyż uchwyt nie zasłania gniazda do ładowania. 59,80 zł – zobacz w sklepie     9. Mysz Bluetooth Dla osób spędzających dużo czasu czy po prostu pracujących przy komputerze dobrym prezentem będzie mysz bezprzewodowa Microsoft Designer Bluetooth. Nie trzeba już się zmagać z plączącym się kabelkiem czy wystającym z portu USB kluczem bezprzewodowym, jak to jest w typowych myszkach bezprzewodowych. Bardzo stylowy wygląd i niezawodne działanie sprawiają, że taka mysz ucieszy każdego mężczyznę. 99 zł – zobacz w sklepie 10. Finansowy Ninja Wiedza z zakresu zarządzania domowym budżetem przyda się każdemu mężczyźnie, bez względu na wiek i status finansowy. Obiecujemy. 69,90 zł – zobacz w sklepie 11. Klockowy kubek Ja tego nie rozumiem, ale mój mąż mówi, że taki kubek to marzenie każdego faceta. Chyba każdy ma swój ulubiony kubek, w którym wszystko smakuje najlepiej. Tu dodatkowo można uruchomić kreatywność: oto kubek, do którego można przyczepiać klocki i zbudować coś fajnego – fantastyczny pomysł dla kogoś kreatywnego! 74 zł – zobacz w sklepie 12. Przetwornica Przetwornica, która zamieni gniazdko samochodowe w pełnowartościowe gniazdo 230 V – dzięki niemu każdy mężczyzna podłączy w podróży laptopa, golarkę… albo domowy podgrzewacz do mleka. Jej kształt pasuje do uchwytu na kubek, dzięki czemu nie będzie przeszkadzać. 99 zł – zobacz w sklepie 13. Pendrive Szybki, metalowy, pojemny, po prostu męski. Idealny do kluczy, bez zatyczki, którą mój facet i tak by zgubił. 69 zł –  zobacz w sklepie 14. Łamigłówka NeoCube Dla miłośnika zagadek i łamigłówek udanym prezentem będzie z pewnością łamigłówka NeoCube. 216 silnych kulek neodymowych daje morze możliwości, by stworzyć dowolny kształt czy wzór. Kulki pozwolą obdarowanemu stworzyć figury w 2 i 3 wymiarach, rozruszają półkule mózgowe i pomogą pozbyć się stresu. Plusem jest też wielkość Neocube – można zabrać ją ze sobą wszędzie. 69 zł – zobacz w sklepie 15. Bezprzewodowe słuchawki Do biegania, do pracy, do majsterkowania i do samochodu. Po prostu do wszystkiego i dla każdego, kto nie lubi ograniczeń. 169 zł – zobacz w sklepie 16. Wełniany szalik z domieszką kaszmiru Dla Tego, który ceni ciepło, przytulność i dobrą jakość. 143 zł – zobacz w sklepie 17. Wykrywacz kabli To urządzenie bardzo przydało nam się podczas remontu sypialni. Początkowo wydawało mi się zbędnym wydatkiem, ale ostatecznie okazało się niezbędne – dzięki wykrywaczowi kabli uniknęliśmy wwiercenia się w przewody pod napięciem. Dwa tygodnie później podczas wieszania opon w garażu uratowało nam cały pęk kabli zasilających w prąd i sieć cały dom. Dziś polecamy wszystkim. 198 zł – zobacz w sklepie 18. Torba weekendowa Na weekend, na siłownię, na mały wypad na kilka dni. 169 zł – zobacz w sklepie 19. Skórzany pasek do spodni Skórzany pasek do spodni będzie świetnym prezentem dla mężczyzny, który stawia na elegancję i docenia produkty wysokiej jakości. Do wyboru w kolorze czarnym lub brązowym. 259 zł – zobacz w sklepie 20. Alkomat Niezbędny po wszelkich zakrapianych imprezach, a przecież zbliża się sylwester i karnawał! Bardzo praktyczny prezent dla każdego mężczyzny, zwłaszcza dla kierowców. 209  zł – zobacz w sklepie 21. Zestaw narzędziowy Dla miłośnika motoryzacji. Zestaw zawiera wszystkie niezbędne klucze, nasadki i pokrętła, a całość zamknięta jest w praktycznej, poręcznej walizce. Mężczyzna może się poczuć jak w profesjonalnym serwisie samochodowym! 178 zł – zobacz w sklepie 22. Zapach Bardzo charakterystyczny ciekawy męski zapach 212.  Nuta zielonej cytryny. nuty kwiatowe i zielone, np. imbir.  Dodatkowo nutka drewna sandałowego i piżma. Ponadczasowy i bardzo męski. Lubimy oboje. 249 zł – zobacz w sklepie 23. Powerbank Fast Charge To nie jest zwykły powerbank, to przenośna ładowarka szybkiego ładowania, która jest kompatybilna z największą ilością telefonów, dla każdego mężczyzny, który żyje szybko i ceni sobie szybkie naładowanie telefonu i korzystanie z niego bez podpiętego powerbanka. Za każdym razem, gdy Twój mężczyzna z niego skorzysta, na pewno ciepło pomyśli o tym, jak ratujesz mu sytuację. 229 zł – zobacz w sklepie 24. Wideorejestrator Jeśli Twój Mężczyzna dużo jeździ samochodem, na pewno doceni wideorejestrator, który nagrywa drogę i innych użytkowników ruchu. Wideorejestrator sam się uruchamia podczas jazdy, nagrania cechuje wysoka jakość (również w nocy), a szerokokątny obiektyw sprawi, że nic się nie ukryje! 299 zł – zobacz w sklepie 25. Skórzany, perforowany portfel Portfel to zawsze trafiony prezent, a taki, który jest świetnie wykonany (efekt dziurkowanej skóry) oraz zabezpiecza karty zbliżeniowe przed niepożądanym ich odczytem, będzie podwójnie trafiony 🙂 229 zł – zobacz w sklepie 26. Trymer do brody z odkurzaczem do włosków Jeśli Twój chłopak, mąż czy tata nosi brodę, nawet króciutką, z pewnością doceni trymer do brody z systemem zasysania ściętego zarostu. A jeśli mieszkacie razem – to także trochę prezent dla Ciebie samej, koniec z włoskami na umywalce. 285 zł – zobacz w sklepie 27. Przejażdżka Lamborgini Choć Wojtek śmieje się, że mówię „Lambordżini”, to myślę, że jak znajdzie ten prezent pod choinką, będzie miał prawdziwy powód do uśmiechu 🙂 Emocje, wspomnienia i zdjęcia to coś, co zostanie z nim na zawsze, a przejażdżka 520 konną maszyną to musi być niezapomniana frajda dla każdego mężczyzny. Nie dla każdego? Wymarzony prezent, organizator tej atrakcji, ma w swojej ofercie mnóstwo takich emocjonujących czy relaksujących przeżyć. Lot balonem, skok ze spadochronem, lot paralotnią, przejazd off-road, fly-board, jazda czołgiem czy raczej degustacja whisky, kurs sushi i zabawa w escape room – zazwyczaj przegrywają z codziennymi obowiązkami i wydatkami, ale z góry opłacona atrakcja zobowiązuje i teraz po prostu będziecie musieli znaleźć na nią czas. 299 zł- zobacz w sklepie 28. Soniczna szczoteczka do zębów Bohaterka moich 35 pomysłów na prezent dla Niej, idealnie sprawdzi się także po męskiej stronie umywalki. 239 zł – zobacz w sklepie 29. Torba na ramię Torba świetnej jakości, objętej ogólnoświatową gwarancją. Wojtek z powodzeniem użytkuje swoją już czwarty rok. To prezent na lata! 249 zł – zobacz w sklepie   30. Dron Idealny prezent dla miłośnika podniebnych akrobacji i elektronicznych nowinek. Taki dron może mieć zasięg nawet do 200 metrów i dokonywać akrobacji 360 – pikowanie, kręcenie beczek, lot na jednym boku – świetne widowisko nie tylko dla operatora drona, ale i dla obserwatorów. Dron jest wyposażony w oświetlenie, dzięki czemu można przemierzać niebo nawet nocą, a po doczepieniu kamery nagrywać fantastyczne filmy! 389 zł – zobacz w sklepie 31. Zegarek Skagen Ponadczasowy i minimalistyczny styl zegarków marki Skagen przypadnie do gustu wielu panom. Projektantem jest duńska firma inspirowana naturalnym krajobrazem swojego regionu. Wojtek ma i uwielbia. 699 zł – zobacz w sklepie 32. Czytnik Kindle Paperwhite Mól książkowy z pewnością doceni fakt, że dasz mu możliwość noszenia ze sobą całej biblioteki w jednym, lekkim i poręcznym urządzeniu. Co prawda nie pachnie jak książka, ale taki czytnik z papierem elektronicznym zamiast podświetlanego ekranu tabletu nie męczy oczu podczas czytania, a dodatkowo można go używać bezproblemowo niezależnie od kąta czytania i oświetlenia. 649 zł – zobacz w sklepie 33. Wkrętarka akumulatorowa BOSCH Pro Typowo męski prezent, świetny zwłaszcza dla majsterkowicza. Kobieta zapewne nie ucieszyłaby się z mopa, jednak u mężczyzn jest inaczej – dobra wkrętarka to nie tylko świetna zabawka, ale również nieocenione narzędzie podczas remontu czy drobnych domowych prac, np. skręcania mebli. I niech nie zmylą Cię jej małe wymiary – to naprawdę profesjonalne narzędzie! 525 zł – zobacz w sklepie w zestawie z akcesoriami 399 zł – zobacz w sklepie (tylko wkrętarka)   34. SmartWatch SAMSUNG Gear S3 Frontier Taki SmartWatch nie tylko wygląda bardzo dobrze, ale daje też aż 15 gotowych wzorów i ma 9 wymiennych pasków – można zmienić wygląd zegarka w zależności od okazji i stylizacji! Jest to nie tylko fajny gadżet, ale również stylowy dodatek. SmartWatch Samsung pozwala odbierać połączenia, odczytywać wiadomości, słuchać muzyki, kontrolować kalendarz, mierzyć puls i wiele innych. Mnóstwo urządzeń w jednym! 1 499 zł – zobacz w sklepie 35. Gogle VR Gogle do wirtualnej rzeczywistości pozwolą obdarowanemu przenieść się w zupełnie inny wymiar – odwiedzić miejsca, których może nigdy nie będzie mógł odwiedzić, albo przeżyć niesamowite przygody. A to wszystko za sprawą jednego urządzenia! Doskonały prezent dla miłośników elektroniki, zarówno dla nastolatka, jak i dla osoby dorosłej. 549 zł – zobacz w sklepie   Jak myślisz, z czego ucieszy się Twój mężczyzna?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Dubatti One](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dubatti-one-2w1-opinie/): Wybór wózka dla Dziecka to nie jest tak łatwa sprawa, jak mogłoby się wydawać. Ważne są nie tylko wygoda i bezpieczeństwo Malucha, ale również komfort w prowadzeniu wózka i jego funkcjonalność. Przy narodzinach Maksia, zachęceni pozytywnymi opiniami, postawiliśmy na Dubatti One. Jak się u nas sprawdził? Czy polecilibyśmy go znajomym?   Dubatti One – test i recenzja wózka Na pierwszy rzut okaz Dubbati One wygląda solidnie i jest po prostu ładny – klasyczna forma i kolorystyka robi swoje. A jak wyglądają pozostałe parametry? Jak wózek sprawdza się przy codziennym użytkowaniu?   Stelaż i koła Wózek Dubatti One dostępny jest na rynku w dwóch wersjach – miejskiej i terenowej. My mamy i testujemy wersję terenową, ponieważ lubimy długie spacery,  i to nie tylko po płaskich gdyńskich chodnikach ;).   Wszystkie koła w wersji terenowej są dmuchane i tej samej wysokości – aż 27 cm. Przednie koła są obrotowe, z możliwością zablokowania jazdy na wprost (blokady są tak duże, że spokojnie możemy zrobić to nogą, bez brudzenia rąk – uwielbiam!), dzięki czemu wózek jest bardzo zwrotny. Gdy udaliśmy się na pierwszy spacer, nie mogłam uwierzyć, jak w porównaniu do wszystkich wózków, które miałam do tej pory okazję używać, Dubatti One świetnie sunie po przeszkodach. Koło ani razu nie zaklinowało się w żadnej dziurze w chodniku, co niestety zdarzało mi się przy każdym wózku, który przednie koła miał mniejsze niż tylne. Koła tej samej wysokości są zatem doskonałym rozwiązaniem.   Zdarzyło mi się może ze dwa razy, że przy wyjeździe z windy przednie koła, ze względu na ich duży rozmiar, zblokowały się o siebie – musiałam ruszyć wózkiem do przodu i do tyłu, aby się odblokowały. Komfort jednak, jaki zapewniają, sprawił, że szybko tym zapomniałam – plusów jest zdecydowanie więcej niż minusów.   Amortyzacja Bardzo dobrze zamortyzowane jest tylne zawieszenie wózka, przednie – nieco mniej, ale dzięki temu, że koła są dmuchane, ten efekt jest wytłumiony. Gdy prowadzę wózek dłuższy odcinek na przykład po kocich łbach, naciskam lekko rączkę i pochylam gondolę w swoją stronę, prowadząc wózek tylko na tylnej osi – to mój patent na każdą, dosłownie najtrudniejszą nawierzchnię i komfort dziecka.   Rączka Rączka jest teleskopowa, do zatrzymania na 3 różnych wysokościach, dzięki czemu możemy wybrać wysokość odpowiednią do naszego wzrostu, by jak najłatwiej prowadziło nam się wózek. Jest on więc odpowiedni i dla niskich, i dla wysokich osób – koniec z kopaniem w hamulec! 🙂 Rączka wykonana jest ze skóry, wygodna do trzymania. Początkowo sądziłam, że rączka ma dość nietypowy spłaszczony kształt, ale być może odczułam go tak, gdyż byłam przyzwyczajona do innego wózka. Dziś już tego nie zauważam.   Hamulec Mój ulubiony typ! Nie tylko uruchamiamy go przez naciskanie, ale również zwalniamy. Dzięki temu rozwiązaniu nie brudzimy, nie niszczymy sobie rąk ani butów, nie wspominając o zaletach tego rozwiązania latem, gdy mamy sandały czy japonki.   Kosz na zakupy Choć wydaje się niewielki, jest dość pojemny, a jego niewątpliwą zaletą jest magnetyczne zapięcie. Jego niewielki rozmiar skompensowałam sobie dodatkową torbą na zakupy XL, która jest dostępna jako akcesorium. Polecam takie rozwiązanie, gdy wybieracie się na dłuższy spacer i planujecie po drodze większe zakupy.   Gondola Gondola wózka mocowana jest na ramie, tej samej, na której później zamocuje się spacerówkę – jest to świetne rozwiązanie, dzięki któremu wózek w trakcie przechowywania zajmuje naprawdę niewiele miejsca. Gondola jest dość spora (78cm), więc starczy na długo, a do tego ma gruby, oddychający materacyk.   Kolejną niewątpliwą zaletą gondoli jest to, ze wyposażona jest w nóżki, dzięki którym możemy postawić ją na ziemi, nie brudząc jej.   Ogromnym zaskoczeniem jest dla mnie przykrycie gondoli: w mojej ocenie mogłaby nachodzić na budkę, aby lepiej chronić przed wiatrem, ale ma za to fenomenalne zapięcie na zamek odpinany z dwóch stron, co w odróżnieniu od tego rozwiązania zastosowanego np. w popularnym Bugaboo Cameleon sprawia, że można ją odsłonić na trzy strony (na prawo, lewo i na rączkę), co czyni to rozwiązanie bardzo komfortowym.   Gondolę możemy zamocować na dwóch różnych wysokościach (wyżej lub niżej o 4 cm). Ja uwielbiam mieć dziecko wysoko, więc preferuję opcję wyższą, natomiast Mikołaj woli mieć do braciszka jak najlepszy dostęp, więc gdy jedziemy gdzieś w trójkę, obniżam gondolę.   Budka Budka jest ta sama i w gondoli, i w wersji spacerowej. Nie jest zbyt zabudowana, więc nie zapewni maksymalnej ochrony przed słońcem i wiatrem, ale ja radzę sobie, korzystając w tym celu pieluszki muślinowej.   Siedzisko spacerowe Maksiu jest jeszcze malutki, więc wersję spacerową Dubatti One testowaliśmy na trzyletnim Mikołaju. Jak widać, ta spacerówka z dużym prawdopodobieństwem starczy nam na cały okres wózkowy Malucha. Siedzisko w spacerówce jest kubełkowe i przekładane – można zamontować je i skierować dziecko w obu kierunkach – przodem do prowadzącego wózek i przodem do kierunku jazdy. Dla mnie to warunek absolutnie konieczny dla wózków typu 2w1 – ja sama korzystałam (szczególnie, gdy Maluszek dopiero co „przesiadł się” z gondoli do spacerówki) z opcji przodem do siebie, aby zapewnić dziecku i sobie ciągły kontakt i zabawę na spacerze. Nawet dziś Mikołaj lubi to rozwiązanie, choć w życiu każdego Malucha możemy spodziewać się okresu, w którym zafascynowanie poznawaniem świata podczas spaceru jest silniejsze niż spoglądanie na Mamę czy Tatę 😉   Siedzisko można ustawić w 4 komfortowych pozycjach – siedzącej, pochylonej, półleżącej i leżącej, zarówno zamocowane przodem, jak i tyłem oraz zamontować na dwóch różnych wysokościach. To świetne rozwiązanie, gdy jesteśmy w restauracji, w której brakuje krzesełek dla dzieci – możemy wtedy zostawić Malucha w wózku, dostosowując tylko wysokość siedziska do wysokości stołu.   Siedzisko jest głębokie, co dostrzegłam dopiero, gdy posadziłam w nim Mikołaja – dziecku na pewno będzie wygodnie.   Wózek w wersji spacerowej nieco trudniej się prowadzi, a wszystko za sprawą trudniejszego podbijania przed przeszkodami, z czym mamy do czynienia w związku z inaczej ulokowanym środkiem ciężkości niż w przypadku gondoli.   Pięciopunktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa są wygodne tak samo dla dziecka, jak i dla rodzica (w zapinaniu i odpinaniu).   Pałąk i podnóżek Z uwagi na to, że – jak pisałam wyżej – gondola i siedzisko spacerowe zawieszone są na tym samym stelażu, pałąk pasuje zarówno do gondoli, jak i wersji spacerowej. W gondoli osobiście nie lubiłam z niego korzystać, gdyż utrudniał mi wkładanie i wyjmowanie z wózka Maluszka (oczywiście można go z jednej strony odpiąć i odgiąć, ale to dodatkowe czynności, których nie potrzebowałam). Natomiast od kiedy Maksiu bawi się zabawkami, coraz częściej przepraszam się z pałąkiem i w gondoli zawieszam na nim zabawki Synka.   Podnóżek niestety nie jest regulowany. Został wyścielony specjalnym materiałem, który łatwo się czyści.   Kolorystyka I tu wspaniała wiadomość: nie ma (chyba) dwóch takich samych Dubatti! Na pewno nie wpadniecie na koleżankę z takim samym wózkiem 😉 Śmieję się, że każdy może mieć swoje unikalne Dubatti, bo składamy ten wózek na zamówienie od postaw, wybierając:   – rodzaj zawieszenia: terenowe (All-terrain) lub miejskie (City line) – kolor stelaża – 3 kolory (biały, czarny, aluminiowy) – kolor skórzanego wykończenia – 3 kolory (czarny, ciemny brąz, koniak) – kolor tapicerki gondoli i siedziska spacerowego – 9 kolorów (złamana biel, szary, piaskowy, kamienny, navy, czarny, navy melanż, szary melanż, antracytowy melanż) – kolor budki – 10 kolorów (złamana biel, szary, piaskowy, kamienny, navy, czarny, navy melanż, szary melanż, antracytowy melanż, czerwony)   A to daje aż 13 122 kombinacje!   Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Aby złożyć wózek, należy zdemontować gondolę lub siedzisko spacerowe. Stelaż składamy, wciskając przycisk i pociągając za rączkę – to niezwykle szybkie rozwiązanie. Stelaż po złożeniu nie stoi samodzielnie. Po złożeniu gondola dobrze wpasowuje się w obrys stelaża i do naszego kombi wchodzi bez problemu, zajmując dokładnie pół powierzchni bagażowej. Natomiast w wersji spacerowej, która bazuje na tej same ramie co gondola, nieco przeszkadza mi to, że wózek wciąż jest dwuczęściowy i nie można złożyć go i wsadzić do bagażnika w jednym kawałku.   Co ciekawe, jeśli zdejmę koła, stelaż wózka zmieszczę nawet do mojego Mini Coopera. Wtedy nie zabieram już ze sobą gondoli, tylko za pomocą adapterów montuję na nim fotelik samochodowy (mam fotelik samochodowy z funkcją rozkładania na płasko, więc to bardzo praktyczne rozwiązanie). Oczywiście gondolę mogłabym umieścić na tylnym czy przednim siedzeniu, jednak rozwiązanie z fotelikiem w zupełności mi wystarcza na krótkie trasy po mieście.   Waga Wózek w wersji spacerowej terenowej waży 12 kg, a w wersji z gondolą – 12,5 kg. Wózek w wersji spacerowej miejskiej to 11 kg, a w wersji z gondolą – 11,5 kg. Z pewnością nie jest to wózek wagi piórkowej, pomimo cięższej wersji terenowej radzę z nim sobie dość dobrze, a codziennie niejednokrotnie wpakowuję go i wypakowuję z bagażnika. Dzięki specjalnemu uchwytowi do składania i przenoszenia stelaża, wygodnie się go nosi pomimo sporej wagi.     Akcesoria W komplecie jest folia przeciwdeszczowa, ale można dobrać szereg dodatkowych akcesoriów: śpiwór do wózka, parasolka, torba pielęgnacyjna, torba na zakupy – a to wszystko w kolorze dobranym do naszego wózka, albo kontrastowym, jeśli tak wybierzesz.   Możemy oczywiście dokupić także adaptery do fotelika samochodowego, dodatkowe kółka. Osobiście zdecydowałam się na torbę do wózka, adaptery do fotelika samochodowego, a dosłownie kilka dni temu także na duża torbę XL na zakupy. Torba do wózka szczególnie spodobała się mojemu mężowi i z przyjemnością sam ją nosi, gdy wybieramy się gdzieś akurat bez wózka – wygląda jak fajna, elegancka torba na akcesoria.   Ceny Dubatti to z pewnością wózek klasy premium, a ceny wózka i dodatków to: wózek w wersji 2w1: 4 301 zł / 4 527 zł (w zależności od wybranej kolorystyki) śpiwór do wózka: 449 zł parasol: 177 zł / 204 zł (w zależności od wybranego koloru) torba pielęgnacyjna: 494 zł / 521 zł (w zależności od wybranego koloru) miejskie/terenowe kółka do wózka: 793 zł torba na zakupy XL: 159 zł adaptery do wózka: 131 zł   Wózek Dubatti, jak również akcesoria do niego, możecie zakupić w sklepie Muppetshop. Podsumowanie Cena wózka w tym przypadku zdecydowanie idzie w parze z jakością – Dubatti One wykonane zostało z trwałych materiałów,  doskonale radzi sobie w terenie, a przy tym jest zwrotne. Jest bardzo funkcjonalne – świetnie sprawdza się zarówno w wersji z gondolą, jak i w wersji spacerowej. Producent daje możliwość dowolnego wybrania koloru wózka, a także zakupienia dodatkowych akcesoriów. Wysoka jakość wykonania i możliwość, by wózek dostosowywał się do rosnącego dziecka sprawia, że Dubatti One posłuży nie tylko jednemu Maluchowi.   A jak Tobie podoba się Dubatti One?   Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button] Bądź ze mną na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.  
- [Wakacje z dziećmi - Primavera Jastrzębia Góra #dzieciolubne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wakacje-dziecmi-primavera-jastrzebia-gora-dzieciolubne/): Pierwszą rzeczą, którą zrobiłam, gdy przyszedł do mnie nowy kalendarz na 2018 rok, było zaplanowanie rodzinnych wyjazdów z rodziną w ciągu całego roku. Jak wiecie z naszego Instagramu, wróciłam już do pracy, a zachowanie work-life balance to mój absolutny cel na 2018 rok. Zapraszam Was więc na relację z naszych pierwszych wakacji, przy okazji których będziemy sprawdzać, czy miejsca, które odwiedzamy są #dzieciolubne i nadają się na wypoczynek z małymi i absorbującymi maluchami. Na pierwszy wyjazd wybraliśmy się już w styczniu do Hotel Primavera w Jastrzębiej Górze. Czy okazał się dobrym miejscem na pobyt z maluchami, a nam udało się choć trochę wypocząć, czy jednak wróciliśmy jeszcze bardziej zmęczeni, niż pojechaliśmy?   Ze względu na to, że zaplanowaliśmy czterodniowy wyjazd, a Maksiu miał dopiero 5 miesięcy, zdecydowaliśmy się poszukać miejsca na wyjazd gdzieś w pobliżu, nad morzem. Warunek był jednak jeden – mimo zimy nie będziemy się nudzić! A co więcej, uda nam się nawet nieco odpocząć. Przy wyborze hotelu na rodzinny wyjazd kierowaliśmy się przede wszystkim udogodnieniami dla dzieci, dostępnymi atrakcjami oraz dostępnością potraw dla alergików.   Pierwsze wrażenie Nasz wybór padł na Hotel Primavera w Jastrzębiej Górze, który zaskoczył nas już od pierwszego momentu. Hotel jest w stu procentach przygotowany na potrzeby rodzin z małymi dziećmi, takimi jak nasi synowie. Nie musicie wozić ze sobą kołyski, maluszek nie musi też spać z wózku czy z Wami w dużym łóżku – możecie wypożyczyć drewniane lub turystyczne łóżeczko. Nie ma absolutnie żadnego problemu, jeśli potrzebujecie także wanienki do kąpieli, maty antypoślizgowej pod prysznic, podnóżka dla wygodniejszego korzystania z umywalki, nocniczka, nakładki na sedes, zabezpieczenia do kontaktów, czy nawet elektrycznej niani! To wszystko zapewni Wam obsługa hotelu.     Pokoje Rezerwacji pokoju dokonywaliśmy dosłownie na kilka dni przed wyjazdem, a pomimo tego, że nasz pobyt był w styczniu, wybór pokoi był już niewielki. Zdecydowaliśmy się więc na pokój typu Studio Premium, czyli w praktyce dwupokojowy apartament, wyposażony w łazienkę z prysznicem, dwa telewizory (osobny w każdej sypialni), taras z krzesłami ogrodowymi (idealny na lato), ręczniki, szlafroki dla dorosłych, dwie klimatyzacje (osobna na każdą sypialnię), czajnik bezprzewodowy z zestawem do parzenia kawy i herbaty oraz wodę butelkowaną. Czekało już na nas także, domówione przy rezerwacji pokoju, łóżeczko turystyczne z pościelą.     Pokoje te są dostępne w dwóch układach, natomiast gdy rezerwowaliśmy obiekt, dostępny był już tylko ten przechodni:   Studio, choć niewielkie, okazało się bardzo wygodne. Od razu wypakowaliśmy się do szafy i komody – komoda z szufladami była dla mnie ogromnym ułatwieniem w organizacji naszego pobytu i wszystkich dziecięcych ubranek i akcesoriów, niemal jak w domu mogłam wszystko poukładać tak, aby wyjazd z dwójką dzieci, z czego jedno ma 5 miesięcy, był jak najlepiej zorganizowany.     Dwie osobne sypialnie pozwoliły nam na gry i rozmowy z Mikołajem zarówno podczas Maksinkowych drzemek, jak i do naprawdę późnych godzin, bo Maksio-Budzi-Mnie-Wszystko mógł smacznie spać za szklanymi drzwiami.   Oryginalnie na nasze podwójne łóżko składały się dwa pojedyncze, ale wystarczył jeden telefon do recepcji, aby zjawiły się panie z obsługi i nakryły nasze łóżka w wersji łoża małżeńskiego, nakładając na oba dodatkowy materac – teraz mogliśmy spać bez obaw, że któreś z nas będzie wpadało w szparę między materacami, a także jeśli w nocy jednak wyląduje u nas któreś z dzieci, nie zsunie się pomiędzy dwa materace.   Sala restauracyjna Nie tylko pokoje, ale i sala restauracyjna wyposażona jest w mnóstwo udogodnień dla dzieci – krzesełka, zabawki, plastikowe naczynia i sztućce, słomki, śliniaczki. W restauracji znajduje się także kącik z zabawkami i kolorowankami, dzięki czemu po skończonym obiedzie mogliśmy z Wojtkiem na spokojnie wypić również kawę, podczas gdy Mikuś bawił się w pobliżu. Podsumowując: nie musicie zabierać ze sobą z domu torby pełnej zabawek. Chyba że Wasz Maluch ma jakąś zabawkę czy pluszaka, bez którego nie wyobraża sobie życia, to nie macie wyjścia.     Kuchnia Obaj nasi Synkowie mają alergię na białko mleka krowiego, a ponieważ Maksia karmię piersią, ja również muszę absolutnie unikać takich produktów. Miałam pewne obawy dotyczące jedzenia – wielokrotnie w restauracjach spotykam się z niezorientowaną w podawanych potrawach obsługą, o wszystko muszę dopytywać albo prosić o specjalne przygotowanie dla mnie potrawy, na co często nikt się nie chce zgodzić, więc czasami po prostu zamykam menu i szukam innego lokalu.   Hotel Primavera stanął na wysokości zadania. Śniadania, obiady i kolacje podawane są w formie bufetu szwedzkiego, na którym wszystkie potrawy, zresztą bardzo różnorodne, są dokładnie opisane. Jeśli w którejś było mleko, ta ważna dla nas informacja znajdowała się na karteczce obok jako „laktoza”. Gdy zapytałam obsługi o to, czy w cieście naleśnikowym jest mleko, kelner od razu zaproponował zrobienie przez kuchnię ciasta specjalnie dla nas, a także innych dań, np. jajecznicy, bez dodatku masła czy mleka. Codziennie więc na śniadanie czy kolację mogliśmy cieszyć się pysznymi naleśnikami całą rodziną, co dla Mikołaja jest ogromną frajdą, a nie wylanymi łzami, gdy wszystkie dzieci jedzą naleśniki, a on może sobie na nie tylko popatrzeć, jak to zdarza się na naszych wakacjach. Taki Maluch często choć rozumie, że nie może pewnych rzeczy zjeść, po prostu się smuci.     Atrakcje Mikuś każdego dnia z piskiem biegł do hotelowego Parku Wodnego, gdzie znajdują się nie tylko baseny i niski brodzik dla maluszków (i dla mnie – jest tam cudownie ciepła woda!), ale też zjeżdżalnie oraz siatki do wspinaczki. Zapomnieliśmy zabrać ze sobą dmuchańców na basen – piłek, kółek, pływaczków – ale okazało się, że wszystko można wypożyczyć na miejscu, co było dla nas miłą niespodzianką i sporym ułatwieniem.   Sala zabaw Starsze dzieci z pewnością chętnie skorzystają również z sali zabaw – w recepcji otrzymaliśmy szczegółowy harmonogram animacji na każdy dzień – kilka razy dziennie dzieci angażowane są w różnego rodzaju zabawy i warsztaty, wspólnie śpiewają, malują, bawią się i gotują. Oprócz tego znajduje się w niej wiele różnych zabawek i atrakcji, takich jak klocki w wersji XXL czy konstrukcja ze zjeżdżalnią prosto do basenu z kulkami.     Wewnętrzny plac zabaw Playland to raj dla dzieci: labirynty, zjeżdżalnie, instalacje, zabawki i oczywiście kulki! A to wszystko dostępne przez cały dzień w cenie pokoju. A do tego kącik z kanapami dla rodziców, gdzie można zamówić napoje i przekąski dla dzieci i dla siebie. Żyć, nie umierać!   Starsze dzieci, niezainteresowane już zabawą z animatorem czy zabawą w kulkach, zaciekawi salon gier oraz wystawa makiet poświęcona historii portu rybackiego i dawnym bitwom. Choć mi szalenie miło było przypomnieć sobie grę w pingponga!     Kręgielnia Przed samym wyjazdem wybraliśmy się również wspólnie do hotelowej kręgielni – przyznaję, poszliśmy tam z  myślą o sobie (dorosłych), a i tu spotkaliśmy się z udogodnieniami dla dzieci w postaci lekkich kul, osłon na boczne łuzy oraz specjalnej zjeżdżalni do kul w kształcie smoka, po którego wywiniętym ogonie kula sunęła wprost do celu. Mikołaj był przeszczęśliwy! A i nam udzieliła się nutka rywalizacji.   Co dla rodziców? Nie tylko Maluchy znajdą dla siebie zajęcie, nie zapomniano tu również o atrakcjach dla rodziców. Dla mnie póki co największą było wyjście do Lobby Baru na kawę i deser. Bar znów stanął na wysokości zadania i przygotował dla mnie coś pysznego, słodkiego, pożywnego i oczywiście bez mleka.     Oczywiście, jak w przypadku dzieci, fajną atrakcją jest Park Wodny z rwącą rzeką, hydromasażami, basenami i jacuzzi. Goście Hotelu maja również nielimitowany dostęp do Strefy Saun, gdzie znajdują się sauna sucha, parowa, infrared, balia z zimną wodą i Strefa Relaksu. Wojtkowi spodobała nam się także możliwość gry w water polo i water basket. Hotel Primavera posiada SPA z cudownymi masażami! Zabiegi są bardzo różnorodne, dobrane do naszych potrzeb – również takie bezpieczne dla przyszłych mam! Masaże, zabiegi pielęgnacyjne, usługi kosmetyczne, manicure i pedicure… I kobieta, i mężczyzna (tak! mają tu zabieg piwny na ciało!) znajdą coś dla siebie. W ofercie jest nawet masaż czekoladowy lub owocowy dla dzieci, więc tu także możecie spędzić czas wspólnie!   Dla osób, które nie wyobrażają sobie wyjazdu bez odrobiny ruchu, idealnym wyborem będą zajęcia fitness – zumba, TBC lub aqua fitness, albo wyjście na siłownię czy nordic walking.   Jeśli macie starsze dzieci lub przyjechaliście grupą i zajmujecie się nimi na zmianę, bardzo fajną opcją na wieczór jest muzyka na żywo w kawiarni czy Lobby Barze, a także dyskoteka w Night Clubie z muzyką latynoską lub radiowymi przebojami.   Przez cały pobyt dopatrzyłam się w hotelu dwóch minusów. Pierwszy to łącznik pomiędzy dwoma hotelowymi budynkami – idąc nim z naszego pokoju na basen w środku zimy, było nam w nim zdecydowanie zbyt chłodno. Na szczęście odkryliśmy to przed pierwszym wieczornym wyjściem na basen i pod szlafroki założyliśmy spodnie i bluzki z długim rękawem. Drugi to schody – zarówno do łącznika, jak i do kręgielni, nie można dostać się windą, więc musieliśmy nosić wózek – w łączniku na schodach zostały zamontowane specjalne podjazdy, ale są dość strome. Latem zwyczajnie poszłabym z wózkiem na zewnątrz budynku i ominęła łącznik.   Gdy ma się małe dzieci, wiadomo: trzeba mieć oczy dookoła głowy. Nie zawsze jednak możemy być zawsze i wszędzie i może zdarzyć się jakaś niemiła niespodzianka. Hotel gotowy jest na taką ewentualność – dajcie znać obsłudze, a umówią Was na konsultację z pediatrą, wskażą najbliższy szpital, przychodnię czy całodobową aptekę. My na szczęście nie musieliśmy z tego korzystać.   Chyba nie wyobrażam sobie, jak fantastycznym miejscem na letnie wakacje musi być Primavera – dochodzi wtedy piękna i ciepła pogoda, a wraz z nią możliwość korzystania z zewnętrznego basenu czy placu zabaw znajdującego się przy hotelu (tym razem było na to za zimno) – Mikołaj ochoczo powspinałby się po drabinkach, o ile w końcu zechciałby wyjść z wody. Na zewnątrz znajduje się więcej atrakcji, takich jak zakątek zwierzątek, gdzie w zależności od sezonu spotkać można różnego rodzaju zwierzęta. Na pewno sami wiecie, jak wielką atrakcją dla małych dzieci, zwłaszcza mieszkających w mieście, jest zobaczenie nie na obrazku, ale w rzeczywistości, na przykład owieczki czy kury. Po prostu chcielibyśmy tam wrócić, zarówno zimą, jak i latem, i z pewnością to zrobimy. Pewnie zastanawiacie się jak zdaje egzamin hotel w pełni sezonu w pełnym obłożeniu – wszystkie zdjęcia wykonaliśmy właśnie wtedy, gdy hotel był zajęty w 100%! Po prostu atrakcji jest tak wiele, że pomimo tego, że mieszkańcy hotelu nie siedzą na plaży (gdy nie ma pogody) tylko głównie w hotelu, udaje im się rozproszyć tak bardzo, że w ogóle się tego nie odczuwa. Nie ma mowy o czekaniu na wolny stolik czy prysznic na basenie.     Jesteśmy bardzo zadowoleni z naszych krótkich wakacji. Jeśli macie małe dzieci i marzy Wam się wyjazd, na którym nie będziecie gotować, sprzątać, zmywać, ganiać za dziećmi i wychodzić z siebie, wymyślając coraz to nowe atrakcje, ani jechać spakowani niczym wielbłądy po pustyni, to idealne miejsce dla Was.   Nasz przepis na wypoczynek? Co rano wstajemy i idziemy na śniadanie (zero zakupów, gotowania i zmywania). Jeśli nie zdążyliśmy pościelić łóżek (o zgrozo, zdarza nam się i to nie tylko na wakacjach), po śniadaniu często czeka już na nas uprzątnięty pokój, a my idziemy na salę zabaw i animacji. Wybawieni udajemy się na mały spacer i wracamy do hotelu na obiad. Po obiedzie idziemy do wewnętrznego placu zabaw i gdy dzieci szaleją na zjeżdżalniach i konstrukcjach w basenie z kulkami, my popijamy (ciepłą!) kawę i rozmawiamy jak za dawnych czasów, czasami i godzinami! Po zabawie biegamy po korytarzach, gramy w gry i śmiejemy się do rozpuku. Idziemy na kolację, po której ścigamy się na basen, gdzie zostajemy, ile tylko starcza nam sił. Zmęczeni, ale zadowoleni, wracamy do pokoju, gdzie wygłupiamy się, oglądamy dobranockę i zasypiamy wszyscy razem w wielkim łóżku. Tak naprawdę to dzieci zasypiają, bo nam szkoda czasu na spanie, mamy sobie tyle do opowiedzenia, przecież na co dzień nie ma na to czasu!     Czy da się wypocząć? Bez gotowania, prania, sprzątania, zakupów, zmywania, mając wszystko tak podane na tacy? Nawet z dwójką dzieci nie uda Wam się tu zanadto zmęczyć. Mimo że właśnie rozpocznie Wam się sezon na ząbkowanie, a starsze Dziecko z nadmiaru emocji nie zaśnie Wam do północy 🙂 To jest doskonałe miejsce z atrakcjami dla dzieci nad morzem – niezależnie od pory roku. Każdy nasz dzień wypełniony był różnorodnymi zabawami dla nas wszystkich, widać, że w urządzaniu Hotelu rodzice z dziećmi musieli brać aktywny udział, gdyż często zanim zdążyłam nawet pomyśleć o jakimś udogodnieniu, ono już tam było. Mam poczucie, że 4 dni to za mało, aby tym wszystkim w ogóle zdążyć się nacieszyć czy nawet ze wszystkiego skorzystać.   Wszystkie zdjęcia powstały podczas naszego pobytu w Hotelu Primavera Jastrzębia Góra     Jeśli post Ci się podobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz: [fb_button]   Bądź z nami na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana – dołącz do nas na Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jak się nie ubierać?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-nie-ubierac/): Przygotowałam spis podstawowych błędów, które były przyczyną tego, że nie zawsze dobrze kompletowałam ubrania na dany dzień. Sprawdź, czy Ty też je popełniasz, bo wyeliminować je jest niezwykle łatwo, a efekt będzie widoczny od razu.   1. Wybieranie ubrań rano po ciemku, aby nie obudzić Dziecka Wybieranie stroju dnia w takich warunkach sprawiało, że zwykle wybierałam byle co, byle szybko, aby tylko nie obudzić Dziecka. Sprawie nie pomagało posiadanie jedynego lustra w sypialni, w której Dziecko spało. Często dopiero w ciągu dnia gdy spojrzałam w odbicie w szybie moim oczom ukazywała się bluzka kończąca się w najszerszym miejscu sylwetki, podkreślająca to, co powinna ukryć. Oczywiście taki błąd nie byłby możliwy, gdybym wcześniej wzięła się za porządki w szafie albo wiedziała, że tę bluzkę należy wsadzić w spodnie.   Rada: od dziś kompletuj ubrania co wieczór, koniecznie przed lustrem, chyba że zakładasz sprawdzony zestaw.     2. Zakładanie niedopasowanych ubrań Gdy w windzie w pracy zauważałam rozpięty guzik bluzki była wściekła, że znów ją założyłam. Gdy w ciągu dnia moje buty znów mnie obcierały żałowałam, że nie zrobiłam z nimi porządku. Zdarza Ci się kolejny raz ubrać coś, czego nie lubisz?   Rada: Za każdym razem, gdy wracasz do domu w rzeczy, która w ciągu dnia wprawiała Cię w zakłopotanie, była niewygodna czy po prostu sprawiała, że nie czułaś się w niej komfortowo, nie wkładaj jej z powrotem do szafy, tylko zastanów się, co możesz z nią zrobić i zdecyduj, czy ją przerobisz, czy oddasz potrzebującym (oczywiście po praniu).     3. Nieodpowiednia bielizna Idealnie dopasowana bielizna zazwyczaj nie jest rzeczą na lata. Plus minus dwa-trzy kilo i bez odpowiedniej regulacji bielizna nagle przestaje spełniać dobrze swoją funkcję. Jeśli masz za sobą ciążę, odchudzanie czy kilka kilogramów na plusie koniecznie przyjrzyj się, czy Twoja bielizna dalej jest dobrze dopasowana. Jeśli zawsze kupowałaś wysokiej jakości ubrania, pozbycie się drogich przedmiotów z szuflady będzie bolesne, ale bardzo pożądane, gdyż nic tak jak niedopasowana bielizna nie zniekształca sylwetki i nie psuje efektu nawet idealnie dobranego stroju.   Rada: Odłóż na bok sentymenty i idź na zakupy. Na początek idealnie dopasowana cielista, gładka bielizna załatwi sprawę, w drugiej kolejności czarna. Biała, choć często najbardziej popularna, niestety nie nadaje się nawet pod białe rzeczy, gdyż najbardziej prześwituje.   4. Tanie buty Już ze dwa czy trzy lata temu pozbyłam się kolekcji baletek we wszystkich kolorach tęczy, które kupiłam za mniej niż 40 złotych każde. A właściwie pomogła mi w tym moja Mama, wyrzucając mi bez kurtuazji pierwszą parę, mówiąc – zobacz, jak one Cię uwierają!   W tym roku sama pozbędę się wszystkich tenisówek i butów sportowych wątpliwej jakości. W tym tych ślicznych białych tenisówek, z których po 3 miesiącach zaczął wyciekać żółty klej i popsuł cały efekt, marnując tym samym 100 zł, które na nie wydałam. I tych sportowych butów, które kupiłam na spacery, ale po pół roku popękały i automatycznie przestałam je nosić.   Rada: Kupuj tylko buty dobrej jakości, zdecydowanie postaw na jakość, a nie na ilość, gdyż to one są bardzo często Twoją wizytówką. Na lato zamiast feerii barw w baletkach postaw na jedne cieliste, które będą pasowały do wszystkiego i posłużą Ci na lata. Gdy nikt nie zauważy, że Twoja bluzka kosztowała 20 zł, to tanie buty szybko pokażą swoje wady i będą wyglądały niedbale. Połamane cholewki i popękany materiał nie zrobią dobrego wrażenia. Sama wpisuję na listę wiosennych zakupów ponadczasowe białe markowe tenisówki.     5. Kompletowanie stroju od ubrań, a nie od butów To moje najnowsze odkrycie – na poradę, aby strój na każdy dzień kompletować od butów, natknęłam się w Elementarzu Stylu (moja recenzja tutaj) i pomyślałam: EUREKA! Buty trzymam w przedpokoju, a ubrania na piętrze. Wybierając najpierw ubrania na dany dzień i nie myśląc o butach, często dopiero w przedpokoju okazywało się, że do mojego stroju pasują tylko buty na obcasie, podczas gdy ja miałam przed sobą cały dzień biegania i załatwiania spraw na mieście. Miałam więc dwa wyjścia: wrócić i się przebrać lub męczyć się przez cały dzień.   Rada: od dziś kompletuj stroje pod buty, które będą odpowiednie na dany dzień – codziennie rano zastanów się, jakie buty będą najlepszym wyborem i dobierz do nich odpowiedni strój.   Jestem ciekawa, czy znalazłyście na tej liście coś swojego? Jeśli macie jakieś swoje „złote rady” dotyczące kompletowania stroju koniecznie napiszcie o nich w komentarzach!   PS Jeśli podoba Ci się u mnie – bądź na bieżąco i koniecznie zaobserwuj mnie na Facebook’u oraz Instagramie
- [Kryzys laktacyjny](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kryzys-laktacyjny/): Kryzys laktacyjny może dotknąć nas na każdym etapie karmienia piersią. Czy wiesz, że według danych Głównego Urzędu Statystycznego w Polce 99,4% kobiet po porodzie rozpoczyna karmienie piersią, ale po 6 tygodniach karmi już tylko połowa?   Dlatego każdy jeden dzień karmienia piersią to nasze ogromne zwycięstwo. Większość z nas w końcu poddaje się w walce o karmienie przede wszystkim dlatego, że nie ma dostępu do odpowiedniej wiedzy, do wsparcia, do pomocy czy po prostu ciepłego słowa, a wręcz musi walczyć z bliskimi osobami, które młodej, niepewnej siebie w nowej roli mamie powtarzają, że ma „słabe mleko”, że „dziecko jest głodne” i „traktuje Cię jak smoczek” (swoją drogą, warto odpowiedzieć sobie na pytanie, co było pierwsze: pierś czy smoczek? A może po prostu Dziecko traktuje smoczek jak Ciebie?).   O kryzysie laktacyjnym jako rozpoczęciu drogi mlecznej słyszałam od zawsze i byłam na niego przygotowana. Natomiast brak pokarmu po kilku tygodniach karmienia zupełnie mnie zaskoczył.    Czym jest kryzys laktacyjny? Zazwyczaj o kryzysie laktacyjnym mówimy wtedy, gdy jako mamy czujemy, że nie jesteśmy w stanie w pełni zaspokoić potrzeb na mleko u naszego dziecka. Z kryzysem laktacyjnym możemy spotkać się zarówno na samym początku naszej drogi mlecznej (spotkałam się z tym za każdym razem po porodzie), a także później.   Kryzys laktacyjny po raz pierwszy W zasadzie można powiedzieć, że nasza mleczna droga od kryzysu się zaczęła. Trzy i pół roku temu Mikołaj przyszedł na świat  przez cesarskie cięcie, nieco przed czasem, a razem z nim przyszło tylko kilka kropel pokarmu. Nie miałam wtedy w szpitalu odpowiedniego wsparcia, także od personelu. Na szczęście miałam doświadczoną w temacie Siostrę, która przekonywała mnie, że podobno tylko 5% kobiet na świecie nie udaje się rozkręcić laktacji (o ile bardzo próbują) i ja na pewno do nich nie należę, więc jeśli tylko odpowiednio się postaram, to będę karmić.   Wspomniane wsparcie od szpitala polegało na… podawaniu Dziecku mleka modyfikowanego . Równolegle jednak walczyłam o każdą kroplę pokarmu. Bardzo żałowałam, że nie wzięłam ze sobą do szpitala ani laktatora, ani żadnego napoju wspierającego laktację. Oczywiście – te wszystkie rzeczy można było dowieźć mi później, ale ja traciłam w tym czasie cenne siły i czas, w którym mogłam już wspierać produkcję mleka, a nie bezczynnie czekać, co pogłębiało moją frustrację.   Szczęśliwie otrzymałam od Wojtka laktator, a od Siostry instrukcję działania, czyli pompować najrzadziej co 3 godziny metodą 7-5-3, która to polegała na:   przystawieniu Maluszka do piersi na maksymalnie długi czas, a następnie na przystawieniu do prawej piersi laktatora na 7 minut i pompowaniu przystawieniu do lewej piersi laktatorana 7 minut i pompowaniu przystawieniu do prawej piersi laktatora na 5 minut i pompowaniu przystawieniu do lewej piersi laktatora na 5 minut i pompowaniu przystawieniu do prawej piersi laktatora na 3 minuty i pompowaniu przystawieniu do lewej piersi laktatora na 3 minuty i pompowaniu powtórzeniu wszystkiego po 3 godzinach, które liczymy od rozpoczęcia serii pompowania, a więc po niecałych 2 i pół godziny.   Wiesz, co załamywało mnie najbardziej? To, że z tego pompowania nie wynikało nic oprócz mojej frustracji i wycieńczenia, bo poza opieką nad noworodkiem miałam wrażenie, że cały pozostały czas tylko pompuję, a co najgorsze, w laktatorze nie pojawia się ani jedna kropla mleka. Natomiast jest to jak najbardziej w porządku – laktator pełni tutaj funkcję stymulującą piersi do produkcji mleka.   Dopiero na drugi dzień pompowania zaczęły pojawiać się pierwsze krople pokarmu i było to dosłownie tylko kilka kropelek, których nawet nie udało się z butelki wydobyć, aby podać Maluszkowi. Gdyby nie wsparcie najbliższej mi Siostry i jej wiara we mnie, nie wiem, czy miałabym siłę tak walczyć. Niespodziewanie jednak w 3 dniu pojawił się w końcu upragniony pokarm – zauważyłam, że nagle Maluszek podczas przystawiania zaczął połykać! Pojawił się pokarm, którego, gdybym tylko pracowała z laktatorem, mogłaby nie zauważyć, gdyż początkowo – o dziwo – nie udawał się odciągnąć laktatorem, ale Maluszek radził sobie z tym zadaniem wyśmienicie.   Kryzys laktacyjny po porodzie po raz drugi Idąc do porodu po raz drugi, byłam o wiele lepiej przygotowana. Wiedziałam już na przykład, ile mililitrów pokarmu dziecko potrzebuje w pierwszych dobach po urodzeniu, oraz że dokarmianie sztucznym mlekiem w pierwszej dobie jest niewskazane (potwierdził to neonatolog na oddziale, gdy położna nalegała na dokarmianie 18 godzin po narodzinach). Nie ulegałam już tak namowom na dokarmianie Dziecka, na co pozwalała mi moja wiara w siebie, która – jestem pewna – wzrasta z każdym kolejnym dzieckiem. Zabrałam ze sobą laktator i pompowałam w każdej wolnej chwili, aby pomóc sobie w produkcji mleka po kolejnym cesarskim cięciu.   Nawał pokarmu Gdy kilka dni po porodzie występował u mnie nawał pokarmu, za każdym razem czułam się niezwykle spokojna o naszą mleczną przyszłość. Zaskoczeniem było dla mnie to, że jakieś 3 tygodnie później piersi przestały przepełniać się mlekiem i jakby „produkować go na zapas”.  Mój organizm nauczył się odpowiadać szybciej na potrzeby mleczne Dziecka i nie musiał już magazynować takich ilości mleka, potrafiąc produkować je niemal w locie. Gdy laktacja się ustabilizuje, nasze piersi znów mogą być miękkie, a nawet wydawać się puste i wcale nie oznacza to, że pokarmu mamy zbyt mało, ani tym bardziej, że pokarm nam zanika.   Kryzys laktacyjny po raz drugi Pierwszy po tym okołoporodowy kryzys laktacyjny dotknął mnie, gdy Maks miał jakieś niecałe 3 miesiące. Coraz więcej czasu spędzał tylko na piersi, a karmienie kończyło się jego zdenerwowaniem i płaczem. Odstępy pomiędzy karmieniami skracały się z 2 godzin do czasami kilkunastu minut, a po karmieniu Maks nie zasypiał spokojnie. Co więcej, karmienia coraz częściej kończyły się  jego ogromną frustracją.   Nietrudno było mi więc zauważyć, że mleka mam za mało. Co więcej, ta sytuacja zaczęła się powtarzać, szczególnie występowała w sytuacjach stresowych lub po chwilach rozłąki z Dzieckiem, gdy na przykład zostawiałam je na kilka godzin z Babcią, a sama musiałam załatwić jakieś sprawy lub… po całym dniu zdałam sobie sprawę, że pochłonięta obowiązkami niewiele zjadłam, a przede wszystkim niemal nic nie wypiłam.   Moje sposoby na kryzys laktacyjny   1. Czas tylko dla Dziecka Gdy nadchodzi kryzys laktacyjny staram się wygospodarować 24-48 godzin niemal tylko dla Maksia. Staram się wieść miłe, domowe życie. Wszystkie obowiązki odkładam na bok i staram się nie spuszczać Malucha z oka. Odpowiadam w mig na każdą jego potrzebę karmienia. Przytulam go, ile tylko mogę, noszę w chuście, pozwalam mu spać na rękach, aby jak najdłużej utrzymywać kontakt ciało do ciała, czy nawet skóra do skóry.   Zamiast gotować, potrafię zamawiać jedzenie, a jeśli tylko jest taka możliwość, zastępuje mnie we wszystkich moich obowiązkach Wojtek.   2. Relaks Maksymalnie staram się w czasie kryzysu odprężyć. Nie myśleć o niczym, tylko o dzieciach. Całymi dniami bawić się, tulić i być ze sobą.   3. Karmienie = szklanka wody Już wielokrotnie zauważyłam, że gdy pochłania mnie jakieś zajęcie, zapominam o przyjmowaniu odpowiedniej ilości płynów, a to jeden z pierwszych kroków do zmniejszenia podaży pokarmu. U mnie idzie to jeszcze w parze z bardzo intensywnym i specyficznym bólem głowy. Dlatego zawsze, a szczególnie w kryzysie, staram się trzymać zasady, że podczas każdego karmienia muszę wypić przynajmniej szklankę wody.   4. Wsparcie laktatora W czasie kryzysu, czasami kończę karmienie starą, dobrą metodą pompowania 7-5-3, choć zwykle w skróconej wersji 5-3-2 – tą samą, którą stosowałam w szpitalu po porodzie. Staram się nie dokarmiać Maksia… dopóki nam obojgu starcza sił. Przyznaję, że w sytuacji bardzo kryzysowej zdarzyło mi się dokarmić Maksa moim odciągniętym wcześniej mlekiem, a także mieszanką, ale zawsze, ale to zawsze połączyłam dokarmienie z metodą 7-5-3. Staram się nie dopuszczać do sytuacji, w której w czasie kryzysu sztucznie zwiększam podaż mleka do Dziecka, nie stymulując jednocześnie piersi do zwiększenia produkcji mleka – wysyłam informację, że: Halo! Mamy za mało mleka! Zwiększamy produkcję! Jest to szczególnie ważne przez pierwszych 6 miesięcy życia Dziecka, a bezwzględnie ważne przez pierwszych 6 tygodni, gdy cała laktacja nam się kształtuje.   5. Słód jęczmienny Oprócz picia wody, sięgam także po dodatkowe wsparcie, często nie czekając na kryzys, tylko gdy już czuję, że mam „słabszy” dzień, a Maks je częściej i krócej niż zwykle. Sięgam wtedy po szklankę ciepłego mleka (osobiście wybieram ryżowe lub owsiane z uwagi na alergię Maksia na białko mleka krowiego) z suplementem zawierającym słód jęczmienny. W czasie kryzysu codziennie rano wypijam jedną porcję, a wieczorem drugą.   Do niedawna produkty do wspierania laktacji kojarzyły mi się tylko z herbatkami ziołowymi, więc przyznaję, że słód jęczmienny nieco mnie zaskoczył. Znalazłam więc wyniki badań:   Przebadano 128 zdrowych matek, które cierpiały na rzeczywisty niedobór pokarmu. Każda z nich oprócz porady otrzymała zalecenie suplementacji produktem ze słodem jęczmiennym 2x dziennie. Po 14 dniach u 93% kobiet uzyskano poprawę laktacji, na którą składało się: wydłużenie czasu miarowego połykania u 91% dzieci, wzrost ilości odciąganego pokarmu o 240%, podaż mieszanki mlekozastępczej zredukowano ponad dwukrotnie.   Wniosek z tego badania może być tylko jeden: podaż słodu jęczmiennego wspomaga walkę z problemem z niewystarczającą ilością pokarmu. [źródło: dr n. med. M. Nehring-Gugulska, dr n. przyr. M. Kucia, dr n. med. E. Wietrak, Stymulacja laktacji z wykorzystaniem słodu jęczmiennego a parametry wzrostowe dziecka w przypadku kryzysu laktacyjnego]   Na rynku jest dostępnych kilka produktów zawierających słód jęczmienny, natomiast ja po analizie ich składów wybrałam Prolaktan od Prenalenu. Prócz ekstraktu z prażonego jęczmienia i żyta (które zgodnie z wynikami badań zwiększają ilość pokarmu), zawiera rutwicę lekarską (działa mlekopędnie) i pokrzywę (oczyszcza, wzmacnia i dostarcza wiele witamin i minerałów), ale zawiera również tryptofan w postaci ekstraktu z pestek dyni oraz witaminę D, B1, B6, B12, niacynę i biotynę, które zapewniają 100% dziennego zapotrzebowania już w 1 saszetce.   Tryptofan to niezbędny do prawidłowego funkcjonowania organizmu aminokwas, który ponieważ nie może być syntezowany w organizmie, powinien być dostarczany z pożywieniem. Dlaczego jest tak ważny? Ponieważ jest prekursorem serotoniny (neuroprzekaźnika regulującego m.in. nastrój i pracę naszego układu pokarmowego, sercowo-naczyniowego i moczowego), z kolei pochodną serotoniny jest melatonina. Melatonina, jak wiemy, podnosi odporność i wpływa na regulację snu, co w znacznym stopniu przyczynia się do właściwej laktacji. Nieprawidłowe żywienie i stres mogą doprowadzić do niedoborów tryptofanu, co może spowodować zaburzenia nastroju, a nawet depresję.   Najwięcej tego ważnego aminokwasu znajduje się właśnie w pestkach dyni, słonecznika, nasionach sezamu, siemienia lnianego, orzechów, płatków owsianych, kakao i brokułach. Jest on łatwo wchłaniany z przewodu pokarmowego.   Prolaktan ma lekko bananowy smak, miesza się go z jogurtem lub mlekiem (także roślinnym). Dla mnie to nie tylko wsparcie laktacji, ale także cenne wsparcie dla mojej diety jako matki karmiącej.   Główne przyczyny kryzysu laktacyjnego Aby nie doprowadzać do kryzysu, warto poznać jego główne przyczyny, a są to:   zbyt rzadkie lub zbyt krótkie przystawianie dziecka do piersi – u naszych dzieci zapotrzebowanie na pokarm mamy naturalnie wzrasta, tak jak ich wiek, waga i stopień aktywności, a dzieci naturalnie sygnalizują to częstszym i dłuższym ssaniem piersi, a więc tak zwane „wiszenie na piersi” to nic innego jak zapobieganie kryzysowi laktacyjnemu; pamietaj, że wiele dzieci karmionych piersią wymaga bardzo częstych karmień po południu i wieczorem, co wcale nie musi oznaczać, że pokarmu jest za mało, dokarmianie i pojenie dziecka – dziecko karmione piersią nie wymaga picia wody ani herbatki, gdyby tak było, z jednej piersi leciałoby nam mleko, a z drugiej herbatka – natura wie najlepiej, co jest nam potrzebne; skład Twojego mleka zmienia się z godziny na godzinę, dlatego też czasami z Twojej piersi płynie mleko o konsystencji zbliżonej do wody – dziecku też chce się pić, błędne wrażenie, że sztucznym mlekiem dziecko się najada (często dłużej śpi, rzadziej je), więc Twoje mleko jest zapewne zbyt mało odżywcze i kaloryczne – prawda jest natomiast zupełnie inna – po prostu Twój pokarm jest naturalny i zdrowszy, przez co jest trawiony łatwiej i szybciej niż sztuczna mieszanka, nieefektywne ssanie, złe przystawianie się dziecka do piersi, niepokój i stres, które blokują odruchu samoistnego wypływu pokarmu, stosowanie osłonek do karmienia. [źródło: Żukowska-Rubik M. Karmienie piersią: technika, zasady i najczęstsze błędy. Standardy Medyczne. Pediatria 2010;7:655-664]   A jakie Ty masz doświadczenia z kryzysem laktacyjnym? A może właśnie szukasz wsparcia? Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Cybex Priam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cybex-priam/): Cybex Priam to podobno dziecięcy wózek idealny, wózek, w którym gwiazdy wożą swoje pociechy. By wyrobić sobie własne zdanie, postanowiliśmy przetestować – dla siebie i dla Was –  czy rzeczywiście jest tak dobry, jak o nim mówią.   Cybex Priam – test wózka   Cybex Priam to wózek do niedawna trudny do zdobycia – teraz można go już znaleźć w sieci. Decydując się na Cybex Priam, do stelaża dobieramy, zależnie od naszych wymagań: gondolę, siedzisko spacerowe LUX, które rozkłada się na płasko, lub siedzisko Light (2w1) – kubełkowe siedzisko spacerowe z gondolą, fotelik samochodowy oraz koła. My testowaliśmy Cybex Priam z siedziskiem Lux oraz gondolą i kołami trekkingowymi, w limitowanej wersji Birds of Paradise.   Stelaż i koła Jeśli chodzi o stelaż i koła, mogę z pełnym przekonaniem stwierdzić, że jest to wózek, który prowadzi się najlepiej ze wszystkich wózków, jakie kiedykolwiek miałam okazję testować. Prowadzi się go bardzo lekko, wręcz sam sunie po chodniku, jakby płynął.   Aluminiowy stelaż występuje z trzema rodzajami kół: lekkimi – na równe nawierzchnie, takie jak ulice czy chodniki, trekkingowymi – rozwiązanie na różne drogi oraz all terrain – odpowiednie nawet na wyboiste drogi, np. w góry.   My zdecydowaliśmy się na przetestowanie wersji trekkingowej, żeby sprawdzić wózek na różnego rodzaju nawierzchniach.   Przednie koła można zablokować do jazdy na wprost, a wszystkie koła można zdemontować, czy to do czyszczenia, czy łatwiejszego transportu.   Istnieje również możliwość złożenia wózka w tryb dwukołowy bez zdejmowania siedzenia, by ciągnąć go na dwóch kołach po trudnej nawierzchni, na przykład plaży czy schodach.       Amortyzacja Koła mają naprawdę solidną amortyzację. Widać, jak amortyzatorki przy kołach wybierają każdy najmniejszy wertep i dołek, by wózek płynnie poruszał się po nawierzchni – jakakolwiek by ona nie była. Prowadzi się go naprawdę rewelacyjnie! Moje pierwsze wrażenie po popchnięciu tego wózka to: „On sam jedzie!” 🙂     Rączka Teleskopowa, wysuwana na różną wysokość – najniższa pozycja to 99 cm, a najwyższa – 110 cm. Jest to więc wózek dziecięcy odpowiedni do prowadzenia zarówno dla niższych, jak i wyższych osób.       Smycz asekuracyjna Rozwiązanie zaczerpnięte z wózków biegowych, zapewnia dodatkowe bezpieczeństwo na przykład podczas biegania z wózkiem czy schodzenia z bardzo wysokiej góry. (Choć nie jest to wózek dziecięcy do biegania, osobiście nie widzę przeciwwskazań do biegania z nim po odpowiednich ścieżkach – w końcu on niemal sam się toczy).     Kosz na zakupy Bardzo pojemy i łatwo dostępny – zabudowany i zamykany na magnesowe zapięcie, dzięki czemu to co mamy w środku ani nie wypadnie, ani nie ubrudzi się kurzem czy błotem z drogi czy ulicy. Maksymalne obciążenie kosza to 5 kg.     Hamulec Mój ulubiony – zaciągany i zwalniany za pomocą naciśnięcia nogą – dzięki czemu nie straszny nam ani gdy mamy na stopach sandałki, ani czyste jesienne obuwie, gdyż nie trzeba go nigdy stopą podciągać do góry, co w bosych nogach graniczy z cudem, a w zimowych zwyczajnie je brudzi od błota i kurzu, które osiadają na zawieszeniu i hamulcu.     Budka Budka w Cybexie Priam to chyba jedna z rzeczy, która najbardziej mnie zachwyciła – jest przeogromna, w wersji XXL! Sama w sobie jest głęboka, ale istnieje możliwość dodatkowego jej rozłożenia – ujawniając okienko peek-a-boo. Doskonale chroni przed słońcem (UVP50+) i wiatrem.     Gondola Majstersztyk! Bardzo głęboka i zabudowana – jest to rozwiązanie idealne zwłaszcza dla osób mieszkających nad morzem, takich jak my. Nigdy na rynku nie widziałam tak zabudowanej gondoli wózka – osłonka sięga wysoko i jest zapinana na zatrzaski, co w połączeniu z bardzo dużą budką sprawia, że dziecko jest całkowicie zasłonięte, naprawdę ledwie je widać! Dziecko jest super zabezpieczone przed deszczem czy wiatrem. Folia przeciwdeszczowa jest chyba całkowicie zbędna przy takim wózku jak Cybex Priam.   Co więcej gondola ma długość aż 90 cm! Nigdy nie spotkałam się z tak dużą gondolą (przykładowo w Dubatti wynosi 74 cm, w Bugaboo Cameleon 76 cm, Mutsy Evo 75 cm). Po prostu nie ma szans ani obaw, aby dziecko wyrosło z gondoli i będziecie zmuszeni przenieść je do spacerówki gdy jeszcze nie będzie na to gotowe. Posiada także pałąk, który umożliwia wygodne jej noszenie także z Maluszkiem w środku.   Materacyk w gondoli jest gruby i komfortowy – wykonany z pianki Memory Foam.     Siedzisko spacerowe Siedzisko w wersji Lux w Cybexie Priam jest obracane – dziecko może jechać zarówno przodem, jak i tyłem.   Ma wysokie oparcie, nasz trzyletni synek z łatwością mógł się do niego zmieścić. W mojej ocenie jest ono jedynie trochę zbyt płytkie, osobiście preferuję bardziej przytulne siedziska, które wydają mi się lepiej chronić przed różnymi warunkami atmosferycznymi. Natomiast zimą i tak montuję do spacerówek śpiworki, które tę wadę eliminują.   Siedzisko można rozłożyć do pozycji leżącej – bardzo duży plus! Uwielbiam takie spacerówki. Siedzisko jest także na tyle wysoko, że może posłużyć jako krzesełko w restauracji (pasuje do wysokości stołu – 80 cm).   Ponadto siedzisko wyposażone jest oczywiście w pięciopunktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa.     Pałąk Zarówno do gondoli jak i spacerówki. Pokryty ekoskórą, zdejmowany, odpinany z jednej strony, można go również po odpięciu z jednej strony obrócić w bok, dzięki czemu nie opada, co jest bardzo wygodne! Do pałąka można oczywiście przymocować zabawki.     Podnóżek Regulowany jest w trzech pozycjach – jest to bardzo przydatne, ponieważ dzięki temu wózek dziecięcy posłuży dziecku dłużej, a podnóżek jest zawsze dopasowany do wieku dziecka, stanowiąc odpowiednie wsparcie dla jego rozwoju i wieku. Materiałowy – dla niektórych może wydawać się to minusem, ale materiał jest nieprzemakalny, więc wystarczy go przetrzeć.     Kolorystyka Cybex Priam można zakupić w różnych wariantach – my mieliśmy model z limitowanej kolekcji ze wzorem Birds of Paradise – z motywem monstery i pięknymi ptakami mocowanymi na magnesy, co stwarzało efekt trójwymiarowości. Standardowe kolory są pięknie stonowane, takie jak lubię najbardziej:       Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Stelaż możemy z łatwością złożyć jedną ręką do pozycji wolnostojącej – jest to bardzo wygodna forma, dzięki której wózek nam się nie brudzi, możemy go zawsze postawić przy samochodzie czy w autobusie i łatwo rozłożyć. Do złożenia wykonujemy tak naprawdę tylko dwa ruchy! Wciskamy oba guziki, znajdujące sie na szczycie rączki i po pierwsze całkowicie wsuwamy rączkę w ramę (aż do kliknięcia), a następnie napieramy lekko nogą na tylną oś i składa nam się dolna część stelaża. Gotowe!   Wózek w wersji spacerowej możemy złożyć razem z siedziskiem – uwielbiam to rozwiązanie! Przed złożeniem trzeba tylko siedzisko maksymalnie pochylić i złożyć stelaż tak samo jak zawsze. Tak złożony wózek również stoi samodzielnie, siedzisko nie dotyka ziemi, bajka!   Jest po złożeniu wózek jednak dość spory – na szczęście kółka  można zdjąć, aby stelaż zyskał na kompaktowości. Na pewno warto przymierzyć go przed zakupem do swojego bagażnika, albo chociaż wymierzyć: Wymiary stelaża po złożeniu: 97,5 x 57,5 x 45,5 cm     Waga Waga wózka ze stelażem w wersji Trekking z siedziskiem typu Lux to 12,8 kg. Waga wózka ze stelażem w wersji Trekking z gondolą to 12,7 kg. Wydaje mi się jednak, że ze względu na długość stelaża po złożeniu, przy wsadzaniu do bagażnika wydaje się cięższy.     Akcesoria Adapatery – byłam pewna, że mając fotelik samochodowy Cybex, będę mogła zamontować go na stelażu bez użycia adapterów. Pakując się na wyjazd, podczas którego testowałam ten wózek dziecięcy, nie zabrałam adapterów i był to błąd – byłam zaskoczona, gdy okazało się, że fotelik bez adapterów po prostu nie pasuje! Adaptery są więc konieczne.   Wśród ciekawych dostępnych do wózka akcesoriów są płozy (narty) zamiast przednich kółek do zastosowania na zimę, dostawka dla starszego dziecka, na którą ja na pewno bym się skusiła, uchwyt na kubek oraz typowe, takie jak moskitiera, folia przeciwdeszczowa, śpiworek, parasol czy torba.     Cena Cybex Priam to wózek dziecięcy klasy premium.  Ceny wózka 2w1 z siedziskiem LUX to około 5 347 zł.   Ceny fotelików, gondoli, nosideł czy fotelików samochodowych różnią się w zależności od wybranego modelu.   Podsumowanie Waga stelaża typu Light 7,6 kg Waga stelaża typu Trekking 7,9 kg Waga stelaża typu All Terrain 8,3 kg Waga gondoli 4,8 kg Waga siedziska LUX 4,9 kg Wymiary złożonego stelaża z kołami: 95 x 57 x 30 cm Wymiary złożonego wózka z siedziskiem LUX: 95 x 57,5 x 42 cm Długość gondoli 90 cm Kosz na zakupy 5 kg Reasumując, Wózek dziecięcy Cybex Priam zaskarbił sobie moje bardzo ciepłe uczucie szczególnie dzięki:   ogromnej gondoli długiej na 90 cm fantastycznie zabudowanej gondoli – zachodzącej na nią budce – tu żadna folia przeciwdeszczowa czy osłonka od słońca czy wiatru na pewno nie będzie potrzebna cudownemu prowadzeniu i amortyzacji, idealnej zarówno do miejskiej dżungli, jak i na wiejskie drogi rozkładanej na płasko spacerówce z ogromną budką łatwemu składaniu jedną ręką – także z siedziskiem spacerowym regulowanemu podnóżkowi w spacerówce pięknym stonowanym kolorom tapicerki przy tym ogromie plusów, dwa minusy: waga 12,8 kg dla wersji ze stelażem typu Trekking + siedzisko spacerowe typu Lux mało zabudowana spacerówka się po prostu chowają! Schować się nie chce tylko cena, natomiast wózek na pewno jest jej wart i posłuży nie tylko jednemu dziecku, to wózek dziecięcy na pokolenia, który z łatwością sprzedasz, odzyskując sporą część pieniędzy.   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Wakacje z dziećmi - Hotel Grand Lubicz Ustka #dzieciolubne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wakacje-dziecmi-hotel-grand-lubicz-ustka-dzieciolubne/): Zgodnie z naszym planem na 2018 rok wdrażania do naszego życia work-life balance, udało nam się wygospodarować kolejny wolny, przedłużony weekend, który postanowiliśmy spędzić rodzinnie i przetestować kolejny hotel. Polegając na Waszych poleceniach, ponownie obraliśmy nadmorski kierunek i wybraliśmy się do Ustki, gdzie przetestowaliśmy Hotel Grand Lubicz. Czy jest to miejsce #dzieciolubne?   Pierwsze wrażenie Podjeżdżając pod hotel, każdy jego Gość poczuje się wyjątkowo – pod hotelem powitał nas boy hotelowy z wózkiem bagażowym, który zaopiekował się wszystkimi naszymi rzeczami i nie opuścił nas aż do momentu, w którym zawitaliśmy do naszego pokoju.   Pokoje Ogromne. Sami zatrzymaliśmy się w pokoju rodzinnym typu Lux Family, który na moje oko miał przynajmniej jakieś 40 metrów! Aż boję się myśleć, jak duże muszą być w Grand Lubiczu apartamenty… 🙂 Czuliśmy się naprawdę komfortowo, a oprócz sporej ilości bagaży, mieliśmy ze sobą także wózek. Jeśli kolejny raz mielibyśmy zatrzymać się w standardowym pokoju, który również miałam przyjemność zobaczyć – z pewnością starczyłoby i w nim miejsca dla naszej czteroosobowej rodziny.   Na nasze Dzieci czekały osobne łóżka – dla Mikołaja rozkładana sofa, dla Maksia łóżeczko turystyczne, dla obojga małe i urocze białe szlafroczki. Byłam bardzo mile zaskoczona, że obsługa o tym pomyślała – Mikołaj mógł poczuć się jak prawdziwy hotelowy gość, chodząc w takim samym „dorosłym” szlafroku jak rodzice… 🙂   Pokój był absolutnie czyściutki, z dodatkowymi fotelami i kącikiem do pracy, maksymalnie komfortowy.   Sala restauracyjna i kuchnia W Hotelu Grand Lubicz w Ustce są dwie niezależne restauracje.   Nasz pobyt obejmował noclegi i całodzienne wyżywienie: śniadanie, obiad i obiadokolację.   Śniadania i obiadokolacje były serwowane w formie szwedzkiego bufetu w restauracji „FALA” znajdującej się na pierwszym piętrze – zapewniała bardzo dużą różnorodność nie tylko dań, ale i kuchni. Stacja life cooking była wspaniałym uzupełnieniem śniadań bufetowych, a podczas obiadokolacji dodatkowym urozmaiceniem menu bufetowego, gdyż codziennie obowiązywał inny temat gotowania na żywo: kuchnia tajska czy włoska podpasywały nam idealnie.   W restauracji została wydzielona strefa dla dzieci, gdzie maluchy mogły zająć się rysowaniem i kolorowaniem, a niedaleko znajdujowało się przygotowane specjalnie dla nich menu dziecięce.   Obiady były natomiast serwowane w restauracji a’la carte „Chapeau bas”, która była podzielona na dwie strefy stolików: tę do zamówień z karty i tę dla osób z obiadami w pobycie, które – podobnie jak śniadania i obiadokolacje – były serwowane w formie bufetowej.   W każdej restauracji było bardzo smacznie i bardzo czysto, a także bardzo elegancko – bawełniane czy tekstylne obrusy w każdym z tych lokali czyniły ten czas jeszcze bardziej wyjątkowym. Wszędzie można było korzystać również z wysokich krzesełek dla dzieci – ich ilość była w zupełności wystarczająca, a na każdym zawsze wisiał czysty, jednorazowy śliniaczek.     Dieta Z uwagi na to, że Mikołaj i ja byliśmy na diecie bezmlecznej, powinnam była zgłosić to, dokonując rezerwacji pobytu w hotelu, ale zupełnie o tym zapomniałam. Gdy podczas pierwszej obiadokolacji zwróciłam się do kelnera z prośbą o wytypowanie potraw, które nie zawierają mleka, od razy wyszedł do nas szef sali, który zadbał nie tylko o naszą bezmleczną obiadokolację, ale także o każdy jeden posiłek aż do końca naszego pobytu. Otrzymywaliśmy wybrane przez nas dania serwowane na talerzach prosto z kuchni, ugotowane specjalnie dla nas, zgodnie z naszymi preferencjami dietetycznymi. Do naszej dyspozycji były także mleka roślinne czy pieczywo ryżowe, oraz dania ze stacji life-cooking. Wszystkie dietetyczne dania były absolutnie przepyszne, w ilości dla nas nie do przejedzenia. Panorama – Kawiarnia 360′ Jedynym w swoim rodzaju miejsce była także dwupoziomowa restauracja na ostatnim piętrze budynku, która na ostatniej kondygnacji… obracała się wraz ze stolikami wokół własnej osi!   Aqua Park W Hotelu Grand Lubicz znajduje się Aqua Park – to kompleks basenowy, który łącznie ma aż 1143 metry kwadratowe! W nim znajdują się: trzy baseny (w tym jeden solankowy, jedyny taki na Pomorzu) brodzik dla Maluchów trzy 12-osobowe wanny z hydromasażem centrum Wellness z różnymi saunami a do dyspozycji dzieci są także różne dmuchane zabawki.   Basen solankowy Największe zdumienie jednak wywołał we mnie ten basen solankowy, który został wybudowany na pierwszym piętrze – przez cały wyjazd zastanawiałam się, jak to jest możliwe, że zbudowano tak duży basen, o takiej pojemności na piętrze budynku! Było to dla mnie duże zaskoczenie.   Pokój zabaw dla dzieci To mój ulubiony pokój w całym hotelu. Wielki pokój pełen zabawek, z basenem z kulkami i ścianką wspinaczkową nad nim. Dodatkowo z przekąskami dla dzieci i stałym dostępem do wody i soków – to miejsce, w którym jednym okiem pilnujesz dzieci, a drugim możesz zaczytać się w lekturze czy po prostu porozmawiać z mężem, gdyż Dzieci są tu niemal bezobsługowe.   Pokój z konsolą do gier W hotelu nie brakuje nawet x-boxa!   Wewnętrzny plac zabaw dla dzieci Zwany także małpim gajem, czyli instalacje, zjeżdżalnie, przeszkody i basen z piłkami. Raj dla każdego Malucha.   Animacje Gotowanie, zabawy w małych naukowców czy nauka tańca – atrakcjom dla dzieci nie ma tu końca, zajęcia są przewidziane dla Dzieci od lat 4 i zapewniają kompleksową opiekę nad dzieckiem – rodzice nie biorą w niczym udziału.   Grota solna Bardzo spodobała nam się również grota solna. Początkowo sądziłam, że to nie dla nas – co będę robiła tam z Dziećmi, oprócz przeszkadzania innym? Okazało się jednak, że byłam w błędzie – nie tylko pani z obsługi przyniosła nam wiaderko, łopatkę i foremki do zabawy w soli, ale również została wydzielona specjalna godzina, w której do groty mogą wejść dzieci. Jest to doskonałe rozwiązanie, dzięki któremu mogliśmy wspólnie spędzać czas, nie przeszkadzając innym gościom hotelu.   Spa Pierwszej nocy, karmiąc Maksia, zasnęłam z nim jakoś tak niefortunnie na własnej ręce, że obudziłam się z bólem w barku. Zostawiłam więc chłopców pod opieką Wojtka, a sama udałam się do hotelowej strefy SPA & Wellness. Tego mi było potrzeba… w SPA zostałam wypieszczona doskonałym masażem, a w strefie Medical Resort rozgrzano mi bolący bark zabiegiem fango – był to okład wykonany przy użyciu takiego wielkiego plastra, wykonanego z błota ze skał wulkanicznych, które uwolniły mnie od bólu i pozwoliły się odprężyć, dzięki czemu odzyskałam sprawność i siłę do dalszego ganiania z dziećmi i za dziećmi.   Siłownia Jeśli uprawiacie zdrowy tryb życia i nie wyobrażacie sobie dnia bez ćwiczeń, w Hotelu znajduje się oczywiście również siłownia.   Dla dorosłych Lobby bar czy klub nocny lub nocna odsłona Panoramy 360′ to atrakcje, z których mamy nadzieję skorzystać przy kolejnej okazji – hotel ten to idealne miejsce na wyjazd nie tylko z rodziną, ale i w większym gronie, na przykład z  przyjaciółmi.   A to dokładnie nasz pokój.   Plaża Nie mogliśmy nie sprawdzić dojścia do plaży – o to pytaliście najczęściej. Było dla Was ważne, czy nie jest daleko i czy latem nie ma problemu, aby dojść i zejść na plażę z wózkiem. A więc odpowiadam: nie ma – plaża w Ustce w pobliżu hotelu jest zupełnie płaska, nie ma tu żadnego klifu i po prostu po 10-minutowym spacerze po chodniku wjedziecie wózkiem wprost na nią. Tak jak my.   Hotel Nikt nie ma chyba wątpliwości, że Hotel Grand Lubicz to miejsce wybitnie #dzieciolubne – stworzone z myślą o dzieciach, dla dzieci i ich zwykle zmęczonych rodziców. To fantastyczna szansa na relaks dla całej rodziny. Hotel sam w sobie jest nie tylko wspaniale położony i urządzony to pomimo ogromu atrakcji liczne korytarze, schody, strefy kanap są atrakcjami same w sobie, na których można przeżyć niejedną dziecięcą przygodę. Jedyny aspekt, który w mojej ocenie można by poprawić to brak zabawek w restauracjach. Niestety Mikołaj nie jest wielkim fanem rysowania, więc kącik ze stolikami, kredkami i kolorowankami nie do końca do niego przemówił.   Bez wątpienia Hotel Grand Lubicz otrzymuje naszą rekomendację #dzieciolubne – z przyjemnością wrócimy tam o każdej porze roku i w każdą pogodę, gdyż to hotel na każdą okazję, z dziećmi, z przyjaciółmi czy tylko we dwoje.   Wszystkie zdjęcia powstały podczas naszego pobytu w Hotelu Grand Lubicz w Ustce   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Wynajęłam mieszkanie! 2000 km od domu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wynajelam-mieszkanie-za-granica/): Czym jest dla mnie motywacja? Motywacja to energia. Jaka? Zawsze mówię, że motywację wyobrażam sobie jako falę na oceanie. Czuję, że nadpływa, ale niewiele o niej jeszcze wiem. Nie wiem ani jaka będzie wysoka, ani jaka długa. Nie wiem też, kiedy nadejdzie kolejna. Tylko ode mnie zależy, czy ją wykorzystam, czy będę żałować, że nawet nie spróbowałam, gdy już odpłynie. Dlatego zawsze mam pod ręką swoją deskę surfingową i jestem gotowa do działania.   Jeśli miałabym dać Ci moją najlepszą radę, którą dzielę się także z moimi Kursantami, przyszłymi Wedding Plannerami, to byłaby taka: zawsze wykorzystuj tę cenną energię, jaką jest motywacja. Gdy tylko czujesz, że fala nadpływa, rozejrzyj się dookoła, szybko podejmij decyzję, jak spożytkować tę energię, chwyć swoją deskę i spróbuj złapać falę. Nigdy nie wiesz, dokąd Cię zaprowadzi. Natomiast jeśli będziesz za długo zbierać się w sobie, ryzykujesz, że fala odpłynie, a z nią… Twoje marzenia.   Moje kilkunastoletnie doświadczenie biznesowe pokazuje, że najlepsze rzeczy udało mi się osiągnąć, gdy działałam na fali. O wiele lepsze, nawet gdy okazało się, że rzuciłam się na głęboką wodę, niż wtedy, gdy wszystko skrupulatnie zaplanowałam i zbadałam, ale fala już odpłynęła, a ja z perfekcyjnym planem czekałam na kolejną falę, która czasami w danym temacie nigdy już nie nadpłynęła.   Tak było na przykład z firmą ze ślubna poligrafią, którą 5 lat temu zakładałam ze wspólniczką. Zamiast działać, popełniać błędy i uczyć się na nich, chciałyśmy wszystko perfekcyjnie policzyć i zaplanować – i nie zrozum mnie źle, biznesplan czy w ogóle plan jest podstawą każdego działania, które ma zaprowadzić Cię do sukcesu, ale czasami warto rzucić się z deską na swoją falę i zrobić coś nie do końca doskonale, ale zrobić, niż przygotować się perfekcyjnie i nie zrobić nic, bo energia do działania odpłynęła.   Gdy nadpływa fala, a Ty jesteś jeszcze bardzo daleko od swoich marzeń, staraj się zrobić choć jeden, maleńki krok, który przybliży Cię do celu. Nie musi być ani milowy, ani kosztowny, ani poważny. Kochasz piec ciastka, marzysz o własnej kawiarni z pysznymi wypiekami, ale właśnie urodziłaś dziecko i nie masz żadnych funduszy na start? Nie siedź z założonymi rękami, zobacz, ile masz cudownych możliwości, aby zacząć działać w swoim wymarzonym kierunku.   Nie widzisz żadnych? Załóż kulinarny profil na Instagramie i rób zdjęcia swoim wypiekom, zamieszczaj je tam wraz z przepisami. Nie umiesz robić zdjęć? Nie masz odpowiedniego sprzętu? W internecie znajdziesz mnóstwo darmowych tutoriali na temat robienia zdjęć telefonem, a także świetnego oprogramowania z filtrami, które pomogą wyeksponować Twoje cuda. A może poznasz inne osoby pozytywnie zakręcone w tym samym temacie i kiedyś założycie tę wymarzoną kawiarnię razem? A zanim tam dojdziecie, będziecie piekły ciasta i torty na domowe przyjęcia dla przyjaciół, rodziny i ich znajomych?   Dlatego już tydzień po napisaniu posta o tym, że do spełniania marzeń także trzeba mieć odwagę, miałam zaplanowany miesięczny wyjazd za granicę z całą rodziną. Poczułam swoją motywację do poważnej zmiany w moim życiu, postanowiłam inaczej ulokować moje życiowe zasoby, takie jak czas i pieniądze, chwyciłam swoją deskę i wskoczyłam na swoją falę zmian.   Zgodnie z wprowadzaną do naszego życia filozofią work-life balance zdecydowałam się z mężem zaplanować kilka najbliższych lat naszego życia tak, aby co roku móc na miesiąc przeprowadzić się do innego zakątka na świecie, nie na typowe wakacje, ale tak, aby wmieszać się w lokalną społeczność i czerpać z jej historii, kultury i codziennych uroków – garściami.   Inspiracją był dla mnie mój wyjazd sprzed 14 lat na stypendium do Paryża, gdy miałam okazję zamieszkać z francuską rodziną w XVI dzielnicy Paryża, uczyć się i chłonąć życie od mojej osobistej Madame Chic. Wyjazd, który zmienił i w ogromnej mierze ukształtował mnie jako kobietę, mamę, żonę, panią domu i bizneswoman czy pracodawcę.   Paryż. Gdy wybierałam kierunek na pierwszy nasz wyjazd na 2018 rok, moje serce podpowiedziało mi naturalnie sprawdzone rozwiązanie – stary, dobry Paryż. Miasto w którym znam każdą dzielnicę, gdyż jeżdżąc codziennie do szkoły z jednego końca Paryża na drugi, codziennie wybierałam inną drogę, w ogromnej części pokonując ją pieszo, by chłonąć Paryż wszystkimi moimi zmysłami. Paryż, pomimo napiętej dziś sytuacji politycznej, kojarzy mi się z bezpieczeństwem, jest jak stary przyjaciel, przy którym czujesz się najlepiej. Wiedziałam, że dla nas z dwójką Dzieci Paryż będzie rozwiązaniem najłatwiejszym do zrealizowania. Szukając dla nas mieszkania w Paryżu, z łatwością byłam w stanie ocenić klasę i bezpieczeństwo dzielnicy, odległość od stacji metra i paryskich atrakcji, przypominałam sobie te wszystkie przepiękne zakątki i wspomnienia i wtedy doszłam do wniosku, że… przepraszam, ale to już było. Paryż, który zajmuje ogromną część mojego serca, jest dla mnie dziś idealną lokalizacją na długi weekend czy nawet tydzień, ale przeprowadzka tam na miesiąc byłaby dla mnie krokiem wstecz, a na pewno nie spełnieniem założenia mojego projektu, eksplorowania i poznawania tego, co dla mnie obce i nauki życia. Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się wynająć mieszkanie…     …w Rzymie. W wiecznym mieście, zwanym także stolicą świata, chrześcijaństwa i mody.   Jadę tam z całą rodziną: z Wojtkiem i z dziećmi. Chłopcy będą mieli wtedy – Mikołaj 3,5 roku, a Maksiu 9  miesięcy. Dodatkowo zabierzemy ze sobą naszą pracę, doceniamy to, że na tym etapie zostawiamy w naszej firmie osoby, które świetnie poradzą sobie z naszą nieobecnością, natomiast chcemy zaoferować zarówno im, jak i naszym Klientom możliwość kontaktu z nami i wsparcie w trudniejszych sytuacjach.   Co będziemy robić? Żyć. Będziemy urlopować się i pracować na zmianę.   Nasz wyjazd podzieliliśmy na 4 części: 1 tydzień – wakacje, 2 tydzień – praca, 3 tydzień – wakacje, 4 tydzień – praca. Oczywiście praca będzie w ograniczonym wymiarze, gdyż dziećmi będziemy opiekować się na zmianę. To będzie niesamowite przedsięwzięcie logistyczne i duże wyzwanie dla nas jako przedsiębiorców i rodziców, a także małżonków, lubimy jednak wyzwania i z przyjemnością się ich podejmiemy.   Kiedy? Z uwagi na to, że w Rzymie panuje klimat subtropikalny, o charakterze śródziemnomorskim, zdecydowałam się na wyjazd w drugiej połowie kwietnia, aby zostać do drugiej połowy maja, gdy średnia wysokość temperatur wynosi około 20-24’C. Idealnie na codzienne życie z dwójką dzieci.   Gdzie? Zamieszkamy w samym centrum Rzymu, 600 m od najsłynniejszego rzymskiego targu na Placu Campo de’ Fiori, gdzie Rzymianie robią zakupy od ponad 150 lat! Gdzie pełno stoisk z dojrzałymi owocami, warzywami czy rybami, a także zbożami, kwiatami czy gotowymi sałatkami, nad prawdziwą włoską kawiarnią, obok bio pizzerii, na trzecim piętrze uroczej, włoskiej kamienicy, położonej przy wąskiej, klimatycznej uliczce. 500 m od Placu Navona, 15 minut pieszo od Watykanu, 20 minut pieszo od schodów hiszpańskich i najpiękniejszej rzymskiej fontanny di Trevi, która do dziś jest zasilana woda doprowadzoną akweduktem zbudowanym w 19 r. p.n.e.   Logistyka? Do Rzymu chcieliśmy jechać samochodem, ostatecznie zdecydowaliśmy się na samolot. W kolejnych postach będę chciała zaprosić Was do naszych przygotowań, pokażę Wam, jak ogarnąć taką rodzinną podróż samolotem, pokazać, co można zabrać dla dzieci na pokład samolotu w różnych liniach lotniczych, jak zorganizować transfery z lotniska dla 4-osobowej rodziny z bagażami, powiem Wam, jakie błędy popełniłam przy rezerwacji biletów, na co zwrócić uwagę, wybierając ubezpieczenie, a z jakiego nie warto korzystać, a także jak wynająć mieszkanie tak daleko. Pokażę Wam, jak organizuję się z gotowaniem, pracą i opieką nad dziećmi w obcym kraju i mieście, opowiem o paszportach i dowodach osobistych dla najmłodszych oraz jak przygotować się do samego podróżowania i zwiedzania z dwójką tak małych dzieci.   To wszystko dzieje się u nas od miesiąca, a jeśli śledzicie mnie na Instargamie, wiecie, że niecały miesiąc temu spotkało nas nieszczęście i w dużej części zalało nam dom. Nasze plany i przygotowania zostały całkiem pokrzyżowane, tym bardziej każdy dzień pokazuje mi, jakim poważnym przedsięwzięciem jest ten wyjazd. Jestem jednak bardziej podekscytowana niż przestraszona, każdą wolną chwilę czytam przewodniki po Rzymie i już nawiązuję znajomości z Polakami tam mieszkającymi, a jadąc samochodem, uczę się włoskiego.   Jeśli macie w tym miejscu dla nas jakieś rady albo pytania, zapraszam do rozmowy w komentarzach. Byłaś już w Rzymie? A może w innej części Włoch? Co koniecznie powinniśmy zobaczyć?   Addio!   PS Jeśli chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco, najświeższe informacje znajdziesz zawsze na Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię pokarmową u niemowlaka? cz. 1 z 3](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zdiagnozowac-alergie-u-dziecka-1z3/): Jak właściwie zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u małego dziecka? Jakie badania wykonaliśmy?   Tekst ma charakter poradnikowy i bazuje na naszych osobistych doświadczeniach, nie jest poradą lekarską i na pewno jej nie zastąpi, ale może być cenną wskazówką i drogowskazem dla rodziców dzieci, które borykają się z tematem alergii.   Tytułem wstępu:   Pamiętajmy, że alergia na białko mleka krowiego a nietolerancja laktozy to dwie różne rzeczy – należy dobrze to odróżnić.   Nietolerancja laktozy to nietolerancja cukru – laktozy właśnie, który występuje także w mleku matki.   Alergia na białko mleka krowiego, to niepożądana, nietoksyczna reakcja pokarmowa na białko, które może dostać się do organizmu dziecka wyłącznie z pokarmem – bezpośrednio pod postacią mleka modyfikowanego lub pośrednio z mlekiem matki, która spożywa wszelkie produkty mleczne.     Gdy 3,5 roku temu urodził się Mikołaj, pierwsze dwa tygodnie życia były najpiękniejszymi dwoma tygodniami mojego życia, ale od około 10 dnia życia Mikołaja płacz dziecka i nasza bezradność powoli zaczęły dominować naszą domową sielankę.     Bardzo szybko usłyszeliśmy o podejrzeniu alergii na białko mleka krowiego. Miałam wtedy nadzieję na jakieś superbadania czy testy alergiczne, które dadzą nam jasną odpowiedź, czy Dziecko ma alergię, czy nie.   Niestety, ale zarówno nasz pediatra, jak i gastroenterolog i alergolog mówili jednym głosem: testy alergiczne nie są wiarygodnym testem diagnostycznym.   Dodatkowo, pozytywny wynik badania oznacza, że alergia jest wysoce prawdopodobna, ale organizm nie musi wcale wykazywać jakichkolwiek objawów alergii.   Natomiast negatywny wynik testu bardzo często wcale nie oznacza, że alergii nie ma, gdyż u dzieci młodszych niż 3 lata testy te dają zwykle fałszywie ujemne wyniki, pomimo tego, że objawy alergii są prawidłowo obserwowane.   Tak było i u nas, Mikołaj swój pierwszy test alergiczny miał więc wykonany w wieku 1,5 roku, gdy szedł do przedszkola i alergolog chciała siebie i nas uspokoić, że szok anafilaktyczny jako objaw alergii na białko mleka krowiego jest mało prawdopodobny, gdyby Maluch przez pomyłkę zjadł coś z mlekiem, więc w specjalistycznej przychodni lekarskiej wykonała test skórny, którego wynik był całkowicie ujemny, pomimo bardzo silnych objawów w obserwacji.   Jak więc prawidłowo zdiagnozować alergię u dziecka?   W diagnostyce alergii najbardziej wiarygodny test to dieta eliminacyjna oraz ponowne wprowadzenie podejrzanego alergenu i ponowna obserwacja.   Jak to wyglądało u nas w praktyce?   1. Wstępna obserwacja – na jej podstawie wybieramy produkt lub grupę produktów do eliminacji.   2. Eliminacja alergenu lub grupy alergenów – nam zalecano minimum na 2 tygodniowy okres, gdyż podobno nawet tak długo alergeny mogą pozostawać w organizmie matki i być przekazywane dziecku w mleku.   3. Ponowne wprowadzenie alergenu do diety – alergeny ponownie wprowadzamy zawsze POJEDYNCZO i obserwujemy, czy objawy alergii wracają lub się nasilają.   W kolejnym poście opowiem Ci jedną z moich najsmutniejszych historii – historię naszej walki z alergią po raz pierwszy, prawie 4 lata temu, u Mikołaja. A jak Wy diagnozowaliście alergię u Dziecka? Zapraszam do rozmowy i dzielenia się doświadczeniami w komentarzach.   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u niemowlaka? cz. 2 z 3, czyli nasza historia walki z alergią po raz pierwszy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/alergia-pokarmowa-2z3/): Dziś mam dla Ciebie jedną z najtrudniejszych historii mojego życia. Historię, która wcale nie musiała się tak skończyć. Historię pełną błędów, złych doradców, morza wylanych łez i wyrzutów sumienia.     To drugi post z serii „Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u niemowlaka?” – jeśli nie czytałaś – koniecznie zacznij lekturę od pierwszej części.   Tekst ma charakter poradnikowy i bazuje na naszych osobistych doświadczeniach, nie jest poradą lekarską i na pewno jej nie zastąpi, ale może być cenną wskazówką i drogowskazem dla rodziców dzieci, które borykają się z tematem alergii.   Płacz dziecka, luźne kupki, chlustające ulewnie, sapka, przesuszona skóra, stan zapalny skóry za uszkami oraz nad brwiami, w końcu atopowe zapalenie skóry, luźne, liczne, śluzowate kupki, odparzona do krwi okolica pieluszkowa – to objawy, z jakimi już w pierwszych tygodniach życia dziecka stawialiśmy się regularnie u pediatry, a to wszystko podczas karmienia dziecka piersią.   Pediatra od razu zalecił nam dietę eliminacyjną, polegającą na całkowitej eliminacji białka mleka krowiego z mojej diety.   Bardzo ważna jest świadomość, że białko mleka krowiego występuje w mleku i wszystkich pochodnych produktach, a więc w serze, twarogu, maśle, śmietanie, jogurcie, maślance, ale także w tak mniej oczywistych produktach jak pieczywo, suchary, wędliny, parówki – w pierwszej chwili miałam wrażenie, że mleko jest po prostu wszędzie.   Musimy wiedzieć, że laktoza to nie białko, tylko cukier – nie jest więc alergenem i nie możemy mieć na nią alergii – możemy natomiast mieć problemy z jej tolerancją, ale to temat na osobny post. Dlatego produkty bez laktozy absolutnie nie są tym, czego szukamy.   Tak więc aby prawidłowo przeprowadzić fazę eliminacji, po pierwsze czytamy etykiety wszystkiego, co mamy zamiar zjeść. Oprócz mleka szukamy takich składników jak jogurt, maślanka, twaróg, śmietana, śmietanka, serwatka z mleka, kazeina czy mleko w proszku. Składników tych szukamy także w tak pozornie roślinnych produktach jak margaryna – i tu zdarza się dodatek masła – czy w lekach, na przykład niektóre probiotyki dla dzieci również zawierają białka mleka krowiego.   Jedząc w restauracjach czy kupując półprodukty, również zawsze pytamy o składy. Są restauracje, które nawet do ciasta do pizzy czy do własnego wypieku pieczywa dodają mleko i nie są w stanie zaoferować nam ani jednego dania.   To bardzo ważne, aby przez fazę eliminacji przejść bardzo precyzyjnie, niczego nie pominąć. Sama wpadłam w pułapkę tego testu – karmiąc piersią na diecie eliminacyjnej w trakcie diagnostyki, podjadałam suchary – co ja mówię, miałam je nawet postawione koło łóżka, aby nie zaczynać dnia na głodnego. Pomimo eliminacji alergenu Mikołaj wciąż miał silne objawy alergii, gdyż eliminacja alergenu była tylko pozorna – jak się po dwóch tygodniach okazało, podjadając suchary, dostarczałam sobie i dziecku codziennie porcji mleka! Zanim do tego doszłam, straciłam kilkanaście cennych dni.   W naszym wypadku alergia na białko mleka krowiego nie była jednak jedyną. Całkowita eliminacja tego alergenu dała poprawę stanu Mikołaja, ale niewielką. Dla lekarza wniosek był jeden – nie mogę karmić i dla dobra dziecka powinnam odstawić je od piersi.   Na podstawie własnych obserwacji podejmowałam się eliminacji kolejnych grup alergenów – chciałam jak najszybciej wyeliminować podejrzany składnik z mojej diety i tym samym alergen u Dziecka.   W trakcie tego procesu zewsząd otrzymywałam bardzo trudne dla mnie rady, aby odstawić dziecko od piersi i podać antyalergiczne mleko zastępcze, a mało dobrego słowa. Niestety, namawiał mnie do tego także mój pediatra, któremu wtedy bardzo ufałam.   Do dziś pamiętam, jak nasz pediatra na każdej wizycie prosił mnie o to, abym chociaż na tydzień odstawiła dziecko od piersi i dała mu „odpocząć”. Z drugiej strony atakował mnie argumentami, że tak dieta bezmleczna jest szkodliwa dla mnie, a po ciąży powinnam jeść dużo nabiału.   W końcu się ugięłam i jak Mikołaj miał skończone 2 miesiące zdecydowałam na 7-dniowe podawanie mleka modyfikowanego na bazie hydrolizatu kazeiny (oczywiście z mleka krowiego, ale białko pod tą postacią rzadziej daje reakcję alergiczną). Planując powrót do karmienia piersią, starałam się każdorazowo podać dziecku mieszankę, odciągać pokarm, aby nie zaburzać laktacji, i wylewać go zgodnie z zaleceniami lekarza, gdyż najprawdopodobniej wciąż zawierał alergeny i „szkodził” dziecku.   Po tygodniu rzeczywiście stan skóry Malucha się poprawił, więc pediatra zaczął prosić o to, abym dla dobra dziecka przedłużyła podawanie sztucznego mleka do dwóch tygodni.   Po dwóch tygodniach skóra Dziecka była w wyraźnie lepszej kondycji, więc lekarz namawiał mnie, abym już nie wracała do karmienia piersią. Byłam zrozpaczona i umówiliśmy się na kolejną „próbę” naturalnego karmienia.   Dzięki regularnemu pompowaniu mleka w czasie karmienia sztucznego, mogłam powoli wracać do karmienia naturalnego, zastępując powoli porcje mleka sztucznego moim mlekiem. Moja laktacja niestety nie była już w 100% efektywna i nawet gdybym chciała od razu wrócić do karmienia piersią na 100%, nie miałam jeszcze takiej możliwości. To co pewne to to, że każde karmienie naturalne przybliżało nas do sukcesu.   Pokonaliśmy nawet etap odrzucenia piersi przez Mikusia, który po 2 tygodniach jedzenia z butelki musiał na nowo przyzwyczajać się do jedzenia z piersi – jakie to trudne i dołujące wie każda Mama, której Malec przez to przechodził.   W trakcie powrotu do karmienia naturalnego poszliśmy na urodziny, gdzie zjadłam zupę, do której, jak się później okazało, dodane były zmielone płatki migdałowe – bardzo silny alergen. Kilka godzin później objawy alergii u Mikołaja powróciły, dając nad brwiami silną, swędzącą wysypkę. Poszłam z Mikusiem na kolejną konsultację i wtedy nasz pediatra zalecił ponowne odstawienie dziecka od piersi, skoro jest tak silnym alergikiem, przekonywał mnie, że to jedyne sensowne i zdrowe rozwiązanie – przynajmniej na tydzień, aż alergeny się nie wypłuczą.   Pamiętam, jak na koniec wizyty pediatra powiedział: „Karmi Pani piersią, bo zależy Pani na tym, aby dziecko było zdrowe, a ono już jest chore„.   Te słowa brzmiały w mojej głowie przez cały czas. Nigdy więcej nie podałam Dziecku mojego mleka. Uwierzyłam w to, że moje mleko szkodzi Maluchowi. Ból pozostał we mnie i trwa do dziś. Gdy to piszę, wspomnienia tamtych emocji są wciąż żywe, choć minęły już ponad 3 lata, a ja mam łzy w oczach. Walczyłam o każdą kroplę tego pokarmu, dawałam z siebie wszystko, aby usłyszeć, że szkodzę mojemu Dziecku.   Dziś już wiem, że zarówno World Health Organization, jak i inne organizacje, które zajmują się zdrowiem najmłodszych, zalecają bezwzględnie kontynuację karmienia piersią dzieci z alergiami i atopią jako najlepszą formę żywienia i ochrony przed rozwojem poważniejszych postaci alergii i atopii.   Dziś wiem, że pod opieką dobrego lekarza specjalisty, można karmić w każdej postaci alergii pokarmowej. Zdobycie tej wiedzy zajęło mi jednak dwa lata.   Co więcej, pomimo powrotu na mleko modyfikowane objawy alergii nie ustępowały, tylko były lżejsze, a nasza alergia przeszła w marsz alergiczny i zapalenie oskrzeli, co skończyło się dwutygodniowym pobytem w szpitalu. Dlatego po kolejnych dwóch miesiącach gastroenterolog zmienił nam mleko modyfikowane z tego opartego na kazeinie na takie oparte na aminokwasach mleka krowiego i dopiero ono przestało dawać objawy alergii.   Dziś uważam, że pediatra popełnił błąd w namawianiu mnie na zastąpienie 100% naturalnego karmienia karmieniem sztucznym.   Jeśli Twój pediatra radzi Ci podobnie, ja mam dla Ciebie tylko jedną radę: jak najszybciej poszukaj innego. Możesz też od razu poradzić się sprawdzonego alergologa lub gastroenterologa.   Dodam, że większość produktów, którymi rozszerzaliśmy dietę po ukończeniu 6 miesiąca, dawała natychmiastowy odczyn alergiczny (dynia, jabłko, banan), a ja byłam załamana. Udało nam się w końcu trafić na lekarza z powołania i w końcu stworzyliśmy dla Synka dietę bazującą tylko na zdrowych, nieprzetworzonych produktach, które sami mu przygotowywaliśmy. Lekarza, który potwierdził, że odstawienie o piersi Dziecka z tak silną alergią, to pozbawienie go dodatkowego wparcia do walki alergią, takiego, które daje tylko mleko mamy.   Dieta Mikołaja przez pierwsze 3 lata życia była całkowicie pozbawiona produktów przetworzonych i chemii spożywczej (konserwantów, wzmacniaczy smaku, soli, cukru itp.). To przez zdrowe jedzenie i przez jelita wzmocniliśmy jego odporność i wygraliśmy walkę z alergią 2 lata później. Dziś Mikołaj niemal całkowicie wyrósł z alergii, może jeść nawet tak silnie uczulające produkty jak orzechy czy migdały (w końcu odważyliśmy się spróbować), a powoli przestaje już reagować alergią na białko mleka krowiego. Nawet nietypowa alergia krzyżowa na jabłko i brzozę nie pojawiła się u niego w tym roku!   Tutaj czeka na Ciebie na blogu dużo piękniejsza historia z happy endem – historia naszej walki z alergią po raz drugi.   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz  do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u niemowlaka? cz. 3 z 3, czyli nasza historia walki z alergią po raz drugi](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wygrana-walka-z-alergia-3z3/): Jeśli tak jak my borykasz się z podejrzeniem alergii na białko mleka krowiego, może zainspiruje Cię nasza druga historia… tym razem z happy endem. Do czego? Do wiarygodnej diagnostyki, do szukania do skutku mądrych lekarzy z powołania, z otwartymi umysłami, z sercem i doświadczeniem, do walki o to, co najlepsze.   To trzeci post z serii „Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u niemowlaka?” – jeśli nie czytałaś, koniecznie zacznij lekturę od: – pierwszej części – drugiej części.   Tekst ma charakter poradnikowy i bazuje na naszych osobistych doświadczeniach, nie jest poradą lekarską i na pewno jej nie zastąpi, ale może być cenną wskazówką i drogowskazem dla rodziców dzieci, które borykają się z tematem alergii.   Długotrwała dieta eliminacyjna u mamy karmiącej, szczególnie „na zapas”, czyli bez podejrzenia alergii, jest dziś niezalecana. Co więcej, wiele badań pokazuje, że nawet może przyczynić się do rozwoju alergii, natomiast krótkotrwała jest elementem najlepszego i najbardziej wiarygodnego testu alergicznego.   Dlatego już na 2 tygodnie przed przewidywanym terminem porodu wyeliminowałam całkowicie ze swojej diety białko mleka krowiego. Tak, na zapas, gdyż historia z Mikołajem dawała ku temu powody – obciążenie alergią jest rodzinne – a ja dzięki temu mogłam zaobserwować stan zdrowia mojego dziecka bez narażenia go na tak silny alergen jak białko mleka krowiego zaraz po urodzeniu i szybciej dokonać wiarygodnego testu alergicznego.   Dokarmianie mlekiem modyfikowanym, czyli zhumanizowanym mlekiem krowim (aby upodobnić składem mleko krowie do mleka ludzkiego zmniejsza się w mleku krowim między innymi ilość białka i takie składniki mineralne jak potas i sód), jest również czynnikiem, który, występując w tak młodym wieku (często już w pierwszej dobie po porodzie w szpitalu, gdy „mama ma za mało mleka”), może u Noworodka, który ma niedojrzały układ odpornościowy, wywołać alergię na białko mleka krowiego. To dlatego jest tak ważne, aby od samego początku walczyć o karmienie naturalne, gdyż białko mleka krowiego podane w mleku matki to jak porównać ziarnko soli do worka soli, i to jeszcze w niesprzyjającym środowisku, pozbawionym przeciwciał naturalnie obecnych w mleku mamy, wspomagających prawidłową reakcję na obce białko.   Kolejnym czynnikiem zwiększającym ryzyko alergii są leki przyjmowane przez matkę w okresie ciąży (zaburzona flora bakteryjna przewodu pokarmowego mamy przyczyniająca się do nieszczelności jelit) oraz obciążenie rodzinne. My mieliśmy wszystkie te czynniki na plusie, dlatego w szpitalu, gdy położna upierała się na dokarmieniu Maksia mieszanką, zgodziłam się wyłącznie na podanie antyalergicznej, opartej na kazeinie białka. Choć moje negocjacje zaczynałam od tej opartej na aminokwasach, szpital nie posiadał jej w swoich zasobach, a tej, którą miałam oryginalnie zamkniętą ze sobą, nie zgodził się podać.   Ryzyko alergii zwiększa także poród przez cesarskie cięcie, który sama musiałam mieć dwukrotnie i to przed terminem. Dziecko urodzone przez cesarskie cięcie ma przewód pokarmowy z o wiele uboższą florą bakteryjną niż dziecko urodzone siłami natury.   Gdy Maks skończył dwa tygodnie, był absolutnie spokojnym Maluchem, nie miał żadnych podejrzanych objawów, zaczęłam więc powoli dodawać do swojej diety białko mleka krowiego, początkowo pod postacią przetworów, szczególnie masła. Przez pierwsze dni wszelkie niepokojące objawy nie były dla mnie jednoznacznie wskazujące na alergię – dziecko w tym wieku zmienia się z dnia na dzień. To co zaniepokoiło mnie poważnie, to dopiero poważne odparzenia, których przez kilka dni nie byliśmy w stanie w żaden sposób wyleczyć. Wtedy udałam się do gastroenterologa i wspólnie zdecydowaliśmy o wprowadzeniu diety eliminującej białko mleka krowiego.   Głównym objawem świadczącym o poprawie stanu zdrowia Maksia był brak nowych odparzeń, a w 2 -3 dni chora skóra uległa ogromnej poprawie i nigdy więcej nie doszło do tak poważnego stanu. Jednak mógł być to zbieg okoliczności, dlatego po ustaleniach z lekarzem zdecydowaliśmy się na drugą prowokację mlekiem krowim. Zanim zdążyłam ją zaplanować, Wojtek pomylił nasze kawy i wziął sobie moją czarną, mi podając w kubku z kapturkiem tę z mlekiem. Pomimo tego, że były to tylko ze 3 łyki, krew zagościła w naszej pieluszce po raz kolejny. Na podstawie tej podwójnej prowokacji lekarz (gastroenterolog) zdiagnozował alergię na białko mleka krowiego.   Niestety eliminacja białka mleka krowiego z diety Maksia nie wyeliminowała wszystkich dolegliwości od strony układu pokarmowego, dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się przejść na 2 tygodnie na bardzo restrykcyjną dietę eliminacyjną, z której usunęliśmy wszystkie najsilniejsze alergeny: jajka, pomidory, soję, orzechy, migdały, czekoladę, cytrusy, truskawki, maliny, owoce morza, ryby, a także wołowinę i absolutnie całą chemię spożywczą (konserwanty i ulepszacze smaku to także silne alergeny!).   Przez 2 tygodnie tej restrykcyjnej diety eliminacyjnej nie zaobserwowaliśmy żadnej, ale to żadnej poprawy u dziecka, tak więc rozpoczęłam powolny powrót do spożywania wyeliminowanych produktów – 1 produkt tygodniowo. Pierwsze wróciły do diety jajka, później pomidory… a ponowne wdrożenie tych produktów do diety nie dawało u Maksia żadnego pogorszenia ani żadnych nowych objawów. Na tej podstawie uznaliśmy je w danym momencie jako nieuczulające i na stałe wróciły do mojej diety (poza wołowiną, ale ją wyeliminowaliśmy z uwagi na podobieństwo do białka mleka krowiego).   Dziś Maks ma 8 miesięcy, a my wciąż cieszymy się karmieniem piersią. Wiem, że to najlepsze co mogę mu dać i na pewno mu nie szkodzę. Cieszę się, że tym razem trafiłam na mądrego i wspierającego lekarza, który przeszedł ze mną tę drogę. Cieszę się, że ani razu jako „lekarstwa” na alergię nie zaproponował mi mleka modyfikowanego, gdyż o wiele lepiej jest, szczególnie u dziecka alergicznego, wprowadzać mu alergeny przez mleko matki, a nie bezpośrednio. Bo, co ważne, dieta eliminacyjna nie powinna trwać wiecznie (każdorazowo trzeba ustalać czas jej trwania i ponowne wprowadzanie alergenu z lekarzem). Dlatego nasza rozszerzona dieta jest bogata w warzywa i owoce, a mleko krowie wprowadzam do diety naszego małego alergika ponownie… właśnie przez moje mleko, sama je spożywając.   Podobnie jak w przypadku wprowadzania białka mleka krowiego do diety dziecka z alergią warto zacząć od mleka pieczonego (np. masło w cieście), tak samo wprowadzam mleko do swojej diety. Regularnie coraz większe ilości. Początkowo nawet mleko pieczone dawało objawy alergii u Maksa, dziś już nie daje objawów, natomiast surowe mleko np. w lodach czy niepieczonych ciastach wciąż daje objawy alergii, ale coraz łagodniejsze.   Dzięki takiemu podejściu Maksiu otrzymuje białka mleka krowiego w niewielkiej, bezpieczniejszej ilości, niż gdyby sam zaczął jeść jogurt, ale także otrzymuje je w otoczeniu moich przeciwciał, które wspierają jego organizm w odpowiedniej odpowiedzi na alergeny. Dodatkowo pomagają nam w tym probiotyki, które codziennie podaję mu jako suplementy oraz które sama przyjmuję.   Efekty widoczne są gołym okiem, a my planujemy karmić się piersią przynajmniej do ukończenia roku, całkowicie pomijając w żywieniu Maksa etap podawania mleka modyfikowanego, komponując mu zróżnicowaną i pełnowartościową dietę.   A jakie są Wasze przygody z dziecięcymi brzuszkami? Zapraszam do rozmowy w komentarzach.   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz  do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [5 rzeczy, których dowiedziałam się o swojej rodzinie w Rzymie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-rzeczy-dowiedzialam-sie-w-rzymie-1/): To niesamowite, że musiałam wyjechać aż do Rzymu, żeby zauważyć takie proste prawidłowości, które rządzą naszą rodziną. Codzienna bieganina dom – praca – dom sprawiała, że miałam klapki na oczach, które momentalnie spadły mi, gdy na 7 dni wyłączyłam się z tego pędu. 1. Mikołaj nie lubi zmian O tym mówiła mi już wcześniej Pani z przedszkola, ale przyznaję, patrzyłam na to z przymrużeniem oka, gdyż zupełnie nic takiego nie zauważyłam w naszym codziennym, prędkim i zaplanowanym do granic możliwości życiu.   Gdy zmieszaliśmy w Rzymie, przez pierwsze 3 dni wychodząc z mieszkania, szliśmy w najróżniejszych kierunkach. Aż do dnia, w którym kupiliśmy bilety, dzięki którym przez 4 dni mogliśmy podróżować autobusami, dlatego przez 5 dni z rzędu wychodząc z domu, skręcaliśmy w prawo, na przystanek. Gdy 6 dnia nie szliśmy już na przystanek i poszliśmy w lewo, Mikołaj stanowczo zaprotestował. Był płacz i łzy, nie przemawiały do niego w tej chwili żadne argumenty – to był moment, w którym wszystko zaczęło składać mi się w całość, gdy pierwszy raz sama zobaczyłam, że zmiany wprowadzają w Mikołaju lęk.   Wtedy zauważyłam, że naprawdę tęskni za domem. Za codziennym rytmem.   Zauważyłam, że w związku z tym, że do tej pory zawsze jeździliśmy na wakacje do 4-5 gwiazdkowych hoteli z basenami, placami zabaw w hotelu i na zewnątrz, z pełnym wyżywieniem, Mikołajowi zajęło wiele dni zrozumienie, że nasze wakacje tym razem wyglądają inaczej, a także musiał nauczyć się czerpać z tej innej formy wakacji prawdziwą radość, odnaleźć się na urlopie niewypełnionym po brzegi atrakcjami. Dziś największą atrakcją jest chowanie się w szafie i strój robota z kartonu, ale zajęło mu to sporo czasu.   Ta wiedza uświadomiła mi, że wprowadzenie choćby najmniejszych rytuałów do naszego wakacyjnego (i nie tylko) życia może pomóc odnaleźć się Mikołajowi w nowej sytuacji i wiecie co? To działa. Wstawanie, wspólne śniadanie, wyjście do sklepu, lody i kilkugodzinny spacer to nasze rytuały, które w odpowiedniej kolejności pozwalają nam na wakacje upływające w większym spokoju, bez częstych wybuchów płaczu i przy większym zadowoleniu Mikołaja. Zaczynanie każdego wyjścia od skrętu w prawo sprawia, że Mikołaj uczy się drogi i cieszy się na każdy rozpoznany budynek, co daje mu znów poczucie bezpieczeństwa.   2. Ja nie lubię zmian Gdyby ktoś mi to powiedział przed wyjazdem, albo przez pierwsze dni pobytu tutaj, padłabym ze śmiechu. Przecież ja kocham zmiany! Od czasu gdy w liceum, z okazji swoich 18 urodzin, które wypadły w zakończenie roku szkolnego, oprócz świadectwa przyniosłam do domu… papiery ze szkoły, które jako pełnoletnia osoba mogłam już zabrać bez zgody rodziców – i bez ich wiedzy! Nikt nie wierzył w mój krok, nawet szkoła – wychowawczyni wpisała jak co roku moje nazwisko do szkolnego dziennika, choć formalnie uczennicą szkoły już nie byłam. I nigdy do niej nie wróciłam. Wybrałam sobie szkołę w innym mieście, do której dojeżdżałam codziennie autobusem i pociągiem i nie opuściłam w niej ani jednego dnia, choć w poprzednim liceum miałam problem, by pojawić się w szkole 5 razy w tygodniu. Wtedy pokochałam zmiany, poczułam swoją moc sprawczą i energię, którą mi dają. Jak to więc możliwe, że jednak nie lubię zmian?   To w Rzymie zrozumiałam, że lubię tylko te zmiany, których siłą napędową jestem ja sama, ale słabiej radzę sobie z zewnątrzsterowalnymi zmianami, których sama nie zainicjowałam lub których nie chcę. Zrozumiałam, że wszelkie lęki w moim życiu spowodowane są właśnie takimi sytuacjami, które nie zależą ode mnie.   Ta cenna wiedza to dla mnie dziś nowe możliwości, to nowe szanse i ogromny temat do nauki – uznania swojej bezsilności wobec rzeczy, na które w danej chwili nie mam wpływu, aby nie pozwolić im na rujnowanie własnego samopoczucia, zapału czy poczucia własnej wartości.   3. Maksio przechodzi lęk separacyjny Od jakiegoś czasu, gdy wychodzę bez Maksia, na przykład do pracy, to gdy wracam do domu, skradam się na paluszkach, aby mnie nie od razu usłyszał, aby chociaż umyć ręce, zanim mnie zobaczy – bo wtedy już nic nie ma dla niego znaczenia, jest płacz i wyciągnięte w moją stronę rączki.   W Rzymie zrozumiałam, że tak jest także wtedy, gdy spędzam z nim czas 24/7. Nawet jak znikam za ścianą kuchni, Maksio płacze tak samo. Olśniło mnie, że przecież 7-9 miesięcy to wiek, w którym pojawia się u Dziecka lęk separacyjny. Dostrzeżenie i nazwanie tego zjawiska pozwoliło nam zrozumieć, dlaczego Maksio się tak zachowuje, zrozumieć, że to naturalny etap w rozwoju Dziecka i… wyzbyć się tak dużych wyrzutów sumienia spowodowanych tym, że nie jestem zawsze z Maksiem 24 godziny na dobę.   Wiedza ta pozwoliła mi bawić się z nim tak, aby wspierać jego rozwój – na przykład w chowanie się za zasłonką czy budką wózka – nauka, że choć czegoś nie widzimy, to nie oznacza, że tego nie ma albo zaraz tego znów nie będzie. To, że Mama znika, nie oznacza, że jej nie ma i że nie wróci.   4. Uwielbiam ruch Często pytacie mnie, jak ćwiczę, że udało mi się zgubić nie tylko kilogramy po ciąży, ale wrócić do wagi z liceum, a ja ze wstydem odpowiadam, że nie ćwiczę, a zmieniłam jedynie nawyki żywieniowe. Chciałabym odpowiadać, że jestem super fit i codziennie, zamiast jak teraz odzyskiwać codziennie o poranku przytomność z nosem w kawie, budzę się jak skowronek i biegam po osiedlu. Ale nic z tych rzeczy. Moje dni w Gdyni wypełnione są zadaniami od świtu do późnych godzin nocnych, mój dzień podzielony na pracę i życie rodzinne jest zaplanowany niemal co do minuty i niestety nie ma w tych planach zwykle takich luksusów jak codzienne długie spacery ani ochoty na żadną przebieżkę.   Ten pęd sprawił, że zapomniałam o tym, jak fantastycznie czuję się, spacerując!  Jak cudownie jest pokonywać 10-15 kilometrów dziennie, pchając wózek, idąc obok męża, który też pcha wózek, a nasze dzieci łapią się za ręce. Jak cudownie jest wyjść z domu na cały dzień, bez komputerów, niemal bez internetu, bez ciągłych telefonów i maili, spacerować i tak na 100% być ze swoją rodziną, robić głupie miny do zdjęć, mazać się lodami i dzielić się ostatnim kawałkiem suchej bułki. Biegać w bańkach mydlanych, jechać autobusem, szukać cienia pod drzewami, cieszyć się z dziecięcej drzemki i ścigać wózkami, śpiewać na cały głos autorskie wersje „Despacito” i uśmiechać się do przechodniów.   Nie chcę tego już nigdy zapomnieć.   5. Mój mąż jest prawdziwym partnerem Dopiero na wyjeździe dostrzegłam, jak wiele rzeczy na co dzień ogarnia Wojtek. Dopiero zmiana mieszkania pozwoliła mi dostrzec, że w nowej szafce jest zawsze papier toaletowy, a w kuchni ręcznik papierowy, jak zapomniane przeze mnie pranie dawno jest zrobione, a w łazience palą się świeczki, aby nie obudzić Maksia, gdy śpi (łazienkę mamy w sypialni). Na co dzień w tym pędzie przywykłam już do pewnych rzeczy, nie tylko nie doceniam ich, ale najgorsze jest to, że ja ich już po prostu czasami nie widzę.   Przyjazd do Rzymu pokazał mi, jak fantastyczny, partnerski związek tworzymy. Zawsze powtarzam, że stoi za mną mąż, dzięki któremu mogę się rozwijać (i pisać ten post, bo to on teraz podaje Maksowi smoczka, gdy się przebudza), ale dziś czuję to całą sobą.   Za nami tylko 10 dni, a ja już dostrzegam ogromny wpływ naszej miesięcznej przeprowadzki do Rzymu, nie mogę doczekać się tego, co odkryję za kolejne 3 tygodnie.   A może Tobie przyszło dziś do głowy, czego nie doceniasz na co dzień? Może masz jakieś sprawdzone sposoby na codzienny relaks, chwilę zadumy w codziennym, domowym życiu? Z przyjemnością posłucham.   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Białe spodnie - idealna baza na wiosnę i lato](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biale-spodnie-garderoba-kapsulowa/): Pogoda w Rzymie przez pierwszy tydzień z naszego miesięcznego pobytu totalnie nas rozpieściła. Po 9 dniach pogody jak marzenie, zostaliśmy zmuszeni do wyjęcia cieplejszych ubrań, idealnych na polską, wiosenną pogodę.   Pierwsze białe spodnie „zrobiłam” sobie jeszcze w podstawówce. Od zawsze na bakier byłam z czytaniem instrukcji i etykiet i tamtym razem nie wpadłam na to, że wybielając samodzielnie granatowe jeansy w ACE, powinnam ten produkt rozcieńczyć wodą, więc zanurzyłam spodnie w 3 butelkach wybielacza i – nie wiem, co gorsze – zostawiłam je tak na wiele godzin.   Do dziś pamiętam to uczucie, jak założyłam białe jeansy i wybrałam się na spacer po Gdańsku. Niestety, jak się możesz domyślać, ich żywot był bardzo krótki – dosłownie do pierwszego prania, gdy z pralki wyciągnęłam je w wielu elementach. Po prostu rozpadły się na kawałki.   Na drugie białe spodnie czekałam niemal 20 lat i zupełnie nie wiem dziś, dlaczego. Przed wyjazdem do Rzymu wpadłam do centrum handlowego i byłam pewna, że kupię je w pierwszym lepszym sklepie, ale ku mojemu zdziwieniu, choć były w każdym z pierwszych pięciu, to każde były tak cienkie, że prześwitywały przez nie nawet własne metki czy cielista bielizna.   Udało mi się w końcu znaleźć te niemal idealne – wolałabym, aby miały mniejsze kieszonki, ale są grube, mięsiste i elastyczne. Stanowią cudowną bazę, idealną do wiosennych i letnich stylizacji, która wspaniale uzupełnia moją wiosenną szafę kapsułkową. Szczególnie w zestawieniu z kopertowymi bluzkami, w których obok koszul najwygodniej karmi mi się piersią.   Zestawione ze srebrnymi sandałkami i ażurową biżuterią sprawiają, że mam wrażenie, że pełne lato jest tuż za rogiem.     Poszczególne elementy stroju dnia: Spodnie: Jeans Skinny in White – ZARA Premium Denim Collection Bluzka: ENNYWEAR Buty: Zign – Zalando Kolczyki: Pawie – Lilou Bransoletka: Skrzydła srebrne – Lilou Zegarek: Classic Petite – Daniel Wellington Torebka: Sloan – Michael Kors   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Magiczna butelka samopodgrzewająca bezpiecznie mleko Mamy i nie tylko](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/yoomi-butelka-samoagrzewajaca-recenzja/): Najczęściej jest tak, że wspólnie spędzamy czas po pracy, będąc z dziećmi. Zazwyczaj jedziemy na spacer nad morze (wersja optymistyczna przy powrocie Taty z pracy przed 17:00) lub idziemy na okoliczny plac zabaw (wersja dla spóźnionych z pracy, gdy nie ma już czasu na dojazdy). Czasem bywa, że na spacer Tata sam zabiera Maluszka (lub pakiet 2 Maluszków, gdy muszę coś zrobić sama w domu). Czym różnią się te wyjścia?   Tata musi być lepiej przygotowany i mieć w pogotowiu różne akcesoria! 🙂   Mikołaj ma już ponad 3 latka i z całym przekonaniem stwierdzam, że to wiek, od którego dziecko na placu zabaw czy spacerze może znaleźć się bez żadnych dodatkowych „sprzętów”. Nie potrzebuje smoczka, pieluchy, potrafi chodzić, biegać, rozmawiać, awaryjnie zje coś co można kupić w każdym „spożywczym”, napije się z butelki kupionej w sklepie bez względu na średnicę nakrętki i siusiu, jak to chłopak, da radę zrobić wszędzie (sic!). W zasadzie – można wziąć trzyletniego Synka za rękę i iść przed siebie.   Z małym 9 miesięcznym Maksiem jest inaczej – prócz wózka potrzeba jeszcze kilku rzeczy. Jedne bardziej niezbędne, inne mniej, ale zasada jest taka: liczba akcesoriów dla dziecka maleje wprost proporcjonalnie z wiekiem. Chyba każdy rodzić wie, jaka jest tragedia, gdy spadnie na ziemię jedyny smoczek albo zapomnieliśmy zabrać mleczka. Jeśli karmimy piersią, mamy ten jeden problem mniej, ale… o ile to my – Mamy jesteśmy na tym spacerze.   Dziś z pomocą przychodzą wynalazki XXI wieku, które ułatwiają i umilają czas dzieciom (a może bardziej rodzicom). Ostatnie nasze odkrycie to magiczna butelka. Dlaczego magiczna? Bo nie daje dziecku powodu do płaczu i wcale nie tylko dlatego, że nie powoduje kolek (ma anatomiczny kształt i 6 otworów wentylacyjnych), tylko dlatego, że dziecko dostaje jedzenie w ekspresowym tempie.   Mój mąż to gadżeciarz. W pozytywnym tego słowa znaczeniu. Lubi techniczne zagadnienia i nowości, więc mocno zaciekawiła go magiczna, samopogrzewająca się butelka Yoomi 🙂   Taka butelka pomoże w wielu sytuacjach – idealnie sprawdzi się: – w nocy, gdy karmimy lub dokarmiamy maluszka mlekiem w proszku, a nie chcemy biegać do kuchni i przygotowywać idealnie ciepłej wody, co zajmuje zawsze za dużo czasu, – gdy zostawiamy Maluszka pod opieką osoby trzeciej – która  niekoniecznie wie, jak podgrzać odciągnięte mleko lub w jakich proporcjach zmieszać ciepłą wodę z zimną, – na spacerze – zarówno jeśli karmimy mlekiem w proszku, jak i mlekiem Mamy – gdy na spacer idzie Tata czy Babcia, – w samolocie, – w pociągu, – w restauracji, – na wycieczce, – wszędzie tam, gdzie nie mamy możliwości podgrzać pokarmu.   Przy Mikołaju w samochodzie testowaliśmy już 2 rozwiązania podgrzewaczy samochodowych, podłączanych do gniazda zapalniczki: oba działają, ale pokarm lub woda do mleka w proszku musi zacząć podgrzewać się znacznie wcześniej – nawet pół godziny wcześniej! Ile razy nie zdążyła podgrzać się na czas, szczególnie zimą? Ile razy zatrzymywaliśmy auto na najbliższej stacji i zamawialiśmy wrzątek, aby dolać do wody w naszej butelce?   Przy Yoomi podgrzewanie mleka lub wody do idealnej temperatury trwa… 60 sekund! I przy okazji nie zajmuje dużo miejsca bo jest… wbudowane w butelkę.   Ile razy prosiłam o podgrzanie wody w restauracji czy samolocie, tyle razy otrzymywałam wrzątek i jeszcze nie byłam pewna, jak ta woda była podgrzewana i czy aby na pewno nie utraciła swojej sterylności. Jeszcze gorzej sytuacja miała się, gdy Wojtek poza domem prosił o podgrzanie mojego mleka…   Pamiętajmy bowiem, że nie można podgrzewać mleka – szczególnie mleka mamy – wkładając butelkę do wrzątku, bo niszczymy w ten sposób cenne składniki pokarmu.   Jak działa butelka samopodgrzewająca?   Butelka działa na podobnej zasadzie jak podgrzewacze do rąk, czy znany „Mr. B” na kolki brzuszkowe i jest przeznaczona zarówno do podgrzewania mleka Mamy, jak i wody z mlekiem w proszku.   1. Wkład uprzednio „ładujemy”, gotując w wodze lub w mikrofalówce i czekamy, aż ostygnie. Wkładamy wkład do smoczka od butelki, a do butelki wlewamy pokarm Mamy lub wodę, do której w odpowiednim momencie dosypiemy mleko w proszku.   2. Wkład aktywujemy w dowolnym momencie poprzez przyciśnięcie przycisku i odczekujemy 30 sekund.   3. Butelkę z pokarmem odwracamy do góry dnem na kolejne 30 sekund – wkład, rozgrzewając się, podgrzewa pokarm w butelce – ma specjalne rowki, dzięki czemu cały proces przebiega szybciej, a podgrzewanie następuje poprzez styk z niezbyt ciepłą powierzchnią.   4. Po 60 sekundach jest gotowe! Mleczko ma temperaturę idealną do spożycia – jak mleko Mamy – około 32-24’C.     Fajne jest też to, że aktywacja następuje przez wciśnięcie przycisku przez część smoczka, której dziecko nie ma w ustach.   Na początku bałam się, że poza domem będę musiała wziąć w rękę wkład, a następnie umieścić go w butelce, co byłoby niehigieniczne. Zwłaszcza na spacerze, gdy przed chwilą budowałam babki z piasku. A tak – butelka może być w domu umyta czy wysterylizowana i złożona w całość, a gdy będzie potrzebny pokarm w idealnej temperaturze – otrzymamy go w minutę. Szybko, zdrowo i bezpiecznie – bez zbędnego czekania, bez przegrzewania mleka i ryzyka poparzenia. Fajnie, że dzięki podgrzewaczowi smoczek również jest ciepły, więc maksymalnie przypomina pierś Mamy, a podgrzewacz utrzymuje ciepło przez godzinę.     Podsumowując: Tata na spacerze ma jeden problem z głowy. O ile nie zapomni zabrać ze sobą butelki z mlekiem 😉   A cała rodzina zyskuje nowe możliwości.   Tu, w Rzymie, to rozwiązanie pozwala Wojtkowi na samodzielne spacery z chłopcami, podczas których ja mogę napisać dla Ciebie własnie ten post.   A Wy jakie macie sposoby na podgrzewanie mleka? Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do nas na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Jak się ubrać na chrzciny i komunię? 3 stylizacje](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-chrzciny-komunie/): Jak się ubrać na chrzciny to chyba największe modowe wyzwanie jakie czeka na młodą Mamę. Wiosna w pełni, nadszedł czas komunii, chętnie w cieplejsze dni organizowane są również chrzty. Strój odpowiednio dopasowany do takich uroczystości to jedna z zasad savoir vivre. Co z czym łączyć, a czego unikać?   Po opublikowaniu na Instagramie zdjęcia z chrzcin Maksymiliana, pojawiło się mnóstwo pytań o naszą stylizację. Z przyjemnością Wam ją opiszę, ale najpierw…   Kilka zasad komponowania strojów na wyjątkowe okazje Komunia czy chrzest to nie jest rodzinny obiad, randka czy wyjście do teatru, ale ważne uroczystości kościelne. Strój powinien być odpowiednio dopasowany do ich powagi i miejsca.   Spełniając poniższe 4 wymagania jesteśmy niemal skazani na sukces:   1. Odpowiednia długość kreacji To nie jest ani uroczysty bal, ani klub, musimy więc pamiętać o odpowiedniej długości spódnicy czy sukienki: delikatnie przed kolano, w kolano lub delikatnie za kolano – nie mini, ale również nie do kostek. Nie popadajmy ze skrajności w skrajność i celujmy na środek. Długość midi będzie w sam raz!   2. Odpowiedni dekolt Dekoltem, który świetnie sprawdzi się na chrzcie lub komunii, jest stójka lub niewielki dekolt – łódka lub szpic. Nie szalejmy jednak z jego głębokością –  wszak to bardzo elegancka uroczystość kościelna.   3. Odpowiedni fason Wybierając strój, pamiętajmy również o tym, by miał odpowiedni krój – dopasowany do naszej sylwetki i podkreślający jej walory. Dobrze dobrany outfit sprawi, że nasza figura będzie dążyła do ideału – do klepsydry.   Dobieranie fasonu do figury to temat rzeka, z którego spokojnie można by przygotować cały post. Jeśli chcecie, przygotuję dla Was osobny materiał na ten temat i pokażę przykłady.   4. Odpowiedni kolor Uroczystościom typu chrzest lub komunia zawsze towarzyszą zdjęcia, co więcej – grupowe zdjęcia. Właśnie dlatego unikajmy wzorów, żeby zbytnio się nie wyróżniać i nie dominować na zdjęciu. Idealnie zatem sprawdzą się gładkie tkaniny, ale nie ma przeciwwskazań, by pobawić się fakturami, takimi jak koronki czy tweedy. Jaki kolor jest dla Ciebie odpowiedni? To zależy od tego, jakim jesteś typem kolorystycznym – wiosną, latem, jesienią czy zimą albo prościej – chłodnym czy ciepłym. Dobrze jednak sprawdzą się kolory jasne, stonowane i pastelowe. Jedno jest pewne – unikaj czerni! Zostaw ją na na inne okoliczności.   A co z dodatkami?   Bolerko, marynarka czy… płaszcz? Do sukienki czy spódnicy? Oczywiście, że płaszcz! O kazdej porze roku doskonale sprawdzi się dostosowany do warunków atmosferycznych elegancki płaszcz. Pamiętaj jednak, by jego długość była odpowiednia  – powinien nie być krótszy niż 2 cm od sukienki czy spódnicy.   Buty Najlepiej sprawdzą się oczywiście czółenka czy klasyczne szpilki. Ważne jest natomiast, by miały zakryte palce. Wysokość obcasa? Stawiałabym na wygodę, bardzo łatwo odebrać sobie klasę, zakładając za wysokie obcasy, na których nie potrafimy chodzić – osobiście po ciąży musiałam uczyć się chodzenia na wysokich obcasach na nowo! Tak więc załóż obcas taki, na jakim dasz radę stać i chodzić przez cały dzień, nawet, jeśli będzie niemal płaski. Na pewno będziesz się czuła w nim (i także wyglądała) o wiele lepiej niż w za wysokich szpilkach.   Torebka Niewielka, idealna kopertówka wystarczy na schowanie najpotrzebniejszych rzeczy. Oczywiście jeśli jesteś Mamą, lista najpotrzebniejszych rzeczy nieco się powiększa, dlatego w tym przypadku lepiej może się sprawdzić inna niewielka torebka. Nie ma jednak potrzeby, byś targała ze sobą na ramieniu wielką torbę z zapasem dziecięcych akcesoriów – śmiało możesz powiesić ją na wózku czy zostawić w samochodzie.   Biżuteria Pamiętaj, że mniej znaczy więcej. Zwróć uwagę, żeby Twoja biżuteria była niekrzykliwa, a elegancka. Idealnie sprawdzą się perły, drobne kamienie, delikatna bransoletka czy elegancki zegarek w kolorze biżuterii. Zadbaj również o to, by wszystkie metale w stroju lub biżuterii były w takim samym kolorze: srebro lub złoto. Doda Ci to klasy!   Niczym królewska para Czy zwróciłaś kiedyś uwagę, w jaki sposób ubiera się na rodzinne uroczystości rodzina królewska? Nie wątpię, że za ich ostateczny look odpowiada stylista i ekspert od wizerunku, ale ważne jest jedno: elegancja. Ubiór w zbliżonym kolorze, zakryte ramiona i odpowiednia długość kreacji, pełne buty, skromna biżuteria i makijaż. Zauważyłam wielokrotnie, że rodzina królewska nierzadko ubiera się ton w ton. I nie mówię tu o identycznych ubraniach na przykład dla mamy i córki, ale o zbliżonej kolorystyce. Uważam, że jest to swego rodzaju identyfikacja wizerunku całej rodziny, która wzmacnia również poczucie jedności. A przy okazji dobrze wygląda na zdjęciach.   Propozycje 3 stylizacji Przygotowałam dla Was propozycje trzech stylizacji. Wiecie, jaki jest ich wspólny mianownik?   Po pierwsze, krój dopasowany do (mojej) figury. Jestem trójkątem, więc dzięki rozkloszowanej spódnicy moja figura jest proporcjonalna u góry i na dole. Ten trick sprawdzi się niemal dla każdej sylwetki, także dla klepsydry. Warto, aby sprawdziły go także gruszki – jest szansa, że mały dekolt doda objętości w ramionach, a rozkloszowana spódnica ukryje szersze biodra. Gruszki – koniecznie sprawdźcie ten fason u siebie!   Po drugie, odpowiednia kolorystyka Jasne, niekrzykliwe, stonowane kolory. Płaszcz w tym samym kolorze, ale nieco innym tonie.   Beżowa stylizacja ton w ton Beżowa sukienka, odrobinę ciemniejszy płaszcz, beżowe – cieliste szpilki i odrobinę przełamująca całość chłodniejsza, szara torebka.   Całość ze srebrnymi dodatkami, wśród których główną rolę grają duże kolczyki. Sukienka: Marie Zelie Buty: Ryłko Kolczyki: Lilou Zegarek: Daniel Wellington Torebka: Michael Kors Płaszcz: Talinder   Szara stylizacja ton w ton Moja propozycja na chłodniejsze dni, szara sukienka z rękawem 3/4, uszyta z tkaniny bawełnianej o charakterystycznym splocie typu oxford, uzupełniona beżowo-błękitną biżuterią i dodatkami w kolorze srebra. Sukienka Melia szara: Marie Zelie Wełniany, szary płaszcz:  Reserved Kolczyki i naszyjnik: Artelioni Torebka: Michael Kors Szpilki: Badura Okulary: Ray Ban Erika   Moja stylizacja na chrzest Synka Idąc śladem rodziny królewskiej, chciałam, aby stylizacja ton w ton dotyczyła całej naszej rodziny. Właśnie dlatego, choć uwielbiam jasne kolory, w dniu chrztu postawiłam na stylizacje ton w ton całej naszej czwórki i na kolor niebieski.   Nieprzypadkowo w tak ważnym dniu, jakim był chrzest Maksia, ubraliśmy się ton w ton na niebiesko.  Kolor niebieski symbolizuje uduchowienie, pokój, spokój, wodę, świeżość, czystość, dynamizm, kreatywność i inspirację – to także kolor przyjaźni. To wszystko doskonale opisuje moją rodzinę.   Ostatecznie nie miałam niebieskiego płaszcza z dwóch prostych powodów: po pierwsze, w tamtym czasie nie mogłam znaleźć odpowiedniego w żadnym sklepie, a po drugie zaskoczyła nas pogoda – tegoroczna Wielkanoc była dość chłodna.   Wybrałam dla siebie więc niebieską sukienkę, beżowe szpilki i beżowy ciepły płaszcz.   Choć moja stylizacja nie była typową stylizacją ton w ton, kurtkę miałam na sobie tak naprawdę tylko w drodze do i z kościoła. Sukienka Melia niebieska: Marie Zelie Kolczyki pawie oko: Lilou Bransoletka skrzydła: Lilou Zegarek: Daniel Wellington   Co łączy wszystkie trzy stylizacje? Tworząc od podstaw swoją szafę kapsułkową, postawiłam na uniwersalne rozwiązania, na sukienki, które w zależności od dobranych butów i dodatków mogę założyć na wiele okazji o bardzo różnym charakterze.   Lniana sukienka pięknie sprawdza się na letnim spacerze do sandałków, w szarej dobrze czuję się w biurze, a każda z nich jest odpowiednia i do szpilek, i do kozaków, dobrze się więc sprawdzi przy każdej pogodzie. W niebieskiej zaś czuję, że wzbudzam zaufanie na ważnych spotkaniach i dlatego bardzo ją lubię.     Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Easywalker Buggy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mini-by-easywalker-buggy/): Easywalker Buggy to spacerówka, która towarzyszy nam od pierwszych miesięcy życia Maksia, zabraliśmy ją także do Rzymu, gdzie spędzaliśmy całą rodziną aż miesiąc, codziennie korzystając z długich, często ponad dziesięciokilometrowych spacerów. Jak nam się sprawdziła? MINI by Easywalker Buggy – wózek spacerowy z osłonką przeciwdeszczową o wadze zaledwie 6,5 kg. Poszukując spacerówki idealnej, postanowiliśmy przetestować wózek spacerowy model Buggy od Easywalker. Sama jeżdżę na co dzień swoim ukochanym MINI, to dlaczego dziecku miałabym odmówić? 🙂   Dzięki temu, że wózek jest odpowiedni dla dziecka już od pierwszych tygodnia życia aż do 20 kg wagi, może w nim jeździć zarówno kilkumiesięczny Maksymilian, jak i trzyletni Mikołaj.   Posiada też pewną cechę, dzięki której zostawia konkurencję daleko w tyle – adaptery do fotelika samochodowego. Zupełnie niespotykana funkcjonalność w spacerówkach, która sprawia,  że wózek starczy nam od urodzenia do końca okresu wózkowego.   Stelaż i koła Rama jest aluminiowa, dzięki czemu, stelaż wózka jest lekki – cały waży jednie 6,5 kg. Koła wózka są bardzo łatwe w demontażu i czyszczeniu, nie ma więc problemu w utrzymaniu wózka w czystości. Dzięki logo MINI na kółkach, pojazd mojego dziecka wygląda prawie jak mój 😉   Amortyzacja MINI by Easywalker Buggy opisany jest jako wózek miejski i terenowy. Według mnie jest idealny do miasta – również dzięki jego niewielkim rozmiarom po złożeniu. Historyczny Rzym to w większości chodniki i uliczki wyłożone kocimi łbami, nie wyobrażam sobie tu żadnego wózka bez amortyzacji, a ten naprawdę dał sobie radę.   Natomiast po piaszczystej czy wysypanej kamyczkami drodze radzi sobie nieco trudniej – na szczęście wózek jest już dostępny w wersji Buggy + z dużo większymi kółkami i regulowaną wysokością rączek, dziś z pewnością wybrałabym właśnie model „z plusem”.   Wózek prowadzi się bardzo płynnie – jest lekki i bardzo zwrotny. Ucieszyła mnie możliwość zablokowania przednich kółek do jazdy na wprost, dzięki czemu mogę w nim usypiać dziecko.   Rączka Ponieważ jest to wózek typu parasolka, nie ma jednej rączki, a dwie – obie wyprofilowane, dobrze leżące w dłoni, dla wygody pokryte ekologiczną skórą. W nowym modelu Buggy+ mają regulowaną wysokość, więc jeśli zdarza Ci się kopać w wózek podczas szybkiego spaceru, w modelu z plusem wyciągniesz rączki i po problemie.   Hamulec Hamulec wciskany i zwalniany za pomocą naciśnięcia stopą pod odpowiednim kątem, czyli najlepsze z możliwych rozwiązań, zwłaszcza latem, w japonkach czy sandałkach.   Kosz na zakupy Kosz znajdujący się pod siedziskiem jest naprawdę bardzo pojemny – nawet do 5 kg! Z powodzeniem zmieściłam w nim nosidło, kocyk, sweterki i przekąski. Kosz zajmuje praktycznie całą przestrzeń pod siedziskiem, dzięki czemu jest ona w pełni wykorzystana.   Budka Doskonała! Daszek jest rozkładany – w wersji złożonej stanowi ochronę przed słońcem i wiatrem, a wystarczy odpiąć zamek, by rozłożona pozwoliła dziecku na spokojny sen. Nad budką znajduje się okienko peek-a-boo, pozwalające na stały kontakt rodzica z Maleństwem. Do wózka dołożona jest również folia przeciwdeszczowa – idealne rozwiązanie na zdradliwą pogodę.   Siedzisko Możliwe jest ustawienie siedziska w czterech punktach – od siedzącej do leżącej, a to wszystko za pomocą jednego płynnie działającego uchwytu.   Tapicerka siedziska jest łatwozmywalna i miękka, a pod główką dziecka jest nawet poduszeczka, którą można łatwo odczepić. Zdjąć można także pokrowiec i spokojnie wyprać w pralce.     Wózek wyposażony jest w pięciopunktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa – bardzo proste w zapinaniu i odpinaniu dla rodzica, a sprawiające problemy w odpinaniu dla dziecka. A o to właśnie chodzi, prawda?     Pałąk Pałąk w tym wózku jest opcją do dokupienia, ale bardzo go lubimy – Maksiu również. Lubi chwytać go, wychylać się i rozglądać. Wózek można złożyć pomimo zamocowanego pałąka, a sam pałąk zamiast zdejmować, możemy unieść do góry, aby dziecko mogło do wózka wsiąść – jest to bardzo wygodna opcja. Mikołaj sam podchodził do wózka, unosił pałąk i wślizgiwał się do środka 😉   Podnóżek Jest składany, korzysta z niego zarówno Maksiu, jak i Mikołaj.   Kolorystyka Cały wózek stylem, kolorystyką, logo na kołach nawiązuje do samochodu MINI. A że sama jeżdżę tym autem, to wózek podoba mi się tak samo 🙂 Mój jest czarny i bardzo stylowy, a na budce widnieje skórzany motyw z flagą Wielkiej Brytanii.   Kolorystyka modelu Buggy+:     Występuję także w pięknych kolorach bez brandingu MINI:     Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Rozłożony MINI by Easywalker Buggy ma wymiary 48 x 76 x 103 cm. Złożony wózek ma jedynie 100 cm długości i 24 cm szerokości. Wózek MINI by Easywalker Buggy składa się bardzo łatwo i szybko do parasolki, posiada też automatyczna blokadę, która uniemożliwia samoczynne rozłożenie. Wózek mieści się bez problemu w miejskich samochodach – nawet w bagażniku takiego mikrusa jak Fiat 500 Cabrio.   Waga Jak wspomniałam wyżej, dzięki niedużej wadze wózka (6,5 kg) noszenie go nie sprawia większych problemów, a ułatwia to jeszcze pasek antypoślizgowy, który możemy nosić na ramieniu. Naprawdę absolutnie nie jest zmartwieniem wejście czy zejście po schodach z wózkiem, ponieważ spokojnie dziecko można przytrzymać na biodrze jedną ręką, na drugie ramię założyć złożony wózek i wnieść do góry czy znieść ze schodów – w końcu jest to wózek typu parasolka.   Akcesoria Do wózka spacerowego MINI by Easywalker Buggy możemy dobrać szereg akcesoriów: adaptery – dzięki nim mogłam z łatwością, nie budząc dziecka śpiącego w foteliku samochodowym, przenieść je na stelaż wózka i przejść np. z auta do sklepu lub odwrotnie. Pomimo tego, że fotelik nie pasuje idealnie do adapterów – zapinając fotelik nie słychać charakterystycznego kliknięcia, niemniej jednak, delikatnie asekurując Maluszka, jestem gotowa przejść z nim całkiem spory odcinek; rozwiązanie idealnie sprawdza się na wakacjach, na trasie do wypożyczalni samochodów czy po lotnisku; te adaptery sprawiają, że wózek nie ma sobie równych, pałąk – o jego zaletach pisałam już powyżej; tacka – świetna dla starszaków; uchwyt na kubek – w odpowiedzi na wołanie o pomoc za kubkiem kawy 😉 – tak było w teorii, bo w praktyce zwykle mamy tam dziecięcy bidon z wodą, torba do transportu wózka – dzięki której wózek na siedzeniu samochodu nie brudzi go, a przed wszystkim zabezpiecza wózek w podróży samolotem. Cena Cena MINI by Easywalker Buggy zaczyna się od 970 zł, nie jest to najtańszy wózek na rynku, natomiast w mojej ocenie jest wart tej kwoty, ponieważ po pierwsze starczy na cały okres wózkowy dziecka (a nawet dwójki czy trójki) , to jest naprawdę wygodny w codziennym użytkowaniu.   Podsumowanie Buggy Waga 6,5 kg Wymiary po złożeniu 100 cm x 24 cm Wymiary po rozłożeniu 48 x 76 x 103 cm Kosz na zakupy 5 kg Maksymalna waga dziecka 20 kg Podsumowanie Buggy+ Waga 8 kg Wymiary po złożeniu 107 cm x 24 cm Wymiary po rozłożeniu 79 cm x 47 cm x 107-110 cm (regulowana wysokość rączek) Kosz na zakupy 5 kg Maksymalna waga dziecka 20 kg   Mini by Easywalker Buggy to spacerówka idealna, a ewentualne jej wady czyli stosunkowo małe kółka oraz niskie rączki zostały poprawione w jego następcy, który właśnie trafił do sklepów: Easywalker Buggy+, który ma właśnie większe kółka i regulowane rączki. To wózek, który dzięki rozkładanemu na płasko siedzisku nadaje się dla Dzieci od urodzenia, a wystarczy aż do końca okresu wózkowego Dziecka, co zapewnią nam duży rozmiar siedziska i niezwykle trwałe materiały – naszym wózkiem zrobiliśmy setki kilometrów po rzymskich kocich łbach i toskańskich drogach, już kilka razy lecieliśmy samolotem. Adaptery do fotelika samochodowego sprawiają, że nie ma sobie równych na rynku. Dzięki oryginalnemu designowi w wielu kolorach jestem pewna, że każdy wybierze coś dla siebie.     Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Jak rozszerzać dietę niemowlaka?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rozszerzac-diete-niemowlaka/): Kiedy poznać, że to ten moment? Jakie pierwsze pokarmy podawać Dziecku? I czym różni się rozszerzanie diety przy karmieniu piersią od rozszerzania diety przy podawaniu sztucznej mieszanki?   W 1994 roku Ministerstwo Zdrowia w Wielkiej Brytanii zmieniło minimalny zalecany wiek podawania pokarmów w formie stałej z trzech miesięcy na cztery. Jednocześnie wprowadzono przepisy, które zapobiegły producentom jedzenia dla niemowląt informowania na opakowaniach, że ich produkty mogą być podawane wcześniej, stąd na produktach zaczął pojawiać się minimalny dopuszczalny wiek dziecka: 4 miesiące.   Gdy w  2003 roku Światowa Organizacja Zdrowia podniosła minimalny wiek rozszerzania diety zarówno u dzieci karmionych piersią jak i u dzieci karmionych mlekiem modyfikowanym na 6 miesięcy, ale niestety nie towarzyszyła temu odpowiednia zmiana w prawie. Skutek jest taki, że producenci żywności dla najmłodszych nadal promują swoje produkty jako odpowiednie dla maluszków od 4 miesiąca życia, a rodzice, którzy nie wiedzą, że rekomendacja się zmieniła, ufają napisowi na opakowaniu… i dalej kupują słoiczki niemowlętom zdecydowanie na to zbyt małym, zamiast nadal karmić je wyłącznie tak istotnym dla ich zdrowia i prawidłowego rozwoju mlekiem matki lub mlekiem modyfikowanym [2].   Mniej więcej do końca 6 miesiąca życia. układ trawienny i odpornościowy Dziecka nie jest w stanie podołać niczemu innemu niż mleko mamy lub mleko modyfikowane. Po upływie tego czasu (oczywiście każde Dziecko rozwija się inaczej, więc może być to różnica tygodnia czy dwóch wcześniej lub później) nasza pociecha sama zacznie interesować się innym jedzeniem, na przykład obserwując rodzinę podczas wspólnych posiłków.   Przy dziecku karmionym mlekiem modyfikowanym rozszerzanie diety wygląda nieco inaczej – może przede wszystkim potrwać dłużej, nim dziecko stanie się otwarte na nowe smaki, gdyż jest ono przyzwyczajone do jednego, stałego smaku. Inaczej przebiega też podawanie napojów: dzieci karmione piersią już od pierwszych dni dostają wszystko, czego tylko potrzebują – nie tylko pokarm, ale i napój. Od tego, jak często i ile pokarmu wypija dziecko, zależy skład mleka matki. Jeśli jest gorąco, dziecko pije więcej, ale mleko jest bardziej napojem niż pożywieniem. Mleko modyfikowane zaś jest bardziej sycące i pożywne – niezbyt gasi pragnienie. Jego skład również nie ulega zmianie wraz z rozwojem czy pragnieniem dziecka, więc nim przystąpimy do rozszerzania diety, należy dodatkowo podawać dziecku wodę. Przyjmowanie wody nie tylko pomoże mu rozpoznać, kiedy chce mu się pić, a kiedy jest głodne, ale również pozwoli przypilnować, by nie przybrało na wadze, pijąc wysokokaloryczne mleko modyfikowane, będąc jedynie spragnionym, a nie głodnym [2]. Co więcej dietetycy polecają podawanie wody jeszcze wcześniej dziecku karmionemu mieszanką, jeśli ma problemy z zaparciami.   Inna jest także ilość podawanego sztucznego mleka w stosunku do karmienia piersią – dziecko na sztucznej mieszance w okolicach 1 roku życia będzie pić mleko prawdopodobnie 1-2 razy dziennie, pozostałe posiłki będą stałymi pokarmami. Natomiast karmiąc piersią, prawdopodobnie nie zauważysz zmiany w ilości karmień, mogą być jedynie krótsze.   Kiedy rozpocząć rozszerzanie diety? Reasumując powyższe: podaje się, że należy karmić dziecko wyłącznie piersią lub mlekiem modyfikowanym do 6 miesiąca życia, a następnie wprowadzać stopniowo produkty stałe. Ale też nie drastycznie, nie na siłę, nie okłamując dziecka (na przykład że mama nie ma mleka), a już na pewno nie wtedy, gdy dziecko przechodzi lęki separacyjne lub skoki rozwojowe. Wiele źródeł twierdzi nawet, że należy zaczekać, aż dziecko zacznie samodzielnie siadać.   Warto więc poobserwować Dziecko – czy już siada samodzielnie lub z niewielką pomocą, podnosi przedmioty rączką i wkłada do ust, zabawki gryzie i wykonuje żuchwą ruchy podobne do przeżuwania? Jeśli tak, może być to właściwy moment.   Jak rozpocząć rozszerzanie diety? Przede wszystkim nie od razu. Drogocenne mleko mamy (lub modyfikowane, również zawierające dużo kalorii i składników odżywczych) nie powinno być zastąpione stałym posiłkiem. Nie zastępujemy mleka, lecz pokarmy stałe traktujemy bardziej jako „przekąskę między posiłkami” – na przykład pół godziny po karmieniu piersią czy sztucznym mlekiem. Dziecko ma poznać nowe smaki, eksperymentować z jedzeniem, a nie najadać się. Nie bez powodu nazywa się to rozszerzaniem diety, a nie zastępowaniem. Produkty podawane niemowlakowi mają być produktami uzupełniającymi – uzupełniającymi to, czego zaczyna brakować w mleku matki, a więc produktami bogatymi w żelazo, cynk i witaminy, przede wszystkim A, D i E.     Ile i jakich posiłków? WHO podało rekomendowaną ilość posiłków uzupełniających, w zależności od wieku dziecka: Wiek Minimalna ilość posiłków uzupełniających/dzień 6–8 mies. niemowlę karmione piersią 2 9–23 mies. dziecko karmione piersią 3 6–23 mies. dziecko karmione mlekiem mod. 4 (wśród tych posiłków może być zawarte mleko modyfikowane)   Dzieci, którym chcemy rozszerzyć dietę, powinny być karmione przynajmniej czterema z siedmiu grup produktów. Jakie to grupy?   Grupa 1: Zboża, korzenie, bulwy   Grupa 2: Owoce i warzywa bogate w witaminę A (prowitaminę A znajdziemy w tych żółtych i pomarańczowych, np. brzoskwiniach, czerwonym grapefruicie, mango, marchwi, dyni, batatach, ale również w np. brokułach czy szpinaku).   Grupa 3: Mięso, drób i ryby. W pierwszym roku życia zalecana ilość mięsa to 10 g dziennie, w drugim to 20 g dziennie.   Grupa 4: Rośliny strączkowe, orzechy i nasiona   Grupa 5: Jaja   Grupa 6: Inne owoce i warzywa   Grupa 7: Przetwory mleczne   [1] Co podawać? Jeśli dziecko nie jest alergikiem, możemy spróbować podawać więcej niż jeden składnik na raz – na przykład ziemniaki i marchewkę. Jeśli zaś zmagamy się z uczuleniami, wprowadzać należy produkty pojedynczo, początkowo ze sporym odstępem czasowym (nawet kilku dni), by w przypadku pojawienia się alergii wykryć jej źródło.   A co podawać najpierw?   Istnieją dwie szkoły: najpierw podawać dziecku warzywa, a później owoce, gdyż owoce są słodkie i dziecko może tak przyzwyczaić się do cukru, zawartego w owocach, że potem nie będzie chciało jeść tak zdrowych i potrzebnych w diecie warzyw, nie ma znaczenia, czy najpierw podamy owoce, czy warzywa, ponieważ laktoza z mleka matki jest już słodka – niemowlę jest już więc przyzwyczajone do słodkiego smaku.   Warzywa warto wprowadzać gotowane na parze, a nie surowe, gdyż są lepiej przyswajalne i lepiej się trawią w małym brzuszku.   Według najnowszych wytycznych zarówno gluten jak i mięso również powinniśmy podawać od 6 miesiąca życia dziecka.   Jeśli dziecko nie ma uczulenia na białko mleka i toleruje laktozę, można wprowadzić przetwory mleczne: jogurt naturalny, twaróg, masło. Mleko krowie traktujemy tylko jako dodatek do gotowania, a dopiero kiedy dziecko skończy rok, możemy podać niewielką ilość jako przekąskę, na przykład do owoców i chleba. Jeśli chcemy całkowicie zrezygnować z nabiału, najpierw upewnijmy się, że dziecko dostaje w innych pokarmach wystarczająco dużo białka, wapnia, witamin A, B i D oraz tłuszczu.   Rozszerzając dietę dziecka, nie zapominajmy o dostarczaniu mu płynów – z naszym mlekiem dostawało zarówno płyny, jak i pokarm, więc wprowadzając stały posiłek, miejmy pod ręką także coś do picia. Może być to woda czy mleko roślinne.   Czego nie podawać? Jasnym jest, że przede wszystkim nie możemy podać dziecku pokarmów ani w zbyt małych, ani zbyt dużych kawałkach – muszą być takie, by dziecko bez problemu wzięło je do ręki. Unikać należy produktów bardzo twardych, zawierających pestki lub chrząstki.   Lista produktów, których należy unikać. [2]   1. Sól – po prostu szkodzi niemowlęciu. Jego nerki nie są jeszcze tak rozwinięte, by mogły sobie poradzić z dużą ilością tej przyprawy. Sól to polepszacz smaku, ale też konserwant, dlatego nie powinniśmy podawać dziecku np. gotowych potraw, sosów ze słoika, szynki czy jedzenia w puszce. Dzieci poniżej 1 roku życia powinny spożywać maksymalnie 1 g soli (0,4 g sodu) dziennie.   2. Cukier – brak wartości odżywczej, puste kalorie. Niszczy zęby jeszcze przed ząbkowaniem! Nie trzeba jednak całkowicie rezygnować z cukru – jeśli okazjonalnie maluch posmakuje biszkopta czy deseru, nic się nie stanie. Unikać jednak należy słodyczy i napojów gazowanych. Uwaga – cukier znajduje się również w wielu produktach dla niemowląt, np. w gotowych słoiczkach z musem. Zwróćcie na to szczególną uwagę!   3. Wszystkie konserwanty, dodatki, substancje słodzące, wszystkie E i inne „ulepszacze”. Im mniejsza lista składników na etykiecie, tym lepiej.   4. Kiedyś radzono unikać białka jajka, teraz to się zmieniło, należy jednak jajko zawsze porządnie dogotować.   5. Surowy miód – przynajmniej do ukończenia 1 roku życia, gdyż może być źródłem zatrucia jadem kiełbasianym, jest także bardzo silnym alergenem.   6. Surowe otręby lub produkty je zawierające – mogą podrażniać wrażliwy przewód pokarmowy dziecka i wpływać negatywnie na wchłaniania ważnych substancji, takich jak żelazo czy wapń.   7. Kawa, herbata, cola – zawierają kofeinę (nie chcemy przecież, by nasze dziecko było nadpobudliwe!), a herbata wpływa negatywnie na wchłanianie żelaza.   8. Napoje słodzone lub gazowane i nierozcieńczone soki owocowe – zawierają bardzo dużo cukru i mogą być zbyt kwaśne dla niemowlęcia i małego dziecka.   9. Mleko – tak, mleko! To zwierzęce jest sycące i może powodować brak apetytu. Należy unikać go poniżej 1 roku życia. Dlaczego? Jego skład bardzo odbiega od składu mleka kobiecego i modyfikowanego – zawiera zbyt dużo soli mineralnych, białka, a za mało żelaza, a co więcej – utrudnia jego wchłanianie, przyczyniając się do rozwoju anemii. Mleko owcze i kozie również ma nieodpowiednie dla niemowlęcia proporcje składników odżywczych. Dopuszczalne są niewielkie ilości mleka   Lista potraw, które w małej ilości można podać dziecku 1-2 razy w tygodniu (pamiętając, by podawać wtedy dodatkowo wodę lub mleko z piersi, by łatwiej było wydalić nadmiar soli): twarde sery (np. parmezan), kiełbasa (także pepperoni i salami), szynka, boczek, fasola w sosie pomidorowym, drożdże, pizza.   Lista potraw, których absolutnie należy unikać: dania gotowe, niektóre płatki śniadaniowe, słone przekąski, gotowe paszteciki, gotowe dania z makaronu i sosy curry, gotowe sosy i buliony w kostkach, zupy w puszce i z torebki, wędzone mięso i ryby, anchois, oliwki w solance, sos sojowy.   Oprócz tych pokarmów i napojów Dziecko może jeść to samo, co my. Oczywiście, jeśli nie jest alergikiem.   A co z produktami, które mogą wywołać alergię lub nietolerancję? O tym, jak odkryliśmy, że nasze dziecko jest alergikiem, i jak sobie z tym poradziliśmy, pisałam już Wam w serii postów: Jak zdiagnozowaliśmy alergię u niemowlaka? Część 1, część 2 i część 3.   Wiele mam zmaga się z alergią swojego Dziecka na orzechy, pszenicę, owoce cytrusowe, truskawki, nasiona, pomidory, ryby, czy właśnie, albo przede wszystkim na białko mleka. U wielu dzieci alergia mija koło 3 roku życia, ale nie jest to zasadą.   Jednym z bardziej problematycznych składników pokarmów jest gluten (mieszanina białek roślinnych, które znajdują się w niektórych gatunkach zbóż, m.in. w pszenicy, owsie, jęczmieniu, życie, orkiszu). Wszystkie pokarmy, które zawierają te zboża (chleby, ciasta, makarony), zawierają też gluten. Z uwagi na to, że gluten jest białkiem, możemy mieć na niego alergię (to jeden z najczęstszych alergenów – nie mylić z celiakią, chorobą).   Większość z najnowszych źródeł podaje dziś, że 26 tygodni życia to wiek, w którym kontakt z glutenem powinien wystąpić i co więcej, może zapobiec jego nietolerancji.   Jeśli nasze Dziecko okaże się mieć alergię na gluten, na szczęście jest sporo innych pokarmów bez glutenu – ryż, kasza gryczana, komosa ryżowa (quinoa), amarantus, gryka, kasza jaglana.   Niemowlęta i małe dzieci potrzebują więcej tłuszczu niż dorośli, bo łatwiej spalają kalorie. A tłuszcz muszą przyswajać, gdyż niektóre witaminy rozpuszczają się tylko w nim. Najlepsze tłuszcze to te, które nie są pochodzenia zwierzęcego ani z nabiału, takie jak oleje roślinne, tłuste ryby, oliwa z oliwek i oleje zawarte w orzechach i nasionach. Uważajmy na tłuszcze transtłuszczowe (kwasy uwodornione), czyli tłuszcze używane w produktach takich jak herbatniki, chipsy, ciasta, dania gotowe czy margaryny – mogą one blokować dobre działanie zdrowych tłuszczów.   Błonnik pomaga utrzymywać w zdrowiu układ trawienny i wydalniczy nie tylko dorosłych, ale i niemowląt, ale one potrzebują go w bardzo niewielkiej ilości. Nie należy jednak podawać surowych otrębów i płatków z ich wysoką zawartością, należy ograniczyć także ilość produktów pełnoziarnistych. Początkowo wybierajmy ryż biały, a nie brązowy, podawajmy białą mąkę, zamiast razowej, makarony białe a nie razowe, choć nie oznacza to, że dziecko nie może razowych produktów spróbować. Błonnik w nadmiarze może utrudniać wchłanianie witamin i powodować biegunki.   Przydatne wskazówki 1. Zacznij przyzwyczajać dziecko do swoich posiłków – niech je razem z Tobą, przy Tobie. Będzie starało się Ciebie naśladować – nie tylko to, co jesz, ale też jak to robisz, jak zachowujesz się przy stole. A jeszcze lepiej – jeśli będziesz jeść to samo, co ono. Pamiętaj tylko o unikaniu produktów z powyższej listy (1-9), a szczególnie soli – może warto dosalać dania dopiero na talerzu, by dziecko po pierwsze jadło zdrowiej, po drugie – by poznało prawdziwy smak jedzonej potrawy.   2. Produkty, które chcemy podać naszemu dziecku, najlepiej samodzielnie przygotujmy – upieczmy, ugotujmy czy podajmy świeże. Każdy składnik, który chcemy podać maluszkowi, powinien być przez nas pieczołowicie wybrany. Przede wszystkim – czytajmy etykiety! Możecie się nieźle zdziwić, ile zbędnych składników mogą mieć produkty dla dzieci. Producenci ukrywają sól pod nazwą sód, a cukier pod sacharoza, dekstroza, fruktoza, syrop glukozowy i syrop kukurydziany. To wszystko jest zbędne, małe brzuszki nie potrzebują takich „ulepszaczy”. Pomijam już kwestie konserwantów…   3. Krój produkty (owoce, warzywa, mięso, chleb) tak, aby dziecko będzie mogło chwycić je rączką i mamlać wystającą nad piąstką część.   4. Gotując np. warzywa, zadbaj o to, by nie były ani zbyt miękkie – by dziecko nie rozgniotło ich na miazgę, chwytając rączką, ani zbyt twarde – by było w stanie je nadgryźć.   5. Jeśli ugotowane warzywa są zbyt śliskie i dziecko ma problemy z ich utrzymaniem w ręku, wytrzyj je w ręcznik papierowy.   6. Nie ma potrzeby, by podawane jedzenie było papką – niemowlę ma przecież nauczyć się nie tylko smaków, ale i tekstur, przeżuwania. Przeżuwanie (czy jego próba) ma dobroczynne działanie dla rozwoju mowy czy właściwemu przyswajaniu pokarmów. Plusem jest też rzeczywista forma potrawy – jedząc papkę z marchewki, dziecko nieufnie będzie patrzyło na marchewkę w kawałku, może nawet nie będzie chciało jej jeść? Łatwiej też będzie odróżniało marchewkę od jabłka czy pietruszki nie tylko po smaku czy kolorze, ale także wyglądzie, gdy nie będzie to po prostu papka. Jedzenie rozdrobionego jedzenia jest też mniej bezpieczne – dziecko zasysa pokarm, nie ma możliwości przemielenia, obracania czy przeżuwania go w jamie ustnej. Zdecydowanie większą kontrolę ma nad jedzeniem w kawałkach, które może złapać rączką i po kawałku wkładać do ust. Poza tym  – przecież te różne konsystencje i struktury są takie interesujące!   Nie demonizujmy jednak papek – sama uwielbiam zupy kremy i w takiej formie jedzenie także podaję całej rodzinie. To też idealny sposób na przemycenie dziecku pożywnych składników, do których jest uprzedzone – na przykład szpinaku w musie owocowym czy koktajlu.   7. Dziecko, które nauczy się jeść samodzielnie, zje w swoim tempie – nie karmimy go łyżeczką, więc nie będzie jadło zbyt szybko (co może wpłynąć na to, że zbyt szybko poczuje się syte), ani nie będzie niecierpliwiło się zbyt późnym podaniem pokarmu. Ma również kontrolę nad wielkością swojego posiłku – po prostu przestaje jeść, gdy poczuje się najedzone. Nie zmuszaj go do jedzenia, nie próbuj przekonywać pochwałami, sztuczkami, przekupstwami czy groźbami, by coś zjadło.   8. Często martwimy się tym, że nasze dziecko się zakrztusi czy zadławi, jedząc samodzielnie – stanie się tak prędzej, gdy ktoś włoży mu jedzenie lub picie do ust, albo gdy siedzi odchylone do tyłu. Jeśli będzie jadło samo, w prawidłowej pozycji, nawet jeśli się zakrztusi, powinno sobie z  tym samo poradzić. Ale oczywiście NIGDY nie zostawiaj go samego, gdy je.   9. Początkowe posiłki będą nauką, zabawą i eksperymentowaniem – przygotuj się na trochę bałaganu 😉 Gdy nie mam na niego czasu, po prostu miksuję posiłek i podaję łyżeczką, złoty środek jest moją ulubioną zasadą.     Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.     Źródła: [1]  https://data.unicef.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/From-the-first-hour-of-life.pdf [2] Gill Rapley, Tracey Murkett – Bobas lubi wybór, Warszawa 2010. Gill Rapley, Tracey Murkett – Po prostu piersią, Warszawa 2015. http://www.kobiety.med.pl/cnol/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=176&Itemid=44&lang=pl http://www.who.int/nutrition/topics/complementary_feeding/en/ http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/68938/1/WHO_FCH_CAH_04.13.pdf http://www.who.int/nutrition/publications/guiding_principles_compfeeding_breastfed.pdf http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/43281/1/9241593431.pdf?ua=1&ua=1
- [Zabawki dla niemowląt](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-dla-niemowlat/): Zabawki dla niemowląt służą temu, by pomóc naszemu Dziecku poznawać świat w pierwszym roku życia. Warto pomyśleć o zabawkach dla niemowląt, które będą stymulowały jego prawidłowy rozwój. Jakie zabawki najlepiej sprawdziły się u nas?   Zabawki dla niemowląt wybieramy tak, aby uczyły czegoś dziecko – mają się podobać jemu, nie nam. Czasem do zabawki trzeba dziecko dodatkowo zachęcić i mu na początku pomóc, warto więc dobrze wybrać taką pomoc edukacyjną. Warto też wybierać takie zabawki, które posłużą nam na dłużej lub z czasem zmienią swoje zastosowanie, np. z zabawki do chwytania staną się gryzakiem lub z klocków do układania staną się zabawką do nauki liczenia.   Poniżej znajdziecie kilka zabawek dla niemowląt, które z pełnym przekonaniem możemy Wam polecić do stymulowania rozwoju dziecka!   Zabawki dla niemowląt   Stojak edukacyjny Baby Gym z zawieszkami od Little Leaf   Stojak to zabawka dla niemowląt, która towarzyszy nam naprawdę długo, bo od 1 miesiąca życia Maksia, a wykorzystujemy ją nawet dziś, gdy Maksio ma 11 miesięcy. To stojak, który jest zrobiony z drewna bukowego, dzięki czemu jest lekki, ale wytrzymały, a dodatkowo gładki w dotyku. Można postawić go wszędzie, a składa i rozkłada się go z łatwością. Nasz stawialiśmy zarówno na podłodze na macie, nad leżaczkiem czy koszem Mojżesza, a jego zaletą w odróżnieniu od mobilów zawieszanych na stałe nad łóżeczkiem jest to, że można go w każdej chwili przestawić tak, aby nie stymulować dziecka, które ma iść spać. Zawieszki te bowiem mają za zadanie pobudzać, a nie usypiać. Baby Gym jest doskonałą zabawką – pomocą rozwojową wpisującą się w nurt filozofii Montessori.   Do stojaka dołączono trzy zawieszki z drewna klonowego i silikonu – całkowicie bezpieczne dla Maluszka. Zawieszki przyczepialiśmy nie tylko do stojaka, ale również do wózka, gdzie służą nam do dziś – Maksiu wykorzystuje je jako gryzaki, przy okazji doskonaląc precyzję ruchu swoich małych rączek. Różne drewniane i silikonowe kształty, a także ruchome krążki idealnie uczą chwytać, przekładać i manipulować. Dzięki materiałom, z których zawieszki są stworzone, gryzienie ich nie stanowi problemu, wręcz przeciwnie – to doskonały gryzak! Dzięki swojej kolorystyce i kształtom zawieszki wspierają rozwój motoryczno-wzrokowy dziecka.   Na stojaku wieszaliśmy nie tylko zawieszki dołączone do stojaka, ale również inne zabawki dla niemowląt – w zależności, co akurat było pod ręką i na co Maksiu reagował z entuzjazmem. Rewelacją były też przedmioty, które zawieszaliśmy na gumce – wspaniale sprężynowały.   Znajdziesz go tutaj     Mata Lodger Boxer Fleece   Przy Mikołajku, 4 lata temu polecałam Wam matę piankową, a chwilę później okazało się, że wiele takich mat wykonanych jest z trujących składników.   Dlatego na wszelki wypadek nasza mata wylądowała wtedy w koszu, a tym razem zdecydowaliśmy się na zupełnie inne rozwiązanie. I wiecie co? Dopiero widzę, jak ta duża mata puzzlowa nas ograniczała. Choć wyszukałam taką składaną z możliwie największych kawałków, rzadko kiedy miałam czas i siłę ją składać, więc zyskałam pstrokaty dywan w salonie, który zupełnie nie był mobilny i Mikołaj bawił się zwykle zawsze w tym samy miejscu. O ile przy jednym Dziecku to nie jest taki problem, to już przy dwójce, gdy Starsze ma już swój pokój i inne ulubione miejsc, mata na stałe przypisana do salonu by się u nas nie sprawdziła.   Wybrałam więc dla Maksia mięciutką matę – idealną dla Malucha w pierwszym roku życia. Można na przykład… podłożyć ją pod stojak Baby Gym albo rozłożyć na niej dowolne zabawki dla niemowląt.  Była bardzo pomocna także, gdy Maksiu uczył się siadać, gdyż amortyzowała upadki.   Sama często przynosiłam ją do biura, gdy wpadałam na kilka godzin z Maksiem. Mogłam położyć matę na wykładzinie i miałam pewność, że mojemu Synkowi jest wygodnie, ciepło i bezpiecznie. Zabierałam ją także w gości, na wakacje czy rozkładałam na tarasie – wraz z innymi zabawkami dla niemowląt stanowiła idealny i kompletny duet do zabawy dosłownie wszędzie.   Używamy jej do dziś – urządzamy właśnie dla Maksia pokoik, do którego zainspirowała nas filozofia Montessori, a mata ta to idealne miejsce do odpoczynku dla Malucha. U nas leżakuje na niej także Mikołaj.   Znajdziesz ją tutaj     Muzyczny turlacz   Tę zabawkę dla niemowląt Maksio wybrał sobie sam – upodobał ją sobie jak byliśmy w gościach i tak już z nami została. Idealna dla dzieci-leniuszków! Świetnie sprawdza się dla niemowlaków powyżej 6 miesiąca życia do nauki czworakowania – kula migocze i gra, a mechanizm wprawiający w ruch sprawia, że dziecko chętnie podąża za uciekającą zabawką. Jak wiadomo, taki Maluszek poznaje świat przez dotyk, zwracając uwagę na różnorodność struktur i faktur. Dla nas to idealna okazja do korygowania asymetrycznego raczkowania u Maksia, gdy chcę z nim poćwiczyć zapraszamy kulę do zabawy, Maksio za nią raczkuje, a ja mam szanse na korekcję prawej nóżki.   A najsłodszy widok jest wtedy, gdy Maksio chwyta ją w obie dłonie i tańczy w rytm muzyki!   Znajdziesz go tutaj     Kauczukowy gryzak   Moje odkrycie tego roku! Ale nie obojętnie jaki gryzak, a właśnie piękny gryzak w kształcie awokado! Dzięki niemu Maluchy od początku uczone są miłości do zdrowych warzyw. Gryzak idealnie odwzorowuje połówkę owocu – ma nawet ten cudowny charakterystyczny meszek – to zabawka sensoryczna – dzięki swojemu kształtowi Dziecko bez problemu może wziąć gryzak do rączki, a różne faktury (z jednej strony chropowata skóra, z drugiej – wystająca pestka) dodatkowo stymulują. Prawda, że fajnie?   Jak typowy gumowy gryzak nie posiada żadnej dziurki, dzięki czemu nie rozwijają się w niej grzyby i idealnie sprawdza się w kąpieli – to bezpieczna zabawka dla niemowląt.   Gryzak jest wykonany z naturalnego kauczuku i pomalowany naturalnymi barwnikami spożywczymi, dzięki czemu mogę być spokojna, że moje Dziecko wraz z gryzakiem nie przyjmuje żadnej chemii. Cały gryzaczek oczywiście jest nietoksyczny i wyprodukowany w całości bez szkodliwych substancji. Dodatkowo nie jest kolejnym gryzakiem-kaczuszką czy kółeczkiem, ale owocem – może dzięki temu Maksiu tak łaskawie patrzy na jadalne awokado? 😉 Uczy Dziecko, że nie gryziemy zwierzątek, a owoce i warzywa – bo w tej kolekcji jest wiele wspaniałych kształtów warzyw i owoców jak marchewka, brokuł, banan czy arbuz.   Do kupienia tutaj     Lustro   A to niespodzianka! Lustro zabawką dla niemowlaka – stymulującą rozwój dziecka? Tak, jeszcze jak! Na różnych etapach życia może pełnić inną rolę. Oczywiście musi być zawieszone na odpowiedniej wysokości. W pierwszych miesiącach, gdy dziecko jeszcze tylko leży i pełza, lustro stymuluje i zaciekawia, prowokując w późniejszym okresie do unoszenia się, wstawania i zabaw z własnym odbiciem.  Gdy dziecko będzie starsze,  lustro będzie zachęcało do wygłupów i zabaw, będzie publicznością, przejściem do Krainy Czarów i czym tylko sobie nasze dziecko wymyśli 🙂   My do pokoju Maksia zamówiliśmy bezpieczne lustro akrylowe pasujące kształtem do całej koncepcji pokoju. Nasz synek ma z lustra ogromną frajdę, czasem jak płacze, wystarczy podejść do lustra i już jest najpiękniejszy czterozębny uśmiech od ucha do ucha.     Kolejka-przeplatanka   Zabawka dla niemowląt, którą często można spotkać w restauracjach – nic dziwnego! Dzięki niej tysiące rodziców na świecie mogą codziennie zjeść w spokoju obiad czy napić się kawy. Świetna rozrywka dla maluchów, bardzo zajmująca. Kolejka, w której przesuwa się drewniane koraliki po wygiętych drucianych torach rozwija koordynację ruchową i logiczne myślenie – każdy koralik trzeba chwycić rączką i poprowadzić odpowiednią drogą na drugi koniec. Początkowo maluch będzie prowadził koraliki po najprostszym torze, z czasem podnosząc sobie poprzeczkę. A to o to chodzi!   Zajdziesz ją tutaj     Sznur, wstążka   Kiedyś pokazałam Wam na Instastories, jak Maksiu pomaga nam w przygotowaniach do Kursu na Konsultanta Ślubnego – dostaje do rączek atłasową wstążkę i… nie ma go 🙂 Jest przecież taka fascynująca! Ostatnio nasi chłopcy zaczęli się bawić, owijać wzajemnie sznurkiem, który wykorzystaliśmy do stworzenia pomocy w Maksiowym pokoiku inspirowanym filozofią Montessori. Takie różnego rodzaju materiały, które mamy pod ręką – jeden grubszy, okrągły i szorstki a drugi cienki, płaski i gładki to również świetny sposób poznawania świata i różnych struktur! Oczywiście przy takiej zabawie absolutnie nigdy nie zostawiam dziecka bez opieki.     Basen z kulkami Na rynku są dostępne zarówno piękne gotowe rozwiązania, jak i praktyczne domowe sposoby – dmuchany basenik na wodę i paczka kulek.   W zeszły weekend byliśmy na weselu, gdzie Młoda Para przygotowała właśnie taką atrakcję dla Maluchów i może nie uwierzycie, ale w spokoju zjedliśmy z Wojtkiem obiad, gdyż zarówno Maksiu, jak i Mikuś znaleźli zajęcie na długi czas.   Najbardziej niesamowita była jednak interakcja między nimi w tym basenie! Koniecznie musimy odtworzyć to w domu.     Bączek Zabawka mojego dzieciństwa i nie wiem, czy nie jedna z najstarszych zabawek świata. Wiecie, że pierwsze bąki (wtedy gliniane) datuje się na 3500 lat p.n.e.?   Bączek to bardzo prosta zabawka, choć producenci dokładają do niego nowe funkcjonalności – ten gra, ten się świeci podczas kręcenia. Nie zmienia się jedno – dzieci patrzą w nie jak zahipnotyzowane i próbują schwycić i zawsze są zaskoczone, że zabawka przestaje się kręcić 🙂   A jakie zabawki dla niemowląt najlepiej sprawdziły się u Was w pierwszych 12 miesiącach?   Chcesz być z nami na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Nosidełko Cybex Maira Tie i Click - test](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nosidelko-cybex-maira/): Nosidełko Cybex Maira zaprosiliśmy na nasze wakacje – czy zarówno mojemu dziecku, jak i mnie było z nim wygodnie? Która wersja nosidła ergonomicznego – Click czy Tie – okazała się lepsza?     22 czerwca to początek astronomicznego lata – przed nami długie wieczory, spacery, górskie wędrówki oraz wycieczki bliższe i dalsze, a także podróże samolotem. Będąc rodzicami niemowlaka, w ogóle nie musimy z nich rezygnować – wystarczy odpowiednie przygotowanie! Jednym z przydatnych akcesoriów jest odpowiednie nosidełko dla dziecka. My do Włoch zabraliśmy ze sobą nosidełko Cybex Maira.   Nosidełko CybexMaira Tie | Nosidełko Cybex Maira Click     Po Mikołaju myślałam, że już nie będę mogła nosiłć moich dzieci w chuście czy nosidle ze względu na problemy z kręgosłupem w ciąży, które wracały, gdy za długo nosiłam Mikołaja w nosidełku. Gdy jednak planowaliśmy nasz wyjazd do Włoch i już wiedziałam, że będę musiała trzymać dziecko i na lotnisku, i podczas wycieczek w miejsca, gdzie nie wiedziemy wózkiem, postanowiłam poszukać czegoś odpowiedniego i teraz wiem, że wielogodzinne noszenie dziecka może nie boleć!   Jeśli śledzicie mojego bloga od początku, z pewnością wiecie, że próbowaliśmy już chusty tkanej, chusty kółkowej, chusty elastycznej, nosidła Tula oraz nosidła mei-tai. Naszą historię możecie poczytać tutaj. Z tych wszystkich nosidełek najbardziej spodobał nam się mei-tai. Co skłoniło nas do tego, żeby szukać dalej? Nasz tegoroczny wyjazd do Włoch i to, że jednak mei-tai nie jest tak szybki i łatwy w założeniu i zdjęciu, jak jest to wygodne podczas podróży samolotem.   Dziecko musimy wiele razy odpinać z nosidełka lub zapinać. Na lotnisku zdarzyło nam się to kilkakrotnie. Najpierw przy odprawie, gdy nadawaliśmy wózek na bagaż główny, zapięłam Maksia do nosidełka po to, aby za kilka minut wypiąć go podczas kontroli bezpieczeństwa, prześwietlić nosidełko, sama przejść przez bramkę, znowu zapiąć dziecko w nosidle, aby po kontroli wypiąć je w pokoju do przewijania, później zapiąć i znów zdjąć je w samolocie. Po wylądowaniu cały proces wygląda podobnie – założenie nosidła w ciasnym samolocie, zdjęcie, by włożyć Maksia do wózka… Gdybym wtedy miała ze sobą mei-tai, który ma bardzo długi materiał do wiązania, za każdym razem wycierałabym nim podłogę lotniska, a gdyby padał deszcz, dodatkowo byłby cały mokry…   Było dla mnie ogromnie ważne, by zapiąć się maksymalnie szybko. Porównaliśmy te dostępne na rynku i zdecydowaliśmy się na wypróbowanie tych od Cybex: Cybex Maira Tie oraz Cybex Maira Click.   Dla kogo jest nosidełko Cybex Maira? Nosidełko Cybex Maira – czy w wersji Tie, czy Click, odpowiednie jest dla noworodka od pierwszych dni życia aż do małego dziecka w wieku 2 lat!     Producent podaje, że nosidełko sprawdzi się dla dzieci o wadze od 3,5 aż do 15 kilogramów.     Jedno nosidełko dla noworodka i 2 latka – jak to jest możliwe?   Z nosidełka Cybex Maira korzystał zarówno kilkumiesięczny Maksiu, jak i nasz ponad trzyletni Mikołaj, a to wszystko dzięki regulacji szerokości i wysokości panela, na którym sadzamy nasze dziecko. Dopasowujemy jego wielkość do rozmiaru maluszka – zarówno szerokość panela, by był od kolanka do kolanka, jak i wysokość panela, regulujemy za pomocą rzepów, a odpowiedni rozmiar możemy dobrać za pomocą nadruków-podpowiedzi. Dzięki takiej regulacji nosidełko starczy nam na naprawdę długo!   Minimalna szerokość panela: 16 cm Maksymalna szerokość panela: 42 cm     Mimo że nosidełko kupiliśmy z myślą o Maksiu, ale i Mikołaj bardzo je lubi. Niekiedy sam prosi, by wziąć go do nosidełka, a że wciąż mieści się w tej górnej granicy wagi do nosidełka Cybex Maira, robimy to z chęcią – Mikołajek lubi w ten sposób przytulać się do Mamy, a i ja niezwykle cenię tę więź i tak bliski kontakt. Z uwagi na to, że nosimy go sporadycznie, nie przeszkadza nam to, że panel nie jest idealnie od kolanka do kolanka, w końcu on ma już 3,5 roku, bo po pierwsze noszę go okazjonalnie, a po drugie mówi, że jest mu bardzo wygodnie. Zwykle, gdy pyta, czy noszonego właśnie Maksia możemy przełożyć do wózka, by on mógł zająć miejsce młodszego Brata,  i na to mamy rozwiązanie – jednego z chłopców biorę ja, drugiego Wojtek i razem możemy zdobywać świat!     Nosidło jest dla nas świetną alternatywą dla wózka: często podczas naszych kilkugodzinnych spacerów rzymskimi uliczkami po jakimś czasie Maksiowi nudziło się oglądanie świata z wózka, dlatego za każdym razem w koszu wózka mieliśmy nosidło, by w dowolnym momencie przełożyć synka do nosidełka i poprzytulać.   Nosidełka Maira Cybex są również dla osób, które nie lubią i boją się nosić dziecko w chuście, w obawie przed nieprawidłowym ułożeniem maluszka w chuście. Co niezwykle ważne, nosidła Cybex Maira zostały tak skonstruowane, by wyeliminować najpopularniejsze potencjalne błędy rodziców. Dzięki temu pozycja dziecka w nosidle (z szeroko rozstawionymi nóżkami, wspierająca prawidłowy rozwój bioderek) jest prawidłowa, a kształt kręgosłupa pozostaje naturalnie zaokrąglony. To wszystko sprawiło, że nosidła Cybex zostały opatrzone certyfikatem IHDI (International Hip Dysplasia Insitute).   Do tej pory polecałam Wam nosidełka dopiero od momentu, gdy dziecko już siedzi, a na wcześniejszym etapie – chusty. Jednak Paweł Zawitkowski – autorytet w dziedzinie dziecięcej rehabilitacji potwierdził, że w nosidełkach Cybex Maira można nosić dzieci od urodzenia – jest to dla mnie niezwykle ważna rekomendacja i z pewnością jej ufam.     Noszenie W nosidełkach Cybex Maira możemy nosić maluszka w pozycji z przodu, na boku lub z tyłu – w zależności od tego, jak lubimy i jak jest nam najwygodniej.     Ja na ten moment preferuję nosić synków z przodu, gdzie mamy siebie blisko, możemy utrzymać kontakt wzrokowy i werbalny. W tej pozycji zdarzyło mi się także nieznacznie po prostu poluźnić nosidło i nakarmić Maksia – są głosy, że niewskazane jest karmienie dziecka w chuście, gdyż na wypadek zakrztuszenia tracimy czas na wyplątanie dziecka z chusty, a mi wystarczy odpięcie jednej klamry aby wyjąć Malucha, więc nie widzę przeszkód.     Pas biodrowy W obu testowanych przez nas modelach nosidełko zapinane jest w pasie na regulowaną klamrę z dodatkowym zabezpieczeniem uniemożliwiającym jej samoczynne odpięcie. Zapinanie i odpinanie pasa jest naprawdę łatwe, a zbędna długość pasów nie dynda nam przy ciele – przy pasie znajdują się specjalne gumki, pod które możemy włożyć jego zbyt długie końce.     Pas biodrowy jest masywny, przez co niezwykle wygodny, bez problemu mogłam nosić przez cały dzień zarówno Maksia, jak i kilkunastokilogramowego Mikołaja.       Cybex Maira Tie czy Click – które nosidło jest lepsze? Po wrzuceniu naszych zdjęć z wakacji na Instagram dostaję od Was mnóstwo pytań o to, które nosidło wybrać. A ja wtedy pytam Was: kto u Was będzie przede wszystkim nosił dziecko? Jeden rodzic czy oboje?     Jedyną różnicą między nosidełkami Cybex Maira Tie a Cybex Maira Click jest inne wiązanie pasów naramiennych.     Jak sama nazwa wskazuje, w modelu Cybex Maira Tie pasy są wiązane na plecach i pod nóżkami oraz pupą maluszka. W opcji Click pasy wiązane zostały zastąpione zapinanymi klamrami – podobnymi do tych w pasie, tylko mniejszymi.     Jeśli u Was Malucha będzie nosił jeden rodzic, polecam Mairę Click – dostosujesz długość wszystkich pasów idealnie dla siebie i dziecka i zyskasz bardzo szybkie zakładanie i zdejmowanie nosidła.     Jeśli chcecie nosić oboje, każdorazowa regulacja trzech lub czterech klamer (w noszeniu pasów naramiennych równolegle) może być dla Was uciążliwa, więc wybierzcie Mairę Tie – szybko i łatwo każdorazowo dostosujecie do siebie pas biodrowy, a pasy naramienne zawiążecie każdorazowo tak, jak Wam wygodnie.     Gdybym miała wybrać jedno nosidło, w mojej sytuacji wybrałabym nosidło Maira Click.     Po pierwsze dlatego, że czekała nas podróż samolotem i mnóstwo wycieczek, nie chciałam każdorazowo zamiatać płyty lotniska czy chodnika długimi pasami. Wiedziałam, że – jak wspomniałam wyżej – musiałam na wakacjach Maksia wielokrotnie wkładać i wykładać z nosidła, dlatego potrzebowałam maksymalnie jak najwięcej ułatwienia w tym zadaniu. Dzięki pasom zapinanym na klamry traciłam mniej czasu na zapięcie i odpięcie dziecka, a dodatkowo robię to zupełnie sama – łatwo sięgam za plecy, by zapiąć czy odpiąć klamry.     Po drugie, z tego względu, że głównie to ja noszę Maksia, regulowane pasy dopasowane są do mnie. Jeśli zaś oboje rodziców noszą dziecko w nosidle, zdecydowanie bardziej odpowiedni będzie model Tie z wiązaniami, dzięki którym bez problemu dopasujecie pasy do Mamy lub Taty. Wystarczy wtedy regulować jedną klamrę, a nie trzy lub cztery.     W obu modelach pasy naramienne można nosić skrzyżowane lub równoległe – w zależności od tego, jak nam wygodniej. Jeśli zakładamy je równolegle, spinamy je ze sobą dodatkowym paskiem, dla zwiększenia wygody. Osobiście zawsze zakładam je na krzyż – to jedna klamerka mniej do zapięcia, a ja lubię szybkie rozwiązania.     Materiał Cybex Maira nie są to nosidła sztywne – są wykonane z chustopodobnego, bawełnianego, organicznego, dwuwarstwowego materiału, dzięki czemu jest oddychające i nie poci się w nim ani dziecko, ani ja, jak to bywa w przypadku chust tradycyjnych, a jest ogromnym minusem chust elastycznych. Chusta to ponad pięć metrów materiału, którym obwiązany jest rodzic, a tu? Nosiłam Maksia w gorącym rzymskim słońcu, nawet przy ponad trzydziestu stopniach i uwielbiałam to. W chuście elastycznej nie dawałam rady w Polsce w maju.     Miękki materiał nosidła pozwala również na zachowanie wspomnianej wyżej naturalnej krzywizny kręgosłupa maluszka.     Nosidełka możemy prać w pralce w 30 stopniach, co jest ogromnym ułatwieniem!     Dodatkową funkcją nosidła jest… gryzak 🙂     Zagłówek /  kapturek W obu modelach znajduje się regulowany zagłówek, który z łatwością można rozwinąć, zwinąć i schować. Pełni wiele funkcji – gdy dziecko śpi, zwinięty zagłówek, przyczepiony na specjalne haczyki, podtrzymuje maluszkowi główkę, natomiast rozwinięty stanowi doskonałą ochronę przed słońcem.     Kolory Cybex Maira ma minimalistyczny, klasyczny design, tak jak lubimy. Występuje w prostych kolorach – beżowym, czarnym, szarym oraz granatowym (denim).     Nie ukrywam, że kolory naszych nosideł dopasowaliśmy do noszonych przez nas ubrań – model Click wybraliśmy beżowy, ponieważ ja noszę głównie jasne kolory, zaś Tie – czarny, dla Wojtka. Muszę jednak przyznać, że – choć mogłoby się wydawać, że jest inaczej – to beżowe nosidło łatwiej było utrzymać w czystości, niż czarne, które nieco „obłaziło” czy to ubraniami naszymi, czy dziecka.     Opcja w jasnym kolorze sprawdziła nam się lepiej również ze względu na włoskie słońce – jasny kolor lepiej odbijał światło.     Cena Cena nosidła Cybex Maira – niezależnie czy to model Cybex Maira Tie czy Cybex Maira Click to 599 zł, a kupisz je tutaj.   Może wydawać się to sporo, ale tak naprawdę Cybex Maira to 2 produkty w jednym – chusta do noszenia noworodka i niemowlaka, który jeszcze sam nie siedzi i nosidło dla dziecka do około drugiego roku życia. Patrząc na nie w ten sposób, to bardzo dobra inwestycja.   Nosidło Cybex Maira sprawdza się u nas na wycieczkę, na spacer, na lotnisko, na zakupy i w wielu innych sytuacjach – nie wyobrażam sobie w tej chwili bardziej wygodnego i bezpiecznego nosidła dla moich dzieci.       A co dla Ciebie jest najważniejsze w wyborze nosidła? I czy w ogóle lubicie się nosić?   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Pokój dziecięcy Montessori](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-montessori/): Pokój dziecięcy stworzony według zasad Montessori przyświeca nam podczas urządzania pierwszego własnego pokoju dla Maksymiliana. Zdecydowaliśmy, że motywem przewodnim będzie natura i safari, pokój zostanie urządzony zgodnie z elementami filozofii Montessori. Jak to zrobić? A właściwie kim była Maria Montessori i na czym polegają jej metody?   Znacie Marię Montessori? Była to włoska lekarka żyjąca w latach 1870-1952. Opracowała własną metodę wychowawczą, w której najważniejsza jest samodzielność dziecka i wspieranie jego prawidłowego rozwoju. Jej metody wspierają naturalną spontaniczność, twórczość i swobodę. Montessori przeciwna była również ocenianiu dzieci w szkole według klucza czy systemu oceniania, przekonując, że taki sposób hamuje dziecięcą wyobraźnię.   Maria Montessori uważała, że przez pierwsze sześć tygodni życia dziecka najważniejsza jest bliskość, ponieważ dziecko ma wysoki poziom przywiązania do rodziców – nie trzeba drastycznie zmieniać otoczenia dziecka nawet do trzeciego roku życia. Wystarczą tylko delikatne zmiany, by przystosować przestrzeń dziecka do jego potrzeb.   Montessoriańskie zabawki to nic innego, jak pomoce rozwoje. Maria Montessori uważała, że dzieci nie bawią się, lecz pracują. Spędzają czas, zdobywając wiedzę, poznając świat, doskonaląc swoje umiejętności i rozwijając się. Nie jest dobre atakowanie maluchów grająco-migającymi zabawkami już od pierwszych dni życia – są do zbędne bodźce, gdy tak naprawdę to, czego potrzebuje takie małe dziecko, to kontrastowe obrazki, proste mobile czy gryzaki.   Dziecięca przestrzeń powinna być uporządkowana i pełna ładu, by dawała dziecku poczucie bezpieczeństwa i zapewniała znajomość przestrzeni.   Idąc tym tropem, zabraliśmy się za przygotowanie pokoju dla Maksia.   Pokój dziecięcy Montessori   W stonowanych kolorach Natłok kolorów w dziecięcym pokoju dostarcza silnych bodźców, a przecież chodzi o to, by we własnym pokoju wyciszyć się i odpocząć. W pokojach dziecięcych Montessori ważny jest neutralny kolor ścian, jasna podłoga i meble, które pozwolą na wyeksponowanie innych przedmiotów i dekoracji, różnobarwnych zabawek i kolorowych książeczek, bez zbędnej stymulacji.   Maluchy szczególnie wrażliwe są na kontrasty. Właśnie dlatego w tych pierwszych miesiącach nie ma potrzeby kupowania kolorowych zabawek i książeczek – wystarczą czarno-białe.     W odpowiednich fakturach Małe dziecko to mały odkrywca. Warto, żeby w jego pokoju dziecięcym Montessori znajdowały się przedmioty o różnych fakturach, takich jak drewno, wiklina czy chłodna stal.     Z elementami natury Poznawanie świata to nie tylko odpowiednie faktury, ale także realizm świata, który również doskonale wpisuje się w filozofię Montessori. Odpowiednie przedstawianie natury rozwija świadomość i wiedzę naszego dziecka. Warto więc nie tylko, by posiadało realne figurki czy obrazki zwierząt (łaciata krowa wygląda jak prawdziwa łaciata krowa, a rybka nie uśmiecha się od ucha do ucha), ale także miało w swoim pokoju dziecięcym Montessori koszyk ze skarbami. Co może znaleźć się w takim koszyku? Na przykład drewniane elementy, wiklinowe, bawełniane, rzeczy z filcu, ale także  to, co możemy znaleźć na zewnątrz – rośliny, szyszki czy muszelki.     Dostępny dla dziecka Nie należy zapominać o tym, że tworząc pokój dziecięcy Montessori, robimy to dla dziecka, nie dla siebie. Dziecka, które jeszcze pełza, później raczkuje, a następnie ma 1-1,5 metra wzrostu. Dobra przestrzeń to taka, w której i my, będąc na czworaka, możemy do wszystkiego dosięgnąć. Cała przestrzeń powyżej 1,5 m wysokości może pozostać pusta – przynajmniej na razie.   I mówię tu nie koniecznie o wszystkich mebelkach (nasz pokój dziecięcy będzie rósł razem z dzieckiem więc od razu stanie tu wysoka szafa, ale na dole będzie miała dostępne dla Dzieci dwie szuflady – na dziecięce skarby), ale przede wszystkim o sposobie przechowywania zabawek. Niezwykle ważne jest, by wszystkie zabawki były dostępne dla dziecka. W pokoju dziecięcym Montessori nie powinno być wypakowanych po brzegi pudeł i skrzyń, gdzie ukochana zabawka jest na samym dnie, ale łatwo dostępne koszyki, tacki i pojemniki, a na regale kilka ulubionych zabawek, które akurat znajdują się w centrum zainteresowania. Takie zabawki możemy wymienić co tydzień czy dwa, wszystko w zależności od zainteresowania dziecka i jego fazy wrażliwości.   Podzielony na strefy Dziecko jest pełnoprawnym członkiem rodziny. Nie chodzi o to, by dominowało w domu czy w salonie (z pewnością widzieliście u znajomych czy rodziny zabawki porozrzucane po całym pokoju dziennym i u nas dzisiaj również często tak wygląda), ale żeby niemal w każdym pomieszczeniu – czy to w salonie, kuchni, łazience czy nawet w sypialni rodziców – miało swój własny kąt, przestrzeń, która będzie dopasowana do jego potrzeb i wzrostu.   Wyznaczenie poszczególnych stref wcale nie jest trudne. W kuchni wystarczy jedna niska półka, na której zawsze będzie stał bidon czy kubek z wodą (u nas tę funkcję pełni pierwszy schodek schodów na piętro), aby dziecko mogło się napić wtedy, kiedy ma ochotę, w łazience miejsce, w którym samodzielnie będzie mogło umyć i wytrzeć rączki (u nas bidet pełni funkcję wyłącznie dziecięcej umywaleczki, jest tu specjalne mydełko, szczoteczka do zębów, pasta i ręczniczek na wieszaczku), a w pokoju dziecięcym Montessori kącik z płaską poduszką, matą, kocykiem czy dywanikiem, gdzie dziecko będzie mogło usiąść i obejrzeć książeczkę.   W pokoju dziecięcym Montessori przestrzeń jest jasno wydzielona i posegregowana. W jednym kąciku jest miejsce do spania – bezpieczne i dostępne (kiedy Dziecko jest już na to gotowe) łóżko. Inne miejsce w pokoju – a może w salonie? – powinno być przestrzenią do zabawy, gdzie nasza pociecha zawsze znajdzie ulubione zabawki i materiały plastyczne.     Bezpieczny Bezpieczny dom to odpowiednie miejsce do odkrywania świata i samodoskonalenia. Właśnie dlatego niezwykle ważne jest przygotowanie przestrzeni bezpiecznej dla dziecka. Zwróćcie baczną uwagę na odpowiedni montaż mebli i dodatków, np. kwiat na półce, do której dziecko ma dostęp to fatalny pomysł, podobnie jak kwiat na podłodze – dziecko może zjeść ziemię. Najprościej będzie wyobrazić sobie swoje dziecko samo w pokoju – czy będzie bezpieczne? Okrągłe krawędzie, zabezpieczone gniazdka i brak szklanych, tłukących rzeczy to podstawa.   O zabezpieczeniach zastosowanych w naszym domu przygotuję osobny materiał i wszystko dokładnie Wam pokażę.     Uczący samodzielności Wbrew pozorom takie małe dzieci, szczególnie od narodzin do ok. 3 roku życia lubią ład i porządek, gdzie zawsze znajdą zabawkę w tym samym miejscu. Większe dziecko łatwo pozbiera zabawki do koszyka i odstawi w odpowiednie miejsce – od najmłodszych lat możemy uczyć zasady utrzymywania porządku i odkładania rzeczy na miejsce. Dzieci z najwyższym skupieniem odkładają klocek po klocku do koszyka lub układają książeczki w odpowiednim miejscu. Uczy je to koncentracji i rozwija motorykę.   Uporządkowana przestrzeń ponadto ułatwia dziecku orientację w przestrzeni i daje poczucie bezpieczeństwa.   Montessori wspierała niezależność dziecka, aby daną czynność wykonał samodzielnie. Właśnie dlatego w naszym pokoju zawiesimy wieszaczki na ubranka na wysokości dziecka, by mogło odwiesić sweterek, podobnie łatwy dostęp będzie miało do szuflad – może wybrać sobie z niego dowolne ubranko czy odłożyć skarpetki po praniu.   Małe dziecko dzięki łatwemu dostępowi do poszczególnych przedmiotów rozwija swoją osobowość, pewność siebie i niezależność, gdyż samo decyduje o sobie i podejmuje decyzje zgodnie z własnym upodobaniem. Aby wspierać dziecko pokój dziecięcy Montessori nie jest konieczny – takie małe przestrzenie możemy zorganizować w całym domu.     Zachęcający do rozwijania się Jeśli dziecko ma układankę – niech nie leży na półce ułożona. Osobno plansza, a obok koszyk z elementami puzzli zachęci do pracy i rozwiązania łamigłówki. Jeśli zabawki będą w koszyku czy na tacy w łatwo dostępnym miejscu, dziecko będzie musiało złapać pojemnik obiema rączkami i postawić na ziemi, stole czy materacu – a to już rozwija jego motorykę. Gdy kupisz lub przygotujesz dla niego jakiś przedmiot, najpierw pokaż mu, do czego służy i jak się nim bawić. Razem odłóżcie zabawkę lub jej elementy na wybrane przez niego miejsce, a maluch będzie wiedział, gdzie może ją znaleźć. Gdy zabawki, czy raczej pomoce rozwojowe dziecka będą znajdowały się w dostępnym dla niego miejscu, sam będzie po nie sięgał. Tablica sensoryczna leżąca na podłodze czy przymocowana do ściany będzie kusiła, by do niej podejść i zacząć się nią bawić.     Rosnący z dzieckiem i dopasowany do wieku To jeden z powodów, dla których warto, by pokój dziecięcy Montessori był pomalowany na neutralny kolor. Dzięki temu nie będziecie musieli przemalowywać kolorowego pokoju, bo dziecku się znudził, albo zdrapywać naklejek. Pokój dla dziecka musi rosnąć wraz z nim i dopasowywać się do jego zmieniających się potrzeb. Z czasem do pokoju dojdzie stolik i krzesełka, czy biureczko przy którym będzie mogło siąść, bawić się i pracować. Na ścianie zawisnąć może także tablica do rysowania. Do tego łóżeczko, które w odpowiednim momencie będzie biało zdemontowany bok i zmieni się w tapczanik oraz krzesełko, któremu można podwyższać siedzenie (już teraz takie krzesełka stoją u nas w jadalni).   Z niskim łóżkiem Idealny do spania dla takiego malucha może być nawet materac na ziemi. Dziecko nie tylko jest w nim bezpieczne, ale również samo może zdecydować o tym, kiedy położy się na własnym łóżku i kiedy z niego wstanie. Odpowiednie będzie także łóżeczko z wyjmowanymi w odpowiednim wieku szczebelkami – to też super miejsce do zabawy – może zamienić się w domek, zamek czy łódkę, a szuflady pod łóżeczkiem pozwolą ukryć skarby – na takie my się zdecydowaliśmy. Osobiście uważam, że Maksiu jest za mały na wstawanie z łóżeczka samodzielnie, gdy jest sam w pokoju – boję się, że stanie pod drzwiami, które z impetem otworzy Mikołaj i będzie wypadek, albo wyjdzie z pokoju sam w środku nocy, a obok ma dwa biegi schodów (oczywiście z bramkami, ale zawsze jest ryzyko, że bramka zostanie otwarta). Dlatego póki co u nas w pokoiku stanie standardowe łóżeczko, a obok niego znajdzie się mata służąca do odpoczynku.   Dziecko też wcale nie musi spać w swoim pokoju dziecięcym Montessori, może z rodzicami (Maksio śpi w naszej sypialni, nierzadko z nami), ważne jest jednak, by przestrzeń do odpoczynku była wyraźnie wydzielona i łatwo dostępna. Taka mata czy materacyk może być też miejscem do czytania książek, ale nie wieszamy w jego pobliżu lustra czy mobili, ponieważ dziecko ma się tu wyciszyć, a nie stymulować i rozpraszać.     Książki dostosowane do wieku bezpieczne i dostępne Książeczki na półeczce dla dziecka powinny być oczywiście dopasowane do jego wieku i stopnia wrażliwości, dlatego najpierw maluszek ma wyłącznie książeczki obrazkowe, kontrastowe, a z czasem można podnieść poprzeczkę i czytać dziecku np. książeczkę do nauki mówienia, taką jak „Pucio uczy się mówić” Marty Galewskiej-Kustra – pełną pięknych obrazków i wyrazów dźwiękonaśladowczych, które nasz maluch może powtarzać i później komunikować się z nami za ich pośrednictwem.   Rzecz jasna należy też zwrócić uwagę na materiał, z którego wykonana jest książeczka – powinna zatem być gumowa (z bezpiecznego tworzywa) lub posiadać grube kartonowe strony z zaokrąglonymi krawędziami. Cienkie kartki szybko zostaną powyginane i powydzierane, a co najgorsze – zjedzone. Na pewno wiecie, jaką frajdą dla dzieci jest drący się papier.   Dzięki łatwemu dostępowi do książeczek, nasz maluch sam może wybrać, jaką książeczkę chciałby poczytać.     Dekoracje Dekoracje w dziecięcym pokoju Montessori powinny być jednocześnie elementami stymulującymi jego rozwój. Znajdą się tu zatem obrazki przedstawiające naturę, w których szkło jest zastąpione bezpiecznym plexi, rodzinne zdjęcia, a z czasem alfabet. Jedną z takich dekoracji będzie u nas również na przykład wiklinowy słoń, do którego brzuszka można schować zabawki.     Lustro O zaletach lustra pisałam Wam już w poście o zabawkach. Do pokoju dziecięcego Montessori naszego Maksia wykonaliśmy na zamówienie piękne lustro w kształcie głowy żyrafy. Najważniejsze, by lustro było bezpieczne, akrylowe, nietłukące. Fantastycznie stymuluje rozwój dziecka, zachęca do rozbudzania wyobraźni i poznawania świata w troszkę inny sposób. Chyba nie ma dziecka, którego nie fascynowałoby lustro i własne odbicie.     Jak Wam się podobają pomysły na urządzenie przestrzeni od Marii Montessori?     Nasz pokój dziecięcy Montessori jest już na ukończeniu, została nam do złożenia szafa i do podjęcia decyzja: drewniane rolety czy zasłony. Na pewno wzięłabym rolety, gdyby nie to, że w pokoju są obok siebie dwa różnych rozmiarów okna, a pod jednym kaloryfer i nie mam pomysłu jak te rolety zamontować, aby nie eksponować kaloryfera.   W kolejnych postach pokażę Ci moodboard, na podstawie którego urządzam pokoik i oczywiście sam pokoik, jak tylko zdecyduję co z tymi oknami. Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco? Dołącz  do mnie na Facebooku i Instagramie.
- [Easywalker Buggy XS](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/easywalker-buggy-xs-test-opinie/): Easywalker Buggy XS to drugi wózek, który zabraliśmy ze sobą na miesiąc do Rzymu – spacerówka z budką we wzór z Myszką Mickey zaskoczyła nas. Pozytywie czy negatywnie? Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS – wózek spacerowy o wadze piórkowej – tylko 6 kg   Wózek Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS był drugim wózkiem spacerowym – prócz MINI by Easywalker Buggy – który zabraliśmy ze sobą na miesięczne wakacje. Wiedzieliśmy, że jeden wózek na dwójkę małych dzieci to słaby pomysł, a mnie absolutnie urzekł filmik na Instagramie, w którym mężczyzna wyciąga z maleńkiego bagażnika cabrioleta (na wakacjach zwykle wypożyczamy dla siebie Fiata 500 w wersji Cabrio właśnie) i rozkłada ten niepozorny wózek w locie w piękną spacerówkę. Wtedy własnie zdecydowałam, że Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS będzie drugim wózkiem, który zabierzemy na naszą przygodę. A zobaczyłam te budki ze wzorami w Myszkę Mickey i Minnie – nie musiałam się dłużej zastanawiać! Spójrzcie tylko, jaki jest piękny! A to tylko jedna z jego zalet.     Easywalker Buggy XS to wózek przeznaczony dla dzieci do 15 kg.     Stelaż i koła Stelaż to ultralekkie aluminium – cały wózek waży tylko 6 kg! Kółka są duże i fantastycznie wyłożyskowane – wózek toczy się lekko i łatwo, do tego jest niesamowicie zwrotny – to bez wątpienia najbardziej zwrotny wózek, jaki w życiu miałam! Naprawdę – z łatwością można go prowadzić jedną ręką, nawet po nierównych chodnikach, wertepach, obładowanego zakupami. Świetnie się przy tym podbija.   W parasolkach czasem problemem jest wnoszenie spacerówki po schodach, gdy hamulec wystaje bardziej niż kółka. A tu? Sytuacja jest odwrotna – to tylne kółeczka wózka są bardziej wystające niż hamulec i spore, dzięki czemu bardzo łatwo wózek wciąga się po schodach i z nim schodzi. Easywalker Buggy XS radzi sobie ze schodami doskonale!     Amortyzacja Od razu czuć, że zawieszenie wózka jest amortyzowane na wszystkich czterech kołach i dość miękkie. Wózek dobrze nam się sprawdził zarówno na toskańskich dróżkach jak i rzymskich kocich łbach.     Rączka Rączka nie posiada regulacji wysokości, ale jej wysokość będzie odpowiednia chyba dla osoby w każdym wzroście – ma aż 105 cm, a jest przy tym wygodna także dla niskiej osoby, takiej jak ja. Pokryta jest miękką pianką, co daje jeszcze większy komfort prowadzenia wózka.   Hamulec Hamulec znajduje się na tylnej osi wózka i jest to mój ulubiony typ hamulca – łatwo włączany i wyłączany – zawsze poprzez naciśnięcie stopą, a więc sprawdza się nawet w sandałach czy japonkach.     Kosz na zakupy Jak na tego rodzaju wózek, a nawet patrząc na wózki 2w1- kosz na zakupy jest zaskakująco pojemny, o ładowności do 5 kg. Ze zdziwieniem mogłam zmieścić do niego dwa nosidła, wodę, torbę z pieluszkami i podkładką do przewijania oraz kocyk. Choć kosz nie jest zamykany, jest dobrze pomyślany – nic z niego nie wypada.   Budka Po powiększeniu całkiem sporych rozmiarów, więc doskonale chroni przed słońcem.   Posiada okienko peek-a-boo zapinane na jeden mały rzep, dzięki czemu możemy podglądać śpiącego Malucha, a odpinanie okienka nie narobi nam hałasu.       Tapicerka wózka wykonana jest z wodoodpornego i wysokiej jakości materiału, który na siedzisku w dotyku przypomina bawełnę – gdy pierwszy raz rozłożyłam wózek, obawiałam się, że będzie się bardzo brudził, ale korzystamy z wózka już kilka miesięcy i dopiero teraz zdecydowałam się na jej wypranie i to także miejscowe. Nakładki na pasy są natomiast zdejmowalne i prałam je już dwa razy.       Siedzisko Dość wysokie, rozkłada się niemal na płasko i ma płynną regulację –  na pasku – i przyznaję – nie jest to mój ulubiony model regulacji, ponieważ potrzebuję obu rąk, by zmienić pozycję oparcia. A co wydawało mi się jedynym minusem tego wózka? To, że oparcie nie podnosi się do pozycji całkowicie pionowej, tylko maksymalnie podniesione do góry jest cały czas trochę pochylone do tyłu.   Początkowo myślałam, że to duży minus, ale zauważyłam, że Maksiu, który lubi się wychylać z wózka i rozglądać, po prostu… wychyla się i rozgląda, nawet, gdy nie ma w każdej pozycji podparcia dla pleców. W ten sposób, gdy ma ochotę się oprzeć, to się opiera, a jeśli nie –  łapie się pałąka i wychyla. Bezpieczeństwo zapewniają mu pasy pięciopunktowe z  wygodną opcją odpinania pasów naramiennych.     Siedzisko wózka rozkłada się na płasko, co jest ważne dla wielu rodziców i dzieci, którzy nie są fanami kubełkowych siedzeń czy spacerówek jedynie z pochylanym oparciem. Dla nas również jest to wielki plus, Maksiu uwielbia tak spać, a jak poluźnię mu pasy, lubi też przekręcić się na bok, jak zwykle w łóżeczku (albo naszym łóżku).       Pałąk W wielu wózkach za to akcesorium trzeba dopłacić – tu pałąk mamy w cenie, co ogromnie mnie cieszy, bo wychylający się z wózka Maksiu chwyta się pałąka i obserwuje otoczenie.     To chyba moje autorskie rozwiązanie, ale wypięty pałąk można odłożyć na złożoną budkę – nie zajmuje niepotrzebnie miejsca w koszu, a pasuje idealnie i nie spada.     Podnóżek Podnóżek wózka jest regulowany, może być płaski – idealnie dla niemowląt lub zagięty w dół, umożliwiający oparcie stóp na podnóżku wbudowanym w stelaż wózka – dla większych dzieci.     Kolorystyka Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS ma przepiękne tapicerki! Sama zobacz: wersja dla chłopców – Mickey Ornament, dla dziewczynek – Minnie Ornament oraz trzecia, bardziej uniwersalna – Mickey Diamond. Występuję także w dwóch pięknych kolorach bez wizerunku Myszki Mickey: pudroworóżowym Monaco Apero i szarym Berlin Breakfast. Berlin Breakfast | Monaco Apero | Mickey Ornament | Minnie Ornament | Mickey Diamond     Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Rozłożony wózek Disney by Easywalker Buggy XS ma wymiary 44 x 76 x 105 cm. Po złożeniu wózek zajmuje naprawdę bardzo mało miejsca – ma wymiary zaledwie 44 x 52 x 23 cm. Tak jak łatwo jedną ręką prowadzi się Easywalker Buggy XS, podobnie jedną ręką można go złożyć. Nawet z niemowlakiem na biodrze mogę podejść do auta i jedną ręką, wciskając guziczek, składam wózek, łapię za uchwyt i umieszczam w bagażniku.  Przy rozkładaniu na moment potrzebujemy drugiej ręki – aby zwolnić zabezpieczenie przed samodzielnym rozłożeniem. Złożony wózek Buggy XS zajmuje o wiele mniej miejsca niż każda parasolka, a nawet jak mam cały bagażnik mojego miejskiego Mini wyładowany zakupami – złożony wózek mieści się za siedzeniem!     Waga Piórko! Cały wózek waży tylko 6 kg, z łatwością mogę go unieść jedną ręką.     Akcesoria W zestawie dostajemy pałąk i folię przeciwdeszczową. My posiadamy także torbę do przewożenia wózka (bardzo przydatną w podróży samolotem, gdyż zabezpiecza nam wózek przed uszkodzeniami) oraz organizer, w którym na letnich spacerach przewozimy napoje i przekąski czy okulary przeciwsłoneczne, zapasowe smoczki i inne cuda. Są do kupienia osobno.     Cena Cena Easywalker Buggy XS zaczyna się w okolicach 1080 zł. Nie należy do najtańszych, ale jeśli szukasz wózka lekkiego, malutkiego po złożeniu, bardzo wygodnego w prowadzeniu – nawet jedną ręką, a to wszystko przy dużym komforcie dla dziecka, drugiego takiego nie znam. Idealnie sprawdzi się do miejskiego auta, ale także na bardziej wymagające powierzchnie. Jest wprost wymarzony na wakacje i do samolotu.     Podsumowanie Easywalker Buggy XS Waga 6 kg Wymiary po złożeniu 44 x 52 x 23 cm Wymiary po rozłożeniu 44 x 76 x 105 cm Kosz na zakupy 5 kg Maksymalna waga dziecka 15 kg     Gdyby była to pierwsza spacerówka, którą testowałam, bez wątpienia uznałabym ją za ideał, ale po testowaniu parasolki Easywalker Buggy, gdy wiem już, że spacerówki mogą mieć adaptery do fotelika samochodowego, jestem rozbita – gdyby tylko Easywaler Buggy XS miał tę opcję i siedzisko regulowane stopniowo z opcją ustawienia w pionie, byłby wózkiem idealnym.   A tak wciąż ogromnym sentymentem darzę wózek Easywalker Buggy i nie umiem się zdecydować się na to, który wózek lubię bardziej. Do pewnego wieku, gdy adaptery do fotelika samochodowego są takie przydatne, Buggy był moim ulubionym wózkiem, pomimo tego, że trudniej się prowadził, ale teraz, gdy coraz rzadziej z nich już korzystam – częściej towarzyszy mi Buggy XS.       A jeśli idziemy na spacer z dwójką dzieci na dwa wózki i mogę wybrać, który wózek prowadzę, wybieram… XS. Jego łatwość w prowadzeniu jest wyraźnie odczuwalna w porównaniu do parasolek z aż ośmioma i to mniejszymi kółkami, które to wózki stawiają większy opór i nie można ich prowadzić jedną ręką. Zrobiłam nim już kilkaset kilometrów, a wciąż prowadzi się tak samo lekko, czym bardzo mnie zaskoczył. Niezastąpione jest też to, że prowadząc go jedną ręką, mogę jednocześnie złapać drugie dziecko za rękę, odebrać telefon czy zjeść loda albo napić się wody, nie zatrzymując się. Mikrusi rozmiar po złożeniu i rozkładanie jedną ręką, a także ogromny kosz na wakacyjne niezbędniki czy zakupy, czynią go jedynym w swoim rodzaju.     A jakie cechy musi spełniać Twoja idealna spacerówka?     Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Polki mówią o... Wizyta w Pytanie na Śniadanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/poronienie-pytanie-na-sniadanie/): Przez 2 lata poruszyłam ten najtrudniejszy temat tylko raz. Po tych dwóch latach odwagi dodała mi jedna z Was, która gdy umówiłyśmy się na spotkanie, powiedziała mi, że nasza historia dodawała jej sił w najtrudniejszych chwilach.   Wiem od Was, że rozmowa o utracie Dziecka z drugą osobą, która ma takie doświadczenia, pomaga Wam choć na moment poczuć się mniej samotnie.   Gdy otrzymałam propozycję wystąpienia w „Pytaniu na Śniadanie” w tym jakże intymnym, ale tak bardzo ważnym temacie, musiałam się zastanowić, a po rozmowie z mężem powiedziałam, że „powinnam dać radę„. Dlaczego?   Nie ma tygodnia, abym nie otrzymała chociaż jednej wiadomości od Osieroconej Mamy, w której obdarza mnie zaufaniem, opowiadając o często najtrudniejszym przeżyciu, jakiego doświadczyła i pytając, „czy będę jeszcze kiedyś szczęśliwa?”, „czy jeszcze będę normalnie żyć?”, „czy to przeraźliwe uczucie minie?”.  Pisze właśnie do mnie, gdyż choć zupełnie się nie znamy, wydaję się być najbliższą Jej osobą… Niemożliwe?   Rozumiem to doskonale. Gdybym miała określić uczucie, jakie towarzyszyło mi po stracie Dziecka jednym słowem, powiedziałabym:   S A M O T N O Ś Ć.   Otchłań rozpaczy byłaby druga.   Dlaczego o śmierci dziecka, o poronieniu mówimy tak rzadko? Czy poronienie to wstyd?   Osobiście myślę, że po pierwsze dlatego, że jest to szalenie intymne i osobiste przeżycie.   Po drugie dlatego, że mówiąc o naszym poronieniu, narażamy się na bolesne komentarze, nieudolne próby pocieszeń bez zastanowienia i „dobre rady”, które czynią więcej złego niż dobrego. Na kolejne słowa, które znów rozbiją nasze serce na milion kawałków, a które nieudolnie staramy się zebrać w całość, bo słysząc znów, że „przecież to nie było jeszcze dziecko” albo „na pewno będziesz miała jeszcze dzieci”  lub „pewnie byłoby chore” czy „lepiej wcześniej niż później”, rozpadamy się znów w drobny mak i znów nie możemy podnieść. Osierocone Mamy często są tak zrozpaczone, że pragną śmierci.   Po trzecie, wiele Mam po stracie ma w sobie choć odrobinę poczucia winy. Może za dużo pracowałam? Może źle jadłam i nie brałam witamin? Za późno dowiedziałam się o ciąży? Nie ucieszyłam się z niej, więc los mnie ukarał?   Po czwarte, poczucie, że zawiodłam. Zawiodłam swoje Dziecko, swojego męża i… samą siebie.   Gdy dziś kilkanaście razy powiedziałam „poroniłam„, doszłam do wniosku, jak okropne jest to słowo. Gdy umiera nasz mąż, mówimy, że mąż nam zmarł. A gdy umiera nam dziecko w okresie ciąży, mówimy „poroniłam”, jakby był w tym jakiś nasz czynny udział, jakiś związek przyczynowo-skutkowy pomiędzy nami, a śmiercią dziecka. Zdałam sobie dziś sprawę, że nie znosiłam tak mówić o sobie, właśnie przez to okropne słowo.   W większości przypadków żadna z nas nie miała wpływu na to, co się stało, nie zawiniła w najmniejszym stopniu.     „Dziecko się poroniło” to określenie, które dzisiaj wymyśliłam, dużo bliższe prawdy. U mnie na przykład winna była moja choroba, o której nie miałam pojęcia, gdyż ujawniła się dopiero w ciąży, a została wykryta dopiero po drugiej straconej ciąży, gdy do nieba zdążyło pójść troje naszych dzieci.   Chciałabym dziś choć w drobnym stopniu przyczynić się do oswojenia nas wszystkich z tym trudnym tematem. Dlatego przyjęłam zaproszenie do programu i powiedziałam odrobinę naszej historii, aby dodać siły i przytulić do serca każdą Osieroconą Mamę.   Film z naszą rozmową możesz zobaczyć tutaj.   Przypomniałam sobie też niezwykłe słowa z książki „Przerwane oczekiwanie”, o której pisałam właśnie po dwóch latach od straty pierwszego Dziecka:   „Mijają tygodnie, mijają miesiące. Ból się zmienia. Każdej godziny, każdego dnia, nie zdając sobie z tego sprawy, doświadczamy transformacji bólu, który każdego dnia jest inny. Ale my też jesteśmy innymi ludźmi niż byliśmy, ponieważ ból nas kształtuje, wystawia nas na próbę, ale jednocześnie pozwala na odkryć i wypracować nowe i często niespodziewane zasoby. Innymi słowy sprawia, że stajemy się lepsi. Być może to własnie taki dar matki dostają od swoich szczególnych dzieci. Być może dlatego szczególne dzieci mają szczególne mamy…”   A Ty jak myślisz, czy poronienie to wstyd? Temat nie do rozmowy? Czy tak naturalny i nierozerwalny element naszego życia, że trzeba o tym mówić?   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Letnie menu dla niemowlaka i alergika - bez mleka i jajka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/letnie-menu-dla-niemowlaka-alergika-bez-mleka-jajka/): Doskonale wiecie, że bardzo dbam o zdrowe żywienie całej mojej rodziny, a zwłaszcza jej najmłodszych członków. Jak wygląda u nas przykładowe menu niemowlaka?   Uwielbiam szybkie i łatwe rozwiązania, ale żywność dla moich Dzieci przygotowujemy samodzielnie. Nie jestem całkowitą przeciwniczką gotowych słoiczków dla niemowląt – przynajmniej nie wszystkich, ale jeśli mam możliwość przygotować świeże dania lub słoiczki z pełnowartościowymi posiłkami na później, to dlaczego nie miałam z tego skorzystać? Dziś podzielę się z Wami sprawdzonymi przepisami – oto menu dla alergików: nie zawiera ani mleka, ani jajka. Śniadanie – Pożywna kaszka orkiszowa z owocami Składniki: – kaszka orkiszowa bio – banany i truskawki lub prażone jabłka   Sezonowe owoce przez cały rok możesz zastępować na przykład gotowanymi jabłkami – od razu ugotuj ze 2 kilogramy i zamknij w słoiki, starczy Ci na wiele dni szybkiego gotowania. Moje dzieci najbardziej lubią właśnie tę wersję kaszki.   1. Do garnka wlewam 4/5 kubka wody i 6 miarek lub 4 czubate łyżki kaszki orkiszowej bio   2. Kaszkę doprowadzam do wrzenia, ciągle mieszając i gotuję 3 minuty na bardzo małym ogniu, co chwilę mieszając.   3. W międzyczasie przygotowuję owoce, które dodam do kaszki – dziś truskawki i banany.   4. Moje dzieci najbardziej lubią kaszę z owocami w postaci musu, dlatego miksuję ugotowaną kaszkę z owocami na gładką masę.   5. Pyszne i pożywne śniadanie dla 4 latka i niemowlaka gotowe!   6. Mikołajowi dodaję syropu z czarnego bzu – doskonały na wzmocnienie odporności przez cały rok, a także bardzo pomocny przy przeziębieniach.   7. Nadwyżkę pakuję do pojemniczka i chowam do lodówki – mam dzięki temu szybką przekąskę gotową do podgrzania lub do zjedzenia na zimno, jeśli ktoś lubi.   Wersja z gotowanymi jabłkami – jeszcze szybsza, gdyż gotowany mus jabłkowy mam zawsze w lodówce w słoiku:   Drugie śniadanie – frytki warzywne Składniki: Marchewka, ziemniak, batat, burak, seler czy co akurat mam pod ręką.   Nagrzewam piekarnik do 180 stopni.   W międzyczasie dostępne pod ręką warzywa kroję na długie i wąskie słupki – takie jak frytki lub nieco grubsze, w zależności od tego jak miękkie są warzywa. I tak zwykłe ziemniaki kroję tradycyjnie, bataty dwukrotnie grubiej, a buraki i marchewkę gdzieś pośrodku.   Warzywa wrzucam do miseczki wraz z olejek kokosowym, latem jest on w mojej szafce zupełnie płynny, więc łatwo się miesza z warzywami. Tak wymieszane warzywa wykładam na blachę piekarnika, którą uprzednio wyłożyłam papierem do pieczenia.   Piekę około 40 minut. Gotowe! Można powiedzieć, że drugie śniadanie robi się samo.     Obiad – Mix warzyw z kurczakiem ekologicznym   Składniki: 1 marchewka 1 ziemniaczek 1 buraczek 1/2 kalarepy 1/2 słodkiego ziemniaka 1/3 piersi z ekologicznego kurczaka   Celowo piszę o warzywach z kurczakiem, a nie o kurczaku z warzywami, gdyż w pierwszym roku życia 10g mięsa dziennie w diecie to odpowiednia ilość, czyli możemy wyobrazić sobie łyżkę mięsa. W drugim roku życia ta ilość się podwaja.   Do ugotowania obiadu używam zawsze warzyw sezonowych, które mam pod ręką. Dziś będzie to ziemniak, batat, burak, kalarepa, marchew i mięso z kurczaka. Wszystkie te produkty staram się kupować ekologiczne, natomiast w przypadku mięsa nigdy nie robię wyjątków. Niestety ekologiczny kurczak z certyfikatem, który mówi o tym, że był karmiony bez GMO i nie otrzymywał antybiotyków jest wciąż trudno dostępny. Dlatego zamawiam w sklepie większą ilość, porcjuję i mrożę, dzięki temu mam zawsze w zamrażarce ekologiczne mięso.   Warzywa w idealnym świecie kupowałabym tylko na ekostraganie, ale nie zawsze mogę sobie na to czasowo pozwolić (u nas w mieście to tylko dwa razy w tygodniu), więc często kupuję je w zwykłym sklepie na dziale eko, a jeśli mi się uda, jadę na specjalny ekotarg i kupuję na zapas. Wszystkie powyższe warzywa spokojnie mogą leżeć w lodówce całkiem długo.   Czy wiesz, że nie wszystkie warzywa warto kupować ekologiczne? Niektóre mają taką budowę, że szkodliwe pestycydy nie wnikają do środka – na przykład słodkie ziemniaki i awokado możemy jeść bez obaw. Niestety tak popularne ziemniaki i seler to warzywa najbardziej skażone pestycydami i warto kupować je w wersji eko lub najlepiej organicznej.  Przygotuję o tym osobny materiał i pokażę Ci, jak warzywa i owoce można także dobrze oczyścić.   1. Rozmrażam mięso  – czy wiesz, że żadnej żywności nie powinniśmy rozmrażać w temperaturze pokojowej? Idealnie byłoby rozmrażać mięso w lodówce – wyjąć dzień wcześniej i umieścić w pojemniku na półce. Jeśli zupełnie o tym zapomniałam, rozmrażam mięso za pomocą pary w moim Babycooku. Wystarczy, że umieszczę kawałek mięsa w koszyku w naczyniu, wleję do urządzenia wodę (poziom 2) i za kilka minut mam mięso gotowe do dalszego gotowania. Niestety, ale tak intuicyjne rozmrażanie w temperaturze pokojowej sprzyja rozwojowi bakterii.   2. W międzyczasie obieram warzywa i kroję na małe kawałki.   3. Mięso mam już rozmrożone, więc razem z warzywami gotuję je na parze. Możesz użyć dowolnego garnka z nakładką do gotowania na parze, ja używam Babycooka, do którego wlewam wodę do gotowania na parze (poziom 3), umieszczam warzywa i mięso w koszyku i włączam. Gdy gotowanie się zakończy (kilkanaście minut), poinformuje mnie o tym sygnał dźwiękowy.   4. Gdy gotowanie na parze dobiega końca, decyduję, czy obiad podam Maksiowi jako BLW czy w wersji zmiksowanej – tutaj decyduję na podstawie tego, ile mam czasu do dyspozycji. Nie da się ukryć, ale taki Maluch przy obiedzie w wersji BLW funduje mi wielkie sprzątanie, dlatego często taki posiłek zostawiam sobie na kolację, gdy już na spokojnie możemy delektować się jedzeniem i poznawaniem.   Dlatego zwykle przerzucam ugotowane warzywa i mięso z koszyka do naczynia, aby je zblendować – jak widzisz, nie wylewam wody, która powstała z pary, na której gotowałam – zawiera wiele cennych składników odżywczych, więc po prostu dorzucam warzywa i mięso do środka i miksuję. Nie miksuję jednak do uzyskania jakiejś specjalnie gładkiej masy, wszelkie grudki i struktury są mile widziane.   5. Znów nadmiar warzyw przekładam do pojemników – wykorzystuję te ze specjalną podziałką, dzięki temu od razu widzę, ile porcji obiadku mam – i chowam do lodówki na drugi dzień lub mrożę, a zazwyczaj przygotowuję tyle jedzenia, że i mam na drugi dzień, i mrożę na dni, gdy jesteśmy całkowicie zabiegani. Wtedy wrzucam zamarzniętą porcję obiadku do Babycooka na kilka minut i za chwilę mam gotowy ciepły obiadek.     Deser jaglany z musem malinowym Składniki: – kasza jaglana 5 łyżek – 150 ml wody do gotowania kaszy – olej kokosowy – 130 ml mleka kokosowego – maliny – nasionka chia   1. Kaszę jaglaną płuczę obficie pod zimną wodą, a następnie przelewam wrzątkiem.   2. Kaszę jaglaną gotuję na parze w Babycooku – możesz też ugotować ją w garnku. Wlewam wodę do pojemnika do wody do gotowania na parze (poziom 3).   Wsypuję wypłukaną kaszę do pojemnika do gotowania kaszy i dolewam około 150 ml wody.   Wkładam koszyczek z kaszą i wodą do pojemnika.   Zamykam pokrywę i włączam gotowanie – proces potrwa kilkanaście minut.   3. Gdy kasza jest już ugotowana, wsypuję ją do pojemnika głównego.   4. Dolewam 130 ml mleka kokosowego (zwróć uwagę na skład i wybierz tylko takie, które zawiera w składzie wyłącznie: orzech kokosowy, np. 60% i wodę – żadna guma guar czy emulgatory nie są tam potrzebne.   5. Miksuję kaszę jaglaną z mlekiem kokosowym na dość gładką masę (przy kaszy jaglanej nigdy nie jest idealnie gładka).   6. Mus jaglany nakładam do naczynek.   7. Maliny miksuję na mus owocowy i polewam nim mus jaglany. Do malin dodaję także często namoczone nasionka chia.   8. Nadmiar musu przechowuję w lodówce i wykorzystam na drugi dzień – na przykład do porannej kaszki.   Kolacja – warzywa gotowane na parze BLW Składniki: – brokuł – marchewka – kalafior   1. Myję i obieram warzywa, gotuję na parze tak samo jak produkty na obiad. Serwuję na macie do BLW do samodzielnego jedzenia.   No dobra Mama, zrobiłaś już zdjęcia? W końcu mogę dodać sobie mój ulubiony sos chili 😉     Staram się uczyć Dziecko samodzielności, także w jedzeniu, ale gdy rano musimy sprawnie wyjść w czwórkę z domu, niekoniecznie jest to idealny moment do nauki samodzielnego jedzenia kaszy z truskawkami, dlatego bez wyrzutów sumienia karmię wtedy Maksia, a wieczorem i w weekendy staram się znaleźć czas na jedzenie i naukę. Zwyczajnie nie zawsze mogę sobie pozwolić na sprzątanie takiego bałaganu, odkurzanie i zmywanie podłogi, a czasami na kąpiel i zapieranie plam – a to były tylko warzywa! Bez sosów i musów.     Wszystkie posiłki, które w domu jedzą nasze dzieci, staramy się przygotowywać samodzielnie, nie korzystać z półproduktów ani z gotowych słoików. Większość dań przygotowujemy na 2-3 dni, a nawet mrozimy, aby w intensywnym czasie móc korzystać z gotowych, domowych rozwiązań – obiadek do rozmrożenia możemy zostawić w lodówce dzień wcześniej, aby jego podgrzanie trwało tyle, co podgrzanie kupionego słoiczka, a w wersji dla zapominalskich – rozmrozić i podgrzać, na przykład w Babycooku.   Nie oznacza to, że ze słoiczków nie korzystamy nigdy, zdarza nam się w szczycie aktywności rodzinno-zawodowej, przygotuję więc także post, w którym napiszę Wam na co zwracać uwagę przy wyborze słoiczka i jak wybrać najlepiej.   W wymyślaniu dań pomaga mi nasza przyjaciółka, dietetyk – Ania Rogalska-Bućko, która pięknie „goni mnie”, gdy czasami za dużo jest u nas słodkich owoców, a za mało warzyw i motywuje do 2 posiłków owocowych i 3 warzywnych, a nie na odwrót, aby wyrobić w dzieciach odpowiednie nawyki żywieniowe już dziś.   Sama widzę, jak niesamowicie procentuje to dziś u Mikołaja, który sam wybiera zdrowe produkty, stroni od słodyczy, bo zwyczajnie nie ma nawyku ich jedzenia (no poza tortem urodzinowym i od tego roku sorbetami), gdyż nigdy mu ich nie podawaliśmy, ani nie jedliśmy ich przy nim. Tutaj akurat ogromną rolę odegrała alergia – przez prawie 4 lata Mikołaj nie mógł jeść produktów zawierających mleko (większość słodyczy) oraz chemię spożywczą, a my, aby wzmocnić jego jelita, bardzo pilnowaliśmy zdrowej, wzmacniającej diety, przy okazji wyrabiając w nim bardzo silne nawyki żywieniowe – dziś dzień bez kaszy i jabłek to dzień stracony. Dlatego dziś doceniamy tę alergię, która dotknęła i zmieniła na lepsze całą naszą rodzinę. Nie ma tego złego 🙂   A jakie są Wasze ulubione, letnie dania? Z przyjemnością spróbujemy coś nowego.   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Jak urządzić salon i wydzielić funkcjonalne strefy?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-urzadzic-salon/): Jak urządzić salon to pytanie, które zupełnie niespodziewanie musieliśmy zadać sobie ponownie trzy i pół roku po wprowadzeniu się do naszego domu. Nie ma tego złego, co by na dobre nie wyszło – o to przynajmniej zawsze się staramy, dlatego gdy pół naszego domu stanęło w remoncie po zalaniu, które dotknęło nas w marcu tego roku, postanowiliśmy przy okazji dokonać metamorfozy naszego salonu i wydzielić w nim funkcjonalne strefy: jadalnia, kącik telewizyjny i kącik zabaw.   Do tej pory nasz salon był bowiem organizacyjnym misz-maszem.   Miejsce pod schodami było idealne na trzymanie dziecięcych zabawek, a zaraz obok wpasowaliśmy nasz jadalniany kącik, czyli okrągły stół i krzesła. Przyznaję – nie lubiłam tam siedzieć, gdyż koszmarnie drażnił mnie zabawkowy look i wrażenie wiecznego bałaganu, które sprawiał. Regularnie więc aranżowałam co nuż inne meble do przechowywania zabawek pod schodami, od czarnej komody przez dziecięcy regał z pojemnikami na zabawki aż po szafki na wysoki połysk, aby za każdym razem dojść do wniosku, że zabawki i tak „wypłyną”.   Jestem osobą uzależnioną od słońca, a pod schodami, gdzie urządziłam naszą jadalnię, był chyba najciemniejszy kąt w naszym domu – kolejny powód, dla którego nie przepadałam za spędzaniem czasu przy stole. Wszystkie inne rogi salonu były już bowiem zajęte (jeden przez kuchnię, drugi przez kanapę, a trzeci przez telewizor), więc marzyłam o poprowadzeniu tu w suficie kabla i zawieszeniu lampy stołowej, ale przeniesienie kabla w już urządzonym domu z betonowymi stropami to nie lada wyzwanie, więc temat ten pozostawał w strefie marzeń.   Jak chyba większość z nas, kanapę i telewizor ustawiłam „intuicyjnie” przy ścianie, na przeciwko siebie, przez co ciężko było mówić o jakimkolwiek kąciku telewizyjno-wypoczynkowym, gdyż ta strefa obejmowała cały pokój. Co więcej, w naszym wypadku kanapa i telewizor mieściły się na dwóch przeciwległych ścianach salonu i dzieliło je 6 metrów. Sprawiało to, że mieliśmy poważny problem, aby siedząc na kanapie, wybrać jakikolwiek film na VOD, nie wspominając już o oglądaniu filmów z napisami, z czego musieliśmy całkowicie zrezygnować, a to pomimo nie najmniejszego telewizora 51 calowego – po prostu ta odległość sprawiała, że już dawno zaczęliśmy myśleć albo o nowym (większym) telewizorze (który nigdy nie był moim wymarzonym elementem wystroju), albo o nowej sofie, która stanie w nowym miejscu. Także Mikołaj podczas rodzinnych seansów filmowych nie chciał siedzieć na kanapie, tylko wolał leżeć sam w połowie długości salonu na dywanie, a ja nie dołączałam do niego tylko dlatego, że komfort wygodnego siedzenia oceniałam wyżej niż komfort oglądania filmu.   Nasz salon z aneksem kuchennym ma około 30 metrów kwadratowych, czyli nie jest duży, biorąc pod uwagę naszą dużą kuchnię z meblami w układzie U. Układ wszystkich mebli pod ścianami sprawiał, że na środku salonu była duża przestrzeń, optycznie dodająca do wnętrza kila metrów kwadratowych, co na wstępnym etapie urządzania salonu było naszym priorytetem.   W takim układzie, gdy przy szafkach z zabawkami pod schodami stał jadalniany stół i 5 krzeseł, naturalnie kącik zabaw wypadał na… samym środku salonu. Tak więc zupełnie dominował dzienną część naszego domu.     Jak urządzić salon?   Podział salonu na strefy   Przy okazji remontu, gdzie malowany był i tak (między innymi) cały salon i klatka schodowa, zdecydowaliśmy się, by na tej małej przestrzeni jednak wydzielić funkcjonalnie i niemal fizycznie 4 strefy: kuchenną, jadalnianą, wypoczynkową i dziecięcą – do zabawy. A to wszystko stawiając rogową sofę dokładnie na środku salonu – uznaliśmy bowiem, że choć optycznie zmniejszy to pomieszczenie, jego powierzchnia jest wciąż na tyle duża, że będzie można swobodnie się po nim poruszać.   Z uwagi na to, że teraz sofa miała stać się centralnym elementem naszego salonu, bliżej przyjrzeliśmy się naszej starej, na której przez 8 lat zarówno kot, jak i dwójka dzieci zdążyli zostawić dość widoczne ślady. Ustawiona centralnie okazała się nieco przytłaczać wnętrze z uwagi na swoją wysokość i brak nóżek, czyli ogólnie ciężką konstrukcję.   Pomyślałam, że to idealna okazja do tego, aby pomyśleć o wymianie wysłużonej i rozkładanej kanapy na lżejszą, ale wciąż obszerną i wygodną sofę, która zapewni całej naszej rodzinie wspólny wypoczynek – uwielbiamy przesiadywać tak nie tylko z dziećmi, ale i z Babcią czy kuzynostwem. Dlatego też odrzuciliśmy pomysł małej sofy, bo choć optycznie lepiej by pasowała, nie zapewniłby nam tak komfortowego wypoczynku, a nie ma nic piękniejszego, niż po trudnym dniu albo w niedzielny poranek władować się na wygodną sofę z całą rodziną.   Widząc nasze wnętrza, nietrudno na pewno Ci się domyśleć, że uwielbiam wszystko co jasne, ciepłe i miłe, ale byłam pewna, że przy dwójce dzieci to co najmniej szalony pomysł, aby znów mieć jasną kanapę z materiałowej tapicerki, która jedna taka starczyła nam tylko na 8 lat, z czego ponad 4 były bez dzieci. Wiele osób rekomendowało mi skórzaną sofę, która dobrej jakości jest niemal jak cerata, ale ja w ogóle nie brałam jej pod uwagę, gdyż skóra jest dla mnie zbyt zimnym, surowym i nieprzyjemnym materiałem, do którego zresztą nie pasują przytulne poduszki, które ja tak uwielbiam.   Gdy kupowałam rok temu fotel do karmienia w bardzo jasnym szarym odcieniu, z uwagi na jego przeznaczenie Pani w sklepie zaproponowała mi wykonanie go na zamówienie z łatwoczyszczącej tkaniny. Wtedy z tego nie skorzystałam, gdyż gonił mnie czas, ale teraz zdecydowałam się sprzedać starą kanapę i postawić tu nową, pikowaną, totalnie jasnoszarą sofę na ażurowych nóżkach nadających lekkości temu ogromnemu meblowi, który pojawił się centralnie na środku salonu w eleganckiej, łatwoczyszczącej tapicerce.   To właśnie ta rogowa sofa pozwoliła nam podzielić salon na cztery funkcjonalne pomieszczenia:   Kącik wypoczynkowo-telewizyjny Ustawiając kanapę tym razem 3 metry od telewizora, udało mi się stworzyć tu przytulny kącik, a wrażenie to potęgują zdjęcia, kwiaty i dekoracje ustawione na parapecie.   Przed:   Po:   Kącik ze sprzętem RTV oraz rampa na zasłony i oświetlenie zostały zaprojektowane tak, że idealnie wpasuje się tu moje kolejne marzenie – zabudowa meblościankowa, w której planuję pomieścić rodzinne skarby i pamiątki, poukładać na półkach albumy i ramki ze zdjęciami, wazony i bibeloty, które nadadzą temu wnętrzu jeszcze wyraźniejszego charakteru. Podobnie jak dziś, przytulności salonowi dodaje kominek i mała drewutnia.     Przed:   Po:     Wymarzona, słoneczna jadalnia   Stół i krzesła ustawione pod oknem zapewniły dopływ światła do jadalnianego kącika niemal przez cały dzień, a ja pokochałam to miejsce całą sobą i całkowicie zrekompensowało mi ono stratę tej przestrzeni na środku salonu. Co więcej, można powiedzieć, że prawie ze wszystkimi aktywnościami przeniosłam się właśnie tutaj – piję tu poranną kawę, maluję się, jem posiłki, a nawet pracuję. Od kiedy stanął tu stół (3 miesiące temu), ani razu nie poszłam wieczorem popracować do naszego domowego biura na strychu. Wojtek zresztą też nie. Bliskość kuchni, kawy i wody dodatkowo nam powrót na strych utrudniają. To jest moja bajka.   Przed: Po:   Nieodzownym elementem naszej rodzinnej jadalni – oprócz rozkładanego stołu, który na niedzielnym obiedzie pomieści 8-10 osób, są krzesełka dla Dzieci – wyglądają niemal jak te dla dorosłych, ale zarówno wysokość siedziska, jak i podnóżka jest regulowana stosownie do ich wzrostu, dzięki czemu od początku wyrabiamy w naszej rodzinie dobre nawyki – jedzenia przy stole, całą rodziną, w zaplanowanych wcześniej porach i oczywiście – bez towarzystwa telewizora.       Kącik zabaw pod schodami Skoro od lat mieszkają tu zabawki, naturalnym było stworzenie kącika do zabaw właśnie tutaj. Nie ma ich tu już wiele, zrezygnowałam tu ze wszystkich regałów i szafek czy szuflad. Każdy Synek ma ich tu kilkanaście, którymi właśnie się bawi: Mikołaj trzyma je w skrzyni na kółkach, a Maksiu w naturalnym koszu, co tydzień czy dwa wymieniamy je wspólnie z zabawkami z ich dziecięcych pokoi, bowiem sprawdza się u nas idealnie zasada – im więcej zabawek pod ręką, tym mniejsze nimi zainteresowanie.  A skoro to już tylko kącik z zabawkami, a nie jadalnia, ich widok przestał mnie drażnić całkowicie, po prostu widać, że to dziecięca strefa. Brakuje mi tu już teraz tylko puszystego dywanu.   Po:   Kuchnia niewiele się zmieniła, a jej funkcjonalnej organizacji poświęcę osobny post.   Chyba każda osoba, która wchodzi do naszego salonu i widzi dwójkę szalejących dzieci oraz tę turbojasną kanapę, przeciera oczy ze zdumienia, jednak po trzech  miesiącach użytkowania ona wciąż wygląda jak nowa, a była brudna już od soku jabłkowego (Mikołaj ją ochrzcił pierwszego dnia), mleka, kawy, sosu do pizzy, truskawek, banana… i kółek wózka (więcej brudów nie pamiętam), a każde zabrudzenie wycieramy z niej jedynie za pomocą wody i ręcznika papierowego.   Zapewnia nam to włoska tkanina Persempra, w której możemy zakupić gotowe meble w jednym ze współpracujących z Persemprą sklepów, których lista dostępna jest tutaj z wygodnym wyszukiwaniem na mapce, a nawet kupić ją na metry, aby wraz z nią oddać swoje meble do tapicera. Jasne meble w salonie nie muszą już być tylko naszym marzeniem, nawet jeśli mamy dzieci, psa i kota, a przy tym uwielbiamy delektować się czerwonym winem, oczywiście na wygodnej sofie.     Jak Ci się podoba nasza metamorfoza salonu? Nie ma tego złego co by na dobre nie wyszło, prawda? Sama bowiem nigdy nie zdecydowałabym się na ten remont, a tak – zmiany na lepsze wydarzyły się niejako mimochodem.   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Czy warto kupować ekologiczne warzywa i owoce?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/warzywa-owoce-ekologiczne/): Od jakiegoś czasu ekologiczne produkty przestały być dostępne wyłącznie na bazarkach, gdyż markety coraz częściej proponują nam „zamienniki” dla niektórych produktów, zwłaszcza warzyw czy owoców, w postaci produktów bio. I bardzo dobrze! Ale… czy rzeczywiście warto kupować wszystkie produkty oznaczone „BIO”?   Sezon na świeże owoce i warzywa w pełni! Ale z pewnością wiele osób nie zdaje sobie sprawy z tego, jak wiele owoców i warzyw – które przecież powinniśmy jeść każdego dnia i to w sporej ilości – jest skażonych pestycydami, których nie usunie nawet mycie czy obranie…   Duża ilość spożywanych wraz z warzywami i owocami pestycydów może spowodować problemy z zajściem w ciążę i utrzymaniem jej u kobiet oraz problemy z płodnością u mężczyzn. Jest to tylko jeden z powodów, dla których powinniśmy unikać produktów skażonych pestycydami.   EWG (Enviromental Working Group), amerykańska organizacja pozarządowa, co roku pobiera ponad 35000 próbek warzyw i owoców i publikuje listę najbardziej skażonych spośród tych produktów.  Na podstawie tych badań określa listę owoców i warzyw wolnych od zanieczyszczeń, tzw. „czystą piętnastkę” (Clean Fifteen) oraz te najbardziej skażone – „parszywą dwunastkę” (Dirty Dozen).   A jak to się ma do polskich warzyw i owoców?   Wynik silnego skażenia danych grup warzyw i owoców wynika przede wszystkim z podatności konkretnych warzyw i owoców na kumulację zanieczyszczeń, co pozwala nam na przypuszczenie, że wynik tych badań w Polsce byłby bardzo podobny.   Oto jak wygląda lista na rok 2018:   Parszywa dwunastka Do najbardziej skażonych pestycydami i chemią produktów należą (w porządku malejącym):   truskawki szpinak nekatrynki jabłka winogrona brzoskwinie czereśnie gruszki pomidory seler ziemniaki słodka papryka   Niestety pojedyncza próbka truskawek wykazała obecność aż 20 różnych pestycydów! Natomiast badane próbki szpinaku zawierały średnio 1,8 razy więcej pestycydów niż inne.   Mam też złą informację dla tych, którzy lubią ostre papryczki – EWG dodało je jako produkt dodatkowy do listy (Dirty Dozen Plus), ponieważ choć nie zawierają aż tak wysokiego stężenia pestycydów, to te w nich zawarte są owadobójczymi substancjami, które są toksyczne dla ludzkiego układu nerwowego. W próbkach ostrej papryki wykryto trzy wysoce toksyczne pestycydy: acefat, chloropiryfos i oksaminę. Niektóre z próbek miały ich znaczną ilość. EWG zaleca, aby miłośnicy ostrej papryki sięgali po produkty ekologiczne, a jeśli nie możemy takich znaleźć – nie jedzmy ich surowych, a ugotujmy – po ugotowaniu jedzenia poziom pestycydów się zmniejsza. Jeśli macie taką możliwość, wszystkie wymienione wyżej składniki warto kupować w wersji eko, a jeśli nie możemy sobie na to pozwolić, warto oczyścić te owoce domowymi sposobami, o których powiem Wam za chwilę.   Ekologiczne warzywa i owoce, kupowane w sklepach ze zdrową żywnością czy lokalnych bazarkach (które zwykle są otwarte tylko raz czy dwa w tygodniu), rzeczywiście są drogie, dlatego najlepszym trikiem jest kupowanie ekologicznych warzyw i owoców w lokalnym ekologicznym gospodarstwie (niektóre oferują także dostawy do domu), ja właśnie testuję takie dostawy w swoim regionie.   Czysta piętnastka Wśród produktów zawierających najmniej pestycydów znalazły się:   awokado słodka kukrydza ananasy kapusta cebula mrożony groszek papaja szparagi mango bakłażany melon miodowy kiwi kantalupa (odmiana melona) kalafior brokuły   Spośród badanych próbek do tych najczystszych należały awokado i słodka kukurydza – wykrywalne pestycydy wykazywał mniej niż 1 procent próbek. Żadna z próbek z powyższej listy nie wykazała więcej niż czterech pestycydów. Jedynie 5 % spośród wszystkich próbek warzyw Czystej Piętnastki wykazało dwa lub więcej pestycydów.   Tutaj możesz obejrzeć pełną listę badanych przez EWG warzyw i owoców.   Pokusiłam się o przejrzenie list z ubiegłych lat i tak naprawdę są one bardzo do siebie podobne, a produkty przede wszystkim zamieniają się kolejnością. Dzięki temu wiem, że ta lista jest na przestrzeni lat uniwersalna.     Jak prawidłowo oczyścić warzywa i owoce? Sama woda nie wystarczy – z pewnością nie raz widziałaś aż błyszczące jabłka – jabłko prosto z drzewa tak nie wygląda…   By prawidłowo i na miarę naszych możliwości oczyścić warzywa i owoce, są dwa sposoby: Po pierwsze, możesz kupić specjalny ekologiczny płyn do mycia – z naturalnych składników, taki, który nie pozostawia smaku ani zapachu na produktach i pozbawia je zarazków.   Po drugie, możesz poradzić sobie domowymi sposobami, wystarczy, że wykonasz trzy kroki:   Krok 1 Przygotuj kwaśny roztwór, który usunie bakterie takie jak E-coli, Listeria czy Salmonella. Np.: pół szklanki octu jabłkowego + litr wody – namaczać 3 minuty lub 2-3 łyżki kwasku cytrynowego + litr wody – namaczać 3 minuty Bakterie usunięte!   Krok 2 Pora usunąć pestycydy, tworząc środowisko zasadowe: 2 łyżki sody oczyszczonej + litr wody – namaczać 30 minut (niektórzy zalecają nawet zostawienie na całą noc).   Uwaga! Możliwe, że na tym etapie zobaczysz, co „siedziało” na Twoich produktach na obiad – na powierzchni może unosić się tłusta warstwa lub woda może stać się mętna, a nawet zmienić kolor na… żółty.   Krok 3 Na koniec opłucz jeszcze produkty w czystej wodzie.   Gotowe! Wiadomo, przygotowując warzywa i owoce w ten sposób nie pozbędziemy się toksyn wewnątrz produktów, ale możemy pozbyć się tych zewnętrznych.     Reasumując, nie ma potrzeby, by kupować bio-awokado, ale warto sięgnąć po bio-truskawki czy bio-szpinak. W trosce o zdrowie swoje i naszych bliskich, my weryfikujemy jeszcze, która żywność była modyfikowana genetycznie i unikamy jej, czytając dobrze etykiety i sięgając po produkty oznaczone jako ekologiczne, wolne od GMO.   Warto pamiętać, że niezależnie od tego, jak czyste na pierwszy rzut oka wydają nam się kupione warzywa i owoce, mogą zawierać mnóstwo szkodliwych pestycydów i zarazków.   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!   Źródła: – https://www.ewg.org/foodnews/summary.php – https://www.ewg.org/foodnews/full-list.php
- [Wakacje z dzieckiem - nasze ulubione gadżety](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wakacje-z-dzieckiem-gadzety/): Wakacje z dzieckiem to nie lada wyzwanie, szczególnie, gdy szykujemy się do nich po raz pierwszy. Lato trwa na całego, a wraz z nim – sezon urlopowy! Jak przygotować się do lata z dziećmi? Co ułatwia nam letnie upały i wakacyjne wycieczki?   Choć ten dłuższy urlop, jakim był wyjazd do Rzymu, mamy już za sobą, za nami i przed nami wciąż piękne chwile spędzone w rodzinnym gronie, na plaży, nad jeziorem, na spacerach. By długi czas spędzany na słońcu nie doskwierał naszym pociechom i nie był dla nich szkodliwy, warto pamiętać o kilku drobiazgach, bez których sama w upalny dzień na wyjście z dziećmi nie ruszam się z domu!     1. Filtr przeciwsłoneczny Wychodząc na upalne słońce, nie możemy zapominać o kremie z wysokim filtrem. Kupując jakiekolwiek produkty kosmetyczne, szczególnie dla dzieci, oprócz własnej wiedzy podpieram się analizą mojego Guru w tym temacie czyli Sroki. Tu znajdziecie jej recenzję porównawczą na temat filtrów przeciwsłonecznych z apteki i jeden z nich wybieram regularnie dla nas.   Ostatnie dwa sezony przebywaliśmy na słońcu pod ochroną filtru z La Roche-Posay, a w tym roku wybrałam naturalny filtr Anthelios DERMO-PEDIATRICS Bardzo wysoka ochrona Spray dla dzieci SPF 50+. Na ten moment jesteśmy bardziej zadowoleni z tego pierwszego, gdyż był ogromnie wydajny (szybciej minęła data ważności niż się skończył), a ten drugi zostawia na skórze taki biały film, co niekoniecznie dobrze wygląda – w pierwszej chwili, jak Wojtek posmarował dzieci, pomyślałam, że są chore 😉 Na szczęście to sprzyja zdrowiu, więc jestem już spokojna.     2. Stroje kąpielowe z UV Myślisz sobie, po co strój kąpielowy z UV, skoro mam olejek do opalania? Też tak myślałam, do pierwszych wakacji z Mikołajem, gdy okazało się, że regularne smarowanie Dziecka, spędzającego w baseniku Boże dnie, kremem z filtrem, jest nie lada wyczynem. Wtedy uratował nas właśnie strój kąpielowy z filtrem, a szczególnie doceniliśmy go pod greckim słońcem.   Stroje kąpielowe wykonane są ze specjalnego materiału, który gwarantuje delikatnej skórze naszych dzieci ochronę na poziomie UPF 50+.  Nasi chłopcy mają po zestawie: bluzeczka + spodenki/majteczki + czapeczka, a co ciekawe majteczki i spodenki mają wszytą dodatkowo podszewkę z wkładką pochłaniającą wilgoć, która nie wypuszcza płynu na zewnątrz. Skóra naszego malucha jest więc zabezpieczona przed słońcem, a my – jeśli nie chcemy – nie musimy dodatkowo zakładać pieluszki.   Ubranka UV stosuję zawsze, gdy Mikołaj i Maks przesiadują w wodzie, bo filtr w kremie, nawet ten wodoodporny, trzeba regularnie aplikować zawsze po wyjściu z wody, a co jeśli dzieci siedzą w wodzie niemal cały dzień?   Ubranka te zakładam dzieciom także wtedy, gdy nie mają ochoty właśnie smarować się filtrem, czyli na przykład na campingu w porze śniadaniowej, zawsze mają wybór: ubranko czy krem z filtrem.   Mikołaj i Maks maja na sobie stroje UV Lassig, które znajdziesz tutaj.     3. Bidon bez BPA Czy wiesz, że miękkie, plastikowe butelki, w których sprzedawana jest woda do picia, są wykonane ze politereftalanu etylenu – czemu zawdzięczają swoją nazwę – PET. Jest to związek chemiczny, który zgodnie z licznymi wynikami badań, może przenosić do wody szkodliwe substancje, których tym więcej się uwalnia, im w wyższej temperaturze transportowane są lub przechowywane butelki.   Natomiast BPA, czyli Bisfenol A to bardzo szkodliwy środek chemiczny wykorzystywany przy produkowaniu tworzyw sztucznych w celu ich utwardzenia, czyli np. przy produkcji bidonów.   Właśnie dlatego staramy się nie kupować wody butelkowanej w plastikowe butelki, ani tym bardziej przetrzymywać ich na słońcu. Mamy więc dla dzieci bidony Lassig bez BPA (znajdziesz je tutaj), a w nich czystą wodę, ewentualnie woda z dodatkiem np. soku z cytryny, pomarańczy czy innych owoców. Ale z naturalnym, wyciskanym sokiem – nie słodkim syropem. Nasze dzieci piją wodę od zawsze i nie ma z tym problemu.   Świetne jest w nich także to, że mają paseczek, który mocuję do pałąka wózka, dzięki czemu Dzieci mają bidon cały czas pod ręką. W domu także stawiam je w zasięgu Dzieci, aby w każdej chwili mogły się napić. A nauka picia ze słomki była dla nas super zabawą.       4. Pieluszki/otulacze bambusowe Naprawdę są wielozadaniowe! Mogą być kocykiem, otulaczem, przytulanką, prześcieradełkiem czy ręcznikiem, a nawet kołderką w upalną noc… My mamy takich kilka i bardzo je sobie chwalimy, bez nich niemal nie ruszamy się z domu. Nasze są firmy Aden + Anais, dokupienia pojedynczo lub w trzypaku, o tutaj. Swój potrójny zestaw pieluszek muślinowych od 4 lat ma Mikołaj, a drugi już bambusowych od roku Maksiu i są niezniszczalne, a używane codziennie (Mikołaj nie zaśnie bez swojej „goli” – tak ją nazywa i dokładnie wie, które są jego, a które Maksia i podmiana nie wchodzi w grę).     5. Klipsy Lodger Uniwersalne klipsy, za pomocą których możemy przymocować pieluszkę, zabawkę, kocyk czy cokolwiek chcemy do wózka czy fotelika. Tak zamocowana pieluszka stanowi doskonałą osłonkę od wiatru czy słońca podczas snu dziecka (oczywiście należy zapewnić dziecku dopływ powietrza, aby się nam nie „ugotowało” czy nie zadusiło). Klipsy znajdziesz tutaj.     6.  Musy wyciskane samorobione Odkąd zaczęliśmy rozszerzać dietę Maksia, doskonale na wyjścia sprawdzają nam się samorobione musy w saszetkach, w wykonaniu których pomaga nam zestaw Fill’n Squeeze. Zajada się nimi jednak nie tylko Maksymilian, ale również Mikołaj, który z chęcią pomaga przy wciskaniu musu do saszetek. Przygotowaniem i blendowaniem jedzenia zajmuję się czasami w samotności, dzięki czemu mogę w saszetce przemycić owoce czy warzywa, o których gdyby wiedział, z pewnością by ich nie tknął ;), czyli w przypadku Mikołaja wszystkie zielone.   Saszetki można dowolnie zamrażać, rozmrażać i podgrzewać, a po posiłku wystarczy umyć wodą i płynem do naczyń, dlatego często pakuję w nie także obiadki, gdy planujemy cały dzień poza domem.     7. Mokre chusteczki Waterwipes W trosce o delikatną skórę moich synków nie korzystam z popularnych chusteczek nawilżanych ogólnodostępnych, a tylko takich nasączonych czystą wodą. Wiem doskonale, że zwykła woda z pewnością nie zrobi im krzywdy, w odróżnieniu od innych, napakowanych często chemią i konserwantami. Uważam, że poza wodą wszelkie dodatkowe środki są naprawdę zbędne. Dla mnie to też ogromna zaleta – po ich użyciu nie mam na rękach chusteczkowego filmu, a zapach, który kojarzy się nam ze zmianą pieluszki, nie towarzyszy mi przez cały dzień i podczas jedzenia, o ile chusteczką właśnie wytarłam ręce przez kanapką. Dostępne są już nawet w Rossmanie, ale zwykle kupuję je w wielopakach nieco taniej o tutaj.     8. Okulary przeciwsłoneczne Wiadomo, że wychodząc na słońce, zakładasz zapewne okulary przeciwsłoneczne, by ochronić oczy i skórę wokół nich. Pamiętaj jednak, że Twoje dziecko ma jeszcze bardziej wrażliwe oczy niż Ty. Możesz znaleźć okulary przeciwsłoneczne dla najmłodszych bez BPA, zapewniające im 100% ochrony, nie zaciemniające im jednocześnie obrazu. Dodatkowo noszenie takich okularów to frajda dla dziecka – ile razy brało Twoje okulary i zakładało sobie na nos? Jeśli będzie miało własne okulary, poczuje się bardziej dorosłe.   Maksiu i Mikołaj noszą okularki Beaba w dwóch rozmiarach. Te Maksia mają specjalną gumkę na głowę, dzięki którym nie spadają, do kupienia tutaj.     9. Plecaczek bezpieczeństwa Wybrałam go z myślą o Maksiu, który lada moment zacznie chodzić. Jest malutki i leciutki, a dzięki specjalnej rączce i smyczce będzie niezwykle przydatny przy nauce chodzenia – możemy go solidnie zapiąć na plecach Malucha i złapać w zależności od wzrostu dziecka za rączkę lub dołączoną smyczkę – wszystko po to, aby na wypadek potknięcia nie pozwolić Maluchowi upaść.   Zupełnie niespodziewanie pokochał go Mikuś, który na dołączoną do zestawu smyczkę ma tysiąc pomysłów, na przykład zaczepia ją o słupek i robi sobie karuzelę, a jego radości nie ma końca.   Ten plecaczek  idealnie sprawdza nam się dla Mikusia także w wakacyjnym tłumie turystów, na przykład na Jarmarku Dominikańskim – smyczkę od plecaczka zakładam sobie wtedy jako dodatkowe zabezpieczenie na nadgarstek, abyśmy na wypadek puszczenia naszych rąk – gdy na przykład płacę za lody – nigdy nie zgubili się w tłumie – cały czas jesteśmy połączeni. Nasz plecaczek występuje w feerii kolorów i wzorów, a jeśli macie już swój ulubiony, możecie dokupić samą smyczkę bezpieczeństwa, wszystko znajdziecie tutaj.       10. Podręczna apteczka Gołe kolana i łokcie w połączeniu z bieganiem sprzyjają wszelkim otarciom. Zestaw podręcznej apteczki w kosmetyczce skompletowałam sama – jest tu spray do dezynfekcji, zestaw pozytywnych plasterków w Minionki czy z Olafem z Krainy Lodu i maść na ukąszenia.     A Ty bez czego nie ruszasz się latem z domu z dzieckiem? Dodałabyś coś do mojej listy?   Chcesz być ze mną na bieżąco?   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana!
- [Nasza sypialnia w egzotycznym klimacie [KONKURS]](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sypialnia-w-egzotycznym-klimacie/): Sypialnia to dla mnie jedno z najważniejszych pomieszczeń w naszym domu, a ja wciąż przywiązuję wagę do tego, w jakim otoczeniu śpimy i wypoczywamy. Gdy po całym dniu wypełnionym pracą, spotkaniami, zabawą i opieką nad dziećmi udaję się do sypialni, włączam tryb relaks i oczyszczam głowę z nadmiaru myśli. To dla mnie miejsce wyciszenia.   Kiedy po zakończeniu metamorfozy salonu, którą możesz zobaczyć tutaj, ponownie zastanawialiśmy się, jak urządzić sypialnię,  zaczęłam wyszukiwać pomysłów, które sprawiłyby, że powstanie minimalistyczna, sypialnia w egzotycznym klimacie , dopasowana do naszych potrzeb, nawiązująca do tego, co oboje kochamy. Co spowodowało, że po roku czekała nas kolejna metamorfoza sypialni?     O!Twórz Mieszkanie – Konkurs!     Kiedy przygotowywałam metamorfozę sypialni, skontaktowała się ze mną marka Porta Drzwi, organizująca akcję O!Twórz Mieszkanie, w której poszukuje najpiękniejszego lokum w Polsce oraz oryginalnych i nietuzinkowych wnętrz. Dom to nie tylko ładnie wyglądające eleganckie pomieszczenia, ale przede wszystkim historie jego mieszkańców, które sprawiły, że miejsce zostało zaaranżowane w ten, a nie inny sposób. Naszą historię, wyjaśniającą dlaczego elegancka sypialnia zyskała egzotyczny klimat, poznasz poniżej. A może masz swoją niezwykłą historię, którą opowiadasz wnętrzem swojego domu?   Konkurs O!Twórz mieszkanie przewiduje nagrodę główną w wysokości 30 000 zł!     Nagrody za drugie i trzecie miejsce to kolejno 15 000 zł i 5 000 zł. Organizatorzy przewidzieli również 10 dodatkowych nagród o wartości 1 000 zł. To bardzo wysoka kwota i wyjątkowo atrakcyjne nagrody. Możesz przeznaczyć je na odnowienie kolejnych pomieszczeń w domu, dokupienie wymarzonych wnętrzarskich dodatków albo zupełnie inny cel. Może marzy Ci się metamorfoza sypialni albo wyjazd na egzotyczne wakacje (takie skojarzenie nasuwa mi się jako pierwsze, gdy patrzę na moją nową pościel!)?   Zgłoś się do konkursu!   Zgłoszenia przyjmowane są od 11 stycznia 2019 do 28 lutego 2019. Co musisz zrobić, aby wziąć udział? Wejdź na stronę otworzmieszkanie.pl, gdzie znajdziesz formularz zapisu. Opisz tam swoją historię oraz proces powstania Twojego wyjątkowego mieszkania. Załącz również zdjęcia, aby organizatorzy mogli zobaczyć piękny obraz Twojego domu, który namalujesz dla nich wcześniej słowami.   Metamorfoza sypialni w naszym mieszkaniu Gdy na świecie pojawił się Maksio – nasz drugi Synek, zdecydowałam się wydzielić strefę do karmienia, pielęgnacji i spania w naszej sypialni. Jak urządzić sypialnię, wydzielając w niej takie strefy, opisywałam w poprzednim wpisie, dokumentując krok po kroku przebieg naszej metamorfozy sypialni.  Jeśli chcesz go przeczytać, kliknij tutaj. Może będzie to dla Ciebie inspiracją do wprowadzenia zmian we własnym wnętrzu? Tutaj możesz zobaczyć, jak wyglądał kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji dziecka również zaaranżowany w naszej sypialni, a tutaj podejrzysz znajdujący się tuż przy nim kącik do karmienia z przepięknym, wygodnym fotelem, który wykorzystałam, aranżując nowy wystrój sypialni.   Do tej pory tuż przy naszym łóżku, po mojej prawej stronie, znajdował się również kosz Mojżesza, w którym spał nasz Synek. Zajmował bardzo niewiele miejsca, a dzięki takiemu rozwiązaniu mogłam mieć Maksia zawsze blisko siebie. Teraz, gdy jest już większy, nadszedł czas, aby urządzić mu jego własny pokoik dziecięcy oraz na zmianę dla nas, tym razem tak, aby nasza elegancka sypialnia była funkcjonalna, dopasowana w pełni do naszych potrzeb oraz opowiadała naszą wspólną historię.     Szarości w sypialni w egzotycznym klimacie Kiedy prawie pięć lat temu razem z Wojtkiem wprowadziliśmy się do tego domu, pomalowaliśmy ścianę w pokoju na zgaszony, zielony kolor, a podczas poprzedniej metamorfozy zamieniliśmy go na lekko oliwkową szarość. Tak powstała elegancka sypialnia, która łączyła szare ściany, białe meble oraz delikatne pastelowe dodatki.   Zdecydowaliśmy, że sypialnia w szarościach bardzo nam się podoba i zostaliśmy przy tym kolorze. Nadal towarzyszy nam wygodne tapicerowane łózko sypialniane, które bardzo lubię za wygląd, wygodę oraz praktyczność – dzięki temu, że jego oparcie jest pochylone, jest to najwygodniejsze łóżko do czytania książek czy jedzenia śniadania. Uwielbiam też łóżka do sypialni z pojemnikiem na pościel. Decydując się na takie rozwiązanie, zyskujemy dodatkowe miejsce do przechowywania pościeli lub innych rzeczy, które nie mają w domu swojego miejsca. To wspaniałe wyjście,  zwłaszcza gdy do dyspozycji mamy pomieszczenie o małej powierzchni.     Wiesz, że bardzo lubię pastelowe kolory, szczególnie odcienie różu, ale tym razem postawiłam na zupełnie inne kolory i zdecydowałam się na odrobinę szaleństwa. Wybrałam poduszki w kolorze zgaszonego niebieskiego, którym towarzyszy egzotyczna pościel w intensywnych kolorach, z przewagą niebieskiego i pomarańczu. Zakochałam się w tym połączeniu! Chociaż zazwyczaj wybieram jasne, stonowane odcienie oraz gładkie materiały, muszę przyznać, że jestem zauroczona tą pościelą i już planuję przemycenie kolejnych wzorów w tym klimacie!     Drewniane ramki z naszymi rodzinnymi zdjęciami, stojące na stolikach nocnych, zastąpiły te w odcieniach niebieskiego. Przepięknie odznaczają się na tle białego stolika. Ramki to wyjątkowo drobna i mało kosztowna zmiana, a przepięknie potrafią odmienić wnętrze! Rodzinne zdjęcia oraz monogram ze sklejki, które przyniosła poprzednia metamorfoza sypialni, sprawiają, że czujemy się wyjątkowo dobrze w naszym wnętrzu.     Wymieniliśmy również uchwyty przy stolikach na bardziej klimatyczne – eleganckie srebrne uchwyty zastąpiły takie bardziej pasujące do egzotycznego wzoru pościeli oraz nowego morskiego klimatu, który zagościł w naszym wnętrzu.     Po mojej stronie, na niewielkiej półce pod stolikiem, znalazło miejsce przepiękne niebieskie pudełko z otwieranym wieczkiem, które pokazywałam Wam już na Instagramie. To moja skrytka na skarby – kremy do wieczornych rytuałów przed snem, na które nie mam już siły w łazience. Sypialnia w szarościach i niebieskie dodatki w oryginalne wzory to doskonałe połączenie!     Toaletka w sypialni i kącik czytelniczy Zdecydowałam się również na mały stolik z taboretem, który pełni funkcję toaletki. Umieściłam go tuż przy oknie, abym podczas malowania miała dostęp do jak największej ilości światła. To niewiele miejsca, ale dla mnie zupełnie wystarczy – pod wiekiem toaletki trzymam wszystkie kosmetyki kolorowe, jakie posiadam, a gdy je podnoszę, mam lustro do malowania.     W oknach wiszą szare, nieprzezroczyste zasłony oraz firanki. Mieszkamy w zurbanizowanym otoczeniu, a wokół nas znajdują się inne domy. Chciałam zyskać poczucie prywatności, ale jednocześnie nie przysłaniać zbyt mocno światła, które wpada przez okna. Nieprzezroczyste zasłony przysłaniają zróżnicowaną przestrzeń, wprowadzając do sypialni harmonię, jednocześnie nie ograniczając dopływu światła.   Kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji dziecka zamieniliśmy na kącik czytelniczy. W miejscu dziecięcej komody stanął mój ulubiony, bardzo wygodny fotel do karmienia oraz niewielka lampa. Fotel idealnie sprawdzał się w roli, do której został zakupiony. Doskonale czułam się w nim, karmiąc mojego Synka, a teraz posłuży mi za miejsce do relaksu oraz czytania (oby! najczęściej mam czas, aby wykorzystywać go jako wieszak na ubrania).   Skoro już o lekturze mowa. Tuż obok fotela stanęła biblioteczka, która sprawia, że nasza sypialnia w egzotycznym klimacie jest jeszcze bardziej przytulna. Książki poukładałam kolorami oraz naprzemiennie na półkach rozmiarami, co nie tylko przepięknie wygląda, ale usprawnia poszukiwania publikacji w naszym domu. Gdy ostatnio Wojtek pytał gdzie znajdzie „Nowego Szafrańskiego”, odpowiedziałam tylko ”pomarańczowy”, a on od razu odnalazł właściwą pozycję 😉     Całość uzupełniło drzewko, które stanęło w miejscu, gdzie poprzednio stał Maksiowy kosz Mojżesza. Te wszystkie elementy, mimo stonowanych kolorów i prostego wnętrza, spersonalizowały naszą sypialnię, a skąd decyzja o zmianie różu na niebieski i postawieniu na intensywne kolory oraz egzotyczną pościel?     Egzotyczna sypialnia w klimacie morskim Odpowiedź jest prosta – powodem jest nasza miłość do morza! Ja jestem rodowitą Gdańszczanką, Wojtek prawie od urodzenia mieszka w Gdyni i to właśnie w Trójmieście poznaliśmy się ponad dziesięć lat temu i zakochaliśmy się w sobie od pierwszego wrażenia, wzięliśmy pierwszy ślub i zaczęliśmy wspólne życie – założyliśmy rodzinę. Kochamy siebie i morze, nad którym zaczęła się nasza miłość. Z okna na poddaszu widzę spokojny Bałtyk. Nad morzem odpoczywam i się relaksuję, oboje mamy z nim związanych mnóstwo cudownych wspomnień, dlatego postanowiliśmy, że przeniesiemy cząstkę naszego ukochanego morza także do naszej eleganckiej sypialni. Wcześniej dodaliśmy już niebieskie akcenty do salonu. Teraz mam swoje małe morze nie tylko na poddaszu.     Jak Ci się podoba nasza metamorfoza sypialni? Mam nadzieje, że weźmiesz udział w akcji O!Twórz i pokażesz nam swój dom. Nagrody są naprawdę wysokie, więc warto! Koniecznie pochwal się, jak wygląda Wasze mieszkanie! 😊  
- [Ból piersi podczas karmienia - jak skutecznie sobie z nim poradzić?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bol-piersi-podczas-karmienia/): Ból piersi podczas karmienia był jedną z najczęstszych niedogodności, o których opowiadały mi koleżanki, gdy przygotowywałam się do karmienia piersią. Słyszałam, że karmienie piersią wcale nie jest takie proste, że na początku może boleć. Ale nigdy nie wyobrażałam sobie, że może TAK boleć.   Przy pierwszym dziecku ból piersi podczas karmienia występował u mnie od samego początku i to pomimo ogromnej dawki leków przeciwbólowych, które otrzymywałam dożylnie po cesarskim cięciu. Wbrew moim oczekiwaniom ból nie malał z każdym kolejnym podejściem, było wręcz przeciwnie. Przy pierwszym Dziecku neonatolog, widząc mój ból i problemy z przystawianiem Malucha, zaleciła do karmienia nakładki. Rzeczywiście, zmniejszały ból, ale najprawdopodobniej to one stoją za dwoma zapaleniami piersi i każdorazową gorączką 39’C oraz antybiotykami. Niestety, bardzo łatwo jest, stosując nakładki codziennie i do każdego karmienia, niechcący przytkać jakiś kanalik, doprowadzając do zastoju, od którego do zapalenia jest tylko krok. Z nakładek jest także bardzo ciężko zrezygnować, nie tyle nam, co Dziecku, które – karmione tak od zawsze – z piersią bez nakładek może sobie nie poradzić przez wiele tygodni lub miesięcy, nawet z pomocą doświadczonej położnej laktacyjnej.   Ból piersi podczas karmienia   Ale wróćmy do bólu. Przy drugim Dziecku jeszcze przed porodem zapisałam sobie listę certyfikowanych położnych laktacyjnych z moich okolic. Domyślałam się, że będę potrzebowała wsparcia.   Tym razem celowo nie zabrałam do szpitala nakładek do karmienia. Chciałam postawić na naturę i na fachową pomoc. Pomyślałam, że bez nich położne od razu skupią się na pomocy docelowej, a nie doraźnej. Karmienie w szpitalu było, jak się spodziewałam, znów trudne, do tego doszły problemy z laktacją związane z cesarskim cięciem i pojawiającym się brakiem pokarmu. Niestety w naszych szpitalach wciąż pokutuje zachęcanie do dokarmiania w miejscu, w którym każda mama, jeśli tylko tego chce, powinna otrzymać profesjonalne wsparcie laktacyjne. Wciąż spotykamy się z dokarmianiem noworodka już w pierwszej dobie sztucznym mlekiem, „bo Pani nie ma pokarmu”, zamiast z pomocą Młodej Mamie, która wpędzana jest w kompleksy i wyrzuty sumienia.   Na ból piersi podczas karmienia w szpitalu nie otrzymałam innej rady niż czas. Miało przejść z czasem.   Początkowo z laktatora korzystałam w celu pobudzenia laktacji. Moje porady na ten temat przeczytasz w materiale „Jest dziecko, nie ma mleka„. Natomiast gdy mleko już się pojawiło, z laktatora korzystałam nadal… karmienie było tak bolesne, że aby sprawić sobie ulgę, przynajmniej raz dziennie odciągałam pokarm i podawałam Maluszkowi butelką, aby dać sobie odpocząć. Tłumaczyłam sobie, że wcale nie jest tak źle, gdyż maluch przynajmniej będzie umiał jeść z butelki. Niestety, odstępy pomiędzy karmieniem w ten sposób zaczęłam skracać, właśnie z bólu. Nie byłam w stanie już tak dłużej funkcjonować. Kilka dni po porodzie karmienie bolało mnie o wiele bardziej niż przebyta operacja, a na dźwięk płaczącego Dziecka zaczynałam odczuwać lęk przed kolejny karmieniem i większym bólem.   Minął tydzień i sytuacja tylko się zaostrzała. Miałam mleka „po kokardki”, ale z powodu bólu piersi podczas karmienia prawie nie byłam w stanie dalej tak karmić Dziecka.   Instynkt podpowiadał mi, że tak być nie może, że musi być na to jakiś sposób, że matka nie może tak cierpieć. W pierwszej kolejności sięgnęłam po środki zaradcze, takie jak żelowe nakładki chłodzące. Ulga była odczuwalna, ale krótkotrwała, a co najważniejsze, nierozwiązująca problemu, niemająca wpływu na przyczynę, a jedynie lecząca skutek. Wiedziałam, szczególnie patrząc na cenę tych nakładek, że na pewno nikt nie wymyślił ich jako docelowego rozwiązania mojego problemu. Czystą lanolinę również stosowałam, oczywiście już od samego początku, po każdym karmieniu…   Sięgnęłam po listę położnych laktacyjnych, ale okazało się, że pierwsze dwie zrobiły sobie właśnie urlop, a trzecia nie dojedzie, bo za daleko… czwarta z kolei otwiera właśnie poradnię laktacyjną i właściwie nie ma wolnego terminu, więc musimy czekać. To był piątek, a czekać miałam do wtorku – wieczność! A ból piersi podczas karmienia, z którym się mierzyłam, taki, że bałam się, że nie doczekam, że nie wytrzymam, załamię się i zakończę karmienie. Co gorsza, odciąganie pokarmu laktatorem również bolało coraz bardziej. Pomyślałam wtedy, że w tej mojej całej wyprawce do karmienia piersią (którą poznasz w poście Jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią), to ja o najważniejszym zapomniałam – o patyku, który mogłabym wsadzać sobie między zęby i zagryzać!   Ten czas to była sinusoida – radość z nowej roli, cudowne pierwsze dni, ale od karmienia do karmienia, gdy pojawiały się łzy, lęk i niemoc.   Wtedy znalazłam położną środowiskową, która zapewniała, że też jest „laktacyjną”. Umówiłyśmy się na poniedziałek. Obiecałam sobie, że jeszcze te dwa dni wytrzymam. W sobotę o 2 w nocy miałam kryzys, w którym to, płacząc, przypomniałam sobie, że w ciąży kupiłam książkę o karmieniu piersią, do której… nawet nie zajrzałam. Pobiegłam po nią… „Po prostu piersią” Gill Rapley i Tracey Murkett.   „Jeśli boli, to coś jest nie w porządku”   Wyszukałam rozdział o bolesnym karmieniu piersią i dowiedziałam się, że:   „bolesne karmienie piersią – nawet w pierwszych kilku tygodniach – świadczy o tym, że coś jest nie tak”   „najczęstszą przyczyną bólu przy karmieniu jest nieefektywne przystawienie się dziecka, co oznacza, że maluch nie dostaje tyle mleka, ile powinien”   „trzeba szybko temu zaradzić, więc jeśli nie jesteś w stanie zrobić tego sama, zwróć się o pomoc”   Wiedziałam! Wiedziałam, że coś jest nie tak! Że to nie musi, nie może tak boleć podczas karmienia piersią!   Pełna nadziei czytałam o  prawidłowym przystawianiu dziecka, o tym, że prawidłowo przystawione dziecko nie może do krwi nas pogryźć, gdyż pierś ma tak głęboko w buzi, że nie jest w stanie nas skrzywdzić. Tylko JAK TO, kurdebalans, ZROBIĆ?   Doczytałam do pozycji do karmienia, które sprzyjają prawidłowemu przystawieniu.   „Jedną z pozycji, w której dziecko najłatwiej uczy się ssać pierś jest ta, gdy leży ono na brzuszku, a mama ułożona jest w pozycji półleżącej z poduszką pod plecami. (…) Dziecko jest na piersi a więc grawitacja pomaga mu w przystawieniu i utrzymaniu się przy piersi. (…) Możesz zaufać dziecku, że samo odpowiednio się ułoży, zamiast dbać, aby wszystko odbyło się „jak należy”. (…) Karmienie w ten sposób daje dziecku (…) większe szanse na nauczenie się efektywnego ssania piersi”.   Położyłam się, zgodnie z instrukcją, na plecy, przystawiłam Maluszka krok po kroku tak, jak jest to opisane, po raz pierwszy, po raz drugi, po raz ósmy i… EUREKA!!! Udało się! Nic mnie nie bolało! W tamtym momencie 100% bólu odeszło! A ja karmiłam bez niego! Wiedziałam, wiedziałam, że mogę, że możemy!!!   Okazało się, że miałam dużo szczęścia, że za pierwszym razem udało mi się tak przystawić, gdyż nie każda kolejna próba kończyła się sukcesem, ale już wiedziałam, że mogę, że da się, że będzie dobrze!   Teraz tylko pozostawało poczekać do poniedziałku na wizytę położnej środowiskowej i nauczyć się przystawiać prawidłowo, nie tylko leżąc na plecach.   Spędziłam dwa dni, karmiąc w ten sposób, co przy jednoczesnej opiece nad trzylatkiem było dość męczące… ale nadszedł poniedziałek i wizyta położnej środowiskowej. Opowiedziałam jej z radością i łzami w oczach moją historię, aby usłyszeć: „Proszę żadnych książek nie czytać, Pani ma mnie od pokazania, jak się karmi”. Nie weszłam w dyskusję, ale Pani była tak pewna siebie, że postanowiłam skupić się na jej profesjonalnych, a nie interpersonalnych umiejętnościach, a właściwie ich braku. Pani skrytykowała wszystko co robię, nie chciała zobaczyć, jak karmię, tylko wyszła z pozycji, że ona mi pokaże, jak to się robi, a ja zrobię sobie z tym co chcę. Na pierwszy odstrzał poszła poduszka do kamienia: „Poproszę poduszki, ale nie takie! Dziecka nie można kłaść na półce do karmienia”. Pozycja, którą pokazała mi położna, była identyczna, w jakiej karmiłam do tej pory, ta, w której ból był nie do zniesienia… więc zaleciła mi – uwaga – nakładki, a wychodząc, zostawiła smoczek uspokajający…   Zanim zdążyłam dobrze zamknąć za nią drzwi, dowiedziałam się, że nie wolno mi jeść brokuła, kalafiora, kapusty, czekolady, ani przypadkiem napić się innej kawy niż Inka z mlekiem.   Chwilę później dzwoniłam do położnej laktacyjnej, która wcześniej nie mogła mnie przyjąć, bo otwierała swoją poradnię. Umówiłyśmy się na spotkanie w jej gabinecie na środę (za dwa dni).   W międzyczasie, niczym tonący brzytwy, chwyciłam się nakładek. O ile przy pierwszym dziecku dawały mi spore ukojenie, tym razem nie pomogły wcale, pozostałam tym samym przy karmieniu na plecach.   Nastała wyczekiwana środa, pojechaliśmy do poradni pełni nadziei, wiedzieliśmy, że gdzieś musi być rozwiązanie.   Położna zaczęła od zbadania mnie, później rozebrała, zważyła i zbadała całego Maluszka, ze szczególną troską jego buźkę, odruch ssania, wędzidełka, chwaląc w międzyczasie moją dietę (z kalafiorem, brokułem i kawą), obaliła kilka mitów dotyczących karmienia piersią, obliczyła przyrost wagi dziecka. Wtedy posadziła mnie wygodnie w fotelu (choć miałam do dyspozycji także kozetkę) i podała poduszkę do karmienia. No, czułam się jak w domu. Pozwoliła mi pokazać, jak przystawiam i karmię, po czym wprowadziła korekty.   Wtedy odbyło się moje pierwsze karmienie w pełni bez bólu.   I tak piersi zagoiły się w ciągu 24 godzin, a po upływie 48 godzin – przestały boleć.   Ból podczas karmienia piersią – na czym polegała korekta przystawienia?   W naszym wypadku, oczywiście tak, jak podejrzewałam, Maluszek za płytko chwytał pierś, co trzeba było poprawić. Jak? Za każdym razem, gdy Maluszek chciał ssać i łapał pierś zbyt płytko, należało mu tę bródkę kciukiem w dół odciągać, kilka razy, aż pierś chwycił naprawdę głęboko. Z każdym takim odciągnięciem brody ból podczas karmienia piersią malał, aż znikał całkowicie. Dowiedziałam się także, że piersi pełne mleka również przeszkadzają Maluszkowi chwycić pierś głęboko, a mleka wcale nie trzeba przed karmieniem odciągać – wystarczy ułożyć dłoń w koszyczek i kilkakrotnie ponaciskać naokoło brodawki, aż mleko odpłynie, a pierś zrobi się w tym miejscu miękka. Te dwie drobne korekty brzmiały niewiarygodnie. Wychodząc, nie dowierzałam, że wystarczyło tylko tyle. Że to koniec porady, że to działa. Działa, a ja karmię do dziś, ani razu już z tego powodu nie płacząc – tego życzę każdej Mamie.   Kochanie, pamiętaj, jeśli karmienie piersią Cię boli, szukaj fachowej pomocy. Tu znajdziesz listę certyfikowanych położnych laktacyjnych, z którymi warto skontaktować się w pierwszy kolejności, aby uniknąć rozczarowań i otrzymać skuteczną, wycelowaną w problem pomoc.   Listę CDL – Certyfikowanych Położnych Laktacyjnych znajdziesz tutaj, nie przy każdej jest numer telefonu, ale znając imię i nazwisko, bez problemu znajdziesz tę konkretną położną w Internecie – tak jak ja moją Anię Bulczak, której zawdzięczam szczęśliwe karmienie piersią. Przyznaję, gdyby miało mnie nadal tak boleć, myślę, że nie dałabym rady karmić do dziś. Dziękuję, Aniu.   Jeśli post Ci się spodobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz lub udostępnisz [fb_button]   Dołącz do mnie na Instagramie i Facebooku – codzienna dawka pozytywnych emocji gwarantowana, także na Instastory.  
- [Kosz Mojżesza](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosz-mojzesza/): Kosz Mojżesza dla Twojego Maluszka? Przeczytaj opinie jak sprawdza się kosz Mojżesza i czy zdecydowalibyśmy się na niego po raz drugi.   Kosz Mojżesza przy pierwszym dziecku Przed narodzinami Mikołajka znajomi pożyczyli nam wiklinowy kosz na kółeczkach, dzięki czemu mogłam Maluszka mieć przy sobie przez całą noc. Kosz był absolutnie piękny i cudownie wspominamy korzystanie z niego. Był na stałe przymocowany do stelaża na kółeczkach, co czyniło go bardziej małym łóżeczkiem niż koszem Mojżesza i niestety okazało się dość niepraktycznym rozwiązaniem w naszym trzypiętrowym domu – nie mogłam go tak po prostu wziąć za uchwyty i przenieść w dowolne miejsce, postawić na kanapie czy wnieść na piętro. Był również dość szeroki, więc zajmował sporo miejsca.     Kosz Mojżesza przy drugim Dziecku Gdy urodził się Maksiu, bogatsi już o zdobyte jako debiutujący rodzice doświadczenia, postanowiliśmy przeszukać Internet w poszukiwaniu rozwiązania idealnego. Co zrobić, jakie łóżeczko wybrać, żeby mieć Maluszka zawsze blisko siebie, gdziekolwiek pójdę, by czuł się swobodnie, bezpiecznie, bym była o niego spokojna?   Po przeanalizowaniu proponowanych w sieci produktów, zdecydowałam się na kosz Mojżesza Shnuggle. Ten kosz jest zdecydowanie bardziej solidny niż ten wiklinowy, ale dużą wagę przykładamy również do mobilności. Oczywiście nie leżymy całymi dniami w sypialni – sporo czasu spędzamy w salonie, ogrodzie, biurze na poddaszu czy w pokoju Mikołajka, a ja chciałam mieć Maksia cały czas przy sobie, bym nie musiała z duszą na ramieniu nasłuchiwać jego płaczu, biorąc prysznic, relaksując się w ogrodzie, czy pisząc dla Was kolejnego posta ;).   Wybraliśmy kosz Mojżesza Shnuggle w wersji DREAMI. W Polsce można go znaleźć w kolorach kremowym, szarym i białym, w wersji z budką lub bez. My zdecydowaliśmy się na ten ostatni, w wersji bez budki.     Podstawowe cechy kosza Mojżesza Shnuggle Pierwszą zaletą koszyka jest jego długość – zauważyłam, że jest dłuższy niż inne kosze, na które trafiłam – ma 90 cm. Taki kosz Mojżesza posłuży Maleństwu dłużej, myślę, że nawet do 6 miesiąca życia – dopóki nie zacznie samo siadać.   Samo przenoszenie Maluszka w koszu Mojżesza jest bardzo wygodne – uchwyty są solidne i mocne, nie przecierają się jak w koszu wiklinowym, więc możemy być spokojni o bezpieczeństwo Dziecka, przenosząc go z miejsca na miejsce.   Pisząc o koszu Mojżesza Shnuggle, nie sposób nie wspomnieć o stojakach – nasz to model DREAMI i miał w komplecie dwufunkcyjny stojak, z nóżkami z jednej strony i z płozami z drugiej. Dobrze nam się sprawdza w salonie, kiedy spędzamy czas wszyscy razem, na przykład bawiąc się z Mikołajkiem. Możemy wtedy położyć kosz Mojżesza na dywanie, aby lepiej się bujał – na podłodze z desek buja się trudniej. W każdej chwili zwiększyć jego stabilność, odwracając stojak na drugą stronę – Dziecko będzie od razu też dużo wyżej.     Nasz ulubiony stojak do kosza Mojżesza Moim faworytem jest jednak stojak ROCKING. Nie było go w naszym zestawie, zamówiliśmy go osobno, ale był to bardzo dobry wybór. Stojak z wersji DREAMI nosimy po domu, a ROCKING postawiliśmy na stałe przy łóżku – zajmuje mało miejsca (bez problemu przysuwam i odsuwam go od łóżka), a jego wysokość to kolejny plus: bez problemu bujam czy głaszczę Maksia w koszu Mojżesza, wyciągając tylko rękę. Mogę go wziąć na ręce, nie wychodząc z łóżka i nie schylając się zbytnio, co było dla mnie wyjątkowym ułatwieniem zwłaszcza w pierwszych dniach życia Maleństwa, gdy po cesarskim cięciu nie odzyskałam jeszcze pełnej sprawności.   Dzięki niedużym płozom stojakowi wystarczy nawet naprawdę delikatny ruch dziecka, by wprawić kosz Mojżesza w bujanie. Kołysanie tuli Maksia do snu i pomaga ponownie w niego zapaść po nocnym przebudzeniu. Trzeba jednak zwrócić uwagę na to jak odkładamy dziecko – jak widzisz, stojak ten buja się nie na boki, ale w przód-tył. Jeśli ułożysz dziecko zbyt wysoko, stojak może przechylić się tak, że główka będzie niżej niż nóżki. Aby zatrzymać bujanie, podkładam po prostu pod płozę książkę.     Materiał, z którego wykonany jest kosz Mojżesza, jest absolutnie bezpieczny i hypoalergiczny. Podszewka i pokrycie kosza są wykonane z dobrej jakości materiału, który jest praktyczny i bardzo łatwy w czyszczeniu, można go spokojnie prać.     Materac w koszu Mojżesza Każdy koszyk Shnuggle ma w zestawie również materacyk – został wykonany z hipoalegicznej pianki, nie jest moim zdaniem ani za twardy, ani za miękki (zdrowiej, aby Dziecko spało na zbyt twardym niż zbyt miękkim podłożu). Ważny jest zdejmowany pokrowiec, który jest zarówno wodoodporny jak i oddychający, może być oczywiście także prany w pralce w 60 stopniach. W zestawie nie ma prześcieradełek, ale bez problemu można dokupić dowolne prześcieradło dedykowane do koszy mojżeszowych czy gondoli, ja mam dwa – białe i szare.     Pod materacykiem, wzdłuż obudowy, rozmieszczone są otwory wentylujące, które zapewniają przepływ powietrza. Ja znalazłam dla nich dodatkową funkcjonalność: w koszu Mojżesza umieściłam monitor oddechu, a przez dziurki przełożyłam kabelki od maty. Mogę być spokojna o bezpieczeństwo Maksia –  nie ma żadnych kabli w środku kosza, w które Maluszek mógłby się zaplątać.   Podsumowując, to, co najważniejsze w przypadku kosza Mojżesza Shnuggle, to jego funkcjonalność: posłuży nam dłużej, a na dodatek jest bardzo łatwy do przenoszenia, co niezwykle ważne przy naszym trybie życia, a kilka opcji stojaków daje nam możliwość dobrania takiego dostosowanego do naszych potrzeb.   Dziwicie się jeszcze, że kosz Mojżesza firmy Shnuggle zdobył nagrodę Junior Design Awards w 2014 roku? Bo ja nie… 😉   Ceny: kosz Mojżesza Shnuggle wersja DREAMI (komplet zawierający kosz + stojak 2w1 + materac): 620,00 zł stojak bujany ROCKING: 176,00 zł   Zobacz również jak urządziliśmy dziecięcy kącik w naszej sypialni, a także miejsce do przewijania oraz wygodnego karmienia Dziecka.   A co Ty sądzisz o koszu Mojżesza? Przydatny czy zbędny gadżet?
- [Bardzo mała toaleta - projekt](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bardzo-mala-toaleta/): Bardzo mała toaleta to ogromne wyzwanie wnętrzarskie – aby była nie tylko ładna, funkcjonalna, ale także nie wydawała się wcale optycznie taka mała! Pierwsze kadry z naszego biura, które mogłaś tu zobaczyć, przedstawiały mój gabinet, utrzymany w bieli, ze sztukaterią i złotymi dodatkami, oraz naszą… czarną kuchnię. Choć na pierwszy rzut oka to niemożliwe, to sama widzisz, że te style się przenikają. Jak zaprojektowaliśmy toaletę na piętrze, by łączyła „męski parter” i „kobiece piętro”?     Jak wiesz, dół naszego biura jest utrzymany w ciemnym, ciężkim stylu, a piętro jest bardziej kobiece, lekkie i eleganckie, mimo że np. ścianka loftowa, która znajduje się na piętrze i odgradza salę konferencyjną od reszty korytarza, ma czarne stalowe profile, to właśnie po to, aby to połączyć i stworzyć spójną całość – aby nie mieć wrażenia, że nasze biuro to dwa różne światy.     Ja zdecydowanie czuję się lepiej w klimatach jasnych i lekkich, zaś Wojtek – w ciemnych i ciężkich, a nasze wspólne biuro ma stanowić całość. Bo choć jesteśmy różni, mamy inny sposób prowadzenia firm, to te firmy prowadzimy razem i wnętrza także urządzamy razem. Byliśmy pewni, że nasz kompromis damsko-męski ma przyświecać wszystkim naszym życiowym i wnętrzarskim projektom. Właśnie dlatego, gdy przyszło do projektowania toalety na piętrze, Wojtek zostawił mi wolną rękę. Wiedziałam jednak, że musi ona pasować do tego parteru z ciemnymi meblami, a jednocześnie musi być bardziej lekka, kobieca.   Bardzo mała toaleta Muszę Ci zdradzić, że nasze poddasze było open space’m, choć w tej chwili może być ciężko w to uwierzyć… Nie było tam żadnej ściany, a wiedzieliśmy, że chcemy wydzielić dwa pokoje biurowe, salkę konferencyjną oraz właśnie toaletę. Było to trudne zadanie. Deweloper dał nam trzy opcje podziału i wydzielenia tych stref, ale żadna z nich do nas nie przemówiła i zaczęliśmy szukać innych rozwiązań. Nie jestem Zosią Samosią i często decyduję się na porady ekspertów, więc wiedziałam, że potrzebujemy pomocy architekta.   Jak najszybciej skontaktowałam się z Absolwentką mojej Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów, Eweliną Balcerzak, która jest także architektem wnętrz i poprosiłam ją o pomoc.   Muszę przyznać, że Ewelina od razu zaproponowała idealne rozwiązanie podziału stref, które trafiło w nasz gust. Właśnie dlatego ta toaleta nie jest typowa: kwadratowa czy prostokątna, tylko trójkątna…   Z tak małego pomieszczenia udało nam się zrobić tak funkcjonalne wnętrze, że jestem wręcz zakochana.     Ale nie obyło się bez stresów. Pewnego dnia ekipa budowlana stawiała te wyznaczone przez Ewelinę ściany toalety i zadzwonili, że… to pomieszczenie jest źle zrobione, za małe, że na pewno nie będzie jak usiąść, a kolanami będziemy uderzali w ścianę… byliśmy załamani.   Jak najszybciej pojechaliśmy do biura, a na miejscu zrobiliśmy taką symulację: toaleta z wiadra, drzwi z kartonu… 😉 Uznaliśmy, że krasnoludkami nie jesteśmy, ale wielkoludami też nie, i wydaje nam się, że będzie dobrze. Zdecydowaliśmy się zaufać naszej architektce i kazać dalej tak budować, bo… musisz pamiętać, że ta toaleta jest częściowo w pokoju Mileny, częściowo w moim, a trochę w korytarzu i to naprawdę musiało ze sobą współgrać. Było ryzykownie – przesunięcie ściany o 10 cm w jedną stronę mogło sprawić, że drzwi do mojego biura byłyby za małe albo ściana weszłaby na okno, a już na pewno nie zmieściłaby się we wnęce dwuosobowa kanapa – i to nie byle jaka, bo rozkładana. To na wypadek, gdybyśmy chcieli wyskoczyć na weekend tylko we dwoje albo przenocować w weekend gości.     Mała toaleta – płytki   Pierwsza rzecz, której byłam pewna, to błyszczące płytki z motywem rybiej łuski z kolekcji Tokio, którą Maciej Zień stworzył razem z marką Tubądzin. Pierwszy raz zobaczyłam je, gdy zwiedzałam Fabrykę Tubądzina w Ramach Tubądzin Blog Day 2019 i już wtedy wiedziałam, że jesteśmy dla siebie stworzeni!       Płytki z tym motywem występują w dwóch wariantach, pierwszy to beżowa rybia łuska, zaś drugi to rybia łuska z miedzianymi elementami. Mimo że na żywo bardzo podobała mi się ta druga, to gdy zobaczyłam ją na wizualizacji, uznałam, że byłoby to już zbyt wiele i postawię na bardziej stonowane kolory. Rybia łuska sama w sobie jest tak piękna i zdobna, że do naszego biura zdecydowanie lepiej pasuje ta klasyczna, bez dodatkowego połysku. Myślę jednak, że gdybym z tych płytek urządzała jakieś wnętrze w swoim domu, to na pewno mocniej bym rozważyła te miedziane łuski, gdyż są absolutnie przepiękne!   Pierwsza rzecz, której pewien był Wojtek to czarna armatura.   Ewelina brała finalnie udział w projektowaniu całego naszego biura i dokładnie wiedziała, jakie wyzwania tu na nas czekają. Do naszej rybiej łuski zaproponowała czarne baterie, ale podtynkowe, które będą delikatniejszym, idealnym uzupełnieniem baterii w dolnej łazience i w kuchni oraz koloru profili ścianek loftowych.   Nasze wytyczne były więc następujące: rybia łuska, czarna armatura i minimalistyczny efekt.   Resztę zostawiliśmy wstępnie Ewelinie do dowolnej aranżacji. I tak naprawdę pierwszy projekt, który zrobiła Ewelina, był już strzałem w dziesiątkę. Nic tam nie zmieniliśmy! A przynajmniej na etapie projektu – kilka rzeczy zmieniliśmy już później, na etapie realizacji, ale to w kolejnym poście pokażę Ci, na jakie ograniczenia napotkaliśmy.   Bardzo mała toaleta – zakupy Płytki, jakie wybraliśmy, to: na ścianie za umywalką – rybia łuska sheen white – kolekcja TOKYO SHEEN Tubądzin; na pozostałych ścianach i podłodze –  gres Exposy grey w dwóch wymiarach – mniejsze na podłogę oraz większe na ściany, by uniknąć niepotrzebnych łączeń.   Nie chcieliśmy mieć uskoku pomiędzy płaszczyzną ściany i płytkami na niej, wiec po nałożeniu płytek trzeba było ścianę dorównać do płytek za pomocą płyt kartonowo-gipsowych.     Bardzo mała toaleta – wizualizacja A tak prezentuje się to wszystko na wizualizacji w naszej trójkątnej toalecie:     Bardzo mała toaleta – dodatki Bardzo spodobał nam się owalny kształt lustra w czarnej ramie – idealnie pasujący do wnęki nad umywalką, gdzie perfekcyjnie zmieściła się także malutka, ale pojemna szafka. Całości dopełniła minimalistyczna wisząca lampka, a także inne czarne dodatki – stawialiśmy na konsekwencję.   Przyznaję, że ta toaleta – zaraz po moim gabinecie – to moje drugie najulubieńsze pomieszczenie w całym naszym biurze. I pomimo że jest kompromisem, bo pewnie ja wybrałabym złote, kobiece dodatki, to jestem naprawdę zachwycona efektem końcowym. Myślę, że gdyby nie to, że musiałam się dostosować do całości biura, to – mówiąc szczerze – gdym miała urządzać toaletę marzeń, to na pewno nie postawiłabym na czarne dodatki. A dziś, gdy je mam, jestem zachwycona tym efektem, czarnymi dodatkami i wdzięczna, że ten kompromis poprowadziłam konsekwentnie.   Jesteś ciekawa, jak wygląda efekt końcowy? Sprawdź jak nam wyszło w tym poście.
- [Kurs konsultant ślubny online - w czym jest lepszy niż stacjonarny?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kurs-konsultant-slubny-online/): Kurs konsultant ślubny online czy stacjonarny? Od 2016 roku prowadzę Kursy stacjonarne, w których udział wzięło prawie 500 osób nie tylko z całej Polski, ale także z Niemiec, Norwegii, Grecji, Włoch czy Hiszpanii – aby więc ułatwić Wam jeszcze bardziej naukę w Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów od 2020 roku możecie wziąć udział w Kursie „Konsultant Ślubny Ekspert” także w wersji online. Co dla Was przygotowałam?   Co najmniej raz w tygodniu dostaję wiadomość lub telefon z pytaniem: który Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego lepiej wybrać? Kurs online czy kurs stacjonarny? Kiedy kurs konsultant ślubny online może być dla Ciebie lepszą opcją? Na te wszystkie wiadomości zawsze opowiadam: to zależy i staram się jak najlepiej rozpoznać Wasze potrzeby i możliwości.   Moja odpowiedź zależy bowiem od tego: gdzie mieszkasz gdzie się uczysz gdzie pracujesz co robisz w życiu jaki masz charakter jak wygląda Twoja codzienność.   Dzięki temu możemy wspólnie stwierdzić: czy możesz wziąć 6 dni urlopu i przyjechać na Kurs stacjonarny czy wolisz zaoszczędzić czas i pieniądze i uczyć się z domowego zacisza? czy nie masz trudności z przyswajaniem wiedzy w dużych porcjach, czy jednak wolisz sama decydować o tym ile czasu danego dnia poświęcisz na naukę? czy wiesz, że w domu ciężko będzie Ci się zmobilizować do nauki?   A może obawiasz się, że Kurs Online jest uboższy w wiedzę i przerabiany materiał niż Kurs stacjonarny? Nic bardziej mylnego! Mój Kurs Konsultant Ślubny Online wbrew trwa aż 185% czasu Kursu stacjonarnego, a więc na każdy temat poświęcam niemal 2x tyle czasu, co na Kursie stacjonarnym.     Kurs konsultant ślubny online – kiedy więc warto? 1. Mieszkasz za granicą Szczególnie teraz, gdy niemal na całym świecie szaleje pandemia koronawirusa, a wiele lotów zostało wstrzymanych lub wzmocniono kontrolę na przejściach granicznych, hotele mają ograniczony dostęp dla odwiedzających, kurs na konsultanta ślubnego online może być dla Ciebie najlepszym wyjściem. Jeśli nie chcesz rezygnować z marzeń, szczególnie teraz, gdy sytuacja jest tak niepewna i nie wiadomo, kiedy będziesz mogła przylecieć na szkolenie stacjonarne, warto rozważyć taką opcję. Kurs Konsultant Ślubny Ekspert Online możesz odbyć bowiem z dowolnego miejsca w kraju i o dowolnej porze.     2. Pracujesz na etacie Nie oszukujmy się – wiele z nas pracuje w miejscach, gdzie w ogóle pracować nie chcą. Nie czują się spełnione, chcą zmienić coś w swoim życiu. Nie chcą jednak, by przełożony dowiedział się, że szkolą się w innej dziedzinie i planują założyć swój biznes… Dzięki dostępowi do platformy e-learningowej z kursem konsultant ślubny online możesz spokojnie oglądać materiał przed pracą i po niej, malując się czy jedząc śniadanie. A szef w ogóle nie musi o tym wiedzieć 😉     3. Na co dzień prowadzisz dom i zajmujesz się dziećmi To bardzo ważne i trudne zadanie. Czapki z głów przed wszystkimi Mamami, które dzielnie znoszą trudy życia, prowadząc dom i zajmując się przez cały dzień maluchami. Ale i im należy się szansa na rozwój.   Jeśli więc chcesz się szkolić, by móc w przyszłości prowadzić swój biznes, ale nie możesz opuścić miejsca zamieszkania, bo bez Ciebie „świat się zawali” (;-)) kurs konsultant ślubny online jest dla Ciebie. Możesz przechodzić przez kolejne etapy kursu, gdy Twoje dzieci śpią lub cicho się bawią (wiem, wiem, oksymoron! :-)), a już na pewno wtedy, gdy zasną. Nie są to lekcje na żywo, a nagrane wcześniej materiały, więc w każdej chwili możesz dany film zapauzować a gdy tylko będzie to możliwe, oglądać dalej. Platforma zapamięta, gdzie skończyłaś oglądać, więc przy ponownym uruchomieniu możesz po prostu kontynuować lekcję.   „Na żywo” natomiast mamy raz w tygodniu wideokonferencje, które celowo zaplanowane są na godzinę 20:00.     4. Nie masz możliwości wyjazdu na 4 dni Praca 5-6 dni w tygodniu, niekiedy praca zmianowa, nieregularna, nie pozwala na czterodniowy wyjazd do Trójmiasta. Nic straconego – dostęp do platformy kursowej otrzymujesz aż na pół roku! W tym czasie możesz obejrzeć całe szkolenie dowolną ilość razy, cofając film i zatrzymując, kiedy tylko będziesz potrzebować.     5. Jesteś osobą introwertyczną, czujesz się niepewnie w grupie Często na grupowych szkoleniach myślisz sobie „zadałabym pytanie, ale boję się że się wygłupię”, „chyba źle to zrozumiałam, ale pewnie jestem jedyna, nie będę dopytywać”? Podczas kursu online pod każdym filmem umieszczonym na platformie jest miejsce do zadawania mi pytań. Nie musisz jednak martwić się, że zadasz „głupie pytanie” (pamiętaj, nie ma takich!), coś źle zrozumiesz, ktoś Cię wyśmieje… Pytanie, które zadasz pod filmem, widzisz tylko Ty i ja. Odpowiem Ci anonimowo na wideokonferencji lub indywidualnie – jeśli tego wymagać będzie specyfika pytania, lub anonimowo podczas wideokonferencji z całą grupą.     6. Wątpisz, czy jesteś w stanie efektywnie przyswajać wiedzę przez 4 dni po 8 godzin dziennie Szkolenie stacjonarne to ogromna pigułka wiedzy, która oczywiście wymaga utrwalenia po powrocie do domu – dzięki podręcznikowi i własnym notatkom można systematycznie utrwalać zdobytą wiedzę. Kurs online natomiast pozwala Ci przejść wszystkie lekcje w swoim tempie, zatrzymywać filmy, by na bieżąco uzupełniać ćwiczenia w podręczniku – na kursie stacjonarnym jest to Wasze zadanie domowe. Dlatego największą zaletą Kursu Konsultant Ślubny Ekspert Online jest to, że przez 6 miesięcy możesz do każdej lekcji wrócić, by odświeżyć sobie dany temat lub rozwiać wątpliwości, czy stworzyć budżet lub harmonogram dla Klienta, którego już obsługujesz.     7. Chcesz poznać osobiście swojego mentora? Martwisz się, że nie poznamy się osobiście? Nic bardziej mylnego, tak samo jak w przypadku Kursu stacjonarnego, przysługują Ci 2 godziny indywidualnych konsultacji ze mną, które możemy odbyć w moim biurze w Gdyni lub na Zoomie.     A Ty co myślisz o kursach online? Czy sądzisz, że są mniej efektywne niż stacjonarne? A może przeciwnie, jesteś ich fanką ze względu na wygodę?
- [Kosz na pieluchy - zbędny gadżet czy konieczność](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosz-na-pieluchy/): Kosz na pieluchy to była najbardziej zaskakująca rzecz, o jakiej usłyszałam w kontekście wyprawki dla noworodka. To zwykły kosz już nie wystarcza?   O tym, że taki produkt w ogóle istnieje dowiedziałam się jeszcze w ciąży. Że podobno kosz na pieluchy (tzw. kosz na pampersy) , te zużyte oczywiście to podstawa. Po prostu musi być. Szczególnie jak pokoik dla Dziecka tak jak u nas jest na piętrze… z resztą choćby przewijak stał w samej kuchni, to nie wyobrażam sobie trzymania tam zużytych pieluszek, szczególnie tych z niespodzianką. Podobnie jak za każdym razem przy okazji zmiany pieluszki w zimowy dzień wychodzić na dwór do śmietnika. Poza tym u nas śmieci odbierają co 2 tygodnie…   Czy wiecie, że cząsteczki zapachu są mniejsze niż odstępy pomiędzy cząsteczkami tworzącymi powierzchnię folii? Takiej z której wykonane są woreczki śniadaniowe, siatka na zakupy, czy zwykły worek na śmieci. To dlatego zużyta pieluszka wydzielająca nieprzyjemny zapach po wsadzeniu jej w woreczek śniadaniowy czy reklamówkę z Biedronki niestety, ale dalej ten nieprzyjemny zapach wydziela, a nasze wrażliwe nosy z łatwością takie zapachy wyczuwają.   Dlatego, aby w naszym domu pachniało zawsze pięknie jak u Madame Chic i to pomimo tego, że zużyte pieluszki składujemy w jego murach, zdecydowaliśmy się na zakup kosza na zużyte pieluszki. Na swoim koncie mamy trzy takie kosze, w tym dwa profesjonalne i jednego amatora, a to dlatego aż tyle, że tylko jeden spełnił nasze oczekiwania.   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik       1. Kosz na zużyte pieluchy Angel Care Kupiłam go w aptece internetowej za jedyne 56 zł w komplecie z 3 zestawami worków. Aby było śmiesznie, jeden taki worek kosztuje około 26 złotych, a więc wyszło, że nie tylko zaoszczędziłam na workach, to jeszcze kosz na pieluchy dostałam gratis.   Pierwsze miesiące upływały nam na zachwycaniu się koszem i zachwalaniu go na prawo i lewo. Aż pewnego dnia przyszli do nas goście, którzy wrzucili tam pieluszkę swojego starszego dziecka… okazało się, że po każdorazowym otwarciu kosza zapach w pokoju był tak okropny, że szybko wymieniliśmy wkład na nowy. Oczywiście pomyśleliśmy, że to wina… kupy, a nie kosza. Nic bardzie mylnego, po kilku miesiącach gdy pojawiły się u nas stałe pokarmy okazało się, że ten kosz po prostu nie spełnia swojej funkcji przy starszym niż kilkumiesięczne niemowlę dziecku. A to wszystko pomimo używania przez cały czas oryginalnych wkładów do kosza.   Kosz ten jest zbudowany tak, że w środku znajduje się wielowarstwowy worek na śmieci, który podobno nie przepuszcza zapachów. Ale co z tego, skoro ten worek jest zamknięty tylko plastikową zapadką i przykrywką, które turboszczelne to na pewno nie są?   Dodatkowo przy każdorazowym wrzucaniu do kosza kolejnych pieluszek musimy otworzyć pojemnik i jego zapadkę i co widzimy? I czujemy? Upchane, niczym nie osłonięte nawet kilkudniowe pieluszki? (Taki kosz mieści do kilkudziesięciu pieluszek na raz).   W związku z tym, że pokoik dziecięcy mamy na piętrze, więc droga do śmietnika na dworze jest dość daleka, postanowiliśmy poszukać lepszego produktu. Znów popytaliśmy znajomych, przejrzeliśmy Internety i zdecydowaliśmy się na drugi na zdjęciu:     2. Tommee Tippee Pojemnik na zużyte pieluchy SANGENIC PLUS Kupiłam go tym razem w sklepie internetowym w promocyjnej cenie za 99 zł wraz z wysyłką. W komplecie był pojemnik i 1 wkład. Jest pojemnik, jest wkład – czym więc różni się od poprzednika? A więc tym, że ten pojemnik po wsadzeniu pieluszki skręca worek nad nią i przy kolejnym otwarciu pojemnika nie mamy dostępu ani wzrokowego ani zapachowego do poprzednio wrzuconych pieluszek. Dzięki temu skręceniu zapach nie wydostaje się z super wielowarstwowego bajeranckiego worka. Przynajmniej przez kilka długich dni. I to ma sens! Ten kosz jest wspaniały, zostaje z nami!   Co zrobimy z dwoma koszami? W związku z tym, że póki co nie narzekamy na brak miejsca, a mamy zapas worków do kosza Angel Care, pieluszki o małym skażeniu (czyt. siusiu) będziemy wrzucali do AngelCare (do czasu aż wykorzystamy zapas worków), a pieluszki o dużym skażeniu zamieszkają w Tommee Tippee.   Proste i wygodne?   Niekoniecznie, więc jeśli chcesz kupić kosz na zużyte pieluszki kup od razu Tomee Tippee w wersji SANGENIC PLUS. A jeśli chcesz oszczędzać wrzucaj tam tylko bardzo śmierdzące pieluszki (wiadomo z czym), a pozostałe utylizuj o na przykład w takim koszu jak ten z Ikei. Ale opróżniaj go przynajmniej raz dziennie.   A ile te wkłady worków do kosza na pieluchy kosztują?   Jeden wkład do każdego z pojemników można dostać już za około 25 złotych i nam taki jeden wkład starcza na około miesiąca (oczywiście pojemnik opróżniamy znacznie częściej).   Właśnie… pewnego dnia gdy używaliśmy jeszcze pojemnika Angel Care zabrakło nam wkładów do niego więc tymczasowo wrzucaliśmy pieluszki do kosza z Ikei STRAPATS, gdzie na co dzień wrzucamy wszystkie śmieci w dziecięcym pokoiku. I co?   Nazwijmy je mocniej zabrudzonymi pieluszkami – one były tam bardzo tymczasowo, gdyż zapach bez problemu wydostawał się z niego na wszystkie strony. A więc jeśli zastanawiacie się, czy ten śmietnik spełni funkcję kosza na pieluszki to znacie odpowiedź. Nie spełni. Ale możecie składować w nim pieluszki niskiego zagrożenia, jeśli macie zamiar opróżniać go przynajmniej raz dziennie.   A jeśli ciekawi Cię jakich pieluszek jednorazowych używamy, koniecznie zajrzyj tutaj, szczególnie, jeśli cenisz ekologiczne i zdrowe rozwiązania.   A Wy co sądzicie o specjalnym śmietniku na zużyte pieluszki? Zbędny gadżet czy niezbędny gadżet?
- [Przeklejki czyli dekoracyjne naklejki na ścianę - jak równo nakleić?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przeklejki-czyli-dekoracyjne-naklejki-na-sciane-jak-rowno-nakleic/): Co to są przeklejki i dlaczego warto wykorzystać je do dekoracji urządzając pokój dziecięcy, sypialnię czy salon? Co to są przeklejki? To wysokiej jakości naklejki na ściany, które można wielokrotnie naklejać i odklejać czyli przeklejać bez uszczerbku dla ściany. Skąd pomysł na przeklejki? Zbyt często wprowadzam do naszych wnętrz zmiany, aby zdecydować się na spędzenie wielu wieczorów malując całą ścianę w szachownicę identycznych chmurek w pięciu kolorach, nawet przy użyciu szablonu. Zbyt często, aby po pół roku stwierdzić, że najwyższy czas je zamalować i namalować… choćby góry. Dlatego kolorowe naklejki wydały mi się idealnym pomysłem na udekorowanie pokoju dziecka zgodnie z jego motywem przewodnim. Gdzie kupić przeklejki? Przy projekcie pokoiku sama stworzyłam kolaż barw przewodnich, który możecie zobaczyć tutaj. Dlatego w standardowej ofercie sklepów z przeklejkami nie mogłam znaleźć nic odpowiedniego. Postanowiłam więc zamówić przeklejki wg indywidualnego projektu i na podstawie dokładnie wybranych przeze mnie kolorów, do czego użyłam palety kolorów Pantone. Przeklejki wykonała dla nas firma Redro.   Jak nakleić przeklejki? Aby przystąpić do naklejania, trzeba najpierw mieć plan. Totalny chaos to też plan, ja jednak postawiłam na chmurki ułożone w szachownicę. Na kartce wyliczyłam odstępy między chmurkami, co pozwoliło mi zamówić ich odpowiednią ilość. Jak równo nakleić przeklejki? Gdy otrzymałam brystol pełen naklejek usiadłam i nie wiedziałam zupełnie od czego zacząć. I tutaj z pomocą przyszła mi fiollkaa, która odpowiadając na mój komentarz opowiedziała mi historię, jak sama w 9 miesiącu ciąży nakleiła w pokoju Maluszka 150 grochów! „zrobiłam sobie taką siatkę z nitek, w miejscu ich przecięcia naklejalam naprzemiennie grochy
- [Pokój przedszkolaka, czyli jak wydzielić funkcjonalne strefy w pokoju dziecięcym](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-przedszkolaka/): Wraz z rosnącym dzieckiem zmieniają się jego potrzeby, dlatego stopniowo część mebelków i gadżetów znikała z Mikołajkowego pokoju dziecięcego, zastępowana elementami bardziej odpowiednimi dla dorastającego chłopca. I tak z naszego pokoju niemowlaka pozostała tylko szafa i łóżko, a pokój ewoluował w pokój dziecięcy przedszkolaka z wydzielonymi strefami do spania, nauki i zabawy. Zapraszam Was do środka.   Drogowskaz do urządzania pokoiku przedszkolaka Decydując się na nową aranżację i układ pokoiku, zdecydowaliśmy, że drogowskazem, który będzie wiódł nas przez cały proces urządzania pokoiku dla trzylatka, będzie światło. Dzięki  temu nasz pokoik będzie nie tylko funkcjonalny, ale także przyjazny dla naszego wzroku.   Strefa nauki   Jakie biurko dla przedszkolaka warto wybrać?   Oczywiście gdy ma się 3 lata, jak nauka to tylko przez zabawę. Uwielbiane przez Mikołajka zabawy manualne, takie jak rysowanie, malowanie, wyklejanie, naklejanie, kolorowanie czy lepienie sprawiły, że w jego pokoiku pojawiło się biurko. Początkowo rozważaliśmy niski stolik i krzesełka, jednak z uwagi na to, że dziecko w tym wieku bardzo szybko rośnie i zmieniają się jego wymagania odnośnie wysokości blatu takiego stolika, zdecydowaliśmy się na zakup biurka, które posłuży nam na dłużej. Wybraliśmy więc biurko z regulowaną wysokością blatu, które będzie odpowiednie zarówno dla naszego trzylatka, jak i dla pierwszoklasisty. Nasze biurko ma wbudowane trzy różne wysokości i w tej chwili korzystamy z niego na najniższej pozycji.   Do biureczka dobraliśmy krzesełko i wybraliśmy takie o stałej wysokości, które choć idealne do wysokości biurka, niestety nie zapewnia wygodnego wsparcia dla stóp Maluszka, które jest konieczne dla zapewnienia wygodnej i prawidłowej pozycji podczas siedzenia. Natomiast bardzo łatwo jest temu zaradzić, dostawiając Maluszkowi podnóżek, na którym wygodnie może oprzeć swoje stópki.     Gdzie najlepiej ustawić biurko?   Aby zapewnić maksymalny komfort prac przy biurku czy takiego Maluszka, czy osoby dorosłej, powinniśmy zadbać o jak najlepszy dostęp do naturalnego światła. Także kierunek padania promieni słonecznych nie jest tu bez znaczenia – światło powinno padać na powierzchnię roboczą biurka od strony przeciwnej niż ręka wiodąca. W naszym odczuciu, przynajmniej na ten moment, u Mikołaja wiodącą ręką jest ręka prawa, dlatego biureczko ustawiliśmy pod oknem tak, aby słońce doświetlało je z lewej strony.   Nad biurkiem powiesiliśmy półeczkę, na której trzymamy ulubione książeczki, a całość pełni także funkcję dekoracyjną. Obok biurka zawisł plakat do nauki alfabetu – Mikołaj uwielbia do niego podchodzić, pokazywać i nazywać wszystkie literki, dlatego powiesiliśmy go na odpowiedniej dla neigo wysokości. Gdy przez jakiś czas plakat wisiał nad biurkiem, Mikołaj zupełnie się nim nie interesował. Pod biurkiem, na specjalnych półeczkach przechowujemy wszelkie akcesoria do zabaw manualnych: farbki, kredki, pisaki czy stempelki.     Jakie oświetlenie do biurka wybrać?   Choć cieszą nas pierwsze dni wiosny i długie wieczory, musimy pamiętać o tym, że zimą ciemno robi się bardzo szybko i nawet o godzinie 15:00, a w pochmurne dni praktycznie od samego rana, wykonując różne czynności przy biurku, jesteśmy zmuszeni wspomagać się światłem sztucznym.   Najgorszym rozwiązaniem jest świetlówka energooszczędna, która migając, powoduje zmęczenie naszych oczu. Także żarówka tradycyjna nie sprawdzi nam się najlepiej, gdyż nie zapewnia jednolitego światła, rzucając różne cienie. To dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się na wymianę naszej lampki biurkowej na taką, w której zamontowaliśmy żarówkę ze światłem LED-owym, które zapewnia światło stałe i jednolite, nie powodując zmęczenia oczu migotaniem i zapewniając najlepszy komfort pracy, oferując jednakowe doświetlenie całej powierzchni, na którą pada. Wybraliśmy żarówkę LED-ową Toshiba – klasyczną bańkę o mocy 8,5 W, odpowiadającą mocy 60 W w żarówce tradycyjnej.     Strefa zabawy W wieku przedszkolnym nie ma mowy o nauce bez zabawy, dlatego w pokoju dziecięcym strefę zabawy ulokowaliśmy zaraz obok biurka i plakatu z alfabetem, wciąż blisko okna. W poprzedniej odsłonie pokoiku ta strefa znajdowała się w przeciwległym do okna rogu pokoju i było nam tam zdecydowanie zbyt mroczno i ciemno.   Znalazły się tu dwa regały – wiszący i stojący – z koszami na zabawki. Mikołaj na ten moment ma swobodny dostęp do wszystkich pojemników i zabawek w dolnym regale, a korzystając z tego, że nie sięga jeszcze do górnych pojemników, trzymamy tam zabawki i pomoce edukacyjne, którymi zawsze bawimy się razem (szczególnie te bardzo brudzące).     Aby nasz pokój dziecięcy jeszcze lepiej stymulował do zabawy i nauki, zdecydowaliśmy się na dość odważny krok i jedną całą ścianę pomalowaliśmy farbą tablicową i to w kolorze… czarnym! Przyznam Wam się, że jest to świetna zabawa dla całej rodziny, a także fantastyczne tło do zdjęć.     Na tej ścianie znalazło się też miejsce na odwieszanie plecaka, który Mikołaj nosi do przedszkola. Codzienne wspólne pakowanie go do przedszkola i odwieszanie na miejsce świetnie uczy samodzielności.     Z uwagi na częste budowanie skomplikowanych konstrukcji z klocków czy torów kolejowych, zrezygnowaliśmy z miękkiego i puszystego dywanu, który znacie z poprzedniej odsłony pokoiku.   W pokoiku postanowiliśmy stymulować także aktywność ruchową – w tym celu na środku pokoju zawiesiliśmy huśtawkę.       Jak oświetlić strefę do zabawy?   Strefę do zabawy oświetla nam przede wszystkim światło górne – tutaj również postawiliśmy na oświetlenie LED-owe, montując żarówkę LED-ową Toshiba o mocy 15 W, odpowiadającą mocy aż 100 W żarówki tradycyjnej! Nie tylko fantastycznie oświetla cały pokój, ale podczas wieczornej aktywności przy biurku stanowi idealne uzupełnienie światła w lampce biurkowej.     Strefa do spania   To łóżeczko jest z nami od początku, lecz w nieco innej odsłonie – zdemontowaliśmy jeden bok i w jego miejsce zamocowaliśmy barierkę, która nie pozwala Mikołajkowi spaść z łóżeczka podczas snu. Obok ustawiliśmy komodę na ubranka, gdzie codziennie wieczorem ubieramy się w piżamkę, a co rano wybieramy wspólnie strój do przedszkola.   Jak oświetlić strefę do spania?   Nad łóżeczkiem powiesiliśmy lampkę w kształcie chmurki, która idealnie pasuje do naszej ulubionej pościeli. Standardowo producent wyposażył chmurkę w biały kabel,  który wymieniliśmy na czarny, aby „zniknął” na tablicowej ścianie. W chmurce zainstalowaliśmy żarówkę – świeczkę LED-ową Toshiba o mocy 5,5 W i gwincie E14 (to ten mniejszy gwint niż zwykły oznaczany jako E27), odpowiadającą tradycyjnej żarówce o mocy 40 W. Dzięki temu mamy światło idealne do wieczornego czytania przed snem – na tyle intensywne, że czytając przez kwadrans, nie czuję zmęczenia oczu, a na tyle delikatne, aby wprowadzić Mikusia w senny nastrój.     Dlaczego wybraliśmy światło LED-owe? Wybierając oświetlenie do domu, możemy zdecydować się na: żarówkę tradycyjną, żarówkę halogenową, świetlówkę energooszczędną lub żarówkę LED-ową.   Żarówki LED-owe mają przewagę nad żarówkami tradycyjnymi, żarówkami halogenowymi lub świetlówkami energooszczędnymi i to nie tylko dlatego, że zapewniają komfortowe dla oczu światło stałe (bez migotania jak świetlówki energooszczędne) i jednostajne (nie rzuca cieni jak żarówki tradycyjne).   Co jeszcze je wyróżnia?   1. Oszczędność energii Policzmy, ile kosztuje świecenie żarówki   Koszt świecenia żarówki 75 W (zakładając 0,6 zł za kWh) wyniósłby rocznie: 0,6 zł * 1.155 kh * 75 W = 52 zł Koszt świecenia żarówki LED-owej przy założeniu odpowiednika 75 W to tylko ok. 9 zł.   Świecenie żarówką LED-ową jest więc 6 razy tańsze! przy zachowaniu podobnego poziomu strumienia świetlnego (wyrażonego w tzw. lumenach).   Alternatywne świetlówki energooszczędne nie są tak bardzo oszczędne jak LED-y, gdyż są jedynie 3 razy tańsze w użytkowaniu, a także oprócz nieprzyjemnego migotania występuje w nich tzw. efekt rozgrzania. Przez pierwsze kilka (-naście) sekund pobierają więcej energii niż przy normalnej pracy. Przez ten czas światło, jakie emitują, nie świeci także w pełni mocy zadeklarowanej na opakowaniu. Z uwagi na ten fakt świetlówki energooszczędne nie nadają się do pomieszczeń, w których często włącza się i wyłącza światło, jak hol czy piwnica. Dodatkowo częste włączanie i wyłączanie skraca ich żywotność.   2. Żywotność Policzmy, ile czasu świeci żarówka   Załóżmy, że latem potrzebujemy włączać światło o 19:00, a wyłączać o 21:00 (2 godziny pracy), natomiast zimą potrzebujemy włączać światło już o 16:00 (5 godzin pracy). Załóżmy, że w domu jesteśmy 330 dni w roku – tak, tak, czasem trzeba zrobić w pracy nadgodziny, wyjechać na urlop lub na Święta do Mamy ;). Żarówka świeci więc: 165 dni x 2 godziny + 165 dni * 5 godzin = 1155 godzin rocznie Żarówki LED od Toshiba mają żywotność około 15 000 godzin, zwykłe żarówki około 1 000 godzin. Jak widać, decydując się na żarówkę LED-ową, możemy liczyć na minimum 13 lat jej pracy! W tym czasie zwykłą żarówkę należałoby już wymienić 10-12 razy!   3. Bezpieczeństwo Żarówka LED-owa jest plastikowa, a więc nie potłucze się jak inne żarówki, zapewniając tym samym bezpieczeństwo przy użytkowaniu, nie tylko przez dzieci.   Więcej plusów wynikających z zastosowania w domu oświetlenia LED-owego możecie zobaczyć tutaj: Żarówki LED-owe idealne do Waszych potrzeb możecie dobrać tutaj.   PS A tak to wszystko się czasami kończy 😉 Jeśli Ci się u nas spodobało, będzie mi bardzo miło, jeśli polubisz lub udostępnisz:
- [Organizacja komody dla niemowlaka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/organizacja-komody-dla-niemowlaka/): Komoda dla niemowlaka to – wbrew pozorom – nie taka łatwa sprawa. Jak poukładać wszystko w komodzie, by wszystko było łatwo dostępne?   Gdy miał się urodzić Maksiu, zauroczona wszystkimi pięknymi komodami dla dziecka, a przede wszystkim ich wspaniałą organizacją, którą podziwiałam na Pintereście, postanowiłam zaadoptować ją do naszej rzeczywistości.   Gdy tylko w naszej sypialni stanęła komoda z przewijakiem…     …kupiłam w Ikei organizery, w których poukładałam dziecięce ubranka.   Moją ideą było to, by poukładać ubranka w organizerach pionie, żebym widziała od razu cały och przegląd, a także pokompletować od razu gotowe, piękne zestawy.   Pamiętam moje piękne Instastory z komodą pełną ubranek….   I wyglądało to pięknie! Do czasu… pojawienia się na świecie Maksia.   Po kilku dniach w spędzonych w domu wszystkie organizery schowałam i przeorganizowałam naszą komodę od początku. Dlaczego?   Takie pionowe ułożenie ubranek okazało się kompletnie niepraktyczne i niefunkcjonalne z kilku powodów.   Po pierwsze, trudno było trzymać jedną ręką na przewijaku Synka, aby nie spadł, drugą wyjmując zestaw ubranek, gdyż przy okazji wyciągania jednego zestawu ubranek – wypadały wszystkie.   Po drugie, jeżeli tak ułożyłam ubranka, że było, powiedzmy, osiem czy sześć zestawów, a w danym momencie jedno nosiło dziecko, a dwa były w praniu, to pozostałe rolowały się i cała moja idea przejrzystości i porządku legła w gruzach.   Jak przeorganizowałam komodę dla niemowlaka, nauczona na własnych błędach?   Komoda z przewijakiem w pokoju Maksia ma trzy szuflady i tyle w zupełności nam wystarczy. W szufladach komody nie ma żadnych kosmetyków czy akcesoriów do przewijania, ponieważ ilość takich rzeczy ograniczyliśmy do minimum – dzięki temu wszystko mieści się w pudełku na komodzie. Jeśli jesteś ciekawa, zobacz w całości nasz kącik do przewijania.   W pierwszej szufladzie poukładałam ubranka – jedno na drugim, w gromadki: body na body, spodenki na spodenki, piżamki na piżamki… Kompletowanie zestawów ubranek było niepraktyczne – moje dziecko ulewało, albo przemoczyło pieluszkę, a nie widziałam wtedy żadnego sensu przebierania go całego „żeby zestaw pasował”. Gdy dziecko ulało na body, zmieniałam tylko body, gdy przeciekła mu pieluszka – zmieniałam tylko spodenki. Dzięki stonowanej w jednej kolorystyce zawartości tej szuflady tak naprawdę wszystko do siebie pasuje. Jedynie gdy chcę ubrać Maluszkowi jakiś konkretny zestaw, przygotowuję go sobie wcześniej.   Ponadto szybko przestało mieć dla mnie znaczenie to, jaką piżamkę założę dziś Synkowi – czy to w słoniki, czy w listki – jaki miało więc sens eksponowanie ich w pionie? Biorę pierwsze z góry, a gdy zaczyna ich brakować – robię pranie 😉 Ewentualnie układam je od tych, które lubię najbardziej, do tych, które najmniej mi się podobają lub są poplamione.   Dopiero ten sposób pozwolił mi na łatwe przebieranie Maluszka, gdy mogłam trzymać go jedną ręką, a drugą wyciągać ubranka – zazwyczaj pierwsze z góry!     Zawartość pierwszej szuflady możecie zobaczyć poniżej – uwierz mi, to wszystkie ubranka jakie mam w danym okresie  w użyciu – co jakiś czas zmienia się tylko ich rozmiar. Nie piorę przy tym codziennie – to w zupełności wystarczy nawet przy dziecku z refluksem.     Druga szuflada to miejsce na pieluszki muślinowe i tetrowe, prześcieradełka do kosza Mojżesza oraz dwa typy śliniaków:     Jak widzicie, odwrotnie niż w przypadku poukładanych w pionie ubranek, brak jednej muślinowej pieluszki nie sprawia, że pozostałe się przewracają, przesuwają czy rozwijają, dlatego tutaj mogłam pozwolić sobie na takie rozwiązanie.   Jako ciekawostkę powiem Ci, że każdy z chłopców ma swoje pieluszki i absolutnie nie ma mowy, żeby Mikołaj używał pieluszki Maksia – on doskonale wie, które są jego i sam wie, gdzie ich szukać. A jeśli czasem pieluszkę Mikołaja dam Maksiowi, muszę mu powiedzieć, że braciszek tylko tę pieluszkę pożycza i z pewnością wróci ona na swoje miejsce.     W trzeciej szufladzie naszej komody dla dziecka znajdują się rożki, ręczniki i kocyki.     Tutaj też mogłam pozwolić sobie na poukładanie w pionie – dzięki takiemu ułożeniu mogę dostosować okrycie do aktualnej potrzeby czy pogody. Ręczniczki z kapturkami również mogłam położyć na płasko, ale zrolowanie ich sprawiło, że zyskałam dodatkową przestrzeń na otulacze.   W tej komodzie naprawdę znajdują się wszystkie rzeczy, jakie mam na dany wiek dla Maksia – poza kurtką, która wisi w przedopokoju.   W komodzie naszego niemowlaka nie znajdziecie również pościeli czy poduszeczek – Maksiu najpierw spał otulony w pieluszki, a teraz śpi w śpiworku. O tym, czym przykrywam moje dzieci w zależności od wieku, możesz poczytać w poście: Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka?     A jak wygląda Twoja przestrzeń na ubranka? Może zainspirowałam Cię do zmian?
- [Morski pokój dziecięcy Mikołaja - odsłona #1](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morski-pokoj-dzieciecy-1/): Śmiejemy się, że pokój Mikusia został naznaczony morskim klimatem po zeszłorocznym zalaniu, w którym ucierpiał i został w praktyce urządzony od podstaw. Wiesz, że mieszkamy nad morzem? Widzimy je nawet z okien naszego domu – co prawda na drugim piętrze, ale to i tak cieszy. Dlatego właśnie tak bliski naszym sercom morski klimat postanowiliśmy zaprosić do Mikołajkowego pokoju dziecięcego.   Pomógł nam w tym także fakt, że ulubioną i jedyną pluszową zabawką, którą Mikuś zaakceptował do spania na dłużej był właśnie wieloryb, więc można powiedzieć, że stworzyliśmy mu dom.     Zaproszenie Dziecka do wspólnego urządzania jego przestrzeni ogromnie rozwija jego wyobraźnię – Mikołaj uwielbia łączyć kolory, eksperymentować z dekoracjami, pomagać we wszystkich pracach, począwszy od tapetowania po robienie zdjęć. A nade wszystkie bajki uwielbia program na VOD „Nasz Nowy Dom”. Mikołaj marzył o żaglówce, baldachimie i stoliku do zabawy i malowania farbami.   Paleta kolorystyczna Projektowanie każdego pomieszczenia zaczynam od ustalenia palety kolorystycznej – dzięki temu nie popełniam zakupowych błędów. To też genialny sposób na oszczędności!   Paletę kolorystyczną stanowił dla mnie ten plakat z wielorybami. Do tej pory takie plakaty znałam świetnie z inspiracji na Pintereście, na szczęście od tego roku firma Desenio otworzyła w Polsce sklep internetowy z ramkami i plakatami i mogłam bez problemu zamówić je prosto do domu. Zdecydowałam się zarówno na gotowe plakaty w ramkach, jak i na pustą ramkę do zdjęć. Akcent drewnianego aparatu tak bardzo mi się spodobał, że  zaprosiłam do palety kolorów także naturalne drewno.     Mam też dla Ciebie kod zniżkowy „AGNIESZKAKUDELA” , z którym dostaniesz zniżkę 30% na plakaty* w Desenio, ważny do końca czwartku 29 sierpnia 2019 – koniecznie zajrzyj do mojego ulubionego działu z gotowymi galeriami ściennymi i zaobserwuj @desenio na Instagramie po więcej plakatowych inspiracji! *Z wyłączeniem ramek i plakatów z kategorii Handpicked/Collaborations   Wybierając każdą koleją rzecz do pokoiku, patrzyłam na zdjęcie plakatu w telefonie i już widziałam, czy pasuje czy jednak nie.   Tapeta Marzyła mi się biała tapeta z ciekawym geometrycznym wzorkiem, ale w polskich sklepach takiej nie znalazłam, więc zaprojektował i wydrukował ją dla nas specjalnie Bimago – internetowy sklep z produktami do dekoracji ścian. Jeśli tylko po głowie chodzi Ci jakiś wzór tapety, a nawet nie wiesz gdzie zacząć go szukać – koniecznie do nich napisz.   Produkcja tapety przebiegła dziecinnie prosto – wybrałam poglądowy wzór, który grafik zaprojektował dla mnie w kilku wielkościach – wydrukowałam je w skali 1:1 na domowej drukarce, przyłożyłam do ściany i już miałam wybrany wzór. Tak samo zrobiliśmy z kolorem – podesłałam im kolory z mojej palety kolorystycznej – od szarości, przez miętę, turkus, aż po zgaszony turkus – otrzymałam pliki do wydruku na domowej drukarce i mieliśmy wybrany kolor. Po kilku dniach tapety wraz z klejem i wszystkimi niezbędnymi akcesoriami do tapetowania były już u nas w domu.   Mam dla Ciebie dziś 25% zniżki na cały asortyment sklepu Bimago z kodem „ak25” ważnym od 29.08 do 03.09 – a to nie tylko tapety, tylko dużo więcej pomysłó na dekorację ścian!   Łóżko Od drugiego roku życia Mikołaj spał w łóżeczku ze zdjętym bokiem, z którego pół roku później sam wyprowadził się do pokoju gościnnego, gdyż było dla niego już za ciasne. Duże łóżko w gościnnym pokoju dało nam nowe możliwości – wieczorne czytanie leżąc w trójkę na łóżku trafiło na listę naszych rytuałów.   To dlatego w rozmowach o nowym, własnym łóżku, Mikołaj nie chciał słyszeć o łóżku pojedynczym, a ja z kolei nie chciałam mu zagracać przestrzeni pokoju tak wielkim meblem. Z drugiej strony chciałam mieć również dodatkową powierzchnię do spania – gdy byłam dzieckiem i chorowałam, moja Mama zawsze ze mną spała – pamiętam jak troskliwie się mną w nocy opiekowała, więc szukaliśmy łózka rozkładanego, ale takiego, którego nie trzeba rozkładać do spania.   Szukaliśmy całych kolekcji dziecięcych mebelków z takimi łóżkami, ale najlepszym wyborem dla nas okazała się rozkładana leżanka, zmieniająca się w podwójne, szerokie na 160 cm łóżko małżeńskie, które będzie idealne, jeśli chłopcy chcieliby w przyszłości spać razem. Łatwo można zaaranżować  ją w przyjemną sofę, wykładając poduszkami. Cudownie sprawdza się także teraz, gdy moja Mama odwiedziła nas po operacji. Mogłam oddać jej naszą komfortową sypialnię, a my śpimy w trójkę u Mikusia.     Aby i leżanka nawiązywała do natury, zmieniłam jej czarne uchwyty na skórzane.   Pościel Z uwagi na to, że mamy wzorzystą tapetę, postawiliśmy na gładką, szarą pościel – dla urozmaicenia faktury wybraliśmy taką obszytą falbanką, uszytą z satynowej bawełny – jest piękna i przemiła w dotyku. Z uwagi na to, że z założenia nie będziemy chowali pościeli w ciągu dnia, na łóżku wylądowała szara kapa z pięknym pikowaniem – tak samo jak i pościel uszyła nam ją na zamówienie Diana, dzielna Mama trzech Chłopców, która prowadzi firmę Mama Potrafi – koniecznie zobacz jakie piękne rzeczy szyje – praktyczne i dekoracyjne.   A dodatkowo do 31 sierpnia 2019 na cały asortyment w sklepie Mama Potrafi przygotowałyśmy z Dianą dla Ciebie -15% rabatu na hasło: „AgnieszkaKudela”.   Łóżko urozmaiciliśmy kolorowymi poduszkami: granatową, prostokątną z chwostami, żółtą w kształcie gwiazdki i naszą ulubioną – ręcznie wyszywaną tęczą z żółtym chwostem. Żółte akcenty idealnie ocieplają to miejsce, nie dominując go kolorem.     Baldachim Kto z nas nie lubił bawić się w bazę? Mikołaj wypatrzył sobie baldachim, a ja piszczałam z zachwytu, bo sama zawsze o takim marzyłam. Baldachim zawisł nad łóżkiem, gdzie chłopcy szaleją chowając się w środku. Gdy Mikołaj przeprowadził się do pokoju gościnnego, nauczył się zasypiać przy włączonym delikatnym świetle z cotton balls. Naszą girlandę kupiliśmy jakieś 8 lat temu do sypialni w kolorze szaro-różowym, więc domówiłam teraz w tym samym sklepie tylko kilka kuleczek na wymianę, aby zrezygnować z dawnego różu (jedną przeoczyłam) i zawiesiłam je nad łóżkiem. Ale mamy teraz romantycznie!   Baldachim także pochodzi ze sklepu Mama Potrafi i taki lub w wielu innych pięknych kolorach kupisz z rabatem  -15% rabatu na hasło: „AgnieszkaKudela”.     Girlanda Aby nadać dekoracjom efektu trójwymiarowości, nad łóżkiem zawiesiłam kolorystycznie dopasowaną do pozostałych tekstyliów girlandę. Aż sama Mikusiowi zazdroszczę!     Komoda i szafa Ta szafa jest z nami od ponad 5 lat i na razie tu zostanie, choć już planuję dla niej miejsce na strychu, aby tu postawić na lżejszy mebel, natomiast już dziś zdecydowałam się na komodę na drewnianych nóżkach, która nie tylko jest  świetnym miejscem do przechowywania, ale także dekoracją pokoju dziecięcego – a mi udało się wprowadzić tym samym drewniane dodatki.     Nad komodą zawisła półeczka do kompletu, a na niej stanęła żaglówka – poza zasięgiem 2 letniego Maksia, który ma na nią niezłą chrapkę, ale Mikołaj bawi się nią, kiedy młodszy brat pójdzie spać. Też bym nie ryzykowała!   Na półeczce stanęła także dębowa ramka ze zdjęciem Mikusia jak miał kilka dni.       Obok szafy zawisł drewniany wieszak o kształcie wieloryba – w sam raz na odwieszenie ubranek, które nadadzą się jeszcze na drugi dzień. Stanęło tu też krzesełko, które w pokoju przed zalaniem było przy małym biureczku.     Dekoracje Skoro już mamy taką piękną komodę, udekorowaliśmy ją kolejnym plakatem z delfinem  – kolejny delfin i dwa polarne misie, raz w białej, raz w dębowej ramce, pojawiły się na ścianie obok okna podbijając morski klimat. Na podłodze leży okrągły dywan pleciony z juty z nadrukiem. Ustawiliśmy na komodzie także drewniane zabawki – nasze hity ostatnich miesięcy.     Zabawki Zamawiając je jakiś czas temu już miałam w głowie paletę kolorystyczną pokoiku, dzięki czemu są nie tylko zabawkami, ale i pięknymi ozdobami.   Poniższe hity są ze sklepu Tublu – a Ty do końca sierpnia na hasło „POKOIK” otrzymasz tam 15% rabatu na cała ofertę 🙂   Chłopcy uwielbiają co rano parzyć mi kawę – serio! Jest kolejka do obsługi pięknego, pastelowego i drewnianego ekspresu do kawy. Ekspres ma kapsułki, dwie filiżanki, kolbę – no bajka!     Ostatnie dwa lata Mikołaj był fanem alfabetu, teraz jest fanem liczb, więc idealnie sprawdza się u nas liczydło, które zachęca dzieci do rozwiązywania zadań. Ma dwie dwustronne deseczki z prostymi zadaniami do wykonania – matematycznymi i z układania wzorów.     Hitem jest też drewniana tęcza w pięknych kolorach, która jest znaną montessoriańską pomocą – ilość pomysłów na jej wykorzystanie w zabawie nie przestaje mnie zachwycać. Dziś była torem samochodzikowym.     Stolik i krzesełka W poprzednim pokoiku Mikuś miał biureczko. Jako świeżo upieczona Mama nie przewidziałam (pozdrawiam Cię Madziu) tego, że biureczko jest super do zabawy w pojedynkę, ale z Bratem czy Kolegą idealnie sprawdzi się okrągły stoliczek i taboreciki – czekamy jeszcze na dosłane dwóch kolejnych w różnych kolorach, ale Maks zdaje się póki co wcale tym nie przejmować, przynajmniej szybciej może uciec jak coś Mikołajowi zawinie. Ich niewielki rozmiar i okrągły kształt sprawiają, że idealnie wpasowują się w każdy kąt nawet niewielkiego pokoju – akurat tam, gdzie są w danej chwili dzieciom najbardziej potrzebne do kreatywnej zabawy. Stolik i taboreciki także są ze sklepu Tublu i na nie (jak i na całą ofertę) również otrzymasz -15% rabatu na hasło „POKOIK”  🙂     Kaloryfer Ten kaloryfer to moja zmora, w ogóle nie powinien się w tym miejscu znajdować – róg na przeciwko wejścia do pokoju zawsze koncentruje nasz wzrok, a umówmy się, ten kaloryfer to najmniej atrakcyjne wyposażenie naszego pokoju dziecięcego. Prawda jest taka, że zapomniałam zmienić jego miejsce na planach, gdy budowany był nasz szeregowiec.   Gdyby kaloryfera w tym miejscu nie było, stałoby tam łózko – idealnie na wprost wejścia, z tą piękną pościelą pasowałoby idealnie. Ale niestety, Wojtek, który zgadza się  niemal na wszystkie remontowe i wnętrzarskie rewolucje, powiedział stanowcze nie przenoszeniu kaloryfera na ścianę z oknem. Po zeszłorocznym zalaniu naszego domu z nieszczelnej instalacji nie do końca mu się dziwię. Przyjęłam z mniejszą niż większą pokorą jego veto i planuję kiedyś zaaranżować tu biureczko, które go idealnie zamaskuje.   Tymczasowo chodzi mi po głowie zabudowa kaloryfera. Tylko szkoła (biurko) już za rok, więc chyba się nie zdecyduję. Na razie pozwalamy czasami posiedzieć na nim ośmiornicy udając, że go tam wcale nie ma.     Huśtawka W pokoju Mikołaja nie mogło zabraknąć huśtawki – wybraliśmy brazylijski fotel hamakowy w kolorze jeansu, który bardzo wygodnie pozwala nam się bujać także we trójkę – idealny sposób na relaks po dniu pełnym wrażeń.     Bardzo lubimy je też za to, że można je łatwo zawinąć i podwiesić do góry, aby nie przeszkadzało w jakiejś większej zabawie – na przykład w tańczącego z wielorybami – Maks również tak polubił wielorybka, że musieliśmy zamówić drugiego.     Oświetlenie Oprócz nastrojowych kulek świetlnych, które służą nam za lampkę nocną, zdecydowaliśmy się na małą, stojącą lampkę na komodzie, która przywędrowała tu z kącika do pielęgnacji Maksia w naszej sypialni…     oraz na stylową, geometryczną lampę z drewnianej sklejki podwieszoną na środku pokoju.     Biblioteczka Regał na książeczki kupiłam z zamysłem wstawienia do pokoju Maksia, ale wtedy pojawił się w mojej głowie pomysł, aby zasłonił nieszczęsny kaloryfer – niestety okazał się za mały, aby zrobić to zgrabnie, więc tymczasowo stanął obok szafy na ubranka. Napis ze sznurka dopełnił pustą przestrzeń nad nim.     Choć jest bardzo ładna, nie do końca spełnia swoją funkcję w pokoju takiego mola książkowego jak Mikołaj – 25 książeczek to jakiś wierzchołek góry lodowej ulubionych pozycji książkowych Mikołaja, więc docelowo planujemy zmienić ją w tym miejscu na coś zdecydowanie bardziej pojemnego.   Przechowywanie Z workiem na zabawki Play&Go nie pokochałam się od pierwszego wejrzenia – bardzo ciężko było mi je ściągnąć, ale wygoda użytkowania sprawiła, że dokupiłam drugi i nie wyobrażam sobie zabawy klockami bez nich.     W jednym worku mamy klocki Lego, w drugim Lego Duplo. Wystarczy rozłożyć matę na podłodze, aby widzieć wszystkie klocki, a później pociągnąć za sznurek i wszystkie klocki znikają w czeluści worka, a my mamy porządek w pokoju. Przyznam Ci się, że dokupiłam jeszcze dwa małe w wersji mini – jeden na drewniane tory kolejowe, a drugi – to się okaże.   To kiedy mamy już urządzone i udekorowane oba pokoiki dziecięce (pokój dziecięcy safari Maksa zobaczysz tutaj), to chyba mogę odpocząć… ah, jeszcze tylko dokończę biblioteczkę w sypialni, pokażę Ci nasz piękny i klimatyczny ogródek, a może chcesz jeszcze zobaczyć naszą łazienkę?  W domu zawsze jest coś do zrobienia, a na blogu do pokazania 🙂       W poście wystąpili:   Tapeta: Tapeta – Bimago – kod zniżkowy -25% na cały asortyment od 29.08 do 03.09 z kodem „ak25”   Mebelki: Stolik okrągły dla dzieci – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Stołek / taborecik – Tublu – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Łóżko leżanka + Skórzane uchwyty do szuflad Komoda Szafa Półka Regał na książeczki   Tekstylia: Pościel szara z falbankami – Mama Potrafi – kod zniżkowy „AgnieszkaKudela” to -15% na cały asortyment Poduszka tęcza z chwostem – Mama Potrafi – kod zniżkowy „AgnieszkaKudela” to -15% na cały asortyment Narzuta na łóżko – Mama Potrafi – kod zniżkowy „AgnieszkaKudela” to -15% na cały asortyment Baldachim nad łóżkiem – Mama Potrafi – kod zniżkowy „AgnieszkaKudela” to -15% na cały asortyment Girlanda nad łóżkiem – Mama Potrafi – kod zniżkowy „AgnieszkaKudela” to -15% na cały asortyment Poduszka żółta gwiazdka Poduszka niebieska z chwostami Poduszka beżowa morska na drewnianym krześle Dywan pleciony z juty z nadrukiem, 120 cm, okrągły Worek na zabawki Play & Go – Tublu – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Brazylijski fotel hamakowy – W hamaku   Dodatki i dekoracje: Żaglówka drewniana Drewniany wieszak w kształcie wieloryba Drewniana rybka niebiesko-beżowa Plakaty i ramki – Desenio – kod zniżkowy „AGNIESZKAKUDELA” to – 25% na plakaty do końca czwartku 29 sierpnia 2019 nasze plakaty i ramki: Plakat z wielorybami Whales – Desenio Plakat z wielorybem na białym tle – Desenio Plakat z wielorybem na niebieskim tle – Desenio Plakat z misiami polarnymi – Mama i mały miś – Desenio Białe, drewniane ramki – Desenio Dębowa, drewniana ramka – Desenio   Zabawki Drewniany ekspres do kawy – Tublu – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Drewniana tęcza – Tublu  – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Drewniane liczydło  Dodawanie i odejmowanie – Tublu – kod zniżkowy „POKOIK” to -15% na całe zakupy w sklepie Tublu Pluszowa ośmiornica Pluszowe wieloryby   Oświetlenie Lampa geometryczna kula ze sklejki – SMX Design Cotton balls light     A póki co koniecznie daj znać jak wrażenia z morskiego pokoiku 🙂 A jeśli chcesz zobaczyć pokoik młodszego Brata w klimacie safari – kliknij tutaj.
- [Pokój dziecięcy w klimacie safari i w duchu Montessori - odsłona #1](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-safari-montessori/): Jak urządziliśmy pokój dziecięcy w klimacie safari? Kto nam pomagał? Jakie produkty wybraliśmy? Zapraszam Cię do świata Maksia – pokoju dwulatka, naszego młodszego Synka.   Pewnego letniego popołudnia w naszym domu mieliśmy przyjemność gościć przesympatyczną architekt wnętrz Ewelinę Gawlik, właścicielkę unikalnego Centrum Wyprawkowego – Muppetshop. To z Eweliną kompletowałam naszą wyprawkę dla Maksia, bazując na jej rekomendacjach – w jej sklepie znajdziecie jedynie wyselekcjonowane, najlepsze w swoim rodzaju produkty dla dzieci, które są nie tylko funkcjonalne, ale także piękne i stylowe. Po ponad dwóch latach ich użytkowania mogę z pewnością powiedzieć, że ufam rekomendacjom Eweliny.   Dla Eweliny aranżacja dziecięcych i rodzinnych przestrzeni to prawdziwa pasja, dlatego tym razem to ją poprosiłam o pomoc w urządzeniu pokoiku dla Maksia. Ewelina zabrała też ze sobą wspaniałą fotografkę Lidię z portalu Ładne Bebe. Wspólnie wyczarowaliśmy w pokoju naszego Maksia najprawdziwsze safari i spędziłyśmy wspaniały dzień, objadając się francuskimi ciastami z czekoladą i kanapeczkami z tapenadą oliwkową i salami! Dodam, że nikt nie był w ciąży 😉   Jak urządzić pokój dziecka? Nasz pokój od niemowlaka do dwulatka   Przy aranżowaniu pokoju dla Maksia było mi dużo łatwiej, bo byłam już doświadczoną Mamą, dobrze znałam nasze potrzeby, a dodatkowa, nieoceniona pomoc Eweliny sprawiły, że mieszka nam się w nim idealnie.   Przez pierwszy rok Maksiu miał swoje funkcjonalne przestrzenie w naszej sypialni – sama zobacz nasz kącik do karmienia piersią, kącik do przewijania i pielęgnacji oraz kącik do spania niemowlaka – ale mniej więcej w okolicach 1,5 roku, kiedy skończyłam karmić piersią, zaczęłam już myśleć o tym, aby zrobić dla niego osobny pokój – pokój dwulatka.   Zawsze marzyłam o pokoiku dla dziecka w kolorach ton w ton, ale myślałam o białych mebelkach. Ewelina zaproponowała mi jednak piękną, solidną, ponadczasową szarą kolekcję mebli dziecięcych Newport II Grey od Kidsmill – zakochałam się i wiedziałam, że kolor ścian będzie również szary.   Sama już od dawna marzyłam o pluszowych głowach na ścianie i drewnianym kółku z imieniem Dziecka – tak klimat safari zdominował temat pokoiku.     Chciałam, aby w pokoju dziecięcym znalazły się roślinki, ale z drugiej strony miałam z tyłu głowy, że jest to niebezpieczne, bo dziecko może przewrócić na siebie ciężką doniczkę, zjeść ziemię, albo w najlepszym wypadku… rozsypać ją i zrobić duuużo bałaganu 😉 Wiszące doniczki, ulokowane poza zasięgiem sprytnych rączek, okazały się idealnym rozwiązaniem i dodatkowo pięknie przyozdobiły wnętrze.     Ponieważ w pokoju Maksia są również duże okna, postanowiłam, że do wnętrza w stonowanych kolorach doskonale dopasują się również zasłony ton w ton.     Przyświecała nam idea, aby przestrzeń była bezpieczna i odpowiednia dla dziecka w wieku roku czy dwóch lat, ale też by był to pokój utrzymany w duchu zasad pedagogiki Montessori, o której pisałam tutaj, a dodatkowo stworzony w taki przemyślany sposób, aby mebelki dziecięce nie musiały być wymieniane co kilka lat, tylko starczyły Maksiowi spokojnie do czasu studiów.   Pokój Montessori – mebelki dziecięce do pokoiku dla chłopca   Zasady Montessori mówią, że wszystko powinno być dostosowane do wzrostu i wieku dziecka. To, co znajduje się powyżej, powinno być puste, tak aby Maluch miał swobodny i bezpieczny dostęp do każdej przestrzeni w swoim pokoju i mógł brać rzeczy i odkładać je na miejsce, gdy tylko ma to ochotę. Wspiera to jego rozwój, kreatywność i samodzielność. Ja natomiast wiem, że dzieci bardzo szybko rosną, dlatego wybrałam takie mebelki dziecięce, które będą idealne również wtedy, gdy Maksiu podrośnie, a nawet dorośnie.   Łóżeczko dziecięce Po pierwsze łóżeczko. Nie zdecydowałam się na materac leżący na podłodze, choć idealny w teorii, w naszym domu i przy naszym trybie życia uznałam, że się nie sprawdzi. Na piętrze mamy 3 sypialnie – Mikusia, Maksia i naszą, i śpimy przy otwartych drzwiach, aby mieć zawsze dostęp do świeżego powietrza niekoniecznie przez okno otwarte w pokoju dziecięcym, ale na przykład na strychu. Na piętrze znajdują się u nas 2 biegi schodów nieźle „za-kręconych” – jeden w górę, drugi w dół. Są na nich zamontowane bramki, ale pamiętajmy, że jesteśmy tylko ludźmi i można o zamknięciu zapomnieć, szczególnie jak jest się starszym Bratem, a ma się jednak dopiero 4 lata. Także nocne wędrówki po całym piętrze, gdzie jest i łazienka, i pokój dorosłych, nie wydawały mi się najbezpieczniejsze.   Dlatego było dla mnie oczywiste, że ze względów bezpieczeństwa wybierzemy łóżeczko. Ale już nie takie małe jak dla Mikusia, czyli 120×60 – Mikuś je uwielbiał, ale szybko przestał się w nim mieścić i… w wieku 2 i pół roku sam wyprowadził się z niego do pokoju gościnnego! – tym samym wymusił na nas zakup nowego mebla ;-). Tym razem postawiłam na łóżeczko 140 x 70 cm. Koniecznie z funkcją tapczanu! Można zdemontować jeden bok, zamontować listwę i zyskać uroczy, wygodny tapczanik, gdy nasze Dziecko jest już gotowe na samodzielne eksplorowanie świata.   Wiedziałam też, że pusta przestrzeń pod łóżeczkiem to trudno dostępna (także dla odkurzacza) kraina, w której w środku nocy najbardziej lubi lądować smoczek, więc tym razem od progu mówiłam, że łóżeczko musi mieć szuflady. Wróciliśmy tu do zasad Montessori i przeznaczyliśmy je na przechowywanie zabawek – Dziecko ma do nich swobodny dostęp. Spokojnie mogłabym też ułożyć tam też zapas pieluszek, pościeli czy ręczników. I nie muszę pod nim odkurzać!       Strefa odpoczynku…   Natomiast z uwagi na to, że Maksio nie może samodzielnie wejść do łóżeczka, zaaranżowałyśmy mu osobą strefę wypoczynku, do której ma swobodny dostęp  kiedy tylko chce może położyć się i odpocząć. Serio, robi to! Nuci wtedy kołysanki i wstaje po 5 minutach jak nowo narodzony.   Początkowo była to milusia mata… na zdjęciu z edukacyjnym stojakiem na czas zabawy…       wymienna na milusiego hipcia.       Komoda dziecięca Nasza komoda składa się z dwóch elementów i pełni dwie funkcje – jest oczywiście przede wszystkim komodą, ale po nałożeniu na nią specjalnej nakładki, staje się ogromnym przewijakiem, idealnym do pielęgnacji Dziecka.   Moje Dzieci zawsze miały wydzieloną strefę do przewijania i u nas się to super sprawdza. Jeśli tylko przewijałam ich w innym miejscu, chłopcy traktowali to jako zabawę i uciekali zalewając się śmiechem. Chociaż dzisiaj Maksiu już sam ćwiczy ubieranie się, to jednak gdy konieczna jest zmiana pieluszki, zawsze wracamy tam – ta stacja do zmiany pieluszki ma coś magicznego w sobie.   Aby Dziecku było wygodnie, Ewelina proponuje piankową matę do przewijania Shnuggle – została wykonana z pianki, która jest delikatna i ciepła w dotyku, a dodatkowo wyprofilowana – jest wyższa pod główką i niższa pod nóżkami, możesz z niej korzystać nie tylko na przewijaku, ale wszędzie gdzie tylko zechcesz, na przykład w łazience na pralce – albo nawet zabrać na wakacje.   W szufladach umieściłam zapas pieluszek i ubranek –  nic co znajduje się w komodzie nie stwarza niebezpieczeństwa dla dziecka – poza zawałem Mamy na widok wyrzuconych upranych i uprasowanych ciuszków. Maksio już dziś uwielbia wybierać, co na siebie włoży. Gdy mamy więcej czasu, zamiast ubierać go na przewijaku, uczymy się samodzielności, siadamy na dywanie i Maksio wybiera, co na siebie założy i z moją niewielką pomocą ubiera. Mamuniowa duma.   Zawsze staram się pamiętać, że choć trwa to 10 razy dłużej, to najlepsza lekcja samodzielności i rozwoju motorycznego i pewnie jeszcze miliona innych rzeczy, jaką mogę dać mojemu Dziecku. I śmiesznie wspólnie spędzony razem czas to dodatkowy bonus. Wtedy zwykle dołącza do nas Mikołaj z majtkami na głowie – to teraz popisowy żart naszego 4 i pół latka 😉   Gdy za jakiś czas zdejmę nakładkę z komody, stanie się ona płytsza i będę mogła znaleźć dla niej inne miejsce, na przykład postawić obok szafy. Dzięki temu zyskam też kiedyś przestrzeń na wstawienie dorosłego łóżka i biurka pod oknem, gdy będę urządzała pokoik dla…. szkolniaka?     Uwielbiam rozwiązania, które mogą nam towarzyszyć przez wiele lat i rosnąć razem z dzieckiem, dlatego już teraz… zdecydowałam się na szafę do kompletu.     Funkcjonalna szafa na wiele lat   W dolnych szufladach przechowuję kocyki, pościelki, nosidło ergonomiczne, pieluszki muślinowe – wszystko, co wyjęte samodzielnie przez Maksia nie przysporzy mi zbyt wiele sprzątania 😉       Natomiast górna część szafy to już strefa rodziców – znajdują się tu rzeczy, do których Maksio nie ma dostępu – na przykład termometr czy inhalator, ale także na bieżąco odkładam tu ubranka, z których Maksio wyrósł i jak dopiero uzbiera się więcej sztuk, wynoszę na strych, ale także ubranka, z których wyrósł Mikuś – czekają na młodszego Brata. Tak naprawdę w wieku 2 lat Maksiowi wystarczyłoby tylko łóżeczko i komoda z przewijakiem, ale dobranie szafy do kompletu za kilka lat mogłoby być kłopotliwe, więc stanęła ona tu już teraz. W środku ma zarówno półki, jak i drążek do zawieszenia ubrań, z pewnością powieszę w nim strój pierwszoklasisty, ale może także także dla maturzysty?   Pokoik dla chłopca – dekoracje i zabawki do pokoju dziecięcego rodem z sawanny   Ewelina dobrała nam genialny dywan z zebrą, dużego pluszowego hipcia, który jest bardzo wygodny i przyjemny w dotyku (już zdarzyło mi się na nim zasnąć, śpiewając kołysanki…), bujany fotel…. ach, które dziecko tego nie uwielbia? Drewniane zabawki, przepiękne liczydło i wyjątkowe pluszaki – dzikie zwierzęta z sawanny. Wszystkie zabawki są wykonane z przyjemnych, a przede wszystkim naturalnych materiałów, z dbałością o wszystkie szczegóły. Mają różne kolory, kształty i faktury – raj dla dzieci.     Wśród dodatków króluje kocyk, idealny podczas wspólnego czytania…     ręczniki – wszystkie uszyte z bawełny, pieluszki muślinowe, a nawet ubranka z bawełny organicznej.     Lustro jest świetną pomocą w rozwoju dziecka, więc nawiązując do klimatu safari, zleciłam zaprojektowanie na zamówienie lustra w kształcie żyrafy, wykonane z nietłukącego się materiału. Dzięki temu, że jest bezpieczne, spokojnie mogło znaleźć się tak nisko, a Maksiu bez obaw może go dotykać i się w nim przeglądać. Kiedy wybrałam najważniejsze dla mnie rzeczy, stery oddałam Ewelinie.       Nasza wspólna aranżacja pokoju dziecka   Nasza wspólna praca przyniosła przepiękne efekty. Kiedy zastanawiałam się, jak urządzić pokój dziecka, dokładnie wiedziałam już, jakiej funkcjonalności potrzebuję i jakie chcę mebelki – komoda, szafa, łóżko z szufladkami. Wiedziałam, że chcę, aby był to pokój utrzymany w duchu Montessori, ale jednak taki, który będzie też dobry na później. Ewelina doskonale to wszystko połączyła oraz dobrała kolorowe detale, które dodatkowo urozmaiciły pokój. Tak oto nad polskim morzem, w sercu Gdyni, powstało wnętrze w stonowanych kolorach, przypominające klimatem najprawdziwsze safari.       W poście wystąpili:   Mebelki: fotel bujany – Quax – Muppetshop łóżeczko – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop komoda – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop nadkładka na komodę – przewijak – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop piankowa mata do przewijania – Shnuggle – Muppetshop szafa – Kidsmill Newport II – Muppetshop miętowe krzesełko – Les Gambettes – Muppetshop   Tekstylia: otulacze, pieluszki i ubranka z bawełny hydrofilowej – Lodger – Muppetshop ubranka z bawełny organicznej – Dear Eco – Muppetshop ręcznik z kapturkiem – Liewood – Muppetshop kocyk w kaktusy – Quax – Muppetshop puszysta mata z kaktusem – Quax – Muppetshop worek do przechowywania safari – Ferm Living – Muppetshop worek do przechowywania safari – tygrys – Ferm Living – Muppetshop Dekoracje: dywanik z zebrą – Muppetshop okrągłą poduszka lew – Ferm Living – Muppetshop wisząca doniczka – Ravelo drewniane obrazki – łódka, żyrafa – Timbergram – Muppetshop lustro żyrafa na indywidualne zamówieni – Dekosign głowa żyrafy na ścianę- H&M Home głowa nosorożca na ścianę – H&M Home Napis na ścianę w kółku Maksiu – Corten Design Zabawki Stojak edukacyjny – Little Leaf – Muppetshop Zestaw Arka Noego – Maileg – Muppetshop Drewniane autko na sznureczku – Liewood – Muppetshop Liczydło – Liewood – Muppetshop Pluszowy hipopotam – Quax – Muppetshop Pluszowy struś – Quax – Muppetshop Drewniana układanka Safari – Ferm Living – Muppetshop Puzzle Safari – Ferm Living – Muppetshop Kauczukowe gryzaki – Oli & Carol – Muppetshop     A jak Tobie podoba się pokój dwulatka w klimacie Safari? 🙂     Maksiowi bardzo <3
- [Sprawdzony sposób na sprzątanie, dzięki któremu mamy wolny weekend](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ten-sposob-na-sprzatanie/): Sprzątanie może być utrapieniem każdej Pani Domu, a szczególnie takiej, która prócz Męża ma również dzieci, a na dodatek psa 😉 Z dzieciństwa pamiętam, że każda sobota od rana była wypełniona porządkami: odkurzaniem, układaniem, ścieraniem kurzy i myciem podłóg, a ja marzyłam o tym, aby ten czas spędzić z rodzicami zupełnie inaczej. Dlatego jako żona i Mama tak organizuję sprzątanie, że mam wolny weekend. Jak to możliwe?     Kluczem do szczęścia jest systematyczność i metoda małych kroków. Codziennie porządkuję inną przestrzeń w naszym domu, co zdecydowanie zajmuje mi mniej czasu niż sprzątanie całego domu jednorazowo w sobotę od rana, a dzięki temu już w piątek możemy wyjechać z dziećmi na weekend, mając ten spokój, że wrócimy do czystego domu.   Sprzątaniem oczywiście nie zajmuję się sama, zaangażowana jest w ten projekt cała rodzina, również dzieci. Każdy ma swoje obowiązki, o których wie, że należą do niego i które wypełnia. Nie mam (już!) też problemu z tym, aby raz na jakiś czas większe sprzątanie zlecić zewnętrznej firmie.   Jak wygląda nasz tygodniowy harmonogram sprzątania?   Niedziela Niedziela to czas dla nas – bez sprzątania, bez pilnych zadań, tylko my, dzieci i Zuma. Zwykle pod wieczór przyjeżdża też do nas Babcia Halinka i spędzamy rodzinnie czas, gotujemy, pieczemy chleb.   Tego dnia zajmujemy się tylko drobnymi rzeczami, które jednak znacznie ułatwiają funkcjonowanie całej rodziny i życie domowe w ciągu tygodnia.   Co na przykład? przygotowanie ubrań dla dzieci na cały tydzień – w pokojach synków każdy z nich ma „magiczną szufladę”, gdzie wspólnie komponujemy zestawy ubrań cały tydzień, dzięki temu codziennie rano nie ma zastanawiania się, co dziś ubrać, tylko gotowe zestawy skomponowane „na cebulkę”, dzięki czemu dopasowane do każdej pogody; razem z Wojtkiem planujemy posiłki na cały tydzień i robimy listę zakupów, dzięki czemu nie będziemy się zastanawiać: „co by tu dzisiaj”, a w sklepie zaoszczędzimy czas i pieniądze, kupując tylko to, czego potrzebujemy, zamiast przechadzać się między regałami, rozglądając się na wszystkie strony. Co tylko możliwe zamawiamy online z odbiorem samochodem – wystarczy podjechać pod sklep, a zakupy lądują prosto w naszym bagażniku; ogarnięcie samochodu – niedzielny wieczór to idealny czas na opróżnienie śmieci z kieszeni i schowków auta, uzupełnienie zapasów (zawsze mamy kilka przekąsek, wodę czy maseczki) czy wymianę książeczek dla dzieci na inne – świetne rozwiązanie na zabawę dla dzieci zamiast popularnego tabletu, którego nasze dzieci nie używają w podróży. Zwykle wracając z weekendu czy niedzielnego spaceru, podjeżdżamy też na myjnię.   Jaki mamy plan na cały tydzień?   Poniedziałek zakupy – według wczorajszej listy, pranie – czasem nawet 2-3 tury, w zależności od tego, czy piorę coś dodatkowo, np. pościele czy zimową/letnią odzież przed rozpoczęciem sezonu czy ubrania po powrocie z weekendu. Natomiast sortowanie prania odbywa się u nas na bieżąco – mamy w łazience komodę z  szufladami, gdzie od góry zbieramy w osobnych szufladach pranie: białe, czarne, kolorowe i na samym dole dziecięce.   Wtorek Ścieranie kurzy i odkładanie rzeczy na miejsce – zabieram ze sobą dzieci i kosz na pranie oraz paczkę ekologicznych chusteczek do czyszczenia mebli. Przechodzimy tak pomieszczenie po pomieszczeniu, a w koszu umieszczamy wszystko, co nie jest na swoim miejscu – tak przechadzamy się po całym domu, ścierając kurze we wszystkich pomieszczeniach. Na koniec wyciągamy wszystkie rzeczy z kosza i segregujemy je na poszczególne pokoje, aby wygodnie roznieść je na swoje miejsca.   Środa Prasowanie – czasami pomaga nam także Babcia Ewa, która odwiedza nas w środy, a odkąd mamy elektryczną suszarkę do prania, znacząco ograniczyło to potrzebę prasowania!   Czwartek Sprzątanie łazienki i toalety – takie „na poważnie”, czyli z czyszczeniem i odkażaniem toalet, odpływów, co 2 tygodnie z myciem luster – to zadanie wykonujemy razem z Wojtkiem. Dzięki umiejscowieniu go w czwartek, zyskujemy czystą łazienkę na przykład na przyjazd gości na weekend.   Piątek Relaks, pizza na obiad, aby nie trzeba było gotować i sprzątać, rodzinny film albo wyjazd na weekend za miasto.     Codziennie Bieżące ogarnianie kuchni – gdy co rano parzą się dwie kawy, zawsze ogarnę zlew czy zmywarkę, a gdy gotuje się woda na makaron, staram się zawsze zrobić coś więcej – to sprzątnę szufladę ze sztućcami, to przemyję jakiś front szafki, to odkurzę szufladę na śmieci. Dzięki temu nie muszę planować osobnego dnia na te aktywności. Na co dzień pakujemy i rozpakowujemy zmywarkę – na bieżąco. Naczynia nie lądują w zlewie tylko w koszach – zawsze towarzyszymy sobie przy posiłkach aż ostatnia osoba skończy jeść, a wtedy każdy zabiera swoje naczynia i odnosi. Segregacja i wynoszenie śmieci – pozwala uniknąć wysypujących się z kosza śmieci oraz roznoszenia bakterii i nieprzyjemnych zapachów. To zadanie Wojtka, do którego trzeba dołożyć wystawianie śmieci przed dom w dniach, w których zabierane są przez śmieciarkę. Wycieranie umywalek w toalecie i łazience – w szafeczce pod umywalką trzymam mokre chusteczki, na przykład ekologiczne nawilżane chusteczki do czyszczenia łazienki i toalety z bio octem winnym i solą morską  – dodatkowo motywuje mnie to do uprzątnięcia wszystkich szczoteczek i kosmetyków z umywalki, aby przetrzeć umywalkę. Dzięki temu, że jest zawsze świeżo wytarta, a to na niej skupia się najczęściej nasz wzrok, mam wrażenie, że cała łazienka jest taka czyściutka między regularnym sprzątaniem – to zadanie należy do mnie. Odkurzanie całej podłogi – już od dawna użytkujemy odkurzacz samojezdny z funkcją mopa Tefal Explorer 60, który codziennie podczas naszej nieobecności odkurza cały parter, a później, np. gdy wspólnie spędzamy czas w salonie, zanoszę go na górę, by odkurzył korytarz i sypialnie na piętrze. To zadanie Tefala, który nazywamy „Tefalusią”, a dzięki niemu w naszym domu wyraźnie mniej się kurzy nie tylko na podłodze, ale przede wszystkim na meblach.   5. Bieżące odkurzanie brudu, który może się pojawić, np. przedpokój po wejściu dzieci do domu, kuchnia po gotowaniu, ciastolina po zabawie, salon po powrocie z ogródka – w tym podręcznym sprzątaniu pomaga nam odkurzacz bezprzewodowy Tefal X-Force Flex 11.60, który zawsze mamy pod ręką.   Za co go uwielbiam? bardzo długo działa na baterii – gdyby to był mój pierwszy odkurzacz, nie potrzebowałabym już klasycznego na kablu, natomiast wcześniej miałam odkurzacz akumulatorowy Electrolux, który zwykle nie pozwalał na odkurzenie nawet całej kuchni po gotowaniu, nie miał także wystarczającej mocy, aby poradzić sobie z dywanem czy kanapą, a Tefalem X-Force Flex 11.60 odkurzam wszystko. Dodatkowo bateria jest wymienna, można ją ładować w dowolnym miejscu, a cyfrowy panel sterowania czytelnie wskazuje aktualny tryb sprzątania i stan baterii. silnik jest tak mocny, że odkurzanie jest dużo bardziej skuteczne, rzadko kiedy korzystam z wersji boost, ona jest przeznaczona naprawdę na najsilniejsze zabrudzenia, dzięki „łamanej” rurze (tzw. technologia Flex) dociera do kurzu 4x skuteczniej niż zwykły odkurzacz i idealnie pasuje pod niskie meble – teraz odkurzanie pod kanapą to żaden problem – pomaga mi też wyciągać spod niej zabawki, to nie tylko odkurzacz do podłogi, ale dzięki funkcji Stop&Go, możesz w dowolnym miejscu wypiąć rurę, tym samym zyskując odkurzacz ręczny – idealny do szuflad czy blatów, nie musząc martwić się gdzie oprzeć rurę – ona sama stoi (zobacz na zdjęciu poniżej),a dzięki wbudowanej szczotce nie muszę się martwić, że porysuję delikatne fronty w szafkach w kuchni czy inne ażurowe dekoracje, w których lubi zbierać się kurz, obrotowa mini turboszczotka do kanap pozwala wyczesać nawet starsze zabrudzenia czy sierść psa, a dzięki podświetleniu LED nie ominie żadnego okruszka, funkcja mopa – dla tych, którzy – tak jak ja – lubią upiec dwie pieczenie na jednym ogniu i odkurzając, jednocześnie zmyć podłogę. Bardzo sprawdza się to w łazience, kuchni czy pokoju dziecięcym, jest lekki – nasz sześciolatek sam za niego łapie i bierze się za odkurzanie.     A jak jest u Was w domu ze sprzątaniem? Podział działań na cały tydzień czy raz a porządnie?     Jeśli podobał Ci się mój podział obowiązków, przygotowałam dla Ciebie listę do druku – taką samą jak mam ja, a tutaj znajdziesz taką do samodzielnego uzupełnienia, jeśli chcesz rozplanować zadania inaczej.  
- [Przygotowania do świąt wielkanocnych - planner świąteczny do pobrania](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przygotowania-do-swiat-wielkanocnych-planner-swiateczny-do-pobrania/): Przygotowania do świąt wielkanocnych już u Ciebie trwają? Zostało tylko 1,5 tygodnia! Zastanawiasz się, jak dobrze przygotować święta wielkanocne? Przygotowałam dla Ciebie planner świąteczny, dzięki któremu będziesz mogła doskonale się zorganizować!   W mojej rodzinie to już tradycja, że święta wielkanocne zawsze organizuję razem z Wojtkiem w naszym domu. Jest to okazja do małych rodzinnych uroczystości, na przykład właśnie podczas Wielkanocy odbyły się Chrzty Święte naszych obu synków.   Doskonale zatem wiem, jak pracochłonne jest przygotowanie świąt, gotowanie, dekorowanie. Żebyś o niczym nie zapomniała, przygotowałam dla Ciebie planner wielkanocny do wydruku, który pozwoli Ci stać się chodzącym centrum dowodzenia, zapanować nad chaosem i bez problemu zorganizować Wielkanoc 🙂   Przygotowania do świąt wielkanocnych   Wielkanocne odliczanie Na pierwszej stronie plannera znajdziesz pisanki z datami do skreślania. Pamiętaj o Triduum Paschalnym – Wielki Czwartek, Piątek, Sobota to również ważna część świąt wielkanocnych!   Dekoracje Wiem doskonale, że są osoby, które nie mogą się doczekać, aż w ich domu zagoszczą wesołe, wielkanocno-wiosenne kolory, kolorowe pisanki, żółciutki kurczaczki i puszyste króliczki.   Dla tych osób świetną pomocą będą strony z dekoracjami na zewnątrz, wewnątrz oraz na stole. Możesz tu wpisać, czego i ile potrzebujesz, skąd to wziąć (masz to z ubiegłego roku, czy musisz kupić?), jaki budżet możesz na to przeznaczyć oraz ile ostatecznie wydałaś.   Jeśli zastanawiasz się, jak udekorować dom na Wielkanoc, zajrzyj do mojego dawnego posta i zainspiruj się. Znajdziesz tam proste wskazówki, jak zrobić dekoracje na Wielkanoc samodzielnie, za pomocą prostych akcentów, w dodatku w kwadrans!     Kartki świąteczne Choć teraz wysyła się już znacznie mniej kartek niż dawniej, są tacy, którzy traktują wysłanie życzeń wielkanocnych tradycyjną pocztą jako obowiązkowy punkt świąt wielkanocnych i bożonarodzeniowych.   W plannerze znajdziesz pole do wpisania listy osób/rodzin do wysłania kartek oraz pole na adres – wszystko w jednym miejscu!     Prezenty Jeśli w Twojej rodzinie pielęgnuje się tradycję obdarowywania się upominkami podczas Wielkanocy, z pewnością docenisz listy prezentowe.   Możesz tu wpisać co, dla kogo i gdzie chciałabyś kupić, jaki masz budżet i ile wydałaś, a na końcu proste kolumny-checklisty, czy prezenty są już kupione i zapakowane.   Wiele zakupów – szczególnie w ostatnim czasie – dokonujemy online, dlatego byś nie musiała przeszukiwać setek maili w plannerze znajdziesz również tracker zakupów online. Wpisz tylko, co kupiłaś, gdzie i za ile, a na końcu zaznacz, czy już to zamówiłaś (możesz też wpisać datę, kiedy) i czy przesyłka do Ciebie dotarła.     Świąteczny budżet Na tej stronie podsumujesz środki przeznaczone (i wydane) na prezenty, dekoracje, jedzenie i inne elementy Twoich Świąt.     Świąteczne gotowanie Nieodłączny element świąt wielkanocnych!   Najpierw planner posiłków: co zamierzasz zaserwować w Wielką Sobotę, Wielkanoc oraz Poniedziałek Wielkanocny? Zapisz, jakie przewidujesz przystawki, dania główne, dodatki, desery oraz napoje i inne przekąski.   Następnie Wypisz planowane potrawy i wypieki, a obok całą listę zakupów, która jest Ci potrzebna, by dane potrawy przygotować. Masz na to 2,5 strony – zmieści się tu spora lista zakupów!     Wielkanoc i Poniedziałek Wielkanocny – planner dzienny Te strony pomogą Ci zorganizować życie Twoje i Twojej rodziny. Co robicie w wielkanocny poranek? Idziecie na rezurekcję czy śpicie do późna? Wielkanocne śniadanie jedzie w domu czy jesteście gdzieś zaproszeni?   Wypisz, jaki jest Wasz plan dnia na Wielkanoc i Poniedziałek Wielkanocny – rano, popołudniem i wieczorem. Obok znajdziesz miejsce na listę zaplanowanych atrakcji i wydarzeń. Może organizujecie uroczyste poszukiwanie jajek w ogrodzie? Może chcecie zorganizować rodzinny seans filmowy, a może idziecie na jakiś kameralny koncert wielkanocny?     Lista Wielkanocna – To do W pędzie przygotowań nie zapomnij o sobie. Tak, przygotowałam dla Ciebie listę tego, co masz zrobić i co przygotować, ale znajdziesz tu również tabelkę na wpisanie, jak poświęcisz czas sama dla siebie.   Po intensywnych przygotowaniach zasługujesz na chwilę relaksu: kąpiel relaksacyjna, książka, spacer z przyjaciółką? Na pewno coś wymyślisz!     Notatnik Czyli coś, bez czego nie obejdzie się każdy planner – miejsce na misz-masz, bazgroły, pomysły i danie upustu emocjom 😉     Planner wielkanocny do pobrania znajdziesz tutaj. Ma format A4, więc śmiało możesz włożyć go do jakiejś teczki lub wpiąć do teczki z klamerką i używać, a na zakupy zabrać ze sobą potrzebne strony!   Gotowa na przygotowania do świąt wielkanocnych? 🙂 3… 2… 1… zaczynamy!
- [Czarna kuchnia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/czarna-kuchnia/): Czarna kuchnia i Agnieszka Kudela – zrobiłam taką ankietę na Instastory i ponad 80% osób zagłosowało, że to niemożliwe. Zupełnie im się nie dziwię – przeglądając moje wnętrza na blogu czy Instagramie widać, że łączy je przede wszystkim to, że są zarówno jasne jak i pełne światła. A teraz… mam czarną kuchnię – dasz wiarę? Jak to się stało?   Nasze biuro jest bardzo damsko-męskie, nie tylko dlatego, że należy do mężczyzny i do kobiety, ale również dlatego, że urzędują tu dwie bardzo różniące się od siebie firmy.   Jedna jest bardzo kobieca i zajmuje się organizacją ślubów, a nie od dziś wiadomo, że to kobietom serce bije szybciej na widok tych wszystkich wstążeczek, welonów i przepięknych pudełek na obrączki… W związku z czym połowa firmy jest bardzo kobieca i jest siedzibą agencji ślubnej Wytwórni Ślubów, a druga połowa jest bardziej męska, zdominowana przez agencję interaktywną Brainbox. Co prawda nie pracują tu sami panowie, bo w grupie mamy również kobiety, ale Brainbox ma bardziej męskie podejście do świata, co absolutnie nie znaczy, że gorsze. Śmiejemy się, ze Brainbox jest – nomen omen – mózgiem, a Wytwórnia Ślubów – sercem. W tym biurze muszą czuć się dobrze wszyscy: zarówno różowo-koronkowe tematy i ich goście, jak i programistyczne, ważne zadania i ich goście.     W związku z powyższym długo szukaliśmy inspiracji i w wielu pomieszczeniach musieliśmy dokonywać trudnych wyborów stylistycznych, nie będąc do końca pewnymi, do czego one nas doprowadzą. Dobrze było  mieć pod ręką koleżankę Architekt – pomagała nam Ewelina Balcerzak, która prowadzi pracownię BS Studio.     Jak już wiesz, w naszym domu i moim osobistym biurze, który też pokazujemy na tym blogu, panuje wszechobecna biel i dodatki drewna. Te wnętrza bez dwóch zdań są raczej kobiece, gdyż w urządzaniu domu mój mąż Wojtek niemal całkowicie oddał mi pałeczkę. jeśli jednak chodzi o biuro, to jest to biuro nastawione na kompromisy w podejmowaniu decyzji.     Chcieliśmy, żeby w tych pomieszczeniach przenikały się między sobą pierwiastek męski i damski, a wszystko miało ciekawy charakter, pobudzający do pracy nasz kreatywny zespół i wspaniałych klientów.     Widziałaś już moje biuro, a dziś chciałabym pokazać Ci naszą… czarną kuchnię.     Czarna kuchnia   Zaczęliśmy od wyboru szafek i oboje długo myśleliśmy nad ich kolorem – ostatecznie wybór padł na czarne fronty. Początkowo chcieliśmy zamówić je na zamówienie, gdy okazało się, że Ikea wypuściła czarne fronty kuchenne z serii Kungsbacka, wykonane z materiałów pochodzących z recyklingu.   Bardzo podoba nam się takie kreatywne wykorzystanie odpadów, wszystko w duchu zero waste, co jest nam szczególnie bliskie. Uważamy, że taki zakup to genialny sposób na wsparcie tej ekoinicjatywy, a dodatkowo efekt tych czarnych frontów jest szalenie industrialny – bardzo nam się to spodobało.     Gdy już wybraliśmy fronty i zapadła decyzja, że będzie to czarna kuchnia, zaczęliśmy myśleć nad kolorami ścian. Dość szybko doszliśmy do wniosku, że chcielibyśmy, by na ścianach pojawił się zacierany beton. Niestety – okazało się to bardzo trudnym przedsięwzięciem. Podejmowano trzy próby nałożenia betonu: za pierwszym razem wyszedł fatalnie, za drugim razem wyszedł nieco mniej fatalnie, ale dalej był to efekt, z którego nie byliśmy zadowoleni. W końcu zjawił się trzeci fachowiec, któremu udało się ułożyć tę zacierkę odpowiednio i efekt jest dokładnie taki, na jakim nam zależało.     Dodatkowo wiedzieliśmy, że nasza kuchnia w biurze to jego serce, to miejsce spotkań i integracji naszego zespołu. Wnęka przeznaczona na kuchnię nie jest jednak duża – w związku z tym zdecydowaliśmy się, by zamiast niskiego stołu, przy którym i tak byśmy się nie zmieścili (w naszym biurze na ten moment na co dzień pracuje ponad 10 osób), postawić na wysoki stół barowy.   Dotąd zawsze było tak, że kilka osób siedziało przy niskim stole, kilka osób stało, te, które siedziały czuły się niekomfortowo i też zaraz chciały wstać. Stół barowy rozwiązał problem.   Dodatkowo kupiliśmy dwa hokery – z myślą o tych, którzy jednak będą chcieli usiąść, bo mają gorszy dzień, bo ktoś jest w ciąży, bo przyjechał na rolkach i palą go nogi, bo po prostu ma ochotę siedzieć. Wtedy siada i dalej jest na wysokości tych, którzy przy stole stoją i rozmawiają. Wybraliśmy opcję hokerów bez oparć, dzięki której nieużywane hokery swobodnie można schować pod stołem i jest to opcja, z której korzystamy najczęściej.     To tu obchodzimy wszystkie urodziny, imieniny i świętujemy nasze sukcesy. To miejsce idealnie sprawdza się na takie nasze małe cocktail hour, gdy jest jakaś superokazja do świętowania. A lubimy świętować 🙂     Nad szarym blatem, by podkreślić industrialny charakter, zdecydowaliśmy się na powieszenie bardzo prostej lampy wiszącej Markslojd Sky, w której zamocowaliśmy żarówki z ciekawym żarnikiem w środku. Taka żarówka ładnie oświetla także wieczorem, a ciepły odcień światła dobrze się kojarzy z ciepłem domowego ogniska i relacjami, na które mocno stawiamy w naszej firmie.     Ze względu na to, że blat nie służy nam w biurze do gotowania, krojenia itd., mogliśmy pozwolić sobie na to, by oświetlenie nad blatem było jedynie ozdobne. Zawisła tu lampka Markslojd Shelf, wykonana w formie drucianej półeczki , również z pasującą żarówką, dość starodawną, która świetnie się tu wkomponowała. Na półeczce oczywiście można coś postawić – my postawiliśmy literkę B, bo agencja nazywa się Brainbox, a w ślubach mamy zawsze plan B 😉 – ta literka idealnie nas odzwierciedla!   Oczywiście, tego światła byłoby za mało, dlatego chcieliśmy postawić na najbardziej praktyczne oświetlenie. Zdecydowaliśmy się na listwę z reflektorami Markslojd Barcelona które można nakierować na te miejsca, na których nam zależy. Wybraliśmy więc punkty, które oświetlają nam blat, stolik i inne ważne elementy w kuchni.     Kolejną ważną rzeczą w naszej czarnej kuchni jest kuchenny blat – imitacja betonu. Podoba nam się, że jest w kolorze ścian, dzięki temu osiągnęliśmy minimalistyczny efekt wizualnego porządku. Jest to blat z Ikea – mamy taki też w swoim domu, a dużo gotujemy i świetnie się sprawdza, więc wiedzieliśmy, że i tu będzie pasował idealnie.       W naszym biurze stawiamy na przynoszenie ze sobą domowych posiłków, wiec musiało być miejsce na podgrzewanie tych potraw. Nie jesteśmy fanami mikrofalówki, ale jeśli czasem brakuje czasu na stanie przy kuchence lub któryś z pracowników ma ochotę na inny sposób podgrzania posiłku, postawiliśmy na piekarnik z funkcją kuchenki mikrofalowej i to rozwiązanie sprawdza się genialnie.   Kupiliśmy też płytę indukcyjną dla tych, którzy chcieliby odgrzać sobie posiłek, którego nie można podgrzać w piekarniku. Jest to płyta dwupalnikowa, gdyż to najrzadziej używany w naszej kuchni sprzęt – taka mała płyta jest całkowicie wystarczająca dla naszych potrzeb.     Na naszym blacie stoi również ekspres do kawy De’Longhi Maestosa, który każdy z nas może obsługiwać z poziomu swojego telefonu. Ściśle mówiąc, każdy z nas jest w stanie wybrać i zapisać w ekspresie swoją ulubioną kawę. Mamy więc Kawę Szefa, Kawę Ważnego Klienta itd. Każdy ma możliwość wybrania ulubionych ziaren, temperatury kawy, jej mocy czy wysokości pianki z mleka. Nasz ekspres tak naprawdę to taka nasza Asystentka, która pamięta co kto lubi najbardziej 🙂     W kuchni mamy bardzo fajny kran z wyciąganą końcówką węża, dzięki czemu swobodnie możemy np. wlewać wodę do ekspresu bez wyjmowania z niego pojemnika.     W szafkach postawiliśmy na szuflady, bo łatwiej jest wysunąć szufladę i wyjąć ulubiony kubek niż otwierać szafkę i sięgać kubek ze stosu. To rozwiązanie jest o tyle lepsze, bo, jak pewnie zauważyłaś, nie mamy górnych szafek. Jest to nasz celowy wybór – chcieliśmy to wnętrze optycznie odciążyć.     Szafka na śmietnik jako jedyna jest szafką, a nie szufladą. Zaplanowaliśmy tutaj system do oczyszczania wody po to, by wody do picia nie trzeba było filtrować w dzbankach, tak jak to robimy teraz. Jeszcze nie wybraliśmy tego sytemu, ale na pewno gdy wybierzemy, dam znać. A może Ty polecisz nam jakieś sprawdzone rozwiązanie?     Całość uzupełniliśmy kilkoma kwiatkami, butelkami z ekologicznym płynem do mycia naczyń i mydłem oraz zlewem w kolorze tak maksymalnie zbliżonym do blatu, jaki tylko znaleźliśmy, a wszystko po to, by zniknął wizualnie na tym blacie, czyniąc czarną  kuchnię jeszcze bardziej minimalistyczną.     Nie mamy jeszcze lodówki, myślimy o jakiejś fajnej, designerskiej, być może czarnej, być może w innym fajnym kolorze. Na ten moment napoje trzymamy w części biurowej w takiej małej lodówce na napoje, jaką możesz zobaczyć np. przy kasie na stacji benzynowej.   A oto kuchnia w pełnej okazałości:     Jak Ci się podoba nasza męsko-damska czarna kuchnia? Może byś coś zmieniła lub dodała?
- [Tapeta geometryczna](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tapeta-geometryczna/): Tapeta geometryczna to coś, co przyciąga wzrok – od początku urządzania biura wiedziałam, że chcę ją gdzieś użyć. Miało być subtelnie, ale tak, że wciąż się ją wspomina… Jak pewnie wiesz, piętro naszego nadmorskiego biura należy do agencji ślubnej Wytwórni Ślubów, zdominowanej przez kobiecy pierwiastek 😉 Moje biuro już widziałaś, a jak urządziliśmy biuro mojej Asystentki?   Idea, jaka przyświecała nam podczas urządzania biura Milenki, to aby biuro inspirowało, nie było oczywistą przestrzenią w biurowcu, gdzie na tle szklanych ścian stoją ascetyczne biurka i regały. Wymarzyło nam się połączenie bieli i naturalnego drewna ze złotymi dodatkami i tapetą geometryczną pasującą do całości… tak aby w pracy było miło i inspirująco.     Meble Pierwsza rzecz, jaka pojawiła się w biurze mojej Asystentki, to prosty beżowy regał z Ikea BILLY z przeszklonymi drzwiami: ułożyliśmy w nim dekoracje, zaproszenia ślubne, wazoniki i moje plannery.     Kolejną rzeczą, która stanęła w tym pomieszczeniu, było piękne jasne biurko z ozdobnymi, białymi nogami – mogłaś widzieć je już na moim Instagramie.     Biurko tak nam się spodobało, że dokupiliśmy kolejne! Na pewno nam się przyda przy organizowaniu większych projektów typu Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego, gdy na pokładzie potrzebujemy więcej rąk do pracy.     Rattanowy fotel miał nawiązywać dosłownie do natury i być miejscem, w którym będzie można swobodnie usiąść i odpocząć podczas przerwy, porozmawiać, nabrać dystansu, ale okazało się, że… jest bardzo niewygodny ;-), dlatego staraliśmy się nieco złagodzić go kocem i poduszką.     Tapeta geometryczna Elementem, nad którym długo się zastanawialiśmy, była tapeta do biura. Postawiliśmy na dekoracyjną tapetę w geometryczne, złote wzory. Uważamy, że był to strzał w dziesiątkę! Tapeta geometryczna z Bimago scala ze sobą biel ścian ze złotymi dodatkami, jasnym drewnem i naturalnością rattanowego fotela, który stoi na jej tle – uwielbiam to nieoczywiste połączenie!   Na tle tapety stoi chwilowo regał z poprzedniego biura, gdy my myślimy nad projektem dedykowanego mebla tutaj na zamówienie.     Lampy Gdy już mieliśmy wszystkie meble i tapetę, znaleźliśmy wprost idealne lampy sufitowe: czarne, ze złotym środkiem – świetnie komponujące się z tapetą, a dzięki czerni na zewnątrz nawiązują też do loftowego charakteru naszej sali konferencyjnej znajdującej się tuż obok (na jej premierę na blogu przyjdzie jeszcze czas ;-))     Obok rattanowego fotela zaś stanęła industrialna czarna lampa – Markslojd Andrew, która z jednej strony nawiązuje do lamp sufitowych i wszystkich pozostałych w biurze, a z drugiej – przełamuje jasne meble i dopełnia nóg fotela – prawda, że świetnie pasuje?     Jeśli Cię zainspirowałam i Ty również chcesz odmienić swoje wnętrza, mam dla Ciebie niespodziankę: Na stronie Bimago podaj w koszyku kod rabatowy: agnieszkakudela20 i ciesz się rabatem -20% na wszystkie tapety! Spiesz się, kod ważny jest tylko przez tydzień: od dziś do czwartku 30.07!
- [Kobiece biuro, czyli nasze centrum dowodzenia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kobiece-biuro/): To tu pakujemy ślubne przesyłki, wymyślamy koncepty dekoracji i Plannery na dobry dzień. Pokazywałam Ci już pierwszą odsłonę biura mojej Asystentki, natomiast niemal rok pracy zweryfikował nieco nasze plany. Zapraszam do najnowszej odsłony naszej kreatywnej przestrzeni.   Początkowo stał tu fotel i witrynka ze szklanymi drzwiczkami – regał Billy w kolorze beżowym nie sprostał jednak naszym wymaganiom odnośnie przechowywania – był za płytki, a rzeczy, które musimy przechowywać. zbyt mało atrakcyjne, aby prezentować je za szkłem. Musimy trzymać gdzieś wypełniacze do paczek, kartony i segregatory.   Początkowo chciałam go przerobić i szkło wymienić na plecionkę wiedeńską, aby nie było widać składowanych w środku kartonów, ale segregatory nie mieściły się na głębokość, regał więc zamieszkał u nas w domu na strychu, a tu postawiliśmy na sprawdzone rozwiązanie – 100 cm szafę PAX z Ikei z drzwiczkami ze szprosami. Czekamy jeszcze tylko na mosiężne uchwyty, które pięknie dopełnią całość, idealnie korespondując z wzorzystą tapetą.       Na biurkach (jedno wciąż czeka na rekrutację) zamieszkały lampki – choć pomieszczenie jest jasne, w długie, zimowe wieczory, gdy ściemnia się już o 15:00, dodatkowe oświetlenie na biurku bardzo ułatwia pracę. Postawiliśmy na lampki Markslöjd – w tym samym kolorze, ale dwa różne modele, aby nadać wnętrzu dynamiki.     Pierwsza – wysoka i smukła z regulacją ustawienia klosza – to model POSE w kolorze szarym, na mosiężnej nóżce, która świetnie pasuje do naszych dodatków w tym kolorze, nie będąc jednocześnie zbyt słodką.         Druga – niższa i wizualnie cięższa, to CAEN, również w kolorze szarym na mosiężnej nóżce, która świetnie sprawdzi się także na regale.         Tu widać, jak fajnie ze sobą korespondują.         Dobierając dodatki do wnętrz, kieruję się taką zasadą, aby pasowały także do innych pomieszczeń, gdyż to pozwala łatwo zmieniać stylizacje wnętrz – wszystko do siebie pasuje. Zobacz, jak ślicznie wygląda ta lampa na tle sztukaterii u mnie w biurze.       Brakuje nam jeszcze czegoś na oknach.       Zdecydowałam się rok temu na żaluzje w delikatnie szampańskim kolorze, ale niestety dostawca nie ma tego koloru na stanie – szybko się okazało, że szwedzka firma produkuje jednak w Chinach. Rozważałam zmianę na białe drewniane, ale te 25mm zabiorą zbyt dużo światła, a 50mm utrudnią otwieranie okna – z uwagi na skos na ścianie musimy je zamontować do okna, a nie do ściany.     Teraz, gdy patrzę na wnętrze, nie jestem już taka przekonana do tego szampana i przeszukuję inspiracje w poszukiwaniu czegoś idealnego. Myślałam o bambusowych, ale też nie poczułam ich na 100%.     Nad kaloryferem chciałabym zamontować opuszczany stół, który naturalnie będzie pełnił funkcję osłony grzejnika, a rozłożony stworzy także dodatkowy blat roboczy – gdy szykujemy Kurs na Wedding Plannera każdy blat jest na wagę złota, aby składać na nim podręczniki czy pakować ślubne przesyłki.     Daj znać, jak Ci się podoba u nas. Chciałabyś pracować w takich wnętrzach?
- [Nauka angielskiego online dla najmłodszych](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nauka-angielskiego-online/): Nauka angielskiego online staje się codziennością. Dawniej, spośród wszystkich możliwych przedmiotów do nauki online, to właśnie kursy językowe cieszyły się największą popularnością. Teraz, w dobie pandemii, nauczanie zdalne w szkołach ze wszystkich przedmiotów jest faktem – nie wiadomo, jak długo jeszcze potrwa. Ostatnio wypróbowaliśmy z Mikołajem naukę anielskiego online. Jak nam poszło?   Kto mnie zna, ten wie, że dawanie dzieciom od maleńkości smartfona, tabletu czy komputera… to nie ja. Staramy się izolować dzieci od tych pochłaniających przedmiotów tak długo, jak to możliwe. Nie oszukujmy się jednak – nie może to trwać w nieskończoność.   Nasz Mikołaj we wrześniu zaczął zerówkę – rok temu stanęliśmy więc przed wyborem, czy zapisać go już do szkolnej zerówki, czy zostawić w przedszkolnej. Zdecydowaliśmy się na drugą opcję. Na szczęście w związku z tym ominęło go kłopotliwe nauczanie zdalne. Mamy natomiast świadomość tego, że za kilka miesięcy pójdzie do pierwszej klasy i choć pierwsza trzymam kciuki za tym, aby wszystko wróciło do normalności, nie wiemy, jak długo potrwa nauka zdalna, jej naprzemienne przerywanie i przywracanie. Poczułam, że chciałabym już przyzwyczajać Mikusia do zdalnej nauki. Takiej prawdziwej, kiedy trzeba poświęcić czas, w spokoju usiąść i skupić się.   Mikołaj oczywiście ma możliwość uczęszczania na stacjonarne lekcje języka angielskiego wraz z rówieśnikami, ale nie zdecydowaliśmy się na to między innymi dlatego, by z powodu pandemii ograniczyć ilość miejsc, w których bywamy – z uwagi na moją pracę, na 10 dni przed każdym szkoleniem zostawałam z dziećmi w domu, aby nie trafić na kwarantannę czy izolację i nie chciałam dodatkowego miejsca spotkań.   Zaprosiliśmy więc naukę angielskiego do domu w formule online. Co wybraliśmy i jakie są nasze wrażenia?   Nauka angielskiego online   Z dostępnych w sieci kursów do nauki angielskiego online postawiliśmy na AllRight.com. Przed podjęciem decyzji i wykupieniu pakietu lekcji, można się tu umówić na lekcję próbną.   Lekcje angielskiego odbywają się w dowolnym czasie, wtedy, gdy najbardziej nam odpowiada – przed szkołą, po szkole czy w sobotę albo niedzielę. Można wybierać z godzin od 7 do 22, więc wachlarz jest ogromny!   Są dwie opcje nauki angielskiego online na Allright.com: lekcje indywidualne + lekcje w klubie konwersacyjnym oraz zajęcia grupowe w grupach maksymalnie 5 osobowych.   My na razie korzystaliśmy z pierwszej opcji. Jak było?   Bardzo nam odpowiadała długość lekcji: trwają od 25 do 55 minut, w zależności od wieku i potrzeb dziecka. My wybraliśmy taką trwającą 25 minut, czyli niemal połowę czasu trwania lekcji szkolnej. Idealnie – wydaje się krótko, ale moje dziecko prawdopodobnie nie spędziłoby więcej czasu, siedząc na miejscu w skupieniu, a naukę angielskiego online w AllRight.com może podjąć każdy maluch już od 4 roku życia!     To, co bardzo nam się spodobało, to sposób nauki. Lekcje na platformie to nie filmiki do nauki, a prawdziwe spotkanie z nauczycielem języka. To pozwala dziecku na poczucie się jak na prawdziwej lekcji. Jest to o tyle ważne, że dzięki temu nauka angielskiego online ma charakter interaktywny. Doświadczeni w pracy z dziećmi nauczyciele na AllRigt.com łączą metodę komunikacyjną Cambridge z techniką TPR (nauka nowych słów i zwrotów poprzez ruch, naśladowanie).     Nasza lekcja angielskiego     Ponieważ sama bardzo dobrze mówię po angielsku, trochę obawiałam się, jak będzie prowadzić zajęcia nauczyciel Mikołaja. Byłam jednak pozytywnie zaskoczona – Pani Joanna ma świetne podejście do dzieci, fajne metody i świetną wymowę (na końcu posta sama możesz posłuchać – nagrałam kilka klatek filmu).     Jak już wspomniałam, interaktywny sposób nauki sprawił, że nie było nudy – prócz rozmów z nauczycielem, animacji w postaci pluszowych zwierzątek powiązanych tematycznie z lekcją, na ekranie pojawiał się także wesoły lisek Charlie, który zachęcał do powtarzania słów czy kolorowe plansze przedstawiające obrazki – na przykład długopisy w różnych kolorach, a Mikołaj miał wskazać, pod którym numerem znajduje się „green pen”. Na koniec była także piosenka utrwalająca wiedzę.     Motywująco na Mikołaja działał też system „promowania”, gdy za każdą ukończoną aktywność otrzymywał gwiazdkę.     Świetne jest to, że po każdej lekcji otrzymuje się maila z frazami, których dziecko się nauczyło, dzięki czemu można powtarzać i utrwalać wiedzę z dzieckiem, co jest podstawą nauki. Sama zapisałam sobie te frazy w telefonie i codziennie po kilka razy dziennie, czy to w aucie, czy czekając aż usmażą się naleśniki, utrwalamy sobie naukę. Nawet moja Mama, która nie mówi po angielsku, świetnie sobie radzi z tymi frazami, więc jeśli nie czułaś się na siłach wspierać dziecko w nauce, powiem więcej – sama odświeżysz sobie wiedzę w ten łatwy sposób, siedząc obok czy odbierając maile.   Trochę się bałam, jak początkujący w angielskim Mikołaj poradzi sobie w klubie konwersacyjnym, ale ta również 25-minutowa lekcja z nauczycielem i 3 innymi osobami również była bardzo fajna – dzieci są na tym samym poziomie, ale jednak w różnym stopniu mają przyswojoną wiedzę, co jest bardzo motywujące, a także pozwala oswoić się z nauką w grupie, która czeka Mikołaja w szkole, a nie tylko indywidualną. Musi ćwiczyć skupienie czy nauczyć się, że każde dziecko ma szansę udzielić odpowiedzi. W zasadzie nauka opierała się na pomocach wizualnych i nauce nowych wyrazów, odpowiadaniu na pytania i wspólnym śpiewaniu.   Mam dla Ciebie kilka klatek filmowych z lekcji indywidualnej:      Odbierz darmową lekcję online A Ciebie z Maluchem zapraszam na pierwszą darmową lekcje online dla dzieci – nie ma to jak samemu sprawdzić, jak to wszystko wygląda.   Dodatkowo odbierz kod rabatowy A gdy już się zdecydujesz, mam dla Ciebie kod rabatowy: AKUDELA. Co możesz dzięki niemu zyskać? Każdy nowy uczeń, który zakupi dowolny pakiet zajęć z tym kodem, otrzyma 2 dodatkowe lekcje gratis.   U nas te lekcje okazały się strzałem w 10! Nie tylko z sukcesem uczymy się angielskiego, ale także poczucia pilności, regularności i to w nowej rzeczywistości – dzięki temu wierzę, że Mikołaj nie będzie zaskoczony tym, jak od września nie wszystkie zajęcia będą odbywały się w nowej szkole, na co tak bardzo czeka.
- ["Jesteś silniejsza i odważniejsza, niż myślisz" - wywiad z właścicielką gdyńskiej Ciuciubabki o tym, jak radzić sobie w dobie pandemii](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jestes-silniejsza-i-odwazniejsza-niz-myslisz-wywiad-z-wlascicielka-gdynskiej-ciuciubabki-o-tym-jak-radzic-sobie-w-dobie-pandemii/): Jeśli jesteś z Gdyni, z pewnością wiesz, czym jest Ciuciubabka. W dobie pandemii jej właścicielka Agnieszka Łukomska postanowiła wziąć los w swoje ręce i nie siedzieć bezczynnie. Stworzyła zbiór opowiadań dla dzieci, a jak to się stało i o czym są te historie – przeczytasz w wywiadzie.   Ciuciubabka to znane miejsce na mapie Gdyni. Byłaś tam kiedyś?   Ciuciubabka to rodzinna kawiarnia przy alei Piłsudskiego w Gdyni. Jest to miejsce – jak sami piszą „zrodzone z egoistycznych marzeń o bezpiecznej i swobodnej przestrzeni dla dzieci i ich opiekunów”. Sama bywałam tam wielokrotnie, gdy dzieci były mniejsze. To idealne miejsce spotkań dla Mam z dziećmi, które spokojnie mogą wypić kawę i poplotkować, podczas beztroskiej zabawy dzieci, które w przestrzeni Ciuciubabki mogą czuć się bezpiecznie – to miejsce stworzone dzięki nim i dla nich. Prócz pysznej kawy i słodkich oraz słonych przekąsek, w Ciuciubabce odbywają się również różne warsztaty dla rodziców i dla dzieci, istnieje również możliwość organizacji małego przyjęcia.     Właścicielką Ciuciubabki jest Agnieszka Łukomska, która od czasu pandemii nie może prowadzić swojej firmy w takim kształcie, jak odbywało się to dotychczas. Ciuciubabka, dawniej wypełniona gwarem i śmiechem dzieci, teraz jest pusta… By jednak nadal na twarzach dzieci wywoływać uśmiech, Agnieszka postanowiła napisać poprosić CiuciuMisia (mieszkańca Ciuciubabki), by napisał opowiadania dla dzieci.   Oto ich historia. Zapraszam Cię do wywiadu z Agnieszką Łukomską o trudach prowadzenia kawiarni w dobie pandemii, i o wsparciu, które daje siłę.     Jak odczułaś skutki pandemii? Czy Ciuciubabka w jakikolwiek  sposób funkcjonuje?   Prawda jest taka, że niemal rok temu stanęłam w obliczu scenariusza, którego nigdy się nie spodziewałam.   Ponad 6 lat prowadzę w Gdyni rodzinną kameralną kawiarnię, której serce bije dzięki uśmiechom dzieci, rozmowom gości, wspólnie spędzanym chwilom. To jest miejsce, do którego przychodzi się po coś dużo więcej niż po kawę. I nagle to serce z dnia na dzień stanęło. Przyznaję, że poczułam bardzo silny strach, graniczący z paniką i właściwie ten strach jest ze mną każdego dnia od tamtych chwil, ale nauczyłam się z nim żyć. I przede wszystkim po wzięciu kilku głębokich oddechów poczułam, jak uruchamiają się we mnie niezwykłe pokłady kreatywności.   Od tamtego czasu dostałam też tak wielką falę wsparcia od społeczności Ciuciubabki, która mówi, że nie wyobraża sobie, że to miejsce może przestać istnieć, że wiele razy moje zmęczone skrzydła nabierały sił. Moja ciuciubabkowa społeczność bardzo empatycznie reagowała i reaguje na niepewne losy Ciuciubabki. Wspierali mnie w pierwszym lockdownie podczas zbiórki na rachunki, kupowali moje ciasta z dowozem do domu, kupowali vouchery „na lepsze czasy”…   Teraz od października znowu działam jako miejsce z kawą, chlebem i słodkościami na wynos. I wiem, że moje niektóre dobre anioły przyjeżdżają na kawę i po pączka z drugiego końca miasta, chociaż wcale nie jest im po drodze, a być może i już nawet kawę wypili przed wyjściem. Wiem, że robią to po to, bym przetrwała.   Mimo że to najtrudniejszy dla mnie rok, to chyba nigdy dotąd nie doświadczyłam tyle dobra i wsparcia. Każdego dnia zasypiam wzruszona i wdzięczna za tych ludzi wokół siebie, choć wielu z nich nie znam lub znam bardzo przelotnie.   Taka wspierająca społeczność sprawia, że moje myśli i serce mogą skupić się nie na tym, jak jest trudno, ale na tym, co jeszcze ciekawego i ważnego mam do zaoferowania gościom kawiarni.   Pandemia wyćwiczyła we mnie też trudną dotąd (nie tylko dla mnie, bo dla wielu z nas kobiet) sztukę proszenia o pomoc. Gdybym nie odważyła się powiedzieć głośno, że się boję, że nie daję rady, że chcę przetrwać, to pewnie wiele osób słysząc moje milczenie, myślałoby, że mam się świetnie.   Co sprawiło, że zdecydowałaś się napisać książkę dla dzieci?   To trochę cudowny przypadek, a trochę jeden z pomysłów na to, jak jeszcze mogę pandemię obrócić w twórczy czas. Któregoś dnia popatrzyłam na pustą kawiarnię, samotne zabawki, którymi od miesięcy nikt się nie bawi i pomyślałam o tym, żeby opowiedzieć moim małym gościom o życiu Ciuciubabki widzianej oczami jednego z jej stałych mieszkańców. Przyznam, że kiedy sama zostałam mamą 13 lat temu, jedną z bardziej wzruszających dla mnie bajek było Toy Story i spojrzenie na, wydawałoby się, zwykłe zabawki jako na przyjaciół naszych dzieci. CiuciuMiś, narrator naszych opowiadań, jest właśnie takim przyjacielem moich małych gości.     Czy już wcześniej miałaś w sobie zamiłowanie do pisania i masz  już jakieś publikacje za sobą, czy to pandemia sprawiła, że odkryłaś w sobie tę umiejętność i chęć?   Zamiłowania to miałam już w trzeciej klasie podstawówki, ale nigdy nie planowałam kariery pisarskiej ;-). A tak na poważnie, swoją pierwszą książkę, której też sama się po sobie nie spodziewałam, napisałam 3 lata temu. W marcu miną 2 lata od jej premiery. Tym razem to książką dla kobiet (choć okazuje się, że mężczyźni też się bardzo dobrze z nią czuli) „Jak będę duża, zostanę sobą„. Książka, którą niektórzy nazywają poradnikiem, zbiorem refleksji, autobiografią. To tak naprawdę zbiór moich obserwacji z życia nas kobiet, matek, partnerek. Książka powstała również dzięki bardzo silnej inspiracji mojej ciuciubabkowej społeczności, i również ona pomogła mi ją wydać w ramach crowdfundingu.     Jaka jest historia CiuciuMisia – narratora opowiadań?   CiuciuMiś, od kiedy pojawił się w naszej rodzinie, pomieszkiwał w pokoju mojej, dziś już 13-letniej, córki Nataszy. Kiedy ponad 6 lat temu otworzyłam kawiarnię, Miś zdecydował się do niej przeprowadzić, bo już wtedy wiedział, że czeka go tam świat pełen małych dzieci, radości, zabawi i magii.     Dla dzieci w jakim wieku kierujesz swoje opowiadania?   Myślę, że historie opowiedziane są w sposób, który będzie najbliższy dzieciom w wieku 2-5 lat. To w dużej mierze też wiek większości moich małych gości, a przyjaciół CiuciuMisia. Miś postrzega świat z wrażliwością, uważnością i ciekawością bliską takim maluszkom. Choć kilkoro dorosłych osób, które przeczytały opowiadania w wersji rękopisu, mówi, że i w ich sercach coś te opowiadania poruszają. Mam nadzieję, że przy lekturze będzie bawić się równie dobrze rodzic czy opiekun malucha, jak i sam maluszek.   Jakie wartości niosą za sobą opowiadania?   Książeczka zamyka się w siedmiu opowiadaniach na siedem dni tygodnia. Każda z krótkich historii koncentruje się przede wszystkim na doświadczeniach i uczuciach CiuciuMisia. Nie ma tu wartkiej akcji, jest przede wszystkim uważność tego, co dzieje się wokół Misia, to, jak postrzega on świat, co o nim myśli itd. Wśród emocji, o których poczytacie, znajdują się między innymi tęsknota, obawa przed nowym, zazdrość, a nawet uczucie „niechcemisie”.   Każde z opowiadań kończy się zachętą do krótkiej rozmowy lub zabawy między rodzicem a dzieckiem.   Z kim współpracujesz przy książce?   To książka, która powstaje w świecie rodziców i dzieci, stąd też cieszy mnie to, że do jej współtworzenia udało mi się zaprosić inne mamy.   Ilustratorką jest Kasia Cerazy, mama, artystka, autorka wielu ilustracji do książek dla dzieci w tym między innymi serii o Panu Pierdziołce. Przy promocji akcji crowdfundingowej bardzo wspierają mnie inne mamy, między innymi Paula, która stworzyła piękny film na zbiórkę, Magda i jej córeczka Hania, która pojawi się w filmie, a sama Magda bardzo mnie inspiruje do działań na Instagramie wspierających wydanie książki.   Nad książką pochyliła się też Marta, wybitna terapeutka dziecięca i rodzinna, właścicielka Centrum Wspierania i Rozwoju Rodziny Familion, która objęła patronat merytoryczny nad treścią opowiadań. Plus cała rzesza wspaniałych mam, które kibicują mi z cały sił, bo bardzo chcą, by ta książka powstała, bo już chcą ją czytać swoim maluszkom, które właściwie wychowywały się w Ciuciubabce razem z CiuciuMisiem.   Mamy to niezwykle silne istoty – sama jesteś najlepszym tego dowodem! Masz jakiś słowa otuchy dla osób w podobnej sytuacji do Twojej?   Przede wszystkim daj sobie prawo do strachu i niepewności, ale nie pozwól, by przejęły stery nad Twoim życiem. Twoja spokojna głowa będzie w stanie wymyślić dużo więcej kreatywnych planów B, C czy D. Jesteś silniejsza i odważniejsza, niż myślisz. Być może to właśnie ten trudny czas, w którym jesteś Ty i Twój biznes, to czas, w którym paradoksalnie spojrzysz na sprawy innym okiem, przewietrzysz głowę i dotychczasowe przekonania, zobaczysz wyjścia, których dotąd nie dostrzegałaś.   I najważniejsze, NIE JESTEŚ SAMA. Nigdy, przenigdy. Zaufaj, że ludzie, którzy Cię otaczają, są po to, by podać Ci rękę. Nie bądź samodzielną siłaczką, poproś o pomoc, powiedz innym, że czegoś potrzebujesz, zobaczysz, że zadzieją się cuda.   Dziękuję za te piękne słowa  i za rozmowę.     A Ciebie, czytelniczko, zachęcam, byś pomogła Agnieszce wydać zbiór opowiadań dla maluszków. Wielu osobom zależy, by powstały, nie tylko zależy na tym mamom, ale i dzieciom, które z pewnością tęsknią za CiuciuMisiem i zabawą w Ciucubabce.   Oto link do zbiórki, w którym możesz co nieco poczytać o książce, o Agnieszce i jej historii: https://polakpotrafi.pl/projekt/tobylbardzodobrydzien/   Pomóżmy Agnieszce wydać opowiadania CiuciuMisia, by udało jej się przetrwać trudny czas, a stęsknione za tym miejscem Mamy i Dzieci miały dokąd wrócić, gdy będzie już to możliwe.     Byłaś kiedyś w Ciuciubabce? Gwarantuję – warto!
- [Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 - do druku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-na-dobry-dzien-2021/): Kalendarz na 2021 rok to rzecz, z którą się nie rozstaję. Mój autorski planner to dla mnie ogromna pomoc w życiu codziennym – rodzinnym i zawodowym.  Możesz kupić go w moim sklepie, ale możesz też pobrać za darmo!   Zeszłoroczny Planner na Dobry Dzień 2020 był świetny, ale miał parę niedociągnięć – cóż, do perfekcji trzeba dojść małymi krokami, a zrobione jest lepsze od doskonałego 🙂   Dlatego właśnie Planner 2021 ma to co najlepsze od starszego brata, ale poprawione zostało to, co nieco jednak przeszkadzało mi w ubiegłym roku. Między innymi linie są szersze, a pod każdą datą jest więcej miejsca na wpisanie najważniejszych wydarzeń danego dnia 🙂   Gotowy produkt możesz też kupić w moim sklepie w wersji z datami i bez dat, w trzech kobiecych kolorach: pudrowym różu, beżu oraz błękicie. Planner jest klejony, opatrzony okładką z wegańskiej skóry. Dodatkowo znajdziesz tu kieszonkę na karteczki czy paragony oraz trzy tasiemki, by łatwo skoczyć na potrzebną stronę. Do kompletu możesz też kupić teczkę A4 z praktycznym klipsem i notesem w szerokie linie 🙂   Planner możesz wydrukować samodzielnie lub w drukarni, a późnią wpiąć do wybranego segregatora i korzystać do woli 🙂   Dzięki temu rozwiązaniu możesz nadal korzystać z zeszłorocznego organizera i kontynuować prowadzenie np. kart zdrowia, dopinając tylko z przodu aktualny kalendarz!   W Plannerze 2021 każdy dzień, tak jak w wersji z 2020, zawiera miejsce do praktykowania wdzięczności, zapisywania posiłków i ilości wypitej wody.   Czego potrzebujesz, by we własnym zakresie wydrukować Planner na 2021? kartki papieru A4 – dobrej jakości, od gramatury 80 g/m2 wzwyż. drukarka gilotyna lub ostre nożyczki – pamiętaj, aby pliki wydrukować dwustronnie w formacie A4, a następnie przeciąć na pół do formatu A5. segregator lub inna okładka dziurkacz – z ustawieniem dziurek odpowiednim do Twojego segregatora.   Wybierz taką wersję plannera, którą najłatwiej będzie Ci wydrukować: Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 – pojedyncze strony – w tym przypadku musisz mieć możliwość druku od razu w formacie A5 – mieć drukarkę, do której możesz włożyć papier tej wielkości Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 – rozkładówki – jeśli wybierzesz tę opcję, drukujesz dwustronnie strony A4, a później rozcinasz gilotyną lub nożyczkami. Uwaga – wydrukuj testowo kilka stron, by sprawdzić, czy odpowiednio ustawiłaś obracanie papieru lub czy wkładasz go do drukarki odpowiednio.   Mam nadzieję, że mój Planner na Dobry Dzień – Kalendarz 2021 będzie Ci dobrze służył przez cały rok!
- [Co na odporność?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/co-na-odpornosc/): Co na odporność? – to pytanie, które zadaje w Internecie każda mama przedszkolaka i starszego zucha 😉 Dziś opowiem Ci o tym, co pomaga nam wspierać naszą odporność każdego dnia.   Jak wspieramy naszą odporność? Przede wszystkim klasyką jest już to, że na jesień robimy pełną morfologię. Zawsze też oznaczamy poziom witaminy D3, gdyż zależy nam na tym, by w odpowiedni sposób, oczywiście z pomocą lekarza, dobrać suplementację, a nie wróżyć z kart 😉     Co na odporność?     Witamina D3 i K2     Na podstawie wyników badań, które robimy raz lub dwa razy w roku, razem z naszym pediatrą dobieramy odpowiedną ilość witaminy D3 i K2, którą nasze dzieciaki suplementują każdego dnia, niższe dawki latem, a wyższe zimą – wybieramy preparat w kroplach, aby łatwo było podać (nie znoszę kapsułek twist-off, zawsze się cała pobrudzę i mam wrażenie, że marnuję go) – na ten moment używamy Dr. Jacob’s Witamina D3K2.     Witamina C Druga rzecz, jaką codziennie przyjmujemy, to witamina C – to także ustalamy z naszym pediatrą. My przyjmujemy taką w formie rozpuszczalnego w wodzie proszku – teraz mamy tę witaminę C. Dzieci już tak się do niej przyzwyczaiły, że traktują wypicie wody z witaminą C jako stały punkt dnia. Jeśli byłaby za kwaśna dla dzieci, można także wybrać Witaminę C do ssania z dodatkami smakowymi. Wybierając witaminę C staram się zawsze szukać takiej, która nie zawiera stearynianu magnezu (lub inaczej soli magnezowych kwasów tłuszczowych) czyli substancji chemicznej obecnej w większości suplementów, której nasz organizm nie trawi.     Bio syrop konopny   Trzecia rzecz to bio syrop konopny, który nasze dzieci piją z wodą jako napój. Syrop konopny doskonale wzmacnia organizm, uzupełniając go o szereg wartości odżywczych. My dodatkowo często korzystamy z syropu konopnego z rokitnikiem, ponieważ rokitnik posiada dużo większe stężenie witaminy C niż pomarańcze i aż 3 razy więcej witaminy A niż np. marchewka. A więc mamy słodki sok i porcję zdrowia 2w1.     Sok z czarnego bzu   Nasze dzieci przez całą zimę, oprócz wody z witaminą C i syropem konopnym, piją także sok z czarnego bzu – codziennie rano na łyżeczce, a drugą łyżkę w ciągu dnia w formie wody z sokiem z czarnego bzu, albo jako dodatek do owsianki, orkiszowej kaszki czy budyniu.   Miłością do czarnego bzu zaraziła nas i dzieci nasza Niania, której Mąż co roku jeździ w swoje sprawdzone miejsca (z dala od dróg) i zrywa czarny bez. Później z owoców nasza Ciocia robi syropy, które nasze dzieci uwielbiają. Od kiedy Mikołaj skończył rok, Maksio jeszcze mniej – zawsze jedzą z syropem z czarnego bzu kaszę (czekamy aż ostygnie i dodajemy syropu do smaku), a w chorobie czy przeziębieniu częściej podajemy właśnie do picia.   Nasze dzieci piją dużo wody, ale dodaję im do niej czasami właśnie sok z czarnego bzu, dzięki czemu wypijają go w postaci lekko owocowego napoju. Jest to świetny sposób, by sok z czarnego bzu przemycić do codziennej diety.   Oczywiście co roku nasze zapasy są na różnym poziomie, raz dzieci wypijają tego soku więcej, raz mniej, zależy to też od ilości przeziębień – wtedy soku schodzi naturalnie więcej. Owoce czarnego bzu zawierają m.in. związki o działaniu napotnym, lekko przeciwzapalnym i przeciwwirusowym, jest to więc idealne wsparcie przy przeziębieniach i infekcjach górnych dróg oddechowych.   Szukałam więc soku z czarnego bzu do kupienia – i znalazłam naturalny syrop Sambucus Kids, który jest świetnym zamiennikiem syropu, który robi dla nas Ciocia.     Jak wiadomo, soków z czarnego bzu jest duży wybór na rynku, ale często maja one słabe składy, na samym początku widnieje cukier, a rzeczywista zawartość ekstraktu z czarnego bzu jest naprawdę niska. Jak już wiesz – ja zawsze sprawdzam skład.   Unikam syropów i soków sztucznie dosładzanych np. syropem glukozowym czy glukozowo-fruktozowym. Sambucus Kids słodzony jest organicznym syropem z agawy, nie zawiera sztucznych barwników, substancji słodzących, konserwantów czy wzmacniaczy smaku, a zamiast soku zawiera ekstrakt z owoców bzu czarnego.   Syrop Sambucus Kids zawiera także dodatek liofilizowanych malin, dzięki czemu ma przepyszny czarnobzowo-malinowy smak. Syrop Samucus Kids jest odpowiedni dla dzieci już od 1 roku życia.   Hartowanie organizmu   Pozwalam synom chodzić po domu na bosaka, a czasami trochę zmarznąć. Rozwiewając wątpliwości: nie, nie mamy ogrzewania podłogowego, nawet w łazience 😉   Nie zmuszam też do rękawiczek, gdy nie chcą, ani do rajstop, gdy mówią, że im ciepło (najwyżej biorę do torby, aby ewentualnie w samochodzie założyć, gdy jednak jest za chłodno). Nie zakładam czapki, kiedy nie ma takiej potrzeby (chyba że bardzo wieje). Nie do końca chucham i dmucham na dzieci – wolę, żeby im było troszkę chłodniej, niż je przegrzewać.   Dzieci też już się do tego przyzwyczaiły – często gdy czuję, że po nocy w domu jest chłodno, wkładam na siebie sweter i proponuję dzieciom – a one w najlepsze odmawiają.   Nie kąpię dzieci także w zbyt ciepłej wodzie, do jakiej ja jestem przyzwyczajona. Ich woda w kąpieli jest bardziej letnia niż gorąca, żeby je hartować, a nie przegrzewać i przygotowywać do niższych temperatur.   Zaraz po przyjściu do domu Mikołaj i Maksiu zdejmują i buty, i skarpetki, zaś w przedszkolu nie mają kapci – chodzą w samych skarpetkach. Jest to nie tylko zdrowe i polecane przez fizjoterapeutów, ale to też takie sensoryczne chodzenie 😉     Podsumowując: chodzenie boso to przywilej w naszym domu przez cały rok!   A jak Ty wzmacniasz odporność swojej rodziny?
- [Stół wigilijny na dwa sposoby](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/stol-wigilijny/): Stół wigilijny w naszym domu zawsze wygląda prosto, ale elegancko i odświętnie.  Postanowiłam pokazać Ci dwa proste sposoby na przygotowanie pięknego wigilijnego stołu.   Zbliża się grudzień, który kojarzy mi się z zapachem przypraw korzennych i ciepłem kominka. Wraz z grudniem nadchodzą moje ukochane święta Bożego Narodzenia. W nadziei, że sytuacja w kraju poprawi się na tyle, że dozwolone będą spotkania w szerszym gronie, planujemy Wigilię tak jak co roku.   Planując tegoroczne Święta, zdecydowaliśmy z Wojtkiem, że najwyższy czas wymienić naszą kilkunastoletnią porcelanę, którą dostaliśmy wprowadzając się na pierwsze wynajęte mieszkanie i co tu dużo ukrywać – przez ten czas stała się ona dość wybrakowana i zwyczajnie brakuje nam naczyń na więcej gości.   Nasza dotychczasowa porcelana była prosta, tradycyjna i biała i bardzo ją lubiliśmy. Długo jednak zastanawialiśmy się nad kolorową, ale doszliśmy do wniosku, że skoro to ma być na razie nasz jedyny zestaw, pójdziemy w klasykę.   Po obejrzeniu najróżniejszych kolekcji w sklepie Pięknowdomu.pl wybrałam zestaw obiadowy MariaPaula Natura, czyli klasyczną, białą porcelanę przełamaną tłoczeniem nawiązującym do natury, w wyglądzie przypominającymi korę drzewa. Natomiast Wojtek namówił mnie na niego w wersji złoconej czyli zestaw obiadowy MariaPaula Natura Złota Linia ale – ze złoconym brzegiem i delikatnymi żłobieniami. Wspieramy polskich producentów, a MariaPaula to polska marka porcelany produkowana w najstarszych polskich fabrykach. Złote dekoracje na niej wykonane są z prawdziwego 24-karatowego złota. Jest piękna, prosta, a co najważniejsze – choć zdobiona to można ją myć w zmywarce.     Przyznam, że odrobinę bałam się tego połączenia, w trakcie chciałam nawet zmienić zamówienie, ale jednak zaufałam Wojtkowi i jak przyszła… Od razu mi się spodobała!   Cały zestaw zawiera po 6 talerzy płytkich, głębokich i deserowych, a do tego dwa różnej wielkości półmiski, sosjerkę oraz 3,5l wazę. Taki zestaw idealnie sprawdzi nam się na stół wigilijny i wiele różnych uroczystości! Aby jednak móc ugościć więcej osób, dobraliśmy do niego drugi zestaw – już bez tych dodatkowych naczyń.     Za jednym zamachem, na tej samej stronie – pięknowdomu.pl – zakupiliśmy też kieliszki, sztućce i wazoniki, a więcej o nich poniżej.   Gdy nasza porcelana przyjechała, okazało się, że jest jeszcze piękniejsza niż na zdjęciach, więc od razu chciałam zobaczyć, jak będzie wyglądała w pełnej aranżacji stołu. Pomyślałam, że przy okazji pokażę Ci, jak w bardzo prosty sposób możesz wyczarować piękną dekorację na stół wigilijny. Do zabawy zaprosiłam moją serdeczną koleżankę Ewelinę spędziłyśmy miłe piątkowe przedpołudnie, szykując te dwie propozycje.   Choć muszę Ci napisać, że oprócz klasycznych rozwiązań znajdziesz w sklepie Pięknowdomu.pl także świąteczną porcelanę.   Porcelana w elfy byłaby idealna na świąteczne śniadanie w świątecznych piżamach i to nie tylko dla dzieci, a talerzyki z Rudolfem byłyby wspaniałym akcentem do świątecznego obiadu – coś czuję, że u nas zagoszczą, a nasze dzieciaki będą wspominać je przez całe życie, a później zabiorą na pamiątkę do swoich rodzin. A ich ceny są od kilku do kilkunastu złotych za sztukę!     Stół wigilijny Propozycja 1 Propozycja pierwsza powstała w oparciu o hasło: Blisko natury. Postawiłyśmy na prostotę i naturalność. Stół przyozdobiłyśmy więc tylko gałązkami ostrokrzewu (łac. Ilex), które powinnyście móc dostać na giełdach kwiatowych lub w kwiaciarni.   Gałązki te przystroiły nie tylko proste, lniane serwetki przy nakryciach, do których ringi zrobiłyśmy z miękkiego, złotego drucika.     Gałązki włożyłyśmy również to trzech wazoników ze złotym rantem, które pięknie nawiązują do naszej porcelany.     Podobnie jak w zeszłym roku, wiedziałam, że chcę postawić na bieżnik zamiast obrusu, dlaczego? Powód jest bardzo prosty i praktyczny – aby starczył na dłużej. Nie ma co ukrywać, wigilijny stół, czerwony barszcz z uszkami i dwoje Maluchów – czysty obrus na okres świąt to coś, co ni mogłoby się udać. Szukałyśmy długiego, naturalnego bieżnika, ale niestety nie udało nam się znaleźć odpowiedniego więc… wzięłyśmy zwykły, szary , prostokątny obrus, złożyłyśmy go według dłuższej przekątnej – na ukos – i tak na środku stołu powstał nasz autorski bieżnik w naturalnych kolorach, pięknie pasujący do serwetek i porcelany.     Uwielbiam elegancko nakryty stół – w mojej pracy Wedding Plannera nauczyłam się, że życie jest za krótkie, aby piękną porcelanę, szkło czy sztućce trzymać w szafkach – dlatego nawet do codziennego obiadu pijemy wodę z gobletu do wody i dołożyliśmy kieliszki wina białego (mamy także kieliszki do wina czerwonego, ale nie użyliśmy ich w tej aranżacji stołu). Zdecydowaliśmy się także na piękne, smukłe sztućce, które – choć srebrne, a nie złote jak rant talerzy i wazoników – fantastycznie współgrają ze wszystkimi elementami dekoracyjnymi naszego stołu wigilijnego.     Stół uzupełniłyśmy długimi szarymi świecami w złotych świecznikach.     Aranżacji stołu wigilijnego towarzyszy też świąteczna aranżacja konsolki stojącej przy stole. Pojawiły się na niej dwie figurki dziadków do orzechów, złota menora z takimi samymi świecami co na stole, piękna zdobiona żywicą epoksydową taca autorstwa – ręcznie wykonana dekoracja Eweliny Balcerzak z Alabaster Design i… czekoladki na półmisku i talerzyku.     Nad konsolką zawisło także złote koło ozdobione eukaliptusem i kulkami ostrokrzewu.     Gdyby ktoś zastanawiał się, czy warto czekoladki wyłożyć na stół wcześniej niż na Wigilię – nie radzę. U mnie zniknęły w mgnieniu oka, podbierane przez małe rączki… 😉       Propozycja 2 To już propozycja nie tylko na stół wigilijny, ale tak naprawdę także na wiele innych uroczystości.   Wykorzystaliśmy ten sam obrus, serwetki, naszą piękną porcelanę, wazony i kieliszki.     Tym razem gałązki ostrokrzewu zastąpiły piękne, kolorowe bukiety żywych kwiatów – wybór dowolny ;-).     Gałązki przy serwetkach zostały zastąpione małymi bladozielonymi gałązkami mimozy.     Spójrz: wymieniłam tylko rośliny, a uzyskałam efekt, który pozwolił mi odmienić stół wigilijny w stół… urodzinowy, rocznicowy czy nawet troszkę weselny!   Uwielbiam takie proste i eleganckie rozwiązania – czeka mnie jeszcze wymiana kilku garnków i myślę naczyniach żaroodpornych, które łatwo zmienić w podgrzewacze, aby wyserwowane na świątecznym stole dania pozostały ciepłe przez całą kolację, która u nas kończy się długo po północy. Trwa właśnie kiermasz świąteczny z rabatami -25% więc jeśli Tobie także brakuje czegoś w kuchni koniecznie jaką okazję możesz upolować.   Jak Ci się podoba moja propozycja na stół wigilijny, albo po prostu świąteczny?   Która wersja bardziej przypadła Ci do gustu?
- [Pomysły na prezenty świąteczne dla dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysly-na-prezenty-swiateczne/): Pomysły na prezenty świąteczne – masz je już? Do świąt Bożego Narodzenia zostało mniej niż miesiąc, dlatego postanowiłam podzielić się z Tobą naszymi najnowszymi zabawkami, spośród których z pewnością znajdziesz coś dla swojego dziecka czy bliskich dzieci z rodziny. Nasze polecane pomysły na prezenty świąteczne świetnie sprawdzą się dla dzieci w wieku moich synków (czyli 3 oraz 6 lat), ale także starszych (do ok. 8 roku życia) lub młodszych, którzy również świetnie się nimi bawią, dlatego do wspólnej zabawy chłopcy zaprosili także kolegę, niespełna dwuletniego Adasia.     Pomysły na prezenty świąteczne   Pociąg drewniany Safari W naszym domu znajdziecie sporo zabawek do francuskiej firmy Janod. Od kilku lat jesteśmy im wierni, ponieważ są piękne, trwałe i w większości drewniane, ewentualnie metalowe.   Jedną z takich zabawek jest drewniany pociąg Safari. Przepiękny, kolorowy, składający się z lokomotywy, 3 wagonów, które połączone są delikatnymi magnesami oraz dwóch zwierzątek, które tym pociągiem podróżują, a są to słoń i krokodyl.   Wagoniki łączą się z innymi z serii Story, więc z pociągiem „Farma” i „Straż pożarna”, więc jeśli macie któryś z tych zestawów, możecie dołączyć kolejne wagony i stworzyć dłuższą kolejkę.     Lampka Little Lights Miłość od pierwszego wejrzenia. Nie tylko chłopców 😉 Lampki Little Lights znalazłam, gdy szukałam lampki do pokoju Safari Maksymiliana. A jak znalazłam – przepadłam. W pokoju Maksia zagościła więc żyrafa.   Lampki Little Lights są robione ręcznie, piękne i praktyczne. Ich fantastyczną cechą jest to, że dzięki pilotowi można regulować natężenie światła oraz ustawiać timer. Po położeniu się do łóżka Maksiu wie, że ma 30 minut na pooglądanie książeczek, a po tym czasie światło zmieni swoje natężenie na ciemniejsze. To znak, ze pora spać.   Prawda, że genialne? I piękne!       Drewniana układanka Tangram Hit w naszym domu od dawna – drewniana układanka (także Janod), która zawiera 7 różnokolorowych (pomalowanych farbami wodnymi, więc bezpiecznych) drewnianych figur geometrycznych, które układają się w mozaikę na dołączonej drewnianej podstawce.     Do układanki dołączono 25 plansz z graficznymi ilustracjami, które dziecko może odwzorować przed sobą lub ułożyć własną kompozycję. Niektóre z układanek na ilustracjach są nieco trudniejsze, inne dość proste, dzięki czemu zarówno Maksiu, jak i Mikołaj znajdą coś dla siebie.   Ta prosta zabawka rozwija wiele kluczowych umiejętności, takich jak spostrzegawczość, rozpoznawanie kształtów i kolorów, koncentrację i cierpliwość.   A przy czym siedzą Maksiu i Mikołaj?     Zestaw drewnianych mebelków Arktyka Ten piękny drewniany zestaw od Janod zagościł na dobre na naszym poddaszu. Składa się z drewnianego stolika oraz dwóch krzesełek – jednego z oparciem w kształcie głowy pingwina, a drugiego z podobizną misia polarnego.   Bardzo podoba mi się pomysł na ten zestaw: na środku stolika znajduje się otwór z wyjmowanym kubkiem, w którym można umieścić kredki lub przekąski, zaś krzesełka mają szerokie siedziska, oparcia i zaokrąglone brzegi. Jestem tym zestawem zauroczona!     To tu chłopcy chętnie rysują, układają puzzle czy inne układanki, grają w gry. Taki stolik z krzesełkami to także zestaw idealny do różnych herbacianych spotkań, dlatego gorąco polecamy także…     Metalowy serwis do herbaty Przeuroczy, metalowy zestaw herbaciany do serwowania słodkich podwieczorków – także Janod.   Zestaw składa się z tacy, dzbanuszka, 4 filiżanek wraz ze spodkami, czterech ciasteczek z kawałkami czekolady oraz talerzykiem na te ciastka.     Zestaw ma piękną kolorystykę – idealną dla zestawu herbacianego, a jednocześnie nie na tyle „dziewczyńską”, żeby moi synowie nie chcieli się bawić tym cudnym zestawem.   Drewniana pozytywka Arktyka Maksiu aż piszczał z radości, gdy ją zobaczył! Piękna drewniana pozytywka od Janod to idealna zimowa dekoracja do pokoju dziecięcego oraz prosta zabawka.   Pozytywka jest urocza: ma jasnoniebieski kolor i namalowane białe płatki śniegu. Na górze pozytywki, niczym na krze, siedzi niedźwiedź polarny łowiący ryby, a dookoła niego krąży pingwinek.     Melodia w pozytywce – spokojna i przyjemna – idealnie sprawdzi się także na wieczorne wyciszanie przed snem.   Drewniany zegar do nauki o czasie Powoli uczymy nasze dzieci, czym jest czas, jak upływa i jak działa zegar. Idealnie pomaga nam w tym drewniany zegar do nauki godzin z Janod.   Zegar pomaga odróżnić dzień od nocy, rozpoznawać godziny i zrozumieć, jak właściwie działa zegar.   Co zawiera zestaw? Oczywiście spory drewniany zegar z uchwytem i drewnianymi zdejmowanymi wskazówkami: czerwoną godzinową i niebieską minutową. Na planszy zegara, by ułatwić dziecku zadanie, za pomocą tych samych kolorów co kolor wskazówek zaznaczono godziny i minuty. Pudełko zawiera także dwie transparentne plansze obrazujące dzień i noc oraz cztery z kolorowym oznaczeniem różnych przedziałów czasu, czyli kwadransem, połową godziny, 45 minutami i pełną godziną. W komplecie znajdziecie także 14 niedużych plansz w kształcie zegarowych tarcz, na których można zapisywać ścieralnym markerem godziny – fajną zabaw i nauką będzie zaznaczenie na planszy przez rodzica jakiejś godziny, którą następnie dziecko musi odzwierciedlić na dużym zegarze.   Prawda, że świetne? Ten zegar posłuży nam jeszcze długo!     Wózek warsztat magnetyczny z narzędziami Raj dla każdego małego (i dużego ;-)) chłopaka!   Warsztat z narzędziami to oczywiście znowu Janod, znowu drewno i znowu rozwijanie wielu umiejętności.   Wózek majsterkowicza zawiera 25 drewnianych elementów, m.in. śrubki i nakrętki, gwoździe, różnej długości listwy z otworami, 3 narzędzia, przyczepiane za pomocą magnesów do ścianki warsztatu: śrubokręt, klucz i młotek oraz 4 różnej wielkości koła zębate, które także można zdjąć.     Warsztat Janod jest fantastyczny! Rozwija motorykę małą, cierpliwość i koncentrację, jednocześnie stymulując wyobraźnię. Jak wiemy, dzieci chętnie naśladują dorosłych (na przykład tatę wkręcającego śruby) – tak samo w tym przypadku dziecko rozwija także umiejętności społeczne, odgrywając scenki. Wózek spokojnie można przemieszczać po domu, ponieważ ma ciche koła wykończone gumą oraz wygodną rączkę.     Warsztat to także świetny prezent dla rodzeństwa w podobnym wieku, ponieważ dzięki rozmiarom i dużej ilości akcesoriom może bawić się nim więcej osób. Takie rozwiązania szczególnie polecamy – mamy także kuchnię i drewnianą cukiernię – chłopcy świetnie bawią się przy nich wspólnie!     Remiza – garaż drewniany Każdy miłośnik Strażaka Sama będzie zachwycony!   Remiza od Janod to komplet (oczywiście drewniany) składający się z remizy z kilkupoziomowym garażem oraz lądowiska dla helikopterów. Oprócz tego zestaw zawiera 10 akcesoriów: oczywiście wóz strażacki, dwóch strażaków, helikopter, karetkę, lekarza, a  także niezbędne elementy kojarzące się ze strażą pożarną, czyli płomienie, hydrant, drabinę i sygnalizację świetlną.     Doskonały prezent dla chłopców od małego do… nieco większego 🙂     Czerwony fortepian Confetti Confetti to już od dawna znana nam seria, posiadamy już bębenek, a przyszła pora na level wyżej. Mikołaj z przyjemnością przetestował piękny, czerwony fortepian!   Zgodnie z nauką Montessori zabawki powinny wydawać prawdziwe dźwięki, a nie sztuczne, dlatego z czerwonego instrumentu od Janod wydobywają się dźwięki prawdziwego fortepianu, tylko… takiego z mniejszą liczbą klawiszy, bo osiemnastoma.     Idealny prezent już od pierwszych lat dziecka, uczący rozpoznawania i zapamiętywania dźwięków (może pierwszych, prostych melodii?), a także rozwijający kreatywność.     Kulodrom gąsienica Kulodrom to zabawka, która wciąga każdego malucha, a taka, która przyciąga wzrok i jest solidnie wykonana tym bardziej. Nasz typ to drewniany kulodrom Gąsienica – także Janod. Po dwupiętrowej rampie wyglądającej jak łąka przetaczają się trzy fioletowe piłeczki ułożone w małą uśmiechniętą gąsienicę. Niewielkie piłeczki mieszczą się wygodnie w małych rączkach, ale nie są na tyle małe, żeby dziecko mogło je połknąć. Przy wylocie rampy znajduje się dzwoneczek, którego dźwięk sygnalizuje, że piłeczka zjechała na samo dno. Hipnotyzująca zabawka!           Jak podobają Ci się nasze pomysły na prezenty świąteczne? Masz jakieś swoje typy?  
- [Świąteczne prezenty dla niej](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/swiateczne-prezenty-dla-niej/): Świąteczne prezenty stanowią nie lada zagwozdkę dla bardzo dużej liczby osób. Jak wybrać prezent, który trafi w gusta obradowanej osoby? Przedstawiam Ci dziś propozycje świątecznych prezentów dla kilku grup kobiet.   Sądzę, że każdą osobę można przypisać do jakiejś grupy, którą łączą wspólne cechy i pasje. Propozycje na świąteczne prezenty podzieliłam na kilka takich przykładowych grupy – jestem pewna, że znajdziesz coś dla siebie czy dla kogoś, kogo chcesz obdarować!     Świąteczne prezenty Mama Dla Mamy ważne jest, by jej dzieci były zdrowe i szczęśliwe, a ona mogła za nimi nadążyć i miała zawsze wszystko pod ręką.     Moje propozycje na świąteczne prezenty dla niej to: Torba Lassig – bardzo wygodna i poręczna torba, mieszcząca wszystko, czego tylko mama niemowlaka lub małego dziecka może potrzebować. Posiada pojemną kieszeń główną zapinaną na zamek oraz wiele mniejszych kieszonek. Do torby dołożono poręczną, składaną matę do przewijania w kolorze torby, opakowanie termoizolacyjne na butelkę i kosmetyczka na drobiazgi; torba wykonana w 100% z poliestru z recyklingu, łatwa do czyszczenia i odporna na wilgoć. Plecak Lassig – wersja torby dla kobiet, które więcej czasu spędzają „w terenie”. Plecak dla wygody na dłuższe wycieczki, a gdy nie ma potrzeby nosić w nim pieluszek czy butelek idealnie sprawdza się do pracy jako plecak na laptop! Tak jak torba plecak posiada w zestawie matę, opakowanie na butelkę oraz minikosmetyczkę. Zachwyca jakością wykonania i mnogością kieszonek! Czasopismo dla Mam – ja z całego serca polecam Mint – pełen wartościowych artykułów i przydatnej wiedzy. Obecnie dostępny tylko magazyn online, a wydanie świąteczne można pobrać za darmo tutaj. Biżuteria personalizowana – osobiście posiadam personalizowaną bransoletkę od Lilou z grawerem, a także taką, do której przyczepione mam zawieszki trzech chłopców – symbolizujące Wojtka, Mikołaja i Maksia, moich trzech najważniejszych mężczyzn. Taka biżuteria będzie pięknym upominkiem i pamiątką dla każdej Mamy. Plakat z rysunkiem dziecka 1:1 – wow, to jest coś, prawda? Ręczny rysunek maleństwa, przy czym ten rysunek jest dokładnie tej wielkości, jakiej było nasze dziecko w chwili narodzin. Niesamowite! Taki rysunek z pewnością będzie wyglądał pięknie w pokoju dziecka. Segregator medyczny dla kobiet lub segregator #JestemKobietą – idealny, by mieć kontrolę nad swoim zdrowiem, pilnować zaplanowanych badań i badać się regularnie! Kurs Mama na czas – Pani Swojego Czasu stworzyła praktyczny kurs i specjalne do niego narzędzia, które pozwolą każdej Mamie zapanować nad domowym chaosem, zorganizować życie swojej rodziny, wyznaczyć priorytety w całym tym domowym harmidrze oraz nauczyć tego dzieci! Piękna sukienka do karmienia – Milk & Love to marka stworzona dla kobiet w ciąży oraz Mam karmiących piersią, by mogły czuć się pięknie i komfortowo w każdej sytuacji. Sukienka czy bluza z praktycznym suwakiem pozwoli mamie karmiącej łatwo nakarmić Maluszka i jednocześnie wyglądać pięknie! Piękna koszula nocna umożliwiająca karmienie, taka jak np. Helena od Mamyginekolog, w 100% bawełniana, wiązana na troczki i dostępna w czterech kolorach! Świetny pomysł na elegancki i praktyczny prezent! Karta podarunkowa do Esotiq lub innego sklepu z bielizną będzie świetnym prezentem, jeśli boisz się kupić coś w ciemno. Taką kartę każda Mama będzie mogła dowolnie wykorzystać – na wygodny biustonosz do karmienia lub – jeśli nie karmi piersią – inną wygodną bieliznę, która zapewni jej odpowiednie podtrzymanie dla pociążowego biustu.   Dbająca o zdrowie Dbanie o zdrowie chyba nigdy nie straci na wartości, szczególnie teraz, w dobie pandemii koronawirusa. Jakie mam pomysły na świąteczne prezenty dla kobiety dbającej o zdrowie?     Pomysły na prezenty świąteczne dla dbającej o zdrowie to: Roller jadeitowy – delikatny masaż chłodnym jadeitem pozwala rozluźnić spięte mięśnie twarzy, poprawić mikrokrążenie, wygładzić skórę, a także pomaga zredukować opuchnięcia czy worki pod oczami. Jestem pewna, że każda kobieta dbająca o zdrowie będzie zachwycona! Szczotka do masażu na sucho to ostatnio hit. Choć takie szczotkowanie początkowo może być nieprzyjemne, z czasem skóra się przyzwyczaja, a efekty, jakie można osiągnąć, zdecydowanie są tego warte. Szczotkowanie skóry na sucho poprawia jej elastyczność, stymuluje układ odpornościowy i poprawia samopoczucie. Mata akupresyjna – może przerażać Cię leżenie na kłujących kwiatkach z plastiku, ale wierz mi, wystarczy 20 minut codziennie, by przynieść ulgę w bólu pleców, poprawić jakość snu i zredukować stres. Pomyśl, jaka to oszczędność, gdy osoba obdarowana taką matą nie będzie musiała regularnie płacić za masaże, tylko urządzić sobie masaż samodzielnie! Jedwabna poszewka lub frotka – dlaczego warto? Po pierwsze, w przeciwieństwie do bawełny, jedwab nie zatrzymuje w sobie bakterii. Po drugie, nie rozciąga skóry. Po trzecie, dostosowuje się do temperatury ciała – zależnie od potrzeby chłodzi lub ogrzewa. Po czwarte, nie plącze włosów, bo się po nich ślizga. Po piąte, jest hipoalergiczny. Po szóste… naprawdę, konieczne jest szóste? 😉 Coś z jedwabiu będzie strzałem w dziesiątkę! Pakiet badań – kobieta dbająca o zdrowie z pewnością ucieszy się z opłaconego kompletu badań dopasowanego do niej czy pakietu zdrowotnego w placówce medycznej, z którego będzie mogła dowolnie skorzystać. Sprawdź, co takiego możesz znaleźć w okolicy jej zamieszkania! Sundose to spersonalizowane suplementy. W zależności do zapotrzebowania i oczekiwań odbiorcy otrzymuje on unikalny zestaw suplementów w jednej saszetce. Odpowiedni pomysł dla kogoś, kto stawia na codzienną suplementację. Sesja floatingu – słyszałaś o tym? Floating to unoszenie się na wodzie w specjalnie przygotowanej do tego celu komorze. Takie dryfowanie na powierzchni wody pomaga zredukować stres, łagodzi bóle, pozwala się wyciszyć… a to tylko trzy z mnóstwa korzyści! Wyszukaj możliwość floatingu w mieście osoby, którą chcesz obdarować. Karnet do klubu fitness – o ile osoba obdarowana nie obrazi się za taki upominek, to z pewnością będzie zadowolona. Taki karnet to praktyczny upominek, który pomoże zachować zdrowe ciało, a co za tym idzie – zdrowego ducha! Blender Nutribullet – praktyczny pomysł na prezent dla miłośniczki zdrowych koktajli. Nieduży i kompaktowy, a o wielkiej sile. I łatwy do umycia! Kielich blendera o kształcie pocisku pozwala na rozdrobienie nawet najmniejszych kawałków koktajlu. Nasiona, grubsze skórki… nie są mu straszne! Dieta pudełkowa – wybierz taką dostępną w rejonie zamieszkania obdarowanej osoby. Cateringów pudełkowych naprawdę jest obecnie dostępnych wiele, a każdy z nich ma bogatą ofertę i możliwość wyboru spośród kilku diet i ich kaloryczności. Doskonały pomysł dla kogoś, kto chce jeść zdrowo i zbilansowanie, a nie zawsze ma czas na gotowanie.     Minimalistka Minimalistka to osoba, która nie chce się otaczać zbędnymi rzeczami, jest przeciwniczką konsumpcjonizmu i robienia zbędnych zakupów. Woli posiadać mniej, a cieszyć się z tego, co już się posiada.     Wśród moich pomysłów na prezenty świąteczne dla minimalistki znajdziesz: Książka Slow life – poradnik Joanny Glogazy o tym, jak żyć slow, znaleźć czas dla siebie w zabieganym życiu, umieć określać priorytety i pielęgnować codzienne rytuały. A to wszystko, by osiągnąć work-life balance. Abonament Legimi – ucieszy się z niego szczególnie mól książkowy, który nie chce wydawać pieniędzy na nowe książki, a zasoby pobliskiej biblioteki nie są wystarczające. Legimi to dziesiątki tysięcy książek dostępnych bez limitu, do których można mieć dostęp nie tylko na czytniku, ale również smartfonie, tablecie czy komputerze! Kurs online – jeśli wiesz, czym interesuje się osoba, którą chcesz obdarować, możesz pokusić się o fajny kurs online. Wybór jest ogromny – kurs na wedding plannera, kurs fotograficzny, kurs kaligrafii, kurs obsługi Photoshopa… na pewno znajdziesz coś ciekawego! Prenumerata magazynu Pismo – Pismo to projekt realizowany pro publico bono, wydawany w wersji papierowej, online oraz audio. Nie jest magazynem opiniotwórczym, nie porusza tematów politycznych – traktuje o szeroko pojętej kulturze oraz etyce, oferuje reportaże pisane na wysokim poziomie. Pismo jest wydane niezwykle pięknie i estetycznie, współpracuje z polskimi ilustratorami, którzy tworzą na stronach Pisma małe dzieła sztuki. Prezent marzeń – postaw na wrażenia i doświadczenia, a nie na rzeczy materialne. Skok na spadochronie, lot szybowcem, lot balonem lub spa – to coś, co z pewnością sprawi przyjemność osobie obdarowanej! Upewnij się tylko, czy jest miłośniczką adrenaliny, czy też woli spokojniejsze rozrywki 😉 Produkty Fairtrade – minimalizm oznacza jakość, dlatego dobrym pomysłem na świąteczne prezenty mogą być także jakościowe kawy i herbaty, które dodatkowo są etycznie pozyskane. Kawa ta pochodzi od rolników, którzy za swoją pracę otrzymują stabilną cenę, a przy produkcji nie jets wykorzystywana praca dzieci. Chemex – może być w komplecie z kawą 🙂 Chemex to wynalezione w 1941 roku urządzenie do zaparzania kawy w kształcie klepsydry. Wyprodukowane z żaroodpornego szkła, które nie pochłania zapachów, więc nie wpływa na smak kawy. Wystarczy pyszna kawa i papierowe filtry, by móc zaserwować gościom kawę w eleganckim naczyniu. Wieczne pióro – jedno i na zawsze. To się nazywa minimalizm! Wspólnie spędzony czas – jeśli minimalista stawia na doświadczenia i wrażenia, a nie rzeczy materialne, można zaproponować wspólne domowe spa, wyjście na dobrą kawę lub wyjście do restauracji (gdy tylko będzie to możliwe). Zapytaj – nie jest to urocze i zaskakujące, ale bardzo często minimaliści potrzebują jakiejś jednej konkretnej rzeczy. Coś mogło się niedawno zepsuć lub zniszczyć, w takiej sytuacji najlepiej spełnić życzenie drugiej osoby.     Wszystkomająca „Ja wszystko mam”, „Nic nie chcę”, „Niczego nie potrzebuję” – ile razy to słyszałaś od bliskiej Ci kobiety? Prawda jest taka, że choć wszystko ma, na pewno jesteś jeszcze w stanie czymś ją zaskoczyć. Tutaj najlepiej sprawdzą się prezenty niematerialne (podobnie jak w przypadku minimalistki).     Jakie są moje propozycje na świąteczne prezenty dla wszystkomającej? Piękna, elegancka piżama Nubes – sama mam taką, więc polecam z całego serca. W ofercie jest również piżama ze świątecznym motywem – mam taką nie tylko ja, ale również moi synkowie, gdyż można dokupić piżamę dla dziecka z identycznym wzorem! Warto podarować komuś odrobinę otulenia w piżamie z dobrej jakościowo, 100% bawełny. Karta podarunkowa do całego centrum handlowego –  taką opcję oferuje np. gdyńska Riviera. To dobry pomysł dla kogoś, kto ma wszystko, ale z pewnością od czasu do czas odwiedza galerię, by kupić coś nowego do domu, nową odzież lub obuwie. W ten sposób będzie miała możliwość wykorzystania środków na karcie dokładnie  w taki sposób, w jaki potrzebuje. Voucher do SPA – nawet jeśli ktoś wszystko ma, to zdecydowanie doceni możliwość odprężenia i luksusu w SPA. Coś dla miłośników mocnych wrażeń – skok na bungee, skok ze spadochronem lub jazda samochodem terenowym dostarczą mnóstwa wrażeń i fantastycznych wspomnień. Karta podarunkowa Spotify Premium – wiesz, że osoba, którą chcesz obdarować uwielbia słuchać muzyki? Spotify to usługa streamingowania milionów utworów muzycznych z całego świata. Można korzystać z niej darmowo, ale opcja Premium to m.in. słuchanie muzyki bez reklam z możliwością swobodnego pomijania utworów. Kartę możesz zakupić za 20, 60 oraz 120 zł, w zależności od tego, jak długi czas słuchania muzyki bez przeszkód chcesz podarować. Miesięczny dostęp do konta Premium wynosi 19,99. Karta podarunkowa Netflix – podobny pomysł jak karta Spotify, tylko ta jest dla kinomanów. Wraz z tą kartą podarujesz komuś dostęp do setek filmów, seriali, programów, bajek i kreskówek. Przydatne szczególnie teraz, gdy kina są zamknięte. Netflix za jedną osobę miesięcznie to 34 zł (im korzysta więcej osób, tym koszt miesięczny jest niższy). Kartę możesz zakupić za 60, 80 oraz 120 zł. Profesjonalna sesja zdjęciowa – miłym prezentem może być wykupienie profesjonalnej sesji zdjęciowej. Dla kogo? Na przykład dla młodej mamy, która chce mieć piękne zdjęcia swojego dziecka, dla narzeczonych, by uwiecznić ostatnie chwile razem, nim zostaną mężem i żoną lub po prostu dla pięknej kobiety – niezależnie od wieku, by mogła poczuć się jak Gwiazda! Cinema City Unlimited – znasz już? To karta, która daje możliwość nielimitowanego oglądania filmów w kinach sieci Cinema City w całej Polsce. Można praktycznie nie wychodzić z kina! 🙂 Trzymamy kciuki za szybkie otwarcie kin! Lekcja tańca – czy to pole dance, batchatta, taniec brzucha, salsa czy hip-hop – każdy taniec jest dobry, by nieco się poruszać! Lekcje tańca to fajny prezent! Kupony na przyjemności – idealny prezent dla żony lub przyjaciółki i super DIY. Coś w stylu kuponów walentynkowych Elizy Wydrych. Rusz głową, postaw na kreatywność i prezent wykonany własnoręcznie!     Technolożka Technolożka, gadżeciara… kobieta uwielbiająca technologię. Co warto jej podarować?     Moje pomysły na świąteczne prezent dla niej to: Słuchawki Bluetooth – praktyczne, wygodne i w kobiecym kolorze  – czego chcieć więcej? Do słuchania muzyki i do rozmów. Powerbank – przydatny podczas zabieganego dnia, gdy nie ma możliwości ani czasu na ładowanie telefonu sieciowo. Wystarczy wrzucić telefon z podłączonym powerbankiem do torby i telefon się ładuje. Etui na telefon – jeśli znasz model. Dostępne w pięknych wzorach lub z dowolnym zdjęciem – cieszą oko i zapewniają dodatkową ochronę dla telefonu! Kobiecy smartwatch – zobacz tylko, jaki piękny! Minimalistyczny design, klasyka i elegancja. Prócz zegarka to także m.in. 7 dyscyplin sportowych, pulsometr, pomiar ciśnienia, krokomierz i pomiar spalonych kalorii. Głośnik JBL – sama mam w kolorze złotym i nie wiem, co bym bez niego zrobiła. Towarzyszy mi codziennie podczas pracy w biurze. Włączam ulubioną muzykę, która mnie nie rozprasza i od razu przyjemniej się pracuje! Wystarczy naładować, a później połączyć z telefonem za pośrednictwem bluetooth, by swobodnie słuchać muzyki aż do 5 godzin! Etui na laptop z ekoskóry – miękki materiał, sprężysta pianka, pastelowy kolor i ochrona laptopa. Przydatne akcesorium dla technolożki-gadżeciary! Czytnik e-booków – o ile jeszcze nie ma, bo jeśli jest miłośniczką technologii, może już posiadać. Na rynku dostępne kilka firm produkujących czytniki, spośród nich zdecydowanie najbardziej znaną jest Kindle. Cała biblioteka zawsze pod ręką! Ładowarka indukcyjna – ładowarkę o wyglądzie dysku podłącza się do kontaktu, a telefon – zamiast gdziekolwiek wpinać – wystarczy położyć na niej. I się naładuje! Świetne, prawda? Szczoteczka indukcyjna – 62 000 obrotów szczoteczki na minutę. Zrobisz tyle, myjąc zęby tradycyjną szczoteczką? Nie sądzę 🙂 do tego ładownie szczoteczki kubkiem! Czystsze zęby, zdrowsze dziąsła, czujnik czasu mycia – to z pewnością ułatwia codzienną pielęgnację! Urządzenie do mikrodermabrazji – czyli pozostając w łazience, pielęgnacja skóry bez wizyty w salonie kosmetycznym. Ściera rogową warstwę naskórka, oczyszcza twarz, ujędrnia, spłyca blizny i niweluje drobne zmarszczki. Doskonały prezent dla kobiety!     Ekolożka Czy wiesz, że zużywamy tyle zasobów ekologicznych, jakbyśmy żyli nie na jednej, a na 1,6 Ziemi? Żyjemy „na kredyt”, co oznacza tyle, że co rok od dnia tzw. długu ekologicznego zapotrzebowanie, ale i zużycie surowców naturalnych przekracza zdolność ich dostarczenia (czy odtworzenia) w ciągu roku przez naszą planetę. Wszystko, co zużywamy po tej dacie (im późniejsza, tym lepiej, co roku niestety ten dzień przypada coraz wcześniej, np. w roku 2019 był to 29 lipca, w tym zaś: 22 sierpnia, a to ze względu na pandemię – nie ma jednak się z czego cieszyć, dla porównania w 1970 roku był to dopiero 29 grudnia…), zużywamy na kredyt przyszłych pokoleń. Chyba się ze mną zgodzisz, że warto wybierać przedmioty, które pozwolą nam zadbać o Ziemię? Wśród moich propozycji świątecznych prezentów dla ekolożki znajdziesz: Książka Nie śmieci – propozycja od Julii Wizowskiej, prowadzącej blog Na nowo śmieci.  Aż 348 stron o tym, jak marnować mniej jedzenia, na co zwracać uwagę, kupując ubrania, czy rzeczywiście produkty opisane hasłami „bio” i „eko” są przyjazne dla środowiska i czy recykling w Polsce to fikcja – to tylko kilka pytań, na które odpowiada autorka w powyższej książce. Pozycja obowiązkowa dla każdego ekofreka. Książka Życie zero waste – książka Katarzyny Wągrowskiej to praktyczny poradnik, jak rzeczywiście żyć w duchu zero waste – świadomie i nie produkując odpadów. Kubek Keepcup – Keepcup to firma, która ze szkła i tworzyw sztucznych tworzy kubki wielorazowego użytku, których używanie ma przyczynić się do zmniejszenia używania kubków jednorazowych. Taki kubek można wziąć ze sobą do torby i kawę w kawiarni wypić właśnie z takiego kubka. Składany kubek Stojo – to dopiero pomysł! Moje odkrycie: składany silikonowy kubek dostępny w kilku rozmiarach, który tak jak Keepcup także ma zastąpić kubek jednorazowy. Poręczny i kompaktowy, nie zajmie dużo miejsca w torbie, można z niego skorzystać w każdej chwili, a po wypiciu zawartości – złożyć w szczelny, kompaktowy dysk! Naturalne kosmetyki – na rynku jest wiele firm, które oferują kosmetyki wegańskie, naturalne i bezpieczne. Jedną z nich jest np. 4szpaki. Tu znajdziesz mydła, szampony, odżywki, dezodoranty w kremie, sojowe świece… i wiele więcej! Wszystkie wyprodukowane z użyciem nierafinowanych, tłoczonych na zimno olejów roślinnych, naturalnych olejków eterycznych, ekstraktów, glinek, ziół czy maceratów. Wielorazowa maszynka do golenia – jak tradycyjna brzytwa, bardzo eko jest metalowa maszynka, do której mocuje się żyletkę. Dobry pomysł i dla kobiet, i dla mężczyzn! Wielorazowe sztućce i lunchbox ze stali nierdzewnej –  bawełniany futerał, a w nim bambusowy widelec, nóż z ząbkowanym ostrzem, łyżka, słomka i szczotka do czyszczenia. A lunchbox nie dość, że ze stali nierdzewnej, więc eko, to jeszcze w pięknym designie. Świetne! Woskowijki – słyszałaś o tym? Są to naturalne opakowania wielokrotnego użytku, których można używać zamiast woreczków foliowych, folii spożywczej, aluminiowej czy plastikowych pudełek. Bawełniane ściereczki nasączone mieszaniną na bazie wosku pszczelego pomagają utrzymać żywność świeżą, zaś po wykorzystaniu wystarczy je przepłukać wodą i wysuszyć, by móc używać ponownie! Bielizna z bawełny organicznej – Skrojone to polska marka, która szyje w Polsce w sposób etyczny biustonosze, majtki i body, a wszystko z bawełny organicznej z certyfikatem GOTS, czyli takiej, która wyrosła bez toksycznych środków wzrostu roślin. A do tego w duchu less waste i cruelty free. Odzież etyczna – ubrania tylko z certyfikowanych ekologicznych materiałów. Pochodzą z GAU, czyli gdyńskiej etycznej firmy, której styl to – jak sami piszą – „ponadczasowa prostota skandynawskiego minimalizmu zmieszana z odrobiną nonszalancji paryskiego stylu”. W ofercie m.in. spódnice, spodnie, bluz, topy i golfy. Less waste, slow i transparentność to słowa, które określają GAU.     Zorganizowana Są osoby, które nie wyobrażają sobie życia bez planu i dobrego zorganizowania. Planowanie i organizacja to ich życie! A są rzeczy, które w tej organizacji mogą pomóc.   Planner na dobry dzień – mojego pomysłu 🙂 Nieskromnie powiem, że to fantastyczne, holistyczne narzędzie do organizacji życia i osiągania work-life balance. Do praktykowania wdzięczności, dbania o zdrowie, finanse i sprawną organizację codziennego życia. Dostępny w trzech kolorach oraz w wersji z datami na 2021 oraz bez nich. Format A5. Teczka z ekoskóry – do kompletu z plannerem, bardzo praktyczna i wygodna, w formacie A4. Dostępna w takiej samej okleinie i tych samych kolorach co planner, zaopatrzona w notes z szerokimi liniami – idealny do notowania podczas spotkań, wykładów czy konferencji. Album tradycyjny – czyli taki do wklejania zdjęć. Można mieć porządek w zdjęciach na komórce, na komputerze, ale nic nie zastąpi zdjęć, które weźmiemy do ręki. Piękny, stojący na półce album kusi, by wziąć go w ręce i przeglądać, wracając wspomnieniami do pięknych momentów. Organizer na ścianę – najlepiej w widokiem tygodniowym. Farba tablicowa i korek wystarczą, by życie domowe było zorganizowane i każdy z członków rodziny wiedział co, gdzie i kiedy!’ Organizer na biżuterię – szklana podstawa z mosiężnymi słupkami różnej wysokości, na której można zawiesić biżuterię. Będzie nie tylko uporządkowana, ale i ładnie wyeksponowana, a łańcuszki nie będą leżały splątane w szufladzie. E-book Cele i planowanie – od Pani Swojego Czasu. Świetne będą również inne jej e-booki, np. „Jak zostać panią swojego czasu” czy „Jak zorganizować życie w rodzinie”. Pani Swojego Czaus, czyli Ola Budzyńska, sama nazywa siebie specem od czasu, planowania i ogarniania. Tworzy doskonałe e-booki, które pomagają określać swoje cele i dążyć do ich osiągnięcia, dobrze organizować siebie w czasie i dzięki temu mieć też czas dla siebie. Polecam! Szkatuła na biżuterię – w rozmiarze supersize, elegancka, z wygodnymi przegródkami, pomoże utrzymać ład w swoich błyskotkach, a nawet zabierać ją ze sobą w podróż, by móc zachwycać codziennie inną biżuterią! Szklana szkatuła – piękna, elegancka, z lustrzanym dnem i metalowymi okuciami w złotym kolorze. Pozwala na organizację biżuterii nie tylko.     Joginka Joga od wielu lat staje się coraz popularniejszą praktyką dbania o siebie. Nic dziwnego, bo za jej sprawą stajemy się bardziej zrelaksowani, uspokojeni oraz zdrowsi. Jogę można praktykować zawsze i w każdych warunkach. Jest rewelacyjnym rozwiązaniem dla osób, które nie przepadają za mocno intensywnymi ćwiczeniami, a poszukują czegoś, co rozciągnie i wzmocni ich partie ciała. Propozycje prezentów dla joginek to prezenty dla osób zarówno początkujących, jak i tych bardziej zaawansowanych.     Korkowa mata do jogi – ta przepiękna mata przypadnie do gustu miłośnikom minimalizmu i ekologii. Korek zapewnia idealną przyczepność do podłoża, dzięki czemu praktyka jogi stanie się dużo przyjemniejsza. Kauczukowa mata do jogi – kauczuk to idealny materiał do mat na jogę. Po pierwsze jest naturalny, a po drugie bardzo skutecznie uniemożliwia ślizganie się powierzchni. Maty joy in me przypadną do gustu tym joginkom, które ogromnie cenią sobie walory estetyczne. Makramowy pasek do maty – ten stworzy przez Julię Wizowską to świetny prezent dla wszystkich miłośniczek jogi, które ze swoją matą przemieszczają się dalej niż swoje cztery ściany 😉 Pasek został stworzony w duchu less waste. Zestaw do jogi – to świetny prezent dla wszystkich osób, dla których joga staje się codziennością. Zestaw z akcesoriami pozwoli im kontynuować swoją nową pasję oraz poszerzać swoje jogowe umiejętności. Legginsy modelujące – podobno na nasze samopoczucie wpływa bardzo mocno to, jak wyglądamy. Z legginsami do jogi można wyglądać tak bardzo kobieco, że aż nie chce się odpuszczać treningu! Yogi Tea – te herbaty znane są pewnie niejednej maniaczce dbania o duchowy spokój. Herbaty występują w wielu wariantach smakowych, głównie bardzo egzotycznych, które umilą każdy dzień. Poduszka do medytacji – na przykład taka w pięknym kolorze fuksji umożliwi komfortową medytację, a tym samym pozwoli się wyciszyć i wejść w głąb siebie. Prezent dla tych, którzy w jogę i medytację są już bardziej zagłębieni. Piłka do ćwiczeń – piłka to uniwersalny przyrząd do ćwiczeń, który swoje zastosowanie znajduje również w praktyce jogi. Ćwiczy on równowagę oraz pozwala rozciągnąć niektóre partie ciała. Woreczek relaksacyjny – relaksacyjny woreczek na oczy od Spokojny umysł wypełniony jest płatkami kwiatów oraz nasionami. Położony na oczy ułatwia relaksację – doskonały prezent dla osób często medytujących lub mających problem z zasypianiem. Kadzidła purnamarituals – mogliście je widzieć na moim Instagramie. Pomagają w uważności oraz nowych praktykach mindfull. Ich zapach poprawia koncentrację oraz uspokaja. Prezent stworzony dla osób, które uwielbiają poszerzać swoje horyzonty.   Jak podobają Ci się moje propozycje prezentowe? Czy coś szczególnie Cię zainteresowało?  
- [Stokke Xplory](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/stokke-xplory-opinie-testy-wozkow-recenzja/): Pierwszy wózek wybrałam dlatego, gdyż mieścił się w całości z gondolą do bagażnika, drugi wózek dlatego, bo był funkcjonalny, choć nieco nudny, a trzeci wózek dlatego, że… się zakochałam! Pamiętam jak ukradłam kilka godzin w ciągu dnia dla siebie i Synka i postanowiłam zabrać go ze sobą na zakupy, które i tak musiałam zrobić. Wpakowaliśmy się z naszym wózkiem do windy, a obok nas zaparkował on… Stokke Xplory. Różnica pomiędzy naszym wózkiem a Xplory była kolosalna! Zakochałam się w nim wtedy po raz pierwszy, gdy zobaczyłam jak wysoko dziecko może być, jak blisko mnie! I zapragnęłam.   Z naszego okna widać morze, a gdy rodzina przyjeżdża do nas z centralnej Polski zawsze ma ze sobą czapki, aby im głowy nie urwało. My spędzamy na dworze możliwie jak najwięcej czasu, wiosna, lato, jesień, zima, godzinami jesteśmy na dworze, a wózek to główny środek transportu. Opatulenie dziecka tak, aby chłodny, nieprzyjemny wiatr mu nie dokuczał, aby zawsze mógł swobodnie nabrać oddech na tak długich wyjściach to na prawdę trudna sztuka, której nie mogłam opanować. Wtedy przeglądając zdjęcia na Instagramie natknęłam się mniej więcej na takie…   i przepadłam zupełnie, musiałam go mieć.   I tak niedługo później zamieszkał w naszym domu Stokke Xplory w cudownym kolorze szarym zwanym black malange z absolutnie wyjątkowym akcesorium jaki jest Winter-Kit – wybawienie na wszystkie jesienne, zimowe i wiosenne, wietrzne spacery. Nie tylko dla dziecka, ale i dla każdego, komu zdarzyło się w chłodny dzień wyjść na spacer z wózkiem bez rękawiczek. Obok specjalnej tapicerki zewnętrznej, budki i pokrowca – mufki także wchodzą w skład zimowego zestawu.   Gdy decydowaliśmy się na wózek Stokke Xplory nasze priorytety były następujące: niezmiennie – bardzo dobra ochrona przed wiatrem i chłodem, a także deszczem, śniegiem i słońcem niezmiennie – przekładane siedzisko – umożliwiające wożenie dziecka zarówno przodem jak i tyłem do rodzica siedzisko z regulacją wysokości, aby na spacerze być maksymalnie blisko siebie, a w restauracji móc je obniżyć i dopasować jego wysokość do stołu, przy którym siedzimy siedzisko rozkładane do płaskiej pozycji, choć do tej pory wybieraliśmy spacerówki rozkładane na płasko, po licznych poszukiwaniach zdecydowaliśmy się na wypróbowanie siedziska kubełkowego niezmiennie – spacerówka po złożeniu w całości mieszcząca się z niebyt dużym bagażniku samochodu klasy compact+ w wersji hatchback niezmiennie – opcja dokupienia gondoli, jeśli pojawi się drugie dziecko.   Nie musieliśmy szukać długo, aby utwierdzić się w decyzji i tak chwilę później w naszych drzwiach stanęła ta wielka paczka.     Nie ukrywam, że lekko przeraziłam się jej wielkości, bo jakoś zamawiając wózek zupełnie zapomniałam przymierzyć go do naszego bagażnika, ale ufff, pasował idealnie.   Po wyjęciu wózka z kartonu nie obyło się bez rzucenia okiem na instrukcję, ale już po chwili mogliśmy cieszyć się…     Rozkładając wózek na czynniki pierwsze…     Stelaż, prowadzenie, hamulec, rączka Jak bym miała określić stelaż wóżka Stokke Xplory jednym słowem, pewnie użyłabym słowa „kosmiczny”. Promieniście ułożone kółka, z których wychodzi niemal pionowo skierowany pałąk, na którym zamontowane jest siedzisko spacerówki – a można także zamontować na nim gondolę, która jest do kupienia osobno. Czyli jak we wszystkich wózkach, które do tej pory wybieraliśmy, nie jesteśmy skazani na wózek typu 2w1, tylko za odpowiednio niższą cenę możemy kupić jedynie jedną wersję wózka, głęboką lub spacerową, co pozwala zaoszczędzić sporą kwotę jeśli na moment zakupu lub na zakup gondoli i spacerówki w różnych wersjach kolorystycznych.     Wózek prowadzi się bardzo dobrze, lekko i jest absolutnie zwrotny, ma wąsko rozstawione kółka, przez co idealnie radzi sobie w sklepach, na parkingach, w restauracjach, ogródkach czy wąskich chodnikach. Nie można zapominać, że Stokke Xplory to typowy wózek miejski, na próżno więc szukać tu pompowanych, ciężkich kół czy amortyzacji, ale na prawdę w miejskich warunkach i nawet na krzywych chodnikach daje sobie dobrze radę, najmniej lubiąc się z kostką brukową, ale nie jest to nic, czego bym się nie spodziewała.   Rączka w wózku Stokek Xplory ma regulowaną wysokość, a także położenie, dzięki czemu będzie idealna zarówno dla bardzo wysokich osób, jak i dla niskich, a co więcej, także dla dzieci.     Nie muszę Wam mówić, że Miki uwielbia pchać swój wózek i robi to dwojako – pcha za podnóżek, gdy ja pcham za rączkę (gdy zaczęliśmy korzystać z tego wózka Miki jeszcze dobrze nie chodził i uwielbiał spacerować właśnie w ten sposób)  lub specjalnie dla niego opuszczam rączkę do minimalnej wysokości i pcha sobie wózek tak jak trzeba, no i sam oczywiście.     A to moja ulubiona funkcja – regulacja wysokości wózka – dzięki której łatwo dostosować wysokość siedziska do stołu, przy którym akurat siedzimy, a my możemy cieszyć się czasem spędzonym razem przy wspólnym stole nie tylko w domu, ale dosłownie wszędzie. To tak jak byśmy wszędzie zabierali ze sobą wysokie krzesełko do karmienia, w ogrodzie, w restauracji, w hotelu, no wszędzie!     Hamulec w wózku Stokke Xplory to kolejne miłe zaskoczenie – to najlepszy hamulec ever, czyli taki, który blokuje się jak i uruchamia naciskając na niego – nie ma tak jak w poprzednich naszych wózkach zwalniania hamulca poprzez podnoszenie dźwigni, nie ma więcej też obdartych i brudnych czubków butów. W ogóle powinien być zakaz produkowania innych hamulców 😉   Gondola Nasz wózek jest w wersji spacerowej, nie mieliśmy więc okazji przetestowania gondoli, ale widziałam ją w sklepie, nie jest duża, ale myślę, że wystarczająca. Jak już wspominałam świetnie, że można ją dokupić osobno i mam nadzieję, że będziemy mieli jeszcze ku temu okazję 🙂   Fajne jest to, że także na gondolę pasuje zestaw zimowy, a więc i w gondoli nie będzie trudno o zabezpieczenie dziecka przed wiatrem, słońcem i deszczem, czego bardzo brakowało mi w naszym pierwszym wózku, gdy to ratowałam się pieluchą muślinowa przypinaną do wózka na wszelkie możliwe, domowe sposoby.   Siedzisko spacerówki Siedzisko jest kubełkowe i sprawia wrażenie malutkiego i płytkiego, jednak nic bardziej mylnego. Jak już pisałam jest to nasza pierwsza kubełkowa spacerówka i bardzo bałam się tego rozwiązania, bałam się tego, że dziecko nie będzie mogło spać na płasko i wiecie co? Kubełkowe rozwiązanie sprawdza się idealnie, gdy dziecko nam przyśnie na siedząco, wtedy niepostrzeżenie robimy fik mik i bez zmieniania pozycji dziecka przekręcamy je do pozycji leżącej. W wózku rozkładanym na płasko, gdzie jednak dziecko musi zmienić pozycję z siedzącej na leżącą – gdyż obniżamy tylko oparcie – zdarzało mi się, że Miki od razu się wybudzał. Tutaj nie mamy tego problemu.     Siedzisko spacerówki ma 3 pozycje: siedzącą, relaksującą (półleżącą) i do spania, w ułożeniu siedziska przodem do rodzica można skorzystać z każdej z nich, natomiast w ułożeniu tyłem do rodzica możliwe są tylko pozycje siedząca i relaksująca (półleżąca).   W siedzisku są 5 punktowe pasy, z których bardzo łatwo można zrobić pasy 3 punktowe. Przez pierwsze dni obsługiwało się je dość ciężko, ale plastik bardzo szybko się wyrobił i pasy są dzisiaj bardzo wygodne w obsłudze.   Podnóżek ma regulowaną długość, dzięki czemu starsze dziecko nie będzie miało kolanek pod brodą, a wózek starczy na pewno na dłużej. My wciąż korzystamy z najwyższego poziomu, a Miki ma już 1,5 roku.   Wózek ma dużą, bardzo fajną budkę, która bardzo dobrze chroni przed wiatrem, słońcem i deszczem nawet bez dodatkowego zestawu winter-kit. Natomiast to co najbardziej mnie ucieszyło to to, że osłonka winter-kit, którą zakłada się także z zewnętrzną tapicerką wózka pasuje także do standardowej tapicerki, przez to cały czas mamy ją w torbie na zakupy, aby na wypadek bardzo silnego wiatru – a takie się u nas zdarzają – móc ją założyć. Ona nie jest w żaden sposób ocieplana, więc nada się nie tylko na zimę.   W komplecie siedziska jest pałąk, który można łatwo wypiąć, my natomiast cały czas z niego korzystamy. Wypinanie jego jest bardzo delikatne, może nawet aż za delikatne, gdyż czasami wypina nam się gdy wyciągamy malucha z wózka, a nie mieliśmy takiego zamiaru.     W komplecie do spacerówki była folia przeciwdeszczowa i moskitiera, a także torba do wózka.   Kosz na zakupy A właściwie wspomniana powyżej torba do wózka, bowiem nie mamy tu standardowego kosza podwieszonego pod wózkiem, ale torbę, którą możemy wyjąć i zabrać ze sobą. Gdy dziecko jest ustawione do nas przodem, dostęp do tej torby jest bardzo wygodny, niestety gdy dziecko jest ustawione przodem do świata i ma obniżony podnóżek, dostęp jest bardzo utrudniony. Torba nie jest też taka duża jak nasze poprzednie kosze, jest zapinana na zamek, więc nie wożę w niej zakupów (choć z powodzeniem mogłabym), które wieszam na rączce do wózka, ale za to zupełnie zrezygnowałam z torby pielęgnacyjnej, którą w poprzednich wózkach miałam zawieszoną na rączce.   Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Niezmiennie rozmiar naszego bagażnika pozostawia wiele do życzenia, ale wózek mieści się w nim w całości zostawiając po bokach sporo miejsca na zakupy czy torbę.   Wózek składa się łatwo, elementy bardzo dobrze do siebie pasują – na każdym kroku korzystania z wózka widać, że jest to produkt wysokiej jakości, natomiast niestety nie można złożyć stelaża razem ze spacerówką, te dwa elementy należy rozłączyć i wsadzić do bagażnika osobno, przez co składanie czy rozkładanie wózka nieco nam się wydłuża. Osobiście początkowo zastanawiam się gdzie po zdjęciu siedziska mam je odłożyć na czas składania stelaża, ale już opanowałam ten proces. Wadą dla mnie jest także to, że jeśli montujemy wózek przodem do rodzica, osobno zamontować i zdemontować musimy także podnóżek, czyli mamy trzeci element wózka, o którym musimy pamiętać, ale wynika to po prostu z jego niecodziennej konstrukcji.   Kolory Wózek dostępny jest w wielu kolorach i jestem pewna, że każdy znajdzie swój ulubiony. Ja sama miałam problem z wyborem i ostatecznie wahałam się pomiędzy naszą szarością zwaną black melange, a beżem. A to co jest najfajniejsze to to, że tapicerkę wózka można całkowicie wymienić. Pamiętam, jak kupując nasz poprzedni wózek wybrałam kolor beżowy, który strasznie szybko mi się znudził, a niestety  nie mogłam nic na to zaradzić, gdyż tapicerka nie była sprzedawana osobno. Akcesoria Nie tylko wymieniając cała tapicerkę możemy odmienić wózek, ale także wykorzystując akcesoria takie jak winter-kit czy summer-kit możemy odmienić wózek. Nasz zimą był czarny, a teraz jest szary, a to wciąż ten sam produkt. Niestety akcesoria tak samo jak wózek nie są tanie.   My na ten moment wykorzystujemy wspomniany winter-kit oraz uchwyt na kubek, na którym… wieszam zakupy! Wątpię, że producent przewidział go do tego celu, ale sprawdza się idealnie!     Ceny Wózek Stokke Xplory można kupić w następujących wersjach i cenach: Wersja głęboko-spacerowa tzw. 2w1: od 4 169 zł – sprawdź aktualną, najniższą cenę Wersja spacerowa: od 3 599 zł – sprawdź aktualną, najniższą cenę   Reasumując Wózek Stokke Xplory to miejski wózek na każdą pogodę i na każdą okazję. Jeśli podoba Wam się wizualnie i nie ograniczają Was zbytnio finanse, to z pewnością wybaczycie mu tych kilka niedogodności, wynikających z jego budowy, jak składanie w 2-3 elementach czy brak kosza na zakupy, a on odwdzięczy Wam się fantastyczną jakością i funkcjonalnością. To pierwszy wózek, o którym mogę powiedzieć, że z przyjemnością zostawię go sobie z myślą o drugim dziecku.   A jak Wam się podoba? Bo jak widać nam bardzo!
- [Plakaty do salonu - szybka metamorfoza](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/plakaty-do-salonu/): Plakaty do salonu w prosty sposób odmieniły parter naszego domu. Zaszły w nim małe wielkie zmiany, a to wszystko dlatego, że zrezygnowaliśmy z telewizora. Jaki efekt udało nam się uzyskać?   Rezygnacja z telewizora sprawiła, że mogliśmy przearanżować salon, ponieważ kanapa nie musiała już dłużej być w miejscu, które umożliwiało oglądanie telewizji. Kanapę zatem postawiliśmy w części kuchennej (stała w tym miejscu na samym początku, gdy się wprowadziliśmy), a stół stanął tam, gdzie kiedyś stał telewizor i kanapa.     Plakaty do salonu, zamiana stron, lampa…. – pomysł na szybką metamorfozę!   Co dzięki temu zyskaliśmy? Nasz salon ma aneks kuchenny i nie jest duży – jego powierzchnia to około 30 m2, a z niego jest wyjście na schody i korytarz. Ta prosta zamiana mebli sprawiła, że na środku naszego salonu pojawiło się dużo miejsca do zabawy i do tańczenia – miejsca, którego tak naprawdę brakowało nam, gdy na środku stała kanapa.     Kolejną korzyścią jest to, że teraz osoby siedzące na kanapie widzą dokładnie stół jadalniany. Nie ma takiej sytuacji, że osoby na kanapie siedzą tyłem do stołu, co miało miejsce wcześniej.   Przestawienie kanapy sprawiło też, że moje dzieci mają naturalny helper – pomocnik kuchenny – w postaci kanapy. By stanąć przy blacie kuchennym, nie muszą zawsze stawać na helperze, gdyż świetnie obsługują blat właśnie z poziomu kanapy.   Jedyna rzecz, która nam przeszkadzała w tej zamianie stron, to dwa obrazki, które wisiały wcześniej nad stołem, a teraz, nad kanapą, zaczęły wyglądać dość smutno i były rozstrzelone zbyt mocno od siebie. Gdy stał w tym miejscu stół, nie było widać, że obrazki i kinkiety są asymetrycznie powieszone na ścianie. Jednak gdy pojawiła się tu kanapa, kinkiety zaczęły wizualnie uciekać w lewo i było widać, że nie zostały powieszone symetrycznie względem kanapy.     Jakiś czas temu wrzuciłam powyższe zdjęcie na Instastory z pytaniem, na co zmienilibyście te dwa obrazy i pojawiło się mnóstwo odpowiedzi, żeby powiesić trzy obrazy – ja jednak nie chciałam takiego rozwiązania u siebie, ponieważ powieszone w ten sposób obrazy ma moja mama, moja siostra, moja teściowa…   Wtedy odezwała się do mnie Ania z bloga Bez Architekta i przysłała mi propozycję kolażu obrazów, który dzięki swojej asymetrii i różnym wielkościom obrazów sprawia, że gubimy asymetrię kinkietów na ścianie.   Gdy zobaczyłam zaproponowany przez Anię kolaż, wiedziałam, że to rozwiązanie dla mnie i pozostaje mi już tylko wybrać plakaty.     Plakaty do salonu Szybko weszłam na stronę desenio.pl – skąd mieliśmy już piękny plakaty w wieloryby do morskiego pokoju Mikołaja – i zamówiłam do salonu plakaty, które będą pasowały do kolażu zaproponowanego przez Anię.   Plakaty do salonu, które wybrałam: 1. Beige Body Lines (30×40) 2. Accept What Is (21×30) + Białe passe-partout, 21×30 cm 3. Texture Line Hands (21×30) 4. French Sketch No2 (30×40) 5. Eucalyptus Sketch (30×40) + Białe passe-partout, 50×70 cm 6. Calm Handwriting (21×30) 7. Line Heart (13×18) – czekam na przesyłkę 8. Ginkgo Beige No1 (30×40)   Do zaproponowanego przez Anię kolażu dołożyłam tylko jedną ramkę – tę najmniejszą, którą widzisz – i wszystko razem sprawiło, że efekt jest jak dla mnie rewelacyjny, bardzo ciekawy. Te kolory są ciepłe i spokojne – a to spokoju nam teraz najbardziej potrzeba. Są też elementy beżowe – poprzednie plakaty były z błękitem, które idealnie pasowały mi do wiosny i lata, a te beże pasują mi do jesieni i do ciepłych, domowych zimowych wieczorów przy kominku – jestem z tego wyboru bardzo zadowolona. Te plakaty do salonu w formie kolażu odmieniły nasze wnętrze.     Mam też dla Ciebie kod zniżkowy -25% na plakaty* w Desenio, ważny od 17.11 do 19.11! Kod rabatowy to: KUDELA25 Zaobserwuj na Instagramie @desenio po więcej plakatowych inspiracji! *Z wyłączeniem ramek i plakatów z kategorii Handpicked/Personalizowane   Jestem bardzo ciekawa, jakie wnętrza Ty chciałabyś odmienić plakatami? Lampa Lampa Vertigo, którą widzisz w salonie nad kanapą, początkowo wisiała i też zamówiliśmy ją z przeznaczeniem do naszej loftowej sali konferencyjnej, której realizacja – z uwagi na covidowe zamieszania – niestety przesunęła się w czasie. Nie chciałam, żeby ta piękna lampa marnowała tam swój potencjał i nikt jej nie oglądał, dlatego przywiozłam ją do domu „tymczasowo”, a tak naprawdę… mam wrażenie, że tej lampy tu brakowało. Że jest ona tak idealnym uzupełnieniem salonu, że śmieję się, że ona tu chyba zostanie, a inną, np. w  kolorze miedzianym, zawieszę w pokoju konferencyjnym… będziemy musieli z Wojtkiem mocno przemyśleć, jakie mamy plany co do tej lampy 😉     Ostatnio odwiedziła nas moja mama i gdy dowiedziała się, że to lampa z biura i być może tam wróci, spojrzała na mnie i powiedziała: „Agnieszko, ta lampa „robi” cały ten pokój, to jest dzieło sztuki, wszystko możesz  z tego pokoju wynieść, ale lampa musi zostać”. No cóż, było mi bardzo miło i to akurat jest prawda – też myślę, że ta lampa to wisienka na torcie.       Drewniane elementy To, czego jeszcze nie widać na zdjęciach, to to, że te drewniane rameczki pięknie nawiązują do drewna, z którego wykonane są schody i z którego będą wykonane półeczki w kuchni, ale to jeszcze za chwilę. Nawiązują one też do krzeseł, które mamy przy stole jadalnianym, a to wszystko w myśl zasady, żeby powtarzać pewne materiały i kolory. Kiedyś drewno było tylko na schodach, przez co wydawały się trochę z innej bajki, dlatego teraz stopniowo staram się wplatać te drewniane elementy w pozostałą przestrzeń.     Na kominku również zawisł plakat z Desenio – zupełnie go tu nie planowałam, wisiał tam haczyk, na którym co roku wieszamy wieniec na Boże Narodzenie i przypadkowo pięknie uzupełnił tę przestrzeń nad kominkiem. Plakat: Painted Lines No2 (21×30) + ramka: Zawieszka do plakatu 22 cm, dąb, mocowanie magnetyczne     Jadalnia Po zamienieniu miejscami kanapy i stołu – stół nie jest już tak wciśnięty między kuchenny blat a ścianę, więc mogliśmy pozwolić sobie na to, że jest cały czas rozłożony i cały czas zastawiony na 6 osób. Jest to świetna sprawa, bo czy jest u nas babcia, czy też ktoś nas odwiedza, to może razem z nami bez problemu usiąść przy stole, bez zamieszania związanego z rozsuwaniem. My zaś mamy na co dzień więcej miejsca do zabawy – do układania puzzli czy grania w planszówki, czyli tego, co w jesienne wieczory dzieciaki i dorośli w naszym domu lubią najbardziej.     Tak naprawdę za stołem jest jeszcze miejsce na zabudowę, która początkowo miała być zabudową na telewizor, a teraz będzie zabudową do przechowywania, jednak z możliwością, że ten telewizor będzie mógł się tam znów w przyszłości pojawić. Nie wykluczamy, że kiedyś zmieni nam się pomysł na ten salon i stwierdzimy, że telewizor jednak będziemy chcieli tam mieć, szczególnie, że przygotowane są w ścianie tunele, by telewizor powiesić, a kable ukryć.   Nad stołem jadalnianym zawisła lampa, która kolorem nawiązuje do kinkietów i innych złotych dekoracji, które mamy w salonie i innych, które będziemy chcieli wprowadzić w myśl tego, by kolory powtarzać. Tak samo do lampy Vertigo będziemy chcieli gdzieś postawić lampkę na czarnej nóżce, by ten czarny kolor też powtórzyć w innym miejscu salonu.   Konsolka Za stołem zamieszkała konsolka, która przynieśliśmy z sypialni.     Ta konsolka świetnie wypełniła miejsce za stołem, jest idealnym pomocnikiem. Trzymamy na niej dekoracje, ale także kocyki, którymi się przykrywamy w jesienne wieczory, aktualnie czytane książki czekające na dokończenie i trochę dekoracji. Okazała się idealnym miejscem na piękne świąteczne dekoracje.     I jak Ci się podoba nasza metamorfoza salonu? Tak naprawdę tylko nastąpiła zamiana stron meble, pojawiła się konsolkę z sypialni, zawisły plakaty do salonu, a wnętrze odmieniło się diametralnie!     PS Zdałam sobie też sprawę, że choć mieszkam tu 7 lat, nigdy nie pokazałam na blogu naszej kuchni. Daj znać w komentarzu, czy chcesz ją zobaczyć 🙂
- [List do nienarodzonego dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/list-do-nienarodzonego-dziecka/): To najbardziej intymna rzecz, jaką robię, ale mam poczucie, że ten list więcej dobrego już nie zdziała, leżąc na dnie mojego kuferka pamięci.     Gdynia, 4 grudnia 2013 roku   Myszki moje ukochane.   Jak okrutne stało się życie, gdy Was zabrakło. Każdy mój dzień jest pełen bólu i samotności. Nic już nie będzie takie jak dawniej. A ta rana w moim sercu wydaje się nigdy nie zagoić.   Że jest Was dwoje dowiedziałam się dopiero w szpitalu, jak już umarliście, choć nadal byliście w moim brzuszku. A na mojej twarzy pojawił się uśmiech.   Mam Wam wciąż tyle do dania: mój czas, Wasz pokoik, mebelki i własnoręcznie uszytą pościelkę. Mój czas, i te 2 lata na wyłączność, które zarezerwowałam specjalnie z okazji Waszego poczęcia i przyjścia na świat. Żebyście mogli rosnąc spokojnie w moim brzuszku, żeby móc się Wam codziennie opiekować i razem spędzać czas. By nie ominął mnie żaden Wasz pierwszy uśmiech czy krok.   Bóg mi Was zabrał, a ja zostałam sama. Z moim czasem, z moją miłością, z tym wszystkim, co chcę Wam dać. Tylko Was nie ma i choć tak bardzo chcę, nic Wam nie dam. Zamiast dekorować Wasz pokoik i wybierać wyprawkę, musiałam wybrać dla Was trumienkę i nagrobek. I kwiaty. Niebieskie.   Chłopcy moi kochani, najukochańsi, Piotrusiu i Pawełku, Mamusia kocha Was nad życie, które niejako skończyło się wraz z Waszym odejściem.   I to, że nikt mnie nie rozumie, nikt nie chce sobie wyobrazić, jak strasznie mi Was brakuje, mi nie pomaga. Jaki ogromny ból odczuwam w związku z tym, że nigdy Was nie poznam, nie przytulę, nie ukocham. Że nie powiem Wam, że jesteście dla mnie całym moim światem. Że nikt inny Was nigdy nie pozna i tym bardziej nie zrozumie mojego cierpienia.   Myszki moje ukochane, mam nadzieję, że jesteście gdzieś w niebie. Jako Wasza Mama powinnam Wam pomagać, a dziś to ja proszę Was o wstawiennictwo u Pana Boga. Boże, daj mi siłę, daj mi siłę, by dalej żyć. Daj mi siłę, dla ICH Taty. Pomóż mi się z moimi Dziećmi pożegnać i rozstać. Panie Boże, proszę Cię o siłę, gdyż mi jej już zabrakło.   Wasz Tata mówi, że nie jesteście ze mnie dumni, bo się tak zupełnie rozsypałam. Ale jak można zaakceptować odejście tak wspaniałych istotek jak Wy?   Zawsze będziecie w moim sercu, nigdy o Was nie zapomnę i zawsze będę za Wami tęsknić. I nic tego nie zmieni. Nie ma bowiem takiej mocy, która by pokonała taką miłość.   Agnieszka 20 września 2013
- [Pochówek dzieci nienarodzonych](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pochowek-dzieci-nienarodzonych/): Odeszli za wcześnie czyli pochówek dzieci nienarodzonych   Rodzina jest najmniejszą z grup społecznych – powołaną do rozkwitu i owocowania. Ono jest najbardziej widoczne wtedy, gdy na świat przychodzą dzieci. Moment w którym się pojawiają – to indywidualna i delikatna kwestia. Tym bardziej wszelkie decyzje w tym zakresie powinny należeć do osób najbardziej zainteresowanych czyli do przyszłych rodziców.   Czasem jednak oczekiwanie na dziecko, mimo starań o jego narodziny, zdaje się dłużyć w nieskończoność. Statystyki pokazują, że problem z płodnością dotyka już ok. 1,5 mln par w Polsce. Zdarza się też, i to nierzadko, że upragnione dziecko pojawia się wprawdzie, ale na krótko – i odchodzi, zanim rodzice zdołają się ucieszyć z jego przybycia. Poronienia lub mocno przedwczesne narodziny były, są i pozostaną prawdziwymi dramatami dla osób, które oczekują na swoje maleństwa. Większość par nie chce nawet pomyśleć, że ten ból mógłby stać się ich udziałem. Jednak, gdy stają w obliczu tej tragedii – wtedy w sercach i umysłach rodzi się wiele pytań i dylematów. Wśród nich jest zazwyczaj i ten dotyczący organizacji pogrzebu dziecka nienarodzonego.   Przepisy prawne, które podlegały również w czasie ostatniego dwudziestolecia różnym nowelizacjom – w dniu 26 maja 2011 roku przyjęły brzmienie ustawy sejmowej, obowiązującej od 14 października 2011. W jej myśl rodzice są uprawnieni do pochówku dziecka, które urodziło się martwe – i to niezależnie, jak długo trwała ciąża. Aby taki pochówek mógł się odbyć – rodzice mają prawo wystąpić o wydanie zwłok swojego zmarłego przed narodzeniem dziecka i otrzymać jego kartę zgonu. W ten sposób rozpoczyna się procedura organizacji pochówku.   Warto jednak pamiętać, że może zaistnieć taka sytuacja, gdy koszt pogrzebu dziecka nienarodzonego – w trybie art. 11 ust. 5a ustawy o cmentarzach i chowaniu zmarłych – czyli wtedy, gdy lekarz nie wyda pisemnego zgłoszenia urodzenia dziecka, a jedynie wystawi kartę zgonu do celów pochówku, rodzice muszą pokryć we własnym zakresie.   Kiedy tak się dzieje? Przede wszystkim wtedy, gdy ustalenie płci dziecka jest trudne albo niemożliwe. Najczęściej ten problem pojawia się, gdy poronienie nastąpiło na bardzo wczesnym etapie ciąży, a rodzice nie decydują się na przeprowadzenie badań genetycznych, aby tę płeć poznać. Zaniechanie przeprowadzenia takiego badania wiąże się nie tylko z niemożnością ustalenia wielu kwestii formalnych, ale także z brakiem uprawnień rodziców do uzyskania pomocy socjalnej – takiej, jak zasiłek macierzyński, urlop macierzyński oraz zasiłek pogrzebowy.   Badania genetyczne wiążą się ze sporymi, przynajmniej dla niektórych rodziców, kosztami, gdyż ich cena to ok. 400-500 złotych. Nawet do niedawna do karty zgonu dziecka – zwłaszcza zmarłego w pierwszych tygodniach ciąży – lekarze wpisywali płeć uprawdopodobnioną, opartą na „przeczuciu rodziców”. Obecnie jednak zaniechali tej praktyki, argumentując taką decyzję niechęcią do urzędowego poświadczania faktu trudnego do potwierdzenia w sposób formalny. W takiej sytuacji, mimo wizji poniesienia kosztów, lepszym wyjściem zdaje się być decyzja o przeprowadzeniu badań genetycznych. Przemawiać mogą za tym dwa argumenty. Pierwszy z nich związany jest z możliwością otrzymania świadczeń socjalnych, które dla wielu osób stanowią dużą pomoc w tych trudnych chwilach. Drugi zaś argument jest związany z psychologią. Gdy rodzice, po przeprowadzeniu badań genetycznych, wiedzą już, czy ich zmarłe dziecko było chłopcem czy dziewczynką – mogą nadać mu też imię, co jest bardzo pomocne w całościowym procesie przeżywania żałoby.   Jeśli płeć dziecka jest znana – rodzice, którzy pragną pochować swoje nienarodzone dziecko – po uzyskaniu od szpitala karty martwego urodzenia muszą dostarczyć ją w ciągu jednego dnia do Urzędu Stanu Cywilnego. Tam, w USC, następuje pisemne protokolarne zgłoszenie urodzenia dziecka oraz sporządzany jest – na podstawie powyższych dokumentów – akt urodzenia dziecka opatrzony adnotacją „dziecko martwo urodzone”. Tylko na podstawie takich dokumentów, złożonych w ZUS-ie, rodzice mogą uzyskać zasiłek macierzyński oraz zasiłek pogrzebowy w kwocie 4000 zł na pokrycie kosztów pogrzebu.   Niezależnie od tego, czy płeć dziecka jest znana czy też nie – rodzina lub osoba, która się do tego zobowiąże – ma prawo do organizacji indywidualnego pochówku dziecka nienarodzonego. Po okazaniu karty zgonu (w przypadku gdy nie jest znana płeć – karta ta jest wystawiana do celów pochówku) ciałko maleństwa jest odbierane przez zakład pogrzebowy i przygotowywane do pogrzebu. Podobnie, jak w przypadku innych pochówków, w administracji cmentarza zostaje ustalona data oraz dokładne miejsce pogrzebu.   Wielu rodziców ma życzenie, aby pogrzeb ich nienarodzonego dziecka miał charakter religijny. Wystarczy zgłosić to w kancelarii parafialnej – niezależnie, czy dziecko zdążyło być ochrzczone czy też nie. Kościół katolicki – w myśl obowiązujących przepisów – prośbę rodziców o religijny pochówek traktuje jak pragnienie chrztu dla ich dziecka. Dlatego liturgia pogrzebowa dziecka nienarodzonego jest zwyczajną liturgią pogrzebową. Warto podkreślić, że nie jest to obrzęd „pokropku”, ale normalny pogrzeb, podczas którego wykorzystuje się teksty liturgiczne, przewidziane właśnie na pogrzeb dzieci nieochrzczonych. Wśród ceremonii żałobnych może być też Msza Święta. Nie odprawia się jej jednak w szatach koloru fioletowego (który to kolor jest zwyczajnym kolorem używanym w liturgii pogrzebowej), ale w szatach liturgicznych koloru białego. Nie jest to bowiem msza w intencji dziecka, ale w intencji rodziców – dlatego nie musi być odprawiona w dniu pogrzebu, ale może odbyć się w każdym innym  terminie.   Nie wszyscy jednak rodzice podejmują decyzję o samodzielnej organizacji pogrzebu swojego nienarodzonego dziecka. Zazwyczaj w takich przypadkach jego ciało trafia do szpitalnego prosektorium –na kilka tygodni lub miesięcy. To czas, gdy rodzina nadal ma szansę, aby taką decyzję o przeprowadzeniu pogrzebu podjąć. Jeśli jednak po upływie tego czasu się na to nie zdecyduje – istnieje prawdopodobieństwo, że dziecko zostanie pochowane w zbiorowej, specjalnej mogile w czasie zbiorowego pogrzebu, który jest organizowany w wielu miastach Polski.   Taki pochówek dzieci nienarodzonych ma miejsce raz lub kilka razy w roku – między innymi w dniu 15 października. Wtedy to jest obchodzony Dzień Dziecka Utraconego. Data wybrana na to wspomnienie i refleksję nie jest przypadkowa – oznacza bowiem umowny koniec ciąży, która rozpoczęła się ok. 1 stycznia.   Przedwczesna śmierć dziecka jest dla rodziców zawsze bardzo trudnym doświadczeniem – tym trudniejszym, że niejednokrotnie oprócz wewnętrznego dramatu zmuszeni są oni mierzyć się z  brakiem empatii, niezrozumieniem czy bolesnymi uwagami ze strony osób nieraz najbliższych. Warto jednak pamiętać, że przeżywanie żałoby – w sposób szczególny związanej z dzieckiem utraconym – to sprawa bardzo delikatna oraz indywidualna, która nie może podlegać zewnętrznej ocenie, a tym bardziej krytyce. Miłość zaś, którą przyniosło nienarodzone maleństwo – przez sam fakt swojego zaistnienia – ma moc, wraz z upływającym czasem, leczenia ran, łagodzenia bólu i promieniowania nadzieją…   Ten tekst przygotowała dla nas moja koleżanka, Agnieszka Skowrońska – z całego serca jej za to dziękuję.   Zajrzyj do kategorii „poronienie” i przeczytaj moje pozostałe teksty i obejrzyj filmy związane z tą trudną tematyką utraty dziecka.
- [Maltańczyk - pies, który zmienił nasze życie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maltanczyk-pies/): Maltańczyk – czyli jak pies niespodziewanie pojawił się w naszym życiu? Nie ukrywam, że przez ostatnie bardzo intensywne zawodowo i rodzinnie lata nie wyobrażałam sobie psa w naszym życiu. Mimo że bardzo dbam o work-life balance, to i tak mam wrażenie, że zbyt często spina się on bardzo cieniutkimi niteczkami. Dzieci są małe i wymagające, oboje z Wojtkiem mamy nienormowane godziny pracy, często wyjeżdżamy… nie widziałam w naszym życiu miejsca na psa. Do czasu.     Kiedy 3 lata temu zostałam mamą Maksia, zbiegło się w czasie, że moja siostra Ania została psią mamy maltańczyka Molly.  Uczyłam się życia z dwójką dzieci, które początkowo tak mnie przerastało, że przez kilka miesięcy nie byłam nawet w stanie wyjść z dwójką dzieci z domu. Gdyby miał być z nami jeszcze pies, to by był kosmos – czułam, że zdecydowanie by mnie to przerosło…     Mimo więc częstych wzajemnych odwiedzin starałam się nie zakochiwać w psie mojej siostry. Po pierwsze dlatego, że wówczas zakochiwałam się w moim synku, po drugie nie chciałam robić sobie nadziei na żadnego zwierzaka, gdy widziałam, że w naszym życiu nie ma na niego miejsca, a po trzecie wiedziałam, że jeden z moich Synków ma alergię na koty.   Z tych powodów na początku troszkę się z tym pieskiem „próbowałam”, czy moje dzieci nagle nie zaczną się przez jego obecność dusić albo nie będą miały ciągłego kataru. Molly jest jednak w naszym życiu już od 3 lat, więc wszelkiego rodzaju rodzinne uroczystości, wyjazdy, święta czy po prostu weekendowe wyjazdy odbywają się także z Molcią, na szczęście nie pojawiły się żadne reakcje alergiczne… a chłopcy temat alergii już jakiś czas temu pożegnali.   Tak jak wspomniałam, ze względu na alergię siłą rzeczy nasze dzieci nie wychowywały się ze zwierzętami – przez pierwsze lata życia Mikusia nie odwiedzaliśmy znajomych, którzy mają koty, ponieważ mogło skończyć się to wizytą na SORze… Nawet wizyta znajomego, który ma kota, skutkowała tygodniowym katarem – dla rodziców takiego maluszka to zbyt dużo. Moje dzieci początkowo nie były więc Molcią zachwycone, wręcz nawet się jej troszkę bały – nic dziwnego. Gdy Molcia ich polizała, nie było to dla nich żadne fajne uczucie, nie było to radością, więc tematu posiadania pieska po prostu u nas w domu nie było.   Do czasu.   3 tygodnie temu zadzwoniła do mnie siostra z prośbą…   „Słuchaj Aga, my wyjeżdżamy na urlop, na który nie można zabrać pieska. Może zajęlibyście się Molcią przez 5 dni, 4 noce. Mogłoby to być dla Was fajną przygodą”.   Z jednej strony byłam podekscytowana, a z drugiej… troszkę przerażona. W końcu zdecydowałam, że weźmiemy pieska na próbę. Mieli wyjechać dopiero za tydzień, więc powiedziała Ani, że przyjedziemy po Molcię w sobotę i zostanie u nas do niedzieli, na jedną noc, żebyśmy mogli sprawdzić, czy damy radę.   Ania odpowiedziała, że myślała, że zrobi mi przyjemność, że od razu się zgodzę, bez wahania, że się ucieszę, że bez tych wszystkich obowiązków wynikających z posiadania psa, przez te kilka dni będziemy mogli poczuć się, jak byśmy pieska naprawdę mieli…   Dodała jednak, że jeśli mam wątpliwości, nie ma tematu – piesek zamieszka u jej przyjaciółki, która bardzo na niego czeka.   Przemyślałam to i musiałam przyznać jej rację: mało kto ma możliwość sprawdzenia, jak się żyje z psem, bez potrzeby kupowania psa, z pieskiem już odchowanym – marzenie! Odpowiedziałam jej więc, już bez wahania, że chętnie się Molcią zaopiekujemy na te 5 dni (w nadziei, że damy radę) 🙂   Poszłam do Wojtka z uśmiechem na ustach i powiedziałam, że na 5 dni będziemy mieli w domu pieska. Wojtek trochę kręcił nosem, że to weekend, że nigdzie nie pojedziemy, ale przekonałam go słowami Ani, że to wyjątkowa okazja dla naszej rodziny.   Zaczęliśmy więc przygotowywać się z dziećmi na przyjęcie Molci do naszego domu. Postanowiliśmy przyuczyć dzieci, że piesek to nie tylko wielka radość, ale też obowiązek, więc mieliśmy frajdę przy kupowaniu miseczek, smakołyków czy zabawki. Jako rodzice, którzy kiedyś przygotowywali się na nadejście dzieci, wiemy, że już same takie przygotowania są radością. Chcieliśmy, żeby i nasi synkowie czuli tę radość oczekiwania na przyjęcie w naszym domu nowego członka rodziny – choćby tylko tymczasowego.   Pojechałam po Molcię do Ani, a gdy przywiozłam ją do domu, byłam bardzo zaskoczona. Nasze dzieci, które podczas wszelkich spotkań z Molcią u mojej siostry nie były zbyt wylewne, teraz, na swoim, bezpiecznym terenie, totalnie się na tego pieska otworzyły.   Od pierwszego dnia było tulenie, dbanie, karmienie, chodzenie za pieskiem i częstowanie go smakołykami, głaskanie, wyznawanie uczuć, chodzenie na spacery- łącznie z wyrywaniem sobie nawzajem smyczy… Wieczorem chłopcy oczywiście zaprosili pieska do łóżka, by jeszcze przed snem go poprzytulać – nie zamierzałam im tego zakazać.   Nawet w najśmielszych snach nie spodziewaliśmy się, że tak zareagują, że tak bardzo się na pieska otworzą. Niesamowite jest też to, jak mój Mąż otworzył się na psiaka, widząc, jak zachowują się w stosunku do niego nasze dzieci. Wieczorem pozwalał jej wchodzić sobie na kolana, głaskał, bawił się jej łapkami…   To wszystko rzeczywiście stało się dla nas piękną przygodą i zdałam sobie sprawę, że jesteśmy w bardzo komfortowej sytuacji. Pracujemy przecież kilometr od domu, idziemy do pracy piękną aleją wśród drzew, a gdy pada, podjeżdżamy samochodem. Pracujemy u siebie, więc nie ma też problemu, żebym do pracy chodziła z psem. W związku z tym przez cały pobyt Molci u nas chodziłam z nią do pracy. Wspaniałe było też podejście wszystkich pracowników do pieska, którzy chętnie go głaskali i dawali się polizać.   Byłam spokojna, tłumaczyłam sobie, że to pewnie ten pierwszy dzień, nie nie nastawiałam się, że będzie tak przez całe 5 dni – nic bardziej mylnego. Stosunek Maksia i Mikusia do Molci wciąż pozostawał taki sam i był niczym innym jak obustronnym zachwytem i bezinteresowną miłością.   Ja też nie pozostałam obojętna na uroki Molly – zauważyłam, że daje mi ona ogromną radość, pokazała mi też niesamowitą rzecz: umiejętność odciągania mojej uwagi. W mojej głowie pojawiło się takie miejsce dla Molci, że nawet w trudniejszych momentach, momentach stresowych w pracy, po prostu patrzyłam na tego pieska, który sobie spokojnie leżał u moich stóp lub przeciwnie – wskakiwał mi na kolana – i od razu się wyciszałam. Był takim amortyzatorem złych myśli i stresów – pomagało już samo to, że odrywałam się od pracy i wychodziłam z pieskiem na zewnątrz.   Pisząc o wychodzeniu z psem, muszę też dodać, że to, co zawsze kojarzyło mi się z nieprzyjemnym obowiązkiem, czyli wychodzeniem codziennie rano i wieczorem, stało się przyjemnością.   No, może jednak wciąż muszę przyzwyczaić się do wychodzenia rano ;-), ale za to te wieczory… o 21:30 można wyjść samemu lub umówić się z sąsiadką, z kimś, kto też ma pieska, żeby psiaki się ze sobą pobawiły… W 90% te wyjścia były bez telefonu – tylko pies i ja. Zdałam sobie sprawę, ze ten pies wymusza we mnie takie rzeczy, które bardzo lubię, ale które musiałam zawsze sobie mocno zaplanować w moim uporządkowanym życiu – medytacja, spacer – a teraz zdałam sobie sprawę, że pies planuje mi taką medytację w ruchu sam. I jestem z tego powodu przeszczęśliwa.   Odkryłam też, że nawet mały deszczyk mi nie przeszkadza (o ile później nie mam nagrań lub spotkania ;-)) i ten deszcz… sprawia mi ogromną frajdę, trochę lubię moknąć! Zaczęłam zwracać uwagę na to, że czasem przyjemnie jest zmoknąć, szczególnie jeśli to deszcz po upalnym dniu.   W końcu doszliśmy do takiego rytmu dnia, że poranne wyjście z Molcią odbywało się podczas zaprowadzania dzieci do przedszkola, a wieczorne to czas na wyciszający spacer dla mnie, a jeśli jestem z dziećmi sama – wciąż mieliśmy do dyspozycji nasz niewielki ogródek, gdzie piesek mógł sobie pochodzić lub pobawić się z chłopcami, podczas gdy ja mogłam posprzątać w domu.   Codziennie po pracy zaczęliśmy chodzić obowiązkowo na dalekie spacery z psem. I to szczęście, jakiego doznaliśmy podczas tych długich spacerów, było niezwykle budujące dla całej naszej rodziny. Wiadomo, powinniśmy chodzić na długie spacery także bez psa, ale nie ukrywajmy, że częściej masa rzeczy, które trzeba zrobić w domu i w pracy przegrywa z długim spacerem. Dzięki jednak obecności Molci znaleźliśmy na to czas, bo musieliśmy – bez dyskusji. I okazało się, że się da. Te spacery były dla nas wspaniałym przeżyciem. I każdego dnia jak odbieraliśmy chłopców z przedszkola już nas witali pytanie – to co, będzie spacer?   Zdałam sobie sprawę, że ten piesek był jak jakiś… brakujący element naszej rodziny. Coś, czego ja się totalnie nie spodziewałam. Do tego stopnia, że gdy w niedzielę moja siostra przyjechała odebrać pieska, to… popłakałam się za nim. Czułam pustkę – uzmysłowiłam sobie, że to właśnie tego brakowało w naszym życiu. Gdy kilka dni później Ania potrzebowała pomocy przy Molci, bo miała inne obowiązki, od razu zaoferowałam swoją pomoc i wzięliśmy pieska na kolejny tydzień.   I znów był to niezwykły czas i zdaliśmy sobie sprawę, że… czas poszukać dla nas pieska.   Mam nadzieję, że mamy wszystkie warunki do tego, żeby móc mieć pieska. I po tym czasie spędzonym z Molcią sądzę, że tak jest. Nawet gdy wychodzimy do biura, wyjeżdżamy na weekend, a nasze dzieci muszą zostać w domu, to zawsze mają opiekę. Już więc rozmawialiśmy z moją mamą, z naszą nianią, moją siostrą czy przyjaciółką i każdy z nich zaoferował się do pomocy, gdy będzie taka potrzeba.   Sądzę, że gdyby nie to, że wszyscy widzieli, jak opiekowaliśmy się Molcią i jak dużo radości nam to sprawiło, pewnie słysząc o pomyśle posiadania psa, uznaliby to za jakąś fanaberię, na którą na pewno nie będziemy mieć czasu, zabawkę, która nam się za chwilę znudzi. Moja mama nigdy nie była fanką psów i zawsze mówiła, że to obowiązek, który sobie wezmę na głowę, że nie mamy na to czasu – gdy moja siostra kupowała psa, było to samo. Gdy jednak zobaczyła, ile radości sprawia mi obecność Molci w domu, sama powiedziała, że chyba powinnam mieć psa, bo tak dobrze na mnie, na nas wpływa – wprost nie byłam w stanie w to uwierzyć.   Byłam zaskoczona, jak bardzo obecność Molci w naszym życiu zmieniła mi w głowie, jak bardzo otworzyła mojego zdystansowanego do zwierzaków Męża i moje nieprzyzwyczajone do piesków dzieci.   I tutaj świetnie działa ten cytat, że „Co myślisz – to tworzysz, co tworzysz – tym się stajesz”. Gdy myślisz, że jesteś szczęśliwa i jesteś za to wdzięczna, to to tworzysz – widzisz więcej rzeczy, za które możesz być wdzięczna i to sprawia, że jesteś szczęśliwsza. A tworząc wdzięczność – stajesz się tą wdzięcznością.   Decyzja o piesku była czymś, co wypłynęło ze mnie… i spotkało się z akceptacją całej rodziny, często jeszcze zanim im o naszych planach powiedziałam. W życiu od lat doceniam moją intuicję i dość mocno jej ufam.   Tak naprawdę najlepsze rzeczy zrobiłam pod wpływem silnych emocji powiązanych z podpowiedzią mojej intuicji – i nie emocji nieprzyjemnych, trudnych, pełnych złości i żalu, ale emocji tych przyjemnych – z pewnością napiszę o tym osobny post, bo być może i Ciebie zainspiruję do takiej podróży wgłąb siebie.   Stworzyliśmy listę cech, które powinien posiadać pies, żeby idealnie pasował do naszej rodziny, o czym przygotuję osobny post. Mam nadzieję, że będziesz mi towarzyszyć w tej podróży – sama jestem ciekawa, czy będziemy mieli nowego członka rodziny na czterech łapach, czy jednak nie.   Może masz jakieś wskazówki dla mnie, co kierowało Tobą przy wyborze psa? Albo dlaczego nie zdecydowałaś się na psa? A może jak długo minęło u Ciebie od podjęcia decyzji do wzięcia psa? Koniecznie daj mi znać.   Daj mi też znać, czy wcześniej miałaś okazję spróbować – tak jak my – jak się żyje z psem? Czy może przyjęłaś psa pod swój dom i jednak żałowałaś tej decyzji?   Będę wdzięczna jeśli mi pomożesz i opowiesz, jak jest u Was – czy macie dzieci, jak sobie radzicie w trudnych chwilach i dlaczego zapadła u Was taka decyzja, a nie inna.   Jaka jest Twoja historia?   Ściskam Agnieszka
- [Zabawki dla trzylatka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-dla-trzylatka/): Zabawki dla trzylatka to nie da się ukryć także mega frajda dla rodziców, więc z wielką przyjemnością zapraszam Cię do naszego zestawienia najfajniejszych zabawek dla trzylatka.   Zabawki dla trzylatka Moi synkowie, Mikołaj i Maksymilian, mają w tej chwili nieco ponad 5,5 roku oraz 2 lata i 9 miesięcy. Starszy okres bycia trzylatkiem ma już za sobą, a młodszy właśnie w nim jest. Obaj chłopcy bardzo chętnie bawią się zabawkami dla trzylatka, gdyż okazało się, że wybraliśmy te na tyle uniwersalne, że szybko nie wyszły z obiegu. Masz więc pewność, że i starszak świetnie się będzie nimi bawił. Dziś mogę Ci polecić z pełnym przekonaniem najlepsze zabawki dla trzylatka – przynajmniej w naszej opinii.     Drewniana cukiernia Dziecięce gotowanie regularnie pokazuję Wam na moim Instagramie. Uwielbiamy wspólnie piec gofry, smażyć naleśniki czy sprzedawać pączki 🙂 Maksiu również uwielbia gotować w cukierence i sprzedawać wypieki starszemu Bratu. Uwielbiam patrzeć, jak bawią się wspólnie! A bawią się codziennie! Dostawiamy stolik i taboreciki i cała rodzina ma co robić przez długie godziny.   Ta cukierenka z Janod jest bardzo bogato wyposażona. Posiada oczywiście gofrownicę, szyld, po którym można pisać kredą (kreda również jest dołączona), a także kasę z banknotami i bilonem. Na zestaw składa się też szereg akcesoriów, m.in.: drewniane jajka, miska i trzepaczka, drewniane donuty, gofry i naleśniki,  pokrojone drewniane owoce, a nawet papierowe torby do produktów na wynos. Dołączone szczypce uczą dzieci sprawnego manipulowania małymi rączkami, a kasa z pieniędzmi dodatkowo uatrakcyjnia imprezę. Natomiast dziecięca zabawa w gotowanie wcale na słodkościach się nie kończy – możesz wybrać na przykład kuchnię czy sklep z warzywami – są cudowne!   Niech Twoje dziecko puści wodze fantazji i zaskoczy Cię słodkim naleśnikiem własnego wyrobu! 🙂     Na koniec dnia trzeba policzyć kasę – czy nie wkradło się żadne manko!   Układanka magnetyczna Świetna zabawka, kiedy chcecie wziąć coś ze sobą na wycieczkę czy wyjazd do dziadków – w innej sytuacji napisałabym, że do samolotu czy do kolejki do lekarza. Poręczna układanka magnetyczna, która mieści się w pudełku o wyglądzie i rozmiarze książki. Klapa pudełka jest namagnesowanym tłem do układanki, a w pudełku znajduje się 50 elementów i karty z obrazkami, jakie należy ułożyć, ale dziecko może stworzyć także dowolny obrazek. Dzięki niekończącym się możliwościom zabawka nie znudzi się szybko, rozbudza zmysł artystyczny, a także ćwiczy sprawność manualną i logiczne myślenie u dziecka. Świetna zabawka dla trzylatka – małego miłośnika motoryzacji i nie tylko.       Diabelski młyn Zarówno Maksiowi, jak i starszemu Mikołajowi bardzo spodobało się wysyłanie zwierzątek na przejażdżkę diabelskim młynem. Zwierzątka możemy posadzić do drewnianych ponumerowanych wagoników, a następnie dzięki kręceniu uchwytem, koło wprawia się w ruch. Dodatkowo w kole zamontowane jest małe liczydełko z trzema koralikami, które pomoże maluchowi policzyć zwierzątka, obroty czy przejażdżki.         Tęcza Silikonowa tęcza Dëna to nie tylko alternatywa dla drewnianej tęczy Grimm’s, ale też zupełnie inna zabawka. Daje niesamowite pole do rozwijania wyobraźni małego dziecka. Zestaw to 12 różnokolorowych łuków, które dziecko może w dowolny sposób układać, tworząc wieże, kształty, figury. My dodatkowo uczymy się na niej kolorów i liczb 🙂  Nie zawiera BPA, PVC, ftalanów czy lateksu, zatem jest całkowicie bezpieczna.       Zabawki do kąpieli i gryzaki w jednym Świetne zabawki dla trzylatka i młodszych dzieci. Chyba każde dziecko uwielbia bawić się w kąpieli. U nas świetnie sprawdzają się zabawki, którymi bawią się obaj chłopcy. Mamy w swojej kolekcji kaczuszki (niebieską i żółtą), lilię wodną i płetwę rekina. Są to zabawki/gryzaki z serii Floaties, które oswajają dziecko z roślinami i zwierzętami związanymi z wodą. Wszystkie zabawki są z Oli and Carol – bardzo lubimy zabawki tej firmy. Są wykonane z bezpiecznego materiału – naturalnego kauczuku – całkowicie bezpieczne, świetnie sprawdzały nam się przy ząbkowaniu Maksia. CO bardzo ważne – są gumowe, ale nie posiadają dziurki, dzięki czemu żadna woda nie gromadzi się w środku i nie „kwitnie” – zabawki możemy więc regularnie dezynfekować.   Ale kto powiedział, że zabawki do kąpieli musza być tylko do kąpieli? Idealnie sprawdzą się na balkonie czy na tarasie. Korzystając ze słonecznej pogody, wzięliśmy przezroczysty kontener, napełniliśmy go wodą i bawiliśmy się pływającymi zabawkami w ogrodzie. Oczywiście z kaloszami na nogach!       Puzzle sensoryczne Jakiekolwiek puzzle sensoryczne od Janod to hit – to wiem nie od dziś. Moje dzieci uwielbiają je układać i głaskać po brzuszkach zwierzątka – każde z nich jest przecież zupełnie inne w dotyku! Miś polarny jest tak miły, że nasz Maksio zawsze go przytula do policzka, a w błyszczącej płetwie wieloryba przegląda się jak w lusterku! Nasz najnowszy nabytek to puzzle Lodowa Kraina, dzięki którym chłopcy mogli pogłaskać także fokę, rybkę czy pingwina. Baaaardzo polecamy!     A jaka radość, gdy uda się ułożyć ostatni element!       Gra zręcznościowa piramida Małpki Może się wydawać, że trzylatek jest jeszcze za mały na grę zręcznościową, ale u nas gra piramida Małpki sprawdziła się doskonale. Jest to świetna zabawka nie tylko dla dzieci, ale również dla całej rodziny – ćwiczyć zręczność i koncentrację. W pudełku znajdziesz 15 kolorowych małpek z drewna. Waszym zadaniem jest ustawianie małpek naprzemiennie tak, by zbudować z nich jak najwyższą konstrukcję. Przegrywa ten, po ruchu którego małpkowa wieża upadnie. Z małpek możecie też ułożyć domino!       Fiszki do nauki liczenia Mikołaj już umie dobrze liczyć, ale Maksiu wciąż stara się posiąść tę trudną sztukę. Pomagamy mu poprzez zabawę – postawiliśmy na kolorowe fiszki do nauki liczenia. Zestaw zawiera 26 dwustronnych kart, zaczepionych na plastikowym kółku (można je oczywiście rozpiąć). Są to najprostsze fiszki: każda z kart na jednej stronie ma cyfrę od 1 do 20, a na drugiej obrazek przedstawiający przedmioty lub ludzi w odpowiadającej liczbie. Pozostałe 6 kart zawiera proste matematyczne zadania wraz z odpowiedziami. Jest to bardzo przydatna zabawka dla trzylatka, który potrzebuje, by treść i forma materiałów do nauki była odpowiednia do jego wieku, pobudzała ciekawość i zachęcała do szukania odpowiedzi. Dzięki kompaktowej formie fiszek możemy zawsze zabrać je ze sobą.       Deska balansująca Choć powinnam ją przedstawić słowami fenomenalna deska balansująca. Jestem pod wrażeniem mnogości zabaw, jakie przyszły moim Synom do głowy, gdy  zobaczyli deskę. Korzystają z niej na wiele różnych sposobów:   1. zjeżdżają po desce opartej o łóżko i kanapę 2. balansują na desce na stojąco 3. balansują na desce na siedząco 4. odbijają o deskę piłkę 5. urządzili z niej wyrzutnię dla autek 6. zrobili z niej most nad fosą w piaskownicy   … a mamy ją dopiero od 2 dni! Nie wiem, jakie jeszcze dzieci zabawy wymyślą, bo na pewno będzie ich wiele!     Zestaw małego lekarza Fantastyczna zabawa! Zestaw małego lekarza od Lilliputiens to miękka czerwona torba z wyszywaną aplikacją karetki oraz 8 przydatnych akcesoriów niezbędnych do specjalistycznej opieki lekarskiej 😉 W zestawie znajduje się nie tylko fartuch lekarski z plakietką, pluszowy stetoskop i termometr, tekturowa strzykawka, zapinane na rzepy opatrunki czy  książeczka zdrowia, ale nawet pacjent: mały Królik.   A gdy królik już wyzdrowieje, można przebadać, Brata, Mamę i Tatę 🙂   To nasze hity. A co Ty dołożyłabyś do tej listy?  
- [Jakie lampy do biura wybrać?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lampy-do-biura/): Jakie lampy do biura wybrać to pytanie, które zajmowało mi głowę przez ostatnie miesiące. Urządzanie mojego nowego biura wedding plannera sprawia mi olbrzymią przyjemność – to proces, a ja staram się, aby każda z decyzji była dobrze przemyślana i służyła mi przez wiele lat – w końcu to moje pierwsze biuro „na swoim” a nie na wynajętym i mam nadzieję, zostanę tu na wiele, wiele lat – szczególnie, że z okien widzę morze i mieszkam tak blisko, ze do pracy mogę chodzić spacerem…   Długo się zastanawiałam nad złotymi elementami w moim wnętrzu…   W biżuterii od dziecka stawiałam na srebro. Czuję się „Królewną Śnieżką” – nie mylić z królową Lodu – i uważam, że czyste, chłodne barwy lepiej pasują do mojego typu urody. Miałam za sobą okresy, gdy przepraszałam się ze złotem, ale nigdy nie trwało to dłużej niż sezon… Próbowałam też łączyć srebro ze złotem w szafie, ale czułam się dość niedbale – choć u kogoś innych mi to połączenie zupełnie nie przeszkadza, a wręcz ciekawi, u siebie stawiam na srebrny minimalizm.   Również dlatego zawsze wybierałam srebrne elementy do moich wnętrz, a w biurze widać je w dodatkach, stelażu krzesła czy ozdobnych nogach biurka.   Gdy urządzałam tę przestrzeń i zaczęłam wybierać lampy do biura, absolutnie przepadłam za tymi w złocie… jest cieplejsze w odbiorze, a i mnie barwy neutralne w kierunku ciepłych w moim otoczeniu nastrajają ostatnio nieco pozytywniej i wśród nich wyraźnie lepiej się czuję. Sama na pewno dobrze wiesz, jak wielkie znaczenie na Twoje samopoczucie ma otoczenie, w  którym większość dnia przebywasz.   Zdecydowałam się więc połączyć srebrne elementy, które już mam, ze złotymi, które wprowadziłam – i jestem tym połączeniem zachwycona!     Moje wnętrze jest minimalistyczne – jest tu tylko kilka mebli, ściany zdobi sztukateria, nie ma i raczej nie będzie tu obrazów. Tym bardziej awangardowe połączenie złota ze srebrem nie tylko nie razi po oczach, ale wręcz świetnie ze sobą współgra i wpisuje się w ten nurt „surowości” mojego biura.     Lampy do biura Bardzo podoba mi się styl skandynawski lub wprowadzanie jego elementów we wnętrzach. Poszukując lamp do biura, zdecydowaliśmy się na lampy skandynawskiej firmy Markslöjd, które idealnie wpisują się w nieco surowy styl naszego biura.     Lampa nad biurkiem To lampa Capital w kolorze złotym marki Markslöjd. Jest prosta i ponadczasowa. Nietypowe, starodawne żarówki odmieniają jej formę, dzięki czemu idealnie łączą moje kobiece biuro z pozostałymi, bardziej industrialnymi pomieszczeniami biura.   Moje wnętrze jest dosyć małe i nie jest wysokie. Gdybyśmy powiesili żyrandol na środku pomieszczenia, istniało ryzyko, że odwiedzający nas klienci i goście, a także współpracownicy, uderzaliby w niego głową. Zdecydowaliśmy, że powiesimy lampę nad biurkiem – na pewno jest bezpieczniej, a mi pozwoliło przemycić tak dużą lampę w niewielkim pomieszczeniu.     Lampa w wnęce Druga lampa miała być  założenia elementem dekoracyjnym nad kanapą. Kanapy wciąż nie mam, bo jeszcze nie znalazłam idealnej na szerokość zaledwie 164 cm, ale złota lampa Land marki Markslöjd już wisi, a przestrzeń do spotkań wypełniają dwa piękne fotele. Dzięki umiejscowieniu nikt się w nią nie uderzy, a pięknie wypełnia przestrzeń. Mogłabym postawić lampę stojącą, ale wtedy zabrałabym sobie część podłogi, której przecież nie mam za wiele. Niewielka wisząca lampa jest idealnym wyjściem z sytuacji.     W moim biurze Konsultanta Ślubnego jest jeszcze sporo do zrobienia – nie mam rolet, parapetów, ani listew, za burkiem ma też stanąć zabudowa. Cieszę się, że przynajmniej udało mi się wybrać piękne lampy do biura! Odkąd zawisły – przestałam zauważać, że czegokolwiek tu jeszcze brakuje. Resztę pokażę Ci w ramach kolejnych etapów prac.     Bardzo podoba mi się moje nowe biuro i nie mogę się doczekać, kiedy będę mogła swobodnie przyjmować w nim gości! A jak Tobie się podoba?
- [Stolik kawowy biały - mój sposób na metamorfozę salonu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/stolik-kawowy-bialy/): Stolik kawowy biały – teraz już wiem, że tylko tego mebla brakowało mi w naszym salonie! Jak za pomocą małego przemeblowania i jednego mebla więcej odmieniliśmy nasze wnętrze?   Po zalaniu, które nas spotkało wiosną 2018 roku, wydzieliliśmy nasz salon na jadalnię, kącik telewizyjny i kącik zabaw. Cały pomysł świetnie się sprawdzał, ale wciąż były dwa tematy, których brakowało w naszym wnętrzu.   Od dawna marzył mi się stolik kawowy biały, na który będę mogła odkładać prasę, książki czy ulubione układanki dzieci, ale w obecnym układzie nie było na niego miejsca. To oznaczało też drugą niedogodność, że nie było też miejsca na tańce i zabawy – nasz mały kącik zabaw był zdecydowanie zbyt mały na nasze pokłady energii, szczególnie w okresie kwarantanny. Od dawne też chciałam wynieść z salonu telewizor i pomyślałam, że fajnie i wygodnie by było wprowadzić te wszystkie zmiany jednocześnie.   Jakich zmian ostatecznie dokonaliśmy?   Stolik kawowy biały   Chyba tylko tego mebla nam brakowało!     Zdecydowaliśmy się na stolik kawowy biały z półką, żeby poukładać na nim wszystko, co potrzebne, by było pod ręką i na wierzchu. Gdy złapię się na tym, że nie mam czasu przeczytać jakiejś książki albo Magazynu dla Mam Mint, który prenumeruję i one czekają na chwilę mojego wolnego czasu, przynoszę je i kładę na stolik. Czasem znajdę 5 minut, czasem 10 minut, ale dzięki temu, że zawsze są pod ręką – czytam…   dziś w mojej ukochanej sukience Emelinie mojej ukochanej polskiej marki Marie Zelie – która uszyta jest z wiskozy, w ogóle się nie gniecie i jest wprost stworzona na siedzenie w domu w czasie kwarantanny jak i na ciepłe, wiosenne spacery – życie od razu jakby piękniejsze niż w dresie, a poziom wygody jeszcze wyższy.     Jeśli Tobie też, tak jak mnie, marzy się piękny stolik kawowy biały, masz okazję kupić go na Beliani.pl nie tylko w świetnej cenie, ale także z moim kodem rabatowym. Kod to: agnieszka.kudela – dzięki niemu uzyskujesz -10% na cały asortyment. Kod obowiązuje do 10 maja.   Brak telewizora To chyba decyzja, która dojrzewała w nas najdłużej – od lat nie mieliśmy w domu telewizji, tylko dostawkę do telewizora, która pozwalała na oglądanie filmów i programów na aplikacjach takich jak Netflix, HBO czy Player w formie na żądanie., jednak telewizor w salonie kusił dzieci zbyt często i wydawał się kolejną zabawką. Zdecydowaliśmy jednak, że to rozwiązanie, które dobrze zrobi nam wszystkim. Nasz telewizor zawieźliśmy do sali konferencyjnej w naszym biurze. Natomiast z uwagi na to, że nasze dzieci nie mogą jeszcze korzystać z urządzeń jak telefon, tablet czy komputer, na piętrze powiesiliśmy w sypialni mały chowany za zasłoną telewizor, gdzie oglądamy bajki czy rodzinne filmy w formie weekendowego kina. A nasz salon zyskał nowy wygląd.   Jak się czujemy bez telewizora w salonie? Wolni 🙂 Dzięki rezygnacji z telewizora w salonie, w głowach naszych dzieci zrobiło się po prostu jeszcze więcej miejsca, a same dzieci też nie wpadają w środku dnia na pomysł: „Mamo, Tato, to może bajeczkę?”   Najbardziej zdziwiona naszą decyzją była moja Mama, która zadzwoniła do mnie, gdy wywieźliśmy telewizor do biura, i usłyszałam w słuchawce: „Ale Agnieszko, naprawdę nie będzie telewizora w salonie? Ale jak to? To tak dziwnie…” – A tak to  😉 W razie gdyby zdarzyło się, że odwiedzi nas moja albo Wojtka Mama i będzie chciała obejrzeć ulubiony serial, może skorzystać z tego telewizora w naszej sypialni – ale chyba i one straciły taką potrzebę jak jesteśmy razem. A chłopcy nie mają pokusy oglądania bajek w ciągu dnia.     Obrót kanapy Kanapa już nie musi stać na przeciwko telewizora, skoro go nie ma. By więc uzyskać więcej przestrzeni, obróciliśmy kanapę długim bokiem w stronę okna – w ten sposób zrobiliśmy dużo miejsca do zabawy i do tańczenia – wreszcie mamy gdzie szaleć i tańczyć!       Otwarta przestrzeń w stronę części jadalnianej Otwarcie przestrzeni w stronę stołu dało nam ogromny plus – teraz goście siedzący na kanapie nie siedzą tyłem do gości przy stole, ani do osób gotujących na wyspie kuchennej.     Na stole w jadalni wylądowała deska z orzechami w słoiku… taki kreatywny pomysł zamiast kwiatów w czasie kwarantanny.     …które jednak szybko, niepostrzeżenie znikają 😉     I jak Ci się podoba nasz otwarty salon?     W poście wystąpili: Stolik kawowy biały | Beliani Donica na nóżkach | Muppetshop Sukienka | Marie Zelie Taca z trawy | Allegro Świece | H&M Home Gazetnik | Westwing Niebieski koc | Black Red White Poduszki | H&M Home, Westwing
- [Mały ogródek przy szeregowcu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/maly-ogrodek-przy-szeregowcu/): Mały ogródek przy szeregowcu to miejsce, w którym uwielbiam spędzać czas. W jaki sposób udało mi się maksymalnie wykorzystać niewielką przestrzeń?   Ogródek to tak naprawdę główny powód, dla którego zdecydowaliśmy się zamienić mieszkanie w centrum Gdyni na domek szeregowy poza miastem 6 lat temu. Byłam wtedy w ciąży i zdałam sobie sprawę, że nasze mieszkanie spełniało wszystkie wymagania, ale pary dwóch młodych, wolnych, bezdzietnych ludzi, a nie przyszłych rodziców z planem na kolejne dzieci. Myślałam o tym, gdzie będę chodziła na spacery z dziećmi, skoro gdziekolwiek bym poszła, byłby to spacer na wysokości rur wydechowych pędzących ulicami aut?     Zaczęliśmy szukać domu. Budżet mieliśmy ograniczony – chcieliśmy zmienić nasze zobowiązania finansowe wynikające z posiadania mieszkania 1:1, dlatego bardzo się cieszę, że udało nam się zamienić 70 m2 mieszkanie w centrum miasta na domek szeregowy o powierzchni 168 m2 z małym ogródkiem w sypialni Gdyni. Do dziś pamiętam ten dzień, w którym zobaczyłam to miejsce i poczułam, że to jest nasz dom, dom, który stworzymy i w którym będą dorastać nasze dzieci.     Mały ogródek przy szeregowcu Przed domem znajduje się podjazd i mały kawałek trawnika, zaś za domem całe 36 m2 ziemi, na której już oczami wyobraźni od początku widziałam mały ogródek, naszą oazę spokoju. I właśnie jemu poświęcam dzisiejszy post.     Ogrodzenie Nasz mały ogródek przy szeregowcu chcieliśmy pięknie urządzić. Bardzo zależało nam na prywatności – o ile jest to możliwe w domku szeregowym. Ogrodzenie ogródka, z jakim odebraliśmy mieszkanie od dewelopera, było mizerne – przepierzenie 2,20 x 2,20 „odgradzające” nas od sąsiadów i zielona siatka. Mieliśmy poczucie, że nie wiemy, czy siedzimy w swoim ogródku czy ogródku sąsiada, ponieważ siatka była niemal niewidoczna, miało się wrażenie, ze korzysta się z przestrzeni wspólnej. Wiedzieliśmy, że chcemy to zmienić. Zastanawialiśmy się tylko, jak.   Naszym pierwszym pomysłem były tuje. Gdy jednak obliczyliśmy, ile miejsca zabiorą nam z już i tak małego ogródka (wyliczyłam, że nawet 10m!), zrezygnowaliśmy z tego pomysłu. Niezaprzeczalnym faktem jest też to, że tuje to schronienie dla pająków, ale powiedzmy, że nieeee, wcale to nie był powód, dla którego odrzuciliśmy ten pomysł 😉   Stwierdziliśmy, że po prostu przedłużymy ten płotek, który już stoi między nami a sąsiadami. Ponieważ już wymagał renowacji, po prostu postawiliśmy go od początku z desek pochodzących ze składu drewna i pomalowaliśmy.       Jeśli chodzi o wyposażenie małego ogródka, bardzo zależało nam na tarasie, trawie i czymś „wow” dla dzieci.     Taras Dlaczego taras? – spytasz. – Nie wystarczy duży trawnik?   Po pierwsze po to, aby prosto z domu boso czy w skarpetkach nie wychodzić bezpośrednio na trawę – jeśli chcemy wyjść tylko na moment, na przykład porozmawiać przez telefon na powietrzu albo sprawdzić, jaka jest pogoda.   Po drugie po to, aby, po chodzeniu boso po trawie, chociaż część ewentualnych zabrudzeń zostawała na tarasie, a nie była nanoszona do wnętrza domu.   Po trzecie dlatego, byśmy mogli postawić na nim meble ogrodowe i zjeść wspólnie posiłek, bez potrzeby zakładania butów.   Z budowy tarasu w naszym małym ogródku przy szeregowcu przygotuję dla Ciebie osobny post, ponieważ mam zdjęcia z jego powstawania. To nie są gotowe palety, a samodzielnie wykonany przez firmę podest na podstawie naszego pomysłu. Deski zostały przywiezione ze składu drewna, pomalowane i przybite do betonowych bloczków.       Trawnik Trawnik… prawda jest taka, że próbowaliśmy różnych opcji. Niestety nie mamy dużo czasu na pielęgnację trawy – dużo pracujemy, często wyjeżdżamy na weekendy i nie możemy podlewać jej codziennie. Muszę przyznać, że mało która trawa to przetrwała. Nie chcesz nawet wiedzieć, jak wyglądał nasz trawnik po naszym miesięcznym pobycie w Rzymie, gdy nie zdążyliśmy zrobić pierwszego koszenia na przełomie kwietnia i maja…   Po trawiastej apokalipsie podczas naszej nieobecności zdecydowaliśmy się na położenie trawy z rolki, szczególnie, że jest to niewielka przestrzeń. Co więcej – w naszym małym ogródku znajduje się studzienka. Dzięki trawie z rolki nie musieliśmy kombinować, jak ją ukryć (może przemalować? na zielono? na brązowo?) czy w jakiś sposób zabezpieczyć – po prostu rozwinęliśmy na niej trawę. Oczywiście istniało ryzyko, że przez mniejszą liczbę ziemi pod trawą będzie ona w tym miejscu zażółcona lub po prostu będzie gorzej rosła, ale o dziwo naprawdę nic takiego się nie dzieje. To rozwiązanie sprawdziło nam się szczególnie wtedy, gdy zepsuła nam się pompa głębinowa – po prostu na czas naprawy wycięliśmy i odsunęliśmy na bok dany fragment trawy, a potem zakryliśmy. Nie ma śladu!       Piasek Naszym  składnikiem „wow” był… piasek! Mieszkamy nad morzem, więc czemu i do naszego domku nie zaprosić odrobiny plaży?   Na naszej plaży jest piaskownica. Oczywiście tak ładnie jak na zdjęciu wygląda to tylko przez moment, bo dzieci jednak roznoszą ten piasek, ale… wiemy, że to nie będzie trwało wiecznie. Dajemy im się bawić w piasku ile mają ochotę, a ja mam gdzie rozłożyć leżak 😉 Taras zaś regularnie zamiatam, a czasem nawet po prostu wyjadę na niego z odkurzaczem, gdy sprzątam w salonie.       Kwiaty i rośliny Podobnie jak w przypadku trawy, chciałam, by rośliny, które znajdą się w naszym ogrodzie, nie były wymagające. Postawiłam na donice wypełnione lawendą, która miło kojarzy mi się z Prowansją.     Zostawiliśmy również pasek zieleni, na którym zasadziliśmy krzaczek malin, krzaczek porzeczek i krzaczek agrestu. Dzięki temu nasze dzieci wiedzą, że owoce i warzywa nie rosną w supermarkecie, a rosną na krzaczkach. Poza tym bardzo miło jest oglądać, ile szczęścia daje im odnalezienie owocu na krzaku – o wiele lepiej wtedy smakuje!     Meble Przede wszystkim wygodny komplet wypoczynkowy z sieciówki i ławeczka dla dzieci, dzięki czemu możemy miło spędzić czas wspólnie. A dla mamy, na czas zabaw w piaskownicy – wygodny leżak 😉     Marzyła mi się również drewniana huśtawka, jednak tu znów musieliśmy mieć na uwadze niewielką przestrzeń, której jeszcze byśmy ubrali. Podwiesiliśmy więc do balkonu na kotwie chemicznej huśtawkę bocianie gniazdo.       Drewutnia W kącie naszego małego ogródka stanęła również drewutnia, gdzie trzymamy drewno do kominka. Dzięki temu, że znajduje się ona na części pokrytej tarasem, można wziąć polano drewna nawet boso czy w skarpetkach i dorzucić wieczorem do skaczących płomieni 🙂       Mały ogródek przy szeregowcu jest naszym piątym pokojem bez dachu. Zależało nam, by było intymnie, na ile się da w domku szeregowym, i przyjemnie. Wydaje nam się, że osiągnęliśmy zamierzony cel i wyciągnęliśmy 90% możliwości, jakie dał nam mały ogródek przy szeregowcu. Może kiedyś znajdzie się tu jeszcze miejsce na jakiś genialny pomysł… jesteśmy otwarci 🙂         Nasz mały ogródek przy szeregowcu na co dzień upiękniają: Donice | Brico Marche Komplet wypoczynkowy | Jysk Ławeczka dla dzieci | Allegro Huśtawka bocianie gniazdo | Allegro Lampki solarne | Ikea       Jak podoba Ci się nasz sposób na zagospodarowanie przestrzeni w naszym małym ogródku przy szeregowcu?  
- [Nie jesteście sami | Dzień Dziecka Utraconego](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nie-jestescie-sami-dzien-dziecka-utraconego/): Nie jesteście sami – to słowa, które chcą usłyszeć pogrążeni w żałobie rodzice. Rodzice poszukujący ukojenia, odpowiedzi na pytanie: dlaczego?   Przyjęłam zaproszenie do udziału w firmie zrealizowanym przez Fundację Medycyny Prenatalnej im. Ernesta Wójcickiego z okazji Dnia Dziecka Utraconego. Dziś mówię być może do Ciebie, a może do Twojej Siostry czy Przyjaciółki, Sąsiadki czy Koleżanki… do Ciebie Osierocona Mamo i do Twoich bliskich.         Tu możesz przeczytać list, który napisałam do swoich Dzieci 4 grudnia 2013 roku. List do dziecka nienarodzonego.   Tak, to najbardziej intymna rzecz, jaką robię, ale mam poczucie, że ten list więcej dobrego już nie zdziała, leżąc na dnie mojego kuferka pamięci.
- [Ekologiczna wyprawka szkolna i kącik do nauki dla zerówkowicza](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-szkolna-2020/): Wyprawka szkolna – dwa słowa, które, mimo pełni wakacji, krążą po głowach rodziców wszystkich „szkolniaków”. Jak zrobić wyprawkę szkolną, by nie obciążyć domowego budżetu, dziecko było zadowolone, a cały proces kompletowania był kolejną wartościową ekolekcją?     Stało się! Nasz mały synek Mikołaj już wcale nie jest taki mały. Musimy więc po raz pierwszy zmierzyć się z zadaniem, jakim jest…   Wyprawka szkolna 2020   Jak ją zorganizować i nie zwariować? Sama doskonale pamiętam, że wyprawka szkolna była zawsze dużą radością dla mnie, a dużym obciążeniem finansowym dla mojej mamy. Radziła sobie z tym doskonale, kompletując wyprawkę już od czerwca, co miesiąc kupując kilka potrzebnych rzeczy, by nie obciążać zbyt mocno jednorazowo domowego budżetu.     Teraz, gdy sama stanęłam przed zrobieniem pierwszej wyprawki szkolnej dla Mikołaja, który idzie w tym roku do zerówki, zebrałam kilka punktów, którymi warto się kierować przy organizacji kącika do nauki dla dziecka i  kompletując szkolną wyprawkę.   Pierwsze biurko To biurko z naszego domowego biura – odkąd do biura chodzimy na piechotę, pracę w domu ograniczyliśmy do minimum i zwyczajnie go nie potrzebujemy. Początkowo myśleliśmy, że jego wadą jest to, że jest to biurko podwójne i już wybieraliśmy nowe, ale nic bardziej mylnego. Młodszy brat Mikołaja – Maksio – a wiec dumny trzylatek, który na każdym kroku naśladuje swojego brata, pęka z dumy i ramię w ramię urzędują. Takie podwójne biurko zajmuje też o wiele mniej miejsca niż dwa biurka obok siebie, więc jeśli masz dwójkę dzieci w jednym, niedużym pokoju to będzie to strzał w dziesiątkę.   Do tego dołożyliśmy na próbę krzesełka z naszej jadalni – to te same wielofunkcyjne krzesła Kidsmill, które Maksio ma od urodzenia, gdyż rosną razem z dzieckiem.     Dlaczego nie wybraliśmy standardowego krzesła biurowego na kółeczkach? Krzesełko dla dziecka powinno zapewniać podparcie trzem punktom:   pośladkom (siad całymi pośladkami tak, by kość ogonowa i guzy kulszowe były podparte), stopom (powinny stać W CAŁOŚCI na podłodze) oraz łokciom (tak, by opierały się o blat na całej długości, a nie tylko na na przedramionach). Przy krześle z kółkami dziecko może się kręcić, odsuwać, samodzielnie zmieniać wysokość siedzenia, a przez pierwsze lata szkoły nie ma także mowy o tym, by nóżkami dosięgnęło podłogi.     Edukacja ekologiczna Wyruszając na wyprawkowe zakupy, warto zadbać o edukację ekologiczną, zanim rzucimy się w wir zakupowego szaleństwa i wyrobimy w dziecku nawyk kupowania wszystkiego, co wpadnie mu w ręce i może się przydać w szkole.     Kupuj tylko to, co naprawdę potrzebne Sprawdź – może szkoła przedstawiła listę niezbędnych przedmiotów? Może się okazać, że Twoje dziecko nie potrzebuje 3 długopisów, ale 3 ołówków – ponieważ dopiero uczy się pisać, albo nie potrzebuje kredek olejnych i wystarczą zwykłe.     Szukaj podwójnego zysku Sklep Auchan znam od ponad 20 lat i bardzo podoba mi się, jak na przestrzeni lat zmienia się oferowany asortyment – pamiętam, jak ogromnym kosztem była dla nas wyprawka, a tegoroczna wyprawkowa kolekcja „POP and COOL” dostępna w sklepach Auchan zachęca nas do bycia eko! nie tylko składem produktów, ale także ich genialną ceną.   A więc zyskujemy podwójnie – po pierwsze dbamy o planetę i edukujemy dzieci, a po drugie – więcej pieniędzy zostaje w naszym portfelu.     Wybieraj to, co jest trendy A co jest trendy? I do tego nie wyjdzie z mody? Ekologia oczywiście! Kolorowe postacie z kreskówek szybko mogą znudzić się Twojemu dziecku, a bycie eko wciąż będzie na topie. Postaw na uświadamianie swojego dziecka już od najmłodszych lat o tym, jak dbać o środowisko naturalne i dlaczego jest to takie ważne.     Wybieraj produkty wykonane z recyklingu Wbrew pozorom jest takich sporo. Wystarczy przyjrzeć się opakowaniu – z pewnością producent umieścił na nim taką informację.     Możecie także zakupić flamastry wyprodukowane z butelek z recyklingu w opakowaniu wykonanym w 90% z tektury z odzysku – dodatkową zaletą jest to, że spierają się z ubranek w 35’C.     Świetną opcją są długopisy i ołówki automatyczne, wykonane z plastikowych butelek,     a także ekologiczne zeszyty, których papier pochodzi ze specjalnie zasadzonych w tym celu drzew.     Znajdziesz też takie zeszyty, które mają szarą lub brązową okładkę, ale wystarczą kolorowe flamastry, zestaw naklejek i już – Twoje dziecko ma nie tylko ekologiczny zeszyt, ale także oryginalny, niepowtarzalny i ozdobiony własnoręcznie!   A takie naturalne segregatory będą ozdobą każdego pokoju czy domowego biura.     Coś w duchu DIY możesz wykonać też, prosząc bliską osobę, na przykład Babcię, o uszycie piórnika. Tutoriale znajdziesz na YT, na przykład tutaj.   Hitem są też niedrewniane kredki, także takie, które mają gumki do zmazywania – idealne na pierwsze lata w szkole, gdy niewprawne rączki wyjeżdżają za linie.     Wybieraj przybory nietoksyczne Pamiętaj, że dzieci ze swoimi przyborami mają długi kontakt: zadbaj o to, by farby, kredki, kleje były bezpieczne, jak kleje bez rozpuszczalników czy gumka do mazania bez PVC i drażniących substancji zapachowych.     Wybieraj produkty wielorazowe Stawiaj na wariant eko: długopisy z wymiennym wkładem, drewniana linijka czy metalowa temperówka, która posłuży dłużej i można wymienić jej ostrze.     Pomocne gadżety Na koniec wybraliśmy też kilka papierniczych gadżetów, takich jak masa do mocowania obrazków na ścianie i z jej pomocą udekorowaliśmy pokój obrazkami,     a przestrzeń nad biurkiem rodzinnymi zdjęciami.     Fantastyczne są też naklejkowe zakładki do książek, za pomocą których zaznaczamy to, gdzie skończyliśmy czytać albo zadania plastyczne, które chcemy później wykonać.     Oczywiście, nie mogliśmy wyjść bez piórnika – wybraliśmy taki bez wyposażenia, a w miejsce na plan lekcji włożyliśmy rodzinne zdjęcie.     Plecak mamy akurat jeszcze z przedszkola i na razie przy nim zostaniemy, ale wybór plecaków, tornistrów, workoplecaków czy worków na stroje sportowe oraz buty na zmianę przerosła nasze oczekiwania.   Kupiliśmy także farbki, pędzelki, temperówki, kredę do pisania po chodniku i gry w klasy, bibułę i genialną motywacyjną tablicę z naklejkami…     Jesteśmy gotowi na zerówkę!     A jak u Was?
- [Prezent dla młodej Mamy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/prezent-dla-mlodej-mamy/): Prezent dla młodej Mamy – zasługuje na niego jak nikt! Jeśli w Twojej rodzinie ostatnio pojawiło się niemowlę, z pewnością jest jakaś Mama, która za tym stoi 😉 Podpowiem Ci dzisiaj moje pomysły na prezenty dla młodej Mamy, które możesz kupić online i z łatwością przesłać do niej pocztą lub kurierem – bez wychodzenia z domu.   Gdy na świat przychodzi Maluszek, cały świat zaczyna się kręcić wokół niego, staje się pępkiem świata nie tylko rodziców, ale i innych członków rodziny. W tym czasie nie powinniśmy jednak zapominać o Mamie, która przecież włożyła ogrom serca i pracy zarówno podczas ciąży, jak i w trakcie porodu. Prezent dla mamy po porodzie to miły gest. Wyprodukowanie małego człowieka nie jest wszak takie proste ;-).   Mimo panującej na świecie pandemii koronawirusa dzieci wciąż się rodzą. Młode mamy są skazane na samotne porody i nawet Tata maluszka nie może ich odwiedzić w szpitalu. Właśnie dlatego warto pokazać jej, że o niej pamiętasz, sprezentować jej coś, co nie tylko sprawi jej przyjemność, ale również umili i ułatwi czas spędzany z dzieckiem po powrocie do domu.   W obecnej sytuacji nie możesz odwiedzić młodej Mamy i maluszka, dlatego postaraj się o prezenty, które możesz kupić przez Internet i wysłać do niej z miłym liścikiem – bez wychodzenia z domu.   Prezent dla młodej Mamy   Sukienka do karmienia Choć czas spędzany z noworodkiem kojarzy się głównie z chodzeniem po domu w dresie i wygodnej koszulce do karmienia, uważam, że każda Mama zasługuje, by w tym wyjątkowym czasie poczuć się szczególnie pięknie i kobieco. Gdy karmiłam piersią i musiałam udać się na koordynację dnia ślubu, postawiłam na model Aglaia z guziczkami. Jest to sukienka idealna do karmienia i elegancka, w sam raz na wielkie wyjście, na przykład chrzest. Na co dzień młodej Mamie na pewno wygodnie będzie w modelu Rita. Możesz kupić sukienkę, jeśli znasz odpowiedni rozmiar, lub postawić na kupon podarunkowy.     Plecak dla Mamy Taki od Lassig jest pojemny, pełen kieszeni i schowków, które z łatwością pomieszczą zarówno rzeczy niezbędne podczas wyjścia z dzieckiem, jak i drobiazgi Mamy. Plecak ma zarówno szelki, by założyć go wygodnie na plecy, jak i karabińczyki z rzepami, by przymocować go do ramy wózka. Dużą wygodą jest łatwo dostępna zawieszka na klucze, mała kosmetyczka z zawieszką czy opakowanie termoizolacyjne na butelkę.     Nerka dla Mamy Ostatnio bardzo polubiłam nerki. Odkąd moje dzieci są już większe i nie potrzebujemy tak dużej ilości rzeczy podczas spaceru, doceniłam poręczność takiej torby. Pojemna kieszeń główna i mniejsze, zewnętrzne i wewnętrzne kieszonki pozwalają pomieścić wiele rzeczy niezbędnych podczas spaceru, a sama torba posiada również karabińczyki. Jest to dobre rozwiązanie, gdy jesteśmy gdzieś, gdzie nie wjedziemy wózkiem – wózek zostaje w aucie, a my bierzemy dziecko na ręce i zapinamy nerkę na biodrach lub plecach – wszystko pod ręką! Bardzo praktyczny prezent dla młodej Mamy!     Szalik do karmienia Absolutnie nie chodzi o to, że Mama musi się chować podczas karmienia – nic z tych rzeczy, nie uważam tak. Często jednak, dla własnego komfortu, chciałaby się zakryć. Tu z pomocą pojawia się szalik-tunel do karmienia. Pozwala wysoko podnieść bluzkę, ale nie zakrywa twarzy niemowlęcia. Bardzo praktyczne rozwiązanie.     Piżama do karmienia Mama nie musi spać w zielonej koszuli nocnej ze wzorem żyrafy 😉 Chyba że lubi! Ale warto podarować jej taką piękną rozpinaną piżamę z kwiatowym wzorem, w której z łatwością nakarmi Maluszka. Taka piżamka to naprawdę świetny pomysł na prezent dla Mamy po urodzeniu dziecka. Tu również możesz kupić kartę podarunkową.     Koszula do karmienia i kocyk Koszula do karmienia dobrej jakości i bambusowy kocyk, którymi możemy okryć maluszka, to również piękny prezent dla młodej Mamy. Ja polecam Ci taki piękny zestaw stworzony przez Aleksandrę Żebrowską lub szarą koszulę stworzoną we współpracy z Anną Lewandowską. Sama taką mam i przyznam Ci się szczerze, że nie tylko w niej spałam, ale jest tak piękna i wygodna, że chodziłam w niej po domu jak w sukience.     Bransoletka Lilou Miłym akcentem będzie biżuteria dla Mamy, na przykład bransoletka Lilou z zawieszką z konikiem na biegunach i grawerem MAMA, może mała figurka chłopczyka/dziewczynki? A może inicjał imienia dziecka? Pomysłów jest mnóstwo!   Ja mam na ręku bransoletkę z 3 postaciami chłopców – na dużym jest grawer Wojtek, a na małych Miki i Maks. Dzięki temu, gdziekolwiek jestem, mam moich chłopców zawsze przy sobie.         Dieta pudełkowa dla Mam Sama doskonale pamiętam, jak cierpiałam na niedobór czasu na gotowanie, gdy cały mój świat kręcił się wokół noworodka. Są cateringi dietetyczne, które posiadają w swojej ofercie plany posiłkowe dedykowane Mamom, czyli kobietom karmiącym piersią. Zbilansowane posiłki na cały dzień, dostarczające samych najlepszych składników i odpowiedniej liczby kalorii, z pewnością odciążą Mamę i dadzą poczucie, że ktoś o nią dba.       Jeśli żaden z tych pomysłów nie przypadnie Ci do gustu, mimo wszystko daj znać Mamie,, że o niej pamiętasz, na przykład wyślij bukiet za pośrednictwem poczty kwiatowej. Niech czuje, że jej wysiłek również jest doceniany 🙂
- [Rzecz o odwadze, czyli 8. urodziny bloga](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/8-urodziny-bloga/): Kiedyś pisałam dla Ciebie pod nazwą Spod kocyka – anonimowo. Dziś nie wstydzę się już pisania i z dumą sygnuję zdjęcia i teksty swoim nazwiskiem, a mój blog stał się ważnym elementem mojego życia. Ta droga jednak nie była prosta. Czego się bałam? Jak to się stało, że znasz dziś moje imię, nazwisko i twarz?   Nigdy nie obchodziłam urodzin bloga – po prostu o tym zapominałam. Dopiero w ubiegłym roku zapisałam sobie, który to dzień. 9 maja 2012 roku – to wtedy na blogu Spod kocyka pojawił się pierwszy post, a ja postawiłam malutki krok w kierunku życia, jakie prowadzę dzisiaj.   Chcę Ci dziś opowiedzieć historię o tym, dlaczego powstał. Opowiem, dlaczego pisałam go anonimowo i jak to się stało, że teraz wiesz, jak się nazywam i jak wyglądam. I najważniejsze: co to ujawnienie tożsamości zmieniło w moim, naszym życiu – a zmieniło sporo – i czego nas nauczyło. Pomyślałam, że będzie to dla Ciebie inspiracją i może będzie motywacją, być przestała się bać tego, co sprawia Ci radość.     Marzenie o pisaniu Przez wiele lat byłam „po drugiej stronie”. Czytałam blogi – polskie i zagraniczne, komentowałam, zachwycałam się. Czułam, że sama też mam wiele do zaoferowania czytelnikom, że bardzo pragnę stać się częścią większej społeczności – dzielić się swoimi przemyśleniami, przyciągać osoby, które myślą posobnie, wspólnie się motywować i rozwijać. Chcę się rozwijać i dzielić się tym, ale czułam lęk.     Czego się bałam? W 2012 roku byłam już bizneswoman. Od 5 lat prowadziłam firmę, prowadziłam portal ślubny, gdzie zatrudniałam pracowników, stałam na czele zespołu sprzedażowego, zajmowałam się strategią firmy. Od dwóch lat miałam również Wytwórnię Ślubów, byłam Wedding Plannerem i po raz pierwszy sprzedałam swój cały sezon. I grupę znajomych, których uważałam, za przyjaciół.   Gdy więc założyłam blog, nikomu nie powiedziałam. Bałam się. Czego?   Przede wszystkim reakcji moich znajomych, Coraz częściej czułam, że nasze zainteresowania się rozmijają i nikogo nie interesuje o czym mówię. Moje opowieści o składach kosmetyków nikogo nie interesowały, a nawet śmieszyły. Obawiałam się, że jak zobaczą, że ja jeszcze o tym piszę, to już w ogóle uznają, że zajmuję się głupotami, bo jaki to normalny, dorosły i poważny człowiek pisze o tym, jak składać ręczniki w łazience, by wyglądały elegancko? – o tym był mój pierwszy post.   Po drugie, bałam się, że stwierdzą, że jestem próżna. Bo pokazuję swoje wnętrza, kawałek swojego życia.   Powiem więcej: o tym, że założyłam blog, nie powiedziałam nawet mężowi. A jeśli mnie obserwujesz, to pewnie wiesz, że moja relacja z Wojtkiem jest bardzo bliska i bardzo przyjacielska – a jeśli nie wiesz, to właśnie Ci o tym powiedziałam. Sama teraz nie mogę uwierzyć w to, jak bardzo nie wierzyłam w siebie, że nie powiedziałam o tym, że piszę, nawet najbliższej mi osobie.   Paradoks polega na tym, że mój mąż prowadzi agencję interaktywną, więc gdybym mu powiedziała, z pewnością pomógłby mi tego bloga zrobić na najwyższym poziomie. A ja… stworzyłam bloga na darmowej platformie blogspot po to, by nawet własnemu mężowi nie powiedzieć, co robię.   Pierwszy akt odwagi – decyzja Pomimo tych wszystkich obaw, jednak zdecydowałam się postawić ten pierwszy krok. Nie był to skok na głęboką wodę, ale… zanurzenie palca w basenie, do którego tak bardzo bałam się wejść. Pierwszy krok był zupełnie na własnych warunkach.   Nazwałam swój blog: Spod kocyka. Może jeszcze pamiętasz, gdy tak się nazywał. Tak naprawdę nazwę na AgnieszkaKudela.pl zmieniłam dopiero w 2016 roku – po 4 latach funkcjonowania bloga. Niektórzy myślą, że nazywał się właśnie tak, bo mam dwoje dzieci i na blogu zawarte jest mnóstwo treści parentingowych, a dzieci przecież lubią kocyki. Otóż nie tylko dzieci! 😉 Prawda jest taka, że bardzo lubiłam spędzać czas pod kocykiem – to nie zmieniło się do tej pory, koc mam w każdym pokoju, a nawet w biurze, lubię pod nim siadać i pisać do Ciebie (robię to nawet w tej chwili) czy pracować, albo po prostu relaksować się z kubkiem gorącej, owocowej herbaty. Teraz czuję, że ten kocyk był też taką metaforą mojego ukrycia, tajemnicy, którą skrywałam…     Drugi akt odwagi – pierwszy wtajemniczony Stało się. Powiedziałam Wojtkowi. Pokazałam mu mojego bloga Spod kocyka. Wiesz, co wtedy powiedział? „Super! I bardzo dobrze, że piszesz go anonimowo”. Podzielił moje obawy dotyczące reakcji znajomych – miał te same obiekcje.   Nie zauważyliśmy wtedy, że powstała jakaś niezdrowa sytuacja – utrzymujemy kontakt z ludźmi (a – nawet – uważamy ich za przyjaciół), którym nie mówimy o tym, co nam w duszy gra, o tym, co nas uszczęśliwia, gdyż tak bardzo obawiamy się ich reakcji. Obawy te powstały na podstawie naszych rozmów o otaczającym świecie, poprzednich doświadczeń i przemyśleń.   Do dziś pamiętam, jak w tajemnicy przed znajomymi pisałam ten blog, a przed publikacją każdego posta Wojtek pomagał mi ocenić, czy nie pokazuję zbyt dużo…     Trzeci akt odwagi – pierwsze publiczne pojawienie się Minął rok pisania Spod kocyka. Odezwała się do mnie Marysia Kunicka – prowadząca wówczas bloga art attack {be inspired}. Napisała, że bardzo podoba jej się mój blog i chciałaby zaprosić mnie na spotkanie trójmiejskich blogerów. Zbierałam szczękę z podłogi. Wow, ktoś mnie znalazł, zauważył, docenił, zaprosił na spotkanie!   Na spotkanie oczywiście poszłam, w wielkich emocjach. Nikt mnie nie znał, nie kojarzył, bo przecież prowadziłam bloga anonimowo. Pamiętam, jak bardzo się stresowałam – była tam cała śmietanka trójmiejskich blogerów, które czytałam lub obserwowałam. Radość ogromna – znaleźć się w takim miejscu, z takimi ludźmi… Nawet nie przeszkadzało  mi to, że nie mogę się tym pochwalić nikomu ze znajomych, mój lęk był większy.   W podziękowaniu dla miejsca, w którym zorganizowane zostało spotkanie, każdy z uczestników składał podpis na plakacie. Podpis oczywiście chętnie złożyłam –  nie pamiętam już, czy tylko nazwą bloga, czy też dopisałam nazwisko. Schody zaczęły się później: każdy miał zapozować do zdjęcia. Gdy się o tym dowiedziałam, zaczęło mi się robić gorąco. Zdjęcia oczywiście miały zostać wrzucone na Facebooka, a my oznaczenia. W mojej głowie była tylko jedna myśl – wszyscy się dowiedzą, załamie się mój świat!   Podeszłam wtedy do Marysi, zwierzyłam jej się, że piszę anonimowo i nikt o tym nie wie, poprosiłam, by tak zostało, by mnie nie oznaczała z nazwiska. Zauważ – mniej ufałam swoim znajomym niż osobie, której nie znałam. Dziwne, ale nadal nie zaświeciła mi się czerwona lampka – nie zauważyłam, że te relacje z moimi przyjaciółmi nie wyglądają tak, jak powinny – nie są oparte na zaufaniu.   Marysia, zgodnie z moim życzeniem, nie oznaczyła mnie imiennie, podpisała tylko moje zdjęcie jako „Spod kocyka”. Pamiętam, jak bardzo obawiałam się reakcji otoczenia. I wiesz co się stało? Odezwało się jednak do mnie kilkoro znajomych z liceum, którzy mnie na tych zdjęciach rozpoznali – i to wszystko były bardzo miłe wiadomości!     Wydało się! Założyłam Instagram Spod kocyka, a w międzyczasie nasi znajomi zaprosili nas na urodziny jednego z nich. Spotykaliśmy się wtedy całymi rodzinami, my mieliśmy już małego synka – Mikołaj miał wtedy jakieś 2 miesiące. Pojechaliśmy na kolację i pamiętam, że panowała bardzo sztywna atmosfera – kompletnie nie mogliśmy się tam odnaleźć, zastanawialiśmy się, skąd ta nagła zmiana… Nagle nasi znajomi powiedzieli, że chcieli z nami o czymś porozmawiać…   Padło pytanie, jak mogliśmy im nie powiedzieć, że mamy bloga? Jedna z koleżanek znalazła Spod kocyka na Instagramie, zadzwoniła do kolejnej, ta do następnej i jeszcze jednej, przekazały swoim partnerom i mężom i uznali, że wszyscy się na nas obrażą. Mieli do nas pretensje, że to przed nimi ukryliśmy i uznali, że powinniśmy przestać się przyjaźnić.   To był jeden z najgorszych dni mojego życia. Gdy wróciliśmy do domu, nie mogłam wręcz oddychać, płakałam, nie wiedziałam, co będzie dalej. Poszliśmy na to spotkanie, by świętować wraz z przyjaciółmi urodziny jednego z nich, a wyszliśmy… już bez znajomych.   Okazało się, że nie tylko bez znajomych. Prowadziliśmy z nimi także część  biznesu – do rozłamu nastąpiło również w tym biznesie, co wydawało mi się wtedy końcem świata… a w praktyce sprawiło, że wymyśliliśmy z mężem jeszcze bardziej kreatywne pomysły na niego w jego nowej wersji.     Szczęście przyszło z czasem Gdy o tym myślę dziś – uśmiecham się – a tej koleżance, która odkryła naszą tajemnicę i podzieliła się nią z innymi, mam czasami ochotę wysłać bukiet kwiatów. A nawet więcej – zasługuje na pierścionek z brylantem! Tak bardzo się cieszę, że te relacje się rozpadły… Dlaczego?   Bo stało się to, czego najbardziej się obawiałam – że się wyda, że mnie wyśmieją, że stracę przyjaciół. Tak – straciłam przyjaciół. Ale wiesz, co zyskałam?   Zaczęłam życiowo rozkwitać. Zaczęłam robić to, co mi w duszy gra. Powiem więcej: okazało się, że im bardziej jesteśmy autentyczni, tym więcej osób przyciągamy, ale też odpychamy od siebie – w tym też nie ma nic złego. Jest to genialne, bo dzięki temu, że przestałam się bać i zaczęłam robić to, co kocham już na luzie, bez obaw, że się wyda, zaczęłam poznawać osoby, które nadają na tych samych falach, czują i myślą tak jak ja. A nawet jeśli nie myślą – mamy w sobie tyle szacunku do siebie nawzajem, troski i sympatii, że mamy bardzo dobre relacje.     Wnioski na przyszłość i rada dla Ciebie Teraz piszę autorskiego bloga, w zgodzie z samą sobą. Piszę o tym, co chcę, pokazuję tylko to, co jest zgodne z moimi ideałami, moim podejściem do życia. Jestem szczęśliwa, mam wspaniałą grupę odbiorców,  mamy fajne relacje i supergrupę wsparcia na Facebooku. Wokół bloga wytworzyła się społeczność, czytelnicy wchodzą w interakcje ze sobą i pomagają sobie.   To, że wtedy brakowało mi odwagi, sprawiło, że droga do mojego szczęścia związanego z tworzeniem bloga i poparciem społeczności, była bardzo długa i wyboista.   Dlatego mam dla Ciebie radę. Jeśli się boisz skoczyć na głęboką wodę, bo martwisz się, że to zepsuje jakieś Twoje relacje – przestań się bać, po prostu to zrób. Być może szybciej pozbędziesz się ze swojego życia osób, które Ci nie służą, które Cię blokują i hamują.   Jeśli popatrzysz na to, jak bardzo mój biznes rozkwitł, odkąd to wszystko się wydało, zobaczysz, że była to trampolina do sukcesu, który odniosłam. Wreszcie przestałam się oglądać na innych nie tylko w temacie bloga, ale i prowadzenia biznesu i zarabiania pieniędzy.   Oczywiście – nadal pojawiały i pojawiają się jakieś lęki – to praca nad sobą na wiele lat.   A dodam też, że para, z którą przyjaźniliśmy się najdłużej… wróciła do naszego życia i dziś śmiejemy się z tego wszystkiego i cieszymy ze zmian na lepsze w życiu nas wszystkich.   Odwaga nie musi być skokiem na głęboką wodę – choć może nim być. Może być zanurzeniem palca w basenie – tak jak było to w moim przypadku. Ale najważniejsze, to znaleźć w sobie odwagę. Zamknąć oczy i działać – po prostu. Zobaczysz, że wszystko, co stracisz po drodze, zrobi miejsce na nowe, które będzie bardziej do Ciebie dopasowane. My jako ludzie też się zmieniamy. Dzięki temu działamy autentycznie, odpychamy rzeczy, które nam nie pasują i przyciągamy te, które są z nami spójne.   Teraz też jesteśmy w takiej sytuacji: rozstajemy się życiowo z pewną osobą – tak, jest mi z tego powodu przykro, zwłaszcza, że inaczej to sobie wyobrażałam, sądziłam, że nadal będziemy mogli pozostać w dobrych relacjach – niestety druga strona widzi to inaczej. Dziś, zamiast płakać z tego powodu, mówię sobie: „Aguś, ten czas, który przeznaczałaś na tę relację i serce, które w nią wkładałaś, możesz przeznaczyć na zbliżenie  się w relacjach z osobami, które już masz w swoim życiu, a tego czasu ci brakuje”. Albo: „Aguś, zobacz, zrobi ci się w życiu miejsce na to, że jak pojawi się inna, wartościowa relacja, będziesz mogła o nią  zadbać”.   Dziś ten mały smutek jest w moim sercu, ale z nadzieją patrzę w przyszłość.   Każde „nie” oznacza „tak” dla czegoś innego.   Każdą pustkę, która powstaje po zamknięciu relacji z jedną osobą, staram się wypełnić dbaniem o relację z innymi osobami. Zbliża się Dzień Matki. Z tej okazji postanowiliśmy z Wojtkiem spędzić wyjątkowy czas z naszymi Mamami, które są dla nas bardzo ważne i poświęcić na to dużo więcej czasu niż zwykle.   Tak, zgadza się – takie odpychania są bolesne. Ale jeśli zaczniesz patrzeć na nie jak na szansę, na zrobienie miejsca na coś nowego, nowe sytuacje i relacje, lub dbanie o te, które już są, ale są nieco zaniedbane, może będzie to dla Ciebie kojące i oczyszczające.     Dziś, podsumowując te 8 lat, chcę tylko Ci napisać jedno: DZIĘKUJĘ, ŻE JESTEŚ.     A Ty? Od kiedy ze mną jesteś? Pamiętasz, jaki był Twój pierwszy przeczytany post? A może tym własnie postem zainspirowałam Cię do skoku na głęboką wodę?
- [Relaksacja na sen](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/relaksacja-na-sen/): Relaksacja na sen to coś, co sprawia, że oczyszczam swoją głowę ze wszystkich myśli, wrażeń, bodźców i emocji, które nazbierały się w niej przez cały dzień. Po co? Po pierwsze sprawia mi to ogromną ulgę, zostawiam przeszłość za sobą, przestaję trawić wciąż te same zdarzenia z przeszłości, zastanawiać się co jakie jest, a jakie chciałabym, aby było. Przestaję analizować scenariusze, a także nie wybiegam w przyszłość. Odczuwam dzięki temu prawdziwy, wewnętrzny spokój, znajduję w sobie ukojenie, łatwiej zasypiam, a dodatkowo mam wrażenie, że mniej godzin snu zapewnia mi lepszy wypoczynek. Po wieczornej relaksacji mój sen staje się głębszy, rzadziej się przebudzam, a rano jestem bardziej wypoczęta. Poznaj 3 proste sposoby, do zastosowania – od zaraz.   Relaksacja na sen   Przed snem relaksuję się na trzy sposoby. Gdy jest już bardzo późno, a nazajutrz czeka mnie ważny dzień, korzystam tylko z jednego z moich trzech sposobów relaksacji na sen, ale widzę największe korzyści i czuję się najlepiej, kiedy uda mi się skorzystać ze wszystkich trzech. Co mogę Ci polecić?     3 sposoby na relaksację na sen 1. Kąpiel magnezowa Lubię zrelaksować się w kąpieli magnezowej – magnez nazywany jest także „pierwiastkiem życia” – gdyż odpowiada nie tylko za prawidłowe działanie naszego układu mięśniowego, w tym naszego serca, ale również za inne niezliczone procesy w naszym ciele.   Kąpiel magnezowa to uniwersalna forma terapii, każdemu z nas może przynieść mnóstwo korzyści zdrowotnych – jeśli pragniesz zgłębić temat, polecam Ci książkę „Leczenie magnezem”, której autorem jest dr Mark Sircus. Poznasz w niej, jakim doskonałym sposobem na suplementację jest kąpiel, jak ogromnie jest ona korzystna dla naszego układu immunologicznego, a także hormonalnego.   Magnez pięknie dba o nasz układ nerwowy, osłaniając komórki przed szkodliwą oksydacją, dzięki niemu nasze błony komórkowe mają właściwą przepuszczalność, a czyniąc tyle dobra pomaga nam obniżyć stopień zagrożenia chorobami nowotworowymi. Magnez także odpowiada za wiele funkcji życiowych, w tym na prawidłowe działanie układu mięśniowego. Dlatego tak potrzebny jest naszym sercom.   Terapia chlorkiem magnezu – właśnie ta przezskórna – stosowana jest w sporcie, pomaga leczyć urazy, bóle i stany zapalne, przyspiesza regenerację organizmu.   Wpływ magnezu na nas odczujemy już po pierwszej kąpieli – odczuwalnie nas relaksuje i pomaga się wyciszyć, dlatego taka wieczorna kąpiel magnezowa to najlepsza terapia, jaką możesz sobie zafundować i to za parę złotych.     Przepis na kąpiel magnezową Przez Internet, zazwyczaj na Allegro, kupuję na kilogramy chlorek magnezu sześciowodny i sodę oczyszczoną.   Do wanny pełnej ciepłej wody dodaję 1,5 szklanki chlorku magnezu i o,5 szklanki sody oczyszczonej i… nic więcej. To wystarczy! W czasie takiej kąpieli nie stosuję (i Ty też nie stosuj) żadnych żeli czy płynów – stawiam na czystą detoksykację swojego ciała.   W takiej kąpieli staram się spędzić jakieś 30 minut – warto z niej skorzystać chociaż raz w tygodniu.   A co jeśli nie masz wanny? Zrób relaksującą kąpiel swoim stopom! Wlej do miski ciepłej wody i dodaj 3 łyżki chlorku magnezu i 1 łyżkę sody oczyszczonej.   Również możesz moczyć stopy około 30 minut – ja lubię sobie postawić obok czajnik z wrzącą wodą i w miarę wychładzania się wody dolewać gorącej.   Osobiście biorę taką kąpiel magnezową dość często, niemal codziennie i miałam wrażenie, że skóra jest po nich nieco przesuszona, więc na koniec kąpieli wstaję, biorę niewielką ilość delikatnego płynu do kąpieli, namydlam ciało i spłukuję.   Do kąpieli zwykle wprasza się mój mąż, lubimy wtedy podsumować dzień, zrobić plany na kolejne… a jeśli jestem sama, obowiązkowo włączam sobie ulubioną muzykę relaksacyjną i pozwalam jej przepływać przez moje ciało. Jedną z moich playlist znajdziesz tutaj.   Kąpiel magnezowa w połączeniu z taką muzyką to fantastyczna relaksacja na sen, po której ubieram się w ulubioną, piękną piżamę (uwielbiam mieć ładne piżamy, ubierać je takie wyprasowane, czuję się dzięki nim ważna sama dla siebie) i wyruszam do sypialni, gdzie odpalam pięknie pachnącą naturalną świecę. I oddaję się medytacji.   I to mój drugi sposób!   2. Relaksacja przy świecy   O początkach mojej medytacji pisałam Ci już tutaj – zaczęłam ją właśnie od wpatrywania się w płomień świecy.   Do dziś uwielbiam medytację ze świecą, choć wcale nie stosuję jej codziennie. Coraz częściej wystarcza mi już sam relaksujący zapach świecy, nakładam krem…   Dziś śmieję się, że mam już taki odruch Pawłowa, czyli bezwarunkowy, że gdy wchodzę do sypialni, w środku dnia czy wieczorem – zawsze unosi się w niej zapach świecy palonej dzień wcześniej… i mój mózg od razu się odpręża! Świecę odpalam jednak dopiero wtedy, gdy w domu jest już cicho i spokojnie.     Jak nie truć się świecami? Ten tytuł to niestety żaden kiepski żart i niestety sama przez ponad 30 lat swojego życia  nie byłam świadoma tego, że romantyczna kąpiel w łazience czy randka w sypialni wśród 20 świec może być szkodliwa.   Większość świec, z jakimi mamy do czynienia, to świece parafinowe – efekty ich spalania zbadało American Chemical Society w USA.   W wychwyconych podczas palenia świec parafinowych cząstkach stwierdzono m.in. rakotwórczy benzen oraz toluen, który powoduje zawroty głowy. Dalej czytamy o porównaniu tych toksyn do biernego palenia…   Pierwszy raz czytałam o tym w instrukcjach na przytulny, inspirowany Danią klimat w domu… z naciskiem na wietrzenie przy i po paleniu świec – i niekoniecznie chodziło tylko o spalanie tlenu w pomieszczeniu.     Mniej, ale lepiej Gdy wybierałam to hasło jako przewodnie dla 2020 roku nie pomyślałam, że przeniesie się ono także do mojej… sypialni!   Ale dziś zamiast 10-20 świec parafinowych odpalamy 1-2 naturalne świece – wykonywane są z 100% biodegradowalnych składników (wosk pszczeli czy wosk sojowy), które pachną tak długotrwale, że gdy wchodzę do sypialni na drugi dzień po pracy, czuję ich zapach – mimo że nawet nie są odpalone!     Taka zapachowa świeca sojowa – moja firmy MYS, jest w cudownym ceramicznym naczynku, w którym – zgodnie z duchem zero waste – mam zamiar posadzić później sukulenty. Taka naturalna świeca  pali się dłużej niż parafinowa, ma czysty, żółty płomień bez sadzy i dymu i… obłędnie pachnie! Ten zapach unosi się w pomieszczeniu na długo po zgaszeniu, więc jeśli odpalisz świeczkę przed snem, a później zgasisz, to zaśniesz otulona pachnącą mgiełką… w dodatku naturalną!   Nie umiem wybrać swojego ulubionego zapachu, więc mam ich chyba 5, ale jeśli chciałabyś sprawić komuś – a może sobie – relaksujący prezent na święta, spróbuj z zapachem „cinnamon rolls”. Pachnie… jak święta! Święta, których nie mogę już się doczekać 🙂 Genialny jest też zapach „macarons” i „dark chocolate” tej firmy – choć nie przepadam za słodkimi zapachami, te są piękne – nie za słodkie, nie za mdłe, wprost idealne. Świetnie nadadzą się na prezent dla miłośników tych małych migdałowych ciasteczek albo ciemnej czekolady do odprężającej kąpieli po długim dniu, wieczornego relaksu z książką lub… do medytacji.     Czy wiesz, że patrzenie na płomień świecy to idealna pierwsza lekcja medytacji? Tak zaczynałam, gdy w wieku 22 lat, z powodu choroby mojego ojczyma, mogłam skorzystać (i to dla mnie bezpłatnie – na fundusz NFZ) z genialnej, idealnej dla mnie, 2 letniej terapii DDA. Otrzymaliśmy właśnie takie zadanie domowe – patrzeć na płomień świecy, czuć jego ciepło i skupiać swoje myśli tylko na nim.   To pierwsze zadanie medytacyjne polegało na wpatrywaniu się w płomień świecy, skupiając się jednocześnie na oddechu. Dostaliśmy instrukcję, że początkowo może to być nużące, wręcz męczące – ale ważne, żeby się nie poddawać!   A najważniejsze to nie przejmować się tym, że w naszej głowie będzie przepływać co chwilę jakaś myśl, albo 5 na raz… po prostu pozwolić im przepłynąć i wrócić do myślenia o płomieniu świecy.   Jeśli masz ochotę, to spróbuj! Zapal świecę, zacznij od 3 minut dziennie i codziennie dodawaj o 1 minutę, albo spróbuj i rano, i wieczorem.     Zobaczysz, jak dzień po dniu gonitwa Twoich myśli zacznie zwalniać, a Ty poczujesz się „tu i teraz”. Zaczniesz odczuwać spokój, bezpieczeństwo… Twój oddech będzie stawał się głębszy i pełniejszy.   We wpatrywaniu się w płomień świecy chodzi o „kotwicę” – punkt zaczepienia, w który będziesz mogła się wpatrywać, by było Ci łatwiej.   Nie zrażaj się niepowodzeniami! Ćwicz, ćwicz, ćwicz… aż wyrobisz w sobie rutynę… nie patrzenia na świecę, ale pozwolenia myślom przepływać… ja wyobrażam je sobie jak chmurki na niebie, pozwalam im przepłynąć, zamiast łapać je w siatkę i „podziwiać” jak motyle.     3. Medytacja z wizualizacją   Trzecia z moich metod relaksacji na sen to słuchanie relaksujących nagrań medytacji prowadzonych. Stosuję tę metodę, gdy już leżę w łóżku. Kładę się wtedy wygodnie, z rękami luźno ułożonymi wzdłuż tułowia. Włączam nagranie, zamykam oczy i wykonuję polecenia. Pozwalam, by wszystkie spięcia z całego dnia odpłynęły… by moje ciało, a szczególnie mój umysł odpoczęły i wyciszyły się. Szukasz czegoś na początek? Wczoraj do snu układała mnie tym swoim nagraniem Klaudia Pingot.     Jak podobają Ci się moje 3 sposoby na relaksację przed snem? Wypróbujesz któryś z nich? A może wszystkie? Ściskam :* Agnieszka
- [Medytacja dla początkujących](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/medytacja-dla-poczatkujacych/): Czy wiesz, że współcześnie każdy z nas przyswaja dziennie aż 34 gigabajty informacji? Edward Hallowell, nowojorski psychiatra, dzięki swoim badaniom dokonał przerażającego (według mnie) odkrycia.   Czy wiesz, że w ciągu miesiąca przetwarzamy tyle informacji, ile nasi dziadkowie w ciągu całego życia?   Telewizja, radio, ciągłe powiadomienia na telefonie, kanały social media, maile, komunikatory, listy, a nawet bilbordy, ulotki, etykiety produktów, metek, książki, ebooki, podcasty, ale także szum, w jakim pracujemy, spacerujemy czy mieszkamy… a przede wszystkim wszyscy, których lubimy i kochamy, nasza codzienność… długo mogłabym wymieniać, skąd napływają do nas komunikaty, które niestety coraz częściej sprawiają, że jesteśmy nimi najzwyczajniej przeciążeni.   Nie wiem, jak Twój, ale ja od dawna czuję, że mój mózg, mój układ nerwowy zwyczajnie nie jest na to gotowy, a ilość bodźców, jakie codziennie odbieram, jest dla mnie zbyt duża.   Jak odczuwam przeciążenie?   Problemy z koncentracją, nerwowość, smutek, pomieszanie, zaburzenie poczucia własnej wartości, a nawet lęk… Te uczucia coraz dłużej, a nawet bez ustanku odczuwane coraz częściej doprowadzają nas do desperacji czy nerwicy. Niestety sama poczułam, o czym mówię i dokładnie pamiętam, jak pod koniec 2018 roku „przegrzał” mi się układ nerwowy, choć jeszcze nie zdawałam sobie sprawy dlaczego.   Wyjątkowo mocno poczułam, że muszę się „wyłączyć”, aby nie oszaleć, aby być dla swoich Dzieci Mamą, oparciem, śmiechem i pomocą. Aby ramię w ramię prowadzić z mężem dom i nasze firmy, aby być dobrym szefem, współpracownikiem i mentorem.   Oczywiście „wyłączyć się” napisałam w cudzysłowie, gdyż jako Mama i właścicielka oraz współwłaścicielka firm nie mogę tak po prostu „wypisać” się z życia, przynajmniej nie na długo.   Na szczęście moi bliscy widzieli, co się ze mną dzieje i gdy powiedziałam im, że od dawna marzę o odosobnieniu… Mama z mężem podzielili między sobą plan działania i opiekę nad domem i dziećmi tak, że umożliwili mi wyjazd na 6 dni.   Czym było odosobnienie?   Laptop i mój telefon zostawiłam Wojtkowi, a sama wyjęłam kartę SIM z domowego alarmu, wzięłam stary sformatowany telefon komórkowy i wyjechałam na zorganizowane odosobnienie.   Nie muszę Ci mówić, że szybko zobaczyłam, jak bardzo jestem uzależniona dziś od technologii, gdyż szybko okazało się, ze bez Internetu nie mogłam nawet dojechać na miejsce – nie miałam w telefonie innej niż online mapy z GPS-em. Podobnie jak Yanosika, czyli aplikacji, która ostrzega nas o zagrożeniach na drodze… do której zresztą zapomniałam hasła, a aby je odzyskać musiałam zalogować się na swoją pocztę mailową… Śmiałam się sama do siebie z tej kuriozalnej sytuacji, że nawet na odosobnienie nie mogę bez tych aplikacji i „internetów” wyjechać.   Czego oczekiwałam od odosobnienia?   Wyjechałam z jakąś nadzieją, że takich 6 dni pracy nad sobą w warunkach zorganizowanego odosobnienia jakoś cudownie mnie uzdrowi na długi, długi czas… mój układ nerwowy odpocznie, a ja… oczywiście wrócę do poprzedniego życia pełna sił i motywacji.   Co dostałam na odosobnieniu?   Dostałam o wiele więcej, niż się spodziewałam, ale było to coś zupełnie innego niż oczekiwałam. Oprócz solidnej – i często trudnej – pracy nad sobą otrzymałam narzędzia, jakimi są medytacja i relaksacja.   Pamiętam pierwsze dwa wieczory, gdy już podczas drugiej relaksacji czułam się odprężona jak chyba nigdy wcześniej w życiu…   Pamiętam, jak w medytacji w ruchu bez poczucia zmęczenia ćwiczyłam po półtorej godziny dziennie… bez przerwy… w tym samym czasie w domu mając problem wejść szybko na drugie piętro bez zadyszki.   Pamiętam, jak trzeciego dnia podczas czasu wolnego postanowiłam pierwszy raz – sam na sam – sprawdzić, „czy ta relaksacja naprawdę działa, czy to jakieś czary” i umiem poddać się jej sama, bez prowadzenia przez nauczyciela.   Udałam się sama do swojego pokoju i stała się magia! Leżąc na łóżku, z nogami opartymi pod kątem prostym o drewniany parapet (nie pytaj mnie skąd taka pozycja), pozwalałam moim myślom i uczuciom przepływać, nie oceniając ich…   Z dala od osób, które kocham nad życie, w sercu lasu, trzeci dzień w tym samym dresie, bez jakichkolwiek atrybutów sukcesu naszych czasów, nikomu nieznana i anonimowa… czułam się szczęśliwa jak rzadko kiedy w życiu.   Bez żadnych wiadomości ze świata zewnętrznego (poza krótkim smsem lub dwiema minutami rozmowy z dziećmi – dla ich i mojego spokoju), bez radia, maila, książki, gazety, Instagramu czy Facebooka…. Ukoiłam siebie.   Leżałam tak wtedy na tym łóżku, z uśmiechem od ucha do ucha, myśląc: „Boże, jestem szczęśliwa!” A najważniejsze jest to, że to szczęście dałam sama sobie, więc mogłam też zabrać tę praktykę ze sobą jako narzędzie, które pozwoli mi odprężyć się, poczuć się tak zrelaksowaną w domu, w pracy – i gdziekolwiek indziej będę.   Pełna świadomości, że oczywiście to praktyka czyni mistrza i nic samo się nie zrobi, jednocześnie zachwycona efektami pierwszej autoprowadzonej relaksacji wiedziałam, że nic już w moim życiu nie będzie takie samo.   Wiedziałam, że po powrocie do domu ani nie będę w stanie, ani nie będę chciała odciąć się od świata, w którym żyję – od bodźców, od dzieci i ich (za) szybko rozwijającego się świata, od swoich biznesów, które dają nam radość i przetrwanie, ale wiedziałam też, że jak najczęściej chcę dawać sobie odpoczynek od tych bodźców – nie tylko podczas relaksacji czy medytacji. Aby na tyle często dawać sobie wolność od bodźców, by później móc w pełni ich doświadczać. A to wszystko bez przytłoczenia nimi.   Wiedziałam, że chcę zmiany globalnej – ćwiczyć na co dzień medytujący umysł – czyli taki, który coraz mniej zależny jest od tego, co nas spotyka, a coraz bardziej od tego, co myślimy o tym, co nas spotyka. Taki, który potrafi nie dać się bombardującym nas bodźcom, od których, żyjąc we współczesnym świecie, nie ucieknę… chyba, że zostanę pustelnikiem, a tego najbardziej nie chcę!   Wiedziałam, że chcę też wprowadzić nowe rytuały do mojego domu i miejsca pracy, a jeśli jesteś tu ze mną dłużej to wiesz, że po kilkunastu latach posiadania siedziby firmy w centrum Gdyni, co wtedy napawało mnie dumą, przeniosłam się na ciche i spokojne przedmieścia – i teraz dopiero poczułam się u siebie!   Czego próbowałam? Nauczyłam się medytować w ruchu, w pozycji medytacyjnej i na leżąco. Nauczyłam się relaksacji, którą kocham i uwielbiam. Ukończyłam Kurs Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction – program medyczny i psycho-edukacyjny, który choć nie pochłonął mnie tak jak relaksacja, gdyż dawał mi dużo wolniejsze efekty, to wracam do tych nauk, z ciekawością czekając na te długofalowe.   Zrozumiałam, że moja uwaga i mój czas to najważniejsza waluta w moim życiu i postanowiłam zacząć tutaj oszczędzać.   Medytowałam z wizualizacją i bez… ale zawsze z jednym celem – by zredukować ilość docierających do mnie bodźców, zredukować myśli i emocje. Aby wyciszyć się, poprawić swoją koncentrację, poznać siebie lepiej, a tym samym doznawać w codziennym życiu więcej spokoju i mniej stresu.   Oszczędzać uwagę, czyli co właściwie?   Po pierwsze redukować bodźce, jakie do siebie dopuszczam.   Po drugie wyciszać się.   Po trzecie wykształcić w sobie medytujący umysł.     Medytujący umysł, czyli właściwie jaki?   Medytujący umysł postrzegam dziś jako:   Skupiony – na tym, co właśnie robi. Na jednym zadaniu. Lata temu wmówiono nam, że jesteśmy wielowątkowi, mamy świetną podzielność uwagi… a prawda jest taka, że osiągamy to tylko pozornie poprzez przełączanie uwagi z bodźca na bodziec… z myśli na myśl, skacząc z czynności na czynność… i na te skoki tracimy energię, cierpi nasza koncentracja.   Jednowątkowy – staram się robić jedną rzecz jednocześnie.   Zorganizowany – spisuję zadania na liście, które dzielę tematycznie i pracuję w blokach podobnych zadań, aby jak najmniej zmieniać rodzaj koncentracji.   Tu i teraz – a nie 20 lat temu we wspomnieniach na randce z facetem, który mnie nie chciał… ani za rok w marzeniach, na wakacjach na Bali, na które być może nigdy nie pojadę.   Uważny – czyli jak jem zupę, chcę w pełni skupić się na jej smaku, a nie na słuchaniu podcastów. Gdy pracuję, nie słucham wiadomości ani kursów online, ale chętnie zaproszę do siebie zapach palo santo czy dźwięki natury albo instrumentów w oddali, aby przywołać uspokojenie, z jakimi mi się kojarzą, a gdy jestem z mężem w łóżku, to nie myślę o tym, że jeszcze muszę skończyć ofertę dla Klienta. A przynajmniej staram się chłonąć życie i każdą chwilę, rozbudzając swoje zmysły.   Bo wszystko, co w życiu odczuwamy, dzieje się tu i teraz. Nie możemy przytulić się do byłego partnera, poczuć jego ciepła, tak samo nie możemy wziąć w ramiona dziecka, na które od lat czekamy…   Nie zrozum mnie źle… To wszystko nie znaczy, że nie lubię powspominać i pośmiać się… Na przykład z naszych zaręczyn – czy wiesz, że Wojtek oświadczył mi się w środku nocy na Westerplatte? Tak, w miejscu wybuchu II wojny światowej, zapraszając na spacer w ciemnościach… wiesz, taki z duchami… Jak się domyślasz, nigdzie nie poszłam, więc musiał oświadczyć mi się w samochodzie. Upiekło mu się klękanie i śmiejemy się z tego od kilkunastu lat, że tak specjalnie to zaplanował.   …ani, że nie snuć planów na przyszłość…   ale staram się poświęcać na to zaledwie tylko kilka % mojego czasu… by jak najwięcej czasu przebywać TU i TERAZ.   To tu i teraz możemy otworzyć okno i poczuć przyjemny wiatr na ciele i we włosach, puścić przyjemną, spokojną muzykę lub słuchać dźwięków natury, zapalić ukochaną świeczkę w glinianym naczyniu i poczuć jej ciepło i zapach. Albo wziąć przyjaciółkę i pójść na spacer w deszczu… a zamiast za telefon złapać męża za rękę.     W jutrzejszym poście opowiem Ci o moich trzech sposobach relaksacji na sen i dam Ci kilka wskazówek, jak zacząć medytację z płomieniem świecy, skorzystać z gotowej medytacji prowadzonej i zażyć odstresowującej kąpieli.   A może chcesz mnie o coś zapytać?
- [Prowadzisz agencję ślubną, ale nie jesteś zadowolona z efektów, jakie osiągasz?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wedding-planner-pomoc/): Masz problem z przyciągnięciem Klientów? A może Klienci zgłaszają się do Ciebie, ale finalnie nie kupują? Masz problem z wyceną własnych usług? Wciąż balansujesz na granicy opłacalności? Wydaje Ci się, że Klienci kupują u Ciebie tylko wtedy, gdy dajesz najlepszą cenę?   Czujesz, że próbowałaś już wszystkiego, ale nic nie działa? Twój biznes zamiast radości i wolności przynosi Ci ogrom stresów i problemów? Masz ochotę rzucić wszystko w cholerę i wrócić na etat? A może wciąż z niego nie odeszłaś?   Świetnie Cię rozumiem – pamiętam moje pierwsze dwa lata działania – nie miałam wtedy biznesplanu ani konkretnej polityki cenowej, nie wiedziałam, co stoi za moimi cenami, dokąd zmierzam ani ile mogę i powinnam zarabiać. Nie wiedziałam w jaką reklamę warto zainwestować ani jak mierzyć jej skuteczność.   Miałam ogromny problem z wyceną swoich usług – moja praca od zawsze była dla mnie ogromną przyjemnością, a mamy tendencję do tego, że gdy coś sprawia nam radość to nie wierzymy, że ktoś nam za to może naprawdę zapłacić.   Jak uleczyłam swój biznes Wedding Plannera?   1. Stworzyłam biznesplan agencji ślubnej Policzyłam swoje moce przerobowe – sporo już wiedziałam – ile czasu potrzebuję na organizację jednego ślubu, ile wesel jestem w stanie zorganizować w jednym sezonie i roku, znałam już mniej więcej stałe koszty prowadzenia firmy, wiedziałam, w co jeszcze chcę zainwestować. Zebrałam wszystkie dane w Excelu, przeanalizowałam archiwalne dane i zrobiłam prognozy, przeliczyłam, wyliczyłam… i oszalałam!   Nie byłam wstanie uwierzyć w to, co widzę! Przez 3 lata prowadzenia własnego biznesu byłam pewna, że zarabiam ze 30% więcej każdego miesiąca!   Jak to się stało? Klienci płacili za moje usługi w transzach, zwykle w czterech –  40%, 20%, 20% i 20%. Średnio więc przez pierwszy kwartał wpłacali mi aż 60% wynagrodzenia – z jednej strony to zrozumiałe, gdyż wtedy wykonywałam większość pracy dla Klienta, ale to że ja, wydając te pieniądze na bieżąco, zapominając, że kolejne transze będą niższe, sprawiało, że czułam, ze zarabiam dużo więcej, niż było naprawdę!   Wtedy sporządziłam własne, proste narzędzie do cash-flow (to samo udostępniam na moim Kursie Online) i na jego podstawie zrobiłam prognozy przychodów i kosztów na najbliższe dwa lata, a co najważniejsze – wprowadziłam do swojego biznesu stałą pensję dla siebie i stworzyłam subkonto na oszczędności… początkowo bolało! Nagle zaczęłam zarabiać mniej, ale dodało mi to pewności i kopa do stworzenia swojej polityki cenowej, a docelowo pozwoliło zbudować stabilny biznes i oprzeć na nim życie rodzinne, planować swój biznes i czuć się pewnie przez kolejne miesiące i lata!   2. Zmieniłam politykę zatrudniania Ujrzałam – czarno na białym – w tabelce, że model, w którym zatrudniałam Konsultantów Ślubnych w mojej agencji nie jest efektywny ani dla mnie, ani dla nich i jeśli go nie zmienię, moja firma upadnie i wszyscy stracimy źródło utrzymania. Nie chciałam prowadzić firmy w pojedynkę, więc znów zajrzałam do Excela i wszystko dokładnie przeliczyłam, aby stworzyć nowy, efektywny model współpracy firma – firma i budujemy w nim naszą Wytwórnię Ślubów do dziś!   3. Stworzyłam kalkulator wyceny usług Ustaliłam minimalną cenę za „termin”, których w sezonie mam organiczną ilość, a resztę dostosowałam do czasochłonności danego zlecenia. Po wpisaniu średnich wartości do biznesplanu otrzymałam czarno na białym moje przyszłe zarobki – wiedziałam już, jaki poziom życia naszej rodziny za tym stoi. Wiedziałam już, na jakie ceny nie mogę się zgodzić, gdyż każdą „zniżkę” dla Klienta pokrywam z własnej pensji.   Nasi Klienci oczekują od nas dyspozycyjności, wiedzy życiowej, mądrości, znajomości wykwintnych dań, win, zakątków świata, tradycji, trendów, oprogramowań, rozwiązań, znajomości w branży, szkoleń… a to wszystko kosztuje. Aby móc świadczyć usługi na najwyższym poziomie, same musimy się ciągle uczyć i bywać, a to wszystko generuje koszty.   Gdy zaczęłam prezentować swoje nowe ceny, o wiele mniej bałam się już pytań w stylu „a dlaczego u Pani X te cena jest o 30% niższa”? Wiedziałam już, jaka jakość stoi za moimi usługami, poziom życia mój i mojej rodziny, z których nie chcę rezygnować. Powiedziałam sobie wtedy, że prędzej zmienię branżę albo pójdę na etat, niż będę pracowała za głodową pensję – wiedziałam, że albo moja firma utrzyma się i zapewni nam godne życie, albo będę musiała ją zamknąć.   Poznałam też inne Wedding Plannerki, które odniosły sukces i podzieliły się ze mną swoją polityką cenową – wiedziałam, że jestem na dobrej drodze, a dziś wspieram młodsze agencje w tym samym!   Stała się magia – gdy zaczęłam być pewna swoich cen, pewna w negocjacjach, Klienci przestawali zbijać moje ceny.   Pamiętam, jak ciężko było mi samej, a jak wspaniale mieć wokół siebie społeczność! Osoby z tymi samymi problemami i radościami, a telefon do przyjaciela i wzajemne poklepanie po plecach to bezcenna rzecz! Dziś taką społeczność tworzę też wśród swoich Absolwentów.   4. Odnalazłam siebie i swoją drogę Przez wiele lat moją wrażliwość oceniałam jednoznacznie negatywnie! Starałam się dopasować do wizerunku i osobowości Wedding Plannerek, które widziałam na polskim rynku i kojarzyły mi się z sukcesem, ale nie czułam się dobrze w garniturze czy garsonce ani sztywnych formułkach, od zawsze miałam problem z „trzymaniem ludzi na dystans”. Moja romantyczna dusza podpowiadała mi zupełnie co innego. Myślałam, że moje bliskie relacje z Klientami i współpracownikami to oznaka mojej słabości – że to moja wada i starałam się to ukrywać pod sztywnym mundurkiem.   Pamiętam jak założyłam tego bloga – miałam wrażenie, że takie „domowe”, osobiste tematy nie przystają Wedding Plannerce, Bizneswoman, wiec przez pierwsze lata prowadziłam go anonimowo. Niesamowite jest to, jaka wspaniała społeczność się wokół niego utworzyła i jak dodała mi odwagi! Były też „heheszki”, których się obawiałam, ale ja już się nimi nie przejmowałam.   Po pierwsze zmieniłam nazwę bloga na swoje imię i nazwisko, a po drugie to, co inni pokochali we mnie, zaczęłam wprowadzać do swojej firmy. Dziś dzielę się swoją drogą ze światem, abyś nie musiała przechodzić tych wszystkich etapów i od razu uwierzyła w to, że za Twoim sukcesem stoi Twoja autentyczna osobowość i swoją historią pragnę dodać Ci tylko odwagi. Od dnia, w którym zrzuciłam nielubiane ołówkowe spódnice i założyłam koronkowe sukienki albo te w kwiaty – zaczęłam przyciągać do siebie zupełnie inne osoby! Mogłabym żałować, że tak późno, ale ja niesamowicie cieszę się z tej drogi, gdyż dziś jestem we właściwym miejscu i w odpowiednim czasie, a Tobie mogę dodać wiatru w żagle!   Samej trudno Ci stwierdzić, jaki trybik w Twojej firmie zawodzi? Mam nadzieję, że zainspiruję Cię do analizy i znajdziesz rozwiązanie.   Jeśli nie wiesz od czego zacząć, sprawdź, czy mogę Ci pomóc.   Na podstawie swoich doświadczeń, obserwując bieżącą sytuację, odważyłam się i wywróciłam plan swojego kursu na Wedding Plannera do góry nogami! Od 4 lat zbieram przepiękne opinie, przeanalizowałam na nowo ponad 400 listów od moich Kursantów. W 80% zmiany w programie polegają na zmianie kolejności lekcji, ale 20% to nowe zagadnienia – moja wiedza i doświadczenie z zakresu budowania własnej, wyrazistej marki.   A to także po to, abyś mogła jeszcze raz krok po kroku przejść przez proces tworzenia agencji ślubnej – to świetny plan na detekcję słabych punktów i ich naprawę!   Zdradzę Ci, że podczas szykowania dla Was zeszytu ćwiczeń na potrzeby tworzenia własnej marki, sama czułam się zainspirowana do pewnych zmian, a to pokazało mi tylko, że na każdym etapie rozwoju rzetelna analiza może zaowocować zmianami na lepsze! Zobacz, jaki program przygotowałam – program Kursu „Wedding Planner Expert”.   W ogóle uważam, że taki audyt własnej marki powinno się regularnie przeprowadzać. Nasza marka to my – a za naszym rozwojem powinna podążać marka, więc ja już nastawiłam się na stały rozwój i szkolenia w tym temacie.   Zapisy kończą się w poniedziałek 22 czerwca 2020 roku, a kolejny Kurs online planuję dopiero na listopad.
- [5 rzeczy, które musisz wiedzieć, zanim zostaniesz Wedding Plannerem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zanim-zostaniesz-wedding-plannerem/): Zdradzę Ci sekret. A nawet 5 sekretów! Jest kilka rzeczy, które musisz wiedzieć, zanim zostaniesz Wedding Plannerem i założysz własną agencję ślubną.   Kochasz śluby! Wiesz już jak zorganizować ślub – być może nawet ukończyłaś kurs na Wedding Plannera. Chcesz organizować śluby i zająć się tym na poważnie. Czy wiesz, co jeszcze musisz wiedzieć, zanim założysz własną agencję ślubną? Podpowiadam:     5 rzeczy, które musisz wiedzieć, zanim zostaniesz Wedding Plannerem   1.Musisz dowiedzieć się, jak prowadzić firmę Sama wiedza o tym, jak zorganizować ślub, nie jest wystarczająca, by prowadzić firmę. Jeśli myślisz o tym na poważnie i chciałabyś mieć własną agencję, musisz dowiedzieć się m.in. kiedy najlepiej założyć działalność, jaką formę działalności gospodarczej wybrać i na jaki rodzaj opodatkowania się zdecydować.   Przykład: jeśli ktoś otwiera firmę odzieżową, bo kocha modę i umie szyć, ale niestety nie ma podstawowej wiedzy z zakresu przedsiębiorczości ani o tym, jak prowadzić własny biznes – jest duże prawdopodobieństwo, że nie odniesie sukcesu, nawet jeśli produkowane przez niego ubrania będą najpiękniejsze i najlepsze jakościowo. Sama umiejętność szycia nie wystarczy, by mieć własną markę odzieżową.   2. Musisz umieć wyceniać swoje usługi Badania pokazują, że jeśli nasza praca jest naszą pasją i ją kochamy, zaniżamy cenę naszych usług. Wydaje nam się, że samo to, że możemy pracować, jest już naszą nagrodą. Myślimy sobie, że nasza praca jest tak przyjemna, że pokładamy w wątpliwość, czy ktoś za to zapłaci więcej, niż teraz ją wyceniamy.   Jest to skrzywienie, które sprawia, że źle wyceniamy swoje usługi. Wyceniamy je na sporo tańsze, niż cena rynkowa i niż klienci rzeczywiście są gotowi za te usługi zapłacić. Musisz umieć posługiwać się narzędziami, które pomogą Ci odpowiednio wyliczyć cenę swoich usług i ustalić plan cenowy na najbliższe lata.   Powinnaś wyjść od tego, ile chcesz, a wręcz ile musisz zarabiać, żeby móc prowadzić własny biznes. Musisz wiedzieć, ile pieniędzy możesz włożyć, a jakie jest minimum, które musisz włożyć. Musisz trafnie wyliczyć i określić własne moce przerobowe, ceny – co łącznie pozwoli Ci także określić, ile możesz „wyjąć”, czyli zarobić na swoim biznesie.   Pomoże Ci w tym wszystkim także zrobienie horyzontu czasowego – stworzenie wizji, jak chcesz, by Twoja firma prosperowała na przestrzeni trzech, a potem pięciu lat.   3. Musisz stworzyć strategię swojej firmy   Popatrz na swoja firmę dzisiaj. Miejsce, w jakim się obecnie znajdujesz jako firma, to punkt A. A teraz wyobraź sobie swoją firmę za pięć lat – jak Cię przedstawiają, jaką pozycję zajmujesz na rynku, co osiągnęłaś – to jest punkt B. Strategia to odpowiednie działania, które zaprowadzą Cię z punktu A do punktu B.  Gdzie jesteś dzisiaj – już wiesz, bo pewnie dopiero zaczynasz albo krótko działasz na rynku, więc bez problemu możesz przyłożyć do swojego młodego biznesu kilka odpowiednich metryk i otrzymać wyniki.   Żeby móc myśleć o punkcie B, musisz mieć wizję swojej firmy, co prowadzi nas do punktu 4, czyli…     4. Musisz określić podstawy, czyli misję i wizję Twojej firmy Dlaczego chcesz prowadzić agencję ślubną? Co chcesz dać światu? Jaki mieć wpływ na życie Młodych Par? Co najbardziej kręci Cię w biznesie? Chcesz po prostu organizować śluby? Może kochasz prowadzić biznes i rozwijać się w tym zakresie? A może zwyczajnie nie chcesz mieć nad sobą szefa? A teraz… wyobraź sobie, że za 10 lat wchodzisz na branżową scenę… jak Cię przedstawiają? Co mówią o  Tobie w branży, gdy nie słyszysz?   Każda z tych dróg może być inna i sposób, w jaki będziesz rozwijała swoją firmę, też wówczas będzie inny.   Natomiast jeśli Twoją największą miłością jest organizacja ślubów i bycie w centrum całego zamieszania, Twoja ścieżka rozwoju także może być inna – dłużej będziesz opierała się na jedno czy dwuosobowej firmie, żeby móc niemal całkowicie zaangażować się w organizowanie ślubów.   Jeśli kochasz śluby, ale najbardziej kręci Cię prowadzenie biznesu, być może będziesz starała się rozbudowywać firmę, w której będzie zatrudnionych wiele osób, a Ty, stojąc na jej czele, będziesz zajmowała się głównie strategią, nadzorując pracę zespołu i wprowadzając usprawnienia.     5. Musisz wiedzieć, kim jest Twój klient Czy wiesz, że w Polsce od kilku lat rok rocznie jest około 180 tysięcy ślubów, a Wedding Plannerzy organizują ich rocznie około 1000-2000?  To jest zaledwie 0,1 procenta wszystkich ślubów!   Co to oznacza? Że nie każda Para Młoda jest Twoim klientem – absolutnie nie! Kim więc jest para, która jest klientem Wedding Plannera? Musisz się tego dowiedzieć.     Muszę Ci się do czegoś przyznać… tworząc 11 lat temu Wytwórnię Ślubów, nie znałam odpowiedzi na żadne z tych pytań! Popełniłam masę błędów i przez pierwsze 2 lata straciłam ponad 30 000 zł – tylko dlatego, że rejestrując firmę, zaznaczyłam jedną niekorzystną dla mnie opcję, a nie odradziła mi tego nawet moja księgowa.   Od 4 lat udzielam na te wszystkie pytania szczegółowych odpowiedzi i dostarczam gotowych narzędzi w ramach mojego Kursu Wedding Planner Expert w Akademii Wytwórni Ślubów – tutaj możesz zapoznać się z opiniami na jego temat.   Z uwagi na to, że wszystkie moje Kursy stacjonarne do lipca musiały zostać odwołane, na sierpniowy od dawna nie ma miejsc, stworzyłam Kurs Online, który pozwoli Ci zdobyć całą tę wiedzę bez wychodzenia z domu.   Sprawdż, co dla Ciebie przygotowałam.     Kto wie, może to własnie idealna okazja dla Ciebie, by zmienić ścieżkę kariery lub otworzyć własny biznes?
- [Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2020 - do druku za darmo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-na-dobry-dzien-2020-do-druku-za-darmo/): Tak jak w ubiegłym roku zostawiam tu dla Was kalendarz / planner na 2020 do samodzielnego wydruku. Ten kalendarz DIY możesz pobrać całkowicie za darmo!   Mój Planner na Dobry Dzień 2020 okazał się moim małym sukcesem i spotkał się z bardzo miłym odbiorem! Pamiętam jednak, że w 2019 roku wiele z Was skorzystało także z wersji kalendarza do druku, dlatego i tym razem chcę dać Wam tę możliwość.   Potrzebne materiały i narzędzia: kartki papieru A4 – najlepiej dobrej jakości, od gramatury 80 g/m2 wzwyż. drukarka gilotyna lub ostre nożyczki – pamiętaj, aby pliki wydrukować dwustronnie w formacie A4, a następnie przeciąć na pół do formatu A5. segregator lub inna okładka dziurkacz – z ustawieniem dziurek odpowiednim do Twojego segregatora.   Wydrukuj samodzielnie lub w centrum wydruku planner, wepnij do wybranego segregatora i dołącz do szczęśliwych posiadaczek Plannera na Dobry Dzień!   Podaję Ci dwa linki do pobrania. W pierwszym znajduje się cały planner, łącznie z okładką, zaś w drugim – dodatki do wpięcia za częścią kalendarzową, czyli pomysły na prezenty, ważne daty, książki do przeczytania i filmy do obejrzenia, karta motywacji i śledzenia nawyków, którą doskonale znasz już z wyzwania #NieCzekamDzialam, książka teleadresowa, lista zakupów wraz z planowaniem posiłków, tabele wydatków, planowanie finansów, kalendarzyk miesiączkowy i karty pacjenta, wizyty lekarskie i miejsca na notatki.   Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2020 do pobrania – PDF   Dodatki   Korzystaj, niech dobrze Ci służy!  Jeśli chcesz, zostawiam Ci też link do sklepu – tu kupisz Planner w  segregatorze lub okładce z wegańskiej skóry 😉
- [Kalendarz 2020 do druku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-2020-do-druku/): Kalendarz 2019 dodany tu w ubiegłym roku spotkał się z miłym odbiorem, dlatego i tym razem dzielę się z Tobą kalendarzem 2020 do druku.   Choć w tym roku niemal całkowicie korzystam tylko z mojego Plannera na dobry dzień, w mojej kuchni na widoku, w łatwo dostępnym miejscu wciąż wisi miesięczny widok kalendarza, dzięki czemu zarówno ja, jak i Wojtek lub odwiedzające nas nasze Mamy doskonale wiedzą, co danego dnia się dzieje, czy zaplanowana jest jakaś ważna wizyta lub spotkanie.   Dlatego właśnie dziś dzielę się z Tobą kalendarzem na cały rok. Jest on żywcem wyciągnięty z mojego autorskiego Plannera:   Pobierz kalendarz miesięczny 2020 do druku Styczeń-Grudzień – PDF     A tu możesz pobrać każdy miesiąc osobno:   Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Styczeń – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Luty – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Marzec- JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Kwiecień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Maj – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Czerwiec – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Lipiec – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Sierpień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Wrzesień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Październik – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Listopad – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2020 do druku Grudzień – JPG     Kalendarz wydrukuj i zapisuj w nim najważniejsze zadania na dany dzień.     W osobnym poście dodam Wam jeszcze mój Planner na Dobry Dzień tak jak w poprzednim roku – do samodzielnego wydruku 🙂 A dla leniuszków zostawiam link do sklepu, gdzie możesz kupić Planner w pastelowym segregatorze lub okładce z wegańskiej skóry 😉
- [Jakie cechy, predyspozycje i umiejętności powinien mieć Wedding Planner?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cechy-umiejetnosci-wedding-plannera/): Jakie cechy, predyspozycje i umiejętności powinien mieć Wedding Planner? Odpowiadam!   Konsultant Ślubny – Wedding Planner to praca – marzenie dla wielu kobiet (mężczyzn również). Prawie każda z nas już jako mała Dziewczynka marzyła o księciu z bajki i białej sukni. Cudowny ślub to marzenie niemal każdej Kobiety. Do tego dochodzi tak częsta w nas potrzeba uszczęśliwiania i sprawiania radości innym. Gdy dodamy do tego pragnienie spełnienia zawodowego, często zawód Konsultanta Ślubnego pojawia się na horyzoncie.    Po obejrzeniu filmu „Powiedz tak” z Jennifer Lopez miliony kobiet na całym świecie zapragnęły być właśnie Konsultantkami Ślubnymi, a ten film bardzo przyczynił się do popularyzacji tego zawodu na całym świecie.   Zatem: Jakie cechy, predyspozycje i umiejętności powinien mieć Wedding planner?   Nie traktuj tej listy jako checklisty, czy to zawód dla Ciebie, tylko jako plan do swojego rozwoju. Sprawdź, co już masz, a nad czym powinnaś popracować (albo się z tym pogodzić i znaleźć jakieś rozwiązanie!).     Kreatywność Konsultant Ślubny bardzo często odpowiada za pomysł na ślub, a zawsze za jego realizację, dlatego kreatywny umysł pełen pomysłów i ciekawych rozwiązań jest bardzo potrzebny. Jeśli masz z tym problem, mam dobrą wiadomość – kreatywności można się nauczyć! Serio! A jeśli wydaje Ci się, że nie jesteś kreatywny/a, to masz rację – wydaje Ci się! To oznacza tylko tyle, że za mało jeszcze widziałaś.     Empatia Konsultant Ślubny musi umieć słuchać, a także wczuć się w sytuację drugiej osoby, aby jak najlepiej zaspokoić jej potrzeby. Nie chodzi tu tylko o Młodą Parę, choć oni są oczywiście najważniejsi, ale również o Rodziców, Dziadków i Gości. Konsultant Ślubny musi także lubić kontakt z innymi ludźmi. Nie może się bać nawiązywania nowych znajomości i powinien zwyczajnie to lubić.     Umiejętność słuchania Bardzo ważna cecha, która pozwoli Ci pozyskać Klientów – sama na początku swojej ścieżki miałam sytuację, w której Para Młoda wybrała mnie dlatego, że umiałam ich słuchać i nawiązać dobre relacje. Potraktuj spotkanie z Młodą Parą jako okazję na wysłuchanie ich marzeń, pragnień i potrzeb, a nie autoreklamę.     Spokój i opanowanie Pamiętaj – stres może udzielić się osobom z zewnątrz, dlatego ważne jest, byś emanowała spokojem i była opanowana w każdej sytuacji. Nie daj Klientom odczuć swojego zdenerwowania. Często jest wywołane problemem, który szybko da się rozwiązać, ale w głowie Panny Młodej już może zapalić się czerwona lampka, że coś się dzieje, co zepsuje jej dzień ślubu.     Odporność na stres Szybkie podejmowanie decyzji powinno być Twoją mocną stroną. Zawód Konsultanta Ślubnego to praca, która dała mi w życiu najwięcej przyjemności i satysfakcji, ale także kosztowała mnie najwięcej stresów. Opanowanie w każdej sytuacji to podstawa. Niesolidni podwykonawcy, praca pod presją czasu, nieprzewidywalne zdarzenia czy wypadki losowe – to wszystko jest na głowie Konsultanta Ślubnego, dlatego duża odporność na stresujące czynniki jest absolutnie wymagana. W przeciwnym wypadku Twój entuzjazm do tej pracy może ulec szybkiemu wypaleniu, a nieprzyjemne emocje będą dominowały nad tymi przynoszącymi satysfakcję. Choć po wspaniale zorganizowanym weselu będzie rozpierała Cię duma i szczęście, pewnie szybko zaczniesz się zastanawiać, czy to aby na pewno Twoja praca marzeń. Dobra wiadomość jest taka, że odporność na stres można w sobie wypracować, więc jeśli dzisiaj masz z tym problem, a wciąż myślisz o pracy w zawodzie Konsultanta Ślubnego, sugeruję kontakt z psychologiem biznesowym.     Dyspozycyjność Konsultant Ślubny często spotyka się z Klientami wieczorami oraz w weekendy (nie wspominając o Koordynacjach Dnia Ślubu). Dodatkowo „niespodzianki” to chleb powszedni w pracy Wedding Plannera. Skoro jesteśmy od tego, aby ciężar przygotowań i stresów brać na swoje barki – niespodziewane sytuacje i konieczność rozwiązywania bieżących problemów organizacyjnych spada właśnie na nas. Zdarzyło mi się na 2 dni przed ślubem rzucać wszystkie przygotowania i gnać ze smokingiem z jednego miasta do drugiego, aby wywabić plamę. Zdarzyło mi się też, że na kilka dni przed ślubem przywieziona z zagranicy suknia ślubna okazała się za mała. Był szczyt sezonu, a do gorsetu trzeba było doszyć materiał, którego oczywiście nie mieliśmy, nie wspomnę o tym, że musiałam znaleźć salon, który podejmie się takiej przeróbki na „cito”. Takie sytuacje sprawiają, że musimy często całkowicie przearanżować naszą pracę, a do domu zamiast o 16 wrócić o 23.   Jeśli mamy Dzieci – pewność, że jesteśmy w stanie zapewnić im opiekę na wypadek takich niespodziewanych sytuacji, jest konieczna.   Konsultant Ślubny w ramach Kompleksowej Organizacji Ślubu i Wesela w Dniu Ślubu jest do dyspozycji Młodej Pary, Podwykonawców oraz gości niemal przez 24h, a więc od wczesnych godzin porannych zwykle do 2 w nocy lub nawet do końca wesela. To tak zwana Koordynacja Dnia Ślubu. Często na koniec wesela, które trwa na przykład do 5 rano, konieczne jest rozliczenie się ze zużytych alkoholi, asysta i pomoc w odjeździe gości i tym podobne. Dlatego w dniu wesela czasami pracuje się od 5 rano do 8 rano kolejnego dnia plus czas na dojazd na miejsce i z powrotem. To duży wysiłek zarówno emocjonalny, jak i fizyczny, dlatego dobrze jest mieć w swojej karierze zawodowej takie doświadczenie jak praca kelnerki czy barmanki, która da nam pewność, że damy radę.     Zarządzanie budżetem i negocjacje Praca Konsultanta Ślubnego polega również na tym, aby zmieścić się w założonym budżecie, co często wymaga od nas właśnie kreatywności. Zazwyczaj budżet w trakcie przygotowań trzeba reorganizować. Dodatkowo bardzo ważne jest wynegocjowanie jak najlepszych warunków dla swoich Klientów. Dobrze jest mieć doświadczenie w tym zakresie lub nie bać się prosić o więcej niż nam dają. Asertywność również jest wymagana.     Prawo jazdy Konsultant Ślubny musi być mobilny. Dojazdy na spotkania, wspólne odwiedziny lokalizacji, które często są oddalone kilkadziesiąt kilometrów, często w miejscach, gdzie nie dojeżdża niemal żadna komunikacja publiczna – to wszystko trzeba dobrze zorganizować. Idealnie, jeśli posiada się prawo jazdy i samochód. Tutaj można posiłkować się pomocą osoby trzeciej, która będzie nas wszędzie wozić.     Języki obce Komunikatywny angielski to podstawa. Tak naprawdę mowa jest najważniejsza, bo do tłumaczenia korespondencji mailowej zawsze można kogoś zatrudnić. Jeśli sam Konsultant nie zna angielskiego, nie oznacza to, że nie jest to praca dla niego. Wystarczy, że współpracuje z osobą, która ten język zna i da zapewnienie, że będzie towarzyszyła mu na wszystkich spotkaniach z zagranicznymi Klientami oraz oczywiście podczas Koordynacji Dnia Ślubu. Jednocześnie warto zainwestować w lekcje języka angielskiego dla siebie, aby za rok, dwa czy trzy być samowystarczalnym.     Zainteresowania i hobby Dobrze, jeśli tematyka związana ze ślubami, weselami, przyjęciami, hotelarstwem, eventami, dekoracjami, grafiką zawierała się w kręgu Twoich zainteresowań. Dobrze by było, jeśli jest ona lub mogłaby się stać Twoim hobby.     Przedsiębiorczość Przed podjęciem decyzji o założeniu własnego biznesu zawsze trzeba zacząć od planu, a najlepiej od biznesplanu. Przygotowanie takiego planu jest bardzo ważne, aby ocenić, jakie nakłady musicie ponieść i jakich zysków możecie się spodziewać. Jeśli zdecydujesz się na prowadzenie własnej firmy, bardzo pomocna będzie wiedza z zakresu prowadzenia działalności, podstawowych kwestii podatkowych, kadrowych oraz księgowych. Cenne będą umiejętności wyszukiwania i wykorzystywania szans biznesowych oraz przewidywanie zagrożeń.     Poczucie pilności, wielozadaniowość (oraz umiejętność wyznaczania priorytetów) Poczucie pilności to wielozadaniowość, dzięki której będziesz potrafiła zdecydować, które zadania są najważniejsze, priorytetowe, a które z nich mogą pięć minut zaczekać i nie spowoduje to katastrofy. Koordynacja dnia ślubu jest jak domino – musisz zdecydować, który z „klocków” jest tym środkowym, tym, który – jeśli się przewróci – przewróci całą resztę.     Umiejętność wybaczania innym i sobie Gdyby dzień ślubu był checklistą, myślę, że możesz umieścić tam nawet 300 punktów. Niedopilnowanie jednego z tych punktów to nie tragedia. Dzień ślubu najczęściej dzieje się sam, działa jak dobrze naoliwiona maszyna – przy dobrym zaplanowaniu i przestrzeganiu przez wszystkich scenariusza możesz spodziewać się sukcesu. Może się jednak okazać, że gdzieś coś pójdzie nie tak, zapomnisz o czymś albo któreś z podwykonawców się pomyli. Ale musimy wybaczyć sobie i innym, wyciągnąć wnioski na przyszłość. Pamiętaj: ten jeden błąd nie trwa wiecznie – uczymy się na błędach i już ich nie powielamy. Doceńmy to, co się udało, to, co dobre, żeby nie okazało się, że jedno potknięcie nas złamało i spowodowało utratę wiary w siebie. Często w emocjach nawet Para Młoda, ich goście, nie zauważą tego, co Ty uważasz za wpadkę.     Pewność siebie Ciężko o pewność siebie, gdy stawiamy pierwsze kroki w biznesie. Odwołaj się do sukcesów, które odniosłaś na innych przestrzeniach swojego życia. Pewność siebie Wedding Plannera buduje doświadczenie – jak je zdobyć? W pokrewnej branży: w firmie cateringowej, jako kelnerka na weselu w hotelu, jako wolontariusz w agencji ślubnej. Z każdym małym doświadczeniem rośnie Twoja pewność siebie.     Bycie liderem Lider to nie szef, a osoba, która przyciąga i sprawia, że inni chcą z nią współpracować, działać zgodnie z jej poleceniami. Bycia liderem można się nauczyć – musisz stawiać na profesjonalizm i gotowość do rozwiązania problemów, które mogą się pojawić. Możesz zbudować swoją postawę lidera dzięki odpowiedniej mowie ciała, nie bez znaczenia jest również Twój strój. Wizerunkiem jesteś w stanie dodać lub odjąć sobie pewności siebie, co skutkuje tym, w jaki sposób jesteś odbierana.     Gra w zespole (nawet gdy ktoś zawiedzie) Gdyby nie Podwykonawcy, z którymi pracujesz w dniu ślubu, nie byłoby wesela. Pamiętaj, że to gra w zespole, o który musisz dbać. Warto wybierać podwykonawców, którzy się znają i lubią ze sobą pracować. Jeśli nie ma takiej możliwości – postaraj się zadbać o ich dobre relacje. Doceń ich również na forum, przed Parą Młodą, albo nawet podczas wesela, gdy zostaniesz poproszona o zabranie głosu. Pamiętaj, że podczas ślubu i wesela może się okazać, że tego dnia na sukces przyjęcia weselnego pracuje nawet kilkadziesiąt osób. To czynnik ludzki – zawsze może się zdarzyć, ze ktoś wstanie lewą nogą, spóźni się, nie przyjdzie do pracy – pamiętaj, bądź gotowa na taką ewentualność i nastaw się na rozwiązanie problemów tak szybko, jak tylko się pojawią.     Umiejętność sprzedawania swoich usług (oraz usług Podwykonawców) Twoi podwykonawcy to przedłużenie Ciebie, Twojej firmy, wrażenia, jakie chcesz dać Klientowi. Ważne, żebyś umiała mówić językiem korzyści, przedstawić swoje usługi, obronić ich cenę i zakres, opowiadać również o swoich podwykonawcach i ich zaletach – to Ty i Podwykonawcy jesteście dużym gwarantem sukcesu wesela.     Umiejętność przewidywania Dobry Wedding Planner czy koordynator ślubny zawsze jest dwa kroki do przodu i przewiduje, co może się wydarzyć i zna odpowiedzi na pytania, zanim one jeszcze się pojawią. Gdzie jest szatnia? Gdzie są toalety? Od której można się zabukować w hotelu? – to pytania, które często się pojawiają, a zadanie Konsultanta Ślubnego to znać na nie odpowiedź. Jest to umiejętność, którą kształtuje nasze doświadczenie – im większe będziesz mieć doświadczenie, tym łatwiej będzie Ci przewidzieć, z jakimi problemami i pytaniami będziesz musiała się zmierzyć.     Kursy i szkolenia Idealnie, jeśli masz wiedzę i praktykę na przykład zdobytą w pracy w hotelarstwie, gastronomii, i podczas bezpośredniej obsługi Klienta. Natomiast nawet jeśli stoi za Tobą wiedza czy doświadczenie w tych dziedzinach, będziesz potrzebowała ukończyć Kurs Konsultanta Ślubnego, dzięki któremu poznasz osoby pracujące w tym zawodzie, zdobędziesz wiedzę specjalistyczną z zakresu organizacji ślubów i wesel, a także Certyfikat, którym będziesz mogła posługiwać się, dokumentując swoją wiedzę i umiejętności. Przy wyborze takiego kursu czy szkolenia warto sprawdzić, czy posiada rekomendację Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych.   Jeśli poszukujesz takiego kursu lub szkolenia, specjalnie dla Ciebie przygotowałam autorski Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego, oparty na moim ponad wieloletnim doświadczeniu w branży ślubnej w Polsce. Mój kurs posiada rekomendację Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych jako jeden z trzech w całej Polsce.   Zastanawiasz się, jak wygląda taki Kurs? Czy warto z niego skorzystać? Zapoznaj się z opiniami na jego temat.   A jeśli interesuje Cię Kurs Wedding Planner Expert Online, kliknij w banner na dole – zapoznaj się ze szczegółami i zapisz!    
- [Oświetlenie w salonie - jak je zaprojektować?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/oswietlenie-w-salonie/): Oświetlenie w salonie – jak je zaprojektować? Kiedyś myślałam, że to pytanie wcale mnie nie dotyczy. Co tu projektować? Wybierasz kilka lamp i już. Nic bardziej mylnego. Jakie błędy popełniliśmy i na jakie ich rozwiązanie się zdecydowaliśmy?   Mamy w salonie bardzo dużo punktów świetlnych, aż za dużo. Mój salon pełni funkcję kuchni, pełni również funkcję jadalni. Do tego z salonu prowadzi klatka schodowa na górę, gdzie także jest punkt świetlny, a wchodząc do salonu z zewnątrz, jest korytarz – tam również  jest punkt świetlny. Podsumowując: 1 lampa w korytarzu, 1 na schodach, 1 w kuchni, 2 kinkiety na ścianie, do tego lampa nad stołem i główne światło w salonie.   Oświetlenie w salonie   Naprawdę nie wiedziałam, jak podejść do tego trudnego tematu oświetlenia w salonie, więc… podeszłam chyba od najgorszego sposobu – od kupienia pierwszej lampy, lampy nad stół w części jadalnianej. Do tej pierwszej lampy postanowiliśmy dokupować, dopasowywać kolejne. Wcale nie było to łatwe i w efekcie do i tak już zbyt dużej liczby punktów świetlnych stworzyliśmy dodatkowych 5 punktów nad blatem kuchennym…   W pewnym momencie stwierdziliśmy, dobierając już kolejne lampy do tej pierwszej lampy, że właściwie… ani nam się to nie podoba, ani nie czujemy się dobrze w tym wnętrzu, słowem: że nam to nie gra.   Tak mnie uderzyło to nielubienie oświetlenia w moim salonie, że w pewnym momencie stwierdziłam, że muszę coś zmienić. Uznałam, że czytanie poradników nic mi nie da, więc wolę zapytać fachowca. Zapytałam moją koleżankę Kasię, która jest architektem, a na co dzień prowadzi blog Mo Home.   Opowiedziałam Kasi o tym, co mnie najbardziej denerwuje w naszym salonie, co mi przeszkadza. Choć jest to niewielkie, trzydziestoparometrowe pomieszczenie, pełni ono kilka funkcji i ta mnogość, różnorodność świateł przytłaczała. Powiedziałam jej, że najważniejsze jest dla mnie, żeby nad stołem w jadalni zawisła piękna lampa, która będzie główną ozdobą salonu i która nie świeci w oczy, tylko w dół. Chciałam też, by reszta lamp, w miarę możliwości, była niewidoczna. Pewnie gdyby nie to, że się tak „zalampowałam” i męczyła mnie ta mnogość różnorakich lamp, może nie miałabym takiej potrzeby minimalizmu lampowego…   Uznałam nawet, że bliska jestem tego, by zdecydować się na sufit podwieszany. Wydawało mi się, że to jedyne rozwiązanie, że sufit podwieszany jest idealnym miejscem, w którym mogę ukryć te wszystkie oświetlenia i wyeksponować tylko jedną rzecz.   Na szczęście Kasia doradziła mi, co mam zrobić z tym lampowym misz-maszem.   Słusznie stwierdziła, że szkoda jest tracić wysokości tego wnętrza. Nasz dom nie jest kamienicą w starym budownictwie, gdzie sufity są na ok. 3,5 m wysokości, tylko domem szeregowym, w którym sufit jest (i tak wysoko) na wysokości 2,7 m. Podpowiedziała, żeby nie obniżać sufitu, tylko znaleźć inne rozwiązanie.   Kasia zaproponowała zakup lamp nastropowych. Okazało się to rozwiązaniem genialnym, które bardzo nam się spodobało. Taka lampa nastropowa kosztuje kilkadziesiąt złotych, przymocowuje się ją do sufitu, a miejsce przyczepienia – akryluje. Wygląda to naprawdę bardzo jednolicie, a efekt jest taki, że po tym, jak zrobiliśmy te oświetlenie, mnóstwo gości, którzy nas odwiedzali, mówili: „O, wreszcie zrobiliście sobie ten sufit podwieszany!”. Uzyskaliśmy zatem zamierzony efekt, nie tracąc jednocześnie wysokości pomieszczenia, a dodatkowo sporo zaoszczędzając.   Jak zrobić oświetlenie punktowe w salonie?   Ekipa budowlana zrobiła bruzdę, wkuła kable i zacekolowała dziurę. Do kabli wstawiliśmy wybrane lampy nastropowe i tyle. Wyszło to wszystko taniej niż robienie całej konstrukcji kartonowo-gipsowej, kupowanie płyt, cekolowanie itd.   Ze zmiany byłam zachwycona. Za namową Kasi dołożyłam jeszcze kilka punktów świetlnych (tak, ja, która chciała uniknąć mnogości lamp), czyli w przedpokoju zamiast jednej zwykłej lampy znalazły się trzy proste lampy nastropowe, wiszące nad barem w kuchni lampy również zmieniłam na lampy nastropowe. Jedynymi lampami dekoracyjnymi pozostała, zgodnie z zamierzeniem, lampa nad stołem oraz kinkiety na ścianie. Reszta to albo neutralne plafony, albo właśnie lampy nastropowe.   Lampy nastropowe zawisły także we wnęce w salonie – takie same wiszą nad blatem w kuchni. W przyszłości w tej wnęce pojawi się zabudowa.         Centralną lampą w salonie jest plafon w bardzo neutralnym kolorze – jest niemal niewidoczny.         Nasz salon jest delikatnie w klimacie Hamptons, czyli są pikowania, jest sztukateria, błękitne dodatki… zdecydowaliśmy się więc na jedną wyrazistą, srebrną lampę nad stołem i dwa pasujące kinkiety, pod którymi dzisiaj już wiszą obrazki. Mamy również delikatne oświetlenie karniszy we wnęce okiennej. Reszta to oświetlenie, które wtapia się w sufit, nie jest agresywne i jest niedrogie. Uważam, że na początek jest to genialne rozwiązanie.         Od momentu naszej rewolucji lampowej minęły już ze 2 lata. Dopiero teraz czuję, że jestem gotowa, żeby ewentualnie coś zmienić, ocieplić i dodać jakąś drugą inną wyrazistą lampę. Być może dziś na środku salonu dałabym już zamiast plafonu modną lampę Vertigo – taką samą, jaką mamy w sali konferencyjnej naszego biura – i drugą jakąś przyciągającą uwagę lampę nad stołem.   Uważam natomiast, że ta porada Kasi, by dać lampy nastropowe zamiast sufitu podwieszanego, jest poradą genialną. Gdybym teraz miała komuś poradzić, jak w takim skomplikowanym pomieszczeniu wydzielić funkcjonalne strefy, żeby nie przytłaczały mnogością oświetlenia i ma nie kosztować miliona złotych, to zastanowiłabym się, która strefa jest najbardziej ozdobna, na którą chcę postawić. U mnie była to akurat jadalnia, dlatego zdecydowałam się tu na ozdobną lampę.   Teraz, wchodząc do tego wnętrza, nie atakuje mnie już mnogość i różnorakość świateł, czuję spokój. Jesteśmy bardzo zadowoleni z tych zmian!
- [Wyprawka dla noworodka - jak ją wygodnie i bezpiecznie skompletować w czasach epidemii](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-higieniczna-dla-noworodka/): Kwarantanna kwarantanną, ale dzieci wciąż się rodzą i wyprawkę dla maluszka trzeba skompletować. Jak zrobić to bez wychodzenia z domu? Jak podjąć najlepsze decyzje?   Etap planowania wyprawek mam już za sobą i patrząc na ganiających się po domu Mikołaja i Maksia sama nie wiem, kiedy to minęło.   Wiem jednak, że obecnie w Polsce jest wiele Mam, które czekają na rozwiązanie – ich Maluszki nie zaczekają, aż skończy się panująca epidemia, trzeba je na świecie powitać i zapewnić wszystko to, co najlepsze. Jak skompletować wyprawkę w czasach epidemii?   Zapytałam o to Ewelinę Gawlik z Centrum Wyprawkowego Muppetshop, która pomagała mi w skompletowaniu wyprawki oraz w urządzaniu pokoju safari dla Maksia.       Jakie udogodnienia przygotowaliście dla Mam planujących zakup wyprawki dla Maluszka w tym trudnym dla nas wszystkich czasie?   Przede wszystkim najważniejsze: wciąż można zrobić u nas zakupy bez wychodzenia z domu.   Oprócz tego, że zachęcamy do wyboru zakupów online na naszej stronie internetowej, to uruchomiliśmy usługę „private shopping” za pomocą wideokonferencji. Zdzwonić możemy się na Skype, Messengerze czy Face Time, podczas takie rozmowy chętnie pokażemy produkty przez telefon, „na żywo” – a jednak w bardzo komfortowych, domowych warunkach 🙂   Nasze salony na warszawskim Mokotowie są wciąż otwarte, natomiast wprowadziliśmy tutaj nowe standardy obsługi. Po pierwsze ze względów bezpieczeństwa, po wejściu do sklepu prosimy o zdezynfekowanie rąk znajdującym się u nas płynem.   Ponadto zdecydowaliśmy się umawiać klientki w ciąży na konkretną godzinę do konkretnego salonu, by cały sklep był tylko dla niej. Mamy dwa duże, niepołączone ze sobą salony, dlatego jesteśmy w stanie to łatwo zrobić.     A co z Mamami, które wciąż niezbyt dobrze wiedzą, co jest im potrzebne?   Dla takich Mam na naszej stronie znajduje się lista wyprawkowa, przez którą taką Mamę możemy przeprowadzić. Pytamy, co jest dla niej najważniejsze, na co zwraca uwagę i proponujemy gotowe rozwiązania, które najlepiej się u niej sprawdzą.     Osobiście znalazłam 2 lata temu w Waszym Centrum wyprawkowym wszystko, czego potrzebowałam dla Noworodka i Niemowlęcia, ale widziałam, że zaszły u Was spore zmiany,  w nadal Mamom uda się skompletować wszystko od A do Z?   Zdecydowanie. Stworzyliśmy to miejsce dla rodziców, którzy szukają kompleksowych rozwiązań i wyselekcjonowanych marek. Stawiamy na jakość, bezpieczeństwo i dobry design.   Rodzice znajdą u nas wszystko, czego będą potrzebować w pierwszych miesiącach życia z nowym członkiem rodziny: począwszy od wózka i fotelika samochodowego, przez meble do pokoju dziecięcego, na akcesoriach pielęgnacyjnych, ubrankach i zabawkach kończąc.   A nad tym wszystkim pieczę trzymają nasi doradcy z ogromnym doświadczeniem i znajomością = rynku i potrzeb młodych rodziców.   Takie rady są nieocenione – sama pamiętam, jak długo szukałam najlepszych akcesoriów przy kompletowaniu pierwszej wyprawki, bardzo potrzebowałam wtedy wskazówek. Przy drugim Dziecku myślałam, że już wszystko wiem, a wtedy poznałam Ciebie i otworzyłaś mi oczy na tyle aspektów i udogodnień.   Bez dwóch zdań, kompletowanie wyprawki niemowlęcej to wyzwanie. Jest to też naprawdę piękna przygoda, nawet w tych trudnych czasach, a my uwielbiamy być częścią tej przygody :-).   A na co sugerujesz zwrócić szczególną uwagę przy kompletowaniu wyprawki w tych „nowych” warunkach, jakim przyszło stawić nam czoła?   Ze względu na zagrożenie wirusem, szczególnie mocno stawiamy na produkty, które można w łatwy i skuteczny sposób zdezynfekować lub wyprać w bardzo ciepłej i wyprasować gorącym żelazkiem. Warto to zrobić zarówno po odbiorze paczki czy przywiezieniu zakupów do domu, a już na pewno bezwzględnie – kupując lub dostając coś z drugiej ręki.   Dlatego szczególnie polecamy kosze mojżeszowe, wanienki, maty do przewijania, czy tez łóżeczka dostawne Shnuggle, które spełniają te wymogi. Kosz Mojżesza jest skonstruowany tak, że wystarczy zdjąć i wyprać jego pokrowiec, a skorupę przetrzeć płynem do dezynfekcji. Wanienka jest bardzo kompaktowa pomimo tego że się nie składa – w miejscach złożeń szczególnie łatwo o drobnoustroje, a ciężko o dezynfekcję. Warto jest kupić wózek, który ma odpinany materiał gondoli, który możemy uprać. Pozwoli nam to nie tylko zadbać o zdrowie Dziecka i nasze, ale także o to, że bezpiecznie będziemy mogli przekazać nasze produkty kolejnej Mamie i Dziecku, aby mogły służyć i służyć kolejnym rodzinom. Do tego oczywiście ubranka i pościele z naturalnych materiałów, z wkładami, które można wyprać, a pomiędzy praniami wyprasować żelazkiem z parą.   Zdecydowanie to jest czas, w którym na przykład kosze z trawy morskiej, sznurka, czy rattanu albo zabawki kąpielowe czy gryzaki z dziurką w ogóle nie zdają egzaminu, gdyż po prostu nie sposób je skutecznie zdezynfekować.   A Ty jak radzisz sobie z kompletowaniem wyprawki bez wychodzenia z domu?
- [Przepis na chleb orkiszowy - smaczny i zdrowy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przepis-na-chleb-orkiszowy/): Wspominałam Wam o tym, że u nas w domu jemy domowej roboty chleb. Początkowo piekła go dla nas wszystkich nasza Mama, a dziś bez problemu piekę go sama. Jest pyszny, niemalże wiecznie świeży i bardzo zdrowy. Z mąki prosto z młyna, takiej od Świętej Hildegardy. To niemal jedyne pieczywo, które jemy w naszym domu. To nasz rodzinny chleb pieczony z miłości do Dzieci, Wnuków i… zdrowia.   Pieczemy chleb niezależnie od okoliczności. Czujemy, że w ten sposób dajemy swojej Rodzinie wszystko to co najlepsze. Strasznie ubolewam nad tym, że tak ciężko jest kupić dobry, smaczny i zdrowy chleb. Bez ulepszaczy. Nie pieczony w głęboko mrożonego ciasta… przez 6 miesięcy mrożonego. Początkowo ciężko było mi się przestawić na pieczenie chleba w domu i mieliśmy to szczęście, że pyszny, Mamuniowy chleb przyjeżdżał do nas raz w tygodniu. Dziś udało nam się wypracować czas na pieczenie świeżego chleba częściej, aby tym mrożonym ratować się w ostateczności. Dziś razem z moją Mają zdradzimy Wam, jak upiec go samemu. Składniki: mąka orkiszowa 700 – 500g + mąka orkiszowa 2000 – 500 g (chleb ciemniejszy) lub mąka orkiszowa 700 – 1000g (chleb jaśniejszy) drożdże wyborne – 50g lub suszone drożdże w proszku – 2 opakowania (jedno jest na 0,5 kg mąki) 800 ml ciepłej wody 2 łyżeczki soli nieoczyszczonej i niejodowanej 2 łyżeczki octu spirytusowego masło klarowane – do wysmarowania foremek otręby orkiszowe – do wysypania wysmarowanych foremek   Mąkę początkowo kupowałyśmy w młynie w Pruszczu Gdańskim, później zamawiałyśmy przez internet z innego młyna – bardzo ważne, aby mąka pochodziła z upraw od świętej Hildegardy. Wtedy najprawdopodobniej będzie to prawdziwy, zdrowy orkisz, a nie „podróbka”.   Przygotowanie: do miski wrzucamy 500g mąki orkiszowej 700 i 500g mąki orkiszowej 2000, dodajemy 2 łyżeczki soli do dwóch szklanek wlewamy po 200ml wody i do każdej szklanki z wodą wrzucamy po 25g drożdży, odstawiamy na 5 minut, aby drożdże się rozpuściły w tym czasie smarujemy foremki masłem klarowanym i wysypujemy otrębami orkiszowymi po rozpuszczeniu drożdży mieszamy je w szklance i wlewamy je do miski do 400ml ciepłej wody dodajemy 2 łyżeczki octu spirytusowego i wlewamy do miski miskę montujemy na robocie kuchennym wraz z odpowiednim mieszadłem do chleba i włączamy na bieg 1 na 20 minut po 20 minutach zmieniamy bieg robota kuchennego na 2, na którym robot pracuje kolejne 10 minut. Jeżeli nie posiadacie robota kuchennego, ciasto możecie wyrobić ręcznie w misce przez 15 minut. Jeśli masz Thermomix, ustawiam na funkcję wyrabiania ciasta na chleb na 15 minut – ciasto wyrobione w Thermomixie jest jakby bardziej napowietrzone, ciasto rośnie wyżej, a chleb jest smaczniejszy. Natomiast z uwagi na rozmiar naczynia musisz podzielić przepis na pół i na raz piec jeden chleb.   Po zakończeniu pracy robota ciasto wygląda następująco: Wyrobione ciasto przenosimy mokrą ręką do plastikowej miski, również zwilżonej wodą (aby ciasto się nie przykleiło miska musi być mokra). Miskę z ciastem układamy na dużym frocianym ręczniku, przykrywamy bawełnianą ściereczką i zostawiamy do wyrośnięcia na około 15-20 minut  w zależności od tego jak ciepło mamy w pomieszczeniu (im cieplej tym krócej). Po 15-20 minutach dzielimy w misce ciasto na dwie równe części i każdą z nich przekładamy mokrymi dłońmi do osobnej foremki. Po przełożeniu ciasta ustawiamy je znów na frocianym ręczniku, przykrywamy ściereczką i pozostawiamy do wyrośnięcia na około 20 minut. Ciasto powinno wypełnić foremki. W tym czasie nagrzewamy piekarnik do 230’C. Kratkę w piekarniku ustawiamy na poziomie 2. Po wyrośnięciu ciasta w foremkach Wkładamy je do nagrzanego na 230’C piekarnika. Chleby pieczemy przez 15 minut w temperaturze 230’C, następnie zmniejszamy temperaturę do 200’C, otwieramy piekarnik i pędzlujemy chleb pędzlem umoczonym w zimnej wodzie. A wszystko po to, aby skórka chleba była chrupiąca. Zamykamy piec i pieczemy przez kolejne 40 minut w temperaturze 200’C. Po 40 minutach wyciągamy chleb z pieca: Wyrzucamy z foremek na bawełnianą ściereczkę, stawiamy go na sztorc aby odparował. Po chwili przykrywamy ściereczką i… najlepiej dopiero po około 8 godzinach nadaje się on do jedzenia, wtedy da nam z siebie więcej dobrego. Kto ma ochotę na kromeczkę?
- [Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi czyli wózek rok po roku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kids-kargo-duellette-bs-combi-czyli-wozek-rok-po-roku/): Wózek Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” to wózek podwójny, skompletowany jako wózek dla dzieci rok po roku – w zestawie znajduje się bowiem siedzisko spacerowe dla starszego dziecka oraz gondolka, którą można zmienić w drugie siedzisko spacerowe dla młodszego dziecka. Co bardzo ważne, podwójne wózki KIDS KARGO sprzedawane są także w zestawach jako wózki dla bliźniaków. Jak wózek Kids Kargo dla dzieci rok po roku sprawdził się u nas podczas dwumiesięcznego testu?   Wózek podwójny dla dzieci rok po roku mieliśmy przyjemność testować codziennie przez dwa miesiące – żadne tam wyjście do lasu na 15 minut na zrobienie ładnych zdjęć. Testowaliśmy wózek podczas codziennych spacerów, odprowadzając jedno dziecko do przedszkola, na rodzinnych wakacjach czy niedzielnych dalszych spacerach i małych wycieczkach. W tym czasie oczywiście sprawdziliśmy jak w praktyce udaje się spakować wózek do samochodu. Jak się sprawdził w naszej rodzinie? Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi   Wózek podwójny Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” nie jest pierwszym wózkiem podwójnym, jaki miałam przyjemność testować. Znałam więc podstawowe różnice w prowadzeniu wózka pojedynczego i podwójnego, szczególnie z tak dużymi dziećmi jak moje – czyli 1 i 4 latka. Dzięki temu prowadzenie wózka Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi było dla mnie pozytywnym zaskoczeniem, w przeciwieństwie do mojego pierwszego w życiu spaceru z podwójnym wózkiem. Ale po kolei 🙂     Stelaż wózka i koła Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Stelaż wózka jest aluminiowy i sprawia wrażenie bardzo solidnego. Waży 11,5 kg – sporo, ale pamiętajmy, że musi udźwignąć i zapewnić bezpieczeństwo dwóch gondolek / siedzisk / fotelików samochodowych i dwójki dzieci. Zdziwiłabym się, gdyby ważył mniej.     Koła wózka są piankowe – przednie mniejsze, a tylne większe, ale naprawdę wystarczających rozmiarów. Na trudniejszym terenie czy „bujając” dziecko w wózku w przód i tył do snu można zablokować przednie koła i ułatwić sobie prowadzenie wózka. Dobrze sprawdzały się na nierównościach chodnika oraz na trawie czy piaszczystej drodze. Tylne koła posiadają błotniki – dzięki nim dziecko siedzące blisko kółek nie jest narażone na ewentualne chlapanie.   Koła łatwo się zdejmuje, dzięki czemu można zaoszczędzić w bagażniku sporo miejsca – a przyda się, bo przy dwójce dzieci mamy podwójne siedziska, gondolki czy siedzisko i gondolkę do spakowania. Również wspomniane błotni są „łatwozdjemowalne”.   Amortyzacja Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Koła w wózku są amortyzowane na obu osiach – załadowany dwójką dzieci wózek jedzie stabilnie i zapewnia im komfort. Wózek dla dwójki dzieci musi być zarówno bezpieczny, jak i komfortowy – i taki właśnie jest – nie ma mowy o żadnym „wytrzęsieniu” dziecka. Z uwagi na charakter wózka, z założenia nie jest to wózek na wycieczki po lesie, ale na te po piaszczystych drogach czy trawie sprawdza się bardzo dobrze.     A co z podbijaniem? Czytając moje wrażenia w tym temacie pamiętaj, że w chwili testu wózka moje dzieci ważyły łącznie przynajmniej 25 kilo – jeśli szukasz wózka dla Bliźniąt czy dla Dzieci rok po roku, to z taką wagą będziesz miała do czynienia pewnie dopiero po roku czy półtorej używania wózka, wcześniej będziesz miała zupełnie inny komfort z podbijania wózka. W zależności od konfiguracji gondolek/siedzisk, podbijanie wózka okazało się dla mnie często po prostu trudne – ale bardzo podobnie jest w naszym bliźniaczym wózku – pamiętajmy, że wózek podwójny prowadzi się nieco inaczej, a moje dzieci są dziś w takim wieku, w jakim wiele dzieci omija wózek z daleka – my akurat jesteśmy bardzo aktywną rodziną, spędzamy całe dnie poza domem, mieszkamy w dużym mieście i wózek jest dla naszych dzieci azylem, miejscem odpoczynku, jedzenia, a także zapewnia im niezbędne bezpieczeństwo, gdy wychodzę z nimi sama – nie ryzykuję wystawiania dwójki dzieci z samochodu i pójścia z nimi za rękę po ruchliwych ulicach Trójmiasta czy Warszawy, do parku czy placu zabaw bezpiecznie dojeżdżamy zawsze w wózku. Podwójny wózek to moje wybawienie, szczególnie, gdy z dziećmi jadę czy idę gdzieś sama.   Rączka Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Rączka w wózku jest bardzo długa = daleko odstawiona – dzięki temu nawet w takiej konfiguracji, w której gondolę umieścisz na dole, a spacerówkę u góry, będziesz mogła komfortowo spacerować. Choć zdjęcie tego nie oddaje – spacerując w takiej konfiguracji idzie mi się wygodniej niż z podwójnym wózkiem typu parasolka.   A jeśli uwielbiasz robić duże kroki, zawsze możesz zamontować wózek z gondolką na górze – teraz rama spacerówki jest na wysokości kolan i zupełnie nie przeszkadzała ani mi, ani mężowi.     W najniższej pozycji rączka ma 89 cm, a w najwyższej 104 cm – ta spora regulacja pozwoli Ci dobrać optymalną wysokość do Twojego wzrostu oraz konfiguracji gondolek / siedzisk i dzieci, które akurat podróżują wózkiem.   Rączka ma bardzo fajną opcję, której nie spotkałam jeszcze w żadnym innym wózku – jest piankowa, ale posiada zapinany na zamek skórzany pokrowiec, dzięki czemu można powiedzieć, że ma swoje dwa życia, a w razie uszkodzenia skórzanego pokrowca można go po prostu zdjąć czy doszyć.     Hamulec Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Hamulec nożny to chyba jedyna rzecz, której nie polubiłam. Choć jest bardzo wygodny w zaciąganiu – wystarczy go nacisnąć stopą:     …to aby go zwolnić należy podłożyć pod niego stopę – szczególnie latem jest to kłopotliwe:     Kosz na zakupy – zapięcie, obciążenie Przyzwyczajona do zamkniętego kosza na zakupy, przeżyłam absolutne zaskoczenie jak można być zachwyconym i zadowolonym z kosza otwartego! A w dodatku to najbardziej pojemny kosz jaki w życiu widziałam i jakoś nic z niego nie wypada! Fani cygańskiego trybu życia i zabierania ze sobą na włóczęgę połowy dobytku (a tak mniej więcej wygląda nasze życie z dwójką takich Maluchów) będą mu niezmiernie wdzięczni! Wkładałam tam kurtki całej rodziny w sklepie czy śpiworki do wózków na spacerze podczas niepewnej pogody. A zakupy w markecie? W końcu nie muszę ich robić na dwa wózki – dziecięcy i sklepowy. Rewelacja! Kosz na 5+.     Możliwe konfiguracje Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Na wózku, w zależności od wersji, możesz zamontować dwie gondole, dwa siedziska spacerowe, gondolę i siedzisko spacerowe, a każde z nich zastąpić fotelikiem samochodowym Kids Kargo lub Britax BabySafe (bez adapterów) lub innym z mocowaniem jak Maxi Cosi czy Cybex – za pomocą osobno sprzedawanych adapterów.   Do zestawu dołączone są także adaptery podnoszące wysokość gondoli czy siedziska, dzięki czemu możemy zachować większy dystans pomiędzy dolnym a górnym dzieckiem, czy też w wersji pojedynczej mieć dziecko w sam raz na wysokości stolika w restauracji.     No właśnie –  tego brakowało mi w typowym bliźniaczym wózku. Tutaj idąc na spacer tylko z jednym dzieckiem, możemy zamontować na stelażu tylko jedną gondolę czy jedno siedzisko i mamy fajny wózek pojedynczy.     Uwielbiałam wykorzystywać tę funkcję odprowadzając Mikołaja do przedszkola – wtedy konfigurowałam wózek jako pojedynczy wózek spacerowy dla Maksia, a z Mikołajem szłam za rączkę – przedszkole mamy naprawdę blisko. Po odprowadzeniu miałam gotowy wózek na spacer z jednym dzieckiem. Dodatkowo, gdy starsze dziecko nie chce już jeździć w wózku, nie musimy wymieniać wózka na pojedynczy – wystarczy, że wpinamy w niego tylko jedno siedzisko i mamy wózek pojedynczy. Natomiast na miejsce mocowania drugiego siedziska czy gondoli nakładamy dołączone do stelaża ochraniacze na stałe.   Gdy zdarza mi się wyjść na spacer z moim wózkiem bliźniaczym z jednym dzieckiem, bo na przykład tylko taki mam w samochodzie, nie jest to już takie wygodne, choć rekompensuję to sobie dodatkowym miejscem na zakupy.     Budka Budka, zarówno od gondoli, jak i od siedziska spacerowego, jest pokaźnych rozmiarów, a dodatkowo można ją jeszcze powiększyć. Posiada również funkcję, dzięki której można odpiąć wierzchni materiał i zapewnić Maluszkowi przewiew świeżego powietrza. Idealnie sprawdzi się latem, ale także zimą ochroni od słońca i deszczu czy śniegu. Gondola W naszym zestawie gondola ma funkcję przemiany na siedzisko spacerowe oraz siedzisko spacerowe czy wersja Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi.   Gondola ma długość 82 cm czyli całkiem sporą, dłuższą niż w wózkach, które wybrałam dla moich dzieci, a szerokość 32 cm. W środku znajdują się dodatkowe pasy, które mogą być pomocne przy przenoszeniu Maluszka w gondoli.   Gondola magicznie – za pomocą kilku pasków i zapięć – zmienia się później w siedzisko spacerowe. Nie jest to trudne i zajmuje kilka minut.       Gondola posiada też pałąk – tak samo jak w przypadku rączki znajduje się na nim skórzany ochraniacz, który można odpiąć i pozostawić pałąk piankowy.     Z gondoli można korzystać oczywiście także bez pałąka. Wspomniana budka gondoli da wspaniały cień i zimą i latem, a także ochronę od słońca i deszczu.     Gondolka posiada także osłonkę na nóżki, którą można albo zapiąć na pałąku, albo zakryć gondolkę naprawdę bardzo wysoko, aby chroniła Maluszka od wiatru.     Gondolę można zamontować na stelażu zarówno na dole, jak i na górze, zarówno przodem jak i tyłem. Wspaniale! Sama testowałam różne opcje i jestem pewna, że każdy rodzic z łatwością znajdzie tu swoją ulubioną konfigurację.     Siedzisko spacerowe Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Siedzisko spacerowe jednofunkcyjne (nie to powstałe z gondoli), podobnie do tego dwufunkcyjnego (powstałego z gondoli) są kubełkowe, średniej wielkości. Myślę, że do 98 cm wzrostu będzie nich dzieciom bardzo wygodnie, choć mój Mikołaj jest już wyższy, gdy miał ochotę odpocząć czy zdrzemnąć się na spacerze, również z przyjemnością z nich korzystał i to w kurtce zimowej.   Siedzisko jednofunkcyjne posiada regulowany podnóżek.     a to powstałe z gondoli już nie.     Oba posiadają pałąki, wypinane z jednej strony lub całkowicie, oraz pięciopunktowe pasy bezpieczeństwa.   Siedziska spacerowe można ustawić w trzech pozycjach – siedzące, półleżącej i leżącej.     Kolorystyka Stelaż jest aluminiowy – niemalowany zatem zarysowania nie są mu straszne. Dostępnych jest natomiast kilka kolorów tapicerek – ta szara skradła moje serce.       Składanie i rozmiar po złożeniu Składając wózek dla dwójki dzieci zawsze mamy nieco więcej roboty – czy to jest to wózek typu parasolka, czy 3w1 tak jak ten. Siedziska / gondole wypinamy osobno, aby następnie złożyć stelaż, a być może zdjąć kółka, aby zaoszczędzić miejsce w przestrzeni bagażowej. Samo składanie stelaża jest dość proste, ale wymaga nieco wprawy – jedyna ruchem ręki trzeba zwolnić blokadę i złożyć wózek.     Waga Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” Wózek z dwoma siedziskami czy gondolą i siedziskiem waży 18,5 kg.     Akcesoria Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21” W zestawie są folie przeciwdeszczowe i moskitiery. Do dokupienia jest torba do wózka z podkładką do przekiwania w kolorze tapicerki wózka. Torba do wózka – cena ok. 110 zł. Wykonana z łatwego do czyszczenia materiału, z matą do przewijania w zestawie. Można ją zamontować na wszystkich wózkach Kids Kargo. Śpiworek do wózka – cena ok. 120 zł.  Pasuje do wózki dziecięcych oraz do fotelików samochodowych. Fotelik samochodowy – cena ok. 550 zł. Fotelik z wbudowaną osłoną. Dopasowany do wózków Kids Kargo. Adaptery do fotelika – cena ok. 150 zł. Umożliwiają montaż fotelika do stelaża wózka. Adaptery są potrzebne do fotelików z innym z mocowaniem jak Maxi Cosi czy Cybex.     Ceny wózka Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi „21”+ dodatki Cena to ok. 2099 zł zależnie od aktualnej promocji i konfiguracji. Skórzana rączka to dopłata 140 zł. Dostawa wózka jest bezpłatna. Więcej aktualnych konfiguracji i cen znajdziesz na oficjalnym sklepie producenta tutaj. Torba do wózka – cena ok. 110 zł. Śpiworek do wózka – cena ok. 120 zł. Fotelik samochodowy – cena ok. 550 zł. Adaptery do fotelika – cena ok. 150 zł.     Podsumowanie Gdy zostałam poproszona o przetestowanie wózka Kids Kargo Duellette BS Combi, sprawdziłam, czy będzie odpowiedni dla moich chłopców i… zapomniałam spojrzeć na jego cenę, którą sprawdziłam dopiero po pierwszym spacerze z dziećmi i byłam nią absolutnie zaskoczona – ten podwójny wózek na genialny stosunek jakości do ceny. Jestem pewna, że dobrze sprawdzi się w niejednej rodzinie 2+1 czy w wersji bliźniaczej. Waga stelaża 11,5 kg Waga stelaża z siedzeniami 18,5 kg Wymiary rączki 95 cm – 105 cm wymiary wewnętrzne gondoli 82 cm x 32 cm Wymiary stelaża po rozłożeniu 88 cm (głębokość) x 109 cm (długość) x 65 cm (wysokość) Wymiary złożonego stelaża 41 cm (głębokość) x 99 cm (długość) x 65 cm (szerokość) Wymiary wewnętrzne siedziska przekształcanego z gondoli głębokość 25 cm x szerokość 30 cm x wysokość oparcia 42 cm x długość podnóżka 17 cm Regulacja siedzenia Tak, trzystopniowa Kosz na zakupy Tak, bardzo pojemny
- [III edycja wyzwania #NieCzekamDziałam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/iii-edycja-wyzwania-nieczekamdzialam/): Dołącz do III edycji wyzwania: #NieCzekamDziałam!   Kochane wojowniczki! Wyzwanie Agnieszki i jej przemiana było dla mnie impulsem do zmiany! Jestem mamą energicznego 1.5 roczniaka. Jak to w życiu bywa niestety po ciąży zostało mi 'kilka’ kilogramów nadprogramowych. Byłam przekonana, że nie dam rady ich zrzucić, mając maluszka w domu i stos obowiązków. Zawsze było to magiczne 'ale’, poza tym zmęczenie nie pomagało jednak jak zobaczyłam przemianę Agnieszki i zaczęłam uczestniczyć w wyzwaniu, powiedziałam sobie stop, ja też mogę, dam radę! Umówiłam się na wizytę u dietetyka, i takim oto sposobem jest mnie dziś o – 17 kg mniej a to dopiero początek! Cały czas walczę o upragnioną sylwetkę. Nie będę kłamać, że jest to łatwe. Praca, dom, maluszek w domu + setki innych obowiązków to mieszanka wybuchowa. Ale powiem Wam jedno! Naprawdę warto! Przy odrobinie dobrej organizacji i motywacji można wszytko! A jak mogę ją to i z pewnością możesz Ty ja walczę dalej i trzymam kciuki za Was! Joanna     Takie słowa dotarły na moją skrzynkę po poprzedniej edycji wyzwania. Szczęście rozniosło się po całym moim ciele – od palców u stóp aż po czubek głowy. Kiedy widzę, jak dobrze Wam idzie, jak pięknie się wspieracie i jak niesamowite efekty osiągacie, cieszę się, że ta grupa powstała, że jesteście, a ja jestem w niej z Wami.     Piszecie do mnie jeszcze takie piękne słowa:   #Nieczekamdziałam odmieniło mnie i moje podejście, nie tyle co do odchudzania (chociaż na minusie mam już 15kg) co do zdrowszego trybu życia. Kilka miesiący temu, wrzuciłaś post na bloga o tym jak schudłaś i jakie wiecznie błędy popełniałaś w drodze do wymarzonej sylwetki i zamierzonych sobie celów. Przeczytałam post i z każdym zdaniem miałam ochotę napisać „ja też tak mam, ja też tak mam!”. Oczywiście chodziło mi o błędy wciąż popełniane. Przeczytałam do końca. Po czym odłożyłam telefon i stworzyłam swoją tabelkę wyzwań. Na początku były proste. Żeby nie poddać się za szybko. Później przybywało więcej,bardziej ambitnych. Malowałam te kratki i chciałam sama dla siebie malować na zielono i na zielono… Nie wyznaczyłam sobie co prawda konkretnego celu. Był bardziej taki ogólny. Działać! Dopiero 20stycznia planując kolejny tydzień dopisałam treningi. Dzisiaj na mojej liście są dwie tabelki. Jedna z treningiem, druga z zakazem jedzenia i picia „syfu”. Cel bardziej konkretny: ubrać we wrześniu, na 10rocznicę, suknie ślubną. Już się w nią znowu mieszczę, choć nadal brakuje troszkę, by dopiąć do końca 😉 Pozwalam sobie na grzeszki i nie mam wyrzutów sumienia. Zjadam jedno ciastko, nie opakowanie. Kiedy zdarza mi się nawet tydzień „czerwony”, nie przeszkadza mi to w tym, aby kolejny zamienić całkowicie na zielony. Jestem z siebie dumna i nadal #nieczekamdziałam bo zawsze można coś ulepszyć 🙂 w końcu robię to dla siebie! Aga! Napiszę to raz jeszcze! DZIĘKUJE! Malowanie kwadracików u mnie zdziałało cuda!!! Kasia     A to już przy okazji wyzwania #MójSpokójMojaSiła napisała do mnie D.:   Co mnie motywuje codzienne? Cieszę się z małych rzeczy, których wcześniej nie zauważałam, nie doceniałam co mam, szukałam szczęścia gdzie indziej. Teraz uświadomiłam sobie, że jestem szczęśliwa każdego dnia dzięki małym rzeczom, np. tu gdzie mieszkam, mam ogród – już od jakichś 6 lat. Wcześniej miałam podejście: mam ten ogród, no i co? Teraz jak wychodzę do ogrodu to cieszę się, że dookoła mam lasy, ptaszki, które śpiewają, rzekę, po której pływają małe kaczuszki. Uświadomiłam sobie, jaka ja jestem szczęśliwa. Czemu ja wcześniej nie doceniałam tego? Takie małe rzeczy, a cieszą, naprawdę!     Sytuacja epidemiczna w naszym kraju sprawia, że czujemy się niepewni. Wszyscy mieliśmy jakieś plany związane z przyszłością: wycieczki, podróże, może uroczystości rodzinne, śluby i wesela. Zamknęliśmy się w domach i nie mamy widoków na szybkie zakończenie tego stanu rzeczy. Powiesz: nie odchudzam się, po co? Nie wyjdę na plażę, nie pojadę na wakacje, nie muszę się zmieścić w tę sukienkę, którą kupiłam na ślub koleżanki.   Zgadza się, nie musisz. Ale możesz.   Możesz czuć się piękna tu i teraz, być szczęśliwa nie dla innych, ale dla samej siebie. Poczuj kontrolę nad swoim wyglądem, swoim ciałem. Bądź pewna siebie, swojej kobiecości, urody, seksapilu.   Zacznij już teraz! Nie czekaj na „po majówce”, „od pierwszego maja”, „od poniedziałku” – to złudne. Powiedz sobie: #NieCzekamDziałam! Zawalcz o siebie!   Nie potrzebujesz chodzenia na siłownię czy  basen – możesz uprawiać aktywność w domu, wybrać schody zamiast windy albo zamiast powolnego spaceru zdecydować się na szybki marsz. Myślisz, że masz zbyt mało wolnego czasu? Nie szkodzi! Wiesz, że w sieci możesz znaleźć nawet 10 minutowe zestawy ćwiczeń?   Masz problem z piciem dużej ilości wody? Jeśli pracujesz w domu – postaw obok siebie duży dzbanek wody z cytryną i szklankę – nawet nie zauważysz, a będziesz popijała nieświadomie! Moja dodatkowo jest wielka i ze słomką – co chwilę jest pusta. Jeśli wychodzisz – zabierz ze sobą butelkę filtrującą – będziesz miała wodę przy sobie i zadbasz o środowisko. Gdy jesteś w domu z dzieckiem, pilnuj, żebyś zawsze miała pod ręką szklankę pełną wody. Dasz radę!   Po pracy wolisz spokojnie usiąść przed telewizorem zamiast zdecydować się na aktywność? Masz dwie opcje. Postaw rowerek treningowy przez telewizorem, włącz ulubiony serial i pedałuj – zacznij od 5 minut, a nim się obejrzysz będzie to cały odcinek! 🙂 Jeśli zaś nie masz takiej możliwości, postanów sobie, że obejrzenie serialu czy filmu będzie nagrodą za Twój wysiłek. Poćwicz, weź prysznic, a potem zrelaksuj podczas seansu 🙂 Możesz również poczytać książkę i mieć świadomość, że wykonałaś kawał dobrej roboty 🙂   I co z tego, że epidemia? Że kwarantanna? To nas nie ogranicza! Możesz jeść zdrowo, ćwiczyć i czuć się piękna tu i teraz! Dołącz do III edycji wyzwania: #NieCzekamDziałam!
- [Jak skutecznie wyrobić nawyk?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nawyki/): Wiele mówi się o zmianie nawyków, o dobrych nawykach. Ale jak je wprowadzić i dlaczego sposób wcielenia ich w nasze życie ma aż takie znaczenie?   Czy wiesz, że gdy jakaś czynność staje się nawykiem, zaczynasz robić ją automatycznie? Gdy uda Ci się wcielić w życie raz wyrobiony nawyk, zaczynasz robić go nieświadomie, powoli, stopniowo, staje się on częścią Twojego życia – jak mruganie. Nie musisz nawet o nim myśleć – taki nawyk to naprawdę duże ułatwienie. Dzięki temu, że robisz go automatycznie, nie musisz walczyć ze sobą ani się zmuszać do niego – po prostu działasz i już. Chcesz przestać walczyć z samą sobą? Wyrób sobie nawyk – stanie się on częścią Twojej codzienności 🙂   Czym właściwie są nawyki? I jak działają?   Nawyk to po prostu regularnie powtarzana czynność, którą robimy nieświadomie. Nasz zapracowany umysł chce być leniuszkiem, więc stara się zminimalizować wysiłek. Jak? Mentalną energię przeznaczaną na powtarzanie zachowania zaczyna stopniowo robić automatycznie. Świetne, prawda?   Powiem Ci jeszcze ciekawostkę – wiesz, że nawykiem może być myśl lub emocja? Dzięki temu, że możesz starać się codziennie robić jakąś pozytywną rzecz, możesz zmienić swoje życie, może stać się szczęśliwsze i pełniejsze 🙂   Jak długo wyrabia się nawyk?   No cóż, niej od razu Rzym zbudowano. Ale nie jest też to jakiś bardzo długi czas. Nawyk możesz wyrobić od 18 do 254 dni – średnio 66 dni. Oczywiście dużo zależy od Twojego zaangażowania. Uznaje się, że najtrudniejsze uznaje się pierwszych 5 dni – sama wiesz, jak trudno zmusić się do ćwiczeń pierwsze kilka, kilkanaście dni, a później… nie możesz bez nich żyć :-). To jest właśnie nawyk!     Jak skutecznie wyrobić nawyk? 5 podstawowych zasad 1. Stopniowo, tylko jeden nawyk na raz Istotne jest, żeby cała nasza uwaga skupiała się na jednej nowej czynności, którą chcesz wprowadzić do swojego życia. Starając się wyrobić tylko jeden nawyk, możesz poświęcić mu więcej uwagi, możesz się bardziej zaangażować. Dzięki temu nie zniechęcisz się tak łatwo.   2. Wprowadzaj nawyk będąc na fali motywacji O fali opowiadam również na moim Kursie Wedding Planner – falę widzę jako sinusoidę. Łatwiej jest wprowadzić nowy nawyk, gdy jesteś na fali motywacji. Do wprowadzeniu nawyku musisz mieć dobrą strategię, bo nie zawsze będzie Ci się chciało, nie zawsze będziesz na fali, gdy jest „u góry”. Wiesz, co będziesz mogła uznać za sukces? Wtedy, gdy niezależnie, czy będzie to dzień trzeci, piąty czy trzydziesty wprowadzania nawyku, nadal będziesz zmotywowana, będziesz wykonywać tę czynność bez narzekania. W końcu uda Ci się działać z tym dobrym nawykiem niezależnie od tego, czy będziesz zmotywowana czy nie – będziesz już działać na automacie 🙂   3. Zacznij od małego nawyku Wyjaśnię na przykładzie: Pomyśl, o ile łatwiej byłoby zacząć od jazdy na rowerku stacjonarnym 10 minut dziennie niż od razu godzinę? Jeśli jednak wyrobisz sobie nawyk, by codziennie usiąść na chwilę na tym rowerku i stopniowo wydłużyć czas pedałowania, jesteś na dobrej drodze do wprowadzenia dobrego nawyku!   Dlaczego to wystarczy? Ponieważ w wyrabianiu nawyku ważna jest jego powtarzalność, a nie czas trwania. Jak już wyrobisz nawyk, że codziennie będziesz wsiadała na ten rower, stopniowo będziesz zwiększać czas aż do 30-40 minut czy dłużej. I nawet nie zauważysz kiedy 🙂   Zasada jest bardzo prosta: nowy nawyk ma być początkowo łatwy, a motywacja duża – istnieje spora szansa, że będzie Ci się chciało robić jakąś niewielką czynność, gdy będziesz miała fajne cele, do których będziesz mogła się zbliżać.   4. Bodziec – nawyk towarzyszący Istnieje łatwy sposób, by nie zapomnieć o wyrabianiu nowego nawyku. Znajdź sobie „kotwicę”, czynność, którą już nieświadomie wykonujesz codziennie, a pod którą podepniesz nowy nawyk.   Na przykład? Jeśli rano codziennie robisz kilka skłonów – nowy nawyk dodatkowo kilku przysiadów osadź pod nawyk już posiadany. Wykonaj skłony + przysiady. Jeśli wykonasz jeden nawyk po drugim, prawdopodobnie o nim nie zapomnisz, zwłaszcza, jeśli jest jeszcze słabo wykształcony.   5. Nagroda! Wyrabianie nawyku to czasem ciężka praca – zasłużyłaś na prezent! Doceń samą siebie, Twoją motywację i upór – na przykład po serii ćwiczeń z pewnością zasłużyłaś na relaksującą kąpiel czy co innego lubisz 🙂     Prawda, że to ciekawe? A Ty? Jaki nawyk chciałabyś u siebie wyrobić?  
- [Cybex Cloud Q - test fotelika | Recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/cybex-cloud-q/): Cybex Cloud Q towarzyszy naszej rodzinie często – dużo podróżujemy i bezpieczeństwo dzieci jest dla nas najważniejsze. Czy ten fotelik nam się sprawdza?   Kupując fotelik dla dziecka, należy patrzeć przede wszystkim na testy. Przy pierwszym dziecku wybraliśmy pięciogwiazdkowy Cybex Aton Q. Byliśmy z niego zadowoleni, natomiast miał jedną – przynajmniej dla nas – wadę: nie rozkładał się na płasko, a jest to bardzo przydatna funkcja. Chwilę później na rynku pojawił się bogatszy o tę funkcjonalność młodszy brat Atona – Cybex Cloud Q i to był strzał w dziesiątkę!   Gdy urodził się Maksymilian, nie zastanawiałam się długo – Cybex Cloud Q to był nasz wybór. Jaki jest?   Cybex Cloud Q   Przede wszystkim –  dopasowujący się do wielkości dziecka. Będzie idealny zarówno dla noworodka, jak i dla ponad rocznego dziecka i doskonale zapewni mu bezpieczeństwo, a to wszystko dzięki wewnętrznej wkładce na dnie (gdy się ją dokłada, maluszek leży płycej i ciaśniej w foteliku) oraz regulacji połączonego z pasami zagłówka aż na 11 poziomach! My jeszcze nie korzystamy z najwyższej, a Maksiu ma roczek, wiec jeszcze trochę  z niego skorzystamy.   A tak przy okazji – wiecie, że dziecko nie wyrasta z fotelika, gdy wystają mu nóżki? Nóżki wystające z fotelika to normalna sprawa. Maluch wyrasta wtedy, gdy wystaje mu główka lub gdy pasy naramienne są dużo poniżej linii ramion.   Fotelik delikatnie się buja, dzięki czemu możemy ukołysać maluszka do snu, będąc u lekarza czy u znajomych.   Daszek Co jeszcze ogromnie podoba mi się w foteliku Cybex Cloud Q to sztywny, trzymający swój kształt daszek. Nie jest to – jak w większości fotelików, o ile tę funkcję posiadają – płachta materiału, którą się przywiązuje, a potem należy zwinąć i schować. Tutaj daszek jest utwardzony jakby wewnętrznym miękkim stelażem, składany i rozkładany jak budka w wózku. Dzięki temu jest bardzo łatwy do schowania i rozłożenia, co jest niezwykle pomocne jako ochrona przed słońcem czy wiatrem lub gdy fotelik pełni nam funkcję gondoli na stelażu wózka.   Pasy Fotelik Cybex Cloud Q dla bezpieczeństwa dziecka wyposażony jest nie tylko w trzypunktowe pasy, ale również teleskopowe „odbijaki” do samochodu, które dodatkowo zabezpieczają fotelik i znajdujące się w nim maleństwo przed ewentualnymi wstrząsami, przejmując je na siebie.   Rozkładanie To, jak fotelik doskonale się rozkłada do pozycji płaskiej, pokazałam Ci w moim filmiku o tym, jak przygotować się do wyjścia ze szpitala z noworodkiem. Dzięki temu, że rozkłada się do niemal płaskiej pozycji, sprawia, że delikatny kręgosłup maluszka jest w linii prostej.   Jak już mówiłam w poście o wyjściu ze szpitala, należy pamiętać jednak o tym, że maleństwo do dwóch miesięcy może siedzieć w foteliku samochodowym maksymalnie 30-60 minut. Dlaczego? W takiej pozycji wzrasta tętno i liczba oddechów dziecka, a spada natlenienie organizmu. Właśnie dlatego warto zrobić przerwę w podróży, wypić kawę, a dziecku dać odpocząć, rozkładając fotelik.   Wspominając o możliwości rozłożenia Cybexa Cloud Q niemal na płasko, warto wspomnieć, że fotelik „przypomina” nam o tym, że nie jest przystosowany do jazdy w tej pozycji – wysuwa się blokada uniemożliwiająca wpięcie pasów.   Z rozłożonej opcji fotelika korzystam w kilku przypadkach, m.in. gdy Maksiu zasnął w foteliku, a ja jestem u znajomych czy u lekarza. Szczególnie jednak wtedy, gdy, jak wspomniałam powyżej, jestem w trasie, dziecko usnęło, a ja bez rozbudzania chcę dać mu odpocząć, by poleżało na płasko. Dzięki tej funkcji nie trzeba przenosić maluszka z fotelika do gondoli i odwrotnie.   Rączka Uchwyt fotelika blokowany jest w kilku miejscach, a wykonany został z trwałego tworzywa, odpornego na zarysowania.       Kolorystyka Cybex Cloud Q można kupić w kilku kolorach: Autumn Gold (to nasz kolor), Olive Khaki, Royal Blue, Mars Red, Princess Pink, Happy Black, Phantom Grey i Manhattan Grey     Adaptery Do fotelika mamy adaptery klasyczne, które pasują do Cybexa, Maxi Cosi i Kiddy. My swoich używamy w wózku 2w1 i naszej parasolce.     Waga Cybex Cloud Q ma jedną wadę, mianowicie jest dość ciężki: waży 5,7 kg. Są jednak i takie, które ważą niemal 10 kg! Może te rozkładane ważą więcej ze względu na swoją dodatkową funkcję?   Na szczęście do fotelika mam również pas naramienny, który trochę odciąża nasz kręgosłup, gdy trzeba przenieść fotelik.     Po Cybexie Aton Q obiecałam sobie: Nigdy więcej ciężkiego fotelika. Przeanalizowałam jednak jego funkcje i uznałam, że zaleta rozkładania fotelika niemal na płasko jest dużo więcej dla mnie warta niż ta jedyna wada, którą jest waga. To wszystko rekompensuje.  
- [Zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-dla-6-miesiecznego-dziecka/): Zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka warto wybrać mądrze, aby były odpowiednie dla niego przez wiele kolejnych miesięcy…   Jeśli chodzi o zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka, ich mnogość na rynku zabawek może doprowadzić do oczopląsu nie tylko młodych rodziców, ale i przyjaciół i rodzinę, którzy będą pragnęli obdarować Maluszka upominkiem. Na co warto zwrócić uwagę przy zakupie takiej zabawki? Warto, by miała dużo elementów kontrastowych, w kolorach: czarnym, białym, czerwonym, żółtym. Idealnie, jeśli wydaje dźwięki, choćby krótkie – nie musza być to od razu długie melodyjki. Nie zapominajmy też o tym, że taki Malec uwielbia wszystko to, co szeleści i da się ugryźć. Co u nas najlepiej się sprawdziło?   Najlepsze zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka – nasze typy   Zawieszka Tygrysek – Fisher Price Przy jej zakupie kierowałam się tym, że miała być czarno-biała oraz do kupienia w Tesco. Był to pierwszy sklep, do którego dosłownie wyrwałam się po porodzie ze względu na bliskość z domu i możliwość zakupu różnego rodzaju produktów, również dla Maluszków. To pierwsza zabawka dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka, która przykuła uwagę naszego dziecka. Zawieszaliśmy mu ją nad głową, a on potrafił wpatrywać się w nią przez bardzo długi czas, wkrótce uśmiechać, aż w końcu na jej widok chichotał się na głos. Kilka tygodni później odkrył, że jej brzuszek to szeleszczące karty. Uwielbia do dzisiaj! (8 miesięcy). Kiedyś obowiązkowo wyląduje w kuferku z pamiątkami.   Gumowe gryzaki – Żyrafa Sophie Nie wiem co ta gumowa piszczałka ma takiego w sobie, ale moje dziecko zaśmiewa się na jej widok, nawet jak chwilowo nie piszczy, bo podczas jej mycia do środka wlała się woda – standard. Uwielbia ją obgryzać – uszka i kopytka są takie pyszne! Po prostu trzeba spróbować.   Łuk z zabawkami – Las przygód od Tiny Love Przyczepiony do leżaczka pochłania Synka na kilkadziesiąt minut. Można zamontować go także do fotelika samochodowego czy wózka. A na nim można zawiesić wszystko, nawet zwykłe kolorowe wstążki i sznurki sprawdzają się na pewno nie gorzej od super zabawek. U nas absolutny hit pierwszych miesięcy, gdy Mikołaj nie umiał jeszcze sam trzymać zabawek.   Czarno białe książeczki i karty – Oczami maluszka Książeczki idealne są do samodzielnej zabawy, pierwsze, na których Mikołaj zatrzymał się dłużej. Uwielbia je otwierać, wpatrywać się w obrazki. Do wspólnej zabawy początkowo wybierałam karty, gdyż widziałam, że gdy w otwartej książeczce były dwa obrazki obok siebie, Mikołaj nie potrafił na żadnym skupić swojej uwagi i jego wzrok skakał z jednego na drugi. Jak bawimy się razem lubię opowiadać mu o tym, co widzimy, więc jeden obrazek na karcie idealnie się sprawdzał szczególnie na początku, teraz książeczki sprawdzają się równie dobrze. Taka książeczka kontrastowa to jedna z lepszych zabawek dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka.   Przyssawka do fotelika do karmienia – Chicco Koniec ze schylaniem się co 5 sekund! Zabawka na przyssawkę stała się moim wybawieniem. Każdorazowo zajmuje Mikołaja na co najmniej kilkanaście cennych minut. Czasu w sam raz na posprzątanie wszystkiego po wspólnym jedzeniu.   Naciągana Zawieszka Żaba – Bright Starts Stały pasażer fotelika samochodowego. I to na gapę! Mikołaj uwielbia ciągnąć ją za nogę, jej sznureczek się wydłuża, wydając ciekawy dźwięk, a żaba wibruje, wracając do pierwotnej pozycji. Sami lubimy się nią bawić!   Karuzela – Piraci Canpol Babies Żałuję, że dostaliśmy ją tak późno! Karuzele to ulubione zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka. Jej największą zaletą, a jak dla mnie obowiązkową charakterystyką produktu tego typu jest to, że jest… elektryczna – na baterie! Żadnego nakręcania, 12 melodii i kręci się w kółko! Kontrastowe kolory, odczepiane na rzep zabawki – nigdy nie używamy więcej niż dwóch zabawek na raz (zaczynaliśmy od jednej), aby Mikołaj mógł skupić swoją uwagę. Idealne rozwiązanie, gdy chcesz wziąć poranny prysznic! A może nawet zdążysz wysuszyć włosy…   Zabawki do kąpieli – Kolorowy Ocean Canpol Małe, kolorowe, w poręcznej siateczce przyczepianej na przyssawkę do wanny, a więc nie walają się po całej łazience. Plują wodą i zazwyczaj po kąpieli Mikołaj wyciągany z wanny zabiera je ze sobą i bawi się nimi jeszcze na przewijaku. Nawet nie zauważa, jak podaję mu okropną w smaku Witaminę D z wyciągiem z alg. Fuj!   Mata lub stojak do zawieszania zabawek – u nas Mata Wesoła Farma Canpol Babies Kolejne idealne rozwiązanie, jeśli chodzi o zabawki dla 6-miesięcznych dzieci, które nie potrafią jeszcze same trzymać zabawek, ale sprawdza się znacznie dłużej. Zawieszamy na niej najróżniejsze zabawki. Szczególnie przydatna, gdy Mikołaj postanowi wstać o 5 rano. Przynosimy ją razem z Mikołajem do naszego łózka i średnio co 10 minut zmieniamy zabawkę na inną. Udaje się tak „pospać” do 6. Więc już wiesz, że musisz to mieć!   A jakie są Wasze hity zabawki dla 6-miesięcznego dziecka? A jakie zupełne „niewypały”? Bądź na bieżąco! Codzienna dawka pozytywnych fluidów gwarantowana – dołącz do mnie na: Instagramie i Facebooku.
- [Jak zrobić sztukaterię na ścianie?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zrobic-sztukaterie-na-scianie/): Jak zrobić sztukaterię na ścianie – zobacz krok po kroku jak w jedno popołudnie możesz odmienić swoje wnętrze, montując sztukaterię na ścianie.   Od zawsze podobała mi się sztukateria. Gdy urządzałam swoje ostatnie biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego, postanowiłam dodać elegancji temu wnętrzu i  prostymi narzędziami, z pomocą Wojtka, wykonać sztukaterię na ścianie.   Przygotowując się do napisanie tego posta, zobaczyłam, że… nawet nie pokazałam Ci mojego poprzedniego biura na blogu. Ale mogłaś podglądać je na innych zdjęciach i na moim Instagramie, który jeśli lubisz wnętrzarskie klimaty, koniecznie polub.     Jak zrobić sztukaterię na ścianie?     Lista rzeczy, których potrzebujesz, by samodzielnie zrobić sztukaterię na ścianie: listwy dekoracyjne mała piłka skrzynka uciosowa do cięcia pod kątem 45 stopni klej do sztukaterii pistolet do kleju do sztukaterii farba w tym samym kolorze co ściana (lub celowo w kontrastowym, jeśli taki efekt chcesz osiągnąć) poziomica laserowa     Pierwsza rzecz, którą zrobiłam, to wybrałam listwy do sztukaterii na ścianie. Wybór padł na listwy o szerokości 25 mm – zdecydowałam, że wszystkie będą tej samej szerokości. Oglądałam w kilku marketach różne listwy, w dobrej cenie, ale w dotyku były styropianowe, więc nie urzekły mnie. Na szczęście moja koleżanka Kasia jest architektem i zawsze służy mi pomocą w wyborze dobrych materiałów do wykończeń – Ty też możesz skorzystać z jej porad, którymi dzieli się na swoim blogu Mo Home.   Kasia poleciła mi kiedyś do domu i do biura listwy firmy Orac Dekor. Różnica między listewkami z marketu a tymi była tak widoczna, że niewiele wyższa cena nie miała już znaczenia.     Projekt sztukaterii na ścianie   Najpierw zmierzyłam naszą ścianę, by sztukateria była równo rozłożona. Ja swój plan zrobiłam w Photoshopie, ale spokojnie wystarczy Ci kartka papieru w kratkę.   Wyszłam od tego, jaki wymiar ma ściana – moja miała 315 cm szerokości i 257,5 cm wysokości.   Po kolei zdecydowałam, że: chcę 3 kolumny sztukaterii oddzielone poziomą listwą poziomą listwę chcę mieć na wysokości 90 cm wszędzie będą 15 cm odstępy – zarówno od ścian, podłogi i sufitu, jak i między oknami.   Reszta wyliczyła się niemal sama – zaznaczyłam po 15 cm od wspomnianych punktów, a później podzieliłam resztę ściany na równe odstępy.   Choć wybrałam trzy okna – równie dobrze mogłam zdecydować się na dwa większe lub jedno duże. Mi przyświecał taki zamysł, żeby sztukateria będzie jedyną dekoracją tej ściany – dlatego chciałam zrobić ją gęściej.   Gotowy plan wyglądał tak:       Dzięki mojemu zrobionemu wcześniej planowi wiedziałam, jakiej długości  listwy muszę dociąć.     Jak docinać sztukaterię?     Bardzo prostym narzędziem: za pomocą piłki i skrzynki uciosowej do cięcia pod kątem – nie jest ona droga, to koszt ok. 7-10 zł.   Poucinałam listewki  do odpowiednich długości. Listewki, które były przeznaczone do montażu w ramach poziomej linii obcięłam na prosto, zaś te, które stworzą „okna” – pod kątem 45 stopni.     Kolejna rzecz którą zrobiłam po docięciu listewek, było oskrobanie miejsca ucięcia, by zlikwidować wszelkie nierówności – tu skorzystałam z nożyka do tapet.     Najważniejszym przyrządem, bez którego nie wyobrażam sobie tej pracy, jest poziomica laserowa. Na pustą ścianę poziomicą rzucaliśmy obraz linii w odpowiednich miejscach (15 cm od ściany, podłogi i boków), a od linii odrysowywaliśmy już tylko odstępy, które miały stanowić okna. Czyli od ściany 15 cm, później kolejne 85 cm okno, znów 15 cm przerwy, 85 cm cm drugie okno, kolejne 15 cm przerwy, 85 cm trzecie okno i 15 cm do kolejnej ściany.       Klejenie sztukaterii na ścianie   Gdy mieliśmy już linie, zabraliśmy się do przyklejania sztukaterii na ścianie. Do kleju mieliśmy pistolet, co ułatwiło nam mocowanie. Nałożyliśmy klej montażowy na listewki i przycisnęliśmy do ściany w odpowiednim miejscu na tyle długo, by klej mocno trzymał – nie było to więcej niż kilkanaście sekund.     Jeśli między listewkami, w łączeniach, są jakieś szparki, przed malowaniem można je wypełnić akrylem. U nas na szczęście obyło się bez tego.   Malowanie sztukaterii Gdy odebraliśmy biuro, miało świeżo pomalowane ściany, na które nakleiliśmy listewki sztukateryjne. Po naklejeniu same listewki pomalowaliśmy pędzelkiem tą samą farbą, którą pomalowana była ściana. Wykonaliśmy tę pracę dwukrotnie dla dobrego krycia.   Dasz wiarę, że to już wszystko? Zajęło nam to tylko jedno popołudnie! Czy w Twojej głowie też już powstaje sztukateria w salonie? A może jednak w sypialni?
- [Mój spokój - moja siła | Wyzwanie #NieCzekamDziałam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-spokoj-moja-sila-wyzwanie-nieczekamdzialam/): Akcja #zostańwdomu sprzyja porządkom w szafach i w… głowie.   Gdy okazało się, że wiele z nas razem z dziećmi zostaje na 14 dni w domu, oczywiście chwyciłam za… szmatę! Szybko jednak doszłam do wniosku, że od tych uporządkowanych szaf bardziej są nam potrzebne uporządkowane umysły i uspokojone myśli. Bo jeśli to sprzątanie szafy ma być zastępczym problemem dla tego, co się dzieje w naszej głowie, zagłuszeniem tego rosnącego w nas niepokoju, to najprawdopodobniej posprzątamy szafę i po chwili… znów będziemy czuli to samo, co wcześniej.   Natomiast jeżeli podejdziemy do tematu jak do uspokojenia i posprzątania swojego umysłu, to może okazać się, że albo posprzątamy ją z wewnętrznym spokojem, albo wzbijemy się na wyżyny kreatywności i zobaczymy, że nawet taka trudna, ekstremalna sytuacja, w jakiej się dziś wszyscy znaleźliśmy, oznacza także możliwości.   Chciałbym wspomnieć tu słowa Dalajlamy: „Jeśli problem jest do rozwiązania i możesz coś zrobić, nie ma potrzeby, by się martwić. Jeśli nie jest możliwy do rozwiązania, martwienie się nie pomoże”.   Zauważyłam, że jeżeli dany problem nie ma rozwiązania – to nie problem, to fakt. Fakt, który muszę zaakceptować, dopasować się i odnaleźć w tej nowej rzeczywistości. To nie znaczy, ze nie mogę działać – przeciwnie! Uznaję swoją bezsilność w danym temacie i szukam takich, w których mam wielką moc sprawczą i #NieCzekamDziałam.   Idąc tym tropem, zaczęłam się zastanawiać, jaki ja mam wpływ dzisiaj na panującego koronawirusa i zalecenia pozostania w domu. I to nie jest tak, że nie mam tego wpływu. Oczywiście, że mam.   Prawda jest jednak taka, że w pierwszej chwili się załamałam, łatwo odstawiłam swoje dobre nawyki i łatwo uległam marazmowi. Szybko doprowadziłam się do sytuacji, w której nie mogłam się oddzielić od telefonu i uzależniłam od czytania tych informacji na temat panującej pandemii…   Pamiętam swoją minę i uczucie gorąca, gdy okazało się, że zamknęli szkoły, przedszkola i żłobki. Gdzie tak naprawdę informacja o zamknięciu szkół, przedszkoli i żłobków była dla mnie dobrą informacją. Zdałam sobie bowiem sprawę z tego, że czułam, że to bezpieczna decyzja.   Chcę więc dziś się skupić na tym, co mogę w swoim życiu i otoczeniu zmienić, bo, tak jak często powtarzam, najlepiej rozwijamy się w sytuacji kryzysu. Często bowiem, gdy jak jest nam po prostu niewygodnie, to jakoś się poprawimy, pokręcimy… i dalej trwamy w sytuacji.  Patrząc na siebie, osoby, które mnie otaczają, bohaterów książek, biografii słynnych ludzi, którzy mnie inspirują – widzę, że zbyt często dopiero skrajna niewygoda jest dla nas impulsem do działania. To jak w tym w tym wyrażeniu, że miarka się przebrała. Dochodzisz do pewnego momentu i dopiero wtedy mówisz: dość.   Zwykle decydujemy się na skok na głęboką wodę dopiero wtedy, kiedy jest nam tak niewygodnie, że nie możemy już tego ani chwili dłużej wytrzymać.    I tak sobie myślę, że im więcej pojawia się w mediach kolejnych informacji o koronawirusie, im częściej docierają do nas niepokojące sygnały, tym bardziej powinnam mówić do Ciebie, pisać do Ciebie o tematach z wirusem niezwiązanych. Dla rozrywki, dla odskoczni, dla normalnego życia. Po to, że jeśli przytłoczona trudnymi tematami będziesz poszukiwała odskoczni… zajrzysz do mnie.   Czy się boję koronawirusa? Tak. Wirusa i tego, co będzie. Nie bagatelizuję go i pochodzę do sprawy poważnie. Ale to nie znaczy, że mam chodzić smutna, dopuszczać wszystkie czarne myśli do głowy. To nie znaczy też, że nie możemy znaleźć w tej sytuacji czegoś dobrego. Okazji do spędzenia więcej czasu z dzieckiem, okazji do podjęcia decyzji, na które wcześniej nie byliśmy gotowi. Okazji do zmian.   I z tego miejsca jeszcze apel do Ciebie, do nas wszystkich: jeśli tylko możesz – żyj normalnie.   Narodowa „kwarantanna” to nie żałoba narodowa!   Tak, zrezygnuj z wychodzenia z domu i przyjmowania gości, ale wciąż tańcz, śpiewaj pod prysznicem, baw się dobrze robiąc to, co kochasz (byle w domowym zaciszu), testuj nowe przepisy, dokończ wreszcie tę książkę, która zalega na półce od zeszłego lata i włącz serial, który kiedyś polecała Ci przyjaciółka, ale nigdy nie było czasu. Zrób sobie małe spa. Napij się wina. Kochaj się, zaplanuj domową randkę. Szukaj rozwiązań, gdzie inni widzą ścianę – sama się zdziwisz, na jak wiele rzeczy masz wpływ.   I jeszcze jedno, bardzo ważne…   Szczęście możemy bowiem odczuwać tylko tu i teraz – nie wczoraj, ani nie jutro.   Dlatego już wzięłam sę w garść, wróciłam do moich porannych i wieczornych rytuałów. Również dlatego, że potrzebujemy w życiu rutyny, o którą ciężko, jeśli pracujemy w domach, nie wozimy dzieci do szkoły itd. Poranna sesja oddychania i praktyka wdzięczności, wieczorna relaksacja – dość zamartwiania się! Jeśli nei wierzysz – wskocz na mój Instagram i zobacz moją minę na jednym z ostatnich zdjęć w czarnej sukience. Popatrzyłam na nie i powiedziałam do Wojtka – TO NIE JA! A on potwierdził – ciężko abyś po przepłakanej nocy, pełna stresów i emocji wyglądała na osobę tryskającą pozytywną energią, jaką Cię znamy.   Oczywiście, że się boję – o zdrowie, o przyszłość moją i naszych dzieci, naszej firmy, pracowników i współpracowników, o kryzys w Polsce i na świecie, o ludzi bez pracy… Ale już dałam sobie czas na zamartwianie i nic, podkreślam – NIC dobrego z tego nie wniknęło. Chodziłam wściekła jak osa, płakałam, a nawet wyłam w biurze jak wilk do księżyca.   Teraz biorę się w garść – uznaję swoją bezsilność wobec tego, na co dziś nie mam wpływu, i dostrzegam swoją sprawczość w tematach w których mówię sobie: #NieCzekamDziałam!   Dlatego zapraszam Cię do WYZWANIA: Mój Spokój – Moja Siła #MójSpokójMojaSiła   Chcę podzielić się z Tobą moją poranną i wieczorną rutyną, zainspirować do zmiany myślenia – bo jeśli zmieniamy myślenie, zmieniamy też rzeczywistość wokół siebie!   Dołącz do mojego wyzwania zapisując się na poniższą listę mailingową. Poleć ją Kobietom, którym zmiana nastawienia również się przyda i poznaj moje metody na walkę ze stresem, przygnębieniem, lękiem – moje sposoby na życiową energię.   Imię* Tel (opcjonalnie) Email*     W pierwszej kolejności otrzymasz ode mnie karty pracy – będzie karta dotycząca wyzwania oraz karta wdzięczności, abyś każdy dzień wspólnej pracy zaczynała z wdzięcznym sercem. Mam nadzieję, że tak się rozkochasz w tej wdzięczności, że ta praktyka zostanie z Tobą już na zawsze.  Zaproszę Cię też na wieczorny Live, gdzie opowiem Ci o całym pomyśle na wyzwanie i o tym jak z sukcesem wyrabiać nawyki.   Dodatkowo zaproszę Cię do grupy na Facebooku, gdzie przez 28 dni będziemy się wspierać i motywować.   Super będzie. Mam  nadzieję, że dołączysz. Do jutra!    
- [Wieczorna relaksacja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wieczorna-relaksacja/): Dziś mam dla Ciebie listę nagrań, które idealnie nadają się na wieczorną relaksację. Wykonuję ją zawsze po wieczornej modlitwie, przed snem.   Przez czas prysznica lub kąpieli wietrzę pokój – wiosna czy zima otwieram na oścież drzwi balkonowe.   Układam się do snu, na oczy zakładam bawełnianą opaskę i włączam sobie jedno z nagrań lub – dziś już także sama prowadzę sobie takie relaksacje, dzięki czemu są idealnie dostosowane długością i tematyką do moich potrzeb. Zanim się jednak tego nauczyłam, korzystałam z nagrań – dziś wciąż lubię po nie sięgać, aby się zainspirować i po prostu wtedy, gdy mam ochotę, aby ktoś mnie poprowadził.   Jest już późna pora, więc zakładam, że nie musimy się już spieszyć.   Proponuję Ci więc jedno z nagrań, które zrelaksuje Twoją duszę i ciało i dzięki temu Twój sen będzie głębszy i pozwoli Ci lepiej odpocząć.   Wieczorna Medytacja na Sen ♥ Medytacja na stres – Spokój i wdzięczność Trening relaksacyjny Jacobsona   Ściskam Cię i trzymam za Ciebie kciuki :*
- [Kolor i motyw przewodni czyli jak zorganizować urodziny?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/motyw-kolor-przewodni-jak-zorganizowac-urodziny/): Marynistyczny, wesoły, straszny, bajkowy, a może filmowy? Zobacz 13 trafionych urodzinowych motywów przewodnich! Do urodzin Mikołajka zostały już tylko 2 tygodnie, to najwyższy czas aby wybrać kolory i motyw przewodni przyjęcia urodzinowego. To dzięki spójnym kolorom i wzorom kupimy lub sami zrobimy tylko potrzebne i pasujące do całości zaproszenia, dekoracje i potrawy, wszystko będzie harmonijnie się ze sobą prezentowało w Dniu Urodzin, ale także na zdjęciach, których z tego ważnego dnia nie może przecież zabraknąć. Przygotowałam więc dziś dla Was zestaw motywów przewodnich, które mogą wspaniale spersonalizować całe przedsięwzięcie, począwszy od zaproszeń, przez przyjęcie, na zdjęciach kończąc. 1. Biały i niebieski, paski, koło i żagielek czyli motyw Marynistyczny W wersji czerwonej 1 oraz dla odmiany ze słoneczną żółcią 2 2. Pastelowe albo kontrastowe ekspresje na temat lotu balonem 3 4 5 3. Czy ktoś nie lubi Świnki Peppy? 6 4. Żółta łódź podwodna 7 5. Lew, słoń i tygrys czyli dzikie Safari! 8 6. Dla fanów lotnictwa – samolotowo 9 7. Dla małych amatorów kina – BATMAN 10 8. Dziewczęco, lekko i romantycznie 11 9. Dla fanów kreskówek Myszka Minnie 12 10. Aloha czyli po hawajsku 13 11. A dla małych wielbicieli pieczenia… Babeczkowo! Omnomnom! 14 12. Mój Kucyk Pony 15 13. I coś dla naszych #InstaBabies 😉 16 Wybierając motyw przewodni warto sobie odpowiedzieć na pytanie co nasze dziecko lubi najbardziej. Uważam, że nie ma sensu tutaj spełnianie własnych marzeń z dzieciństwa, tym bardziej jeśli nasze dziecko ma już ukierunkowane zainteresowania. A w przypadku rocznego dziecka często tak już jest. Na przykład Miki uwielbia swoje czarno-białe tygrysy. To była pierwsza zawieszka, która przyciągnęła jego uwagę, pierwsza zabawka, do której się uśmiechał. Na Boże Narodzenie dostał go w wersji chodzącej maskotki i na prawdę nie wyobrażam sobie dla Mikołaja lepszego motywu urodzinowego. Oni nawet rozmawiają ze sobą, gonią się i takie tam. Czarno-biały tygrys więc musi być (producent zdecydował się na dość nieoczywiste kolory jak na tygrysa i przez pierwsze tygodnie byłam pewna, że to zebra; dobrze, że się wyjaśniło). A więc mamy już tygrysa oraz czarny i biały kolor, a więc musimy to koniecznie ożywić i rozweselić! Mikołaj uwielbia także bawić się książką o słoniach, gryźć żyrafę Sophie, więc motyw safari jest w naszym przypadku właściwie konsekwencją Mikołajkowych preferencji. Czyli safari – mamy już motyw przewodni naszego przyjęcia, do tego dokładam wcześniej ustaloną datę i godzinę urodzin oraz listę gości, o czym mogliście przeczytać tutaj. Najwyższy czas zaprojektować i wydrukować zaproszenia! O tym już w kolejnym poście! Będzie wykonany przeze mnie projekt zaproszenia, dodatkowo dostępny dla Was do samodzielnego wydruku. A który motyw Wam się najbardziej podoba? A jeśli pierwsze czy kolejne urodziny za Wami napiszcie koniecznie, czy i jaki motyw się na nich pojawił!
- [Zabawki sensoryczne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawki-sensoryczne/): Zabawki sensoryczne to niezwykłe wsparcie dla naszych Maluchów w odkrywaniu świata i pobudzaniu zmysłów. Te nasze są również w duchu Montessori.   Zmysły mają ogromne znaczenie w rozwoju niemowląt i małych dzieci. Maluszki poznają otaczający je świąt, są wszystkiego ciekawe, wszystkiego muszą spróbować – posmakować, dotknąć, powąchać, oglądać z każdej strony. Zabawki sensoryczne to takie, które kształtują umiejętność odbierania, rozumienia i reagowania na bodźce docierające z otoczenia. Zabawki sensoryczne aktywizują także mózg dziecka.   Pokazywałam Wam już nasze ulubione zabawki wspierające rozwój niemowlaka. Praktycznie wszystkie są z nami do dziś – choć zabawa z nimi wygląda już nieco inaczej – stojak Baby Gym Maksiu zaadoptował jako pchacz i wykorzystuje go do nauki chodzenia! A sznury koralików o różnych kształtach i fakturach wciąż nie przestają go interesować.     Dlaczego to takie ważne, aby odpowiednio dobierać dzieciom zabawki?   Zabawki sensoryczne, prócz wspomagania rozwoju sensorycznego niemowląt, pełnią również funkcję profilaktyczną – dzięki nim możemy w porę zareagować, gdy widzimy, że nasz Maluch nieprawidłowo odbiera świat – źle słyszy czy błędnie odbiera kolory.   Czym się różnią zabawki sensoryczne od innych? By rozwijać wzrok, stawiają na proste, kontrastowe kolory i ćwiczą spostrzegawczość. Słuch stymulują te wszystkie wydające dźwięki, ale uwaga: nie atakujące z każdej strony głośne melodyjki, ale chroboty, szelesty, brzdęki itd., dlatego najlepszy będzie tamburyn, bębenek czy dzwonki. Dziecko, by poznać dźwięki, musi je samo wytwarzać, a nie przyciskiem uruchamiać melodię z zabawki.   Zmysł dotyku wspomagają wszelkie zabawki z wypustkami, wgłębieniami, miękkie, szorstkie, gładkie, śliskie, matowe i chropowate, a smak? Każde, w końcu Maluch wszystkiego musi posmakować 😉   Zabawki sensoryczne ćwiczą również równowagę dziecka. Gdy Maluch próbuje stawiać swoje pierwsze kroki, jest to niezwykle ważne.   Wiecie już, że w wychowaniu dzieci w dużej mierze inspirują nas metody Marii Montessori. Poszukaliśmy zatem przede wszystkim takich zabawek, które nie będą bezowocnie zajmować czasu naszego dziecka, wręcz przeciwnie – pod pretekstem zabawy posłużą za doskonałą pomoc naukową – rozwijającą umysł i pokazującą świat.   A co jest w nich najlepszego? Że wiele z nich to zabawki dla dzieci w różnym wieku – sprawdzają się doskonale nie tylko dla naszego rocznego Maksymiliana, ale świetnie bawi się nimi również trzyipółletni Mikołaj, dzięki czemu chłopcy pięknie bawią się wspólnie!   Jakie zabawki sensoryczne możemy Wam polecić?   Puzzle sensoryczne   Nasz typ to Zwierzątka w ZOO – fantastyczna zabawka stymulująca mózg i rozwijająca zmysł dotyku naszego dziecka. Każde okienko ze zwierzątkiem wyścielone jest kontrastującym z twardym drewnem milusim materiałem, dodatkowo w kolorze zwierzątka. Czyż to nie proste i genialne jednocześnie?     Piłki Rubbabu   Wiecie dobrze, że małe dzieci uwielbiają piłki i piłeczki – bawić się nimi, rzucać, gonić, turlać, gryźć… i tu z pomocą przychodzi nam Rubbabu z serią swoich kauczukowych piłeczek, w 100% naturalnych i antybakteryjnych. To nasze odkrycie! Występują w kilku kolorach i wariantach – z wypustkami w kształcie literek (pomocne w przyszłości przy nauce alfabetu – można pytać o poszukanie konkretnej literki) lub z wgłębieniami. Rozwijają motorykę Malucha, jego zmysł dotyku i… smaku trochę też – na szczęście dzięki materiałowi, z którego są wytworzone, nie wywołują alergii. W tej kauczukowej serii dostępne są również kształty zwierzątek!     Kręgle Rubbabu   Kolejny świetny pomysł od Rubbabu to zestaw kręgli. Ale nie takich zwyczajnych, wykonanych z plastiku, jakie często z pewnością widzieliście w sklepach, a może nawet same macie w domach. Te, podobnie jak piłki, wykonane są z kauczuku, zatem dużo bardziej bezpieczne niż te plastikowe – z pewnością wilgoć nie dostanie się do środka, więc można być spokojnym o roztocza czy pleśń. Te kręgle to rozwój dla zmysłów małego dziecka i świetna zabawa dla starszego. Polecamy!   Tablica z zamkami   Moje wybawienie, gdy z Maksiem czekam np. w kolejce do lekarza. Tablice sensoryczne z pewnością są Wam dobrze znane – można je zrobić samemu, a można skorzystać z gotowych rozwiązań. Nasza propozycja to drewniana tablica z zamkami od firmy Melissa & Doug – pokazywałam ją Wam w poście o zabawach na kanapie. Coś wspaniałego! Po pierwsze: zamki – Wasze dzieci z pewnością również lubią zamykać i otwierać szafki czy szuflady, a tu mają to pod ręką. Po drugie – za drzwiczkami poukrywane są zwierzątka! Co więcej, te zwierzątka wydają dźwięki, więc dziecko może już się nauczyć, „jak robi kotek” 😉 Czy może być lepiej? Tak! Te poukrywane za drzwiami zwierzątka to też nauka liczenia. Fantastyczna zabawka i zajęcie na długi czas.     Zestaw kolorowych misek   Nasza propozycja to miski od niemieckiej firmy Grimm’s, która specjalizuje się wykonywaniu zabawek z drewna. Zabawka bardzo prosta, acz w innym wydaniu – nie wszechobecny plastik, a drewno, więc już bezpieczniejsze tworzywo dla takiego malca. Sortowanie, układanie to przecież doskonała zabawa! Z kolorowych misek można ułożyć wysoką wieżę, powkładać jedna w drugą od największej do najmniejszej lub pobawić się, że są kuchennymi naczyniami i zaserwować Mamie kolację 😉     Zabawka kreatywna Nasz faworyt to – jak my je nazywamy – przylepce, czyli kreatywna zabawka Oogi, dwa ludki, które na głowie, nogach i rękach mają przyssawki. Zabawka niezwykle kreatywna, gdyż silikonowe przylepce można rozciągać i przylepiać nie tylko do siebie wzajemnie, tworząc plątaninę rąk i nóg, ale także do mebli, podłogi, okien, wanny… Obaj nasi chłopcy mają z nich niezwykłą frajdę!     Bębenek   Odkąd jest w naszym domu, już jestem pewna, że nasi Synkowie to urodzeni perkusiści! Bębenek rozwija przede wszystkim motorykę Maksia (trzymanie pałek w małych rączkach i uderzanie o bębenek to nie lada wyzwanie!) i zmysł słuchu – jak wspomniałam na początku, zabawka nie wydaje dźwięków sama z siebie, wytwarza ją dziecko. Samo jest dyrygentem w swojej orkiestrze. Bębenek daje dzieciom mnóstwo radości! A gra na dwa bębenki i garnek to jest dopiero zabawa!     Jeż układanka   Drewniane układanki, które nie tylko wykonane są z naturalnego tworzywa, ale również uczą dziecko kolorów, liczb i rozwijają motorykę, powinny znaleźć się w każdym domu. My postawiliśmy na układankę Jeża, która służy zarówno do nauki sortowania kolorów i uczy cyfr – w sam raz dla Mikołaja, jak i po prostu do ustawiania kolców w dziurki – dla Maksia – każdy z nich bawi się nią na swój sposób.     Układanka sensoryczna   Znacie z pewnością popularną plastikową kulę – sorter do klocków o różnych kształtach. Ale jeśli zmienimy plastik na bezpieczny materiał, jakim jest drewno i dodatkowo dodamy kolejny element stymulujący zmysły, otrzymamy… Układankę sensoryczną Kształty i dźwięki! To doskonała zabawka dla Maluszków – kolorowe klocki o różnych geometrycznych kształtach dopasowuje się do odpowiednich pól na podkładce, a klocki wyposażone są w malutki dzwoneczek, bezpieczne lusterko, skrzypiące pokrętło, kalejdoskop, klakson oraz grzechotkę. Każdy klocek nie jest zwykłym klockiem, a stanowi samodzielną zabawkę sensoryczną! Ta układanka rozwija zatem u dziecka nie tylko dopasowywanie kolorów i kształtów (tu ważna jest także spostrzegawczość i koncentracja Malucha) jak zwyczajny sorter, ale również wrażliwość słuchową – wszystko z wykorzystaniem bezpiecznych materiałów. To nie tylko Maksia ulubieniec ale i mój!     Bezpieczne lustro w kształcie żyrafy     O tym, jak doskonałą zabawką idealnie wpisującą się w filozofię Marii Montessori jest lustro, pisałam Wam już w poście o zabawkach wspierających rozwój niemowląt. Jestem pewna, że już dawno same zauważyłyście, jak wielką radość daje dziecku spoglądanie na siebie w lustrze, strojenie min albo po prostu uderzanie małą rączką (albo trzymanym w tej rączce przedmiotem) w odbicie. A żeby takie uderzanie było bezpieczne, lustro musi być wykonane z nietłukącego materiału. My zamówiliśmy do pokoju Maksia piękne lustro w kształcie głowy żyrafy. Dzięki takiemu rozwiązaniu jestem pewna, że nasz Synek może spędzać czas sam w swoim pokoju, który jest dla niego bezpieczną przestrzenią i nie skaleczy się stłuczonym lustrem. Lustro zostało wykonane dla nas na specjalne zamówienie w kształcie żyrafy – tak, aby pasowało do motywu przewodniego Maksinkowego pokoiku.     Te wymienione to tylko niektóre z naszych zabawek, ale to też te ulubione, które nie tylko stymulują rozwój małego Maksia, ale też pozwalają chłopcom na wspólną i bezpieczną zabawę, na której przecież również bardzo nam zależy.     A jakie zabawki to strzał w 10 Twojego Dziecka? A może masz ochotę wypróbować coś z naszej listy?
- [Najlepsze pomysły na prezenty gwiazdkowe dla dzieci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/najlepsze-pomysly-na-prezenty-gwiazdkowe-dla-dzieci/): Idą Święta! To ostatni dzwonek, aby pomyśleć o prezentach bożonarodzeniowych. Czy masz już pomysł, co kupić najmłodszym członkom Twojej rodziny? Podpowiem, co najlepiej sprawdzi się w różnych grupach wiekowych i cenowych.   Wiadomo, że coś innego sprawdzi się dla niemowlęcia, coś innego dla rocznego dziecka, a jeszcze inna rzecz u 3 czy 5 latka. Każdy prezent powinien być dopasowany do wieku dziecka, do jego umiejętności, ale też wspierający dalszy rozwój. Dlatego, posiłkując się swoim doświadczeniem jako Mama 2 i 5 latka, postaram się doradzić Ci różne prezenty świąteczne dla dzieci, dzieląc je na te dla niemowląt i nieco starszych dzieci, aż do piątego roku życia – natomiast tym razem polecenia zacznę od najstarszych dzieci, a skończę na niemowlętach.     3-5 lat Malec jest już poważnym młodym człowiekiem, częścią społeczności, która często zwie się Przedszkole. Jest małym odkrywcą ciekawym świata, dlatego świetnie sprawdzą się zabawki, które pozwolą „zajrzeć” do świata dorosłych, np. zabawy w lekarza czy kucharza, pierwsze doświadczenia chemiczne, fizyczne i biologiczne, albo praktyczny plecak na wycieczki.     Kuchnia Dzieci lubią nas naśladować, poprzez zabawę poznawać świat dorosłych. Możemy im pomóc, obdarowując małego dorosłego drewnianą kuchnią! Nasza ulubiona to duża kuchnia drewniana z naklejkami do indywidualnego ozdabiania My Style Janod. Już samo jej składanie to świetna zabawa, a dzięki różnym naklejkom, kuchnię można z dzieckiem dowolnie spersonalizować! U nas to było świetne popołudnie!   Nasza kuchnia stoi zwykle albo w kuchni:   w salonie, obok niej dzieci często proszą o zaaranżowanie restauracji – postawienie stolika i taborecików i zabawa w gotowanie pochłania ich na bardzo długi czas! A jeśli masz w domu jednego Malucha – jestem pewna, że z największą przyjemnością usadzi Cię w swojej restauracji i będzie Ci szykował najróżniejsze specjały.     Kuchnia to też najlepszy prezent dla mnie – widok bawiących się dzieci, tego jak współpracują, kooperują, zamieniają się rolami, a także rozwiązują konflikty – bo a jakże i takie się zdarzają – to jedna z największych przyjemności mojego dnia.     A jak podglądam, jak udają, że kosztują zupę z chochli, zbierają zamówienia i śmieją się z wymyślanych smaków jak ananas z czekoladą – rozpływam się!     Gdybym miała wybrać jedną zabawkę, którą Maluch dostanie pod choinką, która będzie uniwersalna i na długie lata – dziś bez namysłu wybrałabym właśnie kuchnię. To już druga kuchnia w naszym domu – poprzednia była dużo mniejsza i po prostu chłopcy z niej wyrośli.       Magnetyczna walizka Pierwsze miejsce do nauki literek i cyferek, może nawet pisania pierwszych liter? [37] Walizka od Janod prócz tablicy magnetycznej, po której można również pisać mazakiem suchościeralnym, na odwrocie ma również tablicę kredową, a poza tym znikopis! To się nazywa full wypas 🙂       Magnetyczna układanka Świetna zabawka na długi czas dla małych chłopców – idealna na świąteczne wyjazdy, do samochodu czy samolotu i składania na stole u Babci. [36] Magnetyczna układanka Pojazdy daje mnóstwo możliwości konstrukcyjnych – zestaw zawiera 50 magnesów – elementów różnych pojazdów, oraz 18 obrazków z przykładowymi pojazdami do odwzorowania. Ta układanka to u nas hit!       Zestaw dla małych księżniczek Czyli nic innego, jak [35] drewniana księżniczka, książę, czarownica, koń, jednorożec powóz i, oczywiście, jak i książę, to również żaba 🙂 Doskonały zestaw do zabawy.       Zestaw dla małych strażaków Fantastyczna [34] drewniana remiza z dziesięcioma akcesoriami, np. helikopter, strażacy, płomienie, hydrant, gaśnica i karetka pogotowia. Kto wie, może będą to pierwsze doświadczenia przyszłego młodego strażaka? 🙂     Plecak lub tornister   Plecak wybierz odpowiedni do wzrostu dziecka, mi ogromnie podoba się [30] ten jeansowy. Starsze dziecko ucieszy się z plecaka w modnym, [31] metalicznym kolorze. Ważne, żeby był pojemny, ale lekki, odciążający plecy i po prostu ładny – idealny do przedszkola, na wycieczkę czy pierwsze samodzielne nocowania u Dziadków 🙂 A może lepiej sprawdzi się stylowy tornister? Z pewnością znajdziesz coś zarówno dla [32] dziewczynki, jak i dla [33] chłopca.   Fotelik   Miejsce, gdzie dziecko może wygodnie usiąść i przeglądać książeczki, składać pierwsze litery. Jeśli wybierzesz [29] fotelik bujany, łatwo nie spędzisz z niego małego czytelnika!     2-3 lata Takiego dziecka już nie dogonisz 🙂 Możesz tylko zapewnić mu radosne dzieciństwo, dbając o jego bezpieczeństwo, jednocześnie pomagając świetnie się bawić i wciąż rozwijać wspaniałą dziecięcą wyobraźnię.   Instrumenty   Jeśli nie [27] cały zestaw, to chociaż pojedyncze elementy, może pierwszy [28] bębenek? Wasze dzieci z pewnością są już gotowi na te nowe doświadczenia. A wy? 😉   2w1 jeździk i hulanoga   Równie dobrze mogłam umieścić go w niższych grupach wiekowych, ponieważ fantastyczny [26] pojazd od Scoot & Ride ma widełki 1-5 lat! Dzięki regulowanym elementom jeździk rośnie razem z dzieckiem, by z czasem stać się piękną hulajnogą. Praktyczny prezent na dłużej 🙂   Lalka Oczywista oczywistość. Dziewczynki w tym wieku już chcą zajmować się swoimi „córeczkami”, więc chętnie bawią się lalką, przewijają, przebierają i wożą ją wózeczkiem.  Na Barbie przyjdzie jeszcze czas – wybierz taką z bezpiecznego, delikatnego materiału, np. [25] Metoo.   12-24 miesięcy Roczne i starsze dzieci są ciekawskie, stawiają swoje pierwsze, nieco chwiejne kroki, wciąż rozwija się ich motoryka mała i duża.   Zabawki z bezpiecznej pianki kauczukowej Na przykład z oferty Rubbabu, od których kiedyś pokazywałam Wam już sensoryczne piłeczki i kręgle. Dla starszych maluchów świetnym prezentem będzie [15] zestaw pojazdów (samochody, samoloty, karetka, wóz strażacki i inne), które dzięki prostej formie i pięknym kolorom rozwiną wyobraźnię malucha. Albo lepiej: kolejny pretekst, by spędzać czas z dzieckiem, czyli [16] zestaw do gry w obręcze, który doskonale sprawdzi się zarówno dla rocznych dzieci, jak i tych starszych.       Układanka sensoryczna lub puzzle   Przepiękne, drewniane puzzle dla początkujących, 2-6 elementowe. Może [17] z motywem świątecznym? Albo [18] układanka sensoryczna, polegająca na dopasowaniu figur w odpowiednim miejscu lub inna, [19] ze zwierzątkami. Wybór naprawdę jest ogromny!   Kostka edukacyjna z pętlą Zawsze trafiony prezent dla Malucha. Taka kostka to nie tylko sorter, ale i koła zębate, labirynty, przeplatanki. Najlepiej wybierz [20] kostkę z pętlą, po której można przesuwać klocki.   Stolik edukacyjny Taka kostka, tylko w jeszcze bogatszej wersji 😉 Piramidy, sortery, wieże, koła zębate… A wszystko z bezpiecznych materiałów i kolorowe. Taki stolik edukacyjny pochłonie dziecko na długi czas.     Puzzle muzyczne Zadaniem dziecka jest dopasowanie odpowiedniego zwierzątka do kształtu. Gdy mu się to uda, usłyszy charakterystyczny dla niego dźwięk. Możesz wybrać spośród m.in. [22] zwierząt na farmie, [23] zwierząt domowych i [24] pojazdów.   Rakieta magnetyczna Nasi chłopcy ją kochają. Rakieta od Janod to kilka drewnianych części, które należy połączyć ze sobą by polecieć w kosmos 😉 Polecamy!   7-12 miesięcy   Siedem miesięcy to już czas, w którym niemowlę siedzi i raczkuje lub nabiera tych umiejętności, wychodzą też pierwsze zęby, a każdy przedmiot siłą rzeczy ląduje w buzi dziecka. W tym okresie świetnym prezentem będą więc zabawki, które może bezpiecznie włożyć do buzi, zabawki, które wspierają dużą i małą motorykę, motywują do przemieszczania się.   Akcesoria do karmienia   7 miesięcy to również czas, w którym niemowlę smakuje nowych rzeczy. Można więc sprezentować mu praktyczny [1] silikonowy zestaw, bezpieczne [2] łyżeczki do pierwszego samodzielnego jedzenia albo [3] talerzyk z podkładką.     Pluszak   Nie od dziś wiadomo, że dzieci uwielbiają pluszaki! Miła w dotyku zabawka, np. [9] pluszowy jeż, może stać się ukochaną zabawką dziecka. Cudownym prezentem będzie też świąteczny [10] skrzat lub [11] myszka od Maileg – dla tych zabawek możesz dokupić też dodatkowe akcesoria, wózki, ubranka czy łóżeczka. Gdy je widzę – przypomina mi się moje dzieciństwo i szmaciane lalki – aż sama mam ochotę się nimi pobawić!       Zabawki-gryzaki do zabawy i kąpieli   Maluszek, który już siedzi,  chętnie spędza długi czas w kąpieli. Możemy umilić mu ten czas, na przykład prezentując mu piękne zabawki do kąpieli w kształcie [12] wieloryba, [12] żółwia lub [14] kraba. Pełnią też dodatkową funkcję – gryzaka, więc pomagają maluszkowi ukoić swędzące dziąsełka. Zwierzątka są wykonane z bezpiecznego materiału – naturalnego kauczuku, a malowane są farbkami spożywczymi, więc można je żuć bezpiecznie.       0-6 m-cy   Nie oszukujmy się – w tym wieku maluszkowi najbardziej przydadzą się rzeczy praktyczne, dlatego nie ma nic złego w sprezentowaniu np. dobrej jakości śpiworka do wózka, wygodnych ubranek, czy kosmetyków z dobrym składem. Jeśli chcesz kupić niemowlakowi zabawkę, najlepiej sprawdzą się pierwsze książeczki sensoryczne, kontrastowe i szeleszczące. Może wpadnie Ci w oko piękna pozytywka? A może gryzak wykonany z bezpiecznych materiałów?   Grzechotki i książeczki sensoryczne Świetny prezent już od pierwszych miesięcy życia, Maluszek z zainteresowaniem będzie przyglądał się zabawce (i oczywiście ją smakował ;)), a jak odkryje, że grzechocze przy poruszaniu – to dopiero będzie zabawa! Wybierz taką, którą można [1] zapiąć na rzep do rączki lub nóżki, do złapania lub [2] z lusterkiem i wstążeczkami, która jeszcze bardziej zaciekawi niemowlę.   Wstążeczki, lustereczka, szelesty, ciekawe obrazki – książeczki sensoryczne świetnie rozwijają Malucha. Polecam na przykład [3] książeczkę o zwierzętach na farmie czy [4] książeczkę z wesołym lemurem.       Otulacze   Wielofunkcyjne  [5] otulacze hydrofilowe Lodger – dzięki wymiarom 120×120 cm pielucha taka może być używana na nieskończenie wiele sposobów!   Przydadzą się Maluszkowi i jako pieluszka, i otulacz, i przytylanka, i ręczniczek, i osłonka od słońca, osłonka od wiatru, prześcieradełko do gondoli, prześcieradełko do kosa mojżesza… Występują w pięknych kolorach i  wzorach. Moje dzieci od lat uwielbiają te od Lodger – ich miłość do przytulanek jest zmienna – ale z taką pieluszką śpią od kilku lat. Najlepszy prezent Czy w ogóle taki istnieje? Moglibyśmy głowić się, przeprowadzać ankiety uliczne, sondy… ale tak naprawdę najlepszym prezentem, jakim możemy kogoś obdarować, a zwłaszcza nasze dzieci, to wspólnie spędzony czas, poświęcenie uwagi, zrobienie czegoś razem, zwłaszcza, jeśli na co dzień ciągle się gdzieś spieszymy. Tylko tyle… i aż tyle. Wystarczy drobny upominek, na przykład prosta gra planszowa, a czas spędzony przy niej wraz z dzieckiem – bezcenny.
- [Wyprawka do szpitala](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-do-szpitala-dla-mamy/): Wyprawka do szpitala dla Mamy to był dla mnie najtrudniejszy etap przygotowywania się na narodziny Dziecka. Ogromnie bałam się, że zapomnę najważniejszych rzeczy, nie wiedziałam zupełnie, na co się przygotować, co zastanę w szpitalu, a nie chciałam być od nikogo zależna i wydzwaniać z prośbami, że znowu czegoś mi brakuje. Nie wiedziałam też na jakie produkty warto się zdecydować – przecież rodziłam wtedy po raz pierwszy! Za mną już 3 takie pobyty w szpitalu, przez które udało mi się tę listę „Wyprawka do szpitala dla Mamy” dopracować niemal do perfekcji.   Kompletując wyprawkę do szpitala, musisz pamiętać o tym, że:   1. W każdym szpitalu panują inne zasady W placówce, w której rodziłam po raz pierwszy, wszystkie artykuły higieniczne dla siebie i Dziecka trzeba było mieć swoje. W drugim szpitalu natomiast wszystko było dostępne na wyposażeniu każdej sali: podkładki, wkłady, waciki, sól fizjologiczna, maść pośladkowa samorobiona, strzykawki do karmienia noworodka, mleko zastępcze, a więc swoją torbę musisz dostosować do wymagań konkretnego szpitala.   2. Rodzić możesz zacząć z dala od domu lub w szpitalu pierwszego wyboru nie będzie wolnych miejsc i ostatecznie nie trafisz do wybranego szpitala. Może zdarzyć się też tak, że w Twoim wybranym szpitalu może nie być miejsca, dlatego polecam spakować wszystko, co zapewni Wam komfort. Jeśli okaże się, że masz ze sobą za dużo rzeczy – osoba, która będzie z Tobą lub Cię odwiedzi, będzie mogła zabrać od Ciebie ich nadmiar.   3. Każda z nas jest inna, każdy poród jest inny Dlatego moje porady wyprawki do szpitala mają bardzo uniwersalny charakter, ale na pewno możesz dopasować je do swojej indywidualnej sytuacji i upodobań.     Czytając, co według mnie wyprawka do szpitala dla Mamy powinna zawierać, pamiętaj, że ja uwielbiam komfort i wygodę, stąd będzie ona dość obszerna. Ty możesz ją skrócić dowolnie do swoich wymagań i potrzeb wyprawki do szpitala, albo jeszcze rozbudować.   Wyprawka do szpitala dla Mamy: dokumenty – przede wszystkim dowód osobisty i karta ciąży, do tego, jeśli posiadasz, dołóż aktualne wyniki badań (w tym grupa krwi i Rh, HBS, HIV, VDRL, ostatnia morfologia i badanie moczu, ostatnie USG), koszula nocna z możliwością wygodnego karmienia dziecka piersią – minimum 3 sztuki, pierwsza koszula zaraz po porodzie pewnie od razu trafi do prania i zostaną Ci już tylko dwie, więc ja miałam 4 sztuki, kapcie – ja na tę okazję kupiłam sobie kapcie w Ikei za kilka złotych, których już nie zabierałam do domu i nie pakowałam wszystkich zebranych na nich zarazków do torby 😉 Były wygodne, z gumowymi podeszwami i za kilka złotych – czyli to, czego oczekujesz od kapci „na raz”, klapki pod prysznic – proponuję takie samo rozwiązanie jak w przypadku kapci, szlafrok – proponuję cieniutki, gdyż w szpitalach zazwyczaj jest bardzo gorąco, ale możesz chcieć się okryć, chodząc po korytarzu, majtki poporodowe siateczkowe (koniecznie siateczkowe!) (absolutnie nie fizelinowe) – jest wiele krojów i rozmiarów, polecam jednak takie z wysokim stanem, gdyż na wypadek porodu zakończonego cesarskim cięciem, niskie mogłyby uciskać lub podrażniać ranę, stanik do karmienia – 1-2 sztuki, na początek polecam elastyczny, bezszwowy, w którym będzie Ci bardzo wygodnie, mój ulubiony to Cariwell skarpetki – tyle ile lubicie, podstawowe kosmetyki – ulubione płyny do mycia, szampon, szczoteczka do zębów, pasta, szczotka do włosów, coś do spięcia włosów – kosmetyki najlepiej w miniaturowych opakowaniach, podkładki na toaletę – do kupienia w aptece, mały ręcznik frotte – 2 sztuki, mini ręczniczki frotte jako myjki – aby zapewnić sobie komfort używania zawsze świeżych ręczników kupiłam sobie w IKEI  zestaw 10 ręczniczków do rąk za 12,99 zł, które po użyciu po prostu wyrzucałam do śmieci, ręczniki jednorazowe – 1-2 rolki, reklamówka na krzesło – wsadź ją sobie do kosmetyczki, jeśli pod prysznicem zrobi ci się słabo, a w pobliżu będzie krzesełko, będziesz mogła nałożyć na nie wcześniej siatkę i spokojnie na nim usiąść, podkłady na łóżko – polecam podkłady do przewijania Bella Happy lub podkłady na łóżko Seni, jednorazowe podkłady higieniczne – ze 2-3 opakowania (np. Bella Mama – jako jedyne, o których wiem, że są w pełni oddychające, co jest po porodzie kluczowe), woreczki  – na brudną bieliznę Twoją i Dziecka, woda niegazowana, herbatka laktacyjna – mój wybór to Bocianek, zdecydowanie nie polecam granulowanych, gdyż zawierają masę cukru, sztućce i kubek – niestety.   Wyprawka do szpitala do porodu: Do porodu sugeruję mieć osobną torbę, w której każdy znajdzie wszystko, co może być potrzebne Ci podczas porodu i to, w co przebierzesz się po przyjściu do szpitala, bez przeczesywania się przez multum rzeczy, które będziesz miała przygotowane na pobyt.   Zapewne będą to: koszula nocna, kapcie, klapki pod prysznic (być może będziesz chciała z niego skorzystać w trakcie), stanik bezszwowy do karmienia, który podtrzyma biust dla Twojej wygody, a po porodzie od razu będziesz mogła przystawić Maluszka do piersi. może coś do czytania, pudełko na soczewki + płyn i okulary, jeśli na co dzień nosisz soczewki, pomadka ochronną do ust, a może także szczoteczkę i pastę do zębów – nigdy nie wiemy, ile poród może potrwać, mokre chusteczki bez chemii – czysta woda – np. WaterWipes, przyda Ci się także ładowarka do telefonu i aparat fotograficzny, woda do picia, podobno bardzo ważne jest także jedzenie… dla partnera, jeśli będzie z Wami przy porodzie. A dla Ciebie może przydadzą się sucharki?   W torbie do porodu możesz umieścić także pieluszkę i pierwsze ubranka, a nawet rożek czy kocyk, w które chcesz, aby ubrano Noworodka, ale tutaj wszystko zależy od szpitala. W moim szpitalu dwukrotnie założyli Dziecku od razu po porodzie tylko jednorazową pieluszkę i owinęli w swoje pieluszki, aby na sali poporodowej w samej pieluszce jednorazowej położyć Synka na mnie i zostawić nas tak na wiele godzin w kontakcie skóra do skóry bez żadnego ubranka.   Wyprawka do szpitala dla Mamy do karmienia: poduszka do karmienia – aby wygodnie karmić i dać odpocząć zmęczonym plecom; ja nie miałam ze sobą żadnej i szybko tego pożałowałam, ale na szczęście mąż mi ją szybko kupił i dowiózł. Osłabione po cesarskim cięciu mięśnie brzucha utrudniały mi długie karmienia, ale koleżanki z sali po porodach naturalnych również je sobie chwaliły, nakładki do karmienia – do użycia jako ostateczność, ale warto mieć taki wentyl bezpieczeństwa, polecam te firmy Medela, ważne, aby przed użyciem je wysterylizować/przelać wrzątkiem, wkładki laktacyjne – jedno małe opakowanie lub pół dużego, gdyż pewnie nawał pokarmu będziesz miała dopiero w domu, czystą lanolinę – do smarowania, laktator – na wypadek problemów z laktacją – mi cudownie pomógł, ja wybrałam za pierwszym razem Mini Electric Medeli, a za drugim Swing, też Medeli.   Post, który przeczytałaś, napisałam w 2016 roku, po narodzinach pierwszego Syna. Co zmieniłam, pakując się do porodu po raz drugi?   Na pewno zaciekawią Cię moje najnowsze posty: – moja torba do szpitala dla Mamy i – moja torba do szpitala dla Noworodka.   Jestem bardzo ciekawa jak wyglądają lub wyglądały Wasze wyprawki do szpitala i porodu? Chętnie rozbuduję moją listę o Wasze sugestie.
- [Zdrowe jedzenie - jadłospis na cały dzień dla dzieci i rodziny | Zima](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zdrowe-jedzenie-jadlospis-zima/): Zdrowe jedzenie i jadłospis na cały dzień to nie taka łatwa sprawa, jeśli akurat brakuje nam weny do gotowania. Sama nie przepadam za gotowaniem, ale czego nie robi się z miłości dla rodziny? Ponieważ lubię dbać o moich chłopców i o to, co jedzą, zapraszam Cię do mojej kuchni, gdzie podzielę się przepisami na zdrowe jedzenie na cały dzień zimą i pokażę, jak przygotowuję przykładowy, całodniowy jadłospis, od zakupów po śniadanie, drugie śniadanie, obiad oraz podwieczorek, wykorzystując sporo zdrowych produktów.   Nie da się ukryć – gotowanie to nie jest moje hobby.  A co najbardziej pomaga mi sprawić, że gotowanie staje się przyjemnością? Zaparzam pyszną herbatę i włączam ulubioną muzykę – zwykle taką do tańca. Zawiązuję fartuch i… ruszam do akcji!   Zdrowe jedzenie – ja robić zakupy spożywcze   Mieszkamy w Gdyni, więc zakupy spożywcze od lat robię zazwyczaj w Auchan, gdzie świetnie znam już produkty i ich składy, a że asortyment zdrowych produktów cały czas się powiększa, wyszykuję produktów z serii Pewni Dobrego, a także ekologicznych, bio czy organicznych.  Mam wtedy pewność, że kupuję najlepsze z możliwych spośród dostępnych mi produktów.   Mieszkamy w mieście i nie mamy dostępu do wiejskich kurek czy świnek, a nawet gdy mieliśmy – musieliśmy wierzyć na słowo gospodarzowi, który zapewniał nas, że zwierzęta są szczęśliwe i dobrze karmione. Dlatego jeśli mam wierzyć obcej osobie na słowo lub badaniom i certyfikatom – wybieram to drugie. Nie wiem czy wiesz, ale markety regularnie badają żywność i ilość zawartych w nich pestycydów i często wystarczy, że dostawca przekroczy jedną normę, by zostać ukaranym i na 14 dni i nie móc dostarczać warzyw do sieci sklepów. To finansowa tragedia dla takiego przedsiębiorstwa, więc jak myślisz, gdzie najczęściej trafiają takie warzywa? Niestety na różne targi i stragany.   Gdy wyszykuję w sklepie zdrowe jedzenie – warzywa i owoce, mięso i jajka z oznaczeniem „Pewni dobrego”, doczytuję, co się pod tym znakiem kryje – czasami te produkty pochodzą z małych, kontrolowanych gospodarstw, owoce i warzywa są pozbawione resztek pestycydów, a kurki biegające i karmione karmą roślinną – możesz czasami natrafić na numer telefonu i adres gospodarstwa, z którego pochodzą, zadzwonić, jeśli masz jakieś pytania o zdrowe jedzenie.     Często te produkty pakowane są zamiast w folię – w siatki i kartoniki, mam nadzieję, że niedługo wszystkie już będą tak pakowane i małymi krokami uda nam się wyeliminować folię z przemysłu spożywczego. Cieszę się, że coraz częściej mogę kupować owoce i warzywa bez pozostałości pestycydów – pestycydy są wykorzystywane zwykle także w ekologicznym rolnictwie – oczywiście lista tych dopuszczonych jest inna niż w tradycyjnym rolnictwie, ale dlatego ważne jest to, aby nie zostawały na produktach.     Cieszę się ogromnie, że w Auchan jest tak duży wybór organicznej, BIO żywności i ta oferta jest poszerzana.   A teraz zapraszam Cię na całodzienny pyszny jadłospis dla całej rodziny z podpowiedziami, jak przechowywać produkty, aby starczyły nam na wiele dni.   Zanim pokażę Ci nasze zdrowe jedzenie jadłospis na cały dzień – pozwól, że przypomnę Ci listę najbardziej zanieczyszczonych pestycydami warzyw i owoców (badanie przeprowadzane co roku w USA, jednak w dużym stopniu bazujące na skłonności warzyw i owoców do wchłaniania pestycydów). Najlepiej zapisz sobie te grafiki w telefonie, aby zawsze mieć przy sobie gdy robisz zakupy.     Zdrowe jedzenie – jadłospis na cały dzień   Śniadanie – Muffinki jajeczne Bardzo proste i pyszne! W sam raz na tzw. „czyszczenie lodówki” 😉   Składniki – oczywiście możesz dodać Wasze ulubione smaki, a nawet dla każdego członka rodziny coś innego, co uwielbia. U nas były to: szpinak baby w wersji bio – szpinak jest na drugim miejscu parszywej dwunastki, stąd wersja bio kukurydza – druga na liście czystej 15, która zaleca ją w wersji niemodyfikowanej genetycznie pomidorki koktajlowe – 10 miejsce na liście parszywej dwunastki, warto kupić ekologiczne awokado – pierwsze miejsce na czystej 15 – kupuję zwykłe natka pietruszki ser żółty   Nagrzewam piekarnik do 190’C bez termoobiegu. Blaszkę na muffiny można natłuścić, by później łatwiej było wyjąć muffiny – moja blaszka tego nie wymaga – natomiast najwygodniej jest użyć tłuszczu w sprayu.   Do każdego otworu wkładam dowolne, ulubione składniki, jak kukurydza, gotowana ciecierzyca, oliwki, dobra szynka, szpinak, kawałki gotowanego brokuła, pomidory, papryka, cebulka, szczypiorek… świetnie pasuje także dodatek mozzarelli lub fety.     W misce rozbijam jajka – tyle jajek, ile foremek na muffinki – i lekko trzepię je z przyprawami – ja dodałam odrobinę soli, pieprz i zioła oraz kurkumę (jest bardzo zdrowa, staram się ją dodawać do niemal każdego dania). Zalewam otwory przygotowaną masą jajeczną.     Piekę w 190’C przez około 20 minut.   I gotowe! Pyszne i pożywne śniadanie dla całej rodziny.   Podpowiedź: Muffiny przechowuję w lodówce nawet 3 dni. Idealnie nadają się na drugie śniadanie do przedszkola czy dla mnie i Wojtka do pracy, albo na przekąskę, gdy wybieram się z dziećmi na dłuższy spacer, a nie chcę być zdana na szybkie jedzenie na mieście.       II śniadanie – Zdrowy, pożywny i sycący koktajl Idealny sposób na przemycenie czegoś zielonego czy czerwonego dzieciom. A jak smakuje! Same proszą o dokładkę.   Podpowiedź: Gotowy koktajl rozlewam do buteleczek i zabieramy je ze sobą jako posiłek do pracy czy pakujemy dzieciom na wyjście czy do przedszkola – zdrowe jedzenie jadłospis na wynos w najprostszej formie – do jedzenia nawet nie potrzebujesz sztućców. Najlepiej spożyć jak najwcześniej po przygotowaniu, czyli nie warto czekać z tą pysznością do wieczora.   Składniki Komponując przepis na zdrowy i pożywny koktajl, zawsze dbam o to, aby znalazło się w nim: Coś zielonego – np. garść szpinaku, jarmużu (w wersji organicznej – pamiętaj, to pierwsza trójka parszywej dwunastki), zieloną pietruszkę, bazylię Coś warzywnego – na przykład marchewkę, ogórek, seler, liście botwinki, pomidor bez skórki, papryka, kapusta czerwona Coś owocowego – owoców zazwyczaj dodaję kilka, np. banan, melon, jabłko, maliny, truskawki – co akurat mam pod ręką lub w zamrażarce Coś treściwego – na przykład 2 łyżki płatków owsianych Olej – olej lniany, olej ryżowy, ale także tłuste awokado Orzechy – 2-3 orzeszki jakie mam pod ręką, czyli zwykle włoskie, nerkowca, arachidowe, migdały Nasiona – na przykład pestki dyni, słonecznika „Rozpuszczalnik” – woda plus mleko roślinne, ale także kefir, maślanka czy jogurt. Jeśli spożywacie nabiał nadadzą się wyśmienicie   Dziś użyłam: 2 łyżki płatków owsianych 1 banan 1/4 awokado 2 łyżki nasion słonecznika kawałek melona trochę natki pietruszki garść szpinaku 1 jabłko w sezonie świeże, a poza sezonem mrożone maliny lub truskawki (jeśli przeszkadzają Ci pesteczki malin, możesz zblendować je osobno i przetrzeć przez sitko) Wszystko wrzucam do melaksera/blendera/Thermomixa – blenduję i gotowe.     Obiad – Pieczone pałki z kurczaka z warzywami Jeśli szukam pomysłu na zdrowy, jednogarnkowy obiad z kurczakiem, to danie dostarczy nam dużo białka, a warzywa w formie frytek też smakują jakoś… lepiej – szczególnie dzieciom.   Składniki 8 pałek kurczaka 1 duży burak 2 bataty (w wersji eko – parszywa dwunastka) marchew pieczarki masło klarowane Do maceratu do kurczaka złota przyprawa do kurczaka słodka papryka odrobina soli olej rzepakowy   Składniki na macerat mieszam z olejem rzepakowym i nacieram kurczaki. Odkładam do lodówki na 40-60 minut, by przeszły smakiem przypraw.     Mięso kupuję ze sprawdzonego źródła od rodziny albo w Auchan, gdzie mogę kupić mięsko z kurczaków z grzędy – karmionych żywnością roślinną, z chowu bez antybiotyków i z dostępem do światła dziennego.     Do zup kupuję tam również kurczaka zagrodowego z Podlasia – bez GMO, bez antybiotyków, wolno rosnącego. Doskonały do gotowania np. rosołu czy pomidorowej. Warto wybierać takie produkty w markecie, jeśli nie masz dostępu do takich wiejskich kurek z zaufanego gospodarstwa.     Zabieram się za krojenie warzyw. Bataty, marchewkę i buraki kroję w słupki…     …a pieczarki na plasterki i podsmażam.   Rozgrzewam piekarnik do 200’C.   Osobiście nie mam zaufania do pieczenia w rękawie foliowym – tak samo nie jestem też fanką gotowania kasz i ryżu w woreczkach – więc wybieram naczynie żaroodporne. Choć przyznaję – to danie z rękawa wychodzi po pierwsze smaczniejsze, po drugie możesz je zrobić zupełnie bez tłuszczu.   Naczynie żaroodporne smaruję masłem klarowanym.     A tu mój mały trick na twarde masło 😉     Przez pierwsze 45 minut piekę same kurczaki, po upływie tego czasu dodaję pokrojone warzywa i pieczarki na kolejne 30 minut (zależy od piekarnika).     Gotowe danie prezentuje się bardzo apetycznie! Jaka szkoda, że Internet nie przekazuje zapachów!       Podwieczorek – Ciasto marchewkowe bezglutenowe Bezglutenowe, na kaszy gryczanej niepalonej z migdałami. Samo zdrowie i duuuużo smaku!   Tworząc ten przepis, bazowałam na tym z aplikacji Cookido z Thermomixa, ale wniosłam do niego sporo zmian, oto moja wariacja:   Składniki na ciasto 200g migdałów ze skórką 30g kaszy gryczanej niepalonej 140 g cukru trzcinowego lub 160g ksylitolu (ma 10x niższy indeks glikemiczny od cukru) 250g marchewki 3 jajka 70g mąki kukurydzianej 75g ananasa 1 łyżeczka sody oczyszczonej   Składniki na polewę 125g serka Philadelphia 50g masła cukier puder do smaku   Przygotowanie ciasta Do przygotowania ciasta używam ekologicznych jajek od szczęśliwych kur z wolnego wybiegu – to jajeczka klasy „0” – znajduję je łatwo w Auchan po dodatkowym oznaczeniu „Pewni dobrego”.   Rozgrzewam piekarnik do 190’C Blenduję migdały z kaszą gryczaną, odstawiam na bok Blenduję cukier lub ksylitol na drobny pył Dodaję  marchewkę i znów blenduję Dodaję jajka, sól i mieszam Dodaję zblendowane wcześniej migdały z kaszą gryczaną i mieszam Dodaje pokrojonego na drobniutkie kawałki ananasa i mieszam   Tortownicę natłuszczam masłem. Piekę około 35 minut.   Polewa orzechowa Do miksera wrzucam 125g seska Philadelhia i ubijam/miksuję z 50g masła, dodając cukier puder do smaku.   Ostudzone ciasto polewam i dekoruję owocami lub orzechami.   Podpowiedź: Ciasto marchewkowe przed polaniem dzielę na mniejsze porcje, zawijam w papier do pieczenia, pakuję do szczelnego szklanego pojemnika i mrożę – to idealna przekąska dla dzieci. Wystarczy położyć na kaloryferze, aby po chwili cieszyć się ciepłym ciastem w środku dnia. A jak smakuje do kawy!     Kolacja – Placuszki z cukinii, batatów i marchewki   Przygotowuję je podobnie jak placki ziemniaczane – wszystkie produkty można drobno posiekać, zetrzeć na tarce lub po prostu wrzucić do Thermomixa i zblendować. A co wrzucam? pół cebuli pół cukinii 2 bataty 1 marchewka 60g skrobi kukurydzianej 3 jajka dwie szczypty soli szczypta pieprzu olej rzepakowy do pieczenia.   Cebulę, cukinię, bataty i marchewkę rozdrabniam, ale nie na miazgę, tylko małe cząstki. Dodaję mąkę kukurydzianą (możesz użyć ziemniaczanej), jajka i przyprawy do smaku. Odstawiam w misce na bok na kilkanaście minut, aby odsączyć nadmiar wody z masy.     Rozgrzewam patelnię (ustawiam na 7 w skali 1-9), natłuszczam niewielką ilością oleju, nakładam 1 łyżkę masy warzywnej i formuję z niej placuszki. Smażę z dwóch stron aż się zarumienią.   Jakie to jest pyszne!     A na koniec mały backstage – widziałaś moje Instastory podczas gotowania? Zapraszam – jest w wyróżnionych relacjach na Instagramie pod nazwą „Gotowanie” – wszystko możesz tu zobaczyć z bliska 🙂     Jak Ci się podobają moje sposoby na zdrowe jedzenie – jadłospis na cały dzień? Jeśli wypróbujesz któryś z przepisów, koniecznie daj znać, czy smakowało!
- [Mój Spokój - Moja Siła, czyli jak radzę sobie z emocjami w tym trudnym czasie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moja-sila-moj-spokoj/): Wszyscy znaleźliśmy się w sytuacji, w której nie chcemy być. Zamknięci w domach, w szpitalach lub w pracy, w których boimy się być…   Codziennie odpowiadam w prywatnych wiadomościach na mnóstwo pytań, skąd we mnie taka energia życiowa i optymizm. Dziś opowiem o tym i podzielę się z Tobą sprawdzonymi sposobami do tego, jak radzę sobie w tak krytycznych sytuacjach.   Jeśli jesteś ze mną na Instagramie czy Facebooku doskonale wiesz, że zaliczyłam totalny zjazd emocjonalny. Aż w końcu zdałam sobie sprawę, czemu go zawdzięczam.   Oczekiwania Po pierwsze winne były moje oczekiwania. Rok 2020 miał być taki niezwykły! Pełen nowych projektów, nowych działań, planów i czasu wolnego.  Miałam działać, rozwijać się…   Na szczęście w pierwszej kolejności zrozumiałam, że nie mam wpływu na to, co się dzieje. W drugiej, że na szczęście mam wpływ na to, jak podchodzę do tego, co się wydarza.   Staram się dziś bardzo odpuszczać oczekiwania na rzecz tego, co jest. Pomaga mi w tym poranna sesja oddychania, piękna muzyka… zabawy z dziećmi i praca, ale tylko wtedy, gdy wypełnia mnie wdzięczność za to, co mam. Praktykowanie wdzięczności to takie magiczne narzędzie, które sprawia, że im częściej jesteśmy wdzięczni, tym częściej dostrzegamy powody do wdzięczności, a w kolejnym kroku – tym więcej ich mamy.   Wyrzuty sumienia W pierwszej chwili zaczęłam rozpamiętywać, dlaczego nie zrobiłam czegoś wcześniej, dlaczego nie podjęłam pewnych kroków, kiedy jeszcze były ku temu odpowiednie warunki. Takie myślenie bardzo szybko zaczęło potęgować we mnie poczucie straty.   Bunt Odczuwałam w sobie ogromny bunt. Choć siedziałam przed komputerem… nie mogłam pracować, pozwalałam sobie na rozpraszacze, aby zabić czas. Gdybym nie miała dzieci, pewnie nie wyszłabym z domu z tego żalu. Szybko jednak dostrzegłam, że to jest bez sensu! Z każdą chwilą mojego biadolenia czułam się ze sobą coraz gorzej, czułam, jak tracę energię. Na własnej skórze odczułam, że takie zachowanie jest głęboko szkodzące i autodestrukcyjne!   Mimo wszystko to moje dramatyzowanie było bardzo cennym doświadczeniem, dzięki któremu podjęłam decyzję, że nie będzie to moja droga. Zobaczyłam, że ona nie prowadzi mnie do niczego dobrego.   Cieszę się jednak, że dałam sobie prawo do przeżywania najtrudniejszych uczyć – w przeciwnym wypadku czułabym wewnętrzną złość na to, że nie mogę tego zrobić i porozpaczać. Tak już jest, że uczucia, które tłumimy – wzbierają na sile. Dobrze więc sobie na nie pozwolić.   Tego dnia jednak zdecydowałam, że jak najszybciej pójdę spać i kolejny dzień zacznę od mojej ukochanej rutyny, która dawała mi wcześniej tyle radości.   Co zmieniłam?   Zrozumiałam, że pomimo warunków, na które nie mam wpływu, wciąż mogę decydować o swoim życiu Mogę zdecydować, czy pójdę spać przed północą i będę miała ochotę na rytuały o poranku, czy rano będę nerwowo wciskać guzik „drzemki” i niewyspana i wściekła zacznę dzień. Czy będę bezsensownie rozpaczała nad sytuacją, czy zacznę szukać rozwiązań. Czy zamiast smęcić i wypisywać w social mediach jak mi źle, oczekując na słowa otuchy (co też jest ok!), wezmę się w garść, zmienię swoje nastawienie i zarażę nim innych.   Kolejnego dnia zaczęłam działać i już pierwszego dnia poczułam tak wielką zmianę w moim nastroju, że wykiełkował w mojej głowie pomysł na Wyzwanie #MójSpokójMojaSiła – w ramach projektu, który prowadzę w zamkniętej grupie na Facebooku #NieCzekamDziałam – tu będziemy mogły wzajemnie motywować się i ciągnąć w górę!   Przypominam, że wyzwanie jest darmowe i ruszy w poniedziałek 23 marca 2020. Jeśli jeszcze się nie zapisałaś, zapisy na wyzwanie znajdziesz na końcu posta.   Przypomniałam sobie potęgę tu i teraz   Przypomniałam sobie, że szczęśliwą mogę być tylko TU i TERAZ. Nie jutro, ani za miesiąc, ani gdy minie zagrożenie i znów będę mogła bez ograniczeń wychodzić z domu i realizować swoje plany. Ani nie miesiąc temu, gdy czułam się wolna. To tu i teraz podejmuję decyzje, czy będę dokonywała działań destrukcyjnych i tak się czuła, czy budujących, aby odczuwać szczęście i zarażać nim innych.   Emocje w życiu przemijają – i te przyjemne, i te nieprzyjemne. Nie ma możliwości, abyśmy przez cały czas odczuwali tylko szczęście albo tylko przygnębienie. Przypomniałam więc sobie o wszystkich narzędziach, których używałam, a które pomagają mi w tym, aby te nieprzyjemne uczucia przeminęły jeszcze szybciej, aby zastąpić je przyjemnymi.   Nasze samopoczucie jest zwykle odzwierciedleniem nie tego, co się dzieje, ale właśnie naszego nastawienia do zewnętrznych okoliczności – i pracą nad tym nastawieniem chcę się z Tobą podzielić w wyzwaniu.   W każdej chwili decyduję o tym, czy będę się teraz zasmucała tym, czego nie mogę robić, czy będę cieszyła się tym, co mogę. A mogę tak wiele!   Mogę medytować, słuchać muzyki, tańczyć, śmiać się, zorganizować dla Ciebie wyzwanie, mogę cieszyć się z każdego usłyszanego „kocham Cię”, z tego, że mogę upiec pyszny chleb i pochodzić boso po trawie w ogródku.   Mogę też rozpamiętywać i grzebać wszystkie swoje piękne plany na 2020 rok i czuć, że nie mam na nic wpływu, czuć marazm i popaść w depresję.   Co wybieram?   Wybieram świadome życie, choć wymaga ode mnie codziennej dyscypliny. Zapraszam Cię, abyśmy odbyły tę podróż wspólnie.   Jutro lub pojutrze prześlę Ci karty do pracy, które będą potrzebne przy wyzwaniu. Na dziś mam dwie, ale czuję, że to nie koniec mojej pracy nad nimi.   Musimy jeszcze umówić się na Live, gdzie wszystko Ci opowiem, zastanawiam się tylko, czy lepszy będzie piątek czy niedziela. Zrobię taką ankietę na Instastories – koniecznie oddaj tam swój głos. Jeśli jeszcze mnie nie obserwujesz na Instagramie – wskakuj do mnie.   Zostawię Cię tutaj z dwoma cytatami, które dziś szczególnie do mnie trafiają: „Aby stać się lepszym, nie musisz czekać na lepszy świat.” – Phil Bosmans Jak niezwykle dziś aktualne, prawda?   „Najtrudniejsze jest zdecydowanie się na działanie. Reszta to już tylko kwestia wytrwałości.” – Amelia Earhart Mam nadzieję, że przyjmiesz moje zaproszenie do wspólnego działania – zapisy są tutaj, wesprzyjmy się teraz wzajemnie i zmotywujmy do wytrwałości. Wszystko jest w naszych rękach.   Ściskam Cię dziś z całego serca i do jutra!   Imię* Tel (opcjonalnie) Email*  
- [Jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-przygotowac-sie-do-karmienia-piersia/): Jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią to pytanie, jakie zadaję sobie od drugiego trymestru ciąży. Jestem dziś w 30 tygodniu ciąży i choć dopiero na dobre rozpoczynam przygotowanie wyprawki dla noworodka, ani przez chwilę nie miałam wątpliwości, od czego zacząć.   Gdy przygotowywałam dzisiaj post o tym, jak przygotowuję się do karmienia piersią, rozłożyłam wszystkie rzeczy i już miałam ustawić się do zdjęć, gdy pomyślałam, że być może miałabyś ochotę o tym wszystkim posłuchać i to wszystko zobaczyć? Prawie tak, jak na wspólnej kawie? Tak zrodził się w mojej głowie pomysł nakręcenia absolutnie pierwszego w życiu filmu i wrzucenie go na YouTube.   Z tej okazji zapraszam Cię do obejrzenia filmiku, w którym odpowiadam na pytanie: Jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią?     Jeśli filmik Ci się spodobał, będę ogromnie wdzięczna za kciuk w górę, który możesz przyznać mi tutaj – będzie to dla mnie ogromna motywacja do tego, aby nagrywać kolejne materiały. Jeśli już nie możesz doczekać się kolejnych filmików, koniecznie zasubskrybuj mój kanał, a możesz to zrobić tutaj.   Mam także coś  dla Ciebie, jeśli preferujesz słowo czytane… czyli filmik w wersji do poczytania.   Jestem dzisiaj w 30 tygodniu ciąży i tak naprawdę dopiero rozpoczynam moje przygotowania do przyjścia na świat Maluszka. Oczywiście nie mam na myśli tutaj dbania o zdrowie i o ciążę, mam na myśli to wszystko, co kryje się pod hasłem: wyprawka.   Przygotowania rozpoczęłam od odpowiedzi na ważne pytanie, jakim jest: jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią? Dlaczego od tego? Tak naprawdę przy pierwszym Dziecku był to najtrudniejszy aspekt macierzyństwa, z jakim spotkałam się i to tuż po porodzie Powiem Wam, ze choć karmienie piersią wydaje się być takie naturalne, mi z pewnością nie przyszło ono naturalnie czyli łatwo, potrzebowałam naprawdę bardzo dużej pomocy i zaangażowania, aby mogło się w ogóle w naszym wypadku powieść.   Na pierwszy problem w karmieniu piersią napotkałam tuż po porodzie. Gdy po pierwszym przystawieniu, gdy leżałam i kangurowałam swojego Maluszka po cesarskim cięciu, mijały godziny, pokarm nie nadchodził, a Maluszek zaczyna płakać i niecierpliwić się, poprosiłam więc o pomoc położną. Odpowiedź, jaką otrzymałam, była dla mnie ogromnym zaskoczeniem, gdyż rodziłam w dużym mieście, w dużym szpitalu, w jednym z najlepszych szpitali w naszym województwie, o wysokim stopniu referencyjności, jeżeli chodzi o ratowanie noworodków, w szpitalu, który słynie z tego, że jest bardzo nastawiony na karmienie piersią i na pomoc kobietom w tym zadaniu. Odpowiedź, jaką słyszałam od położnych była jedna i taka sama „Dobrze, dokarmimy” – czyli zupełnie nie to, o co mi chodziło, gdyż ja chciałam, żeby ktoś pokazał mi, nauczył mnie i pomógł mi karmić Maluszka samodzielnie. Bardzo szybko znalazłam się więc w sytuacji, w której zamiast przeżywać najpiękniejszy dzień w życiu, dzień narodzin mojego dziecka, płakało dziecko, płakałam ja, czułam się zostawiona bez jakiejkolwiek pomocy. Ruszyłam więc po pomoc do siostry, do koleżanek, do położnych, które wcześniej znałam. Oczywiście była to pomoc tylko telefoniczna, ale zakończyła się tak, że poprosiłam męża, aby dowiózł mi laktator, koleżanka wysłała mi instrukcje do tego, jak można taką laktację sobie wspomóc i zaczęłam działać na własną rękę.   Temat radzenia sobie z brakiem pokarmu po porodzie poruszyłam już tutaj, a dzisiaj skupię się na tym, żeby pokazać Wam, jak przygotowałam się do karmienia piersią, jakie rzeczy znalazły się w naszej wyprawce i polecę Wam najlepsze rozwiązania, abyście mogły wybrać te, które czujecie, że najlepiej będą pasowały w Waszej sytuacji.   Laktator   Przy pierwszym Maluszku zdecydowałam się na podstawowy laktator elektryczny. Wybrałam wtedy model Mini Electric od firmy Medela i tak naprawdę spełnił on moje oczekiwania w 90%, bo dzięki niemu mogłam rozbujać swoją laktację oraz odciągać pokarm, dzięki czemu, mogłam zostawić Maluszka na przykład z tatą, a sama udać się chociażby do lekarza albo na zakupy. Dzięki laktatorowi mogłam odciągać pokarm i magazynować go na tak zwane ciężkie czasy, czyli na przykład na sytuację,  w której zjadłam coś, co absolutnie uczula mojego Maluszka i każde kolejne karmienie piersią kończy się zaostrzeniem objawów alergicznych. W takich sytuacjach otwierałam szufladę zamrażarki, wyjmowałam kolejną porcję mleczka, mogąc odczekać dzień czy dwa, aż ta największa ilość alergenów wypłucze się z mojego pokarmu. Jedynym aspektem, w jakim ten laktator nie spełniał moich oczekiwań, był poziom hałasu, jaki generował. Najśmieszniejsze jest to, że ten hałas absolutnie nie przeszkadzał mojemu dziecku, które spało obok mnie w najlepsze, ani mojemu mężowi, który przesypiał prawie całe noce, pomimo tego, że czasami kilkukrotnie używałam w nocy laktatora. Dla mnie jednak nie był on w  stu procentach komfortowy, dlatego wybierając laktator dla kolejnego Maluszka, wiedziałam, że jego głośność to będzie jedyna rzecz, którą będę chciała poprawić.   Na rynku są dostępne również laktatory ręczne. Ja wiedziałam, że taki laktator nie do końca sprawdzi się w mojej sytuacji, przede wszystkim z uwagi na to, że jestem niezwykle aktywną Mamą. Na urlopie macierzyńskim, prowadząc własną firmę, tak naprawdę często po prostu trzeba popracować, czasami gdzieś wyjść, z kimś się spotkać. Wiedziałam, że w związku z tym będę musiała mieć większe zapasy mleczka, do czego laktator elektryczny sprawdzi się dużo lepiej. Natomiast jeśli przygotowujesz się do karmienia piersią i nie przewidujesz jakiejś nadzwyczajnej aktywności po porodzie, to myślę, że spokojnie możesz zastanowić się nad tym, czy laktator manualny nie będzie idealnym rozwiązaniem dla Ciebie.   W związku z tym, że byłam bardzo zadowolona z mojego poprzedniego laktatora, wiedziałam, że i tym razem skieruję się w kierunku marki Medela. Tym razem wybrałam dla siebie wyższy model niż Mini Electric – model Swing.     Myślę, że jego największą przewagą nad modelem poprzednim jest jego dźwięk. Brzmi jak ciche, miłe mruczenie, więc jestem pewna, że ten dźwięk nie będzie przeszkadzał żadnej innej mamie na oddziale położniczym, nie będzie też przeszkadzał mi. Taki dźwięk pozwoli mi również na dyskretne odciąganie pokarmu w miejscach publicznych. Po porodzie prawdopodobnie dość szybko wrócę do pracy, będę jeździć po Polsce, będę dalej prowadzić szkolenia, więc zapewne będę skazana na odciąganie pokarmu w różnych dziwnych miejscach, aby laktacja nie ustała. W związku z tym jestem pewna, że ten laktator sprawdzi się w moich wypadku idealnie. Co więcej, ma on fantastyczną opcję zasilania bateryjnego, dzięki czemu w domu mogę pracować na kabelku, a wychodząc, mogę włożyć do środka baterie i polegać tylko na zasilaniu bateryjnym. Są to zwykłe bateryjki, które kupię w każdym kiosku, zamontuję i sprzęt będzie gotowy do pracy.   Pojemniczki do przechowywania pokarmu Zaopatrując się w laktator warto od razu kupić również pojemniczki do przechowywania pokarmu. Z uwagi na to, że każda kropla mleka mamy jest na wagę złota, nawet jeżeli będziecie używały laktatora jedynie do pobudzenia laktacji, warto jest, jeżeli pojawi się jakikolwiek mleczko, po prostu je zmagazynować i podać Maluszkowi przy innej okazji. Pierwszy taki pojemniczek do przechowywania pokarmu tak naprawdę jest już załączony do laktatora, ponieważ zamocowaną do niego buteleczkę możemy odkręcić i zakręcić dołączonym do kompletu koreczkiem i takie mleczko możemy przechowywać w lodówce.   Natomiast jeśli Wasze mleczko będzie czekało na Maluszka w lodówce, a Wy będziecie musiały po raz kolejny użyć laktatora, będzie Wam brakowało właśnie tego magazynu pokarmu. Zamiast kupowania kolejnych pojemników i butelek możecie skorzystać z bardzo fajnych woreczków. Takie woreczki mają dwie funkcje. Po pierwsze można je podłączyć bezpośrednio do laktatora i pokarm będzie spływał od razu do środka, a po drugie w tych woreczkach możecie przechowywać pokarm w lodówce czy w zamrażarce, a zajmie on wam tak dużo miejsca jak właśnie buteleczki. Możecie sobie ten pokarm dokładnie opisywać, tak więc uważam, że jest to naprawdę bardzo fajne rozwiązanie, którego również nie miałam podczas karmienia pierwszego Maluszka. Wtedy przechowywałam pokarm właśnie w takich buteleczkach. Czasami było w nich 30 ml, bo tylko tyle udało mi się zmagazynować, czasami było w nich 100 ml, ale tak naprawdę moja zamrażarka bardzo szybko się nimi wypełniła. Jestem pewna, że tym razem woreczkami zapełni się ona o wiele bardziej efektywnie.   Herbatka wspomagająca laktację Do torby, którą zabrałam ze sobą do porodu, spakowałam poprzednio i spakuje na pewno i tym razem herbatkę, która pomoże w stymulacji laktacji. To również pomoże przygotować się do karmienia piersią. To, co jest bardzo ważne, wybierając taką herbatkę, to dokładnie sprawdzić jej skład. Na rynku mamy ogromną ilość herbatek granulowanych, w których jest ogromna ilość cukru – nie widzę żadnego powodu, żeby pic takie rzeczy, kiedy mamy do wyboru naturalne, ekologiczne herbatki innych marek. Mój wybór to na przykład Bocianek.   Bielizna do karmienia Kolejną bardzo ważną rzeczą, jaka znalazła się w mojej torbie, którą zabrałam ze sobą do szpitala, była bielizna. Przede wszystkim miała mi ona nie przeszkadzać, być mięciutka, wygodna i komfortowa. Zarówno przy pierwszym Maluszku, jak i teraz zdecydowałam się na bieliznę bezszwową firmy Carriwell model Gelwire, który posiada żelowe fiszbinki – bardzo mięciutkie i wygodne, ale mam jednak wrażenie, że oferują naszym piersiom nieco lepsze wsparcie niż wersja tej bielizny bez żelowych fiszbin. Oczywiście każdy staniczek do karmienia piersią jest odpowiednio rozpinany i umożliwia łatwe karmienie. Bardzo ważne jest również to, by szczególnie w tym początkowym okresie zabezpieczyć sobie taką bieliznę do karmienia piersią wkładkami laktacyjnymi. To, co jest bardzo fajne i na co ja zawsze zwracam bardzo dużą uwagę jest wybór wkładek zapakowanych jednorazowo. Taką wkładkę można włożyć do torebki, a ona zawsze jest czyściutka i higieniczna.   Maść Karmienie piersią szczególnie na początku bywa bolesne, dlatego warto sobie tutaj pomóc. Ja zaopatrzyłam się w malutką maść PureLan, która w stu procentach składa się z lanoliny. Poprzednio kupiłam ją w opakowaniu kilka razy większym, zupełnie niepotrzebnie, ponieważ jest ona tak wydajna, że nie zużyłam dużego opakowania, przynajmniej nie do tego celu. Później używałam jej jako odżywki do ust, więc nie musicie jej wyrzucać, kiedy nie będzie już Wam potrzebna.   Wkładki żelowe Kolejną nowością, która znajdzie się tym razem w mojej torbie, są wkładki żelowe, również od Medeli – domyślam się, że będą miały efekt chłodzący jak na przykład takie plastry chłodzące, z których korzystamy, gdy boli nas głowa. Myślę, że i w tym początkowym okresie karmienia piersią również przyniosą ulgę.   Poduszka do karmienia     Kolejny gadżet wydawał mi się zdecydowanie zbędnym luksusem, aby pakować go do mojej torby do szpitala. Jak się okazało, zadzwoniłam do męża z prośbą o niego szybciej, niż by się to mogło wydawać. Po porodzie, myślę, że każda mama jest zmęczona, a poduszka idealnie odciąża nam plecy. Ważne jest aby wybrać taką z wymiennymi pokrowcami, które można prać. Moja poduszka od Motherhood jest prawie idealna, ale nieco za mała – zwykle musiałam podkładać pod nią inne poduszki. Dlatego drugi raz poszukałabym po prostu trochę większej.   Garderoba mamy karmiącej Jestem zwolennikiem teorii, że w ogromnej mierze kobieta czuje się tak, jak wygląda, dlatego ja zawsze przykładam wagę do tego, w czym chodzę… po domu. Dlatego właśnie zarówno podczas przygotowań do przyjęcia na świat pierwszego Maluszka, jak i teraz przygotuję sobie w sypialni świeżutką pościel, piżamę i ubrania, abym po przyjściu do domu ze szpitala czuła się jak w pięciogwiazdkowym hotelu – bardzo Wam polecam ten sposób. Uważam jednak, że w garderobie karmiącej mamy nie może zabraknąć ubrań do karmienia. Będą to oczywiście ubrania codzienne (bardzo często wiele marek już w ubrania ciążowe wszywa rożnego rodzaju rozwiązania, które pozwalają później na wygodne karmienie piersią), jednak  nie wolno zapominać również o bardzo wygodnej i komfortowej bieliźnie nocnej.   Wybierając koszulę nocną do karmienia piersią, mając już w domu dwuipółlatka, wiedziałam, że w takiej koszuli nocnej spędza się troszkę więcej czasu niż by na to wskazywała sama nazwa. Będąc młodą karmiącą mamą, miałam wrażenie, że dzień zlewa mi się z nocą, że cały rytm mojego życia wyznaczają pory karmienia i bez względu na to, czy jest to dzień, czy noc, karmiłam co dwie, trzy godziny. Przyznaję się bez bicia, często o godzinie 11 można było mnie spotkać jeszcze w piżamie. Właśnie dlatego bardzo ważne było dla mnie to, by czuć się dobrze w tym stroju. Dlatego również i tym razem zdecydowałam się na różnego rodzaju koszulki do spania, a moim absolutnym hitem jest naturalna, bambusowa sukienka do spania, która po pierwsze już teraz przydaje mi się w okresie ciąży, gdyż uszyta jest tak, że spokojnie mieści nawet duży ciążowy brzuszek. Jest to sukienka od HUG GALLERY, zaprojektowana przez Anię Lewandowską. To, co jest w niej bardzo fajne, to ta bambusowa tkanina – absolutnie naturalna, przyjemna, o wiele lepiej chłonie wilgoć niż bawełna, a uszyta jest tak, że pozwala wygodnie, dyskretnie i komfortowo karmić piersią. Zdradzę Wam, że ta koszula tak bardzo podoba się mojemu mężowi, że on się śmieje, czy aby na pewno nie jest to sukienka do chodzenia w ciągu dnia, albo czy przynajmniej nie możemy jej za taką uważać. Jest naprawdę bardzo ładna i jestem pewna, że tego rodzaju rzeczy są w stanie podnieść samoocenę i przynieść dobre samopoczucie każdej młodej mamie.   Otulaczki Dla wielu mam, w tym dla mnie, karmienie piersią jest czynnością bardzo intymną, gdy każdorazowe karmienie piersią przy gościach czy na ławce w parku jest związane z pewnym dyskomfortem. Dlatego jednym z moich najważniejszych środków zaradczych są bawełniane, muślinowe, bambusowe, najróżniejsze, duże pieluszki – otulaczki, ponieważ takie kocyki mogą pełnić nieskończenie wiele funkcji, dlatego mam ich kilka zawsze w swojej szufladzie, a ze dwa mam w swojej torbie przy wózku i właśnie taka naturalna tkanina pozwalała mi dyskretnie karmić maluszka czy przy gościach, czy na spacerze, a później mogę nią nakryć wózek, by zasłonić dziecko przed wiatrem, więc jest to fantastyczne rozwiązanie na wiele problemów.   Śliniak do karmienia To nie jest zwykły śliniak, on jest ogromny! Możemy położyć go na Maluszku podczas karmienia, możemy zapiąć taki guziczek na jego szyi i mamy pewność, że nie pobrudzi ani siebie, ani nas. Po nakarmieniu Maluszka możemy położyć sobie taki śliniaczek na ramieniu i wygodnie i komfortowo odbić Maluszka bez strachu o to, że ubrudzi nam ubranie. Tego rodzaju gadżety i śliniaczki rewelacyjnie sprawdzają się przy Maluszkach, które mają refluks i duże problemy z ulewaniem, bo pozwolą Wam zaoszczędzić na pewno kilka pralek tygodniowo, zarówno jeśli chodzi o rzeczy Maluszka, jak i Wasze.   Fotel do karmienia Tutaj znajdziecie post o tym, jak urządzić sobie kącik do karmienia piersią w domu, bo tak naprawdę właśnie ten fotel został kupiony specjalnie z przeznaczeniem do karmienia . Na początku spędzałam w nim co najmniej osiem godzin dziennie i bardzo doceniałam to, że oferuje mi wsparcie dla całych pleców, że jest fajnie pochylony do tyłu, że daje mi duży komfort. Uwielbiam te podłokietniki, gdyż pozwalały mi one karmić bez dodatkowych poduszek. Gdy kładłam sobie wysoko tylko poduszkę do karmienia, a na tych wygodnych podłokietnikach położyć również  położyć kocyk. W nocy, gdy karmicie już na przykład kolejną godzinę, a zdarza się tak, robi się chłodno, a  pod takim kocykiem jest bardzo przyjemnie i nam, i Maluszkowi. Jedyne, na co trzeba uważać, korzystając z takiego kocyka, jest to, by Maluszek nam się nie zapocił, bo jednak on ciężko pracuje. Cały czas trzeba obserwować, czy Maluszkowi nie jest za gorąco, jednak dla nas, mam, jest to idealne rozwiązanie.   Kolejna rzecz, którą dał mi ten fotel, jest poczucie bezpieczeństwa. Siedząc na takim szerokim fotelu, z takimi zagłówkami i podłokietnikami wiedziałam, że Maluszek nigdzie nie wypadnie, jeśli zdarzyłoby mi się przysnąć, czego na przykład bałabym się na fotelu bujanym, który mam, a który nie jest już ani taki szeroki, ani taki komfortowy, nie oferuje też żadnego wsparcia dla głowy. Myślę, że taki fotel, to naprawdę wspaniała rzecz na lata. Po zakończeniu okresu karmienia piersią wykorzystywałam go do czytania książek, do relaksowania się, do oglądania filmów, gdyż jest niesamowicie wygodny, a ostatecznie znalazł się w moim ślubnym biurze, gdzie moi klienci również uwielbiali w nim siedzieć. Sądzę więc, że taki fotel może być nie tylko jednorazowym zbędnym wydatkiem, ale naprawdę wygodnym meblem prawie na całe życie.   A teraz, tak jak obiecałam, podaję listę produktów, które wystąpiły w filmie i w poście: – laktator elektryczny – Medela Swing – torebki do odciągania i przechowywania pokarmu – Pump & Save – herbatka wspomagająca laktację – Bocianek – bielizna do karmienia piersią – Carriwell Gelwire – wkładki laktacyjne jednorazowe – Medela – wkładki hydrożelowe – Medela – maść – Purelan – poduszka do karmienia MotherHood – fotel do karmienia – IKEA – kocyk dla Mamy – IKEA – koszula nocna ciążowa/do karmienia piersią HUG Gallery by Ania Lewandowka – otulacz – Lodger  Jeśli post Ci się spodobał i już wiesz, jak przygotować się do karmienia piersią, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz:
- [Konsola do sypialni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/konsola-do-sypialni/): Konsola do sypialni w końcu zawitała w naszym domu! Urządzanie domu to dla nas proces, który dojrzewa razem z nami. Uwielbiam te drobne zmiany, a każda z nich sprawia, że nasz domem staje się nim coraz bardziej. Dziś chciałam zaprosić Cię na kolejną odsłonę naszej sypialni, którą uzupełniłam o piękną białą konsolę do sypialni.   Jeszcze 3 lata temu w naszym domu nigdzie w naszym domu nie zobaczyłabyś ani jednej ramki ze zdjęciem, a dziś to mój ulubiony sposób na dekorację wnętrz. W naszej sypialni została już tylko jedna wolna ściana, a ja wiedziałam, że nasza rodzinna historia będzie jej najpiękniejszą dekoracją. Brakowało mi jeszcze jakiegoś stolika, na którym mogłabym trzymać zapachowe świeczki i drobne dekoracje, ułożyć koc po złożeniu i odłożyć właśnie czytane książki – i tutaj pojawiła się ona – konsola do sypialni.     Konsola w sypialni   Konsola do sypialni okazała się idealną realizacją pomysłu na stolik, który mógłby uzupełniać i ocieplić naszą sypialnię. Szukając konsoli do sypialni wiedziałam, że marzy mi się biała, taka z bokami ze skrzyżowanymi deseczkami, aby poustawiane książki czy bibeloty z niej nie spadły, taka z półeczkami, na których będę mogła ułożyć koce i moją ukochaną białą porcelanę w niebieskie wzory. Dodatkowo te małe skrzyżowane deseczki przywodzą mi na myśl nadmorskie wnętrza nowojorskiej okolicy – Hamptons, więc aby podbić ten nadmorski, jedyny w swoim rodzaju klimat, uzupełniłam go charakterystyczną porcelaną w niebieskie wzory.     Naokoło konsoli do sypialni zostawiłam trochę miejsca na latarenki, które w letnie i zimowe wieczory będą rozświetlać i ocieplać naszą przestrzeń ciepłem płomieni. Wybrałam takie z naturalnych materiałów, wśród których ostatnio najlepiej wypoczywam.     Uwielbiam to, w jaki sposób zdjęcia w białych ramkach i konsola uzupełniły naszą sypialnię.     Uwielbiam budzić się i pierwsze co zerkać na naszą galerię zdjęć z najpiękniejszymi momentami naszego życia.     Z szufladce konsoli w sypialni przechowuję nasze albumy ze zdjęciami. A na blacie trzymam ogród w słoiku – podziękowanie od Absolwentów mojego Kursu na Wedding Plannera.     A wieczorem rozstawiam na blacie konsoli świeczki zapachowe.     Uwielbiam takie małe, a wielkie zmiany. A jak Tobie się podoba nasz nowy kącik z konsolą w sypialni?   W poście wystąpili: Konsola biała Montgomery Ramki do zdjęć Kosz z trawy morskiej na zabawki Donica w koszu Serax   Polecam Ci także post, w którym jest nasza Biblioteczka Ikea w sypialni    
- [Z uśmiechem na twarzy człowiek podwaja swoje możliwości](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szczoteczka-elektryczna-oral-b-dla-dzieci/): To przysłowie japońskie to nie tylko mądre słowa – zobacz moich 10 dowodów na to, jak w prosty sposób możesz podwoić swoje możliwości i najważniejsze – podwoić je u naszych dzieci już od najmłodszych lat wdrażając dobre i zdrowe nawyki.   Jak skutecznie sprawić, aby dziecko z radością zaczęło myć codziennie ząbki?   Chciałabym Ci dziś opowiedzieć o nawykach – jestem pewna, że ten krótki sposób przyda się nie tylko naszym dzieciom, ale i nam – dorosłym – choć w zupełnie innych tematach.   Nawyk to taki „automat” – raz wyrobiony działa dalej już bez naszego świadomego wysiłku, gdyż staje się naturalną częścią naszego życia – jak oddychanie czy mycie rąk po skorzystaniu z toalety – nie musimy już o tym ciągle myśleć, staje się to naturalną częścią naszego życia. Nawyk to ogromne ułatwienie – sprawia, że nie musimy walczyć ze sobą, ani z dziećmi, aby coś robić – to dlatego jeśli wyrobimy w dziecku nawyk mycia zębów, stanie się on częścią codzienności naszych dzieci, a w ich – i naszym – życiu skończą się codzienne walki – nie tylko te ze szczoteczką w ręku.   Jak działają nawyki i czym są?   Nasz umysł robi wszystko, aby zminimalizować wysiłek – mentalną energię przeznaczaną na powtarzalne zachowania, które realizujemy każdego dnia. Nawyk to regularnie powtarzana czynność, która nie wymaga naszego świadomego zaangażowania.   Dlatego codzienna walka o mycie zębów skończy się, gdy tylko nasze dziecko wyrobi sobie – z naszą pomocą oczywiście – nawyk mycia zębów – nigdy więcej nie będziesz musiała motywować dziecka do mycia zębów.   Jako ciekawostkę powiem Ci, że nawyk to też nawykowa myśl lub emocja – dlatego nawyk jest w stanie zmienić nawet zatwardziałego pesymistę w optymistę.   Ile trwa wyrabianie nawyku?   Wyrabianie nawyku trwa… od 18 do 254 dni – średnio 66 dni. Najważniejsze jest Twoje zaangażowanie w wyrabianie nawyków u dzieci, a za najtrudniejsze uznaje się pierwszych 5 dni.   5 podstawowych zasad wyrabiania nawyków: 1. Tylko 1 nawyk na raz W przypadku ważnych nawyków ważne, aby na początku wyrabiać tylko 1 nawyk na raz – chodzi o to, aby cała uwaga dziecka była skoncentrowana na wyrabianiu tego nawyku. Im bardziej zaangażujemy się na start – tym większa szansa na jego wyrobienie.   2. Na fali motywacji Nie tylko dzieciom, ale i dorosłym, zwykle najłatwiej jest zacząć na fali motywacji – a nie da się ukryć, że dla wielu dzieci taką falą i energią może być radość z posiadania nowej szczoteczki do zębów, dopasowanej do jego wieku.     Motywacja ma jednak do siebie to, że jest sinusoidą – raz rośnie, a raz spada, dlatego nowy nawyk utrzymamy jedynie wtedy, gdy mamy dobrą strategię. Kluczem skutecznego nawyku jest to, że niezależnie od tego, czy po kilku dniach czy tygodniach nasze dziecko jest nadal zmotywowane, będzie bez problemu i marudzenia myło codziennie ząbki. Docelowo dobry nawyk pozwoli dziecku działać bez względu na to, czy jest zmotywowane, czy nie – więc koniecznie doczytaj kolejne 3 punkty, aby zwiększyć szanse na Wasz sukces.   Pamiętam, jak u Młodszego Synka o wiele łatwiej było wyrobić nawyk mycia ząbków – po prostu naśladował swój autorytet – starszego brata. Dlatego świetnym pomysłem jest, abyś dołączyła do dziecka w czasie mycia ząbków przynajmniej na etapie wyrabiania nawyku – zapewni Wam to z pewnością świetną zabawę, a dziecku pozwoli brać przykład z Ciebie – nie od dziś wiadomo, że dzieci najlepiej uczą się nie słuchając na, ale naśladując.   Pamiętaj, że technika mycia zębów szczoteczką manualną i elektryczną jest zupełnie inna – dlatego jeśli Ty posiadasz szczoteczkę elektryczną, Twoje dziecko będzie naśladowało Twoje ruchy, które nie będą skuteczne w przypadku szczoteczki manualnej – i na odwrót. Dlatego nasz Maksiu czeka na swoją elektryczną szczoteczkę do zębów – jaką? Opowiem Ci poniżej.     3. Mały nawyk Wyrabiać nawyk mycia zębów u dziecka możesz zacząć nawet od 15 sekund mycia zębów – nie czas trwania nawyku na początku jest kluczowy, ale jego powtarzalność. Jak już wyrobicie nawyk, powolutku, stopniowo – niemal niezauważalnie – będziecie zwiększać czas mycia zębów aż do 2 minut – rekomendowanych przez dentystów.   Chodzi o to, aby nowy nawyk był początkowo jak najłatwiejszy, a motywacja jak największa – dzięki temu zwiększamy szansę na wyrobienie tego nawyku.       Pomyśl, o ile łatwiej byłoby Ci wyrobić nawyk robienia 5 przysiadów po przebudzeniu niż 150? Natomiast jeśli wyrobisz już w sobie nawyk robienia 5 przysiadów dziennie, o wiele łatwiej byłoby Ci zwiększyć ich ilość do 6, 10, 20, 50… 150 przysiadów. Dlatego wyrobienie nawyku mycia zębów przez 15 sekund dziennie ma o wiele większe szanse na powodzenie, niż gdybyście od razu zaczęli od 120 sekund czyli 2 minut i… zniechęcili się oboje.   Śmiało więc wyróbcie najpierw nawyk wieczornego mycia zębów, a dopiero później dołóżcie nawyk porannego mycia zębów.   A ten sposób na wyrabianie nowych nawyków koniecznie wypróbuj na sobie!   4. Bodziec Aby nie zapomnieć o wyrabianiu nowego nawyku, warto jest znaleźć w ciągu dnia dla niego „kotwicę” – inną czynność, którą dziecko już nawykowo wykonuje codziennie.   U nas pierwszą kotwicą do wyrabiania nawyku mycia zębów była wieczorna kąpiel – nasze dzieci codziennie wieczorem kąpią się w wannie (dzięki temu łatwiej nam było wyrobić nawyk zasypiania, bo zakotwiczyliśmy go również przy kąpieli). Dzięki temu – osadzając nowy nawyk pod ten już posiadany – zmniejszamy prawdopodobieństwo zapomnienia o nawyku, gdy jest on jeszcze słabo wykształcony i dodatkowo go wzmacniamy.   Jeśli w Waszym domu wieczorna kąpiel nie jest tak regularna, możecie spróbować podczepić nawyk mycia ząbków na przykład pod kolację – zawsze po kolacji dziecko idzie umyć ząbki.   5. Celebracja! Ważne, aby dziecko doceniło samego siebie po umyciu zębów każdego dnia – może zawsze sobie klaskać, powiedzieć ulubioną rymowankę – tak zwany gest sukcesu. Ważne jest to, aby dziecko nauczyło się samo siebie nagradzać, a nie tylko było nagradzane przez nas – dzięki temu jego gest sukcesu będzie solidny i zależny od samego dziecka, a nie od czynników zewnętrznych.   U nas funkcję celebracji pełni rodzinna, szczoteczkowa, autorska wyliczanka, którą można wykonać samodzielnie – choć wiadomo, że w kupie raźniej!       Wykorzystaj siłę małych nawyków Przez pierwszych 14 dni wyrabiaj w dziecku nawyk mycia zębów przez 15 sekund, a dopiero po tym czasie, gdy nawyk będzie ustanowiony – zwiększajcie jego intensywność.   Kiedy dziecko powinno zacząć myć zęby?   Pamiętam, jak zaskoczona byłam, gdy okazało się, że już od 1 ząbka powinniśmy wprowadzić mycie zębów u dzieci do rytualnych zabiegów higienicznych. Pamiętam, jak było to o tyle trudne, że moje dzieci nawet w tym okresie nie siedziały! Szczęśliwie okazało się, że dziecięca szczoteczka do zębów – pod opieką dorosłego – to rewelacyjne narzędzie do łagodzenia dokuczliwych objawów związanych z ząbkowaniem, a taka forma właśnie zabawy sprawiła, że szczoteczkową rutynę łatwiej było nam przemycić w codziennym życiu.   Jak dobrać szczoteczkę do mycia zębów?   Każda szczoteczka do mycia zębów powinna być dostosowana zarówno do wieku dziecka, jak i do tego, ile ząbków posiada oraz czy są to zęby stałe czy mleczne.   Poradnik doboru szczoteczki do zębów   0-2 lata W tym wieku poleca się dzieciom manualne szczoteczki do zębów, na przykład „Oral-B Baby” szczoteczka do zębów z postacią Kubusia Puchatka – ma miękką główkę, która chroni delikatne dziąsła oraz miękkie włókna i antypoślizgową rączkę, by chronić dziąsła i delikatnie czyścić.     Polecanie na początek manualnej szczoteczki do zębów ma trzy korzyści.  Po pierwsze takie mycie zębów manualną szczoteczką wspomaga rozwój manualny dziecka, a po drugie manualna szczoteczka uznawana jest za bezpieczniejszą, gdyż nie zawiera drobnych części ani baterii, a po trzecie często pozwala się dziecku łatwiej oswoić z higieną jamy ustnej.     Natomiast – jak już wspomniałam o słabszych zdolnościach manualnych dziecka – wiąże się to także z tym, że dziecko mycie zębów w tym wieku może traktować jako zabawę – oczywiście tylko pod okiem opiekuna, a za ich prawidłowe umycie odpowiedzialny jest rodzic.     O ile nasz Maluch posiada ząbków kilka, codzienna ich higiena nie powinna zajmować nam zbyt wiele czasu, natomiast wraz ze wzrostem ilości ząbków musimy wykazać się coraz większą dokładnością, starannością i precyzją. Dlatego z pomocą może przyjść nam tutaj szczoteczka elektryczna z okrągłą główką, która choć przeznaczona dla dziecka w wieku od 3 do 6 lat, może być z powodzeniem używana przez dzieci młodsze jeśli pomagają w tym rodzice, na których spoczywa zapewnienie bezpieczeństwa dziecku. Pozwoli ona nam znacznie skrócić czas mycia ząbków i zwiększyć efektywność mycia. Jak?   Najprostsza elektryczna szczoteczka do mycia zębów – na przykład model dla dzieci „Oral-B Kids” czy dla dorosłych „Oral-B Vitality” – wykonuje 7600 ruchów oscylacyjno-rotacyjnych tzw. 2D na minutę, podczas gdy dorosły człowiek myjący swoje zęby wykonuje ich maksymalnie 600. Różnica kolosalna – prawda?     Dodatkowo mycie zębów szczoteczką elektryczną jest o wiele łatwiejsze – koniec z szorowaniem i słabszymi efektami – teraz wystarczy powoli prowadzić końcówkę szczoteczki od ząbka do ząbka, przeznaczając na każdy ząbek po kilka sekund.     3-5 lat W tym wieku obok manualnego szczotkowania zębów, z powodzeniem możesz zaproponować dziecku szczoteczkę „Oral-B Kids” z jednym z ulubionych motywów z bajek – takich jak Kraina Lodu, Toy Story, Auta czy Gwiezdne Wojny. Możesz zdecydować się na wersję elektryczną, która wykonuje delikatny ruch 2D oscylacyjno-rotacyjny, a jej główka jest odpowiednio mniejsza niż te dla dorosłych, z wyjątkowo miękkimi włóknami – idealne dla wciąż wrażliwych dziąseł, a wbudowany timer pomaga w budowaniu nawyku mycia zębów, a później w jego rozwijaniu – szczoteczka daje znać co 30 sekund.       Dla dzieci, które potrzebują dodatkowej motywacji do tego, aby przekonać się do mycia zębów, zespół Oral-B wyszedł na przeciw i zaprojektował specjalną darmową aplikację do mycia zębów dla dzieci Disney Magic Timer pomagającą w nauce i wydłużaniu nawyku mycia zębów – która towarzyszy dziecku w trakcie mycia ząbków przez 2 minuty. Badania pokazują, że aż 90% dzieci szczotkuje zęby dłużej korzystając z tej aplikacji. [Oral-B Kids Brushing Study]   Wystarczy pobrać darmową aplikację, zeskanować postać ze szczoteczki i w trakcie 1 lub 2 minut (czas można ustawić) mycia zębów w aplikacji będzie pojawiał się obrazek – widoczny w 100% po tym czasie, na koniec dziecko dodatkowo otrzymuje nagrodę – na ekranie odsłania się obrazek z ulubioną postacią z bajki, a dodatkowo zbiera się naklejki za umycie ząbków w wirtualnym albumie.     6+ lat Gdy pojawiają się pierwsze stałe ząbki, warto zmienić główkę szczoteczki na taką, która posiada środkowe włókna dłuższe od tych zewnętrznych – dzięki takiej budowie pomoże dziecku umyć dokładnie pierwsze stałe zęby, które mają charakterystyczne bruzdy, do których dzieciom trudno dotrzeć, a w których to w pierwszej kolejności rozwija się próchnica.   Elektryczna szczoteczka „Oral-B Junior” posiada główką posiadającą włosie środkowe dłuższe od zewnętrznego – dzięki temu o wiele lepiej pozwala dzieciom domyć pierwsze zęby stałe, które posiadają charakterystyczne dla siebie bruzdy na powierzchni.   W porównaniu do modelu Kids wykonuje ruch 3D –  do ruchu oscylacyjno-rotacyjnego został dodany ruch pulsacyjny, dzięki któremu włókna szczoteczki dogłębniej penetrują trudno dostępne miejsca, których ilość wzrasta wraz z ilością ząbków stałych.   Szczoteczka ta w wersji „Oral-B Junior Smart” posiada dodatkowo czujnik siły nacisku, który pozwala chronić delikatne dziąsła, a także dodatek FunZone w aplikacji Oral-B, który przesyła do aplikacji informacje (Bluetooth) w czasie rzeczywistym i  pomaga poprawić nawyki w prawidłowym szczotkowaniu zębów.   U nas z okazji pierwszych dwóch stałych ząbków, Mikołaj otrzymał nową szczoteczkę do zębów – dla starszaków – właśnie „Oral-B Junior”, a tę Kids z nową główką otrzymał Maksiu.       Dla nastolatków Szczoteczka „Oral-B Teen” to oprócz ruchu 3D także 3 tryby pracy: czyszczenia codziennego, delikatnego czyszczenia i wybielania. Świetnie sprawdza się przy używaniu aparatów ortodontycznych dzięki wymiennym końcówkom Ortho – dedykowana do aparatów ortodontycznym oraz Sensi Ultra Thin.   Za pomocą technologii Bluetooth szczoteczka ta – podobnie jak wersja Junior Smart –  łączy się z aplikacją Oral-B i może być pomocna w wyrabianiu dobrych nawyków mycia zębów.   A jaka szczoteczka dla dorosłych?   Do dziś pamiętam swoją pierwszą elektryczną szczoteczkę do zębów, którą dostałam na Święta Bożego Narodzenia. Byłam wtedy w 8 klasie szkoły podstawowej i nosiłam stały aparat ortodontyczny. Choć była to szczoteczka typu 2D – różnica była tak kolosalna, że już nigdy nie wróciłam do manualnej szczoteczki do mycia zębów.     Dziś doskonale wiem, że uśmiech podwaja nasze możliwości, a podam Ci tu co najmniej 10 powodów:   1. Inni ludzie czują się lepiej w otoczeniu ludzi uśmiechniętych, gdyż zwiększa to szanse na to, że miło spędzimy czas.   2. Mamy tendencję do odzwierciedlania emocji innych – dlatego towarzystwo uśmiechniętej osoby sprawia, że częściej się uśmiechamy.   3. Uśmiech jak nic innego pozwala nam zrobić dobre pierwsze wrażenie i wzbudzić sympatię do nas.   4. Uśmiech pomaga wzbudzić zaufanie.   5. Uśmiech sprawia, że wyglądamy na bardziej kompetentnych i pewnych siebie – badania pokazują, że profesjonaliści uśmiechający się na zdjęciach są uznawani za bardzie kompetentni i pewni siebie i chętniej zatrudniani przez pracodawców i wybierani przez klientów.   6. Uśmiech jesteśmy w stanie wyczuć nawet przez telefon!   7. Śmiech pełni funkcję społeczną – pomaga nawiązywać więzi.   8. Śmiech wydziela w naszym mózgu hormony szczęścia – endorfiny. Uśmiech to taka krzywa co wszystko prostuje 🙂   9. Uśmiech to najlepszy środek antystresowy! Uśmiech to magiczny grymas – wystarczy się uśmiechnąć, aby poczuć się lepiej, poczuć w środku nas szczęście – uśmiechając się – nawet fałszywie – w naszym mózgu powodujemy wydzielanie się hormonów szczęścia, które sprawiają, że nasz dzień, a także całe życie staje się lepsze.   Nie wierzysz? To mam dla Ciebie genialne ćwiczenie. Włóż sobie między zęby ołówek, który wymusi podobny do uśmiechu grymas – badania pokazują, że będziesz wtedy używała dokładnie tych samych mięśni, których używasz przy uśmiechu i nie ma znaczenia czy uśmiech jest szczery czy fałszywy i będziesz szczęśliwsza. To tak świetny sposób na poprawę humoru. Działa?   10. Ludzie świetnie potrafią odróżnić prawdziwy uśmiech od tego wymuszonego – dlatego wymuszaj uśmiech, gdy sama chcesz się poczuć lepiej, ale na co dzień postaraj się stać po prostu bardziej pozytywną i uśmiechniętą osobą, a ćwiczenie – nawet sztucznego uśmiechu – Ci w tym pomoże, gdyż pomoże Ci wygimnastykować te mięśnie. Warto też mieć pod ręką listę rzeczy i osób, o których wystarczy, że pomyślisz, a prawdziwie się uśmiechniesz. Będzie to bardzo pomocne przed spotkaniami, na których Ci zależy.   Aby uśmiechać się szczerze i bez kompleksów lubię wiedzieć, że mam zadbany i zdrowy uśmiech.   Dlatego sama na co dzień używam elektrycznej szczoteczki do zębów z okrągłą główką – dziś przynajmniej 2 razy dziennie używam szczoteczki Oral-B Genius X 20000N w kolorze Rose Gold, która oprócz ruchu 3D wyposażona jest w czujniki ruchu, a także jest wspomagana sztuczną inteligencją, która rozpoznaje  to jak szczotkuję zęby i w aplikacji każdorazowo pokazuje czy prawidłowo i dokładnie wyszczotkowałam wszystkie powierzchnie zębów.     Dodatkowo szczoteczka ta posiada pierścień SmartRing 360 i nowoczesny czujnik nacisku, który automatycznie zwalnia prędkość, gdy szczotkuję zęby zbyt mocno. Co więcej, szczoteczka działa przez ponad 2 tygodnie po jednym naładowaniu.   Szczoteczka ta posiada aż 6 trybów szczotkowania, w tym pielęgnację dziąseł, delikatne czyszczenie, wybielanie oraz czyszczenie języka.   Lubisz przydatne gadżety? To etui na szczoteczkę ładuje szczoteczkę i telefon jednocześnie, dzięki portowi USB.   Jedna szczoteczka dla całej rodziny? To jak najbardziej możliwe! Choć jak widzisz na co dzień używamy szczoteczek dopasowanych do naszego wieku i myjemy zęby „stadnie”, to na wyjazd, gdy musimy oszczędzać miejsce, pakujemy już tylko końcówki i jedną szczoteczkę – właśnie Genius – jej tryb piórkowy odpowiada trybowi szczoteczki dziecięcej od 3 roku życia.   Rodzina to jest siła W naszym domu nic nie działa tak dobrze jak wspólne spędzanie czasu – i nie mam na myśli tu tylko wspólnej zabawy czy posiłków, ale także kąpieli czy mycia zębów. To rytuały, które wykonujemy zwykle cała rodziną – gdy Mikołaj i Maksio kąpią się w wannie, Mama i Tata krzątają się po łazience, szykują ręczniki, piżamki oraz oczywiście następuje wspólne mycie zębów. Początkowo zaczynaliśmy od mycia zębów z Mamą czy Tatą, co było bardzo pomocne na etapie wyrabiania nawyku, dziś już nie jest to konieczne, choć bardzo pomocne, szczególnie gdy pracujemy nad wydłużeniem czasu mycia zębów przez dzieci.   Jak nauczyć dziecko prawidłowo myć zęby? Naszym dzieciom trudno było zrozumieć, dlaczego ząbki trzeba być tak długo. Dlatego – w ramach rodzinnej przygody z rodzicami – wybraliśmy się z Mikołajkiem do higienistki stomatologicznej, aby bazując na sile autorytetów, porozmawiać o prawidłowej higienie małych ząbków.   Nauka mycia zębów dla dzieci Pierwszym krokiem była nauka mycia ząbków na smoku – ale on ma dużo ząbków! Mikołaj sam zobaczył ile czasu zajmuje, aby każdy ząbek z każdej strony choć przez chwilę pomasować szczoteczką – był w szoku! W pierwszym etapie Mikołaj uczył się myć ząbki prowadzony przez higienistkę stomatologiczną – Pani Róża była niezastąpiona!     Drugim krokiem było mycie ząbków smoka samodzielnie.     Aby w końcu przejść do nauki mycia własnych ząbków. Ale co tu myć, jak ząbki takie białe?     Płytka nazębna – bakteryjna – biofilm – jest niewidzialny dla oka, ale świetnie można go zabarwić i rozróżnić biofilm wczesny i późny – ten szczególnie niebezpieczny. Mikołaj zgodził się na wykonanie testu, w którym do jego ząbków została przyłożona gąbeczka z fioletową substancją, po której kontakcie biofilm zabarwiał się na odpowiedni kolor – czerwony oznaczający świeży biofilm, a niebieski świadczący o późnym biofilmie.     Po wybarwieniu ząbków higienistka przystąpiła do ich dokładnego czyszczenia – a Mikołaj zabawił się w detektywa biofilmu i przyglądał się myciu ząbków w lusterku i po chwili już sam pokazywał higienistce jeszcze w trakcie zabiegu gdzie musi doczyścić ząbki.     Kolejnym krokiem była nauka mycia ząbków przez Mikołaja – oczywiście wciąż w lusterku, pod okiem higienistki, aż doczyścił wszystkie ząbki.     Oczywiście nie mogło też obyć się bez jazdy na fotelu stomatologicznym!     I gotowe!     Po takim kolorowym eksperymencie przynajmniej na jakiś czas mam zagwarantowane dbanie o czas mycia ząbków – a co więcej, Mikołaj jako autorytet dla młodszego brata załatwił ten problem dla całej dwójki.   Przynajmniej do następnej wizyty w gabinecie stomatologicznym. Mikołaj ma już kilka za sobą i z radością czeka na kolejne.   A jak u Was wygląda codzienna higiena ząbków? Nawyk czy jednak walka? Mam nadzieję, że po zastosowaniu się do 5 kroków wyrabiania nawyków żadne zdrowe zmiany nie będą straszne.
- [Jak często prać, jak prasować i przechowywać pościel?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zlozyc-przescieradlo-z-gumka/): Chyba każdy lubi się kłaść do świeżo wypranej, pachnącej pościeli… w końcu jak sobie pościelesz, tak się wyśpisz. Ale czy wiesz, jak dbać o pościel, aby służyła długo? Jak przechowywać? Czy warto prasować? Sprawdźmy to!   Z jakiego materiału pościel jest najlepsza?   Do najbardziej popularnych materiałów pościelowych należy oczywiście bawełna, a mamy jej kilka rodzajów, a te najpopularniejsze: gładka satynowa – to taki splot, dzięki któremu materiał z jednej strony jest gładszy i bardziej lśniący; satyna jest zazwyczaj „chłodniejsza” w dotyku flanela – grubsza i cieplejsza bawełna, „cieplejsza” w dotyku, szczególnie polecana zimą o splocie krzyżowym – czyli popularnie nazywana korą.   Choć flanela i kora mają taką zaletę, że się nie gniotą, to ja osobiście uwielbiam gładką bawełnę.   Popularność zyskują także pościele z bardziej ekskluzywnych naturalnych tkanin takich jak: len, bambus, wełna, jedwab – idealny na upalne, letnie noce, chłodny i aksamitny w dotyku, ale tak bardzo luksusowy, że jest przynajmniej 10 razy droższy bawełny   Największym zaskoczeniem było dla mnie pojawienie się pościeli poliestrowej. Pomimo tego, że mało się gniecie i łatwo z niego sprać plamy i jest tani – to sztuczny materiał, który nie „oddycha”, nie odprowadza wilgoci, przykleja się do skóry, elektryzuje się… nie musiałabym dodawać tego, że nie ulega naturalnemu rozkładowi, więc jest szkodliwy dla środowiska, aby go Wam nie polecić, a teraz po prostu go odradzam, choć bardziej przed nim przestrzegam.   Wybierajmy tylko pościele w 100% naturalne. Te zapewnią nam odpowiednią wentylację, nie będziemy się pocić, więc będziemy bardziej wypoczęci. Osobiście nie wyobrażam sobie spania pod pościelą poliestrową – w szoku jestem, że znane sieciowe sklepy wciąż taką oferują i to w cenie bawełnianej – sama o mały włos nie przyniosłabym takiej przez pomyłkę do domu, gdyż nie było dla mnie w pierwszych chwili oczywiste, aby sprawdzić skład pościeli.     Jak składać pościel? Mój mega trik Jeśli chodzi o przechowywanie zapasowych zmian pościeli – mam swój sposób.   Biorę dużą poszwę, składam w kostkę, a do środka wkładam poszewki na poduszki, tzw. „jaśki”. Dzięki temu nigdy niczego nie szukam, tylko wyciągam od razu całymi zestawami.       Gdzie i jak trzymać zapasową pościel?   Wszelkie poszwy, poszewki, prześcieradła, koce najlepiej trzymać w jednym miejscu – na przykład szafie – poniżej możesz zobaczyć moją szafę na pościel.     W koszu trzymam złożone prześcieradła na gumkę, wyżej – ręczniki – świeże wyciągam zdecydowanie częściej niż pościele, więc są na bardziej ergonomicznej dla mnie wysokości.   Pościel układam na półkach kompletami i rozmiarami – jedna półka to ta z pościelami 220 x 200 cm, a druga – i na samej górze – to półka z pościelami dla gości, czyli w rozmiarze 160 x 200. Pościele dziecięce trzymam w szafach chłopców w ich pokojach.     Ile kompletów pościeli powinniśmy mieć?   Idealnie byłoby mieć dwa zestawy na każde posłanie – aby jedną pościel mieć ubraną, a drugą na zmianę.   To wciąż mój ideał, do którego z jednej strony chciałabym dążyć, ale czasami wprost nie mogę oprzeć się nowej zmianie pościeli – myślę, że średnio raz na rok rozpieszczam się nowym kompletem, a że poprzednie też były kupione wysokiej jakości – uzbierało mi się ich aż 6. Układam je w kolejności od najbardziej ulubionej do najmniej, aby jak najczęściej korzystać z tych pościeli, które sprawiają mi najwięcej przyjemności. Gdy patrzę na to zdjęcie wiem, że te dwie na samym dole powinnam już oddać w ręce potrzebujących.     Jak często zmieniać pościel?   Na pytanie jak często zmieniać pościel najczęściej słyszę zalecenie zaleceniem zmiany pościeli co tydzień, a z praktyką… co dwa tygodnie. W pościelach lubią grasować roztocza, żywiące się naszym naskórkiem, warto więc dbać o czystość pościeli, zwłaszcza w przypadku alergików. Pomiędzy jednym a drugim praniem możemy także usuwać roztocza z pościeli, korzystając z żelazka z generatorem pary, który nie zniszczy wkładu pościeli, a zabije roztocza.       W jakiej temperaturze prać pościel?   Używane pościele należy wyprać w 30-60 stopniach, w zależności od materiału i oznaczenia na metce.   Najczęściej jednak stosuje się następujące temperatury prania: bawełna – do 60 stopni flanela – do 60 stopni – pierwsze 3-5 prań pierzemy osobno, gdyż częściej niż inne pościele kłaczy się lub delikatnie farbuje satyna bawełniana – do 60 stopni jedwab – 30 stopni.   Ścielenie łóżka – chować lub przykrywać pościel czy nie?   Oczywiście na co dzień warto przykrywać pościel narzutą czy chować do skrzyni łóżka – dlaczego? Aby nie osadzał się na nich kurz. Natomiast kołdry  i poduszki powinniśmy jednak wietrzyć – nawet codziennie, jeśli nie na zewnątrz, to choćby przy szeroko otwartym oknie, po 20 minut z każdej strony. Jest to też dobra okazja na wywietrzenie sypialni przed snem, co zwiększy komfort i jakość naszego snu.   Podpowiem Ci, że kapa na łóżku wygląda najładniej, gdy sięga ziemi – szkoda, że nie wiedziałam o tym, jak kupowałam moją – jest zdecydowanie za mała.     W praktyce lubię otworzyć okna balkonowe w sypialni przed snem – udaję się wtedy do kąpieli, a pościel i pokój wietrzą się. W sezonie zimowym dbam jednak o to, aby wietrzenie było intensywne, ale nie trwało dłużej niż 5-10 minut – aby nie wychładzać ścian, a powietrze w tym czasie i tak się wymieni,     Jak prasować i składać pościel?   Czy prasujesz pościel? Wiele z nas tego nie robi, a warto. Nie chodzi tylko o to, że pięknie będzie wyglądała na łóżku – a przynajmniej na początku – moim zdaniem jest wtedy też o wiele milsza w dotyku. Dodatkowo temperatura żelazka usuwa roztocza, które mogły jeszcze zostać na pościelach po praniu.   Zgadza się – ciężko prasować tak duży materiał, dlatego warto skorzystać z rozwiązania, które umożliwia nam wyprasować pościel złożoną w kostkę. Umożliwia to żelazko z generatorem pary – pościele są odświeżone, gładkie, zdezynfekowane, a cały proces prasowania trwa znacznie krócej.   Bardzo pomocny okaże się także specjalny pokrowiec na deskę do prasowania – taki, który posiada metalizowaną warstwę, która utrzymuje ciepło oraz odbija parę, dzięki której prasuje się jeszcze szybciej i efektywniej. To uniwersalne produkty – pasują na większość popularnych desek do prasowania.   Gdy zabieram się za prasowanie dużej pościeli 200 x 220, składam ją kilka razy wzdłuż krótszego boku i powolutku prasuję żelazkiem z generatorem pary – i gotowe!     Żelazko z generatorem pary kojarzyło mi się zawsze po pierwsze z wielką maszyną, a po drugie z jeszcze większym wydatkiem. Żelazko Braun CareStyle IS 2055GR z generatorem pary zaskoczyło mnie podwójnie.   Po pierwsze zajmuje tak małą powierzchnię, że zmieści się z powodzeniem na chyba każdej desce do prasowania – nie więcej miejsca zajmie w naszej szafie. Co więcej jest tak lekkie i poręczne, że od kiedy je mam, zabieram je ze sobą na ślubne realizacje – na ostatnim Kursie na Wedding Plannera na wszystkich zrobiło ogromne wrażenie swoim małym rozmiarem, a my prasując setki metrów kwadratowych obrusów odkryłyśmy nową jakość prasowania.     Rewelacyjnie, że posiada także funkcję prasowania w pionie – wyrzut pary jest tak silny, że spokojnie radzi sobie z zagnieceniami i w ten sposób. A mam tu dobre porównanie, gdyż niejednokrotnie biegałam po sali weselnej z profesjonalnym żelazkiem do prasowania w pionie – które choć świetnie sprawdzało się do sukienek i bluzek wyjętych z walizek czy sklepowych kartonów, nie zdało egzaminu z ubrusami.   Fajna sprawa to możliwość połączenia żelazka z generatorem specjalnym suwakiem blokady, tak że oba elementy stanowią „całość” i mamy możliwość przeniesienia całego kompletu jak zwykłe żelazko, czyli jedną ręką. Ta funkcja przyda się nie tylko do odstawiania żelazka na miejsce, ale również do napełniania pojemnika na wodę. Tak, tak, można śmiało nalać wody z kranu bez obawy o uszkodzenie poprzez dużą ilość minerałów w zwykłej, nie demineralizowanej wodzie.   A to, za co najbardziej na świecie je lubię to to, że już nie muszę martwić się tym, że wycięłam z ubrań gryzące metki i nie wiem jaką temperaturę ustawić na żelazku. Żelazko to prasuje parą i jest bezpieczne dla wszystkich rodzajów tkanin!   Dla tych wyjątkowo wrażliwych jak wełna czy jedwab możesz przełączyć je w tryb Eco – z mniejszym wyrzutem pary – a także wtedy, jeśli prasujesz mniej ważne rzeczy, a zależy Ci na oszczędzeniu 60% energii elektrycznej.   Sama zobacz – tylko 1 guziczek i 2 funkcje – jakie to proste! I skończyły się wymówki męża, że nie uprasuje, bo przypali 😉       Jak prasować różne tkaniny? Pościel bawełnianą ciemną powinniśmy prasować na lewej stronie, zaś jasną i wzorzystą – na prawej. Dzięki temu kolory i wzory na naszej pościeli nie zblakną. Pościel wełnianą prasujemy na prawej stronie, przez lnianą ściereczkę i miejscowo – nie przesuwamy żelazkiem po materiale, gdyż łatwo zniszczymy włókna. Najlepiej użyć opcji parowej w żelazku i przesuwać parę nad powierzchnią materiału. Pościele jedwabne powinniśmy prasować na lewej stronie, nie zraszając materiału wodą – pozostawi on nieestetyczne plamy na materiale. Pościele poliestrowe mają to do siebie, ze lubią się przypalać, dlatego prasujemy je na lewej stronie, przez bawełnianą ściereczkę. Pościeli z kory, flaneli czy jerseyu nie prasujemy – wystarczy je dobrze strzepać po praniu i rozwiesić.   Jak suszyć prześcieradło z gumką?   Suszę je zawieszając na drzwi, rozciągając na kanapie. Nie suszę go natomiast na drewnianych balustradach schodów – delikatnie olejowane drewno mogłoby namoknąć i się odbarwić, więc zanim zrobisz sobie ze schodów suszarnię upewnij się, że ich nie uszkodzisz.   Jak prasować prześcieradło z gumką?   Prześcieradło z gumką nakładam na deskę do prasowania i prasuję od środka do boków z gumką.   Jak złożyć prześcieradło z gumką?   A tutaj przygotowałam dla Ciebie mały film z instrukcją krok po kroku:      Więcej przydatnych informacji na temat pielęgnacji pościeli znajdziesz tutaj.   Jak przechowywać zapasowe poduszki i kołdry?   Zapasowe poduszki i kołdry, np. dla gości, najwygodniej przechowywać w torbie próżniowej – dzięki temu zaoszczędzimy sporo miejsca. Tak zapakowane kołdry i poduszki możemy trzymać na przykład w skrzyni łóżka lub innym suchym miejscu, a raz na jakiś czas przewietrzyć, by pozbyć się roztoczy czy bakterii.   Kołdry i poduszki możemy, a nawet powinniśmy prać – sposób i temperatura prania są jednak zależne od tego, z czego wykonano wypełnienie pościeli. Nie można jednak robić tego zbyt często, by nie zniszczyć wypełnienia. Istnieje jednak inna możliwość odświeżenia wypełnienia pościeli za pomocą żelazka z generatorem pary. Wypełnienie nie zniszczy się ani nie zbije, a to wszystko dzięki mocnemu wyrzutowi pary.  Ten sposób nadaje się do każdego rodzaju wypełnień pościeli.   Mam nadzieję, że ten poradnik Ci  się spodobał. Daj znać w komentarzu, jeśli chcesz dowiedzieć się więcej na temat moich home-hacków – mam ich całe mnóstwo 🙂   Słodkich snów!
- [Prezent na dzień Babci i Dziadka - DIY](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/prezent-na-dzien-babci-i-dziadka-diy/): Plany mają to do siebie, że nie zawsze udaje nam się je zrealizować. A dobre plany to takie, które łatwo modyfikować. Dlatego jeśli od tygodni planowałaś co przygotujesz z Maluchami na Dzień Babci i Dziadka, ale ostatecznie został Wam jeden dzień, a Wy dopiero dziś do tego siadacie – tak jak my, gdyż cały zeszły tydzień spędziłam w łóżku – to zapraszam Cię na 5 pomysłów na prezent na Dzień Babci i Dziacka – DIY – w wersji last-minute.   1. Ciasto własnego wypieku O tym, że przez żołądek łatwo trafić do serca już wszyscy wiemy, a o ile łatwiej, jak jest się kilkuletnim Słodziakiem? Ciasto dla Babci czy Dziadka to potrójna radocha – większość Maluchów uwielbia ten czas spędzony z Mamą i Tatą. odmierzanie, kosztowanie i dotykanie tych wszystkich składników to przednia zabawa, a do tego jak pysznie smakuje! Szukasz przepisów – łatwiejszych i trudniejszych, do wyboru do koloru? Sprawdź Przepisy.pl.     2. Laurka Żadna kartka ze sklepu, nawet najdroższa i najpiękniejsza, nijak się ma do tej własnoręcznie wykonanej przez wnuki. Wyklejanie, malowanie, rysowanie, wyklejanie – pomysły nie mają końca, a podczas tej zabawy znów mamy szansę na fantastyczny czas z Dzieckiem.   3. Mini-album ze zdjęciami   Wszystko, czego potrzebujesz to 8 zdjęć z dzieciaczkami, jedna kartka z bloku technicznego A3 lub dwie z bloku A4.   My użyliśmy bloku A3, z którego wycięliśmy paseczek o szerokości 10,5 cm i długości 42 cm.   7 zdjęć docięliśmy do wymiaru 8x9cm, aby naokoło były ramki na napisy. Okładkowe zdjęcie otwierające album docięłam na 10×10.   Pomysł na album był taki, aby pod każdym zdjęciem dzieci podpowiedziały, za co kochają Babcię, o co proszą Babcie, ale Mikołaj i Maksiu mieli swój pomysł na ten album i tak napisaliśmy w nim przepiękny wierszyk:   Babciu Babciu, coś Ci dam, małe serce, które mam,  a w tym sercu róży kwiat, Babciu, Babciu, żyj 100 lat!   4. Odcisk dłoni Wnuczka w masie solnej Jestem pewna, że wszystkie skłądniki masz pod ręką. Przepis na masę solną – dzięki użyciu mąki ziemniaczanej będzie ładniejsza – bielsza: szklanka soli szklanka mąki pszennej pół szklanki mąki ziemniaczanej niecała szklanka wody Wszystkie suche składniki wystarczy wymieszać w misce i stopniowo dolewać wody, cały czas ugniatając, aż uzyskamy jednolitą masę. Aby rączka Dziecka nie przykleiła się do masy, oprósz ją mąką. Odciśnij – i gotowe! Możesz jeszcze wyryć napis imienia i datę. Na koniec weź miskę i niczym ciasto na pierogi – naokoło odcisku łapki – wytnij naokoło łapki odcisk w kółeczko, będzie się ładniej prezentował. Masa solna na wolny powietrzu będzie schła jakieś 2-3 dni, jeśli nie masz tyle czasu, ustaw piekarnik na 100’C i susz w nim odcisk, przekładając go co jaki czas.   5. Ogródek w naczyniu   Wystarczy zwykłe naczynie – szklane i przeźroczyste, a może porcelanowe i kolorowe? Transparentna, szklana misa czy biała filiżanka? W środek odrobinę ziemi i kilka roślinek, które może masz już w domu – jakiś sukulent?   W najbliższej kwiaciarni znajdziesz wybór roślinek, z których razem z Dziećmi stworzycie własny mini-ogródek. A może samo tworzenie ogródka to będzie prezent dla Dziadków – i dla Was? I zrobicie go razem – będzie na pewno najlepszą pamiątką!     Wspólny czas A może zabierzecie Babcię czy Dziadka do kina? Do ulubionej lodziarni, do której lubiła chodzić w młodości? Może zabierzecie do Babci swoje albumy ze zdjęciami i koniecznie poproście Babcię, aby wyjęła swoje i poopowiadała Wam jak żyło się kiedyś? Mikołaj ostatnio był zaskoczony, ze kiedyś zamiast samochodem, jeździło się konno, a zamiast przy lampce elektrycznej dziadek odrabiał lekcje przy lampie naftowej. Możecie też zabrać ulubione gry, upiec razem ulubione ciasto Babci z dzieciństwa. Bez telewizora i telefonu. Jak to mawia nasz Synek Mikołaj – „Mamo, telefon nie jest ważny”.   Życzę Wam pięknego Dnia Babci i Dziadka, a wszystkim Agnieszkom życzę spełnienia marzeń.   PS Czy wiesz, że od dziecka martwiłam się tym, że obchodząc imieniny w Dzień Babci na starość będę dostawała mniej prezentów?
- [Wydarzyło się w sierpniu 2019](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wydarzylo-sie-w-sierpniu-2019/): Sierpień to jeden z moich ulubionych miesięcy, choć nie da się ukryć, przypomina mi on boleśnie o tym, że nieubłaganie zbliża się chłodna jesień. Z uwagi na to, że nie wszystko to, co działo się u mnie w sierpniu mam możliwość opisania i pokazania w osobnym poście, a o wielu rzeczach nie chcę zapominać, postanowiłam pokazać Wam też na blogu luźno powiązane ulubione kadry, wydarzenia, w których brałam udział, miejsca, które odwiedziłam, książki czy magazyny, po które sięgnęłam, czy wyjątkowe rzeczy, z których korzystam. Ulubione Miejsca W sierpniu udaliśmy się na nasze drugie wakacje, tym razem w Polskę, zaledwie 45 minut od Warszawy, gdzie spędziliśmy uroczych 5 dni w otoczeniu posiadłości, która na zawsze będzie mi już bliska. Zawsze powtarzam, że zawód Wedding Plannera to nie tylko praca – to styl życia, dlatego tym bardziej z przyjemnością łączę pracę z życiem rodzinnym. Poznawanie od środka nowych miejsc, w których dla naszych Młodych Par możemy zorganizować spersonalizowaną ceremonię zaślubin i przyjęcie weselne, w połączeniu w rodzinnymi wakacjami, to musisz przyznać – układ idealny.   Dlatego tym razem zdecydowałam się pojechać na wakacje do miejsca, które jest nie tylko stworzone z myślą o rodzinach z dziećmi, ale także – powiem to bez cienia wątpliwości – jest jednym z najpiękniejszych miejsc na śluby i wesela w Polsce. Oto Pałac Mała Wieś. A musisz wiedzieć, że w wyszukiwaniu takich perełek to nasza Wytwórnia Ślubów się specjalizuje. Jeśli lubisz uciec za miasto, a jednocześnie cieszyć oko piękną architekturą, roślinnością, robić zdjęcia w wyjątkowej scenerii i pysznie zjeść – będziesz zachwycona.   Śmieję się do Wojtka, że już mam plan na 10 rocznicę ślubu, która już w przyszłym roku – luksusowy apartament książęcy z pokojem kąpielowym Niny Andrycz wielkości całego piętra w naszym domku szeregowym to chyba najlepsze miejsce na świętowanie takiego sukcesu jak 10 szczęśliwych, ale i trudnych lat małżeństwa. Tylko wtedy pojechalibyśmy już tylko we dwoje…   Wydarzenia W sierpniu poprowadziłam także kolejną edycję mojego Kursu na Wedding Plannera. I choć zwykle nie mam problemu ze znalezieniem odpowiednich słów, po kursie często mi się to zdarza – energia, ciepło i słowa, które słyszę i otrzymuję z powrotem od Kursantów zarówno w trakcie, jak i po tak intensywnych 4 dniach nauki, są czymś nie do opisania, a pod ich wpływem ja unoszę się ponad ziemią. Nabieram życiowego rozpędu, a jednocześnie czuję, że jestem w swoim życiu we właściwym miejscu i właściwym czasie i nie chcę zmieniać zbyt wiele.   W pracy Nasza Wytwórnia Ślubów miała na swoim koncie w sierpniu przepiękne realizacje w całej Polsce – od morza, aż po same góry! Często jednego dnia działaliśmy we wszystkich oddziałach, spełniając marzenia Zakochanych o najwspanialszym dniu Ich życia.   W szafie Myślałam, że nigdy nie usłyszę tych słów, ale Wojtek pewnego dnia popatrzył na moją letnią szafę kapsułową i orzekł, że chyba dawno nie kupiłam sobie żadnej sukienki. Jednak dwa razy nie musiał tego powtarzać i w mojej szafie pojawiła się kolejna klasyka – szałwiowa szmizjerka Aglaia od Marie Zelie. Dodałam do niej klasyczne szpilki w kolorze nude – tych chyba nigdy nie doczekam się w przecenie.   W kosmetyczce Do mojej kosmetyczki, którą szczegółowo mogłaś poznać w tym poście, gdzie pokazuję mój makijaż krok po kroku dołączyły rewelacyjna konturówka do brwi i żel do stylizacji brwi firmy Golden Rose – do tej pory używałam odpowiednika tej kredki z firmy NYX, ale w moim mieście nie ma tej marki w żadnej drogerii, więc gdy niespodzianie się skończyła – co ma miejsce w przypadku wykręcanych kredek – szukałam czegoś na szybko. Te produkty wyparły z mojej kosmetyczki zarówno pomadę do brwi, pędzelek i poprzedni żel. Poszukuję dla siebie teraz podkładu mineralnego – przetestowałam w tym miesiącu kryjący podkład mineralny Annabelle Minerals, ale niestety nie za dobrze zgrał się z moją cerą – był u mnie dość mocno widoczny po nałożeniu, a w ciągu dnia także nie zostawał na swoim miejscu. Podkład od jakiegoś czasu stosuję jedynie na strefę T swojej twarzy, więc szukam czegoś po pierwsze stapiającego się z cerą, a po drugie trwałego – prawie nigdy nie poprawiam makijażu w ciągu dnia, nawet nie noszę ze sobą kosmetyków w torebce – poza pomadką ochronną. Jeśli możesz polecić mi – albo właśnie nie – jakiś mineralny podkład, będę wdzięczna – daj znać w komentarzu.   Na blogu Dokończyliśmy 2 duże domowe projekty! Pokazałam Wam zarówno dziecięcy pokój safari – Maksia, jak i dziecięcy pokój morski – Mikusia. Który bardziej Ci się podoba? Sama nie umiem się zdecydować! Dodatkowo rozpoczęłam na blogu cykl rozmów z kobietami, które prowadzą własny biznes i zdradzają jego kulisy! Jako pierwszą do wywiadu zaprosiłam Bognę Bojanowską – właścicielkę drukowanego Magazynu dla Mam Mint. Czy domyśliłabyś się, że za tak prestiżowym projektem, sprzedawanym w Empiku, stoi mała rodzinna firma z Gdyni i to z trójką Dzieci? Koniecznie przeczytaj jakie są tajniki pracy Redakcji. A jeśli sama znasz inspirującą historię kobiety biznesu, która złapała wiatr w żagle i dziś prowadzi własną firmę na swoich warunkach, a do tego lubi dzielić się wiedzą i bardzo Cię inspiruje  – koniecznie daj mi znać w komentarzu.   Film W sierpniu dokończyliśmy drugi sezon „Wielkich Kłamstewek” na HBO – to nasz taki rodzinny kompromis pomiędzy uwielbianym przez nas, ale bardzo mnie dołującymi serialami „Black Mirror” czy „Narcos„, które muszę sobie dawkować, a również bardzo polecam, a lekkimi komediami romantycznymi, które od zawsze uwielbiam. Wielkie Kłamstewka uwielbiam za obsadę – kobiece role niesławnej piątki z Monterey i ich wewnętrzne dylematy. Przyznaję, po trzymającym w napięciu sezonie 1, obawiałam się 2, ale tak zżyłam się z bohaterkami, że wyczekiwałam go z wielką niecierpliwością. W sezonie 2 dowiedziałam się, że tylko pozornie zakończył się on szczęśliwie, gdyż tak naprawdę rozpoczął serię problemów niczym efekt domina. Zachowania bohaterek i motywacje są niejednoznaczne, co prowokuje wewnętrzne przemyślenia, rozważania, a także dyskusje, o ile nie oglądasz go w pojedynkę. Oczywiście, jeśli nie widziałaś sezonu 1 – koniecznie zacznij od niego. Ach, już się stęskniłam za tymi przepięknymi widokami i szumem oceanu.   Instagram Chciałabym wymieniać się z Wami inspirującymi kontami na Instagramie – choć obserwuję ledwie 300 osób, zawsze znajdę chwilę na coś naprawdę wyjątkowego, więc śmiało możesz polecić mi coś w komentarzu. A dziś chciałam przedstawić Ci 3 konta, które sama uwielbiam: Parentingowe – @darling.children – uwielbiam obserwować poczynania tej rodzinki, w której narodził się mały wojownik – sama zobacz – nie sposób się nie uśmiechać 😊 Parentingowo-modowo-biznesowe – @onelittlemomma – konto Mamy 5 wspaniałych chłopców, która prowadzi rodzinną firmę produkującą zamszowe kolczyki. Lifestylowe – @ownitbabe – od której uczę się self love – bez względu na rozmiar, gdyż Rini wcale nie jest dużą dziewczyną – często wydaje nam się, że problem z miłością do swojego ciała i jego akceptacją dotyka tylko osób z nadwagą. Rini inspirująco opowiada o trudnej drodze, którą przeszła – sama musisz zobaczyć – możesz także posłuchać jej podcastów, które także bardzo lubię.   Prasa W ostatnich dniach sierpnia ukazało się jesienne wydanie magazynu Mint dla Mam – do kupienia w salonach Empik oraz na stronie WWW – zarówno w wersji papierowej, jak i on-line.      Daj znać, co u Ciebie! 🙂 Może polecisz mi jakieś miejsca, filmy, książki?   
- [Jak znalazłam w sobie siłę i motywację do odchudzania?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/motywacja-do-odchudzania/): W 2017 roku postanowiłam zawalczyć o siebie, zmotywować się i przede wszystkim wytrwać w swoich postanowieniach, aby wrócić do formy, w jakiej czułam się po prostu sobą. Dziś dzielę się z Tobą moją bardzo osobistą historią o tym, jak schudłam 20 kilo w 40 tygodni i w końcu widzę w lustrze siebie, a nie kogoś innego.   Jeśli podobnie jak ja kiedyś chcesz zmotywować się do odchudzania, zanim zaczniesz czytać ten post zrób pierwszy krok – przynieś i połóż pod ręką kartkę i coś do pisania. Proszę. Podziękujesz sobie za to.   Moja historia odchudzania Znalezienie w sobie siły do odchudzania, choć w zasadzie do wytrwania w tym postanowieniu, zajęło mi jakieś… 7 lat… lekko licząc. Jako dziewczynka nigdy nie miałam problemów z wagą, ale wszytko zmieniło się, gdy poszłam do liceum. Wciąż nie byłam gruba, ale na swoją dietę musiałam uważać dużo bardziej niż koleżanki.   Choć tak naprawdę powinnam powiedzieć, że od tamtego czasu rządziły mną dwie skrajności: albo byłam na bardzo restrykcyjnej diecie (zaliczyłam też niejedną głodówkę czy w czasie studiów dietę batonowo-proszkową), albo żyłam chwilą, zupełnie nie przejmując się tym, co wrzucam do żołądka.   Pierwszy raz przestałam czuć się ze sobą dobrze na studiach, gdy okresy niedbania o siebie zdecydowanie przeważały nad tymi, gdy odżywiałam się z troską  – w zasadzie ciężko powiedzieć, żeby restrykcyjna dieta była troską o siebie – to była troska tylko i wyłącznie o mój wygląd, mająca jeden cel – zgubić jak najszybciej jak najwięcej kilogramów.   Nie trudno jest Ci się na pewno domyśleć, że po restrykcyjnej diecie, gdy przechodziłam do dość swobodnego, studenckiego trybu życia, a później życia młodej, zapracowanej businesswoman, kończyło się to efektem jojo i wymagało przejścia na jeszcze bardziej restrykcyjną dietę.   Jak wyglądał mój dzień? Dużo nauki, coraz więcej pracy – stworzyłam swoją wymarzoną firmę i poświęcałam jej każdą wolną chwilę. Do dziś wspominam telefony od klientów odbierane w uczelnianej toalecie – tam było najciszej. Moimi miernikami sukcesu były dobre oceny (stypendium naukowe wspaniale zasilało mój studencki budżet młodego przedsiębiorcy) i przepracowane godziny, zadowoleni Klienci. Wtedy moją dewizą życiową stało się hasło: WORK HARD, PLAY HARD. Ani w słowie „work” ani „hard” nie mieściły się regularne posiłki, zdrowe zakupy i codzienne gotowanie. Parówki i bułka były świetnym i szybkim lunchem (byłam zachwycona ideą pojedynczo pakowanych parówek), a w chwilach większej troski o zdrowie… same parówki, aby ograniczyć węglowodany. Sama łapię się za głowę, pisząc to dzisiaj.   Najgłupszą dietą, na jaką się wtedy skusiłam, poza kopenhaską, na której wytrzymałam półtorej dnia, była dieta Dukana. Co więcej, w wieku 25 lat zachorowałam na trądzik, który zaatakował cały mój dekolt i plecy, twarz – szczęście w nieszczęściu w niewielkim stopniu – a jego leczenie było bardzo trudne i trwało prawie 2 lata. Zupełnie nie połączyłam tego ze zmianą stylu odżywiania i tego, że 90% mojego jadłospisu stanowił nabiał (na uczelni, w biurze czy w samochodzie oprócz parówek najłatwiej było mi zjeść serek wiejski z pomidorkami koktajlowymi, jadłam ich nawet po kilka dziennie), a jak się kilka lat później okazało – nie toleruję dobrze nabiału – tak samo jak moje dzieci!   Kolejnym moim dietetycznym hitem była Dieta Cambridge (czyli z cyklu VLCD – Very Low Calorie Diet), która bazowała na sztucznych batonach i sproszkowanych koktajlach, których zjadało się dziennie na 2-3 posiłki (o ile batona czy koktajl można nazwać posiłkiem) i nie wyrabiała absolutnie żadnych dobrych nawyków. Pozwalała mi nie dbać o siebie zupełnie, aby później zacisnąć pasa na tydzień czy dwa i znów czuć się dobrze w jeansach. Oczywiście po jej odstawieniu wracałam do śmieciowego jedzenia, a przygotowanie do przejścia na zdrowy tryb życia było zerowe.   Zaliczyłam też etap pracy z dietetykiem, w pierwszej chwili mój wiek metaboliczny o 10 lat wyższy niż w rzeczywistości zrobił na mnie wrażenie, ale nie zmotywował mnie na tyle, aby stosować się do tych wszystkich zaleceń. Nie zdałam sobie wtedy jeszcze sprawy z tego, że motywacja finansowa – aby pieniądze wydane na dietetyka nie były wydane na marne – to kiepski fundament nowego trybu życia. Z porad zrezygnowałam, gdy okazało się, że nie umiem się do nich zastosować, a chodzenie na kolejne pomiary i dowiadywanie się, ile przytyłam, to naprawdę była strata pieniędzy i czasu nas obu.   W tamtym czasie motywowały mnie tylko i wyłącznie diety dające szybkie efekty, byłam młoda i wszystko chciałam mieć na już. Nawet myślenie o dłuższej niż kilka tygodni diecie smuciło mnie tak, że w ogóle nie chciało mi się do niej podchodzić. Kilkumiesięczny horyzont czasowy całkowicie mnie przerażał, a powolne efekty w ogóle nie motywowały do podjęcia starań.   Chwilę po studiach, gdy miałam jakieś 25 lat i byłam świeżo po ślubie, w swoim ciele czułam się tak źle, że wciąż wracałam do szybkich i sprawdzonych diet, powtarzając sobie: jeszcze tylko ten jeden raz postawię wszystko na jedną kartę, wydam oszczędności na batony i koktajle, schudnę do ulubionego rozmiaru i już mnie to tak zmotywuje, że jakoś dam radę jeść mniej i to utrzymać.   Niestety, każda kolejna dieta kończyła się coraz większym efektem jojo, który zaowocował 20 dodatkowymi kilogramami!   Mam 162 centymetry wzrostu, a waga, w której bardzo siebie lubiłam, którą utrzymywałam mniej więcej do 22 roku życia, to 48 kilo i rozmiar 34. Czułam się wtedy po prostu dobrze, komfortowo, atrakcyjnie i zdrowo.   W 8 lat przytyłam 20 kilo i zaczęłam nosić rozmiar 42 przy wzroście 162 cm. A przecież to tylko 2,5 kilo rocznie! 200 g miesięcznie! Kto by zauważył? Kto by się martwił! Ale w 8 lat te niby nic sprawiło, że w lustrze przestałam widzieć siebie.   Te średnie 200 g miesięcznie i ciągłe chodzenie na dietę było dla mnie tak złudne, że ja absolutnie nie czułam się na rozmiar 42. Nie widziałam tego w lustrze, wciąż czułam się tą szczupłą dziewczyną w rozmiarze 34, dopóki nie przyszło mi pójść na zakupy, przejrzeć się niespodziewanie w witrynie sklepowej, spróbować kupić strój kąpielowy (aby wyjść bez stroju, za to z płaczem), czy spojrzeć na siebie na zdjęciach.   To naprawdę ja? Czy ugryzła mnie pszczoła? Czy może ktoś napompował mnie tłuszczykiem?   Dokładnie 100 kostkami smalcu. Tym właśnie było moje 20 kilo nadwagi. Dosłownie coś takiego sama wrzuciłam sobie „na plecy” – celowo napisałam to w cudzysłowie, bo zafundowałam taki bagaż i taką truciznę swoim narządom, swojej twarzy, rękom, nogom, talii… każdej części swojego ciała.   Co się stało, że w końcu zawalczyłam o siebie?   Pierwszy raz zawalczyłam o siebie po poronieniu. Gdy jeszcze nie wiedziałam, że choruję na trombofilię, niedomogę lutelną i za wysoki poziom komórek NK, postawiłam na zmianę trybu życia i zanim udało mi się szczęśliwie zajść w ciążę, zaczęłam pracę nad zmianą nawyków, które sprawiły, że z uwagi na lęk o dziecko, przez całą ciążę pięknie się trzymałam i przytyłam tylko 8 kilo, które dość szybko po ciąży zgubiłam.   Ale to nie jest początek mojej prawdziwej walki o siebie – wtedy moją bezwzględną motywacją było dziecko, motywacja zewnętrzna, czyli nienajlepsza forma motywacja do walki o siebie. Oczywiście, po narodzinach Synka starałam się komponować zdrowe posiłki dla całej rodziny, ale szybko okazało się, że Mikołaj jest silnym alergikiem i musiałam i tak prowadzić dwie osobne kuchnie. Jak możesz się domyśleć, byłam tylko o krok od powrotu do starych nawyków. Co prawda nie wróciłam już do destrukcyjnych diet cud, ale zdrowe nawyki traciły na sile, a ja znów regularnie zmieniałam spodnie na większy rozmiar.   Starania o drugie dziecko, jak się domyślasz, znów sprawiły, że łatwiej było mi wrócić na właściwą ścieżkę zdrowia, ale, jak wiesz, to nie była dobra motywacja.   Natomiast już wtedy, jeszcze przed narodzinami Maksia, postanowiłam drugi raz nie zepsuć tego wszystkiego i nie pozwolić na to, aby wraz z urodzeniem Dziecka odpuścić walkę o siebie – choć tak naprawdę nigdy jej nie zacząć.   Jak znalazłam motywację do odchudzania?   Spisałam sobie – brutalnie szczerze – co tracę, ważąc 68 kilo zamiast 48, nosząc przy wzroście 162 rozmiar 42, zamiast 34. Podzielę się z Tobą częścią z moich zapisków. Te najbardziej intymne i bolesne zachowam dla siebie.   Codziennie tracę: poczucie własnej wartości, poczucie pewności siebie, zarówno w relacjach osobistych, jak i zawodowych, poczucie sprawczości – skoro nie umiem zapanować nad tym, co jem i jak wyglądam, to jak mam uwierzyć w to, że panuję nad całym swoim życiem, poczucie siły – skoro każdego dnia przegrywam z wagą i spodniami, zdjęcia – bo nie chcę ich sobie robić nawet z mężem czy rodziną, a tych, które mam, nie lubię oglądać, wakacje, bo nie lubię na nie jeździć i przejmować się, że wstydzę się rozebrać na plaży, a na pewno wrócę z dodatkowymi kilogramami i będzie tylko gorzej, aktywność – bo wstydzę się braku kondycji i swojego wyglądu na siłowni, piękną garderobę, gdyż w rozmiarze 42 muszę nosić mało atrakcyjne fasony, aby dobrze wyglądać, a koronki, falbanki i obcisłe sweterki tylko mnie pogrubiają i podkreślają to, co chcę ukryć.   Teraz Ty weź kartkę i zapisz sobie na niej pytanie:   Co tracę dziś ważąc/nosząc rozmiar…… zamiast upragnionych/upragnionego…….. .   Ważne: Być może chorujesz na coś, przyjmujesz leki, które uniemożliwiają Ci osiągnięcie wagi, o której marzysz –  jestem pewna, że zdrowe nawyki i zdrowa dieta są Ci jeszcze bardziej potrzebne i tym bardziej powinnaś napisać, dlaczego chcesz wyruszyć w kierunku upragnionej wagi, choć trudno jest przewidzieć, kiedy i czy tam dotrzesz.   Bardzo proszę Cię o to, abyś zrobiła to dziś, choć w Twojej głowie jest mnóstwo wymówek w stylu: nie mam pod ręką kartki i długopisu, nie chcę się od dziś odchudzać, muszę się przygotować do diety, zacznę, ale zacznę od poniedziałku, zrobię to w głowie, też wystarczy…   Dlaczego musisz zrobić to dziś? Nie dla mnie, ale dla siebie! Dlaczego nie powinnaś czekać do jutra? Poniedziałku albo nowego miesiąca?   Po pierwsze dlatego, że już dziś musisz wiedzieć, po co masz wkładać tyle pracy i wysiłku w odchudzanie i zmianę nawyków, dlaczego w ogóle masz zrobić pierwszy krok?   Nawet jeśli podejmowałam próbę zrzucenia kilogramów, bez silnej, wewnętrznej motywacji szybko – przez ponad 10 lat – wracałam do poprzednich nawyków, które mi nie służyły i znów wracałam do poprzedniej wagi. A nawet byłam na plusie.   Skąd wiem, że tamte nawyki mi nie służyły?   A jak te nawyki niby miały mi służyć, skoro spisałam sobie wielką listę rzeczy, które tracę?   Aby dojść do tego momentu w tekście poświęciłaś już 5 minut, dlatego jeśli Twoją wymówką ma być brak czasu dziś, nie czytaj tekstu dalej – wróć do niego jutro, a teraz zamknij oczy i odpowiedz sobie na pytanie, co tracisz każdego dnia…   Zrobiłaś listę. Być może jesteś teraz smutna, zła i rozżalona, więc teraz przyjemniejsza część zadania na dziś.   Odpowiedz sobie na piśmie na pytanie:   Co zyskam, gdy osiągnę upragnioną wagę albo będę się do niej zbliżać? Jak się będę wtedy czuła?   Napisałam sobie wtedy: będę pewniejsza siebie, będę ładniejsza (bez drugiej brody na pewno), będę czuła się lekko – ah, jakie to musi być przyjemne! będę wzorem zdrowia dla swoich dzieci, nie będę się codziennie rano przejmowała co ubrać, aby zamaskować wałeczki, nie będę rezygnowała z zakupów, bo i tak nic na mnie dobrze nie wygląda, ani kupowała tego, co i tak nie założę, bo czuję się źle, będę chciała jeździć na wakacje, będę chciała robić sobie zdjęcia z mężem, będę bardziej wysportowana, będę zdrowsza, kupię sobie te wymarzone sukienki i nie będą mi wystawały wałeczki, będę SZCZĘŚLIWSZA.   Ale zacznę od poniedziałku… I możesz mi nie wierzyć, ale zdałam sobie sprawę, że odkładanie zdrowego odżywiania na „od poniedziałku” było moim największym przeciwnikiem w powrocie do dawnej siebie.   Zbyt restrykcyjne wymagania i oczekiwanie zera odstępstw od zakładanych nowych nawyków żywieniowych sprawiały, że po pierwsze, weekend przed dietą nieźle sobie folgowałam – w końcu szłam na dietę i miałam skończyć ze wszystkim, co pyszne i niezdrowe, wszystko teraz miało być zakazane! Nasze weekendy, zwane przeze mnie i mojego męża Wojtka „pożegnaniem”, podczas których pozwalaliśmy sobie na wszystkie dietetyczne grzechy świata, w połączeniu z gigantycznymi listami zakazów i nakazów „od poniedziałku” sprawiały, że przed pójściem na dietę dodatkowo się „tuczyłam”, a na dietę szłam ociężała, by na tej nowej super hiper diecie wytrzymać może 3 dni. Dlaczego? Nakładałam na siebie takie restrykcje, że trudno było mi się ich trzymać, a każde odstępstwo traktowałam jak poddanie się. Wtedy następowała czarna rozpacz, spadek motywacji do zera i myślenie – znów mi się nie udało wytrzymać, nigdy mi się nie uda.   Pamiętam hit, jaki wtedy wymyśliłam, a właściwie usłyszałam w telewizji śniadaniowej: skoro nie mogę być szczupła, nie mogę (tu czytałam listę tego, czego nigdy nie zyskam, jak schudnę, skoro nigdy nie schudnę) – to chociaż będę smacznie i dużo jadła i chociaż w tym temacie będę szczęśliwa!   Zwykle szybko się z tego podnosiłam, składając sobie obietnicę, że tym razem od poniedziałku dam radę! Widzisz to? Znów od poniedziałku, bo przecież najpierw muszę sobie te przyszłe trudy wynagrodzić! Muszę pożegnać się z moim życiem!!!!   Dopiero wtedy, gdy do listy tego, co tracę i co zyskam, gdy zawalczę o siebie dodałam walkę od DZIŚ, od TERAZ…   – kopię takiej listy włóż sobie do portfela i czytaj w każdej chwili słabości –   udało mi się schudnąć 20 kilo w 40 tygodni i znów kupić jeansy w rozmiarze 34.   Piękne uczucie, spełnione marzenie i spełniona lista… czułam się dokładnie tak, jak to sobie wyobraziłam, a może lepiej, bo nie spodziewałam się takiej reakcji otoczenia.   Absolutnie nie oznacza to, że nie upadałam, nie popełniałam gigantycznych grzechów, ale po prostu OD RAZU wstawałam, otrzepywałam kolana, poprawiałam koronę i szłam dalej – kto powiedział, że na rozpoczęcie diety trzeba czekać do poniedziałku? Zgrzeszyłam o 12, to dietę kontynuuję od 13! Wszystko po staremu! Nowe zasady i nawyki na posterunku!   Za każdym razem, gdy kusi mnie, aby dać sobie czas na rozpoczęcie diety, mówię sobie: tak, masz kwadransik kochana! I jedziesz dalej! Masz wybór tu i teraz, czy kupisz te spodnie w ulubionym rozmiarze czy nie! Każda decyzja, którą dziś podejmiesz, będzie Cię do tego celu albo przybliżała, albo oddalała. Odsuń przeszłość – zjadłaś kawałek ciasta na kawie z koleżanką – trudno, to się nie odstanie i już Ci więcej nie zaszkodzi, ale to, co zjesz teraz, za godzinę i dwie, ma realny wpływ na to, jak będziesz wyglądała jutro, za miesiąc i za rok!   Dlaczego małe cele okazały się lepsze od wielkich? Okazały się osiągalne. A nic nie motywowało mnie tak, jak osiągnięcie celu i zafundowanie sobie nagrody – po drodze kupiłam sobie trzy przepiękne sukienki w rozmiarze 40, 38 i 36 – dziś to moje trofea i nie przeszkadza mi, że dziś ta w rozmiarze 40 jest za duża, bo przypomina mi o mojej zwycięskiej walce i uwielbiam ją zakładać, choć widać, że jest za duża. Nie czekałam na metę, nagradzałam się po drodze.   Fantastyczne też jest to, że choć cel jest odległy, efekty są widoczne już w trakcie – a mniej wałeczków i miłe słowa od otoczenia, które na pewno usłyszysz, będą tylko dodatkową motywacją.   Wiele razy też wystarczyło, że gdy wahałam się w restauracji, czy zamówić ulubioną pizzę czy niesmaczną (w tym lokalu) sałatkę, wystarczyło rzucenie okiem na portfel i przypomnienie sobie listy rzeczy, które zyskam (szybko nauczyłam się jej na pamięć) i uwierz mi – nawet niesmaczna sałatka bez sosu smakowała lepiej niż pizza, gdy wiedziałam, jak pięknie przybliża mnie ona do celu!   Silna motywacja potrafiła sprawić, że na urodzinach przyjaciółki zlizywałam tylko pasty z kanapek, bo miałam tak piękny wynik, że nie chciałam go psuć jedzeniem pieczywa na noc! Ta lista dodawała mi siłę, a koniec z zaczynaniem od poniedziałku i wiara w to, że każda, nawet najmniejsza decyzja przybliża lub oddala mnie od celu, dała mi siłę, aby wytrwać. Odzyskałam poczucie sprawczości i panowania nad swoim życiem.   Czy po osiągnięciu celu jestem wciąż na diecie? Nie, ale wciąż pracuję nad zdrowymi nawykami, które mi służą. Po zakończeniu okresu nastawionego na redukcję, w ramach zdrowych nawyków pozwalałam sobie jednak dużo częściej na odstępstwa. Regularne ważenie się (mam wagę, która pokazuje też udział procentowy wody i tłuszczy w organizmie) czy po prostu guzik w ulubionych spodniach najlepiej obrazują, czy za bardzo nie odbiegłam od swojej wymarzonej wagi i czy nie powinnam znów nieco bardziej skoncentrować się na trzymaniu zdrowych nawyków.   Nie da się ukryć, dietę redukcyjną zakończyłam już roku temu i absolutnie bałam się odpowiadać na Wasze liczne pytania i prośby o opowiedzenie o mojej przemianie. Mówiłam, że nie jestem gotowa i to była prawda, za którą stał lęk i obawa, że moja przemiana będzie chwilowa, a ja tym razem przytyję 30 kilo i tak mi już zostanie.   Dziś wiem, że odkąd poszłam na dietę – ostatecznie zaczynałam z poziomu 70 kilo i schudłam do 50 kilo, moja waga waha się pomiędzy 50 a 52 kilo i ten poziom jest dla mnie absolutnie w porządku. Gdy waga podchodzi powyżej 52 kilo, ograniczam sobie odstępstwa od zdrowej diety do minimum i wszystko znów wraca do normy.   Nauczyłam się, że odchudzanie to nie jest jednorazowa akcja, a myślenie o odchudzaniu zastąpiłam w swojej głowie myśleniem o zdrowiu i zdrowym odżywianiu. Niestety, ale jeśli przestaję dbać o zdrowe nawyki, dawna waga wraca. Zdałam sobie sprawę, że ze zdobytych podczas odchudzania wiedzy i umiejętności będę chciała korzystać już do końca życia, aby waga, w której czuję się zdrowo i lekko, pozostała. Abym mogła być i czuć się sobą.   Zdrowe nawyki… ale jakie?   Cieszę się też, że wspieram też swoje zdrowie, zamieniając niemal na stałe jasne pieczywo głębokomrożone z piekarni na pieczone w domu pieczywo orkiszowe, zamieniając jasne makarony na ciemne oraz kasze, soczewice i inne pełnowartościowe produkty, czy cukier na daktyle lub ksylitol. Oczywiście – nie daję się zwariować – i zarówno w okresie redukcji (rzadziej), jak i poza nim (częściej) pozwalam sobie na pyszne grzeszki – czasami uwielbiam zjeść niezbyt zdrową białą ciepłą bułkę z głębokomrożonego pieczywa, które przyjechało kilka miesięcy temu z Węgier czy zamówię największy kawałek tortu bezowego z malinami – i od czasu do czasu sobie na to pozwalam, nie mając z tego powodu żadnych wyrzutów sumienia! 90% zdrowia, 10% odstępstw! Staram się również gotować zdrowo dla całej rodziny, wykorzystując zdrowe, wartościowe składniki, zwracając uwagę na produkty eko.   A właśnie w moim życiu nadszedł taki czas – za nami grudzień, czas gotowania, pieczenia pierników i absolutnego rozpieszczania się także i u mnie, do tego smutny i leniwy styczeń, do którego dość niespodziewanie doszedł też zabieg medyczny u mnie, lęk i obawa, a nawet dni, gdy moim głównym zmartwieniem było to, jak znaleźć siłę, by pomimo złamanego serca wstać, pójść do pracy i zając się dziećmi, a z braku siły jedzenie schodziło na dalszy tor… Tak było, akceptuję to w pełni i czuję się spokojna, bo wiem, jak sobie z tym poradzę. Świadomie pozwalałam sobie sobie na te wszystkie odstępstwa bez wyrzutów sumienia, bo mam dziś już większe zaufanie do siebie – skoro udało mi się schudnąć 20 kilo i utrzymać je przez rok, to teraz nie boję się o to, jak uda mi się schudnąć te nadprogramowe, dwumiesięczne 4 kilogramy.   Pomyślałam, że to fantastyczna okazja do tego, abyśmy zaczęły pracę ze zdrowymi nawykami, dzięki którym zgubimy nadprogramowe kilogramy razem!    Bez względu na to, jaki jest Twój cel, bo choć, jak wiesz, mój to dziś „tylko” 4 kilogramy, to jeśli osiągniemy go razem, zobaczysz, jak pomimo początkowych trudności pięknie to idzie!   4 kilo to nie jest też mój cel na jeden miesiąc, wolę wyznaczać sobie cele mniejsze niż 1 kg tygodniowo, aby częściej je realizować i motywować się dalej i więcej!   Myślisz sobie – ej, mniej niż kilogram tygodniowo? Nie chce mi się tak wolno chudnąć! Ale ja dziś wiem, że wolę wprowadzać zmiany powoli, na miarę swoich sił i możliwości gubić kilogramy w wersji slow (nie odwadniając się i nie spalając własnych mięśni zamiast tłuszczu), ale osiągnąć cel, niż porywać się z motyką na słońce, narzucić sobie nierealne oczekiwania i znów skończyć dietę po tygodniu, sfrustrowana, że się nie udało.   Pamiętaj, czas i tak upłynie! Tak jak moich 40 tygodni. Nie wierzysz? Przypomnij sobie dietę, na którą poszłaś rok temu, była taka? Czas i tak upłynął, bez względu na to, czy Ty wytrwałaś w diecie, czy nie. Pocieszę Cię też, że pierwsze kilogramy czy centymetry motywują ogromnie! A ja tańczyłam z radości już gdy straciłam pierwszy rozmiar! Więc to nie jest tak, że po drodze nic się nie dzieje, a nagroda czeka na Ciebie dopiero za wiele miesięcy.   Motywację (lista rzeczy, które tracimy i które zyskamy) już masz – spisałaś je dzisiaj na kartce, prawda?   Ja mam też rozpracowanego największego wroga, czyli wieczne odkładanie diety na „od jutra” czy „od poniedziałku”, więc jeśli tylko masz ochotę zacząć ze mną niemal od zaraz, to serdecznie Cię do tego zapraszam.   Zapisz się na na nasze wyzwanie „Nie czekam – działam!„, a za kilka dni – w poniedziałek 11 lutego 2019 podeślę Ci Kartę Motywacji i Realizacji Celu, która bardzo mi pomaga w osiąganiu stawianych sobie celów, a także świetnie diagnozuje moje błędy, pięknie odpowiadając na czasami pojawiające się pytanie – dlaczego dieta nie działa? Dlaczego znów się nie udało? Czy znów się nie uda? Czemu nawyki nie działają?   Podzielę się z Tobą moimi sprawdzonymi sposobami i założeniami, które pomogły mi zdrowo zgubić 20 kilo w 40 tygodni, ale karta motywacji i celu będzie uniwersalna – każda z nas wpisze tam swoje zdrowe nawyki i to je będzie wdrażała przez najbliższe 28 dni, bo być może masz już swoje sprawdzone sposoby na odchudzanie, które nie działają tylko dlatego, że brakowało Ci motywacji i systematyczności. Karty motywacji znajdziesz również w moim Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień, byś zawsze miała je przy sobie. Jest tam miejsce, by skreślać kolejną wypitą szklankę wody, wpisać dzisiejsze posiłki i mieć wgląd w swoje postępy. Znajdziesz tam również zakładkę Zdrowie, gdzie możesz wpisać wizyty lekarskie, wyniki badań i suplementy, które przyjmujesz – bo dbanie o siebie to nie tylko zdrowe jedzenie, ale również badania kontrolne i suplementacja składników brakujących Twojemu organizmowi.   To co, podejmiesz ze mną 28 dniowe wyzwanie „Nie czekam – działam!” #nieczekamdzialam ?   Pamiętaj, to, jak będziemy czuły się za rok, będzie wynikiem naszych dzisiejszych decyzji.   Wciąż czujesz w sobie wewnętrzny opór przed podjęciem wyzwania? Podaj mi choć jeden powód, dla którego nie miałabyś zmienić już dziś tego, co doprowadziło Cię do sytuacji, w której sporządziłaś listę rzeczy, które codziennie tracisz?   Jeśli tak, to już dziś możesz dodać się do mojej grupy na Facebooku, gdzie będziemy dzieliły się zdrowymi nawykami, celami, przepisami i jadłospisami – z chęcią udostępnię Ci moje przykładowe jadłospisy, które ułożę z pomocą dietetyka.   PS Z uwagi na budowane w grupie relacje, do grupy przyjmuję tylko te osoby, które posiadają autentyczne profile na Facebooku – przynajmniej 50 znajomych, imię, nazwisko i zdjęcie profilowe. Wierzę, że to pozwoli nam zbudować solidne wsparcie, oparte na zaufaniu. A jeśli z jakiegoś obiektywnego powodu nie możesz mieć na Fb swojego zdjęcia (na przykład jesteś sędzią) napisz do mnie na poczta@agnieszkakudela.pl – postaram się zrobić dla Ciebie wyjątek 🙂   Zapisanie się do wyzwania jest równoznaczne z wpisaniem się na listę mailingową, z której można się w dowolnym momencie wypisać.
- [Aranżacja przedpokoju - ściany jak okna](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/aranzacja-przedpokoju-sciany/): Aranżacja przedpokoju na piętrze w końcu stała się rzeczywistością. Zapraszam Cię dziś znów do siebie – zobacz jak ociepliłam i otworzyłam korytarz, którym biegam kilkadziesiąt razy dziennie na trasie sypialnia i pokoje dziecięce.   Początkowo nasz dom był bardzo minimalistyczny – można powiedzieć, że wymalowaliśmy 180 m2 na biało i wstawiliśmy meble i poczuliśmy, że wszystko jest gotowe.   Po kilkuletniej przygodzie wynajmowania mieszkań urządzonych w milionie kolorów (zielona kuchnia, pomarańczowy przedpokój, fioletowa sypialnia w paski i beżowy salon w paski… swoją drogą chyba muszę Ci te wnętrza kiedyś pokazać, razem powspominamy) chcieliśmy odpocząć od różnorakich form, kształtów i barw, odnaleźć swój styl i stopniowo wprowadzać go do naszych czterech kątów. Te małe-wielkie zmiany sprawiają, że coraz bardziej czujemy się na swoim miejscu na ziemi.   Aranżacja przedpokoju   Przedpokój na piętrze prowadzi do naszej sypialni, pokojów chłopców, pokoju gościnnego oraz łazienki. Z niego wiodą również schody na poddasze.   Tak wyglądał do niedawna nasz przedpokój – po prostu pusty, ze smutnie wiszącą czarną lampą pod sufitem. Nie mógł już dłużej taki pozostać – nasz dom przecież jest wciąż pełen – pełen śmiechu, miłości i radości, więc trzeba było to zmienić! Najlepiej w jedno popołudnie.     Pierwszym pomysłem na udekorowanie tych ścian były plakaty. Mieszkamy w Gdyni, nad pięknym morzem, a w naszym przedpokoju nie ma ani jednego okna, więc ta aranżacja przedpokoju – te obrazy – to takie nasze małe okna na świat, nasze ściany jak okna! Tak się trochę oszukujemy.   Tematycznie wybrałam zdjęcia w spokojnej kolorystyce, blisko natury, dlatego znajduje się tu plakat przedstawiający domek nad brzegiem morza, zdjęcie trzciny i pasujący kolorystycznie plakat „By the pool” – wszystkie plakaty oprawione w proste, białe ramki skomponowałam w Poster Store – bardzo podoba mi się, jak świetnie wypełniły tę przestrzeń.     W sklepie Poster Store znajdziesz mnóstwo pięknych plakatów podzielonych na kategorie, byś łatwo znalazła to, co najbardziej Cię interesuje i wpisuje się w Twoje poczucie piękna. Plakaty dostępne są w kilku rozmiarach. Nie mogłam się zdecydować! Dobrze, że mam Wojtka 🙂 A jeśli nie masz pomysłu, zajrzyj do strony z inspiracjami na domowe galerie obrazów,  a może skorzystasz z gotowych rozwiązań i pomysłów na całe galerie na ścianach. Jestem pewna, że te obrazy odmienią każde wnętrze. Oczywiście dobierzesz do nich także piękne ramki – miedziane, czarne, srebrne, złote, drewniane…     Pod plakatami wciąż mi czegoś brakowało – zdecydowałam się na białą prostą szafkę BESTA z IKEA – do której dobrałam półeczki imitujące drewno, aby nico ją ocieplić. Dzięki jej niewielkiemu rozmiarowi nie zabiera dużo miejsca w przejściu, a jednak pięknie wypełnia przestrzeń. W odróżnieniu od konsoli, nie stoi na podłodze, dzięki czemu zajmuje naprawdę minimalną powierzchnię tego małego przedpokoju. Myślę, że sprawdziłaby się świetnie również w wąskim przedpokoju w bloku. Na półkach poukładałam różne drobiazgi. Książki, które już przestają mieścić się w biblioteczce w sypialni, Zenit – mój pierwszy aparat z dużą wartością sentymentalną – to także pierwszy aparat mojego świętej pamięci Taty…     chusteczki, które przy dwójce dzieci zawsze muszą być zawsze pod ręką i… kilka zabawek. Dlaczego? Żeby to zabawki pierwsze przyciągały dziecięcą uwagę i trafiały do małych rączek Mikusia i Maksia, a nie książki – nie chcę zbierać później rozsypanych na schodach i pomazanych kredkami stron – wytrych z zabawkami sprawdza się u nas idealnie.       Na szafce postawiłam storczyk w plecionej osłonce, świeczki zapachowe, które uwielbiam oraz trochę trawy pampasowej, która pięknie nawiązuje do wiszących nad półką obrazków.       Ta metamorfoza zajęła nam tylko chwilę, jedno popołudnie, a efekt uwielbiamy! Od razu wnętrze jest bardziej przyjemne i ciepłe. Takie metamorfozy lubię.       A teraz uwaga… uśmiech! 🙂       Podobają Ci się plakaty z Poster Store? Mam dla Ciebie kod rabatowy w wysokości 30%*! *z wyłączeniem plakatów Selection.   Jeśli chcesz z niego skorzystać, składając zamówienie wpisz kod rabatowy: agnieszka.kudela30 i ciesz się szerokim wyborem pięknych plakatów, które mogą odmienić Twoje wnętrze.   Musisz się pospieszyć, ponieważ kod ważny jest od 23 lutego do 23 marca!     Jak Ci się podoba kolejna szybka aranżacja przedpokoju?     PS Zobacz też, jak 3 lata temu urządziłam przedpokój na parterze.
- [Biblioteczka Ikea w sypialni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biblioteczka-ikea/): Biblioteczka Ikea w sypialni pojawiła się jako ostatnia z funkcjonalności tego pomieszczenia. Nasza sypialnia zmienia swoje liczne funkcjonalności wraz z rozwojem naszej rodziny. Początkowo – oprócz rzecz jasna naszego miejsca do spania – pełniła także funkcję kącika do spania dla dziecka z  koszem mojżesza, kącika do karmienia czy kącika do pielęgnacji, aby w końcu stać się kącikiem z książkami i fotelem do czytania.     Przynajmniej w teorii, gdyż w praktyce fotel ten służył nam głównie jako miejsce do składowania ubrań – po prostu jak stał obok to nasza motywacja, aby je zawieszać w szafie malała do zera.     Z uwagi na to, że fotel coraz częściej stawał się magnesem dla bałaganu, a książki na regale dawno się nie mieściły, postanowiłam wprowadzić tu zmianę i zrezygnować z fotela, na którym prawie nigdy nie siedziałam na rzecz… dodatkowych dwóch regałów na książki i dekoracje, aby powstała prawdziwa biblioteczka w sypialni.       I tak powstała nasza domowa biblioteczka z Ikea w sypialni! Szafy, które posiadamy w sypialni to system PAX, rozbudowałam je o kolejne dwa moduły o szerokości 50 cm każdy. Uwielbiam modułowe rozwiązania – dzięki temu w jeden dzień potrafię odmienić, rozbudować czy zmienić funkcjonalność mebla.     Aby biblioteczka w sypialni bardziej przypominała wykonany na miarę mebel, a nie zwykły regał, dokupiłam zaślepki do dziurek na półki – różnicę zobaczysz na kolejnym zdjęciu – w pierwszym regale od prawej dziurki są już zaślepione, w środkowym jeszcze nie – czekam z ich zaślepieniem do czasu, aż ustawię ostateczną wysokość półek. Wymyśliłam, że wysokości półek będą nieregularne, dzięki czemu biblioteczka zyska na ciekawości.       Całości kompozycji dopełniła designerska doniczka z zieloną rośliną (właśnie jest w promocji!), która stanęła pomiędzy biblioteczką a moją minimalistyczną toaletką, w której wszystkie kosmetyki i lusterko do makijażu są schowane w sprytnym schowku (tu możesz zobaczyć z bliska jak sobie tę toaletkę zorganizowałam).     Przez lata nagromadziłam też trochę pamiątek – jak ukochany aparat po moim Tacie, którym zrobiłam pierwsze w życiu zdjęcia lustrzanką –  i bibelotów i tak na prawdę bardzo je lubię – cieszę się, że w końcu mam je gdzie wyeksponować. Biblioteczka z Ikea sprawdza się idealnie jako przedłużenie naszej garderoby.     Jedyne nad czym czasami ubolewam to to, że do e-booków nie dołączają książek papierowych – albo na odwrót – od 6 lat większość książek czytam na czytniku Kindle, przez co mój zbiór w większości nie pozwala mi na przesunięcie wzrokiem po grzbietach książek i przypomnienia sobie tego, co przez ostatnie lata przeczytałam.   Sama – gdy jestem w gościach – nie mogę oderwać wzroku od domowych biblioteczek, to dla mnie ogromne źródło inspiracji oraz niejednokrotnie pozwoliło mi szybciej odnaleźć bratnią duszę w gospodarzu, gdy okazało się, że kochamy te same tytuły.   Marzę jeszcze o tym, aby zabudować kiedyś te przestrzeń nad biblioteczką Ikea w sypialni i zamontować tam dwie lampeczki kinkietowe. Dziś wybrałabym też matowe fronty – jeśli uda mi się kiedyś sprzedać te na olx, to pewnie pomyślę o nowych.       I jak Ci się podoba moja biblioteczka w sypialni? A Ty gdzie przechowujesz książki?
- [Jak dobrze zacząć dzień?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-dobrze-zaczac-dzien/): W moim życiu duży nacisk kładę na początki. Pierwsze dni życia moich dzieci, pierwsze dni związku, pierwsze dni małżeństwa – wierzę, że ich wyjątkowa celebracja to zapowiedź czegoś wielkiego. Dlatego też dużą wagę przykładam do tego jak zaczynam i… kończę każdy dzień, bo koniec jednego dnia, to początek kolejnego. Zapraszam Cię dziś do mojego świata niedoskonałych jeszcze rytuałów i początków, które przybliżają mnie do coraz większego szczęścia każdego dnia, a może staną się one dla Ciebie inspiracją – jeśli to jej właśnie potrzebujesz.   Bardzo ważny jest dla mnie każdy poranek – namacalnie wręcz doświadczam, że od niego zależy jakość i poczucie szczęścia, jakie odczuwam danego dnia.   Poranne rytuały Z uwagi na to, że jestem Mamą dwóch małych chłopców, którzy wciąż budzą się w nocy, wędrują z łózka do łózka, potrafią obudzić się o 3-4 nad ranem i nie mogą już zasnąć, stała pora wstawania na razie u mnie nie funkcjonuje, a raczej jest odbiciem tego, co działo się z dziećmi w nocy i rano.   Muszę Ci powiedzieć, że całe swoje życie czułam się sową. Do dziś najłatwiej, najefektywniej, najbardziej kreatywnie pracuje mi się (wliczając w to najlepsze pomysły i ich realizację) pomiędzy 22 a 5 rano. I podobno nic w tym dziwnego – według medycyny indyjskiej – ajurwedy – od 22 do 2 kieruje nami bioenergia pitta czyli ognia – która właśnie pobudza nas do działania, dlatego spać dobrze jest się położyć zanim zacznie działać na dobre i wykorzystać ją na najbardziej regeneracyjny sen – szczególnie ten przed 24.   Też czujesz się sową? Mam dla Ciebie dobrą wiadomość – bioenergia ognia jest też z nami codziennie od 10 do 14 – w tych godzinach staram się więc też efektywnie i w skupieniu pracować z nadzieją, że jak zacznę przesypiać i czerpać z nocy, odczuję taki „flow” w końcu w dzień.   Oczywiście ten system medycyny indyjskiej to tylko inspiracja do organizacji mojego życia, ale która zaczyna mi się pięknie sprawdzać.   Pora wstać!   Biorąc pod uwagę przedszkole i naszą pracę, a także ajurwedę, idealnym byłoby dla mnie wstawanie o 6 rano, kompromisem jest dziś dla mnie wstawanie pomiędzy 6 a 7 – jeśli dzieciom udaje się pospać dłużej, albo bawić się od rana w naszym łóżku – lubię wykorzystać ten czas na wzajemne przytulanie.   Dużo ważniejsze od tego, o której wstaję jest to, co robię po przebudzeniu   Im bardziej przeciągam wstawanie, tym gorzej się czuję i trudniej mi wstać, a pokazała mi to kiedyś dosłownie koleżanka na służbowym wyjeździe (ściskam Cię Madziu) jak źle to na mnie wpływa. Dlatego budzik lubię ustawić sobie na drugim końcu pokoju, aby jak zadzwoni czym prędzej wstać i go wyłączyć, a być na tyle daleko od łózka, żeby od razu do niego nie wskoczyć. Taki poranek to dla mnie takie szybkie zrywanie plastra.   Zanim jednak na dobre wstanę i zacznę działać, lubię się orzeźwić. Kiedyś jeszcze z łóżku z zamkniętymi oczami piłam kawę, a dziś – w zależności od pory roku, pogody i tego, czy jest już jasno za oknem – lubię praktykować poranne sesje oddychania świeżym powietrzem i robię to na kilka sposobów.   Poranna sesja oddychania, która wymaga ode mnie najmniejszego zaangażowania to otwarcie na oścież okna, puszczenie z głośnika piosenki – ostatnio Holy – Netanel Goldberg – w której zakochałam się na warsztatach z tworzenia mapy marzeń prowadzonych przez Ksenię i Anię Boroszko – nałożenie na oczy opaski i oddanie się chwili. Praktykuję wtedy wdzięczność, wspominam, planuję, marzę, albo wręcz przeciwnie – mocno wczuwam się w siebie i praktykuję uważność…. czasami nawet spłynie mi łza po policzku, tak silnych emocji doświadczam. A ta piosenka jest taka niezwykła i potęguje wszelkie moje uczucia, czasami i te trudne i pozwala mi je lepiej dostrzec.   Drugi stopień trudności w moich porannych sesjach to – jeśli jest już jasno, gdyż po ciemku niechętnie – to założenie szlafroka, owinięcie się w koc lub dwa i wyjście na sesję oddychania na bujany fotel na balkon przy naszej sypialni. Towarzyszy mi znów muzyka, z głośnika lub ze słuchawek, albo wsłuchuję się w dźwięki budzącego się poranka. Uwielbiam mieć zasłonięte oczy – czuję i słyszę wtedy zdecydowanie więcej.     Trzecim i najbardziej wymagającym sposobem na poranną sesję oddychania jest dla mnie wyciągnięcie maty i poduszki do medytacji, aby usiąść  na nich na balkonie lub na podłodze sypialni w otwartym oknie i odsłuchać porannej medytacji prowadzonej właśnie z ćwiczeniami oddechowymi, które zakańcza oklepywanie i budzenie całego ciała. Najbardziej podoba mi się klepanie po głowie – śmieję się wtedy sama do siebie, że wyklepuję wtedy natrętne i głupkowate myśli. To nagranie otrzymałam jako część warsztatów na odosobnieniu, na którym byłam w kwietniu zeszłego roku z Dagmarą Skalską.     Następnie robię sobie śniadanie, ciepłą wodę  i  kawę – albo Wojtek mi robi – taka ze mnie szczęściara – doceniam przeogromnie! Wiem, że tej kawy mogłoby tu nie być, ale uwielbiam jej smak i na ten moment wcale nie mam zamiaru z niej rezygnować – to dla mnie absolutna przyjemność – i z tą kawą i śniadaniem wracam jeszcze na chwilę do łóżka.     Zastanawiasz się, gdzie są teraz nasze dzieci? Dodam tutaj, że odkąd praktykuję poranne oddychanie mój mąż widzi we mnie taką ogromną zmianę – w postawie do życia, do problemów, w poziomie energii życiowej, jaki odczuwam, że bez problemu pozwala mi wykraść te minuty tylko dla siebie.     Pisałam Ci już kiedyś o tym, że przez kilka lat po przebudzeniu sięgałam po telefon i przeglądałam Instagram – siedząc niewyspana w piżamie, z  moją poranną energią na poziomie bliskim zera i szarym porankiem za oknem, nic sensownego jeszcze tego dnia nie zdziaławszy, porównywałam swoje zaplecze… do cudzej wystawy i nierzadko zamiast energii i motywacji opływał mnie bury nastrój. Jakoś nie wpadłam wtedy na to, że mogę patrzeć na te zdjęcia z sercem wypełnionym gratulacjami zamiast okropnym porównywaniem się, więc moje serce wypełniał pewnego rodzaju smutek.   Praktykowanie wdzięczności – dzienniczek wdzięczności   Od kilku lat każdy dzień rozpoczynam od uzupełniania dzienniczka wdzięczności – codziennie zapisuję 5 rzeczy, za które jestem wdzięczna.   Rytuał prowadzenia dzienniczka wdzięczności często poleca się na wieczór, jednak mi dużo łatwiej było zastąpić rozbudzający rytuał Instagrama rytuałem praktykowania wdzięczności – zastępując jeden nawyk drugim, szkodliwy tym, który mi służy, szybko zmieniłam nastawienie, z jakim zaczynam każdy dzień.   5 powodów do wdzięczności zapisuję codziennie w moim „Plannerze na dobry dzień” – dzięki temu moje serce od rana napełnia się radością, a komunikat radości wysyłany jest do każdej komórki mojego ciała. Naprawdę to czuję.   Co więcej, wyrabiam w sobie niezwykły nawyk praktykowania wdzięczności w każdym innym momencie dnia, aż takie myślenie staje się dla mnie coraz bardziej naturalne.   Jestem żywym dowodem na to, że bycia szczęśliwym można się nauczyć.   Rano lubię także zmyć z siebie sen   Lubię zadbać co rano także o moją cerę i przygotować ją na nadchodzący dzień, w tym także do makijażu, który później nałożę. Demakijaż, a przy tym solidne oczyszczanie twarzy wykonuję wieczorem, więc rano już nie chcę traktować swojej skóry żadnymi środkami myjącymi – nawet delikatnymi – aby nie zmywać z niej warstwy ochronnej, którą skóra przez noc wyprodukowała i którą wklepałam w nią z kremem.  Lubię jednak to uczucie świeżości na twarzy co rano. Dlatego obficie używam hydrolatu – codziennie rano wybieram hydrolat z róży Lirene, który nie tylko nawilża, ale dzięki olejkom eterycznym ma bardzo pobudzający zapach, który codziennie rano idealnie pobudza mnie do działania, relaksując zarazem. Po jego użyciu cały pokój pachnie płatkami róż.     Hydrolat różany  jest dedykowany do cery delikatnej i  skłonnej do podrażnień, czyli takiej jak moja. Kilkukrotnie i obficie w trakcie poranka spryskuję nim buzię, za każdym razem delektując się pięknym zapachem, a na koniec przecieram bawełnianym, wielorazowym wacikiem, aby zetrzeć kurz, który mógł się przez noc na niej pojawić – tak właśnie symbolicznie zmywam sen.     To bezcenna chwila luksusu za kilkanaście złotych. Do tego w mojej pięknej piżamie w kwiaty czuję się jak królowa swojego życia. A gdy budzę się zmęczona i czuję ciężar na powiekach, wykonuję z niego okład na powieki – idealnie sprawdza się podczas sesji oddychania na leżąco do ulubionej muzyki.   Dlaczego hydrolaty?     Hydrolat to naturalna woda kwiatowa, która powstaje podczas procesu destylacji świeżych kwiatów parą wodną, zawiera więc wartościowe substancje z roślin, z których jest wytwarzany oraz olejki eteryczne. Ich właściwości odpowiadają właściwościom kwiatów, z których pochodzą, dlatego ten różany koi cerę, pozytywnie oddziałuje na naczynka krwionośne i świetnie sprawdza się jako okład na opuchnięte powieki.  Ten z Lirene jest całkowicie naturalny, wegański, do kupienia w niemal każdej drogerii.   Natomiast na wieczór wybieram hydrolat z lawendy Lirene – jego delikatny zapach bardzo mnie relaksuje, przywodzi na myśl wspomnienia z naszych włoskich wakacji i marzenia o spędzenia pewnego lata we francuskiej Prowansji. Ma działanie antyoksydacyjne i antyseptyczne, przeciwzapalne i uspokajające – idealne po wieczornym demakijażu. Choć moja cera nie jest bardzo problematyczna (dla problematycznej hydrolat z lawendy to już w ogóle strzał w 10!) lubię użyć go po kąpieli, już w łóżku, jeszcze przed nałożeniem kremu.   Jesteś ciekawa jakie jeszcze wyciszające rytuały staram się pielęgnować co wieczór?   Bo jak już świetnie wiesz – dni, w które od samego rana zadbam o siebie psychicznie i duchowo przeżywam zupełnie inaczej. A przecież każdy kolejny dzień zaczyna się już kilka godzin wcześniej, gdy idę spać…
- [Dlaczego czujemy się nierozerwalni?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dlaczego-czujemy-sie-nierozerwalni/): Monika i Marcin z „Początku Wieczności” rozmawiali z nami o naszym przepisie na rodzinę – opowiedzieliśmy im także o tym, dlaczego czujemy się nierozerwalni. Koniecznie obejrzyj!     Mamy ogromną tremę – będzie nam miło jeśli dasz znać jak Ci się podobało 🙂
- [Tubądzin Blog Day i... ogłoszenie wielkich zmian w naszym życiu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tubadzin-blog-day-2019/): Ogromnie ucieszyło nas zaproszenie na Tubądzin Blog Day 2019 – po pierwsze dlatego, że uwielbiamy piękne wnętrza, które można wyczarować za ich pomocą, po drugie dlatego, że mogliśmy spotkać się ze znajomymi z blogosfery i spędzić razem 24 godziny, a po trzecie – gdyż to fantastyczna zapowiedź ogromnej zmiany w naszym życiu!   Ale po kolei. Koniecznie zostań ze mną do końca posta, gdzie zobaczysz co wielkiego szykuje się w naszym życiu.   Otwarcie Fabryki Tubądzin w Sieradzu było wspaniałą okazją do zorganizowania Tubądzin Blog Day 2019 właśnie tam – a jest się czym pochwalić!   Cała fabryka wraz z imponującym i pełnym inspiracji showroomem została wybudowana w 9 miesięcy! Przyczynił się do tego genialny projekt, który powstawał przez półtorej roku i jest najlepszym dowodem na to, że dobry plan to podstawa.     Jak powstają płytki Tubądzin? Mam dla Ciebie kilka ciekawostek!   W jakim rozmiarze można wyprodukować płytkę? Płytki produkowane są w najróżniejszych rozmiarach, w standardzie od maleńkich mozaik do wielkich płyt o wymiarach 120 x 240 cm – a tak naprawdę fabryka jest gotowa technologicznie by produkować je jeszcze większe! Oczywiście już marzę o takiej płytce pod prysznicem – koniec z walką z kamieniem na fugach!     Z czego powstają płytki?     Płytki powstają z miksu surowców naturalnych: plastycznych – takich jak gliny i kaoliny oraz twardych, takich jak piaski i skalenie. Niesamowicie było posłuchać śmiesznych historii o tym, co można znaleźć w dostawach surowców.     Składniki są odpowiednio dozowane i mielone, aż do postaci leiwa, z którego powstaje granulat, z którego formowane są płytki. Następnie leiwo jest suszone i przechowywane w silosach w postaci jednolitego granulatu  i kolorowych mieszanek, skąd trafia na linię produkcyjną, która jest najnowocześniejsza w tej części Europy.     Jak rozpoczyna się produkcja płytek?   Mieszanki w formie usypanego wzoru lub czystej bazy prasowane są przez walcowanie i docinane do odpowiednich rozmiarów. Po opuszczeniu prasy płytki są jeszcze bardzo kruche – można pokruszyć je w dłoni – a następnie poddawane są szeregowi procesów – w zależności od tego, jaki ma być produkt końcowy.       Jak powstają wzory na płytkach Tubądzin?   Wzory na płytkach są najpierw projektowane, a następnie drukowane na linii szkliwierskiej – na najnowocześniejszej na świecie drukarce z 224 głowicami, która drukuje zarówno wzory jak i efekty specjalne – nie mogłam zrobić zdjęcia jej ustawień, bo to ściśle tajne dane, więc musisz mi uwierzyć – wygląda to bardzo imponująco!       Jak wypiekane są płytki Tubądzin? Płytki są wypiekane w jednym z  najdłuższych piecy w Polsce – w piecu rolkowym – ma ponad 147 metrów! – dzięki czemu temperatura rośnie w piecu w bardzo kontrolowany sposób od 40 to 1 200 stopni Celsjusza – w ten sposób powstają wiązania chemiczne i powstaje w pełni naturalny gres. W płytkach nie ma mowy o sztucznych składnikach – uległyby uszkodzeniu w tym procesie produkcji. Nie musisz się martwić czy płytki Tubądzin nadają się na przykład na kominek i nie popękają od wydzielanego ciepła  – oczywiście, że nie popękają, są przyzwyczajone do dużo wyższych temperatur.     Polerowanie Po wypaleniu gresy są transportowane do linii polerskiej i rektyfikacji czyli docięcia do odpowiednich rozmiarów, dzięki czemu też mają równiutkie brzegi.   Polerowanie płytek umożliwia uzyskanie różnych efektów, a do polerowania używane są takie śmieszne łapki z kamieniami. Polerowanie odbywa się w obiegu zamkniętym wody, dzięki czemu fabryka oszczędza rocznie 40 razy więcej wody, niż byłaby w stanie pomieścić, gdyby została nią cała wypełniona. Posiada też własną oczyszczalnię wody – bardzo imponujące!     Sortowanie To już ostatni etap – trzeba jeszcze tylko sprawdzić wymiary i powierzchnie płytek, a także ich odcień.     Gotowe, najwyższej jakości produkty trafiają do kartonów i skrzyń i są rozsyłane do sklepów i Klientów.     Ogromną niespodzianką było także spotkanie z właścicielami marki Tubądzin i posłuchanie historii o pierwszej fabryce i pierwszych płytkach, które trafiły do sprzedaży. Takie historie to dla mnie zawsze ogromna motywacja – często patrząc na wielkie firmy dziś zapominamy, że każdy kiedyś zaczynał.          A teraz najlepsze – filmik z całego wydarzenia z obiecaną niespodzianką na końcu.  
- [Dekoracje świąteczne na Boże Narodzenie 2019](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracje-na-boze-narodzenie-2019/): Z wiekiem coraz bardziej przekonuję się o tym, że mniej znaczy więcej. Dlatego w tym roku szykując świąteczne dekoracje postawiłam na naturę i ponadczasowe dekoracje, blask świec i gałązki drzew. Co mi z tego wyszło? Dekoracja na Święta Bożego Narodzenia Świąteczne zakupy to coś, na co mimo wszystko czekam z utęsknieniem, nie dla samego kupowania, ale dla magicznego uczucia ekscytacji, które przeżywałam jako dziecko z Mamą kompletując świąteczne ozdoby. W moim rodzinnym domu  co roku uzupełniało się elementy świątecznej aranżacji i ja również kontynuuję tę tradycję.   Od lat świąteczne dekoracje kupuję głównie podczas dużych zakupów w Auchan – to dla mnie idealny kompromis pomiędzy różnorodnością, jakością a ceną. Dlatego i w tym roku wybraliśmy się tam przy okazji na małe, świąteczne zakupy.     Jaki mam sposób na świąteczne zakupy?   Przechadzając się po sklepie z największą radością pakuję do koszyka wszystkie dekoracje, które mi się podobają – a jest tego naprawdę sporo!   Drewniane i metalowe ozdoby są idealne do powieszenia na choinkę czy do dekoracji świątecznych krzeseł czy prezentów dla najbliższych jako piękny i unikalny bilecik, który można od tyłu podpisać – a obdarowana osoba może go na pamiątkę zawiesić na swojej choince i co roku wspominać nasze życzenia na nim zapisane.     A już absolutnym hitem w naszym domu są bombki papierowe – od 5 lat kompletuję ich kolekcję – mają dwie niewątpliwe zalety – po pierwsze są bardzo tanie, a po drugie – są dziecioodporne, nawet wtedy, gdy nasze Dziecko (czytaj – moje) zrobi sobie z nich piłkę do gry – z pewnością pokocha je każdy rodzic. W poprzednich latach uzbierałam kolekcję w kolorach natury, a w tym roku uzupełniłam ją stonowanymi, ale dziecięcymi wzorami – sówki, jelonki czy liski skradły moje serce!     Zakochałam się także w szklanych bombkach w kształcie francuskich makaroników – oczami wyobraźni widziałam tę przepiękną choinkę w naszym ślubnym biurze!     Okres Bożonarodzeniowy, jak żaden inny nie kojarzy mi się ze sweterkami – sweterki pod kocykiem, sweterkowe osłonki na kubeczki, nawet sweterkowe wzorki na paznokciach – a co powiesz na sweterkową bombkę?     Lubisz łapacze snów? W świątecznej odsłonie możesz zaprosić je do dekoracji choinki, krzeseł czy stołu w postaci dekorowanych tym wzorem świeczników.     Drewniane figurki idealnie wpasują się na każdą konsolę czy parapet, a w towarzystwie świec czy ciepłych światełek spotęgują świąteczny klimat.     Wianek na stół to zawsze dobry pomysł! Takie wianki zanoszę także w grudniu na rodzinne groby, a w środek wstawiam świąteczny znicz, dodając czasami jeszcze kwiaty, gałązki czy owoce.     Świąteczny bieżnik przez cały grudzień będzie przypominał o tym wyjątkowym czasie, a pod obrus można schować w Wigilię tradycyjne sianko.     A skoro o świątecznym stole mowa…     Jak święta do światełka – ledowe czy prawdziwe płomienie, a może miks? U nas co roku oprócz łańcuchów czy ozdób świetlnych w adwencie i w święta pali się dużo świec. Lubię wybierać te matowe, w naturalnym kolorze.     Od kiedy pamiętam – świąteczne pluszaki mają dla mnie w sobie coś magicznego, a od kiedy jestem Mamą, nie mogę obok nich przejść obojętnie. Siedzące na półkach ze zwisającym nogami czy podskakujące na sprężynach – po prostu uwielbiam!     A największym sentymentem darzę… świeczki – figurki, które pierwszy raz jako prezenty dla całej rodziny przywiozłam z czasu studiów w Paryżu. Dziś wciąż mam problem, aby zdecydować się, które są najładniejsze – i absolutnie nigdy ich nie zapalam – są takie słodkie, że chowam je na pamiątkę.     Słyszałaś o tym, że sam proces kupowania wyzwala w wielu z nas falę hormonów szczęścia? Więc ja korzystam z tej fali… a następnie po raz drugi robię zakupy – w swoim własnym koszyku.     Czyli układam jeszcze w sklepie spójną kompozycję i ostatecznie do mojego koszyka trafia tylko to, co pasuje do mojej palety kolorów i faktur, którą układam na szybko w głowie pamiętając o dekoracjach, które mam w domu.   Dekoracje bożonarodzeniowe w 2019 roku Nasza zastawa stołowa ma 12 lat i uwielbiamy ją, natomiast w tym roku postanowiliśmy odwrócić nieco pomysł na dekoracje. Zamiast kolorowego obrusu i białej zastawy zdecydowaliśmy się zakupić kolorową zastawę i ustawić ją na białym stole, na którym obrus zastąpiliśmy bieżnikiem.   Kolorowa porcelana na białym stole   Nasze dzieci mają 2 i 5 lat, a słowa „ja sam” szczególnie dwulatek wypowiada z maksymalną częstotliwością. Aby święta były zupełnie bezstresowe i nikt nie przejmował się barszczem na obrusie i jego wymianą po każdym posiłku, zdecydowaliśmy się na grę kolorową porcelaną na białym stole. Dlatego zdecydowałam się na zakup tej beżowej porcelany. Jak nam to wyszło?     Za dekorację talerzy posłużyły nam nasze lniane serwetki, które są z nami już od dawna, a tu delikatnie niebieskim odcieniem przełamały ciepły klimat i nadały nieco mroźnego charakteru.   Serwetki złożyłam w zabawny kształt choinki i udekorowałam malutką bombeczką oraz kawałkiem cynamonu, aby jeszcze bardziej przypominała świąteczne drzewko. Mini bombeczki znajdziesz także w tym roku w Auchan.     Do dekoracji drewnianych krzeseł użyłam kupionej w zeszłym roku beżowej wstążki, gałązek choinki i tegorocznych metalowych dekoracji w kształcie choinki i gwiazdki, które zostawiłam w moim koszyku właśnie z tą myślą.     Przez środek stołu puściłam beżowy bieżnik przypominający koronkę, porozstawiałam dokupione w Auchan drewniane i szklane świeczniki i świeczki, a pomiędzy nimi poukładałam gałązki choinki, w kilku miejscach przełamane czerwonymi owocami na gałązce zwanymi ilex. Uroku całej kompozycji dodały dwa siedzące na gałązkach ptaszki – także wyszperane w Auchan za kilka złotych, które jak nic innego kojarzą mi się z nowym życiem.     Dołożyłam kilka dokupionych w tym roku pozłacanych talerzyków w kształcie gwiazdek, na które można wyspać orzechy, suszone owoce, ułożyć opłatek.   Wystarczyło już tylko odpalić świeczki… a magia działa się sama!   Dekoracja na Święta Bożego Narodzenia     Dekoracje okien na Boże Narodzenie Gałązki ułożyłam także na parapecie, uzupełniłam blokowymi świecami tej samej kolekcji, a także drewnianą choinką oraz drewnianymi śnieżynkami – także z tego supermarketu.     A w jakim klimacie będą w tym roku Twoje Święta? Czego na pewno u Ciebie nie zabraknie w świątecznych dekoracjach?     PS Jak złożyć serwetkę w choinkę?
- [Mój "Planner na dobry dzień" już jest!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-planner-na-dobry-dzien-juz-jest/): Poznaj holistyczne narzędzie do planowania – od ogółu, do szczegółu. W jednym miejscu zadbasz o każdy swój dzień, o swoje przyjaźnie, relacje, finanse, posiłki, a także zdrowie. Poznaj mój „Planner na dobry dzień”.   Jest dostępny w 3 okładkach – praktycznych segregatorach, które pozwalają na dowolną personalizację tego narzędzia.   Zobacz, co dla Ciebie przygotowałam >> KLIK >>  
- [Pielęgnacja dziecka - przewodnik po składach kosmetyków dla dzieci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szkodliwe-skladniki-w-kosmetykach/): Skóra dziecka pełni wiele bardzo ważnych funkcji – jest barierą ochronną, która chroni je przed światem zewnętrznym, reguluje jego temperaturę wykorzystując funkcję potu oraz jest narzędziem zapewniającym kontakt ze światem dzięki zmysłowi dotyku. Jak warto zadbać o skórę już od pierwszych dni życia, aby jak najlepiej pełniła wszystkie swoje funkcje? Jakie zmiany wprowadzać z czasem, jak dziecko dorasta? A przede wszystkim jak czytać składy kosmetyków, aby podejmować dobre decyzje stojąc przed uginającą się półką sklepową? A to konieczne, gdyż niestety na drogeryjnych i aptecznych półkach znajdziecie całe mnóstwo produktów zawierających substancje, które mogą wywoływać uczulenia oraz inne niepożądane reakcje skórne. Pobierz pomocną grafikę  na telefon, albo skorzystaj z moich sprawdzonych rozwiązań. Albo jedno i drugie.   Składy żywności i kosmetyków analizuję od czasu, gdy miałam problemy z utrzymaniem pierwszej ciąży, a lekarz zalecił mi całkowitą eliminację z diety chemii spożywczej, a później kosmetyków ze szkodliwymi składnikami.   Ale jak to szkodliwymi – pytałam? Wszystkie moje kosmetyki były renomowanych firm, w większości apteczne i miałam do nich pełne zaufanie. Nic bardziej głupiego. Gdy wzięłam do ręki pierwszy krem – ujędrniający do biustu, apteczny i bardzo drogi, który kupiłam sobie z okazji zajścia w ciążę – złapałam się za głowę, gdy znalazłam w nim składnik powszechnie uznawany za kancerogenny. Płacąc ponad 100 zł za małą tubkę serwowałam swojemu biustowi rakotwórczy składnik każdego dnia – i to dwukrotnie.   Obietnice producenta, przepiękne opakowanie i reklamy niestety nie są gwarancją wysokiej jakości produktów i bezpieczeństwa ich używania.   Naprawdę nie wierzę dziś żadnemu producentowi ani kosmetykowi dopóki sama nie sprawdzę składu. Nie ma znaczenia, czy marka jest znana czy nie, zagraniczna czy polska, apteczna czy drogeryjna, z historią czy zupełni nowa – jeśli chodzi o zdrowie dzieci nie ufam – sprawdzam.     Dlaczego skóra dziecka wymaga specjalnej pielęgnacji? Skóra noworodka, a później niemowlaka i małego dziecka – to zupełnie inna skóra niż skóra dorosłego. Można porównać, że skóra dorosłego jest jak bawełniana, gęsta tkanina, a dziecięca – jak sieć rybacka – jej komórki są dużo luźniej ułożone. Co najmniej do 3 roku życia nie stanowi tak dobrej ochrony ja dorosła – przenika przez nią o wiele więcej cząsteczek z otoczenia, nie tylko w trakcie kąpieli czy pielęgnacji, ale także noszenia pieluszek czy ubranek (dlatego równie ważne jest sprawdzanie składów płynów do prania). Składniki te przenikają przez skórę do krwiobiegu dziecka – u dzieci naczynia krwionośne ułożone są bliżej naskórka – a następnie do tkanek i narządów, czasami nawet odkładając się na długi czas.   Po pierwsze – nie szkodzić Gdy na szybko muszę kupić jakiś kosmetyk – na przykład na wakacjach –  zamiast wczytywać się i wnikliwie analizować każdy dobroczynny czy szkodliwy składnik, po prostu sprawdzam, czy w kosmetyku nie ma szkodliwych składników. Jakich? W dalszej części posta Ci o nich opowiem i udostępnię do pobrania grafikę, którą możesz sobie zapisać na telefonie i mieć przy sobie podczas każdych zakupów.   Po drugie – jak najmniej ingerować w naturę Staram się jak najmniej wywierać wpływ na naturalne procesy zachodzące na skórze dziecka, dlatego używam delikatnych, naturalnych i ekologicznych kosmetyków, ale w dobrej cenie i dostępnych w drogerii blisko domu.     Czego unikać w kosmetykach dla dzieci?   Mydło Mydła posiadają zasadowe pH, a skóra dziecka ma neutralne pH. Z zasadowym mydłem którym skóra dorosłego o pH około 5,5 radzi sobie o wiele lepiej niż dziecka. Zaburzone pH dziecięcej skóry negatywnie wpływa i uszkadza jej płaszcz hydrolipidowy, ma także negatywny wpływ na tworzenie się dobrej flory bakteryjnej na skórze dziecka.   Składniki silnie wysuszające Czyli popularne SLS, SLES. Nie do pomyślenia jest dla mnie to, że powszechnie polecane płyny i emolienty – w tym znane i renomowane marki – na drugim miejscu po wodzie umieszczają w składzie płynu czy emolientu ten bardzo silnie wysuszający detergent – a mówię tu o kosmetykach zarówno drogeryjnych, jak i aptecznych.   Przecież skóra żadnego dziecka – ani zdrowa, ani tym bardziej atopowa – nie potrzebuje takich silnych składników!   Pochodne formaldechydu Choć same w sobie nie są szkodliwe, to jednak wchodzą w reakcje z innymi składnikami – a dodając do tego wpływ temperatury, mogą już powodować wydzielanie toksycznego formaldechydu.   Konserwanty To nie tak, że wszystkie konserwanty są złe – bez nich musielibyśmy kupować kosmetyki bezpośrednio z fabryki i trzymać je w lodówce zaledwie kilka dni lub tygodni. Ważne jest jednak, aby konserwant był dobrej jakości, aby nie szkodził.   Konserwanty, które są polecane do kosmetyków dziecięcych to na przykład te, które są dozwolone do konserwowania żywności.   Składniki pochodzenia ropy naftowej Czyli uboczne produkty produkcji ropy naftowej jak parafina, oleje mineralne – zapobiegają utraty wody z naskórka, ale także zatykają pory i blokują dostęp powietrza do skóry – działają jak folia, utrudnia skórze oddychanie, blokując dostęp także dobrych i odżywczych substancji do skóry – rozpuszczone w nich witaminy nie przenikną w głąb skóry. Może doprowadzić do podrażnienia, swędzenia, wysypki czy zapchania porów. Barwniki Barwniki mają na celu wizualne uatrakcyjnienie produktu, więc tym bardziej nie widzę potrzeby ich stosowania w kosmetykach dla dzieci. Barwniki oczywiście dzielimy na te nieszkodliwe i te, których lepiej unikać, ale w przypadku dzieci radzę unikać wszystkich.   Substancje zapachowe Zapachowe substancje w kosmetykach mogą podrażniać i uczulać, a chyba każdy rodzic się ze mną zgodzi, że Maluszki pachną tak słodko, że żadne sztuczne „perfumy” nie są im absolutnie potrzebne. Dodatkowo sztuczne substancje zapachowe mogą przenikać do głębi skóry właściwej dziecka, a także do krwiobiegu i do tkanek, kumulować się  w organizmie jako toksyny. Unikamy!   Glikole polietylenowe (PEG) oraz glikole polipropylenowe (PPG) Do ich produkcji stosowany jest tlenek etylenu – Ethylenoxid, uznawany za niesamowicie trujący i rakotwórczy gaz, mogący uszkadzać nawet genetyczną strukturę komórek. Dodatkowo może powodować stany zapalne, swędzenie, pieczenie czy pokrzywkę.   A emolienty? Emolienty to żadne „lepsze” ani magiczne preparaty – nie ma żadnej prawnej regulacji, która mówi, jakie kosmetyki można nazwać emolientami. W praktyce każdy kosmetyk, który ma działanie natłuszczające można nazwać emolientem. Silnie natłuszczające składniki mają pełnić funkcję nawilżającą – niestety bardzo często są to oleje mineralne czyli pochodne ropy naftowej – tworzą na skórze warstwę okluzyjną, która może przynieść więcej szkody niż pożytku – patrz wspomniane wcześniej składniki pochodzenia ropy naftowej.   Dodatkowo mogą maskować u dziecka ewentualnie niepokojące objawy – oczywiście do czasu, aż przestaną działać, a przyzwyczajonej do nich skórze już nie pomogą już na zaczerwienienia, przesuszenia i podrażnienia, gdy będą naprawdę potrzebne. Jakie objawy?   Emolienty na zdrowej skórze mogą długo kamuflować na przykład drobną wysypkę czy przesuszoną skórę po spożyciu alergenu – na przykład po truskawkach. Uniemożliwi to więc naszą reakcję i chwilową eliminację alergenu z diety lub zmianę producenta żywności. Czasami bowiem okazuje się, że Dziecko ma alergię na nabiał czy truskawki tylko jednego producenta, bowiem nie mamy do czynienia z alergią na białko lecz na… chemię do uprawy roślin.   To też nie tak, że mówię nie natłuszczającym kosmetykom zawsze – jeśli skóra jest tu i tam przesuszona i podrażniona, potrafią przynieść ulgę i przyspieszyć gojenie, ale zapobiegawczo uważam, że nie warto ich stosować.     Ekologiczne kosmetyki – czy warto? Co to znaczy, że kosmetyk jest naturalny albo „eko”? Czasami tak naprawdę nic, gdyż nie definiuje tego żadna ustawa.   Jeśli nie chcesz sprawdzać składów kosmetyków na własną rękę, możesz zaufać jednemu z certyfikatów, oto dwa najpopularniejsze.   Certyfikat ECOCERT – kupując produkt z takim znaczkiem, masz pewność, że ktoś sprawdził jego skład za Ciebie, a: surowce pochodzą z odnawialnych źródeł nie zawierają GVO – nie mogą pochodzić z roślin i zwierząt modyfikowanych genetycznie nie zawierają zakaz stosowania sztucznych tłuszczy, olejów, silikonów, parafiny i innych substancji uzyskiwanych przy destylacji ropy naftowej nie zawierają parabenów, fenoksyetanolu, naocząsteczek, PEG nie zawierają syntetycznych perfum i składników barwiących, jak również produktów zwierzęcych (mogą zawierać tylko produkty pochodzące ze zwierzątk żywych jak miód, mleko) opakowania są biodegradowalne i nadają się do recyclingu produkty końcowe nie były testowane na zwierzętach minimum 95% wszystkich składników ma pochodzenie naturalne.   Certyfikat COSMOS ORGANIC obejmuje przede wszystkim: minimum 95% składników pochodzenia rolnego stanowią składniki organiczne zakaz testowania na zwierzętach naturalne aromaty i barwniki z roślin i kwiatów Składniki mineralne spełniają ściśle określone warunki przyjazne środowisku opakowania wraz z planem zarządzania odpadami.   Przejdźmy do konkretów   Kiedy pierwszy raz wykąpać dziecko? Gdybym urodziła Dziecko w domu, zapewne nie kąpałabym go przez pierwszych kilka, a może i kilkanaście dni – maź płodowa, z którą na skórze przychodzi na świat Noworodek pełni najlepszą funkcję ochronną, nawilżającą i natłuszczającą, sprzyja budowie dobrej flory bakteryjnej. Natomiast w sytuacji, w której Dziecko przychodzi na świat w warunkach szpitalnych – mój lekarz ginekolog i pediatra nie mieli wątpliwości – po powrocie do domu zarówno Mama jak i Dziecko powinny się wykąpać, aby nie przynieść do domu groźnych szpitalnych bakterii.   A co z ubrankami, rożkami, kocykami? Do szpitala warto zabrać tylko te, które po powrocie możemy wyprać w 60-90’C.   Czym myć skórę dziecka? Myjka czy gąbka Osobiście wybieram dłoń – dotyk Mamy czy Taty uważam za najmilszy do masażu w kąpieli, w okolicach uszków czy szyjki używałam ewentualnie bawełnianego jednorazowego wacika kosmetycznego.   Wiem, że wiele z nas lubi i wybiera gąbki lub myjki. Które lepsze? Według mnie wybór jest prosty i przemawiają do mnie tutaj względy higieniczne – w gąbce czy myjce zamieszkają zanieczyszczenia i resztki naskórka, a dodatkowo ich wilgotność sprzyja rozwojowi mikroorganizmów, dobrze więc, aby można było choć raz na jakiś czas wyprać je w wysokiej temperaturze, czego nie można zrobić z gąbką – jak dla mnie więc odpadają, a  myjki wygrywają. Oczywiście w połączeniu z czystą wodą (tak! noworodki i małe niemowlęta ze spokojem można myć także w czystej wodzie) z delikatnym płynem czy żelem do mycia.   Kiedy nawilżać skórę dziecka? Przyjęliśmy zasadę nawilżania tylko wtedy, jeśli jest taka potrzeba, a więc jeśli nic się nie dzieje, po kąpieli nie stosujemy na całe ciało żadnego kosmetyku – pozwalamy skórze samej o siebie zadbać, dodatkowo piorąc mające z nią styczność ręczniczki, pościele i ubranka w specjalnych delikatnych płynach.   Na drobne przesuszenia jak stópki podrażnione całodziennym bieganiem po dworze na bosaka czy policzki podsuszone wiatrem używamy kremu – miejscowo, dzięki czemu jedna tubka starcza nam na kilka miesięcy.   Nasze kosmetyki dla dzieci   Postawiliśmy na serię kosmetyków CORINE DE FARME BABY – to rodzinna firma (tak samo jak nasza!), która zadbała nie tylko o dobry skład – osobiście sprawdziłam każdy jeden składnik – ale także także o dwa certyfikaty – ECOCERT i COSMOS ORGANIC, dzięki czemu nie musisz ufać tylko mojej analizie i łatwo znajdziesz je na sklepowej półce w bardzo atrakcyjnej cenie. Osobiście, gdy widzę na opakowaniu certyfikaty, spodziewam się wygórowanej ceny kosmetyku – wszak cenę składników i certyfikacji zazwyczaj widać w wygórowanej cenie produktu, ale tu nic bardziej mylnego.   Micelarny żel oczyszczający do ciała i włosów, BIO Organic od CORINE DE FARME BABY o objętości aż 500 ml kupisz za około 26 zł w sieci sklepów Rossmann – tak samo jak wszystkie pozostałe kosmetyki z tej serii, możesz je więc także zamówić z dostawą do domu. Żel jest przeźroczysty i bezzapachowy, często sama po niego sięgam. A co najważniejsze – z pompką, przez co bardzo wygodny i wydajny – ile razy po zdjęciu nakrętki wylało Ci się na rękę kilka razy za dużo płynu? Nie wspominając o sytuacji, gdy jedną ręką trzymasz dziecko, a drugą walczysz z butelką. Albo Twój maluch wstaje i uwielbia wylewać płyny z butelek do wody. No właśnie!     Do kompletu jest szampon micelarny BIO Organic od CORINE DE FARME BABY, którym lubię myć także moje włosy. Tutaj również za 500 ml szamponu z ECOCERT i COSMOS ORGANIC zapłacisz tylko 26,69 zł, a w promocji nawet 21,59 zł – a może i sama staniesz się jego wierną użytkowniczką. Chyba na próżno szukać tak dużego i organicznego szamponu dla dorosłych.     Stosujemy też lekki Krem ochronny do twarzy i ciała, Bio Organic CORINE DE FARME BABY na bazie oleju słonecznikowego i hydrolatu z kwiatu gorzkiej pomarańczy. Ten krem dobrze się rozsmarowuje, szybko wchłania i nie pozostawia na skórze wyczuwalnego filmu, nie klei się. Kosztuje około 25 zł za tubkę 100 ml, ale zgodnie z zasadą, że nie stosujemy go, gdy nie ma takiej potrzeby – nam starcza naprawdę na wiele tygodni i to przy dwójce Maluchów.     Oliwka? Tylko do masażu – a i tu sięgnęłam po olej kokosowy z mojej kuchni.     Jak wygląda pielęgnacja moich dzieci? Żeby nie było wątpliwości – wiemy co to jest alergia, trądzik niemowlęcy, atopowe zapalenie skóry i ciemieniucha – walczyliśmy z nimi miesiącami u Mikołaja i po latach walki (oczywiście pod okiem dobrego specjalisty) stwierdzamy wspólnie, że w temacie pielęgnacji skóry dziecka sprawdza się złota zasada – im mniej, tym lepiej. Dlatego w naszej łazience to wszystko, co znajdziesz wśród kosmetyków dla Dzieci.     Mam nadzieję, że udało mi się rozwiać Twoje wątpliwości odnośnie składu kosmetyków, tego, że nie warto ufać w ciemno znanej marce czy temu, że produkt jest apteczny, a moja grafika będzie dla Ciebie użyteczną pomocą w telefonie, czyli zawsze pod ręką gdy roisz zakupy. Oczywiście możesz ją także śmiało wykorzystać kupując kosmetyki dla siebie.     Grafika na telefon Pobierz i zapisz teraz sobie na telefonie tę grafikę – to wspomniana ściąga z najczęściej występującymi szkodliwymi składnikami w kosmetykach, dzięki której nie musisz znać na pamięć tych wszystkich skomplikowanych nazw (sama ich wszystkich nie znam), aby kupować mądrze i zdrowo:     Jeśli czytasz ten post na komputerze, aby pobrać grafikę wystarczy, że zeskanujesz ten kod QR:       Życzę Ci, abyś i Ty i Twoje dzieci mieli piękną i zdrową skórę, dzięki czemu będziecie mogli bez ograniczeń dawać sobie mnóstwo dotyku – uwielbiam tak wyrażać sobie z dziećmi miłość.
- [Ślubny Dzień ze mną, naszą Wytwórnią Ślubów w Butiku Lilou](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/slubny-dzien-wytwornia-slubow-lilou-w-butiku-lilou/): Mam nadzieję, że cieszysz się na spotkania z cudownymi ludźmi, tak samo, jak ja. Uwielbiam poznawać nowe osoby , a każda okazja do spotkania jest dla mnie dobra 🙂 Tym razem mam szczególny powód i już przebieram nóżkami na myśl o tym, że możemy zobaczyć się we wtorek!   Często dostaję od Was pytania o moją pracę, zawód Konsultanta Ślubnego i o Wytwórnię Ślubów, która kończy już 10 lat! Nie mogę uwierzyć, że minęło już tyle czasu i mogę szczerze powiedzieć, że z każdym dniem kocham moją pracę coraz bardziej!   Ponieważ 10-lecie działania firmy to dla mnie wyjątkowa data, chciałam zaprosić Cię do wspólnego świętowania i odwiedzenia mojego ślubnego świata! 29 października będę czekała na Ciebie w butiku Lilou przy ulicy Mokotowskiej 63, w  godzinach od 12:00 do 19:00, gdzie na poziomie pierwszym z okazji naszej rocznicy zaplanowałyśmy z marką Lilou celebrację ślubnego dnia, aby w kameralnym miejscu  w sercu Warszawy móc godzinami rozmawiać o ślubach i poznać się bliżej. Już we wtorek czeka na Ciebie moc atrakcji!   Będzie czas na zdobywanie wiedzy o tym jak zorganizować ślub marzeń, ale także czas na degustację słodkich pyszności. Świętujmy wspólnie ten czas przy kieliszku bąbelków! Zależało nam, abyście mogli spotkać nie tylko ekipę Wytwórni Ślubów, ale także rewelacyjnych podwykonawców, bo to oni swoją pracą tworzą wyjątkowy klimat na ślubie i weselu.   Zdradzę kilka szczegółów, abyś miała jeszcze większą chęć do nas dołączyć. Program jest intensywny, ale mamy cały dzień, aby nacieszyć się ślubnymi tematami 🙂   Lilou opowie o tym, jak komponować biżuterię z suknią ślubną.   Jo Malone zabierze nas w świat aromatów i zapachów. Podpowie, jak zaczarować gości wonią i tworzyć unikalne kompozycje na Wasz ślub, aby Ten Dzień zapisał się w pamięci Waszej i Waszych gości na długie lata.   ArtSize zaprezentuje dekoratorsko-florystyczne trendy na sezon 2020 w nowym ujęciu. Przy planowaniu aranżacji sali liczy się pomysł i kreatywność – niech scenografia opowiada Waszą historię!   Tailors Club zdradzi sekrety męskiej garderoby, a zdobytą od eksperta wiedzę wykorzystasz nie tylko na ślub, ale podczas wielu innych okazji.   Dzięki sukniom z nowej kolekcji Wedding Dream Izabeli Janachowskiej poznasz najciekawsze ślubne stylizacje, które zaprezentujemy w połączeniu z wyjątkową biżuterią Lilou.   Wellme pokaże jak zadbać o swoje samopoczucie, a nowatorski koncept pozwoli cieszyć się pięknem w komfortowym dla Ciebie miejscu i we właściwym czasie.   LeBrate opowie o bieliźnie, która sprawie, że poczujesz się wyjątkowo podczas ślubnych przygotowań. Zapewni wyjątkowy komfort, a wszystkie chwile staną się magiczne.   Ksis pokaże jak dobrać ślubne buty, aby Twoja stylizacja prezentowała pięknie i wyjątkowo.   O piękne druki ślubne zadba Papier i Tusz, a luksusowa cukiernia Deseo zatroszczy się o Twoje podniebienie. Przygotuj się na wykwintne połączenia smakowe!   Culaccino Prosecco Van doda naszemu spotkaniu cudownych bąbelków i pokaże, że to rewelacyjna atrakcja nie tylko na przyjęcie weselne.   Ale to jeszcze nie wszystko!   Tego dnia będziesz miała wyjątkową okazję, aby spotkać się z nami, czyli Wedding Plannerkami Wytwórni Ślubów – Bogną Bojanowską i ze mną – Agnieszką Kudelą 🙂 Podczas spotkania zdradzimy Ci tajniki ślubnej organizacji, podpowiemy, doradzimy i odpowiemy na wszystkie Twoje pytania.   Mam nadzieję, że dołączysz do nas w pięknym wnętrzu flagowego butiku Lilou na ulicy Mokotowskiej w Warszawie, gdzie  będziemy przedstawiać najbardziej gorące trendy sezonu 2020.   Jeśli chcesz poznać jeszcze lepiej partnerów naszego wydarzenia, zapisz się na wydarzenie na Facebooku i dołącz do najpiękniejszego ślubnego eventu tej jesieni!   Oto cały program, który dla Ciebie przygotowałyśmy:   12.00 10 rad jak zorganizować ślub marzeń / Wytwórnia Ślubów Creative wedding design / ArtSize Jak skomponować biżuterię Lilou ze ślubną stylizacją z kolekcji Wedding Dream Izabeli Janachowskiej /Lilou Jak podkreślić naturalne piękno w dniu ślubu / Wellme   13:00 Fotograf na ślubie, jak zaplanować współpracę / Paula Romanowska   14:00 Moda męska bez tajemnic / Tailors Club   15:00 10 podpowiedzi jak dobierać ślubnych podwykonawców / Wytwórnia Ślubów   16:00 Filmowanie na ślubie, jak zaplanować współpracę / Feel8 Studio   17:00 Zaplanuj swój ślub w 10 krokach / Wytwórnia Ślubów   18:00 10 cennych rad od Konsultanta Ślubnego / Wytwórnia Ślubów Creative wedding design / ArtSize   Mam wielką nadzieję, że dołączysz do nas we wtorek i wspólnie będziemy świętować  w pięknym otoczeniu wraz z wyjątkowymi osobami! Do zobaczenia! 🙂
- [Dekoracje bożonarodzeniowe w naszym domu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracje-bozonarodzeniowe/): Choć nie udało mi się zrealizować wszystkich prywatnych planów na grudzień, to i tak jestem z siebie bardzo dumna, mając w pamięci zeszłoroczne Boże Narodzenie, które przypominało bardziej kataklizm niż Święta – pierwsze z dwójką Maluchów, gdy choinkę ubieraliśmy w Wigilię (zgodnie z tradycją), aby w efekcie na Wigilię ledwo zdążyć, w nerwach i kiepskich nastrojach, choć obiecywałam sobie, że będzie zupełnie inaczej… W tym roku na grudzień zaplanowaliśmy więc zwolnienie tempa, spokój, rozwój osobisty, ale przede wszystkim postawiliśmy na… relacje.   Niestety nasze grudniowe plany pokrzyżowały się już w listopadzie z powodu choroby Mikusia i Maksia, która skutecznie sprawiła, że zamiast wieść spokojne, grudniowe życie, grudzień rozpoczęliśmy spóźnieni na starcie. Natomiast nie przeszkodziło nam to w dalszych staraniach i znajdowaniu radości w najmniejszych przyjemnościach.   W tym roku świąteczna choinka stanęła u nas już 15 grudnia, czyli o całe 9 dni wcześniej niż rok temu, na parapetach zagościły szyszki i (sztuczny) cynamon oraz dekoracje z zeszłych lat… ale również zaadoptowaliśmy dekoracje, które stoją u nas na parapecie na co dzień, tylko wymieniliśmy świeczki z niebieskich na białe, a pod szklaną kopułą wyeksponowaliśmy szyszkę z lasu. Dla nadania wspólnego klimatu użyliśmy białych i złotych wstążek.     a także na krzesłach pojawiły się wstążki.     Przy dzieciach rezygnuję na co dzień nie tylko z obrusu, ale ostatnio także z bieżnika – Maksiu uwielbia ściągać wszystko ze stołu, więc w tym roku wygrała bardzo praktyczna, minimalistyczna dekoracja.     Upiekliśmy i udekorowaliśmy nieuczulające pierniki (stoją za tym 4 kompozycje modyfikacji ciasta na takie bez miodu, mleka i masła, wykonywane do 1-2 w nocy i kolejny dzień dekorowania).     A nad kominkiem i w kuchni zawisły dwa  nowe wieńce, nasz jedyny świąteczny nabytek w tym roku – są tak piękne, że mam nadzieję, że zawisną tu także w przyszłym roku.     I ostatnia, ale najważniejsza… choinka – żywa, w doniczce, choć nie mam złudzeń, że uda się ją zasadzić, choć na pewno spróbuję. Udekorowana drewnianymi ozdobami, wstążkami i plastikowymi bombkami – lekkie, nietłukące i prawie bezpieczne dla dzieci – dzisiaj z jednej Maksymilian zrobił sobie piłkę i był zachwycony, jak pięknie odbija się od podłogi.   Ach, no i najważniejszy – Święty Mikołaj, pamiątka z mojego dzieciństwa.     A jeśli zastanawiasz się, co na choince robi ta czarna plama, to jest to bombka, którą własnoręcznie zrobił Mikołaj (sama pomyliłam ją z jeżykiem).     Przestałam już sobie nawet robić wyrzuty o te niewysłane kartki i cieszę się na przepisy, które wypróbuję w tym roku.   Boże Narodzenie to Święto, które spędzamy w większym gronie – Wigilię w domu mojej Siostry, przychodzi wtedy do Dzieci najprawdziwszy Święty Mikołaj, a pierwszy i drugi dzień świąt w domu mojej Mamy (my natomiast organizujemy Niedzielę Wielkanocną), więc nasze pichcenie i gotowanie ma w grudniu charakter symboliczny, przez co tym bardziej chcę wycisnąć ten rodzinny czas jak cytrynę.   Przedłużymy Święta dwudniowym wyjazdem do kuzynostwa i w tym roku ponownie mam nadzieję na piękny i spokojny czas, naładowanie akumulatorów, podsumowanie roku, wyciągnięcie wniosków i dobry plan na 2019 rok.   I jak mantrę powtórzę – dobry plan to taki, który łatwo można modyfikować.   A jak Wy dekorujecie dom na święta? Choinkę ubieracie tradycyjnie – w Wigilię – czy jednak pozwalacie sobie na to, aby radość ze świątecznej atmosfery rozciągnąć na cały, albo chociaż pół grudnia?
- [Jak zorganizować pierwsze urodziny?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zorganizowac-pierwsze-urodziny/): Pierwsze urodziny Mikołajka zbliżają się wielkimi krokami. Dobrze, że zrobiłam na Blogu ankietę, bo po pierwsze wiem, że temat organizacji przyjęcia dla dzieci bardzo Was interesuje, a do tego uzmysłowiliście mi, że ja na prawdę mam na wszystko niewiele czasu i najwyższa pora zacząć planować i organizować.   Czy planujemy urządzenie pokoju lub kąciku dla dziecka, kompletujemy wyprawkę czy przyjęcie, najważniejszy jest dobry plan.   1. Kolory i motyw przewodni To dzięki spójnym kolorom wszystko będzie harmonijne, unikniemy kupowania niepotrzebnych rzeczy, a wszystko to będzie się pięknie prezentowało także na zdjęciach, których z tego ważnego dnia nie może przecież zabraknąć. A jak wybrać motyw przewodni? Uważam, że nie ma sensu tutaj spełniania własnych marzeń z dzieciństwa jeśli nasze dziecko ma już ukierunkowane zainteresowania. Koniecznie zadajmy więc sobie pytanie: co nasze dziecko lubi najbardziej? Post o pomysłach na motywy przewodnie urodzin znajdziesz tutaj.   2. Lista gości To na jej podstawie będziemy wiedzieli gdzie zorganizować przyjęcie (u nas w domu, w ogrodzie, u naszych rodziców, którzy na przykład maja więcej miejsca, czy może w restauracji).   3. Menu Skoro mamy listę gości możemy mierzyć nasze siły na zamiary. U nas zapowiada się całkiem spora ekipa 5 dzieci + 10 rodziców + dziadkowie, więc odpuszczę sobie gotowanie dla wszystkich obiadu, w końcu nie chcemy spędzić całego tak wyjątkowego dnia w kuchni! Nie zdecydujemy się też na żadną restaurację, a na przyjęcie w ogródku będzie już za zimno, więc przyjęcie zorganizujemy u nas w domu. Stąd wiem, że gościom zaserwujemy tort i drobne przekąski.   4. Godzina przyjęcia Znamy menu więc teraz wiemy na którą godzinę zaprosić gości. Nie serwując obiadu nie powinniśmy zapraszać gości w typowo obiadowej porze. Nasze przyjęcie planujemy więc wstępnie na godzinę 16:00. Ważne aby ta pora była dostosowana do aktywności naszego Dziecka i nie wypadała na przykład w porze drzemki czy popołudniowej fazy marudzenia.   5. Zaproszenia Skoro wiemy już wszystko o naszym przyjęciu możemy przygotować zaproszenia. Możemy zamówić je w profesjonalnej drukarni lub wykonać je samemu. Wiecie, że uwielbiam projekty DIY więc nasze na pewno wykonam sama. Post o naszych zaproszeniach znajdziesz tutaj.   6. Akcesoria, dekoracje, gadżety, atrakcje Mamy kolory i motyw przewodni, listę gości i menu, a więc możemy zamówić lub wykonać samodzielnie akcesoria, dekoracje i gadżety takie jak balony, papierowe talerzyki, czapeczki, serpentyny czy banerki na odpowiednią ilość osób. Post o dekoracjach i atrakcjach na naszych urodzinach znajdziesz tutaj.   A teraz zabieram się do pracy i rozpoczynam poszukiwania kierując się powyższymi punktami. Na bieżąco będę Wam oczywiście wszystko relacjonować!   A jaki podpunkt urodzinowej organizacji interesuje Was najbardziej?  
- [Jak będzie wyglądało nasze dziecko? - Pytanie na Śniadanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-bedzie-wygladalo-nasze-dziecko/): Wtorkowy poranek spędziłam w przemiłym towarzystwie – nie zdążyłaś napić się ze mną kawy przy Pytaniu na Śniadanie?   Zapraszam na odcinek w wersji on-line 🙂       A Ty – do kogo jesteś podobna?   Bo ja to wykapana Mama 🙂
- [Pomysł na biznes | Magazyn dla Mam Mint - rozmowa z Bogną Bojanowską](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/magazyn-dla-mam-mint/): Marzysz o własnej firmie, ale wciąż brakuje Ci pomysłu na biznes albo odwagi? Zainspiruj się historiami kobiet, mam, które złapały wiatr w żagle i dziś prowadzą własną firmę na swoich warunkach. Pierwszego wywiadu udzieliła mi Bogna Bojanowska, Redaktor Naczelna, ale przede wszystkim właścicielka drukowanego Magazynu dla Mam Mint.   Bognuś, znamy się nie od dziś, ale ja wciąż nie wiem, skąd zrodził się w Twojej głowie pomysł na drukowany magazyn dla Mam. Zawsze myślałam, że za drukowanymi Magazynami stoją wielkie korporacje, a gdy poznałam Wasz Magazyn to okazało się, że za wydawnictwem Mint stoi drobna Mama trójki Dzieci, wspierana przez męża. Gdy po wieloletnim pobycie w Paryżu wróciłam do Polski już jako mama bliźniaków, czułam pewien niedosyt w prasie parentingowej. Ale dopiero, gdy zamieszkałam nad morzem, poczułam, że to ten moment, żeby stworzyć coś wyjątkowego. Od pomysłu, do realizacji nie upłynęło dużo czasu. Na początku powstał magazyn w wersji elektronicznej, ukazywał się raz na miesiąc. Z czasem rozwinęła się strona internetowa. Czując wiatr we włosach, miałam apetyt na więcej. A gdy czytelniczki zaczęły dopytywać o wersję drukowaną, która mogłaby być dla nich prawdziwą chwilą relaksu, z dala od urządzeń, ekranów i rozpraszaczy, stwierdziłam, że działam teraz, albo nigdy.   Dzisiaj MINT to nie tylko kwartalnik, ale również portal, który dostarcza mamie codziennej porcji inspiracji.   Od lat podziwiam jak działasz i coraz częściej z niedowierzaniem przyglądam się Twojej pracy, która sprawia wrażenie perfekcyjnej i to przy trójce dzieci! Skłamałabym, gdybym powiedziała, że wydawanie magazynu jest proste jak bułka z masłem. Pomimo dobrej organizacji, planu, popełniłam wiele błędów. Ale uczyłam się na nich, wyciągałam wnioski, wiele razy słono zapłaciłam za swoje błędy, ale dwa razy nie wchodzę do tej samej rzeki. Dużo czasu zajęło mi w pierwszej kolejności poukładanie w swojej głowie planu, który w kolejnym kroku przełożyłam na działanie. Dzisiaj nie próbuję zadowolić wszystkich, ale dopieszczać grono czytelniczek, dostarczając ciekawych tematów, które napędzają do działania.   Dla kogo jest Magazyn Mint? Mint to magazyn dla mamy takiej jak ja czy Ty. Bardzo zależało mi, żeby nie był to poradnikowy magazyn tylko o wychowaniu dzieci. Mint to magazyn dla chwili relaksu z ulubioną herbatą czy kawą. Zapraszamy do rozmów inspirujące kobiety, zabieramy w ciekawe miejsca, uczymy bawić się modą, zachęcamy do realizacji marzeń, podpowiadamy godne polecenia produkty, które pomogą w codzienności. Każda mama znajdzie w magazynie coś dla siebie.     To prawda! To w Mincie znalazłam mój hitowy krem ze ślimaka! A powiedz, jakie największe wyzwania stoją przed Tobą w pracy? Właśnie ukazał się dziewiąty numer magazynu, to dla mnie ogromny sukces, ale w swoich działaniach nigdy nie spoczywam na laurach. W dzisiejszych czasach nie można się zatrzymać, ciągle szukam, wdrażam, testuję. Nie boję się konkurencji, dobra konkurencja nie jest zła, tylko motywująca. Czytelnicy też są wymagający i dobrze, bo to nie pozwala na stagnację, ale na systematyczny rozwój. Widzisz w mojej pracy nigdy nie jest nudno. Zresztą dobrze wiesz, że ja mam tysiąc pomysłów na minutę, ale realizuję tylko te obiecujące, a MINT na pewno taki jest. Zawsze śmiałam się, że to moje czwarte dziecko, a o dzieci się dba, ceni i daje szansę na rozwój.   Wszyscy mówią, że prasa się skończyła, nie bałaś się wejść w ten biznes? Też to słyszę, dlatego Magazyn Mint można kupić także w wersji elektronicznej, choć osobiście głęboko wierzę w to, że już niedługo w tym zabieganym świecie tym bardziej zaczniemy doceniać chwile spokoju i wytchnienia, jakie daje nam chwila z dobrą lekturą, miłym papierem pod palcami i zapachem druku, zatem każdego dnia staram się jeszcze bardziej, aby nie tylko utrzymać grono czytelniczek, ale je poszerzać.   Cieszy mnie, gdy doceniają właśnie papier, artykuły nieprzeładowane reklamami. Nie jesteśmy typową Redakcją, nasze redaktorki mieszkają nie tylko w Polsce, ale też za granicą. Kolegia redaktorskie odbywają się wirtualnie, na szczęście w dobie współczesnej technologii, pozostanie w stałym kontakcie jest dziecinnie proste. Moje wyzwania są czysto organizacyjnie, nauczyłam się sprawnie łączyć wszystkie moje obowiązki, aby na każdym z pól działania dawać z siebie 100% – na najwyższym poziomie. Umiem też mówić nie, nauczyłam się, że nie muszę być wszędzie, delegowanie przychodzi mi łatwo, bo mam zgrany zespół.   Co daje Ci największą satysfakcję w pracy? Nie tak dalej jak w zeszłym tygodniu do Redakcji przyszedł list od czytelniczki, a w nim narysowany plakat specjalnie dla magazynu. Wzruszyłam się, że zadała sobie tyle trudu. Spływające wiadomości o dobrej pracy, ciekawym artykule to dla mnie dowody, że MINT idzie w dobrym kierunku. Gdy dzwoni bohaterka artykułu zachwycona sesją i rozmową, cieszę się, że MINTowa Redakcja daje z siebie wszystko. I chociaż każde wydanie wiąże się ze sporą dozą stresu, drobne gesty, miłe słowa od czytelników po wydaniu magazynu, powodują, że chcę, mam power do działania.     Opowiedz nam, kto tworzy Redakcję? Każde nowe wydanie magazynu to efekt pracy kilkudziesięciu osób. Redaktorki, fotografowie, reporterki, korektor, graficy, współtwórcy, partnerzy, to dzięki wspólnej pracy, mamy taki efekt końcowy. I chociaż na co dzień nie siedzimy w jednym biurze, udało nam się wypracować sprawny system pracy. Nasze redaktorki nie mieszkają tylko w Polsce, zależy nam na różnorodnym spojrzeniu na temat macierzyństwa.   Jak wygląda organizacja pracy Redakcji i jak tworzony jest magazyn? Redakcja magazynu mieści się w Gdańsku. Tutaj stacjonuje dział handlowy. Każdy ma swoją działkę i dlatego np. mamy osobne redaktorki dedykowane działowi smaki, czy reportażom. Tematy przewodnie wydań planowane są z rocznym wyprzedzeniem. Każde wydanie to oddzielny projekt, do którego redaktorki dokładają swoją cegiełkę. Podczas kolegium redaktorskiego rozdzielane są tematy z czasem na realizację. Kolejny etap do korekta, akceptacja, skład, finalna korekta, a dopiero na końcu druk. Cały proces trwa dwa miesiące.   Ile razy czytasz każdy artykuł przed oddaniem do druku? Śmiało powiem, że jest czytany przeze mnie co najmniej 5 razy! Sama dbam o każdy etap realizacji projektu wydania. Doceniam współpracę z drukarnią, mam swoją sprawdzoną, wiem, że mogę im zaufać. Nie jestem typem wszechwiedzącej Zosi samosi. Doceniam profesjonalizm współpracowników, szanuję i cenię ich zdanie. Nie lubię też skakać z kwiatka na kwiatek, ale budować długofalowe relacje.     Brzmi fantastycznie! Czy mogę się zaciągnąć? (śmiech) A więc czy MINT poszukuje nowych redaktorów? Mamy stały skład, który jest z nami od dawna, ale zawsze mam oczy i uszy szeroko otwarte. Dużo czytam, poszukuję, zawsze zapraszam do współpracy te kobiety, które czują miętę do MINT. Ale też chętnie wspieram mamy, które mają coś ciekawego do powiedzenia. Moje drzwi są zawsze otwarte, a ja elastyczna w działaniu.   Jakie są Twoje największe lekcje z pracy nad magazynem? Nie ma ludzi idealnych, ja ciągle usprawniam działania magazynu. Mówią, że im dalej w las, tym więcej drzew. Ja napotkałam wiele trudności, ale nauczyłam się je pokonywać, dzisiaj nie boję się porażek, bo każda daje mi cenną naukę i pozwala mierzyć wyżej.   Jakie obszary udało Ci się usprawnić w trakcie prowadzenia magazynu? Po pierwsze formalności – w ciągu dnia odbieram wiele telefonów, spotykam liczne osoby, aby zapewnić sprawne funkcjonowanie magazynu po przebytych doświadczeniach, zawsze wszystko mam na piśmie. Może czasem przesadzam, ale wychodzę z założenia, że wpierw jest czas na formalności, a dopiero potem na działanie. Dobrze prowadzona Redakcja, to sprawne funkcjonowanie całego magazynu.   Wyłączność – nauczona doświadczeniem zawsze ustalam wyłączność materiału czy tematu, bardzo cenię unikalność, aby czytelniczy nie mieli wrażenia „odgrzewanych kotletów”. Dzisiaj umiem zrezygnować z topowego tematu, jeśli ma być powtórzony. To kwestia świadomych wyborów.   Współprace – przeszłam etap niepisanych spółek, partnerów biznesowych, ale najlepsza dla naszego magazynu forma działania to rodzinna firma, a mój mąż jest moim najlepszym kompanem i przyjacielem.   A powiedz mi proszę jak radzicie sobie z opieka nad dziećmi? Oboje z mężem prowadzicie dwie firmy, Wasi chłopcy mają po 10 lat, chodzą do szkoły i dodatkowo trenują piłkę nożną, a mała Zoe ma dopiero 2 latka. Jak dzielicie się obowiązkami? To znowu kwestia dobrej organizacji. Każdy tydzień planuję z kalendarzem w ręku. Ustalamy plan dnia w zależności od potrzeb, spotkań i priorytetów. Mamy to szczęście, że chłopcy są samodzielni i zaradni. Umieją też w razie potrzeby zaopiekować się młodszą siostrą. Nie myślimy tylko o pracy, korzystamy z okazji na relaks, gdy tylko to możliwe. Każda okazja jest dobra, chłopcy trenują, my obok bawimy się na placu zabaw. Mają turniej, odwiedzamy nowe miasto i zwiedzamy. Nie twierdzę, że to łatwe, to nasz świadomy wybór pracy we własnej firmie. Dużo pomaga też nam mama Michała, gdy ona zajmuje się Zoe, wiem, że mała jest w dobrych rękach, a na chłopców zawsze czekają smakołyki na obiad czy podwieczorek. Od września Zoe idzie do przedszkola, to zmieni nasz plan pracy. Pewien etap zakańczamy i idziemy dalej.   Czego mamy życzyć Tobie i magazynowi Mint? Czytelnicy to nasza moc napędowa, jeśli będą do nas wracać i sięgać po więcej, będziemy najszczęśliwsze na świecie.   A o co Ty chciałabyś zapytać Bognę Bojanowską?     Magazyn Mint możesz kupić w wersji papierowej w Empiku oraz na stronie www.mintmag.pl – także w wersji elektronicznej, która od razu trafi na Twojego maila.   A w ostatnim numerze mam zaszczyt być gościem osobiście, więc polecam podwójnie 🙂  
- [Nie ma straconych szans](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nie-ma-straconych-szans/): Dlaczego rzuciłam szkołę na rok przed maturą? Za czym od dziecka odwracałam głowę na ulicy? Jak znalazłam pracę w słynnej XVI dzielnicy Paryża, w domu prawdziwej Madame Chic, nie mówiąc nawet po francusku?   Odpowiedzi na te i inne pytania oraz  moje podejście do porażek znajdziesz w… najnowszym numerze Magazynu dla Mam Mint, którego mam zaszczyt i przyjemność być bohaterką obok takich nazwisk jak Agnieszka Maciąg czy Marta Lech-Maciejewska.     Moja droga do macierzyństwa była wyboista, a kiedy zaczęłam dzielić się z Wami tą i innymi historiami z naszego życia tutaj na blogu, nawet nie marzyłam, że stanie się on tak wspaniałym i ciepłym miejscem, wokół którego zgromadzi się cudowna społeczność wspierających i otwartych kobiet. Dlatego też czuję się zaszczycona, że moja droga i podejście do działania są dla Was inspiracją i że mogłam o nich opowiedzieć na łamach magazynu MINT.   Sama często po niego sięgam, aby poznać niezwykłe historie kobiet, żyjących po swojemu i odważnie wytyczających swoje szlaki, a teraz to moja historia znalazła się tuż obok tych opowiadanych przez niezwykłe kobiety, których działania i postawa są dla mnie inspirujące!   Zainteresowana? Jak kupić zatem Mint? Albo lecisz do Empiku i wybierasz spośród 2 okładek (środek jest ten sam przyp. red. 😉 ) albo kupujesz online.   Magazyn Mint możesz kupić on-line w wersji elektronicznej lub w mojej ulubionej wersji papierowej – osobiście polecam tę drukowaną, bo po pierwsze, można bezpiecznie poczytać w wannie, a po drugie, w tym naszym codziennym e-świecie fajnie jest czasem poczuć wspaniały zapach farby drukarskiej i podotykać – a uwaga – jest co, bo Mint nie jest wydawany jak typowy magazyn na zwykłym błyszczącym papierze, ale na… czymś co pobudza zmysły i zanurza Czytelnika nieco głębiej.   Z resztą co ja tu będę opowiadać na e-blogu – po prostu sprawdź sama 🙂   Konkurs   Z okazji mojego wywiadu, zakupiłam i rozdam tu 5 egzemplarzy Magazynu Mint z dostawą pod Twoje drzwi (na terenie Polski) – wystarczy, że napiszesz w komentarzu, jaki jest Twój ulubiony sposób na relaks w 15 minut.   Ze wszystkich odpowiedzi napisanych do niedzieli 2 czerwca 2019 do godziny 23:59 wybiorę 5 osób, do których poleci Magazyn z osobistym liścikiem od Redaktor Naczelnej oraz ode mnie.   Napisanie komentarza konkursowego oznacza akceptację tego krótkiego regulaminu.     Nagrody otrzymują:   Sylwia – komentarz z 29 maja 2019 Kasia – komentarz z 29 maja 2019 Małgorzata R. – komentarz z 31 maja 2019 Urszula – komentarz z 1 czerwca 2019 Wiola – komentarz z 2 czerwca 2019   Czekam na Wasze dane do wysyłki przesłane na mój adres mailowy konkurs@agnieszkakudela.pl
- [Jeździk czy hulajnoga? A może 2 w 1?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jezdzik-hulajnoga-scoot-and-ride/): Nadeszły zmiany. Młodszy Maksio wkrótce kończy 2 latka i spacer z wózkiem wchodzi w grę tylko, gdy wózek jedzie obok i służy za ratownika dla zmęczonych nóżek, choć te potrafią iść dosłownie kilometry. Mikołaj jak na chłopaka przystało, uwielbia hulajnogi do tego stopnia, że… … poprzednią kupioną w Decathlonie po prostu zajeździł! Tamta miała też taką wadę, że jeśli postawił nóżkę zbyt blisko rączki to… przewracała się do przodu. Musieliśmy namalować mu na stopniu linię, której nie mógł przekraczać nóżką, ale umówmy się – to nie jest idealne rozwiązanie.   Druga sprawa jest taka, że spacer z dwójką chłopaków i jedną hulajnogą oznacza istną grę o tron. Postanowiliśmy zakończyć wojny i sprawić im 2 identyczne wyścigówki. Ale zaraz spytasz – czy aby Maksio nie jest za mały na hulajnogę? Wybór padł na „coś” co „rośnie z dzieckiem„, czyli najpierw jest 3 kołowym jeździkiem z siedzeniem, który potem można „przemienić” w trójkołową hulajnogę. Tym sprytnym „czymś” jest SCOOTANDRIDE Highwaykick 1, czyli tajemniczy jeździk i hulajnoga 2 w 1.     I tak nasza rodzina na spacerze ma teraz 6 kółek i 8 nóg. Jeździk może stać się hulajnogą, a hulajnoga jeździkiem w dosłownie kilka sekund i to bez użycia żadnych narzędzi.   Czterolatek z łatwością zamieni jeździk w hulajnogę całkowicie samodzielnie:   Dziecięca kreatywność nie zna granic!     A niespełna dwulatek przy montowaniu elementów do swojego jeździka, chętnie skorzysta z pomocy starszego brata.     I tyle go widział 😉     Chłopcy nazywają swoje hulajnogi transformersami – i trudno się z nimi nie zgodzić 🙂     A moje serce pęka z dumy, gdy ma przed sobą taki widok!     Tym samym rozwiązaliśmy też problem kolorów. Zwykle „trawa u sąsiada jest bardziej zielona”, więc chłopaki mogą zamieniać się hulajnogami i szybko je przetransformować, dostosowując do swojego wieku. Jak wyglądają hulajnogi w innych kolorach, możecie podejrzeć tutaj.   Wysokość kierownicy / siedziska jest też regulowana w 3 stopniach – nie musimy do tego używać  żadnych narzędzi, co jest niezwykłą zaletą na spacerze.     Ciekawa opcja to wysuwany „nosek” tzw. safety-pad z przodu hulajnogi, który minimalizuje możliwość wywrócenia się dziecka do przodu, gdy napotka przeszkodę. Tak… przekonaliśmy się o tym przy pierwszej hulajnodze, która takiego czegoś nie miała… Oczywiście nieco ogranicza jeźdźca w ewolucjach, zatem u tak doświadczonego hulajnogarza, jak Mikołaj, nosek mamy już schowany.     Skąd pomysł na taką stykówkę (czytaj buty)? Mikołaj wyrósł z kaloszy z zeszłego sezonu, a nie mógł odpuścić sobie przecież ulubionej zabawy!     Hulajnoga i jeździk mają  też inny system skręcania niż „zwykłe hulajnogi” – to znaczy, że nie kręcimy kierownicą, tylko przechylamy się na boki i wtedy koła się skręcają. Chodzi tu o balans ciałem, a nie kręcenie rękami, co wspiera rozwój motoryczny i uczy trzymania równowagi.  Mikołaj na początku był nieco zdziwiony, ale kiedy załapał jak to działa, panuje nad tym gdzie jedzie z niezwykłą precyzją.     Jest też oczywiście hamulec na tylnym kole, do użycia tylko, gdy ten pojazd dla dzieci jest w trybie hulajnogi. Hamulec pełni też rolę błotnika.   Warto dodać, że to bardzo solidna konstrukcja – producent podaje wagę jeźdźca do 20 kg na siedzeniu i 50 kg w opcji hulajnoga, ale mój mąż (95 kg) też już ją wypróbował… ja oczywiście jeżdżę regularnie 🙂   Producent podaje wiek dziecka od 1 do 5 lat, ale najlepiej sugerować się rozwojem motorycznym dziecka i  jego wzrostem 82 – 118 cm – czyli nasze dzieci w wieku 1-5 lat będą miały wspaniałą zabawkę na długie lata.     A jeśli o długich latach mówimy – nasi chłopcy jeżdżą bezpiecznie, czyli w kaskach.   Maksio jeździ w kasku Scoot and Ride, który ma dodatkowo świetne światełko wbudowane z tyłu.       A Mikuś jeździ w kasku dla starszaka od 47 do 53 cm Janod.     Bez kasków nie ruszamy się na hulajnogi i… przyczepki rowerowe (o przyczepce napiszę, kiedy już odbędziemy więcej wypraw, bo to kolejny rewelacyjny sposób na aktywne spędzanie czasu z dziećmi).   Hulajnoga | Highwaykick1 2w1 Jeździk i hulajnoga 1-5 lat Scoot and Ride Kask Maksia niespełna 2 latka | Kask dla dzieci 1-5 lat Scoot and Ride Kask Mikusia niespełna 5 lat | Kask dla dzieci 47-54 cm Janod   Jak Ci się podobają nasze transformersy? 🙂 
- [Tygodniowe odosobnienie - czego się o sobie dowiedziałam?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tygodniowe-odosobnienie-zmiany/): O tym, że rzeczy materialne szczęścia nie dają, albo dają je, ale na krótko i następnie podnoszą poprzeczkę szczęścia wyżej, wiedziałam już dawno, ale przez te 6 dni poczułam ogromnie i niemal fizycznie, że…   moje szczęście nie zależy od tego, co osiągam, co ubieram, jakim samochodem jeżdżę, ani kogo znam. Zrozumiałam ponownie i tak do szpiku kości, że to wszystko to tylko środki, do realizacji moich wartości, które jeszcze głębiej sobie uświadomiłam.   O tym, dlaczego w ogóle wybrałam się na odosobnienie, możesz przeczytać w tym poście.   Czego więc dowiedziałam się w trakcie 6-dniowego odosobnienia?   Zacznę od założeń.   Na odosobnienie wyjechałam na 6 dni.   Wyjechałam bez męża, dzieci, nikogo, kogo znam, bez mojego numeru telefonu (zabrałam w tym celu jedynie nikomu nieznany numer z domowego alarmu do jednego telefonu dziennie do dzieci). Bez laptopa, internetu i aparatu fotograficznego. Bez żadnej sukienki ani szpilek. Z dwiema parami adidasów, trzema parami spodni dresowych, dwiema bluzami i jedną piżamą.   Wyjechałam, by w bezpiecznym, wspierającym otoczeniu zajrzeć w głąb siebie. Cały proces, w którym uczestniczyłam, objęty jest tajemnicą dla komfortu wszystkich osób, które wzięły w nim udział, dlatego będę pisała tylko o sobie.   Czego dowiedziałam się podczas 6-ciu dni odosobnienia?   1. Dogłębnie poznałam swoje wartości Wyjeżdżając na odosobnienie byłam po autodiagnozie wartości, którą zrobiłam sobie sama dwa lata temu, gdy szykowałam się do wielkiej zmiany w moim życiu – narodzin drugiego dziecka i marzenia o wprowadzeniu do mojej codzienności idei work-life balansu. Wtedy ma mojej liście znalazły się 3 główne wartości, 3 drogowskazy, które bardzo mi pomogły: rodzina, zdrowie i bezpieczeństwo. Dopiero po ich spełnieniu dodawałam czwartą wartość – rozwój osobisty.   Na odosobnieniu zrozumiałam, że rodzina, to tylko sposób, w jaki realizuję w swoim życiu prawdziwą, największą wartość, jaką jest dla mnie MIŁOŚĆ.   Zdrowie i bezpieczeństwo zostały, ale rozwój osobisty ujrzałam jako tak naprawdę rozwój duchowy, który dostrzegłam jako dużo ważniejszy niż ten pierwszy. Uświadomiłam sobie, że z rozwoju osobistego mogłabym zrezygnować, ale z duchowego nie. Łączy się dla mnie z wolnością, która na liście wartości też jest u mnie bardzo wysoko. Kierując się rozwojem duchowym, czuję się jak w domu i pewniej podejmuję wszystkie decyzje.   A cała reszta? Wszystko czym na co dzień się otaczam? To bardzo przydatne i potrzebne mi narzędzia, dzięki którym mogę jeździć do pracy, utrzymać rodzinę, zadbać o zdrowie, bezpieczeństwo i wypoczynek, a także uczynić trochę dobra dla innych.   2. Poczułam co oznacza wolność od rozpraszaczy To niesamowite, jak ogromne szczęście udało mi się poczuć w środku lasu, chodząc czwarty dzień w tym samym dresie, bez żadnego atrybutu dzisiejszego sukcesu, nawet telefonu w kieszeni czy innego drogiego sprzętu, który tak często definiuje dziś wartość człowieka. I nie, nie piłam od rana do nocy alkoholu 😉 wcale go nie piłam.   Poczułam jak można się w pełni zrelaksować bez zbędnych rozpraszaczy, które przyznaję, przez ostatnie lata za bardzo mnie zdominowały. Dostrzegłam, że narzędzia, które miały być pomocne w codziennym życiu, stały się dla mnie udręką, a ciągły, nieprzerwany kontakt ze światem i napływającymi zewsząd informacjami, zamiast dawać mi radość i znosić granice między ludźmi, w rzeczywistości bardzo mnie ogranicza. Dodatkowo tak samo, jak znosi, buduje też bariery między ludźmi i dodatkowo mnie stresuje.   Od lat żyłam w poczuciu, aby wszystkim jak najszybciej odpisać na wszelkie wiadomości i maile, a samych wiadomości na mailu mam codziennie kilkaset (oczywiście nie wszystkie wymagają odpisania, ale sama selekcja zajmowała mi wieki) i od lat każdy dzień zaczynam od przefiltrowania poczty i podziału maili i wiadomości na te, na które w ogóle dam radę odpisać tego dnia… aby zbyt często na koniec zostać z wyrzutami sumienia, że nie zrobiłam wszystkiego, co sobie zaplanowałam.   Po powrocie odinstalowałam wiele aplikacji w moim telefonie i wyłączyłam większość powiadomień. Teraz gdy patrzę na telefon, nie widzę nieodebranych połączeń, smsów czy maili, ani tym bardziej powiadomień z aplikacji, dopóki nie chcę ich zobaczyć – nie odblokuję ekranu. To ja decyduję o tym, kiedy dostaję powiadomienia, a nie one decydują o tym, kiedy je usłyszę. Niesamowite uczucie.   A w pilnych sprawach zawsze można do mnie zadzwonić, choć i tu zastosowałam po godzinie 22 spersonalizowany tryb „nie przeszkadzać”. Daj znać w komentarzu jeśli chcesz, abym rozwinęła temat na czym polega dziś mój minimalizm w korzystaniu z telefonu i aplikacji. Myślę nawet nad powrotem do… telefonu stacjonarnego.   3. Polubiłam siebie jak nigdy wcześniej Poczułam, że można mnie lubić nie wiedząc o mnie zupełnie nic i tak po prostu śmiać się i płakać na zmianę. Na pewno więc też z tego samego powodu można mnie tak samo nie lubić i nie ma w tym niczego złego ani tym bardziej takiej potrzeby. Dlatego wysyłam teraz życzenia w świat, aby otaczali mnie ludzie prawdziwi, którzy są przy mnie, gdyż w moim towarzystwie po prostu dobrze się czują, chcą dawać siebie i dostawać mnie w zamian. O wiele łatwiej jest mi spojrzeć wstecz na wszystkie zakończone relacje i całkowicie je „puścić”. Zawsze przecież robi się dzięki temu miejsce na „nowe”.   Dzięki temu polubiłam też siebie dużo bardziej niż kiedykolwiek wcześniej. Wiem też, że chcę to poczucie w sobie rozwijać i pielęgnować.   4. Zaprzyjaźniłam się Kiedyś lubiłam powtarzać zdanie „kto nie jest dziś Twoim przyjacielem, nigdy nim nie był„. Dziś uważam, że to kompletna głupota.   Zmieniamy się tak dynamicznie, że czasami sami mamy problem za sobą nadążyć, więc nic dziwnego, że ludzie, którzy nas otaczają, przechodzący podobne zmiany, przybliżają się do nas i oddalają, czasami emocjonalnie i wyznawanymi wartościami tak daleko, że nasza przyjaźń po prostu się kończy. Często tak samo spontanicznie, jak się zaczęła.   Na moim odosobnieniu poznałam niezwykłe kobiety, które dały mi ogromną siłę. Pozwoliły mi poczuć się w pełni akceptowaną pomimo tego, że każda z nas przyjechała z inną historią oraz w innym momencie w swoim życiu. Bez względu na to, jak potoczą się nasze losy, przez tych 6 dni stały mi się tak bliskie, że mogę powiedzieć, że dziś czuję z nimi tę niewidzialną nić porozumienia, którą ośmielam się nazwać przyjaźnią.   Z pełną odpowiedzialnością, biorąc też na siebie ryzyko, że ta nić porozumienia nie musi trwać po grobową deskę, chcę dziś, zamiast bać się jutra, dawać jej i czerpać z niej radość i siłę, dzielić się trudami i sukcesami, wspólnie wspierać i wzrastać. Tu i teraz – tylko na to mam przecież realny wpływ, zatracając się w trwającej chwili, jak w miniony weekend na naszym babskim wyjeździe.   Pamiętam, jak kilka lat temu żartowałam sama ze sobą, że dam ogłoszenie „szukam przyjaciółki od serca”, gdyż w moim sercu brakuje takiego puzzelka. Dziś czuję, że przez ostatnie 4 lata się wypełnił, a dzięki odosobnieniu dopełnił.   5. Poczułam, skąd się bierze szczęście Poczułam, że moje szczęście jest zależne od warunków zewnętrznych w dużo mniejszym stopniu, niż byłam o tym przekonana.   Poczułam, że szczęście i poczucie bezpieczeństwa w ogromnym stopniu mogę dać sama sobie – lubiąc siebie, współczując sobie, będąc tu i teraz skupiona na tym co czuję, co myślę, co słyszę, co widzę, czego doświadczam, a czego nie, ale także medytacją relaksującą, medytacją w ruchu, modlitwą.   Modlitwę praktykuję od dziecka, ale medytacja (skończyłam w międzyczasie kurs redukcji stresu oparty na uważności – Mindfullness Based Stress Reduction) zajęła tak szczególne miejsce w moim życiu, że dni staram się zaczynać od sesji świadomego oddychania, a kończyć relaksacją, przy której czuję tak błogi spokój i odpuszczenie wszystkich przeszkadzających myśli i emocji, że po prostu zasypiam, zanim relaksacja dobiegnie końca.   Nowy rozdział w moim życiu Modlitwę praktykuję od dziecka, ale medytacja (skończyłam w międzyczasie kurs redukcji stresu oparty na uważności – Mindfullness Based Stress Reduction) zajęła tak szczególne miejsce w moim życiu, że dni staram się zaczynać od sesji świadomego oddychania, a kończyć relaksacją, przy której czuję tak błogi spokój i odpuszczenie wszystkich przeszkadzających myśli i emocji, że po prostu zasypiam, zanim relaksacja dobiegnie końca.   Chcesz spróbować? A jeśli masz ochotę spróbować pobyć ze sobą sam na sam, zostawić za sobą wszystko, co tak dziś cenisz, spakować się w małą walizkę i spędzić kilka dni choćby w samym szlafroku. Z okazji Dnia Mamy – marka Lansinoh przygotowała dla Ciebie do wygrania weekendowy wyjazd do SPA. W sam raz, aby ukoić Twoją duszę i ciało, abyś Ty mogła dać sobie czas i przestrzeń, by pobyć tu i teraz, no może z dobrą książką pod ręką, choć tak naprawdę nie ma tu żadnych zasad gry poza… 3 dniami w SPA.   Aby wziąć udział w konkursie wystarczy napisać odpowiedź na konkursowe pytanie na Fanpage Lansinoh pod konkursowym potem do końca soboty 25.05.2019. W niedzielę dowiemy się, kto pojedzie do kobiecego SPA.   Marzy mi się A co Ty myślisz o takim odosobnieniu? Chciałabyś spróbować, czy czujesz, że to nie Twoja bajka?
- [Witaj, Maksiu!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/witaj-maksiu/): 26 lipca to od zawsze był w naszej Rodzinie dzień wyjątkowy. Urodziny Ukochanej Babci, Imieniny mojej najlepszej przyjaciółki – mojej Siostry, a w tym roku dołączyła do tej daty kolejna okazja do świętowania – poznajcie naszego najmłodszego Synka, Maksymiliana.    26 lipca 2017 roku o godzinie 22:45 przyszedł na świat nasz najmłodszy Synek, Maksymilian. Ważył 2860 gramów, mierzył 49 centymetrów i zdobył 10/10 punktów w skali Apgar.     Maksiu, nasze szczęście absolutne, perfekcyjny i idealny. Przepełnia nas nieskończona wdzięczność, że drugi raz udało nam się szczęśliwie donosić tak trudną ciążę, że ten Mały Wielki Człowiek wybrał właśnie nas na swoją Rodzinę, a Bóg obdarzył nas tym największym darem, jakim jest Nowe Życie.   Pamiętam dzień, w którym urodził się Mikołaj i to niesamowicie przeogromne, nieskończone uczucie, jakie mnie wtedy przepełniało. Pamiętam, jak w rozmowie z Siostrą powiedziałam jej, że nie wyobrażam sobie kochać bardziej. Pamiętam, jak bałam się, czy przy drugim Dziecku uda mi się poczuć to samo.   Było dokładnie tak samo.   Wszystko wróciło, gdy położna pokazała mi Maksia po raz pierwszy, a ja mogłam zesłać na niego deszcz pocałunków.   Te pierwsze sekundy, minuty, dni i tygodnie z Noworodkiem są takie magiczne. Wszystko jest takie pierwsze, najzwyczajniejsze rzeczy nabierają nowego znaczenia, nic nie jest już takie, jak było wcześniej. Nasza Rodzina się powiększyła, stworzyliśmy Nowe Życie, coś ogromnego jakby z niczego. Staram się chłonąć każdą minutę, aby żadna mi nie uciekła. Zmęczenie wydaje się być mniejsze niż powinno, a jakaś wewnętrzna moc dodaje mi sił.   Oczywiście bywają też trudniejsze momenty, jest ból, niepewność, burza hormonów i niepokój o to, czy sprawdzimy się jako Rodzice. W takich chwilach zanurzam się w swoich myślach i praktykuję wdzięczność – wymieniam wszystkie rzeczy, które czynią mnie szczęśliwą i dziękuję za nie Bogu. Od tych wielkich przez te zwyczajne, po te bardzo malutkie. Nie ma szans, aby nie pomogło. Wdzięczność wszystko zwycięża.   Chcielibyśmy również w tym miejscu z całego serca podziękować naszemu lekarzowi prowadzącemu Piotrowi Zabulowi, który towarzyszył nam już od czasu starań przez całą ciążę aż do momentu narodzin, który zawsze miał dla nas tyle czasu, ile trzeba, nie pozostawił bez odpowiedzi żadnego pytania, który dodawał nam wiary i nadziei na każdym etapie naszej ciąży, a co najważniejsze, stawiał zawsze trafne diagnozy i dobierał najlepsze leczenie, dzięki któremu możemy cieszyć się dziś naszym życiem we czwórkę.   Ogromne podziękowania składamy również dla całego traktu porodowego i oddziału położniczego Szpitala na gdańskiej Zaspie, który otoczył nas najlepszą opieką i troską, abyśmy mogli w jak najbardziej sprzyjających warunkach dochodzić do pełni sił. Wszyscy byli ogromnie pomocni, a szczególne podziękowanie kieruję do położnej Joanny Świacko-Świackiewicz, która sprawiła, że przestałam się tak bać pobytu w szpitalu i do położnej Alicji Cieślińskiej, która po porodzie dosłownie postawiła mnie na nogi. Asię możecie spotkać na trakcie porodowym, a Alicję na oddziale położniczym i koniecznie pozdrówcie je wtedy ode mnie. Ogromnie żałuję, że nie udało mi się zapamiętać i wymienić więcej imion i nazwisk, bo naprawdę na to zasłużyli. Pracują w pocie czoła pomimo tego, że choć ten szpital ma aż trzeci stopień referencyjności i trafiają tam nie tylko prawidłowe ciąże z całego Trójmiasta, to jeszcze przewożone są tam najcięższe przypadki z całego województwa, a miejsc porodowych w szpitalu jest tylko pięć i tylko jedna sala do cięć. Bądźmy dla nich wyrozumiali, bo wychodzą z siebie, obsługując zatłoczoną izbę przyjęć i pełne sale, robią naprawdę kawał niezłej i bardzo odpowiedzialnej roboty.
- [Kalendarz Na Dobry Dzień - Planer 2019 do druku za darmo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-planer-2019-do-druku-za-darmo/): Zgodnie z obietnicą składam na Wasze ręce (czytaj na Wasze drukarki), kalendarz / planner na 2019 do samodzielnego wydruku. Kalendarz jest bezpłatny, a pliki do pobrania są przygotowane tak, aby wydrukować je dwustronnie w formacie A4 wg poniższej instrukcji, a później przeciąć na pół do formatu A5, złożyć, wpiąć do segregatora  i cieszyć się własnym kalendarzem zrobionym przez siebie! Zalety kalendarza kalendarz jest od stycznia 2019 do końca stycznia 2020, dzięki czemu pod koniec roku nie musisz się martwić, że nie masz gdzie notować zadań na początek kolejnego roku kalendarz ma widok tygodniowy – dzięki temu patrzysz na tydzień jak na całość, możesz płynnie przenosić zadania pomiędzy dniami i nie musisz przewracać 4 kartek aby zaplanować efektywnie i równomiernie tych 7 dni pod datą i nazwą dnia znajduje się pole na priorytety dnia – bez tych zdań dzień się nie uda! godziny od 7 do 20 miejsce na zapisywanie codziennego jadłospisu – idealne narzędzie do monitorowania postępów diety czy sprawdzania zdrowych nawyków miejsce do zapisywania codziennie 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna – mój przepis na podniesienie się z życiowych kryzysów i więcej różowego koloru w życiu na co dzień Co potrzebujesz? 30 kartek papieru A4 – najlepiej dobrej jakości 80 g (standardowy papier) jest wystarczający, ale jak wolisz grubszy papier to będzie bardziej elegancko, ale też grubiej. Na papierze 80 g kalendarz ma grubość ok 1.5 cm. drukarkę – może być atrament lub laser i nie musi posiadać funkcji duplex czyli odwracania kartek (oczywiście jeśli Twoja maszyna taką ma to będzie Ci nieco łatwiej o czym w dalszej części). gilotynę lub dobre nożyczki – jak już Wam wspominałam drukujemy A4, a kalendarz jest A5, zatem trzeba przeciąć kartki w połowie po wydruku. Oczywiście można użyć nożyczek lub noża do tapet, szkła i linijki – wymaga to nieco więcej czasu i staranności niż ciachnięcie gilotynką, ale też można. dziurkacz – choć technika spięcia jest dowolna ja sugeruję przedziurkować i włożyć do segregatora A5. Dobrym rozwiązaniem jest opcja segregatora na 4 dziurki, ale wymaga „poważniejszego” sprzętu. U mnie najlepiej sprawdził się dziurkacz, który używamy do dziurkowania materiałów szkoleniowych na kurs wedding plannera, który prowadzę – to poczwórny dziurkach uniwersalny i każdą dziurkę można przesuwać w lewo/prawo uzyskując dziurki zarówno dla A4 jak i A5, polecam fankom domowej dokumentacji. segregator lub inna okładka – poszukaj w sklepach papierniczych lub na Allegro. Ja zakpiłam na ten rok taką. Zdradzę, że i w temacie okładek szykuję dla Ciebie coś pięknego!   Alternatywna opcja Jeśli nie jesteś fanką domowego drukowania, Twoja drukarka płata figle, albo zasechł w niej tusz, kalendarz możesz wydrukować i od razu zbindować za kilkanaście złotych w każdym centrum kopiowania czy drukarni.   Ile trwa wydruk kalendarza? Sam czas wydruku oczywiście zależy to od drukarki, ale bardziej czasochłonne będzie cięcie niż drukowanie. Samo dziurkowanie zależy od naszego sprzętu – pamiętaj, zarówno i gilotyna jak i dziurkacz będą w stanie „chwycić” tylko kilka kartek naraz. U mnie było to: gilotyna: 5 kartek max dziurkacz: 10 kartek max   Ile to kosztuje? Projekt kalendarza udostępniam Ci za darmo -n zaprojektowałam go dla siebie i będzie mi ogromnie miło wiedząc, że komuś mój kalendarz pomoże pomógł się lepiej zorganizować. Projekt do pobrania: 0 zł Okładka: od 10 zł Kartki: ~1 zł Tusz/toner: niepoliczalne, ale bliskie 0 zł 😉   Kalendarz 2019 do pobrania Kalendarz na dobry dzień podzieliłam na 2 wersje:   Wersja 1: Posiadam drukarkę z funkcja duplex (odwracanie automatyczne kartek) PDF do pobrania – obie strony czyli przód i tył są jedna za drugą Instrukcja: Przy drukowaniu w panelu wybierasz opcję „druk dwustronny” lub „duplex automatyczny” , puszczasz plik na drukarkę i idziesz zrobić kawę 😉   Wersja 2: Posiada standardowa drukarkę bez duplexu PDF do pobrania Przód PDF do dobrania Tył Instrukcja: Drukujesz najpierw plik „Przód” a następnie upewniasz się, że kartki, które wyszły są tak posortowane, że jak odwrócisz je na drugą stronę to: drukowanie rozpocznie się na stronie niezadrukowanej; drukowanie rozpocznie się od kartki, która jest pierwsza. Oba te tematy zależą zawsze od modelu drukarki i tego jak rozwiązany jest podajnik kartek. Przyznam, ze mi nie raz zdarzyła się  pomyłka… Lifehack, który może przydać się też na później: jeśli na wydruku okaże się, ze czcionka nie jest tak jak widoku, zaznacz opcję „drukuj jako obraz”:   W efekcie drukowania powinnaś mieć plik 30 kartek zadrukowanych z obu stron przy czym ostatnia zawiera widok środkowego tygodnia w roku czyli: OK mam wydrukowane, ale co z tym zrobić dalej? Po zadrukowaniu obu stron wg powyższej instrukcji całą kupkę 30 kartek należy przeciąć i złożyć na pół. Jako, że gilotyna nie da rady przeciąć wszystkich naraz, ważne jest, aby kartek na tym etapie nie pomieszać. Jeśli wszystko zrobione jest prawidłowo to po złożeniu obu kupek kartek A5 (front okładki zostawiamy na zewnątrz i składamy jak byśmy zamykali książkę w połowie jej czytania), powstaje nam nasz  kalendarz. Na wielu etapach może się wydawać to nieco dziwne i magiczne „jak się się wszystko złoży w całość”, ale radość i satysfakcja jak się uda są na prawdę wielkie 🙂   Mam nadzieję, że Wasze wydruki pójdą gładko, a Wy podzielicie się doświadczeniem w komentarzu lub zdjęciem na Instagramie. Wrzucając zdjęcia swojego DYI nie zapomnij otagować zdjęć #kalendarznadobrydzien – abym mogła Cię łatwo znaleźć 🙂   Ten kalendarz to dopiero początek – tworzenie narzędzi do planowania pokochałam, a fantastyczny feedback od Was dodał mi skrzydeł tak, że to dopiero początek! Jeśli chcesz otrzymać informacje o kolejnych narzędziach do planowania i organizacji zbalansowanego życia, które możesz pobrać za darmo, zapisz się na ten newsletter:   [mailerlite_form form_id=3]
- [Moja szafa kapsułowa na wiosnę 2019](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/garderoba-kapsulowa-na-wiosne/): Uwielbiam upraszczać sobie życie, dlatego postanowiłam przygotować swoją garderobę na wiosnę i potraktować swoją szafę jak… sklep z ubraniami i wybrać z nich tylko te, które uwielbiam, w których najlepiej się czuję, są ładne, świeże, niezniszczone i trzymają swój krój, aby skrócić maksymalnie czas, który codziennie rano podejmuję na podjęcie decyzji – w co się dziś ubiorę. Na tej podstawie stworzyłam wiosenną szafę kapsułową, pełną samych perełek, ale zamykającej się w 30 sztukach. Zobacz co się w niej znalazło i jakimi zasadami kierowałam się, przy jej organizacji.   Co to jest szafa kapsułowa? Idea szafy kapsułowej polega na posiadaniu w niej ponadczasowych, klasycznych ubrań wysokiej jakości, które pasują do siebie tak, że mogą być ze sobą niemal dowolnie mieszane i łączone, aby umożliwić nam stworzenie wielu stylizacji na każdą okazję. Podaje się, że jeśli zrobimy to prawidłowo, powinno wystarczyć nam tylko… 30 ubrań, nie wliczając w to dodatków.   Oczywiście tak naprawdę ilość ubrań to w tworzeniu szafy kapsułowej najbardziej umowna rzecz, najważniejsze, aby spełniała ona swoje zadanie, a na dalszym planie jest zwykle to, czy tych ubrań mamy 20 czy 50.   Dla mnie szafa kapsułowa to próba zaproszenia minimalizmu, oszczędności czasu i pieniędzy do kolejnej strefy mojego życia.   Skąd pomysł na szafę kapsułową? Minimalizm w swoim domu, a także w szafie staram się wprowadzać od trzech lat, ale do stworzenia pierwszej szafy kapsułowej zainspirowała mnie wiosna i słowa założyciela Facebooka – Marka Zuckerberga, w których uważa, że codzienne decyzje „co mam na siebie włożyć” zabierałyby mu cenną energię, którą może przecież spożytkować w bardziej kreatywny sposób.   Dodatkowo zauważyłam, że im więcej decyzji muszę podjąć w ciągu dnia, tym maleje moje zaangażowanie do ich podejmowania, a gdy pierwsza podjęta w dniu decyzja „w co się ubrać” okazała się nietrafiona, potrafiła „gnieść mnie” przez cały dzień, obniżając mój nastrój… gdy okazywało się, że na ważne spotkanie ubrałam bluzkę, która po kolejnym praniu straciła fason tak bardzo, że zupełnie nie robi dobrego wrażenia.   Dodatkowo nie lubię tego stresu, gdy otwieram przepełnioną ubraniami szafę i dosłownie „nie mam co na siebie ubrać”, gdy często okazuje się, że pierwsze trzy wyjęte z niej elementy są w złym rozmiarze, fasonie czy zupełnie nie moim kolorze. Ubrań ze swojej szafy „pozbywam” się intensywnie od półtorej roku, ale wciąż sentymenty i poczucie, że kiedyś musiałam na nie wszystkie wydać pieniądze, powstrzymują mnie przed naprawdę drastycznymi porządkami.   Ile czasu poświęcają kobiety w swoim życiu na wybór ubrań? Podobno 16 minut dziennie, co daje średnio aż 287 dni życia! Nie wierzysz? Średnia ta wzięła pod uwagę też to, że codziennie mamy tendencję do przebierania się: strój do pracy, strój po pracy, strój do gotowania, strój do sprzątania, strój na siłownię… Jestem pewna, że moja średnia jest dziś dużo niższa, ale czemu by nie ułatwić sobie życia jeszcze bardziej?   Jakość kontra ilość = pewność siebie Elegancka restauracja z wyszukanymi daniami, które mieszczą się na jednej stronie menu czy fast food z kilkustet daniami, o których świeżość i jakość składników zwykle się obawiasz?   Chyba każda z nas przechodziła etap „zachłyśnięcia się” modą, wyprzedażami i promocjami – do dziś pamiętam gdy nagle rynek odzieżowy w Polsce tak się zmienił, że bez promocji mogłam nagle kupić 3 bluzki w cenie jednej… oczywiście początkowo nie widziałam różnicy w jakości ani w tkaninach, tylko zachłyśnięta swoimi możliwościami zakupowymi szalałam zapełniając swoją szafę… niskiej jakości ubraniami, które często okazywały się niemal na raz, a mnie serce bolało, że ulubiona bluzka bardziej nadaje się do mycia okiem, niż do pracy.   Teraz w mojej szafie większość ubrań jest wysokiej jakości, są pięknie skrojone, uszyte, z naturalnych tkanin, ale spokojnie, nie wyrzuciłam ulubionej starej bluzki tylko dlatego, że jest z poliestru, skoro dalej wygląda świetnie – a ja pamiętam spryskać ją sprayem antystatycznym przed wyjściem.   Ilość ubrań w szafie kapsułowej Ilość ubrań w mojej  szafie kapsułowej – poza dodatkami w tym butami oraz odzieżą specjalistyczną jak sportowa – ale za to z okryciami wierzchnimi, określiłam na 30, a finalnie wyszło mi 31 sztuk – tylko marynarki nie jestem pewna, ale wolałam mieć „na zapas”.   W mojej szafie znajdują się zarówno ubrania do spędzania czasu wolnego po pracy, z dziećmi na placu zabaw czy na spacerze, jak i ubrania do pracy, kina czy teatru.   30 sztuk dla jednych będzie to mało, dla drugich dużo – nie ma tu sztywnych reguł, myślę, że po pierwszym miesiącu będę już wiedziała, czy ta ilość jest dla mnie odpowiednia, po pierwszych dniach jestem nią zachwycona! Dziś ubierając się na dzień z dziećmi za miastem od razu wiedziałam, że sięgnę po szare jeansy (nie widać tak brudu) i niebieski sweterek, a do tego zestawię je z jedynymi płaskimi butami, które nadają się do chodzenia po piaszczystych, wiejskich drogach.   W mojej ilości 31 sztuk nie ma butów, biżuterii, okularów, szalików, czapek czy torebek, nie ma też odzieży specjalistycznej jak sportowej, płaszcza przeciwdeszczowego czy kaloszy ani tej „po domu” czy „do sprzątania”, gdyż tu biorę zawsze pierwsze spodnie dresowe z góry i zupełnie mnie to nie stresuje.   Kolory Postanowiłam podejść do komponowania kolorystyki mojej szafy tak jak do… przygotowywania palety kolorów na ślub Młodej Pary – w końcu jestem Konsultantką Ślubną i dobieranie kolorów do palety to moja specjalność. Kolory bazowe jakie wybrałam to biel i szarość (w mojej wiosennej szafie kapsułowej nie ma dziś nic czarnego), a kolory przewodnie to (oczywiście) mój ulubiony, raczej zgaszony róż oraz niebieski – od jasnego błękitu, po granat. Wszystkie kolory do siebie pasują i mogę dowolnie je miksować. Wszelkie metaliczne dodatki w mojej szafie są srebrne.     Faktury i wzory w szafie kapsułowej Aby zwiększyć szansę na to, że większość ubrań będzie do siebie pasować, w mojej szafie pojawiły się tylko dwa wzory – kwiaty (raz) i paski (raz) oraz koronki (trzy razy).   Dodatkowo w mojej szafie jest sporo falban – uwielbiam je, dodają prostym stylizacjom nieco dziewczęcego uroku, który tak bardzo lubię.   Zaraz pokażę Ci moją garderobę na wiosnę, a jeśli masz ochotę stworzyć swoją szafę kapsułową, ale potrzebujesz jeszcze nieco większego wsparcia, zajrzyj na Domodi – znajdziesz tu 10 dniowe wyzwanie minimalistki, poradnik zakupowy i 3 kroki do stworzenia swojej szafy oraz wiele ciekawostek o tym jak my kobiety robimy zakupy i co mamy w szafie.   Organizacja szafy kapsułowej Nie zdecydowałam się na wyrzucenie pozostałych ubrań (tym bardziej, że większość z nich też lubię), więc na potrzeby mojej pierwszej przygody z szafą kapsułową, na którą dałam sobie miesiąc, roboczo wstawiłam do sypialni wieszak, na którym zawiesiłam swoich 31 ubrań, mam je cały czas na widoku i mam nadzieję jak najrzadziej zaglądać do głównej szafy.     wklej   Co znalazło się w mojej wiosennej szafie kapsułowej? 3 pary spodni 4 swetry 2 płaszcze 3 koszule 8 bluzek 1 marynarka 4 spódnice 6 sukienek   6 sukienek   Sukienki to nie są najlepsze przyjaciółki szafy kapsułkowej – z 6 sukienek mogę stworzyć tylko 6 stylizacji, gdybym zastąpiła je 3 bluzkami i 3 spódnicami, mogłabym mieć aż 9 różnych kombinacji czyli o połowę więcej.   Jednak sukienka ma dla mnie zupełnie inną przewagę – nie muszę „kombinować” co z czym zestawić, śmieję się, że ktoś już to wymyślił za mnie i bardzo oszczędzam czas na ubieraniu się i maksymalnie ograniczam liczbę decyzji do podjęcia i wiem, że wyglądam dobrze.   Wśród moich sukienek znalazły się klasyki od Marie Zelie – niebieska, biznesowa szmizjerka i ta urocza w kwiaty, w której czuję się jak w drugiej skórze. Na sobie mam prezent – tylko ktoś, kto mnie świetnie zna mógł podarować mi taką piękną, idealnie pasującą pudroworóżową sukienkę z falbankami na ramionach – a pochodzi ze sklepu Zezuzulla i wspaniale jest witać w niej wiosnę. Kolejne moje wybory to koronki – jasnoróżowa sukienka, na którą mówimy z Wojtkiem „gwiazda” – mniej więcej tak się w niej czuję – jest idealna na wszelkie przyjęcia, imprezy, a także sprawdza się w codziennej pracy Wedding Plannerki i idealnie oddaje mój charakter. Kolejna to beżowa sukienka Manifiq, z której dzięki beżowym kozakom uczyniłam całoroczną kreację, a ostatnia to moja najbardziej elegancka sukienka w kolorze ciemnego, zgaszonego różu o długości za kolano – nie miałam wątpliwości, że w Walentynki do teatru założę własnie ją, tak samo jak na Wigilię, do telewizji czy do pracy – znów idealnie mnie oddaje jak druga skóra.   Spodnie   Do pracy chodzę niemal tylko w sukienkach – czuję się w nich kobieco, lekko, a spodnie zostawiam sobie na popołudnia i weekendy z dziećmi, albo też na takie dni w pracy, gdy mam dużo noszenia czy biegania po mieście, ale nie są to oficjalne spotkania, dlatego trzy pary spodni, które wybrałam, to jeansy: białe – wspaniałe na wiosnę, lato i wczesną jesień, szare – idealne na każdy dzień i dosłownie do wszystkiego oraz klasyczny „jeans”. Moje wszystkie jeansy są z Zary.   Spódnice   Znalazła się tu zarówno wzorzysta biało-niebieska spódnica od Marie Zelie, bladoróżowa spódnica z koła Nife (skrócona, choć wciąż się waham, czy dobrze zrobiłam), charakterna spódnica „za załóż się” od Beksy oraz elegancka, ale też zmysłowa, niebieska spódnica ażurowa na podszewce w kolorze cappuccino z Manifiq.   Koszule   Spódnica czy spodnie zestawione z koszulą od razu nabierają bardziej oficjalnego charakteru, dlatego w mojej szafie kapsułowej znalazły się trzy, wysokiej jakości, bawełniane, o bogatym splocie koszule polskich marek Lambert i Wólczanka w trzech kolorach idealnie pasujących do mojej szafy. Kupuję je zawsze na organizowanych kilka razy do roku promocjach „2 w cenie jednej” – jeśli więc polujesz na wysokiej jakości koszulę, także taką zapinaną na spinki do mankietów w wersji damskiej, poczekaj z zakupami do takiej promocji. Uwielbiam w nich to, że mają kryte guziki, które to dodatkowo na wysokości biustu mają dużo gęściej wszyte guziki – koniec z uśmiechającym się dekoltem, który potrafi odebrać pewność siebie na spotkaniu niemal każdej kobiecie biznesu.     Bluzki   Mówiłam już, że lubię falbany? Bluzki, które wybrałam do szafy kapsułowej to granatowa, bawełniana, basicowa bluzka Marie Zelie (nie ma jej na zdjęciu) – idealna do spódnicy do pracy jak i spodni do biegania po placu zabaw, pasiasta bluzka w paski z falbanami na ramionach – absolutnie moja ulubiona z Manifiq, falbankowa, niebieska bluzka bez rękawów ze sklepu Stylove Ubrania, pudrowo-różowa basicowa bluzka z Marie Zelie, elegancka bluzka z falbankami na ramionach z Asos, znów biała basicowa bluzka z Marie Zelie i biała bluzka z falbankami z Manifiq.   Szczerze mówiąc to w mojej kapsułkowej szafie właśnie o ilość bluzek najbardziej się boję.   Swetry   W sam raz na wiosnę, gdy większość dnia możemy już chodzić bez kurtki, ale na krótki rękaw wciąż jest za zimno. Wybrałam dla siebie niebieski, bawełniany sweterek w serek Brookshire – uwielbiam go, bo jak na sweter całkiem nieźle podkreśla moją talię, czego niestety nie można powiedzieć o pastelowo-różowym sweterku z wełną ze sklepu Laurella – troszkę gryzie, ale ma dekolt w serek, dobry skład i świetnie się nosi, choć dla mojej figury – podobnie jak ostatni szary sweterek z Femestage, ale ten z kolei jest tak milusi, że uwielbiam w nim biegać po  mieście, podobnie jak w przedostatnim sweterku z falbanką, który kupiłam w Nife pomimo słabego składu – ale dla tej falbanki i noszę z sympatią. Brakuje mi tu jeszcze jakiejś perełki w pozytywnym kolorze.   Marynarka   Marynarka to rzecz, której brakuje w mojej szafie, więc znalazłam w niej taką, którą lubię najbardziej (choć wciąż średnio), ale to najlepsza z tych które mam, niestety nie jestem pewna, czy ją w ogóle założę, a więc nowa marynarka na wymianę znajduje się na mojej liście zakupów.   Płaszcze   Wybrałam klasyczny, beżowy trencz na błękitnej podszewce – idealny i do pracy i na co dzień, a także błękitny płaszczyk, który choć nie podkreśla niestety mojej talii, uwielbiam nosić, a być może oddam go do krawcowej do przerobienia i dopasowania do mojej sylwetki, której największym atutem jest właśnie talia.   Tak prezentuje się lista moich 31 ubrań w szafie minimalistki, którą stworzyłam dla siebie na tę wiosnę. Zobacz jakie dodatki do niej dobrałam:   Buty w szafie kapsułowej   Nie da się ukryć – uwielbiam szpilki, a to, że na co dzień noszę trzy pary, a nie jedną sprawia, że wolniej się zużywają, a ja zawsze mam na półce czyste i zadbane buty, nawet jeśli poprzedniego dnia wróciłam późno i nie zdążyłam wyczyścić butów, które zdjęłam. Dzięki temu, że mam w szafie różowe i niebieskie buty – z łatwością mogę tworzyć niezwykle eleganckie stylizacje ton w ton, a gdy mam ochotę na kolorowy miks, mogę je dowolnie miksować. Gdybym miałam ograniczyć się tylko do jednych szpilek, byłyby to oczywiście beżowe szpilki. W mojej wiosennej szafie nie ma szpilek czarnych, które wydawać się mogą najbardziej klasyczne, ale jak widać do mojej palety kolorów nie byłyby najlepsze. Różowe i błękitne szpilki to Kazar, a beżowe Ryłko.   Beżowe baleriny Femestage noszę zwykle ze spodniami – chyba, że po przyjściu z pracy bardzo się spieszę i nie zdążę zmienić sukienki na spodnie to chociaż zmieniam buty ze szpilek na płaskie. Granatowe baleriny to nowość w mojej szafie – buty marki Monika Kamińska w kolorze granatowym kupiłam tylko dlatego, że bałam się, że te zamszowe w kolorze pastelowego różu będą ciągle brudne, więc asekuracyjnie wzięłam granatowe. Wiązane buty firmy Femestage to moja opcja na plac zabaw, spacer czy wyjazd za miasto – no chyba, ze potrzebne są kalosze, ale to już ustaliłam, że są to dla mnie buty specjalistyczne ;-).   Okulary przeciwsłoneczne i paski w szafie kapsułowej   Okulary przeciwsłoneczne w ogóle mam tylko jedne – wysokiej jakości, w beżowym kolorze, który idealnie komponuje się ze wszystkimi moimi stylizacjami. To model Erika marki Ray Ban. W szafie kapsułowej mam też tylko jeden pasek, beżowy, podobnie jak beżowe szpilki pasuje niemal do wszystkiego, choć drugi raz wybrałabym taki w kolorze szarym.     Torebki   Poza jedną – czarną ze złotym dodatkiem – to po prostu wszystkie torebki, jakie w ogóle noszę i posiadam – poza jeszcze dwiema kopertówki, ale jedna jest już dość zniszczona (to moja pierwsza skórzana torebka Zuzi Górskiej i ma dla mnie wartość sentymentalną), a drugą zakładam tylko na Galę Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych raz do roku. Torebki, które noszę na co dzień są szare – ta z frędzelkiem to bardzo wytrzymały mój hit na co dzień, ta pikowana jest dużo delikatniejsza i zakładam ją zwykle na większe okazje, a ta błękitna to fajne odświeżenie kolorystyczne. Za butami stoi moja torba na laptopa – również szara, bo idealnie sprawdza się przez cały rok i to już trzeci rok. Spokojnie mogłabym się ograniczyć tu tylko do dwóch – tej z frędzelkiem i tej na laptopa, a że nie muszę, to są aż cztery.   Bardzo też lubię torebki 2w1, które jednym ruchem dłoni z torebki typu „cross body” stają się torebkami na ramię – to rozwiązanie wymyśliła chyba właśnie jakaś minimalistka 😉   Szaliki Szaliki mam trzy – różowy, szary (niema go na zdjęciu) i beżowy – wzorzysty.   Lista zakupów Na ten moment wydaje mi się, że w mojej szafie brakuje tylko fajnej marynarki i ładnego sweterka, a stety-niestety, pozostałych ubrań wydaje mi się nie brakować, więc nie szykuję się na żadne duże zakupowe szaleństwo z okazji nadejścia wiosny.   Jestem bardzo ciekawa co pokaże pierwszy miesiąc korzystania z takiej kapsułkowej szafy, czym na pewno się z Tobą podzielę.   Jako fanka sukienek dopuszczam to, że jako nagrodę za swoje ukończone wyzwanie #NieCzekamDziałam kupię sobie jedną sukienkę, która zasili moją wiosenną szafę, a jeśli – jak rok temu – w Polsce pod koniec kwietnia zawita piękne lato, „uruchomię” także kilka sztuk letniej odzieży, bo w końcu wyzwanie „szafa minimalistki” ma służyć mi, a nie ja jej.   W niedługim czasie beżowe szpilki i balerinki będą zasługiwały na wymianę na nowszy model, gdyż szczególnie te pierwsze mają nie jeden sezon za sobą.   Ale prawda jest taka, że nie mam zbytnio powodu wchodzić do centrum handlowego po co innego niż jedzenie czy chemię domową. Niesamowite uczucie!   Jestem bardzo ciekawa ile Ty masz ubrań w swojej szafie i czy masz poczucie, że masz się w co ubrać?
- [Rok temu pojechaliśmy na miesiąc do Rzymu, gdzie jadę teraz?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/odosobnienie/): Marzyłam o podobnym wyjeździe od lat, staram się nie mieć wygórowanych oczekiwań, ale emocje we mnie nie mogą opaść. Uwielbiam w swoim życiu drogowskazy 2 lata temu, po wnikliwych analizach, określiłam 3 główne czyli rodzina, zdrowie i bezpieczeństwo, a jako czwarty dodałam rozwój osobisty, pod warunkiem spełnienia tych pierwszych trzech. Nie chciałabym bowiem robić kariery, ani szukać siebie w sposób, który stanowiłaby niebezpieczeństwo dla naszej rodziny, ani groził utratą zdrowia, życiowy balans cenię bardzo wysoko.     Natomiast odkąd przeczytałam książkę „Jedz, módl się i kochaj” nie mogłam przestać marzyć o tym, aby wyjechać samotnie do Indii – w poszukiwaniu siebie. Tylko na tym kończą się moje podobieństwa do głównej bohaterki powieści, gdyż ja kocham mojego męża i dzieci na zabój, nie zamierzam się rozwodzić, ani porzucić rodziny i firmy, choćby na miesiąc, taki wyjazd jest więc dziś zupełnie poza moim zasięgiem.     Nasza miesięczna podróż do Rzymu była wspaniałą przygodą, przywieźliśmy z niej cudowne wspomnienia, ale także ważną lekcję i rozwój dla całej naszej rodziny – bez wątpienia najszybciej dostrzegłam to, że bez względu na to gdzie pojedziemy, nasze problemy pojadą z nami, a w świetle rezygnacji z domowych wygód (jak komfortowy dom czy przedszkole pod nosem) wiele z nich, szczególnie tych przyziemnych dla rodziców półrocznego i trzyletniego dziecka, nawet może się nasilić. Ta lekcja pozwoliła mi zrozumieć, że nie tyle ważne gdzie, co z kim i co. Ostatnie miesiące były dla mnie ogromnie wyznaniowe pod względem zdrowotnym (ale o tym opowiem najwcześniej, gdy będę na to gotowa). Cieszę się, że wracam do swoich sił, ale żadne doświadczenie nie pozostaje bez wpływu na nas. Bolesna lekcja widocznie była mi potrzebna, gdyż okazała się ponownie zrobić wielki rozgardiasz w mojej głowie i zapoczątkować kolejny proces mojego rozwoju.   Im bardziej siebie doceniam i staram się ze sobą zaprzyjaźnić i w pełni zaakceptować, tym lepiej widzę, jak wiele przeciwności jest we mnie.   Uwielbiam prędkość dużych miast, setki ludzi mijanych codziennie na ich ulicach. Uwielbiam ciszę wsi i odosobnienie od tłumów. Uwielbiam stawiać sobie coraz wyżej poprzeczkę, ciągle wymyślać coś nowego, robić więcej i szybciej. Uwielbiam po prostu być i nie robić nic, być szczęśliwą z tego, że po prostu jestem i czuć ogromną wartość z tego płynącą. Uwielbiam przykręcać sobie śrubę i rzucać sobie wyzwania. Uwielbiam wrzucać na luz. Uwielbiam towarzystwo przyjaciół i znajomych, kursantów, klientów i Was wszystkich. Uwielbiam być tylko z mężem i dziećmi. Uwielbiam dzielić się swoim życiem z innymi. Uwielbiam prywatność. Uwielbiam przekraczać swoje granice. Uwielbiam czuć się bezpiecznie i rezygnować z pewnych działań. Uwielbiam komfort, wygodę i otaczanie się pięknymi i funkcjonalnymi rzeczami. Uwielbiam minimalizm.   I choć może Ci się wydawać to bardzo dziwne, to żadnej z tych rzeczy nie lubię mniej od pozostałych.   A może znasz to uczucie?   Mam ogromną potrzebę poznać siebie bliżej, wsłuchać się lepiej w swoje potrzeby, zaufać mocniej swojej intuicji, przewartościować być może co nieco, aby mieć bardzo solidny fundament do podejmowania swoich codziennych decyzji zgodnych z moimi wartościami. Pragnę lepiej uporządkować swój wewnętrzny świat, lepiej radzić sobie z natłokiem informacji i emocji, które bombardują nas każdego dnia.   Chcę wzmocnić w sobie tą silną kobietę, za którą coraz częściej się uważam, aby być silniejszą Mamą, Żoną, Siostrą, Córką, Przyjaciółką Koleżanką, Businesswoman. Pragnę lepiej radzić sobie z napięciem, które czasami odczuwam, gdy widzę jak bardzo różne mam pragnienia i potrzeby  i chcę przyjmować je z pełną akceptacją, także wtedy, gdy życie nie układa się po mojej myśli, a ja zamiast spokoju odczuwam ból i strach. Dlatego, po kilku rozmowach, zdecydowaliśmy z Wojtkiem, że w tym roku pojadę sama – nie do Indii, ale w Polskę, nie na miesiąc, a na tydzień – na odosobnienie, na które nie zabieram swojego telefonu ani komputera – zabieram stary aparat bez żadnych aplikacji i nowy numer, który zna tylko Wojtek, aby rano i wieczorem móc zadzwonić do niego i dzieci, a cały dzień pod okiem Nauczyciela będę rozwijała swoje poczucie wartości i siły, medytowała i uczyła się niwelować stres i napięcia, a przede wszystkim świadomie oddychać i relaksować się. Wierzę, że Dzieci są już wystarczająco duże, aby poradzić sobie z rozłąką przez ten czas, mając u boku siebie nawzajem i ukochanego Tatę. Jadę wspierać swoją wewnętrzną siłę, aby móc czerpać z niej przez całe życie, a także dalej dzielić się nią z innymi. Dlatego przez najbliższy tydzień nie będzie mnie tutaj ani w social mediach – to będzie dla mnie niezwykłe doświadczenie i choć dziś odczuwam pewien poziom lęku związany z tym, że nie odbiorę kilkudziesięciu telefonów każdego dnia, ani kilkuset maili, wiadomości, tylko mój zespół będzie musiał poradzić sobie sam, ufam mu i wiem, że zrobią to najlepiej jak potrafią. Ufam Wojtkowi, że najlepiej zaopiekuje się Dziećmi, abym ja mogła wrócić do nich silniejsza, lepiej pokonywać codzienne przeciwności i wracać do pełni sił. Gdy publikuje się ten post, ja jestem już na odosobnieniu. A Ty, miałabyś ochotę i odwagę na taki samotny wyjazd? A może masz już taki za sobą? PS Moje wrażenia z odosobnienia przeczytasz tutaj.
- [#NieCzekamDziałam - 28 dni do zmiany nawyków żywieniowych na zdrowsze](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nieczekamdzialam-wyzwanie/): Wyzwanie ruszyło! Zapisz się, aby otrzymać inspirującego maila ze wskazówkami do działania. Bo #NieCzekamDziałam   „Stworzyłam to wyzwanie i stworzyłam Kartę Motywacji i Realizacji Celu, abyśmy mogły się razem zmotywować, wspólnie popracować nad nawykami, aby starczyło nam sił na czas, gdy fala motywacji i energii odpłynie, a kolejnej nie będzie na horyzoncie.   Motywacja bowiem to nie wszystko – fala nie trwa wiecznie, nadaje rozpędu i wiary w swoje możliwości, ale to co po niej zostanie jest drugą główną składową sukcesu. Nazywam to – praktykowaniem, które z kolei wychodzi mi najlepiej, gdy wyrobię w sobie codzienne, nawet najdrobniejsze nawyki.   Dlaczego właśnie dziś powinnaś wziąć udział w wyzwaniu?   Liczy się bowiem tylko to, co robimy teraz, tylko na to mamy realny wpływ i tylko to przyniesie efekty w przyszłości.”   Aby przeczytać dalszą część mojego listu do Ciebie, pobrać swoją kartę i zapisać się do motywacyjnej grupy na Facebooku weź udział w wyzwaniu – otrzymasz mój list ze wszystkimi instrukcjami.       A na moim koncie na Instagramie możesz zobaczyć Live z dnia 0 wyzwania – będzie dostępny tylko do wtorku 12 lutego do godziny 22:30.   Moją historię walki o siebie możesz poznać tutaj: Jak znalazłam w sobie siłę i motywację do odchudzania?
- [O!Twórz Mieszkanie - najpiękniejsze wnętrza w Polsce](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/otworz-mieszkanie/): Czy Wam też tak szybko mija czas? Jeszcze całkiem niedawno wkraczaliśmy w nowy rok, a ja pokazywałam Wam zmiany we wnętrzu mojej sypialni. Pamiętacie Konkurs O!Twórz Mieszkanie, organizowany przez markę Porta, w którym trwały poszukiwania najpiękniejszego wnętrza w Polsce? Konkurs został zakończony, a ja dzisiaj przygotowałam dla Was zestawienie zwycięskich domów i mieszkań.   Wyniki konkursu O!Twórz Mieszkanie   I miejsce   Zwycięskie wnętrze otrzymuje tytuł Mieszkanie Roku by Porta. Lokum, które znajduje się w kamienicy w centrum Łodzi, jest naprawdę piękne. Patrząc na zdjęcia nie wiemy dokładnie z jakiego okresu pochodzą meble, a połączenie elementów z różnych dekad, z dominującymi dodatkami z lat 60., tworzy niezwykły klimat vintage. To mieszkanie z pewnością przetrwa próbę czasu. Meble są przepiękne i ponadczasowe, a klasyczny parkiet w jodełkę to kolejny element, który nie tylko nigdy nie wyjdzie z mody, ale również doskonale komponuje się z  innymi wzorami – spójrzcie tylko na przepiękne połączenia faktur w tym wnętrzu. Ciepłe tkaniny doskonale komponują się z zimnymi kamieniami i blaskiem chłodnego metalu. Zauroczyły mnie równie wspaniałe, trzyskrzydłowe drzwi. Dziś pokoje przechodnie są czymś, czego unikamy, ale tutaj robią one niezwykłe wrażenie. Loftowe przeszklenia w ramach sprawiają, że wnętrze jest jeszcze bardziej przestronne i wspaniale oddzielają przestrzeń sypialną od biurowej. Szklane ściany nie ograniczają przestrzeni wizualnie. Całe mieszkanie tworzy doskonałą grę nieoczywistych połączeń kolorów – różu, ciemnej zieleni, burgundu i granatu. Wszystkie barwy doskonale wybrzmiewają na tle neutralnej bieli, a zieleń na suficie nadaje całości industrialnego klimatu. Dodatkowo kojące działanie wywierają znajdujące się w tym modernistycznym wnętrzu rośliny. Naprawdę bardzo podoba mi się to pełne eklektyzmu mieszkanie!   Mieszkanie w całości możesz zobaczyć tutaj.     II miejsce   Ten dom jest wyjątkowo oryginalnym połączeniem różnych elementów.  Moją uwagę przykuła od razu nowoczesna wyspa kuchenna pokryta panelami z drewna o układzie pionowych linii. Monumentalna, surowa i piękna sprawia, że patrząc na nią, mam ochotę sięgnąć po matę do jogi i oddać się chwili relaksu. Właśnie takie uczucia wywołuje we mnie salon – doskonale zaaranżowana przestrzeń do odpoczynku. Duże, jasne okna, poduszki, fotele i drewno, które dodatkowo ociepla wnętrze. W całym domu miejscu widać ciekawą grę kolorów. Szczególnie interesująco prezentuje się salon, ale w każdym zakątku możemy zobaczyć dużo spersonalizowanych elementów, które uwielbiam we wnętrzach. Te wyjątkowe przedmioty z pewnością odegrały ważną rolę w życiu jego mieszkańców. Pomimo połączenia różnych, na pierwszy rzut oka niepasujących do siebie elementów, wszystko tworzy jedną, barwną, nieco szaloną całość.   Mieszkanie w całości możesz zobaczyć tutaj.     III miejsce    Trzecie wnętrze, wypełnione naturalnymi elementami, jest mi zdecydowanie najbliższe estetyką. Jest jasne, dokładnie tak jak lubię, i posiada dużo drewnianych dodatków w naturalnym kształcie. Znajdziemy je jako stoliki w salonie i szafki w sypialni. Prezentują się wyjątkowo oryginalnie powodując, że wnętrze sprawia wrażenie przytulnego i ciepłego. Jestem zauroczona lampami! Tą złożoną z drobnych słojów drewna oraz większą lampą w salonie! W całym wnętrzu poza drewnem wykorzystanym w meblach i dekoracjach znajduje się również mnóstwo roślin. Biel, zieleń i drewno w naturalnym kolorze z widocznymi słojami tworzą przepiękne połączenie, a dzięki niemu całe wnętrze ma niemal kojące właściwości. Niewielka przestrzeń jest w pełni wykorzystana i wyjątkowo przyjemna.   Całe mieszkanie możesz zobaczyć tutaj.   Zwycięzcom oraz wyróżnionym w konkursie O!Twórz Mieszkanie należą się ogromne gratulacje! Wszystkie mieszkania i domy są przepiękne, a kiedy oglądałam nadesłane zgłoszenia, byłam wprost zachwycona wyjątkowymi, nieszablonowymi pomysłami na urządzanie własnych wnętrz. Aż naszła mnie ochota na wprowadzenie małych zmian do naszego domu! Jeśli szukasz inspiracji, koniecznie zobacz wszystkie konkursowe mieszkania. Przepadniesz!     A Tobie, które mieszkanie podoba się najbardziej? Jakie elementy wkomponowałabyś do swojego wnętrza?  
- [Czy Konsultant Ślubny to praca sezonowa?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/czy-konsultant-slubny-praca-sezonowa/): Prawdą jest, że sezon ślubny zwykle trwa od końca maja do początku września. Ale nie ma to za wiele wspólnego z pracą sezonową w przypadku Konsultanta Ślubnego. Dlaczego? Przygotowania do ślubu zwykle zaczynają się na rok przed ślubem. Piszę „zwykle” bo coraz częściej zgłaszają się do mnie Młode Pary z 2 letnim wyprzedzeniem. Co roku natomiast zgłaszają się także Pary, które chcą wziąć ślub „na cito”, a więc na przykład zaledwie na 2-3 miesiące przed ślubem.   O ile rzeczywiście około 90% wesel, które organizuję odbywa się zazwyczaj pomiędzy ostatnim weekendem maja a pierwszym weekendem września, o tyle przygotowania do tych ślubów trwają przez cały rok. To właśnie poza sezonem zwykle poznajemy się i spotykamy się z Klientami, podpisujemy umowy i rozpoczynamy cały zwykle bardzo złożony proces organizacji ślubu.   Harmonogram Przygotowań Ślubnych   Po podpisaniu umowy z Klientami przygotowujemy dla nich tak zwany Harmonogram Przygotowań do Ślubu, w którym po zebraniu od Młodych informacji o ich dostępności ustalamy w którym miesiącu, a często dokładnie w którym dniu będziemy organizować poszczególne składowe Dnia Ślubu.   Czy wiesz, że Młoda Para na samodzielną organizację swojego ślubu musi poświęcić zwykle około 200 godzin? Dlatego tak często zgłaszają się do nas Pary, które są bardzo aktywne i nie mają czasu na przygotowanie wszystkiego osobiście. Albo mieszkają za granicą i nie spędzają w Polsce wystarczająco dużo czasy aby samemu wszystko znaleźć, zweryfikować czy odwiedzić. Oczywiście z naszą pomocą tych godzin Młodzi potrzebują kilkukrotnie mniej, ale to zawsze Młoda Para podejmuje wszystkie finalne decyzje czy wybory, a więc z przedstawionych skrojonych na miarę ofert wybiera te idealne dla siebie. Nie chcemy ich zbytnio obciążać wszystkim na raz, dlatego przygotowania staramy się rozkładać równomiernie na cały rok.   Specyfika pracy w sezonie i poza sezonem Pomimo tego, że Konsultant Ślubny nie jest pracą sezonową, zupełnie inaczej wygląda i angażuje ona w sezonie i poza sezonem.   Poza sezonem praca Konsultanta Ślubnego opiera się w większości na pracy przy komputerze, na telefonie i spotkaniach. Spokojnie można to zaaranżować w normalnych godzinach pracy takich jak 8-16 czyli w preferowanej przez większość z nas i Podwykonawców porze (hotele, sale weselne, drukarnie są zwykle czynne w tych godzinach). Dochodzą do tego jednak także spotkania z Klientami, wspólne zwiedzanie lokalizacji ślubnych, które choć czasami udaje się zorganizować w tych godzinach, często odbywają się także wieczorami i w weekendy czyli wtedy, gdy nasi Klienci – zwykle bardzo zajęte na co dzień osoby – mają swój wolny czas.   W sezonie natomiast Konsultant Ślubny najintensywniej pracuje w weekendy, czyli w Dniu Ślubu i Wesela (coraz częściej są one organizowane także w piątki), ale cały tydzień przed ślubem musi być bardzo dyspozycyjny. Na kilka dni przed ślubem należy wszystko ostatecznie dopiąć, zamówić ostatnie usługi, których zamówienie wcześniej nie było możliwe – na przykład plan usadzenia gości (tutaj zawsze coś się zmienia na ostatnią chwilę). Jeśli wesele jest skomplikowane logistycznie, gdyż na przykład odbywa się w namiocie to już na kilka dni przed ślubem musimy nadzorować stawianie takiego namiotu. Podobnie w przypadku innych bardziej skomplikowanych przedsięwzięć jak skomplikowane dekoracje, przyloty i transfery Młodej Pary oraz Gości, nasza ciągła kontrola na kilka dni przed ślubem jest konieczna.   Kurs na Wedding Plannera   Jeśli marzysz o pracy Konsultanta – koniecznie sprawdź mój najczęściej wybierany w Polsce Kurs na Wedding Plannera, który kompleksowo przygotuje Cię do tego zawodu, a zdobyty Certyfikat z rekomendacją istniejącego od 12 lat Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych pozwoli Ci od samego początku budować zaufanie wśród Klientów i Podwykonawców – bowiem zaufanie to Twoja największa waluta.   Czy tak wyobrażałaś sobie pracę Konsultanta?   Pozostałe posty z serii „Jak zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym”: 2. Czy Konsultant Ślubny to praca sezonowa? 3. Konsultant Ślubny – własna marka czy franczyza?    
- [Narzędzia pracy Konsultanta Ślubnego](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/narzedzia-pracy-konsultanta-slubnego/): Za mną bardzo pracowity wyjazdowy tydzień. Od środy do soboty byłam w cudownym Pałacu Pakoszów, gdzie obradowaliśmy w ramach Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantó Ślubnych, którego jestem Członkiem. Nie da się ukryć, ale moje myśli krążą dziś bardziej niż kiedykolwiek wokół planów zawodowych, dlatego idealnie w mój nastrój wpasował się post o narzędziach pracy każdego Konsultanta Ślubnego. Podzieliłam je na KONIECZNE, czyli takie, które musisz mieć od pierwszego dnia działalności oraz na OPCJONALNE, bez których zupełnie można się obejść, ale warto je mieć. Konieczne   Strona WWW  Bez tego ani rusz, to główny i podstawowy kanał Twojej komunikacji z Klientami, Twój wirtualny sprzedawca. Najważniejsza wizytówka. Absolutny MUST HAVE. A na nim Twoja unikalna identyfikacja wizualna, logo i pierwsze zdjęcia, pokazujące Ciebie i Twój styl.   Laptop Powinien być szybki i lekki. Twoje podstawowe narzędzie pracy. Musisz go lubić.   Telefon Smartfon z dostępem do Internetu, dzięki czemu gdy i gdzie trzeba spełni funkcję przenośnego biura. Powinien mieć funkcję nawigacji oraz abonament z korzystnymi połączeniami zagranicznymi.   Drukarka Wszystkie umowy oraz ważniejsze maile wymagają wydruku. Także oferty czy kosztorysy, dlatego ważne, aby można było drukować dużo, tanio i w kolorze.   Skaner Wiele dokumentów wymaga skanowania i przesyłania. Osobiście wszystkie umowy przechowuję także w wersji elektronicznej. U mnie drukarka i skaner to urządzenie 3w1 – dodatkowo także kseruje.   Samochód Własny, na kredyt/leasing  lub wypożyczony. Tych dni w roku gdy potrzebujesz samochodu nie jest jakoś strasznie dużo, więc jeśli auta nie posiadasz, śmiało możesz rozważyć wypożyczanie go na te dni w roku, gdy będzie on konieczny (badania rynku, odwiedzanie lokalizacji, prezentacja lokalizacji Klientom, koordynacja dnia ślubu itp.), z pewnością nie wpakujesz się dzięki temu w wysokie koszt stałe, które nie są Ci potrzebne na samym początku, a rata leasingowa za najmniejszy nowy samochód to wiele dni wypożyczenia samochodu każdego miesiąca.   Aparat fotograficzny Z różnych powodów nie zawsze możesz liczyć na zdjęcia od fotografa, choć moja rada jest taka, aby współpracować tylko z takimi, którzy udostępnią Ci zdjęcia do portfolio, oczywiście za zgodą Klientów. Aparat przyda się także podczas odwiedzin w lokalizacjach, przedstawiania projektów Klientom i wszędzie, gdy to co widzisz szybciej jest sfotografować niż opisać.   Grawerton Elegancka plakietka, która w Dniu Ślubu wyróżni Cię spośród gości czy pracowników hotelu. Nie zakładasz jej na spotkania.   Wizytówki Eleganckie, wysokiej jakości, zapadające w pamięć.   Pieczątka Podkreśla wagę dokumentów z Twoim udziałem.   Konto w banku Do rozliczeń z ZUS, US, a przede wszystkim z Klientami.   Organizer Dobra organizacja czasu to podstawa!   Ładny długopis O tak.   Facebook Bardzo pomocne narzędzie wspierające Twoją stronę WWW. To dzięki niemu wszyscy Twoi znajomi na raz dowiedzą się o tym, że zajmujesz się organizacją ślubów.   Instagram Kolejny kanał komunikacji z Klientem. Działa wizerunkowo, raczej Klienci nie będą Cię na nim szukać, ale chętnie będą podglądać Twoją pracę od kuchni.   Reklama Świat musi się o Tobie dowiedzieć! Brak wydatków na reklamę na każdym okresie rozwoju firmy to poważny błąd popełniany przez firmy.   Legalne oprogramowanie Do wywoływania zdjęć, sporządzania ofert czy księgowania faktur.     Opcjonalne   Tablet Osobiście do dzisiaj nie posiadam tabletu i na spotkania zabieram ze sobą laptopa i… nie wyobrażam robić tych wszystkich skomplikowanych operacji w Excelu na tablecie, ale wiem, że kilka moich branżowych koleżanek na spotkania woli mieć ze sobą tablet, może i Tobie się przyda, szczególnie, jeśli już go posiadasz.   Teczki Prestiżowe, ale niestety drogie. Można się bez nich obejść.   Papier firmowy Można drukować samodzielnie zamiast zamawiać w drukarni.   Blog Bardzo czasochłonne i pracochłonne narzędzie komunikacji z Klientem. Zaniedbany blog będzie odstraszał, więc zanim się na niego zdecydujesz zastanów się, czy będziesz mieć czas i możliwość na jego prowadzenie.   Gadżety reklamowe Czyli wszystko co miłe i może kojarzyć się z Twoją firmą.   Biuro Mam to szczęście, że biuro mam od samego początku i po prostu je uwielbiam. To takie moje małe, zawodowe miejsce na ziemi. Biuro to jednak spory koszt, więc początkowo nie warto decydować sie na tak wysokie obciążenie, a pracować można równie dobrze z domu. W praktyce moi Klienci wolą spotykać się tam, gdzie im jest wygodnie i często jest to hotel, w którym się zatrzymują. Jeśli nie masz możliwości lub nie umiesz pracować w domu, sugeruję rozejrzeć się za tzw. stanowiskami do pracy do wynajęcia, czyli ofercie większego biura, które wynajmuje w dobrej cenie pojedyncze stanowiska pracy. Jestem pewna, że gdybym miałam pracować w domu rozejrzałabym się właśnie za czymś takim.   Zanim zdecydujesz się zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym, musisz przygotować sobie Business Plan i wyliczyć, czy to Ci się w ogóle opłaci, a po stronie kosztów oprócz tych związanych z prowadzeniem działalności umieścić wszystkie rzeczy wymienione w dziale KONIECZNE. Pozwoli to oszacować Ci wstępne wydatki, które musisz ponieść. Idealnie, jeśli większość tych zasobów już masz, dzięki czemu szybciej uda Ci się osiągnąć pierwsze zyski.   Jak myślicie, co warto dopisać do moich list?   Pozostałe posty z serii „Jak zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym”: 1. Jak zostać Konsultantem Ślubnym? 11 Wymagań 2. Czy Konsultant Ślubny to praca sezonowa? 3. Biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego   Szczegółowy Biznes Plan tworzę z przyszłymi Wedding Plannerami na moim Kursie na Konsultanta Ślubnego, gdzie oprócz solidnej porcji wiedzy i motywacji, otrzymujecie szczegółowy plan, jak w 25 krokach założyć własną agencję ślubną, aby nic już nie stanęło na Waszej drodze do spełnienia marzeń.
- [Jak się ubrać do pracy latem? Niebieska sukienka budująca zaufanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-do-pracy-niebieska-sukienka-szmizjerka/): Jak się ubrać do pracy latem, aby pomimo upału czuć się komfortowo i robić dobre wrażenie? Kilka zasad stylu business formal i moja ulubiona stylizacja do pracy tego lata.   Dlaczego w pracy i w biznesie warto postawić na kolor niebieski?   Niebieski kolor sugeruje perfekcjonizm, wiarygodność oraz dobrą komunikację. Co więcej uspokaja, dlatego to właśnie niebieski ubiór pozwala wzbudzić zaufanie. Nie bez powodu Aleksander Kwaśniewski, za radą światowej klasy eksperta do spraw kreowania wizerunku i marketingu politycznego Jacques Séguéla, przeszedł (i wygrał) kampanię prezydencką właśnie w niebieskich koszulach.   Według Grażyny Białopiotrowicz, polskiej ekspertki od kreacji wizerunku w polityce i biznesie, kolor niebieski jest odbierany jako harmonia i uporządkowanie, co sprawia, że gdy masz go na sobie, jesteś kojarzona z wysoką inteligencją i charyzmą.   Jaka sukienka do pracy?   Czy wiesz, że oprócz garnituru i garsonki to szmizjerka jest trzecim, najbardziej profesjonalnym i formalnym ubraniem w damskiej garderobie?   Co to jest szmizjerka?   W skrócie to sukienka, której górna część przypomina koszulę, a dół… najlepiej, aby był dopasowany do Twojej figury, nadając jej kształt klepsydry, w czym bardzo pomocny jest przewiązany w talii pasek oraz bezpieczny i elegancki dół sukienki, na przykład wykonany z półkola, który nie będzie ani zbyt obcisły, jak na biznesowe spotkanie, ani zbyt strojny, jaki mógłby być dół uszyty z koła ze sztywnego materiału.   Z uwagi na to, że to sukienka biznesowa, musisz zatroszczyć się o jej długość, która nie powinna być krótsza niż 6 cm ani dłuższa niż 6 cm od Twoich kolan.   Szmizjerka w niebieskim kolorze…   …uszyta z wysokiej jakości materiału, najlepiej jak najmniej mnącego, nie tylko pozwoli Ci wyglądać i czuć dobrze w każdej biznesowej sytuacji, ale po pracy wystarczy, że zrzucisz większą biżuterię, a buty zmienisz na wygodne tenisówki i uzyskasz luźniejszy, sportowy look.   Jeśli jesteś Młodą Mamą, taka spódnica pomoże Ci nie tylko ukryć pociążowy brzuszek, ale jeszcze nakarmić dziecko czy… skorzystać wygodnie z laktatora, jeśli pompujesz mleczko w pracy czy na większym wyjściu bez dziecka. Idealnie sprawdzi się na chrzcinach.   Buty do pracy   Przyjęło się, że w formalnym, biznesowym stylu dopuszczalne są tylko pełne buty, natomiast do spódnic i sukienek najlepiej wyglądają pełne czółenka-szpilki na 5-8 centymetrowych obcasach, idealnie z gładkiej i matowej licowej skóry. Bez ozdób, kamyków czy piórek.   Preferujesz płaskie buty? Idealnie nadają się do damskiego garnituru. Jak radzi wspomniana Grażyna Białopiotrowicz, zestawiając w biznesie sukienkę czy spódnicę z płaskimi butami wysyłamy komunikat „mam trzy latka, trzy i pół” więc ja rezerwuję taki look na luźne dni w biurze oraz wczesne i późne godziny koordynacji wesela – ale strój Wedding Plannera na weselu to już temat na osobny materiał.   Stylizacje ton w ton   Kocha je rodzina królewska, więc śmiało możesz pokochać je także Ty! Koniec z problemem doboru butów do kreacji. Gdy na szybko muszę jakąś stworzyć i nie mam czasu na eksperymenty, sięgam właśnie po buty w kolorze sukienki czy spódnicy. To gwarancja sukcesu niemal każdej stylizacji.   Choć na myśl o klasycznych butach do biznesowej stylizacji mamy przed oczami te czarne i ewentualnie beżowe (tzw. „nude”), w tym sezonie tak bardzo pokochałam stylizacje ton w ton, że pozwoliłam sobie na zakup niebieskich, klasycznych, gładkich szpilek. Dzięki temu, że w mojej garderobie przeważają kolory: biały, szary, różowy i niebieski, trzema parami szpilek mogę budować stylizacje ton w ton na najróżniejsze okazje. Tak więc nawet w bardzo formalnym dress codzie buty mogą mieć inny niż czarny i beżowy kolor pod warunkiem, że są spójne z całością i nie zakłócają całego wrażenia naszej osoby.   Moja propozycja letniej, biznesowej stylizacji     Biżuteria i dodatki Niebieską stylizację ton w ton ze szmizjerką z koszulową górą, w której tradycyjny kołnierzyk został zastąpiony stójką, przełamałam moją szarą torbą laptopową – to moja podstawowa i na razie jedyna torebka, w której noszę codziennie ze sobą komputer. Ponad 2 lata temu dostałam ją od Wojtka w prezencie i muszę przyznać, że to była bardzo dobra inwestycja – torebka jest bardzo pojemna, solidna, towarzyszy mi każdego dnia, zabieram ją ze sobą także na wyjazdy i wesela, a ona dalej jest bez skazy, dodając mi pewności siebie.   Kolczyki wybrałam drobne i ażurowe, które podkreślają moją delikatną naturę oraz bardziej wyrazistą bransoletkę, która podkreśla moje zdecydowanie. Całość uzupełniłam klasycznym zegarkiem o prostej, dość męskiej formie, który bardzo pasuje do osoby, która jest aktywna i chętnie podejmuje trudne wyzwania.   W biznesie nigdy nie mieszam srebra ze złotem, co podkreśla moją troskę o szczegóły i dotyczy to wszystkich części garderoby, począwszy od butów, przez dodatki do odzieży jak zamek i sprzączka, na torebce kończąc. Jedyny wyjątek stanowi mój pierścionek zaręczynowy, który jest wykonany z białego i żółtego złota, ale jest bardzo prosty i niezwracający uwagi, a jego wartość sentymentalna jest dla mnie bezcenna.   W tym stroju złamałam jedną zasadę biznesowego stroju – nie założyłam rajstop. Najbardziej zatwardziałe reguły tej gry mówią, że rajstopy muszą być, wiele najnowszych publikacji pozwala tutaj na odstępstwa, natomiast ja mam to szczęście, że sama kształtuję swój wizerunek w naszej firmie. Dlatego stety czy niestety, w upalne dni, gdy za oknem jest +30’C, a ja pracuję w biurze, wybieram większy komfort i wydajność pracy i nawet gdy w te dni spotykam się z Klientami, wystarczają mi pełne buty, a rajstop nie zakładam. Gdybym jednak wybierała się tego dnia na Ślub naszych Klientów, na pewno założyłabym swoje ulubione, matowe 8 DENowe rajstopy. W chłodniejsze dni stawiam na nieco grubsze rajstopy wzmocnione 15 DEN, w których mam spokojną głowę, gdyż nie idą oczka.       Na wynos Staram się też nosić ze sobą kubek-termos ze zdrową herbatką czy ziołami, bo bez niego bardzo często zapominałam w ogóle o piciu czegokolwiek w ciągu dnia, co niestety mocno odbiło się na moim zdrowiu. W kawiarniach, gdy kupuję kawę na wynos, proszę o nalewanie jej właśnie do mojego kubka, by kiedy tylko nie muszę nie korzystać z jednorazowych opakowań, a w niektórych kawiarniach dostaję za takie proekologiczne podejście mały rabat – to bardzo miłe, że nie traktują mnie jako eko-świra, tylko dodatkowo premiują.       Sukienka: Aglaia od Marie Zelie mam dla Was – 20% kod rabatowy na całe nieprzecenione zakupy w sklepie Marie Zelie z kodem AGNIESZKA20 ważnym tylko do 3 września 2018   Buty: Kazar – 40% rabatu Biżuteria: Lilou Zegarek: Daniel Wellington   A jaka jest Twoja sprawdzona stylizacja do pracy? Czy może dopiero budujesz swoją garderobę, która wciąż Cię stresuje, zamiast dodawać pewności siebie?
- [Spódnica ołówkowa w kratę w 5 stylizacjach - moda na jesień](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spodnica-olowkowa-midi-w-krate/): Gdy nie mam czasu na eksperymenty w szafie, lubię sięgać po sprawdzone rozwiązania – dziś pokażę Ci moje jesienne stylizacje w spódnicach w kratę.   Ołówkowa spódnica to klasyka stroju biznesowego. Aby nie było zbyt nudno, natomiast wciąż elegancko, wybrałam spódnice w kratę, które oprócz koloru różnią się zasadniczo – krojem.   Spódnica w kratę w wersji vintage Wyszperana w lumpeksie kilkanaście lat temu spódnica ołówkowa z wysokim stanem w szarą kratkę – sama zastanawiam się, ile ona już może mieć lat!   Ponownie trafiła do mojej szafy z pudełka pełnego ubrań, które czekały na mnie na strychu podpisane „na lepsze czasy”, czyli w moim wypadku – te chudsze. Miałam nadzieję, że  jej idealny krój jeszcze kiedyś wykorzystam, a kto wie, być może uszyję na jej podstawie jeszcze u krawcowej kolejną podobną spódnicę ołówkową, z podszewką i o idealnym kroju.   Ta spódnica ołówkowa z wysokim stanem pięknie podkreśla talię, po czym rozszerza się – wybaczając niedoskonałości naszej figury poniżej. To krój nawiązujący do tulipana, dzięki czemu zapewnia nam swobodę przez cały dzień – ani razu nie pomyślę w niej ani o odciskającej się bieliźnie, koszuli ani tym bardziej o wystającym brzuszku, gdyż luźniejszy krój pod talią pozostawia je niewidoczne dla oka.   Spódnicę ołówkową w kratę zestawiałam z szarymi szpilkami z licowej skóry i białą, klasyczną, wysokiej jakości taliowaną koszulą z krytymi guzikami. To zestaw, w którym zawsze czuję się profesjonalnie: idealny na biznesowe okazje, w których nie znam drugiej strony, a zapowiada się dość oficjalnie. Choć na co dzień preferuję do pracy nieco luźniejszy strój, ten zestaw lubię równie mocno.   Duża torba pozwala mi zabrać ze sobą laptopa, notatnik, a nawet jedzenie w pudełku czy kawę w kubku termicznym, a wełniany płaszcz pozwala mi otulić się ciepłem w coraz chłodniejsze dni. Niebawem uzupełnię go na pewno o piękny, ciepły szalik i rękawiczki.       Ołówkowa spódnica za kolano w różową kratkę   Ten fason jest bezwzględny dla każdej krągłości, dlatego nie jest moją ulubioną. Zwróciłam na nią uwagę dla… różowego koloru, koniecznie chciałam coś dopasować ton w ton do mojej różowej koszuli. Niemniej uwielbiam ją także za długość za kolano i to, że pomimo koloru wciąż ma biznesowy charakter. Bo o tym, że jest bardzo kobieca, pisać nie muszę. Dobieram do niej cieliste szpilki i szarą, dużą torebkę, w której na spotkania noszę laptopa.       Jeśli zastanawiasz się, czy spódnica w kratkę to pomysł dla Ciebie, przygotowałam jeszcze 3 zestawienia, bazujące właśnie na ołówkowej spódnicy w kratę, idealnie pasującej do biznesowego, jesiennego wizerunku. Bazowałam na zakupach w sklepie Peek&Cloppenburg, który od niedawna jest dostępny także w wersji on-line, a który lubię za niezwykłą łatwość wyszukiwania ubrań na dowolną okazję dzięki temu, że każda kategoria ubrań podzielona jest stosownie do okazji.   Przykładowo:   spódnice dzielą się na: spódnice do kolan, spódnice jeansowe, spódnice maxi, spódnice midi, spódnice mini, spódnice ołówkowe, spódnice plisowane,   sukienki dzielą się na: sukienki biznesowe, sukienki codzienne, sukienki dzianinowe, sukienki imprezowe, sukienki koktajlowe, sukienki maxi, sukienki na ramiączkach, sukienki ołówkowe, sukienki wieczorowe, suknie balowe i suknie ślubne.   Po dodaniu do tego wyboru koloru czy przedziału cenowego, zakupy stają się łatwe – ciężko jest namówić mnie na zakupy w galerii handlowej.     Stylizacja 1 Beżowa torebka | Różowa koszula z krytymi guzikami | Spódnica ołówkowa w kratkę | Czółenka | Karmelowy płaszcz Spódnicę w beżową kratkę połączyłam z różową koszulą, która nawiązuje do jednego z kolorów na spódnicy i dzięki temu stanowi jej idealne uzupełnienie. Do tego dodałam beżowoszare szpilki ze skóry welurowej na niewysokim 7 cm obcasie i beżową torebkę – razem tworzą lekki i przyjemny, ale bardzo biznesowy look, uzupełniony szlachetnym wełnianym płaszczem z domieszką poliamidu i kaszmiru. W sam raz, jeśli chciałabym wyrazić swój kobiecy, indywidualny styl, ale cały czas pokazując, że trzymam się zasad, oraz że mi zależy.   Stylizacja 2 Szara torebka | Biała koszula damska z krytymi guzikami | Spódnica w kratkę vichy | Czarne czółenka | 100% wełniany płaszcz Spódnica w kratkę vichy w mojej ulubionej długości w kolano lub delikatnie za kolano, zestawiona z białą koszulą z krytymi guzikami, uzupełniona czarnymi szpilkami, przełamanymi na tle ciemniejszego wełnianego płaszcza jasnoszarą torebką, w której zmieściłabym takie biznesowe niezbędniki jak kalendarz czy planner. Klasycznie, ale ze stylem.   Stylizacja 3 Niebieska koszula z krytymi guzikami | Granatowa spódnica w kratę | Camelowy płaszcz wełniany z kaszmirem | Beżowe szpilki | Bordowa torebka Na bazę wybrałam granatową spódnicę ołówkową na halce, która pomimo tego, że jest w zimnym kolorze, to wzór dużej kratki bardzo ją ociepla. Uzupełniłam ją niebieską koszulą z krytymi guzikami i ociepliłam beżowymi butami oraz brązową torebką, które wspaniale będą pasowały do camelowego, prostego płaszcza – ten aż w 70% jest wełniany, z domieszką poliamidu i kaszmiru i ma niezwykle ponadczasowy charakter, a ogrzeje mnie nawet wtedy, gdy zapomnę szalika.   Jaka jest odpowiednia długość płaszcza? Dobierając płaszcz do każdej stylizacji – codziennej, wieczorowej czy biznesowej, pamiętam o tym, że nie powinien być krótszy niż sukienka czy spódnica o więcej niż 2 centymetry. To dlatego zwykle kupuję płaszcze o długości za kolano, dzięki czemu pasują do wszystkich moich sukienek i spódnic, oczywiście poza długą do ziemi suknią wieczorową, o której wciąż marzę.   Która stylizacja jest Ci najbliższa?
- [Jak się ubrać do pracy w ciąży? Moda ciążowa w pracy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moda-ciazowa-w-pracy/): Zachodząc w ciążę, wiedziałam, że jeśli tylko mój stan zdrowia na to pozwoli, będę chciała i będę próbowała pracować. Choć w początkowym okresie ciąży staraliśmy się ją ukryć, kusiły mnie te wszystkie cudowne ubrania ciążowe, w których miałam ochotę spędzić kolejne miesiące. Pokażę Wam dziś moje sprawdzone sposoby na ciążowe stylizacje do pracy.   Gdy zachodziłam w ciążę, byłam pewna, że rynek ubrań ciążowych pęka w szwach, a ja będę mogła przebierać w ich ofercie na prawo i lewo. Niestety, mocno się tutaj pomyliłam, a odpowiedni dobór ciążowych ubrań do pracy stanowił dla mnie niemałe wyzwanie – szczególnie w trzecim trymestrze.   Tworząc każdą biznesową, ciążową stylizację przyświecała mi zasada – nie uciskać brzuszka. Jakie ubrania zaprosiłam więc do swojej biznesowej szafy?   1. Eleganckie spodnie ciążowe Tym sposobem moim pierwszym zakupem do ciążowej garderoby w wersji do pracy były eleganckie spodnie ciążowe. To spodnie, które mają za zadanie „rosnąć” z Tobą przez całą ciążę.  Pomimo tego, że swoje kupiłam już w 3 miesiącu ciąży, swoje zadanie spełniły – mieszczę się w nie aż do dzisiaj. Niestety musiały być źle uszyte, gdyż już pierwszego dnia się popruły – a spróbujcie zareklamować jedyne spodnie, które nadają się do pracy. O wiele szybciej pomogła mi tu krawcowa niż procedura reklamacyjna.   Przy wyborze eleganckich spodni do pracy zwróć więc uwagę na to: jak bardzo są rozciągliwe – dzięki temu jest szansa, że starczą Wam na całą ciążę, ale minus jest taki, że będą się też pewnie mocniej wypychać, na przykład na kolanach; ja swoje musiałam prać praktycznie co 1-2 założenia, czy mają elastyczny pas na brzuch w kolorze, który nie będzie się odznaczał pod eleganckimi bluzkami i koszulami: w jeansach zupełnie mi nie przeszkadza, że pas, który naciąga się na brzuszek, jest granatowy, natomiast spodnie do pracy wybrałam z szarym pasem, który nie przebija spod cieniutkich, eleganckich górnych elementów garderoby, czy mają uniwersalny kolor: taki, który będzie pasował do maksymalnej liczby okazji w Waszej pracy, a także do jak największej liczby ubrań, które już macie.   2. Bluzki i koszule Przez pierwszą połowę ciąży spokojnie udawało mi się zakładać do ciążowych spodni zwykłe bluzki, ale w trzecim trymestrze albo zwyczajnie przestałam się w nie mieścić, albo stawały się za krótkie, eksponując właśnie ten elastyczny pas w spodniach, który powinien być przykryty. Tutaj z pomocą przyszły mi luźniejsze bluzki z gumką w dolnej części lub już typowe bluzki ciążowe – aby przedłużyć ich zastosowanie, starałam się wybierać te z funkcją do karmienia.   3. Spódnice Nie zdecydowałam się na zakup ani jednej spódnicy ciążowej – bez problemu dawały tutaj radę ołówkowe spódnice z wysokim stanem uszyte z dzianiny.   4.  Sukienki W biznesie obowiązują 3 dozwolone długości spódnicy: przed kolano (nie za pupę), w kolano i za kolano (nie do połowy łydek czy do kostek). Swoje sukienki ciążowe starałam się dobierać także zgodnie z tym kluczem. Zależało mi na tym, aby nie eksponowały dodatkowo brzuszka – idealnie sprawdziły mi się tu sukienki z jaśniejszą górą i ciemniejszym dołem oraz te o ołówkowym kroju części spódnicowej – dzięki temu brzuszek nie był na pierwszym planie, no chyba że stanęłam bokiem…   …lub byłam w 8 miesiącu – tutaj brzuszek po prostu był już na pierwszym planie i już.     5. Buty Pomimo ciąży trzymam się zasad niechodzenia do pracy z gołymi nogami i noszenia zakrytych butów, natomiast w ogromnej większości całkowicie zrezygnowałam z butów na obcasie – przez całą ciążę założyłam je dosłownie może z 10 razy, zwykle przy okazji Kursów na Konsultanta Ślubnego, gdzie dosłownie przed wejściem na salę konferencyjną płaskie buty zamieniałam na te na obcasach – najniższych, jakie udało mi się kupić. W mojej garderobie zamieszkały natomiast eleganckie baletki, które pomimo braku obcasów pozwoliły mi czuć się elegancko i na swoim miejscu.   W pracy w ciąży przydały mi się więc specjalne rajstopy ciążowe (uwaga, posiadają jeden lub dwa okropne, bardzo odznaczające się szwy idące przez środek lub po bokach brzucha) lub… pończochy samonośne (to alternatywne rozwiązanie, jeśli te szwy będą Was bardzo drażnić – a pod ołówkowymi spódnicami będą).   6. Płaszcz Nie zdecydowałam się na zakup płaszcza typowo ciążowego – prawdopodobnie głównie dlatego, że ładnego nie znalazłam. W pierwszych miesiącach ciąży – zimą, pozwalałam sobie na ciepłą kurtkę puchową w karmelowym kolorze, a wiosną wskoczyłam w zwykły płaszcz, którego po prostu nie zapinałam, a na wypadek chłodu okrywałam się dodatkowo szalem.   7. Dodatki W tym temacie nic się u mnie w czasie ciąży nie zmieniło, wciąż stawiam na drobne, delikatne rozwiązania, klasyczne kolory i kształty. Jeśli chodzi o biżuterię w pracy, jestem zwolennikiem teorii: im delikatniej, tym lepiej.   Zaczęłam 9 miesiąc ciąży i tak sobie myślę, że strój do pracy w ciąży to jednak był pikuś, wyzwaniem będzie odpowiednio ubrać się po ciąży 😉   Jeśli Ci się podobało, będzie mi bardzo miło, jeśli polubisz lub udostępnisz:
- [My Home Office](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/my-home-office/): Dużo pracuję w domu, nie tylko dlatego, że muszę, ale zwyczajnie czasem łatwiej mi się tutaj wyłączyć, skupić, pisać, wymyślać. Jak tylko się wprowadziliśmy, stworzyliśmy tzw. pokój do pracy. Jest tylko jeden problem – ja nie lubię w nim pracować. Myślałam, że winne jest ustawienie biurek, to, że siedzimy za blisko, dokupiliśmy kolejny regał i rozłączyliśmy konstrukcję dwóch biurek i regału. Nie pomogło. Latałam więc ze swoim biurko-regałem po pokoju, ale nigdzie nie było mi dobrze, Ostatecznie lądowałam z laptopem na kolanach gdzie popadnie, a moje biurko stało się zbiorowiskiem wszystkich niepotrzebnych gdzie indziej rzeczy. Postanowiłam spróbować raz jeszcze – polubić to miejsce. Dzisiaj chciałabym, aby biurko i regał były białe, nie są – ale kupiłam białe dodatki i ramki, wsadziłam w nie wycinki z gazet w moich ulubionych klimatach i kolorach, odgraciłam półki, dołożyłam stylową lampkę biurkową i oto tu jestem.        
- [Marynarka w pepitkę - moda na jesień 2018](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/marynarka-w-pepitke-moda-na-jesien-2018/): Choć kolorystycznie absolutnie czuję się zimą, czasami lubię zrobić coś na przekór i wyjść poza strefę komfortu, dlatego tej jesieni postawiłam na pepitkę i to w beżowym wydaniu.   Gdybym miała powiedzieć, co kojarzy mi się z hasłem: moda na jesień 2018, bez wahania powiedziałabym – marynarka w kratę.   Bazę mojej garderoby stanowią biele, szarości, pudrowe róże, granaty i błękity, natomiast jesienią i zimą odczuwam czasami ogromną pokusę, aby sobie dodać ciepła – jestem totalnym zmarźluchem – także kolorem.   Dlatego tej jesieni postawiłam na beżową marynarkę w pepitkę, którą zestawiłam z beżowymi spodniami i kremową bluzką, aby marynarka miała stonowane tło, na którym gra pierwsze skrzypce. Zestaw uzupełniłam bransoletką w kolorze różowego złota zestawionego z czystą bielą, która nadaje stylizacji kontrastu, a zegarek w tym samym kolorze ją uzupełnia, tworząc „perfect match”. W ogóle uwielbiam biel w biżuterii, jest cudownym tłem dla błysku metalu!   Do tego duża torba na ramię, w której noszę całe swoje biuro – póki co nie wyrabiam się z zadaniami w czasie, który spędzam w biurze, więc laptopa i pracę zabieram ze sobą do domu, a tak duża torebka pozwala mi też wygodnie zabierać ze sobą laptopa na spotkania czy popracować w kawiarni, jeśli tylko mam na to ochotę.     W poście wystąpili: Marynarka – HM Bluzka – Manifiq – już niedostępna Spodnie – ZARA – kolor beżowy chwilowo niedostępny Beżowe szpilki – Ryłko Torebka – Camelia Roma Bransoletka i zegarek – Daniel Wellington -15% rabatu na kod KUDELA – ważny aż do 31.12.18   A czego nie może zabraknąć w Twojej szafie tej jesieni?
- [Szafa ponad porami roku i moja letnia stylizacja otulona ciepłem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niebieski-plaszcz-welniany-beret/): Kompletując moją garderobę stawiam na neutralność i najchętniej wybieram  ubrania, wykonane z wysokiej jakości naturalnych tkanin. Takie, które są wielofunkcyjne i nadają się nie tylko na jedną porę roku. Zobacz jak dosłownie ociepliłam wakacyjną spódnicę tak,  że wspaniale czuję się w niej nawet w styczniowy, cieplejszy dzień.   Uwielbiam niebieski kolor, pasuje idealnie do ciepłych letnich dni, ale jest także idealny na zimę. Gdy w 40 tygodni udało mi się zgubić 20 kilogramów, z radością przyszło mi wymienić pół garderoby, a ja obiecałam sobie, że już nigdy nie stanę przed szafą i nie powiem – nie wiem się w co ubrać.   Staram się dobierać ubrania tak, abym łatwo mogła stworzyć z nich zestawy na każdą porę roku.     Ta białoniebieska spódnica w klasyczny wzór paisley, który nigdy nie wychodzi z mody, idealnie sprawdzała w zestawie z biała bluzką w letnie dni, a zimą wystarczyło zmienić bluzkę na niebieską, szpilki na botki, zarzucić na siebie płaszcz z wełną i ciepły szal…     i dopełnić całość grafitowym beretem, aby w cieplejszy styczniowy dzień czuć się ciepło, kobieco oraz niezobowiązująco elegancko.     Jak to ja biżuterię ograniczyłam prawie do minimum – nie tyle w ilości, co w formie i kolorze – postawiłam na drobne kolczyki sztyfty z masą perłową, ażurowy, delikatny naszyjnik, srebrny zegarek i stalową, bardzo minimalistyczną bransoletkę, idealnie łączącą srebrną biżuterię z białym wzorem na spódnicy.   Czuję się w tym stroju bardzo naturalnie i swobodnie, ale jednak z klasą. Uwielbiam efekt wełnianego beretu – ciepło, ale również nieco „parysko”. Założyłam też moją ulubioną, codzienną szarą torebkę, która pasuje mi niemal do wszystkiego, a jej trwałość nie przestaje mnie zadziwiać – pomimo tego, że rano biegam w niej na placu zabaw, gdy ledwo się zapina wypchana chusteczkami i przekąskami, tego samego dnia wieczorem mogę iść w niej na spotkanie – lekka, wygodna i niezwykle pojemna jak na taki niepozorny rozmiar.   Mam też dla Ciebie dobrą informację – prawie wszystkie elementy są dziś w sporej promocji, a najlepsze jest to, że każdą z nich założysz zarówno zimą, jak i latem:   Spódnica | Spódnica Helle niebieska paisley Marie Zelie z -40& rabatem Bluzka | Bluzka Lovoa Petrol od Marie Zelie z -25% rabatu Płaszcz | Niebieski płaszcz uszyty z tkaniny z 30% dodatkiem wełny od Reserved Beret | Beret wełniany atramentowy od Marie Zelie z 50% rabatem Botki | TK Maxx Torebka | Michael Kors kupiona dwa lata temu, podobna Zegarek i bransoletka | Daniel Wellington z rabatem -15% na kod KUDELA ważny do 2019.02.15 Kolczyki z masą perłową | Tous Color Zawieszka w kształcie misia | Tous Galaxy     A Ty jesteś zadowolona ze swojej szafy? Na co zwracasz uwagę zapraszając do niej ubrania? Tak jak ja na uniwersalność czy jednak latem nosisz zupełnie inne ubrania niż zimą?
- [Na spełnianie marzeń nigdy nie jest za późno](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/na-spelnianie-marzen-nigdy-nie-jest-za-pozno/): Nasze marzenia zwykle ewoluują wraz z naszym rozwojem, ale wiele z nich wydaje się nie zmieniać przez dziesiątki lat, wciąż wbijając szpileczkę gdzieś między żebra, dając nam wyraźnie znać, że czekają na spełnienie.   Tak było z naszą ślubną sesją zdjęciową. Nasz kameralny ślub odbył się kilka lat temu w polskich górach, w bardzo trudnym dla nas okresie w życiu, a my z powodu mojego nagłego pobytu w szpitalu, musieliśmy odwołać także ślubną sesję zdjęciową.   To niespełnione marzenie – jako Wedding Plannerka zawodowo spełniam przecież ślubne marzenia – wciąż przypominało nam o trudach tamtych dni, więc dwa razy nie musieliśmy się zastanawiać i kilka lat po ślubie zdecydowaliśmy się je zrealizować!   Te osobiste zdjęcia zostały zrobione w minione wakacje w naszej rodzinnej Gdyni, a w naszych sercach zrobiło się sporo miejsca na nowe marzenia.   Wszystkiego najlepszego! Kochajcie się i nie bójcie się spełniania marzeń! Tych wspólnych i tych osobistych.     A Ty, gdybyś się nie bała, jakie marzenie byś spełniła?   Suknia ślubna i skrzydła anioła: Malena with Love Kolczyki: Pillow Design Kwiaty: Pico Bello Organizacja: Wytwórnia Ślubów Zdjęcia: Magdalena Mizera
- [Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kacik-do-przewijania-wyprawka-dziecko/): To już drugi post z serii #Wyprawka i dzisiaj opowiem Wam o tym jak wygodnie zorganizować kącik do przewijania Maluszka.    Ten post napisałam w 2015 roku, gdy po raz pierwszy zostałam Mamą, koniecznie zobacz mój kącik do przewijania z 2018 roku, gdy zostałam Mamą po raz drugi.   Pamiętam, jak już na kilka tygodni przed porodem szalałam z organizacją kącika do przewijania. Wojtek był nieco sceptyczny i nie rozumiał po co ja tam już wszystko tak szykuję, ale jak wróciliśmy z Nowym Rodkiem ze szpitala, a ja położyłam Dziecko na przewijaku i dosłownie wszystko miałam pod ręką był wniebowzięty! A ja usłyszałam te słowa, na które przez tyle miesięcy czekałam: miałaś rację! Super to wszystko wymyśliłaś!   Co powinno znaleźć się w naszym kąciku do przewijania i co pomogło mi świetnie się zorganizować?   1. Przewijak Może być to ceratka, którą położysz na swoim łóżku, albo nakładka na łóżeczko czy też osobny mebel, na który my się zdecydowaliśmy. Dla mnie ważne było to, aby miejsce do przewijania było zawsze gotowe. Miałam dużo miejsca do dyspozycji więc wybrałam osobny mebel, który dodatkowo służy mi jako regał, ale moim koleżankom równie dobrze sprawdzają się przewijaki w postaci nakładki na łóżeczko. Szczególnie w początkowym okresie bardzo przydatne były jednorazowe podkładki do przewijania, które kładłam  na pokrowcu, dzięki temu nie musiałam go zmieniać czasami kilka razy dziennie.   2. Chusteczki nawilżane Szklana butelka z wodą + waciki Jeśli trochę mnie czytacie to wiecie, że jestem przeciwniczką chemii w naszych kosmetykach (w jedzeniu zresztą też), a co dopiero w kosmetykach dziecięcych. Składy ogromnej większości nawilżanych chusteczek dla dzieci są fatalne, bardzo niezdrowe i szkodliwe. Czy wiecie, że w wielu chusteczkach nawilżanych są składniki, które interpretowane są przez nasz organizm jako damskie hormony płciowe? Co szczególnie w przypadku ciągłego stosowania ich przy chłopcach może mieć negatywne skutki. Dlatego moją dewizą jest: im mniej chemii tym lepiej. Uwierzcie, że woda w szklanej butelce a’la po śmietanie + waciki sprawdzą się idealnie, będzie zdrowo i bardziej ekologicznie, a może i ekonomicznie, choć waciki też swoje kosztują. Do buteleczki zawsze możecie nalać ciepłej wody, co szczególnie w przypadku noworodków pozwoli uniknąć przykrego uczucia zimnych mokrych chusteczek na skórze. My na mokre chusteczki pozwalamy sobie tylko poza domem chyba, że w domu muszę coś szybko wytrzeć i akurat mam je pod ręką. Zawsze jednak staram się czytać składy chusteczkowych chemideł, które przynoszę do domu. Jeśli zastanawiasz się jakie chusteczki są najbardziej bezpieczne dla dzieci, poczytaj o ich składach tutaj i tutaj. Jeśli już decydujemy się ich używać, jak wszystko warto robić to z głową. A skoro można wybrać źle i całkiem dobrze, warto wybrać najlepiej.   3. Pieluszki Jednorazowe czy wielorazowe, ważne, aby mieć do nich bezpośredni dostęp.   4. Organizer Warto zaopatrzyć się w jakiś organizer np. zawieszany na łóżeczku czy przewijaku, świetnie sprawdzi się także koszyk czy karton, który postawimy koło łóżka, na którym będziemy dziecko przewijać. Grunt, to mieć wszystko pod ręką.   5. Ubranka Idealnie, jeśli szafka czy komoda, a może półka z ubrankami znajdują się w bezpośredniej bliskości kącika do przewijania. Jeśli okaże się, ze oprócz pieluszki musisz przebrać także ubranka, sięgniesz po nie bez odchodzenia od przewijaka.   6. Kosmetyki Tutaj także sprawdza się dewiza: im mniej tym lepiej. Od urodzenia profilaktycznie używaliśmy przez kilka tygodni maści pod pieluszkę np. Bepanten Baby Extra lub maści z czystej lanoliny. Ważne, aby miała dobry skład – dobrze, aby nie zawierała na przykład parafiny czy olei mineralnych, które działają na skórę jak folia spożywcza… Oczywiście, wiele z nas używało czy używa parafiny i powie, że nic się nie działo, że jest ona przecież szeroko polecana na porodówkach i w szkołach rodzenia i pewnie większości dzieciom nic od niej nie jest, ale warto wiedzieć, że może powodować na przykład trądzik niemowlęcy… Później maści używaliśmy tylko na podrażnienia czy odparzenia – do dziś nie stosujemy jej prewencyjnie, aby skóra mogła sama się o siebie zatroszczyć.   7. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki, waciki, kosmetyki… O wyborze naszego kosza możesz przeczytać tutaj.   BEZPIECZEŃSTWO Dlaczego tak ważna jest dobra organizacja miejsca do przewijania? Pamiętaj, że nigdy ale to przenigdy nie wolno zostawiać Dziecka samego na przewijaku, dlatego wszystko cokolwiek może być potrzebne musi być w zasięgu Twojej ręki. My wyrobiliśmy sobie taki nawyk, że podczas przewijania Dziecka na przewijaku przez cały czas dotykamy jedną ręką Dziecka, przecież wyjęcie pieluszki czy ubranka jedną ręką nie stanowi najmniejszego problemu. Reguła ta dotyczy także tych dzieci, które się jeszcze nie przewracają… nigdy nie wiemy, kiedy Dziecko postanowi się obrócić po raz pierwszy.   Jak wygląda organizacja przewijania u nas?   Komodę z ubrankami ustawiliśmy w bezpośredniej bliskości przewijaka. Na komodzie trzymamy butelkę z wodą oraz waciki oraz maść, a w organizerze zawieszonym na przewijaku są pieluszki (a kiedyś mieszkały tam także jałowe waciki czy sól fizjologiczna). Zaraz obok przewijaka stoi kosz na zużyte pieluszki i zwykły kosz na śmieci. Wszystko w zasięgu ręki.   Na zdjęciach: przewijak IKEA Gulliver > klik pojemnik na wodę: wazon IKEA Ensidig > klik waciki: Cleanic Kindii > klik organizer na przewijak: H&M Home maść pośladkowa: na receptę, możliwie najprostszy skład, bez parafiny kosz na pieluszki: Tommee Tippee Sangenic Plus > klik kosz na śmieci: Ikea Strapats > klik   Dajcie znać, czy podoba Ci się nowa seria postów z serii #wyprawka i o jakich sprawdzonych rozwiązaniach chcielibyście jeszcze przeczytać.   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik
- [Kalendarz 2019 do druku – miesięczny](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-2019-do-druku-miesieczny/): Kalendarz z widokiem na poszczególne miesiące wisi u nas w kuchni i pomaga zorientować się w życiu rodzinnym każdemu domownikowi. Drukuję go corocznie zawieszam na podkładce z klipsem – dzięki temu kalendarz kosztuje mnie kilka groszy, a na wypadek pomyłek czy dużej zmiany planów, zawsze mogę dodrukować kolejną stronę.   Wersja, którą przygotowałam dla siebie i udostępniam dziś Tobie zupełnie za darmo na już wpisane wszystkie święta i dni wolne od pracy, które dla wyróżnienia podkreśliłam podwójną linią. Wystarczy, że uzupełnisz go o Wasze rodzinne wydarzenia i rozpoczniesz planowanie 2019 roku, zgodnie ze swoimi priorytetami.   No właśnie, czy w ogóle wiesz jakie są Twoje? W kolejnym poście opowiem Ci czym kierowałam się przy wyborze moich, a są to RODZINA, ZDROWIE i BEZPIECZEŃSTWO. To moje nadrzędne drogowskazy i podejmując każdą ważną życiową decyzję odnoszę się do nich. Natomiast ich wybór wcale nie był taki prosty ani oczywisty! Niby zawsze miałam je w głowie, ale dopóki ich nie zwerbalizowałam, w praktyce wcale nie wyznaczały mojego kierunku w codzienny życiu.   Zanim pobierzesz kalendarz, chciałabym zaprosić Cię do mojej świeżutkiej, dosłownie przed momentem utworzonej grupy na Facebooku, gdzie na temat planowania, ale przede wszystkim pozytywnego myślenia będziemy mogły porozmawiać sobie w wąskim gronie, a także pozytywnie nastawić się każdego dnia – nie bez powodu swój kalendarz nazwałam:   Dzień dobry! Kalendarz na dobry dzień   Chcesz zobaczyć jak wygląda kalendarz przed pobraniem? Oto dwa przykładowe miesiące: Tu znajdziesz kalendarz: Kalendarz Miesięczny 2019 do druku A4 – PDF Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Styczeń-Grudzień – PDF   Kalendarz Miesięczny 2019 do druku A4 – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Styczeń – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Luty – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Marzec- JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Kwiecień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Maj – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Czerwiec – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Lipiec – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Sierpień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Wrzesień – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Październik – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Listopad – JPG Pobierz Kalendarz 2019 do druku Grudzień – JPG   Jak korzystam z tego kalendarza?   Drukuję go na domowej drukarce na kartkach A4. Jest czarno-biały, więc nie potrzebuję kolorowego tuszu, aby ładnie wyglądał. kalendarz wieszam w kuchni – ja wykorzystuję do tego podkładkę ze sklejki z klipsem.   W kalendarzu tym zapisuję na początku wszystkie urodziny, imieniny i rocznice oraz inne ważne daty dla naszej rodziny. Planujemy tu wyjazdy i wakacje. Widok na cały miesiąc pozwala mi zachować work-life balance nie tylko w roku, ale i w poszczególnych miesiącach.   Znajdą się tu wię wszystkie wydarzenia, które maja miejsce konkretnego dnia o konkretnej godzinie, na przykład: 21 stycznia 2019 – 16:00 Dentysta Aga 28 grudnia 2019 – 13:15 Bilans Czterolatka Miki 1 lutego 2019 – 20:00 Aga wyjście z koleżankami   Dzięki temu każdy z nas wie, co poza standardowym harmonogramem dzieje się w życiu naszej rodziny.   Mam nadzieję, że spodoba Ci się nasz pomysł na rodzinny kalendarz. My już nie wyobrażamy sobie bez niego życia. A jeśli będziesz z niego korzystać, będzie mi miło, jeśli oznaczysz mnie #kalendarznadobrydzien – dzięki temu będziemy mogły się odnaleźć w social mediach.   Ten kalendarz to dopiero początek – tworzenie narzędzi do planowania pokochałam, a fantastyczny feedback od Was dodał mi skrzydeł tak, że to dopiero początek!  Tu możesz pobrać planner – kalendarz tygodniowy na 2019 rok – idealny do wpięcia w segregator czy zbindowania i zorganizowaniu Twojego zbalansowanego życia, a tutaj roczny kalendarz na 2019 – do zaplanowania strategicznych celów i zadań.   A jeśli chcesz otrzymać informacje o kolejnych narzędziach do planowania i organizacji zbalansowanego życia, które możesz pobrać za darmo, zapisz się na tę listę:   [mailerlite_form form_id=3]
- [Karmienie piersią, a randka z mężem lub powrót do pracy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karmienie-piersia-powrot-do-pracy/): Powodów, dla których musimy zostawić naszego Maluszka z kimś innym, niż my same, jest całe mnóstwo. Szkoła czy uczelnia, praca czy dodatkowe zlecenie, sprawa w sądzie czy inne sprawy urzędowe, pobyt w szpitalu własny czy ze starszym dzieckiem, a nawet randka z mężem albo wyjście do kina z koleżanką – absolutnie nie muszą oznaczać, że musimy zrezygnować z karmienia piersią, ani też tego, że Dziecko będziemy musiały dokarmiać mlekiem modyfikowanym. Dziś opowiem Ci, jak zorganizowałam karmienie piersią, prowadząc własną firmę…   a nawet koordynując wesele Klientów niecałe 2 miesiące po porodzie.   Podstawą zawodu Wedding Plannera jest dyspozycyjność oraz długoterminowe planowanie – gdy przyjmowałam na siebie koordynację tego wesela, nawet nie wiedziałam, że do tego czasu zajdę w ciążę i urodzę kolejne Dziecko, które będzie wtedy miało niecałe 2 miesiące. Zaufanie Klientów do Wedding Plannera to podstawa pracy w tej branży i naszej firmy, a ja wiedziałam, że mam wystarczająco dużo czasu, aby do tego wyjścia przygotować siebie i dziecko.   Nie tylko to wyjście było dla mnie wyzwaniem – zdarzało się, że musiałam podjechać na chwilę do firmy, odbyć jakieś spotkanie czy złożyć podpisy na dokumentach – zawsze zabierałam wtedy ze sobą noworodka czy kilkumiesięczne niemowlę, poza wyjątkowymi spotkaniami z Klientami – wtedy jechałam razem z Mężem, który w pokoju obok był z Maluszkiem, a ja mogłam w dowolnym momencie podejść i go nakarmić. Nie mogłam natomiast zabrać kilkudniowego Synka na koordynację ślubu.   Nadrabianie straconego czasu Wiedziałam, że wyrzuty sumienia nikomu tu nie pomogą, dlatego też gdy byłam z Synkiem, pozwalałam nam być ze sobą na jego warunkach, zawsze karmiąc na żądanie, także po to, aby nadrobić emocjonalną i fizyczną bliskość. Pamiętam, gdy Maks miał kilka miesięcy, a ja poprowadziłam pierwszy raz po porodzie Kurs na Wedding Plannera i przez 4 dni po 9 godzin byłam poza domem. Zaraz po kursie wyjechałam z Mężem i Dziećmi na mały urlop do Olsztyna, aby nadrobić tę naszą bliskość.   Karmienie na odległość Do 6 miesiąca karmiłam Maksia wyłącznie piersią (przygodę z rozszerzaniem diety opisałam tutaj), dlatego opuszczając go choćby na dwie godziny, musiałam zostawiać mu moje mleko.   Odciąganie pokarmu Zarówno przy Mikusiu, jak i przy Maksiu, pokarm odciągałam laktatorem elektrycznym – w domu, szykując się kilka dni wcześniej do wyjścia, a także poza domem. Laktator elektryczny pozwalał mi na łatwe i bezbolesne odciąganie pokarmu w każdej z tych sytuacji.   Każda z nas ma laktację o różnej intensywności. Moja była, można powiedzieć, ledwo wystarczająca (o moim kryzysie laktacyjnym pisałam tutaj) – odciągając pokarm w domu, zawsze robiłam to po zakończonym karmieniu. Nie mogłam sobie pozwolić na odciąganie pokarmu pomiędzy karmieniami, gdyż wtedy na kolejne karmienie miałam tego pokarmu za mało. Poza domem odciągałam pokarm co trzy godziny, mniej więcej o tych porach, o jakich karmiłabym Maksa.   Wychodząc z domu, miałam na uwadze to, że najlepszy pokarm mamy to ten, który podaję w ciągu 24 godzin od odciągnięcia [1], dlatego planując moje wyjścia, starałam się planować je tak, aby możliwie jak najczęściej podawać Dziecku świeżo odciągnięte mleko, zamiast zawsze je mrozić, a dziecku podawać odmrożone. Dlatego gdy odciągnęłam mleko przed samym wyjściem, wcale nie wkładałam go do lodówki – widziałam, że Maksiu spożyje je w ciągu trzech godzin i przez ten czas nic złego nie miało prawa się mleku stać. Natomiast jeśli to się nie udawało, nie przejmowałam się tym, że podaję mleko wcześniej schłodzone czy mrożone, gdyż przechowywany w lodówce pokarm mamy, czy nawet odmrożony, jest dalej nieporównywalnie lepszy, niż ten sztuczny.       Przechowywanie odciągniętego mleka Odciągnięte mleko ile może stać? [1] W temperaturze pokojowej – do 6 godzin W lodówce (maksymalna temperatura <10°C) – do 3 dni W lodówce (maksymalna temperatura <4°C) – do 8 dni Zamrażarka (maksymalna temperatura -18°C) – 6 miesięcy   W mojej lodówce nie ma więcej niż 4°C, więc dla uproszczenia zapamiętałam tę zasadę jako „zasadę 6” – 6 godzin, 6 dni, 6 miesięcy. W lodówce warto trzymać mleko przy tylnej ściance, gdzie jest najchłodniej, a nie przy drzwiach lub na nich, gdzie jest najcieplej.     W czym przechowywać odciągnięte mleko? W swojej karierze mamy karmiącej korzystałam z trzech rożnych laktatorów. Każdy z nich miał możliwość odciągania mleka wprost do butelki, takiej, na którą mogłam nałożyć smoczek i nakarmić Dziecko, a także do specjalnego woreczka na pokarm – funkcja niezwykle przydatna, jeśli wszystkie butelki na pokarm są właśnie pełne.     Najwygodniej odciągało mi się pokarm do laktatora z podłączoną butelką, ale gdy wszystkie akurat były pełne, okazjonalnie korzystałam z woreczków.   Odciągnięte mleko w lodówce, czyli takie najszybciej przeznaczone do spożycia, najłatwiej było mi przechowywać w butelce. Oprócz tej dołączonej do laktatora, miałam kilka dodatkowych – nosiłam je w torbie, więc było mi lżej i bez ryzyka, że butelka się potłucze i zaleje zawartość torby.     Za to planując przechowywanie pokarmu w zamrażarce prawie zawsze korzystałam ze specjalnych woreczków do przechowywania i mrożenia pokarmu. Mają bardzo fajne etykiety – notowałam na nich datę pobrania i ilość odciągniętego mleka, a można to zrobić nawet zwykłym długopisem. Pole na godzinę zostawiałam puste. Skoro mleko mogłam przechowywać aż do pół roku, wartość ta nie miała dla mnie żadnego znaczenia. Czasami używałam ich także w lodówce.     To jest odkrycie – woreczki z pokarmem mroziłam na płasko – dzięki temu oszczędzam sporo miejsca, notatki na woreczku łatwiej było mi odczytać, a pokarm szybciej się odmrażał – same plusy! Aby woreczki nie sklejały się ze sobą podczas zamarzania, przekładałam je kawałkami ręcznika papierowego. Regularnie też przeglądałam zamrożone mleka i układałam je według daty odciągnięcia, zawsze najstarsze na samej górze, aby szybciej je zużyć.       Jak rozmrażać mleko matki? Mleko mamy najlepiej jest rozmrażać w lodówce – czyli powoli, dzięki czemu zachowa najwięcej wartości odżywczych. Po rozmrożeniu mleko powinno by spożyte w ciągu 12 godzin. Jeśli mi się spieszyło, wsadzałam je jednak do ciepłej wody – ale nigdy nie cieplejszej niż 37°C, aby nie straciło cennych wartości – regularnie potrząsając woreczkiem dla szybszego rozmrożenia.   Absolutnie jednak nie wolno zamrażać raz rozmrożonego mleka.       Jak podawać odciągnięte mleko mamy? Odciągnięte mleko można podawać za pomocą strzykawki lub maleńkiego kubeczka (jak do syropu, można także kupić w aptece takie pojemniczki do podawania leków – sprawdzą się idealnie). Tę metodę polecam szczególnie u noworodków, aby nie zaburzyć u nich nauki ssania piersi, ani nie rozleniwić Dziecka karmieniem butelką (ssanie butelki jest dla dziecka dużo łatwiejsze niż piersi – mleko niemal samo leci, co może powodować, że dziecko mniej chętnie będzie ssało pierś, a także wymaga to innej techniki). Karmić można oczywiście również butelką – nie da się jednak ukryć, że choć producenci prześcigają się w produkcji smoczków jak najbardziej przypominających pierś, sposób ssania mleka z butelki jest inny.   Osobiście po przygodzie z podawaniem mleka strzykawką (gdy po porodzie miałam za mało pokarmu, podawałam dziecku każdą odciągniętą ilość), w drugim miesiącu życia, gdy karmienie piersią nie sprawiało nam już żadnych technicznych problemów, zaczęłam od czasu do czasu podawać Maksiowi moje mleko w szklanej butelce ze smoczkiem. Choć wtedy jeszcze wszędzie zabierałam Synka ze sobą i nie musiałam podawać mu mleka odciągniętego, miałam w głowie zaplanowaną koordynację ślubu i to, że prędzej niż później będę musiała Synka zostawić na kilka godzin i chciałam, aby picie z butelki nie wiązało się wtedy dla niego z dodatkowym stresem. Dobrałam jednak butelkę z jak najmniejszą dziurką, aby Maluch, jedząc z butelki, również musiał się wysilić.   Dlaczego warto wybrać szklaną butelkę? Butelki szklane są ekologiczne i biodegradowalne, ale co najważniejsze – najłatwiej utrzymać nam w idealnym stanie – bardzo łatwo je wyszorować, nie rysują się od szczotki do czyszczenia, nie pochłaniają zapachów, nie zbierają osadów i nie farbują się od soków. Przy pierwszy Synku używaliśmy początkowo butelek plastikowych, które po kilku miesiącach nadawały się tylko do śmietnika i wtedy przerzuciliśmy się na butelki szklane, które używamy do dziś. Szklaną butelkę warto mieć tej samej firmy co laktator – dodatkową korzyścią jest to, że wszystkie akcesoria do karmienia do siebie pasują.   W jakiej temperaturze należy podawać pokarm mamy? Odciągnięte mleko możemy podawać w temperaturze pokojowej, ale nie wszystkie dzieci lubią tak chłodne mleko, warto wtedy je podgrzać, umieszczając butelkę w ciepłej (ale nie gorącej) wodzie. Nigdy nie powinno się podgrzewać mleka w mikrofalówce. Po użyciu butelki, dopóki Maksio nie skończył pół roku, raz dziennie dezynfekowałam je w sterylizatorze. Gdy Maks zaczął jeść z podłogi, robiłam to już dużo rzadziej 😉       Gdy dziecko nie chce jeść z butelki Bałam się sytuacji, w której po raz pierwszy zostawię Synka, a on odmówi jedzenia z butelki, gdy będę daleko od niego i nie będę mogła mu pomóc. Dlatego zanim po raz pierwszy zostawiłam Maksia z Tatą, upewniłam się, że będzie potrafił i chciał jeść z butelki, trenując tę umiejętność wcześniej. Znam dzieci, które potrafiły protestować i przez całe 8 godzin nieobecności mamy nie wziąć do ust butelki, więc warto to sprawdzić, zanim pierwszy raz oddalimy się od Maluszka. Część dzieci, szczególnie starszych niż 6 miesięcy, wyśmienicie radzi sobie, pijąc od razu mleko z kubeczka czy bidonu.       Odciąganie mleka w pracy Moja praca ma różny charakter – czasami są to całe dnie spędzane w biurze, a czasami poza nim, w hotelach, na spotkaniach czy w plenerze lub na wyjeździe. Dlatego wychodząc z domu, zawsze miałam przy sobie laktator i pojemniczki do przechowywania odciągniętego mleka.   Moje pierwsze samotne wyjście do pracy na cały dzień było tym wyjściem na koordynację ślubu Klientów – w sali weselnej nie było żadnego intymnego miejsca do odciągania pokarmu, a nie chciałam tego robić w toalecie, dlatego szybko zrozumiałam, że pracując mobilnie, moim azylem do odciągania pokarmu będzie samochód. Korzystałam z niego do tego celu także gdy wróciłam do prowadzenia szkoleń, a przez wiele miesięcy odciągałam mleko nawet na dwa laktatory, aby zmieścić się w czasie przerw – nie zawsze miałam w domu wystarczające zapasy mleka i troska o to, aby w ciągu dnia odciągnąć dokładnie tyle, by starczyło na cały kolejny dzień, była dla mnie ogromnie ważna. Muszę przyznać się Wam, że moja determinacja działania z dwoma różnymi laktatorami na hotelowym parkingu napawa mnie nieco dumą 😀   Początkowo korzystałam z laktatora na zasilacz – w domu i biurze – z opcją zasilania bateriami – poza biurem, czyli przede wszystkim w samochodzie. Wtedy nie mogłam zapomnieć o zapasie baterii, jednak na bateriach niestety laktator miał mniejszą siłę, więc odciąganie trwało dłużej, a gdy baterie się rozładowały (na przykład zimą, gdy zostawiałam laktator w chłodnym samochodzie, działo się to dużo szybciej) zostawałam bez możliwości odciągnięcia pokarmu.   Dlatego zakochałam się w laktatorze zasilanym kablem USB – za pomocą powerbanku, ładowarki czy nawet laptopa! Od kiedy kabel USB mogłam podłączyć bezpośrednio do ładowarki telefonu w samochodzie, zyskałam prawdziwy komfort i niezależność. Żadne baterie ani gniazdko elektryczne nie były mi już dłużej potrzebne, gdyż poza domem, biurem czy samochodem wystarczył mi dowolny powerbank czy nawet wspomniany laptop – możesz zobaczyć to na poniższym zdjęciu – i to działa 😀     Pamiętam, jaką ogromną ulgę odczułam, gdy Maks zaczął jeść pokarmy stałe, jedna porcja mojego mleka wystarczyła mu na cały dzień szkolenia i nie musiałam odciągać mleka poza domem co 2-3 godziny, aby uzupełnić domowe rezerwy. Dlatego jeśli wracasz do pracy, gdy Twoje Dziecko ma już pół roku i więcej, możesz być dużo spokojniejsza!   Co gdy zabraknie mleka Mamy? Bardzo nie chciałam podawać Dziecku sztucznego mleka, szczególnie z uwagi na alergię Maksa. Mój pediatra też był przeciwny i polecił mi na awaryjne sytuacje mleko roślinne. Zrównoważona dieta, karmienie piersią i mleko roślinne od czasu do czasu było naszym bezpiecznym i zdrowym rozwiązaniem – mleko to zostało z nami nawet po zakończeniu karmienia piersią. Nie ma bowiem potrzeby, aby po zakończeniu karmienia piersią w wieku roku i trzech miesięcy jak to było u nas, podawać Dziecku mleko modyfikowane (oczywiście warto zapytać o zbilansowaną dietę dziecka dietetyka lub pediatrę). Mleko owsiane, jaglane, a od czasu do czasu także ryżowe, kokosowe czy migdałowe na stałe zagościły w diecie całej naszej rodziny.   Ile to wszystko kosztuje? Początkowo wydawało mi się, że laktator, butelki i woreczki do przechowywania pokarmu to spory wydatek, ale nie  wiedziałam wtedy jeszcze ile puszek mleka modyfikowanego potrzebuje miesięcznie dziecko i nie przemnożyłam ich przez cenę jednej. To nawet 300-500 złotych miesięcznie w zależności od mleka! Dlatego bez wyrzutów sumienia dokupowałam kolejne woreczki do mrożenia pokarmu i wiedziałam, że i tak oszczędzam ogrom pieniędzy (i zdrowia) w porównaniu do zakupu mleka modyfikowanego.   Jaki laktator wybrać? Podstawowy wybór, przed jakim staniesz, będzie dotyczył wyboru pomiędzy laktatorem ręcznym a elektrycznym. Który jest lepszy?   Laktator ręczny czy elektryczny? Podstawowa różnica pomiędzy nimi jest oczywiście zarówno w cenie, jak i w komforcie używania. Osobiście elektryczny laktator wzięłam już do porodu – miałam dobre przeczucie, gdyż później okazało się, że moja laktacja nie uruchomiła się od razu po porodzie i w jej rozkręcaniu ogromnie pomógł mi właśnie laktator. Cieszyłam się, że wybrałam ten elektryczny, gdyż ledwo miałam siłę na odciąganie – a robiłam to po każdym karmieniu techniką 7-5-3, czyli przez pół godziny raz na 2-2,5 godziny. Po dodaniu do tego czasu potrzebnego na przewijanie i opiekę nad Noworodkiem, nie zostawało mi i tak wiele czasu na odpoczynek (całą historię mojej walki o pokarm przeczytasz tutaj). Bardzo pomocne były też dwie fazy odciągania pokarmu – nasz Maluszek chwilę po przystawieniu ssie pierś także inaczej, niż gdy mleko już z niej płynnie wypływa. O nich opowiem Ci poniżej.   Wiedziałam także, że będę chciała karmić piersią co najmniej rok, a do pracy wrócę wcześniej, więc postawiłam na laktator, który jest możliwie cichy. Pisałam Ci już wyżej także o problemach z zasilaniem laktatora poza domem – dlatego wybór laktatora zasilanego na kabel USB podłączony do zasilacza czy powerbanku był dla mnie strzałem w 10! Jeśli jednak rozkręcenie laktacji masz już za sobą, nie planujesz zostawiać Maluszka poza wyjątkowymi okazjami i masz zamiar używać laktatora okazjonalnie, laktator ręczny powinien równie świetnie się spisać.   Jeśli natomiast zależy Ci na laktatorze elektrycznym, cichym, zasilanym kablem USB podłączonym do powerbanku, samochodu czy laptopa, dwiema fazami funkcjami ssania i różnej mocy, koniecznie musisz zobaczyć mój najnowszy kompaktowy laktator elektryczny Lansinoh, który miałam przyjemność przetestować. Dzięki silikonowej nakładce z sympatycznymi uszkami jest to też zdecydowanie najładniejszy laktator, jaki widziałam.     Dwufazowy Laktator Elektryczny Lansinoh Laktator Lansinoh posiada dwie fazy – jedną do stymulowania wypływu pokarmu, a drugą do jego ściągania, które naśladują ruchy ust Maluszka i imitują naturalny rytm pobierania przez niego pokarmu. Do wyboru mamy również pięć poziomów ssania, z których możemy korzystać podczas odciągania pokarmu. W ten sposób mogłam jeszcze lepiej dopasować pracę urządzenia do swojej wygody. Obie fazy przełączane są automatycznie, dzięki czemu nie musiałam się zastanawiać, w którym momencie powinnam przejść z jednej do drugiej. Laktator posiada też funkcję automatycznego wyłączenia, która jest uruchamiania, gdy urządzenie pozostaje bez nadzoru przez 60 minut. Jeśli więc zdarzyło mi się zasnąć lub zapomniałam wyłączyć urządzenie, nie musiałam się martwić – wyłączyło się samo!   W zestawie oprócz laktatora i wszystkich akcesoriów koniecznych do jego działania znajdziecie także powerbank gratis.     Dodatkowym atutem jest ciepła i miła końcówka laktatora, taka silikonowa poduszeczka, która dotyka naszej skóry –  nigdzie wcześniej takiej nie spotkałam, a pozwala na idealne dopasowanie.     Bardzo ważne jest też to, że Lansinoh oferuje części zamienne i wsparcie serwisowe czyli pełną obsługę posprzedażową, także pogwarancyjną, a w praktyce oznacza to, że jeśli masz potrzebę to możesz dokupić do laktatora każdą dowolną część, wężyk, membrankę czy cokolwiek potrzebujesz.   O czym nie warto zapomnieć? Mi absolutnie przydały się wkładki laktacyjne – dopóki karmiłam Maksia wyłącznie piersią, czyli do szóstego miesiąca, używałam ich na każde wyjście bez niego, a od zawsze wiedziałam, że te Lansinoh są najlepsze na świecie!   Po pierwsze, są pakowane w osobne koszulki, dzięki czemu łatwo zabrać je ze sobą do pracy czy na spacer.     Po drugie, mają dwa przylepce – dzięki czemu wkładki pozostają dokładnie na swoim miejscu, oszczędzając nam stresu w ciągu dnia.     A po trzecie, mają kształt, który świetnie dopasowuje się do piersi – nie odstają, są cienkie i nie odciskają się pod ubraniem, a najważniejsze – świetnie chłoną.       Jeśli to Twoje pierwsze wyjście, warto zabrać ze sobą również coś na przebranie. Mi się jeszcze nie przydało, ale warto mieć taką możliwość na wypadek awarii, a w praktyce – po prostu spokojną głowę.   Konkurs! Nagroda Do wygrania jest funkcjonalny kompaktowy laktator dwufazowy Lansinoh z powerbankiem oraz pięknymi silikonowym etui z różowymi uszkami! Co należy zrobić, aby wziąć udział w konkursie? Aby wciąć udział w konkursie wystarczy odpowiedzieć na pytanie: Jaki sprzęt ułatwiający życie przydałby się każdej Mamie? Dzięki czemu mogłabyś jeszcze pełniej przeżywać czas ze swoim Maluszkiem? Liczę na Twoją kreatywność – być może taki wcale jeszcze nie powstał i razem zainspirujemy świat do jego powstania 😉 Choć mnie dziś zadowoliłaby bębnowa suszarka do prania, która podobno świetnie zastępuje maszynę samoprasującą ubranka. A  po cichutku marzę czasami o tym, aby zatrzymać czas i… się wyspać. Swoją odpowiedź zostaw pod tym postem w komentarzu do poniedziałku 28 stycznia 2019 do godziny 23:59, a ja wybiorę i ogłoszę Zwycięzcę do 31 stycznia 2019. Pozostawienie komentarza jest równoznaczne z akceptacją regulaminu Konkursu.     JUŻ JEST! WYNIK KONKURSU! Dziękuję wszystkim za udział w zabawie, spędziłam świetny czas czytając te rewelacyjne pomysły i totalnie się rozmarzyłam. Wszystkie odpowiedzi bardzo mi się podobały i jestem pewna, że każda z tych rzeczy bardzo ułatwiłaby nam wszystkim codzienność.   Wybierając Zwycięzcę postanowiłam więc odnieść się do naszego słówka – drogowskazu na 2019 rok, a jest nim słówko RELACJE.   Dlatego nagrodę otrzyma Agnieszka N, a ja poproszę o taką szafę „z magicznym przejściem! Wchodzimy i jesteśmy gdzie tylko chcemy”. Pozwalałabym w niej czasami zasypiać dzieciom, aby Babcia mogła ich popilnować jak śpią, a my moglibyśmy cieszyć się czasem tylko we dwoje bez biegania góra-dół. Zjadłabym dziś obiad z moją Mamą, zawiozła wyniki badań do szpitala bez wychodzenia z domu oszczędzając 6 godzin, nie traciła czasu na dojazdy do pracy czy przedszkola, poszła dziś z dziećmi na spacer po Wyspach Owczych, a jutro rano wypiła kawę w Nowym Jorku. Dzisiejsze wyniki konkursu opublikowałabym w Teksasie, popijając herbatkę na werandzie z Justynką, patrząc jak nasze dzieci szaleją na huśtawkach.   Ciekawe tylko, czy szafa umiałaby przenosić do nieba – Mikuś i Maksiu chętnie pobawiliby się ze starszymi Braćmi i Dziadkiem, a ja znów mogłabym się przytulić do pierwszego mężczyzny w moim życiu i pierwszy raz wziąć w ramiona moich pierworodnych Synków.   Agnieszko, w sprawie wysyłki nagrody napisz do mnie na adres hello@agnieszkakudela.pl .
- [Kalendarz 2019 do druku - roczny](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-2019-do-druku-roczny/): Planowanie na kalendarzu rocznym było moim najlepszym krokiem w kierunku work-life balance. Dziś, zupełnie za darmo, dzielę się z Tobą moim rocznym kalendarzem w wersji do druku samodzielnego, w wersji A4, w domowym zaciszu.   Zanim pobierzesz kalendarz, chciałabym zaprosić Cię do mojej świeżutkiej, dosłownie przed momentem utworzonej grupy na Facebooku, gdzie na temat planowania, ale przede wszystkim pozytywnego myślenia będziemy mogły porozmawiać sobie w wąskim gronie, a także pozytywnie nastawić się każdego dnia – nie bez powodu swój kalendarz nazwałam:   Dzień dobry! Kalendarz na dobry dzień   A tutaj obiecany kalendarz: Kalendarz Roczny A4 Pobierz Kalendarz Roczny A4 – PDF Pobierz Kalendarz Roczny A4 – JPG   A w kolejnych materiałach opowiem Ci jak z niego korzystam i jak pozwala mi on realizować małe i duże, rodzinne i zawodowe plany. Z przyjemnością spotkam się też z Tobą na live na grupie na Facebooku, więc bardzo się ucieszę, jeśli Cię tam zobaczę.   W kolejnych materiałach udostępnię Ci roczny kalendarz – planner – również do samodzielnego wydruku, ale już w formacie A5, czyli zeszytowym, który będziesz mogła wpiąć do dowolnego segregatora.   Stworzyłam go na bazie mojego 12 letniego doświadczenia jako przedsiębiorcy, a także praktykowania zawodu Wedding Plannera i Szkoleniowca, mam nadzieję, że przyda się i Tobie.   Dziś piszę bardzo króciutko, gdyż mój Synek znów gorączkuje i wiem, że jestem mu dziś bardziej potrzebna niż Tobie.   Nie mogę się doczekać informacji zwrotnej od Ciebie! #kalendarznadobrydzien   Ten kalendarz to dopiero początek – tworzenie narzędzi do planowania pokochałam, a fantastyczny feedback od Was dodał mi skrzydeł tak, że to dopiero początek!  Tu możesz pobrać planner – kalendarz tygodniowy na 2019 rok – idealny do wpięcia w segregator czy zbindowania i zorganizowaniu Twojego zbalansowanego życia, oraz moje ukochane kalendarze miesięczne na 2019 – idealne do powieszenia w kuchni i organizacji życia całej rodziny.   A jeśli chcesz otrzymać informacje o kolejnych narzędziach do planowania i organizacji zbalansowanego życia, które możesz pobrać za darmo, zapisz się na tę listę:   [mailerlite_form form_id=3]  
- [Kiedy powiem sobie dość? Niemowlę nie chce spać cz. 1](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niemowle-nie-chce-spac/): Chodzisz już zmęczona, zasypiasz w każdej pozycji, potykasz się o własne nogi, Twoje niemowlę nie chce spać… Znasz to?  Kiedy należy zmieniać coś w spaniu?     Zmęczona Mama, niewyspana Mama – to Mama smutna, mama bez energii. A żadna Mama nie powinna być smutna! Wszak bycie Mamą to najpiękniejsze, co może się przydarzyć kobiecie.   Jak poradzić sobie z Maluszkiem, który wiele razy budzi się w nocy, a gdy już wreszcie zaśnie i sama próbujesz zasnąć, on się rozbudza i zabawa zaczyna się od początku?   Ratunku, moje niemowlę nie chce spać! Spanie powinno odpowiadać potrzebom całej rodziny, zaspokajać jej potrzeby ze szczególnym uwzględnieniem potrzeb noworodka i niemowlęcia. Bo jeśli wydaje Ci się, że to nie Ty powinnaś przystosować się do dziecka, a ono do Ciebie – nic bardziej mylnego!   Jeśli myślisz, że dziecko po ukończeniu 2-3 miesięcy będzie przesypiać całe noce –  nie, najprawdopodobniej nie będzie.   By organizacja nocy całej rodziny uległa poprawie, należy przede wszystkim odpowiedzieć sobie na pytania:   Dlaczego moje dziecko budzi się w nocy wiele razy? Gdy nasze dziecko przychodzi na świat, jego cykl snu wygląda inaczej niż u dorosłej osoby – jest zdecydowanie dużo krótszy. Cykl snu noworodka trwa 50 minut, dorosłego zaś – 90 minut. Łatwiej im się przebudzić między cyklami, a wtedy gaworzą, spokojnie leżą lub – niestety – płaczą.   Przed 3 miesiącem życia organizm naszego malucha nie funkcjonuje jeszcze w systemie dobowym, później skraca się czas snu w ciągu dnia, ale funkcjonowanie organizmu w systemie dobowym nie nastąpi przed drugim rokiem życia.   Do 9 miesiąca życia dziecka stopniowo maleje liczba pobudek, a później wzrasta i osiąga punkt kulminacyjny właśnie w czasie drugiego roku życia, by później znów spadać aż do momentu, gdy cykl snu naszego dziecka będzie się wydłużał, aż do wieku nastoletniego [1].   Skąd się biorą nocne pobudki? Pamiętaj, że nocne pobudki są normalne. To oznaka, że wszystko z niemowlęciem jest w porządku, że nie spędza dużo czasu w stadium snu głębokiego, które może prowadzić do bezdechu.   Maleństwo, gdy przychodzi na świat, nie jest też gotowe na życie poza organizmem mamy. Istnieje pojęcie tzw. „czwartego trymestru”, gdyż to jest niezbędne minimum, by dziecko przyszło na świat dojrzalsze i bardziej rozwinięte. Dziecko nie może rozwijać się dłużej w łonie matki niż przyjęte 9 miesięcy – miałoby problem z przyjściem na świat. Kości miednicy kobiecej są mniejsze niż zwierząt, dlatego też zwróćmy uwagę, że na przykład małe źrebię już krótko po narodzinach może poruszać się samodzielnie.   Badacze porównali mózg noworodka z mózgami innych nowo narodzonych ssaków. Podczas gdy mózg małego człowieka jest zaledwie jedną czwartą tego, czym stanie się w wieku dojrzałym, mózgi małych zwierząt mają już 80% ostatecznej objętości. Takie 80% mózgu maluszek osiąga dopiero w okolicach pierwszych urodzin.   Dzieje się tak, ponieważ po przyjściu na świat dziecka wciąż rozwija się jego układ odpornościowy, nerwowy, trawienny… to wszystko sprawia, że możemy to nazwać: „ciążą na zewnątrz macicy”. Dziecko wciąż jest od nas bardzo zależne, nie może się samo ubrać, rozebrać, najeść, umyć itd.   Wspomniana niedojrzałość fizjologiczna to również oczywista potrzeba kontaktu fizycznego z mamą, z którą spędził przecież kilka długich miesięcy, kołysany, w cieple i ze stałym dojściem do jedzenia [2].   Do czasu ukończenia przez Maksa 12 miesięcy robiłam wszystko, aby zapewnić mu swobodny rozwój, odpowiadać na jego niemal każdą potrzebę tak szybko, jak to tylko możliwe, aby wzrastał w poczuciu bezpieczeństwa i bezwzględnego zaufania do mnie i do otaczającego go świata. Po ukończeniu przez Maksia roku, wróciłam do pracy na cały etat i okazało się, że nie jestem już w stanie dłużej tak funkcjonować, gdyż stwarza to realne zagrożenia dla mojego życia i zdrowia. Gdy drugi dzień z rzędu zdecydowałam się zostawić pod naszym biurem mój samochód, gdyż nie byłam w stanie go prowadzić do domu, wiedziałam, że nasz dobowy rytm nie odpowiada już potrzebom całej naszej rodziny i że muszę coś zmienić. Przystąpiłam więc do diagnostyki naszych problemów.   Nasze problemy   Problem 1 Maks, który zasnął ze mną w naszym łóżku, odłożony po zaśnięciu do łóżeczka, po przebudzeniu po godzinie czy dwóch nie wiedział, gdzie jest, czuł niepokój i od razu chciał wrócić do miejsca gdzie bezpiecznie i miło zasnął – czyli do naszego łóżka. Uspokajał się dopiero, gdy się w nim znalazł.   Problem 2 Maks, który spał odłożony do swojego łóżeczka, stojącego w naszej sypialni tuż obok naszego, często budził się w nocy z powodu wrażliwości na bodźce zewnętrzne takie jak światło telefonu, lampka do czytania książki, zaskrzypienie łóżka, kaszlnięcie, kichnięcie.   Problem 3 Maks nauczył się zasypiania przy piersi, więc jak tylko przebudził się w nocy i mnie zobaczył, naturalnie kojarzył mnie z zasypianiem i domagał się karmienia piersią do zaśnięcia. W trakcie nocy był już tak wrażliwy na odkładanie i spał już tak płytko, aby go tylko nie odłożyć, że potrafił budzić się od godziny 2 do 6 po 30 razy i zasypiać/spać tylko przy piersi.   Tym postem rozpoczynam serię Sen niemowlaka, w którym wspólnie przejdziemy przez teorię dotyczącą snu dziecka, aż do praktyki – jak to było u nas, jak nam udało się uzyskać spokojny sen dla siebie i dla dziecka.   Szukając idealnego sposobu na naukę zasypiania polecano mi wiele (drastycznych) metod, na szczęście z żadnej z nich nie skorzystałam i Ty też nie musisz – w kolejnym poście z serii napiszę Wam, czym tak naprawdę jest płacz dziecka i dlaczego to zły pomysł na naukę zasypiania.   A jakie problemy Ty widzisz w Waszym rodzinnym spaniu?   Bibliografia [1] Claude Didierjean-Jouveau „Rodzicielstwo bez przemocy” [2] Claude Didierjean-Jouveau „Śpimy z dzieckiem”
- [Wystąpiliśmy w teledysku #nierozerwalni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nierozerwalni-teledysk/): To było ciepłe, wiosenne popołudnie podczas naszej miesięcznej przygody w Rzymie, gdy napisała do mnie Kinga i zaprosiła mnie do wzięcia udziału w kampanii społecznej #NIEROZERWALNI. Nie miałam nawet jeszcze pojęcia o czym będzie, ale pamiętam te pierwsze emocje, jakie we mnie wyzwoliło słowo „nierozerwalni” – bezpieczeństwo i ciepło, a także jakieś dziwne przeczucie, że to o nas…   Nie da się ukryć, że nasze życie to wzloty i upadki, najwyższe szczyty i bezkresne doliny, radość i smutek, życie i śmierć, ale w tym wszystkim jest jedna rzecz, która zawsze dodaje mi sił – jakieś wewnętrzne przeczucie, że moja rodzina i ja jesteśmy po prostu #nierozerwalni.   To taki faktor X, który spaja nasze małżeństwo, który każe nam naprawiać je za każdym razem, gdy coś zgrzyta, który niewidzialnie motywuje do zmiany na lepsze, dostraja nas do siebie, bo skoro jesteśmy na zawsze, to dobrze, aby to zawsze było jak najlepsze.   To taka siła, która każe nam akceptować siebie wzajemnie i nasze dzieci w całości i zawsze, która podpowiada nam, aby mówić Dzieciom, że nic naszej miłości do nich nie zmieni, że są wartością samą w sobie, bez względu na to, co czują, kim są i będą, jak się zachowują, gdyż nasza miłość jest bezwarunkowa i na zawsze.   Możesz pomyśleć sobie, że zwariowałam, że przecież nic nie jest dane nam na zawsze i na pewno… i wiem to bardzo dobrze, oboje z Wojtkiem pochodzimy z rozbitych, patchworkowych rodzin, straciliśmy też troje Dzieci, ale na tym chyba właśnie polega wiara, która dodaje sił, zmniejsza strach i każe się starać i walczyć zawsze i do końca…     Jak Ci się podoba? Masz ochotę posłuchać jeszcze raz? Bo ja bardzo 🙂
- [Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zorganizowac-kacik-do-karmienia-piersia/): Gdy byłam w ciąży karmienie piersią wydawało mi się delikatnie mówiąc abstrakcyjne… ani nie mogłam sobie tego wyobrazić ani tego nie pragnęłam. Wiedziałam jednak jaki zbawienny wpływ potrafi mieć na Dziecko więc postanowiłam jak najwięcej się na ten temat dowiedzieć i jak najlepiej się do tego tematu przygotować oraz w nim zorganizować. Zaraz po wspaniałych warsztatach „Po prostu położna” z Agnieszką Maciąg, która tak pięknie opowiadała o porodzie i karmieniu piersią, wiedziałam, że zrobię wszystko, aby karmienie piersią nam się udało, zabrałam się więc za organizację kącika do karmienia. 1. Wygodne miejsce do siedzenia Wiedziałam, że w moim wypadku to nie może być łóżko… nie chciałam w ciągu dnia co 2-3 godziny pakować się do pościeli, a w nocy narażać się na zaśnięcie z noworodkiem na rękach. Dlatego mając do dyspozycji wolne miejsce w dziecięcym pokoju zdecydowałam się zaaranżować tam kącik do karmienia, którego głównym elementem był fotel. O tym jak wybieraliśmy ten jedyny fotel do karmienia możecie przeczytać tutaj. Ostatecznie zdecydowaliśmy się na fotel Strandmon ze sklepu Ikea. Dokonując wyboru fotela oprócz tego, że ma być absolutnie duży i wygodny kierowałam się także tym, aby znalazł kiedyś zastosowanie w naszym domu. Ten fotel stanie kiedyś w sypialni, a ja będę spędzała w nim wieczory z książką. Nasz fotel okazał się tak wygodny, że spędzałam w nim masę czasu już w ciąży! Jak jest fotel to musi być podnóżek – sama o tym nie pomyślałam, ale z podnóżka korzystałam w szpitalu i sprawdził się rewelacyjnie, taki sam mieliśmy w domu – do kupienia za jedyne 9,99 zł w Ikei. 2. Poduszka do karmienia Skoro już wygodnie siedzimy, musimy też wygodnie karmić i tulić dziecko. Aby nie trzymać go na rękach w powietrzu przyda nam się poduszka do karmienia. Może być to zwykłą domowa poduszka. Ja będąc w szpitalu i ledwo poruszając się po porodzie, karmiąc na szpitalnym łóżku bez podparcia dla pleców, nie mogłam poradzić sobie z ich bólem, który miałam od trzymania dziecka lub nachylania się do niego, dlatego poprosiłam Wojtka aby dowiózł mi poduszkę do karmienia. Wojtek wybrał dla mnie specjalną poduszkę w kształcie rogala i była cudowna. Kładłam na niej Maluszka i przytulałam, głaskałam. Gdybym dzisiaj sama wybierała poduszkę zdecydowałabym się na większą/wyższą, pod tę moją musiałam podkładać jaśka albo i dwa. Ale i tak była cudowna! Dlatego poduszkę do karmienia dobrze jest zabrać już do szpitala. 3. Stolik A na nim wszystkie niezbędne akcesoria – każda Mama będzie miała inne. Na moim był notes, w którym skrupulatnie notowałam przez ile czasu i z której piersi Maluszek jadł, miałam tam także zawsze gotowe nakładki do karmienia piersią, które były zbawienne szczególnie na początku. Nasze każde karmienie trwało od 40 do 75 minut… wiecie już więc dlaczego. Pod ręką lubiłam mieć także 100% lanolinę w tubce – wybrałam tę firmy Medela, podobnie jak nakładki do karmienia. 4. Kocyk Jak na dziewczynę „spod kocyka” przystało kocyk musiał być. Szczególnie w nocy, gdy wychodziłam z rozgrzanego łóżka, brałam na ręce rozgrzanego maluszka to kocyk idealnie ogrzewał nas oboje. 5. Zegar Wszystkiego dopełniał zawieszony na ścianie zegar… i melodyjki w tle… 6. Dodatkowe akcesoria Niewątpliwym moim faworytem wśród akcesoriów do karmienia piersią, który polecam każdej przyszłej Mamie jest laktator. To dzięki niemu udało mi się szybko poradzić sobie z brakiem pokarmu po cesarskim cięciu – zaczęłam korzystać z niego już w szpitalu. To dzięki niemu mogłam przed wyjściem z domu odciągnąć pokarm i zostawić w butelce do podania przez Tatę podczas mojej chwilowej nieobecności. Pomógł mi także rozwiązać inne problemy z karmieniem, które miałam nieprzyjemność mieć.   Zdecydowałam się na elektryczny laktator Mini Electric od Medeli, ale drugi raz rozważyłabym dozbieranie do wyższego modelu Swing, gdyż… jak pierwszy raz go włączyłam pomyślałam, że jest zepsuty! Hałasował jak traktor! Wyższy model ma także dodatkową funkcję pobudzającą laktację. Jednak jeśli chcesz tak dużo płacić za laktator, uspokoję Cię, że hałas tańszego laktatora Dziecku absolutnie nie przeszkadza, nie budzi go – męża z resztą też nie 😉   Jeśli zdecydujesz się na tańszy laktator ręczny (uważam bowiem, że laktator każda karmiąca Mama musi mieć) moje koleżanki polecają ten z firmy Avent.   Jeśli jesteśmy przy odciąganiu pokarmu to wspomnę też o pojemniczkach do przechowywania mleka – ja wybrałam zestaw 10 pojemniczków firmy Avent, to dość spory jednorazowy wydatek ale nie ukrywam, że bardzo atrakcyjnie także cenowo wypadający na tle jednorazowych woreczków. Myślę, że dzisiaj przemyślałabym szklane słoiki… najważniejsze, aby pojemnik miał atest do kontaktu z żywnością dla niemowląt.   W tym zestawieniu nie mogło zabraknąć także wkładek laktacyjnych – szczególnie dopóki laktacja się nie ustabilizowała wielu Mamom bardzo się przydają. Moje faworytki to te marki Lansinoh, na drugim miejscu stawiam Medelę – oba modele mają podwójne przylepce i sa naj naj.   Ah… na samą myśl o tych naszych wspólnych chwilach spędzonych w naszym kąciku do karmienia robi mi się tak cieplutko na sercu… to w nim Wojtek nagrał nam ukradkiem absolutnie wzruszający film, gdy pierwszy raz przywieźliśmy Mikołajka do domu, usiadłam z Nim w tym fotelu i… płakałam ze szczęścia do melodyjki „twinkle twinkle little star”… marzyłam o tej chwili przez kilka ostatnich lat…   PS Ten post powstał przy okazji przygotowań na narodziny mojego pierwszego Synka, dziś jestem podwójną Mamą i mój najnowszy kącik do karmienia znajdziesz tutaj.   A Wy jak zorganizowałyście lub planujecie zorganizować swoje karmienie?   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Jest dziecko, nie ma mleka! czyli problemy z laktacją](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karmienie-piersia-problemy-z-laktacja/): Czy wiesz, że we Francji zaledwie 60% matek w ogóle próbuje przystawić po porodzie dziecko do piersi? A w Szwecji niemal 100% noworodków jest karmionych piersią? Czy wiesz, że za to, że kobietom nie udaje się karmić piersią, w większości odpowiedzialny jest brak odpowiedniej pomocy?   Wybierając szpital, w którym chciałam urodzić Dziecko, przykładałam dużą wagę do podejścia personelu do karmienia piersią. Szpital, w którym przyszło na świat moje Dziecko, miał pod tym kątem bardzo dobre opinie. To dlatego do szpitala nie spakowałam laktatora – wyszłam z założenia, że otoczona fachową opieką położnych specjalizujących się w laktacji na pewno sobie poradzę, a w razie niepowodzenia mąż dowiezie mi laktator, który czekał w domu.   Brak pokarmu po porodzie niczego złego nie wróży. Tak naprawdę takiemu Maluszkowi wystarczy zaledwie kilka kropelek, gdyż jego żołądeczek jest wielkości naparstka. Masz więc czas na to, aby o produkcję mleczka odpowiednio zadbać.   Gdy wraz z mijającymi od porodu godzinami pokarm się nie pojawiał, zgłosiłam położnej, że moje Dziecko wygląda na głodne, a ja CHYBA nie mam pokarmu. Otrzymałam odpowiedź: „Dobrze, dokarmimy dziecko”. Byłam w szoku. Przecież nie o to prosiłam. Gdy poprosiłam drugą położną o pomoc i usłyszałam: „Dobrze, podamy sztuczne”, wyraźnie zaprotestowałam, że ja nie proszę o dokarmienie dziecka, tylko o pomoc, abym sama mogła je wykarmić. Niestety, pomocy nie otrzymałam. Nie muszę pisać, jak bardzo źle się czułam w obliczu braku pomocy z zewnątrz, mając przy boku płaczącego Noworodka. Dosłownie – gdyż niestety, ale na oddziale obowiązywał całkowity zakaz wizyt, a pokój odwiedzin pozostawał wciąż poza moim zasięgiem.   Gdybym na tym etapie nie wykazała determinacji, gdyby nie te wszystkie – zebrane przeze mnie – informacje, z którymi poszłam do porodu, pewnie nigdy bym nie karmiła piersią. Uwierzyłabym w to, że skoro specjalista w osobie położnej mówi mi, że radą na brak pokarmu jest dokarmienie, tak bym robiła. Karmiłabym Dziecko sztucznie, czekając na pokarm, który wcale nie musiałby nadejść. Dlatego jeśli poród dopiero przed Tobą, a chcesz karmić piersią, albo przynajmniej chcesz spróbować, przygotowałam dla Ciebie kilka porad.     Przygotuj się do karmienia piersią!   1. Odpowiednia pozycja podczas przystawiania i karmienia dziecka Po pierwsze: dobrze, abyś jak najwięcej wiedziała o tym, co stoi za sukcesem w karmieniu piersią. Osobiście jeszcze przed porodem zaprosiłam do domu położną, która pokazała mi różne, dogodne dla mnie pozycje do karmienia piersią, a także pokazała, na co zwracać uwagę podczas karmienia oraz jak przystawiać dziecko do piersi. Uświadomiła mi też, że za sukcesem całego przedsięwzięcia w ogromnej mierze stoi mój spokój, relaks i wygoda. Dlatego gdy po porodzie nie miałam siły trzymać Maluszka na rękach, a szpitalna poduszka nie wystarczała, mąż przywiózł mi do szpitala poduszkę do karmienia – Ty możesz od razu zabrać ją ze sobą. Jeśli masz pokarm i odpowiednią pozycję podczas przystawiania i karmienia, masz ogromne szanse na sukces. Jeśli masz problem z ułożeniem dziecka, jest Ci ciężko i niewygodnie, koniecznie skorzystaj z fachowej pomocy.   2. Pobudzanie do produkcji mleka Jeśli masz odpowiednią pozycję do karmienia, dziecko chwyta i ssie pierś, ale Ty cierpisz na brak lub niedobór pokarmu, zawsze najlepiej skontaktować się ze specjalistą. Pamiętaj, że najlepszą metodą pobudzania piersi do produkcji mleka jest jak najczęstsze i jak najdłuższe przystawianie Dziecka do piersi. Bardzo ważne jest to, aby dziecko chwytało jak największą część brodawki i na jak największej powierzchni ją pobudzało, dzięki czemu w Twoim mózgu będzie wydzielało się więcej prolaktyny odpowiedzialnej za produkcję pokarmu. Bardzo ważny jest bezpośredni kontakt Twojej skóry z ustami i śliną Twojego Dziecka, dlatego pamiętaj, że nakładki na piersi to ostateczność, z której powinnaś skorzystać tylko pod opieką specjalisty i zawsze przed ich użyciem powinnaś podać Dziecku pierś bez nich, aby pomimo ich stosowania komunikacja na linii Dziecko – Twoja pierś – Twój mózg była chociaż w części zachowana.   Zanim jednak fachowa pomoc nadejdzie, możesz rozpocząć dodatkowe, samodzielnego pobudzanie piersi do produkcji pokarmu. Tutaj przedstawię Ci metodę 7-5-3, z której sama korzystałam, gdy po cesarskim cięciu nie miałam pokarmu w ogóle.   Wg metody 7-5-3 dziecko przystawiasz do piersi na żądanie, na tyle czasu ile tylko ma ochotę ssać, a po każdym karmieniu (lub po każdej próbie karmienia) odciągasz (a właściwie próbujesz odciągać) mleko z piersi metodą 7-5-3, a więc:   7  minut z prawej piersi 7 minut z lewej piersi 5 minut z prawej piersi 5 minut z lewej piersi 3 minuty z prawej piersi 3 minuty z lewej piersi. Piersi możesz pobudzać w ten sposób laktatorem ręcznym lub elektrycznym, które bardzo polecam. Możesz także poradzić sobie sama, szczególnie, gdy nie masz jeszcze laktatora, a jak najszybciej chcesz zacząć pracę nad produkcją mleka – poczytaj wtedy na czym polega ręczne odciąganie pokarmu.   Pamiętaj – najlepszą formą stymulacji piersi do produkcji lub do zwiększonej produkcji mleka jest ssące Maleństwo. Słyszałaś na pewno nie raz, że „dziecko tylko by wisiało na piersi„? Oto masz odpowiedź – to najbardziej naturalna rzecz na świecie. Myśląc „traktuje mnie jak smoczek„, warto odpowiedzieć sobie na pytanie – a co było pierwsze? Pierś czy smoczek? Raczej pierś, więc Dziecko ssące smoczek może co najwyżej traktować smoczek jak pierś, odbierając tym samym cenną stymulację Twoim piersiom, co pogłębia tylko problemy z niedoborem pokarmu. Żałuję, że akurat o tym dowiedziałam się dopiero po porodzie.   Pamiętaj – nie przejmujesz się, jeśli po kilku próbach dalej nie masz pokarmu, jeśli wciąż nie udało się odciągnąć ani kropli. Pracujesz dalej – próbując odciągać pokarm regularnie, pobudzasz piersi do jego produkcji. Pokarm w 99% przypadków w końcu się pojawia. U mnie zajęło to 48 godzin, ale znam przypadek, gdy pokarm pojawił się dopiero po 14 dniach. Po 14 dniach pompowania. To była moja motywacja. To był czas, w którym na pewno byłam zdeterminowana, aby pracować nad naturalnym karmieniem. Na szczęście nie musiałam pracować nad tym tak długo.   Pamiętaj też o tym, że z niektórych piersi nie da się odciągnąć pokarmu laktatorem. Dlatego ilość odciągniętego mleka nie jest żadnym miernikiem ilości produkowanej przez piersi. Stąd tak ważne jest „pompowanie” bez względu na wynik, czyli ilość otrzymanego mleka, i ciągłe przystawianie Dziecka do piersi (zawsze przed „pompowaniem”). W naszej sytuacji okazało się, że Dziecko zaczęło się najadać zanim zobaczyłam pokarm w butelce podłączonej laktatora. W późniejszym okresie nie miałam natomiast problemu z odciąganiem pokarmu w ten sposób. Pamiętaj, że każda z nas jest inna i wyjątkowa, historia karmienia każdej z nas również.   A co jeśli nie masz już siły tak ciężko pracować nad produkcją mleka? Przyznaję, zdarzało mi się raz na dobę – zazwyczaj w nocy – nie pobudzać piersi po karmieniu. Gdy byłam bardzo zmęczona, zdarzało mi się skrócić cykl do 5-3-1 minut. Najważniejszym jednak, czego potrzebujesz, to spokój, pomoc i wsparcie bliskich osób, maksymalnie dużo czasu na relaks i odpoczynek, dobre słowo, wiara. Pamiętaj, ja w Ciebie wierzę, a Twoje Dziecko przede wszystkim.   Możesz dodatkowo wspomagać się odpowiednimi mieszankami herbat czy suplementami stworzonymi specjalnie z myślą o mamach mających niedobór pokarmu (na przykład produktami na bazie słodu jęczmiennego – i oczywiście nie mam tutaj na myśli piwa).   Nie odpowiem Ci tutaj, czy i kiedy powinnaś dokarmiać sztucznie swoje Dziecko. To sprawa wielce indywidualna i zawsze polecam tutaj konsultację z zaufanym doradcą laktacyjnym, który doradzi i ewentualnie pomoże w doborze najlepszego mleka zastępczego, a także otoczy Was odpowiednią opieką.   Pamiętaj, że jeśli uda Ci się odciągnąć jakikolwiek pokarm, śmiało możesz podać go Maluszkowi po kolejnej próbie karmienia – jeśli nie będzie najedzony, a piersi będą już opróżnione. Szczególnie na początku każda kropla Twojego pokarmu jest na wagę złota. Proponuję jednak, szczególnie początkowo, nie stosować do tego celu butelki, aby nie zaburzyć odruchu ssania u Dziecka. Osobiście dokarmiałam Noworodka strzykawką tzw. metodą „po palcu”. Dawałam Maluszkowi do possania paluszek, a w kącik ust wstrzykiwałam po kropelce moje mleczko. Oczywiście pamiętając o zasadach higieny. Metodę tę warto jest stosować także jeśli zdecydujecie się na dokarmianie Maluszka mieszanką.   Podobnie odradzam podawanie Maluszkowi smoczka uspokajającego – szkoda, aby zamiast stymulować piersi do pełnej laktacji, Maluszek oferował to co ma najlepsze kawałkowi gumy. Szkoda, że w szpitalu, w którym rodziłam, o tym również nikt mi nie powiedział.     3. Kłopoty z karmieniem Jeśli wystąpią u Was jakiekolwiek problemy z karmieniem, pamiętaj – nie ma na co czekać, dlatego jeszcze przed porodem poszukaj w swojej okolicy rekomendowanej położnej laktacyjnej, która na wypadek problemów z karmieniem przyjedzie do Was na wizytę domową.   Kochana, a teraz życzę Wam pięknego, długiego karmienia – jeśli oczywiście oboje tego chcecie.
- [Organizacja - w domu, w biurze, w kalendarzu, w głowie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/organizacja-mama-praca-dom-rodzina/): Codziennie pamiętam o wcielaniu w życie mojego noworocznego postanowienia, które gdybym miała nazwać jednym słowem byłoby to słowo: Organizacja.   W domu, w biurze, w kalendarzu, w głowie. Minął już miesiąc, ale na moim koncie jest kilka pierwszych sukcesów. Choć na co dzień wciąż wykopuję się ze zbyt wielu zadań, które od zawsze brałam sobie na głowę, praca nad szeroko pojętą organizacją być może okaże się dobrym tematem na mojego bloga, nad którym praca to także moje noworoczne postanowienie. Rzucam więc sobie Wyzwanie: ReOrganizacja   Od czego zaczynam?   Kalendarz w wersji papierowej Do tej pory łączyłam planowanie w kalendarzu papierowym z kalendarzem w telefonie, który mam zsynchronizowany z komputerem. Do tego notes na notatki, które nie mieszczą się w żadnym z powyższych miejsc i dotyczą tego nad czym aktualnie pracuję.   Od kilku lat korzystam z kalendarzy, w których każdy dzień ma dedykowaną, osobną stronę (ewentualnie sobota jest razem z niedzielą na jednej). I wiecie co? Bardzo łatwo wpadałam przez to w pułapkę brania na siebie zbyt wiele. Planując zadania i widząc na raz tylko jeden-dwa dni odnosiłam mylne wrażenie, że może i dziś nie mam zbyt wiele czasu, ale „jutro” na pewno go znajdę.   Doprowadzało to do sytuacji, w których przyjmowałam na siebie więcej niż mogłam wykonać, a nie ma chyba nic gorszego, niż poczucie, że się czegoś nie wykonało na czas, że kogoś się zawiodło.   Stąd na ten rok zakupiłam kalendarz z widokiem całego tygodnia w układzie pionowym, z godzinami od rana do późnego wieczora. Dzięki temu planując zadania widzę od razu cały tydzień, przerzucam kartkę i ogarniam wzrokiem już dwa tygodnie. Dzięki temu dużo łatwiej mi określić czy i na kiedy jestem w stanie podjąć się kolejnego zadania, a jeśli się go podejmę, dobrze rozplanować je w czasie. Od razu widzę, które tygodnie mam bardzo zajęte, a które luźniejsze, nie musząc kartkować kilkudziesięciu stron. Rezultat?   Lepiej przewiduję czas trwania poszczególnych zadań, a w głowie zapisuje mi się obraz całego tygodnia.   Drugą ważną zasadą, jaką wprowadziłam jest planowanie wszystkiego w papierowej wersji kalendarza, a do kalendarza w telefonie/na komputerze wpisywanie tylko zadań, które są dokładnie określone w czasie, jak spotkania.   Kalendarz on-line Skoro już jestem przy kalendarzu w telefonie/na komputerze, zdecydowałam się na aplikację Kalendarza Google. W niej natomiast mam utworzone 3 osobne kalendarze, które wyświetlają mi się jednocześnie w różnych kolorach: dwa służbowe, które udostępniam odpowiednim pracownikom, aby móc wspólnie nanosić na nie zmiany i organizować pracę biura, oraz prywatny, który udostępniam mężowi.   Lista zadań   Trzecim narzędziem, które używam do planowania – tym razem krótkich, nieokreślonych zwykle w czasie zadań, jest aplikacja Wunderlist, w której także stosuję podział na listy służbowe, osobne dla różnych projektów oraz listy prywatne, a w nich znajduję listy tak oczywiste jak: – zadania na dziś – zakupy, z podziałem na sklepy i działy, na przykład osobno spożywcze i drogeryjne, aby w sklepach nie marnować czasu na przypominanie sobie, aby o niczym nie zapomnieć i nie kupować więcej niż potrzebuję, i mniej oczywiste, takie jak: – pomysły na prezenty: często w okolicy urodzin czy świąt zastanawiamy się co kupić naszym bliskim, a jestem pewna, że przez cały rok nasi bliscy wielokrotnie mówili przy nas o tym co im się podoba i na co mają ochotę. Na tej liście staram się właśnie takie rzeczy zapisywać, dzięki czemu nie mam później większych problemów z trafionymi prezentami – filmy do obejrzenia: czytając magazyn, przeglądając Internet czy oglądając trailery w kinie często mówiłam sobie: ten film muszę obejrzeć! Ale później gdy szukam filmu na wieczór ciężko mi sobie przypomnieć wartościowe pozycje, a teraz po prostu odpalam Wunderlist i zapisuję tytuł filmu. Podobną listę mam dla książek, które chcę przeczytać – pomysły na bloga: aby żaden ciekawy temat mi nie uciekł – lista życzeń: tutaj zapisuję swoje małe i większe marzenia do spełnienia.   Jestem bardzo ciekawa jak Wam się podobają moje pomysłu na organizację czasy pracy i nie tylko? I oczywiście z przyjemnością przeczytam o Waszych ulubionych sposobach na niezawodną organizację czasu.
- [Dziecko w samolocie - podróż z niemowlakiem i trzylatkiem](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niemowle-dziecko-w-samolocie/): Co można i warto zabrać ze sobą na pokład samolotu? Jakich niedogodności można spodziewać się na lotnisku, w samolocie, podczas startu i lądowania? Jaki wózek można zabrać ze sobą? Czy dziecko może lecieć w nosidle? Od czego zacząć przygotowania do lotu z dzieckiem samolotem? Po pierwsze musisz sprawdzić, jakie warunki przewozu dzieci oferują dane linie lotnicze – dowiesz się z nich, czy niemowlę lub starsze dziecko może mieć ze sobą bagaż podręczny, bagaż rejestrowy i wózek. Rodzicom, którzy podróżują z Dzieckiem, przysługują pewne przywileje – priorytet w odprawie, dodatkowy mały bagaż do umieszczenia pod nogami czy możliwość wzięcia na pokład wody – to tylko przykładowe, zupełnie różne dla każdych linii.       Kończę przygotowywać dla Ciebie przegląd tego, co możesz zabrać na pokład samolotu dla dzieci w poszczególnych linach lotniczych, który na blogu znajdzie się już jutro. A dzisiaj…   Oto nasz uniwersalny niezbędnik do podróżowania samolotem z dzieckiem:   1. Wózek spacerówka do samolotu Zgodnie z warunkami przewozu (PLL LOT, Wizz Air i Ryanair) możemy bezpłatnie zabrać w podróż samolotem wózek dla dziecka do 2 roku życia.   W praktyce zarówno w PLL LOT, jak i Wizz Air nie mieliśmy problemu z zabraniem wózka dla Dziecka w wieku 3,5 roku. Po prostu od wejścia na lotnisko Mikołaj był w wózku, a ja wytłumaczyłam przy odprawie, że jest to podyktowane względami bezpieczeństwa – trzylatek biegający beztrosko po lotnisku nie jest nikomu na rękę.     Pozwolono nam więc bez żadnych dodatkowych opłat mieć ze sobą wózek dla starszego Dziecka, który zdaliśmy obsłudze samolotu dopiero przy wejściu do niego. Dla nas było to ogromnie wygodne, gdyż bardzo często aby dojść do samolotu, należy przejść przez strefę sklepów i placów zabaw. W wózku udało nam się to bez tak ogromnego rozpraszania, szczególnie, że mieliśmy do zaopiekowania się dwójkę Dzieci i 3 bagaże podręczne. Nie musiałam też Mikołaja specjalnie pilnować ani gonić, co ma miejsce, gdy poruszamy się na co dzień bez wózka. Minusem był brak windy na jednym z lotnisk i wózek dla Mikołaja musieliśmy znieść po schodach.     Jeśli dbasz o swój wózek, koniecznie spakuj go w dodatkową torbę lub dedykowany pokrowiec na wózek do samolotu. Po jednym locie otrzymaliśmy nasz wózek z przetartą torbą ochronną i… przetartą i uszkodzoną rączką – strach pomyśleć, co stałoby się z nim, gdybyśmy nie mieli tej ochronnej torby. Niestety, nasze dodatkowe ubezpieczenie w Axa nie obejmuje uszkodzeń bagażu, więc uszkodzony wózek został naszym problemem.   Pamiętaj, aby specjalną naklejkę znakującą bagaż zamieścić na torbie od wózka, a nie na wózku (albo i na tym, i na tym)  – jeśli wózek będzie oznakowany i schowany do torby, oddany przy wejściu na pokład samolotu, a następnie oddany dopiero z pozostałymi bagażami, jest duże ryzyko, że po prostu nie zostanie zeskanowany (kod będzie w środku, a nie na torbie) i zostanie zagubiony.   2. Nosidło Dla dziecka, które jeszcze dobrze nie chodzi, nie możemy go postawić, a tym bardziej dla takiego, które samo nie siedzi, nie wyobrażam sobie podróży samolotem bez nosidła. Maksia miałam w nosidle od momentu jak weszłam na lotnisko w Gdańsku, aż do czasu, gdy usiadłam w fotelu do samolotu – z przerwą na kontrolę – niestety nosidło musiało być zdjęte i śpiące dziecko wyjęte na ten czas.     Maksia miałam przy sobie, a do tego dwie wolne ręce, dla Mikołaja czy na dodatkowy bagaż podręczny.   Nie można także zapominać o tym, że dziecko w nosidle czy chuście rozczula wszystkich dookoła. Osobiście, choć mam chustę, wybieram do samolotu nosidło, zakłada się je znacznie szybciej.   Ku mojemu zdziwieniu, w PLL LOT stewardessy nie miały nic przeciwko, abym leciała z Maksiem w nosidle zamiast w specjalnym dziecięcym pasie samolotowym, natomiast ja, dla własnej wygody, poprosiłam o ten dodatkowy pas dla Dziecka. Dzieci zwykle najlepiej czują się w nosidłach, gdy ich Rodzice są w ruchu, a nie nieruchomo przypięte do rodzica – wtedy mogą zdrętwieć. W nosidle też obawiałam się, że trudniej by mi się karmiło piersią niż w pasie – oczywiście o ile bym go zupełnie nie poluźniła, ale wtedy nie byłoby to zbyt bezpieczne na wypadek turbulencji czy ostrego hamowania.     Tutaj znajdziesz naszą recenzję tego nosidełka Cybex ze zdjęcia.   3. Fotelik samochodowy Na lotnisko trzeba jakoś dojechać i o ile nie będzie to autobus, musimy mieć ze sobą fotelik samochodowy. Przewożenie dzieci w Polsce taksówkami zwalnia z obowiązku fotelika samochodowego, ale osobiście nie odważyłabym się z tego skorzystać. Nie wyobrażam sobie przewożenia na rękach w samochodzie niemowlęcia na odcinku 30 km (osobiście nawet na mniejszym odcinku też sobie nie wyobrażam).   Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się na zabranie ze sobą dla 9 miesięcznego Maksia fotelika samochodowego i wózka.   Jak przewieźliśmy zarówno wózek, jak i fotelik samochodowy, bez dodatkowej opłaty, chociaż linie lotnicze pozwalają tylko na przewiezienie wózka lub fotelika samochodowego?   Po dojechaniu na lotnisko w naszym rodzinnym Trójmieście położyliśmy fotelik samochodowy na złożony wózek i owinęliśmy całość folią streczującą (którą mieliśmy w walizce) i nadaliśmy przy odprawie jako składany wózek dla dziecka. Nie było z tym żadnego problemu. Jedynie zdziwiłam się bardzo, gdy po wylądowaniu w Warszawie nasz „wózek” nie pojawił się na taśmie z bagażami. Zabrakło nam przy odprawie informacji, że bagaż został nadany jako ponadgabarytowy i na lotnisku docelowym zostanie wydany na specjalnej taśmie do bagaży ponadgabarytowych. Te bagaże są nieco lepiej traktowane, ale serce mi stanęło, że bagaż  zaginął, gdyż zupełnie o tym nie wiedziałam.   Tak samo nadaliśmy wózek z fotelikiem jako wózek w Wizz Air w Warszawie.   Nie udało nam się jednak zabrać ze sobą na pokład fotelika samochodowego dla Mikołaja. Niestety, ale musielibyśmy zapłacić za niego jak za dodatkowy bagaż – ponad 700 zł (około 300 zł w obie strony w PL LOT i 412 zł w obie strony w Wizz Air).   Dodatkowo nasz fotelik dla Mikołaja to duży i ciężki dwuczęściowy (siedzenie i baza) fotelik, więc zabieranie go ze sobą i noszenie byłoby dla nas dodatkowy kłopotem.   Dlatego zdecydowaliśmy się pojechać na lotnisko w Trójmieście zamiast taksówką – własnym samochodem z naszymi fotelikami i pozostawienie samochodu na lotnisku na czas naszego pobytu we Włoszech – w cenie niższej za miesiąc niż taksówka w dwie strony. W dalszą podróż samolotem zabraliśmy ze sobą jedynie fotelik dla Maksia (9 miesięcy), a na lotnisku zostawiliśmy nasz samochód z fotelikiem Mikołaja. W Rzymie natomiast zamówiliśmy po nas busa z opcją wynajęcia jednego fotelika samochodowego w cenie, który zawiózł nas do naszego rzymskiego mieszkania.   Co z podróżami po mieście docelowym?   W świetle tego, że zabranie naszego fotelika samochodowego kosztowałoby nas ponad 700 zł i ogrom noszenia, o wiele bardziej opłaca się wynajęcie samochodu z fotelikiem na miejscu. Niestety we Włoszech foteliki oferowane do wynajmu są w fatalnym stanie i w okropnej cenie (około 20-25 Euro za dzień), dlatego trzeba odpowiedzieć sobie na pytanie, na ile dni taki fotelik na miejscu będziemy potrzebować.   Można wtedy pójść o krok dalej i bezpieczny fotelik samochodowy kupić w miejscu docelowym, np. na Amazon z dostawą do hotelu/apartamentu w cenie około 500 zł. Na koniec możemy ten fotelik oddać/sprzedać/wyrzucić – przy korzystaniu z niego min. 5 dni wyjdziemy na zero w porównaniu do wynajmu i na plus 200 zł w porównaniu do zabrania własnego fotelika z domu!   A ja dziś zastanawiam się, czy nie da się go ostreczować razem z wózkiem 😉   4. Start i lądowanie samolotu Podczas startu i lądowania samolotu, w związku ze zmianą ciśnienia w kabinie samolotu i niedoskonałemu jej wyrównywaniu przez samolot, zarówno u dorosłych, jak i u dzieci, może dochodzić do bardzo nieprzyjemnego zatykania uszu.   Jako dorośli radzimy sobie z tym połykając ślinę, możemy także zatkać nos i dmuchnąć.   Dla starszego Dziecka warto zabrać coś do żucia lub ssania, dzięki czemu będzie częściej połykało – Mikołaj zawsze dostaje na start samolotu lizaka, a na lądowanie coś do picia.   Dla Młodszego Dziecka warto zabrać coś do picia – u nas wystarczyło karmienie piersią podczas startu i lądowania, choć bałam się, że to nie wystarczy, bo na przykład Maksiu będzie najedzony, albo właśnie po jedzeniu i wzięłam ze sobą butelkę z wodą, ale okazała się niepotrzebna.     Wielu dzieciom wystarcza także samo ssanie smoczka.   5. Rozrywka Nasze loty trwały od godziny do 2 godzin. Dla Mikołaja wzięliśmy więc na pokład jedynie bajki na telefonie – „Zaczarowany ołówek” sprawdził się idealnie. Maksia w samolocie interesowało wszystko, a najlepiej bawił się papierkiem. Drugi lot niemal cały przespał na mnie.     6. Jedzenie i przekąski Jeśli karmisz piersią, nie musisz martwić się dodatkowym jedzeniem. Jeśli karmisz piersią i mlekiem modyfikowanym, albo tylko mlekiem, albo wprowadziliście już do diety dodatkowe posiłki, musisz zabrać je ze sobą na pokład.   Ja, pomimo tego, że karmię piersią, wzięłam na pokład wodę dla Maksia – butelka z wodą przeszła osobną kontrolę w skanerze, w specjalnej kuwecie. Na specjalnej poduszce prezentowała się co najmniej jak butelka jakiejś królowej.   Jeśli chcesz zabrać na pokład mleko, polecam jedną czy kilka (w zależności od długości lotu) butelek z odmierzoną już ilością wody, niezbędną do sporządzenia mleka i również wcześniej odmierzone porcje mleka w proszku. Unikniesz wtedy mycia butelek w samolotowej czy lotniskowej toalecie.   Jeśli Twój Maluch lubi pić ciepłe mleko, a Wy planujecie dłuższy pobyt i spacery, warto pomyśleć o butelce z samonagrzewającym się modułem, która w 60 sekund podgrzeje mleko do idealnej temperatury. Przyda się Wam nie tylko w samolocie, ale także na wakacyjnych spacerach. Zawsze możesz poprosić o zagrzanie mleka stewardesę, ale na 90% otrzymasz wodę albo za zimną, albo zdecydowanie za gorącą – przecież stewardesa nie będzie wsadzała palca do Twojej wody aby sprawdzić, czy ma idealną temperaturę (mam nadzieję). A ryzykujesz Malucha, który na widok butelki będzie chciał zjeść tu i teraz.   Jeśli zabierasz ze sobą inne posiłki dla niemowlaka, sugeruję zabrać takie, których nie trzeba podgrzewać, gdyż podobnie jak w przypadku mleka, zazwyczaj stewardesy podgrzewają posiłek zdecydowanie za mocno, a Ty z płaczącym Maluchem musisz czekać aż wystygnie.   Na pokład samolotu, oprócz przekąsek na czas startu i lądowania, wzięłam także napoje i jedzenie dla Dzieci (i dla nas). W jednych liniach oferowanymi przekąskami były żelki i wafelki w czekoladzie, w drugich można było dokupić posiłek, ale jako Mama Alergika wolałam wziąć ze sobą sprawdzone kanapki i ogórki (smak mojego dzieciństwa), niż kupować jedzenie na pokładzie czy lotnisku (przynajmniej w teorii, ostatecznie zaliczyliśmy na lotnisku restaurację).   7. Bagaż podręczny i przewijanie Na lotnisku czy w samolocie jest klimatyzacja i może być chłodno, dlatego warto mieć ze sobą sweterek czy kocyk, albo i to, i to.   Do bagażu podręcznego schowaliśmy także nasz niezbędnik higieniczny – kosmetyczkę z matą do przewijania, 3 pieluszkami, mokrymi chusteczkami i woreczkami na brudne pieluszki, a także zapasowy smoczek, suche chusteczki i chusteczki do dezynfekcji smoczków i zabawek, gryzak, wspomniane przekąski i ubrania na zmianę dla dzieci i dla mnie, butelkę z wodą (dla dziecka do roku można przewieźć swoją wodę, a nie tylko tę kupioną na lotnisku po odprawie).   W samolocie, zazwyczaj w jednej z toalet, dostępny jest przewijak – nasz 9 miesięczny Maksio ledwo się na nim mieścił, więc większe dziecko chyba najlepiej byłoby przewinąć na fotelu, pod warunkiem, że oczywiście nikt obcy koło nas nie siedzi.   8. Rezerwacja miejsc Już podczas rezerwacji miejsc możecie wybrać te, które będą dla Was najdogodniejsze. Ja zawsze wybieram miejsca jak najbliżej ogona, blisko wejścia do samolotu, często są tam blisko toalety, mam pod ręką stewardesy. Ty możesz także spróbować zarezerwować te z przodu, z większą przestrzenią na nogi.   W niektórych liniach miejsce dla opiekuna z niemowlęciem jest tylko pod oknem, czego nie do końca rozumiem, bo z dzieckiem jesteśmy szczególnie narażeni na potrzebę opuszczenia swojego miejsca (przewijanie, kołysanie).   W niektórych samolotach, na dłuższych lotach, są specjalne miejsca, w których można przewozić Dziecko w dodatkowej, podwieszanej kołysce, warto sprawdzić to z liniami, którymi lecicie (zwykle są to opcje w lotach transatlantyckich)   9. Na lotnisku Na lotnisku warto zjawić się wcześniej. Odprawa z dwójką Dzieci i odpowiednią liczbą bagaży (my na miesiąc mieliśmy ich całkiem sporo) potrafi trwać dłużej.   Będąc z z dzieckiem, możesz liczyć na wejście na odprawę bez kolejki, ale sama odprawa potrwa pewnie dłużej – musisz wyjąć dziecko z nosidła czy wózka, wszystko złożyć i przepuścić przez skaner, dzieci mogą marudzić i wcale nie pomagać, szczególnie, gdy jedno masz na rękach, a drugie trzymasz za rękę, bo druga osoba składa wózek.   My dodatkowo „załapaliśmy się” na kontrolę pod kątem substancji zakazanych, co również zajęło więcej czasu. Samo wyciąganie Dziecka z nosidła (także śpiącego), specjalne skanowanie wody, ponowne wiązanie, rozkładanie wózków, ponowne skanowanie, pochłonęło masę minut. Byliśmy ostatnimi osobami, które weszły na pokład naszego rejsu.   Oprócz czasu w samolocie, myślałam o wypełnieniu Dzieciom czasu po odprawie, przed wejściem na pokład. Na szczęście zarówno lotnisko w Gdańsku, jak i w Warszawie obfituje w rozrywki, są tam nawet małe place zabaw. Niestety są też sklepy z zabawkami, więc my już wcześniej ustaliliśmy, że nie będziemy z nich korzystać, bo zabawki mamy ze sobą. Nasze loty nie były długie, gdyby takie były, zabrałabym ze sobą książeczki czy zeszyty do wyklejania naklejkami. Dla Mikołaja świetnie sprawdziłby się nowy transformers, którym może bawić się godzinami.   10. Przygotowania Mikołaj leciał samolotem 1,5 roku temu, ale zupełnie tego nie pamięta, więc od kilku tygodni odpowiadając mu co wieczór bajkę o jego ulubionym bohaterze – a jakże o imieniu Mikołaj – wplatałam w nią fascynującą podróż samolotem, opowiadałam o tłumie ludzi na lotnisku, o starcie i lądowaniu, zatykaniu uszu, lizaku i piciu.   W kolejny poście napiszę Wam i pokażę na zdjęciach, jak przebiegła nasza cała podróż do Rzymu z dwójką Maluchów i sporą ilością bagaży – w końcu to nasza przeprowadzka na miesiąc do Wiecznego Miasta, o której możecie przeczytać tutaj.   A jak Wasze przygotowania do lotu samolotem z dzieckiem? Dopiero się szykujecie czy macie już jakieś swoje sprawdzone triki?
- [Nasze wieczorne rytuały z dwójką dzieci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wieczorne-rytualy-z-dwojka-dzieci/): Nasze początki z dwójką dzieci można by określić jednym słowem – spontaniczne. Całej rodzinie udzielił się nienormowany tryb życia Noworodka, jednak po dwóch miesiącach udało nam się wypracować rytm całej rodziny. Jak to wtedy wyglądało i jak udało nam się odnaleźć w niezwykłej, nieznanej rzeczywistości z dwójką dzieci, która zaskoczyła nas o wiele bardziej niż ta z jednym dzieckiem?   Ten post napisałam, gdy Mikołaj miał niecałe 3 latka, a Maks niecałe 3 miesiące.   Nie znajdziesz tu sztywnych godzin, gdyż wciąż jesteśmy elastyczni i staramy się rozpoznać w Mikołaju najlepszy moment na pójście spać, dzięki któremu nie będzie jeszcze zbyt zmęczony i marudny, a z drugiej nie będzie przez dwie godziny przewracał się z boku na bok, nudząc, że nie chce mu się spać.   To, co jednak jest stałe w naszych rytuałach, to następujące po sobie procesy, których bohaterami są trzyletni wówczas Mikołaj oraz trzymiesięczny Maksiu.   1. Kolacja Wieczorny rytuał rozpoczyna kolacja Mikołaja około godziny 19-19:30. Zawsze dajemy mu wybrać, na co akurat ma ochotę, z mniej więcej trzech różnych możliwości. Śmieję się, że dajemy mu pozorny wybór – pytamy, co chce zjeść na kolację, zamiast pytać o to, czy chce ją zjeść. Wszyscy wtedy już wiemy, że zbliża się pora spania, więc zanim kolacja będzie gotowa sprzątamy zabawki i oglądamy razem bajkę na dobranoc – odkąd Mikołaj skończył dwa i pół roku, wieczorna bajka to nasz rytuał.   2. Kąpiel Początkowo kąpałam Maksia raz na dwa dni, ale zauważyłam, że o wiele lepiej śpi, gdy kąpię go codziennie – myślę, że to właśnie kwestia rytuałów. Dlatego kąpiemy dzieci o jednej porze i w jednej wannie, a właściwie… w dwóch – zaraz Ci wszystko wytłumaczę.   Przy Mikołajku próbowałam kąpieli w wiadrze, dzięki naszym przyjaciołom mieliśmy do dyspozycji nawet dwa różne modele, ale wcale się to nie spodobało naszemu Synkowi i wiadra służyły nam głównie do wyjmowania prania z pralki. Tym razem, przy Maksiu, postawiłam na wanienkę Shnuggle, która łączy zalety wiadra i wanienki – jest malutka prawie jak wiadro, zapewnia wsparcie również dla plecków, a woda w nim wypiera dziecko do góry, odciążając kręgosłup i grzejąc Maluszka z każdej strony, natomiast tak jak wanienka pozwala Dziecku wyciągnąć nóżki przed siebie (Mikuś właśnie dlatego nie zaakceptował wiadra – cały czas prostował w nim nóżki i wystrzeliwał z wiadra jak z procy), jest do tego malutka i nie zajmuje wiele miejsca w przechowywaniu. Odkąd Maksiu skończył dwa miesiące, nie kąpię go już w niczym innym.   A jak kąpię dzieci razem?   Nalewam do dużej wanny wody, wsadzam Mikołaja i wstawiam do niej tę małą wanienkę, do której nalewam także wody i wsadzam Maksia. Kąpią się więc razem, ale osobno – co zapewnia Maksiowi większe bezpieczeństwo, a mi wygodę – nie muszę go podtrzymywać na rękach. Chłopcy spędzają razem niesamowity czas na wspólnej kąpieli i świetnie się przy tym bawią – Mikołaj pomaga mi kąpać Maksia, zabawia go, to tak wyjątkowe chwile! Kąpiel to superrelaks i zabawa, jesteśmy wtedy zwykle we czwórkę. To niesamowite patrzeć, jak z dnia na dzień Dzieci łapią ze sobą coraz większy kontakt. To czas na żarty i śmiechy oraz wodne zabawy z Bratem, Mamą i Tatą.   Na poniższych zdjęciach Maksiu ma roczek – sama widzisz, że wciąż idealnie się w tej wanience mieści.     Wanienka ta w połączeniu ze stojakiem pozwoli Ci także na komfortową kąpiel Maluszka po porodzie, gdy nie marzysz o schylaniu i nie wolno Ci nosić ciężarów – sama wanienka waży zaledwie 400 gramów, a do kąpieli wystarczy naprawdę mało wody, mniej więcej tyle, ile waży dziecko. Z powodzeniem możesz ją przenieść nawet z wodą z łazienki do pokoju. Początkowo, gdy akurat musiałam kąpać dzieci sama, bo zostawałam z nimi na wieczór bez Wojtka, stawiałam wanienkę na stojaku w sypialni, gdzie miałam na oku starszego Mikołaja i nie miałam żadnego problemu, aby do kąpieli wodę przynieść sama.   A jeśli masz mniejsze mieszkanie, możesz taką wanienkę postawić na przykład na blacie w kuchni, a obok rozłożyć matę do przewijania i urządzić sobie przewijak.     3. Po kąpieli Gdy kąpiemy dzieci razem, z wanny zawsze wychodzi Maksiu – zawijam go w ręczniczek z kapturkiem i zabieram do naszej sypialni na komodę z przewijakiem – nasz kącik do przewijania możesz zobaczyć w tym poście.   Wieczorna pielęgnacja skóry naszych Dzieci celowo jest bardzo skromna – jeśli skóra naszych Dzieci nie wymaga wsparcia (nie jest przesuszona czy podrażniona), to nie używamy żadnych kosmetyków pielęgnacyjnych. Jeśli coś jest nie tak – pielęgnuję tylko podrażnione czy przesuszone miejsca. Dziś i Maksiu, i Mikuś mają piękną skórę i cerę bez żadnego wsparcia (a zmagaliśmy się nawet z AZS). Jeśli interesuje Cię temat naszej pielęgnacji skóry Dzieci, więcej na temat przeczytasz tutaj.   Na przewijaku staram się dużo głaskać, przytulać i całować Maksia, a jeśli jest w nastroju, funduję mu również minimasażyk.  Jeśli jednak zaczyna popłakiwać, omijam ten punkt i szybciutko ubieram. Latem Maksiu spał w jednej warstwie ubranek – w pajacyku, teraz jesienią i zimą śpi w dwóch: w body na ramiączkach i w pajacyku lub rampersie. Mikołaj natomiast i latem, i zimą śpi w jednej warstwie ubranek: latem w ciepłe dni i noce w krótkiej, dwuczęściowe piżamce, zaś zimą – w długiej.     W czasie gdy przygotowuję do spania Maksia na przewijaku, w łazience Wojtek z Mikusiem kończą kąpiel, myją zęby i przychodzą w ręczniku na nasze łóżko. Mikołaj już sam ubiera się w piżamkę. Gdy urodził się Maksiu, po ubraniu się w piżamę Mikołaj… wskakiwał pod naszą kołdrę.   Przed narodzinami Maksia Mikołaj już od dawna umiał zasypiać sam, początkowo w swoim łóżeczku w naszej sypialni, później w swoim łóżeczku we własnym pokoju. Natomiast wtedy, gdy maleńki Maksiu śpi z nami w pokoju, zasypiając często podczas karmienia w moich ramionach, nie byłabym w stanie ani nie chciałabym odmawiać Mikusiowi podobnej bliskości, dlatego od chwili narodzin Maksia pozwalam mu zasypiać z nami w naszym łóżku. Myślę, że to jeden z powodów, dla których dla Mikołaja Młodszy Brat to frajda i kolejny czynnik pozwalający mu być bliżej z rodzicami, a nie powód do zazdrości czy poczucia odrzucenia. Tym samym co wieczór ląduję z Dziećmi w jednym łóżku, a często dołącza też do nas choć na chwilę Tata.   4. Zasypianie Odkąd pojawił się Maksiu, rytuał zasypiania Mikołaja uległ zmianie – nie mamy już tyle czasu na czytanie bajek czy śpiewanie. Ponieważ zasypiamy w jednym pokoju, a z reguły Maksiu zasypia szybciej, nasze śpiewy i śmiechy zwyczajnie go budziły. Dlatego Mikołaj co wieczór może sobie wybrać, czy będziemy czytać bajkę, opowiadać bajkę czy śpiewać piosenki. W tym czasie ja równolegle karmię Maksia, który zasypia, a zanim go odłożę do kosza mojżeszowego, w którym będzie spał dalej, czekam, aż naprawdę mocno zaśnie. Gdy Maksiu ląduje w koszu, Mikołaj ma mnie już tylko dla siebie. Przytulamy się i cichutko modlimy, a także dziękujemy za to, co dobrego nas spotkało i prosimy o więcej.   O tym jak wygląda nasz rytuał zasypiania, gdy Maksiu ma 16 miesięcy a Mikołaj 4 lata, napiszę już niedługo.   Oczywiście zdarza się, że mimo naszych starań zachowywania się cicho, zupełnie to nam (Mikusiowi) nie wychodzi i budzi Maksia. Wtedy proponuję mu, aby poszedł spać do siebie, ale Mikuś prosi o „drugą szansę” i znów staramy się zasnąć we trójkę…   Po „drugiej szansie” często sytuacja się powtarza i wtedy Mikuś prosi o „ostatnią szansę” i znów usypiamy się od nowa…   Co pomaga nam zasnąć?   Mamy też kilka czynników, które pomagają Dzieciom szybciej zasnąć – trzymanie za rękę, trzymanie za główkę, szumiący miś czy grająca lampka pozwalają nam się wyciszyć i zasnąć. Tak, mi czasami również zdarzy się zasnąć, szczególnie jeszcze przed Mikusiem.   Po wieczornych rytuałach, nawet jeśli Mikuś jeszcze nie zasnął, ja wstaję i zajmuję się domem, sobą, spędzam czas z mężem. Wieczór to nasz czas, czas dorosłych, dlatego staram się pilnować tego, aby wieczorne rytuały zacząć około godziny 19-19:30, aby od godziny 20-20:30 mieć chwilę na naładowanie akumulatorów na kolejny dzień. Idąc spać, wynosimy Mikusia do jego pokoju, co nie znaczy, że on do nas za chwilę czy za kilka godzin nie wraca :-). To dlatego po mojej stronie łóżka zamontowaliśmy barierkę – dzięki temu nikt z nas, przynajmniej z jednej strony łóżka, nie spada.    Oczywiście Maksiu od urodzenia nie przesypia całych nocy, budzi się na karmienie co 1,5-3 godziny. Zdarzały się również takie noce, gdy budził się z płaczem co kilka-kilkanaście minut (bliżej nieokreślone problemy z brzuszkiem, z emocjami, z napięciem). Dodatkowo, odkąd Maksiu wszedł w trzeci/czwarty miesiąc życia, jego zapotrzebowanie na jedzenie bardzo wzrosło, stąd za nami kryzys laktacyjny i karmienie niemal na okrągło, ale o tym czytałaś już w tym tekście.   Już niedługo będziesz mogła przeczytać o tym, jak wyglądała nasza droga do przesypiania całych nocy – przez Maksia… i przez nas 😉   A jak jest u Was?
- [Mama na kółkach](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mama-o-kulach-a-moze-na-kolkach-2/): Gdy ponad 2 lata temu złamałam nogę, płakałam przez tydzień i to raczej nie z bólu. Wydawało mi się, że to koniec świata, a mojego samopoczucia nie polepszał fakt, że zawodowo właśnie dopinałam 3 dniowe, wyjazdowe międzynarodowe wesele, które oczywiście osobiście koordynowałam (pozdrawiam Was kochani bo wiem, że czasami to do mnie zaglądacie!). Dodatkowo ruszyła sprzedaż najnowszych kolekcji sukien ślubnych i moje Klientki czekały na to, aby udać się ze mną na wycieczki po sklepach! Gdy w ostatnią środę spadłam ze schodów wiedziałam, że ból jest ogromny i że nie stało się nic dobrego. Zamiast rozpaczać jeszcze leżąc na podłodze cieszyłam się, że nie miałam na rękach Mikołaja! Że akurat bawił się na macie i był bezpieczny do przyjazdu Wojtka. Że telefon szczęśliwie był niemal na wyciągnięcie ręki i że mogłam zadzwonić po pomoc. I odwołać spotkanie z Klientką. Sytuacja, w jakiej się znalazłam jest pozornie jeszcze trudniejsza niż ta 2 lata temu, gdyż nie dość, że w najbliższy piątek koordynuję ślub, to dodatkowo jestem Mamą 9 miesięcznego Synka, którym codziennie sama się opiekuję, gdy Wojtek pracuje. Ale tym razem nie dopadły mnie żadne depresyjne nastroje ani pesymistyczne myśli. Nie obwiniam siebie ani świata. Sytuacja jest taka sama, ale ja jestem inna. Mija szósty dzień od kiedy złamałam nogę. Obiecałam sobie, że zamiast marudzić wykorzystam ten czas najlepiej jak się da. Za mną pierwsze dni i pierwsze ograniczenia. Nie mogę zabrać Mikołaja na spacer choć pogoda jest cudowna, w najlepsze trwają nasze pierwsze wakacje, na które chyba całe życie czekałam! Nie mogę Mikołaja nosić, pielęgnować, nawet wyjąć z łóżeczka i zabrać na matę czy do kuchni i ugotować mu obiad, bo w rękach ciągle mam kule. Więc co? Może sprawię sobie kółka? Dzięki wózkowi mogłabym być dużo bardziej niezależna. Usiąść, wziąć Mikołaja na ręce, posadzić na kolanach i razem pojechać nawet na spacer! Jedyne czego się obawiam na myśl o wózku to reakcja innych ludzi. Ale dam radę! Spędzimy razem cudowne lato, nie tylko na kanapie! I na SeeBloggers też pójdę! Historia zatoczyła koło, ale ja poradziłam sobie z nią zupełnie inaczej. Za mój uśmiech i pozytywne nastawienie los szybko mi się odpłacił, dla Mikołaja udało mi się zorganizować najlepszą opiekę, a przy ślubie jak zawsze mogę liczyć na mój zgrany zespół. Widzę, jak bardzo zmieniłam się przez ostatnie 2 lata, jak pomimo tragedii, które nas spotkały, dziś potrafię iść przez życie z uśmiechem, nadzieją i podniesioną, choć pełną refleksji i tęsknoty głową. Zajęło mi to na pewno sporo czasu, dla niektórych za długo, ale dla mnie w sam raz. Jestem szczęśliwa i powoli przestaję się bać wypowiadać te słowa! Z tej okazji mam dla Was w planie kilka motywacyjnych tekstów, w których pokażę Wam z jakich narzędzi korzystałam w pracy na sobą, aby znaleźć się tu, gdzie jestem i z coraz większą odwagą znów sięgam po swoje marzenia. A jak zobaczycie mnie gdzieś pomykającą na wózeczku z Mikim w chuście to nie odwracajcie głowy w drugą stronę tylko koniecznie się do mnie uśmiechnijcie. Nie ma nic gorszego niż litościwy wzrok, albo udawanie, że się nie widzi. Niepełnosprawnych, innych… Wasz uśmiech na pewno doda mi odwagi!
- [Wypadanie włosów po ciąży - przyczyny oraz moja pielęgnacja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wypadanie-wlosow-po-ciazy-przyczyny/): Wypadanie włosów po ciąży to bardzo przykra dolegliwość, z którą zetknęłam się po raz kolejny. Jeśli również dokucza Ci ten problem, sprawdź, skąd się bierze i co na wypadanie włosów stosuję każdego dnia.   Mogłaś zauważyć, że w czasie ciąży Twoje włosy były piękne jak nigdy wcześniej, natomiast po porodzie codziennie zadajesz sobie pytanie: dlaczego strasznie wypadają?   Dlaczego wypadają włosy właśnie po porodzie?   Czy to wina karmienia piersią, osłabienia organizmu czy przyczyna jest zupełnie inna? Jak zapobiec wypadaniu włosów?   Czy zastanawiałaś się kiedyś, jak wygląda cykl wzrostu włosa? Dlaczego nie może cały czas tylko rosnąć, ale także – niestety – wypada?   Co się dzieje z włosami w ciąży? Hormony, hormony i jeszcze raz hormony. To dzięki nim nasze włosy w czasie ciąży są bardziej gęste i błyszczące, jest ich więcej. Nie dlatego, że więcej ich rośnie, ale dlatego, że mniej ich wypada – to wysoki poziom estrogenu sprawia, że nasze włosy stale pozostają w fazie wzrostu.   Niestety po porodzie włosy znów zaczynają wypadać – wchodzą w fazę spoczynku, podczas której nie produkują się nowe włosy. Proces ten trwa kilka miesięcy, a jeśli karmimy piersią, to z powodu wysokiego stężenia prolaktyny ten stan może potrwać nieco dłużej.   Niestety, wypadanie włosów po porodzie jest nieuniknione.   Co na wypadanie włosów możemy poradzić? Czas jest Twoim sprzymierzeńcem, natomiast zawsze możesz próbować poprawić kondycję włosów naturalnymi szamponami, odżywkami i innymi preparatami.   Moje sprawdzone sposoby na rzadkie włosy, nie tylko po ciąży   Podcinanie W moim wypadku włosy po ciąży były przerzedzone tak mocno, że choć przed porodem zaczęłam je zapuszczać, po porodzie regularnie je obcinam, dzięki czemu zyskują na objętości. Koniecznie obcinam je na prosto – bez żadnego cieniowania, które tylko pogłębia efekt cienkich włosów.   Właściwa pielęgnacja Na co dzień używam tylko naturalnych kosmetyków do pielęgnacji włosów. Włosy myję codziennie, gdyż świeżo ułożone są lepiej odbite i nie wyglądają na takie przerzedzone. Przy tak częstym myciu wystarcza w zupełności mycie jednokrotne – dwukrotne możesz zastosować, jeśli myjesz włosy raz na kilka dni, aby dokładnie zmyć z nich nie tylko kosmetyki stylizacyjne, ale przede wszystkim kurz, smog i tym podobne.   Składniki, których unikam w szamponach i odżywkach, to przede wszystkim:   oleje mineralne i silikony –  na skórze i włosach tworzą powłokę, która blokuje właściwe dotlenienie zarówno skóry głowy, jak i włosów – oblepiają włosy, uniemożliwiając im oddychanie; kosmetyki zawierające silikony dają bardzo szybki efekt poprawy stanu włosów, mamy wrażenie, że już po jednym myciu włosy są zdrowsze, niestety to tylko pozorne wrażenie; oczywiście są osoby, które z natury mają silne włosy, którym nawet silikon niestraszny, ale cienkie i delikatne powinny tego oblepiania szczególnie unikać, gdyż włos nam się zaparza i dodatkowo nie wnikają do niego składniki odżywcze,   SLS oraz SLES – uznawane za agresywne i potencjalnie drażniące środki.   Po rocznej przygodnie z kosmetykami pielęgnacyjnymi marki Kevin Murphy, moje włosy po raz pierwszy w dorosłym życiu zaczęły zachowywać świeżość przez kilka dni – czyli szampon pięknie wyregulował mi wydzielanie sebum na głowie. Niestety, po tych kosmetykach moje włosy były jednak zbyt miękkie, trudne do stylizacji i pozbawione objętości, dlatego powróciłam do kosmetyków INSIGHT.  Na zmianę używam dwóch szamponów – pierwszy z nich to widoczny na zdjęciu szampon do zniszczonych włosów RESTRUCTURIZING, a drugi to tej samej marki szampon przeciw wypadaniu włosów LOSS CONTROL.   Do kompletu używam na zmianę również dwie maski – do włosów farbowanych COLORED HAIR i codzienną DAILY USE – obie są bardzo lekkie, dzięki czemu nie obciążają moich cienkich włosów, dodatkowo nakładam je dopiero od połowy ich długości. Raz w tygodniu biorę dłuższą kąpiel i zostawiam maskę na jakieś 20 minut, a na co dzień trzymam zaledwie ze 3 minuty – mniej więcej tyle czasu zajmuje mi mycie zębów i zakładanie soczewek kontaktowych. Po masce włosy pięknie się także rozczesują.   Jak ukryć prześwity na głowie W najbardziej krytycznym okresie, który trwał około 4 miesięcy, posiłkowałam się wtedy sprayem, który pomagał mi  zatuszować prześwitującą skórę na przedziałku i zakolach. Mój spray do tuszowania łysiny to nic innego jak spray na odrosty Magic Retouch od L’Oreal – to taka jakby farbka w sprayu, która osiada nie tylko na włosach, ale i na skórze głowy, zapewniając efekt gęstszych włosów u nasady.     Szybko wysycha i efekt zostaje do kolejnego mycia włosów. Jeśli z jakiekolwiek powodu cierpisz na przerzedzone włosy, ten spray wspaniale pomoże Ci ten efekt zatuszować. Jest dostępny w wielu kolorach, u mnie najlepiej sprawdził się ciemny blond, chłodny brąz był zdecydowanie zbyt ciemny i dawał nienaturalny efekt przy moim naturalnym kolorze włosów, który mam przy skórze.   Koloryzacja Moje cienkie włosy wymagają specjalnej troski także w procesie koloryzacji – mam zaufaną fryzjerkę, w której ręce oddaję swoje włosy. Farbuje je specjalną techniką, nakłada farbę na włosy specjalną gąbeczką, a efekt sombre pozwala mi na noszenie na co dzień naturalnego odrostu, dzięki czemu włosy farbuję zwykle raz na 6-9 miesięcy, aby nadmiernie ich nie osłabiać. Nie bez znaczenia jest też farba, której używa – to wspomniany już Kevin Murphy, czyli farby bazujące na naturalnych składnikach, jak miód i masło shea – nawilżają i odżywiają włosy, są bez amoniaku i nie zawierają PPD – barwnika, który często podrażnia i uczula.   Stylizacja Aby dodać włosom objętości, wilgotne włosy spryskuję sprayem dodającym objętości w czerwonym opakowaniu marki CHI, suszę je przy użyciu suszarko-lokówki BRAUN Satin Hair 7 (posiadam także suszarko-lokówkę z obrotową szczotką Rowenta Brush Activ, ale tak bardzo elektryzuje moje włosy, że całkowicie pozbawia je objętości), a na koniec spryskuję suchym szamponem w sprayu BATISTE HEAVENLY VOLUME, który pełni tu funkcję teksturyzującą – moje włosy, choć cienkie, są bardzo lejące, dzięki suchemu szamponowi są bardziej tępe i zyskują na objętości.     Na koniec spryskuję je moim od lat ulubionym lakierem do włosów Goldwell Hair Lacquer w czarnej tubie, którego nie potrafię zamienić na żaden inny – nie skleja włosów i można go całkowicie uczesać, idealnie sprawdzi się więc także wtedy, gdy nie myjesz włosów codziennie.     Specjalistyczna pielęgnacja Oprócz tego, że dbam o włosy podczas codziennej pielęgnacji, okresowo serwuję im także dodatkową, specjalistyczną pielęgnację.   Wcierki Bardzo lubię samo stosowanie produktów, jakimi są wcierki – w przeciwieństwie do olejowania włosów, które w moim wypadku zdecydowanie za bardzo je obciąża i niestety zmniejsza objętość. Nie lubię też aplikacji olei.   Wcierki działają na skórę głowy, a więc na przyczynę problemu, a nie tylko na skutki. Aby dobrać odpowiedni specyfik, najlepiej sprawdza się tu metoda prób i błędów – warto wytypować możliwą przyczynę, zastosować antidotum i sprawdzić, czy jest poprawa, jeśli tak – bardzo możliwe, że trwale polepszymy kondycję naszych włosów.   Najbardziej popularne wcierki to te do samodzielnego przygotowania z kozieradki czy gotowe do kupienia jak Kaminamoto.   Przyczyny wypadania włosów Najbardziej popularne przyczyny wypadania włosów to łysienie pospolite, telogenowe oraz anagenowe.   Łysienie pospolite dotyka tylko mężczyzn. Od ok. 40 roku życia zaczynają im wypadać włosy – bezpowrotnie. Jest to proces naturalny, uzależniony od wieku. Czyli ten problem na pewno Cię nie dotyczy.   Łysienie telogenowe – charakteryzuje się tym, że w fazę spoczynku przechodzi większa część znajdujących się na głowie włosów. Doskonałym przykładem jest właśnie łysienie poporodowe, ale przyczynami może być także np. stres, łuszczyca czy niedobory pokarmowe. Łysienie telogenowe szczęśliwie ustępuje samoiostnie, tak więc warto dbać o zrównoważoną dietę i tuszować ewentualne mankamenty urody, które powoduje.   Łysienie androgenowe – wypadanie włosów na tle androgenowym (choć z uwagi na swoją nazwę powszechnie kojarzone z mężczyznami), dotyczy nawet 50% kobiet zmagających się z nadmierną utratą włosów! Łysienie androgenowe to choroba uwarunkowana genetycznie, spowodowane niewłaściwą reakcją mieszka włosa na androgen, przez którą stają się one cieńsze i krótsze, aż wypadają, co u kobiet objawia się utratą gęstości na szczycie głowy.   Z uwagi na to, że problem z cienkimi i wypadającymi włosami mam, odkąd jestem nastolatką (wcześniej były gęste i grube), nie zamierzam poprzestać na samej pielęgnacji włosów. Z uwagi na to, że łysienie androgenowe można leczyć miejscowo – stosując minoksydyl, który rozszerza naczynia mieszków włosowych, stymulując tym samym podział komórek mieszka, jak tylko skończę karmienie piersią planuję przejść terapię minoksydylem. Możemy go kupić bez recepty jako Piloxidil – niedrogi lek hamujący wypadanie włosów i stymulujący ich odrost, o którym czytałam bardzo dobre opinie. Ma postać płynu na skórę, ale z dozownikiem, co na pewno ułatwia aplikację. Lek najpierw zatrzymuje wypadanie włosów (po około 8 tygodniach), po 4-5 miesiącach rozpoczyna się proces pierwszego odrastania włosów, który po około roku przechodzi w etap maksymalnego odrastania włosów. Konieczna jest tu wytrwałość i konsekwencja w leczeniu, ale w badaniach zaobserwowano wzrost odrostu włosów o około 75%. Zadbane i gęste włosy dodają mi pewności siebie, nie chcę więc przegapić szansy na ich tak ogromną poprawę.     Tymczasem pamiętam o tym, że to co jemy, ma ogromny wpływ na nasz organizm, również na nasze włosy. Dlatego poza prawidłową pielęgnacją zwracam uwagę na to, co ląduje na moim talerzu. Znajdujące się w jedzeniu witaminy, mikroelementy oraz makroskładniki pełną ważną rolę w procesie wzrostu włosów.   Spośród wielu witamin najważniejsze są te z grupy B (szczególnie biotyna, ryboflawina, niacyna). Znajdujemy je między innymi w produktach pochodzenia zwierzęcego – mięsie, serach, jajkach oraz w roślinach strączkowych, brokule, kalafiorze i orzechach, a z uwagi na to, że ograniczam jedzenie mięsa, serów oraz brokułów i kalafiorów, dodatkowo suplementuję biotynę. W walce o piękne włosy dodatkowo wspierają nas również witaminy A, C, D i E.   Poza witaminami bardzo ważne są również składniki mineralne. Bardzo ważną rolę w procesie wzrostu włosa pełnią żelazo, cynk oraz selen. Znajdziesz je w mięsie, roślinach strączkowych, kaszach, zbożach i orzechach. Kasz, zbóż i orzechów jem sporo, więc nie uzupełniam ich dodatkowo.   Wypadanie włosów – wizyta u trychologa Jeśli nasilone wypadanie będzie utrzymywało się przez długi czas albo zauważysz zmiany na skórze, pomyśl też nad wizytą u trychologa. Lekarza, który stwierdzi, czy ten cykl życiowy włosa przebiega u nas prawidłowo.   Jestem ciekawa, jakie są Twoje sprawdzone sposoby na wypadające i przerzedzone włosy? Ulubiona pielęgnacja? Dodająca objętości stylizacja? Koniecznie daj znać w komentarzu!
- [5 najlepszych zabaw na sofie dla dzieci - i rodziców przede wszystkim](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zabawy-dla-dzieci/): Sama nie wiem, co do wpisu o 5 zabawach dla dzieci na kanapie skłoniło mnie bardziej: jesienne lenistwo, niewyspanie czy sezon przeziębieniowy, który mamy za pasem. Oto nasze ulubione zabawy na sofie, czyli takie, gdy rodzic nie musi biegać / latać / pływać ani pocić się, a nawet może poleżeć wygodnie na sofie – i to nawet przy dwójce Dzieci. Idealne na nasze czy dziecięce przeziębienie, świąteczny poranek czy popołudnie, zawsze, kiedy marzmy o tym, aby nigdzie się nie ruszać. Oto 5 moich hitów, które zawsze mam pod ręką!     1. Zabawa w lekarza To moja ulubiona aktywność, gdy za jednym zamachem muszę ujarzmić swoje dzieci, a przy okazji chcę (albo muszę) sobie odpocząć.   Bardzo pomocny jest tu zestaw małego lekarza – walizeczka, a w niej wszystkie niezbędne atrybuty lekarza, które czynią zabawę jeszcze ciekawszą. Dziecięcy, zabawkowy tablet to nic innego jak przenośny RTG!     Nasz lekarz Mikuś ma zawsze przynajmniej dwóch pacjentów: Mamę i Maksia, czasami dołączają do nas także Tata i Misie.   Maksiu uwielbia poddawać się wszelkim badaniom, o ile tylko wykonuje je Mikuś – to też świetny sposób na oswojenie dziecka z wizytami w gabinetach lekarskich.     Pacjent chory. Lekarz podaje lekarstwa – dużo kropelek!     Pacjent zdrowy! Piątka!     No i w końcu moja kolej…     I tak w kółko! Aż doktorek padnie.   Niezwykle podoba mi się to holistyczne podejście do pacjenta – od badania ogólnego, przez neurologiczne (drewnianym młotkiem w kolanko), diagnozę, aż po zaaplikowanie leków i poczekanie na ozdrowienie!       2. Zabawa w budowanie bazy   To chyba moja ulubiona zabawa z dzieciństwa. Własna przestrzeń, ekscytacja i poczucie bezpieczeństwa razy milion w jednym.   Poduszki ogrodowe, kanapowe, koce, dwoje dzieci i ja, czyli idealna zabawa w leżenie. Przynajmniej dopóki ktoś nie spadnie – a i na to mam antidotum – więcej poduszek na podłodze.       3. Zabawa w piknik U nas w domu panuje zasada, że jemy tylko przy stole. A że czasami chciałabym dać nam wszystkim dyspensę na jedzenie na kanapie, to wiem, że u nas wszystko co raz i wyjątkowo, oznacza na zawsze i dzieci mi wyjątku nie wybaczą, organizuję więc dla nich zabawę w piknik!     A żeby nie było nudno, zrobiliśmy sobie telefon z dwóch kubków i sznurka.   Pamiętacie zabawę z dzieciństwa (albo z Dzieci z Bullerbyn) z użyciem dwóch puszek połączonych sznurkiem, gdzie jedna osoba mówi do puszki, a druga słucha? Papierowe kubki zamiast puszek sprawdzają się super. Warunek konieczny: naprężony sznurek, aby dobrze przenosił drgania z kubka „do gadania” na kubeczek „do słuchania”.   Można użyć tu dratwy lub innego, nie za grubego, ale wytrzymałego materiału. Pamiętam, jak biliśmy rekordy długości naszych telefonów sznurkowych. Jeśli tego nie znaliście, spróbujcie koniecznie – zabawa gwarantowana, a efekt Was zaskoczy!   Niesamowite, że to naprawdę działa. My tak śpiewamy sobie piosenki, albo szepczemy, a druga osoba musi odgadnąć, co mówiła pierwsza.     A wiecie, co zawsze mnie rozbraja?   Serduszko od Mikusia – zawsze robi mi takie przed wyjściem do przedszkola, albo jak jest mi smutno czy zupełnie bez okazji.       4. Czytanie przez angażowanie   Nie ma u nas wieczoru bez książki albo dwóch, a gdy czasami padam na nos już w ciągu dnia, zupełnie zapominam, że aby zatrzymać Dzieci przy sobie, wystarczy usiąść i im poczytać. Nie pamiętam, aby Mikuś chciał kiedyś skończyć czytanie szybciej niż ja. A najbardziej lubi… książeczki, które go angażują w czytanie, bo zawierają na przykład dużo dźwiękonaśladowczych wyrazów, takich jak PUK PUK, TRUTUTUTU, TRUTUTUTU…     czyli dokładnie tak, jak książka Jano i Wito – W domu – Wioli Wołoszyn.       Mikuś uwielbia także książeczki, w których trzeba coś znaleźć, a absolutnym faworytem jest tutaj Pucio.       5. Zabawa w kino   Tak,tak, wiem, ciężko nazwać to nawet zabawą, dlatego umieściłam tę atrakcję jako ostatnią na liście… czasami – szczególnie, jak wstaniemy w sobotę o 5:30… albo gdy po trudnym dniu nie mam siły na nic więcej niż usiąść na kanapie. Dla Mikusia (i rodziców) popcorn i okulary 3D…     a dla Maksia… zestaw zamków, zasuwek i innych kłódek. Zabieram je ze sobą nawet do lekarza – mam gwarancję Maksia zajętego na 100%.     PS Wiemy, jak wygodny jest popcorn z torebki wkładanej do mikrofalówki… natomiast warto zrobić dla dzieci zdrowszy popcorn – wystarczy prażyć ziarna kukurydzy w garnku na oleju kokosowym lub rzepakowym, bez soli (koniecznie dla dzieci młodszych niż rok) lub z niewielką ilością soli (dla starszych dzieci i dla nas). Warto także pokusić się o ziarna eko (nie GMO) – są dostępne w popularnych delikatesach. A i Maksio podje… jak ukradnie.   A jak to wszystko wytrzymuje nasza jaśniutka kanapa?   Zabawa w piknik na sofie czy dzieci pakujące się w butach na kanapę nie przyprawiają nas o zawał serca pomimo tego, że nasza tapicerka jest tak jasna, gdyż tym razem postawiliśmy na łatwoczyszczącą tkaninę na sofie.   Przyznaję, bałam się jej ogromnie, ale teraz niestraszne mi nawet poranne zabawy o 5:30, gdy ze zmartwień odpadło największe: jak wyczyścić z jasnoszarej sofy brudne łapki czy ślady po przekąskach. A nawet rozlaną czarną kawę albo wino wieczorową porą…     Wiecie, co jest najśmieszniejsze? Martwię się tą plamą za każdym razem, gdy oglądam ten filmik!   Jak to się stało, że wyczyściłam kanapę czystą wodą i ręcznikiem papierowym?   To żadna sztuczka ani specjalny płyn, to łatwoczyszcząca się włoska tkanina Persempra, z której większość zabrudzeń spieramy właśnie za pomocą czystej wody i ręcznika papierowego. Szkoda, że nie znałam jej jak kupowałam swój fotel do karmienia! A mogłam go zamówić w tapicerce Persempra, bo salon, w którym go kupiłam także ją miał w swojej ofercie – Persempra jest dostępna w wielu salonach meblowych różnych producentów w całej Polsce, których lista dostępna jest tutaj – z wygodnym wyszukiwaniem na mapce.   Teraz już nie mam wątpliwości, że dom może być i piękny i funkcjonalny. A jeśli chcecie zobaczyć cały nasz salon, jadalnię, kominek i składzik drewna oraz bawialnię, koniecznie zajrzyjcie do wpisu Jak urządzić salon i wydzielić funkcjonalne strefy?.   Koniecznie dajcie znać, jak Wam się podobają – zabawy i nasz salon po metamorfozie!
- [Będziesz miała cesarkę? Tylko nikomu o tym nie mów!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bedziesz-miala-cesarke-tylko-nikomu-o-tym-nie-mow/): Nawet jak masz wskazania do cesarskiego cięcia, na przykład ułożenie pośladkowe przy pierwszym porodzie, za wąską miednicę czy dyskopatię, wiesz, że zagrożoną i obciążoną ciążę trzeba będzie rozwiązać przed czasem aby dziecko z większym prawdopodobieństwem było zdrowe, albo spotkało Cię to wszystko na raz, absolutnie nikomu nie mów, że prawdopodobnie będziesz miała cesarkę!   Jeśli choć trochę mnie znasz wiesz, że jeśli tylko jest wybór, zawsze poprę ten, który jest bliżej natury, bardziej eko, bez zbędnych modyfikacji. Bez wątpienia wspieram ideę porodów naturalnych. Najlepiej w domu, przy ulubionej muzyce i blasku świec. Ale nie zawsze się da, nie zawsze tak jest bezpiecznie, tak jest najlepiej. Coraz częściej przychodzą na świat Dzieci, które bez ingerencji medycyny czy farmakologii nigdy by się nie urodziły. Niestety ich Mamy bardzo częstą padają ofiarą innych mam-terrorystek…   Dlatego powiem Ci dzisiaj, dlaczego czasami warto ugryźć się w język i nawet jeśli tylko podejrzewasz, że Twoje Dziecko przyjdzie na świat drogą cesarskiego cięcia, zwyczajnie nie przyznawać się do tego przed kim popadnie. W przeciwnym wypadku dowiesz się rzeczy, po których Twoje życie może już nigdy nie być takie samo…   Dowiesz się, że:   – Jesteś złą matką! Jeszcze dziecko się nie urodziło a cały świat Ci pokazuje, że już jesteś zła. I nawet dziecka nie urodzisz. Przecież cesarka to nie poród.   – Boisz się porodu. A to wstyd i hańba. Te, które rodzą naturalnie się nie boją, nic a nic!   – Cesarka boli dużo bardziej niż poród naturalny. Oczywiście poród boli przede wszystkim w trakcie, a cesarka po fakcie… Powie Ci o tym wiele matek, szczególnie te, które miały tylko cesarskie cięcie. One przecież wiedzą najlepiej.   – Na pewno nie masz wskazań do cesarki. Twój lekarz się myli, a to koleżanka ma rację. Albo sąsiadka. Albo sąsiadka Twojej Mamy. Albo jej sąsiadka. Po prostu patrz punkt 2.   – Pewnie Dziecko wcale nie jest ułożone pośladkowo, tylko tak Ci wpisali w kartę ciąży. Bo oczywiście boisz się porodu. A wpis w karcie ciąży zobowiązuje. Przed porodem nie wykonają Ci już przecież żadnych badań i ten przekręt wyjdzie na jaw dopiero, jak otworzą Ci brzuch. Nie martw się, powiesz, że właśnie się obróciło.   – Nie chcesz dla dziecka tego co dobre, tego co najlepsze. Jesteś egoistką i myślisz tylko o sobie. Bo… boisz się porodu.   – Musiałaś dużo zapłacić. Bo na pewno nie masz wskazań do cesarki.   – Będziesz miała problemy z karmieniem piersią. I to na własne życzenie. Więc będziesz złą matką.   – Twoje dziecko będzie miało problemy. Ze wszystkim i to same problemy. Dowiesz się, że dzieci po cesarskim cięciu mają problemy z równowagą. Z uprawianiem sportu. Z dotykiem. Są płaczliwe i niegrzeczne. Mają kolki. Najlepiej od razu zapisz Dziecko na rehabilitację.   A może ogóle nie będziesz prawdziwą matką? Przecież nie urodziłaś. Jeśli tekst Ci się podobał, kliknij „Lubię to” lub „Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Kiedy najlepiej wykorzystać urlop ojcowski?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/urlop-ojcowski/): Kiedy jest najlepszy czas na wykorzystanie 14 dniowego urlopu ojcowskiego? Co mi się wydawało, a jak było w praktyce?   [zdjęcie: Gosia Michalak] Gdy zaszłam w ciążę i rozmawiałam z koleżankami o urlopie ojcowskim, od razu wpadłyśmy na pomysł, że urlop ojcowski wykorzystalibyśmy dopiero kilka miesięcy po porodzie, a czas ten przeznaczylibyśmy na dodatkowe rodzinne wakacje. W mojej głowie zupełnie odrzuciłam pomysł wykorzystania urlopu ojcowskiego od razu po porodzie – zwyczajnie byłoby mi szkoda ” tracić” tyle czasu wolnego w okresie, gdy i tak ani nie czuję się najlepiej, ani z Maluszkiem nie da się nigdzie pojechać, ani nawet za bardzo wyjść z domu na dłużej niż kwadrans.   W praktyce nasz pierwszy poród zakończył się cesarskim cięciem, po którym bardzo trudno było mi wrócić do pełni sił – moje rekonwalescencja była widocznie wolniejsza niż koleżanek z oddziału. To dlatego przy wypisie ze szpitala otrzymaliśmy 2 tygodniowe zwolnienie lekarskie dla mojego męża na opiekę nade mną po stanie cesarskiego cięcia. Oznaczało to, że Wojtek nie wrócił po porodzie do prowadzenia firmy, tylko w pełni poświęcił ten czas naszej rodzinie. I powiem Wam, że to były najpiękniejsze dwa tygodnie w moim życiu! Ten absolutnie niezwykły czas powrotu do domu ze szpitala z nowo narodzonym, tak ogromnie wyczekiwanym Skarbem, czas, który Tata i Mąż mógł w pełni poświęcić na opiekę nad swoją nową, właśnie powiększoną rodziną, bez codziennego pędu z domu do pracy i z pracy do domu, to największy skarb, jaki los mógł nam podarować. Przez ten czas byliśmy z Mikołajkiem w pełni zaopiekowani, doglądnięci, najważniejsi i zawsze na pierwszym miejscu. Nie było mowy w tym czasie o żadnym moim baby bluesie, o ogromnym zmęczeniu, o myśleniu co zrobić na obiad, o zakupach i problemach życia codziennego. To był niezwykły, magiczny czas, który już nigdy się nie powtórzył. Czas nauki życia w nowym składzie, nauki nowego Członka naszej Rodziny, a co najważniejsze, nie byłam w tym sama, byliśmy pełną rodziną. Wspólnie uczyliśmy się rozpoznawać sygnały wysyłane przez naszego Maluszka, wspólnie na nie reagowaliśmy, na spokojnie odbyliśmy wizytę patronażową w przychodni czy wizyty położnej.   Sama nigdy bym nie zaplanowała tylu dni wolnego w terminie zaraz po porodzie, zwyczajnie było mi go „szkoda” na takie zwykłe codzienne sprawy, które okazały się najpiękniejszymi, najcenniejszymi chwilami w moim życiu, ogromnie pozytywnie wpływając na budowanie i wzmacnianie więzi w naszym domu.   Dlatego po porodzie spytaj swojego lekarza, czy nie przysługuje Ci opieka męża nad Tobą. Jeśli nie przysługuje, a Twój mąż jest zatrudniony na mocy umowy o pracę, to nie wahaj się ani chwili – wykorzystajcie Wasz urlop ojcowski od razu, te pierwsze dwa tygodnie już się nigdy nie powtórzą. A na wakacje będziecie pewnie jeździć do końca życia.   I jak Wam się podoba taki plan? [fb_button]     A teraz urlop ojcowski w pigułce:   Zanim zaczniemy mówić o tym, kiedy najlepiej wykorzystać urlop ojcowski, sprawdźmy komu przysługuje, ile trwa i ile mamy czasu na jego wykorzystanie.   Co to jest urlop ojcowski? Urlop ojcowski przysługuje pracownikowi – ojcu, który w tracie trwania stosunku pracy został ojcem zarówno biologicznie, jak i poprzez przysposobienie.   Ile wynosi urlop ojcowski? Urlop ojcowski trwa 2 tygodnie – 14 dni kalendarzowych – bez względu na to, czy urodziło się jedno czy więcej dzieci przy jednym porodzie.   Czy urlop ojcowski trzeba wykorzystać jednorazowo? Urlop ojcowski można wykorzystać na dwa sposoby: – 14 dni kalendarzowych jednorazowo, – 14 dni kalendarzowych w dwóch częściach, ale żadna z nich nie może być krótsza niż 7 dni, a więc w praktyce można rozbić go na dwie, 7 dniowe części.   Kiedy można wykorzystać urlop ojcowski? Z urlopu ojcowskiego można skorzystać w ciągu 24 miesięcy od narodzin Dziecka, mamy więc na to aż 2 lata. Jeśli w tym terminie urlop nie zostanie wykorzystany – przepada, nie przysługuje za niego ekwiwalent finansowy.   Jak otrzymać urlop ojcowski? Aby skorzystać z urlopu ojcowskiego, należy złożyć pisemny wniosek do swojego pracodawcy na minimum 7 dni przed jego rozpoczęciem. Tutaj pobierzesz Wniosek o udzielenie urlopu ojcowskiego – WZOR.   Jakie wynagrodzenie przysługuje na urlopie ojcowskim? Pracownik przebywający na urlopie ojcowskim otrzymuje 100% swojego wynagrodzenia – tak samo jak na urlopie wypoczynkowym.
- [Jak dbać o bliznę po cesarskim cięciu?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/blizna-po-cesarskim-cieciu/): Odsetek cesarskich cięć w Polce to na ten moment (rok 2017) 43%. Bez względu na to, jakie są tego powody, nie możemy zapominać o tym, że cesarskie cięcie to poważna operacja, a blizna po cesarskim cięciu to pamiątka, która pozostanie z nami na całe życie. Dziś podpowiem Ci, jak zadbać o siebie i o bliznę po cesarce, aby zapewnić sobie jak najlepszy powrót do zdrowia, sprawności oraz jak najładniejszy efekt kosmetyczny.   Blizna po cesarskim cięciu, czyli to, co widzimy na skórze gołym okiem, to tak naprawdę wierzchołek góry lodowej. Jednak pomimo tego, że to ślad po poważnej operacji, odpowiednia pielęgnacja może sprawić, że blizna ta będzie niemal niewidoczna i nie będzie przyczyną Twojego dyskomfortu. Jestem dziś 8 tygodni po drugim porodzie, który odbył się właśnie w ten sposób i opowiem Ci o tym, jak zadbałam o siebie.   Dlaczego to takie ważne?   Niestety, ale po wyjściu ze szpitala jesteśmy zwykle pozostawiane same sobie, na pierwszą kontrolę do lekarza udajemy się w zalecanym terminie 6 tygodni od porodu nie wiedząc, że z blizną powinniśmy pracować dużo wcześniej – o ile lekarz w ogóle doradzi Ci coś w kwestii rekonwalescencji, Po pierwszym cesarskim cięciu cała moja troska o ciało po operacji skupiała się na defekcie kosmetycznym i oszczędzaniu siebie. Teraz świadomie zadbałam o siebie zupełnie inaczej!     1. Pielęgnacja rany po cesarskim cięciu Po operacji możesz spodziewać się na swoim brzuchu opatrunku w miejscu cesarskiego cięcia, który położna zdejmie Ci już po… kilku godzinach, pozostawiając ranę czystą i nieosłoniętą. Twoim oczom ukaże się najprawdopodobniej cienka kreseczka na skórze, a na niej kilka-kilkanaście szwów. Nie zdziw się, jeśli naokoło rany będą siniaki, a na ranie strupki, to zupełnie normalne, choć przyznaję, to pierwsza tak świeża pooperacyjna rana jaką widziałam i był to dla mnie widok dość szokujący.   Ranę można moczyć wodą od razu, dlatego jak tylko staniesz na własne nogi, możesz wziąć prysznic. Po każdym prysznicu dobrze jest wytrzeć ranę do sucha – możesz użyć do tego celu ręcznika papierowego lub świeżego ręcznika bawełnianego. Dobrze jest także ranę codziennie przemyć ulubionym środkiem do odkażania ran i nie zakładać na nią kolejnych opatrunków.   Tak się składa, że to świeże powietrze jest największym sprzymierzeńcem Twojej rany. Aby zapewnić jej najlepsze warunki do gojenia, warto nosić wysoką bieliznę siateczkową i luźne sukienki czy koszulki do spania już od dnia porodu. Zapewnią Ci one także największy komfort – nie będą uciskać tej delikatnej i obolałej okolicy. Latem odpowiedni strój to zadanie bardzo łatwe, zimą warto ograniczyć noszenie obcisłych czy ciepłych ubrań na wysokości rany (rajstopy, spodnie) tylko na chwile poza domem. Pamiętaj, dopóki rana się w pełni nie zagoi, nie stosuj preparatów na blizny.     2. Zdjęcie szwów Zdjęciem szwów zajmuje się zazwyczaj położna. Nie wiem, czy wiesz, ale w Polsce w zakresie podstawowej opieki zdrowotnej w ramach Narodowego Funduszu Zdrowia przez 8 tygodni po porodzie (w ciąży zresztą także) przysługuje Ci sześć darmowych, domowych wizyt położnej środowiskowej, która powinna między innymi zdjąć Twoje szwy po porodzie. Jest to opcja niezwykle wygodna, dzięki której nie musisz jeździć z Maluszkiem po przychodniach lub prywatnych gabinetach czy też zapewniać mu na ten czas opieki kogoś innego.   Szwy po cesarskim cięciu powinno się zdjąć na 6 dobę, wtedy ślady po nich będą najmniej widoczne. Po pierwszym cięciu szwy zdjęłam dopiero na 10 dobę – tak bardzo bałam się rozejścia blizny na wypadek zdjęcia ich za wcześnie. Tym razem natomiast zdjęłam je dokładnie jak zalecił lekarz na 6 dobę, a jako zabezpieczenie blizny kupiłam specjalne plasterki, które zastępują szwy i po zdjęciu szwów przez kilka tygodni zabezpieczałam bliznę przed rozejściem w ten sposób.     3. Fizjoterapia Po pierwszym porodzie nie miałam fioletowego pojęcia o tym, jak poważną operację przeszłam i jakie mogą być jej skutki. Uświadomiły mi to dopiero ogromne bóle pleców, jakie dotykały mnie podczas zwyczajnej, codziennej opieki na Dzieckiem i ból w bliźnie, gdy 3 miesiące po porodzie próbowałam powrócić do jakiejkolwiek aktywności fizycznej i próbowałam potruchtać wokół domu czy podbiegłam na przystanek.   Tym razem już w ciąży zgłosiłam się do fizjoterapeuty, aby ulżyć sobie w noszeniu tego „słodkiego ciężaru” oraz przygotować się do powrotu do formy po porodzie. Opieką fizjoterapeuty byłam objęta więc aż do porodu i już kilka dni po nim wróciłam do gabinetu. Dzięki maksymalnie prostym ćwiczeniom, jak nauka i praktyka napinania poprzecznego mięśnia brzucha czy ćwiczenia mięśni dna miednicy, a także oklejaniu blizny i brzucha za pomocą specjalnych tejpów, dolegliwości bólowe ustąpiły mi dwa razy szybciej niż przy okazji pierwszego porodu (choć wiele osób mówiło mi, że druga cesarka jest trudniejsza), natomiast bóle pleców nie pojawiły się do dzisiaj. Dlatego jeśli masz tylko taką możliwość, pamiętaj, że ogromnie warto chociażby raz spotkać się z fizjoterapeutą po porodzie. Zbada Cię, a także zaleci Ci i pokaże bezpieczne, proste ćwiczenia i masaże do wykonywania w domu, dzięki którym ból minie szybciej, a Twoje przecięte tkanki jamy brzusznej, mięśnie brzucha, powięź mięśniowa, miednica i postawa całego ciała szybciej wrócą do formy.     4. Codzienna pielęgnacja blizny po cesarskim cięciu Pamiętam, jak nie mogłam doczekać się zdjęcia szwów (okropnie ciągnęły) i rozpoczęcia pielęgnacji blizny. Poszukiwałam więc dwóch preparatów – jednego na bliznę, a drugiego na rozstępy (niestety mnie nie ominęły). Zasięgnęłam opinii koleżanek i wszystkie poleciły mi Bio-Oil jako preparat zarówno do pielęgnacji blizny, jak i rozstępów. Nie będę udawać – nie lubię się niczym smarować, nawet używanie kremu do twarzy to dla mnie konieczność, a nie przyjemność. Dlatego bardzo ucieszyłam się, że jednym olejkiem i wcieraniem załatwię aż dwa tematy. Szczególnie obiecująco zabrzmiała tutaj rekomendacja jednej z koleżanek, że Bio-Oil tak cudownie zredukował jej bardzo liczne rozstępy na brzuchu, że ciężko je dziś zauważyć gołym okiem, warunek jednak postawiła mi jeden: smarowanie dwa razy dziennie przez kilkanaście tygodni. Bałam się, że olejek używany codziennie rano zatłuści mi ubrania, ale zupełnie niepotrzebnie, gdyż po wmasowaniu i całkowitym wchłonięciu taki problem nie występuje. Co więcej, gdy po masażu zostaje mi na dłoniach cienka warstwa olejku, wsmarowuję ją także w kości policzkowe na przebarwienia, które pojawiły się w czasie ciąży.   5. Masaż blizny Samodzielnie, oprócz blizny na skórze, dbam także o blizny pod skórą, które, choć niewidoczne, również albo przede wszystkim wymagają naszej uwagi. Codziennie wieczorem wykonuję więc tak zwaną mobilizację blizny – masaż powierzchownych, a także głębszych tkanek brzucha, w tym bardzo ważnej powięzi mięśniowej, czego nauczył mnie mój fizjoterapeuta. Do masażu również wykorzystuję Bio-Oil, który sprawdza się do tego celu wyśmienicie, a tym samym wykonując masaż, wieczorne wklepywanie olejku mam już z głowy.   6. Codzienne funkcjonowanie Po porodzie starałam się bardzo dbać o to, jak się poruszam. Aby wstać, zawsze kładę się na bok, podpieram się ręką i dopiero wstaję. Dzięki temu nie nadwyrężam, lecz chronię mięsień prosty brzucha, zapobiegając jego rozejściu. Z czasem dodałam do takiego wstawania świadome napinanie mięśnia poprzecznego brzucha, aby wyćwiczyć znów dobry nawyk. Również bardzo ważna jest pozycja podczas karmienia – zawsze karmię wygodnie z użyciem poduszki do karmienia, dzięki czemu się nie garbię i nie zgniatam swoich wnętrzności, które po porodzie nie od razu wracają na swoje miejsce.   Olejku Bio-Oil używam od 6 tygodni. Jakie zmiany zauważyłam? Na olejek pierwsze zaczęły reagować przebarwiania na policzkach, które wybieliły się na tyle, że nie nakładam już na nie korektora. Kolejne zaczęły zmieniać się rozstępy – nie reagują na olejek od razu w całości, ale tak jakby fragmentami – wiele z tych malutkich fragmentów jest już niemal zupełnie jasnych, dzięki czemu całe zmiany są mniej widoczne. Blizna po cesarskim cięciu również reaguje nierównomiernie – choć wciąż jest zaróżowiona, wiele jej fragmentów jest już niemal zupełnie jasnych. A to dopiero 6 tygodni stosowania. Nie mogę doczekać się efektu działania olejku za kilkanaście tygodni. Wiem, że ani blizna, ani rozstępy nie znikną całkowicie, zapowiadają się jednak być dyskretne.   Widząc, jak radzi sobie z rozstępami, z chęcią zastosuję go także, gdy kolejny raz oparzę się, wkładając ciasto do piekarnika czy prasując, a także zadrapię czy mocniej zranię. Producent rekomenduje go także jako skuteczny i bezpieczny na blizny dla dzieci, które skończyły 2 lata.     Skład olejku Dlaczego Bio-Oil działa? Składnik PurCellin Oil zapewnia mu tę lekką, nietłustą konsystencję, a olejek rozmarynu, nagietka, lawendy, tymianku oraz witaminy A i E zapobiegają powstawaniu widocznych blizn.   Jeśli znamy się nie od dziś, wiesz, że cenię wszystko co naturalne. Nie jest tajemnicą, że olejek ten zawiera także parafinę, której nie jestem fanką, gdyż jest olejem mineralnym, dlatego gdy Bio-Oil zgłosił się do mnie z propozycją zorganizowania dla Was konkursu, zapytałam o nią producenta.   Producent zapewnił mnie, że jest to parafina farmaceutyczna, która przyspiesza wchłanianie składników zawartych w olejku. Zapoznałam się także z wynikami badań przeprowadzonymi przez Instytut proDERM w Hamburgu w Niemczech, specjalizujący się w stosowanych badaniach dermatologicznych, mówiących o tym, że „istotny statystycznie wynik był widoczny u 66% uczestniczek zaledwie po 2 tygodniach (15. dzień). Po 8 tygodniach (57. dzień) u 92% uczestniczek wykazano poprawę, o zakresie niemal trzykrotnie większym, niż poprawa widoczna po 2 tygodniach. Ciągła poprawa POSAS była widoczna w okresie trwania badania„.   Dlatego pomimo parafiny w składzie i na podstawie osobistych rekomendacji co do działania olejku na blizny – ja się na niego zdecydowałam, szczególnie mając na uwadze preparaty stosowane po pierwszej ciąży, które obiecanego efektu rozjaśnienia rozstępów mi nie zapewniły.   Dodam, że olejek jest wegański, nie był testowany na zwierzętach i nie zawiera konserwantów.     KONKURS A dziś mam dla Ciebie konkurs, dzięki któremu i Ty będziesz mogła przetestować działanie olejku Bio-Oil i zobaczyć pierwsze wyniki działania już po 2 tygodniach regularnego stosowania. Wystarczy, że napiszesz życzenia z okazji 5 urodzin Bio-Oil w Polsce na moim Facebooku.   Natomiast jeśli masz konto na Instagramie, mam dla Ciebie dodatkową propozycję – wystarczy, że polubisz profil @biooilpl na Instagramie i wyślesz do nich wiadomość z hasłem: „Agnieszka Kudela” oraz swoje imię, nazwisko i adres do wysyłki, aby otrzymać próbkę olejku wraz z broszurką. Zgłoszenie możesz wysłać do 15 października 2017, ale pamiętaj – ich liczba jest ograniczona, więc kto pierwszy, ten lepszy.   Więcej na temat olejku najdziesz na Facebookowym profilu Bio-Oil.   Gdybym miała powiedzieć, która cesarka jest łatwiejsza, to zdecydowanie powiedziałabym, że druga. Podejrzewam jednak, że obie były podobne, a za wszystkim stoi odpowiednia troska o siebie, profesjonalne wsparcie, które sobie zapewniłam i pielęgnacja.   Dlatego jeśli przyjdzie lub przyszło Ci rodzić drogą cesarskiego cięcia, pamiętaj, że pielęgnacja blizny po cesarskim cięciu powinna być bardzo ważnym elementem troski o siebie.   Niech Twoja blizna przypomina Ci o tym, jaka jesteś ważna i jaką ogromną rolę odegrałaś i odgrywasz każdego dnia. Dbaj o nią i o wszystko, co przykrywa. Doskonale wiem, jak łatwo jest o sobie zapomnieć, gdy rodzi się Dziecko. Pamiętaj, że jesteś bardzo ważna, a gdyby nie Ty, nie byłoby Jego. Każdego dnia powinnaś znaleźć choć chwilę czasu na autoterapię swojej blizny, dla zwiększenia komfortu swojego życia, dla siebie i dla tych, którzy Cię kochają.
- [Makijaż krok po kroku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/makijaz-krok-po-kroku/): Mój makijaż krok po kroku to odpowiedź na pytania, które regularnie otrzymuję na Instatstory: Jak się malować? Jak zrobić makijaż, aby ukryć zmęczenie? Jak malować oczy? Prawda jest taka, że makijaż jest dla mnie jak druga skóra i bardzo dobrze się w nim czuję, ale również taka, że jestem w tym temacie absolutną amatorką technik makijażu, która co nieco podglądała na YouTube. Natomiast malując się codziennie od kilkunastu lat, wypracowałam sprawdzone u mnie techniki makijażu, dzięki czemu lista moich kosmetyków jest niemal stała, podobnie jak czynności, które wykonuję codziennie.   Zestaw kosmetyków do makijażu Moją przygodę z minimalizmem rozpoczęłam dwa lata temu właśnie metamorfozą mojej toaletki, z kilkuset kosmetyków zostawiłam dosłownie garść, kilka z nich przez ten czas wymieniłam na lepsze zamienniki. Jestem dziś niezwykle dumna z tego, że przez ostatnie dwa lata moja toaletka wygląda tak:     To są absolutnie WSZYSTKIE kosmetyki kolorowe i pędzle, które dziś posiadam (poza zapasami – staram się mieć zapasie jeden podkład, puder w kamieniu czy tusz do rzęs) i wszystkie kosmetyki pielęgnacyjne, poza tymi, których używam tylko w łazience, jak maseczki czy kwasy, czy też na noc, jak krem przy łóżku.       Makijaż krok po kroku Na pytanie: „jak się malować?” każda z nas musi odpowiedzieć sobie sama lub w towarzystwie doświadczonej wizażystki: każda z nas ma inną cerę, inną urodę i maluje się na inne okazje. Dziś pokażę Ci moją makijażową rutynę, którą traktuję jako bazę do każdego makijażu – jeśli zależy mi na mocniejszym efekcie, dodaję kolejne warstwy tych samych kosmetyków, gdy zależy mi na delikatniejszym efekcie, niektóre kroki nawet pomijam. Codziennie rano patrzę w kalendarz i na zegarek i podejmuję decyzję, jak dokładny i wyraźny makijaż dziś wykonam.   Makijaż, który dziś tu pokażę, to prawie najmocniejsza wersją, jaką noszę na co dzień, idealna baza do makijażu wieczorowego, do którego nakładam tylko odrobinę więcej cieni, nic więcej. Dzięki temu nawet po zwykłym, biurowym dniu jestem w stanie dołożyć sobie cieni i wyjść na większą okazję, delikatnie poprawiając także podkład.   Mój makijaż jest tak trwały, że w ciągu dnia nie mam ze sobą żadnych kosmetyków do jego poprawienia, no może czasami znajdziesz w mojej torebce puder, który pozwoli mi się w razie potrzeby zmatowić czy błyszczyk, którego na co dzień również nieczęsto używam.     Baza pod makijaż   Moją jedyną bazą pod makijaż jest krem. Na całą twarz nakładam krem nawilżający z filtrem, a na partie z tendencją do błyszczenia się, czyli u mnie na nos, nakładam krem oil-control – oba są marki Organic Series i na dzień dzisiejszy to jedyna marka, która mi służy, a moja skóra przestała mnie codziennie wysypywać jak wtedy, gdy używałam kremów innych marek – to pierwszy krem, który mogę używać codziennie. Od czasu do czasu decyduję się na przetestowanie czegoś innego producenta, ale na razie ten w mojej ocenie nie ma sobie równych.     Na cienką i zasiniałą skórę pod oczami nakładam serum intensywnie nawilżające również marki Organic Series, aby zapewnić jej maksymalne odżywienie i nawilżenie. Dzięki nietłustej konsystencji stanowi idealną bazę pod makijaż i korektor. Używam go także na noc.     Podkład   Od kilkunastu lat jestem wierna podkładowi do cery mieszanej i tłustej marki Revlon – to bez wątpienia dobrze kryjący podkład i bardzo trwały. Mój kolor to nr 180, Sand Beige, zapakowany w pojemnik z pompką, który zapewnia bardzo wygodne i efektywne dozowanie produktu. Idealny kolor możesz dopasować sobie w drogerii Hebe, SuperPharm, Douglas czy niektórych Rossmannach, ale kupuję go niemal zawsze w aptece internetowej za jakieś 30% ceny drogeryjnej, czyli za 26,99 zł.   Średnio raz w roku próbuję znaleźć mu godnego następcę, coś jeszcze bardziej trwałego, ale z miernym skutkiem. Testowałam już podkłady takie jak Double Wear, Clarins Everlasting czy też Clinique Even Better albo Clinique Redness Solutions i żaden nie zapewnił mi większej trwałości i lepszego krycia, pomimo tego, że niektóre były niemal dziesięciokrotnie droższe.   Jeśli masz cerę suchą, podkład Revlon występuje także w wersji do cery suchej i normalnej, jednak w mojej ocenie ma nieco inne właściwości kryjące, które mniej mi odpowiadają. Moja cera jest naczynkowa, mam też kilka przebarwień, mocniejsze krycie dodaje mi pewności siebie, natomiast jeśli Twoja cera nie ma takich wymagań, śmiało możesz sięgnąć po lżejszą wersję.     Gąbka do makijażu   Do nakładania podkładu testowałam już palce, pędzle, klasyczne gąbki jednorazowe i wielorazowe gąbki do makijażu w kształcie jajka, których używam teraz.   Moją pierwszą gąbką do makijażu w kształcie jajka był klasyczny, różowy Beauty Blender kupiony w Sephorze, którego prawie nigdy nie mogłam doprać po aplikacji podkładu i szybko przestał dobrze wyglądać. Wtedy zdecydowałam się na czarny Beauty Blender, również z Sephory, ale wciąż dość szybko miałam ochotę wymienić go na nowy, natomiast jego cena 72 zł za sztukę sprawiała, że zaczęłam szukać zastępczego produktu. I tak właśnie zajmuję się teraz testowaniem gąbek do makijażu dostępnych w zwykłych drogeriach i to za ułamek ceny Beauty Blendera, czyli na przykład za 15 złotych. Jak znajdę swoją ulubioną tańszą gąbeczkę, dam Ci tu znać.     Jak nakładać podkład?   Technik nakładania podkładu testowałam już wiele, a moja ulubiona, zapewniająca makijażowi najdłuższą trwałość jest następująca:     Na grzbiet dłoni wyciskam jedną porcję podkładu, a w drugą rękę chwytam gąbeczkę do makijażu, którą maczam w podkładzie i stempluję moją twarz miejsce przy miejscu, jak stempelkiem. Dzięki temu równomiernie pokrywam podkładem cała cerę aż do linii szyi. Nie schodzę podkładem niżej – kolor podkładu dobieram tak, aby wtopił się w moją cerę, aby ta linia, gdzie kończy się podkład, płynnie przechodziła w skórę na szyi. Po prostu nie znoszę mieć koszuli, płaszcza czy marynarki ubrudzonych podkładem, więc stosuję go tylko na twarzy, a jego kolor dobieram także do koloru szyi.   Jak nakładam podkład, możesz zobaczyć w tym materiale wideo.       Dobry korektor pod oczy   Dobry korektor pod oczy to bardzo ważna pozycja w mojej kosmetyczce. Pozwala ukryć nieprzespane noce, miesiące, a nawet lata. Kiedyś pod oczy używałam po prostu podkładu, ale z wiekiem dostrzegłam, że niepotrzebnie tak ciężkim kosmetykiem obciążam tak delikatną skórę. Wtedy postawiłam na pielęgnację (wspomniane wyżej serum pod oczy) i poszukiwania korektora, który nie przesuszy skóry pod oczami, przykryje cienie i rozświetli.   Z uwagi na mój zawód Wedding Plannera, na swojej zawodowej drodze spotykam najlepsze wizażystki i każdą z nich pytam o najlepszy korektor i dosłownie każda w tym roku odpowiedziała, że bez wątpienia dobry korektor pod oczy to Yves Saint Laurent – Touche Eclat. Posiadam go więc w kolorze 1,5 i jest bardzo fajny, natomiast ja do dziś nie widzę różnicy pomiędzy nim, a moim rozświetlającym korektorem pod oczy Bourjois Radiance Reveal Concealer w kolorze 01 Ivory, co jest bardzo dobrą wiadomością, bo jest jakieś 7 razy tańszy, jeśli kupimy go w drogerii internetowej i nawet 5 razy tańszy, gdy kupimy na przykład w Rossmannie.     Jak nakładać korektor pod oczy?   Na YouTube jest mnóstwo filmików, w których dziewczyny pokazują, jak prawidłowo aplikować korektor pod oczy, aby uniknąć efektu pandy, i zalecają jego aplikację do linii płatków nosa… która to aplikacja według mnie niepotrzebnie obciąża prawie pół twarzy kolejnym kamuflującym kosmetykiem. Dlatego ja nakładam korektor tylko pod oczy, następnie wtłaczam go w skórę gąbką do makijażu, rozcierając przy tym w dół twarzy tak, aby idealnie stopił się z podkładem, oczywiście wykonuję przy tym moje ruchy „stempelkowe”.   Test korektora pod oczy przechodzą u mnie tylko te, które nie osadzają się brzydko w załamaniach dolnej powieki i nie podkreślają zmarszczek. Te dwa produkty z pewnością spełniają te wymogi.     Kamuflaż   Ten kosmetyk sprawił, że gdy budzę się rano w bardzo ważny dzień, nie stresuję się tak bardzo tym, że w lustrze mogą przywitać mnie jakieś niespodzianki. Kamuflaż w kremie marki Kryolan w kolorze D7 to mój absolutny hit i wybawca. Na co dzień używam go tylko punktowo w 3 miejscach – do zakrycia pękniętych naczynek, a w awaryjnych sytuacjach jako korektor na wszelkie niespodziewane niedoskonałości. Nigdy w życiu nie spotkałam tak kryjącego ani tak trwałego korektora, który nigdy się nie kończy – moje opakowanie ma już kilka lat! Nakładam go punktowo pędzelkiem, a następnie stapiam z podkładem za pomocą gąbki do podkładu.     Tu możesz zobaczyć jak nakładam korektor pod oczy i kamuflaż na naczynka.         Puder w kamieniu   Puder w kamieniu nakładam koniecznie przed nałożeniem cieni na powieki – dzięki temu opadające pyłki cieni nie przyklejają się do podkładu naokoło oczu, tylko są dosłownie do strzepania pędzlem. Mój ulubiony puder w kamieniu to Revlon Nearly Naked numer 20 – jest bardzo delikatny, a przy tym zapewnia fantastyczne utrwalenie podkładu i korektora. Chwilowo zniknął z drogerii i podobno ma pojawić się jego następca, więc na zimę kupiłam go sobie w kolorze 010, bo ta 20 tka dość ciemna.   Nie bez znaczenia jest także sposób, w jaki go nakładam – nabieram go na pędzel, z którego następnie strzepuję nadmiar i znów tym samym ruchem stempelkowym przykładam do twarzy kawałek po kawałku, aby na końcu omieść całą twarz i wyrównać. Taka aplikacja pozwala mi utrwalić podkład i korektor i zapewnić im świetną trwałość. Oprócz podkładu bardzo ważny jest też pędzel, jakiego używam – kiedyś myślałam, że pędzel do pudru może być dosłownie byle jaki, przecież nie jest tu potrzebna żadna precyzja, ale szybko okazało się, że niskiej jakości pędzle gubią włosy lub ten włos się kruszy… i tak w środku dnia okazywało się, że od rana chodzę z wielkim czarnym włosem z pędzla na twarzy.   Aby móc nałożyć puder w kamieniu opisaną techniką „stempelkową” (chyba sama wymyśliłam jej taką nazwę), muszę mieć pędzel ze zbitego, silnego włosia, które nie wypada, nie drapie, nie rozczapierza się za bardzo, bo to wszystko obniża trwałość mojego makijażu.     Mój ulubieniec to pędzel SAY Makeup do pudru nr 11, który świetnie sprawdza się w tej roli. Jak wszystkie pędzle tej marki wykonany jest z włókna syntetycznego, do którego kiedyś nie byłam przekonana, ale obserwując gigantów na rynku pędzli do twarzy, widzę, że to jest najlepszy kierunek, który zapewnia nam niezwykłą trwałość pędzli, które nawet po latach intensywnego użytkowania i prania nie zmieniają kształtów.     Moja baza makijażowa wygląda tak: ujednolicona i zmatowiona cera, gotowa na makijaż brwi i oczu.       Kosmetyki do brwi   Przez niemal trzydzieści lat żyłam w przekonaniu, że skoro moje brwi są naturalnie ciemne (jak widzisz powyżej), to mam szczęście i jestem zwolniona z ich stylizacji. Moje brwi mają prosty kształt, a pomimo kompleksowej stylizacji brwi w Brow Bar Benefit, na którą się raz na próbę zdecydowałam, one wyglądają niemal zawsze tak samo, a do tego naturalnie rosną w dół, a nie w górę, co świetnie widać na powyższym zdjęciu.   Dlatego, gdy zupełnie przypadkowo odkryłam ten kosmetyk – pomada do brwi, zrewolucjonizowała ona moje podejście do makijażu i makijaż brwi stał się jednym z jego najważniejszych elementów. Dziś, gdy wykonuję poranny makijaż w pośpiechu, prędzej zrezygnuję z makijażu powiek, niż z makijażu brwi (którego przez tyle lat nie wykonywałam wcale!).     Jak malować brwi? Mój makijaż brwi zaczynam od zaczesania ich… w dół, aby zobaczyć, gdzie brakuje im objętości i by móc podkreślić ich górną linię pomadą do brwi INGLOT numer 16. Zarówno do czesania brwi, jak i do nakładania pomady, używam jednego pędzelka – to podwójny pędzel SAY Makeup do brwi nr 1 , dzięki któremu pomadę do brwi mogę aplikować z niezwykłą precyzją, wciąż zapewniając sobie bardzo delikatny efekt. Ten pędzelek ma bardzo precyzyjną końcówkę, pozwalającą na narysowanie wielu cienkich kreseczek, które złożą się na idealny kształt brwi.     Gdy nabiorę pomadę na pędzel, wycieram jej nadmiar o rękę – naprawdę wycieram niemal cała pomadę, aż pędzelek jest niemal suchy.     Zaznaczam górną linię brwi tak niemal suchym pędzelkiem, wykonując dużo drobnych ruchów, aby zapewnić sobie maksymalnie naturalny efekt, a następnie czeszę brwi do góry.       Żel do brwi   Aby utrwalić brwi i nadać im pożądany kierunek do góry, nakładam na nie żel do brwi – maskarę do brwi L’Oreal Brow Artist Plumper, po prostu je nim przeczesując w kierunku czoła.     Efekt przed i po – dla mnie wart tych 2 minut     Makijaż brwi po       A jeśli chcesz zobaczyć jak maluję brwi na filmiku, oto on:       Makijaż oczu Gdybym miała wyjechać na bezludną wyspę i zabrać ze sobą tylko jeden kolorowy kosmetyk, byłby to bez wątpienia… tusz do rzęs!   Ale zanim do tuszu dojdziemy, pokażę Wam, jak przygotowuję i maluję powieki.     Cały makijaż oczy wykonuję za pomocą tej paletki – to Sephora Daily Chic, która jest dziś niestety niedostępna w sprzedaży, ale wciąż do znalezienia na przykład na OLX.   Nie używam dziś żadnej bazy do cieni – w moje ocenie każda, którą testowałam do tej pory, albo rolowała się w załamaniach powieki (czyli była antybazą), albo przesuszała powiekę. Idąc na bal, mogłabym rozważyć nałożenie na całą ruchomą powiekę górną kamuflażu Kryolan, który zapewni cieniom fantastyczną przyczepność, ale nie wyobrażam sobie traktować tak swoich powiek każdego dnia. Dlatego na moich powiekach przed cieniami jest tylko wspomniany krem nawilżający z filtrem. W przypadku tłustych powiek mogę polecić Ci bazę do cieni Artdeco i Inglot – słyszę o nich wiele dobrych opinii.   Makijaż oczu zaczynam od nałożenia na całą powiekę cienia bazowego – u mnie jest to kolor 1 Tender Beige z paletki za pomocą pędzelka Sephora Must-have powder shadow numer 60.     Nakładam go na całą powiekę, aż pod same brwi.     Następnie sięgam po mój ulubiony cień z paletki w kolorze Chesnut shimmer – to chłodny brąz, który nie jest ani typowym matem, ani też żadnym brokatowym wynalazkiem. Jego delikatny połysk pozwala niewprawionym amatorskim dłoniom wyczarować piękne rozmycie cienia na powiece. Gdy mam ochotę nieco ochłodzić makijaż, mieszam go z tym szarym odcieniem i nakładam jednocześnie miks tych kolorów. Długo szukałam pędzelka, który będzie odpowiedni do wykonania cieniowania zewnętrznego kącika oka i w końcu znalazłam ideał – to pędzelek INGLOT 48SS – żadnym innym pędzelkiem blendowanie cieni nie wychodzi mi tak łatwo i tak ładnie.     Najważniejsza zasada dotycząca nakładania cieni, której się trzymam, to – lepiej mniej niż więcej! LESS IS MORE! Wolę nałożyć 3 cieniutkie warstwy cienia w tym samym kolorze, które wzajemnie się utrwalą, niż jedną zbyt ciężką, której ani pięknie nie rozetrę, ani nie będzie tak trwała jak trzy cienkie. Dlatego po nałożeniu cienia na pędzel wycieram nadmiar cienia w chusteczkę – żartowałam! Oczywiście w swoją rękę.     Przechodzę do nakładania i rozcierania cienia w powiece – zaczynam od zewnętrznego kącika oka, gdzie nakładam cienia najwięcej i rozcieram go wzdłuż linii rzęs, jak i w załamanie powieki.     Następnie, jeśli mam tego poranka ochotę na mocny efekt makijażu, zanurzam malutki pędzelek Sephora Multitasker shadow numer 63 w czarnym cieniu do powiek i odciskam jego nadmiar na dłoni.     I moim ukochanym ruchem „stempelkowym” wtłaczam go w sam kącik powieki.     Po to, aby go zaraz delikatnie rozetrzeć wzdłuż linii rzęs i oczywiście w kierunku załamania powieki i na koniec jeszcze wszystko pięknie zblendować wspomnianym pędzelkiem INGLOT numer 48SS.   Następnie przechodzę do malowania kreski na oku. Nie używam dziś do tego ani kredki, ani eye-linera – dają według mnie zbyt mocny efekt, a przede wszystkim – niekontrolowany. Ktokolwiek spróbował po raz pierwszy czy nawet dziesiąty eye-linera wie, że to on rządzi naszym makijażem, a nie my nim, a na powiece widać każde drżenie naszej dłoni i w takim makijażu to eyeliner gra pierwsze skrzypce, które ja wolę zostawić rzęsom. Cień do powiek i ultracienki pędzelek INGLOT numer 31T robią superrobotę – to nimi maluję kreskę na powiece.     Jak widzisz – ta linia, którą rysuję na powiece wzdłuż linii rzęs jest cieniutka – jest też na tyle delikatna, że nawet jeśli ręka mi się trzęsie, dziecko się na mnie wspina, to składa się ona z tylu maleńkich linii namalowanych pędzelkiem, że mam cały czas wpływ na jej ostateczny kształt.     Gdy już namaluję linię, chcę nadać jej delikatniejszy efekt, więc rozcieram ją na powiekę – używam do tego pędzelka INGLOT 39P, dzięki czemu moja kreska na powiece jest delikatna i dość płynnie przechodzi na nałożone cienie.     Jeśli mam ochotę na mocniejszy look, nie nabierając już ponownie cieni na pędzel, delikatnie podkreślam dolną linię rzęs na linii od kącika oka na długość mniej więcej do zewnętrznego rantu tęczówki.   Na koniec nakładam rozświetlający, lekko połyskujący cień w kolorze Coral satin na wewnętrzny kącik oka oraz pod linią brwi.     Tak wygląda efekt makijażu oczu cieniami, jeszcze bez tuszowania rzęs:       A jak wygląda moje malowanie oczu cieniami „na żywo” możesz zobaczyć na tym filmiku.       I teraz najważniejszy punkt programu.     Najlepszy tusz do rzęs Rzęsy maluję jeszcze od czasów podstawówki (była jeszcze ośmioklasowa). Pamiętam czasy, gdy podkradało się tusz od Mamy lub Babci, ale aby w ogóle pomalować nim rzęsy, trzeba było na niego napluć. Tusze do rzęs to najlepiej i najszerzej przetestowane przeze mnie kosmetyki kolorowe i gdy powiem Ci, który mój tusz jest tym ulubionym, być może pomyślisz, że już go testowałaś, ale zupełnie się nie sprawdził, albo z uwagi na jego szczoteczkę nawet nie będziesz chciała go wypróbować.   Mój ulubiony tusz do rzęs to L’Oréal – False Lash Telescopic. Pierwszy raz kupiłam do na studiach w Paryżu, a po kilkunastu latach wciąż go używam, i choć regularnie romansuję z tuszami z najróżniejszych półek cenowych, zawsze do niego wracam. Warunek jest jeden – musi być świeży – rzadko jest w promocji i często zalega w drogeriach, a stary jest nas w stanie całkowicie do siebie zniechęcić. Nie kupuję go więc przez Internet, tylko w najbardziej ruchliwych galeriach handlowych. Na rynku jest dostępnych wiele podróbek, więc jeśli zdecydujesz się na zakup przez Internet, musisz być ostrożna i wybrać zaufany sklep.     Drugi z kolei tusz, który uwielbiam, to Maybelline Lash Sensational, ale jak dla mnie szybciej zaczyna się osypywać i nie rozdziela tak cudownie rzęs, przez co nie stanowią takiego pięknego wachlarza nad okiem.     Jak malować rzęsy? Często odpowiadam na pytanie, czy mam sztuczne rzęsy. Nie mam, ale to nie jest tak, że wstaję rano i one są piękne i długie. Nie jest też tak, że macham dwa razy tuszem i one są takie podkręcone, pogrubione i wydłużone. Malowanie rzęs to największa praca przy moim makijażu!   Lusterko ustawiam w takiej pozycji, aby widzieć swoje rzęsy od dołu – malując je, traktuję szczoteczkę jak zalotkę. Tusz po nałożeniu bardzo szybko zastyga na rzęsach, więc wykorzystuję ten czas i przyciskam szczoteczką rzęsy do góry, aby utrwalić ich taki uniesiony kształt.   Ile ruchów szczoteczką wykonuję? Każdorazowo, dla każdego oka – kilkadziesiąt! Na wielkie wyjścia nawet po sto. To jedyny tusz, który nakłada się z każdym pociągnięciem w tak niewielkiej ilości, że mogę tyle razy pokryć rzęsy i cały czas mieć wpływ na ich efekt końcowy, Nigdy nie dał mi efektów „nóg motyla” czy sklejenia. Uważam, że po wprawieniu się i dotarciu, jest tuszem idealnym. Wspaniale się także zmywa wieczorem.           Konturowanie twarzy Konturowanie twarzy wykonuję tylko wtedy, gdy mam na nie czas i ochotę, równie dobrze czuję się z samym różem.     Paleta do konturowania twarzy   Pierwszym produktem, który kupiłam do konturowania twarzy, był Contour Kit od SMASHBOX – zestaw do konturowania twarzy na sucho. Gdy zużyłam pierwsze opakowanie, zdecydowałam się na zakup zestawu do konturowania na mokro, ale nie pokochałam go – efekt był dużo bardziej wyraźny i trudniej było stopniować jego intensywność, więc szybko kupiłam ponownie ten zestaw do konturowania na sucho, który widzisz u góry i stał się moim ulubionym. Do nakładania rozświetlacza używam dołączonego pędzla, ale do nakładania ciemnych kolorów używam pędzla, który widzisz na zdjęciu – to pędzel do konturowania od KillyS, kupiony w Rossmannie.   Jak konturować twarz?   Nabieram bronzer na pędzel i tak samo jak w przypadku cieni – strzepuję nadmiar z pędzla, po czym przystępuję do nakładania go na twarz.   Wyobrażam sobie, że moja twarz powinna być kształtu owalu i cieniuję wszystkie partie twarzy, które wychodzą poza owal. Mam wysokie czoło, więc u mnie jest to wysokie czoło do linii włosów i delikatnie kości żuchwy.     Konturuję także kości jarzmowe (zwane potocznie kościami policzkowymi). Przez wiele lat cieniowałam twarz tylko pod wysokością kości jarzmowych, ale moja twarz wyglądała przez to ciężko i smutno, więc dziś staram się podciągać cieniowanie na kości policzkowe, zostawiając trochę miejsca na róż do policzków.       Rozświetlacz i pędzel do rozświetlacza   Do nakładania rozświetlacza używam pędzla, który dołączony był do paletki – jest malutki, ale to dobrze się składa, gdyż powierzchnie twarzy, na które go nakładam, są równie niewielkie.   Jak używać rozświetlacza? Rozświetlacza używam, aby dodać twarzy blasku i ukryć oznaki zmęczenia. Nakładam go w niewielkiej ilości na:   – środek czoła   – na kość nosową – aby nos wydawał się szczuplejszy     – na łuk kupidyna – aby podkreślić usta     – na brodę – aby wyszczuplić twarz     – nad kości jarzmowe (policzkowe) i pod oczy, aby nadać im świeżości,   a jeśli nie rozświetliłam oczu cieniem, to nakładam go jeszcze na wewnętrzny kącik oka i pod łuk brwiowy, aby bardziej otworzyć oko.     Róż do policzków   Mój ulubiony róż to wypiekany róż Bourjois w kolorze Golden Rose numer 34. Ten róż jest taki „czysty” i świeży.     Jak nakładać róż? Aby nałożony róż zapewnił mi efekt świeżości, uśmiecham się do siebie w lusterku i podkreślam różem tę naturalnie wystającą część policzka, aż do ucha. Nie robię żadnego nienaturalnego dziubka, tylko szczerze się do siebie uśmiecham – tak samo jak będę uśmiechała się do innych przez cały dzień, aby róż dobrze wyglądał. Na co dzień nie chodzę z dziubkiem na twarzy, więc na pewno nie pomoże mi on w malowaniu się.   Długo szukałam pędzla do różu, który pomoże mi w jego nakładaniu – jedne były za wąskie, inne za szerokie, a ten okazał się idealny. To pędzel SAY Makeup do różu nr 9.   Tak bardzo polubiłam te pędzle, że myślę o tym, aby zamiast kolejnej gąbeczki do podkładu, które trzeba tak często wymieniać, wypróbować pędzel do podkładu właśnie od SAY Makeup. A Ty, jakich pędzli używasz najczęściej? Jaki masz ulubiony sposób aplikacji podkładu?       Przygotowałam filmik, na którym pokazuję jak konturuję twarz bronzerem, rozświetlaczem i różem – z uwagi na to, że aparat i kamera „zjadają” kosmetyki, na potrzeby filmiku specjalnie użyłam większej ilości produktu, aby efekt był wyraźnie widoczny – na co dzień używam go mniej, aby efekt był bardziej naturalny.         Makijaż ust Staram się, aby w moim makijażu byłą jedna dominanta – u mnie zdecydowanie są to oczy. Po pierwsze dlatego, że najbardziej lubię je w sobie, a po drugie dlatego, że ich makijaż nie wymaga poprawiania w ciągu dnia. Jak już pisałam, w ciągu dnia swojego makijażu nie poprawiam, a gdybym chciała uczynić mocny akcent z ust, musiałabym poprawiać je kilkukrotnie w ciągu dnia i nie mogłabym się skupić tylko na wykonywanych zadaniach, gdy powinnam pamiętać o nałożeniu na usta zjedzonej pomadki.   W moim makijażu codziennym usta maluję jedynie pomadką ochronną, gdyż jak widzisz na zdjęciach, często mam je spierzchnięte, śmieję się, że to od całowania na wietrze. Musi być naprawdę wielka okazja albo najść mnie duża ochota, abym pomalowała usta.  A nawet jeśli to robię, kolor kosmetyku dobrałam tak, aby nie musieć ich poprawiać w ciągu dnia wcale, gdyż pięknie stapia się on z kolorem moich ust.     Konturówka do ust   Jedynym kosmetykiem kolorowym do ust, jaki posiadam, jest konturówka do ust w najpiękniejszym i najbardziej naturalnym kolorze jaką spotkałam – to konturówka INGLOT numer 74. Wydaje mi się, że będzie idealna dla większości Polek, pozwoli delikatnie i naturalnie pokreślić czy wydobyć kolor naszych ust. Stosuję ją głównie dlatego, że podczas nakładania podkładu i pudru mimo woli odrobina zostaje na moich ustach i sprawia, że są nienaturalnie blade. Mogłabym je zmyć płynem do demakijażu na waciku na patyczku, ale zwykle o tym zapominam. Dlatego zwykle wybieram drugą opcję – podkreślenie kształtu ust konturówką, którą także delikatnie wypełniam ich całą powierzchnię, a odrobina podkładu działa jak baza dla kolorowej kredki.     Na kredkę obowiązkowo nakładam balsam do ust – mam teraz akurat CARMEX wersję w sztyfcie – i rozcieram kredkę na balsamie, ocierając jedną wargę o drugą. W torebce noszę błyszczyk – prezent od Przyjaciółki, o delikatnym, różowym zabarwieniu, a noszę i używam go przede wszystkim dlatego, że ma… piękne opakowanie i samo jego posiadanie jest ogromną przyjemnością. To błyszczyk Dior kolor nude numer 363.       A tak wygląda moje malowanie ust w praktyce:         I gotowe!         Co jeszcze jest moim porannym rytuałem?   Pokazywałam Ci już mój manicure hybrydowy krok po kroku – mój ratunek na łączenie funkcji Konsultantki Ślubnej i Mamy – dzięki któremu moje dłonie zawsze są zadbane i choć maluję paznokcie średnio raz na dwa tygodnie, na tym nie kończę pielęgnacji, gdyż 2 tygodnie to sporo czasu. Z uwagi na to, że bardzo nie lubię kremowania rąk, to aby przez cały ten czas mój manicure wyglądał świeżo i aby nie dokuczały mi suche skórki wokół paznokci, kilka razy w tygodniu przed wyjściem staram się nałożyć na skórki jakieś kosmetyki do paznokci – odżywkę lub oliwkę.     Teraz pod ręka mam odżywkę do skórek i paznokci z linii Touch od marki Orphica, a wybrałam ją z myślą o moich stopach, którym w podziękowaniu za cudowne lato zafundowałam przerwę od lakieru hybrydowego i postanowiłam dać im solidną porcję odżywienia i nawilżenia przed kolejną stylizacją.   Muszę Ci coś powiedzieć… Właśnie przeczytałaś mój najbardziej wymagający, najdłuższy w przygotowaniu i edycji post w życiu! Mam nadzieję, że odpowiedziałam kompleksowo na pytanie: Jak maluję się na co dzień.     Natomiast pomimo tego, że ten post był tak pracochłonny i jest tak długi, uwielbiam się malować, zajmuje mi to średnio od 7 (wersja szybka lub weekendowa) do 20 minut (wersja pełna jak dzisiaj). W najtrudniejszych chwilach, gdy zostałam Mamą i moje życie momentami nie wyglądało zupełnie tak, jak sobie to wyobrażałam, te 7 minut każdego poranka pozwalało mi mieć poczucie, że jakoś panuję nad swoim życiem, a co więcej sprawiało, że o każdej porze dnia byłam gotowa na nowe wyzwania, nawet jeśli czasami największym moim wyzwaniem było wyjść z Dzieckiem na umówiony z sąsiadką na 12 spacer i się nie spóźnić.   Absolutnie też nie uważam, że każda z nas powinna się malować – jak widzisz, ja się maluję przede wszystkim dla siebie, nie mam problemu z tym, aby pokazać Ci się bez makijażu – na zdjęciach i filmikach. Natomiast ukrycie przebarwień, niedoskonałości i otworzenie oczu chociażby tylko poprzez pomalowanie rzęs sprawia, że czuję się świeżej i bardziej wypoczęta i więcej się do siebie uśmiecham. Lubię jednak także ten moment, gdy na koniec dnia zmywam makijaż i pielęgnuję moją cerę, która tyle znosi – nieprzespane noce, zanieczyszczone powietrze czy za mało wypitej wody. Demakijaż to absolutnie obowiązkowy element mojego wieczoru, bez względu na to, jak zmęczona czy chora jestem, chyba nie zasnęłabym w makijażu.   Jestem bardzo ciekawa, jak podoba Ci się mój sposób na makijaż i jaki jest Twój stosunek do malowania się?
- [Kruche ciasteczka orkiszowe bez cukru, mleka i masła](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kruche-ciasteczka-orkiszowe-bez-cukru-mleka-masla/): Mam dziś dla Was przepis na cudowne, kruche ciasteczka orkiszowe bez cukru, mleka i masła, idealne dla wrażliwych brzuszków i małych alergików, choć duże brzuszki również będą zadowolone. A co najważniejsze, są bardzo proste w wykonaniu, zaproście do pieczenia swojego Maluszka, a zapewnicie mu najlepszą zabawę na cały wieczór!   Składniki: 4,5 szklanki mąki orkiszowej 700 1,5 łyżki proszku do pieczenia 6 żółtek 3 łyżki ksylitolu 100 ml mleka kokosowego 3 czubate łyżki oleju kokosowego   Działamy! 1. Oddzielamy żółtka od białek – białek nie będziemy potrzebować.   Co nie oznacza, że nie możemy się białkami pobawić w bełtanie.   2. Do mąki dodajemy 3/4 łyżki sody oczyszczonej lub 1,5 łyżki proszku do pieczenia.   3. Mąkę z sodą oczyszczoną / proszkiem do pieczenia przesiewamy przez sito.   Tak się obrażamy, gdy Mama za bardzo chce nam pomóc 😉   4. Dodajemy 6 żółtek.   5. Dodajemy 3 łyżki ksylitolu.   6. Dodajemy olej kokosowy.   7. Dodajemy mleko kokosowe.   8. Ciasto ręcznie zagniatamy.   9. Ciasto dzielimy na dwie części, formujemy placki (aby szybciej się schłodziło) i wkładamy do lodówki na pół godziny.   10. Po ostudzeniu ciasta posypujemy blat mąką i wałkujemy ciasto na grubość około 3-4 mm.   11. Z ciasta wycinamy foremkami ulubione kształty i układamy na papierze do pieczenia na blaszce do pieczenia.   12. Ciasteczka pieczemy przez 20 minut w temperaturze 185’C (góra + dół, bez termoobiegu). Z tego przepisu uzyskamy aż 4 takie blaszki!   13. Dla fanów większych słodkości ciasteczka można posypać zblendowanym na puder ksylitolem lub odrobinę zgrzeszyć i posypać je… cukrem pudrem.   Te kruche ciasteczka idealnie nadają się do przechowywania w pudełku przez kilka dni. W wersji dla zapracowanych część można zamrozić i wyjąć z lodówki dzień przed zjedzeniem, albo nawet z samego rana.   Idealna przekąska do przedszkola, na spacer czy w połączeniu z ulubionymi owocami na drugie śniadanie poza domem. Smacznego!
- [Jak się ubrać do pracy? 5 niezbędników](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-ubrac-do-pracy/): Jak się ubrać do pracy zastanawia się każda osoba rozpoczynająca swoją karierę na rynku pracy. A także każda Mama, która kończy urlop macierzyński i wraca do pracy. Sprawdź jakich rzeczy nie może zabraknąć w Twojej szafie.   O ile pracujesz w dużej firmie lub korporacji jest duża szansa, że masz narzucony dress code. Ograniczenie to daje poczucie bezpieczeństwa – wystarczy stosować się do zasad, aby wyglądać zgodnie z oczekiwaniami Pracodawcy i (prawdopodobnie) Klientów. Problem pojawia się jeśli prowadzisz własny biznes lub firma, w której pracujesz nie posiada żadnych wytycznych odnośnie stroju lub są one zbyt ogólne, a Ty spotykasz się w pracy nie tylko ze współpracownikami, ale także z Klientami i chcesz przed wszystkimi dobrze wypaść. Dobrze, czyli prezentować się jako osoba profesjonalna, doświadczona i mądra, prawda?   Oto 5 rzeczy, które pomogą Ci stworzyć profesjonalny biznesowy look.   1. Klasyczne, czarne szpilki Oczywiście na obcasie, ale nie wyższym niż 8 cm (takie mogą budzić już niekoniecznie biznesowe skojarzenia) i takim, który pozwoli Ci z gracją poruszać się po firmowych korytarzach i miejskich chodnikach. Takie buty to +10 do kobiecego szyku. Pasują do wszystkiego, nadając każdej stylizacji biznesowego look’u.   Moje dwie ostatnie pary czarnych szpilek kupiłam w Bacie i w Ryłko, a także cenię sobie buty ze sklepu Kazar. Biznesowe szpilki powinny być wykonane z licowej skóry i nie powinny posiadać żadnych rzucających się w oczy zdobień. Buty do kupienia tutaj: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5     2. Biała koszula Idealne uzupełnienie każdej garderoby. Im bardziej klasyczny fason tym lepiej. Elegancji dodają kryte guziki, ale nie jest to konieczne. Lubię, jak koszula jest wykonana z odrobinę grubszej w splocie tkaniny, dzięki czemu lepiej się układa i nie jest taka prześwitująca.   Dobrze, aby delikatnie podkreślała talię i była na tyle długa, aby nie wychodziła wsadzona w spódnicę czy spodnie. Wybierając białą koszulę na 100% zyskasz na profesjonalnym wizerunku. Jeśli w Twojej pracy obowiązuje luźny dress code, rozepnij kilka guzików, podwiń rękawy i zestaw ją z idealnymi dla Twojej figury jeansami i czarnymi szpilkami. Jeśli jeansy nie przejdą, wybierz cygaretki lub dopasowaną spódnicę.   Czy koszula w wersji body to dobre rozwiązanie? Tak, ale nie zawsze. Niestety pod bardzo obcisłymi spodniami czy spódnicami potrafi mocno się odciskać, natomiast pod spódnice z koła czy nawet te bardziej przy ciele, ale wykonane z grubszych tkanin ze strukturą bardzo lubię je nosić.   Koszule do kupienia tutaj: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10     3. Cielista bielizna Nic nie wygląda w biznesowym stylu gorzej niż prześwitująca bielizna, a ta biała jest widoczna najbardziej pod białymi rzeczami. Dlatego w swojej garderobie musisz mieć bieliznę cielistą z jak najmniejszą ilością szwów, która nie będzie odznaczała się kolorem ani fakturą czy koronką pod białą koszulą czy bluzką, ani szwami pod spódnicą czy spodniami.   Najlepiej dopasowane, cieliste i gładkie biustonosze kupisz takich marek jak Panache, Freya czy Wonderbra, po dolną część bielizny wybierz się do Oysho lub Intimissimi – będziesz zachwycona jakością zwykłych majtek.   I najważniejsze – stanik musisz mieć idealnie dopasowany, najlepiej oddać się tutaj w ręce doświadczonej brafitterki, ale i ja przygotuję dla Was mały podręcznik w temacie. Bielizna do kupienia: 1 i 2 | 3 i 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8   4. Klasyczna torebka W neutralnym kolorze beżu, szarości lub w klasycznej czerni będzie idealnym i ponadczasowym rozwiązaniem, a także świetną inwestycją we własną garderobę. Powinna być skórzana i bardzo dobrej jakości, ale jeśli Twój budżet nie pozwala dziś na takie wydatki, ZARA ma zazwyczaj w swojej ofercie wysokiej jakości klasyczne modele w cenie do 200 zł. Torebki z ekoskóry do kupienia tutaj: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 Torebki ze skóry do kupienia tutaj:  1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8     5. Elegancki zegarek Po pierwsze pozwoli nam perfekcyjnie czuwać nad upływające czasem, to dopełni profesjonalnego wizerunku. Gdy na spotkaniu zerkamy na telefon aby sprawzić czas, nigdy nie wyglądamy profesjonalnie i nigdy nie wiadomo, czy nie sprawdzamy Facebooka. Postawiłabym na prostą, elegancją, ponadczasową formę. Najbezpieczniej jest postawić na zegarek w kolorze biżuterii, którą się najczęściej nosi, a metalowa bransoletka zapewni nam lata użytkowania. Skórzany pasek może być równie elegancki, ale trzeba będzie go szybciej wymienić. Uważać trzeba na zegarek w kolorze złota, nie każdy zawsze wygląda dobrze w bardzo biznesowych sytuacjach.   Zegarki do kupienia tutaj: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12     Jestem ciekawa, czego najbardziej brakuje w Twojej szafie? I co dorzuciłabyś do mojej listy biznesowego must-have w szafie?
- [Czy i ja mogę mieć zdrowe i piękne włosy?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zdrowe-i-piekne-wlosy-kosmetyki/): Od kiedy tylko pamiętam  to na moje włosy tylko narzekałam. Bo za cienkie, bo końcówki przesuszone, bo końcówki rozdwojone, bo wiecznie mi klapią, bo się plączą i zmora ostatnich miesięcy – elektryzują. Wiecznie je zapuszczam i niezadowolona z efektu „topielicy” (tak mówiła moja Babcia) czyli długich, splątanych strąków obcinam. Im krócej tym lepiej.   A co ja tak na prawdę zrobiłam dobrego dla moich włosów? Przez ostatni rok? Dwa? Przez całe życie? Wieczne farbowanie. Tak, przez wiele lat metamorfoza do było moje drugie imię. Raz blond, raz czarne, raz rude. Farbowane w domu i u fryzjera, za często i zbyt gwałtownie. Prostowane prostownicą lub skręcanie gorącymi wałkami, a nawet trwałą ondulacją. Serio!!!   Odżywianie? Nieeee, przecież po odżywce to już mi zupełnie „klapią”, tak mocno są obciążone. Więc odżywka tylko od święta, a na co dzień tylko szampon, szarpanie się z grzebieniem, szczotką i suszarką. Najlepiej taką w kształcie okrągłej szczotki, aby włosy nawinąć, zaparzyć i zagotować. Wszystko po to, aby je odbić, aby nie klapały i aby wydawało się, że mam ich trochę więcej, chociaż przez chwilę. I na to wszystko lakier. Dużo.   Zachwycona pięknymi włosami, które ostatnio namiętnie podziwiam w Internecie i na Instagramie postanowiłam przestać marudzić na moje i wreszcie o nie zadbać!   To idealny moment, gdyż jeszcze przed ciążą zupełnie przestałam je farbować, mam więc już w pełni naturalny kolor, a włosy nie są zniszczone farbami.   Pielęgnację zaczęłam od edukacji. Czytałyście skład standardowego szamponu do włosów? Takiego z drogerii, a nawet z apteki? Takiego za 5 i za 35 złotych? W 99% przypadków prym wiedzie Sodium Laureth Sulfate. Czyli syntetyczne detergenty, stosowane od dawna w przemyśle do… mycia i odtłuszczania podłóg i maszyn. Mniam! Dzięki nim szampon lepiej się pieni. A co z tego, że skóra po nim jest podrażniona i przesuszona? Że są szkodliwe? Że zaburzają całą równowagę hydrolipidową? Że kumulują się w organizmie osiągając niebotyczne stężenia?   A odżywki składające się przede wszystkim z silikonów, które zamiast odżywić włosy tylko oblepiają włosy, uniemożliwiając wnikanie w nie substancji odżywczych, kamuflując ich niedoskonałości?   Tak… te wszystkie kosmetyki mogłyście znaleźć na mojej półce. Nawet te z apteki jak KLORANE na bazie hininy czy  Dermena… niestety wszędzie SLSy i szkodliwe substancje.   Postanowiłam więc czegoś więcej dowiedzieć się o pielęgnacji włosów. Tu z pomocą przyszedł mi blog Ani ANWEN Jak dbać o włosy. Przez ostatnich kilka tygodni poświęcam mu sporo czasu. To dzięki niemu na mojej półce z kosmetykami zagościł już Olejek stymulujący wzrost włosów – Khadi, wyprodukowany prawie z samych ziołowych. naturalnych składników, a już prosto z Japonii leci do mnie wcierka do włosów KAMINOMOTO. Włosy olejuję średnio 2 razy w tygodniu, każdorazowo wykonując masaż głowy, do którego używam wodoodporną edycję mojej ulubionej szczotki Tangle Teezer (na zdjęciu powyżej). Na co dzień używam wersji standardowej szczotki Tangle Teezer, gdyż nic tak cudownie i delikatnienie rozczesuje moich delikatnych, plączących się włosów. Taki masaż pobudza krążenie w skórze głowy, a co najważniejsze jest taki przyjemny! Wojtek też ją lubi i czasami mi podkrada! Nie wiem co ten kawałek plastiku ma w sobie takiego magicznego, ale my go uwielbiamy! Sprezentowałam go więc już Mamie i Siostrze – to mój niezawodny sposób na sprawdzony drobiazg.   Najtrudniej było mi jednak wybrać naturalny szampon, taki bez SLS, parabenów, silikonów czy olejów mineralnych. I odżywkę do kompletu. Nie da się ukryć, są to preparaty dość rzadkie i dość drogie, a ja bałam się, że kupię kolejne buble, niedopasowane do mojego typu włosów, które zaśmiecą mi łazienkę i oskubią portfel. Im więcej czytałam tym mniej wiedziałam, a znalezienie naturalnego szamponu do cienkich włosów, które bardzo się elektryzują, na tyle delikatnego, że odpowiedniego do codziennego użycia, a na tyle silnego aby zmyć kosmetyki do stylizacji było dla mnie dużą trudnością. Postanowiłam więc udać się do Fryzjerki, w której ręce oddałam się jakoś rok temu, a która ma podobnego bzika na punkcie zdrowego stylu życia co cała nasza rodzina. I co? Nie mogłam trafić lepiej. Dopasowała do moich włosów szampon i maskę, które idealnie wpisały się w moje wymagania: energizujący szampon do włosów INSIGHT DAILY USE i maskę do kompletu. Omówiłyśmy też dokładnie jak mam myć włosy (jeśli codziennie to tylko raz) i jak nakładać maskę (4 cm od nasady, trzymać 5-10 minut). Szampon ma dużą pojemność i butelkę z dozownikiem i myślę, że starczy mi co najmniej na pół roku.   Fryzjerka oceniła od razu olej KHADI jako wart spróbowania i dzięki temu mam kompletny plan pielęgnacyjny dopasowany do moich włosów. Nie mogę się doczekać efektów mojej nowej pielęgnacji, którymi oczywiście będę się z Wami dzieliła. Już pierwsze użycie nowego szamponu i maski wyeliminowało elektryzowanie się włosów, z którym walczyłam przez ostatnich kilka miesięcy (nie pomagały żadne sklepowe odżywki, ani te do spłukiwania, ani te bez spłukiwania, mgiełki, nic!).   Wydaje mi się, że zdrowe i piękne włosy to w dużej mierze predyspozycje każdego z nas. Są bowiem osoby, które mogą na co dzień używać dowolnych kosmetyków do pielęgnacji, farbować włosy i poddawać wielu zabiegom stylizacyjnym, a i tak mają grube i silne włosy. Ja niestety do takich nie należę, ale uważam, że w każdej sytuacji warto o ładniejsze i zdrowsze włosy zawalczyć.   A jakie są Twoje sposoby na zdrowie, silne i piękne włosy?
- [6 grzechów głównych cienkich włosów](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-sposobow-na-cienkie-wlosy/): Masz cienkie włosy? Sprawdź, czy nie robisz wszystkiego aby wyglądały na jeszcze cieńsze, a w efekcie tych działań jeszcze cieńsze się stały. Oto 5 grzechów głównych popełnianych na cienkich włosach. 1. Degażowanie W żadnym dobrym salonie fryzjerskim nie spotkałam się z tą metodą wycinania włosów, tam zwykle w użycie szedł nóż chiński czy po prosu „zwykłe” nożyczki fryzjerskie używane w sposób świadomy. Kiedy degażowanie może być zadowalającą metodą strzyżenia dla włosów grubych i gęstych, niestety na cienkich nie sprawdzi się zupełnie, gdyż tylko zbędnie nam je przerzedzi. Degażowanie cienkich włosów zazwyczaj kończy się nadmiernym ich wycięciem. Z resztą nadmierne cieniowanie również nie sprzyja cienkim włosom. Szkoda, że tak wiele lat zajęło mi dojście do tego.   2. Prostowanie Sama jestem posiadaczką prostych włosów co lubiłam czasami podkreślać prostownicą. Niestety wyprostowane włosy kontra włosy wysuszone na szczotkę wypadają po prostu słabo. A przecież można nadać im zupełnie inny „look” przekręcając podczas ich prostowania prostownicę nieco wokół własnej osi i uzyskując „pogniciony” wygląd. Dalej proste, ale pogniecione włosy mają dużo większą objętość. A jeśli lubicie loki to już w ogóle nie ma chyba większego sprzymierzeńca dla cienkich włosów.   3. Elektryzowanie Ciężko powiedzieć, że ktoś celowo elektryzuje swoje włosy, ale nieodpowiednie kosmetyki, kontakt z tkaninami typu sweter/kaptur, które nie zostały zabezpieczone chociażby cieniutką warstwą płynu do płukania, czy nawet nieodpowiednia szczotka czy grzebień potrafią sprawić, że nasze włosy będą się bardzo elektryzowały, będą się więc także „przyklejać” się do naszej głowy tworząc „kask”, a tu o objętości nie ma mowy. Wiem co mówię – moje włosy są mistrzami w elektryzowaniu się, nie tylko zimą.   4. Farbowanie na ciemne kolory Wiecie, że czarny wyszczupla? Niestety, na głowie również. Dodatkowo odrosty jaśniejsze niż kolor włosów potęgują wrażenie cienkich włosów – wyglądają czasami nawet na łyse miejsca na głowie, dlatego na naprawdę ciemne włosy powinny pozwalać sobie kobiety, które nie cierpią na ich niedomiar.   5. Farbowanie na jednolite kolory Także jednolity kolor potrafi optycznie zmniejszyć objętość naszej fryzury. Na szczęście dziś nawet fanki jednolitych, naturalnych kolorów mogą zwiększyć objętość swoich włosów nadając im subtelne refleksy, które wyglądają bardzo naturalnie. Także nieco rozjaśnione końcówki wzmocnią efekt naturalnej koloryzacji lub pozwolą wprowadzić nieco „zamieszania” w naturalne włosy. Nasze włosy naturalnie jaśnieją na przykład od słońca, więc im dłuższe włosy tym jaśniejsze końcówki, nie trzeba się więc bać tego podkreślać.   6. Nieodpowiednie kosmetyki Zbyt silne detergenty w szamponach (jak SLS czy SLES), składniki pochodzenia ropy naftowej, substancje typu PEG, a w odżywkach oleje mineralne czy silikony – te wszystkie produkty przy długotrwałym stosowaniu osłabiają nasze włosy, niektóre obklejają je i blokują dostęp do włosa także składników odżywczych. Z drugiej strony zbyt ciężkie odżywki czy maski mogą nadmiernie obciążać włosy, dlatego nasza codzienna pielęgnacja włosów powinna być idealnie dla nich dobrana, zazwyczaj inna na lato i inna na zimę.   Jestem ciekawa jakie Wy macie włosy? Czy borykałyście się, a może borykacie się z problemem braku objętości lub cieniutkich i delikatnych włosów? Jak sobie z tym radzicie?
- [Nie jestem superbohaterem #1](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nie-jestem-superbohaterem-1/): Chciałam Ci dziś powiedzieć, że mam tak samo jak Ty…   Choć lubię jasne zdjęcia, uśmiechnięte buzie i porządek w kadrze, perfekcyjnie zaplanowane śluby i jakość na najwyższym możliwym poziomie, choć staram się dzielić się tu z Tobą wszystkim pozytywnym i dobrym co mam, to nie znaczy, że…   …jestem zawsze uśmiechnięta i wesoła, nie martwię się i nie smucę, nie mam życiowych katastrof, motywacyjnych i życiowych dołków i wielkich dołów, że mam na wszystko czas, nigdy nie zaniedbuję firmy, dzieci ani przyjaciół, zawsze dobrze wyglądam, mam idealny porządek, znam odpowiedź na wszystko i nigdy nie ponoszę porażek.   Też mam w życiu gorsze dni, a nawet tygodnie czy miesiące. Tylko zazwyczaj zamykam się wtedy w sobie, aby w bezpiecznym otoczeniu wylizać rany i wrócić do życia, nie na tarczy, ale z tarczą w ręku.   Wszystko przez to, że ja… nie jestem superbohaterem.   Jestem osobą, która każdego dnia od lat ćwiczy swój umysł i pozytywne myślenie jak inni bieganie czy jazdę na rowerze… swoją drogą ćwiczę go głównie dlatego, że mój mózg to leniwa bestia, która tylko czeka na moją chwilę zapomnienia… aby myśli skierować na niekorzystne dla mnie, nawet katastroficzne myśli.   Spadek formy   Kiedyś bałam się pisać tu o trudniejszych momentach, żeby… nie martwić swoich współpracowników czy Klientów. Bałam się, że moje słabsze chwile będą, świadomie lub nie, przekładać się na naszą współpracę, bać się o jej efekty.   Dziś spadek formy wydaje mi się najbardziej naturalną rzeczą na świecie. Uważam nawet, że trudniejszy czas jest nam potrzebny, tak samo jak ten łatwiejszy.   Tym razem od nadmiaru wydarzeń w tyłek dostało także moje zdrowie, najpierw fizyczne, a później to drugie. Dałam sobie jednak czas na ten smutek i prawo, by czuć się źle. Przecież niby jak miałam się czuć, gdy musiałam nie tylko martwić się o siebie, o dzieci, ale także zrezygnować z dużego planu zawodowego i odwołać ważne plany? To tylko to, o czym mogę tu powiedzieć, splot trudnych wydarzeń był u mnie przeogromny, ale to zachowam już tylko dla swojej rodziny, z szacunku do jej prywatności.   Poziom stresu w naszym życiu   Znasz test poziomu stresu w Twoim życiu? Zaznaczasz na liście wydarzenia, jakie miały miejsce w Twoim życiu przez ostatnich 12 miesięcy. Wydarzenia ułożone są od najbardziej stresującego, a każdemu przypisana jest pewna liczba punktów. Lubię zrobić go sobie raz na kilka lat, aby mieć lepszy obraz tego, co dzieje się w moim życiu, jakoś to wszystko zmierzyć i poukładać. Gdy rozwiązywałam go kilka miesięcy temu, zebrałam tych punktów ponad 400…   Dałam też sobie termin, do którego biorę się w garść – koniec sierpnia 2018. Do tego czasu pozwalałam sobie na mazanie się do woli, ale we wrzesień wkroczyłam z nowymi planami na zdrowie i nie tylko.   Ciekawe jest też to, że jeszcze dwa miesiące temu nie wyobrażałam sobie, że mogłabym choć odrobinę zwolnić. Noc na SORze pokazała mi, jak bardzo mogę, a nawet muszę i wiecie, co jest najważniejsze? Że świat się nie skończył!   Nikt się na mnie nie obraził, nikt ode mnie nie odwrócił, nie zawaliłam żadnego ważnego projektu, a te, które mogłam zawalić, w porę udało mi się przełożyć.   Yyyyy, ale po co ja to wszystko piszę?   Piszę Ci o tym po to, aby powiedzieć Ci, że JA TEŻ TAK MAM.   Też mam gorsze dni, tygodnie i miesiące i moje życie nie zawsze wygląda tylko tak, jak nasze zdjęcia na Instagramie – choć uwielbiam Instagram, wiem, że to tylko kadry z naszych życiowych filmów. Z Twojego również. Kadry, które nie sposób złożyć w całość, ani nawet w mały trailer. Nie możemy o tym zapominać!   Nie rozum mnie też źle, nie mam do nikogo żalu o to, że nie robi sobie zdjęć w trudnych chwilach albo się nimi nie dzieli w social mediach – jest mi z tym absolutnie ok, że nie każdy wrzuca zdjęcia zaraz po przebudzeniu czy pisze o swoich problemach z niepłodnością, zawiedzioną przyjaźnią, rozpadającym się małżeństwie czy karierze na zakręcie, jeśli tylko nie ma na to ochoty. Ja wyniosłam z domu zwyczaj sięgania po aparat, gdy chcę jakąś chwilę szczególnie zapamiętać, bo jest śmieszna, wyjątkowa czy piękna i do mojego pamiątkowego albumu wsadzałam tylko te najpiękniejsze zdjęcia, a najbrzydsze darłam. Pewnie wpływ na to ma też fakt, że kiedyś robiłam około 36 zdjęć w roku – tyle, ile klatek miała klisza i były to w pełni wyselekcjonowane kadry, które chciałam zachować w pamięci na zawsze. Wiem, że dziś w większości tak samo traktujemy nasze Instagramy.     Moja wiara   Wierzę też, że do mojego i Twojego rozwoju niezbędna jest w życiu zmiana, często taka zupełnie od nas niezależna, niechciana, napawająca nas lękiem na samą myśl o niej. I gdy nadchodzi, ratuje mnie wtedy tylko wiara w to, że choć nie widzę dziś całego obrazu, to na pewno pójdzie to wszystko ku dobremu. Choćby tym dobrem miał być przede wszystkim nasz rozwój i życiowa mądrość.   A wiesz kiedy się tego nauczyłam? W najtrudniejszym okresie mojego życia. Musiałam, aby móc dalej żyć, bo jedno jest pewne – wiem też, jak to jest być szczęśliwą i wiem, jak ważne jest by każdego dnia zaklinać swój umysł dobrymi myślami. Ja naprawdę wierzę, że dobre myśli ściągają na nas dobre rzeczy… te złe również.   I chciałam Ci dziś powiedzieć, że jeśli topisz właśnie smutki w herbacie albo kieliszku wina i myślisz sobie, że innym to się nie przytrafia, innym zawsze się udaje, to wiedz, że jestem taka sama jak Ty i znam to uczucie beznadziejności tak samo jak Ty. Miewam ponad 400 punktów w skali stresu i nie mam pojęcia, jak ten ciężar udźwignąć. Mogę czuć się gorzej i daję sobie do tego prawo.   Wiem też, że każda z nas może się z tego podnieść i walczyć o siebie. Warto jest jednak dać sobie czas na smutek i żal, że nie jest tak, jak byśmy tego chciały, że życie znów dało nam pstryczka w nos, zamiast nalać szampana.   Zamiast zamówić szafę do zabudowy do łazienki, spakowałam swoją rodzinę i właśnie wyjeżdżamy do małego, białego domku na wsi, wylizać rany, nacieszyć się sobą, łowić ryby i biegać boso po trawie. Szczęście to nie jest coś, co było wczoraj, ani coś, na co czekam jutro. Szczęście może być tylko tu i teraz.   Tęcza wychodzi tylko po burzy… ja właśnie wypatruję swojej.   A Ty? Jaka pogoda jest dziś u Ciebie?
- [Wakacje z dziećmi pod namiotem - szkoła przetrwania czy fajna przygoda?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wakacje-z-dziecmi-pod-namiotem/): Wakacje z dziećmi pod namiotem to ostatnia rzecz, jaką planowałam na ten rok, a nawet na najbliższych 20 lat. Jak to się stało, że zmieniłam zdanie i czy warto było zaryzykować i wyjechać?   Na lipiec mieliśmy zaplanowane 2 tygodnie urlopu, z czego na pierwszy tydzień zaplanowaliśmy rodzinny wyjazd w dwie-trzy rodziny na Mazury, gdzie wszyscy oprócz nas mieli spać w namiocie, a my mieliśmy wynajęty piękny domek z dwiema sypialniami.   Dopuszczałam zabranie z nami na ten wyjazd namiotu, aby rozbić go zaraz obok tarasu i w ciągu dnia mieć fajną „bazę” czy inną kryjówkę do zabaw z dziećmi, oczywiście gotować, żyć i spać mieliśmy w domku.   Przygotowania do wyjazdu były dla całej naszej rodziny, a szczególnie dla Mikusia i Maksia, ogromnie emocjonujące, przygotowaliśmy dla nas namiot, materace, łóżeczka turystyczne dla chłopców ze śpiworkami, zabawy na świeżym powietrzu i wiele świetnych gadżetów, które miały umilić nasze wakacje w lesie nad jeziorem.   Niestety pogoda pokrzyżowała nasze plany i z uwagi na lejący dzień i noc przez tydzień deszcz, nasz wyjazd się nie odbył. Zapewne domyślacie się, jaka była rozpacz Mikołaja, który już spał ze swoją latarką z radiem i nie mógł słuchać o tym, że do wyjazdu nie dojdzie.   Nasz domek na Mazurach przepadł nam razem z zaliczką, ale jak tylko wyszło słońce, postanowiliśmy z pięciodniowym opóźnieniem wyruszyć na wakacyjną przygodę w wersji domek + namiot. Niestety okazało się, że pół Polski wpadło na taki pomysł jak my i  wraz z nastaniem pięknej pogody liczba ofert wynajmu domków i apartamentów w naszej okolicy spadła do zera. Do zera!   I wtedy z ogromnej potrzeby sprawienia moim dzieciom obiecanej namiotowej frajdy, zdecydowałam się podjechać do sklepu, dokupić niezbędne gadżety i pojechać z nimi na… kemping na Półwysep Helski, gdzie płytka woda jest idealna dla dzieci, a bliska odległość od naszego domu pozwoliła nam dojechać bez żadnego dramatu po drodze i trzydziestu dwóch postojów na płacz, siku, jedzenie czy karmienie.   Jak wybrać kemping na wakacje z dziećmi?   Bardzo chciałabym rozpisać się w temacie na co musicie zwrócić uwagę przy wyborze kempingu, ale po przyjeździe na Półwysep Helski okazało się, że większość kempingów w ogóle nie przyjmuje namiotów (tylko przyczepy i kampery i to wyłącznie po wcześniejszej rezerwacji… na przykład złożonej rok wcześniej!).   Jedynie dwa kempingi przyjmują namioty, ale na żadnym z nich miejsca na namiot nie można zarezerwować. Pierwszy z nich to Solar, na którym niestety nie było ani jednego wolnego miejsca, a drugi do Polaris, który od czasów mojego liceum słynie z tego, że przyjmie zawsze i każdego. Na szczęście nic się w tym temacie nie zmieniło, dostaliśmy zielone światło i wyruszyliśmy na poszukiwania miejsca pod nasz namiot.   Gdy byliśmy na Polarisie po raz ostatni jakieś 10 lat temu, udało nam się znaleźć miejsce na namiot z linią brzegową, tym razem nie mieliśmy tyle szczęścia i rozbiliśmy się na środku placu, ale szczęśliwie blisko toalet i restauracji.   Jedna doba pobytu na Polarisie kosztowała nas za: samochód + namiot + 2 dorosłych + 2 dzieci jakieś 78 złotych. Z pewnością są w Polsce tańsze kempingi, ale według mnie trudno o bardziej urokliwe (i dla mnie dogodne) położenie niż Półwysep, który ma tylu samo zwolenników co przeciwników, bo jest tam dość ciasno – czy wiesz, że są tu jedne z najlepszych w całej Europie warunków do windsurfingu? Śmieję się, że ta cena to kompilacja ceny za camping i tę niezwykłą lokalizację.   Co również nie zmieniło się od 20 lat, gdy byłam tu po raz pierwszy to… ciepła woda pod prysznicem na 2-złotowe monety! Jeśli nie wiedzieliście o tym przed przyjazdem, może to być dla Was upierdliwe, ale dla mnie to po prostu zabawne wspomnienie mojej nastoletniej młodości. Bez problemu dwójki wymienicie w recepcji, a de facto do ceny pobytu musieliśmy doliczyć 8 zł dziennie – prysznic dla mnie i Wojtka rano i wieczorem – Mikuś wchodził pod prysznic z Tatą, a Maksia myłam w umywalce. Pomimo tego, że kemping oddał do użytku nowe piękne łazienki, nie rozładowało to kolejek i często gdy w nich stawałam, zajmowałam zaszczytną 12 pozycję – wtedy cieszyłam się, że ciepła woda jest na monety, bo nikt nie przesiadywał w nich za długo.   Na kempingu są dwa place zabaw, jeden taki prawdziwy, jakie mamy na osiedlach, a drugi, zaraz obok recepcji, dla mniejszych dzieci, składający się z takich plastikowych domków i konstrukcji.   Kemping ma bardzo wąską plażę, ale na szczęście tuż obok jest piękna plaża przy innym kempingu, a kempingi te od linii morza nie są zupełnie od siebie odgrodzone, nawet nie wiesz, kiedy już jesteś obok. Tak samo spacerowaliśmy na różne kempingi na lody czy obiad.       I jak się udały wakacje z dziećmi pod namiotem? Gdy wrzuciłam Instastory z wyjazdu, moja koleżanka Asia zapytała mnie, czy przegrałam jakiś zakład. Serio, sama bym siebie o to nie podejrzewała, a Wojtek był pewien, że sam by mnie na taki wyjazd nigdy nie namówił.   Gdy zajechaliśmy na kemping i Pani w recepcji zapytała nas, na ile nocy chcemy zostać, zaśmiałam się i powiedziałam, że jeśli przeżyję pierwszą noc wrócę porozmawiać o pobycie. Serio, dopuszczałam powrót już pierwszej nocy, na przykład o trzeciej nad ranem – spodziewałam się takiego kataklizmu, dlatego też wybrałam kemping tak blisko domu.   Okazało się, że po spędzeniu całego dnia na świeżym powietrzu Mikołaj zasnął o 19:30, a Maksiu niewiele później, po prostu padli od ilości świeżego powietrza, biegania i wrażeń, a my mieliśmy noc pod gołym niebem tylko dla siebie. Oczywiście jak się już nagadaliśmy, dołączyliśmy do Dzieci w namiocie.   Niesamowite na takim wyjeździe jest to, że cały czas jesteś na świeżym powietrzu, jak tylko wystawisz nogę z łóżka (materaca) aż nie zalegniesz tam późną nocą, choć w zasadzie ciężko powiedzieć, że będąc w namiocie nie jesteś na świeżym powietrzu. Było to dla mnie tak wyjątkowe doświadczenie!   Na drugi dzień przedłużyliśmy pobyt na kolejne dwa dni, tylko tyle, gdyż musieliśmy już jechać do Warszawy w związku z moim występem w Pytaniu na Śniadanie.   Jaki namiot wybrać na wakacje z dziećmi? Namiot miał nam przede wszystkim służyć do spania. Naszym priorytetem było więc to, aby szybko się rozkładał, był niewielkich rozmiarów, lekki po złożeniu i nie nagrzewał się od słońca – z moich nastoletnich wypadów na Półwysep Helski pamiętam wstawanie o 5 rano i spanie na piasku, gdyż w namiocie nie dało się już z gorąca wytrzymać. Chcieliśmy zaoszczędzić tego sobie i dzieciom, gdy każda minuta snu jest teraz na wagę złota.   Z uwagi na to, że dzieci są małe, a my (niestety) jesteśmy przyzwyczajeni do spania na kupie, wybraliśmy namiot 3 osobowy w wersji XL namiot typu „2 seconds” czyli rozkładany w niemal dwie sekundy, a także dodatkowo zapewniający nawet w upalny dzień chłód oraz zaciemnienie, które miały zapewnić nam to, że dzieci nie będą wstawały razem ze słońcem o 4 nad ranem.   Przyznaję, że wizja czarnego namiotu bardzo mnie przytłaczała, ale gdy rano wyszłam z niego i zobaczyłam, że tak naprawdę spaliśmy „na patelni”, a w środku było wciąż ciemno i komfortowo jeśli chodzi przede wszystkim o temperaturę, podziękowałam mężowi za ten wybór namiotu z czarnym środkiem.   Rozkładanie poszło nam naprawdę momentalnie – oczywiście czas 2 sekund nie wlicza naciągnięcia sznurków i wbicia szpilek, ale nie ma tu żadnego składania i przewlekania rurek, rozkładania osobno tropiku i sypialni. Wszystko stanowi spójną i zwartą całość, nie wiem, czy kiedykolwiek ktoś mnie namówi znów na zwykły namiot. W namiocie są też fajne okienka zapewniające wentylację i przedsionek z podłogą, w którym można trzymać rzeczy. Składanie było już nieco trudniejsze, gdyż mniej intuicyjne.       Jakie akcesoria warto zabrać pod namiot?   Zabraliśmy ze sobą wersję dość minimalistyczną, ale nie wyobrażamy sobie naszego wyjazdu bez:   Dmuchany materac do spania   Dla nas i Maksia zabraliśmy podwójny, dmuchany materac (spanie na karimacie to byłoby już dla mnie chyba za dużo, choć może mówię tak dlatego, iż nigdy nie spałam na dmuchanej karimacie i bazuję tylko na swoim wyobrażeniu… szyszki wbijającej się w tyłek). Dokupiliśmy do niej pompkę – byłam w szoku, jak szybko nadmuchuje materac, w porównaniu do naszej elektrycznej, która jest powolna jak ślimak i robi więcej hałasu niż dmuchania. Ma też funkcję wyciągania powietrza z materaca, pamiętam z dzieciństwa, że z tym też było nie lada roboty.   Z uwagi na to, że to nasz pierwszy wyjazd pod namiot, nie zdecydowaliśmy się generować dodatkowych kosztów i kupować śpiworów dla nas, skoro nie wiedzieliśmy, czy taka forma wypoczynku w ogóle nam się spodoba i czy kiedykolwiek jeszcze na nią pojedziemy. Dlatego zabraliśmy domowe białe prześcieradło na gumce i naszą domową pościel: dwie poduszki, dwa jaśki i kołdrę 220×200 cm. Jedyny minus takiego rozwiązania to zajmowanie sporo miejsca w przestrzeni bagażowej samochodu, poza tym spało nam się w naszej pościeli idealnie.     Dziecięcy materac ze śpiworkiem dla Mikusia – mały, dmuchany materac w kształcie pingwina, na który nakłada się śpiworek w kształcie i kolorze pingwina to był hit naszego wyjazdu, a dzięki temu, że materac był mniejszy niż dla dorosłego, zyskaliśmy w namiocie sporo przestrzeni na bagaże; taki materacyk idealnie sprawdzi się także na przyszłość jako łóżeczko turystyczne dla Mikusia na wszelkie nasze wyjazdy, czy pod namiot czy do hotelu, zamiast dostawki, czy nawet na wyjazd do Babci czy kolegi na noc.       Stolik i krzesełka Postawiliśmy na niski stolik, gdyż po pierwsze zajmował dużo mniej miejsca po złożeniu, czyli stanowił mniejszy bagaż, a co najważniejsze był mniej wywrotny i dostępny także dla dzieci – dzięki niemu napoje były dla dzieci dostępne przez cały czas – w każdej chwili, gdy poczuły pragnienie, mogły się napić, co jest szczególnie ważne, gdy cały dzień spędzamy na świeżym powietrzu.   Do picia zabrałam dzieciom – bidon bez BPA dla Maksia oraz kubeczek z dziubkiem dla Mikołaja – choć pije na co dzień ze zwykłej szklanki, to wybraliśmy taki kubeczek, aby na kempingu do wody miał dostęp tylko on, a nie osy i muchy.   W termosie zabraliśmy ze sobą z domu wrzątek – ten termos jest rewelacyjny, absolutnie nie przecieka, a woda gorąca była jeszcze późnym wieczorem, więc wystarczyło, że raz dziennie uzupełnialiśmy ją w restauracji.   PS U nas w rodzinie panuje komuna i – jak widać – dzieci do podziału rzeczy się nie stosują i piją z tego, co akurat pod ręką.       Łóżeczko turystyczne dla Maksia w formie namiociku, ale z materacykiem, które idealnie sprawdziło nam się na dworze, dzięki czemu, gdy zostawałam sama i na przykład zajmowałam się Mikusiem, Maksiu był w nim bezpieczny (nie jadł piasku ani kamieni).   Łóżeczko to idealnie nadaje się nie tylko na poobiednią drzemkę na kempingu, ale także sprawdziło nam się już świetnie podczas nocowania w hotelu – w końcu łóżeczko, które po złożeniu jest takie malutkie i leciutkie, że możesz zabrać ze sobą nawet na wakacje samolotem. A jeśli jesteś z nami na Instagramie, z pewnością widziałaś te fantastyczne filmiki, jak dzieci bawią się w tym namiociku w domu. A jeśli jeszcze nie widziałaś, koniecznie zacznij obserwować na mój Instagram, gdzie relacje z takich wyjazdów jak ten zawsze zamieszczam na bieżąco.       Krzesełka zabraliśmy ze sobą dwa – dla mnie i dla Wojtka, koniecznie z koszyczkiem na ciepłą kawę czy inny pyszny napój wieczorową porą, a oczywiście szybko zrozumieliśmy, że brakuje nam krzesełka dla Mikołaja.       Latarka z radiem to prezent, który z okazji wyjazdu otrzymał Mikołaj, symbol naszego biwakowania i odpowiedzialności 3 latka – nie ma to jak posłuchać sobie muzyczki na kempingu, a w nocy światło sprawdzało się idealnie, aby znaleźć drogę do toalety.       Lampka do namiotu – ta jest rewelacyjna, gdyż nie tylko ma dwie intensywności świecenia na biało, to jeszcze ma czerwone światło, które nie tylko nie razi w oczy w nocy, ale jako jedyne zapewnia w nocy komfort patrzenia. Gdy spojrzysz w ciemnym pomieszczeniu na czerwone światło, a za chwilę na coś innego, wzrok od razu widzi ostro i wyraźnie, nie musi się akomodować, jak by to miało miejsce po spojrzeniu na światło o innej barwie.       Gry i zabawy, czyli w świecie bez nadmiernej stymulacji, a przede wszystkim bez własnego pokoju pełnego zabawek, zadbaliśmy o to, aby ten ten wyjazd był nie tylko fantastyczną przygodą, ale i pouczającą zabawą. Zabraliśmy ze sobą:   Podróżne gry magnetyczne, w sam raz do namiotu, dzięki czemu mamy pewność, że elementy gry nam nie pospadają i się nie pogubią, a zabawa jest możliwa w każdej pozycji.       Lupa powiększająca – udało nam się nawet podejrzeć jaszczurkę! Denko jest zdejmowane, więc wystarczy postawić lupę nad obiektem, nie trzeba łapać owada czy gada. A spacer z poszukiwaniem przyrodniczych ciekawostek, szczególnie z pasem odkrywcy,  jest bardzo uzależniający! Musicie tylko uważać – nie wolno pozostawiać lupy poza namiotem, na słońcu, gdyż tak skupia promienie słoneczne, że może doprowadzić do pożaru – nam udało się przeprowadzić eksperyment i odpalić nią na kempingu świeczkę,       Odstraszacz owadów i ochrona przeciwsłoneczna, czyli naturalny filtr Alphanova Bebe 50 oraz czapeczki i ubranka kąpielowe z filtrem UV to absolutna podstawa wakacyjnego pobytu na świeżym powietrzu, więcej pisałam Wam o nich w poście o naszych ulubionych wakacyjnych gadżetach.       Podręczna apteczka czyli plasterki, spray do dezynfekcji, maść na ukąszenia plus oczywiście pełne wyposażenie apteczki samochodowej. Zabraliśmy ze sobą także leki przeciwgorączkowe i inhalator wraz z lekami (niezbędnik małego alergika i choć nasze dzieci z alergii już niemal wyrosły, są w grupie podwyższonego ryzyka).       Przyrząd do wyciągania kleszczy – mam wrażenie, że w tym roku jest plaga kleszczy, jak ostatnio byliśmy z rodziną nad jeziorem aż dwie osoby zostały ugryzione, więc zaopatrzyliśmy się w urządzenie zwiększające bezpieczeństwo wyciągania takiego kleszcza.     Jedzenie pod namiotem Z uwagi na to, że nie inwestowaliśmy w żadne kuchenne rozwiązania, takie jak kuchenka gazowa czy lodówka turystyczna, a dodatkowo osobiście do pełni wypoczynku potrzebujemy „wolnego” od gotowania, tym razem zdecydowaliśmy się na jedzenie w restauracjach. Na kempingu są dostępne zestawy śniadaniowe – jajecznica tu smakuje dokładnie tak samo od 20 lat! Zabraliśmy ze sobą tylko zdrowe przekąski, wodę do picia i starannie wybrane słoiczki dla Maksia i kaszki błyskawiczne dla obojga, do których przygotowania wystarczyły musy owocowe i gorąca woda. Świeże owoce i warzywa kupowaliśmy w kempingowym sklepie.     Zabraliśmy ze sobą z domu także nasze naczynka dla dzieci – są z melaniny, więc nie potłuką się.       Czego brakowało nam na wyjeździe i zabierzemy ze sobą kolejnym razem?   Świece antykomarowe – wpadliśmy na ten pomysł w dniu wyjazdu, ale nigdzie nie udało nam się ich dostać.   Krzesełka dla Mikołaja, na przykład takie.   Maty do rozłożenia przed namiotem, niestety ziemia bardzo brudziła stopy i nie nadawała się do siedzenia, więc taka dodatkowa podłoga namiotowa idealnie by się sprawdziła.   Koc z podgumowaniem – rozkładaliśmy przed namiotem wielki ręcznik, ale taki pled izolujący od wilgotnej ziemi sprawdziłby się wyśmienicie.   Kuchenka do gotowania na gazie – nie musiałabym biegać po kawę do restauracji, moglibyśmy usmażyć sobie sami jajecznicę czy ugotować zwykłą kaszkę, a nawet podgrzać obiadek w słoiczku – jeśli Wasz maluch je mleczko modyfikowane, ciepła woda bardzo i Wam się przyda. Taka maleńka kuchenka turystyczna idealnie by się u nas sprawdziła.   Dodatkowe światełko na zewnątrz, takie samo jak w środku namiotu, aby wieczorem siedzieć nie tylko przy blasku świec – czasami przydałoby się silniejsze światło, a świece zdmuchiwał wiatr, więc Wojtek wycinał z puszek finezyjne lampiony.   Namiot z moskitierą byłby idealny na dłuższe wyjazdy, aby mieć pod nim stolik i krzesełka, w ciągu dnia móc schronić się przed deszczem, a wieczorem przed komarami.   To co najfajniejsze to to, że za namiot, krzesełka, stolik zapłaciliśmy tyle co za 1 noc w jedynym hotelu, który był w tym terminie dostępny w promieniu 30 km od kempingu. A mamy skompletowaną świetną bazę na kolejne wyjazdy. Z pewnością wykorzystamy ją jeszcze w tym roku!   A Ty jak zapatrujesz się na taki wyjazd? Przygoda życia czy szkoła przetrwania?
- [Jak przetrwać w domu z Noworodkiem?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-przetrwac-z-noworodkiem/): Nasze pierwsze 14 dni w domu z Maleństwem były piękniejsze niż to sobie wymarzyłam. Urlop ojcowski to najlepszy wynalazek na świecie. Kryzys przyszedł dzień później…   Do dziś pamiętam, że to był poniedziałek. Wojtek wrócił do pracy, a ja byłam sama z Dzieckiem już od 5 godzin i zupełnie nie mogłam się odnaleźć w nowej sytuacji.   Organizacja 3 dniowego wesela na 150 osób okazuje się być dla mnie dużo łatwiejsza niż organizacja dnia z Noworodkiem lub Niemowlakiem. Serio. Na pewno nie każda Mama ma z tym trudność, ale mój rytm dnia zawsze wyznaczała szkoła lub praca i nie potrafiłam funkcjonować bez takich ram czasowych, czułam się zupełnie zagubiona w nowych warunkach, gdzie każda minuta dnia była sterowana przez Pewnego Małego Człowieka, którego w żaden sposób nie dało się zaprogramować.   Zdarzyło mi się kilka razy przeczytać od Was, że za dużo lukruję, ale ja po prostu nie mam w zwyczaju marudzenia od tak po prostu, mam w życiu postawę skierowaną na rozwiązanie problemu i dlatego na ten post musiałyście tyle czasu czekać. Nie chcę pisać dla samego pisania o problemach, tylko przedstawiać możliwe wyjścia z sytuacji.   No więc jak to jest z tyn Noworodkiem? Co pomagało mi ogarnąć swoje życie, które było totalnie nieogarnięte, a w nim załamana i niezorganizowana ja?   1. Fryz i oko Banał pomyślicie. Jednak niewiele rzeczy tak psuje mi humor jak widok siebie zaniedbanej. Niezrobione włosy, szara cera i cienie pod oczami w lustrze sprawiają, że ilekroć idę do łazienki (dwa wielkie lustra) czy przechadzam się po sypialni (wielkie lustro) czuję się jak ***. A po kilku albo kilkudziesięciu takich sesjach sam na sam ze swoim odbiciem mam siebie serdecznie dość. Nie wspomnę, że nie mam ochoty na te wszystkie słodkie zdjęcia z Dzieckiem i czuję się jeszcze gorzej niż wyglądam. Płaczące i marudzące Dziecko nie poprawia sytuacji, siku nie masz kiedy zrobić bo albo karmisz, albo przewijasz, albo odbijasz, albo nosisz, albo w wolnej chwili bierzesz oddech rozdając serduszka na Instagramie. Jeśli masz podobnie mam na to radę: wstań z samego razem z innymi domownikami i poświęć sobie chociaż 15 minut w łazience. Dzięki temu kto inny będzie mógł zareagować na płaczące Maleństwo, a Ty będziesz miała chwilę, aby o siebie zadbać. U mnie obowiązkowo był to czas na mycie i układanie włosów, nakładanie podkładu i tuszowanie rzęs (to moje ulubione kosmetyki do 50 zł). Pewnie myślisz, że upadłam na głowę, wstawać tak wcześnie, ale przecież nikt nie broni Ci zaraz potem wrócić do łóżka? Jeśli sama tak nie zrobiłam ryzykowałam, że do 16 będę snuć się po domu w piżamie, udając przed listonoszem, że nikogo nie ma w domu.   2. Fajne ciuchy Kto powiedział, że ciuchy po domu muszą być stare, wyciągnięte i brzydkie? Moje są ładne, kupuję je specjalnie do tego celu. Mam ładne dresy, bluzki, bluzy i ciepłe swetry w ulubionych kolorach. Do tego fajne kapcie i od razu czuję się wygodniej i lepiej. Nie chciałabym całego dnia spędzać w starych jeansach, których szkoda mi było wyrzucić. Albo w spodniach, w których wychodzę z domu bo ciągle bałabym się, że je ubrudzę. Jeśli chcecie podrzucę Wam kilka moich ulubionych, wygodnych domowych ciuchów, które znoszą wieczne pranie i nie zrujnują portfela.   3. Chwila dla siebie Choć manicure hybrydowy zwykle robię sobie sama w domu, to gdy moje Dziecko skończyło jakiś miesiąc postanowiłam przenieść się z tym zabiegiem do kosmetyczki. Co dwa tygodnie w sobotę o godzinie 10 stawałam w drzwiach salonu aby… pogadać o wszystkim i o niczym, napić się kawy w towarzystwie innych dorosłych, wybrać nowy kolor lakieru do paznokci, co nigdy wcześniej nie było takie ekscytujące, po prostu pozwolić komuś zadbać o siebie. Zadbane dłonie i stopy pozwalały mi czuć się atrakcyjnie każdego dnia. A co na to Dziecko? Wersje były dwie, w pierwszej zabierałam ze sobą Dziecko, Męża i wózek, aby mogli spacerować gdy ja jestem na zabiegu, w drugiej zostawiałam butelkę z pokarmem w domu i musieli sobie jakoś poradzić – zazwyczaj wychodziło im to lepiej niż mi, czasami nawet Mąż pranie zdążył wstawić.   4. Telefon do przyjaciela Chyba nic nie robi tak dobrze jak możliwość wygadania się. Tutaj tylko warto wybierać osoby na podobnym etapie życiowym, gdyż siedząca w biurze bezdzietna koleżanka może dostać zawału na wieść o tym, że cała jesteś mokra od mleka i od 3 dni nie myłaś włosów. Nie masz wśród swoich znajomych nikogo takiego? Zapisz się do grupy na Facebooku albo udaj się z Dzieckiem do klubu dla Mam. Ja na takiej właśnie grupie poznałam fantastyczną koleżankę, która mieszka na osiedlu obok z prawie bliźniaczym do mojego Dzieckiem więc liczba tematów w stylu „a ja”, „a moje już”, „a moje jeszcze”, „a ja”, „a dostałaś już becikowe?” nam się nie kończy!   5. Stały zasób jedzenia Jak człowiek jest głodny wszystko wydaje się gorsze niż jest w rzeczywistości. Dlatego obok łózka i fotela do karmienia miałam zawsze zapas wody i przekąsek w stylu 3 paczki sucharów, a gdy otwierałam ostatnią przynosiłam dwie kolejne.   6. Dobra lektura Przez pierwsze miesiące jakieś 8 godzin dziennie spędzałam na karmieniu. Serio! Co 2-3 godziny sesja karmienia, każda trwająca od 40 do 80 minut. Taki Przypadek. Dzięki Kindle poważnie nadrobiłam zaległości czytelnicze. Łatwo, lekko i przyjemnie, trzymając książkę w jednej ręce i zmieniając strony jednym palcem potrafiłam przeczytać jedną książkę dziennie, a nowe kupować bez wychodzenia z domu (o dobrej organizacji karmienia piersią możesz przeczytać tutaj).   7. Spacer Bo ruch to zdrowie i endorfiny! Szybki spacer, wolny spacer, każdy spacer, odświeża myśli, budzi ciało i pozwala szybciej wrócić do formy sprzed ciąży (o moim powrocie do formy możesz przeczytać tutaj). Codzienny spacer jest więc potrzebny równie mocno Mamom jak i Dziecku. Mi przez wiele miesięcy udawało się zgrywać spacery z koleżanką z osiedla, dzięki czemu byłyśmy na bieżąco ze wszystkimi promocjami w supermarketach i nigdy nie przepłacałyśmy za pieluchy.   8. Chusta Na kolki, nieprzespane noce, nieukojony płacz, na wszystko dobra chusta. O naszej przygodzie z chustowaniem możecie przeczytać tutaj. Boisz się chust? Nic straconego – są już bezpieczne nosidełka dla noworodka!   9. Fotelik samochodowy Obowiązkowo podwieszony pod sufitem, aby można było Dziecko w nim bujać. Nie raz zmęczeni o 3 w nocy podwieszaliśmy fotelik samochodowy na lince holowniczej, kładliśmy się obok na podłodze aby bujać, bujać… nasza ostatnia deska ratunku, działała zawsze. Patent zgapiony od Znajomych (którzy mieli wyższą wersję wynalazku użyciem linki elastycznej, dzięki której fotelik nie tylko się bujał, ale jeszcze podskakiwał jeszcze w górę i w dół!). Oczywiście stosowaliśmy ze zdrowym rozsądkiem, nie przekraczając czasu, jaki Dziecko powinno na raz spędzać w takim wynalazku.   10. Dziecko pod ręką Osobiście bałam się spania z Dzieckiem w jednym łóżku, ale spanie w jego bezpośredniej bliskości, gdy było tuż obok w wiklinowym koszu mojżesza pozwalało mi spać wtedy, gdy ono spało, oszczędzić czas na bieganie pomiędzy pokojami i całej rodzinie czuć się bezpiecznie (o naszych rozwiązaniach do spania przeczytasz tutaj).   Sam pomysł na kosz mojżesza pokochałam tak bardzo, że przy drugim dziecku zdecydowałam się na niego również, tym razem jednak wybrałam inny kosz mojżesza.     Co jeszcze?   A najważniejsze! Nie wolno bać się prosić o pomoc. Masz problemy z karmieniem? Od ich rozwiązywania są położne laktacyjne, denerwujesz się delikatną wysypką? Pediatra rozwieje Twoje wątpliwości. Lista telefonów do osób, które w każdej chwili mogą Ci pomóc daje ogromne poczucie bezpieczeństwa, dlatego warto zadbać o nią jeszcze przed porodem.   A co dla Ciebie stało się największym problemem gdy Maluch pojawił się na świecie? Pisz, będziemy radzić!
- [Chusta tkana, elastyczna, mei-tai czy nosidło ergonomiczne? Nasza historia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/chusta-tkana-elastyczna-mei-tai-czy-nosidlo-ergonomiczne/): Choć jesteśmy absolutnymi fanami wózków jako środków transportu na spacerach, zawsze chcieliśmy spróbować chustowania, a kolki, nieprzespane dni i noce oraz bardzo płaczące wieczory sprawiły, że gdy Mikołaj miał niespełna miesiąc, postanowiliśmy umówić się z doradcą chustowym. Najbliższy wolny termin był za jakieś 2 tygodnie, ale w międzyczasie zadzwoniła do nas nasza położna środowiskowa z zaproszeniem do swojej szkoły rodzenia, gdzie w ramach zajęć doradca uczył przyszłe Mamy chustowania, a my mogliśmy dołączyć i skorzystać. Na zajęciach w pierwszej kolejności obaliliśmy wszystkie mity dotyczące noszenia dziecka, zarówno te dotyczące złych nawyków (słynne „nie noś bo się przyzwyczai”), jak i niebezpieczeństwa samego noszenia (kręgosłup, bioderka, wysunięcie się z chusty). Następnie po przeglądzie wszystkich możliwych cudów do noszenia dzieci – począwszy od wisiadeł, w których dzieci absolutnie nie nosimy, przez chusty tkane, elastyczne, chusto-mei-taie, miękkie nosidełka mei-tai, po miękkie nosidła ergonomiczne i różne dziwne hybrydy. Od razu zakochałam się w mei-tai, ale oczywiście Mikołaj był na nie za mały, więc naukę chustowania rozpoczęliśmy od chusty tkanej, oczywiście pod okiem instruktora. Na koniec wypożyczyliśmy chustę do domu i tak rozpoczęła się nasza przygoda z noszeniem, która trwa do dziś. Chusta tkana bardzo przypadła do gustu Wojtkowi, który pod moim okiem bacznie wiązał Mikołajka kilka razy dziennie. Szczególnie na początku przygody z chustowaniem ważne jest, aby wzajemnie się kontrolować i weryfikować wyniki wiązania, bo bywają różne. Natomiast ja z chustą tkaną nie mogłam się dogadać. Nie miałam problemów z wiązaniem, ale zwyczajnie na jej widok odechciewało mi zmagać, wiązać i dociągać pięciometrowy „kawałek” materiału… a więc wiązał głównie Wojtek. Po 2 tygodniach zdecydowałam się więc oddać chustę tkaną i wypożyczyć chustę kółkową. Wydawała mi się niezwykle łatwa w wiązaniu i w noszeniu, ale bardziej mylić się nie mogłam! Wiązanie nie było ani łatwe, ani… wygodne. Użyłam jej raptem kilka razy i szukałam dalej. Wracając myślami do zajęć z chustowania, przypomniało mi się wiązanie chusty elastycznej, które choć chusta długa jak tkana, charakteryzowało się tym, że było łatwiejsze i przede wszystkim szybsze, a także dziecko wkładało się do już gotowego wiązania. Po obejrzeniu filmików instruktażowych wiedziałam, że się pokochamy i zdecydowałam się na zakup własnej chusty elastycznej. Mój szybki wybór bez większej analizy rynku padł na firmę Tula i już za moment czekałam na nią jak na szpilkach, gdyż Mikołaj przeżywał właśnie apogeum problemów brzuszkowych, Wojtek pierwszy raz po narodzinach wyjechał na kilka dni w delegację, a mi ręce usychały od noszenia, kręgosłup odmawiał posłuszeństwa, a Mikołaj jak płakał, tak płakał. Kuriera wypatrywaliśmy więc oboje. Przyszła. Rachu ciachu instrukcja i wiązanie. Nie minęło kilka minut, a Mikołaj usnął. W mig opanowałam odkładanie go do łóżeczka bez budzenia. Nawet jeśli nie spał długo, to ja czułam się bezpiecznie, wiedząc, że nasza bliskość jest w stanie go ukoić. Moje ręce znów stały się wolne, a kręgosłup szybko podziękował za tę zmianę. Jak Mikołaj zaczął ważyć około 7-8 kilogramów, chusta elastyczna przestała być już dla nas taka wygodna: o ile w domu sprawdzała się dalej, na spacerach odczuwalnie sprężynowała. Pożyczyłam więc od koleżanki na próbę nosidło ergonomiczne, które było dla nas wygodniejsze w zakładaniu, nie wspominając o odkładaniu dziecka po zaśnięciu. Jak tylko Mikołaj zaczynał siedzieć, zdecydowałam się na zakup dwustronnego mei-tai, które było zbudowane dokładnie tak, jak pożyczone nosidło ergonomiczne, tylko zamiast krótkich pasów zapinanych na sprzączki miało długie pasy do wiązania. Zdecydowaliśmy się na takie rozwiązanie z uwagi na to, że nosimy we dwoje, a występuje spora różnica rozmiarów między nami – w celu uniknięcia każdorazowego dostosowywania wszystkich klamer do noszącego. Mei-tai zostało uszyte dla nas na zamówienie, a panel wykonany z naszego kawałka materiału, który nawiązuje do pokoiku Mikołajka. Noszenie pozwoliło nam nie tylko ukoić ból, ale pewnie i lęk Dziecka, a także pozwoliło być absolutnie blisko. Okazało się ogromną przyjemnością dla całej naszej rodziny. Zamotani, przytuleni, odczuwaliśmy ulgę. Wszyscy. Gdy Mikołaj podrósł i zaczęliśmy korzystać z mei-tai, nosiła tak także Babcia. Cudowny widok, jak osoba starszej daty (przepraszam, Mamo) wierzy w Twoją intuicję, rezygnuje ze swoich przyzwyczajeń, przełamuje się i próbuje nowego, dla dobra Twojego dziecka. Dziś Mikołaj ma 9 miesięcy, nosidełko dalej pomaga nam czasami rozładować emocje po całym dniu. Zazwyczaj zasypia wtedy dosłownie w minutę, czasami nawet zanim zawiążemy pasy, a czasami nosimy Mikołaja po pokoju, a on po kilku minutach sam daje nam znać, że już się „naprzytulał”, że jest gotowy iść do swojego łóżeczka, gdzie sam zasypia. Gdy cierpi na bolesne ząbkowanie, wtulenie się w jednego z nas pozwala mu znaleźć ukojenie. Gdy na długim spacerze okazuje się mieć za dużo wrażeń, zdarza mi się wyciągać nosidełko z kosza na zakupy i nosić. Nosidło pomogło nam także wyrobić sobie rytm dnia. Ale o tym napiszę Wam kiedy indziej. U nas bycie razem poprzez noszenie wydaje się być lekiem na całe zło. A jak to jest u Was? Nosicie? Nosiliście? A może dopiero chcecie spróbować?
- [Nosidełko ergonomiczne Tula czy mei-tai od Pathi?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nosidelko-ergonomiczne-tula-czy-mei-tai-od-pathi/): Ostatnio opowiedziałam Wam naszą historię chustowania, noszenia i wiązania. Dostałam od Was sporo wiadomości, że fajnie, że nareszcie na blogach i Instagramie pojawiło się coś innego niż wszędobylska Tula oraz pytania na temat tego, jak nasz mei-tai sprawdza się w porównaniu z Tulą, która pojawiła się na naszych ostatnich zdjęciach. Oto nasza recenzja i porównanie obu produktów. Oba nosidła przeznaczone są dla dzieci, które już samodzielnie siedzą (wcześniej z ręką na sercu mogę polecić Wam tylko chustę – tkaną lub łatwiejszą w początkowej obsłudze elastyczną) oraz: mają szeroki panel pomiędzy nóżkami, od kolanka do kolanka dziecka i tym właśnie różnią się od wciąż bardzo popularnych „wisiadeł”, w których dziecko bez odpowiedniego wsparcia dla kręgosłupa dosłownie wisi na kroczu na około 10-14cm szerokości panelu, który absolutnie nie zapewnia zdrowego noszenia dziecka, dzieci noszone są w nich przodem do rodzica (z przodu lub na plecach), gdyż tylko w taki sposób zapewniamy dziecku zdrową i bezpieczną pozycję, są miękkie – pomiędzy nóżkami i na całych pleckach, dzięki czemu kręgosłup dziecka ma najlepsze wsparcie i może zachować prawidłową dla siedzącego dziecka krzywiznę, występują w wielu wersjach kolorystycznych, z jednej strony mei-tai od Pathi może zostać uszyte wg naszego pomysłu i to nawet z nadesłanych przez nas tkanin, to za to nosidło Tula występuje w tylu fantastycznych kolorach, że na pewno każdy znajdzie coś dla siebie. Jakie są więc różnice? Zagłówek mei-tai od Pathi posiada wszyty na stałe delikatnie usztywniany zagłówek, który zapobiega nadmiernemu odchylaniu się główki dziecka do tyłu, istnieje możliwość domówienia dopinanego kapturka, który szczególnie przydaje się przy noszeniu dziecka na plecach, nosidło Tula nie posiada zagłówka, w zestawie natomiast jest kapturek. Pas biodrowy mei-tai od Pathi pas biodrowy na brzuchu jest tej samej szerokości co na całej długości w nosidle ergonomicznym Tula pas biodrowy jest znacznie masywniejszy, przez co wygodniejszy i oboje mieliśmy wrażenie, że dzięki niemu odczuwaliśmy odrobinę mniejszy ciężar dziecka. Wiązanie-zapinanie czyli najważniejsza różnica mei-tai od Pathi nie posiada klamer i sprzączek tylko długie pasy, które wiąże się wokół noszącego; nasze ulubione wiązanie dziecka z przodu: dwa pasy biodrowe zawiązujemy wokół pasa sadzamy dziecko na pasie zakładamy panel nosidełka na plecki dziecka, cały czas przytrzymując dziecko pasy naramienne przerzucamy na krzyż na plecy, następnie przekładamy do przodu pod kolankami dziecka, gdzie krzyżujemy pod pupką i na koniec wiążemy z tyłu na supeł, nosidło Tula posiada krótsze pasy z klamrami (z bardzo pomysłowymi gumeczkami, które za długie pasy pozwalają utrzymać zwinięte w ruloniki – rewelacja!); nasze ulubione zakładanie nosidła na dziecko z przodu: zapinamy pas biodrowy na klamry (ewentualna regulacja) sadzamy dziecko na pasie zakładamy panel nosidełka na plecki dziecka, cały czas przytrzymując dziecko zakładamy szelki nosidła na ramiona – jak byśmy zakładali plecak z przodu zamiast na plecach zapinamy na karku klamrę łączącą dwa ramiona nosidła, aby nie spadały nam z ramion podczas noszenia – niestety oboje z Wojtkiem mamy problem z zapięciem tego zapięcia samemu na tyle nisko, aby nie wbijało nam się w kark i o ile mi się to udaje, Wojtek niestety zawsze potrzebuje pomocy drugiej osoby na koniec możemy dociągnąć pasy naramienne jeśli potrzebujemy (Wojtek często miał problem, że pasy były za krótkie jeśli to ja wcześniej nosiłam Mikołaja). Cena – niestety również nie jest bez znaczenia mei-tai od Pathi: od 180 zł, do kupienia na stronie producenta nosidełko ergonomiczne Tula: od 465 zł, do kupienia na stronie producenta   Podsumowanie Gdybym miała wybrać tylko jedno nosidło i tylko dla siebie, miałabym trudny wybór. Tula piękna i modna, z dopasowanymi idealnie do mnie klamrami pewnie nieco szybciej by się zakładała, a ja uwielbiam wszelkie usprawnienia, ale u nas jednak Mikołaja nosimy oboje, a każdorazowe dostosowywanie długości pasków i przeciąganie klamer odpowiednio do noszącego okazało się dość czasochłonne i wymagało zazwyczaj kilku poprawek w trakcie noszenia. Tym sposobem po oddaniu pożyczonej Tuli i pozostaliśmy przy naszym równie ładnym mei-tai, które uszyliśmy w motywie przewodnim pokoju Mikołaja. Gdyby jednak przyszło mi zamawiać mei-tai raz jeszcze, rozważyłabym zamówienie go z masywniejszym pasem biodrowym. Pathi szyje także miękkie nosidła ergonomiczne zapinane na klamry w cenie od 250 zł, ale niestety nie miałam jeszcze okazji ich wypróbować, więc polecić nie mogę, ale myślę, że warto tę opcję rozważyć. A jakie są Wasze doświadczenia i przemyślenia odnośnie nosideł?
- [Najlepsza spacerówka - jak wybrać idealną?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-wybrac-spacerowke-idealna/): Bardzo często zastanawiamy się z Wojtkiem nad tym, jak niesamowicie ten nasz świat jest zbudowany. W Polsce można kupić spokojnie kilkaset, a pewnie i kilka tysięcy najróżniejszych wózków, a każdy z nich znajduje swojego odbiorcę, który przecież każdy z osobna stara się wybrać jak najlepszy produkt.   Aby przystąpić do wyboru najlepszej spacerówki musimy sobie przede wszystkim odpowiedzieć na pytanie: czym jest dla nas spacerówka idealna, a dopiero wtedy możemy zając się tym jak wybrać najlepszą spacerówkę.   Określając wymagania wobec naszej spacerówki powinniśmy wyjść od ograniczeń, czyli jakich cech spacerówka nie może posiadać. Pozwoli nam to na wstępie bardzo zawęzić krąg poszukiwań.   Nasze ograniczenia były następujące:   rozmiar bagażnika – wózek po złożeniu musi się mieścić do bagażnika, idealnie, jak by weszły tam jeszcze drobne zakupy czy torba; ważne było dla mnie, aby siedzisko spacerówki składało się razem ze stelażem; tutaj odpadła większość wózków ze stelażem o kształcie litery L (np. Mutsy Igo) dźwiganie – nie mogłam dźwigać, a bagażnik w samochodzie mam dość wysoko, więc zależało mi na tym, aby spacerówka nie była zbyt ciężka; naszą granicą było 10 kg; od razu odpadły nam chyba wszystkie wózki z pompowanymi kołami   Ale ograniczenia mogą być zupełnie różne, na przykład:   teren – jeśli mieszkacie poza miastem i poruszacie się głównie po nieutwardzonych drogach, wtedy musicie wybrać spacerówkę, która będzie jak najlepiej amortyzowała te niedogodności; tak samo jeśli uwielbiacie spacery po lesie powinniście rozglądać się za wózkiem na dużych, najlepiej pompowanych kołach budżet – jeśli na spacerówkę możecie przeznaczyć na prawdę niewielką kwotę   Nasze must-have czyli czego w spacerówce nie może zabraknąć:   przekładane siedzisko –  na spacerach uwielbiamy mieć z Mikim kontakt wzrokowy ze sobą, wtedy możemy się śmiać, wygłupiać, ja mogę pokazywać mu świat i o wszystkim opowiadać; prawdopodobnie jak będzie starszy będzie wolał jeździć przodem do Świata, więc przekładane siedzisko jest koniecznością siedzisko rozkładanie na płasko – mieszkamy nad morzem i szczególnie latem spędzamy długie godziny na dworze, dzięki rozkładanemu na płasko siedzisku, które dodatkowo jest szerokie i wygodne, Mikołaj może spać w spacerówce niczym w gondolce i przybierać różne pozycje, np. spać na boku, co uwielbia ogromna buda -jako ochrona przed wiatrem oraz słońcem, mieliśmy już spacerówkę z symboliczną budą (Mutsy Evo) i wiemy, że porządna, duża buda jest koniecznością pojedyncze kółka, z przodu obrotowe z funkcją blokady – wózkiem będziemy jeździć także zimą, a w podwójne kółka wchodzi śnieg i błoto, przez co bardzo ciężko się takie wózki prowadzi gdy za oknem śnieg lub błoto pośniegowe; muszę mieć także możliwość je zablokować co jest przydane na dziurawych terenach, kostce brukowe czy usypianiu dziecka machając wózkiem przód-tył regulowany podnóżek – wygodny sen jest dla nas bardzo ważny, a także wygoda dziecka do półtorej roku, którego nóżki są zbyt krótkie, aby oprzeć je na podnóżku nieregulowanym możliwość zawieszenia torby na rączce wózka – wiele modeli w okolicach rączki ma napis, że nie wolno na nich wieszać torby! sama o mało bym takiego wózka nie kupiła (Baby Jogger City Mini), a nawet dzisiaj jedziemy z Mikołajem na wycieczkę do centrum Gdyni, wypakowana po brzegi torba więc jest dla nas obligatoryjna! możliwość prowadzenia wózka jedną ręką – no bo jakże by inaczej? 😉 odpadają więc wszystkie parasolki (nie chcemy używać łączników)   Wasze must-have mogą być natomiast bardzo odmienne, na przykład:   design – być może nie wyobrażacie sobie zakupu „zwykłego”, „przeciętnego” wózka… wolicie postawić na coś zwracającego uwagę, coś pięknego o nowoczesnym lub starodawnym wyglądzie, nawet jeśli pójdzie za tym mniejsza wygoda, więcej zajmowanego miejsca, ciężka waga czy wysoka cena sportowy charakter – jeśli bieganie czy jazda na rolkach to stały element każdego Waszego dnia, albo chcecie, aby się nim stał ultra lekka waga – jeśli dużo podróżujecie, albo szukacie drugiego wózka na małe wypady kubełkowe siedzisko – nie rozumiem tego fenomenu i na ten moment nie brałam takich wózków w ogóle pod uwagę, gdyż moim priorytetem jest siedzenie rozkładane na płasko, ale wiem, że wiele osób wybiera tylko spośród kubełkowych siedzisk; kubełkowe siedziska zajmują także dużo więcej miejsca, gdyż nie są składane   Mile widziane:   konsola dla rodzica – uwielbiam nasz wózek Chicco, który dostaliśmy po dzieciach mojej Siostry, muszę przyznać, że bardzo wysoko podniósł on poprzeczkę, mając w zasadzie dwie zasadnicze wady: brak przekładanego siedziska i podwójne kółka. To dzięki niemu pokochałam takie gadżety jak konsola dla rodzica (można włożyć telefon, drobne, a także napój), konsola dla dziecka z wymienną tacką, z miejscem na butelkę czy kubek niekapek. Dlatego konsola dla rodzica byłaby ogromnym plusem. konsola dla dziecka – jak wyżej ładny design – nie jest on dla mnie bez znaczenia przystępna cena – nie chciałabym zapłacić za spacerówkę więcej niż 1500 zł dodatkowe akcesoria w cenie – folia przeciwdeszczowa czy osłonka na nóżki, które jeszcze lepiej pozwolą zabezpieczyć dziecko przed niekorzystną pogodą duży kosz na zakupy – i to taki, który nie szoruje po ziemi   Znacie już moje wytyczne, w ramach których wybierałam wózek.   Na tej podstawie zdecydowaliśmy się na wózek Peg Perego Book Plus w kolorze Avana. Pokochaliśmy wózki i ich testowanie, a wraz ze wzrostem dziecka i kolejnymi wózkami zmieniały się nasze wymagania, dlatego jeśli poszukujesz wózka idealnego, koniecznie zapoznaj się z naszymi pozostałymi testami wózków dziecięcych:   Easywalker Buggy XS   Easywalker Buggy   Cybex Priam   Dubatti One   Peg Perego – Book Plus   Mamas & Papas – Armadillo Flip   Mutsy – Evo   Stokke Xplory   A jakie są Wasze wymagania odnośnie spacerówki? I jakich wyborów dokonaliście?  
- [Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-metamorfoza-pomysl/): Zmiana to moje drugie imię. Uwielbiam zmiany w życiu, w domu, w pracy. Tylko w miłości jestem stała i w ogóle ich tam nie akceptuję. Czyli jest równowaga 😉 Pokoik Mikołaja, który znacie był stworzony dla Noworodka, niezwykle praktyczny i wygodny, ale przede wszystkim dla mnie. Mikołaj ma już ponad rok i jego wymagania odnośnie pokoiku mocno się zmieniły. Brakuje miejsca na zabawki, na książeczki, do których mógłby mieć stały dostęp, przecież tak bardzo je uwielbia. Tak wiec będą zmiany, nie tylko w funkcjonalności, ale także wizualne, niech każdy ma coś miłego dla siebie 😉 A oto kilka moich pomysłów na to, co mogłoby się przydać Dzieciom, które skończyły już rok! 1. Miejsce na zabawki Dodatkowe półki? A może regał? Oczywiście przewiercony do ściany, a na nim pojemniki? 1. Półka House Bloomingville > klik 2. Półka Wires kwadratowa 2 szt., Done by Deery > klik 3. Półka domek Tipi > klik 4. Regał Kallax  > photo credit >  klik 5. Półka sześciokąt > klik 6. Regał Tipi > klik 7. Drewniana skrzynia na zabawki – 100% HANDMADE > klik 8. Domek regał na książki/ domek dla lalek > klik 9. Regał Kallax 4×4 > photo credit > klik 10 Regał Kallax  > photo credit >  klik 11. Półka Heksagonal 3 szt. > klik   2. Miejsce na książeczki Myślę, że skrzynia na kółkach sprawdzi się idealnie i pomoże wędrować z książeczkami pomiędzy pokojami, tam gdzie akurat najdzie nas ochota na czytanie i oglądanie 1. Skrzynia na zabawki Bloomingville Fox > klik 2. Skrzynia na zabawki „Sen Pitagorasa” Nobobobo > klik 3. Pojemnik na zabawki SAFARI de LUX Klupś > klik 4. Drewniana Skrzynia Na Zabawki > klik 5. Drewniana Skrzynia Na Zabawki – Mamimami > klik 6. Skrzynia na zabawki „Mięta” Nobobobo > klik 7. Skrzynia na kółkach szczeble – WoodenStory > klik 3. Stolik i krzesełka Do rysowania, malowania, czytania, lepienia, ciastolinowania – czyż nie to wszystko czeka nas w najbliższym czasie? 1. Komplet Maluch Pinio > klik 2. KRITTER seria mebelków dla Dzieci IKEA > klik 3. Zestaw mebli dla Dzieci Junior Pinio > klik 4. Mammut seria mebli dla dzieci IKEA > klik 5. MAYA stolik + 2 krzesełka > klik 6. SUNDVIK mebelki dla dzieci IKEA > klik 7. Zestaw stolik + 2 krzesełka dla dzieci + poduchy PAKAMERA > klik 8. Stolik i krzesełka Stokrotka Bellino > klik 4. Szmaciana lalka i ubranka Aby od najmłodszych lat uczyć troski, opieki. Przebierać w piżamkę, kłaść spać. Idealnie nada się do nauki części ciała, kolorów, ubierania, rozwinie zdolności manualne i empatię. 1. Laleczka Rebeka ART-MADAM > klik 2. Trousselier – Szmaciana Lalka Ninon Parisienne Saliorshirt > klik 3. Artur – lalka szmaciana chłopiec > klik 4. Janek Lalka Chłopak Art Madam > klik 5.  Cukierkowa Lala Piotrek ART MADAM > klik 6.  Lisek > klik 7. Lalka szmaciana chłopiec – Sebra > klik 8. Lalka chłopiec Bartek > klik 9. Lalka Lalanna haftowana > klik 10. Lalka Izabela > klik 5. Wózek dla… Niekoniecznie dla lalki, przecież można do niego załadować także ulubione zabawki, książeczki czy poskładane ubranka i przewieźć z miejsca na miejsce. Żółw i samochodzik na pewno równie chętnie wybiorą się na przejażdżkę. Taki wózek może też od razu pełnić funkcję pchacza. 1. Wózek drewniany samochodzik czerwony > klik 2. Biało-brązowy wózek > klik 3. Wózek drewniany z budką dla lalek żółto-zielony retro > klik 4. Wózek Montmartre/Wooden Story > klik 5. Chodzik drewniany wózek z klockam Hape > klik 6. Szalony piesek chodzik  Janod > klik 7. Pchacz, chodzik dla dzieci z kolorowymi klockami > klik 8. Drewniany wózek – chodzik Samochód HABA > klik 9. Janod Wózek z abecadłem 30 klocków > klik 6. TIPI Któż jako dziecko nie uwielbiał „budować bazy”? A później siedzieć w niej cały dzień? Dwa krzesła i koc, stół i długi obrus lub koc, odwrócona wersalka… chyba każde dziecko uwielbia ciasne „własne” miejsca, kawałek swojej własnej przestrzeni, dający poczucie bezpieczeństwa. Dlatego myślę, że mały namiot typu tipi w pokoju to byłby strzał w 10! Nie wspominając o mały drewnianym domu, na myśl o którym aż mi robi się ciepło na sercu. 1. TIPI Pióra > klik 2. Tipi Ajku Chevron Grey > klik 3 TIPI Little NOMAD > klik 4. 1 TIPI Little NOMAD >> wigwam Moonshadow > klik 5. Zestaw Tipi Mata Poduszki Marokańskie Królestwo > klik 6 Wrzechstronny wiatr – tipi > klik 7 Namiot wiszący > klik 7. Co byście dopisali do mojej listy? Mmmm, nie od dziś wiadomo, że pokoiki dla Dzieci urządzamy, a zabawki kupujemy także dla siebie, więc dajcie znać na co mielibyście ochotę? Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Podróż z Dzieckiem samochodem - 11 gadżetów, które musisz mieć](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/podroz-z-dzieckiem-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): Temat podróży z Dzieckiem jest jednym z najczęstszych wyprawkowych tematów, jaki mi zadajecie. No więc dzisiaj dzielę się z Wami konkretnymi, sprawdzonymi produktami, które ułatwiają nam temat podróżowania z Dzieckiem. 1. Lusterko do obserwacji Dziecka >> nasz wybór Taki Maluszek siedzi zwykle na tylnej kanapie i to tyłem do kierunku jazdy, aby móc go obserwować bez odwracania się, warto mieć na tylnym zagłówku lusterko, w którym Maluszek będzie się odbijał i tym sposobem kierowca będzie go widzieć w swoim lusterku wewnętrznym – tak samo jak by chciał spoglądać w tylną szybę. Niestety ta funkcja nie działa w nocy i po ciemku nic nie widać.   2. Zawieszka do fotelika do samochodu >> nasz wybór Wybierając zawieszkę koniecznie upewnijcie się, że przy mocnym hamowaniu nie uderzy Dziecka. Nasz tygrys sprawdzał się znakomicie od pierwszych tygodni życia – to pierwsza zabawka, która przykuła uwagę Mikiego.   3. Podgrzewacz do butelek >> nasz wybór Do wody na mleko, do herbatki, do wody do picia, szczególnie zimą absolutny must-have, jeśli Dziecko pije cokolwiek z butelki.   4. Roleta na okno >> nasza propozycja Ochroni przed słońcem, jeśli fotelik nie ma wystarczającej ochrony. Nasz miał idealną, którą łatwo mogłam rozłożyć pod postacią budki nawet prowadząc samochód, więc my nie kupowaliśmy dodatkowej osłony na szybę w samochodzie.   5. Fotelik samochodowy 1, zwany także 0-13 kg >> nasz wybór O wyborze fotelika trzeba byłoby napisać osobny post. W skrócie 0 nie patrzcie na marki, tylko na testy. Wiele fotelików, które chwalą się 5* zdobyło je w testach wiele lat temu, a w najnowszych dostało tylko 3*, o czym „zapominają” się pochwalić. Albo 5* mają, ale tylko montowane na bazie. My zdecydowaliśmy się na Fotelik Cybex Aton Q. Ma on 5* montowany zarówno na bazie jak i na pasach. Jego jedyną wadą jest jego waga, jest duży i ciężki, ale dzięki temu bezpieczny. Z fotelika wysuwa się na boki specjalne odbijaki, które tworzą teleskopowy system ochrony bocznej, stabilizujący fotelik przy zderzeniu bocznym. Gdybym kupowała fotelik teraz, zdecydowałabym się na jego młodszego brata – Cybex CLOUD Q, który poza samochodem można rozłożyć niemal na płasko i tym samym zmienia się prawie w gondolę! Bardzo żałuję, że my nie mieliśmy takiego rozwiązania, ale jest to absolutna nowość. Noworodek i Małe Niemowlę może przebywać w foteliku samochodowym nie dłużej niż 40 minut na raz, więc w dłuższej podróży konieczne są częste przystanki, a wożenie dziecka w foteliku na spacerze może mu zwyczajnie zaszkodzić. Chodzi tutaj w dużej mierze o oddychanie, o zapadanie się płuc w pozycji, która jest bezpieczna do podróży i wymuszana w foteliku. Na swojej drodze spotkaliśmy fantastycznych ekspertów w tym temacie i sporo nam wyjaśnili. Dlatego choć miałam adaptery do fotelika, jak jechaliśmy na spacer, zawsze zabieraliśmy ze sobą gondolę i przekładaliśmy Maluszka do niej.   6. Baza ISOFIX do fotelika >> nasz wybór Jeśli Wasz samochód posiada system ISOFIX warto rozważyć dokupienie bazy i ten system mocowania. Dzięki niemu fotelik jest dużo stabilniejszy, a Dziecko jeszcze bezpieczniejsze. Dzięki niej Wy macie ogromną wygodę, niestety za niemałą cenę kolejnych kilkuset złotych. My początkowo kupiliśmy sam fotelik, ale szybko dokupiliśmy bazę.   7. Śpiworek do fotelika samochodowego >> nasz wybór Podróżując z Dzieckiem od jesieni do wiosny napotykamy na następujący problem – ubieramy Dziecko ciepło, aby zanieść je do samochodu, w samochodzie się nagrzewa, a nasze Dziecko się przegrzewa. Dodatkowo Dziecko w kurtce zapięte w foteliku nie jest tak bezpieczne! Zobaczcie sami! Oczywiście możemy się też co chwilę zatrzymywać i ściągać z Dziecka kolejne części garderoby, ale ja mam na to inny patent. Zamontowałam w foteliku specjalny śpiworek z dziurkami na pasy i jadąc gdzieś samochodem wsadzałam Maluszka do śpiworka,nakłądałam czapkę i szaliczek i tak zanosiłam do samochodu. A w samochodzie wystarczyło zdjąć czapeczkę i odpiąć śpiworek. Teraz Miki już sam już ściąga czapkę i się odkrywa, gdy samochód się nagrzewa i jest mu wystarczająco ciepło. Wybierając ten śpiworek dobrałam taki, aby pasował również do gondoli, wiedziałam, że nie starczy nam na długo, więc kupiłam taki w dobre cenie.   8. Kocyk >> nasz wybór Taka sama historia jak ze śpiworkiem, tylko kocyka używam w cieplejsze dni, ten – prezent na Baby Shower – idealnie pasuje do naszego fotelika i pozwala opatulić Maluszka z każdej strony, szczególnie takiego już większego. Do tego świetnie się pierze i po ponad roku wygląda jak nowy! My mamy w kolorze Hipster Electric Blue.   9. Pieluszka bambusowa lub muślinowa >> nasz wybór Większa niż tradycyjna tetrowa, zimą grzeje, latem chłodzi. Mam cztery i są z nami wszędzie. Idealnie sprawdzają się w podróży, jako osłona przed słońcem i wiatrem. W przychodni narzucone na fotelik czy wózek idealnie ochronią Dziecko przed kichającymi i prychającymi osobami. Łatwo absorbują wilgoć oraz szybko ją odparowują. Bambusowe pieluszki posiadają naturalne właściwości bakteriobójcze oraz zapewniają ochronę przed promieniowaniem UV.   10. Pokrowiec na lato do fotelika samochodowego >> nasza propozycja Możecie wybrać oryginalny pokrowiec lub tak jak ja wziąć zwykłą tetrową pieluszkę i wyciąć w niej trzy dziury na pasy i obwinąć wokół wkładki fotelika, trzyma i sprawdza się idealnie, a Dziecku daje ogromną ulgę. Bez tego w letnie dni nawet po krótkiej podróży wyciągałam mokre dziecko, pieluszka prawie całkowicie rozwiązała ten problem.   11. Muzyka >> nasz wybór Nic tak nie łagodzi obyczajów jak ulubiona muzyka Maluszka. U nas to Super Simple Songs, które puszczamy z telefonu podłączonego do głośników w samochodzie,  a dzięki tym nutkom zajeżdżamy dużo dalej.   I jak, macie ochotę na wspólną podróż? W kolejnych dwóch postach pokażę Wam co warto zabrać ze sobą na spacer oraz jak się spakować, gdy zostajemy Dzieckiem na noc poza domem.
- [Spacer z Dzieckiem - 8 najlepszych gadżetów](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spacer-z-dzieckiem-wyprawka-dla-noworodka/): W ostatnim poście z serii wyprawka polecałam Wam konkretne produkty, które ułatwiają nam podróż samochodem. A jak dostaniemy się już do celu podróży i decydujemy się na spacer, bierzemy z samochodu pieluszkę bambusową /  muślinową, w zimniejszy dzień także śpiworek lub kocyk oraz… 1. Torba do wózka >> nasz najlepszy wybór!!! Moja torba jest IDEALNA! Kupiłam ją w TK Maxx ku niezadowoleniu Wojtka, który twierdził, że przecież przyszliśmy po ubranka, a ja chcę wyjść z torbą? Ale ja wiedziałam, że jesteśmy dla siebie stworzone i dogadamy się idealnie! Miałam rację i całe szczęście postawiłam na swoim i ją kupiłam – co do dziś mu w żartach wypominam 😉 Zapłaciłam za nią około 150 zł. Jej jakość to klasa premium wśród toreb, po ponad roku niemal codziennego, intensywnego użytkowania jest niemal jak nowa. Ma cudowne akcesoria: matę do przewijania, termos na butelkę, saszetkę – a to wszystko można zawiesić na specjalnych kółeczkach poza torbą nie zajmując miejsca w środku. Zorganizowana jest po prostu bosko – ma nawet kiszonkę na mokre chusteczki, które można wyciągać bez wyjmowania opakowania, osobą kieszonkę dla rodziców, a w niej specjalne  miejsca na klucze telefon. Na ten moment nie zamieniłabym jej na żadną inną! A co w niej zawsze noszę? A to już temat na osobny post! Jakie inne torby polecam? Choć nie testowałam, bardzo solidnie wyglądają i mają bardzo dobre recenzje torby firmy Skip Hop >> klik. Radzę przyłożyć się do wyboru torby, my mieliśmy także torbę do wózka do kompletu od Mutsy i zdecydowanie jej nie polecamy – nie miała dobrego mocowania, w środku była źle zorganizowana (prawie w ogóle) oraz bardzo szybko się zniszczyła. 2. Organizer do wózka Nie zawsze na spacer nadaje się torba, wokół domu zdecydowanie lepiej sprawdzał mi się organizer na wózek. Osobiście miałam taki >> klik, który kupiłam kierując się ceną, aby sprawdzić, czy taki gadżet jest mi w ogóle przydany, ale nie byłam z  niego w pełni zadowolona – niska jakość materiałów, rozmazane logo, nie trzymał kształtu, dlatego jeśli zdecyduję się wymienić go na nowy, bliżej przyjrzę się organizerom z asortymentu Skip Hop >> klik i La Millou >> klik. – uwielbiam produkty tych marek i jestem pewna, że wybrałabym coś dla siebie. 3. Adaptery do fotelika samochodowego do wózka Po co mi adaptery, skoro piszę, że nie chodzę na spacery z dzieckiem w foteliku samochodowym? A po to, że zabieram go tak zwykle do przychodni, gdzie jest bardzo mało miejsca, albo gdy muszę wyskoczyć z samochodu dokładnie na chwilkę, a nie chcę nosić fotelika, na przykład na stacji benzynowej czy do sklepu. 4. Pojemnik – dozownik na mleko w proszku >> nasz wybór Jeśli karmisz lub dokarmiasz Dziecko mlekiem modyfikowanym porcja idealnie odmierzonego mleka w proszku zawsze może się przydać i ten pojemnik sprawdza się do tego wyśmienicie. Jest podzielony na 3 części i tyle porcji mleka możemy zabrać. Dodatkowo tę podziałkę można wyjąć i z innej okazji spakować smakołyki dla starszego już Dziecka. 5. Termoizolacyjne etui na butelkę My mieliśmy w komplecie z torbą, ale bardzo nam się przydawała na spacery w chłodniejsze dni – zawsze mieliśmy ze sobą ciepłą wodę lub herbatkę, idealnie na dłuższy spacer czy wyjazd samochodem. Na zdjęciu widzicie etui od Skip Hop >> klik. 6. Wspomniana w poście o podróży z dzieckiem – Muślinowa lub bambusowa pieluszka Latem ochłodzi, osłoni przed słońcem, zimą ochroni przed wiatrem oraz przed kochającymi i prychającymi osobami w przychodni czy w sklepie. Gdy przenosimy Dziecko w foteliku samochodowym również przyda się jako osłona przed wiatrem, słońcem, albo jednym i drugim. Może posłużyć jako kocyk, mata do przewijania czy prześcieradełko na przewijak, zajmuje mało miejsca, jest przewiewna, szybko schnie i po prostu musisz ją mieć. Bardzo fajne w mniejszym rozmiarze idealne dla Maluszka znajdziecie w sklepie Dear Eco >> klik. 7. Śpiworek Nie wyobrażam sobie zimy bez śpiworka. O wyborze śpiworka możecie przeczytać tutaj >> klik – na wybór jest mięciutki, nieprzemakalny i po prostu śliczny, ozdoba każdego wózka. Mam nadzieję, że jeśli w końcu się na niego zdecydujemy to porządnie uchroni nas od wiatru. Nie zastąpi go kocyk, bo śpiworek grzeje także od spodu. Nie zastąpił go nasz zestaw wkładka do wózka + kocyk, bo wkładki La Millou są dość cienkie, a kocyki łatwo się rozkopują, choć chwilowo robią całkiem niezłą robotę: 8. Mufka Montuję około października i ściągam na wiosnę. Nie muszę pamiętać o rękawiczkach, zawsze łatwo mi wyjąć rękę i poprawić Maluszka czy podać mu smoczka nie zastanawiając się co ja mam zrobić z rękawiczką i zwykle trzymać ją w zębach. Mufka to dla mnie, spacerowej fanki absolutny must-have. Rok temu miałam mufkę od Samiboo (mieliśmy wzór w szopy, niestety już niedostępny, ale możecie zobaczyć inne >> klik) i byłam w 100% zadowolona, ale używałam jej wtedy na gondolce, natomiast niestety nie pasowała na rączkę naszej spacerówki więc tym razem zdecydowałam się na cudowne misie z La Millou >> klik, które idealnie komponują się z naszą spacerówką. A Wy bez czego nie wyobrażacie sobie spaceru? PS Jeśli nocujecie poza domem, w kolejnym poście pokażemy Wam, co warto mieć ze sobą.
- [Mutsy Evo](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wozek-mutsy-evo-recenzja-opinie/): Rozpoczynając serię postów o recenzji wózków nie mogłam nie zacząć od pierwszego wózka, jaki zagościł w naszym domu – Mutsy Evo w wersji 2w1 czyli wózek głęboki oraz spacerówka w jednym, a więc na jednym stelażu może zostać zamontowana gondolka lub siedzisko spacerowe.  Wybierając pierwszy wózek kierowaliśmy się przede wszystkim tym, aby miał: 1. Niewielki rozmiar po złożeniu – aby zmieścił się w naszym niewielkim bagażniku – zarówno stelaż jak i gondola 2. Duża gondola – wystarczająco, aby pomieścić Dziecko do 6 miesiąca 2. Adaptery to fotelika Cybex/Maxi Cosi (to te same adaptery) – aby jadąc na chwilę do lekarza czy sklepu można było zamontować na stelażu nasz fotelik samochodowy 3. Niewielki ciężar – był stosunkowo lekki 4. Siedzisko spacerowe rozkładane na płasko, dodatkowo z możliwością przewożenia dziecka zarówno przodem jak i tyłem, tzw. przekładane siedzisko 5. Prosty, elegancki design Mutsy Evo jest jednym z niewielu modeli wózków typu 2w1, które można dowolnie komponować, a więc dowolnie wybrać i osobno zakupić stelaż, gondolkę i siedzisko spacerowe, w różnych kolorach. Choć my kupiliśmy wózek Mutsy Evo w wersji 2w1 czyli stelaż + gondola + spacerówka, można kupić ten wózek w innej konfiguracji, na przykład sam stelaż + gondola lub sam stelaż + spacerówka. Dlatego postanowiłam osobno zrecenzować ten wózek w wersji głębokiej oraz spacerowej, jako dwa osobne produkty. Stelaż wózka Mutsy Evo W odróżnieniu od pozostałych modeli Mutsy stelaż wózka Evo podczas składania ma konstrukcję łamaną po środku (nie wygląda tak pięknie i nowocześnie jak na przykład model Mutsy Igo, którego stelaż przypomina kształtem literę L) dzięki czemu stelaż po złożeniu zajmuje znacznie mniej miejsca od pozostałych produktów tej marki. Rączka ma regulowaną wysokość, co sprawia, że wózek jest wygodny zarówno dla niskich i wyższych osób, obawiam się, że na prawdę wysoka osoba może przy wysoko podniesionej rączce kopać w hamulec. Hamulec nożny był wygodny, choć aby go odblokować trzeba było podnieść go do góry, a więc w sandałach czy eleganckich czystych bytach czasami trzeba było się namęczyć. Uwielbiam hamulce w wózkach, które zwalnia się również poprzez naciśnięcie podeszwą buta. Rączka wózka wykończona jest jednym z dwóch kolorów skóry, czarnym lub brązowym i w zależności od tego, jaki kolor skóry wybierzemy, odpowiednio mamy dostępne kolory stelaża: brązowa skóra, tzw. wersja Nomad/Industrial: stelaż czarny, srebrny lub ciemnoszary czarna skóra: stelaż czarny lub srebrny Nasz stelaż i skóra były w kolorze czarnym, tapicerka gondoli i spacerówki również czarna. Wózek ma całkiem fajnie amortyzowane tylne koła oraz brak amortyzacji w przednich kołach. Na stelażu standardowo są zamontowane piankowe koła, ale za dopłatą około 260 zł można dokupić tylne koła dmuchane. My nie skorzystaliśmy z tej opcji, aby nie zwiększać ciężaru wózka, uznaliśmy, że skoro te koła można zawsze dokupić, to przeteleksujemy najpierw piankowe i jeśli będziemy mocno niezadowoleni pomyślimy o ich wymianie. Przednie kółka wózka są skrętne, ale można je zablokować – niestety nie można zrobić tego nogą, trzeba użyć rąk, co w deszczowe dni staje się kłopotliwe. Sam wózek prowadzi się wyśmienicie – jest bardzo zwrotny i lekki w prowadzeniu, podbija się również całkiem przyzwoicie. Na stelażu rozwieszony jest otwarty kosz – duży plus za jego spory rozmiar, minus za to, że uważam, iż zawieszony jest zbyt nisko, przez co podczas spaceru piasek wsypuje się do środka, a pod całkiem niewielkim ciężarem potrafi szorować o podłoże, więc trzeba uważać na równomierne rozłożenie przedmiotów w środku. Do każdego wózka można dobrać gondolę lub siedzisko spacerowa w jednym z 10 kolorów: Mutsy Evo wózek głęboki czyli tak zwana gondola Wybierając gondolę wózka kierowałam się jej długością. Z wózka w tej wersji korzystaliśmy przez prawie 7 miesięcy, a więc udało nam się przejechać tak cała zimę i wczesną wiosnę – dokładnie tak jak chciałam. Dzięki temu nie musiałam zbyt wcześnie przekładać Maluszka, który na przykład jeszcze nie siada samodzielnie, do spacerówki oraz zapewnić mu ochronę przed wiatrem, słońcem i deszczem w tym okresie. Osłonka gondoli mogłaby mieć nieco wyższą stójkę, a budka dodatkowy daszek, aby zapewnić ochronę idealną, ale z łatwością radziłam z tym sobie zarzucając na wózek muślinową pieluszkę. Choć nie jest to największa z możliwych gondoli na rynku, nam w zupełności wystarczyła na tak długi okres. Wpływ na to mają także indywidualne rozmiary każdego Dziecka – niektóre Dzieci będą mieściły się w tej gondoli dłużej, a inne krócej. Jak już pisałam, bardzo zależało mi na tym, aby cały wózek zmieścił się w naszym niewielkim bagażniku i Mutsy Evo był jedynym modelem wózka, jaki oglądaliśmy, który w całości czyli stelaż + gondola zmieścił się w naszym bagażniku i to sprawiło, że zostawił konkurencję daleko w tyle. Niewątpliwym atutem jest również wykonanie gondoli, możliwość uprania większości elementów, a szczególnie wnętrza. Na materacyk dokupiliśmy specjalne prześcieradełko, aby prać je bez ściągania oryginalnego pokrowca z materacyka. W komplecie była także poduszka klin, z której zawsze korzystaliśmy. Gondola posiada także dwa systemy jej przenoszenia: uchwyt ukryty w budzie gondoli oraz system pasów mocowanych na specjalne zatrzaski, z którego nigdy nie korzystaliśmy. Gdy wyszliśmy na pierwszy spacer z Dzieckiem po mieście miałam wrażenie, że główka Noworodka nieco podskakuje na nierównościach chodnika, na co wpływ z pewnością miał brak amortyzacji w przednich kołach, dlatego szybko zaopatrzyłam się w poduszkę antywstrząsową, która zupełnie wyeliminowała ten efekt i sprawiła, że nasze zadowolenie z wózka w wersji głębokiej było bardzo duże, spełnił on bowiem wtedy wszystkie nasze wymagania i to za przystępną cenę. Niestety wózek w wersji głębokiej nie posiada w komplecie żadnych dodatkowych akcesoriów jak chociażby folia przeciwdeszczowa, a ich cena w wersji oryginalnej jest dość wysoka. Wózek ten jest do kupienia w sklepie w recenzowanej wersji głębokiej w cenie 1498 zł. Dostępne są pozostałe kombinacje: wersja 2w1 już w cenie 2022 zł, stelaż od 920 zł gondola w cenie od 578 zł siedzisko spacerowe od 524 zł wózek spacerowy od 1444 zł wózek głęboki od 1498 zł Moja ocena wózka Mutsy Evo w wersji głębokiej  to  4,4/ 5. Na tę ocenę składają się: Rozmiar po złożeniu: 5/5 Wygoda prowadzenia: 5/5 Wygoda dla dziecka: 5/5 Wygodna w przenoszeniu: 5/5 Waga: 4/5 Cena: 5/5 Ochrona przed wiatrem/słońcem/deszczem: 3/5 Design: 4/5 Mutsy Evo wózek spacerowy Przy wyborze pierwszego wózka spacerowego kierowałam się tym, aby koniecznie miał możliwość wożenia Dziecka przodem i tyłem do kierunku jazdy, chociaż w moim wypadku powinnam napisać przodem i tyłem do rodzica. Od zawsze lubiłam spacery i wiedziałam, że będę chciała ten czas z Dzieckiem aktywnie wykorzystywać, a dzięki możliwości wożenia Dziecka zarówno przodem jak i tyłem każdorazowo decyduję, czy teraz będziemy mieli ze sobą kontakt. Przyznam, że okazało się to słusznym kryterium – w wieku 15 miesięcy mój Smyk jechał przodem do kierunku jazdy zalewie kilka razy, a pozostałe spacery upływały pod znakiem kontaktu wzrokowego, śmiania, wygłupiania, śpiewania czy opowiadania, albo zwyczajne patrzenie na siebie. Drugim ważnym kryterium dla mnie była możliwość rozłożenia spacerówki na płasko czyli zarówno regulowanego oparcia jak i regulowanego podnóżka, a ten wózek niemal całkowicie się tak rozkładał. Od samego początku spacerówka wydała mi się zbyt mało osłonięta, a budka zbyt mała, ale dopiero codzienne użytkowanie pokazało nam jak bardzo słuszne to były obawy. Okazało się bowiem, że po rozłożeniu spacerówki na płasko budka w ogóle nie osłania Dziecka ani przed deszczem, ani przed wiatrem, ani przed słońcem. Nawet delikatny deszczyk lądował wprost na buzi Dziecka, a w słoneczny Dzień słońce nie schodziło z twarzy Malca, któremu strasznie się to nie podobało.   Dodatkowo siedzisko spacerówki jest montowane bez adapterów, przez co jest ono zawieszone dużo niżej od gondoli, jak dla mnie zbyt nisko, aby mieć bliski i wygodny kontakt z Dzieckiem. Wózek z siedziskiem spacerowym także mniej wygodnie się prowadził i podbijał niż z gondolą. Niestety pasy w spacerówce choć 5-punktowe miały tendencję do odpinania się przy większym wierceniu się Dziecka, co jest dla mnie ogromnym minusem. Ramę wózka w tej wersji można złożyć razem z siedziskiem, jednak tylko w jednej orientacji, nigdy nie pamiętałam czy przodem czy tyłem, zawsze coś mi przeszkadzało, więc po kilku takich nie zawsze udanych próbach zawsze wypinałam siedzisko ze stelaża. Wózek w wersji spacerowej oceniam na 3/5 Na tę ocenę składają się: Rozmiar po złożeniu: 5/5 Wygoda prowadzenia: 4/5 Wygoda dla dziecka: 1/5 Wygodna w przenoszeniu: 4/5 Waga: 3/5 – dość wysoka waga jak na spacerówkę Cena: 3/5 – w tej cenie mamy ogromny wybór innych wózków Ochrona przed wiatrem/słońcem/deszczem: 1/5 Design: 3/5   PODSUMOWANIE Reasumując – Mutsy Evo to idealny wózek głęboki dla osób ceniących prosty design, spacerujących głównie po mieście czy utwardzonych powierzchniach, posiadających mały lub średni miejski samochód w niewielką powierzchnią bagażową. Mutsy Evo to także średnia spacerówka, która w mojej ocenie nie zapewnia nawet dostatecznej ochrony dziecka przed wiatrem, słońcem i deszczem. Dlatego szybko zmieniliśmy ją na inną. Jaką? Przeczytacie w kolejnym poście. Czy polecam wózek Mutsy Evo? Zdecydowanie tak – na pierwsze pół roku życia Dziecka w wersji stelaż + gondola.
- [Kosmetyki dla dzieci, których nie potrzebujesz](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kosmetyki-dla-dzieci-ktorych-nei-potrzebujesz/): Lista konserwantów, emulgatorów i silnie działających substancji powierzchniowo czynnych i innych PEGów wypisanych na opakowaniach kosmetyków w postaci tajemniczych słów jest zwykle zdecydowanie zbyt długa, dlatego podpowiem Ci z czego na start możesz zrezygnować dla zdrowia skóry swojego Dziecka. 1. Mokre chusteczki Możesz zmywać nimi podłogę, umyć stolik i cokolwiek chcesz, ale na co dzień do mycia Dziecka i przewijania naprawdę ich nie potrzebujesz (chyba, że na wielkie wyjścia). Niestety, ale na oko jakieś 95% dostępnych na rynku chusteczek nie jest warte naszych zakupów, zawierają zbyt wiele szkodliwej chemii. Idealnie zastąpisz je flaszką wody i wacikami. Do buzi, do pupy, do wszystkiego. Świeżo i zdrowo. 2. Płyn do kąpieli oraz szampon do włosów Jeśli w domu masz noworodka czy kilkumiesięczne niemowlę do mycia wystarczy czysta woda. Samej zajęło mi sporo czasu przekonanie się, że to naprawdę wystarczy, a Dzidziuś pachniał świeżością jak nigdy dotąd. Żadne noł mor tirs, żadne sodium laureth sulfate, nic z tych rzeczy nie jest Wam absolutnie potrzebne. Oczywiście nie mówię o starszych dzieciach, które już dotykają wszystko i wszędzie, bawią się w piasku, po prostu się brudzą, ale i tutaj warto wybrać rzeczywiście najdelikatniejsze kosmetyki, samemu sprawdzić ich skład, a nie ufać reklamom, otrzymanym próbkom i uśmiechniętym bobasom w tv czy na opakowaniu. 3. Balsam oraz oliwka do ciała Jeśli do kąpieli nie wlejesz detergentu albo użyjesz tego najdelikatniejszego, nie zmyjesz najlepszej, naturalnej bariery hydrolipidowej ze skóry dziecka, tak więc nie będziesz musiała jej uzupełniać. Skóra będzie zdrowa, natłuszczona, zbilansowana. Tak po prostu! Natura naprawdę wie co robić. Od wieków. Co więcej, jeśli od urodzenia będziesz bez potrzeby natłuszczała czy nawilżała skórę Noworodka, to wyślesz jej informację – nie musisz troszczyć się o siebie, nie musisz sama się natłuszczać i nawilżać, gdyż otrzymujesz to z zewnątrz. A skóra nasza, jak z resztą cały organizm, lubi się rozleniwiać. A więc zapamiętaj, że skóry zdrowego dziecka nie trzeba nawilżać, balsamować, maziać. Tak po prostu. A jeśli skóra Twojego Maluszka okaże się kłopotliwa, sięgnij na przykład po olej kokosowy, najlepiej nierafinowany, tłoczony na zimno – taki sam, który powinien znaleźć się w każdej kuchni. Nie masz kokosowego – wypróbuj lniany (my spożywamy go codziennie na wzmocnienie organizmu). I na koniec złota rada: nie musisz zgadzać się na kąpiel dziecka po porodzie w szpitalu, wystarczy powiedzieć, że nie chcesz kąpać, nawet gdy nikt o to nie pyta. Naturalna maź płodowa (jakkolwiek okropnie to brzmi), która jest na skórce takiego Noworodka to najcenniejsze co możesz dać jego skórze. Wystarczy co wieczór delikatnie rozsmarowywać ją na całym ciele, a dopiero po tygodniu czy dwóch zacząć kąpać Maluszka w czystej wodzie.   Czy zwariowałam? Chyba nie. Moja lista wyprawowa była całkiem długa także w temacie kosmetyków, ale najpiękniejszą skórę mój Maluszek miał, jak przestałam wydawać pieniądze na te wszystkie zbędne chemikalia. Poradziła mi to cudowna Pani Doktor, gdy używając najlepszych na rynku kosmetyków wciąż mieliśmy przesuszoną skórę. Nawet atopową. A ja wiecie co? Bałam się to wszystko odstawić. Bałam się, że zaszkodzę Dziecku, rezygnując z tych wszystkich kosmetyków w wersji BABY. Odstawiałam więc stopniowo, najpierw co trzecią kąpiel myłam czystą wodą, później co drugą, aż odważyłam się odstawić wszystko na amen (smarować tylko przesuszenia do czasu ich ustąpienia) i z czasem skóra sama wróciła do równowagi.   Jeśli będę mogła mieć kiedyś drugie Dziecko, postaram się po prostu tej równowagi za szybko mu nie zachwiać, czego wszystkim Dzieciom życzę. Jeśli tekst Ci się podobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Jak uszyć spodnie ciążowe? - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/diy-jak-samemu-zrobic-spodnie-ciazowe/): Spodnie dość szybko zaczęły mnie zwyczajnie cisnąć w pasie. Zaczęło się rozpinanie guzika przy siadaniu, zastanawianie się, czy już pora na spodnie ciążowe i właściwie jaki jest właściwy moment na ich zakup. Dodatkowo wizja zakupu kilku par nowych spodni na kilka miesięcy oraz odstawienie spodni, które dziś świetnie na mnie leżą na półkę „nie wiadomo czy jeszcze kiedyś założę” wydała mi się nienajlepsza. Postanowiłam więc przerobić swoje obecne spodnie na ciążowe, które łatwo będą dostosowywały się do szybko rosnącego brzuszka, oszczędzając przy tym sporo pieniędzy, gdyż zamiast kupić 2-3 pary nowych spodni, na przerobienie jednej pary tych, które już posiadam wydałam niecałe 40 zł. Czego potrzebowałam: 1. Spodni, które nosiłam do tej pory Wybór padł na jedne z moich ulubionych spodni marki Stradivarius, które mam w dwóch kolorach. Koszt: 0,00 zł   2. Koszulki Udałam się do H&M i kupiłam basicową koszulkę w kolorze najbardziej zbliżonym do koloru spodni, które zdecydowałam się przerobić. Koszt: 19,99 zł 3. Krawcowej – opcjonalnie Spodnie i koszulkę zaniosłam do krawcowej, która odpruła ze spodni pasek (zostawiając zamek, kieszenie z przodu i z tyłu) i w to miejsce wszyła około 20 cm koszulki (podwójnie złożony materiał), dzięki czemu zyskałam wygodne, ulubione spodnie ciążowe.  Wartością dodaną jest także to, że gdy przestaną mi być potrzebne, krawcowa bez problemu przywróci je do poprzedniej wersji. Koszt: 20,00 zł. Łączny koszt przerobienia spodni: 39,99 zł   Jeśli tylko macie zdolności do szycia, możecie zmniejszyć ten koszt aż o połowę, rezygnując z krawcowej. 4. Efekt końcowy Jak Wam się podoba? Macie ochotę przerobić jakieś swoje spodnie czy zdecydujecie się na zakup nowych?
- [Elementarz Stylu - Katarzyna Tusk | Recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/elementarz-stylu-kasia-tusk-recenzja/): Ubrania nie mieszczą Ci się w szafie, a Ty znów nie masz co na siebie włożyć? Nic do siebie nie pasuje? Nie masz stroju na każdą okazję? A co najważniejsze – nie wiesz jak to wszystko wypracować? Ta książka jest dla Ciebie!   Elementarz Stylu to poradnik, który czyta się jednym tchem. Cudownie oprawiony, pięknie wydany, samo posiadanie tej książki jest niebywałą przyjemnością. Środek na pewno Cię nie rozczaruje – miks porad i pięknych, cudownych zdjęć tworzy na prawdę przyjemną całość. Dla kogo?   Przewodnik po stylu jest książką dla każdego, kto nie lubi swojej szafy.   Dodatkowo, w życiu jest wiele momentów zwrotnych, w których decydujemy się na zmianę garderoby i ta książka będzie w nich niezwykle pomocna. Pójście na studia, rozpoczęcie pracy, zostanie Mamą, powrót do pracy, czy nawet jej zmiana. Dzięki Elementarzowi zmiany w szafie wprowadzisz z bez problemu, dołożysz do niej elementy, które będą współgrały z tym co już w niej masz. Uporządkuj szafę!   Od miesięcy planowałam generalne porządki w szafie, nie raz już takie robiłam, ale zawsze stając przed trudnymi decyzjami o pozbyciu się ubrań znajdowałam wymówki – tym razem na prawdę schudnę! ta bluzka była taka droga, a ta będzie dobra jeśli jednak przytyję… W efekcie pomimo porządków szafę pełną ubrań, a co druga rzecz, którą z niej wyciągam na mnie nie pasuje. Wyszykowanie się zajmuje mi więc zdecydowanie za dużo czasu. Jeśli masz podobnie, Kasia przeprowadzi Cię przez porządki w szafie, a co więcej – maksymalnie Cię do nich zmotywuje, ja już nie mogę się doczekać tej przejrzystości, która w niej zapanuje. Stwórz bazę   Po czystkach w szafie Kasia fantastycznie podpowiada jak uzupełnić garderobę o klasyczne modele ubrań w neutralnych kolorach, aby z łatwością móc tworzyć z nich zestawy na każdą okazję. Kolory   Kasia przeprowadzi Cię także przez kolorowy zawrót głowy i wytłumaczy, jak łatwo posługiwać się kluczowymi kolorami, które pasują niemal każdemu. Diabeł tkwi w szczegółach   Kasia pokaże Ci jak ważne, aby bielizna się nie odciskała, spodnie nie były za długie, a płaszcz za krótki. To niby szczegóły, ale zobaczysz, jak ogromny wpływ mają na Twój wizerunek. Szybki wybór i gotowe zestawy   Prosty i klasyczny strój zawsze robi dobre wrażenie, dowiesz się jak idealnie skomponować go na każdy dzień! Porada o tym, aby strój danego dnia zacząć kompletować od butów już zrewolucjonizowała moje życie! Co, gdzie i kiedy   Jeśli nie jesteś mistrzynią w ubieraniu się stosownie do okazji dowiesz się, jakie stroje są odpowiednie na jakie wyjścia i już nigdy do Cioci na imieniny nie będziesz chciała ubrać się jak na weekend za miastem.   Mediolan, Nowy York, Paryż, Londyn…   Jeśli do tej pory nie interesowałaś się modą teraz poznasz cztery różne style stolic mody, by świadomie zdecydować jakie elementy garderoby zaprosić do swojej szafy, gdyż warto podkreślić, że aby zbudować swój własny styl nie możesz ograniczyć się tylko do bazy. Ta część książki może być dla Ciebie motywacją, aby po jej przeczytaniu stylu poszukać już na własną rękę. Dobrych lekcji nigdy za wiele   Choć wiele z zamieszczonych w tej książce porad może Ci się wydawać oczywistych – w końcu nie żyjesz na tym świecie od dzisiaj, uważam, że w zabieganym świecie nie zaszkodzi sobie o wszystko przypomnieć, dlatego nie obrażam się na czytanie o cielistej bieliźnie czy czystych butach. Elementarz Stylu na co dzień   Ubrania mają Ci w życiu pomagać a nie przeszkadzać. Jestem pewna, że już w trakcie czytania tej książki będziesz chciała wprowadzać zmiany w swojej szafie, a jeśli po przeczytaniu tej książki nie odłożysz jej na półkę tylko potraktujesz ją jak dobrą przyjaciółkę, która pomoże Ci w metamorfozie szafy i Twojego wizerunku, nigdy więcej nie powiesz, że nie masz się w co ubrać, staniesz się pewniejsza siebie i bardziej zadowolona z życia. Będziesz wydawać mniej, a wyglądać lepiej. Czy to nie cudowne?   Kto z Was ma ochotę na lekturę i zmiany w szafie? A może już jesteście po? PS1 Książka z 15 zł rabatem dostępna jest tutaj.
- [Radzka radzi - Tobie dobrze w tym | Recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/radzka-radzi-recenzja/): „Radzka radzi. Tobie dobrze w tym!” Youtuberki Magdaleny Kanoniak jak już sam tytuł wskazuje to poradnik. Czy Ci się spodoba?   Jeśli nie jesteś pewna, jaki jest Twój typ sylwetki ani jakie fasony ubrań powinnaś nosić, które kolory Ci sprzyjają, a które wzory tkanin na jakich ubraniach powinnaś wyeliminować to tak, ta książka jest właśnie dla Ciebie!   Analiza kolorystyczna W swojej książce Radzka zafunduje Ci prostą, ale zupełnie wystarczającą analizę kolorystyczną, która raz na zawsze rozwieje Twoje wątpliwości wobec tego, jaką porą roku jesteś i jakie kolory powinnaś nosić, a co najważniejsze… gdzie.   Znaczenie kolorów Radzka opowie Ci jakie znaczenie i jakie emocje wywołują u innych kolory, które masz na sobie. Dowiesz się, które wybrać, aby wyglądać profesjonalnie, które gdy chcesz zwrócić na siebie uwagę, dzięki którym wzbudzisz zaufanie, a które sprawią, że będziesz postrzegana jako osoba melancholijna i uczuciowa albo wtopisz się w tłum.   Historia mody W pigułce poznasz historię mody XX i XI wieku, a dzięki fantastycznym grafikom zrozumiesz modową ewolucję. Dowiesz się czym charakteryzowała się „belle epoque” i jak kobiecy strój zmieniał od tamtych czasów od gorsetów, przez chłopięce sylwetki, bardzo kobiece kształty, mini, damskie smokingi, dzieci kwiaty, kicz, minimalizm, aż do dziś… czasów dowolnego kreowania własnego wizerunku.   Ściąga Jeśli z modą bywasz na bakier, nie wiesz skąd wywodzi się trencz, jak wygląda torebka speedy czy 2.55, dlaczego tak bardzo popularne są dzisiaj trapez bags i czy czerwone podeszwy to znak objęty ochroną patentową…   Poradnik sylwetkowy Najobszerniejsza część książki, a bez wątpienia najważniejsza. Gruszka, klepsydra, modelkowa czy jabłko? Wiesz jaka jest Twoja sylwetka? A co więcej – czy wiesz jak ukryć jej mankamenty a jak podkreślić walory? Kiedy warto podwinąć rękawy, a kiedy rozpiąć marynarkę? Z Radzką stworzysz listę ubrań, którą musisz mieć i listę ubrań, które od dzisiaj będziesz bezwzględnie unikać na sklepowych wieszakach. I wyrzucisz ze swojej szafy, ewentualnie przerobisz.   Mity Czy paski zawsze pogrubiają a czarny wyszczupla? Z tymi oraz innymi modowymi powiedzonkami Radzka rozprawia się fantastycznie!   Dress code Chcesz dobrze wypaść bez względu na to czym się zajmujesz? Radzka zdradzi Ci tajniki dess code’u: business formal, business casual czy smart casual (czyli styl idealny dla Konsultanta Ślubnego) nie będą miały przed Tobą tajemnic, a Ty stosując się do tych zasad będziesz wyglądała idealnie w każdej zawodowej sytuacji.   Włókna Na koniec dowiesz się dlaczego warto czytać metki i jakie praktyczne informacje ze sobą niosą. Poznasz także kilka sposobów na robienie zakupów on-line.   Zdjęcia i grafika A to wszystko Radzka pokazała na konkretnych przykładach – książka pełna jest zdjęć i ilustracji, przede wszystkim ubrań odpowiednich dla każdej sylwetki, abyś nie miała żadnych wątpliwości czy dobrze rozumiesz co autor miał na myśli. Coś czułam, że „Radzka radzi” to poradnik, który po prostu warto mieć na półce, więc wybrałam tę w twardej oprawie.   Jeśli chcesz dobrze wyglądać (a wiem, że chcesz!), ale wciąż nie wiesz jakie fasony ubrań Ci służą, a które robią Ci krzywdę, masz problemy ze skomponowaniem garderoby idealnej, w które ubrania warto zainwestować i jak je dobrać do siebie, a do tego nie wiesz jak wygląda najpopularniejsza „szanelka” lub pod białą bluzkę nosisz biały stanik to tak… już wiesz, że ta książka została napisana dla Ciebie! A kupisz ją tutaj z 30% rabatem.   A tu znajdziesz moje pozostałe posty z kategorii moda.
- [Obierz kierunek na trencz](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-wybrac-idealny-trencz/): Marzy Ci się mocno uniwersalny płaszcz, który będzie idealnym dopełnieniem wiosennych stylizacji? Postaw na trencz!   Wybierając swój idealny trencz pamiętaj o dwóch wymaganiach, jakie Twój trencz musi: Wpasowywać się w Twój typ kolorystyczny Masz ciepły czy zimny typ urody? Ja jestem typową zimą. Skąd to wiem? Jak spojrzę na moje nadgarstki to żyły biegnące bezpośrednio pod skórą mają niebieskawy kolor, jeśli Twoje również, także będzie Ci dobrze w chłodnych odcieniach, a jeśli ich zabarwienie jest zielonkawe, Twój typ kolorystyczny jest ciepły. Dlatego taki też powinien być odcień Twojego trencza. Uzupełniać Twój rodzaj sylwetki To już dłuższy temat, ale pamiętaj, że zawsze musisz dążyć do tego, aby Twoja sylwetka była w równowadze,czyli aby ramiona miały szerokość bioder.   Tak więc jeśli jesteś szersza w biodrach niż w ramionach, wybierz płaszcz z pagonami lub szerokim kołnierzem, najlepiej dwurzędowy, który optycznie poszerzy Cię u góry, przywracając Twojej sylwetce równowagę.   Jeśli to w ramionach Twoja sylwetka jest najszersza i kształtem przypomina odwrócony trójkąt – postaw na płaszcz jednorzędowy lub bez guzików, ale z rozkloszowanym dołem czy nawet z baskinką.   Jeśli Twoja figura to klasyczna klepsydra po prostu tego nie zepsuj i dobierz płaszcz, który podkreśli idealne proporcje. A długość?   Zastanów się jakie spódnice i sukienki nosisz najczęściej – idealny trencz nie powinien być krótszy niż 1-2 centymetry od nich.   A zanim wybierzesz się na zakupy, przygotowałam dla Ciebie mały przegląd tego, co możesz znaleźć w popularnych sklepach.   Trencz bez guzików Zalando VILA, | Zalando mint&berry | H&M | H&M | Zalando WALLIS | MANGO MANGO | Zalando mint&berry | Mango | Zalando Vero Moda | Mango | H&M Trencze dwurzędowe ZARA | H&M | ZARA | MANGO | ZARA Mango| H&M | Zalando mint&berry | Zalando New Look | ZARA   A Ty masz już swój idealny trencz? Ja koniecznie muszę się udać na zakupy!
- [Torebka minimalistki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torebka-minimalistki/): Im większa torebka tym większy bałagan. Znasz to?   Odkąd pamiętam moje torby/torebki/plecaki były wielkie. Przy ich wyborze stawiałam na niezliczoną liczbę kieszonek, zameczków, przegródek, aby wszystko perfekcyjnie w nich poukładać, a na koniec i tak nie móc niczego znaleźć. Wszystko zmieniło się, gdy dostałam od męża malutką, czarną torebkę…   Nie mieścił się w niej nawet mój dotychczasowy portfel wypchany kartami, paragonami, kwitkami z pralni czy kwitami parkingowymi oraz niezliczoną ilością potwierdzeń płatności kartą. Nie było miejsca na kosmetyczkę, zapasowe długopisy czy perfumy. Nie mieścił się do tego mój pęk kluczy z breloczkiem większym od samego pęku.   Dopóki nosiłam wielkie torebki w ogóle nie zastanawiałam się nad optymalizacją tego, co do nich wrzucam, a wręcz przeciwnie – im więcej zdołałam do takiej torebki napchać, tym większe (złudne) poczucie bezpieczeństwa miałam.   Pierwsze zbuntował się mój kręgosłup. Już po kilkunastu  minutach spaceru z ciężką torebką mięśnie napinały  mi się tak mocno, że uciskały na zrotowany w tym miejscu kręgosłup, ból był tak ogromny, że nie obyło się bez rehabilitacji i masaży zbolałego barku. Prezent od Męża w postali maleńkiej torebki zdawał się być wybawieniem, aby jednak się do niej zmieścić byłam zmuszona poważnie odchudzić swój codzienny bagaż.   1. Portfel Karty lojalnościowe Liczyłaś kiedyś ile kart zniżkowych czy lojalnościowych albo takich do zbierania punktów posiadasz w swoim portfelu? Moje już się w nim nie mieściły, więc zainwestowałam w dodatkowy kartownik do ich noszenia, ale wciąż musiałam z niektórych rezygnować. I tak zwykle gdy chciałam coś kupić w sklepie, który odwiedzam raz na pół roku konkretnej karty akurat nie miałam. Wtedy mój Mąż znalazł dla mnie idealne rozwiązanie. Beep’nGo to darmowa aplikacja na telefon, do której zeskanowałam wszystkie swoje karty lojalnościowe. Co więcej, daje ona możliwość zbierania punktów razem z Mamą, Siostrą, Mężem czy Przyjaciółką, co często oznacza jeszcze większe rabaty dla wszystkich. Na przykład aby mieć 10% rabat na zakupy dla Dzieci w sklepach Rossmann trzeba robić w nich zakupy dla Dzieci minimum dwa razy w miesiącu.  Do tej pory ja miałam jedną kartę, Wojtek drugą i żadnych sensownych rabatów nie udawało nam się uzyskać. Teraz każdy z nas ma tę samą kartę w telefonie, punkty zbieramy razem i w końcu ma to sens. Aplikację możesz pobrać tutaj. Karty płatnicze Prywatne konto z kartą, oszczędnościowego konto z kartą, firmowe konto z kartą, drugie firmowe z kartą, karta kredytowa, karta… Tutaj również poszłam po rozum do głowy i zamknęłam wszystkie zbędne rachunki i podpięte do nich karty, a oszczędności zaczęła zbierać na lokatach, gdzie choć zarabiają grosze, są naprawdę bezpieczne przed zakupowym szaleństwem 😉 o wiele trudniej jest dokonać zakupu, gdy muszę zerwać lokatę, niż zapłacić kartą podpiętą do konta oszczędnościowego. Paragony, pokwitowania płatności Zadałam sobie szczere pytanie – jak często na koniec miesiąca sprawdzam, czy mój  rachunek bankowy został prawidłowo obciążony zgodnie ze wszystkimi zebranymi potwierdzeniami? Hm… no właśnie. Wcale. Więc wprowadziłam nową zasadę – do płatności poniżej 50 zł wcale nie zabieram potwierdzeń bo wiem, że nigdy tego nie sprawdzam. Do większych kwot zbieram, ale odkąd nie mam wielkiego portfela i miliona przegródek na ich przechowywanie, muszę bardzo często je przeglądać. Dodatkowo w salonie zaraz przy wejściu zrobiliśmy specjalną szufladę na paragony i potwierdzenia, gdzie trafiają wszystkie te papierki. Nie porządkuję ich już tak często jak kiedyś,  nie układam w osobnych przegródkach organizera, jak coś kupiłam w ciągu 2 lat na pewno kwitek będzie tam i odszukanie go w razie potrzeby zajmuje mi o wiele mniej czasu niż segregowanie i opisywanie wszystkiego jak kiedyś. Dowód rejestracyjny Samochodu użytkuję na spółkę z Mężem, więc dowód osobisty trzymamy w cieniutkim etui, które zmieści się na prawdę wszędzie i zabieram je tylko, gdy go potrzebuję. Kwitki do pralni i inne papiery Mam nowy zwyczaj – ogromnej ilości kwitków przed włożeniem do portfela robię zdjęcie, a papierek wyrzucam. Aby mieć pewność, że taki dowód jest wystarczający zawsze przy otrzymaniu kwitka pytam się Pani w sklepie, czy zaakceptuje taką formę. Zawsze akceptuje.   2. Klucze Ciężki temat. Czy serio muszę nosić ze sobą klucze do siebie, do Mamy, do Teściowej, do magazynku, do szafek na dokumenty, do samochodu, wszystkie piloty, scyzoryki (słynę z tego, że zawsze mam jeden przy sobie), smyczki i breloczki? Zafundowałam kluczom więc poważne odchudzanie i wszystkie klucze, piloty i gadżety rozdysponowałam odpowiednio na siebie, męża, samochód i inne lokalizacje. Uff… A jeśli przed Wami wybór zamków do drzwi to warto przemyśleć technologię  „one key” – wszystkie zamki otworzycie tym samym kluczem. Wykonuje się je na zamówienie i są to jedne z najtrudniej podrabialnych zamków na świecie.   3. Kosmetyki Jak często poprawiam makijaż w ciągu dnia? W biurze – nigdy. Na imprezie – czasami, tylko musiałabym znów na nie zacząć chodzić. Jak często używam perfum w ciągu dnia? Nigdy! Sama nie przepadam, jak ktoś tak robi i przesiąka swoim zapachem całe otoczenie. Dlatego w mojej torebce znajdę dziś co najwyżej błyszczyk i puder matujący.   4. Damska torebka to nie torba na laptopa Nauczyłam się odróżniać także damską torebkę od torby na laptopa. To, że pracuję na laptopie nie oznacza przecież, że wszędzie muszę nosić go ze sobą, albo wszędzie taszczyć ze sobą wielką i ciężką torebkę. Dlatego moja damska osobista torebka nie jest torbą do pracy. Nie znajdziesz w niej laptopa, myszki, ładowarki, organizera czy sterty wizytówek. Kilka mam zawsze w portfelu, tak samo jak malutki i leciutki długopis. W telefonie mam kalendarz, dzięki któremu na szybko jestem w stanie sprawdzić moją listę zadań i wszystkie ważne spotkania (więcej na temat mojej organizacji przeczytasz tutaj). Dzięki temu jeśli po pracy wyskakuję na kawę z koleżanką, spacer z dzieckiem czy jadę na zakupy – zabieram ze sobą tylko osobistą torebkę, nie muszę niczego przepakowywać, wypakowywać, niczego więc nie zapomnę. A tak wygląda moja torebka minimalistki z całym wyposażeniem – spokojnie zmieści się tam jeszcze puder matujący, który noszę na dłuższe wyjścia. I co najważniejsze – nie da się w niej zrobić bałaganu, I jak, masz ochotę na mały porządek? Jestem ogromnie ciekawa jak bardzo Ty jesteś w stanie odchudzić swoją torebkę. Jeśli tekst Ci się podobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Pieluchy ekologiczne - jak wybrać najlepsze i czy w ogóle warto?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pieluszki-ekologiczne/): O pieluchach ekologicznych robi się ostatnio coraz głośniej, tak samo jak o… szkodliwości zwykłych pieluszek jednorazowych dostępnych na rynku. Jak to jest w rzeczywistości? Czy różnica naprawdę jest tak odczuwalna?   Na naszym rynku na obecną chwilę można znaleźć przynajmniej kilkanaście pieluchowych marek, a każda z nich chwali się, że ich produkty są „najlepsze” i „jedyne takie”. Ja testowałam już chyba wszystkie, także te ekologiczne. Czym się różnią?     Co może znajdować się w jednorazowych pieluszkach? Pamiętajmy, że większość maluszków ma kontakt z pieluchą jednorazową niemal 24 godziny na dobę – warto zwrócić uwagę na to, co ma nieustanny kontakt nie tylko ze skórą, ale i z błonami śluzowymi naszego dziecka. Co to oznacza w praktyce? Skoro dbamy o to, w jakim proszku czy płynie pierzemy dziecięce ubranka, tym bardziej powinniśmy zainteresować się tym, z czym kontakt mają skóra i błony śluzowe naszego Dziecka, bowiem każda substancja chemiczna może przeniknąć przez nie w głąb jego ciała. Możesz być zaskoczona, ile ich jest w zwykłych pieluchach jednorazowych…   Dioksyny – większość dostępnych na rynku pieluch jednorazowych jest wybielanych chlorem, co sprawia, że na pieluszce pozostają śladowe ilości dioksyn. Światowa Organizacja Zdrowia podaje dioksyny jako „trwałe zanieczyszczenia środowiska”, które może skutkować szeregiem bardziej lub mniej poważnych problemów zdrowotnych, w tym nawet opóźnienia rozwojowe, uszkodzenie odporności, zaburzenia hormonalne czy niektóre nowotwory.   Lotne związki organiczne (VOCs, ang. volatile organic compounds) – wiele jednorazowych pieluch uwalnia LZO typu etylobenzen, toluen i ksylen. Według EPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency) niektóre z LZO mogą powodować nowotwory, zaś inne – problemy neurologiczne, podrażnienie oczu i zmniejszoną odporność.   Poliakrylan sodu (sodium polyacrylate, SAP) – znacie zapewne te drobinki pochłaniające wilgoć w pieluszkach jednorazowych – są wykonane właśnie z poliakrylanu sodu. Po zastosowaniu w tamponach SAP był odpowiedzialny za przypadki zespołu wstrząsu toksycznego u wielu kobiet i dziewcząt. SAP drażni również skórę i może powodować infekcje.   Alternatywy dla zwykłych pieluszek jednorazowych   1. Pieluchy z tkanin – czyli pieluszki tetrowe, z których my wyrosłyśmy. Bezpieczne zarówno dla dziecka, jak i dla środowiska, a na dodatek mają mnóstwo zastosowań – od kocyka do przytulenia przed snem, poprzez pieluszkę, aż po… szmatkę do mycia podłogi – oczywiście tylko wtedy, gdy jest zbyt zniszczona, by służyła naszemu dziecku. Owijane w tradycyjny sposób, lub…   2. Wodoodporne pieluchy/ kieszonki/ otulacze na pieluchy, zapinane na rzepy czy zatrzaski – wystarczy zakupić kilka i po prostu wymieniać chłonne wkładki, np. z tradycyjnej, wspomnianej wyżej bawełnianej pieluszki lub z bambusowej.   3. Pieluchy ekologiczne – w moim filmiku z wyprawką do szpitala pokazałam Wam pierwsze pieluchy ekologiczne, jakie testowałam – dostałam je w prezencie od Przyjaciółki, przywiozła mi je ze Stanów – to marka Honest, niestety niedostępna w Polsce. Wtedy zaczęłam szukać ich odpowiednika w Polsce.     Jakie pieluszki jednorazowe wybrać? Z pewnością takie z najkrótszym składem – o ile jest podany, bo niestety często na opakowaniu producent nie umieszcza takiej informacji.   Po drugie, jednorazowe pieluchy nie muszą być nasączane zapachami czy ekstraktami – nigdy nie możemy mieć pewności, jaki mogą mieć wpływ na delikatną skórę (a także drogi oddechowe) naszego dziecka. Mogą powodować wysypkę czy zawroty głowy. A zapach zawartości pieluszki – jaki by on nie był – wytrzymamy. Sama pamiętam, jak w ciąży kupiłam pierwsze, tak bardzo reklamowane i popularne, po prostu „najlepsze” pieluchy jednorazowe i poukładałam je na półkach przewijaka – zapach był tak intensywny, że w ciąży nie mogłam kilka dni przebywać w pokoju dziecka.   Po trzecie, niezwykle ważne jest, by pieluchy jednorazowe nie były wybielane chlorem. Żadna chemia, która mogłaby mieć kontakt ze skórą dziecka, nie jest mu potrzebna. Z tego samego powodu może nie warto wybierać pieluszek super extra chłonnych – im mniej zawierają środka absorbującego wilgoć (wspomniany wyżej poliakrylan sodu), tym lepiej.     Jakie pieluchy dla noworodka? I każdego dziecka? Już wiemy, że pieluszki jednorazowe nie powinny zawierać szkodliwych substancji. A z czego powinny być wykonane?   Pieluchy ekologiczne powinny być wykonane z przepuszczającego powietrze tworzywa, a mimo to zapewniać szybkie wchłanianie wilgoci, by dziecku nie groziły odparzenia.     Jaka marka dostępna na polskim rynku spełnia te warunki? Ekologiczne pieluszki jednorazowe Bambo Nature uznałam za ekologiczne ze względu na naturalny skład – to pulpa drzewna – dzięki niemu nie szkodzą, a także łagodzą objawy zapalenia skóry u dziecka. Nie zawierają również alergenów czy perfum – bo po co? Ponadto bielone są nie chlorem, a wodą utlenioną – kolejny plus!       Ekologiczne… czy na pewno? Z pewnością podczas spacerów po lesie czy gdzieś przy drodze spotkałaś się z nieprzyjemnym widokiem zużytej pieluchy. Czy wiesz, że rozkład takiej zwykłej pieluchy jednorazowej może trwać nawet 1000 lat i spowodować emisję gazów cieplarnianych? Świadomie kupuję więc pieluszki ekologiczne bezpieczne dla środowiska, gdyż nie są foliowe, a wyprodukowane z pulpy drzewnej. Dodatkowo mogą pochwalić się certyfikatem „Nordic Ecolabel” oraz oznaczeniem „EU Flower”. Pieluszki ekologiczne – te, które nie są wyprodukowane z folii czy plastiku – mają jeszcze jeden ogromny plus: nie przegrzewają jąderek małych chłopców, dzięki czemu już na etapie noworodkowo-niemowlęcym zapobiegamy problemom z płodnością w przyszłości!   A wiesz z czego zwykle produkowane są zwykłe pieluszki? Z plastiku, z takiego samego, z którego produkowane są… doniczki! Odpady produkcyjne z doniczek (jedna taka fabryka stoi niedaleko mojego domu) przerabiane są właśnie na pieluchy! P   Pieluszki Bambo Nature nie mają intensywnego, chemicznego zapachu, nie powodują odparzeń jak wiele zwykłych pieluszek (pod warunkiem, że Maluch sam nie cierpi na kwaśne kupki, które to często są przyczyną odparzeń) i są odczuwalnie cieńsze, więc też wygodniejsze dla dziecka, a mimo to chłonne. W głowie mam jednak cały czas tę świadomość, że nie są one szkodliwe zarówno dla skóry mojego dziecka – a to jest przecież najważniejsze, jak i dla świata, w którym przyjdzie mu żyć.   Pieluszki ekologiczne mają też jeden minus – są droższe niż zwykłe, kosztują od 83 groszy za sztukę (w zależności od rozmiaru) co według mnie może być jedyną barierą przed ich kupowaniem. Możesz powiedzieć, że przepłacam, ale ja myślę, że inwestuję – w zdrowie Dziecka i Świata. Kupuję je tutaj.   PS Mam też dla Ciebie super pomysł na jedną z najfajniejszych zabaw dla niemowlaka i to w duchu Montessori, do której potrzebujesz tylko koszyka i pieluszek. Maksymilian uwielbia.   A z jakich pieluszek Ty korzystasz? Czy myślisz, że spróbujesz pieluszek ekologicznych? A może próbowałaś pieluszek wielorazowych?
- [Sukienki ciążowe, które uwielbiam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sukienki-ciazowe/): Sukienki ciążowe to mój ulubiony element ciążowej garderoby. Będąc w ciąży, spędziłam sporo czasu na poszukiwaniach właśnie sukienek ciążowych, w których czułam się ładnie i swobodnie. Wybór na rynku wcale nie jest taki duży, bo pamiętajmy: odzież ciążowa to nie jest ta sama tylko w rozmiarze XXL. To specjalnie zaprojektowane kroje, które odpowiednio podkreślą ten cudowny stan. Poznaj moje ulubione sukienki ciążowe!   Szczęśliwie udało mi się znaleźć kilka fasonów, w których czułam się dobrze i ładnie. A dziś przygotowałam dla Ciebie kilka podobnych propozycji, dostępnych w sklepach w tym roku, idealnych na rozpoczynający się letni sezon – wszystkie propozycje sukienek ciążowych znalazłam tutaj, a jeszcze rok temu w poszukiwaniu podobnych fasonów musiałam godzinami przeszukiwać Internet i Instagram.   Na co zwracałam uwagę przy wyborze sukienki ciążowej?   Przede wszystkim na komfort. Ciąża to piękny stan, ale i nieco dokuczliwy. Tu uciska, tu boli, a do tego te puchnące nogi!   Po drugie na to, aby starczyły nie tylko na całą ciąże, ale służyły mi także w połogu – w niektórych chodzę nawet niemal rok po porodzie!   Paski? Koniecznie!   Choć zgodnie ze wszystkimi zasadami, poziome linie pogrubiają, nadzwyczaj dobrze i szczupło czułam się w sukience właśnie w paski, które dodatkowo świetnie kryją boczki. A te w długości maxi na dodatek pozwolę ukryć opuchnięte nogi! Same plusy.       Sukienki maxi   W ciąży unikałam słońca, sukienka maxi zarówno zapewniała mi ochronę przed promieniami, jak i komfort, ukrywając spuchnięte nogi. Nie wiedziałam co na siebie włożyć, jaka będzie pogoda? Długa sukienka była dla mnie zawsze dobrą odpowiedzią.       Sukienki ciążowe do karmienia   Wybierając sukienkę ciążową, warto zawsze zwrócić uwagę, czy łatwo ją odsunąć, czy odpina się lub odwiązuje przy piersi. Jeśli tak, przyda Ci się na dłużej, stając się po porodzie wygodną sukienką do karmienia piersią. Choć są kobiety, które z porodówki wychodzą w jeansach sprzed ciąży, ja każdorazowo wybierałam dla siebie lekkie i wygodne ciążowe ubrania jeszcze przez kilka dobrych tygodni, a dzięki tej funkcji sukienki zyskiwały drugie życie.     Jeśli chcesz nieco ukryć ciążowy brzuszek…   Świetnie sprawdzą się ciemne kolory, czerń czy granat. Stojąc bokiem, brzuszka nie ukryjesz, ale gdy ktoś będzie patrzył na Ciebie z przodu, może nie zauważyć Twojego stanu. Sama miałam taką sytuację w dziewiątym miesiącu ciąży, kilka dni przed porodem, gdy miałam ubraną ciemną sukienkę i zajęłam miejsce siedzące, a ktoś chciał mnie z niego wyprosić… 😉   Jestem pewna, że podobny efekt uzyskasz w każdej z tych propozycji, a jeśli chcesz sprawić, aby brzuszek się „pojawił” – wystarczy, że ułożysz jedną rękę nad a drugą pod nim, pięknie go podkreślając:       Sukienki na ślub   Oczywiście po suknię ślubną możemy udać się od razu do salonu sukien ślubnych, natomiast jeśli planujemy skromny ślub, szczególnie by zorganizować większą uroczystość po narodzinach Dziecka, warto poszukać odpowiedniej sukienki w zwykłym sklepie za kilkaset złotych. Romantycznie i w plenerze czy elegancko w kościele, zawsze pięknie i skromnie, nie koniecznie w bieli. A może nie tylko w dniu ślubu? Taka sukienka przyda się na wiele okazji.   Na Allani.pl codziennie pojawiają się nowe sukienki, nie tylko ciążowe, ale na każdą okazję, dziś na pewno znajdziemy tam już kilka nowości.   Jak widać, ciążę z Maksiem przechodziłam w sukienkach, a jaki jest Twój ulubiony element ciążowej garderoby?
- [Jak się ubrać w ciąży? 5 ubrań, na których zbudujesz ciążową garderobę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moda-ciazowa-wersji-must-have-czyli-5-ubran-ktorych-zbudujesz-ciazowa-garderobe/): Jak się ubrać w ciąży to temat, który nie ominie żadnej przyszłej Mamy. Choć kupowanie ciążowych ubrań bez wątpienia jest przyjemnością, zdecydowanie opowiadam się za zachowaniem umiaru w tym temacie. Większość ubrań ciążowych posłuży nam zaledwie kilka, maksymalnie 5 miesięcy, nie chciałabym więc wydać na nie zbyt wiele, a oczywiście chciałabym wyglądać i czuć się atrakcyjnie. Poznaj moich 5 ubrań z kategorii must-have, które pozwolą stworzyć Ci „capsule wardrobe”, czyli ciążową garderobę w pigułce. 1. Jeansy ciążowe To chyba najczęściej kupowane pierwsze ubranie ciążowe. W poprzedniej ciąży postawiłam na szare jeansy, w których chodzę do dziś – tak bardzo je lubię, że nawet po ciąży nie mogłam się z nimi rozstać. Szary kolor idealnie komponował się z całą moją garderobą i jestem pewna, że idealnie wkomponuje się także w Twoją. Szare jeansy to dla mnie nieco bardziej formalna odsłona tych granatowych i wycieranych, które również uwielbiam. Dlatego pierwsze spodnie, jakie kupiłam w tej ciąży, to właśnie granatowe jeansy. Wiem, że przechodzę w nich do porodu i dużo dłużej, pierwsze jeansy noszę już 3 lata! Wybierając ciążowe jeansy, postawiłam na te z bardzo niskim stanem i materiałowym pasem naciąganym na brzuszek – w mojej ocenie spodnie bez tego pasa gorzej się trzymają i nie są takie wygodne, w późniejszym okresie, gdy nasze bluzki stają się coraz krótsze sprzyjają też odsłanianiu gołego brzuszka, na co nie każdy ma ochotę. Zdjęcia: 1 2 3 Mój wybór: Szare jasnsy: H&M MAMA, Model: MAMA Skinny Jeans, 149,90 PLN – 10% rabatu z aplikacji H&M >> klik Granatowe jasnsy: H&M MAMA, Model: MAMA Skinny Jeans, 149,90 PLN – 10% rabatu z aplikacji H&M >> klik Sprawdzona jakość za rozsądne pieniądze. Rozmiar: Obie pary kupiłam w rozmiarze 38, choć na co dzień noszę w H&M rozmiar 40, czyli jeśli chciałabyś kupić spodnie z kolekcji H&M MAMA przez internet polecam rozmiar mniejsze niż nosiszna co dzień.   2. Czarne legginsy Nie będę udawać, że legginsy to spodnie, ale nie będę też ukrywać, że są one znacznie wygodniejsze niż jeansy – nawet te ciążowe, z bardzo niskim stanem, elastycznym pasem i elastanem w składzie… Wysokiej jakości, elastyczne legginsy są o wiele wygodniejsze niż nawet najlepsze jeansy, a przydadzą się także po porodzie, gdy już nie jesteśmy w ciąży, ale wciąż wyglądamy jak w 4-5 miesiącu. Jeśli będziesz musiała urodzić za pomocą cesarskiego cięcia, przy okazji wyjścia ze szpitala pokochasz te miękkie gatki jeszcze bardziej. Na co dzień zestawisz je zarówno ze sportowymi trampkami czy butami do biegania, jak i z baletkami czy eleganckimi szpilkami. Pójdziesz w nich do restauracji i spędzisz cały dzień na kanapie. Kupując legginsy ciążowe, kierowałam się tym, aby nie były to zwykłe legginsy z wysokim stanem, ale specjalne legginsy o ciążowym kroju, koniecznie z odcięciem pod brzuszkiem (modele bez odcięcia często odstają i nieestetycznie wiszą na plecach) i wysokim stanem. Tutaj stawiam na jakość – dokonując wyboru, zwracałam uwagę na to, z jakiego materiału są wykonane i odrzuciłam te 100% bawełniane – wypychają się w kolanach i blakną na słońcu, a przede mną całe lato. Odrzuciłam także te z lycry – nie oddychają i nie mają tak intensywnego, czarnego koloru. Swój wzrok kierowałam na te z bawełną i domieszką, te z wiskozy i poliamidu – czy aby na pewno nie będą prześwitywać? Zdjęcia: 1 2 3 Mój wybór: Czekam na dostawę dwóch par czarnych legginsów z Zalando i na pewno dam Wam znać, czy udało mi się coś wybrać, a jeśli Ty masz jakieś cudowne czarne legginsy godne polecenia – koniecznie daj nam znać.   3. Elastyczne koszulki Niekoniecznie ciążowe, bo po ciąży będą niepotrzebnie podkreślały powiększony brzuszek – stawiam tu przede wszystkim na na zwykłe koszulki, tylko w nieco większych rozmiarach i sprawdzam, na ile są rozciągliwe. W ciąży pięknie podkreślą powiększający się brzuszek, ale po ciąży również sprawdzą się idealnie  – nie będą podkreślały nadmiaru fałdek. Stawiam także na te z ciut dłuższymi rękawkami – spodziewam się dodatkowych kilogramów, więc idealnie zakryją ramiona. Koszulki wybieram głównie jednolite lub w paski, ale myślę, że upoluję też jakąś ze śmiesznymi napisami. Taka koszulka idealnie pasuje do wszystkich elementów z tego zestawienia, co pozwoli stworzyć Ci wiele różnych stylizacji. Natomiast przy końcówce ciąży pewnie nie obędziesz się bez typowo ciążowej koszulki, szczególnie jeśli jesteś wysoka – te zwykłe po naciągnięciu na większy brzuszek szybko mogą zacząć być na Ciebie za krótkie. Zdjęcia: 1 2 3 Mój wybór: Elastyczne koszulki wybieram najczęściej w sklepach ZARA i H&M, mam też jedną ulubioną z New Look, choć niestety w tym sezonie takich długich i przyjemnych nie mogę znaleźć w ich ofercie. Koszulki ciążowe mam z poprzedniej ciąży ze sklepu H&M MAMA – nie wszystkie są super jakości, ale nosiłam je dośc krótko, nie zdążyły się zniszczyć, choć niektóre się „poskręcały” wokół własnej osi – wiesz co mam na myśli – szwy zamiast iść pionowo pod pachą owijają się naokoło Ciebie.   4. Prosta sukienka To idealny strój na wszelkie badania, na co dzień i od święta. Im prostszy krój wybierzesz, tym bardziej uniwersalny charakter sukienki będziesz miała, a dodatkami stworzysz stylizację odpowiednią zarówno na codzienny spacer, jak i wieczorne wyjście. Brawo Ty, jeśli ograniczysz się do jednej… mi marzy się także długa sukienka w marynarskie, biało-granatowe paski. Zdjęcia: 1 2 3 Mój wybór: Tę żółtą sukienkę kupiłam 3 lata temu w sklepie Happymum, zaliczyłam w niej w tamtym sezonie wszystkie przyjęcia, imprezy i wesela, ale pomimo nie niskiej ceny około 200 zł zabrakło mi w niej podszewki, która sprawiłaby, że sukienka dużo lepiej by się układała. Niestety marka ta szyje sukienki właśnie bez podszewek, co dla mnie jest sporym minusem.   5. Długi sweter bez zapięcia Taki, który nigdy nie będzie za mały w pasie – genialne, prawda? Idealnie nada się do sukienki, koszulek, jeansów i legginsów, aby dać ciepło, wyszczuplić sylwetkę i przykryć to i owo (pamiętajmy – legginsy to nie spodnie, a przeźroczyste legginsy to już na pewno nie spodnie i gdy wychodzimy w nich z domu, pupa powinna być zakryta). Wiosną i latem zastąpi płaszcz czy kurtkę, zimą ogrzeje pod długą kurtką, a po ciąży będzie nadal dobrze służył. Szczególnie, jeśli będziesz karmić piersią. Zdjęcia: 1 2 3 Mój wybór: Wciąż szukam. Zdjęcie główne: Alina Siomak I jak Ci się podoba mój pomysł na ciążową garderobę w pigułce? Koniecznie mi napisz, bez czego Ty się nie możesz obyć. Jeśli tekst Ci się podobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Moje biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego #3](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moje-odswiezone-kobiece-biuro/): Jakiś czas temu pisałam Wam o planowanym remoncie biura. Kremowe ściany zostały przemalowane na szaro, a brzozowe meble wymienione na białe. A oto efekt – jeszcze nie końcowy, gdyż muszę jeszcze porozwieszać tablice, plakaty, ramki, ale już mogę się z Wami podzielić wstępnymi efektami. Oczywiście porządek musi być – każdy Klient ma swój osobny segregator:     Widok po otwarciu drzwi: Moja ślubna biblioteczka – poradniki, podręczniki i książki do recenzji: Moje królestwo: Dobra organizacja to podstawa! Moje ulubione albumy ślubne, pełne świetnych, ślubnych inspiracji: Kolejny mój projekt z serii DIY – etykietki, projekt DIY znajdziecie tutaj: Biurka moich asystentek: Go już świetnie znacie – ulubiony, pozytywny kubek: I wygodny kącik dla naszych Gości: Zawsze mamy świeżą porcję ślubnej prasy – polskiej i zagranicznej: A te tablice czekają jeszcze na porozwieszanie: Jak Wam się podoba? Chcielibyście pracować w takim biurze?
- [Biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego #6](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/slubne-biuro-konsultanta-slubnego/): Przygotowania do Świąt to dla mnie także czas porządków w sercu, w domu, ale także w biurze – w miejscu, w którym spędzam największą część mojego aktywnego dnia, stąd pomyślałam, że to idealna okazja, aby je Wam pokazać.  Najważniejsze dla mnie miejsce to oczywiście moje biurko i jest to najdroższy mebel w tym pomieszczeniu, bardzo zależało mi na czymś wyjątkowym i szukałam go sporo czasu. Dziś mam je prawie rok i wciąż tak samo mi się podoba. Jest białe, w moim ulubionym kolorze, który stanowi także idealne tło do zdjęć.   Z biurkiem zdecydowałam się na dość odważną tapetę – białą w czarne cętki. Przyznam Wam się, że troszkę obawiałam się efektu końcowego, dziś wiem, że niepotrzebnie – pasuje mi w 100%. Jest fajnym tłem do zdjęć, a jeśli kiedyś w końcu zdecyduję się komunikować z Wami za pomocą filmików, myślę, że również może być ciekawie.   W biurze stworzyłam także mały kącik konferencyjny, idealny do spotkań z Klientami, Wykonawcami czy współpracownikami, a także odbywają się tu Kursy na Konsultanta Ślubnego w kameralnych grupach. Zapadło przy nim wiele ważnych decyzji, zjedliśmy tu wiele pysznych dań, zdegustowaliśmy wiele pysznych win i chyba tonę słodkości 🙂   W miejscu, w którym spędzam tak wiele czasu nie mogło zabraknąć wygodnego kącika, który sprzyja zebraniu myśli, odpoczynkowi czy zapoznaniu się z literaturą i prasą ślubną.   Bardzo ważne miejsce zajmuje w biurze także regał, na którym na degustacjach prezentuję wszystkie smakołyki, na spotykaniach z Klientami najróżniejsze cuda, gdzie przechowuję moje najważniejsze książki i dokumenty. Jest tu także aparat fotograficzny, którym moi rodzice fotografowali się i nas w młodości, i od którego zaczęła się moja przygoda ze zdjęciami.   Przygotowania biura do zdjęć były idealną okazją, aby otworzyć pierwszy świąteczny prezent… Który pozwolił mi przygotować zasłony do zdjęć – to Steamaster, żelazko parowe do prasowania w pionie. Możecie je spotkać w niemal każdym sklepie odzieżowym, idealnie nadaje się do prasowania dużych pionowych powierzchni, sukienek, swetrów (koniec ze kantami, spłaszczonymi włóknami i sztywnymi swetrami), a co w mojej pracy najważniejsze – do prasowania obrusów na weselach. Poradzi sobie z każdą suknią ślubną, nie narażając jej na żadne uszkodzenia, cudownie odprasowuje koktajlowe sukienki, kocha muślinowe sukienki, atłasy, jedwabie, a nawet uporczywe tafty.   W domu uwielbiam go wykorzystywać do prasowania poduszek na kanapie – nie da się ukryć, że po jednym wieczorze filmowym na kanapie nie wyglądają za dobrze, a nie zawsze chce mi się ściągać poszewki, wyciągać deskę do prasowania żelazko i prasować pogniecione poszewki, następnie znów je zakładać i tak w kółko… Zobaczcie jak poradził sobie z absolutnie wygniecioną poduszką w moim biurze.   Uwielbiam moją pracę Konsultanta Ślubnego za to, że pozwala mi się rozwijać i spełniać marzenia – takie jak to własne, kobiece biuro. A jaka jest Twoja praca marzeń?
- [Welcome To My World! Biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego #4](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biuro-konsultant-slubny/): Ile z Was myśli teraz o 50 Twarzach Greya? Jedno jest pewne – i ja mam swój świat. Jest kolorowy, pozytywny i spełniam w nim marzenia… Historię powstawania mojego pierwszego ślubnego biura możecie poznać tutaj. Niecały rok temu przeprowadziliśmy się do nowego biurowca, jest piękny, nowoczesny, w centrum Gdyni. Choć meble i wyposażenie naszego biura zostało to samo, inny kolor ścian i wykładziny, inny nastrój w moim sercu i oto jesteśmy. Kto ma ochotę na pyszną kawę i pogaduchy? Uwielbiam! PS Ośmieliłam się zgłosić Spod Kocyka do Konkursu Bloga Roku, jeśli lubicie to nasze małe miejsce w sieci i macie ochotę i możliwość oddać na nas głos to będzie nam szalenie miło – wystarczy wysyłać SMS o treści: F11178 na numer 7124 – koszt to 1,23 zł, a zebrane środki zostaną przekazane Fundacji Dziecięca Fantazja na spełnianie marzeń dzieci z chorobami zagrażającymi życiu i nieuleczalnymi, a więc w tym konkursie każdy wygrywa.
- [Jak urządziłam ślubne biuro? #5](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wnetrza-slubne-biuro/): Mój świat kręci się tak szybko, że zmiany wyprzedzają moje plany, na szczęście w pozytywnym kierunku. Wytwórnia Ślubów ma się w najlepsze, Kursy na Konsultanta Ślubnego również (najbliższy już za 3 tygodnie w Warszawie) a ostatnio poszerzyliśmy naszą działalność także o dekoracje ślubne. Nie da się ukryć – odrobinę większe biuro to to, czego nam trzeba. Nie stoję w miejscu, nie boję się nowych wyzwań, nie oglądając się za siebie poddaję się także temu, co niesie ze sobą los. Z tej okazji chciałam Wam pokazać moje dzisiejsze biuro Konsultanta Ślubnego, bo już niedługo tu pozostanę… Projektując swoje biuro postawiłam na: neutralną bazę kolorystyczną – zdecydowałam się na biel i szarość na ścianach, suficie i na podłodze odważny wzór w bazowych kolorach – tapetę z motywem marokańskiej koniczyny – więcej na jej temat przeczytasz w tym poście białe meble ze srebrnymi dodatkami całość uzupełniłam kolorowymi dodatkami. A tak prezentuje się całość. Jednym z głównych mebli jest poziomo ustawiony regał, który służy mi nie tylko do organizacji dokumentów i książek, ale także jako bufet. Nad regałem zawiesiłam cztery półki, na których wystawiłam moje ulubione, branżowe książki, które same w sobie są piękną dekoracja i dopełniają ślubnego charakteru tego miejsca. Cudownym uzupełnieniem są złote plakaty w złotych ramkach – lubię łączenie różnego koloru metali we wnętrzach, które stają się dzięki temu mniej oczywiste. Plakaty takie, a także w srebrze i miedzi zamawiam tutaj i mam dla Was zniżkę na hasło INSTALOVE. Zdecydowałam się na białe biurko na wysoki połysk z charakterystycznymi nogami w kształcie litery X, które będąc w srebrnym kolorze nadały pomieszczeniu elegancji. Po lewej stronie biurka postawiłam komodę pełną szuflad, dzięki czemu dużo łatwiej jest mi zaprowadzić porządek w dokumentach, akcesoriach papierniczych czy materiałach reklamowych. Fantastycznym uzupełnieniem całości jest barowy wózek na kółkach. Tu spełniam marzenia moich Klientów, ale także swoje. Aż dziwnie mi się robi na samą myśl o tym, że w tym biurze zrobię zaraz miejsce dla naszego wciąż powiększającego się zespołu, a ja powędruję z tym wszystkim… na drugą stronę korytarza 😉 A jak Wam się podoba mój ślubny świat? Chciałybyście pracować w takim miejscu? PS A jeśli podoba Wam się u mnie koniecznie bądźcie ze mną na bieżąco dzięki FB i Instagram’owi.
- [Sprawdzone sposoby na nieprzewidziane wydatki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sprawdzone-sposoby-nieprzewidziane-wydatki/): Nawet jeśli jesteś mistrzem organizacji i Twój domowy budżet zawsze dopięty jest na ostatni guzik, często zdarzają się nieprzewidziane sytuacje, nieplanowane wydatki – choroba dziecka, remont czy poważniejsza naprawa samochodu. Warto już wcześniej przygotować się na taką awaryjną sytuację.   Dziś pokazuję moje 4 sprawdzone sposoby na spokojny sen.   Jeśli jesteś ze mną na Instagramie, pewnie już wiesz, że od połowy marca aż do tej pory walczyliśmy z zalanym domem. Całkowicie się tego nie spodziewaliśmy, zdarzenie to zaburzyło nie tylko nasz rytm dnia, ale również całe tygodnie i to nie tylko w życiu prywatnym – także ponad miesiąc działań naszej rodzinnej firmy. Wciąż pojawiały się kolejne problemy remontowe, a kurz i pył były dosłownie wszędzie – chyba nawet w zakręconych słoikach, gdy ekipa remontowa pracowała w naszym domu od wczesnych godzin porannych do późnej nocy. Mimo rozgardiaszu, jaki zapanował w naszym życiu, byliśmy spokojni o nasze finanse dzięki kilku sposobom, które funkcjonują w naszym życiu już od dawna.   1. Oszczędzanie   Nauczona mieszkaniem w bloku i płaceniem czynszu do spółdzielni, dziś, gdy mam własny dom, również odkładam na fundusz remontowy, tylko na własne subkonto. Dzięki temu, gdy trzeba naprawić opierzenie komina, nie muszę nadwyrężać domowego budżetu czy – co gorsza – odkładać naprawy i narażać budynku na straty. Na koncie mam na ten cel odłożone pewne środki. Ile? Nasz dom ma 4 lata, więc odkładam co miesiąc około 60 groszy za każdy 1m2, co daje średnio 100 zł miesięcznie. Od kiedy tu mieszkamy, zaoszczędziłam więc 4500 zł, z czego 1000 zł wydałam na naprawę jednego komina i 600 zł na naprawę drugiego komina. W związku z tym, że budynek się starzeje, od piątego roku będę odkładała przynajmniej 1 zł na każdy 1m2.   Podobny fundusz jak na remont posiadam na wszystkie sezonowe lub coroczne opłaty wyższe niż 500 zł, takie jak ubezpieczenie i przegląd samochodu czy ogrzewanie domu zimą, a także wakacje czy święta. W sytuacji totalnej katastrofy jak na przykład zalanie, gdy zgromadzony fundusz remontowy nie starcza na pokrycie kosztów naprawy, mogę doraźnie posłużyć się innymi celowymi funduszami.   2. Ubezpieczenie   Ubezpieczenie domu czy samochodu, a także nasze ubezpieczenie od odpowiedzialności cywilnej czy coraz bardziej popularne ubezpieczenia od zachorowania czy życia to zwykle rozsądny wydatek, a w sytuacji utraty zdrowia, zalania czy uszkodzenia mienia jesteśmy przynajmniej w części zabezpieczeni.   Minusem jest czas, jaki musimy czekać na wypłatę odszkodowania i to, że często pierwsza wycena i pierwsze świadczenie odbiega zupełnie od rzeczywistości. Na przykład u nas hydrauliczne prace naprawcze przy zalaniu – naprawienie przyłącza wody do spłuczki w zabudowie kartonowo-gipsowej – zostały przez ubezpieczalnię wycenione na 3,50 zł – do kosztorysu wzięto stawkę godzinową hydraulika na poziomie 14 zł za godzinę i zwrócono nam 3,50 zł za 15 minut jego pracy. Nikt nie powiedział mi tylko, gdzie znajdę hydraulika w takiej cenie, który przyjedzie, naprawi nawet niewielką usterkę i odjedzie za 3,50 zł łącznie, czyli za tyle, ile kosztuje w Trójmieście jeden bilet autobusowy.   Dlatego oczywiście jak od wszystkiego, od przyznanej wysokości odszkodowania także przysługuje odwołanie i warto z tego skorzystać.   Pamiętajmy także o tym, że ubezpieczenie pełni funkcję naprawczą, kompensacyjną, nie może być więc podstawą do wzbogacenia się, a łączna suma ubezpieczeń nie może przekraczać wartości szkody, nawet, jeśli jesteśmy z tego samego tytułu ubezpieczeni w kilku towarzystwach ubezpieczeniowych (za wyjątkiem ubezpieczenia naszego zdrowia i życia).   3. Pożyczka od rodziny i znajomych   Znasz powiedzenie – chcesz stracić przyjaciela, pożycz od niego pieniądze? Jestem pewna, że wiele rodzin i przyjaźni świetnie funkcjonuje, pomimo, a może i dzięki wzajemnej pomocy, pożyczaniu sobie dóbr materialnych, a także pieniędzy. Mimo to uważam, że zawsze warto chociaż dwa razy zastanowić się, zanim udamy się do bliskich po pożyczkę. To duża prośba, a skoro to tylko prośba, to zawsze musimy być gotowi na otrzymanie odmowy, co nigdy nie jest dla nikogo przyjemne.   Zaletą pożyczki od rodziny czy znajomych może być to, że nie będą pytać o nasze możliwości jej spłaty, ale może być także zupełnie odwrotnie. W przypadku rzeczywistych problemów z jej spłatą rzeczywiście narażamy nasze relacje z bliskimi. Może to zadziałać także w drugą stronę – osoba, od której pożyczyliśmy pieniądze, sama może zaleźć się w trudnej sytuacji i poprosić o wcześniejszą lub natychmiastową spłatę pożyczki, musimy być więc gotowi także na taki scenariusz.   Nie każdy z nas ma jednak w swoim życiu takie osoby, którym pożyczki nigdy by nie odmówił i do których nie bałby się zwrócić o taką prośbę. Mając nawet taką możliwość warto zastanowić się nad tym, czy nie lepiej zachować większą niezależność i pieniądze pożyczyć na rynku finansowym.   Warto także pamiętać o tym, że umowa pożyczki niesie za sobą konsekwencje prawne, a także podatkowe. Niemal każdą bowiem pożyczkę należy opodatkować podatkiem od czynności cywilnoprawnych, którego stawka wynosi 2%, natomiast w przypadku, gdy podatek nie został wniesiony we właściwym czasie, stawką aż 20%. Dlatego zanim pożyczymy komuś lub od kogoś pieniądze, warto dokładnie zapoznać się z aktualnymi przepisami (w 2017 uległy zmianie).   4. Pożyczka bankowa   Jeśli cenisz swoją prywatność i samodzielność, jest duża szansa, że potrzebując wsparcia finansowego, skorzystasz prędzej z usług banku, niż poprosisz o pomoc rodzinę lub znajomych.   Takie rozwiązanie ma wiele zalet.   Po pierwsze – nie musisz nikomu zwierzać się ze swojej sytuacji materialnej i finansowej ani też stawiać nikogo w zakłopotaniu, prosząc o pożyczkę. Nie usłyszysz, że Twoja potrzeba, a może wielkie marzenie, które chcesz w ten sposób sfinansować, nie jest tego warte. Bank, dając Ci pożyczkę, chłodno ocenia Twoją zdolność kredytową – czyli zdolność do bieżącej spłaty rat pożyczki i przede wszystkim na tej podstawie podejmuje decyzję.   Po drugie – nie musisz zastanawiać się, jak prawnie zabezpieczyć pożyczkę czy spisać umowę albo czy i w czyim imieniu i w jakiej wysokości zapłacić od pożyczki podatek, gdyż wszystkie formalności w przypadku pożyczki bankowej bierze na siebie bank.   Po trzecie – pożyczasz pieniądze na z góry ustalonych zasadach, znasz więc nie tylko kwotę pożyczki, ale szczegółowe warunki jej spłaty. Umowa, którą zawrzesz z bankiem, będzie szczegółowo określała także co się stanie w sytuacji, jeśli spóźnisz się ze spłatą oraz szczególne warunki, w których bank może zażądać wcześniejszej spłaty kredytu. Czarno na białym wszystkie Wasze ustalenia są spisane, co pozwala nam spać spokojnie, o czym ciężko powiedzieć w przypadku pożyczki od znajomych czy rodziny. Nikt nie zadzwoni do Ciebie w środku nocy i nie powie, że jednak masz nagle oddać pieniądze, bo potrzebuje je na coś innego.   Wadą pożyczki bankowej może wydawać się to, że przed jej udzieleniem bank rozpatrzy naszą zdolność kredytową czyli zdolność do bieżącej spłaty pożyczki wraz z odsetkami i w przypadku jej braku odmówi nam wypłaty pożyczki lub zmniejszy jej kwotę. Z drugiej strony patrząc, jeśli bank negatywnie oceni naszą zdolność kredytową, być może trzeba się zastanowić, czy naprawdę jesteśmy w stanie oddać pożyczone pieniądze? O ile odmowa wynika z tego, że jesteśmy właśnie na zwolnieniu lekarskim na przykład z powodu ciąży, ocena taka może być mylna, to jednak bardzo często odmowa pozwala nam nie wpakować się w jeszcze większe finansowe tarapaty.   Nie jest sztuką pożyczyć dziś pieniądze na rynku, sztuką jednak jest zrobić to dobrze.   Co musisz wiedzieć o pożyczce, aby wybrać najbardziej korzystną?   Kto pożycza – bank czy po prostu zwykła firma?   Słowo klucz w przypadku pożyczki to dla mnie słowo bank. Jeśli zastanawiasz się nad pożyczką, rekomenduję szczególnie te bankowe – banki to instytucje zaufania publicznego, których działania ściśle kontroluje nadzór bankowy – to instytucja, która monitoruje działalność banków w interesie ich klientów, czuwa nad przestrzeganiem przez banki prawa bankowego, a także innych ważnych przepisów. Pożyczając pieniądze poza sektorem bankowym, jesteśmy pozbawieni tej ochrony.   Całkowity koszt pożyczki   Aby wyliczyć całkowity koszt pożyczki, musisz poznać wszystkie koszty, jakie będziesz musiała ponieść, aby ją uzyskać. Część z tych kosztów są dla nas zupełnie oczywiste, tak jak oprocentowanie – bank nie jest instytucją charytatywną i pożycza pieniądze dla zysku, ale oprocentowanie to tylko jeden z wielu kosztów, jakie mogą nas dotyczyć.   Dlatego zanim zaciągniesz pożyczkę, zapytaj o:   A. Oprocentowanie   Oprocentowanie, czyli nominalne oprocentowanie, to składnik ceny pożyczki – to jednak wartość, która nie uwzględnia prowizji, opłaty przygotowawczej i ubezpieczeń, ani żadnej innej opłaty, która składa się na całkowity koszt pożyczki.   B. Prowizja   To podstawowa opłata, którą nalicza pożyczkodawca za udzielenie pożyczki. Może być wyrażona procentowo (od pożyczanej kwoty) lub kwotowo (opłata podana w złotówkach).   Prowizja zazwyczaj powiększa kwotę pożyczki, a jej spłata jest również rozkładana na raty.   C. Opłata przygotowawcza, opłata za rozpatrzenie wniosku, opłata weryfikacyjna…   Opłaty ponoszone przed udzieleniem pożyczki, zazwyczaj niezwracane w przypadku odmownej decyzji, to idealne miejsce do ukrycia wysokiego kosztu oprocentowania pożyczki.   Jak już wspominałam, opłat za udzielenie pożyczki może być wiele, to tylko kilka z nich. Zanim zdecydujesz się zaciągnąć pożyczkę koniecznie dopytaj o WSZYSTKIE opłaty, którymi musisz zostać obciążony, a najlepiej o wzór umowy pożyczkowej.   D. Ubezpieczenie   Zgodnie z przepisami prawa bankowego nie ma czegoś takiego jak obowiązkowe ubezpieczanie pożyczki czy kredytu. Jak to wygląda w praktyce? Bardzo często banki tak konstruują swoją ofertę, że aby skorzystać z najbardziej atrakcyjnych jej warunków, należy ponieść opłatę ubezpieczeniową, którą banki wskazują jako zabezpieczenie kredytu.   Nie chcę tym samym powiedzieć, że ubezpieczenie kredytu to zawsze tylko dodatkowy koszt, za którym nic nie stoi. Natomiast jeśli decydujemy się na ofertę banku, która polega na wykupieniu ubezpieczenia, koniecznie sprawdźmy, czy w ogóle mamy szansę z  niego skorzystać.   Co musimy wiedzieć o ubezpieczeniu?   W jakiej sytuacji ubezpieczenie zadziała – aby mieć pewność, czy dane ubezpieczenie to wartość dodana czy tylko dodatkowy koszt, zawsze prośmy o Ogólne Warunki Ubezpieczenia (OWU), w których są opisane sytuacje, w których nasze ubezpieczenie „zadziała” oraz te, w których ubezpieczyciel nie weźmie na siebie odpowiedzialności za spłatę naszej pożyczki.   Ile kosztuje i ile może nam dać – widziałam już ubezpieczenia, których koszt przewyższał ewentualnie otrzymane świadczenia. Jego celem było jedynie ukrycie kosztów banku pod nazwą ubezpieczenia…   Czy jest to ubezpieczenie grupowe czy indywidualne – w przypadku ubezpieczeń grupowych, stroną takiego ubezpieczenia jest bank, któremu niekoniecznie zależy na otrzymaniu wypłaty środków z jego tytułu, czasami bardziej opłacalne jest dochodzenie ich od nas.   Przykładowo, bardzo często jako dodatek do pożyczki oferowane jest ubezpieczenie na wypadek utraty pracy. Brzmi bardzo dobrze, ale pod warunkiem, że mamy w ogóle umowę o pracę, a nie umowę zlecenia, własną działalność czy zasiłek macierzyński, tudzież jesteśmy na rencie czy emeryturze. Ubezpieczenie to zadziała jedynie w przypadku rozwiązania umowy o pracę z winy pracodawcy, a nie ochroni nas w sytuacji, gdy umowa o pracę nam wygaśnie, rozwiążemy ją na podstawie naszego wypowiedzenia czy za porozumieniem stron lub zostaniemy zwolnieni z naszej winy – dyscyplinarnie. Jeśli więc prowadzisz działalność gospodarczą, takie ubezpieczeniem będzie dla Ciebie tylko dodatkowym kosztem, gdyż z góry wiesz, że nikt nie może wypowiedzieć Ci stosunku pracy.   Inne popularne ubezpieczenia, sprzedawane przy pożyczkach, to ubezpieczenie na życie czy ubezpieczenie następstw nieszczęśliwych wypadków. Zawsze pamiętajmy o zapoznaniu się z OWU.   E. RRSO   Rzeczywista Roczna Stopa Oprocentowania (RRSO) to całkowity koszt kredytu, wyrażony w procentach – została stworzona po to, by szybko i łatwo porównywać koszty poszczególnych pożyczek i kredytów.   Z założenia RRSO uwzględnia wszystkie koszty (prowizję, odsetki, obowiązkowe ubezpieczenia i inne dodatkowe opłaty), jakie musimy ponieść, biorąc pożyczkę. RSSO mówi o kosztach w stosunku rocznym. Wydaje się więc być miernikiem idealnym, służącym do porównywania różnych ofert pożyczek i kredytów i z takim założeniem był tworzony, niestety nie zawsze się sprawdza.   Choć instytucja pożyczająca pieniądze zobowiązana jest do czytelnego informowania klienta o wysokości RRSO np. w materiałach reklamowych, nie jest to wskaźnik idealny, dający nam w 100% miarodajne porównanie różnych ofert. Dlaczego?   W zależności do tego, czy pożyczkę spłacamy w ratach czy w całości na koniec, czy pożyczamy pieniądze na rok czy na krótszy okres, czy oprocentowanie jest stałe czy zmienne, nasze RRSO może wprowadzić nas w błąd przy porównywaniu tak różnych ofert.   Jak już wspomniałam, jest to wskaźnik w ujęciu rocznym, więc porównując dwie pożyczki na różne okresy, w tym krótsze niż rok, możemy wprowadzić się w spory błąd (w przypadku pożyczek krótszych niż rok im krótszy okres pożyczki, tym wyższe RRSO).   Dodatkowo, różne instytucje prześcigają się we wprowadzaniu ukrytych opłat, które nie są wliczane do RRSO.   Jak obliczyć RRSO?   Wzór na RRSO jest stosunkowo skomplikowany, natomiast w Internecie znajdziemy wiele kalkulatorów RRSO, ale – co bardzo dziwne – te same dane wpisane do nich potrafią dać znacznie różniące się wyniki. Dlatego odradzam korzystanie z nich.   F. Zabezpieczenie pożyczki   Wypłacając nam pieniądze, bank często wymaga od nas dodatkowego zabezpieczenia na przykład w formie weksla in blanco, hipoteki czy poręczenia. Na rynku jest jednak wiele ofert pożyczek, które do pewnej kwoty nie wymagają dodatkowych zabezpieczeń i takich warto szukać. Poza tym niektóre formy zabezpieczenia – jak na przykład hipoteka – wiążą się z kosztami, które będą po naszej stronie.   G. Dodatkowe wymogi   Wymóg założenia konta w banku pożyczkodawcy, wyrobienia i utrzymywania karty płatniczej czy karty kredytowej, to tylko niektóre z ukrytych kosztów pożyczek.   Jak wybrać najtańszą pożyczkę? Całkowity koszt pożyczki   Jeśli chcemy wybrać najkorzystniejszą dla nas pożyczkę, powinniśmy zawsze samodzielnie policzyć całkowity koszt pożyczki.   Wybierając pożyczki do szczegółowego porównania, warto kierować się wskaźnikiem RRSO jako wstępnym kryterium wyboru, ale następnie należy dla każdej z nich policzyć całkowity koszt pożyczki – jest to najskuteczniejszy sposób na porównanie kilku ofert pożyczek. Polega na zsumowaniu wszystkich rat i opłat, które nie są uwzględnione w ratach. Najniższa kwota końcowa wskaże nam najtańszą pożyczkę.   Jak policzyć całkowity koszt pożyczki w praktyce?   Choć całkowity koszt pożyczki możesz próbować policzyć samodzielnie już na etapie czytania oferty banku na jego stronie internetowej, nie dowiesz się z niej o ukrytych kosztach. Dlatego proponuję wybór kilku ofert, bazując na podanych przez banki RRSO oraz kontakt bezpośrednio z doradcą banku, który przedstawi Ci pełną ofertę na pożyczaną kwotę i jak na tacy poda Ci wysokość i ilość rat oraz wysokość wszystkich opłat dodatkowych.   Sprawdzone oferty?   Bank Pekao ma do 30.04.2018 w swojej ofercie Pożyczkę Przekorzystną, w której oprocentowanie to tylko 5,99%, podobnie jak prowizja za jej udzielenie na poziomie 5,99%.   Nie znajdziemy tam ani obowiązkowego ubezpieczenia, ani opłaty przygotowawczej, opłaty za rozpatrzenie wniosku czy opłaty weryfikacyjnej, nie będziemy musieli zakładać w banku konta czy wyrabiać karty płatniczej czy kredytowej.   Zgodnie z ideą samodzielnej kalkulacji całkowitego kosztu pożyczki, poprosiłam Bank Pekao o wyliczenie raty dla każdego pożyczanego na 12 miesięcy 1000 zł:   Kwota do wypłaty: 1.000 zł (tyle dostaniemy na rękę) Okres kredytowania: 12 m-ce Wysokość raty: 91,55 Całkowita kwota do zapłaty przez Konsumenta: 1098,55 zł – 1000 zł pożyczki = Całkowity koszt za rok 98,55 zł ; koszt miesięczny 8,21zł   Pożyczka Przekorzystna to 8,21 zł miesięcznie całkowitych kosztów pożyczenia każdego 1000 zł na rok. To z góry ustalone warunki i środki finansowe na nieprzewidziane sytuacje życiowe.   8,21 zł miesięcznie za każdy pożyczony 1000 zł to w mojej ocenie niewielka opłata za spokój, komfort i automatyczne uniknięcie oceniania przez osoby trzecie tego, czy nasze potrzeby są warte pożyczania, czy jednak nie. Za zachowanie własnej prywatności w trudnej chwili czy w momencie spełniania naszego marzenia, na które z osobistych powodów nie chcemy czekać.   A jakie Ty masz wypracowane sposoby na nieprzewidziane wydatki i domową płynność finansową?
- [Zakopane - targowisko pod Gubałówką](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zakopane-targowisko-pod-gubaowka/): Oprócz Giewontu, Zakopane obowiązkowo kojarzy mi się z targowiskiem pod Gubałówką. Jako dziecko Zakopane odwiedzałam niemal co roku. Tata kupował mi tu kierpce, kożuszek czy kamizelkę, choć ja zawsze marzyłam o tych podhalańskich pieskach. To moja trzecia wycieczka do Zakopanego po „dwudziestce”, a targowisko pod Gubałówką budzi we mnie najcieplejsze uczucia. Oscypecki – nie bez powodu wiodący składnik w naszym weselnym menu – uwielbiam w każdej postaci, a najbardziej na ciepło z żurawiną…           Uśmiecham się, gdy widzę, że chińszczyzna nie wyparła jeszcze całkowicie naszego narodowego, regionalnego rzemiosła.                                     Jako istota uwielbiająca proste stroje i wyraziste dodatki, nie mogłam przejść obojętnie obok regionalnej biżuterii (oczywiście nie mogło jej zabraknąć także na naszym weselu w formie elementów dekoracyjnych).             Uwaga! Uwaga! Starzejemy się! Z okazji naszego ślubu szukaliśmy jakiejś praktycznej pamiątki, ale nie kolejnego „kurzołapa”. Imbryk do parzenia herbaty, do tego z opcją podgrzewania i personalizacją – jest nasz!       A Wy – kochacie Zakopane?
- [Hotel Bulwar **** Toruń - Recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/torun-hotel-bulwar-recenzja/): W zeszłym miesiącu mieliśmy okazję nocować w Hotelu Bulwar **** w Toruniu. Rezerwacji dokonaliśmy za pomocą serwisu Booking.com, a kryteriami, którymi się kierowaliśmy były: – wypoczynkowy charakter pobytu w średnim mieście – bezpośrednia bliskość Starego Miasta – dostęp do sauny – strefa spa – duże pokoje. Ostateczną decyzję podejmowaliśmy pomiędzy Hotelem 1231**** a Hotelem Bulwar****, decydując się na ten ostatni w cenie 340 zł za noc. Dojazd był bardzo łatwy (oczywiście posiadaliśmy nawigację, ale wiemy, że nie zawsze sobie dobrze radzą z adresami). Przed Hotelem zostawiliśmy auto na parkingu (płatnym 20 lub 30 zł za dobę), a po wyrobieniu dwóch elektronicznych kluczy udaliśmy się do szklanej windy i do pokoi n I piętrze. W środku było czysto, bardzo czysto, pokój przestronny, z biurkiem, stolikiem i krzesłami oraz minibarem. Łazienka również bardzo przestronna, sprawiająca wrażenie sterylnie czystej. Po wieczornym spacerze w lobby barze otrzymaliśmy 2 kieliszki do wina oraz korkociąg (który nam się zepsuł, na szczęście w chwili otwarcia wina), które zabraliśmy ze sobą do pokoju. Śniadanie hotelowe – zdecydowanie najlepsze jakie do tej pory jadłam. Ogromny wybór dań ciepłych, zimnych, na pewno nie były to tylko standardowe parówki, jajecznica i płatki śniadaniowe oraz zimny talerz z pieczywem. Do tego wszystkiego bardzo miła i fachowa obsługa zarówno w części hotelowej jak i w restauracyjnej. Nie mogę doczekać się jak tam wrócę na kolejny weekend. Nasza ocena w swojej klasie: 5/5 kocyków!   PS a na koniec polecam pyszne sushi kilka minut na pieszo od Hotelu  
- [Drugi raz wyszłam za mąż!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/slub-wesele-w-zakopanem/): Pierwszy raz wyszłam za mąż w wieku 25 lat. Wiecie, że szewc bez butów chodzi? To przysłowie sprawdziło się w moim wypadku w 100%. Miałam czas na wszystkie ślubne tematy, tylko nie na swoje. To dlatego pierwszy ślub wzięliśmy z Wojtkiem półtora roku po zaręczynach, ale tylko cywilny, aby sformalizować nasz związek. Do kościelnego pragnęliśmy dobrze się przygotować.   Przygotowania te trwały zdecydowanie za długo, ale w końcu zdecydowaliśmy się na wrzesień 2013 roku, zaraz po skończonym sezonie ślubnym.   Jednak rok 2013 okazał się dla nas bardzo trudny. Gdy dowiedzieliśmy się, że jesteśmy w ciąży nie mogliśmy być szczęśliwsi, ale gdy zaczęły się komplikacje, postanowiliśmy ślub przełożyć. Nie chcieliśmy dokładać sobie stresów. Gdy po kilku miesiącach zostaliśmy sami stwierdziliśmy, że ślub w tak trudnym czasie to jednak bardzo dobry pomysł. Potrzebowaliśmy jeszcze bardziej zbliżyć się do siebie, a także do Boga.   Nie było więc mowy o hucznym weselu, zaprosiliśmy 10 najbliższych osób na 3 dniowy wyjazd na drugi koniec Polski, do Zakopanego, gdzie w kameralnym gronie, nie mówiąc nic prawie nikomu, stanęliśmy przed Bogiem. Dziś mijają dwa lata, a ja wiem, że słowo „TAK” powiedziane do Wojtka po raz kolejny było najlepszą rzeczą, jaka mnie w życiu spotkała.     Romantyczny i kameralny ślub to nie jest pomysł dla każdego, ale wspaniałe rozwiązanie na wiele rodzinnych i osobistych dylematów. Pomaga skupić się na Bogu i na sobie nawzajem z dala od rodzinnych perypetii i oceny innych.   A jaki był, a może dopiero będzie Wasz wymarzony ślub?
- [Weekend we Troje - Hel](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/weekend-we-troje/): Pisałam Wam już o naszych niedzielnych porannych rytuałach, a dziś pokażę Wam nasz sposób na udaną sobotę. O ile w niedzielę uwielbiamy się wylegiwać, a później oddajemy się domowym obowiązkom, sobotę mamy pod znakiem nic-nie-robienia. Postawiliśmy weekend na głowie, ale gdy po całym tygodniu nadchodzi sobota, jesteśmy tak spragnieni rodzinnego, aktywnego wypoczynku we Troje, że zwykle pakujemy wózek i torbę i jedziemy na wycieczkę. Uwielbiam Półwysep Helski. W sezonie za ludzi, na których uwielbiam patrzeć. A po sezonie za ciszę i spokój. Zawsze za wiatr we włosach, za wspomnienia, za ten wspaniały rybacki klimat. W celebrowaniu soboty nie przeszkodził nam nawet fakt, że Wojtek zapomniał kurtki, a pomógł frociany ręcznik od Babci, który zawsze wozimy w samochodzie i który ciągle ratuje nam tyłki 😉 Let me take a selfie… Wiało baaaardzo mocno… a Miki absolutnie odmawiał chodzenia w czapce. Pomyślmy… Najlepsza zupa rybka na Półwyspie – TUUUUU! Maszyna do lodów – czyli DIY   A to mój „cheat meal”!!! Naleśniki z nutellą i z bananem zawsze przypominają mi moje pół roku spędzone w Paryżu, a gofry beztroskie wakacje. Dobrze, że zwykle jemy wszystko na pół 😉 Najpierw był alarm, później Coca Cola… Nasz weekend we Troje. Nie możemy doczekać się kolejnej soboty… tym razem może odwiedzimy Kaszuby? A jakie są Wasze ulubione soboty?
- [Ultralekka spacerówka do samolotu czyli... lecimy na wakacje!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ultralekka-spacerowka-do-samolotu-na-zakupy/): Choć z naszego wózka Stokke Xplory jestem wciąż bardzo zadowolona, w chwili, gdy zaczęliśmy planować podróże z dzieckiem – czy to samochodem czy samolotem, wizualizując cały proces pakowania się w mojej głowie pojawiła się potrzeba podróżnej torby na nasz wózek lub wózka ultralekkiego, który po złożeniu zajmuje minimalną objętość, zapewniając dziecku w podróży i na wakacyjnych spacerach wygodę i drzemkę w potrzebie. Z tej okazji postanowiłam się podzielić z Wami moimi ulubionymi kandydatami na idealną ultralekką spacerówkę, która sprawdzi się w podróży samochodem, pociągiem czy samolotem, a także na co dzień na zakupach czy szybkich wypadach. Nasze priorytety przy wyborze ultralekkiej spacerówki na zakupy, w podróż, do samoloty czy na zwiedzanie: 1. Jak najmniejszy rozmiar po złożeniu Dosłownie jak najmniejszy. W moim zestawieniu nie znajdziecie nawet wózków typu parasolka, bo są po prostu za duże jak na moje oczekiwania. Po złożeniu chcę, aby wózek nie zajmował znacznej części bagażnika, chcę móc go wcisnąć za tylne siedzenie samochodu klasy compact+ czy wziąć pod pachę na lotnisku. 2. Łatwy i szybki w składaniu Nie ma tu miejsca na wózki, gdzie stelaż i siedzisko należy składać osobno. Chcę mieć wszystko w jednym kawałku, aby niczego nie odkładać, nie przekładać i nie zastanawiać się co gdzie położyć. No i niczego nie zgubić. Chciałabym go szybko rozłożyć po wyjęciu z samochodu czy szybko złożyć na lotnisku, najlepiej jedną ręką. 3. Wygodny Dziecko powinno nie tylko dość wygodnie siedzieć, ale mieć także możliwość ucięcia sobie małej drzemki… aby rodzice mogli odpocząć w upalny dzień 😉 4. Lekki Aby bez problemu móc go nosić, przenosić, poruszać się z nim po lotnisku czy po schodach w urokliwych, nadmorskich, czy górzystych zakątkach świata. Oto zestawienie, które przygotowałam. 4 najfajniejsze ultralekkie spacerówki, jakie miałam okazję zobaczyć, złożyć, rozłożyć na żywo, a także powozić w nich Mikołaja. 1. Babyzen Yoyo To pierwsza ultraspacerówka, jaką poznałam. Rozkłada się jedną ręką, i tak samo można je złożyć – uwielbiam to rozwiązanie! Mieliśmy je w jedyny z naszych wózków i wspaniale to wspominam. Babyzen Yoyo ma pochylane siedzisko, które pozwala dziecku na długą drzemkę i wygodną podróż. Do tego spory kosz na zakupy pozwoli pomieścić w sobie na prawdę sporo. Niewielka budka jest dla mnie minusem, taka ochrona przecisłoneczna nie jest dla nas wystarczająca. Rynkowa cena tego wózka to około 1850 zł – najtaniej możecie kupić go tutaj   2. Quinny Yezz Ten wózek jest zarazem leciutki i zwinny – bardzo dobrze się prowadzi, jak i ma szerokie i wygodne siedzisko. Quinny Yezz szybko się składa do bardzo małych rozmiarów i szybko rozkłada. Pasek pozwala nosić złożony wózek na ramieniu jak torbę. Hamakowe siedzisko pozwala dziecku na wygodną jazdę. Dla mnie minusem jest brak pochylanego siedziska i maleńka budka przeciwsłoneczna, ale w tych rozmiarach wózka chyba nie powinnam ich oczekiwać. Gdybym szukała wózka małego, zwrotnego, dla dziecka, które nie będzie w nim spało i któremu nie przeszkadzają promienie słoneczne – znacie mój wybór. Wózek nie ma kosza na zakupy, ale w oparciu jest kieszonka, do której można włożyć napój i przekąski. Rynkowa cena tego wózka to około 590 zł – najtaniej możecie kupić tutaj   3. Quinny Zapp Xtra 2 Co tu dużo mówić – w pierwszej kolejności urzekł mnie kolor – jaśniutki, wakacyjny niebieski. Dalej zachwyciło mnie obszerne siedzisko, a jak się okazało, że ma 3 pozycje włącznie z leżącą, wiedziałam, że jest idealne dla tego typu wózka. Gdy przygotowywałam ten post okazało się, że to siedzisko można montować zarówno przodem jak i tyłem do kierunku jazdy. Czy można chcieć więcej? Siedzisko jest głębokie, dobrze osłania dziecko od wiatru, budka jest bardzo duża, z możliwością powiększenia świetnie zadba o ochronę przeciwsłoneczną i przeciwdeszczową dziecka. Quinny Zapp Xtra 2 składa się do całkiem małych rozmiarów, choć nie tak małych jak pozostałe wózki w tym zestawieniu. Składanie tego wózka to chyba jedyny mankament – niestety na pewno nie możemy tego zrobić jedną ręką i chwilę to trwa. Ale jeśli stawiacie na obszerne, wygodne siedzisko i wózek na wakacyjne spacery, wciąż bardzo kompaktowy po złożeniu – mechanizm składania chyba będziecie w stanie mu wybaczyć. Rynkowa cena tego wózka to około 1099 zł – najtaniej możecie kupić tutaj   4. GB Pockit GB Pockit to bez wątpienia jeden z najmniejszych wózków na świecie. Niestety, produkując wózek takich rozmiarów nie można oczekiwać pełnej funkcjonalności wózka 2w1. To czego brakuje mi tu najbardziej to ochrona przeciwsłoneczna, której w tym modelu praktycznie nie ma, podobnie jak ochrony przeciw podmuchom wiatru. Choć nie złożymy wózka jedną ręką, to po złożeniu otrzymamy zbitą konstrukcję wielkości… kartonu na buty zimowe. Natomiast rozłożymy go już zdecydowanie szybciej i łatwiej. Gdy przymierzyliśmy do GB Pockit naszego synka to niestety, ale okazał się to wózek bardzo wąski i niestety niezbyt wygodny dla naszego dziecka. Oparcie siedziska nie ma możliwości nawet małego pochylania, przez co drzemki mogłyby być w nim dodatkowo utrudnione. GB Pockit nie posiada także kosza na zakupy. Sprostowanie – GB Pockit posiada kosz na zakupy, moja pomyłka, a więc duży plus dla tego wózka. GB Pockit to idealny wózek dla drobnych dzieci i na krótsze spacery, dla dzieci, które nie będą w nim spały. Zakwalifikowałabym go jako wózek do podwiezienia maluszka na lotnisku, szybkim wypadzie na zakupy, ale mniej chętnie wybrałabym się z nim na całodzienną wycieczkę po mieście. Rynkowa cena tego wózka to około 820 zł – najtaniej możecie kupić tutaj   I na koniec małe matematyczne podsumowanie – każdej z cech przyznawałam od 1 do 5 punktów. Oto co mi wyszło: Spacerówka Babyzen Yoyo Quinny Zapp XTRA 2 Quinny Yezz GB POCKIT Rozmiar po złożeniu 5 4 5 5 Łatwy i szybki w składaniu 5 2 4 3 Wygodny dla dziecka 3 5 3 2 Ochrona przeciwsłoneczna 2 5 3 1 Lekki 4 3 5 5 Cena 1 3 4 3 Średnia ocena 3,3 3,7 4,0 3,2 Waga 5,8 kg 8 kg 5 kg 4,3 kg   Co na z tego wyszło? Czyli jeśli w naszych rodzinnych priorytetach wygrałaby ultralekka waga i odpuścilibyśmy rozkładanie siedzisko i dużą budkę wybralibyśmy z największym prawdopodobieństwem wózek Quinny Yezz. Jeśli nie chcielibyśmy rezygnować z komfortu dziecka śpiącego w pozycji poziomej, długie godziny w cieniu nad basenem… 😉 wybralibyśmy Quinny Zapp Etra 2. A Wy co sądzicie o naszym porównaniu? Znaleźliście wśród tych propozycji swojego faworyta? A może polecicie nam coś zupełnie innego? Czekam na Wasze komentarze.
- [Przepis na udaną Niedzielę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przepis-na-udana-niedziele-fotografia-rodzinna/): To był wyjątkowy niedzielny poranek. Mikołaj, Wojtek, ja i święty spokój…     Fotografia rodzinna… A jaki jest Wasz przepis na udaną Niedzielę? PS Zdjęcia zostały wywołane w cyfrowej ciemni, są nietknięte PhotoShop’em. Nie usunęłam sobie suchej skórki na ustach, ani podbródka, nie wyszczupliłam nóg. Naturalna fotografia podoba mi się ostatnio najbardziej. W końcu to Piżama Party Sunday!
- [Weekend bez dziecka? Giżycko](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/weekend-bez-dziecka/): To miał być nasz drugi weekend w życiu bez Dziecka… Gdy Ania i Kuba wraz z Hotelem St. Bruno zaprosili nas na weekend do Giżycka uśmiechy nie schodziły nam z twarzy, choć na ramieniu siedział ON. Lęk. Wyjazd we czwórkę oznaczał bowiem trzy dni bez Mikołaja. Drugi raz w życiu mieliśmy nie widzieć się tak długo! Z Anią i Kubą strasznie się lubimy i zawsze mamy za mało czasu na rozmowy, więc wspólny wyjazd był wspaniałą okazją aby zmniejszyć dysproporcję pomiędzy tym jak często chcemy się spotykać, a jak często możemy się spotykać. Okazało się jednak, że zgranie 4 dorosłych, aktywnych zawodowo osób + aktywnej Babci do opieki nad Mikołajkiem oraz dostępności Hotelu w cudownej mazurskiej  miejscowości i to wszystko pod koniec wakacji wcale nie było takie łatwe. Ale wszyscy stanęli na rzęsach, każdy się nieźle nagimnastykował i pewnej pięknej niedzieli zapakowani (jeśli znacie bloga Ani i Kuby to pewnie nie uwierzycie, ale nasza walizka była największa) ruszyliśmy na absolutnie relaksujący weekend we czwórkę. Hotel St. Bruno w Giżycku to butikowy hotel, który swoją wyjątkowość zawdzięcza między innymi temu, że mieści się w zamku, którego początki sięgają XIII-wieku! Hotel ugościł nas w zamkowych pokojach w nowszej części:   Hotel bardzo dba o swoich Gości i zapewnił nam moc atrakcji idealnych dla takiej „młodzieży” jak my. Przez cały pobyt mogliśmy korzystać z wszelkich dobrodziejstw hotelu, za nami pływanie w basenie, wspaniałe pogaduchy w jaccuzi, a masaż relaksujący dla dwojga wspominam z tęsknotą niemal każdego dnia. Troszkę rzadziej wygraną rozgrywkę w kręgle 😉 Jak wiecie zawodowo zajmuję się organizacją ślubów i nie mogłam nie spojrzeć pod tym kątem na Hotelową Restaurację i Oranżerię… Sala jest tak urządzona, że wystarczy ze ślubnych dekoracji postawić karty menu, winietki i oczywiście kwiaty na stołach… i gotowe! Cudowna okolica i bezpośrednia bliskość wody sprawiała, że godzinami przechadzaliśmy się po Giżycku. Do domu wróciliśmy wypoczęci, zrelaksowani, wymasowani, nagadani i szczęśliwi. Mieliśmy spokojne głowy, gdyż mamy to szczęście, że Mikołaj spędził ten czas ze swoją Ukochaną Babcią. Ten weekend to był wspaniały pomysł, odetchnęliśmy nieco od codziennego pędu, a w naszych głowach zrodziło się kilka nowych pomysłów. W końcu Zmiana to moje drugie imię. A w domu czekał na nas bezpiecznie nasz największy Skarb: A Wy co sądzicie o takim weekendzie bez Maluszka?
- [Co fajnego można robić w Warszawie?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/co-fajnego-mozna-robic-w-warszawie/): To pytanie zadaję sobie kilka razy w roku, gdy jadę do stolicy. Co znalazło się na mojej liście? W Warszawie spędziliśmy przedostatni weekend tego lata, a Google podpowiedziało nam, że od maja do września warto… polecieć balonem. Na Stacji Balon długo nie trzeba było na nas czekać. Gdzie dokładnie? Przy moście Świętokrzyskim, niedaleko Stadionu Narodowego. Jak się jest w okolicy to już łatwo trafić, gdyż zwykle balon w górze najlepiej wskazuje drogę. W cenie 40 zł za osobę. A widoki? Cudne, sami zobaczcie:             Podczas kilku wizyt w Warszawie udało mi się uzbierać kilka fajnych miejsc, które odwiedziliśmy i które polecamy. Bez wątpienia znajdą się tam: 1. Ogrody Biblioteki Uniwersyteckiej – na dachu 2. Łazienki Królewskie – wspaniały spacer w towarzystwie pawi i wiewiórek 3. Muzeum Powstania Warszawskiego – nie ma co pisać, trzeba zobaczyć i przeżyć 4. Fragmenty muru getta warszawskiego – znajdują się w podwórkach, przy ul. Siennje trzeba było czychać, aż ktoś wyjdzie z bramy 5. Ulica Próżna – jedyna, której zabudowa (kamienice pod nr 7, 9, 12 i 14) przetrwała zagładę getta warszawskiego, a oprócz dwóch kamienic od czasów wojny nie została odremontowana, co potęguje wrażenia. Mieliśmy szczęście i trafiliśmy na Festiwal Warszawa Singera – kultury żydowskiej – , mogliśmy wejść do niektórych kamienic, napić się i zjeść w niepowtarzalnej atmosferze 6. Park Wilanowski 7. Stare Miasto. W Warszawie będziemy ponownie za kilka dni i bardzo przyda nam się pomoc w tworzeniu tej listy fajnych miejsc do odwiedzenia. Na ten moment w planie mamy (na listę chciałabym wpisać także Teatr 6. piętro – niestety, tym razem także nie udało nam się kupić biletów): 1. Centrum Nauki Kopernik 2. Ulica Chłodna – dzieląca dawniej dwa getta 3. Dom Kereta – szkoda, że nie będzie otwarty do zwiedzania a z przyjemnością dopiszę jeszcze kilka punktów. Czekam na Wasze propozycje!
- [Jak urządziłam salon na przekór smutkom](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-urzadzic-salon-na-jesien/): Głupio byłoby nie znosić jednej czwartej swojego życia, dlatego musiałam coś z tym zrobić. Na myśl o jesieni wcale nie mam przed oczami pięknych złotych liści, co nie znaczy, że ich nie dostrzegam. Po prostu o wiele bardziej dokuczają mi dni tak krótkie, że słońce oglądam głównie przez okno biura, a mój nastrój zwyczajnie opada jak wspomniane liście.   Jesień trwa 1/4 roku,głupio byłoby nie lubić 25% swojego życia, więc postanowiłam zawalczyć o siebie, o nastrój fantastyczny klimat.   Uwielbiam zachody słońca i ciepłe światło. Kocham ciepło i klimat ogniska. Ciepłe letnie wieczory i pogaduchy do północy. Dlatego postanowiłam stworzyć sobie pozytywny klimat tej jesieni.   Jeśli jesteście ze mną na co dzień wiecie, że wdrażam minimalistyczny plan na siebie, dlatego głupotą byłoby polecieć teraz do sklepu i kupić masę jesiennych ozdób, którymi ozdobiłabym dom, dlatego zdecydowałam się na naturalne dekoracje, które w niedzielę mogę wrzucić do gara i ugotować z nich pyszną, rozgrzewającą zupę krem. I taką też przestrzeń sobie stworzyłam.   Ciepłe światło, miękkie tkaniny, żywe kwiaty, spokojna muzyka i dobra książka sprawiają, że nie mogę doczekać się wieczoru i tej chwili dla siebie, choćby 10 minut. Po których uwielbiam odpływać do krainy pozytywnych afirmacji, które szykują mnie na kolejny dobry dzień. Zobacz jak niewielkim kosztem można udekorować mieszkanie, oswoić jesień i czerpać przyjemność z deszczowej pogody za oknem.   Kochana, mam nadzieję, że czujesz się dobrze tej jesieni, a jeśli nie, biegnij po pozytywną książkę, zapal świeczkę i podziękuj Bogu albo inne Sile Wyższej, w którą wierzysz za wszystko co masz. Wymień 20 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna, a życie stanie się od razu piękniejsze.  Obiecuję.  
- [Do spełniania marzeń także trzeba mieć odwagę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spelniania-marzen-takze-trzeba-miec-odwage/): Nie mogę przestać myśleć o słowach, które usłyszałam ostatnio: „Podejmuj decyzje tak, jak byś się nie bała – strach jest złym doradcą”. Wzięłam to sobie do serca i wyjeżdżam.   Nie wiem, czy wiesz, ale część moich studiów odbyłam w Paryżu. Od zawsze miałam cel – chciałam mieć własny, kobiecy biznes, zgodny z moimi ideałami i wartościami – dziś mamy Wytwórnię Ślubów i Akademię Wytwórni Ślubów, ale gdy w 2006 roku to marzenie pojawiło się w mojej głowie, byłam – co tu dużo mówić – biedną studentką, dorabiającą jako barmanka, która pracując 3,5 dnia w tygodniu (i nocy), wyrabiała pełen etat.  Na randki z Wojtkiem umawiałam się pomiędzy 3 w nocy a 7 rano, a ogromną część tego czasu spędzaliśmy we Fiacie Seicento, gdyż od jego domu do restauracji, w której pracowałam, było ponad 60 km w jedną stronę.   Gdy pojawiła się szansa, że część studiów będę mogła odbyć w Paryżu, wiedziałam, że to może być dla mnie szansa nie tylko na studia na prestiżowej uczelni, w Naprawdę Wielkim Mieście, ale także na przygodę życia i… pierwsze poważniejsze pieniądze do zarobienia. Stypendium, które otrzymywałam w wysokości 300 Euro miesięcznie na różnice wynikające z zamożności studenta polskiego i francuskiego (nie wiem kto to wyliczał) oraz 500 zł miesięcznie stypendium naukowego, nie starczyłoby mi nawet na wynajęcie najmniejszego pokoju w Paryżu, ale moich marzeń nic nie mogło wtedy zatrzymać. Postanowiłam, że nie tylko wyjadę na uczelnię do Paryża, ale jeszcze wrócę z pieniędzmi na otwarcie pierwszego własnego biznesu.   Zdecydowałam się wyjechać do Paryża, choć zupełnie nie było mnie na to stać, na własną rękę szukając pracy jako au pair. Dodam, że nie znałam nawet podstaw języka francuskiego, gdyż studia miałam odbyć na anglojęzycznym kierunku. Zamieszkałam w bardzo francuskiej rodzinie, otrzymując za swoją pracę, oprócz pokoju z łazienką i wyżywienia, 350 Euro comiesięcznej pensji. Dzięki temu nie dość, że mogłam zaoszczędzić całe stypendia i część pensji, to jeszcze w ramach wynagrodzenia zamieszkałam w XVI dzielnicy Paryża, która ma reputację dzielnicy zamieszkiwanej przez najbogatszych mieszkańców miasta, a potwierdzają to najwyższe ceny nieruchomości w całej Francji. Wiesz już więc, skąd między innymi miałam pieniądze na pierwszy własny biznes, ale ja z Paryża przywiozłam coś o wiele bardziej cennego.   Do moich obowiązków należało nie tylko opiekowanie się Dzieckiem, ale także, albo i przede wszystkim, pomoc w opiece nad domem. Moja chęć do pracy była z pewnością czynnikiem bardzo wyróżniającym mnie na tle kandydatek, które zwykle chciały ograniczyć się jedynie do opieki nad dzieckiem. Brak znajomości języka francuskiego przekułam w swój atut – dzięki temu moja podopieczna miała codziennie zapewnioną 5-godzinną naukę języka angielskiego – musiałyśmy się przecież jakoś komunikować.   Dom, w którym przyszło mi zamieszkać, był niesamowicie ulokowany – pośród wszystkich kamienic wchodziło się w zamkniętą, niepozorną, stalową bramę, a tam, wśród drzew, w centrum miasta, stał wolnostojący, czterokondygnacyjny dom z malutkim ogródkiem. Wydaje mi się, że miałam wiele szczęścia, choć pewnie powinnam powiedzieć, że pozytywnie przeszłam dwutygodniowy okres próbny i zdobyłam tę pracę – znalazłam się w niezwykłej rodzinie, w której dopasowując każdorazowo ręczniki do szlafroków i pościeli, nauczyłam się zwracać uwagę i dbać o każdy szczegół. Nakrywając codziennie do śniadania już wieczorem poprzedniego dnia, nauczyłam się organizacji i planowania. Jedząc wspólne posiłki i robiąc zakupy, nauczyłam się jeść tak, że choć moja dieta opierała się w dużej mierze na pysznym świeżym pieczywie i jeszcze smaczniejszych dojrzewających serach, ja w końcu traciłam na wadze. Wychodząc na miasto, nauczyłam się chodzić gdzie tylko to możliwe pieszo i naturalnie prowokować ruch. Mieszkając w tak cudownym mieście, nauczyłam się chłonąć piękno otaczającego mnie świata i cieszyć się z tego, że jestem, widzę, czuję. Nauczyłam się być sama ze sobą, polegać na sobie i lubić siebie. A były to czasy, gdy jedyny dostępny darmowy Internet był w McDonaldzie, telefon służył do dzwonienia i wysyłania sms’ów, a minuta połączenia do Polski w moim pre-paidzie kosztowała niemal 10 złotych.   Gdy wyjeżdżałam do Paryża, marzyłam o tym, aby założyć portal ślubny – dziś PobieramySię ma 11 lat, przekazałam jego stery w dobre ręce mojego zespołu, a sama oddałam duszę i serce Wytwórni Ślubów i jej Córce – Akademii. Myślę, że nie byłoby tego wszystkiego, ani mnie w roli Wedding Plannera, gdyby nie mój wyjazd do Paryża. Podejrzewam, że nigdy nie uwierzyłabym w siebie na tyle, aby uwierzyć, że Młode Pary uwierzą we mnie. Myślę, że troska o każdy detal, której się nauczyłam w XVI dzielnicy Paryża, nie przychodziłaby mi z taką łatwością, jak przychodzi mi dzisiaj, a ja nie umiałabym tak motywować moich Kursantów do zdobycia zawodu Konsultanta Ślubnego, co czynię teraz z największą pasją i oddaniem.   Ogromne zmiany wprowadzam także do naszego dzisiejszego życia. Czuję, że mimo wszystko za wiele w życiu odkładałam. Na to aż schudnę, na to aż będę miała więcej czasu, na to gdy będę miała większą stabilność finansową. Odkładałam porządek w szafie i robienie zdjęć, odkładałam podróże, odkładałam czas ze znajomymi, odkładałam słodkie nicnierobienie, wypełniając swój kalendarz zadaniami po brzegi.   Jak już wiele razy mówiłam, uwielbiam zmiany i uwielbiam wszelkie momenty zwrotne. Dlatego w 2018 rok weszłam z wielkimi marzeniami, ale tym razem poparłam je osadzeniem ich w czasie. Planowanie roku 2018 rozpoczęłam od planowania wakacji, wolnych dni, czasu dla siebie i rodziny czy czasu na czytanie (w końcu dostałam mój upragniony podświetlany Kindle!). Co więcej, nic nie dodało mi tak siły i wiary we własną zmianę, jak pierwsze zrealizowane plany, szczególnie te wakacyjne – relację z naszych pierwszych wakacji możesz przeczytać tutaj, na drugie jedziemy już w najbliższy czwartek.   Z ogromnym sentymentem od lat cofam się do tamtych chwil w Paryżu. Nie ma chyba dnia, abym nie wracała we wspomnieniach do paryskiego krajobrazu i domu, a ten wyjazd był, żeby Ci nie skłamać… 1, 2, 3… 12 lat temu! A skoro pozostaje we mnie wciąż tak żywy, tak ważny, postanowiłam pójść o krok dalej i zaplanować nie tylko ten, ale i kolejne lata. Postanowiłam zacząć czerpać dodatkowe benefity z tego, że oboje z Wojtkiem prowadzimy firmę i zaplanować kolejne sezony tak, aby co roku móc się przeprowadzić z całą rodziną na minimum miesiąc do jakiegoś wyjątkowego miejsca na świecie.   Celowo nie planuję pięciu krótkich podróży tylko jedną dłuższą, aby mieć szansę, tak jak miałam w Paryżu, wtopić się w tłum lokalnych mieszkańców, poczuć zapach miasta, gdy codziennie rano wstaję i udaję się do piekarni po świeże, ciepłe pieczywo. Nie chcę zwiedzić wszystkich stolic Europy w 14 dni ani biegać z aparatem i w 24 godziny zrobić sobie zdjęcie przy każdej głównej atrakcji turystycznej Budapesztu czy Barcelony, tylko chcę powoli i codziennie spacerować po mieście, doceniając jego, często niewidoczne dla turystów, walory, chodzić z dziećmi na place zabaw, poznawać nowych ludzi i wzbogacać nasze życie o nowe doznania, emocje, smaki, widoki i znajomości. Ma być jak najbardziej codziennie i normalnie, dlatego będę też pracować, a miesięczny wyjazd ulokuję pomiędzy kolejną edycją Kursu a Koordynacją Ślubu i Wesela.   W mojej głowie panuje ogromny chaos, wiele osób stuka się w głowę i z niedowierzaniem słucha o moich planach, a ja modlę się o to, aby nie zabrakło mi odwagi, wybieram bowiem destynację na 2018 rok. Wybieram, bo stoi za mną Wojtek, który mówi: a ja wierzę w Twoją intuicję.   Mam ogromną ochotę spakować swoje życie do jednej walizki. Wziąć tylko to, co najpotrzebniejsze i zobaczyć, jak będzie mi się żyło z tak mała liczbą rzeczy, sprawdzić, czego najbardziej będzie mi brakowało i być może zmienić swoje priorytety i przyzwyczajenia.   A Ty do jakiego miasta chciałabyś się na miesiąc przeprowadzić? A może już mieszkasz w niezwykle urokliwym miejscu?
- [Moich 10 sposobów na zdrowie w ciąży](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/na-zdrowie-w-ciazy/): Cała moja przygoda ze zdrowym stylem życia, zdrowym odżywaniem i zdrową pielęgnacją cery, skóry i włosów wzięła swój początek 4 lata temu, gdy podjęliśmy decyzję o powiększeniu naszej rodziny. Wtedy myślałam, że moja troska o zdrowie oprze się na kilku suplementach i drogich kremach przeciw rozstępom. Jednak moja ciekawska natura przywiodła mnie w zupełnie inne miejsce i dziś całkowicie inaczej wspieram zdrowie swoje i rosnącego we mnie Maleństwa, niż planowałam (a to już 28 tydzień – uwierzycie?). Poznaj moje proste i naturalne sposoby na wsparcie dla zdrowia każdego dnia. 1. Szklanka ciepłej wody z cytryną o poranku Nie można chyba lepiej zacząć dnia niż szklanką ciepłej wody i świeżo wyciśniętą do niej połówką cytryny. Ta mikstura pomaga oczyścić organizm (wypłukuje toksyny), przyspiesza metabolizm i poprawia trawienie (dzięki błonnikowi), pomaga na problemy ze zgagą i niestrawność, dodaje energii, a także wspomaga naszą odporność (głównie dzięki zawartości witaminy C). Najlepiej wypić ją od razu po przebudzeniu, jakieś pół godziny przed śniadaniem. Znajdziesz w niej wapń i potas, dbający o Twoje zdrowe serce, układ nerwowy i mózg. Woda z cytryną ma także działanie… odkwaszające nasz organizm – pomimo kwaśnego smaku, ma na nas alkalizujący wpływ.   2. Nasionka chia To mój ulubiony i najbardziej naturalny „suplement” diety. Piję go dwa razy dziennie: do szklanki ciepłej (nie gorącej) wody wsypuję łyżkę nasion chia i odstawiam na jakiś czas, aby później w ciągu dnia wypić moją odżywczą „bombę”.   Za co najbardziej cenię nasionka chia? Już dwie duże łyżki nasion chia (około 30g) dostarczają nam około 20% zalecanego dziennego spożycia wapnia, 30% manganu, 30% magnezu, 27% fosforu, i aż 11 g samego błonnika [źródło], który wspiera dobroczynną florę bakteryjną w naszych jelitach. Zawierają masę drogocennych przeciwutleniaczy [źródło], a ich bogactwo w w wapń, magnez, fosfor i białka cudownie wspiera kości nasze i Maluszka.   3. Sok z buraka W ciąży kobiety bardzo często cierpią na niedokrwistość (anemię). Aby do niej nie dopuścić, warto już od samego początku ciąży spożywać buraki. Pomimo tego, że w porównaniu na przykład do pietruszki wcale nie są tak bogatym źródłem żelaza, wspaniale pełnią rolę krwiotwórczą, zapobiegają (a nawet leczą) anemię. Zawarte w nich barwniki to bardzo silne przeciwutleniacze, które aż czterokrotnie zwiększają przyswajalność tlenu przez nasze komórki. Do tego zawierają sporo kwasu foliowego, wspomagając wprost rozwój naszego Dziecka, a z naszego organizmu usuwają szkodliwy nadmiar homocysteiny. [źródło]   W dietę każdej kobiety w ciąży, a także tej przygotowującej się do ciąży, doskonale wpisze się więc sok z buraka. Naszą codzienną porcję soku wyciskamy zwykle na wolnoobrotowej wyciskarce lub w kamiennym naczyniu produkujemy sok z kiszonego buraka z czosnkiem – o cudownych właściwościach kiszonek i przepisach na to cudo rozpiszę się przy kolejnej okazji. Jedno jest pewne – już 2-3 tygodnie picia codziennie soku z kiszonego buraka potrafiły wyciągnąć mnie na prostą nawet z jednocyfrowego poziomu hemoglobiny we krwi, na pewno jeszcze lepiej są w stanie zapobiec anemii.   Jeśli jednak nie lubisz, nie masz możliwości bądź czasu na samodzielne przygotowanie soków, w sieci sklepów Carrefour odkryliśmy soki z kiszonego buraka w małych, szklanych buteleczkach – idealna porcja zdrowia dla Ciebie i Maleństwa na każdy dzień.   4. Woda To woda wypłukuje toksyny z naszego organizmu – choć nie neutralizuje ich, wspomaga pracę nerek i oczyszczanie organizmu ze szkodliwych odpadów metabolicznych. Jej niedobór powoduje w nas uczucie zmęczenia, znużenia i osłabienia, a nawet zawroty głowy czy drżenie rąk, doprowadzając do drastycznego obniżenia poziomu elektrolitów w naszym organizmie.   Pamiętaj, że w czasie ciąży wody musisz spożywać tyle, aby starczyło jej dla Was dwojga (a może trojga?), bowiem Dziecko składa się z 74-94% z wody, a jego naturalne środowisko stanowi nic innego jak również woda. Dlatego odpowiednia ilość wody, którą powinnyśmy spożywać każdego dnia, powinna wynosić około 3 litrów –  spokojnie, jeden litr zapewne dostarczysz w pożywieniu, a 2 powinnaś wypić. Zadbasz tym samym także o swoje prawidłowe trawienie, dostarczysz niezbędnych minerałów i poprawisz swoje samopoczucie. [źródło]. Dlatego zawsze staram się mieć obok siebie szklankę i butelkę wody. Przed nami lato, więc wody zapewne będę spożywała jeszcze więcej, aby zrównoważyć ilość wydalaną w upały przez skórę.   5. Witamina D Ta życiodajna witamina pomaga budować silne mięśnie i kości Twoje, a także Maluszka – odpowiada za prawidłową gospodarkę wapniową w naszym organizmie. Jej niedobór może prowadzić do słabszych kości u Ciebie i Twojego Dziecka, prowadzi także do częstszego pojawiania się alergii u dzieci.   W ciąży (i nie tylko) na pewno nie opalam się godzinami (twarzy na słońce nie wystawiam wcale), ale jeśli tylko pogoda mi na to pozwala, staram się wystawiać na ekspozycję pełnego słońca na 20 minut każdego słonecznego dnia.  Podobno już 15 minut ekspozycji ramion i nóg na słońcu pozwala pokryć nasze dzienne zapotrzebowanie na witaminę D. To kolejny powód na to, aby każdego dnia udać się na rodzinny spacer.   W pozostałe dni (a więc przez pierwsze dwa trymestry niemal codziennie) przyjmuję odpowiednią dawkę witaminy D w kropelkach.   Jak wyznaczyć właściwą dawkę suplementowanej witaminy D?   Przy kolejnych badaniach krwi oznacz poziom witaminy D i ustal ze swoim lekarzem, jaka dawka witaminy D będzie dla Ciebie odpowiednia – nie zapomnij powiedzieć mu o swoich nawykach. Odpowiednia dawka witaminy D jest Ci niezwykle potrzebna do prawidłowej gospodarki wapniowej w ciąży, ale także Maleństwu [„Księga ciąży”, W. i M. Sears]. 6. Kwas foliowy Jest konieczny dla prawidłowego rozwoju rdzenia kręgowego Twojego Maluszka. Czy wiesz, że cewka nerwowa płodu zamyka się już w 3-4 tygodniu ciąży? Dlatego o dostarczeniu sobie odpowiedniej ilości kwasu foliowego powinnaś zadbać już na etapie starania się o Dziecko. Zbyt niski poziom kwasu foliowego jest także przyczyną wcześniactwa czy problemów behawioralnych u dziecka, dlatego o odpowiedni jego poziom musimy dbać przez całą ciążę [„Księga ciąży”, W. i M. Sears].   Pomimo diety bogatej w kwas foliowy, zgodnie z zaleceniami lekarza przez całą ciążę dostarczam go również w postaci suplementów. Jaką dawkę zastosować? Jaki kwas najlepiej wybrać? To wszystko ustal ze swoim lekarzem prowadzącym. 7. Oleje Każdego dnia spożywam na zimno tzw. „dobre tłuszcze”, czyli olej kokosowy lub lniany. Za każdym razem wybieram tłuszcze roślinne, które są nierafinowane i tłoczone na zimno – tylko takie zachowują maksimum wartości odżywczych. Wśród zdrowych tłuszczy znajdziesz także olej z orzechów, oliwę i olej rybny (pod warunkiem, że był przebadany na obecność metali ciężkich i ich nie posiada lub posiada je w ilościach niezagrażających zdrowiu Twojemu i Dziecka).   Pamiętaj, aby spożywanie zdrowych tłuszczów przyniosło Twojemu zdrowiu, a przede wszystkim zdrowiu Maluszka korzyści – nie możesz niwelować ich dobrego działania spożywaniem tłuszczów niezdrowych. Na Twojej czarnej liście powinny więc znaleźć się „złe tłuszcze„, które przechodzą przez łożysko i blokują receptory błon komórkowych u Dziecka, co skutkuje powstawaniem mniejszej ilości połączeń między komórkami mózgu Twojego Dziecka. Niezdrowe tłuszcze to:   utwardzone tłuszcze roślinne (tzw. tłuszcze trans) – mogą blokować działanie enzymu, dzięki któremu Twój organizm potrafi przetworzyć kwasy Omega-3 w tak ogromnie ważny dla rozwoju mózgu Twojego Dziecka kwas omega-3 DHA. Jaki jest najbardziej popularny tłuszcz utwardzony? Oczywiście margaryna, bez znaczenia jakie inne cudowne składniki zostaną do niej dołożone, nie powinna znaleźć się w Twojej diecie; olej palmowy – po pierwsze ze wszystkich tłuszczów jest najbardziej skażony pestycydami, po drugie jest bardzo ubogi w wartościowe kwasy [„Księga ciąży”, W. i M. Sears].   8. Ruch Za każdym razem marzyłam o aktywnej ciąży, oczami wyobraźni widziałam siebie piękną, szczupłą, dzielną i pracującą, najlepiej do samego dnia porodu, ćwiczącą codziennie w modnych ciuchach z celebrytkami na DVD na własnym dywanie… Tylko niestety niewiele z moich marzeń w tym temacie się spełniło. Przyznaję, początkowo miałam ogromne kompleksy, szczególnie po przymusowym leżeniu przez kilka tygodni, które zaliczyłam w każdej ciąży, po których dostawałam zadyszki, wchodząc po schodach na pierwsze piętro. Ale postanowiłam potraktować tę swoją aktywność własną miarą i po konsultacji z lekarzem, uwzględniając wszystkie moje zdrowotne ograniczenia, wyznaczyć sobie swój „autorski program treningowy” – nawet jeśli wyczerpuje go 10-minutowy, żółwi spacer czy dwie długości basenu. Staram się być aktywna na tyle, ile mogę i czerpać z tego tyle radości, ile się tylko da. Choć moje możliwości są symboliczne, każdego dnia staram się zaplanować sobie minispacer, w złą pogodę choćby do sklepu. Za wszelką cenę nie chcę zaniedbać ruchu. Intuicyjnie czuję, że leżący tryb życia to same minusy – spadek nastroju, spadek formy i dolegliwości bólowe postępują lawinowo. Radość przynosi mi więc każda, nawet najdrobniejsza aktywność.   Reżim łóżkowy? Coraz częściej spotykam się z tym, że lekarze, którzy się mną opiekują, a w każdej ciąży spotykam ich wielu, coraz rzadziej jako lek na zagrażające poronienie czy skracającą się szyjkę macicy nakazują „reżim łóżkowy”, tylko zalecają raczej „oszczędzanie” w wersji maxi. Bardzo ciekawie napisała na ten temat MamaGinekolog.   9. Fizjoterapia i kinesiotaping Przyznaję, że choć ciąża jest dla mnie wyczekanym i wymarzonym stanem, to niestety mój układ ruchu wydaje się być do niego zupełnie nieprzystosowany i funduje mi kolejny raz multum dolegliwości bólowych. Dlatego zamiast leczyć, postanowiłam zapobiegać i już w szóstym miesiącu zgłosiłam się do… fizjoterapeuty. Widujemy się raz w tygodniu, a oprócz masażu nadmiernie napiętych mięśni, które powodują dolegliwości bólowe szczególnie w obrębie miednicy i krzyża, mój fizjoterapeuta stosuje kinesiotaping – to naklejanie na skórę, na wybrane częściach ciała, elastycznych, wodoodpornych, oddychających bawełnianych plastrów, które łagodzą ból. Jestem po kilku takich spotkaniach i już odczuwam sporą różnicę, pełne wrażenia opiszę Wam… po porodzie, gdyż nad powrotem do formy będziemy pracować razem także po nim.   10. Troska o skórę Być może będzie to dla Ciebie zaskoczeniem, ale nie używam ani jednego kosmetyku dedykowanego dla kobiet w ciąży. Co zupełnie nie oznacza, że nie używam ich wcale, czy też używam tych samych kosmetyków, co przed ciążą. Historię o tym, jak przestałam ufać markom, a zaczęłam ufać składom, opowiem Ci przy innej okazji, a dziś powiem Ci tylko, że o wiele cenniejsze składy znalazłam w „zwykłych” kosmetykach czy olejach. Nie widzę potrzeby kupowania drogich olejków kosmetycznych, bazujących na ropie naftowej (olej parafinowy jest na przykład głównym składnikiem wielu popularnych olejków przeciw rozstępom, wiele z nich zawiera także rezynoidy, których również powinnyśmy w ciąży unikać) ani drogich kremów, które, choć dedykowane dla kobiet w ciąży, mogą być szkodliwe dla rozwijającego się Dziecka – jako ciekawostkę możesz sprawdzić, jakie znane marki produkują kremy dedykowane kobietom w ciąży z toksycznymi składnikami takimi jak Polyacrylamide –  konserwant, pochodna formaldehydu, substancja toksyczna – o tutaj.   Jestem świadoma tego, że nie wszystkie dobroczynne składniki kosmetyczne są pożądane właśnie w okresie ciąży i karmienia piersią, więc zanim zastosuję jakikolwiek krem, balsam czy mus do ciała, sprawdzam, czy na liście substancji, które zawiera, nie znajdują się te niewskazane dla kobiet w ciąży. Taką listę znajdziesz na moim ulubionym blogu kosmetycznym.   Oto moich 10 sposobów na troskę o zdrowie Maluszka i swoje przez tych niezwykłych 9 miesięcy. Jeśli nie ma ich na Twojej liście, być może staną się dla Ciebie inspiracją do dbania o Nowe Życie i o siebie. Jeśli mój tekst Ci się spodobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz lub udostępnisz, aby podzielić się nim z innymi.
- [Jak się przygotować do ciążowej sesji zdjęciowej?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sie-przygotowac-ciazowej-sesji-zdjeciowej/): Sesja ciążowa od zawsze była moim ogromnym marzeniem. Tak rzadko mamy z mężem okazję stanąć razem przed obiektywem, a okres oczekiwania na Dziecko, na Cud Narodzin jest tak wyjątkowy, że po prostu musiałam mieć z tego okresu cudowną pamiątkę. Dziś, gdy są za nami trzy ciążowe sesje zdjęciowe, przygotowałam dla Was mały poradnik, jak się do takiej sesji przygotować.   Aby sesja zdjęciowa była udana, oczywiście potrzebny jest dobry fotograf – o tym, czym się kierować przy wyborze fotografa do rodzinnej sesji zdjęciowej, napiszę w kolejnym poście. Dziś natomiast skupię się na tym, że bez względu na to, przed obiektywem jak fantastycznego fotografa staniemy, warto się do tego dobrze przygotować, aby efekt końcowy był dokładnie taki, jak sobie wymarzyliście. Zdjęcia, które możecie tu podziwiać, wykonała dla nas niezwykła Magdalena Mizera, która przejechała pół Polski, aby spełnić nasze marzenie o jasnej, romantycznej sesji brzuszkowej na polu lawendy.     1. Miejsce i sceneria Do rodzinnych sesji zdjęciowych uwielbiam wykorzystywać nasze naturalne otoczenie, takie jak nasz dom, sypialnia, pokój dziecięcy czy ogródek. Idealnie też sprawdzają się tutaj plenery, które kojarzą nam się z relaksem i spędzaniem czasu w rodzinnym gronie: park, plaża, łąka czy droga. Kluczem do sukcesu każdej sesji jest jednak brak tłumów – nieproszeni goście są w stanie zepsuć każde zdjęcie, dlatego zanim wybierzecie się w plener, upewnijcie się, w jakich godzinach najlepiej jest wykonać tam zdjęcia, aby uniknąć obcych osób na zdjęciach.   Jeśli zaczęliście już przygotowywać pokój dla Waszego Dziecka czy nawet kącik dla Noworodka w Waszej sypialni, będzie on stanowił przepiękną i naturalną scenerię dla Waszej brzuszkowej sesji zdjęciowej, nada jej osobistego charakteru i będzie dodatkową pamiątką.     2. Porządek Nic tak bardzo nie psuje zdjęcia, jak niechciane elementy na nim, a nie chodzi przecież o to, aby nasz fotograf musiał w postprodukcji wycinać na zdjęciu porozrzucane skarpetki, kurz na szafce czy innych, niechcianych „bohaterów drugiego tła”. Oczywiście, Wasze zdjęcia zwykle będą koncentrowały się na pierwszym planie, ale drugi plan, nawet bardzo rozmyty dzięki jasnemu obiektywowi i zastosowaniu małej głębi ostrości, potrafi popsuć odbiór zdjęcia, szczególnie jeśli w tle są intensywne, niespójne z pierwszym kadrem kolory.   Ta sama zasada odnosi się do sesji plenerowych – zwróć uwagę na to, czy na plaży nie leżą śmieci, nie stoją kolorowe parawany, a w parku pod ławką nie ma rozbitych kolorowych butelek. Czasami wystarczy zrobić kilka kroków w bok, aby zmienić całościowy odbiór zdjęcia..     3. Pora dnia Planując brzuszkową sesję zdjęciową w Waszym domu zastanówcie się, kiedy jest tam najlepsze światło do fotografowania i wykorzystajcie właśnie ten czas. Pamiętajcie, że może to być zupełnie inna pora dnia w przypadku Waszej sypialni, pokoju dziecięcego czy ogródka.   W przypadku sesji plenerowej obowiązuje dokładnie taka sama zasada – tutaj pod uwagę należy wziąć także porę roku i wysokość słońca nad horyzontem. W porze letniej wykonanie zdjęć plenerowych w pełnym słońcu w okolicach samego południa jest praktycznie niemożliwe. Jest natomiast coś takiego w fotografii jak „złota godzina” – to godzina tuż po wschodzie słońca i tuż przed jego zachodem – zapewnia nam jedyne w swoim rodzaju przecudowne ciepłe światło i długie cienie.   Planując idealną porę na ciążową sesję zdjęciową weź pod uwagę to, kiedy najlepiej i najatrakcyjniej się czujesz. Jeśli wieczorem masz tendencję do zbierania wody i opuchnięć, zaplanuj sesję na godziny poranne. I na odwrót – jeśli rano jesteś szczególnie zmęczona, najprawdopodobniej więcej energii będziesz miała w godzinach popołudniowych     4. Stroje Dobrze, jeśli Wasze stroje pasują do siebie stylem i kolorystyką. Na każdą sesję przygotowuję ze dwa warianty ubrań i ostateczną decyzję o tym, co założyć, podejmujemy razem z fotografem, który ma w głowie cały kadr. Staram się nie łączyć kilku wzorów, ani zbyt wielu kolorów. Ważne jest także to, aby ubrania pasowały do siebie pod kątem charakteru – jeśli ja jestem w jeansach, Wojtek nie zakłada garnituru i na odwrót. Oprócz tego, że stroje wszystkich osób na zdjęciu powinny do siebie pasować, zastanów się nad tym,  co będzie stanowiło tło dla nich i również uwzględnij je w tej kolorystycznej układance. Pamiętaj, żadnych skarpetek! Obowiązuje niepisana zasada, że na zdjęciach mamy albo bose nogi, albo buty. Skarpetki nigdy, ale to nigdy nie wyglądają dobrze na zdjęciach.   W przypadku ciążowej sesji zdjęciowej zwróć uwagę na to, czy wybrane do zdjęć ubrania podkreślają Twój piękny brzuszek czy niepotrzebnie go ukrywają i maskują. Nie sprawdzi się najlepiej w tej roli na przykład czarna sukienka – chyba że staniesz bokiem do obiektywu. Jeśli akurat masz malutki brzuszek lub ubrania, które nosisz na co dzień go nie podkreślają, możesz zrobić to, przewiązując pod biustem wstążkę.     5. Makijaż i fryzura Aparat to taki… zjadacz makijażu, dlatego nie bój się podkreślić mocniej oczu czy policzków, najprawdopodobniej na zdjęciu wyjdą i tak delikatniej niż widzisz je w lustrze. Uważaj jednak, aby nie przedobrzyć – ja stosuję w makijażu, także fotograficznym, zasadę jednego mocnego elementu i decyduję, czy będą to oczy czy usta. Dobrze, jeśli makijaż jest matowy – nadmiar rozświetlacza może niekorzystnie wyglądać na zdjęciu, niczym lustro odbijające światło, pozbawiając nieodwracalnie skóry faktury w tym miejscu. W ciepłe czy upalne dni warto pamiętać także o zmatowieniu Panów – idealnie nada się do tego puder transparentny (jako Wedding Planner zawsze mam go przy sobie na ślubnych realizacjach) czy bibułki matujące – zabierz je ze sobą na sesję razem z pomadką lub błyszczykiem, jeśli planujesz ich użyć. Jeśli Twój partner ma skłonność do czerwienienia się, nie bój się nałożyć mu odrobiny swojego kryjącego podkładu w miejsca z taką tendencją.   Pamiętaj, żeby pomalować się tego dnia w sprawdzony i ulubiony sposób, to nie jest najlepszy dzień na makijażowe eksperymenty. Nie próbuj więc pierwszy raz narysować kreski na powiece czy nowego podkładu ani tuszu do rzęs.   Tutaj również polecam postawić na naturalność, ale ładnie podkreśloną. Jeśli sesja ma mieć naturalny, romantyczny charakter, nie sprawdzą się tutaj wymyślne loki od fryzjera. Włosy ładnie odbite, podobne do tych, które nosisz na co dzień, to klucz do pięknych, naturalnych zdjęć brzuszkowych.   Zwróćcie uwagę także na Wasze dłonie i stopy, te pierwsze z pewnością będą głównymi bohaterkami Waszych brzuszkowych fotografii.     6. Pozy Najlepiej będzie, jeśli przejrzycie kilka profesjonalnych ciążowych sesji zdjęciowych i zobaczycie, jakie pozy sprawdzają się najlepiej. Możecie także zapisać sobie w telefonie kilka ulubionych pozycji, aby na sesji spróbować je odtworzyć.   Jest jedna poza, która sprawdza się najlepiej – ręka położona na lub pod brzuszkiem, albo dwie ręce na raz. Ten prosty gest ma w sobie coś bardzo magicznego.     7. Detale, gadżety, rekwizyty Pomyśl, czy nie chciałabyś zaprosić do sesji rekwizytów, które podkreślą jej charakter. Zdjęcia z USG, maleńkie buciki, wstążka przewiązana nad lub na brzuszku, balon z helem czy odpowiednie napisy pomogą Wam stworzyć niezapomniany nastrój i klimat na zdjęciach. Możesz  także skorzystać z neutralnych pomysłów, takich jak wianek z kwiatów.     8.  Na kilka godzin przed sesją Jeśli na sesji zdjęciowej będziesz miała odkryte ramiona, nie zakładaj tego dnia bielizny na ramiączkach – mogą odcisnąć się na tyle mocno, że będą widoczne na zdjęciach. To samo tyczy się nóg – jeśli planujesz wystąpić w kreacji, która je odsłania, zrezygnuj tego dnia z noszenia skarpetek, które mogą pozostawić brzydkie ślady w miejscach uciskającej gumki.     9. Przekąski i napoje Ciążowa sesja zdjęciowa trwa zwykle od jednej do nawet kilku godzin i jest to czas spędzony dość intensywnie. Warto więc wcześniej przygotować sobie zestaw przekąsek i napoi dla Was wszystkich. Najlepiej sprawdzą się tutaj łatwe do jedzenia, lekkie przekąski, które nie są brudzące ani nie mają intensywnego zapachu. Pamiętaj, aby po jedzeniu poprawić makijaż ust.   10. W którym tygodniu ciąży najlepiej wykonać sesję ciążową? Najczęściej na brzuszkową sesje zdjęciową idealnie sprawdza się siódmy i ósmy miesiąc ciąży, gdy brzuszek jest już pięknie zaokrąglony, a Ty masz jeszcze siłę i ochotę na stawanie przed obiektywem. Nie polecam sesji zdjęciowej w 9 miesiącu, może okazać się ona dla Ciebie zbyt męcząca lub zwyczajnie możesz z nią nie zdążyć i zamiast stanąć przed obiektywem z brzuszkiem, staniesz już z Maluszkiem na ręku. Co nie znaczy, że sesja noworodkowa nie jest cudownym pomysłem! Na pewno napiszę także o niej.     Ciąża to jeden z największych darów, jakie można otrzymać od życia. Ogromnie się cieszę, że dzięki takim wyjątkowym zdjęciom udaje nam się jeszcze lepiej uchwycić wspomnienia.   A jak jest u Was? Myśleliście o ciążowej sesji zdjęciowej? A może macie już takie cudowne zdjęcia w swoim albumie?
- [Jak się przygotować do wyjścia ze szpitala z noworodkiem?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyjscie-ze-szpitala-z-noworodkiem/): O ile jeśli tak jak ja rodzisz latem, możesz rozważyć spakowanie ze sobą do szpitalnej torby rzeczy na wyjście, o tyle jeśli rodzisz zimą to upchnięcie w torbie wszystkich ciepłych rzeczy dla siebie i dziecka będzie tylko utrudniało Twój pobyt w szpitalu. To dlatego przygotowałam sobie w domu wszystkie rzeczy niezbędne na wyjście ze szpitala w jednym miejscu… – w foteliku samochodowym dla dziecka, gotowe do zabrania przez osobę, która będzie nas ze szpitala odbierała – u nas był mój mąż Wojtek.   Zapraszam Cię więc na film, w którym wszystko Ci opowiem…     Jeśli filmik Ci się spodobał, będę ogromnie wdzięczna za kciuk w górę, który możesz przyznać mi tutaj – będzie to dla mnie ogromna motywacja do tego, aby nagrywać kolejne materiały. Jeśli już nie możesz doczekać się kolejnych filmików, koniecznie zasubskrybuj mój kanał, a możesz to zrobić tutaj.   Pierwsze pytanie na jakie musimy sobie odpowiedzieć, planując nasze wyjście ze szpitala: jak będziemy wracać do domu? Zapewne dla większości z nas jest to samochód, ale na pewno znajdą się też osoby, które na przykład mieszkają bardzo blisko szpitala i zdecydują się na powrót spacerem. W każdej z tych sytuacji musimy mieć w czym przewieźć noworodka i zdecydować, czy będzie to wózek, czy fotelik samochodowy.   Osobiście rodziłam w innym mieście niż mieszkam na co dzień, więc wiedziałam, że do domu będę wracała samochodem. To dlatego najważniejszą rzeczą, jaką przygotowałam na wyjście ze szpitala, był fotelik samochodowy.   Fotelik samochodowy Nasz wybór padł na fotelik Cybex Cloud Q – dla poprzedniego Synka mieliśmy bardzo podobny fotelik tej samej marki, tylko nieco inny model – Aton Q, który nie posiadał jednej, najważniejszej funkcji, jaką posiada fotelik Cybex Cloud Q, który mamy tym razem – jest to funkcja rozkładnia fotelika poza samochodem na płasko, do pozycji leżącej, niemal jak w gondoli wózka.   O ile do tej pory byłam ogromnym przeciwnikiem przewożenia dzieci w fotelikach samochodowych poza samochodem, na stelażach wózków czyli traktowania fotelika samochodowego jak gondoli czy domowego leżaczka, o tyle gdy mamy fotelik samochodowy rozkładany poza wózkiem niemal na płasko, widzę tutaj nowe możliwości, które nie szkodzą zdrowiu naszego Maluszka. Oczywiście najlepiej stymulować nasze dziecko, przewożąc je w gondoli, gdzie jego ruchy nie są niczym skrępowane ani przez wymuszoną przez kształt fotelika pozycję, ani przez pasy, ale taki rozkładany na płasko fotelik może być ciekawą alternatywą na przykład na wyjście do lekarza czy na zakupy, gdy nasz Maluszek akurat zasnął w samochodzie, my nie chcemy budzić go przenosząc do gondoli. Możemy wtedy łatwo zamontować fotelik za pomocą adapterów na większości stelażach wózków i udać się na mały spacer czy odwiedzić znajomych.   Dlaczego to takie ważne? Taki Maluszek w wieku do dwóch miesięcy powinien przebywać w foteliku samochodowym maksymalnie 30-60 minut, gdyż w pozycji wymuszonej przez fotelik tętno dziecka i liczba oddechów wzrasta przy jednoczesnym spadku natlenienia organizmu, a to tylko jeden z powodów,dlaczego ta bezpieczna pozycja do podróżowania nie jest idealna do wypoczynku. Więcej na ten temat przeczytasz tutaj.   Otulacz do fotelika samochodowego i nie tylko Pomimo tego, że Maks przyszedł na świat pod koniec lipca, nie byłam w stanie przewidzieć tego, jaka będzie pogoda w dniu naszego wyjścia ze szpitala – a 10 czy 30 ‘C robi różnicę. To dlatego zdecydowałam się na zamontowanie w foteliku samochodowym specjalnego otulacza Leaf od Wallaboo – rozłożony otulacz ma kształt kwiatka – od wewnątrz jest to 100% delikatna, wysokiej jakości bawełniana tkanina, ocieplona z drugiej strony zamszem.   Otulacz ten możemy zastosować zarówno w wózku jako śpiworek, w łóżeczku jako rożek, na podłodze jako matę do zabawy czy w foteliku samochodowym jako śpiworek do fotelika – i to jest to zastosowanie, które ja wykorzystałam, przygotowując się do wyjścia ze szpitala z Noworodkiem.   Dzięki unikatowemu kształtowi kwiatka, otulacz ten idealnie nada się na każdą pogodę – w upalny dzień wystarczy położyć Maluszka na bawełnianej tkaninie, dzięki czemu nie zapoci się on nam w kontakcie ze sztuczną wyściółką fotelika. Jeśli pogoda będzie nieco chłodniejsza, możemy Maluszka umieścić we wszytej w otulaczek kieszonce i zapewnić mu okrycie niczym ciepły kocyk. Na wypadek brzydkiej pogody możemy dodatkowo zawinąć maluszka w kolejne płatki naszego otulacza, a także zapiąć na zatrzaski kolejne listki, tworząc w ten sposób przytulny, chroniący przed wiatrem i zimnem kapturek.       Mając taki otulaczek, wiedziałam, że późną wiosną, latem i wczesną jesienią nie potrzebuję już dla Maluszka dodatkowych ubranek poza czapeczką na wypadek chłodnego dnia, a zimą mam dodatkową ochronę przed chłodem.   Nasz otulaczek i wiele podobnych znajdziecie tutaj.   Ubrania dla Mamy W tak przygotowanym foteliku umieściłam także ubrania przygotowane na wyjście ze szpitala dla siebie. Z uwagi na niepewną pogodę, przygotowałam dwa zestawy, a w dniu wyjścia powiedziałam tylko Wojtkowi, który zestaw ma ze sobą zabrać.   Na co warto zwrócić uwagę, wybierając ubrania na wyjście ze szpitala?   Po pierwsze wygoda – bez względu na to, jak planujemy rodzić, każdy poród może zakończyć się cesarskim cięciem, dlatego warto zrezygnować tutaj na przykład z obcisłych jeansów, także tych ciążowych, których sztywny materiał, szlufki, zamki wypadają idealnie na wysokości blizny po cesarskim cięciu i nie zapewnią nam wygody, szczególnie w podróży.   Po drugie odpowiedni rozmiar. Osobiście nie liczyłam na to, że 2-3 dni po porodzie wejdę w ubrania sprzed ciąży, więc postawiłam na te ciążowe lub luźniejsze rozwiązania. Po porodzie wiele z nas gromadzi wodę i chociażby z tego powodu nie jest w stanie zmieścić się w normalne ubrania czy buty.   Dlatego kompletując zestawy do wyjścia do domu dla siebie, postawiłam na: zestaw na bardzo ciepły dzień: wybrałam dla siebie ciążową sukienkę w białe i granatowe paseczki oraz wiązane tenisówki, które w praktyce ledwo zawiązałam właśnie z powodu zatrzymanej wody, zestaw na zimny dzień: przygotowałam dla siebie ciążowe długie legginsy, luźną koszulkę i bardzo ciepły sweter oraz również tenisówki.   W dniu naszego wyjścia pogoda była bardzo ładna, na szczęście nie była zbyt upalna. Dlatego założyłam na siebie sukienkę i tenisówki, a Maluszka włożyłam jedynie w kieszonkę na nóżki, zapinając naokoło główki kapturek, aby ochronić go od wiatru, który towarzyszył nam tego dnia.   W poście wystąpili: Fotelik samochodowy Cybex Cloud Q Otulacz Wallaboo   Koniecznie nie zapomnijcie o wykonaniu kilku pamiątkowych zdjęć z tego Waszego pierwszego wielkiego wyjścia! Jeśli materiał Ci się podobał, będzie mi miło, jak dasz mi znać, „Lubiąc to”:
- [Rodzi się Dziecko... nie zapominajmy o Tacie!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rodzi-sie-dziecko-nie-zapominajmy-o-tacie/): W ciąży bardzo często jesteśmy tak bardzo skupione na Dziecku i na sobie, na całych przygotowaniach do nowej roli, do porodu… że zwyczajnie mamy tendencję do niedoceniania roli naszych mężczyzny w tym wszystkim. Zapewne tak było i u nas. Nie da się ukryć, przez te 9 miesięcy (i kilka miesięcy po porodzie) czułam, że nasz mały świat kręci się wokół mnie i Dziecka.   Dlatego postanowiłam te proporcje odrobinę odwrócić i przygotować dla Wojtka niespodziankę.   Dzień Narodzin to bardzo odpowiedzialny i stresujący czas dla naszych drugich połówek. Za swoje zaangażowanie przez okres całej ciąży (a często i dużo wcześniej) często nie usłyszą nawet zwykłego „dziękuję” bo albo nie mamy czasu nawet o tym pomyśleć, albo zwyczajnie tego nie dostrzegamy lub nie doceniamy.   Dlatego na kilka tygodni przed porodem postanowiłam przygotować dla Wojtka podziękowania w formie pamiątki i niespodzianki.   Szukając pomysłu myślałam o czymś, co jest eleganckie, z klasą, ponadczasowe, co zostanie z nim na zawsze, choćby na dnie szuflady, co na starość będzie mógł przekazać swojemu Synowi jako rodzinną pamiątkę.   Zdecydowałam się na zakup zegarka (nie jestem przesądna), na którego kopercie z tyłu wygrawerowałam dedykację. Dołączyłam do niego bardzo osobisty list, w którym na dwóch stronach drobnym maczkiem podziękowałam mu zdanie po zdaniu za „wszystko”.   Dziękuję Ci za to, że 10 grudnia 2004 roku do mnie zadzwoniłeś…   Tak się poznaliśmy, przez telefon!   Przed wyjazdem do porodu spakowałam zegarek i list do mojej szuflady.   Gdy Mikołaj był już na Świecie, a Wojtek wrócił do domu zadzwoniłam do niego i poprosiłam go, aby poszedł do naszej sypialni, otworzył szufladę i podniósł szaliki, gdy był przy szafce… rozłączyłam się.   Po chwili oddzwonił Wojtek i przez łzy dziękował mi za tę cudowną niespodziankę. Nie mógł uwierzyć, że tak wspaniale to wymyśliłam, że znalazłam czas aby to wszystko wymyślić, przygotować, schować, i zaplanować.   I parę słów komentarza oczami Taty:   Radości, jaka towarzyszyła mi tego dnia nie da się opisać słowami. Narodziny Syna Mikołaja to najpiękniejszy dzień w moim życiu. Po tak trudnych początkach i skomplikowanej ciąży wiedziałem, że Synek jest już na świecie, że jest zdrowy, że Żona jest bezpieczna i odpoczywa, a ja mogę odetchnąć z ulgą i zaprosić Przyjaciół na pępkowe, aby hucznie świętować. Uśmiech nie schodził mi z twarzy. Ogarnęło mnie uczucie szczęścia przewyższające wszystkie dotychczasowo mi znane. A tu telefon i kolejna wspaniałość czekająca w szufladzie. Prócz pięknego prezentu i pięknych słów na odręcznym piśmie otrzymałem od Żony coś więcej, coś co pozostanie w mym sercu na zawsze. Nawet jak Mikołaj zje list, a ja zgubię zegarek…   Wojtek
- [Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nasz-cosleeping-czyli-i-spaniu-raze/): Pokój dla Dziecka musiał być. Choć początkowo miało się to wiązać z rezygnacją z pokoju do pracy. Zarówno ja jak i mój mąż wiele godzin tygodniowo pracujemy z domu, a pomimo tego byliśmy gotowi skazać siebie na niewygodę pracy z laptopem na kolanach czy na skromnym biureczku w kącie w kuchni. Pokoik dla dziecka był dla mnie spełnieniem marzenia, celem samym w sobie, połączeniem zainteresowań i pragnienia dziecka, pasji tworzenia i urządzania wnętrz. Był też plan na spanie – od urodzenia w osobnym łóżeczku, w osobnym pokoju. Kilka miesięcy przed porodem znajomi pożyczyli nam wiklinowy kosz dla Maleństwa, od razu więc zaplanowałam, że stanie w salonie i pozwoli dziecku być bliżej nas w ciągu dnia. Nawet do głowy mi nie przyszło, aby… wstawić go do naszej sypialni.   Życie jednak potrafi doskonale weryfikować nasze plany. Gdy na trzecią dobę przyszłam z noworodkiem do domu, w niczym nie przypominałam Księżnej Kate 8h po porodzie. Byłam wymęczona porodem, cesarskim cięciem i marzyłam tylko o tym, aby odpocząć, mając oczywiście Synka jak najbliżej siebie. Chciałam na Niego patrzeć, słyszeć Jego oddech i czuć Jego zapach. Jego pokoik na drugim końcu korytarza wydawał mi się zdecydowanie za daleko, aby większość czasu być osobno i tak daleko. Kosz wiklinowy przy naszym łóżku w sypialni okazał się idealnym miejscem do spania dla naszego nowonarodzengo Syna. Dopiero później dowiedziałam się, że to jak śpimy nazywa się cosleeping i można to realizować na kilka różnych sposobów (w tym także spanie z dzieckiem). Ja skupiłam się natomiast na rozwiązaniach idealnych dla rodziców, którzy nie chcą zapraszać dziecka do swojego łóżka, jednocześnie chcąc mieć je jak najbliżej siebie. Taki cosleeping można uprawiać na kilka sposobów: dziecko może spać na dostawce – w mini łóżeczku bez jednego boku, doczepianym na stałe do naszego łóżka,  albo w osobnym koszu znajdującym się obok łóżka rodziców czy też w łóżeczku z opuszczonym bokiem, z którego korzystaliśmy do 7 miesiąca życia dziecka.   Co polecam?   Wiklinowy kosz jest piękny, leciutki i mobilny. Nie starczy jednak na długo, po 4-6 miesiącach gdy dziecko będzie zaczynało siadać lub będzie już za długie lub zbyt aktywne podczas snu, będziecie musieli wymienić je na większy i bardziej stabilny mebel. Więc jeśli szukacie oszczędności, nie będzie to dobry zakup, natomiast jeśli tylko możecie sobie pozwolić na taki wydatek, zapewne będziecie zadowoleni.   Fantastycznym rozwiązaniem jest także standardowych rozmiarów łóżeczko z opuszczanym bokiem. W ciągu dnia jest samodzielnym meblem, a w nocy pozwala mieć dziecko na wyciągnięcie ręki, a po opuszczeniu boku pozwala wygodnie sięgać do dziecka, głaskać je czy nakrywać. Jest leciutkie, więc podklejone filcami nie wymaga dodatkowych kółeczek aby być bardzo łatwo i lekko przesuwane. Po rezygnacji z kosza tak spaliśmy kolejne miesiące. Niestety zajmuje sporo miejsca i pewnie nie zmieści się w sypialni obok większości naszych łóżek, a bok pomimo opuszczenia dalej oddziela Rodziców od Dziecka. Brakuje w nim także regulowanej wysokości, aby móc dostosować je do wysokości łózka Rodziców.   Gdy Mikołaj skończył 7 miesięcy zdecydowaliśmy się przestawić łóżeczko na drugi koniec pokoju. Dlaczego? Mikołaj wciąż wielokrotnie budził się w nocy. Zauważyliśmy, że od momentu zaśnięcia do czasu naszego pójścia spać, te kilka godzin spał bardzo spokojnie, natomiast od kiedy spaliśmy razem, budził się wielokrotnie. Mikołaj jest wrażliwym na czynniki zewnętrzne Dzieckiem i spanie tak blisko zwyczajnie zdało mu się przeszkadzać. Nawet nasze obracanie z boku na bok czy szept, zaskrzypienie łózka, nie wspominając o porannym budziku potrafiły go wzbudzać. Teraz, gdy dzieli nas długość pokoju śpi dłużej i spokojniej, a w nocy budzi się tylko na karmienie. Dzięki temu wciąż jesteśmy blisko i możemy płynnie odpowiadać na potrzeby dziecka, obserwując je, słysząc i nadzorując, a ono może spać spokojnie nie odbierając z naszej strony zbyt wielu bodźców.   A Wy jak planujecie lub śpicie ze swoimi dziećmi? W osobnych pokoikach, z Wami ale osobno, czy może w jednym łóżku? Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Poznajcie Oskara](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/poznajcie-oskara/): Wiem, że nawilżanie powietrza szczególnie w sezonie grzewczym jest bardzo ważne, dlatego sprawdź moje dwa ulubione sposoby na nawilżanie powietrza oraz jeden bubel. Pierwszy był nawilżacz ultradźwiękowy Mamy ultradźwiękowy nawilżacz powietrza, ale nie lubię efektu wszędzie unoszącej się pary, która osiada na podłodze, meblach czy pościeli, pozostawiając je mokre, a później paruje unosząc drobinki kurzu ze sobą, które wdychamy. I sama tego nie wymyśliłam – gdy Miki pierwszy raz zachorował nawilżałam pokój dzień i noc, aż jedna Pani Pulmonolog powiedziała mi, że stosując taką metodę nawilżania sprawiam, że Dziecko wdycha wszędobylski kurz. Nie wspominając o tym, jak trudno utrzymać taki nawilżacz w czystości – mam na myśli nasz pojemnik na wodę. Osad i zanieczyszczenia z wody były niemal nie do wyczyszczenia przez tak maleńki otwór pojemnika. Dodatkowo po długotrwałym używaniu wokół nawilżacza powietrza zaczął pojawiać się na podłodze… biały osad mineralny. Skąd? Taki nawilżacz rozbija wodę na bardzo malutkie cząsteczki… i kamień wydostaje się razem z mgiełką. Więc nawilżacz zamieszkał na dnie szafy, a ja zaczęłam szukać innych rozwiązań na utrzymanie wystarczającej wilgotności w pokoju, w którym śpi Dziecko. Jakich? Drugie były pieluchy i ręczniki Na co dzień raz na kilka dni moczyłam w wodzie i wieszałam na kaloryferze czy oparciu krzesła. W chorobie, gdy do nawilżania przykładam o wiele większą wagę parzyłam zioła i w nich moczyłam pieluszki czy poszewki, które rozwieszałam wokół łóżeczka Dziecka, które oprócz wilgoci dawały w chorobie ukojenie dla dróg oddechowych. Ile z tym roboty chyba nie muszę Wam tłumaczyć. Dlatego bardzo ucieszyła mnie możliwość przetestowania nowoczesnego ewaporacyjnego nawilżacz powietrza o męskiej nazwie Oskar szwajcarskiej marki Stadler Form. Co to jest ta ewaporacja? Ewaporacja czyli odparowanie – najbardziej naturalna i najzdrowsza forma nawilżania, taka sama jak w przypadku rozwieszania moich pieluch! W porównaniu do nawilżacza ultradźwiękowego – zero kamienia, wszędobylskiej pary, mokrej podłogi i pościeli. W porównaniu do pieluch – po pierwsze powietrze nawilża się dużo szybciej, woda z pieluch nie kapie na panele, nie moczy zasłon, a ja nie muszę ciągle pilnować, czy jeszcze są wilgotne, a po drugie wilgotność ta utrzymuje się na odpowiednim poziomie w całym pomieszczeniu. Oskar dedykowany jest do pomieszczeń do 40 m2, ale ma mniejszego i większego brata, odpowiednich do innych metraży. Poznajcie Oskara Wiecie, że we wnętrzach cenimy prostotę i wolimy mniej niż więcej, więc Oskar od razu urzekł nas fajnym i prostym designem. Wybieraliśmy spośród 6 dostępnych kolorów, ale biel wydała nam się zdecydowanie najlepsza do naszego domu. Dzięki niej Oskar idealnie wkomponował się do naszego kolorowego pokoju dla Dziecka, ale chętnie postawiłabym go także w sypialni czy salonie. Pozostałe kolory to jagoda. limonka, brąz i czarny. Jak to działa?   Po otwarciu nawilżacza widzimy zaskakująco prostą budowę – to duży pojemnik, a w nim zbiornik na wodę, dwa filtry zwiększające powierzchnie parowania wody, wentylator oraz kostka z jonami srebra, które niszcząc wszelkie drobnoustroje i bakterie zapewniają higieniczne nawilżanie. Wentylator zasysa parującą z filtrów wodę i kieruje ją do pomieszczenia. Dodatkowo dzięki temu, że nawilżone powietrze przechodzi przez filtry, jest już wstępnie oczyszczone z drobinek kurzu i innych zanieczyszczeń. Utrzymanie pojemnika na wodę w nawilżaczu w czystości jest dużo łatwiejsze, niż w przypadku nawilżacza ultradźwiękowego, a filtry wymieniamy raz na 2-3 miesiące na nowe. Programy nawilżania Nawilżacz ma dwie prędkości (niższa idealnie nadaje się do pracy w nocy) oraz wbudowany higrostat, dzięki któremu możemy ustawić preferowany stopień nawilżenia powietrza (od 40 do 55%), po którego osiągnięciu nawilżacz sam się wyłączy, aby włączyć się ponownie, gdy poziom spadnie poniżej ustawionego minimum. Fantastyczna funkcja dla osób ceniących zautomatyzowane rozwiązania oraz oszczędność na przykład na rachunkach za prąd. Z uwagi na prosty mechanizm Oskar jest urządzeniem pochłaniającym mało energii, a dzięki stanom spoczynku możemy zużycie energii na prawdę zminimalizować. Dodatkowo nawilżacz sam wyłączy się gdy zabraknie w nim wody, dzięki czemu nie pracuje „na sucho” bez sensu zużywając energię elektryczną, a nam ten brak zasygnalizuje specjalną diodą. Natomiast wody możemy do niego dolewać także podczas jego pracy, a najlepiej do tego celu posłużyć się konewką. Urządzenie możemy wprowadzić także w stan tryb nocny, który polega na wyłączeniu diod, z czego cały czas korzystaliśmy, gdyż diody mocno świecą, nawet w opcji najdelikatniejszego światła. Przeziębienie Oskar trafił do nas akurat, gdy wszyscy byliśmy przeziębieni i nie tylko z powodzeniem zastąpił moje pieluchy, ale zapewnił idealnie nawilżone powietrze przez cały czas jego testowania. Ja nie martwiłam się o cieknącą na podłogę wodę ani tabuny pary czy osad kamienia, tak jak w przypadku nawilżania powietrza nawilżaczem ultradźwiękowym czy mokrymi ręcznikami. Producent podaje, że ma funkcję dozowania zapachu, ale my z niej nie skorzystaliśmy, aby nie podrażniać zakatarzonego noska. Gdyby nie był to egzemplarz testowy, po konsultacji z Producentem z chęcią nalałabym do niego mojej sprawdzonej, przefiltrowanej wody z ziołami, która zbawiennie działa na przeziębionego Mikusia. A czy Wy dbacie o odpowiednie nawilżenie powietrza?
- [Pomysł na pokój dziecięcy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pomysl-pokoj-dzieciecy/): Mój pierwszy post po tak długiej nieobecności po prostu nie mógł być o niczym innym niż o tym, co się u mnie ostatnio dzieje. Postanowiłam podzielić się z Wami moim sposobem na zaplanowanie dziecięcego pokoju. I nie będzie dziś o funkcjonalności, ale o designie. Wiedziałam, że wchodząc do sklepów z dziecięcymi artykułami i wyposażeniem bez konkretnej koncepcji kupię masę niepotrzebnych i niekoniecznie pasujących do siebie rzeczy… bo nie sposób oprzeć się promocji na zielony rożek i rozczulającemu wzrokowi Kłapouchego na fioletowej pościeli. Zaczęłam więc od przygotowania planu. 1. Kolory   Chciałam, aby pokoik naszego Dziecka pasował do pozostałych części domu, gdzie zdecydowanie dominują 3 kolory: biel, szarość i czerń. W palecie kolorów do naszego dziecięcego pokoju nie mogło ich zabraknąć. I jak się okazuje – bardzo dobrze – dzieci szczególnie w pierwszych miesiącach swojego życia interesują kontrastowe zestawienia. Pokoiku jednak nie urządza się na tak krótki okres czasu, a ja stopniowo wprowadzam do naszego domu kolory, więc rozpoczęłam poszukiwania brakującej, idealnej barwy. Tutaj bardzo pomocny okazał się oczywiście Internet i tysiące najróżniejszych zdjęć. I zdecydowałam się na… żółty, słoneczny, pozytywny kolor, idealny zarówno dla chłopca, jak i dla dziewczynki.   2. Wzory Kolory już mamy, ale mnogość wzorów i kształtów również potrafi nieźle zamieszać i zamiast uspokajać – drażnić. Dlatego zdecydowałam się na tkaniny jednolite lub ze wzorkiem zygzaka. W pokoiku zaplanowałam także obrazki, poduszki i inne dekoracje, na których oprócz wspomnianego motywu zygzaka czasami pojawi się motyw sówki. W pokoju naszego Maluszka nie mogło zabraknąć także personalizacji – inicjał imienia sprawdzi się tu świetnie. 3. „Mood board” czyli kolaż inspiracji Łóżeczko – Pinio Półeczki na obrazki – Ikea Ramka z obrazkiem – Etsy + Ikea Poduszki – Ifffka Kocyk – Poofi Girlanda – Etsy Komoda – Ikea I na koniec zebrałam wszystkie pomysły w całość aby upewnić się, że zanim przystąpię do poszukiwania odpowiednich produktów, zaplanowany klimat nam odpowiada. Pokoik naszego Synka jest już prawie na ukończeniu, muszę jeszcze podszyć jedną zasłonkę, dokończyć malowanie drewnianej litery M i skrócić firanki. Nie mogę doczekać się, aż pokażę Wam jaki udało nam się osiągnąć efekt. A Wam jak się spodobał nasz plan? Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Jak skompletować wyprawkę dla noworodka, w pełni panując nad budżetem?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyprawka-dla-noworodka-budzet/): Kompletowanie wyprawki dla noworodka to ważny okres w życiu większości przyszłych Mam, niestety jest również dość skomplikowany i… kosztochłonny, ale na szczęście jest rozłożony w czasie, dzięki czemu możemy każdy wydatek dokładnie przemyśleć i zaplanować. Dziś mam dla Was kilka trików, które pozwolą Wam skompletować wszystko, czego naprawdę potrzebujecie i nie wydać na to fortuny.   1. Sporządź listę wyprawkową – skorzystaj z Excela! W mojej ocenie lista wyprawkowa, będąca jedynie spisem przedmiotów, jest zdecydowanie niepełnowartościowa. Nie wyobrażam sobie na jej podstawie zacząć robienia tak złożonych zakupów. Nie wiedziałabym zupełnie, na jaką kwotę powinnam się przygotować, ani jak zarządzać swoim budżetem (zakładam, że dla większości z nas jest on ograniczony), ani jak wyznaczyć priorytety.   To dlatego w mojej liście z wyprawką dla noworodka przy każdej pozycji jest nie jedna, a nawet dwie ceny – minimalna i maksymalna cena rynkowa za dany produkt. Przecież kupując ręczniczek kąpielowy dla Maluszka, mogę wybrać taki za 30 zł, mogę też zdecydować się na taki za 200 zł.  Mogę też nie kupić dziecięcego ręczniczka kąpielowego wcale, tylko skorzystać ze zwykłych ręczników, które mam w domu. Dopiero skonstruowanie mojej listy z wyprawką dla noworodka w taki sposób pozwoliło mi na wstępne oszacowanie minimalnego i maksymalnego budżetu, jaki powinnam przygotować na wyprawkę dla Dziecka, określić w tych widełkach własne możliwości finansowe i dopiero na tej podstawie na wyznaczenie priorytetów i… wykreślenie większości zbędnych rzeczy z listy. Takie podejście do tematu wyprawki pozwoliło mi też na bieżąco zarządzać moim budżetem i w każdej chwili wprowadzać zmiany. Zapisując każdy nowy zakup, wprowadzając w odpowiednim wierszu konkretną kwotę, którą na niego wydałam, zyskuję bowiem coraz bardziej ostateczny jej kształt.   Obsługując moją listę z wyprawką dla noworodka, posługiwałam się także kolorystycznym kodem: czerwonym kolorem czcionki oznaczyłam wszystkie wiersze zawierające rzeczy, które uznałam za konieczne do kupienia, zielonym kolorem czcionki oznaczyłam wszystkie wiersze zawierające rzeczy, które już kupiłam – dla każdej z tych rzeczy wpisałam zarówno w kolumnie na cenę minimalną, jak i maksymalną kwotę, którą rzeczywiście wydałam na dany zakup, czarnym kolorem czcionki oznaczyłam wszystkie wiersze zawierające rzeczy, których zakup, choć na pewno umiliłby mi dodatkowo macierzyństwo, nie jest jednak konieczny; szarym kolorem czcionki oznaczałam wiersze zawierające rzeczy, z których zakupu zrezygnowałam, tutaj w polach na cenę minimalną i maksymalną pozostawiłam rynkowe ceny, ale w polu przeznaczonym na ilość wpisałam zero. Dzięki temu wartość tych zakupów wyszła mi również na poziomie 0 zł, więc z jednej strony nie zaburzałam tymi pozycjami całościowego kształtu budżetu, z drugiej mogłam zawsze do tych pomysłów na zakupy powrócić.   Przykładowo tak może wyglądać fragment Twojej listy z wyprawką dla noworodka:     Jak widzisz, na kąpielową cześć wyprawki dla noworodka możesz wydać 108 zł lub 527 zł – jest różnica, prawda? Już na tym etapie, zanim jeszcze dokonasz zakupu, możesz założyć górne granice cen wszystkich produktów takie, jakie pozwolą Ci zmieścić się w budżecie całościowym. Pozwoli Ci to uniknąć zakupowych wpadek i wydania na wyprawkę dla noworodka więcej, niż sobie na to pierwotnie przeznaczyłaś.   2. Rozplanuj zakupy w czasie Choć chyba każda przyszła Mama nie może doczekać się dnia narodzin jej Dziecka, to z drugiej strony całe szczęście, że ciąża trwa aż 9 miesięcy. Czas ten jest dla większości Rodziców wystarczający, aby zreorganizować swoje życie czy też przygotować się do pojawienia się nowego członka rodziny zarówno psychicznie, organizacyjnie, jak i finansowo.   Posiadając już listę wyprawki dla noworodka w Excelu, stworzoną tak, jak zaproponowałam w punkcie 1., dopiero wtedy przystąpiłam do… planowania zakupów. Tak, tak, na właściwe zakupy przyjdzie jeszcze czas.   Z jednej strony oszacowałam swoje możliwości finansowe każdego kolejnego miesiąca, z drugiej postanowiłam wykorzystać to, że z zakupami wyprawki dla noworodka nie muszę się spieszyć – czas ten wykorzystałam na poszukiwanie najlepszych okazji cenowych. Tutaj z pomocą przychodzi mi portal alerabat.com, który skupia tysiące promocyjnych ofert na zakupy w sklepach zarówno internetowych, jak i stacjonarnych. Co więcej, dzięki podziałowi ofert na odpowiednie kategorie w moim projekcie wyprawka dla noworodka od razu ograniczyłam się tylko do odwiedzenia kategorii Dla dziecka.     To, co ogromnie mi się spodobało, to podział promocyjnych ofert na kategorie:     Dzięki temu w zależności od tego, jakie mam potrzeby w danej chwili, najlepszych ofert mogę szukać na przykład od razu w kodach rabatowych, pomijając promocje oparte na darmowej dostawie.   Dlaczego takie filtrowanie jest ważne? Prawie każdy sklep internetowy oferuje darmową wysyłkę przy większych zakupach, dlatego jeśli akurat planuję konkretniejsze zakupy, chętniej sięgnę do zakładki kody rabatowe, bo z uwagi na wysoką ich kwotę zapewne w każdym sklepie otrzymam darmową wysyłkę. Z kolei chcąc dokonać drobnego, ale skonkretyzowanego zakupu, nie znajdując interesującego mnie kodu rabatowego, zapewne skieruję się do zakładki sklepów oferujących darmową dostawę.   Gdy promocyjne oferty udaje mi się znaleźć w więcej niż jednym sklepie, bardzo często dokonuję porównania nie tylko cen konkretnych produktów, ale całych koszyków. Czasami okazuje się bowiem, że pomimo większego kodu rabatowego w jednym sklepie, ostateczna wartość koszyka wyjdzie niższa w drugim sklepie, który pomimo niższej wartości rabatu oferuje także niższe ceny wyjściowe czy tańszą lub darmową wysyłkę i zakupy w nim okażą się finansowo korzystniejsze. Porównanie całych koszyków pozwala mi więc zwykle dodatkowo zaoszczędzić.   Ciekawym rozwiązaniem jest także wyszukiwarka promocji w danym sklepie – wystarczy wpisać w nią nazwę sklepu, aby sprawdzić, czy nie ma tam akurat żadnej promocji. Z tej opcji korzystam, dokonując każdych zakupów w Internecie.   Jeśli masz swoje ulubione sklepy stacjonarne i lubisz dokonywać zakupów własnie tam, z pewnością spodoba Ci się dział zawsze aktualnych gazetek, których od tej pory nie musisz wyczekiwać przy skrzynce na listy.     3. Zbierz grupę wsparcia Na Twojej wyprawowej liście na pewno znajduje się ogromna ilość przedmiotów, z których Maluszek korzysta przez bardzo krótki czas. Pomyśl, czy nie ma wokół Ciebie osób, z którymi mogłabyś się takimi rzeczami powymieniać. Wśród moich znajomych świetnie funkcjonuje taka wzajemna grupa wsparcia, w ramach której pożyczamy sobie czy ubrania ciążowe, które służą nam naprawdę tylko przez moment i zwyczajnie nawet nie zdążymy ich zniszczyć, czy też pożyczamy sobie większe i droższe rzeczy, takie jak mata edukacyjna dla dziecka czy łóżeczko turystyczne albo kojec do zabawy. Często wymieniamy się także zabawkami, które czasem bardzo szybko się nudzą, a taka wymiana pozwala bezkosztowo wzbogacić ten dziecięcy świat. Zdarza się, że przed większym zakupem testujemy zainteresowanie naszego Dziecka daną rzeczą, pożyczając od siebie na kilka dni na przykład hulajnogę czy rowerek biegowy. Jestem pewna, że jeśli wyjdziesz z propozycją wymiany, wielu osobom z Twojego otoczenia taka propozycja szalenie się spodoba. Koniecznie daj znać, czy mój pomysł na rozbudowaną listę wyprawki dla noworodka Ci się spodobał, a jeśli masz swoje sprawdzone sposoby na ogarnięcie tematu wyprawki, przeczytam o nich z największą ciekawością. Jeśli mój post Ci się spodobał, będzie mi ogromnie miło, jeśli go polubisz lub udostępnisz:
- [Chłopiec czy dziewczynka?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/plec-dziecka-w-ciazy-usg/): W ciąży z Mikołajem kwestia poznania jego płci podczas badania USG była dla nas tak oczywista jak poznanie tego, ile mierzy i waży. W kolejnej ciąży nie było to już dla nas takie jednoznaczne. Krótka rozmowa z Iwoną, autorką Oh Deer Blog, która płeć obu swoich Córeczek poznała dopiero podczas porodu Agnieszka: Iwonko, pamiętam, jak poznałyśmy się na warsztatach fotograficznych, gdy na świecie był już mój Synek Mikołaj i Twoja Córeczka Mila, której płeć poznałaś dopiero podczas porodu. Pamiętam, jak przekonywałaś mnie, że efekt niespodzianki na sali porodowej był niesamowity, a ja Ciebie, że informacja o płci Dziecka jest zawsze niespodzianką, tylko można ją różnie umiejscowić w czasie – różnica jest tylko taka, że u nas był to drug trymestr ciąży, a u Ciebie Dzień Narodzin. Pamiętam, że choć zdania nie zmieniłam, Twoja postawa i Twoje podejście zostało mi w głowie na długi, długi czas.   Iwonko, jakie emocje w stosunku do płci Dziecka towarzyszyły Ci więc podczas ciąży, a jakie podczas porodu?   Iwona: Zacznę może od tego, że mieszkamy w Anglii, co jest w tej sprawie kluczowe :). Po pierwsze, podczas ciąży wykonuje się tutaj tylko 2 badania USG: w 12 i 20 tygodniu, i tylko podczas tego drugiego jest możliwość poznania płci dziecka. Jeśli tego nie zrobisz, zwyczajnie nie będziesz wiedzieć, a ponieważ później nie ma dodatkowych badań… nie korci Cię, żeby jednak poznać tę tajemnicę :). Zdecydowana większość Anglików nie zna płci dziecka przed porodem – kiedy się o tym dowiedziałam, pomyślałam, że to świetny pomysł! Dzieciaty kolega z pracy powiedział mi, że taka niespodzianka przy porodzie to niesamowite przeżycie – przedstawiłam ten pomysł mojemu mężowi i stwierdziliśmy, że tak właśnie zrobimy. Było nam zupełnie obojętne, czy będzie to chłopiec, czy dziewczynka! Kiedy znajomi i rodzina w Polsce usłyszeli o naszej decyzji, śmiali się, że pewnie oszukujemy i tak naprawdę wiemy, ale nikomu nie chcemy zdradzić płci dzieciątka. Szczególnie moje koleżanki nie mogły uwierzyć, że postanowiliśmy nie wiedzieć, często kwitowały to zdaniem: „Ja bym tak nie wytrzymała!”. Nie obyło się oczywiście bez zgadywanek i „wróżenia” z brzucha i mojego wyglądu, co było dosyć męczące :). Duży brzuch – będzie chłopczyk, mam mdłości – na pewno będzie dziewczynka, i tak dalej, i dalej. Co ciekawe, w pierwszej ciąży wszyscy byli święcie przekonani, że urodzę synka, i w pewnym momencie sama w to uwierzyłam :). Kiedy po długim i wyczerpującym porodzie usłyszałam magiczne: „It’s a Girl!”, byłam najszczęśliwsza na świecie, pomimo tego, że wcześniej „nastawiałam” się jednak na chłopca. Fakt, że Dziecko było zdrowe, był najważniejszy. Mój kolega z pracy miał rację… to była najpiękniejsza niespodzianka w życiu :). Kiedy zaczęłyśmy rozmawiać, powiedziałaś, że jestem jedyną osobą, którą znasz, która zdecydowała się nie poznawać płci dziecka w pierwszej ciąży, ale przyznam szczerze, że to właśnie z drugim dzieckiem bardziej nas korciło, żeby jednak wiedzieć – chociażby ze względów organizacyjnych.   Agnieszka: A jakie widzisz plusy i minusy poznania płci Dziecka dopiero w chwili porodu?   Iwona: Zawsze, kiedy słyszę to pytanie, w żartach odpowiadam, że miałam większą motywację podczas porodu, żeby mocno przeć :). Tak naprawdę, mam wrażenie, że nie znając płci dziecka, rodzice mają przy porodzie podwójną niespodziankę – wreszcie mogą spotkać i zobaczyć swojego długo wyczekiwanego Skarba, no i dowiedzieć się, czy to chłopczyk, czy dziewczynka. Poza tym sporo możesz zaoszczędzić na wyprawce – kupując tylko i wyłącznie najpotrzebniejsze rzeczy, na sam początek, zamiast kilku nadprogramowych małych sukieneczek lub eleganckich koszul :). Na pewno będą to przemyślane zakupy. Dodatkowo masz pewność, że nie doświadczysz pomyłki, co zdarzyło się mojej koleżance, która przekonana, że nosi w brzuchu syna, urodziła piękną córeczkę. Jedynym minusem według mnie jest brak możliwości zaplanowania wszystkiego od A do Z, co dla mnie było dosyć trudne, szczególnie w drugiej ciąży (wtedy syndrom wicia gniazda jest jeszcze silniejszy).   Krótka rozmowa z Asią, moją przyjaciółką, która płeć pierwszej Córeczki poznała podczas rutynowego badania USG, a drugiej zdecydowała się poznać dopiero przy porodzie Agnieszka: Asiu, w drugiej ciąży zdecydowałaś się nie poznawać płci Maluszka aż do porodu, skąd taka zmiana?   Asia: W ciążę zaszłam w dość trudnym dla siebie momencie, wydawało mi się wtedy, że wręcz w najgorszym z możliwych. Bardzo źle przechodziłam pierwsze 4 miesiące. Do tego przed badaniem prenatalnym lekarz prowadzący stwierdził możliwość poważnej wady Dziecka. Wada ta co prawda była normą na danym etapie ciąży, ale spróbuj wytłumaczyć to kobiecie w ciąży, gdy samo słowo „wada” wywołuje panikę. Zdrowie Maluszka było dla mnie najważniejsze.   Właśnie w tym trudnym dla mnie czasie podsunęłaś mi wpis na Oh Deer Blog – „Czemu warto nie znać płci dziecka będąc w ciąży” – do tej pory nie zastanawiałam się nad tym, czy chcę poznać płeć, czy nie, było oczywiste, że poznam.   Jednak po przeczytaniu wpisu pomyślałam, że płeć Dziecka nie ma tak naprawdę znaczenia. Nie zmieni to ani mojej sytuacji, ani nie zmieni tego, czy moje Dziecko urodzi się z wadą, czy nie.   Gdy uporałam się psychicznie ze swoim problemami, podeszłam do tematu bardziej z ciekawości. Przed każdą wizytą u lekarza zastanawiałam się, czy dzisiaj nie zapytam o płeć – dawałam sobie taką możliwość. Okazało się jednak, że w kwestii poznania płci nic się w dalszym ciągu nie zmieniło – nadal była to dla mnie mało istotna informacja i nigdy o nią nie poprosiłam.   Tak jak Iwona, również miałam uciechę ze znajomych, którzy nie dowierzali, nie rozumieli mnie i bardziej chcieli poznać płeć mojego Dziecka niż ja sama.   Niemniej nastawiłam się na to, że urodzę drugą Dziewczynkę, dlatego przy urodzeniu drugiej Córeczki nie było dla mnie elementu zaskoczenia – byłby natomiast, gdyby urodził się Chłopiec.     Krótka rozmowa z Emilią i Bartkiem, naszymi znajomymi, którzy… Agnieszka: Bartku, pamiętam, z jaką radością poinformowałeś nas o Waszej ciąży, a co ciekawe, w tym samym momencie powiedziałeś, że czekacie na małego Jasia, choć na poznanie płci Dziecka było jeszcze zdecydowanie za wcześnie. Jednak Wasza historia wcale nie jest taka prosta…   Emilia i Bartek: Jesteśmy parą od 10 lat i bardzo ucieszyliśmy się na wiadomość, że w końcu po miesiącach starań Emilia zaszła w ciążę. Pod koniec pierwszego trymestru ciąży dowiedzieliśmy się od lekarza, że gratuluje nam Córki. Swoją opinię wyraził dość pewnie, jednak zaznaczył, że na 100% o płci zadecyduje na następnej wizycie. Pomimo dozy niepewności, zareagowaliśmy na wiadomość tak, jak chyba każda rodzina – cieszyliśmy się z faktu narodzin Córki. W ciągu miesiąca wybraliśmy imię dla Dziecka i zaczęliśmy mówić do Niej po imieniu. Podczas kolejnego badania byliśmy bardzo zaskoczeni, gdy lekarz oznajmił, że będzie to jednak chłopiec. Obecnie bardzo cieszymy się z Synka, jednak przez kilka dni musieliśmy się do tej myśli przyzwyczaić i czuliśmy się, jakby ktoś nam zabrał nasza małą Alicję – takie imię miała nosić nasza Córeczka. Teraz nie możemy się doczekać małego Jasia, ale w przyszłości planujemy mieć kolejne dziecko – być może Alicję. Nasi przyjaciele mieli bardzo podobną sytuację, dlatego jesteśmy przekonani, że sytuacje tego rodzaju zdarzają się dość często.   Emilia i Bartek uważają dziś, że warto poznać płeć Dziecka, ale tylko wtedy, gdy lekarz jest pewien swojej diagnozy.   Jak było u nas tym razem? W obecnej ciąży od samego początku intuicja podpowiadała mi, że spodziewamy się Córeczki. Moje przeczucie było tak silne, że pod wpływem powyższych historii poważnie rozważałam poproszenie lekarza o to, aby nie podawał nam informacji o płci Dziecka, natomiast Wojtek przez cały czas uważał, że dla Niego to, czy pozna płeć podczas badania USG w drugim trymestrze ciąży, czy podczas porodu, jest taką samą niespodzianką, ale poznanie jej wcześniej pozwoli nam lepiej się przygotować. Śmiał się, że jeśli ja nie chcę poznać płci Dziecka przed Narodzinami, to ustalimy z lekarzem, aby tę informację przekazał tylko Jemu, a ja będę miała niespodziankę w dniu Narodzin.   Naszą osobistą historię poznacie już w poniedziałek, będzie też filmik, tak więc do zobaczenia!   A jak było u Was? Poznaliście płeć Maluszka jeszcze w trakcie trwania ciąży, czy może dopiero w chwili narodzin? A może czekaliście na chłopca, a wyskoczyła dziewczynka?
- [1 Urodziny z motywem safari](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/1-urodziny-safari/): Stało się! Nasze Ukochane Dziecko skończyło rok!   Wiem, że nie możecie się już doczekać, dlatego wrzucam Wam dziś pierwszą serię jeszcze cieplutkich, właśnie wywołanych zdjęć z naszego najważniejszego przyjęcia urodzinowego.   Wszystko udało się bardzo fajnie – mamy nadzieję, że nasi Goście myślą podobnie 😉   W tak Wyjątkowym Dniu niemal każda minuta była przesycona wdzięcznością za to, że w końcu nasze modlitwy zostały wysłuchane i w naszych sercach i domu zamieszkał Ten Wyjątkowy i Niezwykły Mały Człowiek.   Więcej o przygotowaniach do naszego przyjęcia urodzinowego możecie przeczytać w innych naszych postach: 1. Jak zorganizować pierwsze urodziny? 2. Pomysły na kolor i motyw przewodni urodzin 3. Zaproszenie na pierwsze urodziny DIY 4. Jak udekorować i uatrakcyjnić urodziny?   Dziękujemy Wam za wszystkie życzenia, które Was otrzymaliśmy. Uwielbiamy czerpać od Was pozytywną energię.
- [Dekoracje i atrakcje czyli jak zorganizować urodziny?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracje-i-atrakcje-jak-zorganizowac-urodziny/): Mamy już plan, motyw przewodni i zaproszenia DIY, czas na dekoracje i atrakcje. Jak wiecie, zdecydowaliśmy się na motyw safari. Czego potrzebowaliśmy?   1. Zastawy stołowej Z uwagi na bezpieczeństwo Dzieci wybraliśmy papierowe talerzyki, kubeczki i słomeczki, do kompletu dobraliśmy papierowe serwetki i czapeczki i trąbki.       2. Dekoracji Taka zastawa stołowa jest dekoracją samą w sobie, dodatkowo zdecydowaliśmy się na „papierowy obrus”, który zrobiłam z brązowego papieru do pakowania paczek, kupionego na poczcie, na girlandy ze zwierzętami z tego samego sklepu co zastawa stołowa oraz na balony z helem, o których za moment. Za słodkim stołem powiesiłam banner z napisem „1 urodziny”, który w związku z brakiem czasu zamiast sama zaprojektować zdecydowałam się zakupić w wersji gotowej do samodzielnego wydruku.     3. Atrakcji Na naszym przyjęciu były Dzieci w bardzo różnych grupach wiekowych: 1, 3 i 5 lat. Dla dzieci w takim wieku trudno było nam wymyślić atrakcje, które zajęłyby jednocześnie wszystkie z nich. Postanowiliśmy więc połączyć urodzinową atrakcję z podziękowaniem dla naszych kochanych Małych Gości, więc każdy z nich na wejściu otrzymał od nas wypełniony helem foliowy balon z motywem, który bardzo lubi jak Kucyk Pony, Hello Kitty czy Angry Birds. I wiecie co? To był strzał w 10! Przy okazji powiem Wam, że nigdy nie przypuszczałam, że te balony są takie trwałe i zniosą skakanie, kładzenie się na nich i takie tam, i to przez całe popołudnie. Dzieci miały fantastyczną zabawę, którą zabrały do domu. A 3 balony udekorowały nasz słodki stół, stawiając kropkę nad „i”. Za balonami do kupienia rozglądaliśmy się już od dawna i okazało się, że najtańszą i najwygodniejszą opcją jest zakupienie osobno balonów i osobno butli z helem. Dodatkowo dla Dzieci od 3 lat mieliśmy planszę safari z naklejkami zwierzątek do uzupełnienia.       4. Tortu i słodkości Oczywiście gwóźdź programu czyli tort nie mógł nie odzwierciedlać całego przyjęcia będąc przy okazji piękną dekoracją, ale o nim więcej przeczytacie w kolejnym poście z serii jak zorganizować urodziny – o urodzinowym menu.     A oto efekt końcowy. I wiecie co? Już nie mogę doczekać się drugich urodzin!
- [Kto zamieszkał w naszym brzuszku?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/chlopiec-czy-dziewczynka-rozwiazanie/): Od pierwszych dni ciąży intuicja mi podpowiadała, że noszę pod sercem Córeczkę. Co więcej, intuicja Wojtka również mu to podpowiadała, a nasze przeczucie było tak silne, że widząc promocję na ubranka dziecięce wypakowaliśmy cały koszyk uroczymi skarpetkami z falbankami oraz sukieneczkami…   To był początek czwartego miesiąca, jeszcze nie znaliśmy płci Maleństwa, a do zakupów dodatkowo przekonywała nas możliwość ich zwrotu w ciągu 30 dni. Ubranka jednak zostawiliśmy w sklepie, gdyż jak już wiecie z posta „Chłopiec czy dziewczynka?” to ja pod wpływem historii Iwony i Asi głęboko zastanawiałam się, czy nie postawić jedynie na neutralne ubranka i nie zostawić sobie tej pięknej niespodzianki na dzień porodu.   Wojtek był jednak zupełnie innego zdania – chciał poznać płeć Maluszka tak szybko jak to możliwe, co miało pomóc mu w budowaniu więzi z Dzieckiem, z którym ma niewątpliwie mniejszy kontakt niż ja, która noszę Je pod sercem. Przekonywał mnie, że informacja o płci Maluszka będzie dla niego niespodzianką bez względu na to czy dowie się o tym w 4 miesiącu ciąży czy na koniec 9, trzymając je w ramionach. Dodatkowo poznanie płci Dziecka podczas ciąży miało pozwolić mu nawiązać lepszą relację i zwizualizować swoją miłość do nienarodzonego Dziecka. Śmiał się, że jeśli ja nie chcę poznać płci Dziecka przed Narodzinami, to ustalimy z lekarzem, aby tę informację przekazał tylko Jemu, a ja będę miała niespodziankę w dniu Narodzin. I jak tu Mężowi odmówić? 😉   I tak poszliśmy na kolejną wizytę USG…     Jeśli nie możesz doczekać się naszych kolejnych filmików, koniecznie zasubskrybuj mój kanał, a możesz to zrobić tutaj!   Kochani, a jak było i Was?
- [Drugi miesiąc ciąży | Ciąża miesiąc po miesiącu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/drugi-miesiac-ciazy-ciaza-miesiac-miesiacu/): Drugi miesiąc ciąży to miesiąc ogromnej zmiany, planów i marzeń, a także lęków i strachu. Pierwszej wizyty u lekarza, pierwszych badań, pierwszego bicia serca, pierwszych radości i pierwszych dolegliwości. Jak było u nas? Co zobaczyliśmy na USG? Jakie badania zrobiliśmy? Dlaczego w środku nocy trafiliśmy do szpitala?   Ile trwa drugi miesiąc ciąży?   Drugi miesiąc ciąży trwa od 5 do 8 tygodnia ciąży. Rozpoczyna się w 29 dniu cyklu, co dla większości kobiet jest terminem spodziewanej miesiączki. Jest to również zwykle jeden z najlepszych terminów na wykonanie pierwszego testu ciążowego, choć w praktyce pozytywny test ciążowy możemy zobaczyć zarówno na kilka dni przed terminem spodziewanej miesiączki, jak i dopiero kilka dni po, o czym dokładnie pisałam tutaj (dowiesz się tu również, jaki test ciążowy wybrać, kiedy wykonać badanie krwi oraz jak ja dowiedziałam się i powiedziałam o ciąży Mężowi).     Objawy Już w 5 tygodniu ciąży zaczęły bardzo ciągnąć mnie pachwiny. W pierwszych dniach ciąży prowadziłam Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego i wybierając strój na pierwszy dzień, sięgnęłam po sprawdzone rozwiązania – koszula, spódnica, buty na obcasie. Podczas Kursu myślałam, że coś bardzo złego się dzieje – ból w pachwinach był nie do wytrzymania. Przypomniało mi się, jak w ciąży z Mikusiem poszłam kiedyś na spacer po sopockim Monte Cassino w butach na koturnach – wydawały mi się świetnym, stabilnym obuwiem. Po kilkuset metrach… musiałam kupić pierwsze lepsze płaskie buty, gdyż nie mogłam dojść do samochodu, a wczesną wiosna nie chciałam iść boso. Widocznie w ciąży buty na wysokich obcasach nie są dla mnie – widuję przyszłe mamy w takim obuwiu, ale myślę, że tak naprawdę nie jest ono ani zdrowe, ani bezpieczne, szczególnie w tym stanie. Śmiałam się, bo właśnie po latach kupiłam sobie wreszcie dwie pary butów zimowych na obcasach, które swoją pierwszą zimę przeleżały w kartonach. Ale bez żalu :-).   Ciągnięcie w pachwinach było początkowo moim jedynym objawem ciąży.  W pierwszej i drugiej ciąży, które straciłam, wśród pierwszych objawów również miałam tylko ciągnięcie w pachwinach, natomiast w ciąży z Mikusiem, którą szczęśliwie donosiłam, niemal od samego początku miałam ogromne mdłości, więc zaczęłam poważnie bać się, że to zły znak. Najgorsze wspomnienia wróciły. Martwiłam się tak ogromnie, że w ostatni dzień 6 tygodnia ciąży wysłałam do mojego lekarza prowadzącego SMS, że tak strasznie się martwię bo… za dobrze się czuję: zero wymiotów, mdłości jak w poprzedniej, jedynej szczęśliwej ciąży. Jeszcze tego samego dnia przyjął mnie na momencik i potwierdził, że wszystko jest dobrze. Uwielbiam go za to, że bardzo dba także o samopoczucie przyszłych Mam i zawsze jest pod telefonem. I tak w 42 dniu cyklu, w ostatni dzień 6 tygodnia ciąży, zobaczyłam na USG przepiękny pęcherzyk ciążowy, a w środku zarodek, jeszcze bez serduszka. Tak więc, kochana przyszła Mamo, zupełnie nie przejmuj się, jeśli w 6 czy nawet 7 tygodniu ciąży serduszko u Twojego maluszka jeszcze nie bije, to zupełnie normalne.     Opieka lekarska, badania Choć to była nasza druga ciąża po dwóch poronieniach, z uwagi na moją trombofilię, niedomogę lutealną i za wysoki poziom komórek NK, już od momentu starań byliśmy objęci troskliwą opieką lekarską. W naszym wypadku była to opieka cudownego specjalisty, lekarza ginekologa, który uratował naszą ciążę z Mikołajem pomimo tego, że trafiłam do niego już z zaawansowanym poronieniem w trakcie, wypisana kilka godzin wcześniej ze szpitala z informacją, że niestety, ale „nic więcej nie można zrobić”. Wszystkie zalecenia konsultowałam również z immunologiem, który opiekuje się mną od 3 lat, ale ich decyzje odnośnie leczenia były w 100% zgodne.   Standardowe badania, jakie wykonałam na przełomie drugiego i trzeciego miesiąca ciąży:   Badania w gabinecie lekarza prowadzącego i położnej: Cytologia Pomiar ciśnienia Waga ciała Badanie piersi Badanie ginekologiczne USG   Badania laboratoryjne: Beta HCG – w celu potwierdzenia prawidłowego przyrostu (o prawidłowym przyroście pisałam tutaj) Morfologia – okazało się, że mam już lekką anemię, więc szybko musiałam zacząć wspierać się odpowiednią dietą, gdyż w ciąży te wyniki dodatkowo naturalnie ulegają obniżeniu (o tym, jak naturalnie zwalczyłam anemię, napiszę osobny post)   Na przełomie drugiego i trzeciego miesiąca 8 i 9 tygodnia ciąży wykonałam standardowe badania: Przeciwciała różyczki Przeciwciała toksoplazmozy Przeciwciała cytomegalii Badanie moczu Glukoza na czczo VDRL – przeciwciała przeciwko Treponema pallidum (kiła) anty HBS – żółtaczka typu B anty HCV – żółtaczka typu C anty  HIV Alloprzeciwciała odpornościowe   Badania, których nie musiałam wykonać, gdyż miałam je wykonane w poprzedniej ciąży: grupa krwi i Rh   Badania niestandardowe, które miałam wykonywane w związku z trombofilią, za wysokim poziomem komórek NK i niedomogą lutealną: białko S komórki NK immunoglobulina E z uwagi na włączoną od dnia owulacji suplementacją progesteronu na bardzo wysokim poziomie, nie wykonywaliśmy kontrolnych badań progesteronu, ale osobiście, gdybym była w pierwszej ciąży i nie spodziewała się żadnych komplikacji, wykonałabym je profilaktycznie razem z badaniem poziomu betaHCG.   Inne badanie niestandardowe: TSH hormon tyreotropowy (choroby tarczycy) fT4 – wolna tyroksyna (choroby tarczycy) witamina D – dzięki niej byliśmy w stanie dopasować suplementację witaminy idealną na ponurą zimę i odpowiednią dla mojego obecnego poziomu; poziom witaminy D3 badam regularnie bez względu na to, czy jestem w ciąży, czy nie.   Drugi miesiąc ciąży zakończył się krwawieniem i nocną wizytą na SOR, optymalizacją leczenia do zaistniałej sytuacji. Tego, co czuje kobieta w ciąży, widząc taki widok, nie da się opisać słowami… Najważniejsze jest jednak to, że krwawienie we wczesnej ciąży nie musi oznaczać niczego złego ani absolutnie niczego najgorszego. Osobiście w takiej sytuacji zawsze polecam jak najszybszy kontakt z lekarzem, aby przede wszystkim się uspokoić, poznać wroga i podjąć walkę. W poprzedniej, szczęśliwie zakończonej ciąży, taki widok dotykał mnie ze trzy razy, jednak za każdym razem okazywało się, że pomimo trudnej sytuacji ciąża się utrzymała, a dziś jestem szczęśliwą Mamą 2,5 latka.   Metryczka drugiego miesiąca ciąży   Co zobaczyłam na USG? w 42 dniu cyklu, w ostatni dzień 6 tygodnia ciąży, zobaczyłam na USG przepiękny pęcherzyk, a w środku zarodek; w 51 dniu cyklu, w 8 tygodniu ciąży, zobaczyłam na USG bijące serduszko.   Moja waga Moja waga na koniec 2 miesiąca ciąży to 61,8 kg przy wzroście 162 cm. Moja wyjściowa waga wynosiła 62,2 kg, a więc zanotowałam 0,5 kg na minusie. Spokojnie, to ostatni spadek, jaki zanotowałam. Później było już tylko ciężej.   Zachcianki Ciasta, pieczywo, owoce, winogrona. Wszystko, co słodkie.   Odpychanki Kawa – nawet rozmowa z osobą, która wypiła wcześniej kawę była dla mnie udręką ;-). Perfumy – wszystkie poszły w odstawkę, nawet te, których używa mój mąż. Mięso – do tej pory byłam na diecie paleo, która eliminuje przede wszystkim pszenicę i nabiał, a jest w niej sporo białka. Natomiast pierwsze tygodnie ciąży odrzuciły mnie od mięsa prawie całkowicie.   Sen Tak naprawdę mogłabym zasnąć o każdej porze, w każdej pozycji i w każdym miejscu. Senność to moje drugie imię. W tym temacie najdotkliwiej odczułam, jak bardzo różni się ciąża z pierwszym Dzieckiem, gdy przyszła Mama może skupić się w pełni na sobie, od tej, gdy 1, 2 czy kilkulatek biega naokoło nas i wymaga opieki, zabawy i uwagi. Wymyślałam więc jak najwięcej zabaw na dywanie, bo zwyczajnie nie mogłam utrzymać otwartych powiek już o 17-18 ;-). Bardzo pomógł mi tu Mąż i jak tylko mógł przejmował obowiązki przy 2,5 letnim Mikołaju.   Ulubione kosmetyki Wiem, wiem, wszyscy mówią, aby zacząć dbać o prawidłowe nawilżenie i natłuszczenie skóry już od samego początku ciąży, jednak ja zwyczajnie nie miałam na to siły – patrz punkt wyżej ;-). W ogóle nie jestem fanką kremów i balsamów, ledwo się pilnuję, aby codziennie nałożyć chociaż krem na twarz.   Ruchy dziecka Oczywiście jeszcze nie.   Nastrój, samopoczucie Wahania nastrojów towarzyszą mi niemal cały czas. W jednej chwili jestem szczęśliwa, a w drugiej zalewam się łzami. W jednej jestem spokojna, aby w kolejnej zapalić się w jedną sekundę.   Do tego wszystkiego dochodzi koszmarne zmęczenie i senność. Potrafiłam kłaść się spać razem z Synkiem o 19:30 i wstać dopiero na drugi dzień. Co więcej, kilkukrotnie zdarzyło mi się przyjść do biura i… zasnąć w fotelu! I przespać tak ze 2 godziny. Kiedyś wychodząc po pracy, usiadłam tylko na moment w moim fotelu-uszaku, nakryłam się kocykiem i… zasnęłam na całe popołudnie! Nawet pracownicy nie zauważyli mnie śpiącej i zamknęli w biurze, wychodząc do domu. Na pocieszenie… po ukończeniu pierwszego trymestru ten aspekt uległ znacznej poprawie.   Ubrania ciążowe Na sam koniec drugiego miesiąca zaopatrzyłam się w ciążowe jeansy. Za szybko? Wszystkie moje poprzednie modele miały podwyższoną talię i były bardzo ciasne, aby oferować mi efekt płaskiego brzucha. Nie było mi w nich tak super wygodnie jak bym chciała, a ciążowe jeansy z niskim stanem i mięciutkim materiałem naciąganym na brzuszek zupełnie rozwiązały ten problem. Jakie spodnie wybrałam, sprawdzisz tutaj.   Zakupy dla Dziecka Powolutku zaczęłam odwiedzać w sklepach działy dziecięce, ale na pierwsze zakupy było dla mnie jeszcze za wcześnie.   Zakupy dla mnie Wspomniane spodnie ciążowe i rajstopy ciążowe – znów wszystkie poprzednie miałam w wersji wysmuklającej sylwetkę, a ściskanie brzuszka nie znajduje się na mojej liście pożądanych działań w ciąży, nawet na tak wczesnym etapie.   Za co lubię drugi miesiąc ciąży Za to, że możemy podzielić się radosną nowiną z najbliższymi i wspólnie przeżywać radość z nowego członka naszej Rodziny. Brzmi dumnie.   Za co nie lubię drugiego miesiąca ciąży Za ukrywanie… wciąż tę informację zachowujemy przede wszystkim dla najbliższej rodziny, ale nie jest łatwo się nie wygadać.   Za oczekiwanie – będzie zarodek czy nie będzie, będzie biło serduszko czy nie będzie. Czy wyniki będą prawidłowe czy nie. Czy leczenie przyniesie pożądane efekty czy nie. Drugi miesiąc ciąży jest obarczony ogromnym ryzykiem poronienia, w mojej sytuacji zdrowotnej ryzyko mnoży się kosmicznie, co nie wpływało pozytywnie na mój nastrój. Byłam poddenerwowana i każdy ból czy najmniejszy skurcz powodował u mnie ogromny lęk. Tutaj pomogły mi bardzo techniki relaksacji.   Nasze ulubione zdjęcia z drugiego miesiąca ciąży:   A jaki był Twój drugi miesiąc ciąży? Jak się czułaś? Co czułaś? A może właśnie to przeżywasz? Będzie mi bardzo miło, jeśli polubisz lub udostępnisz, aby podzielić się z innymi:
- [Metamorfoza przedpokoju w jedno popołudnie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/metamorfoza-przedpokoju-jedno-popoludnie/): Choć w lipcu miną już 3 lata, odkąd mieszkamy w nowym miejscu, jak zawsze podpisujemy się pod przysłowiem, że jak nie zrobisz czegoś w domu od razu, to niemal pewne, że nie zrobisz tego wcale. I tak musiały upłynąć aż 3 lata, abyśmy w jedno popołudnie urządzili i ocieplili nasz przedpokój tak, że mamy ochotę przestawić do niego stół z jadalni i gdyby tylko się tam zmieścił, zapewne dzisiejszy post pisałabym właśnie tam. Przed Tak prezentuje się nasz przedpokój – choć drzwi na jego końcu to drzwi zewnętrzne, tak naprawdę kryje się za nimi jeszcze wiatrołap, ale wybierając je, zależało nam na tym, aby były ciepłe i bezpieczne, a także wpuszczały choć odrobinę światła do wiatrołapu. Na końcu przedpokoju jest także wnęka idealna do zabudowy w pojemną szafę, do dziś niezagospodarowana. Większość kurtek i butów ciśnie się więc do dziś w wiatrołapie. Ale spokojnie i ją uda nam się zagospodarować i to wciąż w jedno popołudnie.   Nie da się ukryć, przedpokój jest po prostu pusty i chłodny.     W trakcie Jedyną rzeczą, której tak naprawdę brakowało mi w tym przedpokoju, to lustro, w którym mogłabym zobaczyć swoją całą sylwetkę. Najbliższe miałam dopiero w sypialni na piętrze, więc praktycznie nigdy nie przeglądałam się w nim po założeniu szalika, płaszcza czy butów. Tak więc to chyba pomysł na lustro zapoczątkował całą metamorfozę.     Aby lustro nie wyglądało smutno na tak dużej ścianie, postanowiłam zamieścić na niej także płytkie szafeczki, dzięki którym będę mogła lepiej zorganizować naszą rodzinę do wyjścia.     Wybrałam takie szafki, w których sama mogę dostosowywać wysokość półek do bieżących potrzeb i tym sposobem „dorobiliśmy się” na przykład półki na okulary przeciwsłoneczne – to ta najniższa na samej górze po lewej stronie. Swoje miejsce znajdą tu także parasole, akcesoria do pielęgnacji obuwia czy rękawiczki.     Wybierając fronty, zdecydowałam się na te na wysoki połysk – odbijają światło i działają trochę jak lustro, dzięki czemu wąski przedpokój nie jest optycznie zwężony ani zatłoczony. Zdecydowaliśmy się zrezygnować z nóżek i zawiesić je na takiej samej wysokości jak lustro, dzięki czemu nasz przedpokój nabrał także lekkości.     Przestrzeń nad szafkami zdecydowałam się zagospodarować galerią zdjęć z najważniejszymi momentami i osobami z naszego życia. W całym naszym domu nie wisi ani jedna ramka ze zdjęciem, jedynie i dosłownie kilka zdobi parapety. Do tej pory wszystkie ramki na ścianach uzupełniałam plakatami, a zdjęcia przechowywałam w albumach. Tak naprawdę niespodziewane odejście mojego Taty tej zimy sprawiło, że zaczęłam się zastanawiać, jak zadbać o to, aby w pamięci Mikołaja Dziadek pozostał na zawsze i pomyślałam, że taka ścienna galeria ze zdjęciami, zawieszona w centralnym i codziennie użytkowanym miejscu w domu, pozwoli mu zachować wspomnienia. Przedpokój wydawał mi się więc naturalnie jednym z najlepszych stref do stworzenia takiej galerii. Chciałam spróbować i tak obok lustra postanowiłam zawiesić kolaż ramek w najróżniejszych rozmiarach i formach. Wiedziałam, że taka galeria pełna ramek w różnych rozmiarach i formach to nie lada wyzwanie. Tu z pomocą przyszedł mi szablon z gotowym rozłożeniem ramek, które dokupiłam zgodnie z wytycznymi. Przykleiliśmy szablon do ściany i punktakiem, za pomocą młotka, zaznaczyliśmy na ścianie miejsca, w których powinny znaleźć się mocowania do ramek – gwoździki, kołki czy inne wynalazki.   Początkowo zdecydowaliśmy się na mocowanie ramek do ściany za pomocą gwoździków, ale okazało się, że nie sprawdza się ono przy grubych ramkach – nasze gwoździe okazały się zbyt krótkie, aby sięgnąć mocowania na dużej ramie i tak postanowiliśmy w niektórych miejscach zastąpić je kołkami. Natomiast kołki również nie okazały się uniwersalnym rozwiązaniem – do niektórych ramek łeb śruby okazałby się zbyt duży, tak więc miks gwoździków i kołków sprawdził się u nas najlepiej.     Teraz wystarczyło pozawieszać ramki według schematu, aby cieszyć się niemal gotową pierwszą ścianą naszego nowego przedpokoju.     Nadeszła kolej na zagospodarowanie naszej wnęki. Zastosowaliśmy w niej dwa drążki rozporowe – jeden na wiszące ubrania, pod którym stanęła rattanowa komódka, na którą nigdzie wcześniej nie mogłam znaleźć odpowiedniego miejsca. Teraz idealnie pomieści naszą wyjściową galanterię czy domowe kapcie – tak, tak, wciąż czasami chodzimy w kapciach. We wnęce zawiesiliśmy także kilka haczyków, na które będę mogła odwieszać na przykład torebki. Dwa haczyki znalazły także swoje miejsce na wysokości Mikołajka.     Na drugim drążku rozporowym zawisła zasłonka z marokańskim wzorem, która zakrywa nam całą wnękę, pełniąc jednocześnie funkcję dekoracyjną – tu wykorzystałam zasłonkę, która kiedyś wisiała u Mikołaja w pokoju.   Na koniec okazało się, że papierowa lampa zaczęła nas denerwować i przewiesiliśmy tu industrialną lampę z naszego strychu, aby ukończyć to pomieszczenie. Na koniec Wojtek wynalazł chodniczek, który zamówiłam kiedyś przez Internet, ale nigdzie mi nie pasował, tylko zapomniałam go odesłać. Jak widać – nic nie dzieje się bez przyczyny, bo tu wpasował się idealnie.   Po   Na koniec dnia zamówiłam zdjęcia, czekam na kuriera i jak tylko się pojawi, pokażę Wam efekt z naszą rodzinną galerią zdjęć. I jak Wam się podoba taka popołudniowa metamorfoza przedpokoju? Jeśli tekst Ci się podobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [4 lata temu byłam Mamą tylko w sercu... #nieplodnosctoniewyrok](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nieplodnosctoniewyrok/): 4 lata temu powinnam obchodzić swój pierwszy Dzień Mamy…   Piotruś i Pawełek mieli przyjść na świat 2 miesiące wcześniej, w marcu. Na przełomie 3 i 4 miesiąca ciąży dowiedzieliśmy się, że odeszli…   Wierzyłam, nie poddałam się. Choć nasza droga była strasznie bolesna, dziś obchodzę kolejny, upragniony Dzień Mamy.   Wiem, że nie każda z Was, choć chce tego najbardziej na świecie, może cieszyć się dziś tak bardzo jak ja. Dla wielu z Was to wciąż jeden z najtrudniejszych dni w roku. Dlatego, gdy Ania, autorka przecudownego bloga o niepłodności To w środku zapytała, czy wezmę udział w jej filmiku, który wesprze Was w tych najtrudniejszych chwilach, od razu się zgodziłam.   Te kilka zdań nagrywałam dwa dni. Choć od tamtych zdarzeń mijają cztery lata, a ja oglądając ten film tulę dziś mojego Synka Mikołaja, w sierpniu oczekując kolejnego Maluszka, moje serce jest pęknięte…   Jeśli filmik dodał Ci otuchy, będzie nam bardzo miło jeśli go polubisz. Chciałybyśmy pokazać całemu światu, że nie wolno się poddawać i pokazać naszą solidarność z Mamami, które dziś są nimi przede wszystkim w sercu. Szczególnie w taki dzień jak dziś, One czują się nieskończenie samotne. Jeśli chcesz do nas dołączyć udostępnij filmik u siebie:
- [Jak dobrze przygotować się do powrotu do pracy?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-dobrze-przygotowac-sie-do-powrotu-do-pracy/): Decyzja już zapadła? A może wciąż się wahasz? W Twojej głowie mnożą się okropne scenariusze, a Ty nie możesz spać na samą myśl o powrocie do pracy? Rok temu przechodziłam dokładnie to samo, a dziś podzielę się z Wami moimi sposobami na to, aby powrót do pracy był jak najmniej stresujący przede wszystkim dla Ciebie. 1. Opieka do dziecka Nie było dziecka, jest dziecko, albo jest ich więcej, więc bez tego punktu się nie obejdzie. No chyba, że pracujesz „na swoim” i wizja pracy z dzieckiem „na kolanach” Ci odpowiada. Ja osobiście choć pracuję na własny rachunek wolę „zrobić swoje” na 100% i później być z dzieckiem także na 100%. Czy będziesz decydowała się na żłobek, przedszkole, nianię czy babcię pamiętaj o jednej zasadzie – zanim powierzysz komukolwiek swoje dziecko w opiekę, musisz być tej opieki pewna. Czy to będzie żłobek czy niania, babcia czy inna ciocia musisz wiedzieć, że to najlepsza zastępcza forma opieki dla Twojego dziecka. Tylko dzięki temu Twój powrót do pracy będzie miał szansę być dla całej rodziny komfortowy, a Ty będziesz mogła oddać się obowiązkom służbowym nie trzęsąc się o dziecko. Twoja spokojna głowa jest konieczna do tego, abyś wychodząc nie projektowała swoich lęków na maluszka, oraz aby dobrze Ci się pracowało. Poszukiwania opieki dla dziecka rozpoczęliśmy na kilka miesięcy przed moim planowanym powrotem do pracy. Nie żałuję ani jednej godziny spędzonej na poszukiwaniach idealnej dla nas formy opieki, ani jednych odwiedzin w placówce, ani jednej rozmowy kwalifikacyjnej i ani jednego dnia próbnego. Nie żałuję też żadnej pochopnej decyzji, gdyż żadnej takiej nie podjęłam. Wyczekałam Nianię idealną i dziś mogę pracować spokojnie, oddając się w pełni swoim obowiązkom, aby później oddawać się w pełni rodzinie. 2. Garderoba Oczywiście mam nadzieję, że urodzenie dziecka nie stało się dla Ciebie pretekstem do tego, aby siebie nie dbać (ale czy tak na pewno jest?) natomiast na 90% Twoja szafa wymaga co najmniej odświeżenia. A może jednak rewolucji. Co to znaczy? Po ciąży  Twoja figura zapewne się zmieniła, a jeśli nie figura to moda po części na pewno, do tego ubrania naturalnie ulegają zużyciu. Mam więc dla Ciebie dwa zadania. Po pierwsze przymierz każdą jedną rzecz, stań przed lustrem i szczerze sobie powiedz, czy chciałabyś, aby w tym stroju zobaczył Cię Twój przyszły Klient? Co z tego, że to ciuch po domu, kto powiedział, że po domu trzeba chodzić w wyciągniętym dresie i poplamionej bluzce? Przecież Twoja rodzina, która widzi Cię na co dzień chyba nie jest gorsza od Klienta? 😉 Po drugie utwórz sobie do pracy przynajmniej 6 zestawów ubrań, tak, abyś nie musiała zamartwiać się w tygodniu tym, czy masz się jutro w co ubrać. Jeśli nie udało Ci się stworzyć aż tylu zastanów się jakie rzeczy powinnaś dokupić i zrób to. Wybieraj rzeczy jak najbardziej uniwersalne, które będą pasowały do kilku zestawów i pozwolą tworzyć kolejne, a swój charakter podkreśl oryginalnymi dodatkami. 3. Uroda Kiedy ostatni raz byłaś u kosmetyczki? Po ciąży tak wiele się zmienia, że na prawdę warto odwiedzić zaufaną profesjonalistkę w tym temacie. Za Tobą ogromne wahania hormonów, jest duża szansa, że Twoja cera i skóra bardzo się zmieniły, a wraz z nimi powinna zmienić się ich pielęgnacja. Sama z pierwszą wizytą w salonie czekałam po porodzie aż 1,5 roku i jak tylko wyszłam z gabinetu od razu żałowałam, że tak późno! Zauważyłam te trochę zmarszczek więcej, ale zwalałam to na karb stresów i kolejnych lat, a okazało się, że głównym winowajcą jest cienka, przesuszona i odwodniona skóra! A ja się cieszyłam, że wreszcie się nie świecę. Teraz dzięki nowemu programowi pielęgnacyjnemu cera i skóra otrzymują odpowiednią dawkę nawilżenia i powolutku się odbudowują. A co to ma do powrotu do pracy? Jeśli pracujesz w klimatyzowanym pomieszczeniu, jeździsz do pracy samochodem czy marzniesz zimą na przystanku, Twoja cera potrzebuje tego by odpowiednio o nią dbać. Mój mąż powtarza mi zawsze, że moja Twarz jest warta więcej niż milion dolarów! A wiecie czemu? Bo jak ją zniszczę to nawet milion dolarów nie pozwoli jej wrócić. Nic tak jak Twoja twarz nie tworzy Twojego wizerunku, samopoczucia i szczęścia. Dbaj o nią i pozwól, by Twoje dzieci widziały Cię zawsze promienną i uśmiechniętą. 4. Powtórka Na co dzień zajmujesz się obsługą Klienta? A może obsługujesz urządzenia czy skomplikowane programy graficzne? Przypomnij sobie jak to się wszystko robiło! Wytyczne, standardy, przepisy, funkcje. A jeśli oprogramowanie na którym pracujesz w firmie jest drogie, poszukaj darmowych wersji testowych. Niemożliwe do kupienia? Rzuć okiem na instrukcję obsługi – ją na pewno znajdziesz w internecie i to za darmo, a jestem pewna, że odblokuje Ci solidną porcję wiedzy. 5. Nauka Jeśli na co dzień zajmujesz się bardziej prawem podatkowym czy projektowaniem wnętrz nie stawiaj tylko na powtórkę swoich umiejętności, ale także prześledź wszelkie nowinki – są dziedziny, w których wiedza niesamowicie szybko się dezaktualizuje, nie pozwól sobie stać w tyle. 6. Język Jeśli wracasz do dawnej pracy to już wiesz, czy język obcy jest Ci potrzebny, a jeśli tak to warto się przed takim powrotem zwyczajnie „rozgadać”. Jeśli dopiero szukasz pracy uczyń z języka obcego, który już znasz swój atut. Zarówno powrotowi na dawne stanowisko jak i poszukiwaniu pracy towarzyszy stres, ściśnięty żołądek, a nie trudno jest w takich warunkach „zapomnieć języka w gębie”. Dlatego przed powrotem na ścieżkę kariery warto jest trochę poćwiczyć, pouczyć się i zwyczajnie „rozgadać” i „rozpisać”. Z pomocą przyjdzie nam tutaj indywidualna nauka języka angielskiego przez Skype, albo każdego innego języka. Gdy pierwszy raz moja koleżanka, która niedawno wyjechała i mieszka we Włoszech powiedziała mi, że włoskiego uczy się przez Skype złapałam się za głowę! A teraz sama uważam, że to świetny pomysł. Bez wychodzenia z domu, bez straty czasu i pieniędzy na dojazdy czy opiekę dla dziecka w tym czasie, o dogodnej porze możesz poszerzać swoje lingwistyczne umiejętności, nie zastanawiając się co zrobić z dzieckiem. Wystarczy umówić się na lekcje w godzinach gdy zawsze śpi – czy to w ciągu dnia czy już wieczorem. Choć sama posługuję się językiem angielskim biegle w mowie i piśmie, a na potwierdzenie mam certyfikat CAE, wiem, że nie „papierki” się liczą a umiejętności, którym nic tak dobrze nie robi jak praktyka. Co sądzicie o takim solidnym przygotowaniu do powrotu do pracy? Koniecznie napiszcie co Wy dodałybyście do mojej listy, aby czuć się dobrze? Czekam na Wasze komentarze.
- [Pierwszy miesiąc ciąży | Ciąża miesiąc po miesiącu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pierwszy-miesiac-ciazy-ciaza-miesiac-miesiacu/): Pierwszy miesiąc ciąży. U jednych mija całkowicie niepostrzeżenie, u innych ciągnie się w nieskończoność, przedłużając się w wiele miesięcy, a nawet lat. Czasami jest wynikiem całkowitej spontaniczności lub wręcz przeciwnie, intensywnego, zaplanowanego starania. Jak było u nas? Zapraszam Cię na cykl postów „ciąża miesiąc po miesiącu”.   Ile trwa pierwszy miesiąc ciąży? Przyjęło się, że pierwszy miesiąc ciąży liczony jest od daty ostatniej miesiączki i trwa 28 dni, czyli równe cztery tygodnie. Gdy nasza ciąża ma miesiąc, nasz Maluszek tak naprawdę ma dopiero kilka lub kilkanaście dni – liczonych od zapłodnienia.   Cała ciąża trwa 40 tygodni, a więc już na oko widać, że ciąża liczona od pierwszego dnia ostatniej miesiączki trwa bliżej 10 niż 9 miesięcy, co było dla mnie niemiłą niespodzianką, gdy siedząc jak na szpilkach, odliczałam dni do jej szczęśliwego zakończenia.     Kiedy najlepiej wykonać test ciążowy? Standardowo wykonanie testu ciążowego zaleca się dopiero w dniu spodziewanej miesiączki. Trzymając się tego terminu, jeśli masz przynajmniej 28 dniowe cykle, to o tym, że jesteś w ciąży, dowiesz się w pierwszych dniach, ale już drugiego miesiąca ciąży.   W praktyce pozytywny test ciążowy możemy zobaczyć zarówno na kilka dni przed terminem spodziewanej miesiączki, jak i dopiero kilka dni po. Dlaczego?   Wszystko zależy od tego, w którym dniu cyklu miałyśmy owulację, jak szybko doszło do zapłodnienia i implantacji zarodka w ścianie macicy. Zarówno domowy (z moczu) jak i laboratoryjny (z krwi) test ciążowy wykrywa obecność w organizmie HCG – ludzkiej gonadotropiny kosmówkowej, hormonu wytwarzanego dopiero w ciągu 24 godzin od zagnieżdżenia się zarodka w ścianie macicy. Aby do tego doszło, po pierwsze musi dojść do owulacji, która powinna pojawić się na minimum 12 dni przed dniem spodziewanej miesiączki, ale i z tym bywa różnie. Stres czy podróż jest w stanie zaburzyć nawet najbardziej regularny cykl. Do zapłodnienia komórki jajowej może dojść jedynie w przeciągu 12-24 godzin od owulacji, po tym czasie niezapłodniona komórka jajowa obumiera. Zapłodniona komórka jajowa musi jeszcze przebyć drogę do macicy i tam się zagnieździć, co trwa zwykle od 5 do 10, a niektóre źródła podają, że nawet do 12 dni.   Tak więc w praktyce na pozytywny test ciążowy możesz liczyć zarówno na kilka dni przed, jak i dopiero kilka dni po terminie spodziewanej miesiączki, wszystko zależy od dnia, w którym doszło u Ciebie do owulacji i implantacji. Jeśli jesteś w ciąży, to im później wykonasz test ciążowy, tym większa szansa na to, że już będzie to wynik pozytywny.   W związku z tym, że poziom hormonu HCG w początkowym okresie podwaja się co dwa-trzy dni, pierwsza kreseczka testowa, która pojawia się na teście wykonanym  w okolicy spodziewanej miesiączki, może być bardzo blada, ale nie przeszkadza to w interpretacji wyniku testu ciążowego jako pozytywnego. Powtórzony test tej samej marki już na drugi dzień najprawdopodobniej da widocznie ciemniejszą drugą kreseczkę.     Jaki domowy test ciążowy wybrać? Wśród domowych testów ciążowych wyróżniamy paskowe, płytkowe i strumieniowe.   Osobiście nigdy nie korzystałam z paskowych testów ciążowych, a to z bardzo prostego powodu – chciałam mieć ładną pamiątkę, dlatego też wybierałam te płytkowe i strumieniowe, które są dużo bardziej solidne i pewnie lepiej przetrwają lata w „kuferku wspomnień”.   Domowe testy ciążowe mają różną czułość, podawaną przez producenta na opakowaniu. Najbardziej popularne to od 10 i od 25 mlU/ml. Moje doświadczenie pokazało jednak, że niejeden test ciążowy o niższej czułości, bo 25 mlU/ml, dał o wiele bardziej widoczną kreskę testową niż ten o wyższej czułości – 10 mlU/ml, wykonany nawet kolejnego dnia. Zaobserwowałam także, że płytkowe testy ciążowe różnych marek dawały zawsze bardziej intensywną drugą kreskę niż testy strumieniowe różnych marek, bez względu na to, jak zostały użyte (są dwie możliwości opisane w instrukcji).   Nowością na polskim rynku są także ciążowe testy cyfrowe, zwane także elektronicznymi, do tej pory widziałam je głównie na zagranicznych fotografiach.   Jak i kiedy wykonać test ciążowy z krwi? Zasada co do wyliczania dnia wykonania testu ciążowego z krwi jest taka sama jak w przypadku domowego testu ciążowego, ale wynik jest jeszcze bardziej wiarygodny.   HCG czy Beta HCG?   Beta HCG to podjednostka HCG, a więc składowa jego część. Potocznie mówimy o wyniku HCG, natomiast w badaniu określamy wartość stężenia we krwi właśnie bHCG. Bez względu na to, czy zlecisz badanie HCG, czy Beta HCG, panie w okienku będą wiedziały, jakie badanie wykonać.   Badanie poziomu Beta HCG możesz wykonać niemal w każdym laboratorium, nie potrzebujesz skierowania od lekarza, a za badanie zapłacisz około 25-45 złotych. Nie musisz być na czczo i badanie to możesz wykonać o każdej porze dnia. Na wynik będziesz czekała od kilku godzin do kilku dni – w dużych miastach i dużych laboratoriach na wynik zaledwie 2-3 godziny i będzie on dostępny on-line, co jest ogromnie wygodne i pozwala zachować prywatność i intymność chwili. Natomiast w wielu małych miastach i laboratoriach, gdzie zleceń na to badanie jest proporcjonalnie niewiele, to choć próbki krwi pobierane są od pacjentek codziennie, badanie wykonywane jest raz tylko 2-3 razy w tygodniu, a wyniki wydawane są zwykle na miejscu.   Pojedynczy podwyższony wynik poziomu Beta HCG świadczy o ciąży, ale nie mówi o tym, czy ciąża rozwija się prawidłowo. Aby to określić i uprawdopodobnić, należy wykonać ponowne oznaczenie stężenia Beta HCG we krwi 48-72 godzin później, a wynik powinien, ogólnie mówiąc, ulec podwojeniu. Jeśli wynik przyrósł znacznie więcej, może to świadczyć o ciąży bliźniaczej. Zbyt wolny przyrost może świadczyć o ciąży pozamacicznej lub być pierwszym niepokojącym parametrem ciąży.   Przyrostu Beta HCG w czasie nie musisz określać sama, możesz skorzystać z gotowych kalkulatorów on-line. Tak przykładowo prezentowały się moje wyniki:   Choć test ciążowy z krwi jest bardziej wiarygodny, w naszej pierwszej ciąży podczas pierwszego dnia testów ujemnie wyszedł zarówno test płytkowy, jak i laboratoryjny. Natomiast po dwóch dniach zarówno test płytkowy o czułości 25 mlU/ml, jak i laboratoryjne badanie z krwi, dały wynik pozytywny. Tak więc zgodnie z naszym doświadczeniem, oba rodzaje testów są równie skuteczne i równie szybko dają nam informację.   Jak dowiedziałam się i powiedziałam Mężowi o ciąży? W pierwszej ciąży, w oczekiwaniu na pozytywny wynik, testy ciążowe wykonywałam sama. W tajemnicy też pojechałam na badanie krwi i przygotowałam Mężowi prawdziwą niespodziankę (myślę, że to materiał w sam raz na osobny post). Tym samym temat niespodzianek mamy już za sobą, więc za każdym kolejnym razem na radosną nowinę oczekiwaliśmy wspólnie, wpatrując się w ten mały kawałek plastiku i odliczając czas do trzech minut.   Tym razem spodziewaliśmy się być w ciąży po raz czwarty, jak zawsze mieliśmy pod ręką sporo testów ciążowych najróżniejszych marek i wielkie nadzieje. Dzień wcześniej nastawiliśmy budzik na godzinę 5:00 – to o godzinę wcześniej niż powinniśmy wstać do pracy, aby na wypadek pozytywnego wyniku móc zostać w łóżku i rozkoszować się chwilą.   To był nasz drugi miesiąc starań, 27 dzień cyklu, imieniny Mikołaja, a więc oczywiście Mikołajki. Specjalnie wybraliśmy ten dzień na wykonanie testu, gdyż głęboko czuliśmy, że czeka na nas najlepszy prezent. Z samego rana zrobiliśmy pierwszy płytkowy test ciążowy i to wtedy właśnie, o 5:05, zobaczyliśmy na teście bladziutką, drugą kreseczkę. To był cudowny moment, w którym dowiedzieliśmy się, że po raz piąty zostaliśmy rodzicami.   Po chwili powtórzyliśmy test i rozkoszowaliśmy się tym widokiem:   A to nasze pierwsze zdjęcia, wykonane, gdy już wiedziałam, że noszę w sobie Kolejne Życie. Przyznaj, że Mikuś ma minę, jakby już czuł, że zaraz będzie musiał się dzielić prezentami z kimś jeszcze 😉   Objawy Przez pierwsze dwa dni pierwszego miesiąca, w których wiedziałam już o ciąży, nie zdążyłam mieć żadnych dokuczliwych objawów, choć na moim dekolcie dało się już zauważyć powiększone naczynia krwionośne.   Opieka lekarska, badania Z uwagi na to, że za nami są dwa poronienia, nasza ciąża już od momentu starań została objęta troskliwą opieką lekarską i odpowiednim wsparciem farmakologicznym, dobranym na podstawie przebytej diagnostyki poronień oraz historii poprzednich ciąż.   Badania jakie wykonałam w pierwszym miesiącu ciąży, a dokładnie w 28 dniu cyklu, to:   Beta HCG w celu potwierdzenia pozytywnego wyniku ciąży   Metryczka pierwszego miesiąca ciąży   Za co lubię pierwszy miesiąc ciąży Za ogromną ekscytację z powodu Nowego Życia, spełnionego marzenia, rodzeństwa i przyjaciela dla Mikusia. Za ogrom cudownych planów na przyszłość, spełnienie w roli Mamy. A do tego zero dolegliwości ciążowych.   Za tajemnicę, o której wiem tylko ja i mój Mąż, i emocje, które w nas buzują. Za to uczucie miłości do siebie, choć myśleliśmy, że już nie można kochać bardziej.   Za co nie lubię pierwszego miesiąca ciąży Za tajemnicę… z jednej strony człowiek chciałby wykrzyczeć radosną nowinę całemu światu, wbić się do kasy pierwszeństwa w Ikei i wybrać na zakupy życia, ale rozsądek nakazuje choć chwilę się wstrzymać.   Za niepewność… Mamy w niebie Troje Dzieci. Nie ma dnia, abyśmy nie myśleli o tym, jaką ogromną stratą jest ich brak w naszym życiu. Każda ciąża to przeogromny dar nowego życia, to chwila, w której spływa na nas całe dobro i miłość tego świata. Dar tak delikatny i wrażliwy, że w jednej chwili potrafi zmienić się w niewyobrażalną i niekończącą się pustkę. Po jej doświadczeniu już dokładnie wiemy, czego się bać.   Moja waga Moja wyjściowa waga na koniec 1 pierwszego miesiąca ciąży to 62,2 kg przy wzroście 162 cm.   Zachcianki Jeszcze nic.   Odpychanki Jeszcze nic.   Sen Bez zmian. Za mało 😉   Ulubione kosmetyki To dopiero przede mną.   Ruchy dziecka Oczywiście jeszcze nie.   Nastrój Cudowny! Radość przepełnia każdy kawałek mojego ciała i każdą moją myśl.   Ubrania ciążowe Dopiero przyjdzie na nie czas. Jeśli już teraz ciekawi Cię moda ciążowa, zapraszam do mojego posta o tym, jak zbudować kapsułkową garderobę ciążową.   Zakupy dla Dziecka Obyło się bez szaleństw i zakupów. Choć pamiętam, że Tego Dnia kupowałam w markecie upominki dla osób z naszej firmy i ozdoby choinkowe. Dział dla dzieci ominęłam jednak szerokim łukiem.   Zakupy dla mnie Na spokojnie, tu również nic.   A jaka jest Wasza historia? Jeśli post Ci się spodobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Przestaję pisać spod kocyka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/koniec-bloga-spodkocyka-pl/): Aby wszystko Ci wytłumaczyć, muszę zacząć od początku.   Zawsze wiedziałam, że chcę prowadzić własny biznes. Wiedziałam też, że pieniądze na jego rozpoczęcie muszę zarobić  sama. To dlatego jadąc na pół roku studiów do Paryża zamiast oddawać się w pełni erasmusowym uciechom znalazłam sobie pracę jako au-pair, z fajną pensją i własnym pokojem z łazienką na poddaszu willi w najbogatszej, XVI dzielnicy Paryża. Przez całe pół roku nie skusiłam się nawet na zakup jednych perfum czy butów, zjadłam tylko jednego prawdziwego francuskiego naleśnika (tak mi pachniały, że piekłam je sobie sama), a wszystkie zarobione pieniądze odkładałam na swoją przyszłość, w którą od zawsze wierzyłam.   15 czerwca 2007 roku – w wieku 22 lat po niemal dwuletnich przygotowaniach założyłam własną firmę. Od tego czasu zmieniło się tak wiele, a moja kariera rozwinęła się w kilku kierunkach.   Pierwszy, w 2007 roku, był Portal Ślubny PobieramySię – tu postawiłam pierwsze biznesowe kroki, wyremontowałam i wynajęłam pierwsze biuro w piwnicy, zwanej przez moją rodzinę dumnie suteryną, zatrudniłam pierwsze osoby, odniosłam pierwsze sukcesy i popełniłam pierwsze błędy. Nie, nie obyło się także bez porażek. Dziś, po prawie 10 latach wiem, że to właśnie PobieramySię zawdzięczam masę cudownych znajomości, solidną porcję biznesowej i interpersonalnej wiedzy, a także trampolinę do dalszych działań. Co więcej, PobieramySię jest na rynku do dziś i ma się bardzo dobrze, a ja wciąż dbam o to, aby z tego rynku nie wypadł, fundując mu liftingi i nowe funkcjonalności.   Około 2010 roku zdecydowałam, że dość siedzenia za ekranem komputera i oto nastał najwyższy czas na wyjście z mojej strefy komfortu budowanej za ekranem komputera i osobiste spotkanie z Klientami, których to marzenia o cudownym ślubie zaczęłam spełniać pod marką Wytwórni Ślubów. Praca jako Konsultant Ślubny dała  mi w życiu chyba najwięcej pozytywnych emocji i doświadczeń, a także prawdziwych przyjaźni, o co z biznesie wcale nie łatwo.   W szczycie mojego zapracowania, w maju 2012 roku, w tajemnicy przed całym światem i własnym mężem, opublikowałam pierwszy post na blogu Spod kocyka. To było po tym, jak przez dwa lata byłam bardzo zaangażowana na portalu Deccoria, gdzie tworzyłam galerie swoich wnętrz i inspiracji, wokół których skupiło się spore grono odbiorców. Zapragnęłam zebrać je w jednym, własnym miejscu i tak własnie powstał ten blog. I choć nazwa Spod kocyka kojarzy się dziś przede wszystkim z „parentingiem”, którego częścią stałam się dopiero ponad 2 lata później, jego geneza jest zupełnie inna. W moim zapracowanym świecie uwielbiałam znaleźć wieczorem chwilę dla siebie, napić się ulubionej herbaty, usiąść z laptopem pod ciepłym kocykiem i pisać… dosłownie spod kocyka.   Kolejnym krokiem było wspólnie z mężem stworzenie w 2015 roku biznesowej sieci – franczyzowej sieci Wytwórni Ślubów, dzięki której swoim zasięgiem obsługujemy już dziś niemal całą Polskę. Sama zobacz, jaki cudowny zespół udaje nam się tworzyć. A wzajemne wsparcie, wspólne priorytety sprawiają, że nasza marka rośnie w siłę każdego dnia.   Na samym początku 2016 roku spełniłam swoje kolejne biznesowe marzenie – stworzyłam Akademię Konsultanta Ślubnego, gdzie za pomocą biznesowych kursów i szkoleń przygotowuję do zawodu przyszłych Konsultantów Ślubnych, a to wszystko posiada rekomendację Polskiego Stowarzyszenia Konsultantów Ślubnych.   Dziś blog ten ma już niemal 5 lat, a ja wiem, że to najwyższy czas na kolejną zmianę. Pragnę dalej łączyć ze sobą wszystko, czym zajmuję się na co dzień, czyli moją rodzinę, dom, dbanie o zdrowie, urodę i o siebie, o własny, szeroko rozumiany „biznes”, w którym jest miejsce na rozwój osobisty, karierę i domowe, osobiste szczęście i spełnienie.   Utrzymywanie rozpoznawalności kilku marek nie jest łatwe, dlatego postanowiłam spiąć je tym, co mają wspólnego, a więc moim imieniem i nazwiskiem i od dziś witaj na blogu AgnieszkaKudela.pl. Tak, to tutaj, zmienił się tylko mój adres, ja zostaję. Choć codziennie inna, a to w ogromnej mierze zawdzięczam to także Tobie i temu, że dajesz mi to, co masz najcenniejsze – swój czas, który spędzasz tutaj. Ogromnie to doceniam i dziękuję Ci za to z całego serca.   Jak każda zmiana, ta również niesie ze sobą niepokój i takie uczucie z pewnością mi dziś towarzyszy. Bez wątpienia żegnam się dziś z kawałkiem czegoś, co tworzyłam przez 1667 dni. Wierzę jednak, że lada moment to co czuję przerodzi się w ekscytację i napędzi mnie tylko pozytywnie do dalszego działania.   Abyśmy mogli być bliżej, zapraszam Cię także do zapisania się do mojego Newslettera.
- [Jak zaplanować Święta Bożego Narodzenia?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-przygotowac-sie-do-swiat/): Choć przygotowania do świąt rozpoczynamy najczęściej w grudniu, to już teraz warto sobie wszystko zaplanować. Dziś przygotowałam dla Was plan takich przygotowań, dzięki którym wierzę, że przygotowania będą przyjemnością, a nie szaleństwem. Od czego więc zacząć, aby nie oszaleć i nie wejść w Nowy Rok z długami? 1. Budżet W moim rodzinnym domu na Święta odkładało się przez cały rok – co miesiąc z góry ustalona kwota lądowała (a nawet dalej ląduje) w skarbonce. Dzięki temu świąteczny budżet był z góry dość konkretnie określony, a dzięki oszczędnościom nie musieliśmy rozpoczynać Nowego Roku na minusie. Określenie budżetu na Święta jest ogromnie ważne – tak naprawdę dopiero po odpowiedzeniu sobie na pytanie, ile możemy i chcemy wydać, możemy przejść do planowania pozostałych punktów. Jeśli masz już kwotę, którą chcesz przeznaczyć na Święta, podziel ją na mniejsze budżety na wydatki związane ze świątecznymi: kartkami, wystrojem (dekoracje, choinka), prezentami i ich pakowaniem, ubraniami, a przede wszystkim świątecznym menu i napojami. A co najważniejsze – trzymaj się raz określonego budżetu! 2. Kartki świąteczne Jeśli ten zwyczaj jest w Waszej rodzinie wciąż żywy – to gratuluję! Jeśli został zapomniany, czyż ten rok nie jest idealny, aby świąteczne kartki znów zagościły w naszych domach? 3. Motyw przewodni Dekoracji, choinki, pakowania prezentów… Zanim wyruszysz na świąteczne zakupy, gdzie ze wszystkich sklepowych witryn będą kusiły Cię przepiękne dekoracje w kolorach tęczy, zanim odpalisz komputer i będą goniły Cię produkty z sklepów internetowych, które odwiedziłaś, a na maila zaczną spływać newslettery z promocjami życia – warto, abyś miała plan na to, jak ustroisz Wasz dom na święta, jakie dekoracje już posiadasz, a jakie będziesz chciała dokupić. Koniecznie zdecyduj się na kolory przewodnie, do których możesz dodać motyw wiodący. Jak to zrobić? Przeczytasz w osobnym poście na ten temat. I pamiętaj – trzymaj się założonego na ten cel budżetu. Idealnie sprawdzą się tu pomysły na takie dekoracje, które nie nadwyrężą portfela i nie zagracą domu. Co roku wykorzystuję do tego celu gałązki, bombki, świeczniki, wstążki, sznurki… Tutaj sprawdzisz moje pomysły na świąteczny stół. 4. Porządki Najważniejsze to zaangażować w sprzątanie całą rodzinę. Dobrze zacząć już teraz i rozpisać porządki na cały miesiąc, dzięki temu dni przed samymi świętami będą przyjemnością, a nie męką. Osobiście dzielę dom na strefy i poświęcam im kolejne tygodnie. Co w naszym domu odróżnia świąteczne porządki od tych zwyczajnych? Są one połączone z ograniczeniem ilości posiadanych rzeczy i ich lepszą organizacją. Jeśli temat Cię interesuje, sprawdź jak wprowadziłam minimalizm do mojej toaletki. 5. Menu Zanim przystąpisz do przygotowywania świątecznego menu – ustal z rodziną i bliskimi gdzie i w jakim składzie spędzacie te Święta.  Odpowiedzcie sobie na pytanie, czy będą one finansowane tylko przez gospodarzy, czy może w formie składkowej, gdzie każdy przyniesie swoje 2-3 swoje popisowe dania – ten model idealnie sprawdza się przy dużych rodzinach i ograniczonych budżetach. Nie da się ukryć – goszczenie 20 osobowej rodziny na Wigilii i jeden czy dwa dni świąt to spory wydatek. Jak wygląda moja lista gości? Otwieram arkusz kalkulacyjny i w pierwszej kolumnie wypisuję wszystkie osoby, z którymi spędzę te Święta. Kolejne kolumny to Wigilia, Pierwszy Dzień Świąt, Drugi Dzień Świąt – to w nich zaznaczam z kim widzę się w danym dniu, co pozwala wygenerować fajne podsumowanie ilościowe i jest wyjściem do stworzenia listy prezentów. Dzięki temu zobaczysz też, ile miejsc przy stole i krzeseł potrzebujesz na dany dzień, co pomoże Ci rozplanować domową przestrzeń. 6. Prezenty Choć spotkałam się już ze Świętami bez prezentów, jeśli Twoje takie nie będą – koniecznie spisz listę osób, które chcesz obdarować. Spójrz na budżet, jaki na ten cel przygotowałaś i rozdziel go wedle uznania. Zanim ruszysz w szał zakupów, spróbuj znaleźć prezentowe inspiracje przez Internet. Jeśli zdecydujesz się na zakupy odpowiednio wcześniej, zrobienie ich zdalnie jest również świetnym pomysłem – pozwala zaoszczędzić wiele czasu, nerwów i pieniędzy. W grudniu przygotuję dla Was na pewno post z prezentowymi inspiracjami. 7. Stroje Polecam odpowiednio wczesne skompletowanie świątecznej garderoby – zestawy, w których dobrze będzie się czuła cała rodzina i ewentualne dokupienie tylko brakujących elementów. Zapobiegniesz w ten sposób nieplanowanym i impulsywnym zakupom ubrań na widok świątecznych promocji. U nas zwyczajem jest także świąteczna sesja zdjęciowa, do której kompletuję stroje i gadżety – taką sesję mam zamiar wykonać w tym roku na początku grudnia, aby zdjęcia wykorzystać do budowania świątecznego nastroju, a może także do kartek świątecznych. Osobiście lubię mieć także świąteczne akcenty również w trakcie świątecznych przygotowań, stąd rok temu kupiłam dla siebie i Mikołaja świąteczne piżamki – były idealne do ubierania choinki w wigilijny poranek. 8. Choinka Gdy masz już motyw przewodni oraz plan Świąt możesz zaplanować: gdzie i kiedy stanie choinka oraz kto i jak ją przystroi. Jeśli wyprawiacie Wigilię w domu, a wszystkie potrawy szykujesz sama, warto rozważyć przygotowanie choinki nieco wcześniej niż w wigilijny poranek. W tym roku poważnie rozważam postawienie choinki na początku grudnia – świąteczny zapach to jeden z moich ulubionych sposobów na radzenie sobie z jesienną chandrą.   A jak ma się Twój plan na świąteczne przygotowania? Czekam na Twój komentarz PS A jeśli podoba Wam się u mnie i chcesz być na bieżąco – zapraszam także na mój FB i Instagram.
- [Przerwane oczekiwanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/przerwane-oczekiwanie-poradnik-ksiazka-blog-poronienie/): Ten post powstał wiele miesięcy temu, ale to dopiero dzisiaj mam odwagę go opublikować. Właśnie mijają dwa lata. Dwa najtrudniejsze i najpiękniejsze lata mojego życia. A wiecie co dodało mi odwagi? Spotkanie z Jedną z Was. I słowa, że w trudnych chwilach pomagał Jej nasz blog i nasza historia. Jeśli Ktokolwiek na świecie w tak trudnej sytuacji poczuje się lepiej tylko dzięki temu, że dzielę się tutaj moją historią powiem: było warto.   Gdy podczas kolejnego badania USG dowiedziałam się, ze nasze Dzieci nie żyją, mój świat stanął w miejscu. Mój świat, bo Wasz kręcił się dalej. Wiedziałam, że to koniec, że wszystko się skończyło. I miałam rację. Tego dnia umarłam też ja. A przynajmniej część mnie. Duża część. Ogromna. W zasadzie dziwię się, że z tego bólu to cała nie umarłam.   I tak trwałam, na pograniczy dwóch światów – tego i tamtego. Na co dzień zderzając się z rzeczywistością, ze światem, który przecież kręcił się dalej. Żyjąc w niezrozumieniu, w przeraźliwej samotności i tęsknocie za Dziećmi, których ten świat nie zdążył poznać, które znałam tylko ja i tylko ja rozumiałam, jaką nieskończoną stratą jest ich brak, w tym absolutnym poczuciu braku akceptacji i zrozumienia wiele razy myślałam, że zwariowałam. Że tak nie jest uświadomiła mi TA książka.     Myślę, że ta książka mnie wtedy uratowała. Oprócz męża i kilku najbliższych osób to ona dawała mi wiarę w to, że nie postradałam zmysłów. Że to co czuję jest normalne. Że mogę rozpaczać, płakać, tęsknić. Że mam prawo przeżyć swoją powszechnie i społecznie nieakceptowalną żałobę po stracie „nienarodzonych” Dzieci jak chcę i w ile chcę. Że nie muszę żyć jak dawniej, że nie muszę się uśmiechać i udzielać towarzysko, bo ten czas mogę, a nawet muszę przeżyć po swojemu. Czy to się innym podoba czy nie. Bez względu na to, czy rodzina i znajomi przy mnie zostaną, czy odejdą.   Ta książka mówiła do mnie w imieniu wszystkich Kobiet, które straciły swoje Dzieci. Sprawiała, że uczucie samotności ustępowało. Uważam, że ta książka to najpiękniejszy prezent, jaki możesz podarować Matce, która straciła swoje Maleńkie Dziecko. Drugi najpiękniejszy prezent, jaki możesz Jej dać to samemu ją przeczytać. „Przerwane oczekiwanie. Poradnik dla kobiet po poronieniu” napisała Giorgia Cozza. Do kupienia tutaj.   Aniu, dziękuję, że znalazłaś dla mnie te książkę.  
- [Jak odsmoczkować Dziecko?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-odsmoczkowac-dziecko/): Zastanawiasz się, kiedy jest odpowiedni moment na odsmoczkowanie dziecka? Chciałabyś spróbować, ale nie wiesz jak się do tego zabrać? Sprawdź naszą historię. Podobno pierwszy dobry okres na odsmoczkowanie Maluszka to jakieś 7 miesięcy, gdy zaczyna siadać i interesuje się wszystkim wokół, gdy niezwykle ławo jest odwrócić dziecięcą uwagę. Kolejne dobre momenty na takie kroki to kolejne ważne kroki w rozwoju dziecka – nauka raczkowania – samodzielnego poruszania się, nauka chodzenia. W naszym wypadku Synek wciąż wydawał się nam taki malutki i niegotowy, że pozwoliliśmy mu wejść ze smoczkiem w wiek 2 lat.   Krok 1. Zero smoczka w ciągu dnia Takie bynajmniej było założenie – smoczek miał być tylko do spania. Zarówno w ciągu dnia, jak i w nocy. W praktyce dawaliśmy go Synkowi także, gdy miał gorsze chwile, aby łatwiej się uspokoił, oraz gdy sam o niego poprosił – słówko „didi” szybko znalazło się w słowniku naszego Synka. Choć z założenia smoczek miał być tylko na noc, wciąż był w przedszkolnym plecaczku, tak „na wszelki wypadek”. Staraliśmy się nie brać go na spacery czy przejażdżki samochodem, przynajmniej oficjalnie, ale zawsze mieliśmy go (alb kilka) w zapasie, nierzadko z niego korzystając. W praktyce Synek absolutnie nie potrafił bez smoczka zasnąć. Podczas wieczornego mleczka smoczek musiał być w rączce, gotowy na posterunku. A najlepiej, jak do spania były dwa smoczki – jeden w buzi, drugi w rączce. Zdarzały się przerwy w piciu mleczka na potrzeby „ciumkania” smoczka. Krok 2. Zero smoczka w ciągu dnia. Na serio Jeszcze przed 2 urodzinami odbyliśmy z Synkiem poważną rozmowę. Właściwie monolog. Temat przewodni – „didi” jest do spania i po wstaniu z łózka zostawiamy go na poduszce, gdzie czeka na Synka do kolejnej pory spania. Smoczek przestał jeździć z nami na wycieczki, nie zabieraliśmy go na spacer czy przejażdżkę (a bynajmniej nigdy – abo prawie nigdy – się do tego nie przyznawaliśmy). W końcu przestał mieszkać w przedszkolnym plecaczku. Na każdą prośbę o smoczek dawaliśmy odpowiedź, że smoczek czeka w łóżeczku, a gdy nadejdzie pora spania to przyjdzie pora na didi. Do spania wciąż pozostawał obowiązkowy. Zbiegło się to w czasie z ząbkowaniem piątek. Okazało się, że gryzienie smoczka przynosiło Synkowi ogromną ulgę, a nam dziurę w budżecie – jeden smoczek starczał na maksymalnie 2 dni, po których rozpadał się na części pierwsze, co zaczęło być także bardzo niebezpieczne, gdyż takim nadgryzionym smoczkiem można się udławić. Krok 3. Zero smoczka do spania Pewnego dnia postanowiliśmy wykorzystać okazję i nie kupować kolejnego, nowego smoczka. Po raz kolejny odbyliśmy kolejną poważną rozmowę (monolog), że ostatni już „didi” został pogryziony, ma wielką dziurę, przez którą nie nadaje się dla Synka, a więcej smoczków już nie mamy. Jako rekwizyt posłużył smoczek z odciętą końcówką – odcięliśmy nadgryzioną końcówkę ze względów bezpieczeństwa. Gdy nadeszła pora wieczornego spania, z nią nadeszła pora próśb i płaczu. Cały czas byliśmy z Synkiem tłumacząc mu na spokojnie co się stało, pokazując zniszczony „didi”. Przytulaliśmy, mówiliśmy, że rozumiemy jego smutek i że jesteśmy w tym z nim. Pierwszej nocy bez „didi” Synek zasnął głaskany po pleckach przez Tatę jakieś 2 godziny później niż zawsze. Obudził się jednak około 3 w nocy i tutaj już tłumaczenie nie pomogło, a Synek zdecydował się na wzięcie smoczka z odciętą końcówką. Krok 4. Zero smoczka do spania. Na serio Zdecydowaliśmy się nie pokazywać więcej i nie pokazywać więcej smoczka z odciętą końcówką tylko ostatecznie się z nim pożegnać. Urządziliśmy więc uroczyste pożegnanie smoczka. Druga noc bez smoczka była znów pełna próśb, a Synek zasnął mi na rękach i znów spał do 3 w nocy. Wtedy nie ulegliśmy już jednak i nie daliśmy nawet zniszczonego smoczka, co zaowocowało tuleniem i noszeniem naszego kłębka smutku do 5 rano. Kolejnej nocy Synek zasnął wtulony i wycałowany w łóżeczku sam, ale pod warunkiem, że ktoś z nas musiał z nim być w pokoju. Był tak czujny, że nawet przez sen potrafił wyczuć moment naszej ewakuacji. Natomiast nie było próśb o smoczek w środku nocy. Każda kolejna noc oznaczała krótsze i spokojniejsze zasypianie a w ciągu dnia… większą czułość ze strony dziecka w stosunku do nas. Jak pomyślę ile tej czułości do tej pory dostawało się kawałkowi gumy myślę, że jeśli jeszcze raz zostaniemy rodzicami postaramy się nie dawać dziecku smoczka w ogóle. Chyba, że tak jak Miki zacznie ssać kciuk… Wolę odzwyczajać Dziecko od ssania smoczka (zawsze mogę go zabrać) niż kciuka. Całego tego odsmoczkowania bałam się ogromnie. Miałam w głowie wizję nieprzespanych tygodni i lamentów, a w praktyce, choć daleko nam do historii w stylu dziecko samo zrezygnowało ze smoczka, uważam, że zupełnie nie było się czego bać, a godziny poświęcone na cały proces zwróciły nam się już z nawiązką w postaci czułości Maluszka i mniejszej troki o krzywy zgryz w przyszłości, nie wspominając o zaoszczędzonych wydatkach na hurtowy zakup smoczków podczas ząbkowania. Dlatego jeśli intuicja podpowiada Ci, że to odpowiedni moment, a przed podjęciem decyzji blokuje Cię głównie strach to polecam: spróbuj jeszcze dziś. A czy Twoje dziecko jest fanem smoczka? Czy myślicie o odsmoczkowaiu? A jeśli macie ten proces już za sobą to koniecznie podziel się z nami tutaj swoimi radami – każde Dziecko jest inne, więc każda rada jest na wagę złota.
- [Urodziny z motywem... Myszka Miki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/urodziny-motywem-myszka-miki/): Wybór urodzinowego motywu przewodniego dla rocznego Maluszka był dla nas pewnym wyzwaniem, gdyż nasz Synek nie miał jeszcze sprecyzowanych zainteresowań, natomiast z drugimi urodzinami wybór był bardzo prosty – pomiędzy Świnką Peppą i Myszką Miki. Z uwagi na zbieżność imion, to Myszka Miki skradła tym razem nasze serca. Menu Niezmiennie wychodzimy z założenia, że Urodziny Dziecka powinny być czasem spędzonym wspólnie, a nie osobno, czyli z Mamą siedzącą cały dzień w kuchni. Na naszym przyjęciu było 15 osób, przygotowanie obiadu dla takiej liczby osób to duże wyzwanie organizacyjne i przede wszystkim ogromnie czasochłonne, dlatego nasze urodziny już drugi rok z rzędu mają formę słodkiego poczęstunku w porze poobiadowej i podrzemkowej. Urodzinowy tort to chyba podstawa urodzinowego menu. Z uwagi na brak talentu kulinarnego, zdecydowałam się powierzyć jego wykonanie profesjonalistom. Postawiliśmy na tort o lekkim owocowym smaku, zrezygnowaliśmy z kremu na rzecz owocowego nadzienia, a tort został wykonany bez mleka, aby dzieci borykające się z alergią na białko mleka krowiego czy nietolerancją laktozy nie musiały z niego rezygnować.  Oczywiście nie mogło na nim zabraknąć motywu przewodniego, czyli samej Myszki Miki, który kryje się pod postacią kolorów, guzików i uszek. Oprócz toru zaserwowaliśmy także babeczki z lekką pieczoną masą białkową zamiast mlecznej, które udekorowane czarnymi uszkami nawiązywały do naszej Myszki. Na słodkim stole znalazł się także popcorn i żelki dla starszych Dzieci. Oprócz słodkiego stołu zorganizowaliśmy także kącik z przekąskami dla dorosłych – małe kanapeczki w formie finger food, kiełbaski i wybór serów idealnie się u nas sprawdza.   Dekoracje Wybierając dekoracje, postawiłam na kolorowy papier do pakowania prezentów nawiązujący do Myszki Miki, czyli czerwony i czarny w białe grochy. Z czarnego papieru zrobiłam papierowy obrus na słodki stół, a w czerwony opakowałam pusty karton, dzięki czemu stworzyłam postument, na którym wyeksponowałam tort urodzinowy. Nad słodkim stołem zwieńczeniem dekoracji były lewitujące, ogromne czerwone balony wypełnione helem. Do tego popcorn w kolorowych pudełeczkach, czerwone słomki w szklaneczkach, talerzyki i serwetki z Myszką Miki i dekoracja słodkiego stołu gotowa.   Organizacja W tym roku zdecydowaliśmy się na wydzielenie dwóch stref – dla dzieci i dla dorosłych. Dzieci posadziliśmy przy osobnym stole, zaraz niedaleko naszego, aby mieć wszystkie na oku, ale zapewniając też swobodną rozmowę dla każdej z grup wiekowych. Podstawą dekoracji dziecięcego stolika były papierowe naczynia i balon z cyferką 2, miły akcent przypominający wszystkim, z jakiej okazji się spotykamy. Na każdego z gości czekały też myszkowe gadżety – uszka Myszki Miki lub Myszki Minnie. Bardzo fajnie sprawdziły się też akcesoria do śmiesznych zdjęć – dla dużych i małych, choć chyba właśnie duzi mieli z nich większą radochę. A to najważniejszy Bohater urodzinowego przyjęcia: Wszystkiego najlepszego Synku! Jeśli post Ci się spodobał, kliknij “Lubię to” lub “Udostępnij” i podziel się nim z innymi:
- [Jak wydając niewiele zyskać wiele?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/oszczedzanie/): Czy wiesz, że mając niski budżet wcale nie musisz rezygnować z rzeczy dobrej jakości? Podpowiem Ci jak to zrobić. Nie da się ukryć – cała wyprawka to ogromny koszt, jeśli dodamy do siebie ceny ubranek, akcesoriów do kąpieli, wyposażenia pokoiku czy wózka. Później jest lżej, ale dziecko cały czas rośnie, tak samo jego potrzeby. Dziś podpowiem Ci jak umiejętnie ograniczyć koszty. 1. Na początek im mniej tym lepiej Szczególnie na początek, gdy jeszcze nie wiesz jakie rzeczy Wam się sprawdzą nie rób zakupów na zapas i nie wykupuj całej rozmiarówki. 30 tetrowych pieluch również nie, na początek 10 wystarczy, a być może nigdy nie dokupisz więcej. Ubranka kup jedynie w rozmiarze 56/62 i 62/60, a te, które Ci się sprawdzą dokupisz później, wiele także na pewno dostaniesz w prezencie od pierwszych gości. Nie martw się, że nie będziesz miała czasu pójść do sklepu – gwarantuję, że z przyjemnością go znajdziesz, a na każdych zwykłych zakupach nie będziesz mogła odejść od wieszaków z ubraniami dla najmłodszych. Zawsze możesz zamówić ubranka, które Ci się sprawdziły on-line. 2. Później wykorzystuj korzyść skali Rób zakupy rzadziej, ale w większych ilościach. Sklepy internetowe nagrodzą Cię darmową wysyłką, a niejednokrotnie także rabatem. Zapisz się na newslettery, dzięki czemu pierwsza dowiesz się o promocjach i kupisz jeszcze taniej. Kupuj w wielopakach, ale zawsze sprawdzaj, czy to prawdziwa promocja wyliczając cenę jednostkową. A gdy widzisz pieluchy w super cenie zrób zapas. Pamiętaj, ta reguła tyczy się tylko produktów o długim terminie przydatności, w przeciwnym wypadku możesz stracić zamiast zyskać. 3. Nie daj się złapać na reklamę i kreowanie potrzeb Żel do kąpieli, szampon do włosów, krem, puder, oliwka, mokre chusteczki  – wielu producentów będzie Cię zapewniać, że Twoje dziecko potrzebuje tego wszystkiego, najlepiej na raz, a im drożej tym lepiej – przecież na zdrowiu dziecka nie można oszczędzać. Z większości produktów na tej liście możesz zrezygnować, o czym pisałam tutaj. 4. Pamiętaj, taniej nie musi oznaczać gorszej jakości Nie raz mi i moim koleżankom zdarzyło się próbować oszczędzić kupując dla dziecka gorszy produkt, taki z niższej lub bardzo niskiej półki, a efekt był zazwyczaj taki, że niezadowolone z zakupu musiałyśmy kupić ten produkt raz jeszcze, przez co płaciłyśmy podwójnie. Okazywało się, że tańsze body ma plastikowe napy, które bardzo łatwo uszkodzić w prasowaniu, a nawet jeśli napy były w porządku to ich dekolty szybko się rozciągały i sięgały do pasa, pajacyki szybko stawały się szersze niż dłuższe, sweterki z resztą również, a wszystko często było po prostu krzywo uszyte. Kurtka przemakała, a dziecięce buciki farbowały, niszcząc inne części garderoby. To samo tyczyło się bardzo tanich wózków, które szybko skrzypiały, łamały się czy wycierały, albo po prostu były niewygodne dla rodzica i dla dziecka. Oczywiście nie dotyczy to wszystkich tanich produktów, ale z mojego doświadczenia mogę powiedzieć, że większości.   Dlatego redukując wydatki zamiast rezygnować z wysokiej jakości produktów sięgnij po te z drugiej ręki.   Wózka poszukaj w lokalnych ogłoszeniach, jest ogromna szansa, że znajdziesz wysokiej jakości wózek, jeszcze na gwarancji i to za pół ceny. Dlaczego lokalnie? Będziesz mogła odwiedzić rodzinę, od której kupisz wózek, zobaczyć jak żyją, jak dbają o dom i o dziecko, a to na pewno ma duże znaczenie. I oczywiście wózek zobaczyć! Sama sprzedaję w ten sposób rzeczy po Synku – wózek czy fotelik samochodowy, a także drobiazgi jak laktator czy sterylizator do butelek rozchodzą się jak ciepłe bułeczki, z paragonami, dowodami zakupu i gwarancjami.   Wózek to zakup jednorazowy, więc można za nim pojeździć, ale jeśli chodzi o ubranka rzecz jest trudniejsza, gdyż niemal niemożliwym byłoby jeżdżenie po całej okolicy w poszukiwaniu odpowiednich ciuszków, a kupowanie po jednej sztuce na serwisach aukcyjnych nie zawsze jest opłacalne i do tego ryzykowne jeśli chodzi o jakość. Wie o tym chyba każdy, kto już próbował, że to co na zdjęciu nie zawsze jest takie na żywo (co nie znaczy, że nigdy, ale niejednokrotnie zdarzyło mi się wyrzucić świeżo zakupioną, używaną rzecz prosto do kosza). Tutaj z pomocą przyjdą nam renomowane internetowe sklepy z ubrankami używanymi. Mają one taką przewagę, że za sprzedawanymi tam ubrankami stoi wypracowana marka i stali zadowoleni Klienci, a także profile społecznościowe i zamieszczane na nich opinie Klientów.   Jednym z takich sklepów, które miałam okazję przetestować są KartyMody.pl – mogłam wybrać sobie ze sklepu co chcę, a moim założeniem było nie wydać za zakupy więcej niż 50 zł i stworzyć z tego dwie trzyczęściowe stylizacje na wiosnę. Oto one:   Cena tych wszystkich ubranek to 53 zł + 9 zł wysyłka.   Wszystkim nowym Klientom przysługuje rabat -10% na pierwsze zamówienie. Dodatkowo każde zamówienie o wartości powyżej 90 zł wysyłane jest zupełnie za darmo.   Wszystkie ubranka, które otrzymałam były uprane wyprasowane, spakowane w osobne, sztywne folie. Muszę powiedzieć, że ku mojemu zaskoczeniu jakością nie odbiegały od ubranek, które kupuję ze sklepowych wieszaków, a wśród nich znalazły się takie uznane marki jak Next, George czy Mothercare. A to wszystko za około 1/3 ceny sklepowej.   A jakie są Wasze sprawdzone sposoby na oszczędności?
- [Nasza pierwsza przygoda ze Świętym Mikołajem... i KONKURS](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/list-swietego-mikolaja/): Wytłumaczenie dwulatkowi o co chodzi z tym Świętym Mikołajem wcale nie jest takie proste. Nie pomoże Ci na pewno też to, jeśli swojemu Synkowi dałaś na imię Mikołaj, dokładnie tak jak ja.Wtedy Mikołaj po prostu jest jeden, On sam. Postanowiłam więc do całego mikołajowo-prezentowego szaleństwa się zawczasu przygotować… W pierwszej kolejności udałam się po zakup odpowiedniej, świątecznej literatury, co wcale nie było takie proste, gdyż większość historyjek, na które natknęłam się w księgarni wcale nie tłumaczy takiemu Maluchowi kim jest ten Pan w dziwnym stroju i co ma wspólnego z prezentami. Sprawa jest o tyle poważna, że w naszej rodzinie Prawdziwy Święty Mikołaj przynosi prezenty osobiście, fajnie by więc było się z nim lekko zawczasu oswoić. I wtedy w nasze ręce trafił… Spersonalizowany film od Najprawdziwszego Świętego Mikołaja!   Święty Mikołaj zwraca się w nim bezpośrednio do naszego Mikołajka – po imieniu, pokazuje kim jest i gdzie mieszka, co robi każdego dnia, a przede wszystkim w święta – rozdaje Dzieciom prezenty. Święty Mikołaj sprawdził także od razu, czy nasz Mikołaj znalazł się na jego liście grzecznych dzieci – zobaczcie, jaka ona jest długa! Czekaliśmy w ogromnym napięciu – „Święty” to potrafi budować emocje.   Na szczęście Mikołaj miał na niej swoje miejsce!   Mikołajka mina – bezcenna!   Były też tańce z radości!   Święty Mikołaj upewnił nas także, że prezent dostarczy pod właściwy adres – patrz! To mój pokój!   I wygłosił przesłanie na kolejny rok… W filmie znalazło się także miejsce dla nas…   Lada dzień trafi też do nas także prawdziwy list od Świętego Mikołaja, który będzie cudowną odpowiedzią na ten, który my wysłaliśmy do niego kilka dni temu. Schowamy go na pamiątkę do naszego nowego albumu z serii Project Life, jako uzupełnienie mikołajowej historii i cudowne wspomnienie. Nasz cały magiczny film możesz zobaczyć tutaj: A teraz coś Ci zdradzę – i Ty możesz podarować swojemu Maluchowi mikołajową przygodę, film możesz zamówić o tutaj, będzie gotowy dosłownie w kilka godzin.   KONKURS Z racji tego, że to bardzo ekspresowy prezent do wykonania bez wychodzenia z domu i cudowna zapowiedź nadchodzących świąt, mam dla Ciebie do wygrania jeden 5 filmów od Świętego Mikołaja, spersonalizowanych i stworzonych specjalnie dla Twojego Dziecka. Aby wziąć udział w konkursie, napisz mi w komentarzu do tego posta, jaki masz pomysł na prezent dla Dziecka w konkretnym wieku, a jeszcze jutro o północy wybiorę pięć odpowiedzi, które najbardziej mi się spodobają, tak po prostu 🙂 Wystarczy, że w komentarzu do tego posta napiszesz: Wiek dziecka: Twój pomysł na prezent: I gotowe! Jak Ci się podoba nasza mikołajkowa przygoda? PS Czy obejrzymy raz jeszcze? 😉 WYNIKI KONKURSU Kochani, jesteśmy z Wojtkiem zachwyceni wszystkimi Waszymi pomysłami na prezenty dla Waszych pociech, jesteśmy pewni, że w te Święta spełnią się w Waszych domach wszystkie dziecięce, ale i Wasze marzenia. Pełni wzruszenia, z ogromnym trudem, rozdajemy tylko 5 nagród i ogromnie żałujemy, że nie jesteśmy Mikołajem i nie mamy prezentu dla każdego z Was. Filmiki polecą do: Luiza Skrobich Ania Szczęśniak Kasia Baranowska-Giza Natalia Stefania Potocka Magdalena Krawczyk Kochane, napiszcie do mnie szybciutko maila na hello@agnieszkakudela.pl. Cudownych Świąt i każdego dnia po Świetach dla Was wszystkich od naszej miołajkowej rodzinki :*
- [Dlaczego moje dziecko mnie nie wkurza?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moje-dziecko-mnie-nie-wkurza/): Jest święte? Oczywiście, że nie. Jest jak każde dziecko. Więc dlaczego? Cieszę się, że w chwili przyjścia na świat Mikołaja już to wiedziałam. Wiedziałam, że za nasze emocje nie odpowiada nikt trzeci, tylko my sami.   Ile razy w życiu powiedzieliście: „Autobus mi uciekł!” A ile razy było tak, że to nie autobus nam uciekł, tylko to my za późno wyszliśmy z domu? A autobus odjechał zgodnie z rozkładem jazdy, na naszych oczach. Jak łatwo jest wtedy przenieść odpowiedzialność za nasze spóźnienie, za złość, którą czujemy na czynnik zewnętrzny?! Co więcej, bardzo często nie zdajemy sobie nawet z tego sprawy! Taka jestem mądra, a gdy ostatnio jechałam do biura na rekrutację moja złość sięgała zenitu, gdy „uciekł mi autobus”. Miałam wtedy nogę w gipsie i poruszałam się o kulach, a kierowca zamknął drzwi dosłownie gdy byłam metr od nich. Jasne, mógł spojrzeć w lusterko, mógł chwilę poczekać. Ale nie poczekał. Wściekłam się. Oczywiście jak „autobus mi uciekł” czyli odjechał na moich oczach czułam taką złość, bezradność i frustrację, że zadzwoniłam do Wojtka wykrzykując „autobus mi uciekł! chyba skargę na niego napiszę!”. Oczywiście nigdy żadnej skargi nie napisałam. Już po chwili przypomniało mi się, że to ja mogłam wyjść chwilę wcześniej z domu, a nie na ostatnią chwilę jak wariatka biec o kulach z drewnianą nogą na autobus. Pozwoliłam sobie na jakże wygodny unik i obciążenie winą za własną złość, frustrację i niepowodzenie… kierowcy autobusu. Bo przecież tak łatwo było mi pomyśleć, że to przez niego się spóźniłam, zdarłam sobie skórę z  nogi i wyglądałam jak wariatka. Ale mnie wkurzył!   Chwila chwila, znów to robię… ale przecież to nie kierowca mnie wkurzył, prawda była taka, że to ja się wkurzyłam. Choć w pierwszej chwili tego nie zauważyłam, to tak na prawdę wkurzyłam się na to, że odkąd urodziłam Dziecko punktualność jest moją słabą stroną, a nie znoszę się do tego przyznawać, nawet (a może tym bardziej) sama przed sobą. Wkurzyłam się na to, że autobus odjechał mi sprzed nosa. Ale to ja się wkurzyłam! Choć nie miałam wpływu na to, kiedy kierowca zamknie drzwi od autobusu i wciśnie pedał gazu, to już to jak się wtedy czułam zależało tylko ode mnie! Szybko przypomniałam sobie tę mądrość i ułożyłam sobie w głowie, że spokojnie, autobus zamknął mi drzwi przed nosem, ale mogłam wyjść wcześniej, z domu, skoro już nie wyszłam nie będę teraz psuć sobie (i mężowi) reszty dnia, ani tym bardziej płakać samotna i kulawa na przystanku tylko zastanowię się jak sprawić, aby nie było kolejnych negatywnych tego konsekwencji (zadzwonię i uprzedzę o swoim spóźnieniu).   Co jeszcze pokazała mi ta sytuacja? Najbardziej nie odpowiadają nam takie zachowania innych, które pokazują nam… nasze słabości. Dlaczego aż tak się zezłościłam? Bo sytuacja przypomniała mi, że odkąd jestem Mamą miewam problem z organizacją czasu i punktualnością!   Kolejnego razu wybrałam się na ten sam autobus z Mikołajem. I tym razem na prawdę nam uciekł. Gdy na 5 minut przed odjazdem wychodziliśmy z domu, autobus przejechał nam przed nosem. Był za wcześnie. Sytuacja podobna – nie odjechałam nim, nie dojechałam na czas, ale tym razem to nie ja zawiniłam. Jak się czułam? Zwyczajnie. Ze spokojem zadzwoniłam do Wojtka i ustaliliśmy plan awaryjny, a my z Mikołajem zaliczyliśmy dodatkowy super spacer.   Jak to się ma do naszych Dzieci?   Wiele lat i ciężkiej pracy nad sobą zajęło mi zrozumienie, że żaden inny człowiek nie może odpowiadać za to jak się czujemy. Gdy mówię do męża „wkurzasz mnie” kłamię w żywe oczy. Bo to ja się wkurzam! On jest wolnym człowiekiem i może zachowywać się jak mu się podoba (oczywiście w granicach prawa i dobrze by było w granicach zasad współżycia społecznego również) ale to jak ja się będę z tym czuła zależy już tylko i wyłącznie ode mnie.   I ta sama zasada odnosi się także – a nawet tym bardziej – do Dzieci. Dzieci są małymi istotkami, które zachowują się tak, a nie inaczej. Nie bez powodu gdy dorosły człowiek obleje się zupą powiemy „oblałeś się jak dziecko” bo dzieci są małe i się oblewają! Są małe więc płaczą, krzyczą, ulewają, płaczą, krzyczą, psują, oblewają, chorują, psocą, czy nawet biją i kradną. Bo są dziećmi więc zachowują się jak dzieci, a nie jak mali dorośli. Takie dziecięce zachowania to ogromna pokusa, aby powiedzieć, ze nas wkurzają! Ale jak już pisałam, to jak reagujemy na zachowania innych osób w tym naszych dzieci zależy tylko od nas samych.   Prawda jest więc bezlitosna. To nie mąż nas wkurza, ani tym bardziej nie dziecko. To my wkurzamy się, gdyż nie potrafimy poradzić sobie z własnymi emocjami, które wywołują w nas inne osoby lub okoliczności, na które nie mamy wpływu!   Zrozumienie tej kwestii bardzo ułatwiło mi stosunki z mężem, z dzieckiem, ale także ze znajomymi czy z Czytelnikami. Nie mamy wpływu na innych, na to co powiedzą, co pomyślą, jak się zachowają (przynajmniej niewielki). Nie mamy też wpływu na czynniki zewnętrzne takie jak pogoda czy korek na mieście. Ale mamy wpływ na to, jak się w związku z nimi czujemy! A co więcej mamy nad tym władzę. Nie musisz chodzić wkurzona, jeśli Twoje dziecko wylało na Ciebie całą zupę, nie musisz obwiniać męża, że cały dzień chodziłaś wściekła, bo zajął łazienkę przed Tobą. Skoro Twoje uczucia zależą tylko od Ciebie, to tylko Ty masz nad nimi władzę.   To nie dziecko nas wkurza. Pamiętajmy o tym, gdy kolejny raz będziemy chcieli to powiedzieć, lub pomyśleć. Lepiej zastanówmy się, jaką bolesną prawdę o nas w tej chwili obnaża. Może nasz brak cierpliwości? To, że nie czujemy się przez to tacy perfekcyjni jak byśmy chcieli? A może coś zupełnie innego? Jeśli uważasz ten post za wartościowy, kliknij proszę w przycisk „Udostępnij”.
- [Zaproszenia czyli jak zorganizować urodziny?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zaproszenie-na-1-urodziny/): Niewiele rzeczy sprawia mi taką przyjemność jak projekty DIY, a szczególnie, jeśli dotyczą one moich najbliższych. Dlatego zaproszenia na 1 urodziny Mikołajka zdecydowałam się zaprojektować samodzielnie. Żaden ze mnie grafik, ale znam podstawową obsługę programów graficznych. Za to kompletnie nie potrafię rysować, dlatego przy tworzeniu projektów graficznych czasami korzystam z gotowych elementów. Do zaprojektowania zaproszeń miałam już wszystkie potrzebne informacje: datę i godzinę przyjęcia, listę gości oraz temat przewodni przyjęcia czyli Safari, o którego wyborze możecie przeczytać tutaj. Zanim przystąpiłam do projektu wiedziałam, że będę potrzebowała rysunków zwierzątek. Skoro sama nie potrafię ich narysować, postanowiłam je kupić. Z pomocą przyszły mi liczne strony sprzedające grafiki.     I oto gotowy projekt zaproszenia: Jeśli podoba Wam się nasze zaproszenie na 1 urodziny Mikołaja, możecie je wykorzystać na swoim przyjęciu, wystarczy je pobrać, uzupełnić i wydrukować z domu. Na koniec mam dla Was niespodziankę – w komentarzach zostawiajcie pomysły na motywy przewodnie dziecięcych przyjęć, z Waszych propozycji wybiorę co najmniej jeden i wykonam dla Was drugi wzór zaproszenia do pobrania i samodzielnego wydrukowania. A ja tymczasem idę kończyć drukowanie naszych zaproszeń, adresowanie kopert, aby jeszcze dzisiaj trafiły na pocztę, mam bowiem nadzieję, że jeszcze w piątek dotrą do wszystkich naszych Gości. A później zabiorę się za kompletowanie urodzinowego menu. O tym co zaserwujemy naszym gościom przeczytacie w kolejnym poście z urodzinowej serii. Ale to już po urodzinach – nie mogę zdradzić wszystkiego przed Wielkim Dniem 😉
- [5 najlepszych książeczek od 6 miesięcy - idealny pomysł na mikołajkowy prezent](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-najlepszych-ksiazeczek-od-6-miesiecy-idealny-pomysl-na-mikolajkowy-prezent/): Nie każdy super prezent musi być bardzo drogi. Idealnym prezentem dla każdego Dziecka będzie książeczka, aby nie szukać dalej przedstawiam Wam Mikusiowych faworytów w temacie, książeczki idealne dla Maluszka w wieku 6-12 miesięcy – gwarantuję, że po skończeniu roku dalej się nie nudzą! Kochane ZOO >> klik To absolutnie pierwsza książeczka, którą Mikołaj zaakceptował w wersji czytanej. Choć książeczki uwielbiał od zawsze, to oglądać i to po swojemu, nie było mowy o czytaniu. Aż pewnego dnia Babcia przyniosła TO CUDO. I tak rozpoczęła się nasza przygoda z aktywnym czytanie – bo na każdej stronie czeka na Dziecko skryte w okienku zwierzątko, a okienka się otwierają i zabawa jest przednia! Słonik  >> klik Miłość od pierwszego wejrzenia, niekoniecznie do czytania, samo oglądanie potrafi pochłonąć Dziecko na kilkadziesiąt minut. Jest ogromna, lekka, inna niż wszystkie. Plask! Mała krówka  >> klik Kolejna interaktywna książeczka, tu pociągniesz, a tu Krówka uszkiem wachluje, tu przesuniesz a Krówka robi… kupkę! Serio! Bawi równie mocno Dzieci jak i Rodziców. Muu! Naciśnij i posłuchaj mnie >> klik Mamy książeczki z kilkoma guzikami, ale póki co widzę, że ta z jednym zostawia te multi w tyle. Cały rytuał czytania Miki wymyślił: jedna strona, jedno przyciśnięcie guzika, zawsze ten sam dźwięk, no zabawa idealna! BEZPIECZNY DOM >> klik Wsadziłam ją Mikiemu do wózka gdy marudził, a ja miałam do przejścia jeszcze całe piętro mojego ulubionego sklepu. Spośród wszystkich propozycji w tym sklepie wybrałam tę, gdyż miała okienka, które Miki tak pokochał w książeczce Kochane ZOO. I to był strzał w 10, bo tutaj tych okienek jest pełno i to na każdej stronie, raj dla odkrywczych Maluchów! A teraz Wasza kolej, co jeszcze powinno się znaleźć w naszej kolekcji?
- [Mikołajki to będzie też moje Święto! Zobacz co dla siebie wybrałam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mikolajki-pomysly-na-prezenty/): Byłam dziś w szoku, gdy w sklepie skończyły się torebki na prezenty z świątecznym motywem, przecież mamy dopiero koniec listopada! Dopiero wtedy zdałam sobie sprawę, że dziwi mnie to, gdyż my dopiero pierwszy raz tak „na serio” przygotowujemy się do obchodzenia Mikołajek! Rok temu Miki miał 2 miesiące i nawet butów nie miał na prezenty, więc jak dostał na Mikołajki naciąganą żabę to był maks. W tym roku chcemy rozpocząć świętowanie naszego Mikołajkowego rytuału pierwszy raz w życiu z drugiej perspektywy – perspektywy Rodzica. I cieszy nas to niezmiernie! Teraz to my tworzymy naszą rodzinną tradycję! Wieczorami 5 grudnia będziemy wspólnie czyścić i pastować buty, śmiać się i zgadywać co przyniesie Mikołaj i kto dostanie rózgę, ustawimy buty pod drzwiami, aby 6 grudnia z samego rana zbiegać ze schodów i sprawdzać czy był Mikołaj i czy coś nam zostawił. Z tej okazji przygotowałam listę prezentów Mikołajkowych, ale nie dla Dzieci, bo o nich już chyba powiedziano w tym roku wszystko, ale z prezentami dla nas!  (No chyba, że macie ochotę  na szybką listę dla Dzieci to na jutro będzie.) Skoro teraz to my tworzymy tradycję, to czemu by nie obwieścić, że u nas w domu prezenty tego dnia dostają także dorośli? Nie muszą być drogie ani bardzo wyszukane, chodzi o to, by dać sobie w Rodzinie, w Związku kolejną okazję do robienia małych przyjemności, pokazać, że się myśli i pamięta, sprawić radość! Dlatego przygotowałam listę prezentów Mikołajkowych idealną dla każdej Młodej Kobiety i Mamy w dwóch kategoriach cenowych, dokupienia zarówno przez Internet jak i w sklepach stacjonarnych, czyli z zakupami można zaszaleć nawet w Mikołajkową Noc (Tesco 24/7):     1. Świąteczna poducha – Chyba każda z nas uwielbia dekoracje, a taka poduszka będzie pasowała do każdego wnętrza | H&M Home, 39,90 – 25% rabatu na jeden produkt + bezpłatna dostawa następnego zamówienia online w zamian za zapisanie się do Newslettera 2. Czapka z modnym pomponem – idealna na zimowe spacery, a do kupienia w całodobowym Tesco z działem odzieżowym | F&F Tesco, 49,00 zł 3. Szczotka Tangle Teezer – polecam bo mam, kocham i uwielbiam, rozczesywanie włosów nigdy nie było takie łatwe! do kupienia | Agito.pl 25,99 zł 4. Kubek w swetrze – idealny do pracy albo na zimowe wieczory z książką, pięknie będzie się prezentował na zdjęciach na Facebooku i Instagramie | Home&You, 45,00 zł 5. Podkolanówki – mam w wersji z pastelowo-różowym wykończeniem, są wspaniałe! cudownie ogrzewają założone do sukienki | KappAhl, 49,90 zł 6. Termofor – rozgrzeje nas, gdy czujemy się niewyraźnie albo po godzinach spędzonych na sankach, albo gdy Dzieci z Tatą szaleją na sankach, a Ty czytasz książkę na ławce | Home&You, 49,00 zł 7. Wychowanie bez nagród i kar – książka, którą bardzo chcę przeczytać, może i Ty zechcesz? | Empik, 31,49 zł 8. Ramka na zdjęcia – pozwoli stworzyć kolaż z najpiękniejszych emocji zamkniętych w kadrze zdjęć, idealnie, gdyby Święty Mikołaj sam uzupełnił ją przed wręczeniem | IKEA, 29,99 zł     1. Ciepła góra od piżamy z opaską na oczy do kompletu – na chłodniejsze dni, w temacie ładnych ciuchów po domu, znalazłabym dla niej miejsce w mojej szafie, oj tak!| F&F Tesco, 75,00 zł 2. Mufka do wózka – zdarzyło Ci się kiedyś wyjść na spacer z wózkiem i zapomnieć rękawiczek? Albo zwyczajnie nie spodziewałaś się, że będzie tak zimno? Dzięki rękawiczkom przyczepionym do wózka już Ci się to nie przytrafi! Miałam mufkę w zeszłym roku (niestety w tym nie pasuje na nasz nowy wózek) i to było cudowne doświadczenie! W tym już wybrałam nową – więcej w poście o tuningu spacerówki na zimę | LaMillou w sklepie Bobomio.pl, 98,70 zł – 5% za zapisanie się do Newslettera 3. Piękna, mądra, skromna – cała Ty! Taki prezent na pewno sprawi, że każda Kobieta się uśmiechnie | Mosquito, 79,99 zł 4. Szal 100×200 cm! Mam i nie oddam! Używam jako szalika, jako pancho, jako kaptura, koca, no dosłownie wszystkiego! Ty też go chcesz! | ZARA, 99,90 zł 5. Happy Planner – widziałam i zakochałam się! Miałam tańszą wersję, taką bez dni tygodnia w miękkiej oprawie i zupełnie mi się nie podobała, ale to cudo z widokiem tygodniowym to prawdziwy rarytas! Dlatego wybaczcie mi, że nie zmieścił się w budżecie 100 zł, ale prawie no! | Madama, 109 zł 6. Pled, który umili wieczory we dwoje albo we troje, a do tego będzie cudownym tłem do zdjęć zarówno dorosłych jak i Dzieci, te sploty są bardzo fotogeniczne! | IKEA, 99 zł 7. Beautyblender – nie mam, ale chodzi za mną od dłuższego czasu, marzy mi się idealna aplikacja podkładu, co zimą jest jakieś trudniejsze | Sephora, 69 zł   A u Was dorośli dostają prezenty na Mikołajki? Co wybrałybyście dla siebie? I dla Taty? Może potrzebujecie podpowiedzi, to Wojtka zaangażuję!
- [Świąteczne, domowe klimaty](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/swiateczne-domowe-klimaty/): W tym roku przygotowania do Świąt rozpoczęłam wyjątkowo późno, na szczęście wszystko udało się zorganizować na czas, a to kilka moich świątecznych klimatów…       i jeden z wielu ulubionych prezentów – kubek w swetrze – i do tego zapinanym na guziki 🙂     Wesołych, magicznych Świąt 🙂
- [Nie mogę się doczekać Świąt](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zyczenia-swiateczne/): Nie mogę się Świąt doczekać, tych jedynych w swoim rodzaju, bo naszych, rodzinnych. Tego pysznego jedzenia, choć dla mnie barszcz mógłby być z kartonu, a uszka z paczki, bo nie to co a z kim jemy ma znaczenie. Wprawdzie ja mam takie szczęście, że moi bliscy w odróżnieniu ode mnie uwielbiają wyrażać swoją miłość i troskę gotując pyszności na świąteczny stół i na co dzień. I tak Mama zrobi moją ulubioną rybę w galarecie, która dzika będzie, abym dłużej mogła się cieszyć zdrowiem. Mam nadzieję, na uszka Teściowej, które w zupie grzybowej przypominają nam zawsze Babcię, której co roku nie mniej nam brakuje. W tym roku na stole będzie też domowej roboty sushi, choć moja Mama, która je wymyśliła nawet na nie nie spojrzy, bo wodorostów nie jada, ale reszcie się będą uszy trzęsły. A na śniadanie będzie schab w połowie z morelą, w połowie ze śliwką, a w połowie sote, na domowego wypieku chlebie bez chemii i konserwantów na śniadanie. Nie mogę się doczekać tego, czy znów się spóźnimy czy jednak nie. Bo na cmentarz po drodze zajedziemy, a tak jak zawsze zaparkować nie będzie gdzie, a my znów będziemy zdziwieni, że to tak. Nie mogę się doczekać Wigilii i dekoracji na każdym centymetrze kwadratowym, które stworzą jedyny i niepowtarzalny klimat domu moich bliskich, klimat, którego nie umiem odtworzyć u siebie bo ja tylko 3 kolory akceptuję, a u kogoś to kocham feerię barw. Nie mogę doczekać się mojego krzywego spojrzenia na każdego, kto do Dziecka mego zbliży się z piernikiem. Ani tego, czy ktoś będzie chciał w tym roku oddać prezent, choć w praktyce będzie go później niemal codziennie używał. I właśnie tych prezentów, które dam i które dostanę też nie mogę! Tych, których się domyślam i tych, o których nic nie wiem. Tych smsów, tych telefonów, tych paczek i kartek na ostatnią chwilę. Tego czasu off-line, na który na co dzień wcale tak bardzo nie mam ochoty. I tego filmu w telewizji, Alicję w Krainie Czarów sobie wybrałam powtórkę w sobotę o 15:45, bo przecież w Wigilię jej nie obejrzę. Mam nadzieję, że Ty też nie. Rodzinnych, cudownych Świąt Ci życzę, takich Waszych, jak lubisz, albo nie lubiłeś, a powinieneś polubić, bo Rodziny się nie wybiera, a to tak na prawdę najważniejsi ludzie są.
- [Jak ją zaciągnąć do domu?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-ja-zaciagnac-do-domu/): Trzy lata temu zrobiliśmy to na plecach, dwa lata temu autobusem, rok temu samochodem, ale pobrudziła nam całą podsufitkę, a szpilki na siedzeniach dawały o sobie znać jeszcze wiosną, ale w tym roku zrobiliśmy to idealnie! I tak powstał krótki poradnik jak przytarmosić choinkę do domu! 1. Pieniek Choinka mogła byś ścięta wiele dni a nawet tygodni przed Twoim zakupem, jej pieniek może być więc już naturalnie niedrożny lub słabo drożny i uniemożliwić choince pobieranie wody. Dlatego jak wybierzesz już tę jedyną poproś na stoisku o podcięcie pieńka. 2. Strecz To taka jakby folia spożywcza, tylko na dużo większej rolce, dużo dłuższa i bardziej wytrzymała. Sprawdza się idealnie do pakowania paczek, zawijania szklanych przedmiotów czy dekoracji wynoszonych na strych. Do kupienia w każdym markecie budowlanym. Warto mieć w domu. Najprawdopodobniej zakupioną choinkę dostaniesz obwiązaną siatką, ale to nie sprawia, że nagle jest ona czysta a igły Cię nie kują i nie spadają, a szorowanie nią po tapicerce samochodu czy niesienie na kurtce pozostawi je bez szwanku. Więc taką choinkę w siatce idealnie jest obwinąć dokładnie streczem. Gdy Pan Choinkarz zobaczył nas z tym wynalazkiem zapowiedział, że za rok wprowadzi do obrotu sam! 3. Sekator Każdy facet o takim marzy, a każda z nas dość sceptycznie podchodzi do zakupu kolejnego nie wiadomo czego i po co. Jednak sekator warto mieć, aby przy oporządzaniu choinki nożem czy nożyczkami nie obciąć sobie palca. Sekator pozwoli przyciąć niepotrzebne, nawet grube gałęzie jedną ręką. Jeśli jeszcze nie posiadacie, podobnie jak prezentu na Święta dla faceta to kupcie sekator i już macie jedno i drugie. Oto ona, zupełnie naga, piękna, choć nieidealna. Dokładnie tak jak Ty i ja. A Wy jak zazwyczaj przynosicie choinki do domu?
- [Świąteczny stół w 3 odsłonach - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracje-swiateczne-stol/): Naszła mnie dziś ogromna ochota na wprowadzenie do domu świątecznego nastroju. Nie chciałam czekać do świątecznych zakupów, więc do wykonania świątecznych dekoracji postanowiłam wykorzystać… bombki choinkowe, które każdy z nas ma w domu. Przygotowywanie świątecznych dekoracji tak mi się spodobało, że nie mogłam się zdecydować, który efekt najbardziej mi się spodobał, postanowiłam przygotować więc dla Was 3 odsłony świątecznego, bożonarodzeniowego stołu. Czego użyłam? Bombek, świec i świeczników. A oto co udało mi się wyczarować: Propozycja 1 Do szklanego świecznika wrzuciłam srebrne, białe i 4 złote bombi, na górę kilka szyszek do zawieszenia na choinkę. Na talerzyku i obrusie położyłam gwiazdki, które również są dekoracją choinkową. Serwetki zawinęłam i wsunęłam w srebrne serwetniki, ustawiłam dwa świeczniki ze świeczkami.   Propozycja 2 Na srebrnej tacy ustawiłam kompozycję ze świec, a całość uzupełniłam bombkami i ozdobnymi szyszkami.   Propozycja 3 Tym razem bombki zawiesiłam na różnych wysokościach na świeczniku wieloramiennym.   Kilka lat temu wykonałam sama wianek z bombek, który idealnie wpasował się w klimat.   A nasze latarenki uzupełniłam srebrnymi i złotymi koralikami, które co roku wiszą na naszej choince:   Zimowa, mroźna, nowoczesna odsłona świątecznego stołu może nie spodobać się Wam, jeśli święta kojarzą się Wam z ciepłym kolorem czerwonym, ale jestem pewna, że czerwone dekoracje choinkowe pozwolą na stworzenie równie cudownej kompozycji. źródło: „Świąteczna Manufaktura“ na stronie Westwing A Wy macie już pomysł na dekoracje na świąteczny stół? Możecie pochwalić się bo w komentarzach tu na blogu można dodawać zdjęcia – wiedzieliście? Powiedzcie mi też koniecznie która odsłona mojego świątecznego stołu najbardziej Wam się podoba? Propozycja 1 srebrne świeczniki, szklany lampion | IKEA Propozycja 2 Srebrna taca | H&M Home Propozycja 3 Srebrny świecznik wieloramienny | TK Maxx Wszystkie kompozycje serwetniki | IKEA, niestety już niedostępne figurki reniferów | Auchan bombki | Auchan świeczki | Ikea
- [Pakowanie prezentów w... jutę - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pakowanie-prezentow-w-jute/): W minionym sezonie przygotowywałam ślubne dekoracje w rustykalnym klimacie i zostało mi sporo juty i do tej pory nie miałam pomysłu na co ją wykorzystać. Przy okazji wzięcia udziału w Akcji Mikołajkowe prezenty szykowałam prezent w zimnym klimacie Rosji, a więc surowa juta wydała mi się idealnym dodatkiem i postanowiłam wykorzystać ją do… pakowania prezentów. Użyłam: 1. Juty, którą kupiłam swego czasu na Allegro >> klik 2. Sznurek pochodzi z okolicznego sklepu ogrodniczego i kosztował całe 3 zł 3. Koronkową tasiemkę kupiłam dziś w Empiku za 5,40 zł 4. Skrawki tasiemki w biało-czerwoną kratkę No to do dzieła! I gotowe! Jak Wam się podoba takie pakowanie? W czym Wy będziecie w tym roku wręczać prezenty? 
- [Jesienna chandra? Mam na nią sposób, a nawet kilka!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jesienna-chandra-mam-na-nia-sposob-a-nawet-kilka/): Choć na co dzień trenuję pozytywne myślenie, nie umiem oszukać swojego organizmu, któremu absolutnie nie sprzyjają krótkie dni i udziela się jesienny spadek nastroju. Nie byłabym sobą, gdybym z tym nie walczyła. Poznaj moje sprawdzone sposoby na walkę z jesienną chandrą. 1. Świeże kwiaty Kupuję sobie świeże kwiaty, nic tak nie poprawia mi nastroju jak piękne otoczenie, w którym jestem, a świeże kwiaty kojarzą mi się z absolutnym luksusem, poczuciem bezpieczeństwa, nawet jeśli są to trzy tulipany po 2 złote każdy. Znajdź swój synonim osobistego luksusu i pozwól się sobie rozpieścić. 2. Zmiany Puszka farby i nowy kolor na ścianie. Przestawianie mebli, zamienianie zasłon z salonu z tymi w pokoju dziecięcym. To wszystko sprawia, że jestem w ciągłym ruchu, zmieniam, tworzę działam i podziwiam szybkie efekty, a to daje niesamowitą energię. A może u Ciebie przydałoby się małe odświeżenie mieszkania lub gruntowne porządki, oczyszczenie przestrzeni? Idą święta, jest ku temu idealna okazja! 3. Zajęcie Moja Mama mówi, że prasowanie Ją relaksuje. Kiedyś tego nie rozumiałam, ale dzisiaj, gdy mnie relaksuje pisanie bloga, patrzę na to zupełnie inaczej. A że jest to także bardzo pracochłonne zajęcie, dodatkowo nie mam czasu na myślenie o głupotach. Odkryj swoją pasję i oddaj się jej! Tylko nie szukaj jej zbyt długo, chwyć się „pierwszej lepszej”, która przyjdzie Ci do głowy, nie marnuj czasu na poszukiwania tej idealnej, bo to potrafi nieźle sfrustrować. Jeśli pierwszy wybór będzie nietrafiony – zawsze możesz go zmienić. 4. Świąteczny klimat Wyciągam świąteczne podkładki, na kanapie układam poszewki w świątecznym klimacie – choćby tylko kolorystycznym, tu i tam przewiązuję czerwone wstążki, które kojarzą mi się ze Świętami i oddaję się świątecznej magii przygotowań. Może to wydawać się błahe na pierwszy rzut oka, ale oprócz duchowego przeżycia Święta to również niezwykły czas spędzony z Rodziną, na który lubię się dobrze przygotować i zorganizować, aby mojej głowy nie zaprzątały żadne nieskończone sprawy. Zrób plan przygotowań do Świąt i wdroż go w życie, od jutra! 5. Uśmiech Tak, uśmiecham się sama do siebie. Gdy siedzę przy biurku i nadpływają czarne chmury, zadaję sobie kontrolne pytanie – czy ja się uśmiecham? Czy uśmiecham się sama do siebie? Nie wiem jak to działa, ale delikatny uśmiech na twarzy przez cały dzień sprawia, że jestem szczęśliwsza. Jakby to działało w dwie strony – uczucie szczęścia sprawia, że się uśmiecham, a uśmiech wywołuje we mnie uczucie szczęścia. Nawet taki początkowo sztuczny, kontrolowany uśmiech sprawia, że moje myśli schodzą na pozytywne tory i uśmiech staje się po chwili jak najbardziej prawdziwy. Nie próbowałaś? Zacznij właśnie teraz! Uśmiechnij się! A czy Wy notujecie spadek nastroju na jesień? Jak sobie z nim radzicie?
- [Dekoracje na Wszystkich Świętych - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dekoracja-grobow-diy/): Dziś pokażę Ci jak w prosty sposób wykonać piękne i bardzo osobiste nagrobne dekoracje nie tylko na zbliżające się Święto Zmarłych. Uwielbiam sama przygotowywać dekoracje dla Bliskich, którzy są już po drugiej stronie drogi. To dla mnie bardzo duchowa forma przygotowań do dnia Wszystkich Świętych, które jest dla nas zawsze silnym wewnętrznym przeżyciem. Idealnie sprawdza się wtedy zajęcie rąk kwiatami, aby myśli spokojnie odpłynęły w kierunku Tych, za którymi tęsknię – to z myślą o nich składam i dobieram kwiaty.   Krok 1. Wybór kompozycji Z okazji Święta Zmarłych bardzo często groby naszych bliskich są tak pełne lampek i kwiatów, że przychodząc z naszą wiązanką nie mamy jej już gdzie postawić. Dlatego też zdecydowałam się na przygotowanie kompozycji kwiatowych montowanych na przyssawkę do pionowej płyty nagrobka.   Krok 2. Zakupy Zdecydowałam się na zakup systemu do montażu tzw. auto corso (ich nazwa pochodzi chyba od tego, że we florystyce ślubnej mocuje się w ten sposób dekoracje na samochodzie nie uszkadzając lakieru, zapewniając jednocześnie trwałą przyczepność na czas podróży). To nie jest zwykła przyssawka – zasysa się, gdy przyłożymy ją do płaskiej powierzchni i zaciągniemy plastikowe patyczki – potrafi trzymać się rok, a nam pozwala wymieniać tylko kwiaty na świeże.  Możecie kupić ją przez internet, w kwiaciarni lub na giełdzie kwiatowej. Na kwiaty wybrałam białe róże, ciemno-różowe goździki i eukaliptus w roli wypełniacza.   Krok 3. Do dzieła! Kwiaty, które chcemy wetknąć w auto corso, czyli tak na prawdę w gąbkę florystyczną wzmocnioną plastikowym stelażem, muszą być ścięte na prawdę króciutko. Jak bardzo? To zależy od rozmiaru auto corso, na które się zdecydujecie. Odpowiednio docięty kwiat po prostu wciskamy w gąbkę florystyczną – osobiście zawsze zaczynam od samego środka, a następnie po kolei wpinam kolejne rzędy kwiatów. Gdy już wszystkie róże były na swoim miejscu, uzupełniłam je liśćmi eukaliptusa – oczywiście również odpowiednio dociętymi. I gotowe!   Do drugiej kompozycji postanowiłam użyć goździków w intensywnym kolorze. Znów rozpoczęłam działanie od przycięcia kwiatów do odpowiedniej długości. Tu także zaczęłam tworzenie kompozycji od środka. Gdy pracuję z goździkami, które nie są jeszcze w pełni rozwinięte (a takie staram się zawsze wybierać) zawsze rozwieram ich płatki w dłoniach, aby sprawdzić jaką powierzchnię zajmą w kompozycji, gdy już się w pełni rozwiną – aby nie były ułożone ani za ciasno, ani za luźno. W tej kompozycji cała trzecią (licząc od góry) warstwę kwiatów zrobiłam z liści eukaliptusa, aby stworzyć dla goździków piękne tło.   Do trzeciej kompozycji również wykorzystałam różowe goździki, ale zdecydowałam się wprowadzić do niej nieco luzu, dlatego tym razem gałązki eukaliptusa powtykałam pomiędzy trzy rzędy luźniej ułożonych goździków.   I gotowe!   Teraz wystarczy zanurzyć gąbki w wodzie, aby nasiąknęły wodą i są gotowe, aby zanieść je na groby naszych Bliskich.   Z tej okazji pragnę życzyć Wam spokojnych, rodzinnych, pełnych zadumy i czasu dla najbliższych dni Wszystkich Świętych.
- [Podpisywanie świątecznych prezentów - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/podpisywanie-swiatecznych-prezentow/): Uwielbiam kupować, pakować i wrzucać prezenty do Mikołajowego wora, a by nie doszło do pomyłki nie mogę zapomnieć o odpowiednim ich podpisaniu. Przydał mi się: komputer, Internet, program graficzny, kartka grubego papieru,drukarka, dziurkacz i nożyczki: Tak prezentują się gotowe prezenty:     A jeśli komuś z Was spodobała się moja kartka na imię, załączam jej wzór: Miłego pakowania 🙂  
- [Kolorowe etykiety samoprzylepne czyli przepis na organizację biura - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kolorowe-etykiety-samoprzylepne-czyli/): Prawie każdy z nas ma w swoim miejscu pracy segregatory, pudełka i innego rodzaju pojemniki do przechowywania. Kluczem do dobrej organizacji jest oczywiście dobra segregacja materiałów i ich opis, a do tego idealnie przydadzą nam się samoprzylepne etykiety. Dodatkowo dlaczego nie zaprojektować ich samemu, aby podkreślały charakter naszego wnętrza? Podczas urządzania biura, które pokazałam Wam w zeszłym miesiącu, postanowiłam nadać moim segregatorom odpowiedni charakter. Przygotowałam więc samoprzylepne etykiety, w barwach mojej firmy. Czego potrzebowałam? – samoprzylepnych etykiet – zdecydowałam się na 10 etykiet na kartce A4, do kupienia w sklepie papierniczym – komputerowego programu graficznego, np. darmowego GIMPa lub zwykłego programu do pisania jak Word lub jego darmowy odpowiednik Libre Office – drukarki 1. W programie graficznym lub w zwykłym Word’zie czy darmowym jego odpowiedniku jak Libre Office podziel kartkę a4 na 10 jednakowych pól – stworzysz granice samoprzylepnych karteczek (w programie do pisania najprościej będzie jeśli stworzysz tabelę) 2. Ze strony z darmowymi grafikami pobierz wybraną przez siebie ramkę 3. W każdy z 10 prostokącików, odpowiadających samoprzylepnej etykiecie wklej obraz ramki, a w środku wpisz tekst, który wydrukujesz jako gotowa etykietę 4. Wydrukuj, naklej i gotowe!   Mi bardzo się podobają, a Tobie?
- [Jak wydrążyć dynię na Halloween? - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-wydrazyc-dynie-na-halloween/): Zamarzył mi się krem dyniowy własnej roboty, ale dynia od tygodnia nietknięta leżała na parapecie. Choć nie obchodzimy Halloween, to przecież świetna okazja, aby wziąć ją pod nóż i zrobić sobie pierwszy w życiu dyniowy lampion. I choć nie mieliśmy w tym żadnego doświadczenia, zadanie wydawało się być dość proste. Na szczęście nie myliliśmy się – 10 minut i gotowe! Niczym Kopciuszek – nie mogłam obejść się bez księcia, dyni i… myszy!           A ja niczym Kopciuszek – nie mogłam obejść się bez księcia, dyni i… myszy!   A jak Wy spędzacie Halloween?
- [Rustykalne dekoracje - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/diy-rustykalne-dekoracje-soiki-zrob-to_5/): Cześć 🙂 z pewnością macie w piwnicy czy w szafce niepotrzebne słoiki, a dzisiaj pokażę Wam, jak udekorować je w klimacie natury, w stylu rustykalnym. Każdy z wykonanych przeze mnie słoików będzie inny, a będziecie potrzebować m.in: – słoika – juty w kolorze naturalnym – bawełnianej koronki – sznurka – pistoletu do kleju na ciepło – nożyczek I zaczynamy:                             I gotowe:) I jak Wam się podobają? Macie ochotę na podobne? A jutro wrzucę zdjęcia całej kolekcji niepowtarzalnych słoików, jaką udało mi się wykonać razem z koleżankami w miniony, sobotni poranek.
- [Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/girlanda-w-gwiazdki-do-pokoju-dziecka-diy/): Kilkanaście złotych na drobne zakupy i dwa odcinki serialu. Tyle potrzebujesz, aby wykonać śliczną dekorację do dziecięcego pokoju. Co musisz mieć? szablon o kształcie gwiazdki 3 arkusze filcu mulinę igłę nożyczki długopis. I do dzieła! 1. Rysunek gwiazdki znalazłam w Internecie, wydrukowałam i wycięłam szablon 2. Szablon odrysowałam wielokrotnie na arkuszach filcu   3. Wycięłam gwiazdki 4. Zszyłam ze sobą dwie gwiazdki obszywając je naokoło muliną, a do środka wsadziłam wypełnienie (posłużył mi wkład ze starej poduszki) 5. Obszyte gwiazdki połączyłam ze sobą muliną. 6. Zawiesiłam – i piękna dekoracja gotowa! A co najważniejsze, wsadziłam w nią ogrom serca, a takie akcesoria cieszą najbardziej!   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Ogródek domowy w wersji mini - DIY czyli zrób to sam](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/diy-ogrodek-domowy-w-wersji-mini/): Inspiracją do zrobienia mini ogródka w naczyniu bez wątpienia była Alina – autorka bloga DesignYouLife, która ostatnio rozpisała się na temat kreatywnych ogrodów czyli kwiatów w mieszkaniu – dziękuję za natchnienie! Podczas sobotniego przeglądania Internetu zapadła decyzja – będę miała swój mały ogródek! W mojej głowie szybko powstał plan: 1. Zakupy w NOMI Miałam chyba sporo szczęścia – choć w dziale „Ogród zewnętrzny” większość kwiatów wyglądała na dawno zapomniane, przy linii kas czekała na mnie nie mała niespodzianka w postaci promocji na kaktusy i sukulenty – nie mogłam trafić lepiej:           Oprócz roślinek potrzebne są mi także kamyczki – które idealnie nadadzą się na dno naczynia oraz na wierzch do przykrycia ziemi, co nie będzie pełniło funkcji jedynie dekoracyjnej, ale pozwoli także na utrzymanie w ziemi wilgoci na dłużej. 2 kg białych kamyczków – jakieś 5 zł. Nie można pominąc najważniejszego – trochę ziemi – ta od zeszłego sezonu czekała na mnie w piwnicy. Przydadzą się także worki na śmieci – aby zabezpieczyć stół, na którym będę urządzała mój ogródek.   2. Naczynie Jego zakup okazał się najtrudniejszy. Szukałam fajnej, płytkiej donicy lub szklanej misy. Niestety nie znalazłam nic ciekawego ani we wspomnianym Nomi, ani w Home&You, za to z pomocą przyszedł mi sklep Almi Decor, gdzie kupiłam świetne szkło za 34,90 zł.   3. No to do pracy: Dno wysypałam warstwą białych kamyczków: Kolejna warstwa to ziemia:   I kwiatki – wyjęłam je z doniczek, a jeśli było trzeba usunęłam nadmiar ziemi i przesadziłam do nowego naczynia:                 Na koniec wszystko przysypałam warstwą białych kamyczków:     I mój domowy ogródek gotowy!       I jak Wam się podoba? Ja pękam z dumy!
- [Jak prać ubranka dziecięce? | Wyprawka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-uprac-ubranka-dzieciece-wyprawka/): Jeśli trochę mnie znacie wiecie, że szczególną troską otaczam skórę mojego dziecka, o czym mogliście się przekonać czytając o absolutnie minimalnej liczbie kosmetyków w naszej łazience i na przewijaku naszego Dziecka. Jednak na pielęgnacji ochrona skóry Maluszków się nie kończy. Nie możemy zapominać o tym, że przez niemal całą dobę skóra naszych dzieci ma kontakt z ubrankami, pościelami, pieluszkami, więc to w czym je pierzemy jest również bardzo ważne. Dlaczego? Skóra małego dziecka jest kilka razy cieńsza niż skóra dorosłej osoby Skóra dziecka co najmniej do trzeciego roku życia nie wykazuje pełnych funkcji ochronnych. Po pierwsze skóra takiego Maluszka jest co najmniej 5 razy cieńsza niż dorosłego. Po drugie komórki naskórka są jeszcze luźno ułożone i nie stanowią dobrej bariery przed przepuszczaniem substancji. Po trzecie naczynia krwionośne takiego Dzieciątka są położone bardzo płytko (skóra dzieci jest często widocznie zaróżowiona), przez co wchłanianie przez taką skórę jest dużo większe niż u dorosłego. Tak zbudowana skóra dziecka jest przepuszczalna niczym sieć rybacka, przez którą wiele substancji przenika do wnętrza małego organizmu. Również dlatego powinnyśmy świadomie ograniczać skórze Dziecka dostęp do substancji, które po przeniknięciu słabej bariery skóry mogą być szkodliwe czy powodować alergię. Niestety, składniki zawarte w proszku pozostają w pranej tkaninie nawet po podwójnym płukaniu. Jakich składników w proszkach dla dzieci powinniśmy unikać? Na liście komponentów, których dobrze jest unikać w proszkach do prania ubranek dziecięcych możemy znaleźć: Enzymy – rozpuszczają trudne do usunięcia plamy z żywności, niestety ciężko się wypłukują się ubrań, a w kontakcie ze skórą mogą powodować podrażnienia nie tylko skóry, ale i dróg oddechowych oraz alergię Wybielacze optyczne – te składniki nie usuwają plam tylko osadzają się w tkaninie wywołując złudzenie, że tkanina jest bielsza Fosforany – zmiękczają wodę oraz zapobiegają powstawaniu osadów, ale niestety są bardzo szkodliwe dla środowiska Co należy prać w proszku dla dzieci? Oprócz tego, co oczywiste, czyli ubranek dziecięcych, pieluszek, czy pościeli należy prać w nim wszystkie rzeczy, z którymi skóra dziecka ma bezpośredni kontakt. Przygotowując dom na pojawienie się nowego członka rodziny także naszą pościel zmieniliśmy na taką upraną w proszku dla dzieci. Wszystkie moje ubrania, jakie wzięłam do porodu, a także – albo przede wszystkim – bieliznę do karmienia uprałam w specjalnym proszku, nie zapominając o koszuli dla Taty, aby mógł bezpiecznie „kangurować” nasze Szczęście. Od tamtej pory zarówno naszą pościel, piżamy, jak i ubrania przeznaczone do chodzenia po domu pierzemy w proszku dziecięcym. Czy ubranka dziecięce pierzemy przed pierwszym założeniem? Nie wiem czy zauważyliście, że ubrania prosto ze sklepu mniej się brudzą, lepiej zachowują swój kształt i mniej się gniotą? Osobiście uwielbiam ten efekt na moich ubraniach, ale ubranka dla Dziecka zawsze piorę przed pierwszym założeniem. Raz zrobiłam wyjątek – pakowaliśmy się na rodzinny weekend, nasz Synek miał już jakieś 18 miesięcy, a do nas właśnie przyszło zamówienie ze sklepu internetowego i moje serce skradło body z rysunkami walizek, balonów, samochodów i wieży Eiffla – motyw podróży idealnie komponował się z naszym wyjazdem i pomyślałam… taki on już duży, pewnie nic mu nie będzie. Niestety, już po kilku godzinach zauważyłam, że nasze dziecko bardzo drapie się po pleckach, a to co ujrzałam pod wspomnianym body – to bardzo podrażniona i jeszcze mocniej podrapana skóra. Oczywiście nie każde dziecko musi być tak wrażliwe na czynniki zewnętrzne, na chemię odzieżową, ale to nie znaczy, że jego skóra powinna je wchłaniać. Tkaniny do szycia ubranek zamawiane na jednym końcu świata, szyte na drugim, przesyłane w kontenerach, dotykane przez dziesiątki ludzi na każdym etapie produkcji czy zakurzone na sklepowych wieszaczkach na prawdę warto uprać. Nasz wybór Nie powiem, że nie działają na mnie slogany reklamowe, ale wiem, że ufać mogę tylko sobie, dlatego zanim zapakuję jakiś produkt do koszyka po prostu czytam skład tego co kupuję: kosmetyków, żywności, ubrań, a od kiedy jestem Mamą także proszków do prania. Gdy zostałam poproszona o przetestowanie proszku Bobini okazało się, że skład ma niemal identyczny jak nasz poprzedni proszek, nie zawiera enzymów ani wybielaczy optycznych, barwników czy fosforanów, zaś w teście prania wypadł tak samo dobrze, ale z uwagi na o połowę niższą cenę i przyjemniejszy zapach proszek do prania Bobini Baby KOLOR  zamieszkał w naszej pralni na dobre.   Jestem ciekawa czy zastanawiałyście się wcześniej nad składami proszków? W czym Wy pierzecie dziecięce ubranka i wszystko to, co ma kontakt z Waszymi Najmniejszymi?
- [Metamorfoza pokoju dziecięcego](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-metamorfoza/): Gdy półtorej roku temu projektowałam pokoik dla Mikołaja, robiłam to głównie dla siebie. To mi miało być wygodnie, to ja miałam mieć wszystko pod ręką oraz idealnie zorganizowane. Teraz, gdy Miki skończył rok pokoik zaczął pełnić nowe funkcje, z pokoju karmień i pielęgnacji stał się pokojem zabaw i odkrywania świata, a miejsca do zabawy i przechowywania skarbów zaczęło coraz bardziej brakować. Wtedy ja zaczęłam coraz więcej przebąkiwać o nowej aranżacji… Nic innego, ale właśnie nowa lampa, która stanęła w naszym pokoju stała się inspiracją dla dalszych zmian zarówno funkcjonalności jak i kolorystyki. Lampa dała początek nowej kolorystyce i motywowi przewodniemu. Pastelowe chmurki stały się moją inspiracją do nowej kolorystyki pokoju. Jak ją dobrałam? Wykorzystałam paletę barw PANTONE, z której wybrałam zestaw pasteli:   To na ich podstawie dobrałam farbę do malowania ściany, farbę do malowania zabawek, a także wymyśliłam naklejki na ściany. Skoro na lampie pojawił się lekki motyw chmurek, pomyślałam, że idealnie będzie go wykorzystać w pozostałych elementach takich jak naklejki na ścianę, pufa czy pościel.   A więc mając: kolory przewodnie: pastele motyw przewodni: chmurka zabrałam się do wyszukania konkretnych produktów, z których stworzyłam spójną całość. Na liście nie mogło zabraknąć: skrzyni na kółkach zabawki / książeczki stabilnego regału na zabawki, który jednocześnie pozwoli utrzymać porządek milutkiego, grubego dywanu, na którym będziemy mogli spędzać godziny na fantastycznej masy poduszek, które pozwolą nam się zrelaksować nowych grafik pasujących do nowego klimatu pokoju a do tego wszystkiego tekstyliów w nowych wzorach i kolorach.   W kolażu inspiracji udział wzięli: Kolory – PANTONE, Dywan | IKEA, Pojemniki na zabawki | IKEA, Skrzynia na zabawki | Nobobobo, Regał na zabawki | IKEA, Poszewka na poduszkę | H&M Home, Lampka | Lamps & Company, Łóżeczko | Pinio, Fotel do karmienia | IKEA Jak Wam się podoba projekt? Już jutro postaram się dokończyć zdjęcia i zaprezentować Wam efekt końcowy! Jesteście ciekawi?
- [Refleksyjnie z okazji Dnia Mamy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/refleksyjnie-z-okazji-dnia-mamy/): Nigdy nie myślałam, że bycie Mamą jest takie piękne i takie smutne, takie łatwe i takie trudne, takie magiczne i takie zwyczajne. Choć drogi do rodzicielstwa są bardzo różne, całkiem proste i bardzo zakręcone, szybkie i takie co wydają się nie mieć końca, szczęśliwe i bolesne, jasne lub zupełnie nieoczywiste, każda matka musi przejść swoją, tę jedyną, niepowtarzalną. Tę, która ukształtuje ją na całe życie. Jako człowieka i jako matkę. Dwa dni temu dokładnie w Dniu Mamy mój Syn Mikołaj skończył 8 miesięcy, co jest dla mnie największą nagrodą. Za odwagę i za lęk, za wiarę i za zwątpienie, za życie i za śmierć. Każdego dnia dziękuję mu za to, że ten mały i wiecznie uśmiechnięty Chłopiec to mnie wybrał na swoją Mamę. A Bogu za to, że nam się udało. Dzień Mamy był także wymarzoną okazją do zrobienia kolejnej sesji zdjęciowej, z której pochodzi zdjęcie w nagłówku, a w której udział wzięli goście specjalni. Już jutro zdradzę Wam szczegóły.
- [Rozprawka z negatywnymi myślami](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rozprawka-z-negatywnymi-myslami/): Śmiem zaryzykować stwierdzenie, że każdy z nas ma czasem tzw. gorsze dni. Takie takie, gdy wszystko widzimy w szarych barwach, gdy brak nam motywacji i wszystko wydaje się nas przytłaczać. Skoro przyszło mi powalczyć z owymi nie najlepszymi chwilami, postanowiłam podzielić się z Wami moimi sprawdzonym sposobami na powrót do psychicznej formy. Wyrwij się z błędnego koła negatywnych myśli! I nie chodzi mi tutaj o zamiatanie problemów czy nieprzyjemnych przemyśleń pod dywan. Po prostu gdy jesteśmy w samym centrum spirali negatywnych myśli, obraz jaki widzimy jest zawężony i ciężko nam spojrzeć na wszystko z szerszej = lepszej perspektywy. Negatywne myśli budzą w nas nieprzyjemne uczucia, które to potęgują negatywne myśli i tak w kółko. Jak wyrwać się ze spirali negatywnych myśli? Dla jednych pomocne może okazać się bieganie wokół bloku czy inny wysiłek fizyczny (ja niestety nie zaliczam się do tej grupy), drugich prasowanie może skutecznie wyrwać z zadręczania się, u mnie najlepiej sprawdza się czy czytanie. Nie ważne jak – najważniejsze jest by na chwilę oderwać się od własnej spirali. A jak już to Wam się uda, polecam Wam dwa ćwiczenia, które na 99% – o ile tylko je wykonacie – poprawią Wam nastrój, a motywacja sama zacznie pojawiać się na horyzoncie. 10 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna Warto, abyście (pisemnie) stworzyli listę przynajmniej 10 rzeczy, za które na dany moment jesteście wdzięczni. Dziś moja lista wygląda tak: Jestem wdzięczna za to, że (kolejność zupełnie niezobowiązująca): 1. Moi najbliżsi i ja jesteśmy zdrowi (w skali makro, ale to też bardzo wiele) 2. Mam cudownego męża, który jest ze mną na dobre i na złe – sprawdziłam! (Dziękuję Kochanie) 2. Mam „dom” (i nie chodzi tutaj o budynek) 3. Mam aparat, którym mogę robić piękne zdjęcia 4. Mam kota, który uwielbia się do mnie tulić i tak cudnie mruczy 5. Mam pracę, którą lubię i która potrafi dać mi ogromne zadowolenie 6. Mam ładne biuro (przecież nie zawsze tak było) 7. Mam wolny czas, aby popracować nad sobą i pisać bloga (jak często mi go brakuje!) 8. Mam kilka cudownych osób w Rodzinie i kilku Przyjaciół, na których mogę liczyć, nawet w tych najtrudniejszych chwilach 9. Mogłam sobie kupić te szare zasłony do dużego pokoju – tak bardzo wyczekiwałam tej mini metamorfozy kolorystycznej 10. Siedzę sobie w łóżku, z laptopem na kolanach, popijając herbatkę o smaku babeczek I jak po napisaniu takiej listy można powiedzieć, że życie jest beznadziejne? No nie można! Osobiście po takiej dawce pozytywnej energii jestem w stanie bliżej przyjrzeć się najbardziej dręczącym mnie problemom i rozprawić się z nimi. (A listę warto nosić przy sobie i wyciągać niczym asa z rękawa, gdy trujące myśli dają o sobie znać.) Rozprawcie się z negatywnymi myślami Jak możecie się do tego zabrać? Po pierwsze spiszcie na kartce najbardziej dręczące Was problemy. Po drugie dokonajcie ich analizy pod kątem tego, czy są oparte na faktach czy może tylko na Waszych przypuszczeniach. Rozprawka z przykładowym problemem zapisanym na kartce: Myśl: Klientka nie odpisuje na mojego maila z projektem, na pewno znalazła sobie innego projektanta, któremu zdradzi moje pomysły i zrealizują je bez mojego udziału. Uczucie: Myśląc w ten sposób na pewno czujecie się oszukani, tracicie motywację do pracy. Analiza: Jedynym faktem w powyższym zdaniu jest to, że jak na razie Klientka nie odpisała. Cała reszta, będąca najgorszą, czarną wizją, to jedynie wyssane z palca domysły. Gdy już to wiecie, możecie śmiało skorygować swoje myślenie Nowa myśl: Klientka nie odpisuje na mojego maila z projektem. Na pewno ma jakiś powód (nawet tak prozaiczny jak brak czasu) jeśli nie odpisze w ciągu kolejnych 2 dni zadzwonię i dowiem się dlaczego. Nowe uczucia: Na pewno poczujecie się dużo lepiej, a pozytywną energię wykorzystacie przy realizacji kolejnych projektów. I nie bawmy się w wróżkę, pamiętajmy, że: A jak jest z Wami? Zgodzicie się z moim stwierdzeniem, że każdy miewa gorsze dni? Jeśli tak to jakie są Wasze sprawdzone sposoby na walkę z tymi „szarościami”?
- [Pięćdziesiąt twarzy Greya - recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/piecdziesiat-twarzy-greya-recenzja/): Mój prezent urodzinowy – w bardzo uroczym towarzystwie koszyka wypełnionego pięknie pachnącymi kosmetykami, które tak bardzo uwielbiam 🙂 Czekając na koleżankę przejrzałam kilka środkowych stron i zaciekawiona kolejnego dnia z przyjemnością usiadłam do lektury. Lubię książki ze skomplikowanymi emocjonalnie bohaterami, dlatego pierwsze 100 stron przeczytałam wciąż czekając na to wielkie „wow”, o którym wszyscy mówią. Nie doczekałam się tego na kolejnych 200 stronach, a czytanie kolejnych kilkuset sprawiało mi coraz większą trudność. Książka przeczekała więc na stoliku nocnym kilka tygodniu, aż sięgnęłam po nią raz jeszcze i „jakoś to poszło”. Im bliżej końca tym z większą ciekawością wypatrywałam „tego czegoś”, „wielkiego wow”, niestety się nie doczekałam. A najbardziej podobała mi się ostatnia strona i to nie tylko dlatego, że książkę mogę zaliczyć do zaliczonych/odhaczonych 😉 ale dlatego, że dostrzegłam w niej puentę, która została ze mną na kolejnych kilka dni, wracała w przemyśleniach, prześwitywała w moich spojrzeniach na otaczającą rzeczywistość. Lubię refleksję, a ta pojawiła się u mnie w odpowiednim momencie. Moja ocena: 3 w skali 5 – można przeczytać (jeśli ma się dużo czasu)
- [6 ulubionych kosmetyków do makijażu za mniej niż 50 zł](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ulubione-kosmetyki-do-makijazu/): Od kiedy tylko pamiętam uwielbiam się malować. Gdybym na wakacje miała zabrać ze sobą tylko jeden kosmetyk mocno zastanawiałabym się, czy wybrać podkład czy tusz do rzęs. Nawet do porodu wytuszowałam rzęsy! Taka drobna zmiana, podkreślone oko, a ja od razu czuję się bardziej kobieco! Maluję się od ponad 10 lat i przez ten czas zdążyłam przetestować masę kosmetyków kolorowych w najróżniejszych przedziałach cenowych. Dziś podzielę się z Wami moją listą sprawdzonych kosmetyków, których używam na co dzień, tym bardziej wartościową, że każdy z nich możecie kupić za mniej niż 50 zł! Muszę zaznaczyć, że te kosmetyki idealnie pasują do mojej cery, która jest mieszana. Nie mniej uważam, że każdy z nich warty jest przetestowania! Zaczynamy!   1. Baza pod makijaż Gosh,Velvet Touch Line Perfector wypełniająca linie mimiczne Mój najnowszy zakup! Efektu wypełniania zmarszczek mimicznych nie zauważyłam, ale na niej korektor pod oczy i podkład trzymają się rewelacyjnie! Sama baza cudownie się nakłada, jest w plastikowym słoiczku, więc każdorazowo pobieram dokładnie tyle produktu, ile potrzebuję. Używam na wielkie wyjścia. Kupiłam w drogerii Hebe w cenie promocyjnej poniżej 50,00 zł, cena regularna to 59,99 zł.   2. Podkład Revlon Revlon Colorstay  Mój ulubiony kolor: 180 SAND BEIGE Występują dwie wersje tego produktu: do skóry mieszanej w kierunku suchej oraz do skóry mieszanej w kierunku tłustej – wybieram tę drugą. Duży wybór kolorów, dość silne krycie czyli takie jakiego potrzebuję, łatwo się rozprowadza i jest na prawdę całkiem trwały. Wraz z bazą Gosh tworzą świetny duet. Od kiedy go używam wiele osób pyta mnie, co za rewelacyjny podkład mam na twarzy. Najsilniejsze krycie uzyskuję nakładając go gąbeczką, którą kupuję osobno. Jedyna wada jaką dostrzegam w codziennym użytkowaniu to brak pompki. Jednak jego pozytywne aspekty zupełnie mi to rekompensują. Podkład kupuję zazwyczaj w Aptece Gemini – na zapas, w promocyjnej cenie 25,99 zł, gdy cena regularna to 69,90 zł.   3. Puder Rimmel Stay Matte Mój ulubiony kolor: 005 SILKY BEIGE Idealne wykończenie makijażu, świetnie współgra z powyższymi produktami, utrwala podkład i nadaje mu piękny, satynowy, matowy look. Nakładam pędzlem. Kupuję zwykle w Rossmann’ie, w regularnej cenie 25,99 zł, w promocji można upolować za kilka złotych mniej.   4. Róż do policzków Bourjois Paris  Mój ulubiony kolor: 15 Radiant Rose Wypiekane cudo, które świetnie się trzyma i chyba nigdy się nie kończy! Róż na tyle delikatny, że idealny dla początkujących użytkowniczek kosmetyku typu róż (aby sobie krzywdy nie zrobić), idealnie nakłada się warstwami, stąd sprawdzi się także dla wprawionych w makijażu. Kupiłam raz i na razie się nie zanosi, abym musiała kupić kolejny! Do kupienia w Rossmann’ie w cenie regularnej około 50,00 zł, w promocji kupiłam za niewiele ponad 30,00 zł.   5. Cienie magnetyczne INGLOT  Moje ulubione kolory: 483 granat, 319 pudrowy róż, 347 majtkowy róż, 386 brzoskwiniowy, 344 jasny brąz, 378 ciemny brąz, 373 biały, 352 cielisty, 375 fioletowy Te cienie zna chyba każdy! Uwielbiam za pigmentację i trwałość oraz za to, ze mogę kupować osobno i tworzyć paletę ulubionych kolorów. Nie lubię za to, że zmienili kształt cieni z kółek na kwadraty przez co nowe cienie nie pasują do kasetek, które już mam i czeka mnie zakup nowych – na szczęście tylko kasetek, gdyż okrągłe cienie pasują do nowych kwadratowych kształtów. Mimo to zostanę im wierna. Cena: około 15,00 zł za sztukę.   6. Tusz do rzęs: MAYBELLINE LASH SENSATIONAL Uwielbiam gumowe szczoteczki, dzięki nim potrafię idealnie wytuszować , rozdzielić i pogrubić rzęsy, które układają się w piękny wachlarz. Ta szczoteczka jest wyjątkowa, gdyż dodatkowo wygięta w łuk, co pozwala cudownie podkręcić rzęsy, także te w kącikach oka. Jeśli nigdy nie używałyście gumowej szczoteczki, początki mogą być trudne, ale jak dojdziecie do wprawy na prawdę można osiągnąć piękny efekt. Dodatkowo ma dużą pojemność, bardzo długo utrzymuje świeżość (to dlatego po wielu latach zrezygnowałam na jego rzecz z mojego ulubionego Telescopic od L’Oreal, który kilka razy zdarzył mi się być nieświeży od pierwszego użycia). Nie rozmazuje się, nie pozostawia grudek, a rzęsy pozostają elastyczne. Absolutnie może rywalizować z tymi ze znacznie wyższej półki cenowej i zwykle tę rywalizację wygrywa. Kupuję w drogeriach Rossmann zazwyczaj w promocji, choć zdarza mi się także zakup w cenie regularnej w około 35,00 zł, a więc absolutnie przyzwoicie. Gotowy makijaż prezentuje się następująco – zdjęcie prosto z aparatu, nie wywoływane w żadnej cyfrowej ciemni, nietknięte żadnym programem graficznym: Jak oszczędzam przy zakupie tych kosmetyków? Dlaczego nie wydaję na nie zwykle więcej niż 50 zł? Moje ulubione, sprawdzone kosmetyki kupuję „na zapas”. Czyli pomimo tego, że jestem dopiero w połowie buteleczki podkładu, a produkt jest akurat w promocji – kupuję. Jeśli to możliwe zwracam uwagę na jego datę ważności, ale z tym jeszcze nigdy nie miałam problemu. Nie jestem typem osoby, która kilka razy w tygodniu odwiedza centra handlowe, nie śledzę więc tak promocji w poszczególnych sklepach. Jestem jednak na bieżąco dzięki: Karcie SEPHORA Black – czyli karcie stałego Klienta, dzięki której dostaję powiadomienia SMS o bieżących promocjach. Dzięki temu wiem, że w Sephorze przysługuje mi właśnie rabat 20% na cały asortyment do 28 czerwca 2015 – wystarczy pokazać przy kasie kartę i sms! Te promocje -20% są dla stałych Klientów cykliczne, dlatego z każdymi większymi zakupami wstrzymujemy się do kolejnej edycji tej promocji. To właśnie dzięki niej mój mąż mógł sporo zaoszczędzić kupując mi wymarzoną Szczoteczkę Clarisonic! Już niedługo przygotuję dla Was jej recenzję. Stronie z kuponami – dzięki niej jestem na bieżąco z promocjami w drogeriach internetowych takich jak Douglas czy Sephora. Przewaga promocji w sklepie internetowym nad tą w sklepie stacjonarnym jest taka, że w stacjonarnym najbardziej popularne odcienie podkładów znikają już pierwszego dnia, przez Internet nie ma takiego problemu. Z tej strony korzystam także przy okazji innych zakupów, to stąd dowiedziałam się, że za zapisanie się do Newslettera sklepu H&M otrzymamy kupon -25% na jeden produkt! Kupon wydrukowałam i wrzuciłam do torebki – na pewno się przyda na jakiś większy zakup! Tak samo jak ten -10% do sklepu C&A – mają rewelacyjne ubranka dla dzieci. Podobne kupony zapisałam sobie do sklepów internetowych: -15% do sklepu DeeZee i -10% do sklepu Mosquito. Na pewno się przydadzą! Newsletterom – otrzymuję Newsletter sklepu Rossmann i dokładnie wiem, kiedy wybrać się na spacer w jego okolice i zrobić zakupy na zapas. A jakie są Wasze ulubione kosmetyki? I sposoby na oszczędzanie?
- [Jak efektywnie pracować w domu?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-sprawdzonych-sposobow-na-efektywna-prace-w-domu/): Do niedawna praca z domu była zarezerwowana dla artystów, pisarzy i właścicieli małych biznesów. Trend ten bardzo się zmienia, coraz więcej osób nie tylko na własny rachunek pracuje właśnie z domu. I choć praca taka ma wiele plusów – oszczędność czasu i pieniędzy na dojazdy do biura, omijanie stresów związanych ze staniem w korkach czy możliwość zjedzenia codziennie domowego obiadu, to dla wielu osób może okazać się pułapką. Zdradzam Wam dziś moich 5 zasad, które pozwalają mi na produktywną pracę w domu, gdyż wciąż jest ona ważnym elementem mojego życia.   1. Stwórz swój kącik do pracy Jeśli pracujesz z domu koniecznie urządź sobie sobie kącik do pracy. Profitów z takiego rozwiązania jest bardzo wiele. Po pierwsze frajda z urządzania i kupowania nowych rzeczy czy adaptacji starych – no nie wierzę, że tylko mi to sprawia tyle radości. Oczywiście to nie musi być od razu cały pokój przeznaczony do pracy, wystarczy kącik, biurko czy sekretarzyk, a nawet półka, które to wydzielą choćby tylko w Twojej głowie i w głowach domowników Twoją przestrzeń do pracy. Na prawdę uda się to wszędzie. W naszym pierwszym mieszkaniu na całych 32m2 (dwa pokoje, kuchnia i łazienka + kot) na jednej ścianie w salonie zawiesiliśmy na całej jej długości dwie półki – jedna służyła nam za biurko, druga za półkę na dokumenty. Wydzielone miejsce, w którym pracujesz pozwoli Ci zachować dystans pomiędzy życiem prywatnym a zawodowym. A co najważniejsze- musi Ci być też wygodnie – zakładam, że nie będziesz pracować tylko godziny dziennie. Praca na kanapie czy przy stoliku kawowym nie skończy się dobrze przede wszystkim dla Twojego kręgosłupa, a także nie pozwoli jasno określać, czy jesteś jeszcze w pracy, czy to już właściwie po. Szczególnie, jeśli nie mieszkasz sama Twój pobyt w takim kąciku wysyła Twoim domownikom jasny komunikat – pracuję, czego niekoniecznie można powiedzieć o siedzeniu z laptopem na kolanach, prawda? Idealnie, jeśli Twoje miejsce do pracy będzie Cię także inspirować, abyś czuła się w nim wspaniale. Jako nastolatka wycinałam ze starych magazynów i gazet inspirujące wycinki – piękne widoki, wnętrza, ludzi, rekwizyty i naklejałam je na ścianę tworząc artystyczny nieład. Później dodałam do tego pajęczyny zaplecione ze sznurka, do których przypinałam karteczki, aż w końcu wycinki z gazet zamieszkały w rameczkach za kilka złotych.   2. Ubieraj się i maluj tak, jakbyś wychodziła do biura Czy wiesz, że to, że nie masz makijażu słychać przez telefon? Powiedziała mi to kiedyś koleżanka z biura. Gdy zaspała do pracy topierwsze co zrobiła po przyjściu do naszego pokoju to makijaż. Praca w piżamie nikomu jeszcze w życiu nie pomogła – no chyba, że tym paniom, które uprawiają najstarszy zawód świata ;-). Profesjonalny wygląd przekłada się na profesjonalne podejście do swojej pracy. No dobrze, nie musisz siedzieć w domu w koszuli i szpilkach – sama tego nie robię, ale zadbany, schludny wygląd i strój są konieczne. Ja zawsze szykuję się do pracy w domu tak, aby w każdym momencie w 3 minuty być gotową do wyjścia z domu.   3. Ustal godziny pracy Myślisz sobie – nie po to chcę pracować z domu, zakładać własny biznes, aby pracować na godziny? I masz rację! Dlatego ustal godziny pracy, których będziesz się trzymać, ale pozwalaj sobie na odstępstwa. Dlaczego? Stałe godziny pracy, choćby różne dla dni tygodnia pozwolą Ci znaleźć w życiu balans i lepiej się zorganizować. Od 10 lat pracuję na swoim więc dobrze wiem co mówię. Nie zapominaj jednak o tym, że pracując z domu masz prawo czerpać z tego korzyści, chociażby takie, że możesz umówić się do fryzjera na 12 (i dzięki temu dostać się szybciej) czy codziennie spacerować godzinę na świeżym powietrzu. Staraj się jednak w godzinach pracy pracować na 110%, a po pracy wyłączyć się zupełnie. Moje ulubione przysłowie? „Work hard and play hard”.   4. Pilnuj budżetu Pracując dla siebie można stracić rachubę pomiędzy wydatkami na dom i na firmę. Pieniądze firmowe mieszają się z pieniędzmi na inwestycje i zakupy w supermarkecie, a z płynnością szczególnie na początku bywa różnie. Czasami łatwo ulec złudzeniu, że mamy na prawdę sporo pomiędzy, gdy to przychodzi wyliczenie od księgowej z którego wynika, że prawie wszystko co zgromadziliśmy na koncie za 5 dni musimy oddać do Urzędu Skarbowego. Dlatego warto oddzielić budżet firmowy od prywatnego i już na samym początku stworzyć osobne konta bankowe. A do tego wypłacać sobie pensję na podstawie pełnego wyniku finansowego z poprzedniego miesiąca zapewniając na koncie firmowym bufor finansowy na podatki, opłaty i niespodziewane wydatki.   5. Zorganizuj się Aby praca w domu czy taka dla siebie była efektywna wymaga świetnych umiejętności organizacyjnych. Nic nie sprawia mi większej przyjemności niż piękne i użyteczne narzędzia do planowania, o których możesz przeczytać tutaj. W sytuacjach kryzysowych czyli w dni, gdy „nie wiem w co mam ręce włożyć” pomagają mi różne metody organizacji czasu jak na przykład Pomodoro. O moich ulubionych metodach napiszę innym razem.   Co najlepsze – wiele z tych porad sprawdza się także, jeśli nie pracujesz, a zajmujesz się domem – nie wiem czy wiesz, ale według mnie to o wiele bardziej wymagające zajęcie niż organizacja wesela na 200 osób. A jak jest u Ciebie? Jeśli podoba Ci się ten tekst będzie mi bardzo miło, jeśli klikniesz poniżej w „Lubię to” lub „Udostępnij”.
- [5 produktów, których nie znajdziesz w diecie mojego dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/produkty-szkodliwe-niezdrowe-dla-dzieci/): Dach nad głową, pełny brzuszek i zadowoleni rodzice to chyba wszystko, co dziecku do szczęścia potrzebne. Warto jednak zwrócić uwagę na to, co dostaje się do brzuszków osób, które kochamy najbardziej na świecie. Odżywianie i nawyki żywieniowe kształtowane od pierwszych lat życia z pewnością będą miały ogromny wpływ na to kim i jakie będą nasze dzieci. To dlatego w diecie mojego dziecka świadomie nie umieszczam następujących produktów: Cukier Cukry naturalnie występują w pożywieniu – i bardzo dobrze, gdyż są nam bardzo potrzebne. Znajdziemy je w owocach, warzywach w mleku. Pisząc w nagłówku „cukier” mam na myśli ten spożywczy – rafinowany, uzyskiwany głównie z buraków lub trzciny cukrowej – w praktyce sama sacharoza – w tej postaci absolutnie zbędny w diecie człowieka, szczególnie dziecka. Spożywany w namiarze cukier prowadzi do zwiększonego ryzyka chorób serca, otyłości, nowotworów, nadmiernego pobudzenia, a co najgorsze – uzależnia. Znajdziesz go niemal wszędzie, a na pewno w 99% jogurtów, płatków śniadaniowych, soków, napojów, dżemów czy keczupie i majonezie, o słodyczach nie wspominając. Jeśli nie chcesz rezygnować z cukru w Waszej rodzinie, a chcesz dokonywać zdrowszych wyborów zastąp cukier rafinowany cukrem nierafinowanym lub miodem, stewią, fruktozą czy naturalnymi syropami – na przykład z agawy. W diecie mojego dziecka analogicznie do cukru nie znajdziesz także syropu glukozowo-frktozowego, czyli żadnego produktu, który go zawiera. To spożywczy wróg numer jeden zdrowego dziecka. Nie pojmuję czemu pakują go wszędzie, także do większości (jeśli nie do wszystkich) syropków dla dzieci. Wiem, że jest bardzo tani w produkcji, ale czy tylko to się liczy? Jest tyle zdrowych składników, które również polepszą smak lekarstwa. Osobiście ciasteczka i kaszkę dla dziecka słodzę owocami. Zwykły „cukier” na prawdę nie jest mu potrzebny. A co więcej – skoro moje dziecko nie je cukru, nie jest przyzwyczajone do jego smaku i poziom słodkości jaki dają owoce jest dla niego w zupełności wystarczający. Parówki Do dnia dzisiejszego nie udało mi się znaleźć parówki wartej podania dziecku. Więc nie podaję, a jak muszę, zjem w sekrecie. Zastępujemy je pieczonym w domu pasztetem, na widok którego dziecko piszczy z radości. Soki I nie chodzi mi o soki wyciskane, tylko o 99% „soków” dostępnych na naszych półkach – prawie wszystkie te w kartonie, ale coraz częściej i w butelce, które zawierają cukier i są wyprodukowane z zagęszczonego soku lub syropu, wysokoprzetworzone. Na co dzień podaję przede wszystkim wodę, czasami herbatki i zioła. W temacie soków planuję zainwestować w wyciskarkę, która powolnym ruchem ślimakowym wyciśnie dla nas z warzyw i owoców to co najlepsze. I dorzucimy to do kaszki orkiszowej na śniadanie lub zamrozimy na pyszne, letnie lody. Często także pytacie mnie jak ja to robię, że moje dziecko pije wodę i to dużo wody. Po prostu oprócz wody, herbatki i ziół nie zna niczego innego, stąd to uwielbia. Jak już pisałam – cukier uzależnia i nic dziwnego, że dziecko przyzwyczajone do soków odmawia picia wody. Ryby Pewnie jesteś w szoku. Ryby hodowlane odrzuciłam z diety dziecka z uwagi na to, że nie wiem w jakich warunkach były hodowane, czym karmione, jaką ilość antybiotyków otrzymywały. Ryby dzikie odrzuciłam z uwagi na to, że podczas mrożenia często pokrywa się je „glazurą” zawierającą nie tylko wodę, ale i chemię spożywczą. Mieszkamy nad morzem więc moglibyśmy postarać się dla dziecka o świeże ryby, ale wciąż czytam o tym, że stężenie metali ciężkich w rybach z naszego morza jest tak wysokie, że nie chcę ryzykować. Zamiast tego podaję dziecku codziennie zdrowe, nierafinowane oleje: kokosowy, słonecznikowy czy lniany, a także kwasy omega. A przy okazji zdradzę Ci sekret, jak rozpoznać czy ryba na prawdę jest świeża? Po wrzuceniu ryby do wody nieświeża ryba będzie unosić się na wodzie, a świeża opadnie na dno – niesamowite, prawda? Obstawiałabym, że jest zupełnie odwrotnie! Wędliny Rozumiem przez to starania o eliminację z żywności przeznaczonej dla dziecka tej przetworzonej. Aromatów, barwników, konserwantów czy glutaminianu sodu… i całej reszty która opisywana jest jako benzoesan sodu, siarczyny, azotyny czy dwutlenek siarki. Żaden produkt, który ma je w składzie nie ląduje na talerzu naszego dziecka. Czyli niestety wędliny również nie. Zamiast tego serwujemy pieczone mięsa i pasztety. Moja najlepsza rada: zawsze czytaj składy. Kupuj świadomie. Wiedz co podajesz. Nawet, jeśli zdecydujesz się wyeliminować z diety inne składniki niż my, bądź świadoma. Twoje Dziecko pewnie jeszcze nie potrafi czytać, a na pewno analizować składów żywności. Nie przejmuj się, jeśli dzisiaj Wasza dieta jest pełna produktów wyżej wymienionych, a Ty chcesz to zmienić- im szybciej zaczniesz, tym łatwiej będzie wyrobić w dzieciach zdrowe nawyki. Pewnie wiele z Was powie, że nie uchronię dziecka przed żadnym z wymienionych powyżej produktów i ma świętą rację – ale im dłużej to robimy, tym większą szansę na zdrowie dajemy naszym dzieciom. Jeśli jesteś zagubiona w gąszczu tych wszystkich składników, nie wiesz jak czytać etykiety, co warto kupować i co powinno lądować na talerzu Twojego dziecka (a najlepiej i Twoim) – koniecznie zainwestuj niecałe 25 złotych w książkę „Zamień chemię na jedzenie„. Ja ciągle z niej korzystam. O czym pomyślałam na koniec? Że warto również przestać się usprawiedliwiać i wszystkie powyższe zasady zastosować także dla siebie. Trzymam za siebie kciuki! Za Was też! Bo warto się zmieniać. A jak wygląda dieta Waszych dzieci? Chcielibyście coś zmienić? PS Dziękuję Beti 🙂
- [Pokój dziecięcy - miętowy | Metamorfoza](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dzieciecy-nowa-odslona/): Jak już wspominałam, pokoik dla Noworodka stworzyłam przede wszystkim dla własnej wygody i organizacji. Zorganizowałam tam miejsca odpowiednie do pielęgnacji, karmienia, spania, ale wraz z kolejnymi miesiącami pojawiały się nowe potrzeby takie jak przechowywanie zabawek oraz najważniejsze- bezpieczne miejsce do wspólnej zabawy. Pierwszą rzeczą, jaka zawitała w naszym pokoiku była stojąca lampa, która miała za zadanie wprowadzać nas w wieczorny nastrój i wyciszać podczas popołudniowego czytania książeczek. Jak pisałam Wam tutaj, to od niej wszystko się zaczęło i stałą się ona inspiracją do wszystkich zmian w pokoiku, gdyż to na jej podstawie powstał motyw i kolory przewodnie pokoiku (moodboard możecie zobaczyć tutaj). Do lampy dopasowałam kolorystycznie pościel i puf, o którym zawsze marzyłam i który uwielbiam. Dzięki niemu mój fotel stal się jeszcze wygodniejszy! Na fotelu widzicie także kocyk, którym możemy się przykrywać – w sam raz na jesienne wieczory takie jak teraz. Półeczki na książeczki, które zawsze są pod ręką pomalowałam na miętowo, aby wprowadzić do pokoju więcej kolorowych elementów. W celu zorganizowania bezpiecznego i wygodnego miejsca do zabawy rozpoczęłam od wygospodarowania jak jak największej powierzchni podłogi z bezpośrednią bliskością miejsca do przechowywania zabawek. W tym celu zdecydowałam się na przestawienie szafy pod okno. Tym razem miałam ochotę zaszaleć z kolorami, a że uwielbiam dokonywać zmian we wnętrzach, którymi się otaczam, zdecydowałam się udekorować ściany naklejkami – przeklejkami, które wielokrotnie można naklejać i odklejać bez szkody dla ściany i dla naklejki (przynajmniej kilka razy). O tym jak wykleić taką ścianę przygotuję dla Was osobny post, bo przyznaję, że temat z pozoru prosty, okazał się nieco kłopotliwy, ale tutaj z pomocą przyszła mi Fiollkaa i jej Was cenne rady udzielone pod moim zdjęciem na Instagramie i wszystko poszło jak z płatka! A tutaj możecie zobaczyć jak wyglądają przeklejki na większej powierzchni: I tak zbliżamy się do serca naszego pokoju – do naszego placu zabaw! Aby podkreślić jego charakter i wydzielić tę przestrzeń na ścianie namalowałam coś na kształt domku, co podkreśla tę wyjątkową strefę. Na podłodze położyłam kolorowy dywan – na tyle miękki aby przesiadywać na nim godzinami na tyle twardy, że można układać na nim klocki, idealny do przytulania i wygłupiania we Trójkę. No i jak Wam się podoba?   W pokoiku znalazły się: Lampa stojąca, pościel, puf, kocyk, kosz na zabawki z motywem chmurek | Lamps & Company Poduszka chmurka, pluszak srebrny lisek | Przytulasie Fotel do karmienia | IKEA Strandmon Zasłony | Ikea Kolorowe poduszki | H&M Home Regał na zabawki | IKEA Kallax Pojemniki na zabawki żółty i różowy | IKEA DRÖNA Półeczki na obrazki | IKEA MOSSLANDA pomalowane Farba do drewna | Beckers Designer Aqua Lackfarg [40] – Wodorozcieńczalna emalia akrylowa do drewna i metalu. Półmat, kolor: Formuła: BW 1,6 CW 1,3 GH 2,4 Plakaty | Allegro Heart Home Przeklejki | Redro Szafa, komoda, przewijak | IKEA Skrzynia na zabwki | DIY Łóżeczko dla lalki | IKEA DUKTIG + malowanie Lalka MeeToo | TheLittlePrettyStuff Dywan | IKEA ÅDUM Uff, to chyba wszystko! Z niecierpliwością oczekuję na Wasze wrażenia!
- [Bunt na pokładzie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bunt-dwulatka/): Choć mój Synek zbliża się swoim wiekiem do dwóch lat to jednak celowo nie zatytułowałam tego posta „bunt dwulatka”. Z moich obserwacji wynika, że dzieci buntują się w każdym wieku, a bynajmniej jak zaczną się już buntować, to jakoś nie mogą skończyć. Choć na szczęście okresy buntu to tylko okresy. Bunt interpretuję jako ataki złości, protesty, chęci postawienia na swoim, które bardzo często doprowadzają dziecko do prawdziwej rozpaczy. Jak Mu pomóc?  Jak samemu nie dostać ataku szału, jeśli nasze Dziecko wyje jak wilk do księżyca, bo musi postawić na swoim? Dziś dzielę się z Wami moimi sprawdzonymi metodami na radzenie sobie ze zbuntowany Dzieckiem. Odpuszczam Po pierwsze gdy moje Dziecko chce postawić na swoim zadaję sobie pytanie czy w ogóle jest sens stawać mu na drodze. I jeśli chodzi o to, że na wspólnym spacerze On chce iść w prawo, a ja w lewo, albo gdy wieczorem On chce składać puzzle gdy ja zaplanowałam malowanie kredkami albo nie chce dziś jeść widelcem tylko rękoma… odpuszczam. Niech wie, że może decydować, niech czuje, że ma moc sprawczą, że wiele od niego zależy – z wiekiem coraz więcej, niech wie, że mu ufam. Nawet jeśli w porze spania On wybiera zabawę w salonie i na prawdę świetnie się bawi choćby przez godzinę – pozwalam. Ale gdy nie chce iść do łóżka, choć jest tak zmęczony, że przewraca się o własne nogi i guzy nabija – gdy sam sobie szkodzi, wtedy wkraczam i to ja stawiam na swoim, ale zawsze szanując Jego uczucia. Daję wybór Często w tych „trudnych okresach” zamiast pytać Dziecka czy chce coś zrobić od razu daję mu „pozorny wybór” i nie pytam „czy” chce, tylko „co” chce. „Chcesz ubrać żółte skarpetki czy zielone?” „Chcesz iść na dwór na rowerku czy w wózku?” „Chcesz zjeść kaszkę czy mleczko?” I choć komunikacja werbalna przez pierwszych kilkanaście lub kilkadziesiąt miesięcy życia dziecka kuleje, zawsze znajdę sposób na komunikację odwracającą uwagę od problemu „czy” i stawiającą na wybór „co”. Nigdy nie zostawiam Gdy dzieci są w okresie buntu na to co mówimy, czego oczekujemy często reagują krzykiem, rozpaczą, wyrywaniem się.  Nigdy, ale to nigdy nie zostawiam wtedy Dziecka samego sobie.  Nie zostawiam go samego w pokoju ani w łóżeczku – chyba, że akurat sam chce w nim być. Nie zostawiam Go w sklepie i nie odwracam się na pięcie z nadzieją, że będzie się bał, że go zostawię i w końcu zwalczę Jego silną wolę jego własnym strachem. Zawsze, ale to zawsze jestem obok. Mówię, że rozumiem jego rozpacz i niezadowolenie z tego, że nie wszystko jest dokładnie tak, jak On tego chce. Dodatkowo tłumaczę dlaczego podjęłam taką a nie inną decyzję, która jest podyktowana… jego bezpieczeństwem czy wyczerpanym budżetem na nowe zabawki w tym miesiącu. Prawdę mówiąc rozmawiam i tłumaczę mu swoje decyzje od zawsze, choć do dziś nie wiem, ile moje On sam z tego rozumie, choć na pewno coraz więcej. Wiem jednak, że na pewno widzi moją akceptację i czuje moją miłość, a mój spokojny głos nie przeszkadza Mu w uspokojeniu się. Przytulam Zawsze proponuję Dziecku przytulnie się i choć często mnie odrzuca, czasami wystarczy delikatna próba przytulenia wykonana po raz kolejny, a Dziecko rozpływa się w moich ramionach, znajdując tu ukojenie. Całemu procesowi towarzyszą moje spokojne słowa. Wciąż powtarzam, że rozumiem jego smutek i jego ból, często opowiadam mu o tym, że sama też się wkurzam, jak nie wszystko idzie po mojej myśli, że uczucie złości jest jak najbardziej normalnym, choć nieprzyjemnym uczuciem. Zapewniam, że nauczy się sobie z nim radzić. Daję alternatywę Pokazuję Dziecku sposoby na zdrowe wyrzucenie z siebie złości. Złość to energia, którą należy na coś spożytkować – najgorsze to tłumić ją w sobie. Osobiście potrafię przynieść dziecku rolkę papieru toaletowego i zachęcić do jego rwania, aby dać upust swoim uczuciom chociażby w taki sposób. Noszę W dramatycznych sytuacjach, gdy atak złości trwa bardzo długo, próbuję stosować dobrze znaną i lubianą przez moje Dziecko metodę z dzieciństwa – zawijam Go w chustę albo mei-tai i bujam, śpiewam albo puszczam muzykę, spaceruję, ćwiczę, tańczę… jesteśmy razem, jesteśmy w ruchu i rozładowujemy w ten sposób nadmiar energii, jaką moje Dziecko musi z siebie wyrzucić. I wiecie co? Ten utarty szlak walki z ze złością, z buntem Dziecka, to wszystko sprawia,  że gdy nadchodzi atak złości jestem spokojna, że mamy swój plan i według niego działamy. Gdy muszę stawiam na swoim dla dobra mojego Dziecka, ale w poszanowaniu jego uczuć i emocji. Jest mi z tym dobrze. Zamiast frustracji czuję spokój. A czy Wy obserwujecie okresu buntu u swoich dzieci? Jak radzicie sobie ze złością dzieci? Czekam na Wasze komentarze i zapraszam do rozmowy. A jeśli podoba Wam się u mnie zapraszam także na mój FB i Instagram.
- [Gdzie zaczyna się obojętność?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/gdzie-sie-zaczyna-obojetnosc/): Sama niejednokrotnie pisałam o tym, jak matki terroryzują się wzajemnie, jak wsadzają nosa w nie swoje sprawy, wzajemnie się krytykują i sobie dokopują. Ale z drugiej strony wciąż zastanawiam się, gdzie jest granica pomiędzy matką terrorystką, a obojętnością? Kiedyś na jednej z grup na facebooku wywiązała się dyskusja na temat tego, co należy zrobić w sytuacji, gdy znajomi karmią noworodka mlekiem z kartonu? Coraz częściej zadaję sobie pytanie czy stać obojętnie gdy rodzice wrzucają nagie zdjęcia dziecka do Internetu? Pozwalają dziecku biegać nago po dworze? Albo chcą przekłuć uszy maleństwu, dla którego kolczyki to tylko niezrozumiały ból i ryzyko zarażenia jakąś chorobą? Jedno jest pewne – ile ludzi tyle granic. Przyzwoitości, lojalności, seksualności, dobrego smaku. To co nie jest już pewne to odpowiedź na pytanie – gdzie jest granica ludzkiej obojętności? Gdzie kończą się czepialstwo i przytyki, a gdzie zaczyna troska o człowieka, który nie może sam o siebie zadbać? Bardzo popularne jest stwierdzenie, że „matka wie co dla dziecka najlepsze”, ale czy na pewno? Uważam, że bardziej trafnie jest w tym miejscu postawić stwierdzenie, że „matka chce najlepiej dla swojego dziecka”, ale nie zawsze wie jak to osiągnąć. I wiedzę, a właściwie często jej brak uważam tutaj za kluczowe. Sama popełniłam ogrom błędów w opiece nad dzieckiem, chcąc dla dziecka jak najlepiej, ale nie wiedząc jak to osiągnąć. Nie ma szkoły z „dobrego rodzicielstwa” a niestety instynkt w połączeniu z brakiem wiedzy i wieloma mylnymi komunikatami płynącymi z pełnego komercji świata to niestety czasami za mało, aby dać dziecku to co najlepsze. Mało kto z nas wie jak na prawdę zdrowo komponować posiłki – sama korzystałam z porad zaufanego dietetyka, jakich składników unikać w produktach spożywczych i dlaczego jest to takie ważne. Mogę powiedzieć, że wystarczy przeczytać etykiety i wiedzieć co kryje się pod tymi nie rzadko skomplikowanymi nazwami i jestem pewna, że co drugi człowiek wyrzuciłby połowę produktów ze swojej lodówki, a na pewno z diety dziecka. Mogę powiedzieć, że wystarczy poczytać o emocjach małego dziecka, aby wiedzieć, że zawstydzanie krzywdzi dziecko, tak samo jak wpędzanie je w poczucie winy, gdy nie ma ochoty na obiad. Że słowa „nic się nie stało” mogą doprowadzić malucha do frustracji, a w długim okresie do zaburzeń w postrzeganiu sygnałów z własnego umysłu i ciała, do uczucia zagubienia, bo jak to nic się nie stało, skoro ja tu do cholery stoję i płaczę! Boli mnie, a może nie boli, bo spadając z krzesła co prawda wcale się nie uderzyłem, ale przestraszyłem się koszmarnie! Bo mi smutno, zimno, albo mam zły dzień. Bo nie rozumiem. Mogę powiedzieć, że przecież coraz więcej mówi się o tym, że klaps to też bicie, ale jakoś wciąż nie jest to dla wszystkich takie jasne. Mogę powiedzieć, że wiedza leży na chodniku, ale wiem, że tak nie jest. Bo aby po nią sięgnąć należy chcieć. A aby chcieć trzeba zdać sobie sprawę z tego, że się nie wie, albo chociaż dopuścić do siebie myśl, że być może się nie wie, że być może nie wszystko robi się najlepiej, oraz że można wciąż się uczyć i stawać lepszym. Nie podążać na ślepo za czyimiś ideałami, tylko czytać, rozmawiać i wybierać ze zdobytej wiedzy to, co dla naszej rodziny najlepsze. Uznać, że matka nie zawsze wie, co dla jej dziecka najlepsze, ale może się tego dowiedzieć. Stąd nie traktujmy każdej rozmowy o różnych poglądach na temat wychowania dzieci jako ataku, tylko źródła wiedzy, wymieniania się poglądami, które być może zasieją w nas ziarno niepewności i motywują do zgłębienia naszej wiedzy, a być może utwierdzą nas w przekonaniu, że jednak robimy najlepiej.  I nie dyskutujmy w oparciu na emocjach, na „wydaje mi się” czy na „moi rodzice tak robili i wyrosłem na porządnego człowieka więc to jest dobra metoda” czy innych wyssanych z palca dyrdymałach. Zadbajmy o wysokiej jakości merytoryczną dyskusję, która wyjdzie nam wszystkim na dobre. Czekam na Wasze komentarze. PS A jeśli macie ochotę na wysokiej jakości lekturę o rodzicielstwo właśnie, taką idealną na wieczór, do karmienia czy nad jezioro, to serdecznie polecam Wam do najnowszego numeru miesięcznika ZNAK, gdzie dowiecie się między innymi o tym, że: „Wychowanie polega na popełnianiu błędów, chodzi tylko o to, żeby popełniać ich jak najmniej i w porę próbować je naprawić lub, jeśli się da, się z nich wycofać”. Mam dla Was 35% rabat na najnowszy magazyn, który możecie kupić tutaj wpisując kod rabatowy: SPODKOCYKA. Tylko nie zaczynajcie czytać jak macie coś ważnego do zrobienia, bo będzie leżeć odłogiem. Ja przepadłam…
- [Znajdź swoją motywację!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/znalezc-motywacje/): O tym, że ludzie potrafią zabierać nam energię pewnie przekonała się już każda z Was. Natomiast warto przede wszystkim pamiętać o tym, że ludzie potrafią także dać nam strasznie wiele – energii, motywacji i siły Gdzie ich szukać i jak z tej mocy korzystać? Nie będę ukrywać, że przez lata tkwiłam w pułapce tego „co pomyślą o mnie inni”. Pozycjonowałam siebie w swojej głowie na podstawie tego, jak wydawało mi się, że postrzegają mnie osoby z mojego otoczenia. Dlaczego „wydawało mi się”? Bo tak na prawdę nigdy nie wiemy co ktoś na prawdę o nas myśli. Takie zewnątrz-sterowalne poczucie własnej wartości to strasznie licha sprawa. Wystarczy towarzystwo koleżanki, która ma gorszy dzień czy kłótnia z siostrą, aby nagle poczuć się bardzo źle. Do tego kilka negatywnie nastawionych do świata osób w najbliższym otoczeniu, a człowiek chłonie te uczucia jak gąbka i często czuje, że niewiele lub nic nie znaczy. I tak samo jest w drugą stronę – kilka wspaniałych, pozytywnie zakręconych osób w naszym towarzystwie potrafi sprawić, że czujemy się wyjątkowo. Jak to wykorzystać? 1. Posprzątaj teren Zanim zaczniesz odnajdywać cudownych, budujących ludzi, powinieneś pozbyć się ze swojego otoczenia osób, przy których czujesz, że tracisz energię, dobre samopoczucie i humor. Po których spotkaniu czujesz się przygnieciona do ziemi. Wiem, łatwo się mówi, ale trudniej zrobić. Przecież znacie się tyle lat! Albo to w końcu rodzina. Wtedy zawsze możesz ograniczyć kontakty, albo spotykać się w większym gronie. Pamiętaj, to Ty jesteś najważniejsza! 2. Otwórz oczy Dobrzy ludzie są wśród nas, być może po prostu ich nie dostrzegasz? Zastanów się, przy kim czujesz, że promieniejesz i zamiast rozdrabniać się na wiele koleżanek ofiaruj swój czas tym, które na prawdę są tego warte. 3. Zadbaj o równowagę Pamiętaj, aby znajomość była udana, w długim terminie powinnaś tyle samo dawać z siebie co dostajesz. Troski, ciepła i pozytywnego nastawienia do życia. Tego można się nauczyć! Pamiętaj, że każdy związek z drugą osobą trzeba pielęgnować. 4. Poszukaj… Jeśli wciąż brakuje Ci bratniej duszy czy osób, które są ulepione z tej samej gliny co Ty, zawsze możesz wyruszyć na ich poszukiwania. Gdy na macierzyńskim czułam się dość samotnie dodałam się do kilku grup na facebooku i bratnią duszę znalazłam na jednym z nich, a gdy okazało się, że mieszka ode mnie 30 minut spacerem, nie mogłam być szczęśliwsza. Lubię też czytać blogi osób, które myślą podobnie jak ja, a dzięki komentarzom poznaję kolejne i kolejne miejsca, gdzie mogę znaleźć ukojenie. A jak jest u Ciebie? Masz porządek w swoich kontaktach?
- [Morska stylizacja dla chłopca](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morska-stylizacja-dla-chlopca/): Uwielbiam leniwe niedziele… spacer nad morzem to nasz rytuał, a teraz dołączył do niego jeszcze jeden przystanek – nadmorski plac zabaw dla dzieci. Już wiem, dlaczego rodzice tak uwielbiają place zabaw i w ogóle im się nie dziwię. Bardzo spodobała Wam się nasza pierwsza stylizacja dla małego chłopca, więc ja z przyjemnością przygotowałam dla Was kolejną. To byłą na prawdę wyjątkowa niedziela… po prostu nas troje. Wszystko. Wiecie co uwielbiam w tych zdjęciach? Jak każde kolejne malowane jest światłem na coraz cieplejsze kolory… uwielbiam zdjęcia o zachodzie słońca. A Wam?    W zdjęciach udział wzięli: Mikołaj: chinosy – F&F | body – Carter’s | marynarka: HM | buty – ZARA baby | kapelusz – MEXX
- [Idą święta - mam dla Was cudowne rozdanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/ida-swieta-mam-dla-was-cudowne-rozdanie/): Uwielbiam mojego bloga – a to wszystko dzięki Wam. Idą święta, więc myśląc o prezentach które położę pod choinką, nie mogłam więc zapomnieć właśnie o Was. Dlatego przygotowałam to rozdanie, a w nim wyjątkowy świąteczny prezent , o którym sama marzyłam w zeszłym roku. A co to takiego? Na zdjęciu mój, dla Was mam taki sam, zapakowany jeszcze w pudełko, a do niego pierwsza kasetka 10 wkładów, abyście od razu mogły cieszyć się tą fantastyczną zabawą – a przede wszystkim po to, aby uwiecznić swoją uśmiechniętą buzię 🙂 Polaroida zabieram ze sobą na większość spotkań w gronie przyjaciół i rodziny, niecały miesiąc temu był także na naszym ślubie, gdzie sprawdził się ja zawsze rewelacyjnie – jeszcze tego samego dnia mogliśmy cieszyć się albumem pełnym zdjęć (na te od fotografa trzeba było nieco dłużej poczekać). Kocham Polaroida za to, że nie ma powtórek. Za to, że każde zdjęcie jest jedyne i niepowtarzalne, wykonane z najwyższą starannością, w końcu jest tylko jedno. Niczym skarb. Świetnie oddaje emocje, można na nim robić notatki. Zdjęcia idealnie mieszczą się w portfelu – są bowiem rozmiaru karty kredytowej. Uwielbiam dawać je znajomym. Moja Mama ma kilka zawsze przy sobie. Koleżanki też. O tym wszystkim myślałam, gdy wybierałam świąteczny prezent dla Was. Jestem pewna, że Wam się spodoba. A teraz najważniejsze – jak można wziąć udział w rozdaniu? W rozdaniu można wziąć udział za pomocą fb i/lub bloga (jeśli weźmiesz udział w konkursie za pomocą zarówno bloga jak i fb – podwoisz swoje szanse na wygraną). Jeśli chcesz wziąć udział w rozdaniu za pomocą facebook’a: 1. polub mój profil Spod Kocyka 2. udostępnij grafikę konkursową na swoim profilu na facebook’u 3. zostaw komentarz pod tym postem z informacją, że bierzesz udział w konkursie za pomocą fb wraz z linkiem do swojego profilu Jeśli chcesz wziąć udział w konkursie za pomocą swojego bloga: 1. zamieść na swoim blogu banerek ze zdjęciem i linkiem do mojego bloga www.spodkocyka.pl 2. dodaj mojego bloga do bloglovin i obserwowanych (prawa kolumna na moim blogu – na samym dole), jeśli będziesz chciała mnie jeszcze odwiedzić 3. zostaw komentarz pod tym postem z informacją, że bierzesz udział w konkursie za pomocą swojego bloga oraz z linkiem do niego Wasze zgłoszenia będę przyjmowała do dnia 10 grudnia 2013, aby prezent na pewno dotarł na czas pod Waszą choinkę.
- [Polaroid trafi do.... czyli wyniki!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/polaroid-trafi-do-czyli-wyniki/): Nic dodać, nić ująć – już są! Najmocniej Was przepraszam, że wyłonienie Zwycięzcy tyle trwało, jednak ilość Waszych zgłoszeń przeszła moje najśmielsze oczekiwania. Miałam do wygenerowania (wiele z Was wzięło udział w konkursie na dwa możliwe sposoby, więc te zgłoszenia musiałam przygotować podwójnie), wydrukowania i wycięcia ponad pól tysiąca karteczek. Ale stało się – mamy szczęśliwego Zwycięzcę, a jest nim: Gratuluję i czekam na Twój kontakt!
- [Nowe rozdanie - muffinkowe kubeczki!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nowe-rozdanie-muffinkowe-kubeczki/): Tak jak obiecałam, mam dla Was kolejną niespodziankę – dwa muffinkowe, pozytywne kubeczki do rozdania! W konkursie będzie można wziąć udział za pomocą fb lub bloga, a wśród uczestników z każdej z grup wylosuję jednego Zwycięzcę. Jeśli chcesz wziąć udział w konkursie za pomocą facebook’a: 1. polub mój profil Spod Kocyka 2. udostępnij konkursowe zdjęcie na swoim profilu 3. zostaw komentarz pod tym postem z informacją, że bierzesz udział w konkursie za pomocą fb oraz napisz, który kubeczek chciałabyś wylosować Jeśli chcesz wziąć udział w konkursie za pomocą swojego bloga: 1. zamieść na swoim blogu banerek ze zdjęciem i linkiem do mojego Bloga http://www.spodkocyka.blogspot.com 2. dodaj mojego bloga do obserwowanych, jeśli będziesz chciała mnie jeszcze odwiedzić 3. zostaw komentarz pod tym postem z informacją, że bierzesz udział w konkursie za pomocą swojego bloga oraz z linkiem do niego oraz napisz, który kubeczek chciałabyś wylosować Rozdanie trwa trzy tygodnie, a więc do końca dnia 2013.05.15. Życzę powodzenia 🙂
- [Morskie rozdanie - wyniki już są :)](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morskie-rozdanie-wyniki-juz-sa/): Dziękuję za wszystkie wakacyjne życzenia – musiały pomóc, gdyż przez 6 dni w 99% nie zajmowałam się pracą! A teraz pora na wyczekiwane wyniki mojego pierwszego rozdania: Mysza! Serdecznie gratuluję – Danuto, czekam na Twój adres, na który będę mogła wysłać nagrody.   A Was wszystkich zapraszam na moje drugie, obiecane rozdanie, jestem pewna, że Wam się spodoba 🙂 Opublikuję je najpóźniej jutro. Miłego poniedziałku 🙂
- [Morskie rozdanie Spod kocyka | do 10 kwietnia 2013](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/morskie-rozdanie-spod-kocyka-do-10/): Postanowiłam się przywitać 🙂 Na tę okazję przygotowałam dla Was moje pierwsze Candy – a w nim do wygrania: Latarenka + 2 świece z podstawką + ramka Zasady mojego ROZDANIA są oczywiście bardzo proste: 1. Zamieść u siebie na blogu banerek ze zdjęciem i linkiem do mojego Bloga 2. Zostaw komentarz pod tym postem 3. Dodaj mojego bloga do obserwowanych (prawa kolumna, drugie pole od góry) 4. Dla osób nie posiadających bloga – wraz z komentarzem, zostaw swojego maila 5. Zostań moim fanem na Facebooku i umieść informację o konkursie na swojej tablicy:) Zwycięzca zostanie wybrany drogą losowania. Candy trwa do 10 kwietnia 2013, a wyniki ogłoszę 12 kwietnia 2013. Życzę powodzenia i mam nadzieję, że Wam się podoba 🙂
- [Manicure hybrydowy w domu #2 - czego potrzebujemy?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/manicure-hybrydowy-w-domu-co-potrzebne/): Bardzo się cieszę, że urodowa tematyka również bardzo Wam się podoba. Lakiery hybrydowe stosuję od 3 czy 4 lat, więc cieszę się, że mogę podzielić się z Wami moim doświadczeniem. Manicure hybrydowy jest tak łatwy do samodzielnego wykonania, że traktuję go jak zwykły manicure. Na co dzień wykonuję go w domu, ale od czasu do czasu, gdy mam ochotę sprawić sobie przyjemność, udaję się do salonu kosmetycznego. Zaraz opowiem Wam o tym czego będziecie potrzebować, aby wykonać manicure hybrydowy w domu.   1. Lampa Moja pierwsza lampa UV miała tylko 1 żarówkę, ale niestety nie sposób było idealnie naświetlić w niej 5 palców na raz, musiałam więc osobno naświetlać kciuk co znacznie wydłużało cały zabieg. Dlatego zdecydowałam się na zakup lampy UV na 4 żarówki, podobną do takiej, którą widuję w salonach kosmetycznych. Postawiłam tutaj na niską cenę i kupiłam jedną z najtańszych chińskich lamp, wtedy kosztowała około 60 zł + koszty wysyłki, ale teraz widzę, że podobne są już dostępne za niecałe 40 zł + koszty wysyłki. Ważne było dla mnie, aby lampa miała: wysuwane dno, co jest bardzo wygodne przy wykonywaniu pedicure hybrydowego, jeśli ktoś ma ochotę, warto dać sobie taką możliwość timer 120 sekund Moja lampa UV wygląda tak: Lampę UV możecie zastąpić lampą LEDową, której czas naświetlania można skrócić podobno (ze 120 sekund przy lampie UV) do 20 sekund, co wpłynie na skrócenie czasu trwania zabiegu. Coraz częściej mówi się o tym, że promienie z lampy UV mogą działać negatywnie na skórę rąk – podobnie jak solarium. Pod uwagę oczywiście trzeba wziąć czas ekspozycji dłoni na takie światło, który przy regularnym stosowaniu wyniesie około 8 minut raz na 2 tygodnie. Dlatego w dłuższej perspektywie można pomyśleć o lampie LED, która niestety jest kilkukrotnie droższa. Ja już o niej myślę.   2. Lakiery hybrydowe Będą potrzebne: baza, tzw. base coat – mój wybór lakier hybrydowy, np. mój ulubiony pastelowy róż Cake Pop – mój wybór nabłyszczacz, tzw. top coat – mój wybór W pierwszym poście z serii manicure hybrydowy w domu napisałam Wam o tym, dlaczego zdecydowałam się na lakiery hybrydowe marki Shellac. Nie są najtańsze, ale absolutnie wydajne i po prawie dwóch latach wymieniłam bazę i top tylko dlatego, że były już dość gęste. Kupuję je tutaj i płacę za nie mniej więcej 65 zł za sztukę (zarówno za kolor jak i za bazę czy top coat).   3. Płyny odtłuszczacz, tzw. cleaner – dzięki niemu odtłuścicie paznokcie przed zabiegiem, a po nałożeniu i utwardzeniu nabłyszczacza za jego pomocą zmyjecie klejącą powłokę, tzw. warstwę dyspersyjną. Pierwszą butelkę cleaner’a miałam marki ACTIV, drugą VANITY i nie widzę pomiędzy nimi żadnej różnicy, wszystkie te preparaty bazują na alkoholu izopropylowym, cena to około 25 zł za 500 ml (starcza na około rok czasu regularnego stosowania) płyn na bazie acetonu, zwany na przykład Gel Remover – tutaj stosuję produkt firmy La Femme, dzięki któremu rozpuszczam lakier hybrydowy na paznokciach (ściągam lakier hybrydowy), cena to 29,99 zł za 500 ml (starcza na około rok czasu regularnego stosowania), a kupuję go na stendach w centrach handlowych.   4. Dodatkowe akcesoria waciki bezpyłowe – bardzo przydatne do odtłuszczania, dzięki nim na płytce paznokcia nie zostają żadne kłaczki, do kupienia są oczywiście w ww. sklepach internetowych za około 10 zł za 1000 sztuk, np. tutaj drewniane szpatułki do odsuwania skórek i/lub cążki, pilniczek, czyli wszystko z czego korzystacie przy normalnym manicure, ja korzystam jeszcze z żelu do skórek blok polerski – nie trzeba mieć, ale ja lubię z niego czasami skorzystać, aby po zdjęciu lakieru mieć idealnie gładką płytkę albo czasami zmatowić płytkę. Piszę „zmatowić” a nie zedrzeć, podziurawić, nie używam do tego absolutnie żadnego pilniczka ani tym podobnych. Robię to bardzo delikatnie, z resztą przy wykonywaniu tradycyjnego manicure również stosuję blok polerski, aby lakier ładniej się prezentował. Blok taki powinien być jak najbardziej drobnoziarnisty, np. 180.   Ile więc musimy wydać aby zacząć przygodę i wykonywać manicure hybrydowy we własnym domu? lampa UV około 50 zł, 3 lakiery (baza, kolor i top) to cena maksymalnie 195 zł za produkty Shellac, ale jeśli zdecydujesz się na początek na tańsze odpowiedniki wydasz nawet kilka razy mniej płyny (cleaner i gel remover) za około 50 zł waciki bezpyłowe za około 10 zł Suma: 305 zł W Gdyni manicure hybrydowy lakierami firmy Shellac to koszt około 90-110 zł. A więc wykonując zabiegi regularnie co 2-3 tygodnie cała inwestycja zwraca mi się w niecałe 2 miesiące! A taki zestaw wystarczy Wam przynajmniej na rok regularnego stosowania, myślę, że nawet na dwa lata. Porównując tę wartość do kwoty, jaką wydawałam na regularne kupowanie lakierów do paznokci znanych marek, które wciąż ważyły się, smużyły i odpryskiwały, w odniesieniu długoterminowym mogę powiedzieć, że manicure hybrydowy to nie tylko oszczędność czasu (wykonuję go tylko raz na 2-3 tygodnie), ale i pieniędzy. W kolejnym poście napiszę Wam jak krok po kroku wykonać manicure hybrydowy w domu. Wiem, że wiele z Was już próbowało, wiele z Was chciałoby, ale boi się spróbować, piszcie mi o swoich doświadczeniach – kolejne posty będę mogła lepiej dopasować do Waszych oczekiwań w tym temacie.
- [Jak się nie spóźniać? Operacja organizacja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-sie-nie-spozniac-operacja-organizacja/): Punktualność nie jest niestety kompetencją, z którą się urodziłam. Szybko jednak wpadłam na to, że to umiejętność, którą ludzie chcący odnieść w życiu sukces po prostu muszą posiadać. Poznaj więc moje sprawdzone sposoby na walkę ze spóźnianiem, które przeszkadza w życiu zarówno spóźnialskim, jak i całemu ich otoczeniu. Noś zegarek – na ręku Sama uległam wrażeniu, że zegarki są wszędzie – w telefonie, w komputerze, na piekarniku, w samochodzie i coraz rzadziej zakładałam swój zegarek na rękę. Ile razy zagapiłam się przez to w miejscu, gdzie zegarka akurat nie mam? Przy porannym układaniu włosów w łazience czy porannym makijażu przy sekretarzyku? Chyba z milion. Dlatego jedną z pierwszych czynności jakie wykonuję po umyciu włosów jest założenie zegarka. Nastaw budzik na różne pory w ciągu dnia Osobiście aby zdążyć do pracy muszę wstać o 6:00, o 6:15 wyjść z łazienki, do 6:25 zjeść śniadanie, do 6:40 się pomalować, do 6:55 wysuszyć włosy u w końcu o 7:00 wyjść z domu. Na strategiczne godziny jak 6:45 i 7:00 nastawiam sobie budziki i dzięki nim wiem, że minęła strategiczna pora, gdy powinnam zakończyć jedną czynność a zacząć kolejną. Oczywiście nie nastawiam ich codziennie, korzystam z aplikacji Alarm Clock Xtreme, gdzie to raz ustawiłam sobie budziki na wszystkie dni robocze. Nastaw budzik przed ważnym wyjściem Nie rzadko zdarza mi się „zasiedzieć” czy „zapracować”, dlatego na 15 minut przed ważnym wyjściem, na które nie mogę się spóźnić – czy to na cotygodniowe zajęcia muzyczne z dzieckiem czy na wizytę u dentysty raz na rok. W zależności od charakteru wyjścia ustawiam budziki cykliczne lub jednorazowe. Oblicz czas dojazdu Aby jak najlepiej oszacować czas dojazdu w dane miejsce korzystam z różnych stron czy aplikacji takich jak Mapy Google jeśli jadę samochodem czy Jak dojadę gdy poruszam się środkami transportu miejskiego – dzięki nim mogę najlepiej oszacować czas przejazdu i pomnożyć go odpowiednio do pory dnia przez własny mnożnik – taki mój margines błędu na nieprzewidziane korki czy szukanie miejsca do parkowania. W przypadku Google Maps jeśli mam możliwość to sprawdzam czas przejazdu w podobnej porze w jakiej będę musiała gdzieś dojechać – aplikacja ta uwzględnia natężenie ruchu, które pokaże inny czas przejazdu o 10 rano, a inny o 16. Stwórz listę codziennych niezbędników Ten punkt do mojego życia wdrożyła moja Mama. Bardzo często spóźniałam się dlatego, że tak się spieszyłam, że zapomniałam połowy rzeczy, po które musiałam się wracać. Dlatego stworzyłam sobie w głowie dwie kontrolne listy rzeczy, które muszę mieć wychodząc z domu. Prywatna lista: 1. zegarek 2. telefon 3. portfel 4. dowód rejestracyjny 5. klucze i kluczyki łącznie 5 rzeczy, jak 5 palców – moja Mama jest mistrzem skojarzeń i zawsze tak uczy mnie zapamiętywać cyfry. Służbowa lista: 1. zegarek 2. telefon 3. portfel 4. dowód rejestracyjny 5. klucze i kluczyki 6. laptop i ładowarka do laptopa 7. organizer łącznie 7 rzeczy, jak szczęśliwa siódemka A na koniec stwierdź, że aby zmienić swoje życie i walczyć ze złymi nałogami potrzebujesz nowy zegarek i idź na zakupy – tylko się nie spóźnij na autobus 😉 A jak jest u Was? Macie problem ze spóźnianiem się? Albo swoje sprawdzone sposoby jak poradzić sobie z dręczącym siebie i innych problemem spóźniania? Czekam na Wasze komentarze.
- [Ciążowy niezbędnik](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/niezbednik-przyszej-mamy/): Nie lubię określenia „ciężarówka” i chyba nad tematem tego postu myślałam najdłużej. Bo choć ciąża – szczególnie w ostatnich miesiącach to na prawdę spory ciężar – jest przecież taki słodki! No to zaczynamy – oto rzeczy, które zdecydowanie ułatwiają mi funkcjonowania w ciąży:   BEZPIECZEŃSTWO 1. Tummy Shield – adapter do pasów bezpieczeństwa dla kobiet w ciąży Na co dzień w samochodzie jestem na zmianę kierowcą i pasażerem, a mój rosnący brzuszek szybko uciskany był przez pas bezpieczeństwa, którego dolna część jak u każdej ciężarnej przebiegała idealnie na wysokości dziecka. Długo szukałam adapteru do pasa, który pozwoliłby poczuć się wygodnie i bezpiecznie. Odpadały te zapinane na zatrzaski czy wiązane na supeł, aż w końcu znalazłam ten – ciężki, z metalowym zamocowaniem, które przebiega wzdłuż większej części siedziska. Początkowo próbowała odstraszyć mnie jego dość wysoka cena – około 330 zł, ale okazało się, że w niektórych sklepach np. „Mama i Ja” można je wypożyczyć w cenie 30 zł miesięcznie – wtedy zdecydowaliśmy się na niego od razu, czyli pod koniec 7 miesiąca ciąży i za jego użytkowanie zapłacimy tylko 60 zł. Uważam, że to bardzo dobra cena jak za taką wygodę i bezpieczeństwo, jakie obiecuje Poruszę przy okazji jeszcze jedną bardzo ważną kwestię – choć przepisy kodeksu drogowego pozwalają kobietom w ciąży na niezapinanie pasów, nie korzystałam z tego przywileju nawet jeśli nie dysponowałam specjalnym adapterem dla kobiet w ciąży. Bez zapiętych pasów bezpieczeństwa nawet przy niewielkim wypadku jest ogromne prawdopodobieństwo, że wypadniemy przez okno, a Dziecko do tego, aby żyć przede wszystkim potrzebuje nas! PIELĘGNACJA 2. Bio Oil – uniwersalny olejek do ciała i twarzy Gdy zapytałam moją koleżankę, która od 12 lat mieszka w Niemczech, jaki specyfik poradziłaby mi na rozstępy w ciąży odpowiedziała, że w Niemczech kobiety nie mają rozstępów, bo mają Bio Oil. Musiałam kupić i od 6-7 miesiąca stosuję codziennie. Teraz jestem w 9 miesiącu, a rozstępów na całym ciele mam dosłownie kilka i wiecie kiedy mi się zrobiły? Pewnego dnia wróciłam do domu tak zmęczona, że nie miałam siły na żadne smarowanie tylko po szybkim prysznicu pognałam spać. Na drugi dzień pokazywałam brzuszek mojej Mamie, a z nim już kilka drobnych pęknięć na skórze. Może to przypadek, a może nie, ale od tamtej pory nie ma „Dnia Dziecka” – smaruję się choćby na leżąco. Minus tego specyfiku? To jednak olejek, który moim zdaniem jest zbyt ciężki na dzień, a więc na dzień stosuję coś innego. Warto kupić w taniej aptece cenie około 42 zł za 125 ml 3. TOŁPA dermo body,mum., S.O.S. krem wzmacniający przeciw rozstępom A to moja alternatywa dla olejku do stosowania na dzień, czy jak a to mówię „pod ciuchy”. Nie ma intensywnego zapachu, co w ciąży jest dla mnie bardzo ważne, nie klei się do ubrań, a ja nie mogę narzekać na stan swojej skóry, więc jestem zadowolona. Warto kupić np. Super-Pharm w promocyjnej cenie około 30 zł za opakowanie   WYGODA 4. Rajstopy dla kobiet w ciąży, np. Gatta Beauty W ciąży z widocznym już brzuszkiem tylko raz zdecydowałam się na zwykłe rajstopy, w których nie mogłam wytrzymać ani godziny. Naciągnięte wysoko na brzuszek za bardzo go uciskały, a pod brzuszkiem od razu rolowały się w dół, więc weszłam do pierwszego lepszego sklepu po rajstopy dedykowane kobietom w ciąży, przymierzyłam i kupiłam 3 pary Gatta Beauty dedykowanych dla kobiet w ciąży. Jedyne zastrzeżenie mam do szwu, który przechodzi prze środek brzuszka, mógłby być zdecydowanie delikatniejszy, gdyż w obecnej formie jak dla mnie za bardzo odznacza się pod odzieżą. Ale i tak to dużo lepsze rozwiązanie niż zwykłe rajtki! Do kupienia m.in. w salonach firmowych Gatta   5. Poduszka do spania dla kobiet w ciąży, np. Motherhood Początkowo słabo się dogadywałyśmy, albo po prostu nie umiałam się na niej prawidłowo ułożyć. Gdy zabrałam ją z sobą na 2 tygodnie do szpitala na patologię ciąży jeden z lekarzy zwrócił mi uwagę, abym śpiąc na tej poduszce starała się utrzymać biodro prawe, poduszkę i biodro lewe w pionowym położeniu i podobnie z ramieniem prawym, poduszką i ramieniem lewym. Odkąd prawidłowo się na niej układam, nie wyobrażam sobie bez niej spania czy wypoczywania. Dodatkowo można w niej także wygodnie przesiadywać, oplatając się nią naokoło. To zdecydowanie mój faworyt na liście ciążowych niezbędników. Jestem ciekawa, czy przyda mi się także przy karmieniu. Do kupienia w sklepie internetowym w cenie około 125 zł, z możliwością bezpłatnego odbioru osobistego w większych miejscowościach   6. Puszka… Taka sobie puszka. Moja ciąża ma sporo komplikacji, więc ilość leków jakie przyjmuję jest również odpowiednia. Wszystkie trzymam w jednej puszce, aby nigdy nie szukać żadnego specyfiku. Mam tam więc wszystkie tabletki czy zestaw do robienia zastrzyków, dzięki czemu w każdej chwili gdy tylko potrzebuję dowolnego lekarstwa wiem, że tam je znajdę. W każdy poniedziałek uzupełniamy ją w ilości leków niezbędne na kolejny tydzień, a wyjeżdżając z domu po prostu zabieramy ją ze sobą. Kupiłam w Ikei w cenie 15,99 zł za dwie sztuki   7. Spodnie ciążowe O ile ciążowe bluzki kupiłam dla kaprysu, ciążowe spodnie są dla mnie absolutną koniecznością. Moje noszę już od 3 miesiąca ciąży, gdy tylko brzuszek zaczął robić się pełniejszy, aby nie mieć wyrzutów, że gniotę Maluszka w obcisłych rurkach. Postawiłam na neutralny, szary kolor, dość jasny, gdyż moja ciąża trwa głównie przez wiosnę i lato. Jeansowy, ponadczasowy i dość uniwersalny materiał pozwala mi tworzyć z nich zarówno sportowe jak i eleganckie stylizacje. Kupiłam w H&M w cenie około 150 zł INFORMACJE 8. W oczekiwaniu na Dziecko Tę książkę dostałam od Siostry i bardzo podoba mi się, jak miesiąc po miesiącu, a nawet tydzień po tygodniu dokładnie opisuje wszystkie stadia rozwoju Maluszka, ale także odpowiada na ogrom pytań, które stawia sobie pewnie większość przyszłych mam. Nigdy nie miałam aspiracji by przeczytać ją od początku do końca niczym fascynującą powieść, traktuję ją bardziej jako encyklopedię czy poradnik w którym łatwo  mi wyszukać konkretne porady czy odpowiedzi na dręczące mnie pytania. Do kupienia np. w Empiku w wersji w miękkiej okładce w cenie około 46 zł   9. What to Expect – PREGNANCY – aplikacja na telefon A jak nie mam przy sobie książki, z przyjemnością czytam o rozwoju Dziecka w telefonie. Ta aplikacja po włączeniu zawsze pokazuje ile tygodni ma właśnie nasza ciąża, jakich mniej więcej rozmiarów i wagi jest nasza Dzidzia i porównuje ją do owocu oraz przekierowuje do opisu tygodnia ciąży, w którym aktualnie jesteśmy. Aplikacji dedykowanych dla kobiet w ciąży testowałam co najmniej ze cztery, ale ta na stałe zagościła w moim telefonie. Jest darmowa, niestety po angielsku.   10. 28dni.pl Czyli między innymi karta ciąży on-line, która ma wszystkie funkcje i parametry do zapisywania, jakich kobiecie w ciąży potrzeba. Na bieżąco zapisuję tam objawy ciąży, przyjmowane leki, wizyty lekarskie czy wyniki badań, a także wgrywam zdjęcia. To co jednak jest największą zaletą tego portalu to grupa Przyjaciółek, którą Użytkownicy tworzą wokół siebie. Przyjaciółki można wyszukiwać i zapraszać m.in. kierując się etapem ciąży, na którym są inne Użytkowniczki, dzięki czemu otaczają nas między innymi osoby na podobnym lub nawet dokładnie tym samym etapie ciąży, na którym my jesteśmy, a przecież nie ma to jak wymiana doświadczeń z osobami równie zainteresowanymi tematem jak my. Korzystanie z portalu jest przez pierwsze 30 dni bezpłatne, później płatne 6-11 zł miesięcznie w zależności od tego na jak długi okres czasu wykupimy abonament.   11. Parenting.pl W Tematycznych Portalach czy nawet w „fachowych” książkach spotkałam się już z wieloma idiotycznymi opisami poszczególnych tygodni ciąży i np. gdy w 10 tygodniu ciąży widziałam, jak moja Dzidzia szaleje na ekranie USG, a w książce czytałam, że pierwsze ruchy dziecka występują dopiero 2 tygodnie później, odkładałam je na bok. Podobnie było z portalami, a nawet gorzej. Parenting.pl to portal, który moim zdaniem najrzetelniej przedstawia informacje o przebiegu ciąży i rozwoju Maluszka więc jak chcę sprawdzić co będzie się działo u nas w Brzuszku w kolejnym tygodniu, wchodzę bezpośrednio tutaj. Korzystanie z portalu jest darmowe. To chyba wszystkie rzeczy (oprócz lodów i arbuzów) bez których w ciąży nie mogę się obejść. Wszystkie Was zachęcam do dzielenia się w komentarzach ciążowymi odkryciami Waszymi lub Waszych przyjaciółek, może zdążę się jeszcze na coś skusić 😉
- [Mój sposób na płaczące dziecko](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-sposob-na-placzace-dziecko/): Mam 30 lat (sic! jak to możliwe?) i nie wstydzę się tego, że czasami płaczę. Czasami jak jestem smutna, czasami jak jestem zawiedziona, zawsze, gdy ktoś kogo kocham odchodzi, czasami ze złości, a czasami tak po prostu, „bo mi się przelało”. Absolutnie za każdym razem gdy zdarza mi się płakać pomaga mi obecność drugiego człowieka. Im bliższego memu sercu tym lepiej. Czasami przytulenie, czasami złapanie za rękę, a najczęściej zwyczajne bycie obok działa jak najlepsze lekarstwo. Nawet jeśli nie uleczy problemu, pomoże. Po prostu. Dlatego jeśli moje Dziecko płacze, nie wyobrażam sobie udawać, że Go nie słyszę. Nie wyobrażam sobie kazać Mu czekać 3, 5 czy 7 minut na moją reakcję (choć wiele książek o dzieciach podaje to jako sprawdzoną receptę). Nie wyobrażam sobie kazać Mu się wypłakać. Zdrowe dzieci nie płaczą bez powodu „Z antropologicznego punktu widzenia krzyk małego dziecka służy do zasygnalizowania dorosłemu jakiejś potrzeby (głód, zimno, gorąco itd.) lub dyskomfortu (wrażenie opuszczenia, strach itd.).” Dzieci nie odczuwają „potrzeby” płaczu. Nie płaczą więc po to, aby Cię wykorzystać, ani po to, aby Tobą manipulować. Płacz u dziecka nie powoduje wzmocnienia płuc. Dzieci nie mają potrzeby „wypłakania się”.* Dlaczego niemowlęta płaczą? Bo są głodne, bo mają brudną pieluszkę, bo coś je boli, bo są zmęczone, bo jest im za ciepło, bo jest im za zimno, bo się nudzą, bo muszą rozładować napięcie po pełnym emocji dniu, bo potrzebują Twojej bliskości… Zrozumienie tego pomogło nam przetrwać trudne momenty. Przygotowaliśmy sobie więc z Wojtkiem w punktach najważniejsze potrzeby każdego dziecka i nauczyliśmy się ich na pamięć, aby w sytuacjach płaczu, którego nie rozumieliśmy odhaczać po kolei wszystkie punkty na liście zadając sobie pytania: kiedy jadł? czy ma suchą pieluszkę? ile spał? czy nie jest mu za ciepło? czy nie jest mu za zimno? czy jest mu wygodnie?… Często wystarczyło zaspokoić jedną z powyższych potrzeb, ale równie często trzeba było szukać dalej. Nosić, tulić, bujać, śpiewać… w najtrudniejszych chwilach pomagała mi myśl, że żaden płacz nie trwa wiecznie, że choć nie znam jego przyczyny, nie zostawię Dziecka samego, nie pozwolę mu się wypłakać, tym bardziej w samotności… tak jak ja nie chciałabym rozpaczać w wiecznej samotności. A małe dzieci nie mają poczucia czasu! Dla nich to co teraz trwa wiecznie. Pierwszy raz sięgnęłam po chustę – zawsze miałam w planie spróbować chustonoszenia, a płaczliwe dni to był idealny moment. Nasze wybawienie. Zamotani, przytuleni, odczuwaliśmy ulgę oboje. Nie trzeba było zwykle więcej niż kilku minut aby Mikołaj się uspokoił i… zasnął. Motaliśmy oboje, Wojtek i ja. Gdy Mikołaj podrósł i zaczęliśmy korzystać z miękkiego azjatyckiego nosidełka mei-tai, motała także Babcia. Cudowny widok, jak osoba starszej daty (przepraszam Mamo) wierzy w Twoją intuicję, rezygnuje ze swoich przyzwyczajeń, przełamuje się i próbuje nowego, dla dobra Twojego Dziecka. Bliskość w każdej sytuacji, pewność, że żaden płacz nie pozostanie bez odpowiedzi dała nam cudowne owoce, na które musieliśmy czekać wiele miesięcy. Nasz Mikołaj jest bardzo uśmiechnięty, jest szczęśliwy, pełny zaufania, bardzo samodzielny. Nie jest rozpieszczony, wiecznie wiszący na rodzicach jak wiele osób nam wróżyło. Nie płacze bez powodu. Uwielbia gości, towarzystwo i nowe osoby, inne dzieci. Słowa „noś noś, a będziesz pół życia nosiła…” na szczęście się nie sprawdziły. Nosidło dalej pomaga nam czasami rozładować emocje po całym dniu, noszę wtedy Mikołaja po pokoju, a on zwykle już po kilku minutach zasypia lub sam daje mi znać, że już się „naprzytulał” oraz że jest gotowy iść do swojego łóżeczka, gdzie sam zasypia. Nie sprawdziły się proroctwa, że jak będę tak biegała na każde Jego zapłakanie, Dziecko będzie mnie wykorzystywać i mną manipulować. Mikołaj choć za kilka dni kończy dopiero roczek, od kilku miesięcy potrafi świetnie sam się sobą zająć, w większości sam zasypia i na pewno nie wymusza niczego płaczem. Choć czasami płacze, także jak go odłożę do łóżeczka to wiem, że mówi mi w ten sposób o swojej potrzebie. Wtedy go przytulam, albo głaszczę po pleckach, daję pić. Zawsze pomaga bo zawsze w końcu trafiam i zaspokajam jego potrzebę. Zdaję sobie sprawę, że nie tylko sposób opieki nad Maluszkiem, ale też jego naturalne, osobnicze usposobienie ma wpływ na jego osobowość. Jestem jednak pewna, że każde Dziecko rozwinie w sobie wszystko co ma najlepsze, jeśli będzie otoczone bliskością. Czuję, że dzięki temu, że od urodzenia odpowiadaliśmy na każdy płacz Mikołaja, On wie, że może nam ufać, że jak płacze zawsze przy nim będziemy, na wiele sposobów. Nie musi więc niczego wymuszać płaczem. Za nami trudne pierwsze miesiące, szczególnie pierwszych 5 miesięcy. Było dużo płaczu. Mikołaja i mojego. Po 24 godziny na dobę jako Rodzice byliśmy do Jego dyspozycji. Zmęczeni, niewyspani, ale zawsze gotowi ukoić każdy płacz. Nie za chwilę, nie za 3, 5 czy 7 minut, od razu. Płaczu było tyle, że zdarzało się, że przychodziły mi do głowy słowa, które wiele razy w życiu słyszałam: „niech się wypłacze” „płacze, bo ma taki kaprys” „płacze bo lubi” „płacze, bo tego widocznie potrzebuje” „nie leć od razu do niego, niech popłacze” „im więcej dziecko będzie płakało w dzieciństwie na Ciebie, tym Ty będziesz w życiu mniej płakała na dziecko” „daj mu zawsze płakać przez 5 minut zanim przyjdziesz, a z czasem będzie płakać coraz mniej”. Wtedy jednak zwykle sięgałam do książki Claude Didierjean-Jouveau „Nie płacz, maleństwo„. W trudnych momentach czytałam ją niemal na okrągło i zawsze odnajdywałam w sobie siłę. Uważam, że powinni je rozdawać w szpitalu każdej świeżo upieczonej Mamie. To z niej pochodzą cytaty w tym tekście oraz na jej podstawie napisałam akapity oznaczone (*). Co się bowiem dzieje z dzieckiem, na którego płacz rodzic nie reaguje? Siedzi obok i nic? Dziecko nie wie i nie rozumie, że on odlicza sobie jakieś minuty. Takie Dziecko uczy się, że jego wołanie pozostaje bez odpowiedzi. Traci zaufanie do Rodzica, przez co może stać się bardziej zaborcze, bardziej płaczliwe. Konsekwencji długofalowych może być znacznie więcej. „Czego uczymy dziecko, nie reagując na jego płacz? Uczymy je, żeby się po prostu „zamknęło”. Uczymy je poddawać się. Uczymy je nie ufac dorosłemu w kwestii zaspokajania jego potrzeb. Uczymy je, ogólnie, nie ufać innym.” „Krzyk to język”. To dzięki niemu Dziecko przyciąga uwagę rodzica, daje mu do zrozumienia, że coś jest nie tak, że czegoś potrzebuje. Rodzic jest natomiast „zaprogramowany”, żeby na krzyk Dziecka odpowiadać. Skąd o tym wiadomo? Krzyk dziecka wywołuje u dorosłego podwyższone ciśnienie, wzmaga potliwość, powoduje szybsze bicie serca czy napięcie mięśni. Rodzic naturalnie pragnie w takim momencie rozwiązać problem dziecka.* Tak stworzyła nas natura. Wsłuchujmy się w nią, słuchajmy naszego instynktu, odłóżmy na bok wszystkie „mądre rady” i żyjmy w zgodzie ze swoim dzieckiem. To mój sprawdzony przepis na szczęście i miłość. A jakie są Wasze sposoby na płaczącego Maluszka?
- [Sposoby na usypianie dziecka - 5 Tatowych sposobów](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sposoby-na-usypianie/): Dziś post męskim okiem, zatem będzie krótko i treściwie 🙂 I nie będzie bynajmniej o sposobach na spanie dla rodzica, bo tu na pewno zgodzicie się ze mną, że jest jeden sprawdzony sposób: iść spać! Ale miało być treściwie, ZATEM! W naszej rodzinie większość wieczornych rytuałów jak kąpiel i usypianie robię zwykle ja (TATA przyp. red.), zatem udało mi się wypracować kilka sposobów, które ułatwiają zasypianie naszemu Dziecku, a rodzicom wydłużają czas wolny wieczorem. 1. Pora spania Prawdopodobnie nie jest to zgodne z większością poczytnych publikacji parentingowych, ale u nas nie ma sztywnej pory pójścia spać. Generalnie jest to zakres pomiędzy godziną 18 a 21, który regulujemy poprzez obserwację zachowań Dziecka oraz tego, jak minął cały dzień. Jeśli był intensywny i nie było popołudniowej drzemki, z dużą dozą prawdopodobieństwa będzie to godzina 18-19. Jeśli popołudniowe spanie zaczęło się późno (np. o 16) to z pójściem spać bardziej celujemy w godzinę 19-20. Teraz najważniejsze – obserwacje: nie ma tu nic wyrafinowanego, ale staramy się zaczynać kąpiel gdy widzimy u Dziecka pierwsze objawy bycia śpiącym: tarcie oczu i marudzonko. Nie czekamy dłużej, bo „może dłużej pośpi rano”. To nam się to nie sprawdza. Zwykle taki zabieg kończyły się tym, że senna pora mija, a kolejna… przychodzi za 2 godziny? 2. Masaż Ten sposób był dla mnie intuicyjny, dopiero później przeczytałem, że jest taka „metoda” uspokajania Malca jak masaż uciskowy (np. dużą piłką). Tu również nie stosuję nic szczególnego jak na przykład „masaż Shantala”, ale zwykły instynktowny dotyk, uciskanie nóżek kawałek po kawałku, mocniejsze smeranie (od udka do stópek), ale bardzo powolne… czasem pogłaskanie po głowie  (też bardzo powolne!). Bardzo szybko uspokaja to Mikołaja, oczy od razu mu się kleją… oczy masażysty też, więc maksymalnie trwa to 2 minutki, żegnam się i wychodzę (nie żeby spał po tych dwóch minutkach), ale bardzo się wycisza. Druga tura masażu następuje gdy po moim wyjściu słyszę płacz. Zawsze wracam. 3. Kąpiel Mikołaj lubi się kąpać. Zwykle robiliśmy kąpiele w pełnym łazienkowym świetle, ale od pewnego czasu sprawdzam nową metodę. Mianowicie chodzi o kąpanie przy znacznie mniejszym oświetleniu. Dobrze sprawdzą się ściemniacze do oświetlenia lub osobne źródło światła jak lampka LED. Po takim rytuale (mimo, że również w pełnej imprezowej obstawie z zabawkami, szczoteczką i pastą) na przewijaku liczba ziewków się podwaja i zasypianie trwa znacznie krócej. 4. Szmatka U nas niestety nie zadziałał ten znany motyw z YouTube jak rodzic 5 razy posmyrał Dziecko pieluszką po twarzy i za 6tym zasnęło. Pieluszka pod brodą była dla nas ubezpieczeniem od zalania śpiochów, ale Mikołaj po jedzeniu zawsze się do niej przytulał. Tak już zostało i po jedzeniu pognieciona pieluszka jest nieodłącznym elementem zasypiania. 5. Pozycja Na początku usilnie staraliśmy się kłaść Dziecko w takiej pozycji jak nam wydawała się poprawna (głowa na podwyższeniu typu poduszka klin, przykryte nerki… blablabla). Od kiedy Mikołaj sprawnie kręci się w łóżeczku zauważyliśmy, że woli spać odkryty i w poprzek, więc słuchając rad naszych Mam „Na pewno pod łóżeczkiem jest żyła wodna i układa się tak, aby ją ominąć!” powiedziałem: WOW! genialnie! Małe przemeblowanie i przestawiliśmy łóżeczko w poprzek – w końcu czego nie zrobisz dla dDziecka aby ominęło żyłę wodną ;). Efekt był taki, że Mikołaj i tak spał… w poprzek! Chwilę później Mikołaj nauczył się siadać, wiec siadał mimo tego, że przewracał się na boki taki był śpiący, stawał nawet na głowie i robił jeszcze inne pozy. Szybko zauważyliśmy, że takie „kokoszenie się” nie trwa długo i po kilku minutach Mikołaj znajdował w końcu swoją najulubieńszą i najwygodniejsza pozę (np. w poprzek łózka, na kołdrze na plecach z głową w dół). Jak już dobrze uśnie to przestawiamy go na właściwie miejsce i tak już śpi całą noc. Przy obracaniu nigdy nam się nie obudził więc ryzyko tej operacji oceniamy na minimalne. (Nigdy nie robimy tego natomiast w trakcie dziennej drzemki, wtedy ryzyko obudzenia jest ogromne). Choć wiem, że nie ma jednej recepty dla każdego Malucha, wiem też, że warto spróbować różnych metod i wypracować swój plan działania. A jakie są Wasze sposoby na usypianie Dziecka? PS. Żeby nie być gołosłownym to kończę ten post o godzinie 20:07, a było to tak: 18:50 kąpiel 19:00 ubieranie do spania 19:05 jedzenie 19:10 mini masaż 19:15 zacząłem pisać post…
- [Czego nauczyłam się od mojej osobistej Madame Chic?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/organizacja-zasady-nauki/): Wzięcie udziału w wymianie studenckiej było niewątpliwie jedną z największych przygód mojego życia. To był 2006 rok, zanim jeszcze zapanowała absolutna moda na Paryż. Dając ogłoszenie, że szukam pracy jako au-pair nie wiedziałam, że zamieszkanie w paryskiej rodzinie w XVI dzielnicy Paryża tak bardzo zmieni mnie i moje życie. Dziś podzielę się z Wami 5 sposobami na organizację życia domowego, dzięki którym żyje nam się ładniej i lepiej.   1. Luksus na co dzień Moja Madame Chic nauczyła mnie fundować sobie codziennie porcję luksusu. Choć wielkie bukiety żywych ciętych kwiatów to niewątpliwie przejaw prawdziwego luksusu, niemal każdego stać na kilka, dosłownie kilka kwiatków. Aby nie wyglądały skromnie, wystarczy dopasować do nich równie drobny wazon, bo siła drzemie w odpowiednich proporcjach. A każdy stolik zyska na uroku i… luksusowym look’u.   2. Komplety Moja Madame Chic nauczyła mnie kompletować rzeczy codziennego użytku, a kolejne kupować już w kompletach oraz tak z nich korzystać. A tyczy się to na przykład tekstyliów takich jak pościele, ręczniki, ściereczki, artykułów dekoracyjnych takich jak świeczniki, wazony. A więc jak kupuję nowe poszewki na poduszki do salonu to albo kompletuję je z już posiadanymi poszewkami i kocami, albo kupuję nowy pełny zestaw kolorystyczny. Nie wyciągam już dla całej rodziny ręczników w 5 kolorach, aby się na pewno nie pomyliły, tylko dobieram kolory tak, aby pasowały do siebie. Nie łapię się już na zakupy pojedynczych ręczników, ściereczek czy podkładów, wolę poczekać, zaoszczędzić i kupić komplet, a jeśli nie chcę aby ręczniki się myliły, kupuję komplety rózniące się kolorystycznie o ton czy dwa (uwielbiam pod tym kątem sklepy typu Home&You). Tak samo składam je kompletami i korzystamy z nich kompletami. Jeśli kupuję ściereczki do naczyń to też więcej niż jedną, w tym samym stylu dobieram kuchenny ręczniczek do rąk czy nawet fartuszek i rękawice do pieczenia, a czasami i podkłady na stół w jadalni. Dzięki temu w domu panuje spójny design, a ja nie łapię się na promocje i zakupy w stylu poszewka za 10 zł czy ręcznik za 15 zł, bo dobrze wiem, że zakupy muszą być przemyślane. 3. Notatnik Moja Madame Chic nauczyła mnie, że w kuchni musi leżeć notatnik. A w nim zapisuję każdą rzecz, która skończy się w kuchni czy w domu. Dzięki temu każdy domownik udający się do sklepu na bieżąco wie, czego w domu brakuje. Bo dobra organizacja zakupów to podstawa. Innowacją, jaką wprowadziłam do systemu jest fotografowanie listy i przechowywanie jej w telefonie, aby mieć ją przy sobie czy łatwo przesłać. 4. Przygotowanie Kto z nas nie lubi hotelowych śniadań? Dzięki wieczornym przygotowaniom sami możemy zafundować sobie poranny luksus. Rano każda minuta jest na wagę złota, warto więc więc wieczorem przygotować sobie wszystko, z czego rano korzystamy. I nie tylko będą to ubrania na rano, ale filiżanka na poranną kawę postawiona na tacy, na bawełnianej serwetce, obok talerzyka i widelca. Wystawienie ulubionych płatków śniadaniowych, przygotowanie szklanki na wodę i cytryny obok, suplementów czy wsadzenie czystego filtra do kawy. Dzięki temu rano możemy poczuć się na prawdę wyjątkowo. I tak oto moja Madame Chic nauczyła mnie przygotowywać co wieczór kuchnię na cudowny poranek. 5. Ruchome schody? Winda? Nie, dziękuję! Moja Madame Chic nauczyła mnie… chodzenia! Do sklepu 15 minut drogi? W sam raz na cudowny spacer. Nie ma wolnych miejsc? Na końcu parkingu zawsze są, a my wykradamy z zabieganego dnia tych kilka cennych chwil tylko dla siebie. Coś jest bliżej niż kwadrans drogi od domu? Nie opłaca się wyjeżdżać samochodem, skoro można się przejść, spotkać ludzi, poruszać się, odetchnąć, obowiązkowo z uśmiechem na ustach, rzucając na prawo i lewo miłe spojrzenia. O tym jak radzę sobie z motywacją do chodzenia możecie przeczytać tutaj. Nie o wszystkich tych naukach pamiętam na co dzień, więc chętnie przypomnę sobie ich dużo więcej, dajcie tylko znać, że temat Wam się podoba, a z przyjemnością poprzypominam sobie więcej takich ciekawostek, a może także opowiem Wam o dziwactwach, które Francuzi myślą na nasz temat. Au revoir!
- [Jak odmienić łazienkę w jeden dzień?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-odmienic-azienke-w-jeden-dzien/): Mam dla Was 3 porady, które odmienią każdą łazienkę. 1.       Kosmetyki w koszyki Kosmetyki porozkładane na umywalce, wannie, pralce i łazienkowych pułkach w łazience zawsze tworzą efekt bałaganu. Wystarczy pochować je w różnej wielkości koszyki z tej samej serii. Od razu warto przydzielić osobny koszyk każdemu z domowników, dzięki temu zaoszczędzimy także czas podczas codziennej porannej i wieczornej pielęgnacji – zamiast szukać swoich kosmetyków po całej łazience, wystarczy wziąć z półki swój koszyk, a po zakończonej pielęgnacji wrzucić wszystkie kosmetyki z powrotem. U siebie zastosowaliśmy następujący podział: Żona: – z produktami do oczyszczania i pielęgnacji cery i skóry – a w nim kosmetyki, których używam codziennie po wyjściu z wanny czy prysznica – z produktami do kąpieli – szampon, żel pod prysznic i inne niezbędniki – artykułami do stylizacji włosów (pianka, lakier, suszarka i prostownica) Mąż: – jako, że mój mąż używa tylko kilku produktów jak maszynka do golenia czy dezodorant,  wszystkie mieszczą się w jednym koszyku, a te kąpielowe mieszkają w moim. A po kąpieli, czesaniu czy makijażu wszystkie używane kosmetyki wrzucam do wybranego koszyczka i odstawiam na półkę, dzięki czemu zawsze wracam do posprzątanej łazienki, a niespodziewani goście w mojej łazience nie przyprawiają mnie o ból głowy. Taki sposób na przechowywanie kosmetyków przeniosłam także do sypialni, gdzie w sekretarzyku zawsze znajdę koszyki z: 1.  produktami do makijażu – korzystam z niego codziennie rano, a także przed większym wyjściem 2.  produktami do pielęgnacji dłoni i stóp 3.  rzadko używanymi kosmetykami do makijażu, aby na co dzień nie przeszukiwać sterty zbyt krzykliwych bądź przeznaczonych na inną porę roku kosmetyków   2.       Ładnie poskładane ręczniki Ręczniki w mojej szafie pogrupowałam kolorystycznie, a w łazience wyeksponowałam ładnie złożone ręczniki z tej samej grupy kolorystycznej, pasującej do kolorystyki łazienki. Nasza łazienka jest beżowo brązowa, więc świetnie sprawdziły się tutaj ręczniki w kolorach biały, beżowy, kremowy czy brązowy. Układam je od najjaśniejszego do najciemniejszego. Dzięki temu zawsze mam w łazience świeży ręcznik pod ręką, tak samo niespodziewani goście zawsze mogą skorzystać z czystych i pachnących ręczników 🙂 3.       Małe radości dla naszych gości Bardziej lub mniej niespodziewanie zostajesz u nas na noc? O nic się nie martw. W naszej łazience znajdziesz niezbędnik każdego gościa, a w nim m.in. oprócz wspomnianych czystych ręczników, nową szczoteczkę do zębów, pastę, mydełko, szampon, maszynkę do golenia – by każdy gość, nawet niespodziewany, mógł czuć się u nas czysto i świeżo. Wcale nie kupiłam tych wszystkich rzeczy – są to głównie darmowe mini produkty lub próbki kosmetyków. Tylko uwaga – warto gościnny koszyczek przejrzeć dokładnie raz w roku aby zużyć i uzupełnić kosmetyki, którym kończy się data ważności. A jak jest u Was w łazienkach?
- [Bardzo kobiece kąciki do pracy - home officce](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bardzo-kobiece-kaciki-do-pracy-home/): Bardzo pozytywnie nastrajają mnie miejsca do pracy utrzymane w sielskiej, romantycznej, artystycznej atmosferze, przygotowałam dla Was dzisiaj kilka moich ulubionych, może i Was zainspirują do przearanżowania swojego mniejsza pracy czy domowego biura, albo zwyczajnego miejsca, gdzie spędzacie czas przy komputerze. Typowe home officce, w którym możecie przyjmować Klientów, a siedząc przy biurku zachowacie z nimi kontakt wzrokowy:     Biurka przy ścianie – tylko Wasze, intymne miejsce:           I kilka pomysłów do bardzo małych powierzchni:           Idealnie byłoby mieć w pobliżu wygodne fotele lub kanapy, na których można by się zrelaksować…                     Mam nadzieję, że znaleźliście coś dla siebie, miłego dnia 🙂  
- [Szczęśliwa 7 po raz trzeci](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szczesliwa-siodemka/): Ciekawe czy ktoś z Was pamięta jeszcze tę serię postów na blogu? Postanowiłam, że najwyższy czas do niej wrócić, w końcu praktykowanie dostrzegania dobra jest takie ważne w życiu każdej osoby. W tej serii znajdziecie mix rzeczy, zdjęć i wspomnień, które w ostatnim czasie sprawiły mi mega radochę. Różnorodność będzie ogromna. Od tych całkiem drobnych, do całkiem sporych… 1. Kurs na Konsultanta Ślubnego Czuję się więcej niż zaszczycona, że organizuję Kursy na Konsultanta Ślubnego, na których mogę poznawać fantastycznych ludzi, których łączy ze mną wspólna pasja i zainteresowania. Za mną dwie edycje i do końca roku mam już zaplanowane terminy na kolejne. Ale to wszystko nie stałoby się, gdybym nie zebrała się na odwagę, nie spisała i nie zaczęła realizować mojej listy marzeń. 2. Franczyza Konsultanta Ślubnego To kolejne marzenie na mojej liście, które odkładałam z roku na rok. W końcu dokładnie 5 miesięcy temu napisałam w tym poście o tym, że zaczynam tworzyć sieć franczyzową. Do tej pory otworzyłam już dwa oddziały oraz prowadzę rozmowy w sprawie kolejnych, więc nie może być piękniej. Nasza dream team pięknie się rozrasta, a ja mam kolejną okazję, aby jutro odwiedzić piękny Kraków i nowe biuro Wytwórni Ślubów w samym centrum Starego Miasta. 3. Prezent niespodzianka Uwielbiam dostawać prezenty, a klasyczna, ponadczasową biżuteria jest na szczycie mojej listy… Te kolczyki z onyksem idealnie wpisują się w mój gust i miłość do czarno-białych dodatków. Uwielbiam, jak mąż mnie rozpieszcza… 4. Chrzciny Ten wielki dzień w życiu naszym i naszego Dziecka za nami. Mamy słuszne poczucie zrobienia czegoś bardzo ważnego i radość przepełnia nasze serca. 5. Wiosna Wiosna za oknem, wiosna w domu i wiosna w sercu. Coraz dłuższe dni i coraz więcej słońca sprawiają, że z dnia na dzień czuję się coraz szczęśliwsza. Tak po prostu. 6. Planowanie ogródka Nasz ogródek ma „całe” 36 m2, ale nawet nie wiecie jak bardzo się cieszę na otwarcie sezonu leżakowania! W zeszłym roku powitałam go z nogą w gipsie i czułam, jakby lata w ogóle nie było, dlatego w tym planuję coś zupełnie innego. Miejsce do wypoczynku, miejsce do zabawy, żywe kwiaty, bose stopy biegające się po równo skoszonej trawie (no z tym bieganiem może trochę przesadziłam) i dużo śmiechu. Do tej pory mamy samą trawę, ale najwyższy czas to zmienić! Na samą myśl serce mi się raduje i w weekendy marzę o wycieczce do marketu budowlanego. 7. Bujane krzesło Marzenie dla moich zmęczonych pleców. Czasami jak Mikusia męczy katar najlepiej zasypia mu się jak go kołyszę w ramionach i śpiewam ulubioną kołysankę. To bujane krzesło to mój najlepszy zakup ostatnich miesięcy! Jak Wam się podoba mój COME BACK do lekkich, lifestylowych postów? Ale przede wszystkim podzielcie się ze mną tym jaka jest Wasz szczęśliwa trójka, piątka czy siódemka?
- [W pułapce perfekcjonizmu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/perfekcjonizm/): Niezwykle łatwo jest wpaść w pułapkę perfekcjonizmu i stracić w życiu balans pomiędzy rodziną, domem, a pracą. Jak sobie z tym poradzić? Własną firmę założyłam w wieku 22 lat – wygrałam wtedy konkurs na najlepszy Biznes Plan i założyłam Portal PobieramySię. Mieszkałam jeszcze wtedy w rodzinnym domu, dziennie studiowałam, a wieczorami i w weekendy dorabiałam jako barmanka. W pierwszej kolejności zrezygnowałam pracy w restauracji i swój czas dzieliłam pomiędzy studia, kurs języka angielskiego, nową firmę, chłopaka, przyjaciół i rodzinę. Żyć nie umierać. Nie miałam innych zobowiązań – nie musiałam prowadzić domu, ani opiekować się dzieckiem, nie byłam odpowiedzialna za nikogo za wyłączeniem samej siebie. Zarwane noce, praca i nauka do rana to była moja specjalność, tym bardziej, że ambicja kazała mi wykorzystać dodatkowo potencjał uczelni i zwiększyć swoje „zarobki” dzięki nauce, a to za pomocą stypendium naukowego. To chyba wtedy najintensywniej zaczęłam rozwijać w sobie swój perfekcjonizm. Wyjazd na pół roku do Paryża i praca jako au pair w prawdziwej, paryskiej rodzinie niczym z książki „Madame Chic” tylko mnie w tym umocniła. Po latach stwierdzam, że łatwo jest być perfekcjonistą, jeśli konsekwencje tego ponosisz tylko Ty. Zarwane noce, podkrążone oczy, stres wydają się być nieodłącznym elementem życia młodego człowieka. Problem zaczyna się, gdy pojawiają się w naszym życiu osoby, za które jesteśmy odpowiedzialni: partner, mąż, dziecko, a może rodzic, którego chcemy lub musimy wspierać. Wtedy nasz perfekcjonizm zaczyna nas ograniczać. Zwykle szybko okazuje się, że dłużej tak się nie da. Że jeśli chcemy wykonywać wszystko to co do tej pory i to na takim samym poziomie jak do tej pory, prędzej czy później jakąś strefę naszego życia po prostu zawalamy. Doba się nie rozciągnie, a sił nam zwykle nie przybywa. Jakie są więc rozwiązania? 1. Rezygnacja z jakości – czyli robimy dalej to samo, ale niestety obniżamy jakość wszystkiego lub wielu rzeczy. 2. Rezygnacja z ilości – czyli dalej stawiamy na najwyższą jakość, ale rezygnujemy z części zadań/zajęć. 3. Rezygnacja z jakości i z ilości – a więc ustalenie priorytetów, na podstawie których możemy określić dziedziny, w których rezygnujemy z jakości oraz te, w których rezygnujemy z ilości. Nie da się ukryć – bardzo często, gdy w naszym życiu pojawia się rodzina, a tym bardziej dziecko, gdy pracujemy na etacie i chcemy rozwijać własną firmę, gdy chcemy iść na studia czy oddać się nowemu hobby, a wszystko to chcemy robić perfekcyjnie, prędzej czy później zweryfikować nasze dotychczasowe podejście do świata i ustalić nowe priorytety. Osobiście, gdy urodziłam dziecko i wróciłam do pracy odpowiedziałam sobie na kilka pytań: Jeśli w ciągu dnia do wyłącznej dyspozycji męża i dziecka mam 4 godziny to co chcę przez ten czas robić? Gotować obiad, sprzątać, odkurzać, utrzymywać dom w nieskazitelnym porządku czy bawić się, śmiać i spacerować? W weekend fruwać na szmacie czy pojechać na weekend za miasto, a dom ogarnąć jak Miki pójdzie spać? Jeśli w ciągu dnia do wyłącznej dyspozycji pracy w biurze mam 8 godzin to czy chcę dalej wszystko robić sama? Czy skupić się na tym, co pcha firmę do przodu? Czy na co dzień wolę dzielić mój wolny czas na osoby, w towarzystwie których czuję, że nie mogę być sobą, czy skupić się na tych, przy których czuję się na swoim miejscu? Jeśli wpadniesz do mnie na niezapowiedzianą kawę nie spodziewaj się ciasta w piekarniku i wypucowanych kątów, gdyż większość czasu, który kiedyś przeznaczałam na dom przeznaczam dzisiaj na rodzinę i na bloga. I wiesz co? Uwielbiam ten mój domowy nieperfekcjonizm, bo przypomina mi o tym, że mam ciekawsze rzeczy do robienia. Na przykład przeczytać Twój komentarz do tego posta i odpowiedzieć na niego 🙂
- [5 zdrowych nawyków, od których rozpoczęliśmy zmianę stylu życia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zdrowe-nawyki/): Jeszcze całkiem niedawno, zanim zaczęliśmy myśleć o powiększeniu rodziny jedliśmy absolutnie „byle jak”, żeby nie powiedzieć fatalnie! To myśl o Dziecku, a także choroba w naszej rodzinie sprawiła, że zdrowie stało się dla nas fundamentalną wartością. Dziś na temat jego profilaktyki i naturalnych metodach leczenia wiemy już całkiem sporo, ale pierwsze kroki były dla nas bardzo trudne. W związku z tym, że każda nawet najmniejsza zmiana, która ma nas przybliżyć do zdrowego trybu życia jest wspaniała, pokażę Wam tych 5, od których my zaczęliśmy naszą drogę. 5 zmian, których wprowadzenie przyszło nam bardzo łatwo, a od których nasz apetyt na zdrowie tylko się zaostrzył! Powitajcie nasze zdrowe nawyki! 1. Oleje Każdego dnia dbamy o to, aby przyjąć w naszej diecie porcję oleju kokosowego oraz słonecznikowego i lnianego – tych dwóch ostatnich na zimno. A to wszystko po to aby niedrogo zapewnić sobie odpowiednią ilość kwasów Omega. Oczywiście oleje te muszą być nierafinowane czyli nieoczyszczone. I wtedy olej lniany uzupełnia naszą dietę w kwasy omega 3, a olej słonecznikowy w kwasy omega 6. uzupełnieniem diety w kwasy tłuszczowe z rodziny omega 3. 2. Smażenie Czy wiecie, że zdrowo smażyć można tylko na oleju kokosowym, maśle klarowanym lub smalcu? I my smażymy tylko na tym, a oleje i oliwę z oliwek stosujemy tylko na zimno. Dlaczego?  Olej lniany czy słonecznikowy ma w sobie bardzo dużo kwasów wielonienasyconych, które w wysokich temperaturach ulegają bardzo niekorzystnym przemianom, w efekcie których powstają niebezpieczne dla zdrowia związki. Dlatego wszystkie oleje – oprócz kokosowego – spożywamy wyłącznie na zimno (na surowo). Także masło w pełnej postaci nie nadaje się do smażenia, ale klarowane jak najbardziej. Jajecznica na takim masełku jest taka pyszna! 3. Chleb Kto nie lubi zapachu ciepłego chleba? Niestety smażone na miejscu pieczywo, którym kuszą nas liczne markety, jest zwykle produktem głeboko mrożonym, przechowywanym wiele tygodni, a nawet miesięcy w róznych warunkach, transporotwnym z najróżniejszych krajów i ze świeżym pieczywem nie ma zbyt wiele wspólnego. Dlatego my jemy niemal wyłacznie tylko chleb pieczony przez naszą Mamę. Mikołaj nigdy nie jadł innego. Ten cudowny przepis znajdziecie tutaj. 4. Czytanie etykiet na produktach spożywczych Nie sposób na raz nauczyć się tych wszystkich nazw zakazanych składników, które absolutnie nie powinny znajdować się w naszym jadłospisie, gdyż zamiast odżywiać – szkodzą. W związku z tym, że zmiana stylu życia na zdrowy nie może nas początkowo przytłoczyć, a każda zmiana w tym kierunku jest dobra, zdecydowaliśmy się na wybór 5 zakazanych składników na początek i są to: aspartam – nie chcę Was tu straszyć więc jeśli jesteście ciekawi, dlaczego mówię NIE temu składnikowi, możecie o tym sami przeczytać, na przykład tutaj „modyfikowana” – wystarczy jedno takie słowo na etykiecie, abym nie zaprosiła produktu do mojego koszyka, nie tylko ze względów zdrowotnych, ale przede wszystkim ideologicznych jestem przeciwna żywności modyfikowanej genetycznie, potocznie zwanej GMO. Czy wiecie, że plonów uzyskanych z takiej hodowli nie można zwykle samodzielnie rozmnażać? A więc rolnik hodujący taką żywność nie jest samowystarczalny? Nie może siać, zbierać i znów siać? Tylko musi KUPOWAĆ kolejne siewy? glutaminian – czyli tak zwany wzmacniacz smaku, który z neurologicznego puntu widzenia jest narkotykiem? Wywołuje uzależnienie? Więcej na ten temat przeczytacie tutaj syrop glukozowo-fruktozowy – choć zupełnie zbędny, jest niemal wszędzie, powoduje nie tylko otyłość, ale i cukrzycę, więcej na jego temat > klik proszek ziemniaczany zamiast świeżych ziemniaków, sproszkowane jaja zamiast świeżych jaj… niepełnowartościowe, przetworzone. Nie dziękuję. 5. Zdrowa przekąska  Ile razy zdarzyło mi się wyjść z przedłużającego się spotkania i zajechać do restauracji typu fast-food czy na stację benzynową po hot-doga. Przecież byłam taka głodna, że myślałam, że zemdleję! Teraz w takiej sytuacji otwieram torbę lub schowek w samochodzie i nie mam pretekstu, aby truć się jedzeniem smażonym w nieodpowiednich tłuszczach, ulepszaczami smaków i całą resztą. Choć przyznaję, że niektóre z tych „potraw” bardzo mi kiedyś smakowały, wiem, że tak na prawdę wygrywam. Nie tylko nie dokładam sobie toksycznych substancji, ale także nie zjadam tysiąca kalorii na raz. W temacie zdrowia nie jestem specjalistą, tylko „amatorem”, tym bardziej każdego dnia staram się poświęcić mu choć odrobinę uwagi i poszerzać swoją wiedzę. Kolejnym tematem, który zbliża nas do zdrowia są… badania lekarskie i odpowiednia suplementacja niedoborów, aby organizm działał w równowadze. Ale to już temat na inny dzień. A jakie są Wasze zdrowe nawyki? Chcielibyście coś do nich dodać?
- [Niania czy żłobek? czyli Mama wraca do pracy #2](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/babcia-niania-czy-zlobek/): Gdy Mama planuje powrót do pracy (o moim planowaniu mogliście przeczytać w moim pierwszym poście z tej serii, o tutaj) myślimy o 3 najpopularniejszych opcjach opieki dla naszego Maluszka: Babcia, Niania lub żłobek. Za półtorej miesiąca kończy się mój macierzyński i wracam do pracy na pół etatu. Przed nami najważniejsza decyzja z tym związana – jaką najlepszą opiekę zapewnić Dziecku? Dokonaliśmy subiektywnej oceny wszystkich 3 opcji. Opcja nr 1 Babcia Niestety, to nie jest nasza opcja. Żadna z Mikołajkowych Babć nie ma takiej możliwości bo albo jest aktywna zawodowo albo przeszkodą jest odległość. Opcja nr 2 i 3 czyli Żłobek czy Niania Zaufanie My osobiście o wiele większym zaufaniem darzymy instytucję żłobkową niż instytucję Niani czyli „obcej baby” w naszym domu. Dlaczego? W żłobku są inne dzieci, starsze, które już mówią i mogą opowiedzieć rodzicom o ewentualnych zaniedbaniach (mokre pieluszki, złe jedzenie, niemiła atmosfera, nie wspominając o szeroko rozumianej przemocy) Niania zostaje w naszym domu sam na sam z dzieckiem, roczne dziecko nie potrafi się poskarżyć, możemy jedynie je bacznie obserwować, ale ludzkie zdolności manipulacyjne nie znają granic, a dzieci są takie ufne… Niania ma także dostęp do naszego życia osobistego, a nie każdy będzie czuł się z tym komfortowo. Zabawa i nauka Chyba nikt nie ma wątpliwości, że nic nie zastąpi radosnej zabawy i kontaktu z rówieśnikami? Jeśli Dziecko nie ma problemów z nieśmiałością, na pewno doceni tych kilka godzin dziennie spędzonych w żłobku z rówieśnikami. Jeśli chodzi o naukę również uważamy, że w żłobku dziecko więcej się nauczy niż z Nianią w domu. I nie mam tutaj na myśli angielskiego tylko na przykład pracy w grupie, tolerancji, wzajemnej akceptacji. Wiele zabaw w grupie jest niemożliwych do odtworzenia w domu. No i te emocje… wydaje nam się, że niestety nawet najbardziej oddana i zaangażowana Niania ich nie zapewni. Jedzenie W żłobku jest jeden jadłospis dla wszystkich dzieci (możliwe są niewielkie modyfikacje), a więc jeśli Dziecko jest alergikiem lub silnym alergikiem zapewne okażę się, że moglibyście korzystać z 0-40% jedzenia, które oferują. Pozostałe musielibyście dostarczać sami. Czyli zarówno w wersji żłobkowej jak i zatrudnienia Niani dalej musielibyśmy gotować dla Dziecka, z tą różnicą, że w przypadku żłobka musielibyśmy przygotowywać dla Dziecka śniadanie i obiadek w domu dzień wcześniej. W przypadku Niani to byłyby jej obowiązki. Bezpieczeństwo Jeśli dziecko jest alergikiem pilnowanie diety i zasad wprowadzania nowych produktów jest dla Was szczególnie ważne. Nie można dopuszczać do żadnych błędów i trzeba mieć oczy naokoło głowy szczególnie od czasu, gdy Dziecko zaczęło wykazywać chęć jedzenia tego co wszyscy. Szczególnie niebezpieczne są sytuacje, w których alergiczne dziecko widzi inne dzieci jedzące i oczywiście w myśl zasady: u sąsiada trawa jest zawsze bardziej zielona, częstuje się jedzeniem innych. W domu Niania byłaby odpowiedzialna za przygotowywanie posiłków jednemu jedynemu dziecku, o wiele trudniej jest popełnić błąd. Drzemki Drzemka w żłobku jest jedna i zaczyna się o godzinie 12. Mikołaj natomiast wstaje codziennie koło godziny 5:30-7:30, a na pierwszą drzemkę udaje się pomiędzy 8 a 10 rano i trwa ona około 2 godzin, co zupełnie nie wpisuje się w żłobkowy rytm dnia i musielibyśmy go na siłę przestawić na nowy rytm. Plus widziany przez niektórych jest taki, że po powrocie do domu Mikołaj szedłby na drzemkę i miałabym szansę ugotować obiad czy zająć się blogiem. Tylko, że ja po pracy miałam wizję beztroskiej zabawy na trawie, a nie padnięte dziecko… ale okej, mogłabym przesunąć zabawę na trochę późniejszą godzinę. Decydując się na Nianię, która będzie przychodziła do nas do domu nie będziemy musieli niczego zmieniać w naturalnym rytmie naszego Dziecka. Chorowanie Chyba każdy Rodzic marzy o zdrowym dziecku, nam marzy się, że Mikołaj po dołączeniu do grupy żłobkowej byłby zawsze zdrowy i uśmiechnięty. Ale zewsząd spływają do nas wręcz przeciwne informacje. Podobno każde dziecko, które dołącza do grupy rówieśniczej musi się „wychorować”, czyli nabyć odporność poprzez kontakt z obcymi bakteriami i wirusami. A więc jeśli Dziecko dołączy do placówki w wieku żłobkowym, zacznie chorować w wieku około 1-2 lat, jeśli dołączy do placówki przedszkolnej czy szkolnej wiek ten odpowiednio się przesunie. Bez wątpienia im starsze Dziecko tym dojrzalszy ma układ odpornościowy i lepiej przechodzi choroby, które tym samym są dla niego mniejszym zagrożeniem. Podobno ogromny wzrost odporności u wszystkich dzieci związany właśnie z dojrzałością układu odpornościowego następuje po 3 roku życia. Jeśli zostawimy Dziecko w domu z Nianią, ten problem prawie nie wystąpi. Cena Mikołaj potrzebuje opieki na 5 godzin dziennie. Kosz prywatnego żłobka to 600 zł, koszt Niani w naszej okolicy czyli w dużym mieście to 1100-1320 zł miesięcznie (10-12 zł za godzinę). Tutaj każdy sam musi odpowiedzieć sobie na pytanie czy w ogóle ma wybór… czy opcja Niani w ogóle jest w jego zasięgu. „Oddajecie dziecko do żłobka?” Na prawo i lewo rozpowiadamy o naszych dylematach. Sama konstrukcja tego zadawanego nam pytania świadczy o negatywnym odbiorze instytucji żłobka przez znaczną część naszego społeczeństwa. Bardzo cenimy zdanie innych, ale lubimy też sami sprawdzać różne możliwości i wyrobić sobie zdanie na ich temat. Aby mieć pełne porównanie zdecydowaliśmy się odwiedzić lokalne punkty opieki dla Maluszków. W kolejnym poście z tej serii zdam Wam relację! i być może już odpowiemy sobie na pytanie niania czy żłobek? Macie dla nas jakieś wskazówki na co zwrócić uwagę podczas takiej wizyty w żłobku? Co byłoby dla Was ważne?
- [Jak było w żłobku? Mama wraca do pracy #3](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-bylo-w-zlobku/): Jak pisałam Wam w poście Niania czy żłobek? czyli Mama wraca do pracy #2 aby zdecydować, jaka forma opieki będzie najlepsza dla naszego Synka, musieliśmy sprawdzić te, które są dostępne. Postanowiliśmy więc niespodziewanie odwiedzić dwa okoliczne prywatne żłobki. Jak było? Wizyta w żłobku nr 1 Małe grupy do 15 osób. Brak wolnych miejsc (lista oczekujących). Na drzwiach wejściowych do żłobka przywitała nas kartka w stylu: UWAGA W PRZEDSZKOLU ZDIAGNOZOWANA SZKARLATYNA. Obserwuj swoje dziecko. Oki, nie wchodzimy, ale Pani Dyrektor, która właśnie współprowadziła zajęcia wyszła do nas porozmawiać. Sama z siebie opowiedziała nam o tym, że żłobek/przedszkole nastawione są na rozwój empatii, wspieranie naturalnej chęci rozwoju dzieci. Dla dzieci przewidziane są ciekawe zajęcia między innymi z filozofii, etyki, estetyki, kinezjologii edukacyjnej, metody dobrego startu, bajkoterapii, a także zabawy z językiem angielskim. Pochwaliła Mikołajka (a jakże!), że pięknie utrzymuje kontakt wzrokowy, że widać jaki jest zainteresowany światem, jak ma pięknie rozwinięte funkcje poznawcze… opowiedziała kilka pięknych historii i wrażliwości podopiecznych i wspieraniu jej przez placówkę i… w tym czasie wycałowała Mikołajkowi główkę i rączki. Czyli do przedszkola/żłobka mamy nie wchodzić, bo panuje szkarlatyna, ale dziecko 1 metr od drzwi dotykać i całować już można? Nie lubię jak zupełnie obcy ludzie dotykają moje Dziecko, nie wspomnę o całowaniu. Oczywiście nie mam żadnych obiekcji co do przytulania, dotykania i całowania przez bliskie nam i Dziecku osoby, także Panie opiekunki, jeśli obie strony (dziecko + opiekunka) tego w danym momencie potrzebują, ale tę Panią widzieliśmy po raz pierwszy i jak na razie ostatni. I na pewno było to przekroczenie naszych granic. Okazało się też, że ta placówka jest żłobkiem głównie z nazwy, gdyż przyjmuje najwcześniej 2-2,5 letnie Dzieci i to te samodzielne czyli przynajmniej póki co to nie jest miejsce dla nas. Dalsze zadawanie szczegółowych pytań nie miało więc sensu. Wizyta w żłobku nr 2 Placówka o wiele większa niż pierwsza, duży ogród, w którym akurat bawiły się Dzieci, a trzy Panie opiekunki ich doglądały. Tu również spotkała się z nami Pani Dyrektor i pokazała placówkę. To co przytłoczyło mnie na starcie to ogromne pomieszczenia. Czułam się tam jak na jakiejś dużej koloni czy na stołówce w szkole. W tej wielkiej sali w kącie stały łóżeczka dla najmniejszych, a żłobek deklarował zupełną otwartość na dzieci już powyżej 20 tygodnia życia. Brakowało mi w tej wizycie postawy prodziecięcej, opowieści o rozwoju, o nastawieniu na Dziecko i jego potrzeby. Tylko: tu sala, to aula, tu kuchnia, są jakieś pytania? Mimo wszystko nie było najgorzej, aż tu nagle zobaczyłam jadłospis. A w nim mało warzyw, pełno mleka (pewnie takiego zwykłego UHT), cukru, kakao… Okazało się, że Mikołaj mógłby jeść maksymalnie 0-20% dziennego menu, a rezygnacja z wyżywienia nie wpływałaby na obniżenie ceny za żłobek. Czyli za jedzenie i tak musielibyśmy płacić, jednocześnie donosząc drugie śniadanie i obiadek z domu. Mikołaj byłby na moment przyjęcia najmłodszym Dzieckiem w placówce, jedynym, które jeszcze nie chodzi. Ilość opiekunów 2 osoby na 16 dzieci. Choć jest to zgodne z przepisami, osobiście wydaje mi się, że przy takich Maluszkach to jednak troszkę za mało. I najważniejsze, czyli nasze obawy. Nie wydaje nam się, żeby przy 2 opiekunkach na 16 dzieci udało im się dać nam 100% gwarancję, że nasze Dziecko nie zje niczego z talerzyka kolegi, nie napije się kakao z sąsiedniego kubka czy butelki. Rodzice Dzieci z silną alergią dobrze wiedzą, jak to się może skończyć. Kolejnym krokiem, który utwierdził nas w decyzji odnośnie najlepszej opieki dla Dziecka był nasz pediatra. Po przeanalizowaniu wszystkich za i przeciw zdecydowaliśmy, że Mikołaj zostanie w domu do 3 roku życia, gdyż po osiągnięciu tego wieku w Dzieciach bardzo wzrasta naturalny poziom odporności. No i chorujący 3 latek to nie chorujący 11 miesięczny brzdąc. A więc… rozpoczęliśmy poszukiwania Niani! Jakie były? O tym w kolejnym poście z serii Mama wraca do pracy. Poprzednie możecie przeczytać tutaj. Wiem, że czyta nas wiele Mam z podobnymi dylematami, wiele z Was ma Maluszki w żłobkach, sporo zostało z Dzieckiem w domu, a niektóre zdecydowały się na Nianię. Podzielcie się swoimi doświadczeniami. Chcemy wiedzieć wszystko 😉
- [Kartka z kalendarza aktywnej Mamy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kartka-z-kalendarza-aktywnej-mamy/): Temat organizacji dnia aktywnej Mamy bardzo często przewija się w komentarzach na moim Blogu, Facebooku czy Instagramie. Dziś spisałam dla Was godzina po godzinie, a nawet kwadrans po kwadransie jak wygląda mój Dzień. Jesteście ciekawi, prawda? 5:45 dzwoni budzik 6:00 wciągam ciepłe kapcie, nakładam cieplutki szlafrok i udaję się do łazienki. Dzień zaczynam od ważenia się i wysłania wyników smsem do mojej Siostry – motywujemy się wzajemnie. Dalej myję włosy, nakładam na nie maskę i w czasie jej trzymania myję zęby, zakładam soczewki, przemywam twarz. Na koniec zmywam maskę z włosów. 6:15 zasiadam do malowania się, w tym czasie wstaje Wojtek i tak koło 6:30 przynosi mi ciepłą kawę i śniadanie – kocham Cię Mężu! 6:30 znów kierunek łazienka, suszenie i układanie włosów 6:45 kierunek sypialnia, ubieranie i szykowanie się do pracy, dojadanie śniadania, pakowanie laptopa, drugiego śniadania 6:55 przychodzi Niania 7:00 wyjazd do pracy 7:25 podrzucam Wojtka do pracy 7:30 parkuję pod moim biurem 7:35 jestem w biurze i zaczynam pracę 10:00 drugie śniadanie 12:30 kończę pracę, zbieram się do wyjścia do domu 12:35 wyjeżdżam do domu 13:00 jestem w domu 13:00-16:30 to czas tylko dla mnie i dla Mikołaja. Mikołaj jest już zawsze po drzemce i zazwyczaj po obiadku, a jeśli nie to obiadek jest już gotowy i czeka na podgrzanie. Mikołaj często potrafi tak zaangażować się w zabawę i zająć się sobą, że bez problemu udaje mi się wyciągnąć obiad z zamrażarki, wstawić ryż/kaszę, zrobić surówkę/sałatkę i szybki obiad gotowy. Często udaje mi się także wrzucić do sypialni czy pokoju Dziecka samojezdny odkurzacz i jeszcze posprzątać przy okazji 😉 chyba, że Miki ma gorszy dzień to towarzyszę mu na każdym kroku. 16:30-17:00 Wojtek wraca z pracy, wspólnie jemy obiad/podwieczorek, bawimy się, wygłupiamy 17:00-17:30 siadam do komputera, aby zobaczyć co wydarzyło się w ciągu drugiej części dnia, odpisuję na pilne maile i wiadomości, planuję zadania na wieczór 18:00 wracam do Mikołaja i Wojtka, staramy się bawić coraz ciszej i spokojniej, aby wyciszać Dziecko przed snem 18:30 gotujemy kaszkę z owocami na kolację, kąpiemy Maluszka, szykujemy mleczko (pomimo kolacji mleczko na noc musi być – rytuał) i kładziemy Mikusia spać 19:00 zwykle Mikołaj już śpi, a my ogarniamy dom (sprzątanie zabawek, ogarnianie kuchni, małe prace domowe) 19:30-20:00 siadamy z Wojtkiem do pracy przy jednym biurku, omawiamy biznesy i sprawy domowe, pracujemy, pomagamy sobie rozwiązywać problemy. Dużą część tego czasu poświęcam blogowi, piszę i planuję posty, odpowiadam na Wasze komentarze, maile. Pracujemy zwykle mniej więcej do godziny 23:00-24:00, jeśli skończymy wcześniej udajemy się do salonu i oglądamy jakiś serial lub parzymy sobie herbatę i rozmawiamy 24:00 staramy się być w łóżku, czytamy, rozmawiamy… o tej porze też zwykle budzi się Miki na nocne mleczko po raz pierwszy, drugi raz budzi się koło 4… zjada mleczko i od razu zasypia. Nie, nie da się oszukać wodą 😉 5:45 dzwoni budzik… To co widzicie powyżej to PLAN, a dobry plan to taki, który łatwo ulega modyfikacjom. Najczęstsze zmiany jakie u nas zachodzą to: rano razem z nami budzi się Mikołaj i wtedy dochodzi zmiana pieluszki, ubieranie. Angażujemy Go wtedy na zmianę w każdą czynność, na przykład zabieram go ze sobą do łazienki, Wojtek szykuje z Nim śniadanie i jak można się domyślić, wszystko potrafi się nieźle wydłużyć i o 7 biegamy po domu jak poparzeni Wojtek po pracy zamiast do domu jedzie na spotkania wieczorami to ja jadę na spotkania jedziemy z Mikim po Wojtka do pracy i idziemy na spacer na nasz ukochany Bulwar nie wstajemy punkt 6:00 tylko na przykład o 6:15 i… makijaż nie taki, włosy nie dosuszone, grzywka się źle układa, nie daj Bóg zapomnę spakować ładowarki do laptopa – raz mi się to już zdarzyło! Zastanawiam się, czy tego właśnie spodziewaliście się po moim dniu? 😉
- [Manicure hybrydowy w domu #1 - jaką markę lakierów wybrać?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/manicure-hybrydowy-w-domu-1-jaka-marke-lakierow-wybrac/): W pracy Konsultanta Ślubnego nienaganny manicure to podstawa. Jak mało co dłonie są naszą wizytówką każdego dnia, a w Dniu Ślubu często pojawiają się także na zdjęciach (zapinanie sukienki czy biżuterii, przypinanie butonierki) więc szczególnie ważne jest dla mnie, aby ich pielęgnacja nie była zbyt częsta, a dobry jej efekt pozostawał na długo. Dlatego zakochałam się w manicurze hybrydowym. Początkowo wykonywałam go w salonie kosmetycznym, ale w szczycie sezonu czasami nie miałam czasu się nawet umówić, dlatego szybko pomyślałam, że dobrym pomysłem będzie zainwestowanie we własne produkty, dzięki którym będę mogła wykonywać manicure hybrydowy w domu. Mocno przyłożyłam się do wyboru firmy, czytałam wiele opinii, oglądałam wiele zdjęć. Przy pierwszych zakupach zdecydowałam się na wybór chyba najpopularniejszej na świecie, tzw. „oryginalnej” hybrydy firmy CND Shellac. Z uwagi na dość wysoką cenę tych produktów szczególnie w porównaniu do konkurencyjnych, w późniejszym czasie próbowałam w domu o połowę tańszych hybryd firmy La Femme, ale niestety niższa jakość była odczuwalna, i tak jak manicure wykonany preparatami CND Shellac trzymał się bez odprysków zwykle nawet do 3 tygodni, tak ten wykonany produktami La Femme około 10 dni. Wykonałam nawet taki test i jedną rękę pomalowałam hybrydami Shellac, a drugą hybrydami La Famme i różnica w trwałości była bardzo widoczna. Mam więc dość eksperymentów, zostaję wierna lakierom firmy Shellac (choć nie mają takiego dużego wyboru kolorów jak konkurencyjne marki i nie wprowadzają tak szybko kolorów modnych w danym sezonie). Kolejną bardzo ważna różnica w użytkowaniu lakierów obu producentów jest widoczna przy ściąganiu hybryd. O ile hybryda Shellac bez problemu i całkowicie rozpuszcza się w acetonie, o tyle hybryda La Famme rozpuszcza się około dwa razy dłużej i niestety niezupełnie i wymaga zrywania ostrym narzędziem (używałam do rozpuszczania oryginalnych produktów tej samej firmy) a z zabiegu na zabieg płytka stawała się cieńsza i słabsza, a w efekcie paznokcie pomimo pokrycia hybrydą zaczęły się łamać i wyginać. Wystarczyło znów używanie lakierów Shellac przez kilka miesięcy, aby moje paznokcie znów odrosły mi zdrowe i mocniejsze paznokcie. Dodam, że niektóre hybrydowe lakiery, szczególnie te najtańsze, w ogóle nie rozpuszcają się w acetonie. Z taką sytuacją spotkałam się po jednej z wizyt w salonach kosmetycznych. gdy chciałam w domu zdjąć lakier okazało się, że jest zupełnie odporny na aceton i musiałam go spiłować pilniczkiem. Dlatego jeśli wybieracie się do salonu na manicure hybrydowy upewnijcie się, że produkty, które będą Wam nakładane można rozpuścić, aby nie niszczyć tak płytki paznokcia. Kolorystyka lakierów hybrydowych nie jest także bez znaczenia. Tutaj marka CND Shellac wypada moim zdaniem słabiej od konkurencji – ma stosunkową niewielką ilość kolorów, w tym dużo ciepłych czerwieni, brązów, a mało chłodnych róży, fioletów i pasteli. Marka ta też z opóźnieniem produkuje sezonowo modne kolory. Natomiast po hybrydze Shellac, którą stosowałam nieustannie przez ponad rok moje paznokcie były niemal nietknięte, wystarczało musnąć je blokiem polerskim, więc przymykam oko na tę słabszą moim zdaniem kolorystykę i zostaję przy Shellac. Na cały okres ciąży zaniechałam wykonywania manicure hybrydowego (chciałam uniknąć wdychania i moczenia dłoni w acetonie), ale po porodzie wróciłam do niego. Nawet jak czuję się zmęczona, to jak widzę nad ranem zadbane dłonie walczące z rzepami pieluszki jednorazowej, czuję się jakoś lepiej ze sobą. Mam taki rytuał, że raz na 2-3 tygodnie mówię do Wojtka, że „idę do kosmetyczki”. Szykuję sobie wtedy litry herbaty i ulubiony serial i spędzam babski wieczór. A jak marudzi, że znowu… to mówię: „Kochanie, właśnie zarabiam dla nas 110 zł” bo tyle kosztuje manicure Shellac w Gdyni. I już nie dyskutuje 😉 W kolejnym poście napiszę Wam o wszystkich produktach jakie musicie zakupić, aby wykonać w domu manicure hybrydowy. A jakie są Wasze doświadczenia z hybrydami?
- [Tak mieszka Rhi - Konsultantka Ślubna](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tak-mieszka-rhi-konsultantka-slubna/): Czasami inspirujące wnętrza to dla mnie za mało. Lubię wiedzieć kto w nich mieszka i kto odpowiada za ich charakter. Dlatego postanowiłam utworzyć cykl postów o wnętrzach, w których mieszkają osoby, których życie, praca czy twórczość są bliskie. Oczywiście nie mogłam nie zacząć od Rhiannon, pochodzącej z Kanady, mieszkającej w USA Konsultantki Ślubnej, właścicielki Hey Gorgeous Events. Poznajcie Rhi:                 Cudowny dom Rhi:                 I miejsce pracy, które nazywa swoją dziewczęcą jaskinią:             A to najnowsza odsłona biura Rhi:   zdjęcia: stylemepretty.com & http://www.heygorgeousevents.com/   Bez wątpienia mogłabym tutaj zamieszkać, gorzej z pracą – nie wiem jak odnalazłabym się bez wielkiego regału przy biurku, gdzie trzymam całą dokumentację dotyczącą ślubnych projektów, ale na pewno zaprosiłabym tu swoich Klientów. A jak Wam się podoba? A może zainspirowało Was do jakiś zmian? Zostawiam Was u Rhi… Miłego weekendu :*
- [Mood board czyli klimat dużego pokoju i poszukiwanie dodatków](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mood-board-czyli-klimat-duzego-pokoju-i/): Mieszkamy tutaj już od 3 lat, a wciąż nie udało mi się dokończyć urządzania mieszkania. Zbyt wiele rzeczy na raz mi się podoba, zbyt często zmienia mi się zdanie, dlatego wciąż zwlekałam… Jak jest? Fragment mojego dużego pokoju można było zobaczyć w moim poście o wiosennych porządkach. Pokój nie jest dokończony, a ja nie mogę zdecydować się, w jakim stylu chcę go wykończyć. Dzisiaj natomiast postanowiłam przygotować tzw. „mood board” – a więc kolaż zakupionych przeze mnie elementów wyposażenia, które narzucają już w pewnej mierze klimat tego pomieszczenia. Wybierając poszczególne przedmioty kierowałam się ich basicowym charakterem, podstawowe kolory to biel, czerń i szarość. A róż? Nie mogło go zabraknąć, gdyż od kilku lat najlepiej czuję się w jego otoczeniu, a jeśli za kilka kolejnych się to zmieni, wymienię zasłony i poduszki i będę mogła nadać wnętrzu zupełnie inny charakter i klimat.   Czego mi brakuje? – krzeseł przy okrągłym stole – dekoracji ścian – charakternych dodatków. Co kochamy? – muzykę – jak odtwarzacz płyt winylowych – dobry film – stąd duży tv – kolory – i kolorowe poduszki, które mogę zmieniać w zależności od nastroju czy pory roku – a przede wszystkim wspólne spędzanie wolnego czasu, stąd pomimo małego metrażu (pokój ten ma jedynie 16m2) zdecydowaliśmy się na rozkładany, tapicerowany narożnik, na którym układamy wiele poduch i (jak w nazwie bloga) kocyków. Jestem bardzo ciekawa – czy macie jakieś pomysły? Z przyjemnością zapoznam się z każdą Waszą propozycją 🙂
- [Wiosenne porządki i zwieńczenie dzieła](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wiosenne-porzadki-i-zwienczenie-dziea/): Chyba jednak wypoczęłam na urlopie, a może to wiosna? W każdym razie odnajduję w sobie niesamowite pokłady energii, nie tylko tej do pracy, której nigdy mi nie brakuje, ale do zwykłych codziennych spraw i obowiązków. Wiosenne porządki zakończone, wyzwanie „codziennie jedno pomieszczenie” zostało zwieńczone nową aranżacją mojego domowego biura (poprzednią aranżację przedstawiałam Wam tutaj), z którego nowego oblicza właśnie piszę… A na koniec wiosennych porządków postawiłam kropkę nad i – a więc świeże kwiaty na stole: Jutro rano w pełnym słońcu napiję się przy nich kawy, zaczytując się w książce – i pomyśleć, że jeszcze miesiąc temu miałam problemy ze wczesnym wstawaniem? Pięknego długiego weekendu Wam życzę, pamiętajcie o moim cukierku.
- [Szafkom nocnym dostanie się po lampce!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/juz-sa/): Od dłuższego czasu chodzą za mną dwie jednakowe lampy na stoliki nocne.Na ten moment na moim stoliku stoi śliczny, witrażowy prezent ślubny, a mąż zadowala się doczepiana lampką z IKEI. Na wstępie zrobiłam mały research na stronach internetowych 3 sklepów: IKEA, BRW i HOME&YOU.Oto propozycje, które rozważałam: 1. HOME&YOU – 299 PLN, 2. HOME&YOU – 99 PLN, 3. IKEA – 129,99 PLN, 4. BRW – 139 zł, 5. BRW – 109 PLN, 6. BRW – 79,99 PLN Przed zakupem postanowiłam zrobić sobie mały fotomontaż z lampkami najbliższymi mojemu… portfelowi, a więc tańszymi niż 150 zł za sztukę. Wizualizacje: Tyle było wybierania, a ostatecznie – sami zobaczcie:           Niestety, na żywo lampki z BRW, moje faworytki 79,99 zł okazały się bardzo tandetnie wykonane (krzywy i klejony klosz, niesymetryczna plastikowa kulka – ozdoba nogi, niskiej jakości lakier na podstawie, krzywo docięty klosz). Wybrałam się więc do starej i dobrej Ikei i wybrałam nudne i bezpieczne rozwiązanie – i jestem bardzo zadowolona. A jak Wam się podoba? Dobranoc!  
- [Szarość otulona miękkim fioletem...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szarosc-otulona-miekkim-fiolete/): Czasami natykam się na wnętrza, które poprawiają mi humor. Dzisiaj przedstawiam Wam duży pokój w moich ulubionych kolorach: biel, czerń, szarość, a wszystko to otulone miękkim fioletem. W zbliżonym do tego kierunku podąża chyba nasz pokój dzienny, nowoczesność połączona z romantyzmem, oczywiście u nas będzie więcej bibelotów…Póki co nie przekonuje mnie tylko oświetlenie, ale sofa, poduszki, koc, zasłony czy kącik jadalny bardzo lubię :)A jak Wam się tutaj podoba? Miłego poniedziałku 🙂   Zdjęcia: www.dekoratornia.tv
- [Biała kuchnia i amarantowe, żółte oraz niebieskie dodatki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biaa-kuchnia-i-amarantowe-zote-oraz/): Ta kuchnia nie daje mi spokoju… Biały, amarantowy, żółty i niebieski…  Amarantowy róg jest cudowny! Uwielbiam także te białe kafelki jak z paryskiej stacji metra… Zdjęcia pochodzą z tego pięknego, norweskiego bloga: http://jegerjonathan.blogspot.fr/search/label/kj%C3%B8kken   Jestem zakochana, a Wy?
- [Wiosenny balkon w bloku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/balkon-w-bloku-wnetrza/): Z jednej strony marzy mi się dom z ogródkiem w cichej okolicy, z drugiej kocham gwar miasta i to wszystko, co się w nim dzieje. Od kilku lat mieszkam w centrum dużego miasta, w okresie letnim staram się zorganizować sobie namiastkę ogródka na moim mikrym balkonie, jest dopiero maj, a więc jeszcze za wcześnie by zasadzić moje ulubione balkonowe surfinie, ale w tym roku zapowiada się to tak… Uwielbiam spędzać tutaj poranki, zanurzając się w magazynach, a także wieczory, gdy miasto idzie spać… A Wy? Macie balkony czy piękne ogródki? A może musicie zadowolić się jedynie parapetem – jak ja przez połowę studiów?
- [Tak mieszka Bradley Agather - modowa blogerka z Luella & June](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dzien-2-ulubiony-kolor/): Po prostu się zakochałam w mieszkaniu, jakie urządziła sobie Bradley Agather – modowa blogerka z Luella & June. Poczułam się, jakby ktoś urządził to miejsce specjalnie dla mnie. Zdjęcia wykonane przez  Kelsey Foster dla Glitter Guide Ciekawe, czy znajdą się wśród Was jakieś wielbicielE najróżniejszych odcieni różu, amarantu czy fioletu?
- [Tak mieszka Dorota Szelągowska, dziennikarka, pisarka, scenarzystka, projektantka wnętrz](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tak-mieszka-dorota-szelagowska/): Mój dom to biel, czerń i szarość. Dają mi poczucie harmonii, świetnie wśród nich odpoczywam. Ale to nie znaczy, że za kolorami nie tęsknię. Ale póki co żadne nie zamieszkały u mnie na dłużej. Zwykle to sezonowe zaproszenia. Natomiast tęsknię i łaknę ich ogromnie. Szczególnie różu, fioletu, niebieskiego czy cytryny. Stonowanych i przygaszonych, a także żywych i soczystych. Dziś chciałam Wam przestawić dom Doroty Szelągowskiej, który łączy moje ulubione podstawowe kolory czyli biel, czerń i szarość, z pięknymi i wyrazistymi barwami i wzorami. Piękne połączenie. Czapki z głów. Jeśli spodobały Wam się te wnętrza i macie ochotę wprowadzić więcej koloru do swoich 4 kątów, znalazłam dla Was kilka z powyższych artykułów dekoracyjnych: Ja już poukładałam na półkach książki kolorystycznie. A jakimi kolorami Wy lubicie się otaczać?
- [10 pomysłów na oryginalny stolik nocny](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/10-pomysow-na-stolik-nocny/): Każda przeprowadzka wyzwala we mnie dużą porcję kreatywnego myślenia. W związku z tym, że zazwyczaj przy zmianie miejsca zamieszkania nie można mieć wszystkiego na raz, czy to ze względów finansowych czy organizacyjnych (takich jak chociażby terminy realizacji zamówień w sklepach meblowych) wiele mebli jest organizowanych prowizorycznie. A jak stara zasada mówi: czego nie zrobisz na początku, tego nie zrobisz nigdy (na szczęście nie zawsze prawdziwa) w naszych mieszkaniach wiele mebli i przedmiotów znajduje niestandardowe zastosowanie. Tak było u nas między innymi w przypadku sypialni – łóżko stanowiło stos materacy (byłam w wysokiej ciąży i ważne było dla mnie, aby wygodnie czyli wysoko siadać i wstawać) a szafka nocna… no właśnie! Wymyślanie z czego mogę zaaranżować szafkę nocną skłoniło mnie do napisania tego zestawienia, czyli 10 pomysłów na szafkę nocną.   1. Taboret – dostępny niemal w każdym domu, a plamy po farbie malarskiej mogą dodatkowo nadać mu charakteru Foto credit: 1 2   2. Krzesło – przyniesione z piwnicy czy z wystawki, nowoczesne czy starodawne sprawdzi się rewelacyjnie, idealne narzędzie do wprowadzenia do sypialni dodatkowego koloru czy faktury Foto credit: 3 4 5   3. Półka – pionowa czy pozioma świetnie pozwoli zagospodarować nasze bibeloty, idealna do wąskich pomieszczeń lub takich, w których naokoło łózka jest za mało miejsca na stojące szafki nocne Photo credit: 6 7   4. Taca na postumencie – być może do tej pory świetnie sprawdzała się jako Wasz barek lub stolik kawowy, jako szafka nocna nie tylko będzie funkcjonalna, ale będzie też wspaniałą ozdobą Photo credit: 8 9   5. Stolik kawowy – idealnie wkomponuje się do niemal każdej sypialni, a do tego można go mieć już za 19,99 zł na przykład z Ikei Photo credit: 10 11   6. Kawał drewna – niepotrzebny pieniek czy inny solidny kawał natury Photo credit: 12 i 13   7. Komoda – jedno z moich ulubionych rozwiązań, choć niestety zajmuje najwięcej miejsca, pozwala jednak mieć wiele rzeczy pod ręką i łatwo zapanować nad bałaganem – rzeczy osobiste zamknięte są w szufladach Photo credit: 14 15   8. Zagłówek – kolejne idealne rozwiązanie do wąskich pomieszczeń Photo credit: 16 17   9. Magazyny i książki – jeśli przy okazji przeprowadzki zastanawiasz się co zrobić ze starymi magazynami odpowiedz sobie na pytanie, czy masz już stolik nocny, a jeśli nie, warto je do tego celu wykorzystać Photo credit: 18 i 19   10. I na koniec szafka nocna z prawdziwego zdarzenia Photo credit: 20 21 Photo credit: 22 23   W kolejnym poście z serii Wnętrza pokażę Wam jak ewoluował nasz stolik nocny. A które rozwiązanie Wam najbardziej się podoba? No i koniecznie napiszcie co służy Wam za stolik nocny.
- [Krzesełko do karmienia IKEA vs. PegPerego | Wyprawka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/krzeselko-do-karmienia-ikea-antilop-vs-pegperego/): Na Waszej wyprawkowej liście jest zapewne krzesełko do karmienia. Na co zwrócić uwagę przy wyborze krzesełka do karmienia? Które wybrać? Długo nie mogłam zabrać się do napisania tego postu gdyż ciężko jest porównywać dwa tak odmienne produkty, które wspólną właściwie to mają tylko nazwę. Wszystko pozostałe jest absolutnie inne: funkcjonalność, materiały użyte do wykonania, a także cena. Posiadamy dwa krzesełka do karmienia: Peg Perego Prima Pappa Zero 3 i IKEA ANTILOP z tacką i dmuchaną poduszką. Które jest lepsze? W odpowiedzi na to niełatwe pytanie niech pomoże nam poniższa tabelka: Krzesełko do karmienia: PegPerego Prima Pappa Zero3 IKEA ANTILOP Od kiedy: od urodzenia od kiedy dziecko zamodzielnie siedzi czyli około 5-7 miesięcy Regulacja wysokości: tak, 6 wysokości brak Regulacja oparcia: tak, 5 pozycji brak Zagłówek, oparcie dla głowy: tak nie Podnóżek: tak nie Regulacja podnóżka: tak – Materiał, z którego wykonane jest siedzisko: ekoskóra plastik, można dokupić dmuchaną poduszkę z poliestru Kolory: beż, pomarańcz, czerwień, zieleń, turkus, czarny biały (czerwonego już nie ma w sprzedaży) Tacka: dwuczęściowa jednoczęściowa Demontaż tacki: łatwy trudny Pasy bezpieczeństwa: 5 punktowe 3 punktowe Łatwość czyszczenia: średnia bardzo duża Kółeczka do przesuwania: tak, dwa brak Szybkie składanie w celu oszczędności miejsca: tak nie Cena: 509 zł 68,99 zł = 39 zł krzesełko + tacka 10 zł + poduszka i poszewka 19,99 zł Krzesełko PegPerego służy nam przede wszystkim do wspólnego  spędzania czasu. Kupiliśmy je kiedy Mikołaj miał 3 miesiące i był na tyle ciekawy świata, że nie chciał już za długo leżeć na podłodze czy na niskiej huśtawce / leżaczku, gdyż nie mógł wtedy dobrze obserwować jakże interesującego Go świata.  Pamiętam jak miał jakieś 2 miesiące i zawsze uspokajał się, gdy kładliśmy go na przewijaku – był wysoko, blisko nas, uśmiechnięty, zadowolony i zainteresowany, choć minutę wcześniej w łóżeczku czy na leżaczku bardzo się złościł. Wtedy postanowiłam pojechać do sklepu i wybrać wysoki fotelik do karmienia rozkładany niemal na płasko, odpowiedni dla takiego Maluszka. Zastanawialiśmy się pomiędzy Peg Perego Prima Pappa ZERO 3 a Chicco Polly Magic 3w1. Decyzja była bardzo trudna, ale ostatecznie przekonała nas niższa waga Peg Perego (czasami wykorzystywaliśmy go na dole w kuchni, a czasami na piętrze w pokoju), jego większa stabilność oraz to, że rozkładając się nie zachowuje się jak kubełek, tylko rozsuwa dając naprawdę wygodną pozycję takim Maluszkom. Choć w domu mieliśmy już krzesełko do karmienia ANTILOP z IKEI wiedziałam, że jeszcze przez kilka miesięcy przyda nam się inne rozwiązanie. Bardzo chciałam aby Mikołaj towarzyszył mi na przykład jak szykuję się rano w łazience, jak gotuję czy jak jemy obiad przy stole. I strasznie się cieszę, że je kupiłam, to krzesełko to był strzał w dziesiątkę!  Nagle mogłam w ciągu dnia ugotować obiad mając Maluszka przy sobie, który jest zainteresowany i bacznie obserwuje wszystko co robię, spędziliśmy wiele godzin w kuchni śpiewając piosenki, śmiejąc się,  mogliśmy „siedzieć” całą rodziną przy jednym stole. Pomimo wysokiej ceny uważam, że było warto. Żałowałam tylko, że tak późno je kupiłam. Gdy Miki rozpoczął przygodę z rozszerzeniem diety, a miał wtedy 6 miesięcy, okazało się,  że to strasznie brudna sprawa i że na tym etapie nauki jedzenia fotelik PegPerego gorzej się sprawdzał bo okazał się dość trudny w utrzymaniu czystości. Zblendowana marchew wpadała w zakamarki fotelika, który choć miał zupełnie zmywalną powierzchnię (ekoskóra) wymagał dość długiego czyszczenia po każdorazowym karmieniu. Wtedy postanowiłam na czas karmienia przesadzać Mikołaja do fotelika z IKEI. Jest mniejszy przez co wygodniejszy 01do samodzielnego jedzenia i idealny do umycia. Zdarzyło mi się już go nawet wsadzić całego pod prysznic! Moja rada? Oczywiście jak zawsze podkreślam, wszystko zależy od Waszych ograniczeń. Jeśli mocno ograniczają Was finanse polecam krzesełko z IKEI, które jednak przyda Wam się dopiero od około 6 miesiąca. Jeśli jesteście na etapie wyboru leżaczka dla Dziecka polecam dołożyć i kupić fotelik Peg Perego, do którego my montowaliśmy pałąk z zabawkami i pełnił funkcję właśnie leżaczka, a później dodatkowo wykorzystacie go jako fotelik do karmienia. Jeśli Wasz Maluszek już sam siedzi albo zaraz będzie, również polecam Wam krzesełko z Ikei – od dawna nie używamy funkcji pochylania oparcia, może będzie brakowało Wam podnóżka, ale można go „dorobić” samodzielnie. A jeśli nie ogranicza Was za bardzo ani budżet ani miejsce w domu, polecam Wam posiadanie tych dwóch krzesełek, szczególnie jeśli tak jak my mieszkacie na dwóch poziomach. U nas jedno stoi w łazience, a Miki i ja spędzamy poranki razem. Dajcie znać, które krzesełko do karmienia Wy byście wybrali? W komentarzach też napiszcie proszę o innych fotelikach, które się u Was sprawdziły – na pewno będą to cenne rady dla czytających nas Rodziców. Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o urządzaniu pokoju dla Dziecka: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik  2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik
- [Jak nie wrócić do formy sprzed ciąży???](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-odzyskac-sylwetke-i-forme-sprzed-ciazy/): Słowa wrócić do formy sprzed ciąży niewiele dla mnie znaczą… Dlaczego? Bardzo szybko wróciłam do wagi sprzed ciąży, właściwie kilka dni po powrocie z noworodkiem ze szpitala ważyłam tyle co przed ciążą. Niestety dla mnie nie jest to oznaką sukcesu. gdyż przez kilka lat przed ciążą regularnie przybywało mi kilogramów – życie na najwyższych obrotach, prowadzenie dwóch firm, głównie siedzący tryb pracy i stres sprawiły, że jadłam absolutnie nieregularnie, głównie na mieście, im szybciej tym lepiej. Szybciej oznaczało oczywiście zazwyczaj wrzucanie w siebie fastfood’ów i kalorycznych mrożonek. Na efekty takiego stylu życia nie musiałam długo czekać, tylko regularnie zmieniać garderobę… na większą. Przy wzroście 162 cm z rozmiaru 34 doszłam aż do rozmiaru 42! Próbowałam stosować różne diety, faszerowałam się suplementami, a waga szalała. Każda taka akcja kończyła się efektem jojo, a ja po kilku latach z drobnej dziewczyny o wadze 50 kg zmieniłam się w tęgą kobietę o wadze 66,7 kg! To jest prawie 17 kg na plusie (lub jak kto woli +33% 😉 )! To dlatego dla mnie słowa wrócić do formy sprzed ciąży niewiele znaczą. Absolutnie nie oznaczają figury, w której czuję się dobrze. Po ciąży korzystałam z cudownego wpływu hormonów i karmienia piersią, a dalej trzymając się zdrowego odżywiania postanowiłam zawalczyć o siebie.Jak się czułam w nowym rozmiarze 42 przy wzroście 162? Okropnie. Na myśl o wakacjach w ciepłych krajach robiło mi się słabo. Za to kopa dawały mi sukcesy zawodowe więc pracowałam coraz więcej i więcej, dbając o zdrowie i figurę coraz mniej. Brakowało mi motywacji i silnej woli. Dopiero myśl o przyszłym dziecku dała mi kopa pozytywnego myślenia i motywacji. Szykując się do ciąży zaczęłam przede wszystkim zdrowo się odżywiać i już wtedy zgubiłam pierwszych kilka kilogramów. Początki nie były takie trudne, aż w końcu to odpowiedzialność za nowe życie pozwoliła mi wytrwać w nowych postanowieniach. Teraz gdy mój Syn ma 8 miesięcy, a mi do powrotu do formy sprzed lat zostało do zgubienia jeszcze „tylko” 8 kilo (z nadmiarowych 17), nie mogę się poddać. Zrozumiałam, że za bardzo kocham swoje życie, aby traktować swoje ciało jak „śmietnik”. Stare nawyki wciąż próbują brać górę nad nowymi, wciąż nie lubię gotować, więc szybkie jedzenie oraz półprodukty są dla mnie bardzo kuszące. Co pomaga mi przetrwać? 1. Troska o własne zdrowie Od kiedy zapragnęłam być Mamą, zaczęłam interesować się co najlepszego mogę dać mojemu dziecku. Czytam etykiety, nie kupuję więc produktów zawierających GMO, wzmacniaczy smaku, wybieram te, które zawierają jak najmniej chemii spożywczej. Nie smażę na oliwce z oliwek czy na oleju słonecznikowym odkąd dowiedziałam się, że aby smażyć zdrowo wolno to robić tylko na maśle klarowanym, oleju kokosowym lub smalcu. Mam to szczęście, że cała moja rodzina zaczęła bardzo dbać o zdrowie. Bardzo pomaga nam w tym nasza Mama, która sama piecze dla nas chleb. Każdy dzień rozpoczynamy od wypicia łyżki mieszanki ekologicznych olei. 2. Małe dziecko Dokładnie tak! Małe dziecko to ruch. Planując nasze dni staram się jak najwięcej aktywnie przebywać z Synkiem na świeżym powietrzu, a długie spacery są ku temu najlepszą okazją. Włączam na nich aplikację Endomondo, aby na bieżąco śledzić swoje poczynania i motywować się. 3. Lepsze samopoczucie Najtrudniej jest zacząć. Ale nic nie daje takiej motywacji jak ubytek pierwszych kilogramów, rozmiar mniejsze ciuchy i fajniejszy obraz w lustrze. Poszukując motywacji do wytrwania w postanowieniach, za namową Przyjaciółki, zdecydowałam się zamówić sobie pewien bardzo osobisty gadżet. Jaki? Przedstawię go Wam już w poniedziałek! A jakie są Wasze sprawdzone sposoby na dbanie o figurę?
- [Mama wraca do pracy #1](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mama-wraca-do-pracy/): Pracuję od 18 roku życia, a własne czy rodzinne biznesy tworzę od 8 lat, praca daje mi ogromne spełnienie, radość, satysfakcję, ogrom przeżyć, ciągły rozwój, pozwala mi też spełniać wiele marzeń czy finansować część naszych domowych wydatków. Praca jest ogromną i wspaniałą częścią mojego życia, to też dzięki niej bez wątpienia jestem tym kim jestem i tu gdzie jestem, dlatego nawet nie zastanawiałam się, czy wrócę do pracy, tylko kiedy i na ile. I oczywiście przede wszystkim… jaką opiekę zapewnimy na ten czas Dziecku. Dałam nam rok. Mikusiowi i mi, rok tylko dla nas. No prawie tylko dla nas, bo oczywiście jest też miejsce dla Taty, rodziny, przyjaciół i znajomych. Na odrobinę pracy i troszkę bloga. Rok to dla jednych dużo, dla innych zdecydowanie za mało. Nam musi wystarczyć. Zrobiliśmy z Wojtkiem tabelkę zysków i strat, gdzie nasze plany i uczucia z nimi związane takie jak radość i stres, nakłady finansowe i potencjalne zyski przełożyliśmy na liczby i procenty w tabelce Excel i zdecydowaliśmy, które biznesy i pasje będziemy rozwijać dalej, a które plany czasowo zawiesimy. Decyzja podjęta – od października wracam do pracy na pół etatu. Mama wraca do pracy! Właściwie to słowa „wracam do pracy” jak się pilnuje rodzinnych interesów mają dość śmieszny wymiar. Chyba nie wyobrażacie sobie, że przez ostatnie 2 lata nic nie robiłam. Jednak doglądanie wszystkiego to nie to samo. Dlatego przez słowa wracam do pracy rozumiem to, że wracam do stałych godzin pracy, do większej ilości obowiązków, do nowej strategii, wracam do ludzi, do zarabiania, do wymyślania, do rozwijania, do biurowca w centrum miasta. Na 4 godziny dziennie + godzinę na dojazdy. A przez ten czas Miki musi mieć zapewnioną najlepszą opiekę. Stoimy właśnie przed wyborem: żłobek czy niania? Właśnie ważą się nasze dalsze losy, pewnie w ciągu kilku dni napiszę Wam więcej na ten temat, o tym jakie widzimy szanse i zagrożenia w każdej z tych opcji oraz ku czemu skłania się nasza decyzja. A Wy planujecie powrót do pracy? A może już wróciłyście? Po jakim czasie? Jaką opiekę zapewniłyście Dziecku? Liczę na Wasze głosy!
- [Mama jest offline!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mama-jest-offline/): To okropne uczucie jak z samego rana sprawdzę maila na telefonie i widzę świetną propozycję albo… problem. Nie potrafię już cieszyć się śniadaniem z mężem czy wygłupami z Mikołajem. Moje myśli krążą wokół otrzymanej oferty albo jestem nastawiona na na jak najszybsze rozwiązanie problemu. A co by było, gdybym aż do pójścia do pracy nie sprawdziła poczty? Spędziłabym cudowny poranek z moimi chłopakami, zrelaksowana pojechała do biura, sprawdziła pocztę i szybko odpisała na propozycję czy rozwiązała problematyczną sytuację. Maile firmowe, maile prywatne, telefony, smsy, komunikatory, Facebook, Instagram… większość z tych narzędzi jest niezbędna albo bardzo przyjemna w naszym codziennym życiu. Jednak ciągłe bycie online ma moim zdaniem więcej wad niż zalet. Rozdrabniamy się, niczego nie robimy tu i teraz i na 100%. Zabawa z Mikim nie jest taka fajna, jak ciągle brzęczy telefon, co chwilę przychodzi e-mail, wiadomość, a ja bardzo często zerkam, czy to aby nic bardzo ważnego. Bo wiecie jak to się zwykle kończy? Przerywam zabawę / prasowanie / gotowanie / czytanie / relaks, aby jak najszybciej załatwić daną sprawę, odpisać, przygotować ofertę, aby jak najszybciej jak najwięcej mieć z głowy. Coraz częściej próbuję tego nie robić od razu tylko wrócić do poprzedniego zajęcia i co? Myślami i tak jestem gdzie indziej. W głowie wymyślam cenniki, słowa układam w zdania, piszę maile, negocjuję, a w efekcie tego niczego nie robię na 100%. Czas to zmienić. Postanowiłam więc wprowadzić w moim życiu zarówno pory jak i strefy offline. Pory offline Poranek Potrzebuję około godziny, by od wstania z łózka wyszykować się do pracy. Tu nie ma już miejsca na Internet, maile czy Facebook’a. Jestem tylko ja i moja rodzina. Dzięki temu o wiele sprawniej wychodzę do pracy, pełna dobrego humoru i ciekawości co przyniesie dzień. Po pracy Nie po to po pracy biegnę na skrzydłach do domu, aby… znów pracować, być w kontakcie z całym światem. Do czasu powrotu Wojtka z pracy to czas tylko dla mnie i dla Dziecka. Przed snem Jak już wiecie, nie zaczynam dnia od Internetu. Nie kończę go też w ten sposób, a więc przynajmniej 30-60 minut przed snem staram się wyciszyć i zrelaksować z dala od migających ekranów. To czas na prysznic, książkę czy rozmowę. Strefy offline Sypialnia To miejsce, w którym śpimy we Trójkę. Nie ma tu miejsca na telewizor, a od niedawna także na urządzenia podłączone do Internetu. To nasza strefa ciszy, spokoju i relaksu, odpoczynku i wspólnych wygłupów. Pokój Dziecka Aby być z Nim na 100%. A jak to jest u Was? Telefon, laptop i tablet w wersji online są z Wami na okrągło? Od kiedy telefon pełni funkcję budzika, radia, komputera i przede wszystkim aparatu fotograficznego ciężko się nam bez niego obejść prawda? Jeśli tak, co sądzicie o moim rozwiązaniu? A może już dawno na to wpadliście?
- [Opaska Fitbit Flex - mój sposób na lepszą sylwetkę](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/opaska-fitbit-flex-zdrowie-sylwetka-recenzja/): Ostatnio opowiadałam Wam o tym, że postanowiłam zawalczyć o swoją figurę sprzed lat.  A dziś powiem Wam, co mi w tym pomaga! Nie kupiłam karnetu na siłownię, gdyż mając w domu kilkumiesięczne dziecko oraz mnóstwo spraw zawodowych nie jestem zwykle w stanie znaleźć czasu, aby zrobić porządne zakupy do naszej lodówki, a co dopiero wyrwać się minimum 2 razy w tygodniu na 3 godziny do fitness klubu. Nie jeżdżę na rowerze, gdyż Mikołaj ma dopiero 8 miesięcy i jest za mały, aby jeździć razem ze mną. Nie postanowiłam także znów jeździć na rolkach, gdyż nie jestem pewna swoich umiejętności na tyle, aby jednocześnie pchać wózek. Przyglądając się bliżej swojej aktywności doszłam do wniosku, że praca nad moją figura musi się wpisać w dzień pełnoetatowej Mamy, którą jestem na co dzień oraz businesswoman, która jestem, gdy dziecko i mąż chwilowo mi ta to pozwolą. Opaska Fitbit Flex okazała się więc dla mnie idealnym rozwiązaniem! Jaką bowiem aktywność już uprawiam regularnie, każdego jednego dnia? Chodzę! Chodzę z dzieckiem, chodzę z wózkiem, chodzę z mężem! Dzięki tej opasce, która przede wszystkim liczy moje kroki, planuję swoje dni tak, aby zwiększyć swoją bieżącą aktywność! Czy wiesz, że wg Światowej Organizacji Zdrowia idealne dla zdrowia i samopoczucia jest robienie minimum 10,000 kroków dziennie? Osoby o przeciętnej aktywności fizycznej wykonują pomiędzy 5,000 a 7,500 kroków dziennie, a te, które pokonują ponad 7,500 to osoby aktywne fizycznie! Podobno robiąc dziennie minimum 10,000 kroków możesz zapomnieć o dietach, siłowniach, a Twoja sylwetka będzie zbliżać się do ideału. Ile kroków robiłam ja? W dniu „biurowym” ledwo 2,000! W normalny dzień z dzieckiem średnio 4-7,000 kroków. Oczywiście do ich liczenia wystarczyłby mi zwykły krokomierz, jednak zdecydowałam się na opaskę Fitbit, gdyż dołączone do niej oprogramowanie, które mam zainstalowane w telefonie wykonuje dla mnie na bieżąco piękne podsumowania, a te liczby szalenie mnie motywują: – liczba kroków w danym dniu – ilość spalonych kalorii – ilość aktywnych minut w ciągu dnia. Dodatkowo Fitbit może monitorować nasz sen! To dzięki niemu dowiedziałam się, że podczas 5 godzin snu potrafię budzić się i wstawać do ząbkującego dziecka nawet kilkanaście razy! Rano nawet tego nie pamiętając. Do aplikacji Fitbit możemy także wprowadzać ilość wypitej w ciągu dnia wody, naszą wagę, poziom tłuszczu. Ustalać sobie cele i obserwować nasze postępy. Możemy ustawić także budzik, a opaska obudzi nas wibracjami. Nie obudzi jednak naszego śpiącego nieopodal dziecka. Czy męża. Cudownie! W aplikacji można także notować to co się zjadło aby dowiedzieć się, czy dla naszego poziomu aktywności to za dużo czy za mało. Jeszcze nie korzystam z tej funkcji, ale na pewno ją wypróbuję. Mój przykładowy dzień z Fitbit oraz podsumowanie tygodnia wyglądają następująco: A tak wygląda mój przykładowy sen – to był bardzo długi wieczór: Dodatkowo na opasce wyświetla się 5 diód – każda z nich odpowiada 2,000 zrobionym krokom. Gdy zrobię 10,000 opaska radośnie wibruje. Jak ja to kocham! Fitbit jest ze mną od miesiąca, a już widzę, jak bardzo zmieniło się moje życie! Dni planuję tak, aby być jak najbardziej i najdłużej aktywna! Jak? To proste! Na parkingu nie parkuję już najbliżej tylko jak się da wejścia do sklepu, drugi koniec nie jest mi straszny, zrobię kilkaset kroków! Zapomniałam zabrać z góry smoczka dla Mikołaja? Zamiast denerwować się na siebie jak kiedyś teraz to dla mnie żaden problem, z chęcią już po niego lecę! Wizyta w przychodni? Pakuję Mikołaja w wózek i idziemy na piechotę. Wyjazd do centrum? Coraz częściej organizuję wycieczkę autobusem! Albo jeśli tylko czas mi na to pozwala, parkuję poza ścisłym centrum, dodatkowo oszczędzając na biletach parkingowych wybierając parkingi już poza strefą płatnego parkowania. W biurze absolutnie nie korzystam z windy tylko już zawsze wybieram schody. A gdy wieczorem widzę, że do osiągnięcia celu brakuje mi kilku kroków, potrafię czytać książkę  czy przeglądać Internet w telefonie chodząc po domu! Serio! Dzięki opasce odkryłam w sobie nowe pokłady energii. Dodatkową motywacją jest ustawianie sobie „bitew na kroki” z innymi osobami, które mają opaskę tej firmy. Wspominałam Wam, że moja Przyjaciółka namówiła mnie na jej zakup – oczywiście ma swoją, a nasze cotygodniowe bitwy niesłychanie mnie motywują. Justyna ma swoją opaskę już od dawna i jest prawdziwą Mistrzynią w robieniu kroków! Choć jeszcze żadnej tygodniowej bitwy z nią nie wygrałam, z kolejnym tygodniem rzucam jej wyzwanie i planuję bardzo aktywny tydzień. Coraz więcej chodzę, ruszam się, pokonuję własne słabości. A to już sukces! Co sądzisz o takiej opasce? Myślisz, że zmotywowałaby Cię do bardziej wytężonej pracy nad swoją sylwetką?
- [5 sposobów na olej kokosowy - na zdrowie!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/5-sposobow-na-olej-kokosowy-na-zdrowie/): Olej kokosowy nierafinowany to jedna z najzdrowszych rzeczy, jakie możemy zaprosić do naszego domu. Ja kupuję ten organiczny, jest łatwo dostępny (na przykład w dobrych delikatesach).  A oto moich 5 ulubionych sposobów na jego zastosowanie. 1. Olejowanie włosów Pisałam Wam ostatnio, że rzuciłam wyzwanie moim włosom, a olejowanie ich naturalnym olejem kokosowym jest nie tylko zdrowe, ale rezultaty czuć już po jednym takim zabiegu. Łyżeczkę oleju przekładam do małej szklanej miseczki, którą wkładam do większej miseczki wypełnionej ciepłą wodą, dzięki czemu za pomocą tak zwanej łaźni wodnej podgrzewam stały olej kokosowy do postaci płynnej, którą nakładam na włosy (jeśli masz długie włosy użyj 1 łyżki). Trzymam go 2-3 godziny i zmywam. Spokojnie – zmywa się bez najmniejszych problemów, a wystarczy jedno mycie aby były świeże i czyste. 2. Smażenie Nie każdy wie, że olej kokosowy to jedyny olej, jaki nadaje się do zdrowego smażenia, dlatego oczywiście znajduje zastosowanie w mojej kuchni. Lubię smażyć na nim warzywa i drób. 3. Olejek do ciała Dokładnie tak! Jest niewiele zdrowszych olejków, których możemy użyć do natłuszczenia naszej skóry! Świetnie nadaje się także dla dzieci. Olej kokosowy ma także właściwości lecznicze na wiele dolegliwości skórnych. 4. Peeling do ciała Po porannej kawie wybieram fusy z ekspresu, mieszam z olejem kokosowym i cudowny, ujędrniający, bardzo energetyczny peeling do całego ciała mam gotowy! Oraz cudowny, bardzo zmysłowy sobotni poranek w komplecie. 5. Odżywianie i odporność Pisałam, że olej kokosowy jest bardzo zdrowy dla włosów i skóry, ale warto odżywiać się nim także od środka. Codziennie staram się przemycić się olej kokosowy w naszym jedzeniu, także albo przede wszystkim Mikołajowi. Oprócz własnych wartości odżywczych pozwala także wchłonąć się wielu witaminom (niewiele jest gorszych rzeczy dla zdrowia niż pójść na dietę, która zupełnie eliminuje tłuszcze) i pozytywnie wpływa na naszą odporność. Wiedzieliście, że olej kokosowy jest taki cudowny? Jakie są Wasze pomysły na jego zastosowanie?
- [Wyzwanie: Zdrowa, aktywna, szczęśliwa!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zdrowa-aktywna-szczesliwa-mama-kobieta/): Znacie to uczucie? Macie w domu bałagan, którego akurat w ogóle nie chce Wam się ogarnąć, ale spodziewacie się gości więc sprzątacie? Albo nie macie ochoty się malować, ale macie zaplanowane spotkanie, więc po prostu się malujecie? Nie chodzi mi o to, że zmuszamy się do robienia czegoś aby lepiej wypaść, ale o to, że zwyczajnie źle byśmy się czuli witając gości stertą naczyń w aneksie kuchennym czy idąc na spotkanie w wersji sauté. I właśnie to tę zależność mam zamiar wykorzystać! Jak wiecie za mną 6 tygodni w gipsie, zero ruchu, pełno byczenia się i pysznego jedzenia, dalej 2 tygodnie tacierzyńskiego podczas którego nie żałowaliśmy sobie niczego… no i nie da się ukryć, nawet pod obszernymi ubraniami… 3,5 kg na plusie!!! Że ja? Że mi? Przecież tak zdrowo się odżywiam! To było tylko kilka małych grzeszków… Kilkanaście… kilkadziesiąt? Niestety brak aktywności, jedzenie o najróżniejszych porach dnia i nocy i na zgubne efekty nie trzeba było długo czekać. Więc dziś Wam mówię, że ja te 3,5 kg to zrzucę! Nie wiem w ile bo przede wszystkim ma być zdrowo, ale koniecznie muszę narzucić sobie dietetyczne nawyki. Mówię Wam po to, aby za tydzień było mi głupio powiedzieć Wam, że nic nie osiągnęłam! Nie zmienię za dużo na raz, bo takie ogromne rewolucje raczej nie wychodzą nikomu na dobre – łatwo się zniechęcić. Zmiany na pierwszy tydzień wyzwania są więc następujące: 1. Wracam do mojego celu 10 000 kroków dziennie (ała!) 2. Piję 1,5l wody dziennie (niestety na co dzień nawet nie zbliżam się do tej liczby, zapominam!) 3. Nie jem pieczywa i płatków po godzinie 12:00 (czyli jem pieczywo i płatki przed 12:00 haha) 4. Nie jem po godzinie 20 (na początek wystarczy) 5. Nie piję soków owocowych (na początek pomoże) 6. Nie jem słodyczy (w tym tygodniu pozwolę sobie na jeden kawałek ciasta) 7. Nie słodzę kawy ani herbaty 8. Chodzę spać przed 24 dzięki czemu rano liczę na więcej energii (jak idę spać o 2:00, a Miki budzi mnie o 5:30 czuje się fatalnie co najmniej do 18…) Myślę, że tych kilka modyfikacji pozwoli mi już odczuć zauważalną zmianę, która zmotywuje mnie do dalszych starań i za tydzień dołączę kolejne zdrowe nawyki jak: 9. Nie łączę mięsa z ziemniakami ryżem czy kaszą A może macie ochotę do mnie dołączyć?  Ciężko o lepszą okazję niż 1 września, nie prawda? Zapraszam Was więc do wyzwania i do wzajemnej motywacji w komentarzach! Pomiary wagi i tłuszczu będę zapisywać sobie codziennie, więc jeśli macie ochotę śledzić moje poczynania i dzielić się swoimi – od tego są komentarze! Warto, bo szykuję dla Was solidną porcję postów o zdrowiu, żadnych wyszukanych przepisów czy zaleceń, żadnego zmieniania życia o 180′ w 7 dni, bo wiem, że 3/4 z Was jest Mamą lub jest w ciąży, duża część z Was jest bardzo aktywna zawodowo i zwyczajnie nie ma czasu lub możliwości chodzić codziennie na Zumbę czy siłownię, ani spędzać pół dnia w kuchni. A przede wszystkim dlatego, że ja najzwyczajniej w świecie nie lubię gotować i sama nie mam czasu na ćwiczenia na siłowni. A chcę być piękna, zdrowa i szczęśliwa, taka zadowolona z siebie! Małymi kroczkami osiągniemy nasz cel!   Pewnie wiele z Was słyszało, że nie powinnyśmy ważyć się codziennie, albo w ogóle nie powinnyśmy się ważyć tylko mierzyć, mnie natomiast codziennie ważenie niezwykle motywuje więc ważne, aby każda z nas znalazła to, co ją motywuje, bez względu na to, czy będą to kilogramy, centymetry czy inne procenty. Musi być też nagroda: jak tylko osiągnę wagę 57 kg kupię sobie nowe spodnie! Czekam na Wasze wsparcie i kibicowanie, a także deklaracje, kto jest ze mną, jakie zmiany planujecie na pierwszy tydzień, jaki krótkoterminowy cel sobie wyznaczacie i jaka będzie za to nagroda! No to idę sobie zrobić herbaty, oczywiście bez cukru!
- [Sylwestrowe babeczki marchewkowe](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/najlepsze-marchewkowe-babeczki-cupcakes/): Sylwester to świetna okazja na upieczenie wystrzałowych babeczek marchewkowych. Na 12 cupcake’ów potrzebujecie: – 1,5 szklanki startej na drobnych oczkach marchewki (ok. 3 sztuki) – szklanka mąki – szklanka cukru (dałam mniej) – szklanka oleju (dałam mniej) – 2 jaja – łyżeczka cynamonu – łyżeczka sody – szczypta soli Do naczynia wrzuciłam szklankę mąki, cukru, oleju i zmiksowałam. Dodałam 2 jaja, łyżeczkę cynamonu, sody i szczyptę soli i znów zmiksowałam. Na koniec dodałam 1,5 szklanki drobno startej marchewki i zleciłam wymieszanie łyżką 😉 Nałożyłam do foremek i piekłam przez 25 minut w temperaturze 180 'C. Krem twarożkowy: – 550 g twarogu półtłustego – 4 łyżki masła – 10 łyżek cukru pudru i 2 łyżeczki esencji waniliowej – te dwie pozycje zastąpiłam 2 opakowaniami cukru waniliowego i trzeba przyznać, że krem nie był wystarczająco słodki, kolejnym razem spróbuję oryginalny sposób. Do twarogu dodałam 4 łyżki masła i 2 torebki cukru waniliowego, niebieski barwnik i zmiksowałam. Za pomocą rękawa i nałożyłam na babeczki. Bardzo ważne jest, aby poczekać aż babeczki ostygną i na już chłodne nakładać dopiero krem. Ja wykorzystałam ten czas na nakrycie sylwestrowego stołu i na make-up 😉 Przepis zaczerpnęłam od Cukrowej Wróżki. I kto ma ochotę?
- [4 Pokolenia Kobiet](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/4-pokolenia-kobiet-fotografia-rodzinna/): Justyna od dawna marzyła o sesji zdjęciowej „4 pokolenia kobiet”, w której chciała wziąć udział ze swoją Córeczką, Mamą i Babcią. Ale gdy to mnie poprosiła o wykonanie tych zdjęć przyznam, że chciałam odmówić… Bałam się, że nie podołam temu zadaniu, przecież fotografią interesuję się od tak niedawna. Dziś się nie rozpiszę, bo każde z tych zdjęć mówi przecież więcej, niż 1000 moich słów… Justynka na co dzień mieszka za Oceanem, a te zdjęcia były kolejną okazją do spędzenia wspólnego czasu z tymi fantastycznymi kobietami! Jeśli chcecie poznać moją bratnią duszę troszkę bliżej, koniecznie zajrzyjcie na jej bloga i poznajcie Polską Mamę w Teksasie. A Wy pamiętacie o rodzinnych zdjęciach? Nie ma chyba cudowniejszych pamiątek, prawda?
- [10 miesięcy Mikołaja - fotografia dziecięca](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/10-miesiecy-mikolaja-fotografia-dziecieca/): Pisałam Wam ostatnio, że do moich pasji dołączyła fotografia. Co miesiąc robię więc Mikołajkowi naszą małą domową sesję zdjęciową, aby po roku wydrukować mu piękny album i pamiątkę tego, jak nasz Cud rozwijał się miesiąc po miesiącu, a sama szlifuję swój warsztat w temacie fotografia dziecięca. Kilka dni temu zaczęłam się przygotowywać do napisania dla Was postu i tym jak krok po kroku powstawał pokoik Mikołaja. Okazało się, że była to idealna okazja do zrobienia Mikołajowi sesji z okazji skończonych 10 miesięcy. Tym razem gościem specjalnym był Wojtek. Mam dla Was kilka kadrów. Zdjęcia nie są idealne, była już późna pora i musiałam balansować pomiędzy czasem naświetlania i ISO, gdyż nie fotografuję dzieci z lampą. Choć na zdjęciach jest troszkę „kaszy”, jest coś o wiele cenniejszego…   Zobacz nasze posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik
- [Podwójna sesja zdjęciowa na Dzień Mamy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/fotografia-dziecieca-sesja-zdjeciowa-dzien-matki/): Pierwszy Dzień Mamy z Mikołajem w ramionach był bardzo refleksyjny, o czym pisałam Wam tutaj, ale oczywiście była to także fantastyczna okazja do dalszej nauki fotografowania. Tym razem z tematem postanowiłam zmierzyć się razem z moją Przyjaciółką Justyną, która niedawno także postanowiła założyć swojego Bloga. Sesja ta okazała się być nie lada wyzwaniem, gdyż tym razem przed obiektywami miałyśmy stanąć razem z dwójką naszych dzieci. Czekałyśmy na nią długie miesiące, gdyż na co dzień dzieli nas prawie 9000 km i 7 godzin różnicy czasowej. Na szczęście mamy telefony i rożne przydatne aplikacje jak Whatsapp, Skype i Fb, dzięki którym jesteśmy w stałym kontakcie.Do zadania wydawało nam się, że byłyśmy przygotowane idealnie. Był plan i sporo czasu na jego realizację. Justyna także uczęszcza na kurs fotografii, tak samo jak ja regularnie fotografuje swoją Córeczkę Celinę, więc czułyśmy się skazane na sukces. Wiedziałyśmy, że czasami ciężko było opanować nam jednego Maluszka, ale we dwie, mając do dyspozycji kilka godzin byłyśmy pewne, że wszystko pójdzie jak po maśle. Okazało się jednak, że z wykonywanie zdjęć dwójce 8 i 9 miesięcznych Maluszków jednocześnie jest nie podwójnie, ale chyba 10 razy trudniejsze! Za nami wielka nauka i bardzo fajna pamiątka. A to nasze piękne przyjaciółki: Jak Wam się podoba? My wyciągamy wnioski i już szykujemy się do kolejnej wspólnej sesji.
- [Dziś potrafię docenić...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dzis-potrafie-docenic/): Nie potrafię się cieszyć ze wszystkich porażek czy trudności, ale potrafię je docenić… Gdybym miała idealne warunki do dorastania, pewnie nie miałabym takiej motywacji do pracy. Nie założyłabym własnej firmy w wieku 22 lat i nie zaczęła w pełni żyć swoim życiem. Gdybym wyjechała w liceum na ten piekielnie drogi kurs językowy, pewnie na studiach nie zapisałabym się na kurs stacjonarny i nie wygrałabym konkursu na business plan, dzięki czemu mogłam rozwinąć pierwszy biznes. Gdybym dostała się na farmację, pewnie nie wyjechałabym na wymianę studencką do Paryża. Gdybym nie musiała zarobić na swoje utrzymanie w Paryżu, nie zostałabym Au Pair i nie poznałabym mojej Madame Chic. Nie nauczyłabym się tego, że szef ma zawsze rację i że drobiazgi takie jak haft na ręczniku potrafią uczynić dzień lepszym. Gdyby nie choroba w naszej rodzinie, pewnie nie zmienilibyśmy naszego podejścia do zdrowia. Gdybym nie straciła przyjaciół, pewnie nie doceniałabym tak bardzo tych, których mam teraz. Gdyby mój chłopak nie odwołał randki tamtego dnia, na pewno nie pojechałabym ze znajomymi do kina i nie poznałabym mojego męża… Gdybym… To nie są przypadki. To znaki z Nieba, że w każdej sytuacji, nawet najbardziej niesprawiedliwej i trudnej można znaleźć dobro. Choć często wydaje nam się, że to niemożliwe, wystarczy spojrzeć na wszystko z dystansem, który czasami wyraża się odległością, a czasami upływającym czasem. A Ty potrafisz docenić?
- [Remont biura - pomysły i inspiracje](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/remont-biura-zbieram-pomysy-i-inspiracje/): To nasze trzecie biuro, przeprowadzka sama w sobie była czasem „straconym” pod kątem pracy, dlatego nie chcieliśmy narażać się remontem na dłuższe przerwy. Minęło jednak sporo czasu, a nasze biuro wciąż wymaga odświeżenia. Jest jednak plan – 22, 23 i 24 marca będziemy „remontować” – w cudzysłowie, gdyż brzmi bardzo dumnie, a my jedynie chcemy odświeżyć ściany, dokupić dodatki itp. Zawsze marzyłam o białych meblach w biurze, ale niestety – zawsze dokupywałam kolejne elementy wyposażenia do już posiadanych, czego efektem są meble w kolorze imitacji brzozy. Poświęciłam więc sporo czasu aby odnaleźć w Internecie inspiracje biur z brzozowymi meblami – niestety jest ich bardzo niewiele. Przerzuciłam się więc na szukanie ogólnie wnętrz z brzozowymi meblami, aby zaczerpnąć kolorystyczne inspiracje. betterlivingthroughdesign.com Zanim przystąpię do odświeżania, zebrałam kilka pomysłów na nowy wygląd biura. Co już posiadam? Meble biurowe z Ikei z serii EXPEDIT we wspomnianym brzozowym kolorze: Biurko szefowej, czyli moje 😉 w następujące konfiguracji: regał 4×4 + prostopadle doczepione biurko: 3 biurka pracowników w następującej konfiguracji: 4 krzesła: 1 duże (po lewej) i 3 mniejsze z Jysk: 2 fotele i stolik kawowy: Dodatki do przechowywania: Akcesoria biurkowe: lampki i pojemniki na długopisy: Szara wykładzina: Plan biura:       Kolory przewodnie w biurze: sosna, biel szarość, czerń Założenia: biuro ma być kobiece, nieco romantyczne. Moje ulubione kolory? róż, fiolet, szarość, uwielbiam miękkie tkaniny, szkło, srebro, kwiaty – szczególnym uczuciem darzę różowe piwonie. Moje pomysły są następujące: 1. Ściany: koniecznie biały kolor, nie chcę wprowadzać dodatkowej barwy na ścianach, nie mogę mieć białych mebli, niech chociaż ściany będą białe 😉 choć nie wykluczam np. jednej ściany w innym kolorze. Moje inspiracje:  domicileid.blogspot.com & poppytalk.blogspot.com ellenbergerdesign.de Natomiast efekt, jakiego zdecydowanie chce uniknąć jest taki: decozin.com 2. Meble dzięki białym dodatkom które posiadam sosnowe meble wydają się mieć nieco bardziej romantyczny charakter, co widać na powyższych zdjęciach 3. Dodatki: czarne fotele chciałabym ocieplić miękkimi i kolorowymi dodatkami, np. poduszkami w takim klimacie: studioten25.com A na koniec – uwielbiam patrzeć na to – relaksuje mnie to niesamowicie: poppytalk.blogspot.ca Może więc tak?   A jakie Wy macie pomysły na dodatki?
- [Remont biura - będą białe meble](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/w-biurze-beda-biae-meble/): Wpadłam na genialny pomysł i jeszcze w piątek wystawiłam na sprzedaż moje biurowe meble w kolorze brzozy, a już dzisiaj sprzedałam duży regał i przystawione do niego biurko. Decyzja zapadła – kupuję białe meble! Konfiguracja będzie dokładnie taka sama jak jest, gdyż świetnie nam się sprawdza, ale biały kolor pozwoli mi poszaleć i spełnić swoje marzenie o cudnym, kobiecym biurze. Będę mogła także pozwolić sobie na szare lub pudrowo-różowe ściany. Oto moje inspiracje do remontu: From postcardsandpretties.blogspot.com From postcardsandpretties.blogspot.com From postcardsandpretties.blogspot.com From: heofficestylist.com/hey-gorg/ From: home-styling.blogspot.com From: home-styling.blogspot.com From theofficestylist.com From theofficestylist.com From lifeloveandhiccups.blogspot.com From midhomes.net From theofficestylist.com From apartmenttherapy.com From name5things.blogspot.com From: decorpad.com From: decorpad.com From homehappyhome.blogspot.com From decorpad.com From decorpad.com From decorpad.com From decorpad.com   From decorpad.com From theofficestylist.com From theofficestylist.com From decorpad.com From weheartit.com From picketfencedesign.blogspot.com From: flickr.com/photos/almostbunnies ikea-office-furniture.blogspot.com/ From galleryeight.blogspot.com Jak Wam się podobają? Znalazłyście takie, w którym chcielibyście pracować?
- [Remontowe zakupy zrobione](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/remontowe-zakupy-zrobione/): Pomimo śniegów i zasp na drodze – a tak wyglądała wczoraj około godziny 17 droga szybkiego ruchu I kategorii odśnieżania, udało mi się zrobić pierwsze, remontowe zakupy.   1. Białe meble Moje biurko wraz z regałem na dokumenty wszystkich Klientów oraz firmy: Regał dla pracowników: 2 biurka dla pracowników: 2. Ściany Zdecydowałam się na szare ściany, białe listwy przypodłogowe i biały sufit. Na ściany szukałam farby w zimnym, szarym kolorze, przypominającym beton i kupiłam: Dekoral Akrylit W kolor: szary platynowy, odporna na szorowanie, lateksowa Podobno na ścianach wygląda tak: www.dekoral.pl/wizualizer/ 3. Dodatki Kompletną wizję dodatków będę miała, jak porozstawiam wszystkie meble, ale na razie mam na stanie m.in. (większość z poprzedniej wersji biura): świecznik: ikea.pl kartony i segregatory na dokumenty: ikea.pl osłonki na doniczki jako pojemniki na artykuły piśmiennicze, lampki biurkowe ikea.pl dwie półki na obrazki: 55 i 115 cm: I z poprzedniej wersji biura nasz mały kącik: na które to fotele marzą mi się śliczne poduszki… i krzesła do biurek: A to wszystko na naszej wykładzinie: I oto plan biura: Remont zaczynamy już w czwartek w południe 🙂 Nie mogę się już doczekać – a jak Wam się podoba wizja mojego biura?
- [Zapowiedź wyremontowanego biura](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/zapowiedz-wyremontowanego-biura/): Do całokształtu jeszcze sporo brakuje, jestem na etapie wybierania pastelowo-różowych poduch na fotele, obmyślam rozwieszenie półek na obrazki itp… ale odrobinę już Wam pokażę… Bo jest najważniejsza w życiu… Pyszna kawa w słodkiej oprawie… Kącik do wielogodzinnych rozmów… Inspiracje…
- [Żółto-szary pokój dziecięcy krok po kroku](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pokoj-dla-dziecka-krok-po-kroku-zolty-szary/): To już trzeci post z serii: Jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy. Dostajemy od Was bardzo dużo wiadomości z pytaniami o to, jakich produktów użyliśmy do urządzenia pokoju Mikołaja (nasz projekt pokoju i nasze wykonanie pokoju). Waszych wiadomości jest ich tak wiele, że czasami długo musicie czekać na odpowiedzi, dlatego postanowiłam zdradzić Wam krok po kroku jak powstawał nasz pokój i jakich materiałów użyliśmy.   1. Malowanie Pokoik oryginalnie był biały, pomalowaliśmy w nim dwie ściany na dwa różne odcienie szarości. Kupiliśmy 3 farby na próbę. Zdecydowaliśmy się na dwa odcienie szarości: szarą poświatę (ten ciemniejszy kolor) i dryfujące kry (ten jaśniejszy kolor). Srebrzysty lód odrzuciliśmy, gdyż ta farba wpadała za bardzo w fioletowy odcień. 2. Meble Najważniejszym meblem, który nadaje charakteru całemu pokojowi jest bez wątpienia łóżeczko. Natknęłam się na nie w jakimś magazynie wnętrzarskim i na moje szczęście okazało się, że nie kosztuje fortuny! Łóżeczko firmy Pinio model Moon kupiliśmy w sklepie internetowym, niestety sklep nie wywiązał się z obiecanego terminu realizacji i sprawa otarła się o producenta, który stanął na wysokości zadania i łóżeczko było u mnie w 2 dni. Dlatego pamiętajcie, jeśli chcecie zamówić dziecięce mebelki, w większości przypadków czas realizacji zamówienia to 4-8 tygodni! Natomiast jeśli zabraliście się za ten zakup za późno, z pomocą przyjdzie Wam na pewno IKEA, gdzie od ręki możecie kupić dosłownie wszystko i to zazwyczaj w bardzo atrakcyjnej cenie. To właśnie z Ikei pochodzą kolejne mebelki z naszego pokoju: przewijak GULLIVER, komoda MALM, szafa PAX i fotel do karmienia STRANDMON, a także półeczki na obrazki RIBBA.   3. Tekstylia Od zawsze marzyłam o spersonalizowanym pokoju dla Mikołaja. Marzyły mi się tekstylia takie jak zasłonki, pościel, pokrowiec na przewijak czy poduszki dekoracyjne uszyte z tych samych tkanin. Niestety w tradycyjnych sklepach nie znalazłam takich rozwiązań lub były bardzo drogie. Tutaj z pomocą przyszedł mi portal DaWanda, który skupia twórców i pracownie rękodzieła, gdzie mogłam kupić gotowe lub zamówić na miarę niemal wszystkie tekstylia do pokoju Mikołaja. Zamówiłam tam więc prześcieradełka do łóżeczka, pokrowce na przewijak uszyte specjalnie dla mnie na wymiar, rożek, poduszkę z inicjałem i poduszkę sowę. Wszystko to kupiłam w bardzo przystępnych cenach. Ogromny wybór tekstyliów i innych artykułów dekoracyjnych do dziecięcych pokoi znajdziecie tam w kategorii meble dla niemowląt. Zasłonki uszyłam samodzielnie – mój projekt DIY jest tutaj. Firanki kupiłam w Ikei. Na łóżeczku wisi kocyk/kołderka w gwiazdki ze sklepu H&M Home.   4. Dekoracje Żadne wnętrze nie jest kompletne bez dodatków. U nas klimat budują: plakaty w sowy oraz papierowa girlanda MIKOŁAJ to projekty DIY ramka w gwiazdki, w które jest zdjęcie USG pochodzi ze sklepu ZARA Home żółta skarbonka zajączek kupiona w sklepie Home&You girlandy gwiazdki zrobiłam samodzielnie literka M nad łóżeczkiem zamówiona w sklepie Moderat.pl pojemnik na zabawki czarny w gwiazdki kupiony w H&M Home pojemniczki na drobiazgi w gwiazdki kupione w H&M Home żółte kartony kupione w sklepie IKEA (już niedostępne) biały kosz na śmieci IKEA biały kosz na zużyte pieluszki Angel Care podgumowany dywanik w gwiazdki z H&M Home drewniana zabawka z IKEA. Mikołaj korzysta ze swojego pokoju od ponad 10 miesięcy, niewiele zmienił się on przez ten czas – tak wyglądał na początku.     Wykonanie zdjęć do tego posta okazało się wyśmienitą okazją do wykonania comiesięcznej sesji zdjęciowej Mikołajkowi, tym razem z Tatą z okazji właśnie skończonych 10 miesięcy. Oto mała zapowiedź, więcej zdjęć pokażę Wam jeszcze w tym tygodniu. Mam nadzieję, że ten wpis zainspiruje Was, a przede wszystkim ułatwi urządzanie Waszych wnętrz. Dajcie mi koniecznie znać!   Zobacz nasze pozostałe posty o tym jak urządzić pokój dziecięcy: 1. Pomysł na projekt dziecięcego pokoju czyli jak i od czego zacząć > klik 2. Zygzak, gwiazdka i sowa czyli żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka > klik 3. Żółto-szary pokój dla dziecka krok po kroku czyli spis wszystkich produktów z linkami do sklepów i projektów DIY > klik 4. Jak uszyć zasłony? DIY czyli zrób to sam > klik 5. Girlanda w gwiazdki do pokoju dziecka – DIY > klik 6. Jak zorganizować pierwsze miejsce do spania dla Dziecka? > klik 7. Jak zorganizować kącik do karmienia piersią? > klik 8. Jak zorganizować kącik do przewijania? > klik 9. Rożek, kocyk, śpiworek, otulacz, a może kołdra i poduszka? > klik 10. Jak wybrać fotel do karmienia? > klik 11. Kosz na zużyte pieluszki – test i recenzja > klik 12. Co warto mieć w pokoju rocznego Maluszka? Idą zmiany! > klik
- [Glossybox - edycja specalna - Powiedz tak](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/glossybox-edycja-specalna-powiedz-tak/): Po raz pierwszy powiedziałam „tak” ponad 3 lata temu, a po raz drugi na początku października. Na szczęście dwa razy tej samej osobie. Z nieco innej okazji, ale miałam przyjemność otrzymać i przetestować dobrze wszystkim znane pudełko Glossybox z edycji specjalnej – ślubnej – „Powiedz tak”. Oczywiste, że uwielbiam dostawać prezenty, a szczególnie, gdy są to niespodzianki. Oto co znalazło się w moim ślubnym Glossybox’ie. 1. Rozświetlający balsam do ciała Drobinki są bardzo delikatne, ale efektowne, a balsam świetnie nawilża. Ma do tego bardzo intensywny i specyficzny, lekko rozgrzewający zapach – zawsze obawiam się, jak będzie komponował się z perfumami, dlatego dla mnie był idealny na ciepłe, letnie dni, gdy rezygnowałam z użycia perfum. 2. Pomadka i błyszczyk 2w1 Bardzo trafiony kolor, choć pomadka jest dość brązowa, to z błyszczykiem dają świetny, bardzo naturalny efekt. Na moim ślubie obowiązkowo miałam ją w swojej torebce. A jak pięknie pachnie! I to lustereczko – można dyskretnie sprawdzić, czy pomadka nie została np. na zębach 😉 3. Gąbeczki do makijażu Nie wiedziałam, że gąbeczki mogą być aż takie świetne! Te są rewelacyjne, powolutku kończę to opakowanie i już rozglądam się gdzie najkorzystniej będzie mi kupić kolejne. Świetnie rozprowadzają podkład, są dość zbite, a więc nie wchłaniają całego podkładu w siebie, bardzo dobrze sprawdzają się także przy nakładaniu rozświetlającego korektora pod oczy czy kryjącego na niedoskonałości. Jak dla mnie razem ze szminką są największym sukcesem tego pudełka. 4. Konturówka do ust Kolor tej kredki mnie odstraszył i przyznam się, że do dziś je nie wypróbowałam. 5. Tusz do rzęs Uwielbiam mocno wytuszowane rzęsy, a za jego pomocą nie udaje mi się uzyskać tego efektu. Dałam mu dwie szanse i… spoczywa na dnie szuflady. 6. Lakier do paznokci Bardzo delikatny, różowiutki kolor. Niestety tylko raz udało mi się pomalować nim paznokcie, gdyż pomimo dobrego przechowywania koszmarnie zgęstniał. A co Wy sądzicie o tych małych, tajemniczych pudełeczkach? Mnie kusi zakup kolejnego – w tym miesiącu w klasycznym pudełeczku znajdziemy ulubione kosmetyki Kasi Tusk. Brzmi zachęcająco
- [Kitchen Wish List - tym razem tematycznie - kuchnia](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/my-wish-list-tym-razem-tematycznie/): Urządzając moją kuchnię postawiłam na proste formy i neutralne kolory: biel, czerń i srebrną stal. Dzięki temu z łatwością mogę zmieniać jej charakter. Poza tym przydałoby mi się kilka gadżetów. Po dodatkach w kolorze bieli i srebrnej stali, mam ogromną ochotę na mój ulubiony, wyrazisty róż z domieszką niebieskiego i żółtego, a wyobrażam to sobie tak. 1. Bądźmy eko Proponuję zacząć od różowiutkiej zgniatarki do butelek i puszek. Codziennie wypijam co najmniej jedną butelkę wody mineralnej, doliczając do tego zużycie generowane kota i męża, co przekłada się na wiecznie pełen koszt na śmieci, zakup takiego gadżetu uważam za niezwykle uzasadniony. Do kupienia tutaj w cenie 39,99 zł  + koszty wysyłki. 2. Yyyyy, a co to? Nie znoszę suszarek do naczyń, dlatego w mojej kuchni do tej pory nie można było żadnej znaleźć. Mam jednak pecha, gdyż miejsce na blacie, gdzie bezpiecznie można odłożyć zaraz po umyciu garnek czy patelnię niezwykle się sprawdza. Dlatego postanowiłam kupić taką suszarkę, która wtopi się w otoczenie, a więc mój szaro-czarny blat – i oto mój faworyt. Co sądzicie o takim rozwiązaniu? Oczywiście jest to ogromny kompromis pomiędzy wygodą a designem (z korzyścią dla tego drugiego), ale wierzę, że przydatny. Do kupienia tutaj w cenie 70,00 zł + koszty wysyłki. 3. Bieżnik Jeden zakup, a kolor różowy na poważnie zawita w mojej kuchni. Do kupienia w Duce, zarówno w sklepach stacjonarnych jak i on-line w cenie 39,99 zł. 4. Czajnik Miłość od pierwszego wejrzenia! Nic dodać nic ująć, zdjęcie mówi samo za siebie. Napotkany w Media Markt, znaleziony w znacznie korzystniejszej cenie 229 zł tutaj. 5. Puszki Różowa i niebieska, jedna na witaminy, druga na paragony. Pozytywnie! Do kupienia tutaj w cenie 55,50 zł za małą i 70,00 zł za dużą + koszty wysyłki. 6. Kruszarka do lodu O tym jak ciężko jest przyszłej mamie przetrwać upały wie chyba tylko druga przyszła mama. Ratuję się bezalkoholową wersją mohito, która jednak wcale nie smakuje tak dobrze, gdy ma w składzie lód w kostkach zamiast kruszonego. Aby umilić sobie oczekiwanie, zdecydowałam się na ten zakup, kurier już do mnie jedzie! Do kupienia tutaj w cenie 101,87 zł + koszty wysyłki. 7. Zegar A teraz moc kolorów w jednym miejscu! Zegar wypatrzyłam w sklepie pt, który w naszej galerii handlowej pojawił się w miejscu mojego ukochanego sklepu Flo. Jedynym problemem była cena około 150 zł, ale bez problemu udało mi się znaleźć w Internecie taki sam zegar za ponad o połowę niższą cenę. A gdzie? Tutaj! A za ile? Za 69,90 zł + koszty wysyłki A jakie kolory i kuchenne gadżety Wy chcielibyście zaprosić do swojej kuchni?
- [Jak zmarnować najlepsze lata swojego życia?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jak-zmarnowac-najlepsze-lata-swojego-zycia/): Dzisiaj rano słyszałam jak nasza około 60letnia Znajoma powiedziała do Wojtka, że chciałaby mieć Jego lata, ale swój rozum… nic nie dzieje się bez przyczyny, więc od rana zastanawiałam się, jaka lekcja może z tego płynąć dla mnie… Co wie ta Pani, czego nie wiemy my? Sporo się ostatnio u nas dzieje, więc od kilku dni boli mnie brzuch, jestem nerwowa i „markotna” jak to mawia Wojtek. I skąd do wszystko? Eureka! Właśnie zdałam sobie sprawę, że mam przepis na to, jak zmarnować najlepsze lata swojego życia. 1. Zamartwiać się, że jest się za grubym… Nic z tym nie robiąc. Dodatkowo warto wtedy ukrywać się przed aparatem fotograficznym i zafundować sobie i bliskim zero pamiątkowych zdjęć z naszych najlepszych lat. A wszystko po to, aby za 10 lat powiedzieć: jaka ja byłam głupia, że „wtedy” unikałam aparatu, „wtedy” to ja byłam szczupła (a przynajmniej młoda), teraz to dopiero jestem „stara i gruba”. Gwarantuję, że tak będzie! 2. Zamartwiać się tym, co ludzie o nas pomyślą… Sama jestem mistrzynią w tego typu zadręczaniu się natrętnymi myślami. Macie już odpowiedź dlaczego ten Blog miesiącami leżał odłogiem… a ja pisałam „do szuflady”. Założyłam nawet drugiego absolutnie anonimowego… No bo co ludzie pomyślą? A nie daj Bóg powiedzą? Którzy ludzie? Nie wiem, z resztą czy to ważne którzy, chyba wszyscy… Prześpij więc swój najlepszy czas i prywatnie i zawodowo. Z głową w piasku. 3. Zamartwiać się tym, co inni o nas myślą! Ha! Nie mylić z punktem 2., to zupełnie co innego. Punkt 2. blokuje naszą przyszłość, a punkt 3. sprawia, że teraźniejszość jest do kitu. W takich chwilach możesz usiąść sama ze sobą na rozmowę i zadać sobie pytanie: czy komuś zaszkodziłaś? Kogoś skrzywdziłaś? Nie? To jesteś w porządku, a więc niech inni myślą sobie co chcą! Tylko nie nie, Ty tak nie rób, jeśli chcesz zmarnować sobie dzień, jeden za drugim. 4. Zgadywać co myślą o nas inni!  A to jeszcze zupełnie co innego. Dlaczego? Bo najczęściej zwyczajnie nie wiemy co myślą o nas inni, nawet jak wydaje nam się, że wiemy, to wcale tak nie musi być. Czemu? Na przykład temu, że ludzie nam o tym nie mówią, albo zwyczajnie nie są szczerzy. Albo co gorsza, my dopowiadamy albo wyobrażamy sobie co o nas myślą! Interpretujemy spojrzenia, gesty. Dopowiadamy sobie. Często jest też tak, że ludzie nie mówią nam co im się w nas nie podoba, ale chyba jeszcze częściej nie mówią nam dobrych rzeczy na nasz temat. Zastanów się… ilu kobietom, które podziwiasz kiedykolwiek to powiedziałaś? Ta lista sposobów na zepsucie swoich najlepszych lat musi się dobrze zakończyć, gdyż przecież ani ja ani Ty kochana nie chcesz zmarnować swojego najlepszego czasu, który jest tu i teraz! Mam więc dla Ciebie zadanie: powiedz trzem Wyjątkowym Kobietom, że je podziwiasz. Nawet jak robiłaś to już wiele razy, dziś jest świetna okazja aby ponownie to zrobić. A szczególnie takim, które za dużo myślą… Ja już biegnę. Powiem to koleżankom „po fachu”, Blogerkom. Są wspaniałe, a ja wiem, że one czasami o tym zapominają. Takie słowa przerwą każdy negatywny ciąg myślowy, na 100%. A kogo Wy tak szczerze podziwiacie, a nigdy mu tego nie powiedziałyście? Może sąsiadkę, która radzi sobie sama z trójką Dzieci, a może koleżankę, która odnosi sukcesy? Powiedz to! A sprawisz, że czyjś świat stanie się lepszy. Obiecuję. A jakie sposoby na zmarnowanie najlepszych lat swojego życia dodałybyście do mojej listy?
- [Dzień 1: Twoja fryzura - majowe wyzwanie fotograficzne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyzwanie-fotograficzne-maj-dzien-1/): 1. Twoja fryzura Jeśli podoba Ci się pomysł wspólnej zabawy fotograficznej, zapraszam do wzięcia udziału – więcej informacji o projekcie tutaj.
- [Dzień 2: Kolor - Majowe wyzwanie fotograficzne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dzien-2-kolor-majowe-wyzwanie/): Dzień 2: Kolor Jako dodatek do bieli, szarości i czerni.
- [Dzień 5: Szczegół - majowe wyzwanie fotograficzne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spozniony-dzien-5-szczego-majowe/): Na miłą atmosferę w okół mnie składają się właśnie szczegóły. Idealnie, jak w takich pozytywnych kolorach.
- [Noworoczne postanowienia in progress](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/noworoczne-postanowienia-in-progress/): Intensywnie pracuję nad wcielaniem w życie Noworocznych Postanowień. Niestety nie wystarczyłaby zmiana przyzwyczajeń i ograniczenie przyjmowanych na siebie nowych zadań i zobowiązań, gdyż uzbierało mi się sporo obowiązków jeszcze z zeszłego roku. Aby nie powodować kolejnych zaległości, zanim przystąpię do kreowania nowego zrównoważonego stylu życia, postanowiłam w pierwszej kolejności uporać się z ogromną ilością zadań jakie czekały na mnie od zeszłego roku. Własnie dlatego początek roku jest dla mnie tak samo pracowity, dlatego blog leży odłogiem, a ja wciąż zwykle śpię po mniej niż 6 godzin na dobę, ale widzę już światełko w tunelu, co bardzo poprawia mi nastrój i podejście do obowiązków. Nie mogę się doczekać, aż ze wszystkim się uporam i zacznę na nowo kształtować swoje przyzwyczajenia i nawyki, a także wdrożę nowy system zarządzania czasem i zdaniami, którym podzielę się z Wami już niedługo. Do tego planuje popracować także nad organizacją przestrzeni wokół siebie, z nadzieją, że wprowadzone zmiany pomogą mi w kształtowaniu nowych nawyków. Natomiast tymczasem mimo wszystko staram się znajdować także czas na relaks, a niewątpliwą frajdę sprawiają mi spacery z aparatem i późniejsze wywoływanie zdjęć w cyfrowej ciemni. A jak się mają Wasze noworoczne postanowienia?
- [Sierpniowe InstaPodsumowanie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/instagram-podsumowanie-sierpien/): Sierpień był prawdziwie wakacyjnym miesiącem… Po pierwsze dlatego, że rozpieszczała nas pogoda. Po drugie my także sobie dogadzaliśmy, co na koniec sierpnia zaowocowało Wyzwaniem: zdrowa, aktywna, szczęśliwa! Rozpoczęła się u nas akcja #mamawracadopracy A chłopcy przysyłali mi z domku takie zdjęcia! Byliśmy na weselu – i to tym razem wcale nie w pracy! To w sierpniu drugi raz w życiu zdecydowaliśmy się wyjechać na weekend bez Mikołajka, który został pod najlepszą opieką swojej Babci, na której widok rży jak jakiś mały konik! A my wybraliśmy się na wspaniały weekend z naszymi przyjaciółmi Anią i Kubą z bloga Fashionable. To był cudowny weekend spędzony w Giżycku w Hotelu St. Bruno pod znakiem odpoczynku, spacerów, spa, basenu, kręgli i gier planszowych. Chociaż tak bardzo się lubimy, że jesteśmy pewni, że można by nas zamknąć w pustym pokoju a i tak mielibyśmy milion zajęć i tematów do rozmów. A w domu czekał na nas nasz Ukochany Synek – Wy chyba też się za nim stęskniliście, gdyż to zdjęcie zdobyło najwięcej Waszych instalajków ze wszystkich sierpniowych zdjęć! No właśnie – pytacie co u Mikołaja? Ogromna zmiana w sposobie poruszania się – etap turlania zakończył się na rzecz raczkowania! Miki ukończył już 11 miesięcy, ale absolutnie nie przeszkadza mu to w nieprzesypianiu całych nocy! Wciąż potrafi zażyczyć sobie mleko o 1 w nocy i urządzić nam kilka dodatkowych pobudek. I z tej samej okazji zrobiłam chłopcom sesję zdjęciową! Oraz podzieliłam się z Wami sesją 4 absolutnie wyjątkowych Kobiet! W sierpniu zaszła też ogromna zmiana, której w ogóle się nie spodziewałam! Instagram pozwala już na dodawanie pionowych i poziomych zdjęć! Coś się skończyło… Na blogu też się dużo działo. Ukazały się co najmniej dwa osobiste i ważne dla mnie teksty, ale po komentarzach, Waszych mailach i ilości odsłon wiem, że także dla Was także były ważne. Będziesz miała cesarkę? Tylko nikomu o tym nie mów! Oraz, a może przede wszystkim „Przerwane oczekiwanie„, w którym zebrałam się na odwagę i powiedziałam Wam o tym, jak może czuć się Kobieta, która straciła Dziecko. Jestem pewna, że jeśli macie to ogromne szczęście i nie doświadczyłyście tego osobiście, to niestety ale Osierocone Mamy są wśród nas. Przełamując tabu chciałam Wam pokazać jak można Osieroconym Rodzicom pomóc, albo przynajmniej nie dodawać bólu – a to już wiele. A na koniec poprosiłam Was o wypełnienie ankiety dotyczącej bloga, Jej wyniki niebawem, choć tak na prawdę każdego dnia wdrażam je w życie. Dziękuję za Waszą pomoc w tworzeniu tego Bloga i jej uzupełnienie.   Jeśli tak jak my kochacie Instagram, zostawiajcie w komentarzach swoje loginy, każdy odwiedzę. I nie zapomnijcie o ankiecie! Dzięki niej blog będzie bardziej NASZ!
- [Lipcowe INSTAmomenty](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/lipcowe-instamomenty/): Może nie wszyscy jeszcze wiecie, że moim ulubionym kanałem natychmiastowej komunikacji z Wami jest INSTAGRAM. W myśl zasady, że jedno zdjęcie znaczy więcej niż 1000 słów, zapisujemy tam nasze cudowne chwile, które chcemy zapamiętać czy dzielimy się z Wami tym, co akurat widzimy, czujemy, robimy czy myślimy. W związku z tym, że nie każdy z Wam śledzi nas na Instagramie, postanowiłam przygotowywać dla Was takie comiesięczne instagramowe podsumowania tego, co się u nas w każdym miesiącu działo. Pierwszy na warsztat bierzemy oczywiście lipiec. Lipiec zaczął się nie do końca szczęśliwie i powitałam Was na Instagramie z nogą w gipsie. Ta sytuacja pokazała mi, jak bardzo się zmieniłam przez ostatnie 2 lata. Więcej możecie przeczytać o tym tutaj.   Na szczęście Wojtek mnie troszkę porozpieszczał…   Pogoda na początku lipca była dla nas bardzo łaskawa i mogliśmy spędzić kilka pierwszych dni na zabawie w naszym ogródku. Miki dostał basenik i zaliczył pierwszą kąpiel na świeżym powietrzu! To wspaniała alternatywa dla wszelkich aquaparków, które absolutnie nie nadają się dla alergików czy dzieci z AZS, które i nas kiedyś dotyczyło.   Utworzyliśmy także konto na snapchacie.   Udało nam się także spędzić chwile tylko we dwoje…   Przygotowaliśmy dla Was recenzje i porównanie kilku sposobów na noszenie dzieci: chusta elastyczna, chusta tkana, mei-tai i nosidełko ergonomiczne Tula, które możecie przeczytać tutaj. W odpowiedzi na Wasze pytania przygotowaliśmy także zestawienie tych dwóch nosideł.   W lipcu odbył się także piękny plenerowy ślub, który mieliśmy przyjemność koordynować. Wciąż z gipsem, ale dla Konsultanta Ślubnego nie ma przecież rzeczy niemożliwych!   Wojtek zaliczył w lipcu tydzień przymusowego urlopu, aby zająć się Mikołajem i mną, gdy złamanie jeszcze mocno mi dokuczało. Nie wiem dlaczego zdecydowaliśmy, że to idealna okazja  na dokończenie naszej kuchni. Nic bardziej mylnego, mijają trzy tygodnie, a remont trwa w najlepsze!   Ścianę w kuchni nad blatami zdecydowaliśmy się wykończyć płytkami heksagonalnymi, a pomysł ten podsunęła nam na Instagramie Agnieszka Fleischer z Bloga Pretty Pleasure. Niech żyje Instagram! I Agnieszka oczywiście 🙂   Wojtek dzielnie zamontował mi w aneksie kuchennym pochłaniacz i aż 10 punktów świetlnych.   Podzieliliśmy się z Wami także naszą zabawą w homestaging i metamorfozą mieszkania.   Oraz naszym zawodowym profilem Konsultanta Ślubnego na Instagramie.   Dużo czasu spędzaliśmy na dworze (lub na polu jak kto woli)…   I na kanapie w końcu noga do góry to podstawa!   Aby ułatwić mi spacerowanie Wojtek wynajął mi elektryczny rower haha granica obciachu nam się lekko przesunęła!   Podzieliłam się z Wami moim programem do pielęgnacji włosów cienkich, delikatnych i elektryzujących się.   Wspominaliśmy naszą ciążową sesję zdjęciową… właśnie minął rok!   Byliśmy na See Bloggers! Oczywiście „Pod Kocykiem”.   I na imprezie See Bloggers! Aniu, Kubo! Gratulujemy Wam raz jeszcze wspaniałej organizacji i perfekcji we wszystkim co robicie!   Miki strasznie się cieszył ze swojego gwiezdnego dywanu!   A ja zrobiłam chłopakom domową sesję zdjęciową z okazji ukończenia przez Mikiego 10 miesięcy! Wszystkiego najlepszego Synku!   Posty pisaliśmy dla Was z dzieckiem na… kolanie? Nie, na podłodze!   Wciąż nie dokończyliśmy naszego salonu z aneksem kuchennym, więc z remontem wejdziemy w sierpień.   Miki w lipcu zdobywał kolejne podłogowe rekordy. Wciąż nie raczkuje, ale w ogóle mu to nie przeszkadza w przemieszczaniu się sprawnie po całym mieszkaniu! Najlepiej turlając się. Chyba trzeba będzie zamontować bramki na schody, bo coś czuję, że kolejną umiejętnością jaką Miki opanuje będzie wspinanie!   Lipiec zakończyliśmy wspólnym pieczeniem pysznej tarty z borówkami. Omnomnomnom!   W sierpień weszliśmy więc z rozbabraną kuchnią, wyczekiwaniem zdjęcia gipsu i pełni energii do blogowania! A jak minął Wasz lipiec? W jakim nastroju przywitaliście sierpień?
- [Co tak naprawdę daje mi szczęście i czego chcę od życia?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/co-daje-szczescie-mi/): Przygotowywanie się do powrotu do pracy to był dla mnie trudny czas. Czekało na mnie wiele decyzji, wiele prowadzonych projektów, a czasu wciąż za mało, aby to wszystko ogarnąć. Czułam wszechogarniające przygnębienie na myśl o powrocie do wszystkich obowiązków, dorzucając do nich regularnie prowadzony Blog i masę nowych pomysłów, a to wszystko przy zasobie czasu w ilości 30% tego co 2 lata temu. Jak więc odnalazłam w życiu balans? Mając dziecko nie jest możliwe, abym pracowała po 12 czy 16 godzin na dobę. Po pierwsze dlatego, że nie mogę (zbyt często) zarwać nocy jeśli chcę wstać o 6 i wyjść do pracy, gdzie muszę być skupiona i efektywna. Nie mogę odespać zarwanego weekendu, gdyż moje Dziecko wstaje pomiędzy 5:30 a 7 rano. Zawsze. No mercy. A ja muszę mieć dla niego siłę aby bawić się, tulić, skakać, pielęgnować, gotować… Przydałaby się też odrobina kreatywności. Podeszłam do tego wyzwania czysto analitycznie i matematycznie i… stworzyłam tabelkę. Wpisałam tam wszystkie projekty, które w życiu prowadzę lub chcę prowadzić i przypisałam do nich wartości takie jak: poziom szczęścia jaki  mi dają (określony liczbą w przedziale od 1 do 5) poziom stresu jaki mi fundują (określony liczbą w przedziale od 1 do 5) poziom pieniędzy jaki mi dają lub pochłaniają (na przykład praca daje, a hobby pochłania) czas, który pochłaniają perspektywę, jaką mi dają (na przykład hobby rozwija i jest źródłem ogromnego samozadowolenia, podnosi moje umiejętności; nowy projekt w dłuższej perspektywie może zacząć przynosić dochody, choć dziś wymaga dużej inwestycji… albo straty tfu tfu). Brzmi skomplikowanie, ale to wszystko pomnożyłam przez siebie, podzieliłam przez stres, który w ramach planów na długie życie w zdrowiu staram się minimalizować oraz uwzględniając pracochłonność i czasochłonność wyszło mi czym będę zajmowała się do końca roku. Nie zrealizuję wielu rzeczy, które planowałam od dawna, bo niestety moja doba się nie chce rozciągnąć (próbowałam), ale… Pozbyłam się tych okropnych wyrzutów sumienia! Mam plan i czuję się dzięki niemu bezpiecznie. Wiem, że dobrze to przeanalizowałam, mam schemat działania, na podstawie którego wybrałam i realizuję to, co daje mi w życiu najwięcej satysfakcji przy utrzymaniu przychodów, które są dla mnie konieczne dla spięcia budżetu. Odstawiłam na bok sentymenty i każdorazowo gdy nachodzi mnie smutek, że nie otwieram właśnie firmy zajmującej się ślubną poligrafią (wiele pracy i nakładów w tym kierunku wykonałam jeszcze przed ciążą) albo nie kończę kolejnego kursu fotografii (marzenie) przypominam sobie moją tabelkę (albo Wojtek mi przypomina jak zaczynam marudzić) i wiem, że z dostępnych zasobów takich jak czas, umiejętności i pieniądze wyciągam z życia najwięcej i to najefektywniej jak się da! Jeśli podobnie jak ja kilka miesięcy temu nie wiesz jak dalej pokierować swoim życiem, siadaj rób i uzupełniaj tabelkę! Zdystansujesz się, na chłodno ocenisz swoje zasoby, możliwości i szanse i… z nową energią, bez wyrzutów sumienia ruszysz przed siebie!
- [Amerykańskie pancakes wg Magdy Gessler](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/amerykanskie-pancakes-wg-magdy-gessler/): A wszystko zaczęło się pewnego zimowego wieczoru, gdy postanowiłam choć odrobinę skorzystać z mojego abonamentu za telewizję kablową i skacząc po kanałach usłyszałam, że Magda Gessler ze swoją Rewolucją w Straszynie, przez który przejeżdżam kilka razy w miesiącu. Cały program kręcił się wokół hamburgerów i… pancakes! Musiałam je wypróbować. Potrzebowałam: 3 szklanki mąki 2 łyżeczki sody oczyszczonej 1 łyżka proszku do pieczenia 2 łyżki miodu 1/4 szklanki oleju 3 szklanki maślanki 4 jajka (roztrzepane) opcjonalnie ekstrakt waniliowy. Mąkę, sodę oczyszczoną i proszek do pieczenia wsypałam do miski i wymieszałam. Dodałam miód, olej, maślankę i roztrzepane w międzyczasie jajka. Masa nie była idealnie gładka i choć podobno nie musi wcale taka być, ja zdecydowałam się na użycie miksera. Uzyskane ciasto odstawiłam na całą noc (podobno wystarczy 15 minut, ale im dłużej tym lepiej). Naleśniki usmażyłam na patelni z dosłownie odrobiną masła. Na zdjęciu jest go zdecydowanie za dużo, gdyż zaobserwowałam zasadę – im mniej masła, tym bardziej złocisty, jednokolorowy pancake, czyli taki jak musi być. Z czym je podawać? Z syropami, na przykład z klonowym, z bitą śmietaną czy dżemami. Ja zaserwowałam je z kremem z serka mascarpone, polane gorącymi malinami. Przepis na krem z serka mascarpone: – 250 g serka mascarpone – 100 ml śmietanki kremówki 30% Zmiksować blenderem. Przepis na polewę malinową: słoik malin cukier waniliowy lub cukier puder kardamon cynamon. Wrzucić do garnka i na wolnym ogniu gotować kilka minut. Rozkoszować się smakiem.      Wyszły przepysznie, idealnie sprawdziły się jako śniadanie. Idealna porcja na osobę to 1, maksymalnie 2 naleśniki. Na szczęście zabraliśmy je do znajomych i świetnie sprawdziły się jako deser, serwowane z waniliowym serkiem homogenizowanym i polewą czekoladową. Narobiłam smaku?
- [Testujemy - Sprzątanie - Cillit BANG Aktywna Piana](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/testujemy-sprzatanie-cillit-bang/): Jak myślałam nad nazwą mojego bloga rozważałam tytuły w stylu: „Nie lubię gotować”, „Nie lubię sprzątać, gotować i prać”, „Bardzo nieperfekcyjna Pani Domu”… A więc jak się można domyślić, nie lubię sprzątać (choć lubię mieć posprzątane;) ) dlatego jestem bardzo skłonna korzystać z wszelkich wynalazków, które mogą mi pomóc w rzadszym czy lżejszym dbaniu o ład i porządek. Oczywiście urzekła mnie reklama Cillit BANG Aktywna Piana – Osady z Mydła i Prysznice. Poszłam, kupiłam (19,99 zł, nie mało…) i testuję, na moich łazienkowych bateriach. Instrukcja każe spryskać powierzchnie z odległości 30-40cm, odczekać 2 minuty – w przypadku silnych zabrudzeń 10 min i spłukać. Na pierwszy ogień poszła bateria umywalkowa, obowiązkowo na 10 minut – udzielił się mój pesymizm, czyli gorzej być nie może 😉 Jak widać, ciężko trafić w samą baterię i pianą dostało wszystko w promieniu metra 😉   Minęło 10 minut, spłukałam pianę, wytarłam ręcznikiem papierowym i…     Ulala, zadowolenie sięgnęło zenitu 🙂 Przyznam się, nie wierzyłam w powodzenie akcji… ale efekty są w pełni zadowalające! Przyszła kolej na baterię prysznicową. Tak wyglądała przed: PS! Osoby o słabych nerwach proszone są przerwać czytanie i nie oglądać poniższych zdjęć!!!   Czytam raz jeszcze instrukcję, psikam z odległości 30-40cm… a piany brak… wstrząsam, nie mieszam, ap płyn nie piana ścieka po baterii…   Dobrze, kolejna, szansa, dalej wstrząsam, psikam z odległości 5-10 cm, jest lepiej: Czekam 10 minut – w końcu traktuję tym środkiem silne zabrudzenia. Spłukuję, wycieram do sucha i oto efekt: Na pierwszy rzut oka – super, patrzę bliżej… Bilans: – wydane 19,99 zł – zużyte pół opakowania – czas trwania: 2 minuty psikania, 20 minut czekania, 2 minuty spłukiwania i wycierania do sucha – efekt – z daleka bardzo zadowalający     Test Cillit BANG, wynik: zadowalający Wypsikam opakowanie do końca i zdecyduję, czy kupię kolejne. A Wy? Macie doświadczenie z Cillit BANG Aktywna Piana? A może macie lepsze sposoby na uporczywe zabrudzenia na łazienkowych bateriach?
- [Tarta z borówkami - wspaniały przepis](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/tarta-z-borowkami-wspanialy-przepis/): W trakcie wieczornego pichcenia wrzuciliśmy Wam wczoraj na Instagram zdjęcie tarty z borówkami, którą wsadzałam właśnie do piekarnika i otrzymaliśmy od Was tyle próśb o przepis, że nie możemy Wam odmówić! To będzie na prawdę pyszny weekend! A co najważniejsze – nasza tarta z borówkami smakuje jeszcze lepiej niż wygląda! Jest po prostu przepyszna!!!  A więc kompletujcie:   Na ciasto: 250 g mąki np. tortowej 150 g masła szczyptę soli 2 łyżki cukru (jak preferujecie bardziej słodkie ciasta to spokojnie możecie dać 3 łyżki) 1 jajko Na nadzienie: 2 łyżki mąki np. tortowej 4 łyżki roztopionego masła 3 łyżki cukru 60g płatków migdałowych lub zmielonych migdałów Owoce: 400g borówek amerykańskich, ale możecie użyć każdych innych owoców 3 łyżki cukru   1. Do miksera wrzuciliśmy 250g mąki, 150g pokrojonego w drobną kostkę masła, szczyptę soli, 2 łyżki cukru oraz 1 jajko i miksowaliśmy aż do uzyskania kruchego ciasta   2. Wyjęliśmy ciasto z miksera i uformowaliśmy placek, który wsadziliśmy na godzinę do lodówki   3. Po godzinie wyjęliśmy placek, oddzieliliśmy 2/3, a 1/3 zostawiliśmy w lodówce 4. Wyjęte z lodówki ciasto podzieliliśmy na 3 części – każda na jedną tartę o średnicy 14 cm (można użyć także jednej dużej tarty o średnicy 24-26 cm), a następnie rozwałkowaliśmy ciasta na posypanej mąką desce na placki nieco większe niż naczynia na tarty   5. Wyłożyliśmy naczynia na tartę ciastem (ciasto spokojnie można dolepiać w brakujące miejsca)   6. Ciasto w formie wyłożyliśmy papierem do pieczenia i zasypaliśmy ryżem   7. Tarty z obciążonym ryżem ciastem wstawiliśmy na 15 minut do nagrzanego do 190’C piekarnika 8. W tym czasie przygotowaliśmy wkład do tarty czyli wrzuciliśmy do miksera 2 łyżki mąki, 4 łyżki roztopionego masła, 3 łyżki cukry oraz  50g drobno zmielonych płatków migdałowych i zmiksowaliśmy   9. Owoce wymieszaliśmy z 3 łyżkami cukru 10. Po 15minutach pieczenia wyjęliśmy tarty z piekarnika, wyjęliśmy ryż i uzupełniliśmy nadzieniem, na które wysypaliśmy owoce wymieszane wcześniej z cukrem 11. Wyjęliśmy pozostałe ciasto z lodówki, rozwałkowaliśmy, pocięliśmy na paseczki i ułożyliśmy na tarcie naprzemiennie     12. Wstawiliśmy tarty znów do piekarnika nagrzanego do 180’C na kolejne 15 minut Gotowe!   Kto ma ochotę?
- [O tym, jak ciągle mi było mało...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/pierwsza-ankieta-dla-czytelnikow-podsumowanie/): Widziałam wprawdzie rosnące liczby, ale ciągle mi było mało…  Was. Oczywiście jestem tu dla siebie, ale przede wszystkim dla Was. Dlaczego? Gdyż to Wy dajecie mi tę całą energię, to dzięki Wam zamiast o godzinie 23 iść spać siadam do komputera. Każdy Wasz komentarz (każdy!), każdy mail (każdy jeden!) jest moją ogromną siłą napędową! Ale muszę wiedzieć, że jesteście, co robię dobrze, a co powinnam poprawić. W tym celu zrobiłam krótką ankietę. W badaniu wzięło udział prawie 100 osób! Czy wiecie, że sondaże wyborcze robione są na grupie około 1000 osób, a końcowe wyniki różnią się od faktycznych wyników wyborów tylko o kilka punktów procentowych? Taka jest siła statystyki. Nie muszę Wam mówić, jakie było moje zdziwienie, bo pod żadnym postem nie miałam 100 komentarzy, a nagle spłynęło do mnie niemal 100 ankiet! Czyli… na prawdę jesteście! A więc teraz trochę o Was, w ujęciu statystycznym oczywiście:   JAKĄ KONKRETNĄ TEMATYKĘ LUBICIE NAJBARDZIEJ? W parentingu najbardziej interesują Was tematy związane z wyprawką, recenzjami i… szeroko rozumianym życiem codziennym i macierzyństwem. W lifestylu lubicie czytać o zdrowiu, zdrowym stylu życia, urodzie, kosmetykach naturalnych. W temacie wnętrz lubicie oglądać jak mieszkamy, a także to co nas inspiruje. Co najbardziej mnie zdziwiło to to, że przy okazji odpowiedzi na to pytanie prosicie mnie także o posty w tematyce ślubnej i weselnej – zapewne jest to związane z moją pracą. Takie posty publikuję na moim firmowym blogu, ale pomyślę, czy nie podzielić się tu z Wami moimi prywatnymi doświadczeniami, bo pewnie nie wiecie, ale za mąż wychodziłam już dwa razy – na szczęście za każdym razem za tego samego! Lubicie także fotografię i podróże. Szczególnie interesuje Was temat podróżowania z dzieckiem. Najczęściej jednak pojawiały się tutaj hasła dotyczące naszej codzienności.   CZEGO WAM BRAKUJE NA BLOGU SPOD KOCYKA? Chciałybyście, abym więcej pisała o zdrowiu, urodzie, o wnętrzach (zarówno naszych jak i inspiracjach), interesuje Was żywienie małych dzieci, a także ogólnie kulinaria i sport. Dużo z Was zostawiło mi informację, że chciałoby coś, czego nigdy jeszcze na blogu nie było – dziecięcych stylizacji, rekomendacji sklepów z ubrankami czy informacji o naszych najnowszych zakupach. I znów najbardziej brakuje Wam… naszej codzienności. Tego jak żyjemy, jakie mamy sukcesy i rozterki, jak radzimy sobie z problemami, jak spędzamy czas wolny i oczywiście tego co słychać u Mikołaja. I na koniec zostawiłam sobie smakołyka – kilka osób napisało, że chciałoby przeczytać u mnie o tym, jak prowadzić bloga od strony technicznej i porad jak osiągnąć sukces 😉 Nawet nie marzyłam, aby coś takiego przeczytać! 🙂   CO NAJBARDZIEJ LUBICIE NA BLOGU SPOD KOCYKA? Pozwolę sobie na przytoczenie najważniejszych dla mnie odpowiedzi: „Rodzinną „kocykową” atmosferę” „naturalność wpisów” „klimat” „Łatwy język-  po całym dniu opieki nas dzieciaczkiem potrzebny jest prosty przekaz” „Twoje wyczucie gustu :)” „Fotografie, naturalność wynikającą z postów” „Piękne zdjęcia, krótkie i treściwe wpisy” „Konkretne przykłady, sprawdzone” „Wszystko!” „Wasze uśmiechnięte zdjęcia :-)” „Zaskoczyłaś mnie postem o utraconych dzieciach. Brawo za odwagę więcej takich odważnych rzeczy. Ja tez przeżywałam coś takiego.” „przejrzystość bloga” „piekne estetyczne zdjęcia, ładne wnętrza.” „bardzo fajna autorka i zdjęcia” „styl pisania, zdjęcia, ilośc potrzebnch wiadomości” „blyskotliwosc” „wszystko” „zdjecia, energię pozytywna bijaca z tego bloga” „autorkę! :)” „piekno jakie ukazuje” „Ciebie i Twoją rodzinkę!” „Was ;)” „ciekawostki ułatwiające życie” „dot dziecka” „To, że o wszystkim opowiadasz po swojemu. Czuć w postach Twój styl.” „Was :)” „Szczere rady i obiektywne opinie” „piękne zdjęcia i luźny sposób pisania” „piękne zdjęcia” „estetykę” „Dobry kontakt z czytelnikiem”   CZEGO NIE LUBICIE NA BLOGU SPOD KOCYKA? Tych odpowiedzi bałam się najbardziej, na szczęście zwykle pisałyście, że nie ma czegoś takiego 🙂 Ale oczywiście nie obyło się bez uwag: „Trochę przesłodzone” „Jest ok. Moze troszkę jest czasami za bardzo cukierkowo. Więcej luzu i dystansu do siebie.” „Więcej tych gorszych momentów z życia bo, każda z nas jest mama i nie tylko jest tak fajnie z naszymi maluchami. A fajnie było by się powspierać :)”   O CZYM CHCIELIBYŚCIE PRZECZYTAĆ W KOLEJNYCH WPISACH? „Czym zajmuje dziecko w ciągu dnia” „Jak radzic sobie z dwojka malych dzieci” „O czyms bardzo smiesznym, jajcarskim” „O zmaganiach z laktatorem, kryteriach jego wyboru oraz łóżeczko w sypialniu rodziców czy w oddzielnym pokoju, nocne karmienie” „Organizacja przyjęcia urodzinowego dziecka
- [Daj mi o sobie znać!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/daj-mi-o-sobie-znac-pierwsza-ankieta/): Z ankietą na blogu jest jak z Dzieckiem – zawsze Ci się wydaje, że to nie jest odpowiedni moment, a tak na prawdę każdy jest dobry! Jak wiecie u nas w domu na całego trwa akcja #mamawracadopracy, a moim celem poza osiągnięciem harmonii w życiu zawodowym jest także wpisanie bloga na stałą listę moich codziennych spraw. I tutaj zaczyna się Wasza rola – jestem tu dla siebie, ale przede wszystkim dla Was, bo to Wy dajecie mi tę całą energię, to dzięki Wam zamiast o godzinie 23 iść spać siadam do komputera. Każdy Wasz komentarz (każdy!), każdy mail (każdy jeden!) jest moją ogromną siłą napędową! Dla Was chcę się zmieniać, dla Was chcę pisać. Ale muszę wiedzieć co robię dobrze, a co powinnam poprawić. Dlatego dziś proszę Was o pomoc, o poradę, o wskazówkę. Widzę, że statystyki na blogu rosną, ale niestety wciąż mi mało. Czego? Kogo? Was! Waszych komentarzy, lajków, znaku, że jesteście i co sądzicie. Bo to, że jesteście przecież widzę! Więc dziś mam do Was prośbę, zamiast czytać mój kolejny post, którego dzisiaj nie będzie, poświęćcie te kilka minut i uzupełnijcie ankietę. O tę, jest na prawdę krótka: Ładowanie… Każda uzupełniona przez Was ankieta jest dla mnie na wagę złota! Dajcie się poznać!
- [Koszulka z moim bazgrołem wspiera akcję WSPÓLNY MIANOWNIK](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wspolny-mianownik-notjustshop-koszulka-kieszonka/): Z ogromną przyjemnością przyjęłam zaproszenie na Akcję Wspólny Mianownik, która w ostatnią sobotę przyjechała do Gdyni. Od razu zapowiedziałam, że wpadniemy całą rodziną po to, aby narysować kieszonkę, która znajdzie się na koszulce i którą będą mogły kupić… miliony! A to wszystko po to, aby wesprzeć dzieci z małopolskiego hospicjum. W sobotę koło 15 zjawiliśmy się więc w Gdyńskim InfoBox’ie w pełnym składzie czyli Mikołaj, Wojtek i ja. Od razu wyparzył nas przesympatyczny Łukasz ze Wspólnego Mianownika, pokazał inne projekty i piękne wydruki na tkaninach. Nie zniechęciło nas nawet to, że absolutnie nie potrafimy rysować. Trudno, trzeba coś z siebie dać, pokonać wstyd i rysować! Z naszej Trójki to ja zostałam wytypowana do wykrzesania z siebie, kartki papieru i kredek tego… co możliwe. Co to dużo mówić – innym szło dużo lepiej niż mi, zobaczcie jakie cudo wyczarował Łukasz! Pozostali uczestnicy Akcji Wspólny Mianownik nie pozostawali za nim w tyle! A oto moje osobiste dzieło sztuki, wyżyny moich rysunkowych umiejętności! Tak… to właśnie z taką oryginalną kiszonką będziecie mogli zamówić sobie super koszulki w sklepie NOTJUSTSHOP – są na prawdę cudownej jakości, jest wiele modeli i rozmiarów do wyboru, każdy znajdzie coś dla siebie. A to wszystko po to by lansować się w tej koszulce na mieście, Facebooku i Instagramie, wspierając jednocześnie potrzebujące dzieciaki, między innymi te z małopolskiego hospicjum. Wiecie jak będzie im fajnie, że chodzicie po mieście z takim bazgrołem jak mój, a to wszystko dla nich? Więcej o kulisach akcji możecie zobaczyć w krótkim filmowym zaproszeniu, które otrzymałam: Wiolu, Łukaszu – robicie świetną robotę! Pękam z dumy, że mogliśmy przyjść i wziąć udział w Waszym projekcie! Raz jeszcze dziękujemy za zaproszenie i nie możemy się doczekać, aż będziemy mogli zamówić nasze koszulki! Jak tylko koszulki będą do kupienia od razu Was poinformuję! Bylibyście chętni?
- [Dzień 6: Miasto - majowe wyzwanie fotograficzne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spozniony-dzien-6-miasto-majowe/): Uwielbiam przesiadywać w przyrestauracyjnych ogródkach, rozmawiać i śmiać się, patrzeć na ludzi. Szarobury Sopot.
- [Mój rower - recenzja](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/film-moj-rower-recenzja/): Na festiwalu filmów w Gdyni nie udało mi się zobaczyć propozycji „Mój rower”, którą tak polecano na kinowych korytarzach. Od kilku tygodni widywałam trailer tego filmu, a w minionym wybrałam się do kina. Nie będę rozpisywała się na temat fantastycznej gry aktorskiej, gdyż taka obsada była jej gwarancją, jednak film nie pokazał mi wiele więcej, niż to co w minutowym skrócie reklamowym. Wyszłam lekko rozczarowana, w odróżnieniu od znajomych, którym film bardzo się podobał, ale może to dlatego, że wolę w filmach szybszą akcję? Moja opinia – warto zobaczyć  
- [Święta z książką czyli Grey, podróbki Greya i najnowsza propozycja Doroty Masłowskiej](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/podrobki-greya-i-najnowsza-propozycja/): Przy okazji świątecznym zakupów nie mogłam ominąć mojego ulubionego Empiku, gdzie jako idealne pomysły na prezent z niemal każdego kąta zerkały na mnie dwie pierwsze części Greya  (moją recenzję możecie przeczytać tutaj). Ale nie tylko Greya, gdyż ledwo odróżniłam je od pozostałych kliku książek, których twórcy postanowili podpiąć się pod niewątpliwy (sprzedażowy) sukces tej serii: Po pierwsze „Osiemdziesiąt Dni Niebieskich” – nie tylko tytuł na tą samą nutę, dochodzi okładka utrzymana w tym samym stylu, ale także krzyczące z niej hasło reklamowe: „Jeszcze bardziej pikantny i wysublimowany odcień Pięćdziesięciu twarzy Greya”.   Dalej „Przeznaczona do Gry” – gdzie słowo „Gry” napisane z wielkiej litery niewątpliwie i celowo kojarzy się z tytułowym Greyem. Ale jakby to nie miało wystarczyć do zapewnienia książce finansowego sukcesu, bazującego na sukcesie prototypu, wspomaga ją napis: „Grey to tylko przystawka, czas na danie główne…” I jeszcze jedna – tutaj widzę hybrydę kilku okładek – jakby Grey nie wystarczył, dodano akcent Prady 😉 Omijając stendy i regały promujące książkowe hity i pseudohity, pomiędzy regałami z polską literaturą zaciekawiłam się skrytą, naszą rodzimą propozycją: i choć „Wojna polsko-ruska pod flagą biało-czerwoną” kilka lat temu nie została przeze mnie ani dokończona ani doceniona, postanowiłam raz jeszcze pokłonić się nad niewątpliwym talentem Doroty i sprezentować bliskiej osobie jej najnowszą literacką propozycją. Co z tego wyniknie – na pewno dam znać. A może Wy już czytaliście? A Wy jaką książkę wybralibyście na tegoroczny, gwiazdkowy prezent?
- [Małe Wielkie Przyjemności](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/mae-wielkie-przyjemnosci/): Na poprawę humoru zamiast nowych ubrań czy butów proponuję 5 drobiazgów, kartkę papieru i drukarkę. Pomocna może okazać się także migracja kwiatów z balkonu do kuchni (w końcu idzie zima). Sprawdziłam i polecam 🙂 Do tego Ich towarzystwo i mam tyle szczęścia, że nie mogę pomieścić go w sobie, dzielę się więc z Wami 🙂 Miłego dnia 🙂
- [Babeczki...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/babeczki/): Uwielbiam babeczki, a za to, że są jednocześnie smakołykiem i dekoracją stołu, uwielbiam je jeszcze bardziej. Miłego dnia!
- [Odrobina luksusu na co dzień](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/uwielbiam-byc-rozpieszczana/): Uwielbiam być rozpieszczana… a czasami pozwalam sobie na rozpieszczanie samej siebie. Gdy mam ochotę na odrobinę luksusu w moim domu, kupuję żywe kwiaty, dziś piwonie… Na razie to głównie pąki, ale z dnia na dzień coraz piękniejsze będą witały mnie po pracy. Uwielbiam też kupować bieliznę w profesjonalnych sklepach bieliźniarskich, w których mogę liczyć na brafitterską asystę, do tego cudny wystrój, miły nastrój, świeżo mieloną kawa z ekspresu i babeczki… Miłego wieczoru wszystkim życzę 🙂 A Wy? Jakie macie sposoby na rozpieszczanie samych siebie?
- [Karteczka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/karteczka/): Na moim firmowym blogu pisałam kiedyś o tym, jak siedząc w dniu własnych imienin w domu ze złamaną nogą, przykuta do wózka inwalidzkiego, po raz pierwszy w życiu odwiedził mnie kurier, który dostarczył mi ogromny bukiet białych tulipanów – dokładnie takich, jakie nasza zimowa Panna Młoda miała mieć na swoim ślubie. Długo nie musiałam się zastanawiać od kogo są. I choć ślub był ponad pół roku temu, nasza pełna ciepła znajomość przetrwała, a oni nie przestają mnie wzruszać i zaskakiwać, zobaczcie, co dzisiaj czekało na nas w skrzynce na listy: Angie, Hamish – jak zawsze jesteście kochani! Dziękujemy! Dzięki Wam zawsze się uśmichamy!
- [Bardzo Szczęśliwa 7](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/bardzo-szczesliwa-7/): Bardzo się cieszę, że moja nowa seria przypadła Wam do gustu, gdyż kolekcjonowanie przyjemności sprawia mi ogromną frajdę. Mój ostatni post Gdzie jestem, jak mnie nie ma? przypomniał mi, jak strasznie lubię tu być. A więc jestem, razem z moim kolejnym zestawieniem. 1. Dwie kreski Noc dodać nic ująć. Jak wszystko dobrze się ułoży, w marcu zostaniemy rodzicami. 2. Czterodniowy urlop Prezent niespodzianka od mojego męża – wiedziałam kiedy (choć to pewnie tylko ze względu na moje zawodowe obowiązki mój mąż nie mógł pozwolić sobie na większe szaleństwo), ale nie miałam pojęcia gdzie. Spędziliśmy 4 urocze dni w Kołobrzegu.3. BMW Z4 A na urlopie czekała na nas niespodzianka – dzięki Hotelowi Aquarius w Kołobrzegu oraz marce BMW otrzymaliśmy na cały dzień sportowe cabrio BMW Z4, dzięki któremu mogliśmy spełnić młodzieńce marzenie o „tour de nadmorskie miejscowości” z wiatrem we włosach i 4,7 sekundami do setki. Recenzja i więcej zdjęć niebawem. 4. Kocykowo… W związku z dwiema kreskami rozpoczął się w moim życiu kolejny rozdział, a ja czuję, że chciałabym o nim pisać. Absolutnie nie jestem ekspertem, to moje pierwsze dwie kreski 😉 i mam potrzebę skupienia wokół siebie osób, które zarówno tak jak ja stawiają pierwsze kroki w rodzicielstwie, jak i tych doświadczonych oraz wszystkich zainteresowanych tematem. Nie chcąc robić tutaj off topu rozpisując się o kremach na rozstępy czy wózkach, stworzyłam Kocykowo, do którego zapraszam wszystkich zainteresowanych tematem.5. Etui na biżuterię Jak wiecie dużo podróżuję i uwielbiam dodatki, dlatego zawsze zabieram ze sobą gdziekolwiek jadę. Do tej pory upychałam je w kosmetyczki, opakowania po biżuterii czy nawet w opakowania po prześcieradłach – takie przeźroczyste na zamek 😉 Jakiś czas temu kupując biżuterię w jednym z moich ulubionych sklepów internetowych Lilabox, skusiłam się na filcowe etui podróżne na biżuterię za 69,90 zł, które ostatnio po raz pierwszy pojechało ze mną w podróż – jest nie tylko śliczne, ale idealnie sprawdziło się w swojej roli. A ja czułam się jak perfekcyjnie spakowana bizneswoman 😉 6. Kobiety, które martwią się za bardzo Czy Wy też miewacie w swoim życiu okresy, gdy dosłownie zamartwiacie się – pierdołami? Roztrząsacie rzeczy z przeszłości lub martwicie się sprawami, na które zupełnie nie macie wpływu? Postanowiłam zabrać się do ciężkiej pracy nad sobą. Po zapoznaniu się z propozycjami literatury, wybrałam książkę Holly Hazlett-Stevens: Kobiety, które martwią się za bardzo – i to był bardzo dobry wybór! Choć przeczytałam dopiero połowę, wprowadzam w życie metody walki z bezsensownym zamartwianiem się i wiecie co – już pierwszego dnia były efekty. Jeśłi macie ochotę na taką lektorę, książka w postaci ebooka jest do kupienia na woblink.pl za jedyne 14,90 zł. (24,90 zł to cena regularna, ale za zapisanie się do Newslettera otrzymałam 5 kuponów o wartości 10 zł, które mogę wykorzystać na zakup dowolnych książek). 7. Zdrowe jedzenie     Nie lubię gotować – w ogóle do kuchni mogłabym wchodzić tylko po to, aby zmienić ściereczki na czyste,  położyć na stole bieżnik dopasowany kolorystycznie do pozostałych dodatków czy zaparzyć pysznej kawy i posiedzieć przy niej z przyjaciółką. Jednak od jakiegoś czasu muszę dbać o to co jem – i wcale nie mam na myśli jedzenia za dwoje, tylko jedzenia dla dwojga. Tutaj z pomocą przychodzi mi mój maż, który codziennie serwuje mi do łóżka pożywne śniadanka, a ja omijając fast foody i inne paskudy, staram się na mieście wybierać tylko zdrowe posiłki i chyba całkiem dobrze mi to wychodzi. A wiecie co? Sprawia mi to ogromną frajdę! Naturalne soki, pyszne koktajle, świeże sałatki i moje ulubione pełnoziarniste naleśniki z twarogiem i jogurtem nie tylko stanowią zdrowe posiłki, ale także pyszne. A jak tylko skończy się sezon, obiecuję spróbować zacząć sama zdrowo gotować! Co powiecie na kulinarny cykl artykułów pisanych przez totalnego laika?
- [Maj 2013 Wish List](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wish-list-maj-2013/): Ogromnie spodobały mi się „wish listy”, przede wszystkim dlatego, że wydaje mi się, pozwalają znaleźć chwilę aby zastanowić się nad tym, czego na prawdę pragniemy. Przygotowanie mojej pierwszej, majowej (bo właśnie w miesięcznych odstępach chcę je tworzyć) wish listy nie było takie łatwe! 1. Najnowsza, kompaktowa wersja mojego ulubionego podkładu z filtrem Even Better od CLINIQUE, w pięknym, srebrnym opakowaniu z gąbeczką i dużym lusterku, dzięki której można poprawić makijaż poza domem, dostępny w Sephorze 2. Filcowe etiu na telefon, do kupienia na Allegro 3. Słodka patera od Home&You – idealna do mojego kobiecego biura 4. Płaskie, niebieskie buty ze sklepu ZARA – po złamaniu nogi długo nie założę szpilek, a głównie je mam w swojej szafie 5. Wielgachna kołdra na lato w rozmiarze 220x200cm – do kupienia na Allegro 6. I do kompletu zabawna pościel z cytatami o miłości do snu i cupcake’ów, także z Home&You , mała odmiana w mojej sypialni, w której królują pościele haftowane lub te obszyte falbanami i koronkami. A jakie zakupy Wam się marzą w maju?
- [Dzień 4: Owoce - majowe wyzwanie fotograficzne](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spozniony-dzien-4-owoce/): W końcu same mnie znalazły. Przedstawiam moje owoce.
- [Szczęśliwa 7 po raz pierwszy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/szczesliwa-7-po-raz-pierwszy/): W obliczu stresujących wydarzeń często zapominamy, jak ważne jest na przykład cieszenie się drobnymi rzeczami, stąd postanowiłam rozpocząć cykl postów: Szczęśliwa 7, a za jego pomocą dzielić się z innymi drobnymi sprawami, które dały mi szczęście. Oto premierowe zestawienie: 1. Niezobowiązujące trampki i pozytywne sowy Ze względu na swoją pracę, na co dzień nie pozwalam sobie na zbyt wygodny, sportowy „look”. Gdy czekałam ostatnio na męża w centrum handlowym, zaszłam do pierwszego do wejścia sklepu Pull&Bear, zakochałam się w beztroskich, białych trampkach i shoperce w radosne sowy – they made my day! Po chwili zrzucone eleganckie czółenka i torebka wylądowały w nowej, pozytywnej torbie na ramieniu, a ja w białych trampkach na nogach ruszyłam na wycieczkę po sklepach – wygoda, dużo kolorów – tego mi było potrzeba! 2. Nietykalni Nie będę zdradzać zbyt wiele, ale jeśli macie ochotę na dobry, nieco ckliwy film z szybkim samochodem w tle, polecam nietykalnych. PS Mężowi też się podobał 😉 3. Lava Cake Niewątpliwie grzeszne, ale jakie smaczne! Dostępne w Pizza Hut. 4. Próbnik kolorów Różowy, amarantowy, Tiffany Blue czy lazurowy? Opisywanie kolorów przy okazji wymyślania ślubnych stylizacji przyprawia wszystkich o zawrót głowy, a do tego kolory na ekranie potrafią mocno różnić się od tych w wydruku. Tutaj z pomocą przyszedł mi próbnik kolorów PANTONE, dzięki któremu kolory z monitora idealnie korespondują z tymi w druku, a nawet najtrudniejszy do opisania kolor możemy zawrzeć w kombinacji kilku znaków. I’m loving it! 5. Design Your Life Alina sprawiła mi ogromną przyjemność, wspominając u siebie o moim kobiecym biurze, a liczba osób, które odwiedziły moje skromne progi tego dnia, zostawiły kilka słów czy wysłały wiadomość była ogromną motywacją. 6. Salon urody Uwielbiam te chwile luksusu, gdy na kilka godzin mogę oddać się w ręce profesjonalistów, którzy zadbają o zmęczoną cerę czy stopy. Chwile spędzone w moim ulubionym Instytucie Piękna są bezcenne. 7. SpodKocyka.pl Nowy adres mojego Bloga czyli wczorajszy prezent od mojego męża. A co Wam ostatnio sprawiło ogromną frajdę?
- [Gdzie jestem, jak mnie nie ma?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/gdzie-jestem-jak-mnie-nie-ma/): Sobota, godzina 01:10. Wyjazd do taty na wieś. Ładuję baterie – i nie mam na myśli tych w laptopie na moich kolanach. W moim zawodzie najwyższy sezon trwa od połowy maja do połowy września i podobnie będzie u mnie w tym roku. Jest to czas, w którym pomimo najlepszych zabiegów z dzieciny planowania, lista dodatkowych spraw do załatwienia na ostatnią chwilę wydaje się nie mieć końca. Oczywiście wszystko się zawsze dobrze kończy, jednak przez ten czas wytężonej pracy, moje kontakty towarzyskie, rodzinne, a także – co ma kluczowe znaczenie dla tego posta – moje zainteresowania – potrafią nieźle ucierpieć. Ale to nie jest tak, że blog odstawiłam na zupełnie boczny tor – w jakże krótkich chwilach, których nie poświęcam na pracę, dom i rodzinę, robię notatki, zbieram zdjęcia, planuję o czym napiszę, gdy tylko skończy się sezon – a może i nieco wcześniej? Tak czy siak muszę przyznać, że bardzo mi bloga brakuje – pisania, czytania Waszych komentarzy, otrzymywania maili. Zaniedbałam Was w bardzo ważnym dla mnie momencie – gdy tak wielu z Was polubiło to moje małe miejsce w sieci, ale mam nadzieję, że jak tu wrócę już na dobre, jeszcze Was spotkam. Oto mały kolaż szybkich zdjęć z telefonu, ilustrujących moją pracę w ciągu ostatnich kilku tygodni: W międzyczasie udało mi się też zrobić kilka fajnych rzeczy, poznać wielu interesujących ludzi, trafić na interesujące blogi, a także przygotować małego off-top’a. A o tym wszystkim już niebawem.
- [Nowy design na moim blogu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nowy-design-na-moim-blogu/): I mnie dopadła paskudna infekcja. Ale cały dzień spędzony w łóżku okazał się nie być taki zupełnie zmarnowany – przygotowałam zupełnie nową odsłonę mojego bloga. Oczywiście jestem w tej kwestii totalną amatorką, nie każdy szczegół udało mi się na ten moment dopieścić, ale niewątpliwie pierwsze efekty są już widoczne. A ja umieram z ciekawości co sądzicie o tej zmianie?
- [Wyzwanie: Polubię gotowanie!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyzwanie-polubie-gotowanie/): Nie lubię gotować. Po prostu nie lubię. Ale spróbuję polubić, a co mi tam. Do tego uwielbiam dobrze zjeść i szkoda mi po pierwsze mojej kuchni (w sensie dosłownym), a po drugie własnego podniebienia, aby kolejne lata się tak marnowały się na odgrzewaniu mrożonek. Rozpoczynam więc cykl kulinarnych postów i co tydzień będę chciała zaprezentować Wam chociaż jedno danie, które odważyłam się przygotować. Z racji tego, że na gotowaniu znam się podobnie dobrze jak na fizyce kwantowej, z przyjemnością przyjmę wszystkie Wasze porady czy pomysły na proste dania. A oto spis moich pierwszych kroków w kuchni: 1. Roladki drobiowe z pietruszką i serem pleśniowym (już zrobione i zjedzone, zdradzę Wam, że były pyszne, zasłużyły na 5 kocyków, a czas ich przygotowania zmieścił się w 30 minutach) 2. Mięsne klopsiki z sałatką ziemniaczaną 3. Sałatka z gorgonzolą i gruszką 4. Sylwestrowe babeczki marchewkowe 5. Amerykańskie pancakes wg Magdy Gessler A Wy, lubicie gotować? Bo jeśli nie… to może dołączycie do wyzwania?
- [Roladki drobiowe z serem pleśniowym i pietruszką](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/roladki-drobiowe-z-serem-plesniowym-i/): Aby połączyć przyjemne z pożytecznym, mój wybór potrawy na dziś padł na drugie danie. Przynajmniej nie trzeba będzie jeść na mieście, czy zamawiać jedzenia na telefon. Przeszukałam Internet i zrobiłam zapas przepisów na 3 dni. Pierwszy przepis, w swojej pierwszej i trudniejszej połowie obejmującej roladki, pochodzi z bloga Kulinarni.pl, możecie mi nie wierzyć, ale drugą połowę wymyśliłam sama, ha! Zaczęłam od zakupów, ale do tego potrzebowałam listy składników pomniejszonych o to, co mogę znaleźć w mojej lodówce (niestety było tego niewiele). Składniki na roladki: – 1 pojedyncza pierś z kurczaka – ser pleśniowy Castello (wybrałam Danish Blue Cheese) – natka pietruszki – sól morska prowansalska – zioła prowansalskie – pieprz cayenne – olej Składniki na prosta sałatkę:  – rukola  – 1 pomidor  – czerwone winogrona (uwielbiam ich smak w połączeniu z pleśniowym serem)  – olej  – pieprz  – sól I ruszyłam do dzieła! Krok 1 Pewnie nie muszę pisać, że umyłam mięso i wycięłam kosteczki oraz tłuszczyk? Wolę napisać, gdyż kiedyś mój m. mnie o to spytał, więc piszę. Umyłam, wymyłam, dokładnie, moim ulubionym płynem do mycia naczyń marki Ludwik. Nie użyłam do tego celu gąbeczki, bo z nawet blogów kosmetycznych zdążyłam się dowiedzieć, ile to bakterii potrafi się kryć w gąbce. Wymyłam swymi ręcami. Tylko z tym płynem do mycia naczyń żartowałam. Pierś z kurczaka nacięłam w połowie, aby ubijając mięso uzyskać większą powierzchnię do zawijania. Ubijając położyłam na mięsie woreczek foliowy, gdyż tłuczek za bardzo je szarpał i nie chciałam zrobić dziur, co by mi ser nie wypłynął jak z durszlaka. Krok 2 Z papieru do pieczenia wycięłam podłużne kawałki, wysmarowałam olejem, posypałam solą morską prowansalską, pieprzem cayenne i ziołami prowansalskimi. Krok 3 Na papierze ułożyłam pierś z kurczaka, a na niej kawałki sera pleśniowego, wszystko posypałam skrojoną natką pietruszki. Zwinęłam pierś w roladkę, a roladkę w papier do pieczenia Krok 4 Roladkę smażyłam po około 3 minuty z każdej strony (a jest ich 4 – nie od razu na to wpadłam, dając się początkowo uwieść skojarzeniu z dwustronnym kotletem) na dobrze rozgrzanej patelni, ale kolejnym razem na smażenie poświęcę nieco więcej czasu, aby były bardziej wypieczone od środka. Po wyjęciu z papieru odstawiłam roladkę na kilka minut, aby przy jej rozkrajaniu nie wyciekł mi cały ser. Krok 5 W czasie smażenia rolady udało mi się przygotować bardzo prostą i nie mniej pyszną sałatkę. Na spód garść rukoli, na to pół pokrojonego w półksiężyce pomidora. Na to świeżo zmielone pieprz i sól oraz kilka kropel oliwy. Choć winogrona kupiłam z myślą o kolejnym daniu, przypomniało  mi się, jak bardzo lubię ich smak w połączeniu z serem pleśniowym, a więc także znalazły się na talerzu, aby móc łączyć je z każdym kęsem roladki. Był to strzał w dziesiątkę! Krok 6 Na talerzu brakowało już tylko pokrojonej w kawałki głównej bohaterki. I voilà! Ocena:   Danie było przepyszne (pierś absolutnie nie była sucha), a jeśli tylko polubię gotowanie, na pewno na stałe zagości na naszych talerzach. Roladek starczyło na dwie porcje (takie jak ta powyżej). Uwaga! Z pełną odpowiedzialnościom przyznaję roladkom w tym wydaniu 5 kocyków 🙂 Duma mnie rozpiera, a jak Wam się podoba?
- [Sałatka z gorgonzolą i gruszką](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/saatka-z-gorgonzola-i-gruszka/): Trzecie danie w ramach mojego Wyzwania – Polubię gotowanie! W porze na lunch odwiedziła mnie siostra, zamiast zamówić jedzenie na telefon, pyszną sałatkę z gorgonzolą i gruszką zrobiłam w 10 minut, nie przerywając rozmów przy kawie. Przepis zaczerpnęłam z Dusiowej Kuchni. Składniki: garść rukoli – dałam dwie 2 gruszki – dałam jedną 100g sera gorgonzola 10 winogron kilka orzechów włoskich Dip: 2 łyżki oleju z pestek dyni – dałam zwykły, gdyż nie udało mi się dostać łyżeczka miodu łyżka musztardy miodowej – użyłam zwykłej, gdyż także nie udało mi się zakupić płaska łyżeczka soku z cytryny Sałatka przepyszna, przepis na sosik wyśmienity. Przyznaję 5/5 kocyków 🙂
- [Mięsne klopsiki z sałatką ziemniaczaną](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/miesne-klopsiki-z-saatka-ziemniaczana/): Po pierwszym kulinarnym sukcesie, wyszukałam drugi przepis, który pochodzi z portalu Kulinarni.pl. Tym samym – dziś na obiad klopsiki i sałatka ziemniaczana!  Aby nie było mi zbyt nudno podczas samotnego smażenia, przygotowałam sobie mały motywator – serial, oczywiście z gotowaniem w tle: Składniki: 0,30 kg młodych ziemniaków sól świeżo zmielony pieprz 1 łyżka ostrej papryki (zastąpiłam chili pieprzem cayenne) 1 łyżeczka kminku (nie użyłam – nie przepadam) 0,40 kg mielonego mięsa wołowo-wieprzowego 1 jajko 1/2 szklanki bułki tartej olej roślinny 2 pomidory 150 ml jogurtu naturalnego 2 ogórki konswerowe 1 łyżka musztardy sok z połowy cytryny 1 garść świeżo posiekanej natki pietruszki – zapomniałam dodać 1 garść świeżo posiekanego tymianku – użyłam suszonego 1 garść świeżo posiekanego rozmarynu – użyłam suszonego kilka łodyżek szczypiorku – też zapomniałam dodać 😉   Krok 1 Gotowanie rozpoczęłam od wstawienia ziemniaków. Skorzystałam z tego, że są młode i zamiast obierać, dokładnie je wymyłam.   Krok 2 Do mięsa dodałam jajko, bułkę tartą i przyprawy: pieprz, sól, chilli pieprz cayenne, dokładnie wymieszałam, uformowałam malutkie klopsiki i usmażyłam na oleju. Krok 3 Pokroiłam i wrzuciłam do miski ugotowane ziemniaki, pomidory, ogórki konserwowe. Krok 4 Do 150ml jogurtu dodałam pół łyżki musztardy i sok z połowy cytryny, tymianek i rozmaryn. Zapomniałam o dodaniu szczypiorku i pietruszki. I gotowe! Jak smakowało? Całkiem całkiem. Żałuję, że nie zrezygnowałam całkowicie z użycia musztardy, nie przepadam za jej smakiem, a w tym daniu był dla mnie zdecydowanie zbyt intensywny. Klopsiki (jak można się domyśleć z ich składu) wyszły bardzo twarde. Kolejny raz jak będę robiła mielone skorzystam ze sposobu mojej Mamy i użyję rozmoczonej bułki, a nie bułki tartej, aby zapewnić kotlecikom miękkość. Moja ocena: 3/5 kocyków   PS Kotlecików zrobiłam 2 razy więcej niż w przepisie, dzięki czemu na drugi dzień wrzuciłam je do sosu i zaserwowałam z tłuczonymi ziemniaczkami i pomidorkami.
- [Listopadowe Zachcianki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/listopadowe-zachcianki/): Wciąż o czymś marzę, a kilka z tych rzeczy można kupić. Czas więc chyba na kolejną wish listę. Była wiosenna, jesienna, kuchenna…  a teraz czas na osobistą. Po pierwsze: farby. Mam ochotę na metamorfozę kilku rzeczy na moich półkach takich jak ramka na zdjęcie czy doniczka. Odczuwam ogromną pokusę, aby wreszcie odważyć się i wprowadzić kolor do dużego pokoju. Zobaczyć, jak czuję się z niebieskimi, różowymi czy cytrynowymi dodatkami. Po drugie: Yankee Candles – wszędzie o nich słyszę, ostatnio przejeżdżałam nawet koło sklepu pełnego tych pachnidełek. Muszę tam wrócić. Po trzecie: naszyjnik. Obowiązkowo duży, o wydłużonym kształcie, idealny do górnych części garderoby z małymi dekoltami, Ten jest z ZARY. Po czwarte: poduszka. Obiecywałam sobie, że kolejna będzie kolorowa, że najwyższa pora na zaproszenie mojego ukochanego różu na naszą kanapę. Już się bałam, że Marysia z Art Attack – Be Inspired rzuciła na mnie szaropoduszkowy czar i kupię coś pięknego w Mint House. Ale to może innym razem. Teraz zapraszam róż i geometrię, po które być może udam się do Empiku. Po piąte: kolczyki. Duże, dyndające, piękne. Do kupienia w Mohito. Po szóste: świecznik, kolejne odejście od utartych srebrnych wyborów, mam ochotę na wielki blask. Do kupienia w H&M Home. Już wyobrażam sobie jak delektuję się zapachami świeczek leżąc na pięknej poduszce i ciesząc oko ramką w fuksjowym kolorze. Ale wiecie co jest najważniejsze? Że to wszystko to tylko rzeczy i tak na prawdę, czy z nimi czy bez nich, jutro wstanie dzień, a mąż przywita mnie kubkiem gorącej kawy. Miłego dnia!
- [Akcja Mikołajkowe Prezenty II](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/akcja-mikoajkowe-prezenty-ii/): Uwielbiam dawać i – a co mi tam – dostawać prezenty, dlatego jak tylko przeczytałam u Marysi o Mikołajkowej Akcji musiałam się skusić (Marysiu, jeszcze raz dziękuję za przypomnienie o terminie nadsyłania zgłoszeń!). Zasady były bardzo proste: Każdy napisał swoje imię i nazwisko oraz adres, a co najważniejsze, króciutki list do Mikołaja w 3 punktach określając swoje zainteresowania. Mój list do Świętego Mikołaja: Pachnące Świece Pozytywnie Różowy Fotografia List, który ja otrzymałam do zrealizowania napisała Martyna z Bloga Semafor Polska: Rosja Matrioszki Książki I teraz najlepsze: z jednej strony wybieranie prezentu dla Martyny, a z drugiej czekanie na mój prezent: Opakowanie już znacie – pokazałam Wam je w poście o tym, jak oryginalnie zapakować prezenty… w jutę. Dzień przed Mikołajkami zadzwonił do moich drzwi listonosz i przyniósł mi moją niespodziankę. Jestem zachwycona – myślałam, że Mikołaj spełni jedno z moich trzech życzeń, a tu otrzymałam solidną porcję pozytywnego różu, która stoi na moim biurku i przypomina mi o tym, aby nie zadręczać się pierdołami, do tego rewelacyjny świecznik z pachnącym wnętrzem (czy ja pisałam gdzieś o tym, że zbieram kolekcję małych, błyszczących świeczniczków???) i notatnik z fotograficznym akcentem, w którym mogę zapisywać nowe pomysły na zdjęcia czy blogowe posty. Dziękuję! A Wy słyszeliście o Akcji? Wzięliście w niej udział? Pochwalcie się prezentami i pomysłami na nie 🙂
- [Spersonalizowane bransoletki i ulubione zegarki...](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/spersonalizowane-bransoletki-i-ulubione/): Moja miłość do ręcznie robionych, spersonalizowanych dodatków zaczęła się właśnie od Lilou – uwielbiam te zawieszki, kolorowe sznureczki i grawery… Kocham przedmioty, którym można nadawać osobisty charakter. Dodatkowo mam pretekst, aby nosić czerwony sznureczek – podobno odstrasza złe energie, a na pewno nie zaszkodzi. A zegarki? Ten Timex przypadł mi do gustu tak bardzo, że mam 2 sztuki – w dwóch odsłonach – złotej i srebrno-różowej…   A Wy? Lubicie spersonalizowane dodatki? Może mi coś polecicie? Miłego czwartku 🙂
- [Basicowe ciuchy i oryginalne dodatki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sodka-torebka-z-kokardka-hand-made/): W mojej szafie większość ciuchów stanowią te w stylu BASIC – proste, bezpieczne rozwiązania, nadające się na wiele okazji, wręcz ponadczasowe, a są to m.in. koszulki, bluzki, granatowe jeansy czy spódnice, proste jednokolorowe sukienki, większość w neutralnych kolorach bieli, szarości i czerni. Lekko wieje nudą 😉 ale nie mam czasu na bieganie po sklepach i komponowanie zestawów, potrzebuję szybkich rozwiązań. Aby tę nudę przełamać, staram się zawsze mieć na lub przy sobie jakiś oryginalny dodatek, i wcale nie mam tutaj na myśli światowych marek z najwyższej półki cenowej, niekoniecznie także produkty z sieciówek, zwykle wyszukuje w sieci rzeczy ręcznie robione – dzięki temu nie są tak popularne, a dodatkowo wiem, że ktoś wsadził w nie swoje serce. Dzisiaj chciałam przedstawić Wam moją ręcznie robioną torebkę z kokardką od Zuzi Górskiej, która skradła moje serce – znów zachowawcze kolory, ale bez wątpienia ma taki urok, że zwraca na siebie uwagę, dodając atrakcyjności moim bezpiecznym zestawieniom. A jakie są Wasze ulubione, oryginalne dodatki?
- [9-14 września 2013 - 38 Festiwal Polskich Filmów Fabularnych w Gdyni](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/9-14-wrzesnia-2013-38-festiwal-polskic/): O 37 Festiwalu i o tym jak strasznie kocham polskie kino pisałam w zeszłym roku, szczególnie polecałam „Jesteś Bogiem”, „Obławę”, „W ciemności” czy „Bez wstydu”, nieco mniej „Mój rower” czy „Sekret”. W tym roku festiwal zaczyna się na kilka dni przed duża imprezą, którą organizuję, a kończy się w jej dniu, ale zapewne spędzę w kinie każdą mniej czy bardziej wolną chwilę. Kiedyś zazdrościłam starszej Siostrze jej kombinatorskich wejść na festiwal filmów w 2 osoby na 1 kartę pewnego lekarza, którego nigdy nie poznali. Później rozpływałam się z zazdrości czytając recenzje festiwalu. W zeszłym roku dostałam karnet od koleżanki i dopiero wtedy zdałam sobie sprawę z tego, że karnet na Festiwal Polskich Filmów Fabularnych można sobie najzwyczajniej w świecie kupić.W tym roku kupię – tutaj. Kosztuje 200 zł i pozwala na obejrzenie wszystkich filmów – dla zainteresowanych przesyłam link do karnetowego FAQ. Program Festiwalu: KONKURS GŁÓWNY   Bejbi blues reż. Katarzyna Rosłaniec Natalia jest siedemnastoletnią matką. Polska 2012 / 105 min. Bilet na Księżyc reż. Jacek Bromski Rok 1969. Polska 2013 / 120 min. Chce się żyć reż. Maciej Pieprzyca Upośledzenie umysłowe? A może tylko problem z komunikacją? Ten dylemat zaciążył nad losem głównego bohatera filmu „Chce się żyć”. Polska 2013 / 107 min. Drogówka reż. Wojciech Smarzowski Historia siedmiu policjantów, których poza pracą łączy przyjaźń, imprezy, sportowe samochody i wspólne interesy. Polska 2013 / 117 min. Dziewczyna z szafy reż. Bodo Kox Tomek cierpi na zespół sawanta. Polska 2012 / 88 min. Ida reż. Paweł Pawlikowski Anna jest nowicjuszką, sierotą wychowywaną w zakonie. Polska 2013 / 80 min.Imagine reż. Andrzej Jakimowski Do kliniki okulistycznej w Lizbonie przybywa Ian, nowy instruktor orientacji przestrzennej. Polska, Francja, Portugalia, Wielka Brytania 2012 / 105 min.Miłość reż. Sławomir Fabicki Małżeństwu trzydziestolatków pozornie niczego nie brakuje do szczęścia. Polska 2012 / 105 min. Nieulotne reż. Jacek Borcuch Emocjonalna historia miłosna dwojga studentów, którzy poznali się w słonecznej Hiszpanii. Polska, Hiszpania 2012 / 93 min.Ostatnie piętro reż. Tadeusz Król Niewielkie miasteczko. Polska 2013 / 84 min.Papusza reż. Joanna Kos-Krauze, Krzysztof Krauze Oparta na faktach dramatyczna historia pierwszej cygańskiej poetki. Polska 2013 / 134 min. Płynące wieżowce reż. Tomasz Wasilewski Kuba studiuje na AWF-ie, mieszka z matką i Sylwią, dziewczyną, którą kocha. Polska 2013 / 93 min. Układ zamknięty reż. Ryszard Bugajski Trzej polscy przedsiębiorcy w wyniku nieuczciwego działania fiskusa i wymiaru sprawiedliwości zostają bezprawnie pozbawieni majątków i dorobku zawodowego. Polska 2013 / 119 min. W imię… reż. Małgośka Szumowska Ksiądz Adam obejmuje małą parafię po środku głuszy. Polska 2013 / 101 min. Nie mogę się doczekać!
- [Jesienna, garderobiana BASIC wish list](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/jesienna-garderobiana-basic-wish-lis/): Nie da się zaprzeczyć – jesień przegoniła lato. Najwyższy czas na przegląd garderoby, oddelegowanie zwiewnych, letnich sukienek i sandałków do czeluści szaf, a to wszystko po to, aby na pierwszy plan wysunęły się cieplejsze, jesienne skarby. W moje garderobie zdiagnozowałam kilka braków: przydałby mi się średniej grubości płaszcz, najlepiej z kapturem – i tutaj mam problem, kaptur odejmuje elegancji, ale w mojej pracy nie zawsze starcza rąk na trzymanie parasola, ale mokre, klapnięte włosy wydają się jeszcze gorszym rozwiązaniem. Kolejny brak to buty wygodne, płaskie buty – po wyjęciu z szafy moich ukochanych saszek z poprzednich sezonów okazało się, że nadają się raczej na niedzielne spacery, a nie do biura. Natomiast po złamaniu nogi w styczniu tego roku jeszcze nie zaryzykuję chodzenia na obcasach. Oczywiście przydałby mi się elegancki sweter – uwielbiam asymetrię, która przy wzroście 162 cm i rozmiarze 40 pozwala wysmuklić sylwetkę. Czapka? Czemu nie! I sukienka – ich nigdy nie jest za mało w mojej szafie. Tadam! Przedstawiam Wam moją jesienną wish listę. Postawiłam na podstawowe kroje i kolory – biel, szarości i czerń – zawsze w modzie, idealnie łączą się ze wszystkimi kolorami i mogę je urozmaicać wszelkimi dodatkami. A co najważniejsze – żadna z tych rzeczy nie kosztuje więcej niż 200 zł. 1. Kozaki: czarne z ekologicznego zamszu czyli w praktyce z materiału. Przewiewne, idealne na chłodniejsze, suche dni. Zakładałabym je do sukienek, w miejsce dotychczas noszonych baletek. Do kupienia w H&M w cenie 199 zł. 2. Płaszcz: szary więc będzie pasował do wszystkiego, wiązany w pasie – uwielbiam, z kapturem – na wypadek wiatru czy przelotnych opadów, idealny do biegania w nim na trasie biuro-samochód itp. Do kupienia w internetowym sklepie Mosquito w cenie 179,99 zł. 3. Sweter: szary, ciepły, asymetryczny – idealny dla osób noszących ciuchy w rozmiarze większym niż 36 😉 czyli dla mnie. Taki krój idealnie maskuje biodra i wysmukla sylwetkę, a dzięki zapięciu na zamek i guzikom może być noszony na kilka sposobów. Można także liczyć na artystyczny look 😉 Asymetryczny sweter w szarym kolorze okazał się najtrudniejszą rzeczą do znalezienia. Na pewno pojadę po niego do sklepu – mam nadzieję, że mnie nie zawiedzie 🙂 Do kupienia w sieci sklepów Mohito w cenie 129,99 zł. 4. Sukienka: od kiedy coraz częściej noszę sukienki zamiast spodni, czuję się o kilka kg lżejsza 🙂 Spodnie optycznie przecinają nam figurę na pół, niekoniecznie pozwalając na zachowanie dobrych proporcji, a sukienki niekoniecznie. Możemy dodając do nich pasek podkreślić swoje najszczuplejsze miejsce, lub go nie zakładając zatuszować brak talii. Ta prosta, szara, niezobowiązująca sukienka wydaje mi się być idealną na wyjścia do kina czy kawiarni w długie jesienne wieczory. Już widzę się w niej i w tych czarnych kozakach. Do tego melanżowe, ciepłe rajstopy i wełniany szalik. Do tego zajadam się muffinką 😉 Do kupienia w internetowym sklepie Mosquito w cenie 59,99 zł. 5. Czapka: na pewno nie stworzy duetu z płaszczem, ale z kurtką jak najbardziej. Do kupienia w sieci sklepów Reserved w cenie 59,99 zł. Jak Wam się podobają moje propozycje? Wasze jesienne garderoby już gotowe?  
- [DKMS - zostaję dawcą](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dkms-zostaje-dawca/): Decyzja o zostaniu potencjalnym dawcą szpiku była dla mnie jedną z najbardziej oczywistych, a zostanie dawcą i możliwość uratowania komuś życia byłaby dla mnie zaszczytem. Najtrudniej jednak było mi zmobilizować się i dowiedzieć się: – czy zostanie dawcą jest bezpieczne oraz – jak mogę zostać dawcą – droga ta okazała się prostsza, niż mogłam to sobie wyobrazić. Nie musiałam nigdzie jechać, nic zapłacić. Wypełniłam zgłoszenie na oficjalnej stronie DKMS, a już po kilkunastu dniach w mojej skrzynce na listy czekała na mnie przesyłka z kompletem dokumentów oraz pałeczkami do pobrania śliny z jamy ustnej. Pobranie materiału wg załączonej instrukcji było dziecinnie proste. Wypełniłam jeszcze formularz zgłoszeniowy długości 1 strony A4 i wraz z patyczkami spakowałam do koperty zwrotnej, dołączonej do zestawu. Po drodze do pracy wrzuciłam do skrzynki na listy. Teraz czekam już tylko na potwierdzenie, że zostałam potencjalnym dawcą szpiku.   Mam dla Was kilka ciekawostek związanych z byciem dawcą (informacje pochodzą z oficjalnej strony www.dkms.pl): 1. Mit: Komórki macierzyste są pobierane z rdzenia kręgowego Fakt: Bardzo często mylone jest pojęcie szpiku kostnego i rdzenia kręgowego. Przy pobraniu komórek macierzystych nie jest naruszony rdzeń kręgowy dawcy. Komórki macierzyste pobierane są albo z krwi obwodowej (zabieg trwa 3-4 godziny) albo z talerza kości biodrowej (zabieg pod pełna narkozą). 2. Mit: Komórki macierzyste pobierane są w trakcie skomplikowanej operacji Fakt: Komórki macierzyste pobierane są albo z krwi obwodowej, albo z talerza kości biodrowej. W ok 80% przypadków pobiera się komórki macierzyste z krwi obwodowej. Zabieg pobrania tą metodą wykonywany jest ambulatoryjnie i nie wymaga pobytu w klinice. 3. Mit: Przekazanie komórek macierzystych powoduje uszczerbek na zdrowiu dawcy Fakt: W ciągu około dwóch tygodni organizm dawcy samoistnie odtwarza komórki macierzyste. Dając je choremu dajemy szansę na nowe życie, sami nie ponosząc żadnego uszczerbku na zdrowiu. W ciągu 10 lat od rejestracji, maksymalnie 5 na 100 zarejestrowanych osób zostaję dawcą. W ciągu pierwszego roku od daty rejestracji, tylko 1% młodych dawców ma szansę na zostanie faktycznym dawcą. Nie podjęliście jeszcze decyzji? Zastanawiacie się jakie są szanse na zostanie dawcą? Czy zostanie dawcą jest ryzykowne albo bolesne? Tutaj znajdziecie odpowiedzi na najczęściej zadawane pytania: 1. Kto może zostać dawcą? 2. Kto nie może zostać dawcą? 3. Co w przypadku kiedy jestem / będę w ciąży? 4. Rejestracja przez internet – jak? (Pałeczki, inaczej waciki) 5. Zmiana nazwiska po ślubie – jak dokonać aktualizacji w bazie DKMS? 6. Jestem zarejestrowany w innej bazie dawców. Czy mogę dokonać rejestracji w bazie Fundacji DKMS Polska? 7. Jak duże są szanse, że faktycznie zostanę dawcą? 8. W jaki sposób chronione są moje dane osobowe? 9. Jak długo trwa proces badań kontrolnych w przypadku stwierdzenia zgodności pomiędzy pacjentem a dawcą? Licząc od momentu pobrania komórek macierzystych lub szpiku kostnego do przeszczepu? 10. Kiedy potrzebne są dodatkowe badania? 11. Ile antygenów HLA jest określanych podczas badania materiału genetycznego pobranego podczas rejestacji? 12. Czy w trakcie typowania będzie określona moja grupa krwi? 13. Czy podczas określania cech zgodności antygenowej będzie wykonany test na obecność wirusa HIV? 14. Kto ponosi koszty badań materiału genetycznego pobrane podczas rejestracji? 15. Dlaczego badanie cech zgodności tkankowej jest kosztowne? 16. Kto ponosi koszty związane z oddaniem komórek macierzystych przez dawcę? 17. Czy dawca może skontaktować się z pacjentem, któremu przeszczepiono jego komórki macierzyste? 18. Jakie są szanse wyzdrowienia pacjenta w przypadku przeszczepu? 19. A jeśli nie można znaleźć odpowiedniego dawcy? 20. Jak postępować z pacjentem po powrocie ze szpitala do domu? 21. Czy wraz z przekazaniem komórek macierzystych dawca może zarazić biorcę inną chorobą? 22. Jakie komplikacje mogą wystąpić u pacjenta po przeszczepie? 23. Jakie są pierwsze oznaki, że przeszczep się udał? 24. Jak dokonuje się transferu komórek macierzystych? 25. Jak przygotowywany jest pacjent do przeszczepu? 26. Czy można oddać komórki macierzyste kilkukrotnie? 27. Jakie są metody pobrania komórek macierzystych? 28. Czy można samemu wybrać metodę pobrania komórek macierzystych? 29. Czy pobrania komórek macierzystych dokonuje się zawsze w miejscu pobytu pacjenta, a zatem ewentualnie także za granicą? 30. Jakie ryzyko związane jest z pobraniem szpiku kostnego? 31. Czy dawca po pobraniu szpiku kostnego lub komórek macierzystych może odczuwać dolegliwości? 32. Na czym polega pobranie komórek macierzystych z krwi obwodowej? 33. Ile czasu zajmuje pobranie? 34. Pobranie szpiku kostnego 35. Jak długo trwa rekonwalescencja po pobraniu szpiku kostnego? 36. Czy szpik kostny ma coś wspólnego z rdzeniem kręgowym? 37. Czy potencjalny dawca może wycofać się z potwierdzonego wcześniej daru 38. W jaki sposób przygotowywany jest dawca na pobranie komórek macierzystych? 39. Na co musi zwrócić uwagę dawca przed pobraniem komórek macierzystych? 40. Jak finansowana jest działalność DKMS Polska? 41. Czy na czas zabiegu otrzymam zaświadczenie lekarskie? 42. Jak ubezpieczony jest dawca? 43. Kiedy i gdzie odbywa się przeszczep? 44. Jakie są wymagania dotyczące przeszczepu komórek macierzystych? 45. Jakie ryzyko związane jest z pobraniem komórek macierzystych z krwi obwodowej?   A czy Ty zastanawiałeś się kiedyś, czy zostać dawcą?
- [Czego sobie i Wam w Nowym Roku życzę?](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/czego-sobie-i-wam-w-nowym-roku-zycze/): Po burzy zawsze wychodzi słońce i ja na swoje słońce właśnie czekam. Pierwszy raz tak wyczekuję Nowego Roku, traktuję go jako metaforę pożegnania i rozpoczęcia czegoś nowego. Nie zmienię pracy, nie wyprowadzę się z domu, nie zetnę głowy na łyso. Ale chcę zmian. Przede wszystkim stawiam na uporządkowanie i stworzenie harmonogramów dni pracy i dni wolnych od pracy. Nie znaczy to, że lubię wpisywać się w ramy, ale wierzę, że lepsza organizację czasu, lepsze oddzielenie życia prywatnego od zawodowego, pozwoli mi na złapanie dystansu do całego świata, a przede wszystkim do siebie. Marzę o tym, aby ze wszystkim zdążać na czas, aby nie brać na siebie więcej, niż mogę udźwignąć, aby mieć więcej czasu dla rodziny i przyjaciół, aby rozwijać swoje pasje, którymi niewątpliwie staje się pisanie bloga czy robienie zdjęć bliskim. A wiecie o czym marzę najbardziej? Żeby nie przejmować się pierdołami, nie zadręczać negatywnymi myślami i nie otaczać ludźmi, którzy nie są tego warci. Aby nauczyć się oddzielać rzeczy na prawdę ważne od tych, co tylko za takie chcą uchodzić. I tego wszystkiego sobie w Nowym Roku życzę. I wszystkim Wam, jeśli tylko tego potrzebujecie. Częstujcie się. Szczęśliwego Nowego Roku Wam życzę!
- [Wyzwanie: Wcześnie wstaję, nie uznaję popołudniowych drzemek!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wyzwanie-wczesnie-wstaje-nie-uznaje/): Nie bez powodu w zakładce „O mnie” napisałam o sobie „śpiąca królewna”. Uwielbiam spać. Zawsze lubiłam, bez względu na to, czy w danym momencie życia udawało mi się wszystko, czy nic. Wiele razy zastanawiałam się nad tym głębiej, podejrzewając się od uzależnienia od spania, od bycia spóźnionym, od adrenaliny. Tyle samo razy diagnozowałam w sobie „sowę”, godząc się ze swoją domniemaną naturą. Miałam także w swoim życiu wiele okresów, gdy wczesne wstawanie od poniedziałku do piątku bywało moim nawykiem, a sprawdzonym sposobem okazywał się budzik ustawiony przy drzwiach wyjściowych z sypialni, przemywanie twarzy zimną wodą i unikanie myślenia o tym, jakie to straszne, że wstaję, że jest mi zimno i okropnie. Dziś wstałam o 6 rano, zjadłam z mężem śniadanie, pochłonięta marzeniem, aby kawę dopić pod ciepłą kołdrą w łóżku, nieco popracować, aby zasłużyć na jeszcze jedną drzemkę. Jestem mistrzynią w urządzaniu sobie drzemek. Podczas porannej kawy przy laptopie natknęłam się na post: „Kto rano wstaje… czyli projekt „nie przesypiam życia””,  a jego autorka Helineth zdawała się pisać w moim imieniu. Postanowiłam skorzystać z materiałów, które poleca w internecie, znaleźć motywację do wczesnego wstawania, bo przecież samo wstawanie dla wczesnego wstawania nie ma sensu. Obejrzałam przewodnik Bartka Popiela o tym, jak wcześnie wstawać, oczywiście pod kołdrą, uśmiejecie się, jak Wam powiem, że przy trzeciej części dwukrotnie zasnęłam i musiałam przewijać 😉 Mimo wszystko postanowiłam się zmotywować i podjąć wyzwanie podobne do Helineth – wczesnego wstawania przez kolejne 30 dni o godzinie 6:00 rano, a co najważniejsze, brak drzemek w ciągu dnia, które tak uwielbiamy we dwoje… Zaczynam od jutra! I to nie wszystko, aby nie była to zmiana dla samej zmiany, tak jak polecił Bartek Popiel, poszukam dziś w ciągu dnia motywacji do wczesnego wstawania. PS Co więcej, podeślę link to tego posta mojemu mężowi, mam cichutką nadzieję, że doceni moje postanowienie i będzie chciał pomóc. W jego sytuacji nie ma mowy o „wyzwaniu” – codziennie wstaje 5:30-6:30, ale może ucieszy go myśl, że do niego dołączę i wspólnie porzucimy popołudniowe drzemki na rzecz wcześniejszego chodzenia spać? PS2 a może ktoś chce się przyłączyć?
- [Moja motywacja do wczesnego wstawania](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moja-motywacja-do-wczesnego-wstawania/): Wczoraj podjęłam wyzwanie, zgodnie z którym dzisiaj wstałam na równe nogi o 6:30 (od 6:00 drzemałam…). Zadanie uznaję więc zaliczone 🙂 Ale tak jak pisałam wczoraj, nie ma sensu wcześnie wstawać dla samego wczesnego wstawania, dlatego postanowiłam się porządnie zmotywować. Przygotowałam więc listę moich motywatorów: 1. Wstając o 6 rano rozpocznę pracę w biurze o 7:30, co oznacza że także wcześniej ją skończę, częściej wrócę do domu na 16 i będę miała czas na posprzątanie naszego ukochanego mieszkania, a może nawet czasami coś ugotuję? 2. Wstając o 6 rano i chodząc wcześniej spać mam zamiar korzystać dłużej z pięknego, słonecznego dnia 🙂 3. Będę mogła spędzać więcej czasu z mężem, będziemy mogli jeść więcej wspólnych posiłków. 4. Nie będę odbierała zaspana porannych telefonów 😉 5. Będzie mi łatwiej ułożyć sobie harmonogram jedzenia posiłków zgodny z dietą. 6. Regularny sen mógłby przełożyć się na dłuższe weekendy. Na razie 6, będę szukać i dopisywać kolejne.
- [Na poprawę humoru](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/na-poprawe-humoru/): Ta poza zawsze poprawia mi humor 🙂 A Wam?
- [Naleśniki bez mąki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/nalesniki-bez-maki/): Nie lubię gotować, po prostu nie lubię. Gdy sięgnę głębiej pamięcią nie zawsze tak było – jako dziecko uwielbiałam testować z moją podwórkową przyjaciółką wszystkie przepisy z książki kucharskiej Kaczora Donalda i Babci Kaczki – do dziś pamiętam smak kawowego ciasta, którego głównym składnikiem były… fusy z kawy 😉 Ale nie było to takie proste: to nie nakryłam miski ściereczką i zachlapałam całą ścianę, tu nie użyłam papieru do pieczenia i kładąc ciasto wprost na piekarnikową blachę na zawsze ją przypaliłam… Alinie z bloga Designyourlife udało się zainspirować mnie swoim cudnym zdjęciem moich ukochanych naleśników, a dodatkową zachętą była ich dietetyczna forma – bez mąki. No to do garów! Przepis pochodzi z bloga Dietetycznie Siostro!: Naleśniki 2 jajka 6 łyżek mleka w proszku, odtłuszczonego, granulowanego 2 łyżki otrębów owsianych (opcjonalnie) 1-2 łyżki oliwy z oliwek Twarożek 1/2 kostki sera białego max. 3% tłuszczu 3 łyżki jogurtu bez cukru max 3% tłuszczu 5ml stewii w płynie lub inne słodzidło „Śmietanka” do polania 2 łyżki jogurtu bez cukru max 3% tłuszczu 1 łyżka serka homogenizowanego bez cukru max 3% tłuszczu Kilka kropel stewii w płynie Przygotowanie Mieszamy składniki na naleśniki w misce. Staramy się „rozgnieść” grudki mleka w proszku. Smażymy na oliwie. Trzeba być czujnym, bo szybko się robią. Twarożek przygotowujemy mieszając składniki. „Śmietankę” przygotowujemy mieszając składnik. Naleśniki dość szybko stygnął więc twarożek i „śmietankę” robimy przed usmażeniem. Nie może być prościej i szybciej! Wszystkie składniki do ciasta już w garnku: Moje ulubione mieszadło: Smażenie – niestety nie udało mi się usmażyć cieńszych… I gotowe naleśniki: Wyszły cudnie, nieco za grube, ale jak na pierwszy raz to nie marudzę. Niestety ich smak lekko mnie lekko rozczarował, dlatego następnym razem dodam moje ulubione banany i może nawet odrobinę nutelli?. Na pewno jednak były bardzo sycące – jeden wystarczył mi w zupełności. Macie ochotę spróbować? A może polecicie swoje ulubione przepisy na proste i dietetyczne jedzonko?
- [Wyzwanie Fotograficzne po raz pierwszy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/biore-udzia-w-pierwszym-wyzwaniu/): A co tam, biorę udział w pierwszym fotograficznym wyzwaniu. Zmotywował mnie zbieg okoliczności, że dziś rano wypróbowałam nowe upięcie włosów, z którego w moim wypadku jestem bardzo dumna, a więc Wyzwanie Dnia 1 przyszło mi z ogromną łatwością. Tematy są następujące: Jeśli macie ochotę się przyłączyć – więcej szczegółów znajdziecie tutaj. A moja fryzura już jutro. Miłego wieczoru!
- [Wiosenne Wyzwanie - Elle Decoration czyli moja inspiracja do wiosennych porządków](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wiosenne-wyzwanie-elle-decoration-czyli/): Na lotnisku zakochałam się w okładce i wrzuciłam do koszyka… Minął tydzień, w wciąż do nich wracam. Choć na co dzień wybierając pomiędzy szpargałami a minimalizmem, zwykle kieruję się w stronę tego drugiego, po prostu czuję, że w tym miejscu mogłabym zamieszkać tak jak jest… Uwielbiam tę szarą kanapę i pudrowo-różowy fotel, ideału dopełnia kolekcja poduszek, której u siebie wciąż nie udaje mi się zaaranżować. Przestronna, słoneczna jadalnia z białym, drewnianym stołem zachęca mnie do spędzenia tam czasu z przyjaciółmi. Intensywny, amarantowy dodatek – uwielbiam! I inspirujący kącik do pracy… A wiecie co jest najlepsze? Mam ogromną ochotę zabrać się za wiosenne porządki! Zajadę dziś do sklepu po pudełka i kartony, aby przepakować zimowo-letnie rzeczy i uporządkuję przestrzeń wokół siebie. Moje wyzwanie – codziennie jedno pomieszczenie. Może macie ochotę wziąć w nim udział? Jeśli tak – wpisujcie się poniżej 🙂 Z przyjemnością Was odwiedzę 🙂
- [Rozdanie - wyniki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/rozdanie-wyniki/): W związku z nieplanowanym urlopem 😉 wyniki Candy ogłoszę za tydzień – jest sporo zgłoszeń, a chcę przygotować najprawdziwszą maszynę losującą 😉 Natomiast w związku z licznymi komplementami na temat mojego flagowego kubka, po powrocie przygotuję dla Was nowe rozdanie z 2 kubeczkami do wygrania 🙂 Trzymajcie kciuki za to, bym umiała się zrelaksować!

## Strony

- [Blog lifestylowy, Wnętrza, Moda, Uroda, Parenting, Kariera - 2026](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/): [vc_row row_type=”parallax” full_screen_section_height=”no” css=”.vc_custom_1774275373435{background-color: #F7F2EE !important;background-position: center !important;background-repeat: no-repeat !important;background-size: cover !important;}” el_class=”py-50 py-lg-100″][vc_column css=”.vc_custom_1765459648635{padding-top: 25px !important;padding-right: 25px !important;padding-bottom: 25px !important;padding-left: 25px !important;}”][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid” transition_delay=”py-25 py-lg-50″][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”63434″ img_size=”full” alignment=”center” css=””][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774449685295{padding-top: 25px !important;}”] KIM JESTEM Agnieszka Kudela Pomagam kobietom tworzyć życie i biznes, które są jednocześnie piękne, funkcjonalne i naprawdę do udźwignięcia. Jestem wedding plannerką, edukatorką branży ślubnej i mentorką kobiecych biznesów. Prywatnie ADHD mama 3 dzieci i pudelka toy. Łączę estetykę z funkcjonalnością, bo wierzę, że piękno ma największy sens wtedy, gdy ułatwia codzienność, porządkuje chaos i daje więcej spokoju. Prowadzę Akademię Wytwórni Ślubów, w której uczę, jak zamienić pasję do branży ślubnej w dochodowy, dobrze poukładany biznes. W mentoringu pomagam budować marki od mocnych fundamentów, przez ofertę i komunikację, aż po kampanie reklamowe, które przyciągają właściwych klientów. Na blogu dzielę się tym, co naprawdę sprawdza się w domu, rodzinie i biznesie. Bez filtrów, bez napinki, za to z konkretem, który pomaga żyć lżej, pracować mądrzej i odzyskać więcej przestrzeni dla siebie. Wierzę, że dobrze urządzone życie nie polega na perfekcji. Polega na rozwiązaniach, które wspierają Ciebie – każdego dnia. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1774275387146{padding-bottom: 50px !important;background-color: #EEE7DF !important;}” el_class=”py-25 py-lg-50″][vc_column][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1773927611067{padding-top: 25px !important;padding-bottom: 25px !important;background-color: #FFFFFF00 !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1773918152678{padding-top: 25px !important;padding-bottom: 25px !important;}”][vc_column_text css=””] 20+ LAT W BRANŻY ŚLUBNEJ I MARKETINGU [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1773918159399{padding-top: 25px !important;padding-bottom: 25px !important;}”][vc_column_text css=””] 10+ LAT W EDUKACJI [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1773918168869{padding-top: 25px !important;padding-bottom: 25px !important;}”][vc_column_text css=””] 1000+ ZADOWOLONYCH KURSANTEK [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1774436941714{padding-top: 100px !important;padding-right: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 80px !important;padding-left: 15px !important;background: #F7F2EE00 url(https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/m0i4IQXQ.webp?id=63445) !important;background-position: center !important;background-repeat: no-repeat !important;background-size: cover !important;}” el_class=”background-fixed mobile-less-padding”][vc_column][vc_column_text css=”” el_class=”mx-380″] Jak mogę Ci pomóc? Każdy z tych obszarów wyrasta z tej samej filozofii i każdy działa po swojemu. [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1774429610445{background-color: #FFFFFF00 !important;}”][vc_column_inner el_class=”mx-400-bg-white” width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1774431367640{margin-top: 15px !important;margin-bottom: 15px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-right: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;padding-left: 15px !important;background-color: #F7F2EE00 !important;}”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774428812889{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-1″] BLOG LIFESTYLOWY [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774429842895{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-2″] Agnieszka Kudela [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774428851718{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-3″]Dobrze urządzone życie[/vc_column_text][vc_raw_html css=””]JTNDZGl2JTIwY2xhc3MlM0QlMjJob3dfY2FuX2lfaGVscF9saW5lJTIyJTNFJTNDJTJGZGl2JTNF[/vc_raw_html][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774428977564{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-4″]Miejsce, w którym pisze wprost o tym, jak urządzić dom, codzienność i mały biznes tak, żeby nie wariować. Bez presji perfekcji, z konkretami i przykładami z życia.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774429044586{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-5″] Dom i wnętrza, które służą życiu Organizacja i systemy dla rodziny Zdrowe nawyki i biohacking Kobiecy biznes krok po kroku Macierzyństwo ADHD mamy 3 dzieci [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774429297156{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_link”]CZYTAJ BLOG[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”mx-400-bg-white” width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1774431346608{margin-top: 15px !important;margin-bottom: 15px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-right: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;padding-left: 15px !important;background-color: #FAF9F800 !important;}”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432616810{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-1″] EDUKACJA [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432633914{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-2″] Akademia Wytwórni [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432646964{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-3″]Wiedza, która buduje biznes[/vc_column_text][vc_raw_html css=””]JTNDZGl2JTIwY2xhc3MlM0QlMjJob3dfY2FuX2lfaGVscF9saW5lJTIyJTNFJTNDJTJGZGl2JTNF[/vc_raw_html][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432672053{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-4″]Dla aspirujących wedding plannerek, które nie chcą tylko „ładnego zawodu”. Tu wiedza staje się metodyką – strategia marki, marketing, obsługa klienta i realny biznes.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432726977{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-5″] Marka osobista i pozycjonowanie Język klienta idealnego Lejek i metryki w praktyce Obsługa klienta premium Biznes oparty na wartościach [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432778009{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_link”]POZNAJ AKADEMIĘ[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”mx-400-bg-white” width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1774431386340{margin-top: 15px !important;margin-bottom: 15px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-right: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;padding-left: 15px !important;background-color: #FAF9F800 !important;}”][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774433252578{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-1″] PREMIUM SERVICE [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432940551{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-2″] Wytwórnia Ślubów [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432956128{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-3″]Piękne wesela, lekki proces[/vc_column_text][vc_raw_html css=””]JTNDZGl2JTIwY2xhc3MlM0QlMjJob3dfY2FuX2lfaGVscF9saW5lJTIyJTNFJTNDJTJGZGl2JTNF[/vc_raw_html][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432970923{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-4″]Dla par, dla których ważne są personalizacja i zaufanie do ekspertki. Prowadzę przez duże emocje i duże decyzje z lekkością – tak, żebyś mogła decydować wygodnie, nawet z własnej kanapy.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774433016306{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_text-5″] Indywidualne podejście do każdej pary Selekcja najlepszych dostawców Pełna koordynacja dnia ślubu Budżet pod kontrolą Spokój bez rezygnacji z marzeń [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774432906900{margin-bottom: 15px !important;}” el_class=”how_can_i_help_link”]SPRAWDŹ WYTWÓRNIĘ[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1765539541285{padding-top: 50px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1765539319031{margin-bottom: 30px !important;}”]NAJNOWSZE WPISY BLOG [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1779198712192{padding-bottom: 50px !important;}”] Publikacja: 09.08.2026Dom, Mix, Wnętrza Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu. Jeszcze kilka miesięcy temu byłam przekonana, że skoro śpię 7-8 godzin, to wszystko jest w porządku, a jednak każdego ranka budziłam się zmęczona. Najgorsze było to, że nie potrafiłam zrozumieć dlaczego. Kładłam się spać o rozsądnej porze, nie zarywałam nocy, a mimo to rano miałam... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 29.07.2026Dom, Mix, Wnętrza Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Co zastosowaliśmy w naszej sypialni? zabudowę szaf sięgającą sufitu, zamknięte przechowywanie z jedną otwartą półką na książki, toaletkę z pojemną szufladą, puf ze schowkiem, zamykane szafki nocne, rolety zaciemniające, firany i zasłony, kinkiety z funkcją ściemniania, miękką wykładzinę na całym piętrze, spokojną paletę kolorów i... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 22.07.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 29.07.2026 Dom, Mix Detale, które odmieniły mój salon Od początku zależało mi na tym, żeby nasz salon był nie tylko piękny, ale przede wszystkim miękki, ciepły i naprawdę domowy.   Taki, w którym dobrze odpoczywa się po całym dniu, pije poranną kawę jeszcze w piżamie, układa z dziećmi puzzle na dywanie i wieczorem przykrywa kocem,... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 29.06.2026Mix Co naprawdę noszę w swojej torebce (i dlaczego ten system ratuje mi codzienność) Z czasem zrozumiałam, że w moim przypadku organizacja nie polega na tym, żeby bardziej się pilnować. Dużo lepiej działa stworzenie systemu, który po prostu odciąża głowę i sprawia, że nie muszę o wszystkim pamiętać. Dlatego od dawna noszę praktycznie jedną torebkę i mam w niej... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 21.06.2026Mix Mój sposób na szybkie notatki z Apple Watch. Od dawna szukam rozwiązań, które pomagają mi szybciej zapisywać rzeczy dokładnie wtedy, kiedy pojawiają się w głowie 🤍   Przy ADHD bardzo dobrze znam ten moment, kiedy wpada pomysł, myśl albo coś ważnego do zapamiętania… i kilka sekund później po prostu tego nie ma. Dlatego coraz częściej buduję... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 26.05.2026Dom, Wnętrza Jak urządzić przedpokój? Jak urządzić przedpokój, żeby był piękny i praktyczny? 3 proste zmiany bez remontu   Przedpokój to często najbardziej niedoceniane miejsce w domu. Przechodzimy przez niego w biegu, odkładamy buty, torby, kurtki… i dopiero po czasie orientujemy się, że zamiast miłego powitania mamy przestrzeń, która po prostu „jest”.   A... Czytaj dalej Publikacja: 15.05.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 18.05.2026 Dom, Wnętrza Jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka? Zastanawiasz się, jak zaaranżować pokój dla dziecka tak, żeby był jednocześnie przytulny, funkcjonalny i rósł razem z maluchem? My przeszliśmy tę drogę urządzając pokój dla naszej dwulatki Florki i dziś pokażę Wam, co się u nas sprawdziło. Bez teoretyzowania, same konkrety, sprawdzone produkty i rozwiązania, do których wracamy każdego dnia. Czytaj dalej 123456789101112131415 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row el_class=”py-25 py-lg-50 pos-rel-z-index-20″ css=”.vc_custom_1779199032382{background-color: #EEE7DF !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid”][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1765463523684{margin-bottom: 30px !important;}”]Z NASZEGO PORTFOLIO ULUBIONE PROJEKTY [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid”][vc_column_inner el_class=”height-100p” width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1765538456311{margin-top: 15px !important;margin-bottom: 15px !important;padding-top: 40px !important;padding-right: 40px !important;padding-bottom: 40px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;background-color: #FFFFFF !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”63155″ img_size=”600×500″ alignment=”center” css=””][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1765525609319{margin-top: 25px !important;}”] Zabudowa szafy PAX ZOBACZ WPIS[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1765526340999{margin-top: 15px !important;margin-bottom: 15px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”63098″ img_size=”140×140″ css=”” el_class=”image-blog-float-left image-mini-blog-padding”][vc_column_text css=””] Łazienka z wanną i prysznicem ZOBACZ WPIS[/vc_column_text] [vc_single_image image=”62682″ img_size=”140×140″ css=”” el_class=”image-blog-float-left image-mini-blog-padding”][vc_column_text css=””] Mała kuchnia z oknem na środku ZOBACZ WPIS[/vc_column_text] [vc_single_image image=”54360″ img_size=”140×140″ css=”” el_class=”image-blog-float-left image-mini-blog-padding”][vc_column_text css=””] Ogródek inspirowany Santorini ZOBACZ WPIS[/vc_column_text] [vc_single_image image=”49179″ img_size=”140×140″ css=”” el_class=”image-blog-float-left image-mini-blog-padding”][vc_column_text css=””] Mały ogródek z tarasem ZOBACZ WPIS[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row el_class=”pos-rel-z-index-20″][vc_column][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”63155,63109,63107,63146,63105,63098,63140,63138,63090,63070″ img_size=”400×600″ onclick=”custom_link” css_animation=”none” css=”” custom_links=”#E-8_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” el_class=”slajder-custom”][vc_raw_html css=””]JTNDc3R5bGUlM0UlMEFvbC5mbGV4LWNvbnRyb2wtbmF2LmZsZXgtY29udHJvbC1wYWdpbmclN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBkaXNwbGF5JTNBbm9uZSUyMCUyMWltcG9ydGFudCUzQiUwQSU3RCUwQS5mbGV4c2xpZGVyJTdCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwbWFyZ2luJTNBJTIwMCUyMCUyMWltcG9ydGFudCUzQiUwQSU3RCUwQSUzQyUyRnN0eWxlJTNF[/vc_raw_html][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1779199050574{border-bottom-width: 1px !important;background-color: #F7F2EE !important;border-bottom-style: solid !important;border-color: #E9E9E9 !important;}” el_class=”section-padding pos-rel-z-index-20″][vc_column][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid”][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1765536489183{margin-bottom: 30px !important;}”]Z NASZEGO SKLEPU ULUBIONE PRODUKTY [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner content_width=”grid”][vc_column_inner el_class=”element-product-shadow” width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1774275915547{padding-top: 15px !important;padding-right: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;padding-left: 15px !important;background-color: #F7F2EE !important;}” offset=”vc_col-lg-3 vc_col-md-3 vc_col-xs-12″][vc_single_image image=”63489″ img_size=”400×400″ alignment=”center” css=””][vc_column_text css=”.vc_custom_1774449467346{padding-top: 15px !important;}”]ZOBACZ KURS[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_raw_html css=””]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[/vc_raw_html][vc_raw_html css=””]JTNDc3R5bGUlM0UlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAuaDEtdGl0bGUlN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBmb250LXNpemUlM0ElMjBjbGFtcCUyODI4cHglMkMlMjA0dnclMkMlMjA0NHB4JTI5JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwbWFyZ2luLWJvdHRvbSUzQSUyMDQwcHglM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlN0QlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAuaDItdGl0bGUlN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBmb250LXNpemUlM0ElMjBjbGFtcCUyODI0cHglMkMlMjAzLjZ2dyUyQyUyMDM2cHglMjklM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBtYXJnaW4tYm90dG9tJTNBJTIwMzJweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC5uYWQtdHl0dWwlN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBmb250LXNpemUlM0ElMjAxNnB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwbWFyZ2luLWJvdHRvbSUzQSUyMDIwcHglM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBsZXR0ZXItc3BhY2luZyUzQSUyMDJweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC5iaWctdGV4dCUyMHAlMkMlMjAuYmlnLXRleHQlN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBjb2xvciUzQSUyMCUyMzAwMDAwMCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMGZvbnQtc2l6ZSUzQSUyMDE2cHglM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBtYXJnaW4tYm90dG9tJTNBJTIwMzBweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMGZvbnQtd2VpZ2h0JTNBJTIwNDAwJTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTdEJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwLnB5LTI1JTdCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwcGFkZGluZy10b3AlM0EyNXB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwcGFkZGluZy1ib3R0b20lM0ElMjAyNXB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTdEJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwLnB5LTUwJTdCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwcGFkZGluZy10b3AlM0E1MHB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwcGFkZGluZy1ib3R0b20lM0E1MHB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTdEJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTQwbWVkaWElMjAlMjhtaW4td2lkdGglM0ElMjA5OTJweCUyOSU3QiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC5weS1sZy01MCU3QiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMHBhZGRpbmctdG9wJTNBNTBweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMHBhZGRpbmctYm90dG9tJTNBNTBweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC5weS1sZy0xMDAlN0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBwYWRkaW5nLXRvcCUzQTEwMHB4JTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwcGFkZGluZy1ib3R0b20lM0ExMDBweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC5udW1iZXItdGV4dCU3QiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMGZvbnQtc2l6ZSUzQSUyMGNsYW1wJTI4MzJweCUyQyUyMDV2dyUyQyUyMDQ0cHglMjklM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBmb250LWZhbWlseSUzQSUyMGl2eXByZXN0by1kaXNwbGF5JTJDJTIwc2VyaWYlM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlMjBtYXJnaW4tYm90dG9tJTNBJTIwMTVweCUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCU3RCUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMC50ZXh0LXVuZGVybnVtYmVyJTdCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwZm9udC1zaXplJTNBJTIwY2xhbXAlMjgxNnB4JTJDJTIwM3Z3JTJDJTIwMThweCUyOSUzQiUwQSUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMCUyMGxpbmUtaGVpZ2h0JTNBJTIwMS4yJTNCJTBBJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwJTIwZm9udC13ZWlnaHQlM0ElMjA2MDAlM0IlMEElMjAlMjAlMjAlMjAlN0QlMEElM0MlMkZzdHlsZSUzRQ==[/vc_raw_html][vc_raw_html css=””]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[/vc_raw_html][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Blog lifestylowy, Wnętrza, Moda, Uroda, Parenting, Kariera](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/strona-glowna/): [vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_column_text] Blog lifestylowy Agnieszki Kudeli [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1615371379428{background-color: #e3d6d0 !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371539468{padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”54410″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371646501{padding-top: 35px !important;padding-right: 35px !important;padding-bottom: 35px !important;padding-left: 35px !important;}”][vc_column_text el_class=”tekst-glowna”]Cześć, mam na imię Agnieszka – jestem Wedding Plannerką, 14 lat temu założyłam własną firmę, a w międzyczasie zostałam Żoną i Mamą.   Właśnie odwiedziłaś mój blog, na którym dzielę się sprawdzonymi sposobami na organizację domu, rodziny i małego biznesu, aby pomóc Kobietom prowadzić życie na własnych zasadach.   Dzielę się poradami bazującymi na metodzie małych kroków, wprowadzam pozytywne myślenie i medytację, aby osiągnąć wewnętrzne szczęście.   Zatem zrób sobie kawę i usiądź wygodnie. Zapraszam![/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image=”48653″ img_size=”full” alignment=”right” css=”.vc_custom_1701688073319{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-right: 10px !important;}” el_class=”img-glowna”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [WSPÓŁPRACA](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wspolpraca/): [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text css=””] O mnie   AgnieszkaKudela.pl to blog prowadzony przez Wedding Plannerkę i Trenerkę, na którym pokazuję jak można połączyć życie rodzinne z zawodowym bez wyrzutów sumienia, znajdując także czas na swoją pasję, czyli urządzanie wnętrz, modę i oczywiście pisanie bloga.   Od 2007 roku prowadzę z sukcesem własną, rodzinną już dziś firmę o ogólnopolskim zasięgu, nie rezygnując przy tym z życia rodzinnego – realizuję się bowiem przede wszystkim jako Mama 11 letniego Mikołaja, 8 letniego Maksa i 3 letniej Florki.   Dzielę się z Kobietami naszym życiem rodzinnym i zawodowym, którego gdzieniegdzie tłem są poddane najwyższej selekcji marki – tylko te, które autentycznie wpasowały się w nasze codzienne życie.   Jeśli szukasz influencera autentycznego, z misją motywowania Kobiet do lepszego, pełniejszego życia, oferujesz produkty lub usługi najwyższej jakości, stworzymy razem coś wyjątkowego. Tylko musisz mi zaufać – najlepiej znam swoje Czytelniczki, to przede wszystkim Kobiety w wieku 25-34 lat, które chcą od życia czegoś więcej.   Bratnią duszę odnajduje we mnie wiele Kobiet, które tak samo jak ja łączą pracę zawodową z macierzyństwem. Dzięki temu, że Blog nie jest moim jedynym zajęciem, jestem bliżej moich Odbiorców, każdego dnia borykając się z takimi samymi problemami.   Wprowadzenie do mojego życia filozofii work-life balance to efekt wieloletniej pracy, czynnik, po który zagląda tu niejedna Mama czy Kobieta Pracująca, szukająca inspiracji, pomysłu na siebie, czy konkretnej życiowej porady. Znajdują ją w ciepłym przekazie, pięknych zdjęciach i czuje się tu jak na kawie z najlepszą koleżanką.[/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text css=””] Co tworzę?   Blog: 6 lat w sieci, ponad 50 000 UU miesięcznie Facebook: ponad 33 000 fanów, 150 000 realnego zasięgu miesięcznie, 30 000 aktywności miesięcznie Instagram: ponad 16 400 fanów, 10 000 realnego zasięgu tygodniowo YouTube: ponad 3200 subskrypcji, filmy notujące zasięgi po 20 000 – 100 000 wyświetleń każdy [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Co mogę dla Ciebie przygotować?   – post luźno połączony z Twoim produktem lub marką – moja ulubiona forma reklamy, która naturalnie angażuje Czytelników – recenzję Twojego Produktu lub Usługi – post o Twoim Produkcie, Usłudze, Marce – konkurs – sesję zdjęciową – film – lokowanie produktu – metamorfozę wnętrza – wsparcie na Facebooku i Instagramie a to wszystko pięknie uchwycone na profesjonalnych zdjęciach, bo nie od dziś wiadomo, że 1 zdjęcie mówi więcej niż 1000 słów. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Moi Odbiorcy   [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Profesjonalne zdjęcia   Wykonujemy lustrzanką Nikon D750, dronem DJI Mavic Pro (4k) oraz kamerą z gimbalem DJI Osmo Pocket (4k) , zapewniając nową perspektywę dla najbardziej wymagających Klientów. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Wystarczy, że napiszesz do mnie, a przygotuję dla Ciebie oryginalny, angażujący pomysł na współpracę: hello@agnieszkakudela.pl [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] Pozycje w Google   Blog AgnieszkKudela.pl jest świetnie oceniany przez roboty wyszukiwarek i posiada wysokie pozycje w wyszukiwarce Google (wyniki regularne).   Oprócz budowania relacji z Czytelnikami, to wysokie pozycje w Google są gwarancją stałego docierania do nowych Czytelników i podawania im na tacy najlepszych rozwiązań.   Poniżej kilka przykładowych fraz wraz z ich pozycjami (stan na 19.06.2018):[/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]blog lifestylowy – 3 blog modowy – 5 blog parentingowy – 8 blog wnętrzarski – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]testy wózków – 1 test wózka – 1 najlepsza spacerówka – 1 fotel do karmienia – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]wyprawka – 10 wyprawka do szpitala – 8 problemy z laktacją – 4 jak uszyć zasłony – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] Zobacz jak fantastycznie pozycjonują się nasze recenzje wózków i innych produktów dziecięcych – to Twoja gwarancja tego, że każdy, kto poszukuje opinii na temat recenzowanego przez nas produktu trafi właśnie do nas: [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]stokke xplory – 3 stokke xplory opinie – 1 stokke xplory recenzja – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]peg perego book – 1 peg perego book opinie – 1 peg perego book recenzja – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]dubatti – 4 dubatti one opinie – 1 dubatti one recenzja – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] SEO   Znam SEO i potrafię z tego korzystać. Dlatego umieszczając link lub baner na moim blogu korzystasz podwójnie, otrzymując oprócz świetnej reklamy kontekstowej silny, branżowy link pozycjonujący Twoją stronę. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Adres korespondencyjny i adres biura:   Agnieszka Kudela Al. Iberyjska 10/2 81-198  Pogórze hello@agnieszkakudela.pl www.agnieszkakudela.pl [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Social media:   Facebook Instagram Twitter [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Prowadzimy rodzinną firmę i rozliczamy się na podstawie faktur VAT [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Agnieszka Kudela - O mnie](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/o-mnie/): Cześć, nazywam się Agnieszka Kudela, na co dzień jestem Wedding Plannerką i Szkoleniowcem, a to mój blog, na którym pokazuję, jak można połączyć życie rodzinne z zawodowym bez wyrzutów sumienia, znajdując także czas na swoją pasję, czyli urządzanie wnętrz, modę i oczywiście pisanie bloga.   Życie rodzinne i rozwój osobisty to moje najsilniejsze fundamenty – już 13 lat prowadzę z sukcesem własną firmę, nie rezygnując przy tym z życia rodzinnego – realizuję się bowiem przede wszystkim jako Mama 10 letniego Mikołaja, 6 letniego Maksa i 2 letniej Flo.   Dzielę się z Tobą naszym życiem rodzinnym i zawodowym, a dzięki temu, że Blog nie jest moim jedynym zajęciem, jestem bliżej Ciebie, każdego dnia borykając się z takimi samymi tematami dnia codziennego.   Staram się żyć w zgodzie z filozofią work-life balance – to efekt wieloletniej pracy, który sprawia, że w końcu jestem tu, gdzie nawet nie marzyłam być.   Mam nadzieję, że spodoba Ci się mój ciepły przekaz i zdjęcia, więc poczujesz się tu jak na kawie z dobrą koleżanką. Piszę tutaj macierzyństwie i karierze, rozwoju osobistym i projektowaniem wnętrz, pokazując mój sposób na modę.   Będzie mi miło, jeśli znajdziesz tutaj coś dla siebie.   Jeśli masz ochotę się ze mną skontaktować – napisz do mnie na adres hello@agnieszkakudela.pl.
- [About me](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/o-mnie/): Hello my Name Is Agnieszka Kudela, every day I am Wedding Planner i trainer, and this is my blog where I show you how you can to combine family and professional life without remorse, also finding time for your passion, i.e. interior design, fashion and of course writing blog.   Family life and personal development are my strongest foundations – I have been successfully running my own company for 13 years, without giving up my family life – because I realize myself primarily as Mother of 10 summer Nicholas, 6 summer Maks and 2 summer Flo.   I share our family and professional life with you, and thanks to the fact that Blog is not my only occupation, i’m closer to youstruggling every day with the same everyday topics.   I try to live in harmony with philosophy work-life balance – it is the result of many years of work, which means that I am finally here, where I never dreamed of being.   I hope you enjoy my warm message and photos, so you will feel like you’re having coffee with a good friend. I write here motherhood i career, personal development i interior design, showing my way of fashion.   I will be pleased if you find something for yourself here.   If you want to contact me – write to me at hello@agnieszkakudela.pl.
- [Lifestyle blog, Interiors, Fashion, Beauty, Parenting, Career - AgnieszkaKudela.pl](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/strona-glowna/): [vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_column_text] Agnieszka Kudela’s lifestyle blog [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1615371379428{background-color: #e3d6d0 !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371539468{padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”61775″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371646501{padding-top: 35px !important;padding-right: 35px !important;padding-bottom: 35px !important;padding-left: 35px !important;}”][vc_column_text el_class=”tekst-glowna”] Hi, my name is Agnieszka – I am a Wedding Planner, 14 years ago I started my own company, and in the meantime I became a Wife and Mom.   You just visited my blog where I share proven ways to organize a home, family and small business to help Women run living on your own terms.   I share tips based on the small steps method, I introduce positive thinking and meditation, in order to achieve inner happiness.   So make yourself a cup of coffee and sit back. Invite! [/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image=”60845″ img_size=”full” alignment=”right” css=”.vc_custom_1616496173920{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-right: 10px !important;}” el_class=”img-glowna”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Hello new](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hello-new/): [vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654090305{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #cfd3d4 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”3/4″ offset=”vc_col-xs-8″][vc_empty_space height=”50px” el_class=”desktopowy”][vc_empty_space height=”25px” el_class=”tabletowy”][vc_column_text] Become a Wedding Planner today [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”11px”] Sign Up [/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/4″ offset=”vc_col-xs-4″][vc_single_image image=”61771″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654537991{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #dce0e0 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Academy WŚ [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] See more [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654105503{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #cfd3d4 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Blog [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] See more [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688712840547{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #dce0e0 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Wedding studio [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] See more [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] Latest posts [/vc_column_text] Publikacja: 09.08.2026 Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu. Publikacja: 29.07.2026 Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Publikacja: 22.07.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 29.07.2026 Detale, które odmieniły mój salon [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” el_class=”przyciski”][vc_column] See more posts [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Hello new](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hello-new/): [vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654090305{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #cfd3d4 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”3/4″ offset=”vc_col-xs-8″][vc_empty_space height=”50px” el_class=”desktopowy”][vc_empty_space height=”25px” el_class=”tabletowy”][vc_column_text] Zostań Wedding Plannerem już dziś [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”11px”] Zapisz się [/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/4″ offset=”vc_col-xs-4″][vc_single_image image=”54367″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654537991{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #dce0e0 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Akademia WŚ [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] Zobacz [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688654105503{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #cfd3d4 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Blog [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] Zobacz [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1688712840547{margin-bottom: 20px !important;padding-top: 15px !important;padding-bottom: 15px !important;background-color: #dce0e0 !important;}” el_class=”hello-blok”][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″][vc_empty_space height=”5px”][vc_column_text] Wytwórnia Ślubów [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/2″ offset=”vc_col-xs-6″] Zobacz [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] Najnowsze posty [/vc_column_text] Publikacja: 09.08.2026 Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu. Publikacja: 29.07.2026 Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Publikacja: 22.07.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 29.07.2026 Detale, które odmieniły mój salon [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” el_class=”przyciski”][vc_column] Zobacz więcej postów [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Cooperation](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/wspolpraca/): [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] About me   AgnieszkaKudela.pl is a blog run by Wedding Planner i trainerwhere I show you how you can to combine family and professional life without remorse, also finding time for your passion, i.e. interior design, fashion and of course writing blog.   For 11 years I have been successfully running my own, now family-run, nationwide company, without giving up my family life – because I realize myself primarily as Mother of 3, a year-old Mikołaj and Maks, a few months old.   I share my family and professional life with Women, whose background is here and there selected brands – only those that genuinely fit into our everyday life.   If you are looking for authentic influencer, with a mission motivating women for a better, fuller life, you offer the highest quality products or services, we will create something special together. You just have to trust me – I know my readers best, mainly women aged 25-34 who want something more from life.   My soulmate finds many women in me who, like me, combine work with motherhood. Because Blog is not my only occupation, I am closer to my recipientsstruggling every day with the same problems.   An introduction to my life of philosophy work-life balance it is the result of many years of work, a factor that many Mum and Working Woman look for here, looking for inspiration, ideas for themselves or specific life advice. They find her in a warm message, beautiful photos and she feels like having a coffee with her best friend. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] What i create   Blog: 6 years on the network, over 50 000 UU per month Facebook: over 29 000 fans, 150 000 real coverage monthly, 30 000 monthly activities Instagram: over 9 500 fans, 10 000 real coverage weekly YouTube: over 2000 subscriptions, videos with ranges of 20 – 000 views each [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] What can I prepare for you?   – post loosely connected to your product or brand – my favorite form of advertising that naturally engages readers – a review of your Product or Service – post about your Product, Service, Brand – contest – Photo session – movie – product placement – interior metamorphosis – support on Facebook and Instagram and all this is beautifully captured in professional photos, because it is known for a long time that 1 photo is worth more than 1000 words.[/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] My Recipients   [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Professional photos   We make Nikon D750 SLR, DJI Mavic Pro drone (4k) and camera with DJI Osmo Pocket (4k) gimbal, providing a new perspective for the most demanding customers. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Just write to me, and I will prepare the original for you, engaging idea for cooperation: hello@agnieszkakudela.pl [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] Positions on Google   AgnieszkKudela.pl blog is well rated by search engine robots and has high positions in Google search engine (regular results).   In addition to building relationships with readers, Google has high positions a guarantee of continuous break-in to new readers and giving them the best solutions on the tray.   Below are some examples of phrases with their positions (as of 19.06.2018):[/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]lifestyle blog – 3 fashion blog – 5 parenting blog – 8 interior design blog – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]trolley tests – 1 trolley test – 1 the best stroller – 1st feeding chair – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]layette – 10 layette for hospital – 8 problems with lactation – 4 how to sew curtains – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] See how fantastic our positioning reviews of prams and other baby products are – this is your guarantee that anyone who is looking for an opinion on the product we review will come to us: [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]stokke xplory – 3 stokke xplory reviews – 1 stokke xplory review – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]peg perego book – 1 peg perego book reviews – 1 peg perego book review – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width=”1/3″][vc_column_text]dubatii – 1 dubatti one reviews – 1 dubatti one review – 1[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column] [vc_column_text] SEO   I know SEO and I can use it. Therefore, by placing a link or a banner on my blog, you get double benefit, in addition to great contextual advertising strong, industry link positioning your website. [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Correspondence address and office address: Agnieszka Kudela Al. Iberska 10/2 81-198 Pogórze hello@agnieszkakudela.pl www.agnieszkakudela.pl [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] Social media: Facebook Instagram Twitter [/vc_column_text] [vc_column_text] We run a family business and pay based on VAT invoices [/vc_column_text] [/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Shop](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep/): [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1615371379428{background-color: #e3d6d0 !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371539468{padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”60844″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371646501{padding-top: 35px !important;padding-right: 35px !important;padding-bottom: 35px !important;padding-left: 35px !important;}”][vc_column_text el_class=”tekst-glowna”]Hello, my name is Agnieszka – I am a Wedding Planner, I started my own company 14 years ago, and in the meantime I became a wife and mother.   You have just visited my blog, where I share proven ways to organize your home, family and small business to help women lead life on their own terms.   I share advice based on the small steps method, I introduce positive thinking and meditation to achieve inner happiness.   So make yourself a coffee and sit back. I invite![/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image=”60845″ img_size=”full” alignment=”right” css=”.vc_custom_1616496173920{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-right: 10px !important;}” el_class=”img-glowna”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [My Peace - My Strength | Work cards](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-spokoj-moja-sila-karty-pracy/): I’m glad you are    Morning and Evening Routine Tracker – Completed This is my personal morning and evening routine tracker that I will work with on the challenge. Today I will tell you about why I chose such and not other tasks on the live list at 21:00 – live will take place simultaneously on Instagram and Facebook.   Your Tracker for Morning and Evening Routines Of course, my tracker is only an inspiration – I encourage you to create your personal routine and remember – not all at once – we will implement habits using the method of small, least noticeable steps.   Gratitude Diary Due to the fact that you do not need to have my Good Day Planner, an integral part of which is a daily gratitude diary, I have prepared a Diary for you that you can print out and start practicing. I encourage you to do so – to direct your attention to what we can be grateful for, instead of the problems that affect us today more than ever. This simple three-minute tool will allow you to be more optimistic about each day ahead! It will allow you to appreciate the life you have just much more – today, here and now, not in a month, in a year, when you renovate or buy a car. Practicing gratitude will let you see that your life is a miracle today and every single day.   Healthy habits tracker If you want to fight for yourself, for your health, for your diet, for your weight, for your appearance – this tracker is for you. If you want to stay on the right track and raise the bar a bit – too. On the # NieCekekamDziałam group you will find a video about how I use it.   Share the challenge with others! All you have to do is click on the selected graphic, save it on your phone and upload it to your Instastors and tag me       
- [Planner 2020  Sprawdź mój kalendarz planer 2020](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-i-planner-na-2020/): [vc_row][vc_column][vc_raw_html]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[/vc_raw_html][vc_column_text] Planner for 2020 Calendar or planner? Meet today 2 in 1: „Planner for a good day”     Planner in a convenient binder – universal system for planning and organization for easy personalization for several years   Effective goal achievement system – no more empty days in your life   A comprehensive tool – Calendar, Gratitude Practice, Meal and Shopping Planning, Habit Monitoring, Expense Planning and Savings System, Health Record book and much more!   Get to know the „Planner for a good day” up close! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60067,60066,60065,60063,60062,60061,60060,60059,60064,60058″ img_size=”large”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column css_animation=”bounceInRight”][vc_column_text css_animation=”fadeIn”] See my planners and folders: [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] What will the „Planner for a good day” help you with?   A good day planner is a comprehensive tool for planning your life, regardless of whether you are a student, mother, boss, employee or are just looking for your way. It was built so that you from today she could care for life energy, joy, health, family, important relationships, finances and her career with the same attention. Thanks to the design of the binder, you can personalize it and adapt it to your current expectations.     Why did I create „Planner for a good day”?   In the thirteenth year I run my own company, and before that I finished two management studies – I studied in Poland and abroad, always combining full-time studies with work, and then my own company. The search for a proven system to manage our lives led me to create a calendar that lasts a year has evolved into a comprehensive planning tool for many zones in our lives – you can see its first edition, which, like me, will develop.   In one city I collected the most important tools of a holistic approach to organization and planning, which I use successfully on a daily basis.     Who did I create „Planner na dobry dzień” for?   Today I am giving you the „Planner for a good day” – which I created for a person who is very important to me – for myself. Just like me – it will help you find your priorities, set goals for them and effectively stick to your life signposts, regardless of their current life role.   In just a few days, a post will be published on the blog in which I will show you in detail how I set my priorities, as well as regularly and effectively verify the activities I have chosen – and „Planner for a good day” helps me take care of myself and my life every day.     Ideal for is not „Planner for a good day”?   Only on the Polish market there are thousands of paper tools to organize your life, and each of them has their die-hard fans. Personally, I tested dozens of them, and the system I created allows me holistically take care of my life, health, family and career. Therefore, „Planner for a good day” is not for you if you are completely satisfied with the planner you just have.   „Planner na dobry dzień” will not work for you if you do not want to organize several zones of your life in one place, you value spontaneous activities above all and do not want to learn and practice planning, set goals or consistently pursue them. „Planner na dobry Dzień” will not work for you if you do not like and do not want to take notes.   What distinguishes „Planner na dobry Dzień”?   [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] Find out 11 reasons why you should buy my Planner for 2020   1. Calendar form with entered dates   Did you know that people have an absolute tendency to overestimate what we are capable of during the day and completely underestimate what we can do during the year? Therefore, in my planner there is no room for „empty days” – no dates.   „Planner na dobry dni” is a planning tool for setting small and larger goals and achieving them. AND what is the foundation of a well-built goal? Embedding it in time. That’s why I definitely think that a good planner is one that has dates – day by day.   I have already used many planners without dates, where I could enter them freely. In practice, this was to serve the purpose that if I am going on vacation or if I do not plan anything for a few days – I can not describe these dates and not „waste cards”.   Personally I do not agree to „empty days” and „wasted cards in my life” – it’s like giving yourself permission in advance that the days of rest and vacation were less important than those we spend on work. Or pretend to yourself how busy it is when whole less productive days are missed.   Further I consider planning days off and holidays to be the basis of my life balance – work-life balance each of us. That’s why in my „Planner for a good day” it is also a calendar – from December of the previous year to January of the following year.   Of course, you can use a „clean” planner by manually entering the dates for the whole year – in practice I always did, but those were wasted hours spent on filling in dates and correcting mistakes – in practice I always made a mistake somewhere and had to plot and correct many days.     2. Weekly calendar layout   So 7 days on each spread – with the hours from 7 to 21 entered.   Over the years I have been planning my life in calendars with a day view, i.e. one day on one page – unfortunately I had a great tendency then to overestimate my capabilities and write down the entire page with tasks and notes that were so numerous that it was impossible to do. So I started the following days by rewriting and rescheduling unfinished tasks for the next days and weeks, and I was accompanied by a feeling of failure and an unfinished plan.   It was a huge discovery for me calendar with weekly view and division into hours and a place for two small tasks per hour or one larger. Thanks to this arrangement I have a clear view of the entire week plan, I am able to accurately plan the task during the task, leave some „gaps” for unforeseen matters. I can easily establish daily or weekly rituals, set permanent time blocks such as escorting or picking up children to kindergarten or weekly classes.   In addition, I distinguish professional tasks with colors from those related to children and relaxation – it’s a great tracker of life balance.   The great advantage of the weekly view is also that it’s enough for me to she flipped three pages and I can already see the detailed plan of the whole month – it is much easier for me to add an additional task or meeting to my schedule than if I had to flip 15 pages in a calendar with a day view, not to mention one without hours, where it is easy to get lost in the maze of tasks and overestimate your possibilities one day to underestimate their second day.   As an entrepreneur, mother, daughter or friend – I cannot imagine not starting planning the next year other than from entering the most important dates for me in the calendar – birthdays of relatives, anniversaries, name days, holidays in kindergarten or in the church, as well as important professional and cultural events. This allows me to plan the year so as not to overlap important events and at the last minute not to make decisions on which important occasions I have to give up for the benefit of others.   Importantly – attached list of important dates Thanks to the use of a binder, I have one – in a year it is enough to buy a calendar insert, and the most important notes will remain with me for the next years.   I have found out very effectively in recent years, especially that Mother’s Day tastes best to me on May 26, and my birthday on June 25. This is another reason why I cannot imagine an effective plan without setting it in time.   3. Monthly calendar view   In „Planner for a good day” you can plan your year from general to detailed, because at the beginning you are greeted by the annual calendar view, and then 12 month views, on which you can add tasks that are set on specific days – here I write anniversaries with appropriate colors, but also visits to the doctor or parties to which our children are invited as well as weddings and receptions that I coordinate and training sessions that I run. Thanks to that I can easily plan holidays, holidays or periods of hard work on a project – thanks to this, it is enough for me to flip through 5 pages to be able to see important events and tasks throughout the year and to be able to estimate her plans and possibilities.   4. Practicing gratitude   If you have been on my blog for a long time, you know very well that I have faced many difficulties in life – if not, I will briefly tell you about what you can read on it – because for years I have been speaking in the media on a topic especially close to my heart – infertility and loss of children during pregnancy and in the perinatal period. In one of the most difficult times of my life, many times I didn’t see the chance that my sadness would end one day and that my face would be smiling again.   Then one simple tool saved me – practicing gratitude. In „Planner na dobry Dzień” I wholeheartedly encourage you to do that she began each day by practicing gratitude – this exercise does not need to take more than 3 minutes. Every day you write down 5 things for which you are grateful, and gratitude fills your heart from the moment you open your eyes and helps to gain the right perspective in life. It’s the best tool to deal with stress in the world. When I thought that I had lost everything with my children – it turned out that I still have more than 80% of the people on this planet – a roof over my head, warmth, food, a husband, and a much better chance of surviving the end of the day than other people. Practicing gratitude every day is a tool that is able to change our lives, looking at the world, relationships with loved ones, and above all, our attitude to life and the world, which is the key to well-being every day. And when you make it a habit, you will do it automatically.   The habit of practicing gratitude is able to change even the greatest pessimist into a smiling optimist!   And when, at any moment, the worst time comes – just flip through a few pages and read what you’ve been grateful for over the past few weeks – you’ll see how rich you are in your life – it will be much easier for you to disperse black clouds over your head.   To this day, I remember the first 10 things I put on my list: a flat on credit, which was my asylum, a husband who stayed by my side, tasty food that I could cook for myself, a garden in a jar that I could grow, a camera that I could use taking photos that I dreamed of all my life, two hands to work and this blog that I could write in the evenings – isn’t that real wealth?   Even if you are not at any difficult moment in life, practicing gratitude can be a huge life change for you.   I remember once every day I started browsing Instagram – that is „comparing your backroom to someone else’s exhibition„. I don’t have to tell you that watching the successes of others from the very morning, when I almost overslept for work and didn’t do anything today for myself or for anyone – I effectively demotivated myself. Instead of being thankful for what I have, I focused on what I lack. And so the innocent „inspiration” turned into pulling me down from the very morning.   I already had one habit – starting the day with the phone in my hand – I easily changed it into another – starting the day with a Planner in my hand and typing 5 things into it that I am grateful for today. Changing so little, I’ve changed so much!   5. Healthy eating planning and tracker Since I had problems with maintaining pregnancy, I began to be interested in healthy eating and natural support for our body. For many years I had different stages – sometimes better, sometimes weaker taking care of myself in the subject of meals, but I never thought it was so bad … as it turned out, when I had to write down my meals for 2 weeks to arrange a therapeutic diet for me.   Gaps in the meal plan so large that after them I would throw myself at every food, because I was so sick of hunger that I couldn’t control myself. Eating out more often than I ever suspected. Whether I was a mother of a small child or a busy businesswoman – my tendency towards eating sins was on a similar level.   That is why in „Planner na dobry Dzień” I created not only tools for planning meals for the whole week and creating shopping lists, but also for daily monitoring of what we ate. For me it’s the best mix of tools for taking care of healthy nutrition and family finances.   In addition, you can mark every day the number of glasses drunk water or use this tracker to making every other daily habitwhich is repeated several times a day – there are 10 countdown symbols to make it easy to measure targets.     6. Lists of gift ideas, reading books, movies and TV series to watch   How many times have you chosen Netfliks movie for so long that you finally went to sleep? How many times have you saved an interesting movie somewhere to watch so that you cannot find this card later? How many times did your mother tell you that she would like to read a book, and before her birthday for nothing in the world could you not remember what book it was?   Although I regularly save such items on my phone in the Wuderlist application, I regularly rewrite them to Planner and I plan only hit gifts for various occasions. This treasure of ideas serves not only me, but also my whole family – you will never have to ask anyone for a gift idea again.   You can save in the same way ideas for places you want to visit, both in Poland and abroad, create a list of recommended hotels and guesthouses.   7. Health   Since there are no adult health books, it has been a lot harder for me monitor your health, results, plan visits, tests and prescription extensions.   I remember how six years ago I got allergic to one painkiller – the doctor told me to write down this important information – I wrote it down, but to this day I do not know where and during the next delivery my doctors had a huge problem with choosing drugs for me.   I have children in my phone, but with two it was more and more difficult for me to remember quickly and easily which and what allergies it has, what it did, and when it was gone and when it should be gone. Of course, children have their own books, but I don’t always have them on hand.   During the last visit, the doctor offered me another cytology and I tell him that we just did! He checked in a computer card and it only turned out … 15 months ago! That is why in „Planner na dobry Dzień” I created a separate tab, thanks to which you will also embrace the health aspects of your life, and thanks to the fact that the „Planner na dobry Dzień” is in the binder, you can add a T-shirt to it anywhere and keep recent research results or prescriptions and referrals for implementation.   I found here a place for the most important information about you pesel, blood group, allergies and intolerances, dosage of drugs and supplements, menstrual calendar, list of names, specialties and contact details of doctorswho look after you as well list of test results and a calendar of medical visits along with notes.     That you may also take care of those you love, I originally prepared for you 5 patient cards, which you can also print and attach using the binder function.   8. Motivation cards   Do you remember my challenge #NoWaitActed? I used in it an effective method and tracker for building habits, which from today you can always have at hand in your „Planner for a good day”.   9. Address book   We send each other cards, notes and… we know our addresses less and less. A place to save them will motivate you to collect them and maybe next year you will send lovely Christmas or birthday cards?   10. Planning expenses and savings   I remember for many years I never could save anything – then I discovered that until I planned the savings in the home budget just like spending, almost never I didn’t save, and certainly not in the long term.   Since I plan savings in the same way as expenses – I just save, even small amounts, but I do it consciously and when expenses exceed my plan in a given month, I need to reorganize my family budget, patching the hole not necessarily with savings, just an example reducing the budget for family outings, trips or clothes.   Further I will help you track fixed monthly payments such as electricity, rent or gas and whether you bring them on time.   11. Notes   The planner ends with blank pages for any notes – from meetings, phone calls or other loose notes. Thanks to this, when you have a planner with you, you have a comprehensive tool for planning and organizing your life.   I give you the Planner for a good day, and the slogan #NieCzekamDwczaj Let it be your signpost.     Today you can buy „Planner for a good day” in an elegant frame made of vegan leather in light, pastel pink   Numerous pockets and a convenient form of a binder they give you almost endless organizational possibilities.   And if you love to surround yourself with beautiful things, you’ll love it complete folder – it is perfect both for work, where it will help you transfer documents and make a good impression, as well as in private life when you need to take documents with you to a bank or office. The product is entirely sewn by hand in Poland.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column css_animation=”bounceInRight”][vc_column_text css_animation=”fadeIn”] Are you still hesitating? Buy and start planning today! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Planner 2021](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-2021/): [vc_row][vc_column] Twój planner na 2021 rok {{title}} [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1535702139602{margin-top: 80px !important;margin-bottom: 40px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1607339643035{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info-foto” width=”1/4″ css=”.vc_custom_1536309226048{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”60714″ img_size=”400×500″ alignment=”center” el_class=”aga-foto”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info” width=”3/4″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text css_animation=”none” css=”.vc_custom_1604568200266{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;}”] Planner for a good day A comprehensive tool for anyone who wants to be well organized and fulfilled – at home, at work, at university and in the family – a calendar and planner for 2021 in one! [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_video link=”https://youtu.be/vj2bmFDHmXs” el_width=”60″ align=”center”][/vc_column][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 is a comprehensive tool that, apart from being convenient calendar with space for practicing gratitudethose, calculating the drunk water and typing the eaten meals, it also contains very practical tools, such as purchasing planning, monitoring good habits, planning system expenses i saving, booklet health and a lot more!   It will work perfectly for you, no matter if you are a mother, student, businesswoman or you run a house! I made it so that you could guide it take care of yourselffor your time, life energy, health, finances, relationships and home as well about those you love.   A holistic approach to planning and organization is important to me, and I managed to achieve this in one place – in Planner Na Dobry Dzień. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_single_image image=”60721″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] CHOOSE PLANNER FOR A GOOD DAY! [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] Are you neat and organized? Do you like having everything in one place? Do you want to rule your life? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Choosing a planner for a good day will be your best choice – you will not want another! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60715,60716,60717″][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text]I created the first, last year’s Planner Na Dobry Dzień, actually for myself.   Having run my own company for several years, and previously studying two faculties, always combining studies with work, I needed a planner that would allow me to organize my life in a rush. So I checked a dozen calendars / planners calmly, but I did not find a recommendable one my life management system.   That is why I created Planner Na Dobry Dzień to help me – and I hope you too – plan the whole day, week, month, year, while not forgetting what is importantabout practicing gratitude, maintaining healthy habits, and feeling in control of the flow of your home finances. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] You are curious what exactly it contains Good Morning Planner 2021? [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 1. Kalendarz z wpisanymi datami i… bez nich   W Wasze ręce oddaję dwa rodzaje kalendarza do wyboru: ten z wpisanymi datami i ten do samodzielnego uzupełnienia dat.   By mieć kontrolę nad upływem czasu i potrafić zaplanować sobie zarówno dni pracy, jak i dni wolne, wybieram ten z datami – jest to podstawa życiowej równowagi – tak osiągam mój work-life balance. Dni wolne to nie znaczy dni mniej ważne, mniej produktywne – dlatego nie zostały w żaden sposób pominięte czy przeznaczono na nie mniej miejsca. Nie da się wyznaczyć sobie celu i zrealizować bez osadzenia do w czasie, dlatego według mnie dobry planner to tylko taki z datami!   A druga sprawa to to, że… nie pomylisz się, wpisując daty ręcznie 😉 Jeśli jednak chcesz rozpocząć prowadzenie Plannera Na Dobry Dzień w dowolnym momencie, przygotowałam też wersję bez wpisanych dat – nie musisz czekać do stycznia, by wziąć kontrolę nad organizacją swojego życia![/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 2. Weekly calendar with hours entered so that you can easily organize your time during the week   7 days on each spread, with the hours entered from 7 to 21 it’s a solution that allows See all the tasks for the week at a glance and freely reschedule them between days.   I can easily plan the time of the task, mark the time I want or need to spend with them and leave gaps for unforeseen matters.   In addition, I do not have to flip 15 pages as with the daily calendar, only three and I already have an overview for the whole month. Isn’t it a lot easier?   If – like me – you like to celebrate important events in your family’s life, you will certainly be happy inno place to enter birthdays or anniversaries. You can also enter important cultural, professional or pre-school events here.   In addition, the calendar has already entered the most important national, church or international holidays, which will allow you to avoid overlapping important events and you will not have to give up anything. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 3. Annual and monthly calendar views to keep track of your entire year   Planner Na Dobry Dzień will allow you to plan your year from general to detail: first you will see the annual calendar view, then 12 monthly views (perfect place to enter tasks embedded in specific days, e.g. marking anniversaries, doctor visits, scheduled training sessions). All you have to do is flip through 5 pages and you will see important events and tasks throughout the year – which will allow you to estimate your plans and opportunities on carrying out an important project or planning a vacation. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”20px”][vc_single_image image=”60756″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60757″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60758″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 4. Practicing gratitude that changes your life   It is something that changed my life and I know some of you too. I faced many difficulties in my life, the biggest ones were infertility and child wear – you can read about it on my blog. At that time, it was hard for me to believe that my sadness would end and that a smile would ever again appear on my face.   Practicing gratitude saved me. Every day you will find in Planner Na Dobry Dzień space to write down 5 things that you are grateful for that day. This exercise will take you only a few minutes and you will be surprised how much it will change in your perception of the world, relationships with loved ones, and attitude to life.   Don’t compare yourself with others, never look at what is missing – see how much you have and be grateful for it every day!   Instead of starting your day by watching Instagram and comparing your life to the lives of others, which they create on their social media, pick up Planner Na Dobry Dzień and write 5 things for which you are grateful – even if you are not going through a difficult time in your life, this habit will help you find inner peace and enjoy the little things! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 5. Planning and healthy eating tracker to keep your finger on the pulse and take care of your tomorrow   I think many of us miss a meal, and most of us certainly don’t drink enough water – to be in control, you have space to write down the meals eaten that day and the amount of water consumed. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 6. Practical lists: gift ideas, books to read, movies and series to watch   Did you hear your sister talking about the perfume she dreams of? Or maybe the husband hinted that he could use a drill? Write it down in a specially prepared place – on list of gift ideas.   A friend recommended you a great movie, and another – a book that changed her life and you can’t remember these titles for anything – no more! In Planner Na Dobry Dzień you will find lists of books to read and movies / series to watch.   In Planner you will also find additional pages to create your own lists: places to visit or countries you want to see.   Even if you save these items on your phone, just like I do, write them to Planner – it’s worth having everything together in one place – it’s a real treasure trove of ideas! [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”60755″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60762″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60761″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 7. Health – because we often forget to take care of it   Do you monitor your health, results, tests, extending prescriptions?   How often has your doctor asked when you had your last Pap test and you couldn’t remember?   Or maybe you are allergic to some drug and you do not remember what – you wrote it down somewhere and you do not know where?   In Planner Na Dobry Dzień you will find special health pages – here you can drive health cards for the whole family (with Pesel, blood type, allergies, drug dosing), write down important preventive examinations and their results, and medications taken and contact list doctorswho look after you. There is also a special page with a menstrual calendar!   This way you can have health books for your whole family in one place!   The planner includes a practical at the end pocketinto which you can put test results or prescriptions. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 8. Motivation cards – not to stop on the way to achieve the goal   If you took part in my #I’m waiting for you, you remember perfectly well that it was based on building good habits and monitoring progress. Motivation cards They are also in Planner Na Dobry Dzień, so you can always have it at hand – there are 12 of them so you can watch your progress every month. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 9. Planning expenses and savings   You plan your expenses – it’s great, but remember that by learn to save, you must be able to plan these savings in your home budget – there is a place for it in my planner.   You will also find a place to save fixed monthly fees (rent, electricity, gas, nursery) and their payment dates. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 10. Notes   At the end of the Na Dobry Dzień planner you will find a convenient place for notes. You can freely save here notes from meetings, conversations or otherthat you will be able to return to at any moment. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”60760″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60759″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60763″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] YES, I WANT TO BUY A PLANNER FOR A GOOD DAY! [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] What the users say Planner For Dobry Dzień 2020? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Od kilku dni jestem szczęśliwą posiadaczką „Plannera na dobry dzień”. Ten krótki okres w zupełności wystarczył mi, by przekonać się jak wyjątkowy produkt stworzyła Agnieszka. Praktyczny, bardzo dokładnie przemyślany, dopracowany z dbałością o najdrobniejsze szczegóły i co najważniejsze kompletny- od teraz wszystko, co niezbędne posiadam w jednym miejscu. A na dodatek jest absolutnie przepiękny! Jestem przekonana, że każda kobieta pokocha go od pierwszego wejrzenia i z ogromną przyjemnością będzie planować kolejne dni, tygodnie i miesiące. Ja już teraz wiem, że nie będę się bez niego nigdzie ruszać… Gorąco polecam każdemu! A Tobie Agnieszko dziękuję z całego serca za to co stworzyłaś <3  I trzymam mocno kciuki za kolejne projekty, bo wiem, że jeszcze nie raz nas zaskoczysz! 😊 – Czytelniczka[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Planery są eleganckie i dopracowane pod każdym względem. 💞 Gratulacje! – Elwira[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_text_separator title=”You have choice”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] For 2021, I give you a choice from not one, two or three, but even … seven versions of the Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021!   First, you have a choice three different colors of the Planner cover – each in a vegan leather setting.   – light pink   – without   – blue   A Each of these colors can be purchased in a version with entered dates and without dates!   Click hereto choose a color for yourself.   Each of these planners includes 3 practical ribbonsso that you can easily find the current week or important memo, and eraser securing the Planner so that nothing falls out of it or that it does not open and fold in the bag. The planner on the back has pocketwhere you can put small cards, receipts or stickers. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60720,60719,60718″ img_size=”medium”] [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”30px”][vc_column_text] You already have a binder from last year and just want to buy a refill?   No problem! I have prepared for you contribution with calendar part for a separate purchase – thanks to this, you will be able to keep a calendar for 2021 and continue your entries in the organizer part from Planner 2020! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”100px”][vc_column_text] What have I changed in relation to the Planner from 2020?   Instead of a binder, I put on more handy form – glued exercise bookwhich is lighter, more comfortable to write and easier to turn pages in it! However, if you prefer to remain in the form of a binder – you can easily buy the insert itself. I did it three colors ribbonsso that you can easily find today’s date or important note I changed the interior a bit by adding more color intensity and broadening the lines for your notes I added Planner at the end pocketwhere you will be able to put small cards, notes, receipts … [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60726″ img_size=”600×900″ alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Or maybe a set?   You can buy for each of the planners briefcase in the same veneer!   The briefcase has practical clipit is attached to wide lined notebook – perfect for taking notes during meetings, conferences or lectures! [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60723,60724,60725″ img_size=”600×700″][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1607339699877{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Organize your life with Planner Na Dobry Dzień and be surprised by its interior! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] GO TO THE SHOP [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][vc_single_image image=”60722″ img_size=”large” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Calendar 2022](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz/): [vc_row][vc_column] Twój planner na 2021 rok {{title}} [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1535702139602{margin-top: 80px !important;margin-bottom: 40px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1607339643035{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info-foto” width=”1/4″ css=”.vc_custom_1536309226048{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”60714″ img_size=”400×500″ alignment=”center” el_class=”aga-foto”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info” width=”3/4″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text css_animation=”none” css=”.vc_custom_1639581966856{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;}”] Calendar 2022 – Planner for a good day It is a practical, holistic tool just for you if you want to organize yourself well and feel fulfilled both at work or at the university, as well as at home or in your family! The 2021 calendar is also a practical planner![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_video link=”https://youtu.be/vj2bmFDHmXs” el_width=”60″ align=”center”][/vc_column][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] The 2022 calendar is not just that convenient calendar weekly where you can calculate daily amount of water drunky, type i practice gratitude. Here are some tools for your daily life: sites where you can monitor good habits, to plan shopping, save expenses, Of i savingsdrive health books Yours and your family, and much more!   The year 2022 is the same for everyone – regardless of whether you are a student, businesswoman or a mom who runs a house – the 2021 book calendar it will work perfectly for you!! By guiding it, you are able take care for your time and finances, life energy and health, for relationships and home, and also about those you love. In one word: Taking care of yourself and yours here and now.   In my life, I follow a holistic approach to planning and organization – it helps me keep my work-life balance and this is what I tried to transfer to the 2022 calendar cards – Planner Na Dobry Dzień.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_single_image image=”60721″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] CHOOSE PLANNER FOR A GOOD DAY! [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] Do you consider yourself an organized and organized person? You like to feel that you are over all do you reign Do you want to have everything in one place? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] When you pick up the Calendar 2022 – Planner for a good day – you will not want another! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60715,60716,60717″][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text]The first planner calendar was created a few years ago and I created it for my own use, collecting in one place what I had been looking for in calendars and planners for several years.   I studied two faculties while working, and for over a dozen years I have been running my own company. I was looking for a planner – a book calendar that would allow me to control my life on the go. I have seen through life several calendars or planners, but none of them met my needs 100%.     I decided it’s time to take matters into my own hands: I created a book calendar – Planner Na Dobry Dzień – which helped me first, and now – I hope – you too, to plan the year from general to detail: a whole year, then a month, a week and a day. At the same time, it reminds me of the so important practice of gratitude in my life, helps to keep an eye on healthy habits and keep an eye on the flow of household expenses and income. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] You are certainly curious to know what exactly it contains Good Morning Planner – Calendar 2022? [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 1. Calendar 2022 with or without entered dates – you can choose You have a choice 2022 calendar year or one for entering the dates yourself – even if you start working with it later, you won’t waste the pages!   Personally, I choose the one with dates – I achieve my work-life balance by planning not only work days, but also days off. Therefore, they were not omitted in any way. I believe that it is impossible to set a goal and pursue its implementation without setting it in time. I suggest you a book calendar 2021 because in my opinion, a good calendar is one with dates – like my 2022 calendar!   Of course, you can start running the 2022 Calendar at any time, which is why I have prepared too version for self-inserting dates – you can start organizing your life at any time! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 2. Weekly calendar from 7 am to 21 pm to easily organize the whole week   After unfolding the 2022 calendar you will see for your winnings 7 days on each spread, with marked hours 7-21. It allows With one glance you can see all the tasks planned for this week and freely prescribe them between days, if necessary.   This solution allows schedule tasks in time, mark with a clip how much time I need or want for them allocate and I leave free places for unforeseen situations.   It is enough to flip three pages to have one viewing for the entire month. Isn’t it that easier?   There is an empty box at the top of each day so that you can – like me – type in this space birthdays, anniversaries, important cultural events, professional projects or holidays in kindergarten Your children.   The 2022 calendar, of course, has already been entered the most important church, national and international holidays. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 3. Annual and monthly calendar view   Planner Na Dobry Dzień, the calendar 2022 gives you the opportunity to plan the whole year from general to detail. You start with the yearly calendar view, then cycle through 12 monthly views (just flip 5 pages to see the whole year!) and then the weekly calendar. This solution will allow you to mark time needed to complete a large project or simply location of leave over time. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 4. Practicing gratitude changing life   I have had many difficulties in my life, during which I did not believe that there would come a day when my sadness would end and I would start smiling again.   Practicing gratitude was something that saved me and changed my life. In the 2021 calendar each day there is a place where you can type 5 things you are grateful for. Performing this exercise takes only a few minutes each day, and believe me, you will be surprised how much it will change your attitude towards life and the world and relationships with loved ones.   Don’t compare yourself with others, never look at what is missing – see how much you have and be grateful for it every day!   Don’t start your day by browsing Instagram and comparing yourself to others – pick up Calendar 2021 Planner Na Dobry Dzień and believe me – write down these 5 things for which you are grateful it will help you find inner peace and make you enjoy the little things! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 5. Planning meals and counting the amount of water drunk to take care of your tomorrow   Have you ever missed a meal? Because I do so often. Do you drink the necessary minimum – 2,5 liters of fluid every day? To get this under control, the 2021 calendar has fields where you can write down today’s meals and mark the amount of water you drink. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 6. Useful letters: gift ideas, movies to watch books to read and others – whatever you need!   As soon as you hear that someone close to you is talking about something that would be of use to them, don’t wait – write it down on list of gift ideas before you hear the name of the perfume or the title of the book out of your head.   Someone recommended you a good movie or an interesting book, and then you can’t remember their titles for nothing? Now you can save them on specially prepared lists movies / series to watch and books to read. Do you save these items on your phone? To have everything in one place, enter it into the Planner!   Need a different list? No problem – you’ll find additional pages in Planner to create your own lists.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 7. Health – so that you don’t forget how important prevention is   It is extremely important to take care of your health before any treatment or surgery is required. Do you get regular tests, monitor your health, and remember to extend prescriptions for your medications? Or maybe you are allergic to some drug, you even wrote it down for which one, but you don’t remember where you wrote it down?   How often did you remember when you had your last Pap smear or mammogram?   Planner Na Dobry Dzień The calendar 2022 comes to the rescue: it has a health section where you can easily lead health cards for the whole family with all the information you need, such as allergies or drug dosing, and write down what you have done preventive examinations and what are their results. Be sure to write down the contact list of your doctors and here the medications you are taking. You will also find a page with a menstrual calendar!   Thanks to the 2022 Planner for a good day, all of them You can have your family’s health books in one place! At the end of the Planner, you will also find a practical one pocket, which is perfect for inserting test results or a prescription. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 8. Motivation cards – set a goal and don’t give up!   You took part in the # NieCzekamDziałam challenge? You certainly remember the card good habits and monitoring your progress. Now you can go back to it and have it at hand: in the calendar you will find motivation cards – 12, to watch your progress all year round. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 9. Planning of expenses, but also savings   How to save? Many of us ask this question. Savings, just like expenses, need to be be able to plan – and you will find a place for it in the 2022 calendar. Here’s a table for yours fixed fees monthly and a place to enter their payment dates. [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 10. Notes   The last pages of the 2022 book calendar, i.e. Planner Na Dobry Dzień, are a lot of pages for notes. Convenient wide lines will help you write clearly notes from conversations, meetings or lectures when you have just forgotten your notebook. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”60747″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60748″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60749″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60750″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60751″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60752″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60753″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60754″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] YES, I WANT TO BUY A PLANNER FOR A GOOD DAY! [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] What the users say Planner For Dobry Dzień 2020? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Od kilku dni jestem szczęśliwą posiadaczką „Plannera na dobry dzień”. Ten krótki okres w zupełności wystarczył mi, by przekonać się jak wyjątkowy produkt stworzyła Agnieszka. Praktyczny, bardzo dokładnie przemyślany, dopracowany z dbałością o najdrobniejsze szczegóły i co najważniejsze kompletny- od teraz wszystko, co niezbędne posiadam w jednym miejscu. A na dodatek jest absolutnie przepiękny! Jestem przekonana, że każda kobieta pokocha go od pierwszego wejrzenia i z ogromną przyjemnością będzie planować kolejne dni, tygodnie i miesiące. Ja już teraz wiem, że nie będę się bez niego nigdzie ruszać… Gorąco polecam każdemu! A Tobie Agnieszko dziękuję z całego serca za to co stworzyłaś <3  I trzymam mocno kciuki za kolejne projekty, bo wiem, że jeszcze nie raz nas zaskoczysz! 😊 – Czytelniczka[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]The planners are elegant and refined in every respect. ???? Congratulations! – Elwira[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_text_separator title=”You can chose”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] For 2022, I give you the opportunity to choose from as many as six versions of the Calendar Planner 2022!   You can choose from three different colors for the cover of the 2022 book calendar – each of them is vegan leather.   Available Colours: – light pink – without – blue   A You can have each of these colors in the version that suits you best – with or without dates for 2022!   Click here to choose a color that suits you!   Every 2022 book calendar has 3 practical ribbonsso you can find the current week or an important note as well eraser, which Planner secures. On the back, on the inside of the cover, it is glued in pouchwhere you can put important cards, receipts or stickers to keep them close at hand. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60720,60719,60718″ img_size=”medium”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”30px”][vc_column_text] If you already have a binder from last year and want to buy a 2022 calendar insert – no problem!   Taki contribution with calendar part you can buy separately, so you can continue your Planner 2021 notes! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”100px”][vc_column_text] What has changed from last year’s version?   More handy form – glued notebook: lighter, more comfortable to write and easier to turn pages in it! However, if you prefer to remain in the form of a binder – you can easily buy the insert itself. I did it three colors ribbonsso that you can easily find today’s date or important note I changed the interior a bit by adding more color intensity and broadening the lines for your notes I added Planner at the end pocketwhere you will be able to put small cards, notes, receipts … [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”60726″ img_size=”600×900″ alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] How about an elegant set?   Each calendar also has a sister briefcasewhich was prepared in the same veneerso that you can create a beautiful set!   The folder is closed and its interior is hidden wide lined notebookpinned on top with a practical clip. Such a notebook is a great solution for taking notes during meetings, lectures or conferences! [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”60723,60724,60725″ img_size=”600×700″][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1607339699877{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Organize your life with Planner Na Dobry Dzień and be surprised by its interior! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] GO TO THE SHOP [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][vc_single_image image=”60722″ img_size=”large” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Hello](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hello/): [vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1539082725771{margin-top: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] HOW TO BECOME A WEDDING PLANNER AND BE SUCCESSFUL? [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] BLOG [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] WEDDING LABEL [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] Recent posts [/vc_column_text] Publikacja: 09.08.2026 Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu. Publikacja: 29.07.2026 Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Publikacja: 22.07.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 29.07.2026 Detale, które odmieniły mój salon [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” el_class=”przyciski”][vc_column] See more posts [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1538997152640{padding-top: 100px !important;padding-bottom: 100px !important;background-color: #faefee !important;}”][vc_column][vc_column_text] Don’t wait with your dreams, become a Wedding Planner today [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space] Zapisz się [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1538998482665{margin-right: 0px !important;margin-left: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”59257″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column][vc_column width=”2/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1538998521643{padding-top: 10% !important;padding-bottom: 10% !important;}”][vc_column_text]Hello! I am Agnieszka and I have been running my own business for 11 years. I became a Wedding Planner because love is my life sign, so in my private life I also fulfill myself – as a wife and mother of two boys.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row el_class=”stopka-ikony”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1539083682425{background-color: #faefee !important;}”][vc_column_inner][vc_raw_html]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[/vc_raw_html][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row] 
- [Thank you, that you are!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dziekuje-ze-jestes-nieczekamdzialam/):   Thank you that you signed up for the challenge and mailing list # I’m waiting, I acted.   Within an hour you will receive the first message from me with a link to download the free Motivation and Goal Realization Card.   You will receive messages from me from the e-mail address Pocztowy@agnieszkakudela.pl – it is worth adding this address to the trusted ones in your e-mail. If you do not receive a message from me within an hour, look for it in SPAM (unfortunately, they sometimes fall there), and if it still is not, write to me at mail@agnieszkakudela.pl – I will help you solve this problem so that you can act together with us!
- [Contact](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kontakt/): E-mail address:   Agnieszka Kudela: hello@agnieszkakudela.pl Agnieszka Kudela Collection – STORE: sklep@agnieszkakudela.pl   Correspondence address and office address: Agnieszka Kudela Al. Iberyjska 10/2 (Tesoro Gardens) 81-198 Pogórze near Gdynia Social media: Facebook Instagram Twitter
- [Hello](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/hello/): [vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1539082725771{margin-top: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] Jak zostać wedding plannerem i odnieść sukces? [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] BLOG [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner] Wytwórnia Ślubów [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”12px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] Najnowsze posty [/vc_column_text] Publikacja: 09.08.2026 Wieczorna rutyna, która naprawdę poprawiła jakość mojego snu. Wszystkie produkty w jednym miejscu. Publikacja: 29.07.2026 Sypialnia, która reguluje układ nerwowy. Jak urządzić ją tak, żeby naprawdę odpocząć? Publikacja: 22.07.2026 |  Aktualizacja: 29.07.2026 Detale, które odmieniły mój salon [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” el_class=”przyciski”][vc_column] Zobacz więcej postów [vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center” css=”.vc_custom_1538997152640{padding-top: 100px !important;padding-bottom: 100px !important;background-color: #faefee !important;}”][vc_column][vc_column_text] Nie czekaj z marzeniami, zostań Wedding Plannerem już dziś [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space] Zapisz się [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width=”1/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1538998482665{margin-right: 0px !important;margin-left: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”36671″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column][vc_column width=”2/3″ css=”.vc_custom_1538998521643{padding-top: 10% !important;padding-bottom: 10% !important;}”][vc_column_text] Cześć, Jestem Agnieszka i od 11 lat prowadzę własny biznes. Zostałam Wedding Plannerką, bo miłość to mój życiowy drogowskaz, prywatnie więc realizuję się również – jako żona i mama dwóch chłopców. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row el_class=”stopka-ikony”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1539083682425{background-color: #faefee !important;}”][vc_column_inner][vc_raw_html]%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-top-bar%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-grid%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%09%09%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-vertical-align-containers%20qodef-50-50%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-position-left%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-position-left-inner%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20id%3D%22text-3%22%20class%3D%22widget%20widget_text%20qodef-top-bar-widget%22%3E%09%09%09%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22textwidget%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200%202px%200%200px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22%2Fo-mnie%22%20target%3D%22%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ci%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-awesome%20fa%20fa-female%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A13px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fi%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%3Ca%20href%3D%22%2Fo-mnie%22%3EO%20mnie%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200%202px%200%2020px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22%2Fwspolpraca%22%20target%3D%22%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ci%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-awesome%20fa%20fa-handshake-o%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A13px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fi%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%3Ca%20href%3D%22%2Fwspolpraca%22%3EWsp%C3%B3%C5%82praca%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200%202px%200%2020px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22%2Fkontakt%22%20target%3D%22%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ci%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-awesome%20fa%20fa-envelope%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A13px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fi%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%3Ca%20href%3D%22%2Fkontakt%22%3EKontakt%3C%2Fa%3E%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%09%09%3C%2Fdiv%3E%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-position-right%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22qodef-position-right-inner%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cdiv%20id%3D%22text-6%22%20class%3D%22widget%20widget_text%20qodef-top-bar-widget%22%3E%09%09%09%3Cdiv%20class%3D%22textwidget%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200px%204px%200px%2015px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ea9195%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2FAgnieszkaKudelaPL%22%20target%3D%22_blank%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20aria-hidden%3D%22true%22%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-elegant%20social_facebook%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A12px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200px%204px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ea9195%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fc%2Fagnieszkakudela%22%20target%3D%22_blank%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20aria-hidden%3D%22true%22%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-elegant%20social_youtube%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A12px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200px%204px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ea9195%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2Fspodkocyka%22%20target%3D%22_blank%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20aria-hidden%3D%22true%22%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-elegant%20social_twitter%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A12px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200px%204px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ea9195%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22https%3A%2F%2Fwww.pinterest.com%2Fagnieszkakudela%22%20target%3D%22_blank%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20aria-hidden%3D%22true%22%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-elegant%20social_pinterest%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A12px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%0A%0A%0A%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shortcode%20normal%20qodef-icon-hover-effect%22%20style%3D%22margin%3A%200%200%200%204px%22%20data-hover-color%3D%22%23ea9195%22%20data-color%3D%22%23ffffff%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Ca%20class%3D%22%22%20href%3D%22https%3A%2F%2Fwww.instagram.com%2Fagnieszka.kudela%2F%22%20target%3D%22_blank%22%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20aria-hidden%3D%22true%22%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-font-elegant%20social_instagram%20qodef-icon-element%22%20style%3D%22color%3A%20%23ffffff%3Bfont-size%3A12px%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fa%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3Cspan%20class%3D%22qodef-icon-shader%22%20%3E%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fspan%3E%0A%0A%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%09%09%3C%2Fdiv%3E%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E%0A%20%20%20%20%3C%2Fdiv%3E[/vc_raw_html][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Regulamin sklepu](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/regulamin-sklepu/): Regulamin Sklepu ostatnia aktualizacja: 29.09.2020   §1 Postanowienia wstępne   Sklep internetowy Agnieszka Kudela Collection, dostępny pod adresem internetowym https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep prowadzony jest przez Wojciech Kudelę prowadzącego działalność gospodarczą pod firmą WEDDINGBOX AGNIESZKA KUDELA, wpisaną do Centralnej Ewidencji i Informacji o Działalności Gospodarczej (CEIDG) prowadzonej przez ministra właściwego ds. gospodarki, NIP 957-097-22-88, REGON 220434805 Niniejszy Regulamin skierowany jest zarówno do Konsumentów, jak i do Przedsiębiorców korzystających ze Sklepu i określa zasady korzystania ze Sklepu internetowego oraz zasady i tryb zawierania Umów Sprzedaży z Klientem na odległość za pośrednictwem Sklepu.   §2 Definicje   Konsument – osoba fizyczna zawierająca ze Sprzedawcą umowę w ramach Sklepu, której przedmiot nie jest związany bezpośrednio z jej działalnością gospodarczą lub zawodową. Sprzedawca – osoba fizyczna prowadząca działalność gospodarczą pod firmą WEDDINGBOX AGNIESZKA KUDELA, wpisaną do Centralnej Ewidencji i Informacji o Działalności Gospodarczej (CEIDG) prowadzonej przez ministra właściwego ds. gospodarki, NIP 957-097-22-88, REGON 220434805 Klient – każdy podmiot dokonujący zakupów za pośrednictwem Sklepu. Przedsiębiorca – osoba fizyczna, osoba prawna i jednostka organizacyjna niebędąca osobą prawną, której odrębna ustawa przyznaje zdolność prawną, wykonująca we własnym imieniu działalność gospodarczą, która korzysta ze Sklepu. Sklep – sklep internetowy prowadzony przez Sprzedawcę pod adresem internetowym https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep Umowa zawarta na odległość – umowa zawarta z Klientem w ramach zorganizowanego systemu zawierania umów na odległość (w ramach Sklepu), bez jednoczesnej fizycznej obecności stron, z wyłącznym wykorzystaniem jednego lub większej liczby środków porozumiewania się na odległość do chwili zawarcia umowy włącznie. Regulamin – niniejszy regulamin Sklepu. Zamówienie – oświadczenie woli Klienta składane za pomocą Formularza Zamówienia i zmierzające bezpośrednio do zawarcia Umowy Sprzedaży Produktu lub Produktów ze Sprzedawcą. Konto – konto klienta w Sklepie, są w nim gromadzone są dane podane przez Klienta oraz informacje o złożonych przez niego Zamówieniach w Sklepie. Formularz rejestracji – formularz dostępny w Sklepie, umożliwiający utworzenie Konta. Formularz zamówienia – interaktywny formularz dostępny w Sklepie umożliwiający złożenie Zamówienia, w szczególności poprzez dodanie Produktów do Koszyka oraz określenie warunków Umowy Sprzedaży, w tym sposobu dostawy i płatności. Koszyk – element oprogramowania Sklepu, w którym widoczne są wybrane przez Klienta Produkty do zakupu, a także istnieje możliwość ustalenia i modyfikacji danych Zamówienia, w szczególności ilości produktów. Produkt – dostępna w Sklepie rzecz ruchoma/usługa będąca przedmiotem Umowy Sprzedaży między Klientem a Sprzedawcą. Umowa Sprzedaży – umowa sprzedaży Produktu zawierana albo zawarta między Klientem a Sprzedawcą za pośrednictwem Sklepu internetowego. Przez Umowę Sprzedaży rozumie się też – stosowanie do cech Produktu – umowę o świadczenie usług i umowę o dzieło.   §3 Kontakt ze Sklepem   Adres Sprzedawcy: Aleja Iberyjska 10/2, 81-198 Pogórze Adres e-mail Sprzedawcy: sklep@agnieszkakudela.pl Numer rachunku bankowego Sprzedawcy: mBank, 98 1140 2004 0000 3802 7775 3245 Klient może porozumiewać się ze Sprzedawcą za pomocą danych podanych w niniejszym paragrafie. Klient może porozumieć się ze Sprzedawcą w godzinach 9:00 – 17:00   §4 Wymagania techniczne Do korzystania ze Sklepu, w tym przeglądania asortymentu Sklepu oraz składania zamówień na Produkty, niezbędne są: urządzenie końcowe z dostępem do sieci Internet i przeglądarką internetową aktywne konto poczty elektronicznej (e-mail), włączona obsługa plików cookies,,   §5 Informacje ogólne   Sprzedawca w najszerszym dopuszczalnym przez prawo zakresie nie ponosi odpowiedzialności za zakłócenia w tym przerwy w funkcjonowaniu Sklepu spowodowane siłą wyższą, niedozwolonym działaniem osób trzecich lub niekompatybilnością Sklepu internetowego z infrastrukturą techniczną Klienta. Przeglądanie asortymentu Sklepu nie wymaga zakładania Konta. Składanie zamówień przez Klienta na Produkty znajdujące się w asortymencie Sklepu możliwe jest albo po założeniu Konta zgodnie z postanowieniami § 6 Regulaminu albo przez podanie niezbędnych danych osobowych i adresowych umożliwiających realizację Zamówienia bez zakładania Konta. Ceny podane w Sklepie są podane w polskich złotych i są cenami brutto. Na końcową (ostateczną) kwotę do zapłaty przez Klienta składa się cena za Produkt oraz koszt dostawy (w tym opłaty za transport, dostarczenie i usługi pocztowe), o której Klient jest informowany na stronach Sklepu w trakcie składania Zamówienia, w tym także w chwili wyrażenia woli związania się Umową Sprzedaży. W przypadku Umowy obejmującej prenumeratę lub świadczenie usług na czas nieoznaczony końcową (ostateczną) ceną jest łączna cena obejmująca wszystkie płatności za okres rozliczeniowy. Gdy charakter przedmiotu Umowy nie pozwala, rozsądnie oceniając, na wcześniejsze obliczenie wysokości końcowej (ostatecznej) ceny, informacja o sposobie, w jaki cena będzie obliczana, a także o opłatach za transport, dostarczenie, usługi pocztowe oraz o innych kosztach, będzie podana w Sklepie w opisie Produktu.   §6 Zakładanie Konta w Sklepie   Aby założyć Konto w Sklepie, należy wypełnić Formularz rejestracji. Założenie Konta w Sklepie jest darmowe. Logowanie się na Konto odbywa się poprzez podanie loginu i hasła ustanowionych w Formularzu rejestracji. Klient ma możliwość w każdej chwili, bez podania przyczyny i bez ponoszenia z tego tytułu jakichkolwiek opłat usunąć Konto poprzez wysłanie stosownego żądania do Sprzedawcy, w szczególności za pośrednictwem poczty elektronicznej lub pisemnie na adresy podane w § 3.   §7 Zasady składania Zamówienia   W celu złożenia Zamówienia należy: zalogować się do Sklepu (opcjonalnie); wybrać Produkt będący przedmiotem Zamówienia, a następnie kliknąć przycisk „Do koszyka” (lub równoznaczny); zalogować się lub skorzystać z możliwości złożenia Zamówienia bez rejestracji; jeżeli wybrano możliwość złożenia Zamówienia bez rejestracji – wypełnić Formularz zamówienia poprzez wpisanie danych odbiorcy Zamówienia oraz adresu, na który ma nastąpić dostawa Produktu, wybrać rodzaj przesyłki (sposób dostarczenia Produktu), wpisać dane do faktury, jeśli są inne niż dane odbiorcy Zamówienia, kliknąć przycisk “Zamawiam i płacę”/kliknąć przycisk “Zamawiam i płacę”, wybrać jeden z dostępnych sposobów płatności i w zależności od sposobu płatności, opłacić zamówienie w określonym terminie, z zastrzeżeniem § 8 pkt 3.   §8 Oferowane metody dostawy oraz płatności Klient może skorzystać z następujących metod dostawy lub odbioru zamówionego Produktu: InPost Kurier InPost Paczkomaty Klient może skorzystać z następujących metod płatności: Płatność przelewem na konto Sprzedawcy Płatności elektroniczne (obsługiwane przez PayU) Płatność kartą płatniczą (obsługa przez PayU i PayPal). Płatność PayPal     §9 Wykonanie umowy sprzedaży   Zawarcie Umowy Sprzedaży między Klientem a Sprzedawcą następuje po uprzednim złożeniu przez Klienta Zamówienia za pomocą Formularza zamówienia w Sklepie internetowym zgodnie z § 7 Regulaminu. Po złożeniu Zamówienia Sprzedawca niezwłocznie potwierdza jego otrzymanie oraz jednocześnie przyjmuje Zamówienie do realizacji. Potwierdzenie otrzymania Zamówienia i jego przyjęcie do realizacji następuje poprzez przesłanie przez Sprzedawcę Klientowi stosownej wiadomości e-mail na podany w trakcie składania Zamówienia adres poczty elektronicznej Klienta, która zawiera co najmniej oświadczenia Sprzedawcy o otrzymaniu Zamówienia i o jego przyjęciu do realizacji oraz potwierdzenie zawarcia Umowy Sprzedaży. Z chwilą otrzymania przez Klienta powyższej wiadomości e-mail zostaje zawarta Umowa Sprzedaży między Klientem a Sprzedawcą. W przypadku wyboru przez Klienta płatności przelewem, płatności elektronicznych albo płatności kartą płatniczą, Klient obowiązany jest do dokonania płatności w terminie 3. dni kalendarzowych od dnia zawarcia Umowy Sprzedaży – w przeciwnym razie zamówienie zostanie anulowane. W przypadku zamówienia Produktów o różnych terminach dostawy, terminem dostawy jest najdłuższy podany termin. Początek biegu terminu dostawy Produktu do Klienta liczy się od dnia uznania rachunku bankowego Sprzedawcy. W przypadku zamówienia Produktów o różnych terminach gotowości do odbioru, terminem gotowości do odbioru jest najdłuższy podany termin. Dostawa Produktu odbywa się wyłącznie na terenie Polski.     §10 Prawo odstąpienia od umowy   Konsument może w terminie 14 dni odstąpić od Umowy Sprzedaży bez podania jakiejkolwiek przyczyny. Bieg terminu określonego w ust. 1 rozpoczyna się od dostarczenia Produktu Konsumentowi lub wskazanej przez niego osobie innej niż przewoźnik. Konsument może odstąpić od Umowy, składając Sprzedawcy oświadczenie o odstąpieniu od Umowy. Do zachowania terminu odstąpienia od Umowy wystarczy wysłanie przez Konsumenta oświadczenia przed upływem tego terminu. W przypadku przesłania oświadczenia przez Konsumenta drogą elektroniczną, Sprzedawca niezwłocznie prześle Konsumentowi na podany przez Konsumenta adres e-mail potwierdzenie otrzymania oświadczenia o odstąpieniu od Umowy. Skutki odstąpienia od Umowy: W przypadku odstąpienia od Umowy zawartej na odległość Umowę uważa się za niezawartą. W przypadku odstąpienia od Umowy Sprzedawca zwraca Konsumentowi niezwłocznie, nie później niż w terminie 14 dni od dnia otrzymania oświadczenia Konsumenta o odstąpieniu od Umowy, wszystkie dokonane przez niego płatności, w tym koszty dostarczenia rzeczy, z wyjątkiem dodatkowych kosztów wynikających z wybranego przez Konsumenta sposobu dostarczenia innego niż najtańszy zwykły sposób dostarczenia oferowany przez Sprzedawcę. Zwrotu płatności Sprzedawca dokona przy użyciu takich samych metod płatności, jakie zostały przez Konsumenta użyte w pierwotnej transakcji, chyba że Konsument wyraźnie zgodził się na inne rozwiązanie, które nie będzie się wiązało dla niego z żadnymi kosztami. Sprzedawca może wstrzymać się ze zwrotem płatności do czasu otrzymania Produktu z powrotem lub do czasu dostarczenia mu dowodu jego odesłania, w zależności od tego, które zdarzenie nastąpi wcześniej. Konsument powinien odesłać Produkt na adres Sprzedawcy podany w niniejszym Regulaminie niezwłocznie, nie później niż 14 dni od dnia, w którym poinformował Sprzedawcę o odstąpieniu od Umowy. Termin zostanie zachowany, jeśli Konsument odeśle Produkt przed upływem terminu 14 dni. Konsument ponosi bezpośrednie koszty zwrotu Produktu, także koszty zwrotu Produktu, jeśli ze względu na swój charakter Produkt ten nie mógł zostać w zwykłym trybie odesłany pocztą. Konsument odpowiada tylko za zmniejszenie wartości Produktu wynikające z korzystania z niego w sposób inny niż było to konieczne do stwierdzenia charakteru, cech i funkcjonowania Produktu. W przypadku gdy ze względu na charakter Produktu nie może on zostać odesłany w zwykłym trybie pocztą, informacja o tym, a także o kosztach zwrotu Produktu, będzie się znajdować w opisie Produktu w Sklepie. Prawo do odstąpienia od umowy zawartej na odległość nie przysługuje Konsumentowi w odniesieniu do Umowy: w której przedmiotem świadczenia jest rzecz nieprefabrykowana, wyprodukowana według specyfikacji Konsumenta lub służąca zaspokojeniu jego zindywidualizowanych potrzeb, w której przedmiotem świadczenia jest rzecz dostarczana w zapieczętowanym opakowaniu, której po otwarciu opakowania nie można zwrócić ze względu na ochronę zdrowia lub ze względów higienicznych, jeżeli opakowanie zostało otwarte po dostarczeniu, w które przedmiotem świadczenia jest rzecz ulegająca szybkiemu zepsuciu lub mająca krótki termin przydatności do użycia, o świadczenie usług, jeżeli Sprzedawca wykonał w pełni usługę za wyraźną zgodą Konsumenta, który został poinformowany przez rozpoczęciem świadczenia, że po spełnieniu świadczenia przez Sprzedawcę utraci prawo odstąpienia od Umowy, w którym cena lub wynagrodzenie zależy od wahań na rynku finansowym, nad którym Sprzedawca nie sprawuje kontroli, i które mogą wystąpić przed upływem terminu do odstąpienia od Umowy, w której przedmiotem świadczenia są rzeczy, które po dostarczeniu, ze względu na swój charakter, zostają nierozłącznie połączone z innymi rzeczami, w której przedmiotem świadczenia są napoje alkoholowe, których cena została uzgodniona przy zawarciu umowy sprzedaży, a których dostarczenie może nastąpić dopiero po upływie 30 dni i których wartość zależy od wahań na rynku, nad którymi Sprzedawca nie ma kontroli, w której przedmiotem świadczenia są nagrania dźwiękowe lub wizualne albo programy komputerowe dostarczane w zapieczętowanym opakowaniu, jeżeli opakowanie zostało otwarte po dostarczeniu, o dostarczanie dzienników, periodyków lub czasopism, z wyjątkiem umowy o prenumeratę, o dostarczenie treści cyfrowych, które nie są zapisane na nośniku materialnym, jeżeli spełnianie świadczenia rozpoczęło się za wyraźną zgodą Konsumenta przed upływem terminu do odstąpienia od umowy i po poinformowaniu go przez Sprzedawcę o utracie prawa odstąpienia od Umowy,   §11 Reklamacja i gwarancja     Umową Sprzedaży objęte są nowe Produkty. W przypadku wystąpienia wady zakupionego u Sprzedawcy towaru Klient ma prawo do reklamacji w oparciu o przepisy dotyczące rękojmi w kodeksie cywilnym. Reklamację należy zgłosić pisemnie lub drogą elektroniczną na podane w niniejszym Regulaminie adresy Sprzedawcy. Reklamację należy zgłosić pisemnie lub drogą elektroniczną na podane w niniejszym Regulaminie adresy Sprzedawcy. Zaleca się, aby w reklamacji zawrzeć m.in. zwięzły opis wady, okoliczności (w tym datę) jej wystąpienia, dane Klienta składającego reklamację, oraz żądanie Klienta w związku z wadą towaru. Sprzedawca ustosunkuje się do żądania reklamacyjnego niezwłocznie, nie później niż w terminie 14 dni, a jeśli nie zrobi tego w tym terminie, uważa się, że żądanie Klienta uznał za uzasadnione. Towary odsyłane w ramach procedury reklamacyjnej należy wysyłać na adres podany w § 3 niniejszego Regulaminu.   §12 Pozasądowe sposoby rozpatrywania reklamacji i dochodzenia roszczeń   Szczegółowe informacje dotyczące możliwości skorzystania przez Konsumenta z pozasądowych sposobów rozpatrywania reklamacji i dochodzenia roszczeń oraz zasady dostępu do tych procedur dostępne są w siedzibach oraz na stronach internetowych powiatowych (miejskich) rzeczników konsumentów, organizacji społecznych, do których zadań statutowych należy ochrona konsumentów, Wojewódzkich Inspektoratów Inspekcji Handlowej oraz pod następującymi adresami internetowymi Urzędu Ochrony Konkurencji i Konsumentów: http://www.uokik.gov.pl/spory_konsumenckie.php ; http://www.uokik.gov.pl/sprawy_indywidualne.php oraz http://www.uokik.gov.pl/wazne_adresy.php . Konsument posiada następujące przykładowe możliwości skorzystania z pozasądowych sposobów rozpatrywania reklamacji i dochodzenia roszczeń: Konsument uprawniony jest do zwrócenia się do stałego polubownego sądu konsumenckiego, o którym mowa w art. 37 ustawy z dnia 15 grudnia 2000 r. o Inspekcji Handlowej (Dz.U. z 2014 r. poz. 148 z późn. zm.), z wnioskiem o rozstrzygnięcie sporu wynikłego z Umowy zawartej ze Sprzedawcą. Konsument uprawniony jest do zwrócenia się do wojewódzkiego inspektora Inspekcji Handlowej, zgodnie z art. 36 ustawy z dnia 15 grudnia 2000 r. o Inspekcji Handlowej (Dz.U. z 2014 r. poz. 148 z późn. zm.), z wnioskiem o wszczęcie postępowania mediacyjnego w sprawie polubownego zakończenia sporu między Konsumentem a Sprzedawcą. Konsument może uzyskać bezpłatną pomoc w sprawie rozstrzygnięcia sporu między nim a Sprzedawcą, korzystając także z bezpłatnej pomocy powiatowego (miejskiego) rzecznika konsumentów lub organizacji społecznej, do której zadań statutowych należy ochrona konsumentów (m.in. Federacja Konsumentów, Stowarzyszenie Konsumentów Polskich).   §13 Dane osobowe w Sklepie internetowym   Administratorem danych osobowych Klientów zbieranych za pośrednictwem Sklepu internetowego jest Sprzedawca. Dane osobowe Klientów zbierane przez administratora za pośrednictwem Sklepu internetowego zbierane są w celu realizacji Umowy Sprzedaży, a jeżeli Klient wyrazi na to zgodę – także w celu marketingowym. Odbiorcami danych osobowych Klientów Sklepu internetowego mogą być: W przypadku Klienta, który korzysta w Sklepie internetowym ze sposobu dostawy przesyłką pocztową lub przesyłką kurierską, Administrator udostępnia zebrane dane osobowe Klienta wybranemu przewoźnikowi lub pośrednikowi realizującemu przesyłki na zlecenie Administratora. W przypadku Klienta, który korzysta w Sklepie internetowym ze sposobu płatności elektronicznych lub kartą płatniczą Administrator udostępnia zebrane dane osobowe Klienta, wybranemu podmiotowi obsługującemu powyższe płatności w Sklepie internetowym. Klient ma prawo dostępu do treści swoich danych oraz ich poprawiania. Podanie danych osobowych jest dobrowolne, aczkolwiek niepodanie wskazanych w Regulaminie danych osobowych niezbędnych do zawarcia Umowy Sprzedaży skutkuje brakiem możliwości zawarcia tejże umowy.   §14 Postanowienia końcowe   Umowy zawierane poprzez Sklep internetowy zawierane są w języku polskim. Sprzedawca zastrzega sobie prawo do dokonywania zmian Regulaminu z ważnych przyczyn to jest: zmiany przepisów prawa, zmiany sposobów płatności i dostaw – w zakresie, w jakim te zmiany wpływają na realizację postanowień niniejszego Regulaminu. O każdej zmianie Sprzedawca poinformuje Klienta z co najmniej 7 dniowym wyprzedzeniem. W sprawach nieuregulowanych w niniejszym Regulaminie mają zastosowanie powszechnie obowiązujące przepisy prawa polskiego, w szczególności: Kodeksu cywilnego; ustawy o świadczeniu usług drogą elektroniczną; ustawy o prawach konsumenta, ustawy o ochronie danych osobowych. Klient ma prawo skorzystać z pozasądowych sposobów rozpatrywania reklamacji i dochodzenia roszczeń. W tym celu może złożyć skargę za pośrednictwem unijnej platformy internetowej ODR dostępnej pod adresem: http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/odr/.
- [Sklep](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep/): [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”60px”][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1615371379428{background-color: #e3d6d0 !important;}”][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371539468{padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”48644″ img_size=”full”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″ css=”.vc_custom_1615371646501{padding-top: 35px !important;padding-right: 35px !important;padding-bottom: 35px !important;padding-left: 35px !important;}”][vc_column_text el_class=”tekst-glowna”]Cześć, mam na imię Agnieszka – jestem Wedding Plannerką, 14 lat temu założyłam własną firmę, a w międzyczasie zostałam Żoną i Mamą.   Właśnie odwiedziłaś mój blog, na którym dzielę się sprawdzonymi sposobami na organizację domu, rodziny i małego biznesu, aby pomóc Kobietom prowadzić życie na własnych zasadach.   Dzielę się poradami bazującymi na metodzie małych kroków, wprowadzam pozytywne myślenie i medytację, aby osiągnąć wewnętrzne szczęście.   Zatem zrób sobie kawę i usiądź wygodnie. Zapraszam![/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image=”48653″ img_size=”full” alignment=”right” css=”.vc_custom_1616496173920{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-right: 10px !important;}” el_class=”img-glowna”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Kalendarz 2022](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz/): [vc_row][vc_column] Twój planner na 2021 rok {{title}} [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1535702139602{margin-top: 80px !important;margin-bottom: 40px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1607339643035{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info-foto” width=”1/4″ css=”.vc_custom_1536309226048{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”48083″ img_size=”400×500″ alignment=”center” el_class=”aga-foto”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info” width=”3/4″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text css_animation=”none” css=”.vc_custom_1639581966856{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;}”] Kalendarz 2022 – Planner na dobry dzień Jest to praktyczne, holistyczne narzędzie właśnie dla Ciebie, jeśli chcesz się dobrze zorganizować i czuć spełniona zarówno w pracy czy na uczelni, jak i w domu, w rodzinie! Kalendarz 2021 to także praktyczny planner![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_video link=”https://youtu.be/vj2bmFDHmXs” el_width=”60″ align=”center”][/vc_column][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text]Kalendarz 2022 to nie tylko wygodny kalendarz tygodniowy, gdzie codziennie możesz obliczać ilość wypitej wody, wpisywać i praktykować wdzięczność. W dalszej części znajdują się przydatne w codziennym życiu narzędzia: strony, gdzie możesz monitorować dobre nawyki, planować zakupy, zapisywać wydatki, ale i oszczędności, prowadzić książeczki zdrowia Twoje i Twojej rodziny, a także wiele więcej!   Rok 2022 trwa tyle samo dla każdego – niezależnie od tego, czy jesteś studentką, bizneswoman czy też mamą,  która prowadzi dom – kalendarz 2021 książkowy sprawdzi się u Ciebie doskonale! Prowadząc go, jesteś w stanie zadbać o swój czas i finanse, energię życiową i zdrowie, o relacje i dom, a także o tych, których kochasz. Jednym słowem: zadbać o siebie i Twoje tu i teraz.   W życiu kieruję się holistycznym podejściem do planowania i organizacji – to pomaga mi zachować work-life balance i właśnie to starałam się przenieść na karty kalendarza 2022 rok – Plannera Na Dobry Dzień.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_single_image image=”48090″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Wybierz Planner na dobry dzień! [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] Uważasz się za osobę zorganizowaną i poukładaną? Lubisz mieć poczucie, że nad wszystkim panujesz? Chcesz mieć wszystko w jednym miejscu? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Gdy weźmiesz do ręki Kalendarz 2022 – Planner na dobry dzień – nie będziesz chciała innego! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48084,48085,48086″][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text]Pierwszy kalendarz planner powstał już kilka lat temu i stworzyłam go tak naprawdę do własnego użytku, zbierając w jedno miejsce to, czego przez kilkanaście lat poszukiwałam w kalendarzach i plannerach.   Studiowałam dwa kierunki, jednocześnie pracując, a od kilkunastu lat prowadzę własną firmę. Siłą rzeczy poszukiwałam plannera – kalendarza książkowego, który pozwoli mi zapanować nad tym moim życiem w biegu. Przejrzałam w życiu kilkanaście kalendarzy czy plannerów, ale żaden z nich nie odpowiadał moim potrzebom w 100%.     Zdecydowałam, że czas wziąć sprawy w swoje ręce: stworzyłam kalendarz książkowy – Planner Na Dobry Dzień – który pomógł najpierw mi, a teraz – mam nadzieję – również Tobie zaplanować rok od ogółu do szczegółu: cały rok, później miesiąc, tydzień i dzień. Jednocześnie przypomina mi o tak ważnym w moim życiu praktykowaniu wdzięczności, pomaga pilnować zdrowe nawyki i mieć oko na przepływ domowych wydatków i wpływów.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Z pewnością ciekawi Cię, co dokładnie zawiera Planner Na Dobry Dzień – Kalendarz 2022? [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 1. Kalendarz 2022 z wpisanymi datami lub bez nich – do wyboru   Masz do wyboru kalendarz 2022 rok lub taki do samodzielnego wpisania dat – nawet, gdy zaczniesz pracować z nim później, nie zmarnujesz kartek!   Osobiście wybieram ten z datami – osiągam mój work-life balance planując nie tylko dni pracy, ale także dni wolne. Dlatego nie zostały w żaden sposób pominięte. Uważam, że nie da się wyznaczyć celu i dążyć do jego realizacji bez osadzenia do w czasie. Proponuję Ci kalendarz 2021 książkowy, gdyż według mnie dobry kalendarz to taki z datami – jak mój kalendarz 2022!   Oczywiście możesz rozpocząć prowadzenie Kalendarza 2022 w każdej chwili, dlatego przygotowałam też wersję do samodzielnego wpisania dat – w każdej chwili możesz zacząć organizować swoje życie![/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 2. Tygodniowy kalendarz z godzinami od 7 do 21, by łatwo zorganizować cały tydzień   Dla Twojej wygony po rozłożeniu kalendarza 2022 zobaczysz 7 dni na każdej rozkładówce, z oznaczonymi godzinami 7-21. Pozwala to jednym spojrzeniem dostrzec wszystkie zadania zaplanowane w tym tygodniu i dowolnie przepisywać je między kolejnymi dniami, jeśli to konieczne.   Takie rozwiązanie pozwala rozplanować zadania w czasie, zaznaczyć klamerką, ile czasu muszę lub chcę na nie przeznaczyć i zostawiam wolne miejsca na sytuacje nieprzewidziane.   Wystarczy przerzucić trzy kartki, by mieć ogląd na cały miesiąc. Prawda, że tak łatwiej?   U góry każdego dnia jest wolne okienko, byś mogła – tak jak ja – wpisywać w tym miejscu urodziny, rocznice, ważne wydarzenia kulturowe, projekty zawodowe czy święta w przedszkolu Twoich dzieci.   Kalendarz 2022 rok oczywiście ma już wpisane najważniejsze święta kościelne, narodowe i międzynarodowe.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 3. Widok roczny i miesięczny kalendarza   Planner Na Dobry Dzień kalendarz 2022 daje Ci możliwość zaplanowania całego roku od ogółu do szczegółu. Zaczynasz od rocznego widoku kalendarza, przechodzisz następnie przez 12 widoków miesięcznych (wystarczy przerzucić 5 stron, by widzieć cały rok!) a później kalendarz tygodniowy.  Takie rozwiązanie pozwoli Ci zaznaczyć czas potrzebny na zrealizowanie dużego projektu lub po prostu umiejscowienie urlopu w czasie.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 4. Praktykowanie wdzięczności zmieniające życie   W życiu spotkało mnie wiele trudności, w czasie których nie wierzyłam, że nadejdzie dzień, w którym mój smutek się skończy, a ja znów zacznę się uśmiechać.   Praktykowanie wdzięczności to coś, co mnie uratowało i zmieniło moje życie. W kalendarzu 2021 każdego dnia jest miejsce, gdzie możesz wpisać 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna. Wykonanie tego ćwiczenia zajmuje każdego dnia tylko kilka minut, a wierz mi, że będziesz zaskoczona, jak dużo zmieni to w Twoim  nastawieniu do życia i świata i relacjach z bliskimi.   Nie porównuj się z innymi, nie patrz nigdy na to, czego Ci brakuje – spójrz, jak wiele masz i bądź wdzięczna za to każdego dnia!   Nie zaczynaj dnia od przeglądania Instagrama i porównywania się do innych – weź do ręki Kalendarz 2021 Planner Na Dobry Dzień i wierz mi – wpisanie tych 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna pomoże Ci odnaleźć spokój wewnętrzny i sprawi, że zaczniesz cieszyć się z małych rzeczy![/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 5. Planowanie posiłków i liczenie ilości wypitej wody, by zadbać o swoje jutro   Zdarzyło Ci się pominąć posiłek? Bo mi bardzo często. Wypijasz codziennie niezbędne minimum – 2,5 l. płynów?  By nad tym zapanować, w kalendarzu 2021 rok znajdziesz pola, gdzie możesz wpisać dzisiejsze posiłki i oznaczyć ilość wypitej wody.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 6. Przydatne listy: pomysłów na prezenty, filmów do obejrzenia, książek do przeczytania i inne – jakie tylko są Ci potrzebne!   Gdy tylko usłyszysz, że ktoś z Twoich bliskich mówi o czymś, co by im się przydało, nie czekaj – zapisz to na liście pomysłów na prezent nim usłyszana nazwa perfum czy tytuł książki ucieknie Ci z głowy.   Ktoś polecił Ci dobry film lub ciekawą książkę, a później za nic nie możesz sobie przypomnieć ich tytułów? Teraz możesz zapisać je na specjalnie przygotowanych listach filmów/seriali do obejrzenia oraz książek do przeczytania. Zapisujesz te pozycje w telefonie? By mieć wszystko w jednym miejscu, przepisz je do Plannera!   Potrzebujesz innej listy? Żaden problem – w Plannerze znajdziesz dodatkowe strony, by stworzyć własne listy.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 7. Zdrowie – byś nie zapomniała, jak ważna jest profilaktyka   Niezwykle ważne jest dbanie o zdrowie, zanim jeszcze konieczne będzie wdrożenie leczenia czy zabieg. Czy badasz się regularnie, monitorujesz swoje zdrowie i pamiętasz o przedłużaniu recept na przyjmowane leki? A może masz alergię na jakiś lek, nawet zapisałaś, na jaki, ale nie pamiętasz, gdzie to zapisałaś?   Jak często zdarzyło Ci się przypominać sobie, kiedy miałaś ostatnią cytologię czy mammografię?   Planner Na Dobry Dzień Kalendarz 2022 przychodzi z pomocą: zawiera część przeznaczoną na zdrowie, gdzie łatwo możesz prowadzić karty zdrowia dla całej rodziny ze wszystkimi potrzebnym informacjami jak alergie czy dawkowanie leków, a także zapisywać, jakie przeprowadziłaś badania profilaktyczne i jakie są ich wyniki. Zapisz tu koniecznie listę kontaktową Twoich lekarzy i leki, jaki przyjmujesz. Znajdziesz tu też stronę z kalendarzykiem miesiączkowym!   Dzięki kalendarzowi 2022 Plannerowi na dobry dzień wszystkie książeczki zdrowia Twojej rodziny możesz mieć w jednym miejscu! Na końcu Plannera znajdziesz też  praktyczną kieszonkę, która idealnie sprawdzi się, by włożyć do niej wyniki badań czy receptę.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 8. Karty motywacji – wyznacz sobie cel i się nie poddawaj!   Brałaś udział w wyzwaniu #NieCzekamDziałam? Z pewnością pamiętasz kartę dobrych nawyków i monitorowania postępów. Teraz możesz do tego wrócić i mieć pod ręką: w kalendarzu znajdziesz karty motywacji – 12, do obserwowania postępów cały rok.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 9. Planowanie wydatków, ale też oszczędności   Jak oszczędzać? To pytanie zadaje sobie wiele z nas. Oszczędności, tak jak wydatki, trzeba umieć zaplanować – a miejsce na to znajdziesz w kalendarzu 2022. Jest tu tabelka na Twoje stałe opłaty miesięczne i miejsce na wpisanie terminów ich płatności.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 10. Notatki   Ostatnie strony kalendarza 2022 książkowego, czyli  Plannera Na Dobry Dzień, to duuuużo strona na notatki. Wygodne szerokie linie pomogą Ci czytelnie zapisać notatki z rozmów, spotkań czy wykładów, gdy akurat zapomniałaś zeszytu.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”48255″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48258″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48263″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48264″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48266″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48267″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48269″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48272″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Tak, chcę kupić Planner na dobry dzień! [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Co mówią użytkownicy Plannera Na Dobry Dzień 2020? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Od kilku dni jestem szczęśliwą posiadaczką „Plannera na dobry dzień”. Ten krótki okres w zupełności wystarczył mi, by przekonać się jak wyjątkowy produkt stworzyła Agnieszka. Praktyczny, bardzo dokładnie przemyślany, dopracowany z dbałością o najdrobniejsze szczegóły i co najważniejsze kompletny- od teraz wszystko, co niezbędne posiadam w jednym miejscu. A na dodatek jest absolutnie przepiękny! Jestem przekonana, że każda kobieta pokocha go od pierwszego wejrzenia i z ogromną przyjemnością będzie planować kolejne dni, tygodnie i miesiące. Ja już teraz wiem, że nie będę się bez niego nigdzie ruszać… Gorąco polecam każdemu! A Tobie Agnieszko dziękuję z całego serca za to co stworzyłaś <3  I trzymam mocno kciuki za kolejne projekty, bo wiem, że jeszcze nie raz nas zaskoczysz! 😊 – Czytelniczka[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Planery są eleganckie i dopracowane pod każdym względem. 💞 Gratulacje! – Elwira[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_text_separator title=”Możesz wybrać”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] Na rok 2022 daję Ci możliwość wyboru wybór spośród aż sześciu wersji Plannera Kalendarza 2022!   Możesz wybrać spośród trzech różnych kolorów okładki kalendarza 2022 książkowego – każda z nich to skóra wegańska.   Dostępne kolory: – jasny róż – beż – błękit   A każdy z tych kolorów możesz mieć w takiej wersji, jaka najbardziej Ci odpowiada –  z datami na 2022 lub bez dat!   Kliknij tutaj, by wybrać kolor, który pasuje do Ciebie!   Każdy kalendarz 2022 książkowy ma 3 praktyczne wstążki, dzięki czemu odnajdziesz bieżący tydzień czy ważną notatkę, a także gumkę, która zabezpiecza Planner. Z tyłu zaś, po wewnętrznej stronie okładki, wklejona jest kieszonka, do której włożysz ważne kartki, paragony czy naklejki, by mieć je pod ręką.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48089,48088,48087″ img_size=”medium”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”30px”][vc_column_text] Jeśli jesteś już posiadaczką segregatora z zeszłego roku i chcesz dokupić wkład do kalendarza rok 2022 – nie ma problemu!   Taki wkład z częścią kalendarzową możesz kupić osobno, dzięki czemu  – możesz kontynuować zapiski z Plannera 2021![/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”100px”][vc_column_text] Co się zmieniło w stosunku do wersji z zeszłego roku?   Bardziej poręczna forma – klejony zeszyt: lżejszy, wygodniejszy do pisania i łatwiej w nim przekręcać strony! Jeśli jednak wolisz pozostać w formie segregatora – możesz łatwo dokupić sam wkład. Dołożyłam trzy kolorowe wstążki, byś łatwo mogła odnaleźć dzisiejszą datę lub ważną notatkę Zmieniłam nieco wygląd wnętrza, dodając więcej intensywności w kolorach i poszerzając linie do notatek Dodałam na końcu Plannera kieszonkę, do której będziesz mogła włożyć drobne kartki, liściki, paragony… [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48100″ img_size=”600×900″ alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Co powiesz na elegancki komplet?   Każdy kalendarz ma także siostrzaną teczkę, która została przygotowana w takiej samej okleinie, byś mogła stworzyć piękny komplet!   Teczka jest zamykana, a jej wnętrze skrywa notes w szerokie linie, przypięty na górze praktycznym klipsem. Taki notes to świetne rozwiązanie do notatek podczas spotkań, wykładów albo konferencji![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48097,48098,48099″ img_size=”600×700″][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1607339699877{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Zorganizuj swoje życie z Plannerem Na Dobry Dzień i zaskocz się jego wnętrzem! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Przejdź do sklepu [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][vc_single_image image=”48096″ img_size=”large” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Planner 2021](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/planner-2021/): [vc_row][vc_column] Twój planner na 2021 rok {{title}} [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid” css=”.vc_custom_1535702139602{margin-top: 80px !important;margin-bottom: 40px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;}”][vc_column][vc_row_inner css=”.vc_custom_1607339643035{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info-foto” width=”1/4″ css=”.vc_custom_1536309226048{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}”][vc_single_image image=”48083″ img_size=”400×500″ alignment=”center” el_class=”aga-foto”][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner el_class=”aga-info” width=”3/4″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text css_animation=”none” css=”.vc_custom_1604568200266{padding-top: 10px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;}”] Planner na dobry dzień Kompleksowe narzędzie dla każdej osoby, która pragnie się dobrze zorganizować i spełnić – w domu, w pracy, na uczelni i w rodzinie – kalendarz i planner na 2021 w jednym![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_video link=”https://youtu.be/vj2bmFDHmXs” el_width=”60″ align=”center”][/vc_column][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text]Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021 to kompleksowe narzędzie, które prócz wygodnego kalendarza z miejscem na praktykowanie wdzięczności, obliczanie wypitej wody i wpisanie zjedzonych posiłków, zawiera także bardzo praktyczne narzędzia, takie jak planowanie zakupów, monitoring dobrych nawyków, system do planowania wydatków i oszczędzania, książeczka zdrowia i wiele więcej!   Sprawdzi się u Ciebie doskonale, bez różnicy, czy jesteś mamą, studentką, bizneswoman czy prowadzisz dom! Stworzyłam go tak, byś prowadząc go, mogła dbać o siebie, o swój czas, energię życiową, zdrowie, finanse, relacje i dom, a także o tych, których kochasz.   Ważne jest dla mnie holistyczne podejście do planowania i organizacji i to udało mi się uzyskać w jednym miejscu – w Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_single_image image=”48090″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Wybierz Planner na dobry dzień! [/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][vc_column_text] Jesteś poukładana i zorganizowana? Lubisz mieć wszystko w jednym miejscu? Chcesz panować nad swoim życiem? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Wybór Plannera Na Dobry Dzień będzie Twoim najlepszym wyborem – nie będziesz chciała innego! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”80px”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48084,48085,48086″][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text]Pierwszy, zeszłoroczny Planner Na Dobry Dzień stworzyłam tak naprawdę dla samej siebie.   Prowadząc kilkanaście lat własną firmę, a wcześniej studiując dwa kierunki, zawsze łącząc studia z pracą, potrzebowałam takiego plannera, który pozwoli mi to moje życie w pędzie zorganizować. Sprawdziłam więc spokojnie kilkanaście kalendarzy/plannerów, ale nie znalazłam godnego polecenia systemu do zarządzania moim życiem.   Właśnie dlatego stworzyłam Planner Na Dobry Dzień, by pomógł mi – i mam nadzieję również Tobie – zaplanować cały dzień, tydzień, miesiąc, rok, nie zapominając jednocześnie o tym, co ważne, o praktykowaniu wdzięczności, pilnowaniu zdrowych nawyków i poczucia kontroli nad przepływem domowych finansów.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Jesteś ciekawa, co dokładnie zawiera Planner Na Dobry Dzień 2021? [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 1. Kalendarz z wpisanymi datami i… bez nich   W Wasze ręce oddaję dwa rodzaje kalendarza do wyboru: ten z wpisanymi datami i ten do samodzielnego uzupełnienia dat.   By mieć kontrolę nad upływem czasu i potrafić zaplanować sobie zarówno dni pracy, jak i dni wolne, wybieram ten z datami – jest to podstawa życiowej równowagi – tak osiągam mój work-life balance. Dni wolne to nie znaczy dni mniej ważne, mniej produktywne – dlatego nie zostały w żaden sposób pominięte czy przeznaczono na nie mniej miejsca. Nie da się wyznaczyć sobie celu i zrealizować bez osadzenia do w czasie, dlatego według mnie dobry planner to tylko taki z datami!   A druga sprawa to to, że… nie pomylisz się, wpisując daty ręcznie 😉 Jeśli jednak chcesz rozpocząć prowadzenie Plannera Na Dobry Dzień w dowolnym momencie, przygotowałam też wersję bez wpisanych dat – nie musisz czekać do stycznia, by wziąć kontrolę nad organizacją swojego życia![/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 2. Tygodniowy kalendarz z wpisanymi godzinami, by móc łatwo zorganizować swój czas w ciągu tygodnia   7 dni na każdej rozkładówce, z wpisanymi godzinami od 7 do 21 to  rozwiązanie, które pozwala jednym rzutem oka zobaczyć wszystkie zadania na dany tydzień i swobodnie przeplanowywać je między dniami.   Łatwo mogę rozplanować w czasie zadania, zaznaczyć czas, jaki chcę lub muszę im poświęcić i zostawiam luki na nieprzewidziane sprawy.   Dodatkowo nie muszę przerzucać 15 kartek jak przy kalendarzu dziennym tylko trzy i już mam ogląd na cały miesiąc. Prawda, że to spore ułatwienie?   Jeśli – tak jak ja – lubisz celebrować ważne wydarzenia w życiu Twojej rodziny, z pewnością ucieszy Cię wolne miejsce na wpisanie urodzin czy rocznic.  W tym miejscu możesz także wpisać ważne wydarzenia kulturowe, zawodowe czy przedszkolne.   Ponadto kalendarz ma już wpisane najważniejsze święta narodowe, kościelne czy międzynarodowe, co pozwoli Ci uniknąć nakładania się na siebie ważnych wydarzeń i nie będziesz musiała z niczego rezygnować.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 3. Roczny i miesięczny widok kalendarza, by mieć kontrolę nad całym swoim rokiem   Planner Na Dobry Dzień pozwoli Ci zaplanować swój rok od ogółu do szczegółu: najpierw zobaczysz roczny widok kalendarza, później 12 miesięcznych widoków (idealne miejsce na wpisanie zadań osadzonych w konkretnych dniach, np. oznaczenie rocznic, wizyt u lekarza, zaplanowanych szkoleń). Wystarczy że przerzucisz 5 kartek i będziesz widziała ważne wydarzenia i zadania w całym roku – co pozwoli Ci oszacować swoje plany i możliwości na realizację ważnego projektu lub zaplanowanie urlopu.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space height=”20px”][vc_single_image image=”48276″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48277″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48278″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] 4. Praktykowanie wdzięczności, które odmienia życie   Jest to coś, co zmieniło moje życie i wiem, że niektórych z Was także. W życiu spotkało mnie wiele trudności, największymi były niepłodność i starta dzieci – możesz o tym poczytać na moim blogu. W tym czasie trudno było mi uwierzyć, że mój smutek się skończy, a na mojej twarzy jeszcze kiedykolwiek zagości uśmiech.   Uratowało mnie praktykowanie wdzięczności. Każdego dnia w Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień znajdziesz miejsce na wpisanie 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna tego dnia. To ćwiczenie zajmie Ci tylko kilka minut, a sama będziesz zaskoczona, jak dużo zmieni to w Twoim postrzeganiu świata, relacjach z bliskimi, nastawieniu do życia.   Nie porównuj się z innymi, nie patrz nigdy na to, czego Ci brakuje – spójrz, jak wiele masz i bądź wdzięczna za to każdego dnia!   Zamiast zaczynać dzień od oglądania Instagrama i porównywania swojego życia do życia innych, jakie kreują w swoich mediach społecznościowych, weź do ręki Planner Na Dobry Dzień i wpisz 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna – nawet jeśli nie przechodzisz przez trudny czas w swoim życiu, ten nawyk pomoże Ci odnaleźć wewnętrzny spokój i cieszyć się z małych rzeczy!  [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 5. Planowanie i tracker zdrowego odżywiania, by trzymać rękę na pulsie i zadbać o swoje jutro   Sądzę, że wielu z nas zdarza się pominąć jakiś posiłek, a już na pewno większość z nas nie wypija dostatecznej ilości wody – by mieć nad tym kontrolę, pod każdym dniem masz miejsce na wpisanie zjedzonych tego dnia posiłków i zaznaczenie ilości wypitej wody.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 6. Praktyczne listy: pomysłów na prezent, książek do przeczytania, filmów i seriali do obejrzenia   Usłyszałaś, że siostra mówi o perfumach, o jakich marzy? A może mąż napomknął, że przydałaby mu się wiertarka? Zapisz to w specjalnie przygotowanym miejscu – na liście pomysłów na prezent.   Koleżanka polecała Ci świetny film, a inna – książkę, która odmieniła jej życie i za nic nie możesz sobie przypomnieć tych tytułów – już nie! W Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień znajdziesz listy książek do przeczytania i filmów/seriali do obejrzenia.   W Plannerze znajdziesz też dodatkowe strony, by stworzyć własne listy: miejsc do zwiedzenia lub krajów, które chcesz zobaczyć.   Nawet jeśli zapisujesz te pozycje w telefonie, tak jak i ja robię, to przepisz je do Plannera – warto mieć wszystko razem w jednym miejscu – to prawdziwa skarbnica pomysłów![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”48275″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48282″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48281″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 7. Zdrowie – bo tak często zapominamy o nie zadbać   Czy monitorujesz swoje zdrowie, wyniki, badania, przedłużanie recept?   Jak często zdarzyło Ci się, że lekarz pytał, kiedy miałaś ostatnią cytologię, a Ty nie pamiętałaś?   A może masz alergię na jakiś lek i nie pamiętasz jaki – gdzieś zapisałaś i nie wiesz gdzie?   W Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień znajdziesz specjalne strony poświęcone zdrowiu – tu możesz prowadzić karty zdrowia dla całej rodziny (z peselem, grupą krwi, alergiami, dawkowaniem leków), zapisywać ważne badania profilaktyczne i ich wyniki, a także przyjmowane leki i listę kontaktów lekarzy, którzy się Tobą opiekują. Jest tu też specjalna strona z kalendarzykiem miesiączkowym!   W ten sposób możesz mieć książeczki zdrowia całej Twojej rodziny w jednym miejscu!   Planner zawiera na końcu praktyczną kieszonkę, do której możesz włożyć wyniki badań czy recepty.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 8. Karty motywacji – by nie ustawać w drodze do osiągnięcia celu   Jeśli brałaś udział w moim wyzwaniu #NieCzekamDziałam, doskonale pamiętasz, że opierało się ono na budowaniu dobrych nawyków i monitorowaniu postępów. Karty motywacji znajdują się także w Plannerze Na Dobry Dzień, dzięki czemu możesz mieć ją zawsze pod ręką – jest ich 12, byś mogła obserwować swoje postępy każdego miesiąca.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 9. Planowanie wydatków i oszczędności   Planujesz swoje wydatki – to super, ale pamiętaj, że by nauczyć się oszczędzać, musisz te oszczędności umieć zaplanować w domowym budżecie – jest na to miejsce w moim plannerze.   Znajdziesz tu też miejsce, by zapisywać stałe miesięczne opłaty (czynsz, prąd, gaz, żłobek) i terminy ich płatności.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_column_text] 10. Notatki   Na końcu Plannera Na Dobry Dzień znajdziesz wygodne miejsce na notatki. Tu swobodnie możesz zapisać notatki ze spotkań, rozmów czy inne, do których w każdej chwili będziesz mogła wrócić.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_single_image image=”48280″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48279″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48283″ img_size=”medium” alignment=”center”][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Tak, chcę kupić Planner na dobry dzień! [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Co mówią użytkownicy Plannera Na Dobry Dzień 2020? [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Od kilku dni jestem szczęśliwą posiadaczką „Plannera na dobry dzień”. Ten krótki okres w zupełności wystarczył mi, by przekonać się jak wyjątkowy produkt stworzyła Agnieszka. Praktyczny, bardzo dokładnie przemyślany, dopracowany z dbałością o najdrobniejsze szczegóły i co najważniejsze kompletny- od teraz wszystko, co niezbędne posiadam w jednym miejscu. A na dodatek jest absolutnie przepiękny! Jestem przekonana, że każda kobieta pokocha go od pierwszego wejrzenia i z ogromną przyjemnością będzie planować kolejne dni, tygodnie i miesiące. Ja już teraz wiem, że nie będę się bez niego nigdzie ruszać… Gorąco polecam każdemu! A Tobie Agnieszko dziękuję z całego serca za to co stworzyłaś <3  I trzymam mocno kciuki za kolejne projekty, bo wiem, że jeszcze nie raz nas zaskoczysz! 😊 – Czytelniczka[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/2″][vc_column_text]Planery są eleganckie i dopracowane pod każdym względem. 💞 Gratulacje! – Elwira[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_text_separator title=”Masz wybór”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_column_text] Na 2021 daję Ci wybór spośród nie jednego, dwóch czy trzech, ale nawet… siedmiu wersji Plannera Na Dobry Dzień 2021!   Po pierwsze, masz do wyboru trzy różne kolory okładki Plannera – każda w oprawie z wegańskiej skóry.   – jasny róż   – beż   – błękit   A każdy z tych kolorów możesz zakupić w wersji z wpisanymi datami i bez dat!   Kliknij tutaj, by wybrać kolor dla siebie.   Każdy z tych Plannerów zawiera 3 praktyczne wstążki, byś łatwo mogła odnaleźć obecny tydzień czy ważną notatkę, a także gumkę zabezpieczającą Planner, by nic z niego nie wypadło lub by nie otworzył się i pogiął w torbie. Planner z tyłu posiada kieszonkę, do której możesz włożyć drobne kartki, paragony, czy naklejki.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48089,48088,48087″ img_size=”medium”] [/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”30px”][vc_column_text] Masz już segregator z zeszłego roku i chcesz tylko dokupić wkład?   Żaden problem! Przygotowałam dla Ciebie wkład z częścią kalendarzową do osobnego zakupu – dzięki temu będziesz mogła prowadzić kalendarz na 2021, a kontynuować zapiski w części organizera z Plannera 2020![/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”100px”][vc_column_text] Co zmieniłam w stosunku do Plannera z roku 2020?   Zamiast segregatora postawiłam na bardziej poręczną formę – klejony zeszyt, który jest lżejszy, wygodniejszy do pisania i łatwiej w nim przekręcać strony! Jeśli jednak wolisz pozostać w formie segregatora – możesz łatwo dokupić sam wkład. Dołożyłam trzy kolorowe wstążki, byś łatwo mogła odnaleźć dzisiejszą datę lub ważną notatkę Zmieniłam nieco wygląd wnętrza, dodając więcej intensywności w kolorach i poszerzając linie do notatek Dodałam na końcu Plannera kieszonkę, do której będziesz mogła włożyć drobne kartki, liściki, paragony… [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_single_image image=”48100″ img_size=”600×900″ alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width=”2/3″][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] A może komplet?   Do każdego z plannerów możesz kupić teczkę w takiej samej okleinie!   Teczka posiada praktyczny klips, do którego przypięty jest notes w szerokie linie – sprawdzi się idealnie do notatek podczas spotkań, konferencji czy wykładów![/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width=”1/3″][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”48097,48098,48099″ img_size=”600×700″][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=”.vc_custom_1607339699877{background-color: #f1eae6 !important;}”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][vc_column_text] Zorganizuj swoje życie z Plannerem Na Dobry Dzień i zaskocz się jego wnętrzem! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_aligment=”center”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”50px”] Przejdź do sklepu [vc_empty_space height=”50px”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row content_width=”grid”][vc_column][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][vc_single_image image=”48096″ img_size=”large” alignment=”center”][vc_empty_space height=”40px”][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Kontakt](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kontakt/): Adres mailowy:   Agnieszka Kudela: hello@agnieszkakudela.pl Agnieszka Kudela Collection – SKLEP: sklep@agnieszkakudela.pl   Adres korespondencyjny i adres biura:   Agnieszka Kudela Al. Iberyjska 10/2 (Ogrody Tesoro) 81-198 Pogórze k. Gdyni   Social media: Facebook Instagram Twitter
- [Mój Spokój - Moja Siła | Karty pracy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-spokoj-moja-sila-karty-pracy/): Cieszę się, że jesteś 🙂   Tracker Porannej i Wieczornej Rutyny – Uzupełniony To mój osobisty tracker porannej i wieczornej rutyny, z którym ja będę pracowała na wyzwaniu. O tym, dlaczego takie, a nie inne zadania wybrałam do swojej listy, opowiem Ci dzisiaj na live o godzinie 21:00 – live odbędzie się równolegle na Instagramie i Facebooku.   Twój Tracker Porannej i Wieczornej Rutyny Oczywiście mój tracker to tylko inspiracja – jak najbardziej zachęcam Cię do stworzenia swojej osobistej rutyny i pamiętaj – nie wszystko na raz – nawyki będziemy wdrażały metodą małych, jak najmniej odczuwalnych kroków.   Dzienniczek wdzięczności Z uwagi na to, że nie musisz posiadać mojego Plannera na Dobry Dzień, którego integralną częścią jest codzienny dzienniczek wdzięczności, przygotowałam dla Ciebie Dziennik, który możesz sobie wydrukować i rozpocząć praktykę. Bardzo Cię do tego zachęcam – do tego, aby kierować swoją uwagę do tego, za co możemy być wdzięczni, zamiast w kierunku problemów, które dzisiaj dotykają nas bardziej niż zawsze. To proste, trzyminutowe narzędzie pozwoli Ci bardziej optymistycznie patrzeć na każdy nadchodzący dzień! Pozwoli Ci o wiele mocniej docenić życie, które właśnie masz – dziś, tu i teraz, nie za miesiąc, za rok, jak zrobisz remont, kupisz samochód. Praktykowanie wdzięczności pozwoli Ci dostrzec, że Twoje życie jest cudem już dziś i każdego jednego dnia.   Tracker zdrowych nawyków Jeśli masz ochotę zawalczyć o siebie, o swoje zdrowie, o swoją dietę, o swoją wagę, o swój wygląd – ten tracker jest dla Ciebie. Jeśli chcesz utrzymać się na dobrej ścieżce i troszkę podnieść sobie poprzeczkę – również. Na grupie #NieCzekamDziałam znajdziesz filmik o tym, jak ja z niego korzystam.   Podziel się wyzwaniem z innymi! Wystarczy, że klikniesz w wybraną grafikę, zapiszesz ją na telefonie i wrzucisz na swoje Instastory i oznaczysz mnie 🙂      
- [My Peace - My Strength | Registration](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-spokoj-moja-sila-zapisy/):   Imię* Tel (opcjonalnie) Email*    
- [Mój Spokój - Moja Siła | Zapisy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/moj-spokoj-moja-sila-zapisy/):   Imię* Tel (opcjonalnie) Email*    
- [Skarpetki od Werki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/skarpetki-od-werki/):   Wpłać „cegiełkę” 35 zł na turnus rehabilitacyjny dla Werki,  otrzymasz od Werki prezent – jedną parę kolorowych skarpetek nie do pary! Gwarantujemy, że skarpetki są świetne tak wizualnie jak i jakościowo 🙂 Uwaga: każda wielokrotność tej kwoty to kolejna para skarpetek! Przekazane środki można odliczyć jako darowiznę.   Dane do przelewu:   Fundacja Pomocy Osobom Niepełnosprawnym Słoneczko nr konta: 89 8944 0003 0000 2088 2000 0010 tytułem: 1186/K Weronika Komorowska   Po dokonaniu wpłaty prześlij Rodzicom Werki w prywatnej wiadomości: swoje imię i nazwisko, adres doręczenia oraz rozmiar/rozmiary skarpetek (23-26; 27-30;31-34;35-38;39-42;43-46).   Przed nami 21 marca, czyli Światowy Dzień Zespołu Downa (WDSD – World Down Syndrome Day).   Tego dnia na znak solidarności z osobami z zespołem Downa oraz ich rodzinami, zakładamy kolorowe skarpetki nie do pary. Jest to symbol niedopasowania społecznego i genotypowego, jakie niesie ze sobą dodatkowy chromosom.     KAŻDE ŻYCIE JEST BEZCENNYM DAREM!   Rodzice Werki piszą:   Celem naszej kampanii jest przybliżanie i oswajanie z tematyką zespołu Downa przy jednoczesnym uzyskaniu wsparcia w sfinansowaniu turnusu rehabilitacyjnego dla Werki.   Werka przyszła na świat w naszej rodzinie w 2017 roku, jako trzecie dziecko. Urodziła się z zespołem Downa i poważną wadą serduszka.   Pierwsze i najważniejsze zalecenie, jakie otrzymaliśmy od Pani doktor to: „KOCHAĆ, KOCHAĆ, KOCHAĆ”. Tak więc Kochamy – Sowe love! Jesteśmy wdzięczni za życie Werki i za to, że jest właśnie taka, jaka jest… Pomimo trudnych początków, zagrożenia życia i dwóch operacji serduszka, Werka rozwija się imponująco, przy czym wymaga wielu godzin systematycznej rehabilitacji.   DZIĘKUJEMY każdemu, kto włączy się w szerzenie świadomości społecznej na temat wartości życia osób z trisomią 21 oraz poprzez swoją wpłatę przyczyni się do sfinansowaniu turnusu rehabilitacyjnego Werki.   Zachęcamy do wstawienia w komentarzu na fb Sowe love swojego zdjęcia w kolorowych skarpetkach nie do pary dokładnie 21 marca!   Każdy, kto to zrobi, otrzyma od nas prezent – niespodziankę! Udostępnij 🙏
- [Skarpetki od Werki](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/skarpetki-od-werki/):   Wpłać „cegiełkę” 35 zł na turnus rehabilitacyjny dla Werki,  otrzymasz od Werki prezent – jedną parę kolorowych skarpetek nie do pary! Gwarantujemy, że skarpetki są świetne tak wizualnie jak i jakościowo 🙂 Uwaga: każda wielokrotność tej kwoty to kolejna para skarpetek! Przekazane środki można odliczyć jako darowiznę.   Dane do przelewu:   Fundacja Pomocy Osobom Niepełnosprawnym Słoneczko nr konta: 89 8944 0003 0000 2088 2000 0010 tytułem: 1186/K Weronika Komorowska   Po dokonaniu wpłaty prześlij Rodzicom Werki w prywatnej wiadomości: swoje imię i nazwisko, adres doręczenia oraz rozmiar/rozmiary skarpetek (23-26; 27-30;31-34;35-38;39-42;43-46).   Przed nami 21 marca, czyli Światowy Dzień Zespołu Downa (WDSD – World Down Syndrome Day).   Tego dnia na znak solidarności z osobami z zespołem Downa oraz ich rodzinami, zakładamy kolorowe skarpetki nie do pary. Jest to symbol niedopasowania społecznego i genotypowego, jakie niesie ze sobą dodatkowy chromosom.     KAŻDE ŻYCIE JEST BEZCENNYM DAREM!   Rodzice Werki piszą:   Celem naszej kampanii jest przybliżanie i oswajanie z tematyką zespołu Downa przy jednoczesnym uzyskaniu wsparcia w sfinansowaniu turnusu rehabilitacyjnego dla Werki.   Werka przyszła na świat w naszej rodzinie w 2017 roku, jako trzecie dziecko. Urodziła się z zespołem Downa i poważną wadą serduszka.   Pierwsze i najważniejsze zalecenie, jakie otrzymaliśmy od Pani doktor to: „KOCHAĆ, KOCHAĆ, KOCHAĆ”. Tak więc Kochamy – Sowe love! Jesteśmy wdzięczni za życie Werki i za to, że jest właśnie taka, jaka jest… Pomimo trudnych początków, zagrożenia życia i dwóch operacji serduszka, Werka rozwija się imponująco, przy czym wymaga wielu godzin systematycznej rehabilitacji.   DZIĘKUJEMY każdemu, kto włączy się w szerzenie świadomości społecznej na temat wartości życia osób z trisomią 21 oraz poprzez swoją wpłatę przyczyni się do sfinansowaniu turnusu rehabilitacyjnego Werki.   Zachęcamy do wstawienia w komentarzu na fb Sowe love swojego zdjęcia w kolorowych skarpetkach nie do pary dokładnie 21 marca!   Każdy, kto to zrobi, otrzyma od nas prezent – niespodziankę! Udostępnij 🙏
- [Planner 2020 &#x1f947; Sprawdź mój kalendarz planer 2020](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kalendarz-i-planner-na-2020/): [vc_row][vc_column][vc_raw_html]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[/vc_raw_html][vc_column_text] Planner na 2020 rok Kalendarz czy planner? Poznaj dziś 2 w 1: „Planner na dobry dzień”     Planner w wygodnym segregatorze – uniwersalny system do planowania i organizacji do łatwej personalizacji na kilka lat   Efektywny system realizacji celów – nigdy więcej pustych dni w Twoim życiu   Kompleksowe narzędzie – kalendarz,  praktykowanie wdzięczności, planowanie posiłków i zakupów, monitoring nawyków, system do planowania wydatków i oszczędzania, książeczka zdrowia i wiele więcej!   Poznaj „Planner na dobry dzień” z bliska! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][vc_gallery interval=”3″ images=”45828,45827,45826,45820,45819,45818,45816,45814,45825,45813″ img_size=”large”][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column css_animation=”bounceInRight”][vc_column_text css_animation=”fadeIn”] Zobacz moje plannery i teczki: [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] W czym pomoże Ci „Planner na dobry dzień”?   Planner na dobry dzień to kompleksowe narzędzie do planowania życia bez względu na to, czy jesteś studentką, mamą, szefową, pracownikiem, czy dopiero szukasz swojej drogi. Został zbudowany tak, abyś od dziś mogła z taką samą uwagę pielęgnować zarówno energię życiową, radość, zdrowie, rodzinę, ważne relacje, finanse jak i swoją karierę. Dzięki konstrukcji segregatora możesz go dowolnie spersonalizować i dopasować do swoich bieżących oczekiwań.     Dlaczego stworzyłam „Planner na dobry dzień”?   Trzynasty rok prowadzę własną firmę, a wcześniej skończyłam dwa kierunki studiów z zarządzania – studiowałam w Polsce i za granicą, łącząc zawsze studia dzienne z pracą, a później własną firmą. Poszukiwania sprawdzonego systemu do zarządzania naszym życiem doprowadziły mnie do stworzenia w zeszłym roku kalendarza, który przez rok ewoluował w kompleksowe narzędzie do planowania wielu stref w naszym życiu – właśnie możesz zobaczyć jego pierwszą edycję, która tak jak ja, będzie się rozwijała.   W jednym miejscy zebrałam najważniejsze narzędzia holistycznego podejścia do organizacji i planowania, które na co dzień z sukcesem stosuję.     Dla kogo stworzyłam „Planner na dobry dzień”?   Oddaję dziś w Twoje ręce „Planner na dobry dzień” – który stworzyłam dla bardzo ważnej dla mnie osoby – dla siebie. Tak jak i mi – pomoże on Ci odnaleźć Twoje priorytety, wyznaczyć służące im cele i skutecznie trzymać się swoich życiowych drogowskazów, bez względu na aktualnie pełnioną życiową rolę.   Już za kilka dni na blogu opublikuję się post, w którym szczegółowo pokażę Ci jak ustalam swoje priorytety, a także regularnie i skutecznie dokonuję weryfikacji wybranych przeze mnie działań – a „Planner na dobry dzień” pomaga mi dbać o siebie i swoje życie każdego dnia.     Dla kogo nie jest „Planner na dobry dzień”?   Tylko na polskim rynku dostępnych jest tysiące papierowych narzędzi do organizacji swojego życia, a każde z nich posiada swoich zagorzałych fanów. Osobiście przetestowałam dziesiątki z nich, a system, który stworzyłam pozwala mi holistycznie zatroszczyć się o moje życie, zdrowie, rodzinę i karierę. Dlatego „Planner na dobry dzień” nie jest dla Ciebie, jeśli jesteś w pełni zadowolona z plannera, który właśnie posiadasz.   „Planner na dobry dzień” nie sprawdzi się u Ciebie, jeśli nie chcesz zorganizować kilku stref swojego życia w jednym miejscu, cenisz przede wszystkim spontaniczne działania i nie chcesz nauczyć się i praktykować planowania, wyznaczać sobie celów ani konsekwentnie ich realizować. „Planner na dobry dzień” nie sprawdzi się u Ciebie, jeśli nie lubisz i nie chcesz notować.   Co wyróżnia „Planner na dobry dzień”?   [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] Poznaj 11 powodów dla których warto kupić mój Planner na 2020   1. Forma kalendarza z wpisanymi datami   Czy wiesz, że ludzie mają absolutną tendencję do przeceniania tego, co jesteśmy w stanie w ciągu dnia, a zupełnie nie doceniamy tego, co możemy zrobić w ciągu roku? Dlatego w moim plannerze nie ma miejsca na „puste dni” – bez dat.   „Planner na dobry dzień” to narzędzie do planowania, do wyznaczania sobie małych i większych celów i ich realizacji. A co jest fundamentem dobrze zbudowanego celu? Osadzenie go w czasie. Dlatego zdecydowanie uważam, że dobry planner to taki, który ma wpisane daty – dzień po dniu.   Korzystałam już z wielu plannerów bez dat, gdzie dowolnie mogłam je wpisywać. W praktyce miało to służyć temu, że jeśli wybieram się na wakacje lub jeśli nic nie planuję na kilka dni – mogę tych dat nie opisywać i nie „marnować kartek”.   Osobiście nie zgadzam się na „puste dni” i „zmarnowane kartki w życiu” – to tak jakby z góry dać sobie przyzwolenie na to, że dni odpoczynku i urlopu były mniej ważne od tych, które przeznaczamy na pracę. Albo udawać przed samym sobą jak to zajętym się jest, gdy omija się całe mniej produktywne dni.   Dodatkowo planowanie dni wolnych i urlopowych wyjazdów uważam za podstawę życiowej równowagi – work-life balance każdej z nas. Dlatego w mój „Planner na dobry dzień” to także kalendarz – od grudnia poprzedniego roku do stycznia kolejnego roku.   Oczywiście, można korzystać z „czystego” plannera wpisując ręcznie daty na cały rok – w praktyce zawsze tak robiłam, ale to były stracone godziny poświęcone na uzupełnianie dat i naprawianie pomyłek – w praktyce zawsze gdzieś się pomyliłam i musiałam kreślić i poprawiać wiele dni.     2. Tygodniowy układ kalendarza   Czyli 7 dni na każdej rozkładówce – z wpisanymi godzinami od 7 do 21.   Przez lata planowałam swoje życie w kalendarzach z widokiem dniowym czyli jeden dzień na jednej stronie – niestety miałam wtedy ogromną  tendencję do przeceniania swoich możliwości i zapisywania całej strony zadaniami i notatkami, które były tak liczne, że nierealne do wykonania. Kolejne dni zaczynałam więc od przepisywania i przeplanowywania niewykonanych zadań na kolejne dni i tygodnie, a towarzyszyło mi poczucie porażki i niewykonanego planu.   Ogromnym odkryciem był dla mnie kalendarz z widokiem tygodniowym i podziałem na godziny i miejscem na dwa małe zadania na godzinę lub jedno większe. Dzięki takiemu układowi mam przejrzysty widok na cały plan tygodnia, dokładnie jestem w stanie rozplanować w czasie zadania, zostawić pewne „luki” na nieprzewidziane sprawy. W łatwy sposób mogę ustanawiać codzienne lub tygodniowe rytuały, ustawiać stałe bloki czasowe jak odprowadzanie czy odbieranie dzieci do przedszkola czy cotygodniowe zajęcia.   Dodatkowo kolorami odróżniam zadania zawodowe od tych związanych z dziećmi i relaksem – to świetny tracker życiowego balansu.   Ogromną zaletą tygodniowego widoku jest także to, że wystarczy mi, abym przerzuciła trzy kartki i już widzę szczegółowy plan całego miesiąca – o wiele łatwiej jest mi dopisać dodatkowe zadanie czy spotkanie do mojego planu niż gdybym miała przerzucać odpowiednio 15 kartek w kalendarzu z widokiem dniowym, nie wspominając o takim bez godzin, gdzie łatwo zgubić się w gąszczu zadań i przecenić swoje możliwości jednego dnia, by niedoszacować ich drugiego dnia.   Jako przedsiębiorca, mama, córka czy przyjaciółka – nie wyobrażam sobie nie rozpoczęcia planowania kolejnego roku inaczej niż od wpisania do kalendarza najważniejszych dla mnie dat – urodzin bliskich, rocznic, imienin, świąt w przedszkolu czy w Kościele, a także ważnych wydarzeń zawodowych i kulturalnych. To pozwala mi to zaplanować rok tak, aby nie nakładać na siebie ważnych wydarzeń i na ostatnią chwilę nie podejmować decyzji, z których ważnych okazji muszę zrezygnować na rzecz innych.   Co ważne – załączony spis ważnych dat mam dzięki wykorzystaniu segregatora jeden – za rok wystarczy, że dokupię wkład kalendarza, a najważniejsze zapiski pozostaną ze mną na kolejne lata.   Przekonałam się bowiem bardzo skutecznie przez ostatnie lata szczególnie, że Dzień Matki smakuje mi najlepiej właśnie 26 maja,  a moje urodziny 25 czerwca. To kolejny powód dla którego nie wyobrażam sobie efektywnego planu bez osadzenia go w czasie.   3. Miesięczny widok kalendarza   W „Plannerze na dobry dzień” możesz zaplanować swój rok od ogółu do szczegółu, gdyż na początku wita Cię roczny widok kalendarza, a następnie 12 miesięcznych widoków, na które możesz nanieść te zadania, które są osadzone w konkretnych dniach – zapisuję tu odpowiednimi kolorami rocznice, ale także wizyty u lekarza czy przyjęcia, na które są zapraszane nasze dzieci, a także śluby i wesela, które koordynuję oraz szkolenia, które prowadzę. Dzięki temu łatwo mogę zaplanować dni wolne, urlopy czy okresy wytężonej pracy nad jakimś projektem – dzięki temu wystarczy, że przerzucę 5 kartek aby móc zobaczyć ważne wydarzenia i zadania w całym roku i mogła oszacować swoje plany i możliwości.   4. Praktykowanie wdzięczności   Jeśli jesteś na moim blogu od dawna, doskonale wiesz, że spotkało mnie w życiu także wiele trudności – jeśli nie, to krótko powiem Ci o tym, o czym możesz na nim przeczytać – od lat bowiem wypowiadam się w mediach w temacie szczególnie bliskim mojemu sercu – niepłodności i straty dzieci w czasie ciąży i okresie okołoporodowym. W tym jednym z najtrudniejszych okresów mojego życia, wiele razy nie widziałam szansy na to, że mój smutek kiedyś się skończy, a na mojej twarzy znów będzie gościł uśmiech.   Wtedy uratowało mnie jedno proste narzędzie – praktykowanie wdzięczności. W „Plannerze na dobry dzień” z całego serca zachęcam się do tego, abyś każdy dzień rozpoczęła od praktykowania wdzięczności – to ćwiczenie nie musi zając Ci więcej niż 3 minuty. Codziennie wypisujesz 5 rzeczy, za które jesteś wdzięczna, a wdzięczność wypełnia Twoje serce od kiedy tylko otworzysz oczy i pomaga zyskać w życiu właściwą perspektywę. To najlepsze narzędzie do radzenia sobie ze stresem na świecie. Gdy bowiem wydawało mi się, że razem z dziećmi straciłam już wszystko – okazało się, że wciąż mam więcej niż 80% ludzi na tej planecie – dach nad głową, ciepło, jedzenie, męża i dużo większą szansę na to, że dożyję końca dnia niż pozostali ludzie. Codzienne praktykowanie wdzięczności  jest narzędziem, które jest w stanie zmienić nasze życie, patrzenie na świat, relacje z bliskimi, a przede wszystkim nasze nastawienie do życia i świata, które jest kluczem do dobrego samopoczucia każdego dnia. A gdy uczynisz z niego nawyk – będziesz robiła je automatycznie.   Nawyk praktykowania wdzięczności jest w stanie zmienić nawet największego pesymistę w uśmiechniętego optymistę!   A gdy w dowolnym momencie nadejdzie Cię gorsza chwila – wystarczy, że przerzucisz kilka kartek i przeczytasz, za co byłaś wdzięczna przez ostatnie tygodnie – zobaczysz, jakie bogactwo jest w Twoim życiu – dużo łatwiej będzie Ci rozpędzić czarne chmury nad głową.   Do dziś pamiętam pierwszych 10 rzeczy, które wpisałam na swoją listę: mieszkanie na kredyt, które było moim azylem, mąż, który trwał przy moim boku, smaczne jedzenie, które mogłam sobie ugotować, ogród w słoiku, który mogłam wyhodować, aparat, którym mogłam robić zdjęcia, o którym marzyłam przez całe życie, dwie ręce do pracy i ten blog, który mogłam pisać wieczorami – czyż to nie prawdziwe bogactwo?   Nawet jeśli nie jesteś w  życiu w żadnym trudnym momencie, praktykowanie wdzięczności może być dla Ciebie ogromną zmianą życiową.   Pamiętam, jak kiedyś każdy dzień zaczynałam od przeglądania Instagramu – czyli „porównywania swojego zaplecza do cudzej wystawy„. Nie muszę Ci mówić, że oglądając od samego rana sukcesy innych, gdy ja prawie zaspałam do pracy i nic jeszcze dzisiaj ani dla siebie ani dla nikogo nie zrobiłam – skutecznie się demotywowałam. Zamiast być wdzięczną za to co mam, skupiałam się na tym, czego mi brakuje. I tak niewinne „inspirowanie się” zamieniło się w ciągnięcie mnie w dół od samego rana.   Miałam już jeden nawyk – zaczynanie dnia z telefonem w ręku – łatwo zmieniłam go w inny – zaczynanie dnia z Plannerem w ręku i wpisywania w niego 5 rzeczy, za które jestem dziś wdzięczna. Zmieniając tak niewiele, zmieniłam tak wiele!   5. Planowanie i tracker zdrowego odżywiania Od kiedy miałam problemy z utrzymaniem ciąży, zaczęłam interesować się zdrowym odżywianiem i naturalnym wspomaganiem działania naszego organizmu.  Przez wiele lat miałam różne etapy – raz lepszego, raz słabszego dbania o siebie w temacie posiłków, ale nigdy nie myślałam, że jest tak źle… jak się okazało, gdy przez 2 tygodnie miałam spisywać swoje posiłki w celu ułożenia dla mnie terapeutycznej diety.   Luki w planie posiłków tak duże, że po nich rzucałam się na każde jedzenie, gdyż tak mnie mdliło z głodu, że nie mogłam się opanować. Jedzenie na mieście dużo częściej, niż kiedykolwiek się o to podejrzewałam. Czy byłam Mamą małego dziecka czy zapracowaną bizneswoman – moja skłonność do grzechów jedzeniowym była na podobnym poziomie.   Dlatego w „Plannerze na dobry dzień” stworzyłam nie tylko narzędzia do planowania posiłków na cały tydzień i tworzenia list zakupów, ale także do codziennego monitorowania tego, co zjadłyśmy. Dla mnie to najlepszy mix narzędzi do dbania o zdrowe odżywianie i finanse rodzinne.   Dodatkowo każdego dnia możesz zaznaczać liczbę wypitych szklanek wody lub wykorzystać ten tracker do wyrabiania każdego innego codziennego nawyku, który powtarza się kilka razy w ciągu dnia – symboli do odliczania jest 10, aby łatwo było odmierzać cele.     6. Listy pomysłów na prezent, książek do przeczytania, filmów i seriali do obejrzenia   Ile razy zdarzyło Ci się tak długo wybierać film na Netfliksie, że w końcu poszłaś spać? Ile razy zapisałaś gdzieś ciekawy film do obejrzenia, aby później nie móc znaleźć tej kartki? Ile razy Twoja mama mówiła Ci, że chciałaby przeczytać jakąś książkę, a przed jej urodzinami za nic w świecie nie mogłaś sobie przypomnieć jaka to książka była?   Choć na bieżąco zapisuję takie pozycje na telefonie w aplikacji Wuderlist, regularnie przepisuję je do Plannera i planuję tylko trafione prezenty na różne okazje. Ta skarbnica pomysłów służy nie tylko mi, ale i całej mojej rodzinie – już nigdy nie będziesz musiała pytać się nikogo o pomysł na prezent.   W ten sam sposób możesz zapisywać pomysły na miejsca, które chcesz odwiedzić, zarówno w Polsce, jak i za granicą, tworzyć listę polecanych hoteli i pensjonatów.   7. Zdrowie   Od kiedy nie ma książeczek zdrowia dla dorosłych, o wiele trudniej było mi monitorować swoje zdrowie, wyniki, planować wizyty, badania czy przedłużanie recept.   Pamiętam, jak sześć lat temu dostałam alergii na jeden lek przeciwbólowy – lekarz polecił mi zapisanie sobie tej ważnej informacji – zapisałam, ale do dziś nie wiem gdzie i przy kolejnym porodzie moi lekarze mieli ogromny problem z doborem leków dla mnie.   Pesele dzieci mam w telefonie, ale przy dwójce coraz trudniej było mi też szybko i łatwo zapamiętać, które i na co ma alergię, a na co miało, a już nie ma, kiedy było na bilansie a kiedy powinno iść. Oczywiście dzieci mają swoje książeczki, ale nie zawsze ja mam je pod ręką.   Gdy ostatniej wizycie lekarz zaproponował mi kolejną cytologię, a ja mówię mu, że parzcież dopiero robiliśmy! Sprawdził w komputerowej karcie i to dopiero okazało się… 15 miesięcy temu! Dlatego w „Plannerze na dobry dzień” stworzyłam osobną zakładkę, dzięki której ogarniesz także zdrowotne aspekty swojego życia, a dzięki temu, że „Planner na dobry dzień” jest w segregatorze, w dowolnym miejscu możesz dołożyć do niego koszulkę i przechowywać ostatnie wyniki badań czy recepty i skierowania do realizacji.   Znalazłam tu miejsce na najważniejsze informacje o Tobie jak pesel, grupa krwi, alergie i nietolerancje, dawkowanie leków i suplementów, kalendarzyk menstruacyjny, spis nazwisk, specjalności i danych kontaktowych lekarzy, którzy się Tobą opiekują, a także spis wyników badań i kalendarzyk wizyt lekarskich wraz z notatkami.     Abyś mogła zatroszczyć się także o tych, których kochasz, oryginalnie przygotowałam dla Ciebie 5 kart pacjenta, które możesz też dodrukować i wpiąć korzystając z funkcji segregatora.   8. Karty motywacji   Pamiętasz moje wyzwanie #NieCzekamDziałam ? Wykorzystałam w nim skuteczną metodę i tracker budowania nawyków, które od dziś możesz mieć zawsze pod ręką w swoim „Plannerze na dobry dzień”.   9. Książka teleadresowa   Coraz rzadziej wysyłamy sobie kartki, liściki i… znamy swoje adresy. Miejsce do ich zapisywania zmotywuje Cię do ich kolekcjonowania i może w przyszłym roku uda Ci się wysłać przemiłe kartki świąteczne lub urodzinowe?   10. Planowanie wydatków i oszczędności   Pamiętam, jak przez wiele lat nigdy nie umiałam nic zaoszczędzić – wtedy odkryłam, że dopóki nie zaplanowałam oszczędności w domowym budżecie tak samo jak wydatków, prawie nigdy nie oszczędzałam, a już na pewno nie długoterminowo.   Odkąd oszczędności planuję tak samo jak wydatki – po prostu oszczędzam, nawet drobne kwoty, ale robię to świadomie i gdy w danym miesiącu wydatki przerosną mój plan, muszę przeorganizować budżet rodzinny, łatając dziurę już niekoniecznie z oszczędności, tylko an przykład zmniejszając budżet na rodzinne wyjścia, wyjazdy czy ubrania.   Dodatkowo pomogę Ci śledzić stałe, miesięczne opłaty jak prąd, czynsz czy gaz i to, czy wnosisz je na czas.   11. Notatki   Planner kończą czyste strony na dowolne notatki  – ze spotkań, rozmów telefonicznych czy inne, luźne notatki. Dzięki temu mając przy sobie planner masz ze sobą kompleksowe narzędzie do planowania i organizacji swojego życia.   Oddaję w Twoje ręce Planner na dobry dzień, a hasło #NieCzekamDzialam niech będzie Twoim drogowskazem.     Już dziś możesz zakupić „Planner na dobry dzień” w eleganckiej oprawie z wegańskiej skóry w kolorze jasnego, pastelowego różu   Liczne kieszonki i wygodna forma segregatora dają Ci niemal nieskończone możliwości organizacyjne.   A jeśli uwielbiasz otaczać się pięknymi rzeczami, na pewno spodoba Ci się teczka do kompletu – jest idealna zarówno do pracy, gdzie pomoże Ci przenieść dokumenty i zrobić dobre wrażenie, a także w życiu prywatnym, gdy musisz zabrać ze sobą dokumenty do banku czy urzędu. Produkt w całości jest szyty ręcznie w Polsce.[/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column css_animation=”bounceInRight”][vc_column_text css_animation=”fadeIn”] Jeszcze się wahasz? Kup i już dziś zacznij planować! [/vc_column_text][vc_empty_space][/vc_column][/vc_row]
- [Shop rules](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/regulamin-sklepu/): Shop rules last update: 29.09.2020   § 1 Preliminary provisions   ONLINE SHOP Agnieszka Kudela Collection, available at https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep is run by Wojciech Kudela running a business under the name WEDDINGBOX AGNIESZKA KUDELA, entered in the Central Register and Information on Economic Activity (CEIDG) kept by the minister responsible for economy, NIP 957 -097-22-88, REGON 220434805 These Regulations are addressed to both Consumers and Entrepreneurs using the Store and sets out the rules for using the Online Store as well as the rules and procedure for concluding Sales Agreements with a Customer at a distance through the Store.   § 2 definitions   Consumer – a natural person concluding an agreement with the Seller as part of the Store, the subject of which is not directly related to its business or professional activity. Dealer – a natural person running a business under the name WEDDINGBOX AGNIESZKA KUDELA, entered into the Central Register and Information on Economic Activity (CEIDG) kept by the minister competent for economy, NIP 957-097-22-88, REGON 220434805 Klient – any entity making purchases via the Store. Entrepreneur – a natural person, a legal person and an organizational unit that is not a legal person, the separate law of which grants legal capacity, performs in its own name an economic activity that uses the Store. Shop – an online store run by the Seller at the internet address https://agnieszkakudela.pl/sklep A distance contract – a contract concluded with the Customer as part of an organized system of concluding distance contracts (as part of the Store), without the simultaneous physical presence of the parties, with the sole use of one or more means of distance communication up to and including the conclusion of the contract. Terms – these Store regulations. Order – the Customer’s declaration of will submitted via the Order Form and aimed directly at concluding the Product Sales Agreement or Products with the Seller. Account – customer account in the Store, it contains data provided by the customer and information about orders placed by him in the store. Registration form – a form available in the Store, enabling the creation of an Account. The order form – an interactive form available in the Store that allows you to place an Order, in particular by adding Products to the Cart and defining the terms of the Sales Agreement, including the method of delivery and payment. Cart – an element of the Store’s software in which the Products selected for purchase are visible, and it is also possible to determine and modify the given Order, in particular the quantity of products. Product – a movable item / service available in the Store which is the subject of the Sales Agreement between the Customer and the Seller. Sales agreement – Product sales contract concluded or concluded between the Customer and the Seller via the Online Store. The Sales Agreement also means – according to the features of the Product – a contract for the provision of services and a contract for specific work.   §3 Contact with the Store   Seller’s address: Aleja Iberyjska 10/2, 81-198 Pogórze Seller email address: sklep@agnieszkakudela.pl Seller’s bank account number: mBank, 98 1140 2004 0000 3802 7775 3245 The Customer may communicate with the Seller using the data provided in this paragraph. The Customer may communicate with the Seller within 9: 00 – 17: 00   § 4 Technical requirements To use the Store, including viewing the Store’s assortment and placing orders for Products, you need: end device with access to the Internet and a web browser active e-mail account (e-mail), cookies enabled,   § 5 General Information   The Seller, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable for any disruptions, including interruptions in the functioning of the Store, caused by force majeure, unauthorized actions of third parties or incompatibility of the Online Store with the Customer’s technical infrastructure. Viewing the Store’s assortment does not require creating an Account. Placing orders by the Customer for Products in the Store’s assortment is possible either after creating an Account in accordance with the provisions of § 6 of the Regulations or by providing the necessary personal and address data enabling the Order to be carried out without creating an Account. The prices given in the Store are given in Polish zlotys and are gross prices. The final (final) amount to be paid by the Customer consists of the price for the Product and the cost of delivery (including charges for transport, delivery and postal services), about which the Customer is informed on the Store’s pages when placing the Order, including when expressing the will to be bound by a Sales Agreement. In the case of a Contract involving a subscription or provision of services for an indefinite period, the final (final) price is the total price including all payments for the accounting period. If the nature of the subject of the Agreement does not allow, judiciously judging, to calculate the amount of the final (final) price in advance, information about the manner in which the price will be calculated, as well as about charges for transport, delivery, postal services and other costs will be provided in the Store in the Product description.   § 6 Creating an Account in the Store   To set up an Account in the Store, please complete the Registration Form. Creating an Account in the Store is free. Logging in to the Account is done by entering the login and password set in the Registration Form. The Customer may at any time, without giving a reason and without incurring any fees, delete the Account by sending a relevant request to the Seller, in particular via e-mail or in writing to the addresses provided in § 3.   § 7 Order placement rules   In order to place an Order: log into the Store (optional); select the Product being the subject of the Order, and then click the „Add to Cart” button (or equivalent); log in or use the option of placing an Order without registration; if the option of placing an Order without registration has been selected – complete the Order Form by entering the recipient’s details of the Order and the address to which the Product is to be delivered, select the type of shipment (method of delivery of the Product), enter invoice data, if different from the recipient’s data, click 'Order and pay’ / click 'Order and pay’, choose one of the available payment methods and depending on the method of payment, pay for the order within a specified period, subject to § 8 item 3.   § 8 Offered delivery and payment methods The Customer may use the following methods of delivery or collection of the ordered Product: InPost Courier InPost Parcel lockers The customer can use the following payment methods: Payment by bank transfer to the Seller’s account Electronic payments (supported by PayU) Payment by payment card (service via PayU and PayPal). PayPal payment     § 9 Performance of the sales contract   The conclusion of the Sales Agreement between the Customer and the Seller takes place after the Customer has placed the Order using the Order Form in the Online Store in accordance with § 7 of the Regulations. After placing the Order, the Seller immediately confirms its receipt and at the same time accepts the Order for execution. Confirmation of receipt of the Order and its acceptance for implementation occurs by sending the Customer an appropriate e-mail to the Customer’s e-mail address provided when placing the Order, which contains at least the Seller’s statement of receipt of the Order and its acceptance for implementation and confirmation of the conclusion of the Sales Agreement. As soon as the Customer receives the above e-mail, a Sales Agreement is concluded between the Customer and the Seller. If the Customer chooses payment by bank transfer, electronic payment or payment by credit card, the Customer is obliged to make the payment within 3 calendar days from the date of the Sale Agreement – otherwise the order will be canceled. When ordering Products with different delivery dates, the delivery date is the longest given date. The beginning of the period of delivery of the Product to the Customer counts from the date of crediting the Seller’s bank account. When ordering Products with different readiness dates, the readiness date is the longest given date. Product delivery takes place only in Poland.     § 10 The right to withdraw from the contract   The consumer may withdraw from the Sales Agreement within 14 days without giving any reason. The time limit specified in para. 1 begins with the delivery of the Product to the Consumer or a person other than the carrier indicated by him. The consumer may withdraw from the contract by submitting to the Seller a statement of withdrawal from the contract. To meet the deadline for withdrawing from the Contract, it is sufficient for the Consumer to send a statement before this deadline. If the Consumer sends a statement electronically, the Seller will immediately send the Consumer the confirmation of receipt of the statement of withdrawal from the Agreement to the e-mail address provided by the Consumer. Effects of withdrawal from the Agreement: In the event of withdrawal from a Distance Contract, the Contract is considered null and void. In the event of withdrawal from the Contract, the Seller shall immediately return to the Consumer, no later than within 14 days from the date of receipt of the Consumer’s statement on withdrawal from the Contract, all payments made by him, including the costs of delivery, except for additional costs resulting from the method of delivery chosen by the Consumer. other than the cheapest usual delivery method offered by the Seller. The seller will refund the payment using the same payment methods that were used by the consumer in the original transaction, unless the consumer has expressly agreed to another solution that will not involve any costs for him. The Seller may withhold reimbursement until receipt of the Product back or until proof of its return is provided to him, whichever occurs first. The Consumer should return the Product to the Seller’s address provided in these Regulations immediately, no later than 14 days from the day on which he informed the Seller about withdrawal from the Agreement. The deadline will be met if the Consumer sends the Product before the expiry of the 14 days. The consumer bears the direct costs of returning the Product, including the costs of returning the Product if, due to its nature, the Product could not be returned by ordinary mail. The consumer is only responsible for reducing the value of the Product resulting from using it in a different way than was necessary to establish the nature, characteristics and functioning of the Product. If, due to the nature of the Product, it cannot be returned by regular mail, information about this, as well as the cost of returning the Product, will be in the description of the Product in the Store. The right to withdraw from a distance contract is not entitled to the Consumer in relation to the Contract: in which the subject of the service is a non-prefabricated item, manufactured according to the Consumer’s specifications or serving to satisfy his individual needs, in which the subject of the service is an item delivered in a sealed package, which after opening the packaging can not be returned due to health protection or hygiene reasons, if the packaging was opened after delivery, in which the subject of the service is an item subject to rapid deterioration or having a short shelf life, for the provision of services, if the Seller has fully performed the service with the express consent of the Consumer, who was informed before the beginning of the service that after the performance of the service by the Seller he will lose the right to withdraw from the Agreement in which the price or remuneration depends on fluctuations in the financial market over which the Seller has no control, and which may occur before the deadline to withdraw from the Contract, in which the subject of the service are things that after delivery, due to their nature, are inseparably connected with other things, in which the subject of the service are alcoholic beverages, the price of which has been agreed at the conclusion of the sales contract, and whose delivery may take place only after the expiry of 30 days and whose value depends on fluctuations in the market over which the Seller has no control, in which the subject of the service are sound or visual recordings or computer programs delivered in a sealed package, if the package was opened after delivery, for the delivery of newspapers, periodicals or magazines, with the exception of subscription contracts, for the supply of digital content that is not saved on a tangible medium, if the performance of the service began with the express consent of the Consumer before the deadline to withdraw from the contract and after being informed by the Seller about the loss of the right to withdraw from the Contract,   § 11 Complaint and warranty     New Products are covered by the Sales Agreement. In the event of a defect in the goods purchased from the Seller, the Customer has the right to make a complaint based on the provisions regarding warranty in the Civil Code. Complaints should be submitted in writing or by e-mail to the addresses of the Seller provided in these Regulations. Complaints should be submitted in writing or by e-mail to the addresses of the Seller provided in these Regulations. It is recommended that the complaint include brief description of the defect, circumstances (including the date) of its occurrence, data of the Customer submitting the complaint, and the Customer’s request in relation to the defect of the goods. The seller will respond to the complaint request immediately, no later than within 14 days, and if he does not do so within this period, it is considered that the client’s request was considered justified. Goods sent under the complaint procedure should be sent to the address given in § 3 of these Regulations.   § 12 Out-of-court complaint consideration and redress methods   Detailed information on the possibility for the Consumer to use extrajudicial means of dealing with complaints and redress as well as the rules of access to these procedures are available at the headquarters and on the websites of poviat (municipal) consumer ombudsmen, social organizations, whose statutory tasks include consumer protection, Provincial Inspectorates of Inspection Handlowa and at the following internet addresses of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection: http://www.uokik.gov.pl/spory_konsumenckie.php; http://www.uokik.gov.pl/spprawy_ind Individualne.php and http://www.uokik.gov.pl/wazne_adresy.php. The consumer has the following examples of possibilities of using extrajudicial methods of dealing with complaints and redress: The consumer is entitled to apply to a permanent amicable consumer court referred to in art. 37 of the Act of 15 December 2000 on Trade Inspection (Journal of Laws of 2014, item 148, as amended), with a request to resolve a dispute arising from the Agreement concluded with the Seller. The consumer is entitled to turn to the provincial inspector of Trade Inspection, in accordance with art. 36 of the Act of 15 December 2000 on Trade Inspection (Journal of Laws of 2014, item 148, as amended), with a request to initiate mediation proceedings regarding the amicable settlement of the dispute between the Consumer and the Seller. The consumer may obtain free assistance in resolving the dispute between him and the Seller, also using the free assistance of the poviat (municipal) consumer ombudsman or social organization, whose statutory tasks include consumer protection (including the Consumer Federation, Association of Polish Consumers).   § 13 Personal data in the Online Store   The administrator of personal data of Customers collected through the Online Store is the Seller. Customers’ personal data collected by the administrator via the Online Store are collected in order to implement the Sales Agreement, and if the Customer agrees – also for marketing purposes. The recipients of personal data of the Online Store customers may be: In the case of a Customer who uses the Online Store with the method of delivery by post or courier, the Administrator provides the Customer’s collected personal data to the selected carrier or intermediary performing the shipment at the request of the Administrator. In the case of a Customer who uses the Online Store with the method of electronic payments or a payment card, the Administrator provides the Customer’s personal data collected to the selected entity operating the above payments in the Online Store. The customer has the right to access their data and correct them. Providing personal data is voluntary, however failure to provide the personal data indicated in the Regulations necessary to conclude the Sales Agreement results in the inability to conclude this agreement.   § 14 Miscellaneous   Agreements concluded through the Online Store are concluded in Polish. The Seller reserves the right to amend the Regulations for important reasons, i.e. changes in the law, changes in payment and delivery methods – to the extent that these changes affect the implementation of the provisions of these Regulations. The Seller will inform the Customer about any change at least 7 days in advance. In matters not covered by these Regulations, generally applicable provisions of Polish law shall apply, in particular: the Civil Code; Act on the provision of electronic services; Consumer Rights Act, Personal Data Protection Act. The customer has the right to use extrajudicial means of dealing with complaints and redress. To this end, it may submit a complaint via the EU ODR online platform available at: http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/odr/.
- [Dziękuję, że jesteś!](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/dziekuje-ze-jestes-nieczekamdzialam/):   Dziękuję, że zapisałaś się na wyzwanie i listę mailingową #NieCzekamDziałam.   W ciągu godziny otrzymasz ode mnie pierwszą wiadomość z linkiem do pobrania darmowej Karty Motywacji i Realizacji Celu.   Wiadomości ode mnie będziesz otrzymywała z adresu poczta@agnieszkakudela.pl – warto, abyś dodała ten adres do zaufanych na swojej poczcie. Jeśli w ciągu godziny nie otrzymasz wiadomości ode mnie, poszukaj jej w SPAMie (niestety czasami tam wpadają), a jeśli nadal jej nie będzie, napisz do mnie na poczta@agnieszkakudela.pl – pomogę rozwiązać ten problem, abyś jak najszybciej mogła działać razem z nami!
- [Polityka Prywatności](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/polityka-prywatnosci/): Polityka prywatności Bloga Agnieszki Kudeli dostępnego pod adresem https://agnieszkakudela.pl (zwany dalej Blogiem)   Drogi Użytkowniku! Dbam o Twoją prywatność i chcę, abyś w czasie korzystania z naszych usług czuł się komfortowo. Dlatego też poniżej prezentuję Ci najważniejsze informacje o zasadach przetwarzania Twoich danych osobowych oraz plikach cookies, które są wykorzystywane przez nasz Blog. Informacje te zostały przygotowane z uwzględnieniem RODO, czyli ogólnego rozporządzenia o ochronie danych.   ADMINISTRATOR DANYCH OSOBOWYCH (zwany dalej Administratorem) WOJCIECH KUDELA, przedsiębiorca prowadzący działalność gospodarczą pod nazwą: BRAINBOX WOJCIECH KUDELA, wpisany do Centralnej Ewidencji i Informacji o Działalności Gospodarczej prowadzonej przez Ministra Rozwoju i Finansów, Śląska 53/C203 81-304 Gdynia NIP: 5862188990 REGON: 220968926   DANE OSOBOWE I PRYWATNOŚĆ Jeśli zamierzasz napisać komentarz lub zapisać się do newlettera oraz korzystać z naszych usług, zostaniesz poproszony o podanie nam Twoich danych osobowych. Twoje dane przetwarzane są przez nas we wskazanych poniżej celach, związanych z funkcjonowaniem Bloga i świadczeniem usług w nim oferowanych (zwanych dalej Usługami).   Cel przetwarzania: W zależności od tego, na co się zdecydujesz, może to być: Świadczenie usług oferowanych na Blogu, Marketing bezpośredni oferowanych usług, inny niż newsletter, Przesyłanie newslettera. Podstawa przetwarzania: Ciążący na nas obowiązek prawny, np. związany z rachunkowością (art. 6 ust. 1 lit. c RODO). Twoja zgoda wyrażona w Blogu – jeśli zdecydujesz się na jej wyrażenie (art. 6 ust. 1 lit. a RODO). Umowa o świadczenie usług lub działania podejmowane na Twoje żądanie, zmierzające do jej zawarcia (art. 6 ust. 1 lit. b RODO). Nasz prawnie uzasadniony interes, polegający na przetwarzaniu danych w celu ustalenia, dochodzenia lub obrony ewentualnych roszczeń (art. 6 ust. 1 lit. f RODO). Nasz prawnie uzasadniony interes (art. 6 ust. 1 lit. f RODO) polegający na: profilowaniu w celach marketingowych, przetwarzaniu danych w celach analitycznych i statystycznych, badaniu satysfakcji klientów. Podanie danych: Dobrowolne, ale w niektórych przypadkach może być konieczne do zawarcia umowy.   Skutek niepodania danych: W zależności od celu, w jakim dane są podawane: brak możliwości komentowania na Blogu, brak możliwości korzystania z Bloga i materiałów w nim zawartych, brak możliwości otrzymywania informacji o promocjach czy ofertach specjalnych, oferowanych przez Blog.   Możliwość cofnięcia zgody: w każdej chwili.   Przetwarzanie danych do momentu cofnięcia przez Ciebie zgody pozostaje zgodne z prawem.   ZAMIESZCZANIE TREŚCI NA BLOGU Jeśli zdecydujesz się zostawić komentarz na Blogu – jego treść może zostać opublikowana na Blogu. To samo dotyczy innych treści, które publikujesz na Blogu. Część Twoich danych, takich jak: login imię nazwisko wojwództwo adres IP może być widoczna dla innych użytkowników Bloga.   PROFILOWANIE W ramach Bloga możemy automatycznie dopasowywać pewne treści do Twoich potrzeb, tj. dokonywać profilowania, wykorzystując do tego podane przez Ciebie dane osobowe. Zanim dokonamy profilowania, na podstawie którego podejmowane będą decyzje: wywołujące wobec Ciebie skutki prawne, wpływające na Ciebie w podobnie istotny sposób, zapytamy Cię o Twoją zgodę.   Pamiętaj, że zgodę w każdej chwili możesz odwołać. Przetwarzanie danych do momentu cofnięcia przez Ciebie zgody pozostaje zgodne z prawem.   OKRES PRZETWARZANIA Twoje dane będziemy przetwarzać tylko przez okres, w którym będziemy mieć ku temu podstawę prawną, a więc do momentu, w którym: przestanie ciążyć na nas obowiązek prawny, zobowiązujący nas do przetwarzania Twoich danych, ustanie możliwość dochodzenia roszczeń związanych z umową zawartą przez Blog przez Strony, cofniesz zgodę na przetwarzanie danych, jeśli to ona była jego podstawą, zostanie przyjęty Twój sprzeciw wobec przetwarzania Twoich danych osobowych – w przypadku gdy podstawą przetwarzania Twoich danych był uzasadniony interes administratora lub gdy dane były przetwarzane w celu marketingu bezpośredniego, w tym profilowania. – w zależności od tego, co ma zastosowanie w danym przypadku i co nastąpi najpóźniej.   BEZPIECZEŃSTWO DANYCH Przetwarzając Twoje dane osobowe stosujemy środki organizacyjne i techniczne zgodne z właściwymi przepisami prawa, w tym stosujemy szyfrowanie połączenia za pomocą certyfikatu SSL.   TWOJE UPRAWNIENIA Przysługuje Ci prawo żądania: dostępu do Twoich danych osobowych, ich sprostowania, usunięcia, ograniczenia przetwarzania, przeniesienia danych do innego administratora. A także prawo: wniesienia w dowolnym momencie sprzeciwu wobec przetwarzania Twoich danych: z przyczyn związanych z Twoją szczególną sytuacją – wobec przetwarzania dotyczących Ciebie danych osobowych, opartego na art. 6 ust. 1 lit. f RODO (tj. na prawnie uzasadnionych interesach realizowanych przez administratora), w tym profilowania na podstawie tych przepisów – jeśli ma to zastosowanie, jeżeli dane osobowe są przetwarzane na potrzeby marketingu bezpośredniego, w tym profilowania, w zakresie, w jakim przetwarzanie jest związane z takim marketingiem bezpośrednim. Skontaktuj się z nami, jeśli chcesz skorzystać ze swoich praw. Jeśli uznasz, że Twoje dane są przetwarzane niezgodnie z prawem, możesz złożyć skargę do organu nadzorczego.   CIASTECZKA czyli COOKIES Nasz Blog, jak większość witryn internetowych, korzysta z tzw. plików cookies (ciasteczek). Pliki te: są zapisywane w pamięci Twojego urządzenia (komputera, telefonu, itd.), umożliwiają Ci, m.in., korzystanie ze wszystkich funkcji Bloga, nie powodują zmian w ustawieniach Twojego urządzenia, korzystając z odpowiednich opcji Twojej przeglądarki, w każdej chwili możesz: usunąć pliki cookies blokować wykorzystanie plików cookies w przyszłości W naszym Blogu ciasteczka wykorzystywane są w celu: zapamiętywania informacji o Twojej sesji, statystycznym, marketingowym, udostępniania funkcji Bloga. Administrator korzysta ponadto ze standardowych plików dziennika serwera sieciowego do liczenia osób odwiedzających Blog oraz do oceny jego możliwości technicznych i istniejących możliwości uproszczenia funkcjonowania Blogu.   Na Blogu używane są następujące rodzaje plików cookies: sesyjne: pozostają zapisane na komputerze do momentu zamknięcia przeglądarki internetowej, stałe: pozostają na urządzeniu przez czas określony w parametrach plików cookies lub do momentu ich usunięcia w przeglądarce internetowej. Do wykorzystywanych przez Blog plików cookies w szczególności należą: Google Analytics Zbiera informacje o sposobie przeglądania strony, popularności poszczególnych podstron oraz dane służące do personalizacji reklam np. wiek, płeć czy zainteresowania użytkownika. Pomaga tworzyć raporty zainteresowań oraz danych demograficznych. Raporty te w formie statystycznej mogą być upubliczniane oraz udostępniane partnerom biznesowym firmy. Więcej na stronie internetowej: Polityka Prywatności Google Analytics http://www.google.pl/intl/pl/analytics/privacyoverview.html Facebook Zapisywane przy interakcji z obiektami społecznościowymi FB, np. przyciskiem Lubię czy logowaniem przez Facebooka. Więcej na stronie internetowej: https://www.facebook.com/policy.php   Aby dowiedzieć się jak zarządzać plikami cookies, w tym jak wyłączyć ich obsługę w Twojej przeglądarce, możesz skorzystać z pliku pomocy Twojej przeglądarki. Z informacjami na ten temat możesz zapoznać się wciskając klawisz F1 w przeglądarce. Ponadto odpowiednie wskazówki w zależności od przeglądarki, której używasz np: Przeglądarka Mozilla Firefox: Firefox -> Opcje -> Opcje ->Prywatność, Przeglądarka Internet Explorer/Edge: Narzędzia -> Opcje internetowe -> Prywatność, Przeglądarka Google Chrome: Ustawienia -> Pokaż ustawienia zaawansowane -> Ustawienia treści. Jeśli nie wyłączysz wykorzystywania plików cookies w ustawieniach przeglądarki, oznacza to, że wyrażasz zgodę na ich wykorzystanie.   USŁUGI ZEWNĘTRZNE / ODBIORCY DANYCH Korzystamy z usług podmiotów zewnętrznych, którym mogą być przekazywane Twoje dane. Poniżej znajduje się lista tych podmiotów: dostawca systemu mailinowego do newslettera MailerLite (Polityka Prywatności znajduje się tutaj: https://www.mailerlite.com/privacy-policy) osoby współpracujące z nami na podstawie umów cywilnoprawnych, wspierające naszą bieżącą działalność: hostingodawca, dostawca oprogramowania ułatwiającego prowadzenie działalności , podmiot zapewniający system mailingowy, biuro księgowe, podmiot ułatwiający optymalizację Bloga, podmiot zapewniający usługi marketingowe, portale społecznościowe, podmiot zapewniający nam wsparcie techniczne.   KONTAKT Z ADMINISTRATOREM Chcesz skorzystać ze swoich uprawnień dotyczących danych osobowych? A może po prostu chcesz zapytać o coś związanego z naszą Polityką Prywatności? Napisz na adres e-mail naszego Inspektora Ochrony Danych: iod@brainbox.com.pl
- [Privacy policy](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/polityka-prywatnosci/): The privacy policy of Agnieszka Kudela’s Blog available at https://agnieszkakudela.pl (hereinafter referred to as the Blog)   Dear User! I care about your privacy and want you to feel comfortable while using our services. Therefore, below I present you the most important information about the rules for processing your personal data and cookies that are used by our Blog. This information has been prepared taking into account the GDPR, i.e. the general regulation on data protection.   PERSONAL DATA ADMINISTRATOR (hereinafter referred to as the Administrator) WOJCIECH KUDELA, entrepreneur running a business under the name: BRAINBOX WOJCIECH KUDELA, entered in the Central Register and Information on Economic Activity kept by the Minister of Development and Finance, Śląska 53 / C203 81-304 Gdynia Tax ID: 5862188990 Code: 220968926   PERSONAL DATA AND PRIVACY If you intend to write a comment or subscribe to the newsletter and use our services, you will be asked to provide us with your personal data. Your data is processed by us for the purposes indicated below, related to the operation of the Blog and the provision of services offered therein (hereinafter referred to as Services).   The purpose of processing: Depending on what you decide on, it can be: Provision of services offered on the Blog, Direct marketing of the services offered, other than the newsletter, Newsletter submission. The basis of processing: We have a legal obligation, e.g. related to accounting (Article 6 (1) (c) of the GDPR). Your consent expressed in the Blog – if you decide to express it (Article 6 (1) (a) of the GDPR). The contract for the provision of services or actions taken at your request, aimed at its conclusion (art. 6 para. 1 (b) GDPR). Our legitimate interest in the processing of data to determine, assert or defend any claims (Article 6 para. 1 (f) GDPR). Our legitimate interest (Art. 6 para. 1 (f) GDPR) consisting in: profiling for marketing purposes, data processing for analytical and statistical purposes, customer satisfaction survey. Providing data: Voluntary, but in some cases it may be necessary to conclude a contract.   The effect of not producing data: Depending on the purpose for which the data is provided: no possibility of commenting on the Blog, Inability to use the Blog and the materials contained therein, no possibility to receive information about promotions or special offers offered by Blog.   The possibility of withdrawal of consent: anytime.   The processing of data until you withdraw your consent remains legal.   POSTING CONTENT ON A BLOG If you decide to leave a comment on the Blog – its content may be published on the Blog. The same goes for other content you post on the Blog. Part of your data, such as: login name name wojwództwo IP address may be visible to other Blog users.   PROFILING As part of the Blog, we can automatically adapt certain content to your needs, i.e. profiling, using the personal data you provide. Before we make profiling based on which decisions will be made: having legal effects against you, affecting you in a similarly significant way, we will ask you for your consent.   Remember that you can revoke your consent at any time. Data processing until you withdraw your consent remains lawful.   PROCESSING PERIOD We will process your data only for the period in which we will have a legal basis, and thus until: we will cease to have a legal obligation, obliging us to process your data, the possibility of pursuing claims related to the contract concluded by the Blog by the Sites will cease, you withdraw your consent to data processing if it was its basis, your objection to the processing of your personal data will be accepted – if the basis for the processing of your data was the legitimate interest of the administrator or if the data was processed for direct marketing, including profiling. – depending on what is applicable in a given case and what will happen at the latest.   DATA SAFETY When processing your personal data, we use organizational and technical measures in accordance with the applicable law, including encryption of the connection by means of an SSL certificate.   YOUR POWERS You have the right to request: access to your personal data, correcting them, remove, processing restrictions, transferring data to another administrator. And also the law: submit any objection to the processing of your data at any time: for reasons related to your particular situation – to the processing of personal data concerning you, based on art. 6 sec. 1 lit. f GDPR (i.e. on legitimate interests pursued by the administrator), including profiling based on these provisions – if applicable, if personal data is processed for the purposes of direct marketing, including profiling, to the extent that processing is related to such direct marketing. Contact us if you want to exercise your rights. If you feel that your data is being processed unlawfully, you can submit a complaint to the supervisory authority.   COOKIES or COOKIES Our Blog, like most websites, uses so-called cookies. These files: are saved in the memory of your device (computer, telephone, etc.), enable you, among others, to use all the functions of the Blog, do not change the settings of your device, using the appropriate options of your browser, you can at any time: delete cookies block the use of cookies in the future In our blog, cookies are used to: remembering information about your session, statistical, marketing sharing Blog functions. The administrator also uses standard web server log files to count visitors to the Blog and to evaluate its technical capabilities and existing possibilities to simplify the functioning of the Blog.   The following types of cookies are used on the Blog: session: they remain saved on your computer until you close your web browser, permanent: they remain on the device for the time specified in the cookie file parameters or until they are deleted in the web browser. The cookies used by the Blog include in particular: Google Analytics Collects information on how to view the page, the popularity of individual subpages and data used to personalize ads, e.g. age, gender or user interests. Helps to create interest reports and demographics. These reports in statistical form can be made public and made available to the company’s business partners. More on the website: Google Analytics Privacy Policy http://www.google.pl/intl/pl/analytics/privacyoverview.html Facebook Saved when interacting with FB social objects, e.g. the Like button or Facebook login. More on the website: https://www.facebook.com/policy.php   To learn how to manage cookies, including how to turn them off in your browser, you can use the help file of your browser. You can read this information by pressing the F1 key in your browser. In addition, appropriate tips depending on the browser you use, e.g. Mozilla Firefox browser: Firefox -> Options -> Options -> Privacy, Internet Explorer / Edge browser: Tools -> Internet Options -> Privacy, Google Chrome: Settings -> Show advanced settings -> Content settings. If you do not disable the use of cookies in your browser settings, it means that you agree to their use.   EXTERNAL SERVICES / DATA RECEIVERS We use the services of external entities to which your data may be transferred. Below is a list of these entities: provider of the mailing system for the MailerLite newsletter (Privacy Policy can be found here: https://www.mailerlite.com/privacy-policy) people cooperating with us on the basis of civil law contracts, supporting our current operations: hostingodawca, software provider to facilitate business operations, entity providing the mailing system, accounting office, entity that facilitates blog optimization, entity providing marketing services, social media, an entity that provides us with technical support.   CONTACT WITH THE ADMINISTRATOR Do you want to use your personal data rights? Or maybe you just want to ask about something related to our Privacy Policy? Write to the email address of our Data Protection Officer: iod@brainbox.com.pl
- [Konkurs z Okazji Dnia Dziecka](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kdd/): Regulamin Konkursu z Okazji Dnia Dziecka   Organizator: DearEco, serwis Facebook jest zwolniony z wszelkiej odpowiedzialności   Zgłoszenie: napisanie odpowiedzi na pytanie: W którym z ubranek ze sklepu http://shop.deareco.com/ Wasz Maluszek chciałby odkrywać świat i dlaczego?  jako komentarza pod postem konkursowym na Facebook’u https://www.facebook.com/AgnieszkaKudelaPL   Uczestnicy: osoby pełnoletnie Nagrody: 3 nagrody w postaci jednego ubranka wybranego ze sklepu http://shop.deareco.com/ wskazanego w konkursowym kometarzu   Czas trwania: od 12:00 30 maja 2017 do 23:59 1 czerwca 2017   Wybór Zwycięzców: 3 Zwycięzców – 3 najfajniejsze odpowiedzi – wybierze komisja: Organizator + Agnieszka Kudela   Ogłoszenie wyników: do 23:59 3 czerwca 2017 jako post na Facebook’u https://www.facebook.com/AgnieszkaKudelaPL   Odbiór nagrody: Zwycięzca jest zobowiązany podać swoje dane do wysyłki nagrody na terenie Polski w ciągu 72 godzin od ogłoszenia wyników, wysyłając prywatną wiadomość za pomocą Facebook’a do AgnieszkaKudelaPL   Wysyłka nagród: po stronie Organizatora, na terenie Polski Wzięcie udziału z konkursie oznacza zapoznanie się i akceptację tego Regulaminu.
- [Regulations of the Children's Day Competition](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/kdd/): Regulations of the Children’s Day Competition   Organizer: DearEco, Facebook is exempt from all liability   Notification: write an answer to the question: In which of the clothes from the store http://shop.deareco.com/ your little one would like to discover the world and why? as a comment under the competition post on Facebook https://www.facebook.com/AgnieszkaKudelaPL   participants: adults Awards: 3 prizes in the form of one garment selected from the shop http://shop.deareco.com/ indicated in the competition commentary   Duration: from 12:00 May 30 2017 to 23:59 June 1 2017   Selection of winners: 3 Winners – 3 coolest answers – will be chosen by the committee: Organizer + Agnieszka Kudela   Announcement of results: by 23:59 June 3, 2017 as a Facebook post https://www.facebook.com/AgnieszkaKudelaPL   Receipt of the prize: The winner is required to provide their details for shipping the prize in Poland within 72 hours from the announcement of the results, by sending a private message via Facebook to AgnieszkaKudelaPL   Delivery of prizes: on the side of the Organizer, in Poland Participation in the competition means that you read and accept these Regulations.
- [Newsletter](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/newsletter/): [mailerlite_form form_id=1]
- [Newsletter](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/newsletter/): [mailerlite_form form_id=1]

## Produkty

- [Folder for notes and documents<br>Beige, A4](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/?post_type=product&p=48416): A beautiful, handy briefcase made of eco-leather in beige color.   Perfect for business meetings, coordination of weddings and events, because it works great in the field.   The briefcase does A4 format, includes a clip and a notebook with wide lines – perfect for notes during meetings or lectures!  
- [Folder for notes and documents<br>Blue, A4](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/?post_type=product&p=47980): A beautiful, handy briefcase made of eco-leather in blue color.   Perfect for business meetings, coordination of weddings and events, because it works great in the field.   The briefcase does A4 format, includes a clip and a notebook with wide lines – perfect for notes during meetings or lectures!  
- [Folder for notes and documents<br>Powder pink, A4](https://agnieszkakudela.pl/?post_type=product&p=48419): A beautiful, handy briefcase made of eco-leather in a powder pink color.   Perfect for business meetings, coordination of weddings and events, because it works great in the field.   The briefcase does A4 format, includes a clip and a notebook with wide lines – perfect for notes during meetings or lectures!